Sentra Repair Manual
User Manual:
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 4076
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX
Edition: April 2002
Revision: May 2004
Publication No. SM3E-1B15U2
A GENERAL INFORMATION
GI
General Information
B ENGINE
EM
Engine Mechanical
LU
Engine Lubrication System
CO
Engine Cooling System
EC
Engine Control System
FL
Fuel System
EX
Exhaust System
ACC
Accelerator Control System
TRANSMISSION/
TRANSAXLE
CL
Clutch
MT
Manual Transaxle
AT
Automatic Transaxle
D DRIVELINE/AXLE
FAX
Front Axle
RAX
Rear Axle
FSU
Front Suspension
RSU
Rear Suspension
WT
Road Wheels & Tires
BR
Brake System
PB
Parking Brake System
BRC
Brake Control System
C
E SUSPENSION
F BRAKES
G STEERING
PS
Power Steering System
H RESTRAINTS
SB
Seat Belts
SRS
I
BODY
J AIR CONDITIONER
K ELECTRICAL
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
BL
Body, Lock & Security System
GW
Glasses, Window System & Mirrors
RF
Roof
EI
Exterior & Interior
IP
Instrument Panel
SE
Seat
MTC
Manual Air Conditioner
SC
Starting & Charging System
LT
Lighting System
DI
Driver Information System
WW
Wiper, Washer & Horn
BCS
Body Control System
LAN
LAN System
AV
ACS
Audio Visual, Navigation & Telephone System
Auto Cruise Control System
PG
Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements
L MAINTENANCE
MA
Maintenance
M INDEX
IDX
Alphabetical Index
© 2004 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.
All rights reserved. No part of this Service Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission
of Nissan North America, Inc., Gardena, California.
-1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
FOREWORD
This manual contains maintenance and repair procedures for the
2003 NISSAN SENTRA.
In order to assure your safety and the efficient functioning of the vehicle,
this manual should be read thoroughly. It is especially important that the
PRECAUTIONS in the GI section be completely understood before starting
any repair task.
All information in this manual is based on the latest product information
at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes in specifications and methods at any time without notice.
IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE
The proper performance of service is essential for both the safety of
the technician and the efficient functioning of the vehicle.
The service methods in this Service Manual are described in such a
manner that the service may be performed safely and accurately.
Service varies with the procedures used, the skills of the technician
and the tools and parts available. Accordingly, anyone using service
procedures, tools or parts which are not specifically recommended
by NISSAN must first be completely satisfied that neither personal
safety nor the vehicle’s safety will be jeopardized by the service
method selected.
-2
PLEASE HELP MAKE THIS SERVICE MANUAL BETTER!
Your comments are important to NISSAN and will help us to improve our Service Manuals.
Use this form to report any issues or comments you may have regarding our Service Manuals.
Please print this form and type or write your comments below. Mail or fax to:
Nissan North America, Inc.
Technical Service Information
39001 Sunrise Drive, P.O. Box 9200
Farmington Hills, MI USA 48331
FAX: (248) 488-3910
SERVICE MANUAL:
Model:
Year:
PUBLICATION NO. (Refer to Quick Reference Index ):
Please describe any Service Manual issues or problems in detail:
Note: Please include a copy of each page, marked with your comments.
Page number(s)
Are the trouble diagnosis procedures logical and easy to use? (circle your answer)
YES
NO
Note: Please include a copy of each page, marked with your comments.
If no, what page number(s)?
Please describe the issue or problem in detail:
Is the organization of the manual clear and easy to follow? (circle your answer)
YES
NO
Please comment:
What information should be included in NISSAN Service Manuals to better support you in servicing or
repairing customer vehicles?
DATE:
DEALER:
CITY:
YOUR NAME:
DEALER NO.:
STATE/PROV./COUNTRY:
POSITION:
ADDRESS:
ZIP/POSTAL CODE:
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 1.8L,
QG ENGINE)
2003
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 1.8L, QG ENGINE)
Engine Tune-Up Data
[QG18DE]
Engine
QG18DE
Classification
Gasoline
Cylinder arrangement
4, in-line
Displacement
1,769 (107.94)
cm3 (cu in)
Bore × stroke
mm (in)
80.0 x 88.0 (3.150 x 3.465)
Valve arrangement
DOHC
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Number of piston rings
Compression
2
Oil
1
Number of main bearings
5
Compression ratio
9.5
Drive Belt Deflection and Tension
Component
Deflection Adjustment Unit: mm (in)
Tension Adjustment *1 Unit: N (kg, lb)
Used Belt
Generator
Used Belt
Limit
After
Adjustment
New Belt
With air conditioner compressor
8.1 (0.319)
5.3 - 5.7
(0.209 - 0.244)
Without air
conditioner
compressor
10.2 (0.402)
7.1 (0.280)
Power steering oil pump
Applied pushing force
Limit
After
Adjustment
New Belt
4.5 - 5.0
(0.177- 0.197)
292 (30, 66)
652 - 740
(66.5 - 75.5,
146.6 - 166.4)
789 - 877
(80.5 - 89.5,
177.4 - 197.1)
6.5 - 7.0
(0.256 - 0.276)
5.5 - 6.1 (0.217
- 0.240)
292 (30, 60)
652 - 740
(66.5 - 75.5,
146.6 - 166.4)
789 - 877
(80.5 - 89.5,
177.4 - 197.1)
4.4 - 4.9
(0.173 - 0.193)
3.9 - 4.4 (0.154
- 0.173)
196 (20, 44)
495 - 583
(50.5 -59.5,
111.4 - 131.2)
603- 691
(61.5 - 70.5,
135.6 - 155.5)
98 N (10 kg, 22 lb)
—
*1: If the belt tension gauge cannot be installed at check points shown, check belt tension at a different location on the belt.
Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped)
Type
Plug gap
Standard
PLFR5A-11
Hot
PLFR4A-11
Cold
PLFR6A-11
nominal 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 1.8L,
QG ENGINE)
2003
Front Wheel Alignment (Unladen*1)
SFA234AC
Camber
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Minimum
−1°10' (−1.17°)
Nominal
−0°25' (−0.42°)
Maximum
Left and right difference
Caster
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Distance (A - B)
mm (in)
Total toe-in
Angle (left plus right)
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Wheel turning angle
Full turn*2
Inside
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Outside
Degree minute (decimal degree)
45′ (0.75°) or less
Minimum
0°51′ (0.85°)
Nominal
1°36′ (1.60°)
Maximum
2°21′ (2.35°)
Left and right difference
Kingpin inclination
Degree minute (decimal degree)
0°20′ (0.33°)
45′ (0.75°) or less
Minimum
13°58′ (13.97°)
Nominal
14°43′ (14.72°)
Maximum
15°28′ (15.47°)
Minimum
1 (0.039”)
Nominal
2 (0.079”)
Maximum
3 (0.118”)
Minimum
5.5′ (0.08°)
Nominal
11′ (0.18°)
Maximum
16′ (0.27°)
Minimum
34° (34.0°)
Nominal
37° (37.0°)
Maximum
38° (38.0°)
Nominal
31° (31.0°)
*1: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
*2: On power steering models, wheel turning force (at circumference of steering wheel) of 98 to 147 N (10 to 15 kg, 22 to 33 lb) with
engine idle.
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 1.8L,
QG ENGINE)
2003
Rear Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)
SFA234AC
Camber
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Distance (A - B)
mm (in)
Total toe-in
Angle (left plus right)
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Minimum
−1°45′ (−1.75°)
Nominal
−1°00′ (−1.00°)
Maximum
−0°15′ (−0.25°)
Minimum
−3 (−0.12)
Nominal
1 (0.04)
Maximum
5 (0.20)
Minimum
−16′ (−0.27°)
Nominal
5′30″ (0.09°)
Maximum
26′ (0.43°)
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Brake
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
Front brake
Cylinder bore diameter
Pad length × width × thickness
Rotor outer diameter × thickness
Brake model
257 × 22 (10.12 × 0.87)
LT20G
Lining length × width × thickness
219.4 × 35 × 4.5
(8.64 × 1.38 × 0.177)
Cylinder bore diameter
Valve model
Split point [kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] × reducing ratio
Booster model
Brake booster
Diaphragm diameter
Brake fluid
125.6 × 46.0 × 11.0 (4.94 × 1.811 × 0.433)
15.87 (5/8) type a
17.45 (11/16) type b
Drum inner diameter/Disc diameter × thickness
Control valve
57.2 (2.252)
Cylinder bore diameter/caliper bore diameter
Rear brake
Master cylinder
CL25VA
Recommended brake fluid
203.2 (8)
23.81 (15/16)
Dual proportioning valve
1,961 (20,284) × 0.2
M215T
Primary: 230 (9.06)
Secondary: 205 (8.07)
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
equivalent, DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)
Disc Brake - Repair Limits
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
CL25VA
Pad wear limit
Minimum thickness
2.0 (0.079)
Rotor repair limit
Minimum thickness
20 (0.79)
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 1.8L,
QG ENGINE)
2003
Drum Brake - Repair Limits
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
LT20G
Lining wear limit
Drum repair limit
Minimum thickness
1.5 (0.059)
Maximum inner diameter
204.5 (8.05)
Maximum out-of round
0.03 (0.0012)
Refill Capacities
Engine Coolant Capacity (Approximate)
Unit:
Drain and refill without reservoir
(US qt, Imp qt)
M/T (RS5F70A)
6.0 (6 3/8, 5 1/4)
A/T (RE4F03B)
5.9 (6 1/4, 5 1/4)
Reservoir tank (at MAX level)
0.7 (3/4, 5/8)
Engine Oil Capacity (Approximate)
Unit:
Drain and refill
(US qt, Imp qt)
With oil filter change
2.7 (2 7/8, 2 3/8)
Without oil filter change
2.5 (2 5/8, 2 1/4)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
3.1 (3 1/4, 2 3/4)
Miscellaneous Capacities (Approximate)
System description
Metric measurement
US measurement
Imp measurement
Fuel tank
50
13 1/4 gal
11 gal
Power steering system
1.0
2 1/8 pt
1 3/4 pt
M/T (RS5F70A)
3.0
3 1/8 qt
2 5/8 qt
A/T (RE4F03B)
7.0
7 3/8 qt
6 1/8 qt
0.99 - 1.21 lb
0.99 - 1.21 lb
6.1 fl oz
6.3 fl oz
Transaxle
Refrigerant
Air conditioning system
Compressor oil
0.45 - 0.55 kg
180 m
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 2.5L,
QR ENGINE)
2003
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 2.5L, QR ENGINE)
Engine Tune-Up Data
[QR25DE]
Engine
QR25DE
Cylinder arrangement
4 in-line
Displacement
cm3 (cu in)
2,488 (151.82)
Bore and stroke mm (in)
89.0 x 100 (3.50 - 3.94)
Valve arrangement
DOHC
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Number of piston rings
Compression
2
Oil
1
Compression ratio
Compression pressure
kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm
9.5
Standard
1,250 (12.8, 182)
Minimum
1,060 (10.8, 154)
Differential limit
between cylinders
100 (1.0, 14)
Drive Belt Deflection and Tension
Tension of drive belts
Auto adjustment by auto-tensioner
Spark Plugs (Double Platinum Tipped)
Type
Standard
PLFR5A-11
Hot
PLFR4A-11
Cold
PLFR6A-11
Plug gap
nominal 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Front Wheel Alignment (Unladen*1)
SFA234AC
Camber
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Minimum
−1°12' (−1.2°)
Nominal
−0°27' (−0.45°)
Maximum
Left and right difference
Caster
Degree minute (decimal degree)
45′ (0.75°) or less
Minimum
0°58′ (0.97°)
Nominal
1°43′ (1.72°)
Maximum
2°28′ (2.47°)
Left and right difference
Kingpin inclination
Degree minute (decimal degree)
0°18′ (0.3°)
45′ (0.75°) or less
Minimum
14°03′ (14.05°)
Nominal
14°46′ (14.77°)
Maximum
15°31′ (15.52°)
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 2.5L,
QR ENGINE)
2003
Distance (A - B)
mm (in)
Total toe-in
Angle (left plus right)
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Wheel turning angle
Full turn*2
Inside
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Outside
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Minimum
1 (0.039”)
Nominal
2 (0.079”)
Maximum
3 (0.118”)
Minimum
5.5′ (0.08°)
Nominal
11′ (0.18°)
Maximum
16′ (0.27°)
Minimum
29° (29.0°)
Nominal
32° (32.0°)
Maximum
33° (33.0°)
Nominal
27° (27.0°)
*1: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
*2: On power steering models, wheel turning force (at circumference of steering wheel) of 98 to 147 N (10 to 15 kg, 22 to 33 lb) with
engine idle.
Rear Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)
SFA234AC
Camber
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Distance (A - B)
mm (in)
Total toe-in
Angle (left plus right)
Degree minute (decimal degree)
Minimum
−1°45′ (−1.75°)
Nominal
−1°00′ (−1.00°)
Maximum
−0°15′ (−0.25°)
Minimum
−3 (−0.12)
Nominal
1 (0.04)
Maximum
5 (0.20)
Minimum
−16′ (−0.27°)
Nominal
5′30″ (0.09°)
Maximum
26′ (0.43°)
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Brake
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
Cylinder bore diameter
Front brake
Pad length × width × thickness
Rotor outer diameter × thickness
Brake model
Cylinder bore diameter/caliper bore diameter
Rear brake
Master cylinder
CL25VB
57.2 (2.252)
125.6 × 46.0 × 11.0 (4.94 × 1.811 × 0.433)
280 × 22 (11.02 × 0.87)
CL9HC
33.96 (1 11/32)
Lining length × width × thickness
89.1 × 39.5 × 10
(3.508 × 1.555 × 0.39)
Drum inner diameter/Disc diameter × thickness
258 × 9 (10.16 × 0.35)
Cylinder bore diameter
23.81 (15/16)
QUICK REFERENCE CHART: SENTRA (EQUIPPED WITH 2.5L,
QR ENGINE)
2003
Valve model
Control valve
Dual proportioning valve
2,942 (30,427) × 0.2
Split point [kPa (kg/cm2, psi)] × reducing ratio
Booster model
Brake booster
Brake fluid
M215T
Primary: 230 (9.06)
Secondary: 205 (8.07)
Diaphragm diameter
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
equivalent, DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)
Recommended brake fluid
Disc Brake - Repair Limits
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
CL25VB (Front)
CL9HC (Rear)
Pad wear limit
Minimum thickness
2.0 (0.079)
2.0 (0.079)
Rotor repair limit
Minimum thickness
20 (0.79)
8 (0.31)
Refill Capacities
Engine Coolant Capacity (Approximate)
Unit:
Drain and refill (without reservoir)
(US qt, Imp qt)
M/T (RS5F51A, RS6F51H)
6.1 (6 1/2, 5 3/8)
A/T (RE4F04B)
6.0 (6 3/8, 5 1/4)
Reservoir tank (at MAX level)
0.7 (3/4, 5/8)
Engine Oil Capacity (Approximate)
Unit:
Drain and refill
(US qt, Imp qt)
With oil filter change
3.9 (4 1/8, 3 3/8)
Without oil filter change
3.7 (3 7/8, 3 1/4)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
4.4 (4 5/8, 3 7/8)
Miscellaneous Capacity (Approximate)
System description
Metric measurement
US measurement
Imp measurement
Fuel tank
50
13 1/4 gal
11 gal
Power steering system
1.0
2 1/8 pt
1 3/4 pt
M/T (RS5F51A, RS6F51H)
2.3
2 3/8 qt
2 qt
A/T (RE4F04B)
8.5
9 qt
7 1/2 qt
0.99 - 1.21 lb
0.99 - 1.21 lb
6.1 fl oz
6.3 fl oz
Transaxle
Refrigerant
Air conditioning system
Compressor oil
0.45 - 0.55 kg
180 m
M
INDEX
A
SECTION
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
IDX
IDX-1
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A
A/C - Wiring diagram ...................................... MTC-27
A/C air flow ..................................................... MTC-21
A/C component layout .................................... MTC-19
A/C compressor clutch removal and installation . MTC69
A/C compressor mounting .............................. MTC-68
A/C compressor precaution .............................. MTC-8
A/C compressor special service tool ............... MTC-11
A/C control linkage adjustment (manual A/C) . MTC-41
A/C control operation (manual A/C) ................ MTC-20
A/C diagnostic work flow (manual A/C) .......... MTC-34
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system identification .... MTC-4
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system introduction ... MTC-15
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system precaution ....... MTC-3
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system service procedure .......
MTC-82
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system service tools .. MTC-12
A/C HFC134a system service equipment precaution ...
MTC-8
A/C lubricant (R134a) ..................................... MTC-16
A/C lubrication oil ............................................ MTC-16
A/C operational check ..................................... MTC-35
A/C performance chart .................................... MTC-58
A/C performance test diagnoses .................... MTC-58
A/C pressure switch ........................................ MTC-15
A/C push control ............................................. MTC-20
A/C reray ......................................................... MTC-55
A/C service data specification ......................... MTC-91
A/C switch ....................................................... MTC-20
A/C, M - Wiring diagram ................................. MTC-27
A/F - Wiring diagram .... EC-1036, EC-1042, EC-1048,
EC-1055, EC-1062, EC-1068, EC-1076
A/FH - Wiring diagram ..................................... EC-932
A/T - Wiring diagram ........................................ AT-407
A/T fluid temperature sensor ............. AT-126, AT-497
A/T self-diagnoses ................ AT-433, AT-441, AT-442
A/T shift lock system .......................... AT-253, AT-637
A/T shift lock system - Wiring diagram AT-254, AT-638
A/T trouble diagnoses ........................................ AT-57
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 1ST ............. AT-138, AT-514
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 2ND ............ AT-143, AT-519
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 3RD ............ AT-148, AT-524
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 4TH ............ AT-154, AT-529
A/T Wiring diagram AT - BA/FTS ....... AT-200, AT-575
A/T Wiring diagram AT - CAN ............ AT-210, AT-591
A/T Wiring diagram AT - ENG SS ...... AT-133, AT-509
A/T Wiring diagram AT - FTS ............ AT-123, AT-499
A/T Wiring diagram AT - LPSV .......... AT-175, AT-549
A/T Wiring diagram AT - MAIN .......... AT-113, AT-488
A/T Wiring diagram AT - NONDTC .... AT-216, AT-597
A/T Wiring diagram AT - OVRCSV .... AT-195, AT-570
A/T Wiring diagram AT - PNP/SW ..... AT-117, AT-493
A/T Wiring diagram AT - SSV/A ......... AT-181, AT-555
A/T Wiring diagram AT - SSV/B ......... AT-185, AT-560
A/T Wiring diagram AT - TCCSIG ...... AT-167, AT-541
A/T Wiring diagram AT - TCV ............ AT-161, AT-536
A/T Wiring diagram AT - TPS ............ AT-191, AT-565
A/T Wiring diagram AT - VSS A/T ...... AT-129, AT-505
A/T Wiring diagram AT - VSSMTR ... AT-206, AT-582,
AT-587
ABS - Wiring diagram ..................................... BRC-10
ABS (anti-lock brake system) ............................ BRC-5
ABS sensor rotor ............................................... RAX-6
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor EC-1125, EC1147, EC-1751, EC-1757, EC-1770
Accelerator pedal released position learning ... EC-52,
EC-1255
Air bag ............................................................... SRS-3
Air bag disposal .............................................. SRS-47
Air bag precautions ............................................... GI-3
Air bleeding (hydraulic clutch) .................. CL-7, CL-24
Air bleeding for brake system ............................. BR-7
Air cleaner and air duct ................................... EM-103
Air cleaner filter replacementQG18DE .............. MA-19
Air cleaner filter replacementQR25DE .............. MA-26
Air conditioner - Wiring diagram ...................... MTC-27
Air conditioner cut control ............................. EC-1242
Air control cable adjustment ............................ MTC-43
Air flow meter - See Mass air flow sensor EC-163, EC171, EC-379, EC-1368, EC-1375, EC-1594
Air fuel ratio sensor 1 ... EC-1033, EC-1039, EC-1045,
EC-1052, EC-1059, EC-1065, EC-1073
Air fuel ratio sensor 1 heater ........................... EC-930
Air mix door control linkage adjustment .......... MTC-45
Air spoiler, rear .................................................... EI-22
Alternator .......................................................... SC-30
Angular tightening application ................. EM-4, EM-91
Antenna .............................................................. AV-12
Anti-lock brake system - See ABS .................... BRC-5
Anti-lock brake system - Wiring diagram ........ BRC-10
APPS1 - Wiring diagram . EC-506, EC-1127, EC-1753
APPS2 - Wiring diagram . EC-513, EC-1134, EC-1759
APPS3 - Wiring diagram . EC-528, EC-1149, EC-1772
ASC/BS - Wiring diagram EC-483, EC-1104, EC-1732
ASC/SW - Wiring diagram EC-476, EC-1097, EC-1725
ASCBOF - Wiring diagram EC-571, EC-1193, EC-1834
ASCD .............................................. EC-598, EC-1860
ASCD (automatic speed control device) ...... EC-1220,
ACS-2
ASCIND - Wiring diagram EC-580, EC-1202, EC-1842
Audio .................................................................... AV-2
AUDIO - Wiring diagram ...................................... AV-4
Audio and A/C control removal and installation - See Instrument panel .................................................... IP-10
Automatic transaxle number ............................... GI-48
Automatic transmission fluid replacement ........ MA-31
Axle ................................................................... MA-35
B
Back door window ............................................ GW-12
BACK/L - Wiring diagram ................................... LT-22
Back-up lamp ..................................................... LT-22
Back-up lamp switch (M/T) ............................... MT-13
Back-up lamp switch (M/T)Back-up lamp switch .. MT78, MT-139
IDX-2
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Ball joint (front) ................................................ FSU-14
Base idle air volume initialing .......................... EC-634
Basic inspection .................. EC-88, EC-669, EC-1291
Battery ................................................................. SC-4
Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester SC-6, SC-13,
SC-24
Baulk ring (M/T) ...................... MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Bi-level door control linkage adjustment ........ MTC-43
Block heater .................................................... EM-160
Blower motor .................................................. MTC-50
Blower resistor ............................................... MTC-50
Blower unit ..................................................... MTC-79
Board-on lift ........................................................ GI-40
Body alignment ................................................ BL-115
Brake booster .................................................... BR-16
Brake control valve (Proportioning valve) ......... BR-10
Brake fluid change .............................................. BR-6
Brake fluid level ................................................. MA-32
Brake fluid level and line check ........................... BR-6
Brake hydraulic line ............................................. BR-8
Brake inspectionDisc Brake .............................. MA-32
Brake inspectionDrum Brake ............................ MA-33
Brake lines and cables inspection ..................... MA-32
Brake lining wear temporary checkingDisc Brake . MA33
Brake lining wear temporary checkingDrum Brake MA34
Brake pedal ....................................................... BR-11
Brake switch .................... EC-497, EC-1119, EC-1746
BRK/SW - Wiring diagram EC-498, EC-1120, EC-1747
Bulb specifications ............................................. LT-48
Bumper, front ...................................................... EI-13
Bumper, rear ....................................................... EI-18
BYPS/V - Wiring diagram .............. EC-1709, EC-1717
C
Camshaft ......................................................... EM-123
Camshaft inspection ........................... EM-32, EM-125
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) . EC-283, EC-842,
EC-1496
CAN - Wiring diagram ...... EC-146, EC-729, EC-1351,
LAN-7, LAN-17, LAN-24
CAN (Controller Area Network) . LAN-6, LAN-16, LAN23
CAN communication EC-40, EC-145, EC-621, EC-728,
EC-1243, EC-1350, AT-209, AT-590, LAN-6, LAN-16,
LAN-23
Canister-See EVAP canister ........................... EC-586
CHARGE - Wiring diagram ............................... SC-23
Charging system ............................................... SC-22
Chassis and body maintenance ........... MA-10, MA-29
CHIME - Wiring diagram ..................................... DI-40
CIGAR - Wiring diagram ................................. WW-10
Cigarette lighter ............................................... WW-10
Circuit breaker ................................................... PG-45
Closed loop control ... EC-436, EC-618, EC-1240, EC1649
Clutch cover ........................................... CL-17, CL-33
Clutch disc .............................................. CL-17, CL-33
Clutch fluid level ................................................ MA-29
A
Clutch master cylinder .............................. CL-9, CL-26
Clutch operating cylinder ........................ CL-11, CL-28
Clutch pedal .............................................. CL-7, CL-24
B
Clutch release bearing ............................ CL-14, CL-31
Clutch release mechanism ..................... CL-14, CL-31
Clutch withdrawal lever ........................... CL-14, CL-31
C
Coil spring (front) ............................................... FSU-9
Coil spring (rear) ............................................. RSU-10
Combination lamp, front, removal and installation EI-13
Combination lamp, rear, removal and installation EI-22
D
Combination meter ............................................... DI-3
Combination meter removal and installation - See Instrument panel ........................................................... IP-10
E
Combination switch .............................................. LT-4
Component Location (manual A/C) ................ MTC-23
Compression pressure ...................................... EM-52
F
Compressor clutch removal and installation ... MTC-69
Compressor mounting .................................... MTC-68
Compressor precaution .................................... MTC-8
G
Compressor special service tool ..................... MTC-11
Connecting rod .................................................. EM-70
Connecting rod bearing clearance ..................... EM-75
Connecting rod bushing clearance .................... EM-76
H
Connector inspection .......................................... GI-23
Console box - See Instrument panel ................... IP-10
CONSULT for ABS ......................................... BRC-16
I
CONSULT for engine ........ EC-113, EC-694, EC-1316
CONSULT general information ........................... GI-36
Control lever (M/T) ............................................. MT-14
J
Control valve (A/T) ........................................... AT-298
Controller Area Network (CAN) . LAN-6, LAN-16, LAN23
Converter housing installation ............ AT-380, AT-745
K
COOL/F - Wiring diagram EC-441, EC-1012, EC-1465,
EC-1654
Coolant mixture ratio ......................................... MA-14
L
Coolant overtemperarute enrichment photection .. EC1461
Coolant replacementQG18DE ........................... MA-16
Coolant replacementQR25DE ........................... MA-23 IDX
Cooling circuit (engine) ........................................ CO-6
Cooling fan motor .......................... EC-1474, EC-1663
Cooling fan relay ............................................ EC-1022
Cooling unit (A/C evaporator) ......................... MTC-80
Coupling sleeve (M/T) ............ MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Crankcase ventilation system - See Positive crankcase
ventilation ........................ EC-596, EC-1218, EC-1858
Crankshaft .......................................... EM-72, EM-161
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) .... EC-277, EC-836,
EC-1490
Cylinder block ..................................... EM-67, EM-160
Cylinder block boring ....................................... EM-181
Cylinder head ..................................... EM-52, EM-145
D
D/LOCK - Wiring diagram ................................... BL-15
IDX-3
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Data link connector ......... EC-582, EC-1204, EC-1845
Data link connector for Consult . EC-115, EC-637, EC696, EC-1318
Daytime light system ........................................... LT-10
Daytime running light - See Daytime light system .. LT10
DEF - Wiring diagram ....................................... GW-20
Detonation sensor - See Knock sensor ........... EC-832
Diagnosis sensor unit ..................................... SRS-37
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for OBD system EC-61,
EC-643, EC-1224
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) inspection priority chart
EC-86, EC-666, EC-1288
Differential gear (FF A/T) ................................. AT-356
Differential gear (FF M/T) MT-23, MT-58, MT-88, MT149
Dimensions ......................................................... GI-48
DLC - Wiring diagram ..... EC-582, EC-1204, EC-1845
Dome light - See Interior lamp ............................ LT-35
Door adjustment (front) ...................................... BL-31
Door adjustment (rear) ....................................... BL-31
Door glass .................... BL-31, GW-6, GW-12, GW-13
Door glass Fitting Adjustment ............................ BL-31
Door mirror .......................................... GW-14, GW-16
Door trim ............................................................. EI-31
Door, front ............................................. BL-31, GW-12
Door, rear .............................................. BL-31, GW-13
Drive belt ......................................................... EM-100
Drive belt inspectionQG18DE ........................... MA-16
Drive belt inspectionQR25DE ........................... MA-23
Drive plate runout ............................................. EM-77
Drive shaft ......................................................... MA-36
Drive shaft (front) ................................. FAX-5, FAX-11
Dropping resistor (A/T) ...................... AT-179, AT-547
DTC work support ............. EC-123, EC-706, EC-1327
DTRL - Wiring diagram ....................................... LT-14
614, EC-1236
Engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) .. EC-181,
EC-193, EC-760, EC-772, EC-1386, EC-1398
Engine fail-safe system ....... EC-87, EC-668, EC-1290
Engine oil filter replacementQG18DE ............... MA-20
Engine oil filter replacementQR25DE ............... MA-27
Engine oil precautions ........................................... GI-7
Engine oil replacementQG18DE ....................... MA-20
Engine oil replacementQR25DE ....................... MA-26
Engine outer component parts .......................... EM-12
Engine removal ................................... EM-63, EM-156
Engine room - See Engine compartment ......... BL-116
Engine serial number .......................................... GI-47
ETC1 - Wiring diagram ..... EC-393, EC-955, EC-1607
ETC2 - Wiring diagram ..... EC-401, EC-963, EC-1615
ETC3 - Wiring diagram ..... EC-405, EC-967, EC-1619
EVAP canister ................................. EC-586, EC-1208
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ....
EC-311, EC-460, EC-867, EC-1081, EC-1521, EC-1672
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-317, EC-468, EC873, EC-1089, EC-1527, EC-1680, EC-1687
EVAP control system (small leak) diagnosis .. EC-301,
EC-338, EC-346, EC-858, EC-893, EC-1513, EC-1547,
EC-1555, EC-1695
EVAP control system pressure sensor ... EC-324, EC880, EC-886, EC-1534, EC-1540
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring diagnosis .
EC-294, EC-852, EC-1507
EVAP system close mode ............................. EC-1209
EVAP vapor lines inspectionQG18DE .............. MA-22
EVAP vapor lines inspectionQR25DE .............. MA-28
Evaporative emission (EVAP) system .......... EC-1846
Exhaust system .................................................... EX-3
Exhaust system inspection ............................... MA-29
Exterior ................................................................ EI-22
F
E
ECM input/output signal .... EC-105, EC-686, EC-1307
ECM power supply EC-138, EC-375, EC-721, EC-936,
EC-1342, EC-1590
ECM/PW - Wiring diagram ............... EC-376, EC-1591
ECTS - Wiring diagram ..... EC-183, EC-762, EC-1388
Electric throttle control actuator EC-390, EC-392, EC404, EC-952, EC-954, EC-966, EC-1604, EC-1606
Electrical diagnoses ............................................ GI-23
Electrical load signal circuit ..... EC-564, EC-1185, EC1821
Electrical units location ...................................... PG-42
Electronic ignition (EI) system ........... EC-38, EC-1241
Engine compartment ........................................ BL-116
Engine control circuit diagram .. EC-103, EC-684, EC1305
Engine control component parts location ... EC-97, EC678, EC-1300
Engine control module (ECM) ... EC-372, EC-927, EC1583
Engine control system diagram and chart . EC-33, EC-
F/FOG - Wiring diagram ..................................... LT-25
F/PUMP - Wiring diagram EC-554, EC-1175, EC-1807
Fan switch ....................................................... MTC-50
Final drive (FF A/T) .......................................... AT-356
Final drive (FF M/T) ... MT-23, MT-58, MT-88, MT-149
Finisher, interior - See Trim ................................ EI-28
Finisher, trunk lid ................................................. EI-33
Floor trim ............................................................. EI-28
Flow charts .......................................................... GI-26
FLS1 - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1565
FLS2 - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1572
FLS3 - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1705
Fluid temperature sensor (A/T) .......... AT-126, AT-497
Fluids ................................................................ MA-13
Flywheel (clutch) .................................... CL-18, CL-34
Flywheel runout ................................................. EM-77
Fog lamp, front ................................................... LT-24
Fog lamp, front, removal and installation ............ EI-13
Fork rod (M/T) ......................... MT-22, MT-87, MT-148
Forward clutch ................................................. AT-325
Freeze frame data ............... EC-62, EC-643, EC-1264
IDX-4
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Front axle .......................................................... FAX-5
Front bumper ....................................................... EI-13
Front combination lamp removal and installation EI-13
Front disc brake ................................................ BR-19
Front door ............................................. BL-31, GW-12
Front fog lamp .................................................... LT-24
Front fog lamp removal and installation .............. EI-13
Front passenger air bag .................................. SRS-44
Front seat ............................................................ SE-3
Front seat belt ..................................................... SB-3
Front washer ..................................................... WW-3
Front wiper ........................................................ WW-3
FTTS - Wiring diagram EC-253, EC-257, EC-811, EC815, EC-1458
FUEL - Wiring diagram EC-240, EC-247, EC-797, EC804, EC-1444, EC-1451
Fuel cut control (at no load high engine speed) .... EC620, EC-1242
Fuel gauge ............................................................ DI-3
Fuel injection system ... EC-238, EC-245, EC-660, EC795, EC-802, EC-1442, EC-1449
Fuel injector ..................................................... EC-547
Fuel injector and fuel tube .................. EM-19, EM-118
Fuel level sensor .. EC-354, EC-356, EC-359, EC-910,
EC-912, EC-914, EC-1564, EC-1569, EC-1571, EC1704
Fuel line inspection ................................. FL-2, MA-19
Fuel line inspectionQR25DE ............................. MA-25
Fuel precautions .......................................... GI-3, GI-5
Fuel pressure check .......................... EC-56, EC-1257
Fuel pressure release ......... EC-56, EC-637, EC-1257
Fuel pump ....................... EC-553, EC-1174, EC-1806
Fuel tank temperature sensor ... EC-251, EC-256, EC809, EC-814, EC-1455, EC-1457
Fuel tank vacuum relief valve .......... EC-586, EC-1208
Fuel tankRemoval and Installtion ......................... FL-7
Fuse .................................................................. PG-45
Fuse and fusible link box ................................... PG-55
Fuse block ......................................................... PG-54
Fusible link ........................................................ PG-45
G
Garage jack and safety stand ............................ GI-39
Gauges .................................................................. DI-3
Gear components (M/T) ......... MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Generator .......................................................... SC-30
Generator - See Alternator ................................ SC-30
Generic scan tool (GST) ... EC-125, EC-709, EC-1329
Ground distribution ............................................ PG-12
H
H/LAMP - Wiring diagram .................................... LT-7
H/MIRROR - Wiring diagram ............................ GW-15
Harness connector ............................................ PG-46
Harness connector inspection ............................ GI-23
Harness layout .................................................. PG-21
Hazard warning lamp ......................................... LT-27
Headlamp ............................................................. LT-6
Headlamp removal and installation ..................... EI-13
Headlining - See Roof trim .................................. EI-32
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ..... EC-201, EC-207, EC-216,
EC-409, EC-415, EC-1406, EC-1412, EC-1421, EC1623, EC-1629
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater ...... EC-151, EC-1356
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ..... EC-223, EC-230, EC-421,
EC-428, EC-780, EC-787, EC-992, EC-1000, EC-1428,
EC-1435, EC-1635, EC-1642
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-157, EC-734, EC1362
HEATER - Wiring diagram .............................. MTC-25
Heater mirror .................................................... GW-15
Heater system - Wiring diagram ..................... MTC-25
Heater unit (heater core) ................................ MTC-78
Height (Dimensions) ........................................... GI-48
HFC134a (R134a) system identification ........... MTC-4
HFC134a (R134a) system introduction .......... MTC-15
HFC134a (R134a) system precaution .............. MTC-3
HFC134a (R134a) system service procedure MTC-82
HFC134a (R134a) system service tools ......... MTC-12
HFC134a system service equipment precaution MTC-8
High clutch ....................................................... AT-319
HO2S1 - Wiring diaram EC-203, EC-210, EC-219, EC1408, EC-1415, EC-1424
HO2S1H - Wiring diagram ............... EC-153, EC-1358
HO2S2 - Wiring diagram .... EC-225, EC-233, EC-423,
EC-431, EC-782, EC-790, EC-995, EC-1003, EC-1430,
EC-1437, EC-1637, EC-1644
HO2S2H - Wiring diagram . EC-159, EC-736, EC-1364
Hood .................................................................... EI-13
Horn ................................................................... WW-9
HORN - Wiring diagram ..................................... WW-9
How to erase DTC ............................. EC-651, EC-652
How to erase DTC for OBD system .... EC-71, EC-651,
EC-1273
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
IATS - Wiring diagram ....... EC-178, EC-757, EC-1383
Identification plate ............................................... GI-47 IDX
Idle air volume learning ..................... EC-53, EC-1255
Idle mixture ratio .................. EC-43, EC-624, EC-1245
Idle speed EC-43, EC-88, EC-623, EC-624, EC-1245,
EC-1291
Idle speed control (ISC) EC-363, EC-365, EC-918, EC920, EC-1579, EC-1581
Ignition coil ........ EM-115, EC-535, EC-1156, EC-1777
Ignition control system ..... EC-535, EC-1156, EC-1777
Ignition timing ... EC-43, EC-88, EC-623, EC-624, EC1245, EC-1291
IGNSYS - Wiring diagram EC-536, EC-1157, EC-1778
ILL - Wiring diagram ........................................... LT-33
Illumination ......................................................... LT-32
INJECT - Wiring diagram . EC-548, EC-1169, EC-1797
Injector ........................................... EC-1168, EC-1796
Input shaft (FF M/T) .... MT-21, MT-41, MT-85, MT-146
Instrument panel .................................................. IP-10
IDX-5
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
INT/L - Wiring diagram ........................................ LT-37
Intake air temperature sensor ... EC-177, EC-196, EC755, EC-775, EC-1381, EC-1401
Intake door control linkage adjustment ........... MTC-41
Intake door motor ............................................ MTC-38
Intake manifold ................................... EM-12, EM-105
Intake sensor .................................................. MTC-66
Intake valve timing control . EC-148, EC-385, EC-731,
EC-947, EC-1353
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-385, EC947, EC-1600
Interior ................................................................. EI-28
Interior lamp ........................................................ LT-35
IVC - Wiring diagram ........ EC-387, EC-949, EC-1601
IVIS (Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system) precautions ...
GI-5
J
Jacking points ..................................................... GI-39
Joint connector (J/C) .......................................... PG-49
Junction box (J/B) .............................................. PG-54
K
Keyless entry system - See Multi-remote control system
BL-34
Knock sensor (KS) ............ EC-273, EC-832, EC-1486
KS - Wiring diagram .......... EC-274, EC-833, EC-1487
L
Length (Dimensions) ........................................... GI-48
License lamp ....................................................... LT-19
Lifting points ............................................. GI-39, GI-40
Line pressure solenoid valve ............. AT-159, AT-547
Line pressure test (A/T) ....................... AT-68, AT-456
Liquid gasket application ........................ EM-4, EM-92
LOAD - Wiring diagram ... EC-565, EC-1185, EC-1186
Location of electrical units ................................. PG-42
Low and reverse brake .................................... AT-333
Lubricant (R134a) A/C .................................... MTC-16
Lubrication circuit (engine) ................................... LU-4
Lubrication oil A/C ........................................... MTC-16
Lubrication-locks, hinges and hood latches ...... MA-36
Luggage room lamp ............................................ LT-35
M
M/T major overhaul ................. MT-20, MT-88, MT-149
M/T oil replacementM/T oil replacement ... MT-76, MT137
M/T removal and installation .............................. MT-16
MAFS - Wiring diagram EC-166, EC-173, EC-381, EC743, EC-750, EC-942, EC-1371, EC-1377, EC-1596
Magnet clutch ................................................. MTC-69
MAIN - Wiring diagram ..... EC-138, EC-721, EC-1342
Main drive gear (M/T) ........................................ MT-21
Mainshaft (M/T) .......... MT-21, MT-48, MT-85, MT-146
Maintenance ....................................................... MA-5
Maintenance (engine)QG18DE ......................... MA-16
Maintenance (engine)QR25DE ......................... MA-23
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) . EC-72, EC-653, EC1275, EC-1586
Manual air conditioner - Wiring diagram ......... MTC-27
Manual transaxle number ................................... GI-48
Manual transmission oil replacement ................ MA-29
Mass air flow sensor (MAFS) .... EC-163, EC-171, EC379, EC-740, EC-748, EC-1368, EC-1375, EC-1594
Master cylinder (clutch) ............................ CL-9, CL-26
Meter ..................................................................... DI-3
METER - Wiring diagram .................................... DI-13
MIL - Wiring diagram ..................................... EC-1587
MIRROR - Wiring diagram ............................... GW-14
Mirror defogger ................................................ GW-15
Mirror, door ......................................... GW-14, GW-16
Mirror, out side ................................................. GW-16
Misfire ............................... EC-267, EC-825, EC-1481
Model variation .................................................... GI-45
Molding - See Exterior ........................................ EI-22
MULTI - Wiring diagram ..................................... BL-39
Multiport fuel injection (MFI) system .. EC-36, EC-617,
EC-1239
Multiport fuel injection precautions ............... GI-3, GI-6
Multi-remote control system ............................... BL-34
N
NATS (Nissan anti-theft system) ........................ BL-95
NVH troubleshooting (BR) .................................. BR-5
NVH troubleshooting (EM) .................... EM-10, EM-98
NVH troubleshooting (FA) ................................. FAX-4
NVH troubleshooting (RA) ................................ RAX-4
NVH troubleshooting (WT) .................................. WT-2
NVIS (Nissan vehicle immobilizer system) ........ BL-95
NVIS (Nissan vehicle immobilizer system) precautions
GI-3, GI-5
O
Oil change (capacity) ........................................ MA-13
Oil pan (engine) .................................. EM-16, EM-112
Oil pump (A/T) .................................................. AT-293
Oil pump (engine) .................................... LU-8, LU-19
Oil pump regulator valve (engine) ...................... LU-10
Oil seal replacement (engine) ............. EM-49, EM-142
On board diagnostic system ......................... EC-1260
Operating cylinder (clutch) ..................... CL-11, CL-28
ORVR (On-board Refueling Vapor Recovery) EC-590,
EC-1212, EC-1852
Overdrive control switch ....... AT-250, AT-252, AT-632
Overheat ......................................... EC-438, EC-1009
Overrun clutch .................................................. AT-325
Overrun clutch solenoid valve .......................... AT-568
P
Park/Neutral position switch .... EC-493, EC-1115, EC-
IDX-6
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
1742
Park/neutral position switch (A/T) ...... AT-116, AT-491
Park/neutral position switch (M/T) ..................... MT-13
Park/neutral position switch (M/T)Park/neutral position
switch (M/T) ......................................... MT-78, MT-139
Parking brake control .......................................... PB-2
Parking drum brake ........................................... BR-31
Parking lamp ...................................................... LT-19
PCV (positive crankcase ventilation) EC-596, EC-1218,
EC-1858
Periodic maintenance .......................................... MA-7
PGC/V - Wiring diagram EC-313, EC-462, EC-869, EC1083, EC-1523, EC-1674
PHASE - Wiring diagram ... EC-284, EC-843, EC-1497
Piston assembly ................................................ EM-77
Piston pin inspection ......................................... EM-69
Piston ring inspection ........................................ EM-70
Piston to bore clearance .................... EM-71, EM-181
PNP/SW - Wiring diagram EC-495, EC-1117, EC-1744
POS - Wiring diagram ....... EC-279, EC-838, EC-1491
POWER - Wiring diagram ..................... EC-937, PG-4
Power door lock ................................................. BL-12
Power door mirror ............................................ GW-14
Power steering fluid level ........................ PS-8, MA-34
Power steering gear .......................................... PS-15
Power steering hydraulic pressure ...................... PS-9
Power steering oil pressure switch ................ EC-1811
Power steering oil pump .................................... PS-21
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor ........... EC-922
Power steering system bleeding ......................... PS-8
Power supply routing ........................................... PG-2
Power window .................................................... GW-7
Power window main switch ................................ GW-7
PRE/SE - Wiring diagram ... EC-326, EC-882, EC-888,
EC-1536, EC-1542
Precautions (General) .......................................... GI-3
Pressure plate - See Clutch cover ......... CL-17, CL-33
Pressure test (A/T) ............................... AT-68, AT-456
PS/SEN - Wiring diagram .................. EC-368, EC-923
PST/SW - Wiring diagram ............................. EC-1812
R
Radiator ............................................................. CO-13
Radio - See Audio ............................................... AV-2
Rear air spoiler .................................................... EI-22
Rear axle ........................................................... RAX-5
Rear axle (disc brake type) ............................... RAX-6
Rear axle (drum brake type) ............................. RAX-6
Rear bumper ....................................................... EI-18
Rear combination lamp removal and installation EI-22
Rear disc brake ................................................. BR-23
Rear door ............................................. BL-31, GW-13
Rear drum brake ............................................... BR-31
Rear seat ............................................................. SE-5
Rear seat belt ...................................................... SB-5
Rear suspension ............................................... RSU-5
Rear window ...................................................... GW-3
Rear window defogger ..................................... GW-17
Refrigerant connection precaution .................... MTC-5
Refrigerant general precaution ......................... MTC-4
Refrigerant lines ............................................. MTC-82
Refrigerant pressure sensor .... EC-559, EC-1180, EC1816, MTC-56
Refrigeration cycle .......................................... MTC-15
Release bearing (clutch) ......................... CL-14, CL-31
Remote keyless entry system ............................. BL-34
Removal and installation (A/T) ........................ AT-265
Reverse clutch ................................................. AT-314
Reverse idler shaft (M/T) ........ MT-20, MT-85, MT-146
Reverse lamp switch (M/T) - See Back-up lamp switch
(M/T) .................................................................. MT-13
Reverse main gear (M/T) ........ MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Revolution sensor (A/T) ................................... AT-503
Road wheel size ................................................. GI-49
Rocker cover ................................................... EM-121
Roof trim .............................................................. EI-32
Room lamp - See Interior lamp ........................... LT-35
RP/SEN - Wiring diagram EC-560, EC-1181, EC-1817
S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
S/SIG - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1803
SAE J1979 - Mode 1 - 7 ................................ EC-1260
H
Seal - See Exterior .............................................. EI-22
Seat belt inspection ................................. SB-7, MA-37
Seat belt pre-tensioner disposal ...................... SRS-47
I
Seat belt, front ..................................................... SB-3
Seat belt, rear ...................................................... SB-5
Seat, front ............................................................ SE-3
J
Seat, rear ............................................................. SE-5
SEN/PW - Wiring diagram EC-456, EC-1029, EC-1669
Sheft warning system ......................................... BL-64
SHIFT - Wiring diagram ...................... AT-254, AT-638
K
Shift control components (M/T) MT-22, MT-87, MT-148
Shift control components (M/T)Shift control components
(M/T) ................................................... MT-79, MT-140
L
Shift fork (M/T) ........................ MT-22, MT-87, MT-148
Shift lever ........................................................... MT-14
Shift lock system ................................. AT-253, AT-637
Shift schedule ..................................... AT-386, AT-752 IDX
Shift solenoid valve A (A/T) .. AT-140, AT-150, AT-553
Shift solenoid valve B (A/T) ................ AT-140, AT-558
Shock absorber (front) ....................................... FSU-9
Shock absorber (rear) ..................................... RSU-10
Side trim .............................................................. EI-28
Smart entrance control unit ............................... BCS-3
Spare tire size ..................................................... GI-49
Spark plug replacementQG18DE ...................... MA-21
Spark plug replacementQR25DE ...................... MA-27
Specification value ......................................... EC-1337
Speedometer ........................................................ DI-3
SROOF - Wiring diagram .................................. RF-12
SRS - Wiring diagram ...................................... SRS-14
SRS Trouble diagnoses ..................................... SRS-8
Stabilizer bar (front) ......................................... FSU-11
Stall test (A/T) ....................................... AT-64, AT-452
Standardized relay ............................................. PG-52
IDX-7
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
START - Wiring diagram .................................... SC-10
Start signal ..................................................... EC-1802
Starter ................................................................ SC-18
Starting system .................................................... SC-9
Steering gear and linkage inspection ................ MA-34
Steering linkage ................................................. PS-15
Steering wheel and column ............................... PS-11
Steering wheel play ............................................. PS-7
Steering wheel turning force ................................ PS-9
Stop lamp ............................................................ LT-21
Stop lamp switch .............................. EC-497, EC-1746
STOP/L - Wiring diagram .................................... LT-21
Striking rod (M/T) ............................................... MT-22
Strut (front) ......................................................... FSU-9
Strut (rear) ........................................................ RSU-8
Sub-gear (M/T) .................................................. MT-21
Sunroof .............................................................. RF-11
Supplemental restraint system - Wiring diagram SRS14
Suspension ....................................................... MA-35
Swirl control valve .............................. EC-971, EC-984
Swirl control valve control position sensor EC-976, EC984
Swirl control valve control solenoid valve ........ EC-984
SWL/S - Wiring diagram .................... EC-978, EC-986
SWL/V - Wiring diagram ..... EC-971, EC-973, EC-984
Symbols and abbreviations ............... GI-8, GI-9, GI-21
Symptom matrix chart ......... EC-93, EC-674, EC-1295
Synchronizer (M/T) ................. MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
System readiness test (SRT) code ..... EC-63, EC-644,
EC-1265
Timing chain ........................................ EM-39, EM-134
Tire rotation ....................................................... MA-31
Tire size .............................................................. GI-49
TLID - Wiring diagram ........................................ BL-33
Top tether strap child restraint ........................... SB-10
Torque converter installation AT-266, AT-650, AT-745
Torque convertor clutch solenoid valve ........... AT-534
Tow truck towing ................................................. GI-41
Towing point ........................................................ GI-42
TPS1 - Wiring diagram .................... EC-262, EC-1477
TPS2 - Wiring diagram ...... EC-188, EC-767, EC-1393
TPS3 - Wiring diagram .... EC-520, EC-1142, EC-1765
Transmission case (M/T) ........ MT-20, MT-84, MT-145
Tread-FR&RR (Dimensions) ............................... GI-48
Trim ..................................................................... EI-28
Trouble diagnoses ..................................... GI-9, GI-23
Trunk lid .............................................................. EI-18
Trunk lid finisher .................................................. EI-33
Trunk lid opener - See Trunk lid .......................... EI-18
Trunk lid opener, electric .................................... BL-33
Trunk lid trim ....................................................... EI-33
Trunk room lamp ................................................ LT-35
Trunk room trim ................................................... EI-33
TURN - Wiring diagram ...................................... LT-29
Turn signal lamp ................................................ LT-27
Two trip detection logic ....... EC-58, EC-639, EC-1260
Two-pole lift ......................................................... GI-40
Under body ...................................................... BL-119
T
V
Tachometer ........................................................... DI-3
Tail lamp ............................................................. LT-19
TAIL/L - Wiring diagram ...................................... LT-19
TCM circuit diagram ............................. AT-18, AT-407
TCM inspection table ......................... AT-110, AT-485
Temperature control cable and linkage adjustment ......
MTC-45
Thermal protector ........................................... MTC-76
Thermostat ............................................ CO-11, CO-28
Three way catalyst function EC-289, EC-848, EC-1502
Three way catalyst precautions ................... GI-3, GI-5
Throttle control motor ..................................... EC-1618
Throttle control motor relay EC-399, EC-961, EC-1613
Throttle position sensor (TPS) .. EC-186, EC-260, EC451, EC-453, EC-518, EC-765, EC-1024, EC-1026, EC1140, EC-1391, EC-1475, EC-1664, EC-1666, EC-1763
Throttle position sensor adjustment ................. EC-669
Throttle position switch ...................... AT-250, AT-632
Throttle valve closed position learning ........... EC-1255
Throwout bearing - See Clutch release bearing CL-14,
CL-31
Tie-rod ............................................................... PS-19
Tie-rod ball joints ............................................... PS-19
Tightening torque of standard bolts .................... GI-43
Time control system ........................................ BCS-10
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve .... EC-1707, EC-1714
Vacuum hose (brake system) ........................... BR-18
Vacuum hose drawing (Engine control) .... EC-34, EC1237
Valve clearance .................................. EM-35, EM-130
Valve guide ......................................... EM-58, EM-152
Valve seat ........................................... EM-60, EM-153
Valve spring ........................................ EM-61, EM-154
Variable induction air control system (VIAS) . EC-1788
Vehicle identification number .............................. GI-46
Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .......... GI-42
Vehicle security (theft warning) system ............. BL-64
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) ..... EC-361, EC-916, EC1575
VEHSEC - Wiring diagram ................................. BL-71
Vent mode switch ............................................ MTC-20
VENT/V - Wiring diagram ... EC-319, EC-470, EC-875,
EC-1091, EC-1529, EC-1682, EC-1690
VIAS - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1790
Viscosity number (SAE) .................................... MA-14
VSS - Wiring diagram ................................... EC-1576
U
W
WARN - Wiring diagram ...................................... DI-29
IDX-8
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Warning chime .................................................... DI-37
Warning lamps .................................................... DI-27
Washer, front ..................................................... WW-3
Water pump ......................................................... CO-9
Water temperature gauge ..................................... DI-3
Weatherstrip - See Exterior ................................. EI-22
Wheel alignment (front) ..................................... FSU-6
Wheel alignment (rear) ...................................... RSU-6
Wheel balance .................................................. MA-31
Wheel bearing (front axle) ................................. FAX-9
Wheel bearing (front) ........................................ FAX-5
Wheel bearing (rear) ......................................... RAX-5
Wheel hub (front) .................................. FAX-6, FAX-9
Wheel hub (rear) ............................................... RAX-6
Wheel sensors (ABS) ...................................... BRC-44
Wheel size .......................................................... GI-49
Wheelbase (Dimensions) ................................... GI-48
Width (Dimensions) ............................................ GI-48
WINDOW - Wiring diagram ................................ GW-9
Window, back door ........................................... GW-12
Window, door ........................................ GW-6, GW-12
Window, rear ...................................................... GW-3
Windshield .......................................................... GW-3
Windshield washer - See Front washer ............ WW-3
Windshield wiper - See Front wiper .................. WW-3
WIPER - Wiring diagram ................................... WW-5
Wiper and washer ............................................. WW-3
Wiper, front ........................................................ WW-3
Wiring Diagram (Cell code) list .......................... PG-39
Wiring diagrams ........................................ GI-8, GI-13
Withdrawal lever (clutch) ........................ CL-14, CL-31
Wrist pin - See Piston pin inspection ................. EM-69
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
IDX
IDX-9
B ENGINE
A
ACC
SECTION
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM ...................... 2
Removal and Installation .......................................... 2
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........ 4
Accelerator Control ................................................... 4
PEDAL TRAVEL .................................................... 4
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
ACC-1
2003 Sentra
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
Removal and Installation
1.
a.
b.
PFP:18005
EBS00DTP
Disconnect the accelerator pedal position sensor electrical connector.
Pull the connector lock back to unlock the connector from the
accelerator pedal position sensor.
Pull up on the connector to disconnect it from the accelerator
pedal position sensor.
LBIA0075E
2.
Remove the upper and lower pedal assembly nuts.
LBIA0060E
3.
Remove the pedal assembly.
● For electrical inspection of the accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-503, "DTC P2122, P2123
APP SENSOR" (QG18DE ULEV), EC-1125, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" (QG18DE SULEV)
or EC-1751, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" (QR25DE).
CAUTION:
● Do not disassemble the pedal assembly. Do not remove the accelerator pedal position sensor
from the pedal assembly.
● Avoid impact from dropping during handling.
● Keep the pedal assembly away from water.
Revision: May 2004
ACC-2
2003 Sentra
ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM
4.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
● Check the accelerator pedal for smooth operation. There
should be no binding or sticking when applying or releasing
the accelerator pedal.
A
ACC
C
LBIA0061E
D
●
Check that the accelerator pedal moves through the full specified distance of pedal travel.
Pedal Travel "A"
E
: 52.6 - 58.2 mm (2.07 - 2.29 in)
F
G
LBIA0062E
CAUTION:
When the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor is disconnected, perform
the "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Refer to EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal
Released Position Learning" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
ACC-3
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Accelerator Control
PFP:00030
EBS00EWA
PEDAL TRAVEL
Accelerator control pedal - total travel
Revision: May 2004
52.6 - 58.2 mm (2.07 - 2.29 in)
ACC-4
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
AUTO CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
F
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)..... 2
Description ............................................................... 2
G
H
I
J
ACS
L
M
Revision: May 2004
ACS-1
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
Description
PFP:18930
EKS003JX
Regarding the information for ASCD system, refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" [QG (ULEV) engine models], EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" [QG
(SULEV) engine models], EC-1860, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" (QR engine models).
Revision: May 2004
ACS-2
2003 Sentra
C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
A
B
SECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
AT
D
E
CONTENTS
RE4F03B
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ................................ 7
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ......................... 7
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 9
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 9
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
of A/T and Engine .................................................... 9
Precautions .............................................................. 9
Service Notice or Precautions .................................11
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 12
PREPARATION ......................................................... 13
Special Service Tools ............................................. 13
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 16
OVERALL SYSTEM ................................................. 17
A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 17
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 18
Cross-sectional View .............................................. 19
Hydraulic Control Circuit ........................................ 20
Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 21
Control System ....................................................... 30
CAN Communication .............................................. 31
Control Mechanism ................................................ 32
Control Valve .......................................................... 36
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 38
Introduction ............................................................ 38
OBD-II Function for A/T System ............................. 38
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ............ 38
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................. 38
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 42
CONSULT-II ........................................................... 42
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION ........... 57
Introduction ............................................................ 57
Work Flow .............................................................. 61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION ... 64
A/T Fluid Check ...................................................... 64
Stall Test ................................................................. 64
Revision: May 2004
Line Pressure Test .................................................. 68
Road Test ............................................................... 69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 85
Symptom Chart ....................................................... 85
TCM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY .... 113
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 113
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 114
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
SWITCH .................................................................. 116
Description ............................................................ 116
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 117
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 118
Component Inspection .......................................... 120
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 121
Description ............................................................ 121
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS .............................. 123
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 124
Component Inspection .......................................... 126
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 127
Description ............................................................ 127
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ........................ 129
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 130
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 132
Description ............................................................ 132
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS ......................... 133
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 134
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ................ 136
Description ............................................................ 136
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST ............................... 138
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 139
Component Inspection .......................................... 140
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION ................ 141
Description ............................................................ 141
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND .............................. 143
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 144
Component Inspection .......................................... 145
AT-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION ................ 146
Description ............................................................ 146
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD .............................. 148
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 149
Component Inspection .......................................... 150
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ................ 151
Description ............................................................ 151
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH ............................... 154
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 155
Component Inspection .......................................... 159
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 160
Description ............................................................ 160
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV .............................. 161
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 162
Component Inspection .......................................... 163
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 164
Description ............................................................ 164
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG ........................ 167
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 168
Component Inspection .......................................... 173
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 174
Description ............................................................ 174
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ............................ 175
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 176
Component Inspection .......................................... 178
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ............... 180
Description ............................................................ 180
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ........................... 181
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 182
Component Inspection .......................................... 183
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ............... 184
Description ............................................................ 184
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ........................... 185
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 186
Component Inspection .......................................... 187
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR] ........................................................................ 188
Description ............................................................ 188
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 189
Possible Cause ..................................................... 189
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 189
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS .............................. 191
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 192
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE ..................................................................... 194
Description ............................................................ 194
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ...................... 195
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 196
Component Inspection .......................................... 197
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE). 198
Description ............................................................ 198
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ......................... 200
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 201
Component Inspection .......................................... 203
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
Revision: May 2004
SENSOR·MTR ......................................................... 204
Description ............................................................ 204
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR ....................... 206
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 207
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 209
Description ............................................................ 209
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 209
Possible Cause ..................................................... 209
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 209
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 210
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 211
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
(ROM) ...................................................................... 212
Description ............................................................ 212
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 212
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) ......................... 214
Description ............................................................ 214
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 215
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ........... 216
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 216
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On . 221
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position.223
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed ............................................... 224
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .......................... 225
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position ...................... 226
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position.227
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or
“1” Position ............................................................ 229
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ................. 231
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 ..................................................... 234
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 .......................... 236
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ........................... 238
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ....................... 240
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ............ 241
14. Lock-up Is Not Released ................................. 243
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
Braking D4 → D3 ) ................................................. 244
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ..................... 245
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive
Control Switch “ON” → “OFF” ............................... 247
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector
Lever “D” → “2” Position ....................................... 248
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector
Lever “2” → “1” Position ........................................ 249
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake.250
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/
neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and
Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor] Switches Circuit Checks} ....... 250
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 253
Description ............................................................ 253
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location .......... 253
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT — ................................. 254
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 255
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 258
Components .......................................................... 258
AT-2
2003 Sentra
Removal ............................................................... 258
Installation ............................................................ 259
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ......................................... 260
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators .......... 260
Control Cable Adjustment .................................... 263
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment . 263
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ................ 264
Revolution Sensor Replacement .......................... 264
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ........................... 265
Removal ............................................................... 265
Installation ............................................................ 266
OVERHAUL ............................................................ 268
Components ......................................................... 268
Oil Channel .......................................................... 271
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings ......................... 272
Disassembly ......................................................... 273
MANUAL SHAFT .................................................... 289
Components ......................................................... 289
Removal ............................................................... 289
Inspection ............................................................. 290
Installation ............................................................ 290
OIL PUMP ............................................................... 293
Components ......................................................... 293
Disassembly ......................................................... 293
Inspection ............................................................. 294
Assembly .............................................................. 296
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY ............................. 298
Components ......................................................... 298
Disassembly ......................................................... 299
Inspection ............................................................. 302
Assembly .............................................................. 303
CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY ......................... 308
Components ......................................................... 308
Disassembly ......................................................... 308
Inspection ............................................................. 309
Assembly .............................................................. 310
CONTROL VALVE LOWER BODY ........................ 312
Components ......................................................... 312
Disassembly ......................................................... 312
Inspection ............................................................. 313
Assembly .............................................................. 313
REVERSE CLUTCH ............................................... 314
Components ......................................................... 314
Disassembly ......................................................... 314
Inspection ............................................................. 315
Assembly .............................................................. 316
HIGH CLUTCH ....................................................... 319
Components ......................................................... 319
Disassembly ......................................................... 319
Inspection ............................................................. 321
Assembly .............................................................. 322
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH . 325
Components ......................................................... 325
Disassembly ......................................................... 325
Inspection ............................................................. 327
Assembly .............................................................. 329
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE .................................... 333
Components ......................................................... 333
Revision: May 2004
Disassembly ......................................................... 333
Inspection ............................................................. 335
Assembly .............................................................. 335
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH
HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH HUB .................... 338
Components ......................................................... 338
Disassembly ......................................................... 338
Inspection ............................................................. 340
Assembly .............................................................. 340
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER ................. 343
Components ......................................................... 343
Disassembly ......................................................... 343
Inspection ............................................................. 345
Assembly .............................................................. 346
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY ...................... 349
Components ......................................................... 349
Disassembly ......................................................... 349
Inspection ............................................................. 352
Assembly .............................................................. 352
FINAL DRIVE .......................................................... 356
Components ......................................................... 356
Disassembly ......................................................... 356
Inspection ............................................................. 358
Assembly .............................................................. 358
ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 361
Assembly (1) ......................................................... 361
Adjustment (1) ...................................................... 362
Assembly (2) ......................................................... 369
Adjustment (2) ...................................................... 373
Assembly (3) ......................................................... 377
Assembly (4) ......................................................... 380
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 386
General Specifications .......................................... 386
Shift Schedule ...................................................... 386
Stall Revolution ..................................................... 386
Line Pressure ....................................................... 387
Control Valves ...................................................... 387
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band ............................. 387
Clutch and Brake Return Springs ......................... 389
Oil Pump ............................................................... 389
Input Shaft ............................................................ 389
Planetary Carrier .................................................. 390
Final Drive ............................................................ 390
Reduction Pinion Gear ......................................... 391
Output Shaft ......................................................... 393
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 393
Total End Play ....................................................... 394
Reverse Clutch End Play ...................................... 394
Accumulator .......................................................... 394
Band Servo ........................................................... 394
Removal and Installation ...................................... 394
Shift Solenoid Valves ............................................ 395
Solenoid Valve ...................................................... 395
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 395
Revolution Sensor ................................................ 395
Dropping Resistor ................................................. 395
AT-3
2003 Sentra
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
RE4F04B
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ............................ 396
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ..................... 396
PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 398
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ............................................................... 398
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
of A/T and Engine ................................................. 398
Precautions ........................................................... 398
Service Notice or Precautions .............................. 400
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 401
PREPARATION ....................................................... 402
Special Service Tools ........................................... 402
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 405
OVERALL SYSTEM ................................................ 406
A/T Electrical Parts Location ................................. 406
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 407
Cross-sectional View ............................................ 408
Hydraulic Control Circuit ....................................... 409
Shift Mechanism ................................................... 410
Control System ..................................................... 419
CAN Communication ............................................ 420
Control Mechanism ............................................... 422
Control Valve ........................................................ 426
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................................................................ 428
Introduction ........................................................... 428
OBD-II Function for A/T System ........................... 428
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II .......... 428
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............... 428
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 432
CONSULT-II .......................................................... 432
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ......... 441
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION ........... 446
Introduction ........................................................... 446
Work Flow ............................................................. 450
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION ..... 452
A/T Fluid Check .................................................... 452
Stall Test ............................................................... 452
Line Pressure Test ................................................ 456
Road Test ............................................................. 457
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION ........................................................................ 473
Symptom Chart ..................................................... 473
TCM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 484
System Description ............................................... 487
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY .... 488
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 488
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 489
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 491
Description ............................................................ 491
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 491
Possible Cause ..................................................... 491
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 491
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 493
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 494
Revision: May 2004
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 497
Description ............................................................ 497
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 497
Possible Cause ..................................................... 497
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 497
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ............................... 499
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 500
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 503
Description ............................................................ 503
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 503
Possible Cause ..................................................... 503
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 503
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ......................... 505
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 506
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .................... 508
Description ............................................................ 508
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 508
Possible Cause ..................................................... 508
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 508
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS ......................... 509
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 510
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ................. 512
Description ............................................................ 512
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 512
Possible Cause ..................................................... 512
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 512
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST ............................... 514
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 515
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION ................ 517
Description ............................................................ 517
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 517
Possible Cause ..................................................... 517
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 517
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND .............................. 519
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 520
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION ................ 522
Description ............................................................ 522
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 522
Possible Cause ..................................................... 522
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 522
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD .............................. 524
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 525
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ................. 527
Description ............................................................ 527
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 527
Possible Cause ..................................................... 527
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 527
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH ............................... 529
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 530
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
AT-4
2003 Sentra
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 534
Description ........................................................... 534
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 534
Possible Cause .................................................... 534
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 534
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV .............................. 536
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 537
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 539
Description ........................................................... 539
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 539
Possible Cause .................................................... 539
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 539
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG ....................... 541
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 542
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 547
Description ........................................................... 547
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 547
Possible Cause .................................................... 547
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 547
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ............................ 549
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 550
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A .............. 553
Description ........................................................... 553
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 553
Possible Cause .................................................... 553
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 553
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A .......................... 555
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 556
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B .............. 558
Description ........................................................... 558
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 558
Possible Cause .................................................... 558
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 558
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B .......................... 560
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 561
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR] ....................................................................... 563
Description ........................................................... 563
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 563
Possible Cause .................................................... 563
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 563
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS .............................. 565
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 566
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE ..................................................................... 568
Description ........................................................... 568
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 568
Possible Cause .................................................... 568
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure .................................................................. 568
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ...................... 570
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 571
Revision: May 2004
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE). 573
Description ............................................................ 573
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 573
Possible Cause ..................................................... 573
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 573
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ......................... 575
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 576
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR .................. 580
Description ............................................................ 580
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 580
Possible Cause ..................................................... 580
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 580
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR ...................... 582
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 583
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR ............... 585
Description ............................................................ 585
Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T ........................ 587
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 588
Component Inspection .......................................... 589
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 590
Description ............................................................ 590
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 590
Possible Cause ..................................................... 590
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 590
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 591
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 592
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
(ROM) ...................................................................... 593
Description ............................................................ 593
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 593
Possible Cause ..................................................... 593
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure ................................................................... 593
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 594
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) ......................... 595
Description ............................................................ 595
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 596
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 597
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 597
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On . 602
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position. 604
3. In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed .............................................. 605
4. In N Position, Vehicle Moves ............................ 605
5. Large Shock N → R Position ............................ 607
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position. 609
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D, 2 or 1 Position ........................................................................ 612
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ................. 614
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 ..................................................... 617
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 .......................... 619
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 .......................... 622
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ...................... 624
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ............ 625
14. Lock-up Is Not Released ................................ 626
AT-5
2003 Sentra
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
Braking D4 → D3 ) ................................................ 627
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ..................... 629
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive
Control Switch ON → OFF ................................... 630
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector
Lever D → 2 Position ............................................ 630
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector
Lever 2 → 1 Position ............................................ 631
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake. 632
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/
neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and
Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor] Switches Circuit Checks} ....... 632
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 637
Description ............................................................ 637
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 637
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT — ................................ 638
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 639
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 642
Components ......................................................... 642
Removal ............................................................... 642
Installation ............................................................. 643
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 644
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators .......... 644
Revolution Sensor Replacement .......................... 646
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment ... 646
Control Cable Adjustment ..................................... 647
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ................. 647
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ........................... 649
Removal ............................................................... 649
Installation ............................................................. 650
OVERHAUL ............................................................. 652
Components ......................................................... 652
Oil Channel ........................................................... 655
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 656
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 657
Disassembly ......................................................... 657
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ...................... 672
Manual Shaft ........................................................ 672
Oil Pump ............................................................... 675
Control Valve Assembly ........................................ 679
Revision: May 2004
Control Valve Upper Body ..................................... 687
Control Valve Lower Body ..................................... 691
Reverse Clutch ..................................................... 694
High Clutch ........................................................... 697
Forward And Overrun Clutches ............................ 702
Low & Reverse Brake ........................................... 708
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub ...................................................... 710
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 714
Band Servo Piston Assembly ................................ 719
Final Drive ............................................................. 724
ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 729
Assembly (1) ......................................................... 729
Adjustment (1) ....................................................... 730
Assembly (2) ......................................................... 735
Adjustment (2) ....................................................... 742
Assembly (3) ......................................................... 745
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 752
General Specifications .......................................... 752
Shift Schedule ....................................................... 752
Stall Revolution ..................................................... 752
Line Pressure ........................................................ 753
Control Valves ....................................................... 753
Accumulator .......................................................... 753
Clutch and Brakes ................................................. 754
Final Drive ............................................................. 756
Planetary Carrier and Oil Pump ............................ 756
Input Shaft ............................................................. 757
Reduction Pinion Gear .......................................... 757
Band Servo ........................................................... 758
Output Shaft .......................................................... 758
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 759
Total End Play ....................................................... 759
Reverse Clutch End Play ...................................... 759
Removal and Installation ....................................... 759
Shift Solenoid Valves ............................................ 760
Solenoid Valves .................................................... 760
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 760
Revolution Sensor ................................................. 760
Dropping Resistor ................................................. 760
Turbine Revolution Sensor .................................... 760
AT-6
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
[RE4F03B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC
PFP:00000
A
ECS005VU
ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
B
CONSULT-II
GST*1
Reference page
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
AT-151
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
AT-164
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
AT-121
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
AT-132
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-174
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
AT-194
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-116
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2
P0750
AT-180
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2
P0755
AT-184
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-160
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2
P1705
AT-188
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3
P0720
AT-127
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
AT-209
●
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
●
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
●
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-7
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
[RE4F03B]
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*1
Reference page
P0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-116
P0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
AT-121
P0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3
AT-127
P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
AT-132
P0731
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
AT-136
P0732
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
AT-141
P0733
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
AT-146
P0734
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
AT-151
P0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-160
P0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
AT-164
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-174
P0750
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2
AT-180
P0755
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2
AT-184
P1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2
AT-188
P1760
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
AT-194
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
AT-209
●
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
●
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
●
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
Revision: May 2004
AT-8
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F03B]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
ECS005VV
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
AT
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
F
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine
ECS005VW
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions
●
ECS005VX
Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the TCM.
Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
AT-9
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF289H
Revision: May 2004
G
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F03B]
●
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
AAT470A
●
Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly
or not. See page AT-110 .
MEF040DA
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed.
Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts
from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common
SAT964I
shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation
of the transaxle.
Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled.
It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to AT-11,
"ATF COOLER SERVICE" .
After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF.
When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque
converter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the MA section when changing A/T fluid.
Refer to MA-31, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-10
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F03B]
Service Notice or Precautions
ECS005VY
A
FAIL-SAFE
The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major
electrical input/output device circuit is damaged.
Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of “1”, “2” or “D”. The cus- B
tomer may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration.
When the ignition key is turned “ON” following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF indicator lamp blinks for about 8
seconds. [For “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, refer to AT-52, "TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure
AT
(No Tools)" .]
The blinking of the O/D OFF indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The
customer may resume normal driving conditions.
D
Always follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-61, "Work Flow" .
The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows:
●
The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor.
E
●
During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.
TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
●
External leaks in the hub weld area.
●
Converter hub is scored or damaged.
●
Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
●
Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
●
Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
●
Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
●
Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
●
Internal failure of stator roller clutch.
●
Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter).
●
Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are
worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter.
The torque converter should not be replaced if:
●
The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
●
The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
●
Transaxle failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate
lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
●
Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter
clutch dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic,
such as taxi, delivery or police use.
ATF COOLER SERVICE
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer.
Replace radiator lower tank (which includes ATF cooler) with a new one and flush cooler line using cleaning
solvent and compressed air.
Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR" .
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
●
●
●
–
A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on
AT-55, "Judgement of Self-diagnosis Code" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in the ECM and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure “HOW TO ERASE DTC” on page AT-40 to complete the repair and
avoid unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
The following self-diagnostic items can be detected using ECM self-diagnostic results mode* only when
the O/D OFF indicator lamp does not indicate any malfunctions.
PNP switch
Revision: May 2004
AT-11
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F03B]
*: For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-58, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or
EC-639, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
●
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-47, "HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING
TYPE)" .
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
ECS005VZ
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING".
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Revision: May 2004
AT-12
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RE4F03B]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
ECS005W0
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
(J34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 (J34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
2 (J34301-2)
Hoses
3 (J34298)
Adapter
4 (J34282)
Adapter
5 (790-301-1230-A)
60° Adapter
6 (J34301-15)
Square socket
B
Measuring line pressure
AT
D
AAT896
E
F
KV31103000
(J38982)
Drift
Installing differential oil seal
(Use with ST35325000.)
a: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
G
H
NT105
ST35325000
(
—
Drift
Installing differential oil seal
(Use with KV31103000.)
a: 215 mm (8.46 in)
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
c: M12 x 1.5P
)
I
J
NT417
KV38107700
(J39027)
Preload adapter
●
Measuring turning torque of final drive assembly
●
Measuring clearance between side gear
and differential case with washer
●
Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim
Removing and installing clutch return spring
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)
NT423
Revision: May 2004
AT-13
L
M
NT087
KV31103200
(J34285-A and J34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
K
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RE4F03B]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST23540000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
Removing and installing parking rod plate,
manual plate and differential pinion mate shaft
retaining pins
a: 2.3 mm (0.091 in) dia.
b: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
NT442
KV32101000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
Installing throttle lever and manual shaft retaining pins
a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
NT410
ST25710000
(
—
Pin punch
Aligning groove of manual shaft and hole of
transmission case
a: 2 mm (0.08 in) dia.
)
NT410
ST3306S001
(J22888-D)
Differential side bearing puller set
1 ST33051001
(J22888-D)
Puller
2 ST33061000
(J8107-2)
Adapter
Removing differential side bearing inner race
a: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
b: 29.5 mm (1.161 in) dia.
c: 130 mm (5.12 in)
d: 135 mm (5.31 in)
e: 120 mm (4.72 in)
NT745
KV381054S0
(J34286)
Puller
NT414
ST27180001
(J25726-B)
Puller
●
Removing idler gear bearing outer race
●
Removing differential side oil seals
●
Removing differential side bearing outer
race
●
Removing needle bearing from bearing retainer
a: 250 mm (9.84 in)
b: 160 mm (6.30 in)
●
Removing idler gear
a: 100 mm (3.94 in)
b: 110 mm (4.33 in)
c: M8 x 1.25P
NT424
ST30031000
(J22912-O1)
Puller
Removing reduction gear bearing inner race
a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
NT411
Revision: May 2004
AT-14
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RE4F03B]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
ST35272000
(J26092)
Drift
●
Installing reduction gear bearing inner race
●
Installing idler gear bearing inner race
B
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 35.5 mm (1.398 in) dia.
AT
NT426
ST37830000
(
—
Drift
Installing idler gear bearing outer race
a: 62 mm (2.44 in) dia.
b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
)
D
E
NT427
ST35321000
(
—
Drift
F
Installing output shaft bearing
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
)
G
H
NT073
ST30633000
(
—
Drift
Installing differential side bearing outer race
a: 67 mm (2.64 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
)
I
J
NT073
ST35271000
(J26091)
Drift
●
Installing idler gear
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
K
L
NT115
ST33400001
(J26082)
Drift
●
Installing oil pump housing oil seal
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
NT115
KV38105710
(
—
●
)
Measuring clearance between side gear
and differential case
NT087
Revision: May 2004
AT-15
2003 Sentra
M
PREPARATION
[RE4F03B]
Commercial Service Tools
ECS005W1
Tool name
Description
Puller
●
Removing idler gear bearing inner race
●
Removing and installing band servo piston
snap ring
NT077
Drift
Removing idler gear bearing inner race
a: 34 mm (1.34 in) dia.
NT109
Drift
Installing differential left side bearing
a: 86 mm (3.39 in) dia.
b: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
NT115
Drift
Installing differential right side bearing
a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
NT115
Revision: May 2004
AT-16
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location
PFP:00000
A
ECS005W2
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCIA0162E
Revision: May 2004
AT-17
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Circuit Diagram
ECS005W3
WCWA0060E
Revision: May 2004
AT-18
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Cross-sectional View
ECS005W4
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT842J
Revision: May 2004
AT-19
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Hydraulic Control Circuit
ECS005W5
WAT408
Revision: May 2004
AT-20
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Shift Mechanism
ECS005W6
A
CONSTRUCTION
B
AT
D
E
F
SAT998I
1.
Torque converter
2.
Oil pump
3.
4.
Brake band
5.
Reverse clutch
6.
High clutch
7.
Front sun gear
8.
Front pinion gear
9.
Front internal gear
G
Input shaft
H
10 Front planetary carrier
.
11 Rear sun gear
.
12 Rear pinion gear
.
13 Rear internal gear
.
14 Rear planetary carrier
.
15 Forward clutch
.
16 Forward one-way clutch
.
17 Overrun clutch
.
18 Low one-way clutch
.
19 Low & reverse brake
.
20 Parking pawl
.
21 Parking gear
.
22 Output shaft
.
23 Idle gear
.
24 Output gear
.
K
Function
L
I
J
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
Clutch and brake components
Abbr.
5 Reverse clutch
R/C
To transmit input power to front sun gear 7 .
6 High clutch
H/C
To transmit input power to front planetary carrier 10 .
15 Forward clutch
F/C
To connect front planetary carrier 10 with forward one-way clutch 16 .
17 Overrun clutch
O/C
To connect front planetary carrier 10 with rear internal gear 13 .
4 Brake band
B/B
To lock front sun gear 7 .
16 Forward one-way clutch
F/O.C
When forward clutch 15 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear 13 from rotating in
opposite direction against engine revolution.
18 Low one-way clutch
L/O.C
To stop front planetary carrier 10 from rotating in opposite direction against
engine revolution.
19 Low & reverse brake
L & R/B
To lock front planetary carrier 10 .
Revision: May 2004
AT-21
2003 Sentra
M
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART
Shift
position
Reverse
clutch
5
High
clutch
6
Forward
clutch
15
Overrun
clutch
17
Band servo
2nd
apply
3rd
release
4th
apply
Forward
one-way
clutch
16
Low
oneway
clutch
18
Low &
reverse
brake
19
Lockup
PARK
POSITION
P
R
O
REVERSE
POSITION
O
NEUTRAL
POSITION
N
D
*4
2
1
Remarks
1st
O
*1 D
2nd
O
*1 A
O
*1 A
*2 C
C
*3 C
C
3rd
O
O
4th
O
C
B
B
B
B
*1 O
O
O
1st
O
O
*2 C
B
2nd
O
O
O
B
3rd
O
O
*2 C
B
1st
O
O
2nd
O
O
O
B
3rd
O
O
*2 C
B
B
B
Automatic
shift
1⇔2⇔3⇔
4
Automatic
shift
1⇔2⇐3
O
Locks (held
stationary) in
1st speed
1⇐2⇐3
●
*1: Operates when overdrive control switch is set in “OFF” position.
●
*2: Oil pressure is applied to both 2nd “apply” side and 3rd “release” side of band servo piston. However, brake band does not contract because oil pressure area on the “release” side is greater than that on the “apply” side.
●
*3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th “apply” side in condition *2 above, and brake band contracts.
●
*4: A/T will not shift to 4th when overdrive control switch is set in “OFF” position.
●
O: Operates.
●
A: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, activating engine brake.
●
B: Operates during “progressive” acceleration.
●
C: Operates but does not affect power transmission.
●
D: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, but does not affect engine brake.
Revision: May 2004
AT-22
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” and “P” Positions
●
●
A
“N” position
Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft because the clutches do not operate.
“P” position
Similar to the “N” position, the clutches do not operate. The parking pawl engages with the parking gear to
mechanically hold the output shaft so that the powertrain is locked.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
SAT991I
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-23
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
“11 ” Position
SAT374J
●
Forward clutch
●
Forward one-way clutch
●
Overrun clutch
●
Low and reverse brake
Engine brake
Revision: May 2004
As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low and
reverse brake.
This is different from that of D1 and 21 .
Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when decelerating.
AT-24
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
“D1 ” and “21 ” Positions
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SAT377J
●
Forward one-way clutch
●
Forward clutch
●
Low one-way clutch
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
(Engine brake)
Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of
these three clutches.
D1 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
21 : Always engaged
At D1 and 21 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low oneway clutch.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-25
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
“D2 ”, “22 ” and “12 ” Positions
SAT378J
●
Forward clutch
●
Forward one-way
clutch
●
Brake band
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
Revision: May 2004
Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal gear now
rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier.
As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch and forward oneway clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of rear planetary carrier compared with
that of the 1st speed.
D2 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
22 and 12 : Always engaged
AT-26
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
“D3 ” “23 ” and “13 ” Positions
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SAT379J
●
High clutch
●
Forward clutch
●
Forward one-way
clutch
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary carrier is connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way clutch.
This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier to
turn at the same speed.
K
L
D3 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
23 and 13 : Always engaged
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-27
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
“D4 ” (OD) Position
SAT380J
●
High clutch
●
Brake band
●
Forward clutch (Does not affect power
transmission)
Engine brake
Revision: May 2004
Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch.
This front carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and makes
front internal gear (output) turn faster.
At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine
brake can be obtained when decelerating.
AT-28
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
“R” Position
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SAT381J
●
Reverse clutch
●
Low and reverse brake
Engine brake
Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low and reverse brake.
Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front
internal gear in the opposite direction.
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be
obtained when decelerating.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-29
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Control System
ECS005W7
OUTLINE
The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various switches and sensors. It always
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SWITCHES & SENSORS
TCM
ACTUATORS
Park/neutral position (PNP)
switch
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
Engine speed signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Vehicle speed sensor
Overdrive control switch
ASCD control unit
Stop lamp switch
Turbine revolution sensor
Shift control
Line pressure solenoid
Lock-up control
Overrun clutch control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-II communication line
control
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
O/D OFF indicator lamp
CONTROL SYSTEM
WCIA0163E
Revision: May 2004
AT-30
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
TCM FUNCTION
A
The function of the TCM is to:
●
Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
●
Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
●
Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
B
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM
Sensors, switches and solenoid
valves
PNP switch
Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
Throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor]
Detects accelerator pedal position and requested throttle opening and sends
a signal to TCM.
Engine speed signal
From ECM.
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
Revolution sensor
Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM.
Vehicle speed sensor
Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed sensor. Sends a signal when revolution
sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions.
Overdrive control switch
Sends a signal, which prohibits a shift to “D4 ” (overdrive) position, to the
TCM.
ASCD control unit
Sends the cruise signal and “D4 ” (overdrive) cancellation signal from ASCD
control unit to TCM.
Stop lamp switch
Releases lock-up system when depressing pedal in lock-up condition.
Shift solenoid valve A/B
Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
from TCM.
Line pressure solenoid valve
Regulates (or decreases) line pressure suited to driving conditions in relation
to a signal sent from TCM.
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM.
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Controls an “engine brake” effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a
signal sent from TCM.
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Shows TCM faults, when A/T control components malfunction.
Input
Output
AT
Function
CAN Communication
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
ECS006H7
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
System diagram
LKIA0132E
Revision: May 2004
AT-31
2003 Sentra
L
M
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Combination
Meter
Stop lamp switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
Control Mechanism
ECS005W8
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL
TCM has various line pressure control characteristics to match the driving conditions.
An ON-OFF duty signal is sent to the line pressure solenoid valve based on TCM characteristics.
Hydraulic pressure on the clutch and brake is electronically controlled through the line pressure solenoid valve
to accommodate engine torque. This results in smooth shift operation.
Normal Control
The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suitable
clutch operation.
SAT003J
Back-up Control (Engine brake)
If the selector lever is shifted to “2” position while driving in D4 (OD)
or D3 , great driving force is applied to the clutch inside the transmission. Clutch operating pressure (line pressure) must be increased to
deal with this driving force.
SAT004J
Revision: May 2004
AT-32
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
During Shift Change
A
The line pressure is temporarily reduced corresponding to a change
in engine torque when shifting gears (that is, when the shift solenoid
valve is switched for clutch operation) to reduce shifting shock.
B
AT
SAT005J
D
At Low Fluid Temperature
●
●
Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing change with fluid temperature. Clutch
engaging or band-contacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid temperature, to stabilize
shifting quality.
The line pressure is reduced below 60°C (140°F) to prevent
shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission
fluid when temperature is low.
E
F
G
H
SAT006J
●
Line pressure is increased to a maximum, irrespective of the
throttle opening, when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.
I
J
K
L
SAT007J
M
SHIFT CONTROL
The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. This results in improved acceleration performance and fuel
economy.
Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B
The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to signals from the throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor] and revolution sensor to select the optimum gear
position on the basis of the shift schedule memorized in the TCM.
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to “ON”, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to
the shift valve.
SAT008J
Revision: May 2004
AT-33
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Relation Between Shift Solenoid Valves A and B and Gear Positions
Gear position
Shift solenoid valve
D1 , 21 , 11
D 2 , 2 2 , 12
D3
D4 (OD)
N-P
A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Control of Shift Valves A and B
SAT009J
Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves A and B is applied to the end face of shift
valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the shift solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure
applied to the end face of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.
LOCK-UP CONTROL
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty signal sent from
the TCM. The signal is converted to an oil pressure signal which controls the torque converter clutch piston.
Conditions for Lock-up Operation
When vehicle is driven in 3rd and 4th gear position, vehicle speed and throttle opening are detected. If the
detected values fall within the lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up is performed.
Overdrive control switch
ON
Selector lever
Gear position
Vehicle speed sensor
Throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor]
A/T fluid temperature sensor
OFF
“D” position
D3
D4
More than set value
Less than set opening
More than 40°C (104°F)
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM.
The plunger closes the drain circuit during the “OFF” period, and
opens the circuit during the “ON” period. If the percentage of OFFtime increases in one cycle, the pilot pressure drain time is reduced
and pilot pressure remains high.
SAT010J
Revision: May 2004
AT-34
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
The torque converter clutch piston is designed to slip to adjust the
ratio of ON-OFF, thereby reducing lock-up shock.
OFF-time INCREASING
↓
Amount of drain DECREASING
↓
Pilot pressure HIGH
↓
Lock-up RELEASING
A
B
AT
SAT011J
D
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Operation
E
F
G
AAT155A
Lock-up released
The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot
pressure pushes the end face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with spring force to
move the valve to the left. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch piston release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston remains unlocked.
Lock-up applied
When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is short, pilot pressure drains and
becomes low. Accordingly, the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the other circuit and
converter pressure. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter
clutch piston applied.
Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and release of the lock-up.
H
I
J
OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)
K
Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in downshifting operations. This clutch transmits
engine torque to the wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to the engine because
the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the engine brake is not effective.
The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.
L
Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions
M
SAT014J
Selector lever position
Gear position
“D” position
D1 , D2 , D3 gear position
“2” position
21 , 22 gear position
“1” position
11 , 12 gear position
Revision: May 2004
AT-35
Throttle opening
Less than 3/16
At any position
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF signal
transmitted by the TCM to provide overrun clutch control (engine
brake control).
When this solenoid valve is “ON”, the pilot pressure drain port
closes. When it is “OFF”, the drain port opens.
During the solenoid valve “ON”, pilot pressure is applied to the end
face of the overrun clutch control valve.
SAT015J
Overrun Clutch Control Valve Operation
When the solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure is applied to the
overrun clutch control valve. This pushes up the overrun clutch control valve. The line pressure is then shut off so that the clutch does
not engage.
When the solenoid valve is “OFF”, pilot pressure is not generated. At
this point, the overrun clutch control valve moves downward by
spring force. As a result, overrun clutch operation pressure is provided by the overrun clutch reducing valve. This causes the overrun
clutch to engage.
In the 1 position, the overrun clutch control valve remains pushed
down so that the overrun clutch is engaged at all times.
SAT016J
Control Valve
ECS005W9
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVES
Valve name
Function
Pressure regulator valve, plug
and sleeve
Regulates oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all driving conditions.
Pressure modifier valve and
sleeve
Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates pressure-modifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for all driving conditions.
Pilot valve
Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls lock-up mechanism, overrun clutch, shift timing.
Accumulator control valve
Regulates accumulator back-pressure to pressure suited to driving conditions.
Manual valve
Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions.
Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral.
Shift valve A
Simultaneously switches four oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve A to meet
driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 4th gears/4th → 3rd → 2nd
→ 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B.
Shift valve B
Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve B in relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 4th gears/4th → 3rd → 2nd
→ 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A.
Revision: May 2004
AT-36
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Valve name
Function
Overrun clutch control valve
Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously with application of the brake band in D4 . (Interlocking occurs if the overrun clutch engages during D4 .)
1st reducing valve
Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when down-shifting from
the “1” position 12 to 11 .
Overrun clutch reducing valve
Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock.
In “1” and “2” positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to increase the
pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability.
Torque converter relief valve
Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure.
Torque converter clutch control
valve, plug and sleeve
Activates or inactivates the lock-up function.
Also provides smooth lock-up through transient application and release of the lock-up system.
1-2 accumulator valve and piston
Dampens the shock encountered when 2nd gear band servo contracts, and provides smooth
shifting.
3-2 timing valve
Switches oil pressure with 3-2 timing valve according to throttle opening.
Shuttle control valve
Reduces shock when down-shifting from 3rd to 2nd and regulates overrun clutch.
Cooler check valve
Regulates oil pressure which causes lock-up when driving at low speeds.
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-37
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction
PFP:00000
ECS005WA
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail,
refer to AT-43, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE" .
OBD-II Function for A/T System
ECS005WB
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II
ECS005WC
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip
A/T-related parts for which the MIL illuminates during the first or second test drive are listed below.
MIL
Items
One trip detection
Shift solenoid valve A — DTC: P0750
X
Shift solenoid valve B — DTC: P0755
X
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
or switch — DTC: P1705
X
Except above
Two trip detection
X
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
ECS005WD
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
(
with CONSULT-II or
GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710,
P0720, P0725, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
AT-38
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown.
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF DIAGNOSIS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how
many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
A
B
AT
SAT014K
D
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
E
F
G
SAT015K
H
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.
I
J
K
SAT016K
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to EC-62, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" [QG18DE (ULEV
Model) or EC-643, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" (SULEV Model)].
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
1st trip freeze frame data
Revision: May 2004
AT-39
2003 Sentra
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as follows.
●
If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
●
When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
●
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
Touch “ENGINE”.
Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
Revision: May 2004
AT-40
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
SCIA5586E
J
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)
1.
2.
3.
If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
Perform TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure. Refer to AT-52, "TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
(The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-71, "How to Erase DTC ( With
GST)" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-652, "How to Erase DTC (With GST)" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
1.
2.
3.
L
M
If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
Perform TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure. Refer to AT-52, "TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
(The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
Perform OBD-II Self-diagnostic Procedure. Refer to AT-52, "TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
Revision: May 2004
K
AT-41
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
1.
2.
ECS005WE
The malfunction indicator lamp will light up when the ignition
switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is for
checking the lamp.
● If the malfunction indicator lamp does not light up, refer to DI27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
(Or see MIL & CONSULT-II in EC section. Refer to EC-72,
"Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC653, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (SULEV)],
and EC-113, "CONSULT-II Function" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or
EC-694, "CONSULT-II Function" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
SAT964I
When the engine is started, the malfunction indicator lamp
should go off.
If the lamp remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an emission-related (OBD-II) malfunction. For detail, refer to EC-59, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC640, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
CONSULT-II
ECS005WF
After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)” (AT-43, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)" ), place check marks for results on the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”,
(AT-58, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ). Reference pages are provided following the items.
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
–
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
–
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
–
Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
4. Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II
unit.
Revision: May 2004
AT-42
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Work support
Self-diagnostic results
Function
Reference Page
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster
and more accurately by following the indications on CONSULTII.
—
A
B
Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly.
AT-43
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
AT-45
CAN diagnostic support
monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
AT-43
Function test
Performed by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine
whether each system is “OK” or “NG”.
—
DTC work support
Select the operating condition to confirm Diagnosis Trouble
Codes.
—
TCM part number
TCM part number can be read.
—
AT
D
E
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
F
Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “ENGINE” for OBD-II detected
items or touch “A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis.
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-113, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY" . If result is NG, refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY
ROUTING" .
G
H
SAT014K
2.
Touch “SELF DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
CONSULT-II performs “REAL TIME DIAG”.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
I
J
K
L
SAT987J
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
TCM self-diagnosis
Available by O/D OFF
Malfunction is detected when ...
“A/T”
—
●
PNP SW/CIRC
Revolution sensor
VHCL SPEED
SEN·A/T
Revision: May 2004
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
“ENGINE”
PNP switch circuit
●
VEH SPD SEN/CIR
AT
OBD-II (DTC)
TCM does not receive the correct
voltage signal (based on the gear
position) from the switch.
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor.
AT-43
Available by malfunction indicator lamp *2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
—
P0705
X
P0720
2003 Sentra
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
TCM self-diagnosis
Available by O/D OFF
Malfunction is detected when ...
“A/T”
VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR
●
●
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
A/T 2nd gear function
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
●
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
A/T 3rd gear function
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
●
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
A/T 4th gear function
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
●
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up)
A/T TCC S/V
FNCTN
●
A/T TCC S/V
FNCTN
Shift solenoid valve A
SHIFT SOLENOID/V
A
●
SFT SOL A/CIRC
Shift solenoid valve B
SHIFT SOLENOID/V
B
●
SFT SOL B/CIRC
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OVERRUN
CLUTCH S/V
●
O/R CLUCH SOL/
CIRC
T/C clutch solenoid valve
T/C CLUTCH SOL/V
●
TCC SOLENOID/
CIRC
Line pressure solenoid valve
LINE PRESSURE S/
V
●
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
Throttle position sensor, Throttle position
switch
THROTTLE POSI
SEN
●
●
ENGINE SPEED SIG
A/T fluid temperature sensor
●
ATF TEMP SEN/
CIRC
TCM (RAM)
CONTROL UNIT
(RAM)
Revision: May 2004
●
Available by malfunction indicator lamp *2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
X
—
A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0731*1
A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0732*1
A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0733*1
A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0734*1
—
P0744*1
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0750
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0755
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P1760
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0740
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0745
X
P1705
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the ECM.
X
P0725
TCM receives an excessively low
or high voltage from the sensor.
X
P0710
TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning.
—
—
A/T cannot perform lock-up even if
electrical circuit is good.
TCM receives an excessively low
or high voltage from the sensor.
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
Engine speed signal
BATT/FLUID TEMP
SEN
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor.
—
A/T 1st gear function
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
“ENGINE”
Vehicle speed sensor (Meter)
OBD-II (DTC)
—
AT-44
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
TCM self-diagnosis
A
Available by O/D OFF
Malfunction is detected when ...
“A/T”
CONTROL UNIT
(ROM)
●
●
Available by malfunction indicator lamp *2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
B
TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning.
—
—
AT
TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.
—
—
D
X
—
—
TCM (EEP ROM)
CONT UNIT (EEP
ROM)
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
“ENGINE”
TCM (ROM)
OBD-II (DTC)
—
Initial start
●
INITIAL START
—
No failure
(NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDICATED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED**)
●
This is not a malfunction message
(Whenever shutting off a power
supply to the TCM, this message
appears on the screen.)
E
F
No failure has been detected.
X
X
G
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
*1: These malfunctions cannot be displayed by MIL
if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
*2: Refer to EC-72, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-653, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T)
H
I
Monitor item
Item
Display
Vehicle speed sensor 1 (A/
T)
(Revolution sensor)
VHCL/S SE·A/T
[km/h] or [mph]
Vehicle speed sensor 2
(Meter)
VHCL/S
SE·MTR
[km/h] or [mph]
TCM
input signals
●
X
Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
THRTL POS
SEN
[V]
A/T fluid temperature sensor
FLUID TEMP SE
[V]
Revision: May 2004
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
—
●
X
X
X
Battery voltage
Main signals
X
—
Vehicle speed computed
from signal of revolution
sensor is displayed.
When racing engine in “N”
or “P” position with vehicle
stationary, CONSULT-II
data may not indicate 0 km/
h (0 mph).
Vehicle speed computed
from signal of vehicle
speed sensor is displayed.
Vehicle speed display may
not be accurate under
approx. 10 km/h (6 mph). It
may not indicate 0 km/h (0
mph) when vehicle is stationary.
Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] signal voltage is displayed.
●
A/T fluid temperature
sensor signal voltage is
displayed.
●
Signal voltage lowers as
fluid temperature rises.
●
Source voltage of TCM is
displayed.
—
AT-45
Remarks
●
—
—
Description
2003 Sentra
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Monitor item
Item
Engine speed
Overdrive control switch
PN position switch
R position switch
D position switch
2 position switch
1 position switch
ASCD cruise signal
Display
TCM
input signals
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
X
X
X
—
PN POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
R POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
D POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
2 POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
1 POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
OVERDRIVE
SW
[ON/OFF]
ASCD CRUISE
[ON/OFF]
X
ASCD OD cut signal
Kickdown switch
Gear position
Selector lever position
Vehicle speed
Stop lamp switch
X
—
X
—
—
X
GEAR
SLCT LVR POSI
VEHICLE
SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
—
X
—
X
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
X
Revision: May 2004
—
AT-46
Remarks
●
Engine speed, computed
from engine speed signal,
is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of overdrive
control SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of PN position
SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of R position
SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of D position
SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 2
position SW, is displayed.
●
ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 1
position SW, is displayed.
●
Status of ASCD cruise
signal is displayed.
ON ... Cruising state
OFF ... Normal running
state
●
This is displayed even
when no ASCD is
mounted.
●
Status of ASCD OD
release signal is displayed.
ON ... OD released
OFF ... OD not released
●
This is displayed even
when no ASCD is
mounted.
●
ON/OFF status, computed from signal of kickdown SW, is displayed.
●
This is displayed even
when no kickdown switch
is equipped.
●
Gear position data used
for computation by TCM,
is displayed.
●
Selector lever position
data, used for computation by TCM, is displayed.
●
A specific value used for
control is displayed if failsafe is activated due to
error.
●
Vehicle speed data, used
for computation by TCM,
is displayed.
●
ON/OFF status are displayed.
ON: Brake pedal is
depressed.
OFF: Brake pedal is
released.
—
ASCD OD CUT
[ON/OFF]
KICKDOWN SW
[ON/OFF]
Description
Main signals
Engine speed display may
not be accurate under
approx. 800 rpm. It may not
indicate 0 rpm even when
engine is not running.
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Monitor item
Item
Display
Throttle position
THROTTLE
POSI
[/8]
Line pressure duty
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
LINE PRES DTY
[%]
TCM
input signals
—
—
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
Self-diagnosis display lamp
(O/D OFF indicator lamp)
SHIFT S/V A
[ON/OFF]
SHIFT S/V B
[ON/OFF]
OVERRUN/C S/
V
[ON/OFF]
SELF-D DP LMP
[ON/OFF]
●
Throttle position data,
used for computation by
TCM, is displayed.
●
Control value of line pressure solenoid valve, computed by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
X
X
TCC S/V DUTY
[%]
●
—
Shift solenoid valve A
A
Description
Main signals
—
—
—
X
Control value of shift
solenoid valve A, computed by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
●
Control value of shift
solenoid valve B, computed by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
●
Control value of overrun
clutch solenoid valve
computed by TCM from
each input signal is displayed.
X
X
●
—
X
●
A specific value used for
control is displayed if failsafe is activated due to
error.
B
AT
D
Control value of torque
converter clutch solenoid
valve, computed by TCM
from each input signal, is
displayed.
●
X
Remarks
E
Control value of solenoid is
displayed even if solenoid
circuit is disconnected.
The “OFF” signal is displayed if solenoid circuit is
shorted.
F
G
H
I
Control status of O/D
OFF indicator lamp is displayed.
J
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
K
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1.
2.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Connect CONSULT-II to Data link connector which is located in
left side lower dash panel.
M
LAT136
Revision: May 2004
AT-47
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
SAIA0450E
5.
Touch “A/T”.
SAT014K
6.
Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.
SCIA5358E
7.
Touch select item menu (1ST, 2ND, etc.).
SAT018K
Revision: May 2004
AT-48
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
8.
Touch “START”.
A
B
AT
SAT589J
D
9.
Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
E
F
G
SAT019K
●
H
When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen
changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
I
J
K
SAT591J
10. Stop vehicle. If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may
exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
L
M
SAT592J
Revision: May 2004
AT-49
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
SAT593J
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with
instructions displayed.
SAT594J
12. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
SAT595J
13. CONSULT-II procedure ended.
SAT596J
Revision: May 2004
AT-50
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
SAT593J
If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
D
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
DTC work support item
Description
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be confirmed.
1ST GR FNCTN P0731
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
Following items for “A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) (P0744)” can
be confirmed.
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
●
Each clutch
●
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
●
Hydraulic control circuit
●
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be confirmed.
2ND GR FNCTN P0732
●
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
●
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be confirmed.
4TH GR FNCTN P0734
●
●
TCC S/V FNCTN P0744
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITHOUT CONSULT-II
OBD-II Self-diagnostic Procedure (With GST)
Refer to EC-125, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" [QG18DE (ULEV)], EC-709, "Generic Scan Tool
(GST)" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
OBD-II Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)
Refer to EC-72, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-653, "Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
Revision: May 2004
AT-51
E
F
G
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be confirmed.
3RD GR FNCTN P0733
Check items (Possible cause)
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)
1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Start the engine.
Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Wait 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
SAT967I
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO AT-221, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-52
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1
A
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Turn ignition switch to “ACC” position.
B
Move A/T selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
5. Depress and hold overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”) until directed to AT
release the switch.
If O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on, go to AT-250, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate
{Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position D
(APP) Sensor] Switches Circuit Checks}" .
6. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
E
7. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
8. Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator
lamp will be “OFF”).
F
9. Wait 2 seconds.
10. Move A/T selector lever to “2” position.
G
11. Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF
indicator lamp will be “ON”).
1.
2.
3.
4.
SAT968I
H
12. Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF
indicator lamp will be “OFF”) until directed to release the switch.
I
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
SAT969I
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-53
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
3. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Move A/T selector lever to “1” position.
Release the overdrive control switch.
Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”).
Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF
indicator lamp will be “ON”) until directed to release the switch.
SAT970I
6.
7.
Depress accelerator pedal fully and release.
Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator
lamp will begin to flash “ON” and “OFF”).
>> GO TO 4.
SAT981F
4. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp. Refer to AT-55, "Judgement of Self-diagnosis Code" .
LAT154
>> DIAGNOSIS END
Revision: May 2004
AT-54
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Judgement of Self-diagnosis Code
A
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
All judgement flickers are the same.
1st judgement flicker is longer than others.
B
AT
WCIA0073E
WCIA0074E
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK.
Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-127, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others.
D
3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
E
F
WCIA0075E
WCIA0076E
Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR·MTR" .
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-188, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
4th judgement flicker is longer than others.
5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
G
H
I
WCIA0077E
J
WCIA0078E
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-180, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" .
Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-184, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" .
6th judgement flicker is longer than others.
7th judgement flicker is longer than others.
K
L
WCIA0079E
M
WCIA0080E
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-194, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or
disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-160, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" .
8th judgement flicker is longer than others.
9th judgement flicker is longer than others.
WCIA0081E
WCIA0082E
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power
source circuit is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-198, "DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)" .
Revision: May 2004
Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-132, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
AT-55
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
11th judgement flicker is longer than others.
10th judgement flicker is longer than others.
WCIA0083E
SAT599J
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-174, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" .
The ECM-A/T communication line is open or shorted.
Þ Go to AT-209, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Flickers as shown below.
Lamp comes on.
WCIA0084E
WCIA0085E
Battery power is low.
Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
Battery is connected conversely.
(When reconnecting TCM connectors. — This is not a problem.)
t1 = 2.5 seconds t2 = 2.0 seconds
Revision: May 2004
t3 = 1.0 second
PNP switch, overdrive control switch or throttle position switch circuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-250, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate
{Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle
Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}" .
t4 = 1.0 second
AT-56
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, throttle
position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] or PNP
switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid
valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-61, "Work Flow" .
PFP:00000
A
ECS005WG
B
AT
D
AAT473A
E
F
G
H
SAT632I
I
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the example (AT-59, "Diagnostic Worksheet" ) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information.
J
K
L
SEF234G
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-57
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer
KEY POINTS
●
WHAT ..... Vehicle & A/T model
●
WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
●
WHERE..... Road conditions
●
HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Customer name
MR/MS
Model & Year
VIN
Trans. model
Engine
Mileage
Incident Date
Manuf. Date
In Service Date
Frequency
❏ Continuous
Symptoms
❏ Vehicle does not move.
❏ No up-shift
❏ Intermittent (
(❏ Any position
(❏ 1st → 2nd
❏ No down-shift
times a day)
❏ 2nd → 3rd
(❏ O/D → 3rd
❏ Particular position)
❏ 3rd → O/D)
❏ 3rd → 2nd
❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lockup malfunction
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip
(❏ N → D
❏ Lockup
❏ Any drive position)
❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kickdown
❏ No pattern select
❏ Others
(
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
Revision: May 2004
)
Blinks for about 8 seconds.
❏ Continuously lit
❏ Not lit
❏ Continuously lit
❏ Not lit
AT-58
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Worksheet
1.
❏ Read the “FAIL-SAFE” and listen to customer complaints.
AT-11, "FAILSAFE"
2.
❏ CHECK A/T FLUID
AT-64, "A/T
Fluid Check"
❏ Leakage (Follow specified procedure)
❏ Fluid condition
❏ Fluid level
3.
❏ Perform STALL TEST and LINE PRESSURE TEST.
❏ Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch
❏ Reverse clutch
❏ Forward clutch
❏ Overrun clutch
❏ Forward one-way clutch
❏ Low & reverse brake
❏ Low one-way clutch
❏ Engine
❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Clutches and brakes except high clutch
and brake band are OK
AT-64, "Stall
Test", AT-68,
"Line Pressure Test"
A
B
AT
D
E
❏ Line Pressure test — Suspected parts:
4.
❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures.
AT-69, "Road
Test"
4-1.
AT-71, "1.
CHECK
BEFORE
ENGINE IS
STARTED"
Check before engine is started.
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
❏ PNP switch, AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT" .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-127, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-132, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-174, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-180, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-184, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" .
❏ Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor], AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-194, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
❏ PNP, overdrive control and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor], AT-250, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}" .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-198, "DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP
SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)" .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR" .
❏ Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-212, "DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)" .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-214, "DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)" .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
4-2.
Check at idle
❏ 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-221, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not
Come On" .
❏ 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” And “N” Position, AT-223, "2. Engine Cannot Be Started In
“P” and “N” Position" .
❏ 3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-224, "3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed" .
❏ 4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-225, "4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves" .
❏ 5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position, AT-226, "5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position" .
❏ 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position, AT-227, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
❏ 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position, AT-229, "7. Vehicle Does Not
Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-59
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
AT-72, "2.
CHECK AT
IDLE"
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
4.
(cont'd)
4-3
(cont'd)
Cruise test
Part-1
❏ 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 , AT-231, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-234, "9. A/T Does Not
Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" .
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 →D3 , AT-236, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 →D4 , AT-238, "11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" .
❏ 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-240, "12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up" .
❏ 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-241, "13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" .
❏ 14. Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-243, "14. Lock-up Is Not Released" .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-244, "15. Engine
Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
Part-2
❏ 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 , AT-245, "16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1" .
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-234, "9. A/T Does Not
Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" .
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 →D3 , AT-236, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 →D4 , AT-238, "11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" .
4.
(cont'd)
4-3 .
(cont'd)
Part-3
❏ 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 →D3 When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”, AT-247, "17.
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”" .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3 ), AT-244, "15. Engine Speed
Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
❏ 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 →22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position, AT-248, "18. A/T
Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position" .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D2 ), AT-244, "15. Engine
Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
❏ 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 →11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position, AT-249, "19. A/T
Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position" .
❏ 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-250, "20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate
By Engine Brake" .
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
AT-74, "3.
CRUISE
TEST"
AT-78,
"Cruise Test
— Part 1"
AT-81,
"Cruise Test
— Part 2"
AT-83,
"Cruise Test
— Part 3"
❏ PNP switch, AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT" .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-127, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-132, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-160, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-174, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-180, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-184, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" .
❏ Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor], AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-194, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
❏ PNP, overdrive control and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor], AT-250, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}" .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-198, "DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP
SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)" .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR" .
❏ Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-212, "DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)" .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-214, "DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)" .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
Revision: May 2004
AT-60
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
5.
❏ For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts.
AT-43,
"SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT
TEST MODE"
6.
❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures.
AT-69, "Road
Test"
7.
❏ Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for following MIL indicating items and check out NG items.
Refer to EC-123, "DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-706, "DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
EC section
❏ DTC (P0731), AT-136, "DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION" .
❏ DTC (P0732), AT-141, "DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION" .
❏ DTC (P0733), AT-146, "DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION" .
❏ DTC (P0734), AT-151, "DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION" .
❏ DTC (P0744), AT-164, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)" .
8.
9.
❏ Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged
parts.
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible
symptoms and the component inspection orders.)
❏ Erase DTC from TCM and ECM memories.
Work Flow
A
B
AT
D
E
AT-43,
"SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT
TEST MODE"
AT-85,
"Symptom
Chart"
G
AT-40, "HOW
TO ERASE
DTC"
H
F
ECS005WH
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In
general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or
conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, “Information from Customer” (AT-58, "Information from Customer"
) and “Diagnostic Worksheet” (AT-59, "Diagnostic Worksheet" ), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-61
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
WORK FLOW CHART
WAT300
*1
AT-58, "Information from Customer"
*2
AT-59, "Diagnostic Worksheet"
*4
AT-64, "A/T Fluid Check"
*5
AT-64, "Stall Test", AT-68, "Line Pres- *6
sure Test"
AT-69, "Road Test"
*7
AT-42, "CONSULT-II"
*8
AT-38, "Introduction"
*9
AT-55, "Judgement of Self-diagnosis
Code"
*1
0
AT-116, "Description"
*1
1
AT-214, "Description"
*1
2
AT-221, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp
Does Not Come On"
Revision: May 2004
AT-62
*3
AT-11, "FAIL-SAFE"
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[RE4F03B]
*1
3
*1
6
AT-250, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis
Does Not Activate {Park/neutral
Position (PNP), Overdrive Control
and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}"
*1
4
AT-116, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE"
*1
7
AT-85, "Symptom Chart"
*1
5
AT-40, "HOW TO ERASE DTC"
A
B
AT-214, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE"
*1
8
EC-59, "EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
ITEMS" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC640, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS"
[QG18DE (SULEV)].
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-63
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
A/T Fluid Check
PFP:00000
ECS005WI
FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Clean area suspected of leaking, for example, mating surface of
converter housing and transmission case.
Start engine, apply foot brake, place selector lever in “D” position and wait a few minutes.
Stop engine.
SAT767B
4.
Check for fresh leakage.
SAT288G
FLUID CONDITION CHECK
Fluid color
Suspected problem
Dark or black with burned odor
Wear of frictional material
Milky pink
Water contamination — Road water
entering through filler tube or breather
Varnished fluid, light to dark brown and
tacky
Oxidation — Over or under filling, —
Overheating
SAT638A
FLUID LEVEL CHECK
Refer to MA-30, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Stall Test
ECS005WJ
STALL TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach
operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature
: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
SAT647B
Revision: May 2004
AT-64
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
Set parking brake and block wheels.
Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
● It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine
rpm on indicator.
A
B
AT
SAT513G
D
5.
6.
7.
Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in "D"
position.
Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot
brake.
Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately release
throttle.
● During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds.
Stall revolution
QG18DE
E
F
G
: 2,350 - 2,800 rpm
SAT514G
8.
9.
Move selector lever to “N” position.
Cool off ATF.
● Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in “2”, “1” and “R”
positions.
H
I
J
SAT771B
K
JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST
The test result and possible damaged components relating to each result are shown in the illustrations that follow.
In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, follow the “Work Flow” shown in AT-61, "Work Flow" .
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in “D”, “2” or “1” position:
●
Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears...... Low one-way clutch slippage
●
Slippage occurs in the following gears:
1st through 3rd gears in “D” position and engine brake functions with overdrive control switch set to
“OFF”.
1st and 2nd gears in “2” position and engine brake functions with accelerator pedal released (fully closed
throttle)...... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
Stall revolution is too high in R position:
●
Engine brake does not function in “1” position...... Low & reverse brake slippage
●
Engine brake functions in “1” position...... Reverse clutch slippage
Stall revolution within specifications:
●
Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH)...... One-way clutch seizure in torque
converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally.
●
Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in “D” position...... High clutch slippage
Revision: May 2004
AT-65
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in “D” position...... Brake band slippage
●
Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in “D” position, 2nd gear in “2” position, and 1st gear
in “1” position with overdrive control switch set to “OFF”....... Overrun clutch slippage
Stall revolution less than specifications:
●
Poor acceleration during starts...... One-way clutch slippage in torque converter
●
Revision: May 2004
AT-66
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT871HA
Revision: May 2004
AT-67
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
Line Pressure Test
ECS005WK
LINE PRESSURE TEST PORTS
Location of line pressure test ports are shown in the illustration.
●
Always replace pressure plugs as they are self-sealing
bolts.
SAT561J
LINE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid or
oil.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until engine oil and ATF
reach operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature
: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
SAT647B
3.
Install pressure gauge to corresponding line pressure port.
AAT898
4.
Set parking brake and block wheels.
● Continue to depress brake pedal fully while line pressure
test is being performed at stall speed.
SAT513G
Revision: May 2004
AT-68
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
5.
Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
● When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
Refer to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
A
B
AT
SAT493G
D
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement
Line pressure is low in all positions.
Line pressure is low in particular position.
Suspected parts
E
●
Oil pump wear
●
Control piston damage
●
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
●
Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged
●
Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve
●
Clogged strainer
●
Fluid pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch
●
For example, line pressure is:
− Low in “R” and “1” positions, but
− Normal in “D” and “2” positions.
Therefore, fluid leakage exists at or around low and reverse brake circuit.
At idle
F
G
H
Refer to AT-22, "CLUTCH AND BAND CHART" .
Line pressure is high.
Line pressure is low.
At stall
speed
●
Maladjustment of throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor]
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor damaged
●
Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
●
Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
●
Pressure modifier valve sticking
●
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
●
Open in dropping resistor circuit
●
Maladjustment of throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor]
●
Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
●
Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
●
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
●
Pressure modifier valve sticking
●
Pilot valve sticking
Road Test
J
K
●
1.
2.
ECS005WL
The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of
the transmission and analyze causes of problems.
The road test consists of the following three parts:
Check before engine is started
Check at idle
SAT786A
Revision: May 2004
AT-69
L
M
DESCRIPTION
●
I
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
3.
●
●
Cruise test
Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and
items to check.
Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
Refer to AT-38, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION" and AT-216, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR
SYMPTOMS" .
SAT496G
Revision: May 2004
AT-70
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
A
1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. Wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
AT
D
E
SAT967I
F
G
H
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Go to AT-221, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
I
J
2. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
K
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp flicker for about 8 seconds?
L
M
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes
>> TCM is in fail-safe mode. Perform self-diagnosis and check NG items on the AT-59, "Diagnostic
Worksheet" . Refer to AT-52, "TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
No
>> 1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items.
Refer to AT-52, "TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
3. Go to AT-72, "2. CHECK AT IDLE" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-71
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK AT IDLE
1. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
4. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET. Go to AT-223, "2. Engine Cannot Be
Started In “P” and “N” Position" .
SAT769B
2. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” position.
2. Move A/T selector lever to “D”, “1”, “2” or “R” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
4. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET. Go to AT-223, "2. Engine Cannot Be
Started In “P” and “N” Position" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
SAT770B
3. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1.
2.
3.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Release parking brake.
>> GO TO 4.
SAT768B
Revision: May 2004
AT-72
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
A
1. Push vehicle forward or backward.
2. Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?
3. Apply parking brake.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-224, "3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or
Backward When Pushed" . Continue ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 5.
B
AT
D
SAT796A
E
5. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Start engine.
2. Move A/T selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release parking brake.
4. Does vehicle move forward or backward?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-225, "4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 6.
F
G
H
I
SAT771B
6. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
1.
J
Apply foot brake.
K
L
M
SAT797A
2. Move A/T selector lever to “R” position.
3. Is there large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-226, "5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 7.
SAT772B
Revision: May 2004
AT-73
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
7. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Release foot brake for several seconds.
2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-227, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R”
Position" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT799A
8. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1.
Move A/T selector lever to “D”, “2” and “1” positions and check if
vehicle creeps forward.
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to AT-74, "3. CRUISE TEST" .
No
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-229, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2”
Or “1” Position" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT773B
3. CRUISE TEST
●
Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3 of Diagnostic Worksheet.
SAT601J
With CONSULT-II
●
●
Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule.
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Connect CONSULT-II to Data link connector which is located in
left side lower dash panel.
LAT136
Revision: May 2004
AT-74
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
A
B
AT
SAIA0450E
D
5.
Touch “A/T”.
E
F
G
SAT014K
6.
Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
H
I
J
SCIA5358E
7.
8.
Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” or “TCM INPUT SIGNALS”.
See “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph Display”.
K
L
M
SAT175K
Revision: May 2004
AT-75
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
9.
Touch “SETTING” to recording condition (“AUTO TRIG” or
“MANU TRIG”) and touch “BACK”.
10. Touch “START”.
SAT973J
11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.
SAT134K
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
SAT135K
13. Touch “STORE” and touch “BACK”.
SAT987J
Revision: May 2004
AT-76
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
SAT974J
14.
15.
16.
17.
D
Touch “DISPLAY”.
Touch “PRINT”.
Check the monitor data printed out.
Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.
E
F
G
SAT975J
Without CONSULT-II
●
H
Throttle position sensor can be checked by voltage across terminals 41 and 42 of TCM.
I
J
WAT360
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-77
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
Cruise Test — Part 1
1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes to warm engine oil and ATF up to operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature
2.
3.
4.
5.
: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Set overdrive control switch to “ON” position.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Start engine.
SAT001J
6.
Move A/T selector lever to “D” position.
SAT775B
7.
8.
Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal
halfway.
Does vehicle start from D1 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-231, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT495G
Revision: May 2004
AT-78
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK SHIFT UP (D1
TO D2 )
A
Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D1 to D2
B
: Refer to AT-386, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Go to AT-234, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" . Continue ROAD TEST.
AT
D
SAT954I
3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2
E
TO D3 )
F
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D2 to D3
: Refer to AT-386, "Shift
Schedule" .
G
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Go to AT-236, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" . Continue ROAD TEST.
H
I
SAT955I
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
J
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
K
Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D3 to D4
: Refer to AT-386, "Shift
Schedule" .
L
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Go to AT-238, "11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" . Continue ROAD TEST.
M
SAT956I
Revision: May 2004
AT-79
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
5. CHECK LOCK-UP (D4
TO D4 L/U)
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Read vehicle speed, throttle position when lock-up duty becomes 94%.
Specified speed when
lock-up occurs
: Refer to AT-386, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Go to AT-240, "12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT957I
6. CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP
Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Go to AT-241, "13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" .
7. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4
L/U TO D4 )
1. Release accelerator pedal.
2. Is lock-up released when accelerator pedal is released?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> Go to AT-243, "14. Lock-up Is Not Released" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
SAT958I
8. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4
1.
2.
TO D3 )
Decelerate vehicle by applying foot brake lightly.
Does engine speed return to idle smoothly when A/T is shifted from D4 to D3 ?
Read gear position and engine speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go toAT-81, "Cruise Test — Part 2" .
No
>> Go to AT-244, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To
Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT959I
Revision: May 2004
AT-80
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
Cruise Test — Part 2
A
1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position.
Confirm A/T selector lever is in “D” position.
Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
Does vehicle start from D1 ?
AT
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-245, "16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
D
E
F
SAT495G
2. CHECK SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN (D3
1.
2.
3.
G
TO D4 TO D2 )
Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 MPH) as shown in illustration.
Release accelerator pedal and then quickly depress it fully.
Does A/T shift from D4 to D2 as soon as accelerator pedal is depressed fully?
H
Read gear position and throttle position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Go to AT-234, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" . Continue ROAD TEST.
I
J
K
SAT404H
3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2
L
TO D3 )
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D2 to D3
M
: Refer to AT-386, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Go to AT-236, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT960I
Revision: May 2004
AT-81
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 ) AND ENGINE BRAKE
Release accelerator pedal after shifting from D2 to D3 .
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 and does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to AT-83, "Cruise Test — Part 3" .
No
>> Go to AT-238, "11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT405H
Revision: May 2004
AT-82
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
Cruise Test — Part 3
A
1. VEHICLE SPEED D4
1.
2.
3.
POSITION
B
Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position.
Confirm selector lever is in “D” position.
Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D4 .
AT
>> GO TO 2.
D
E
SAT812A
2. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4
1.
2.
3.
F
TO D3 )
Release accelerator pedal.
Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position while driving in D4
.
Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)?
G
H
I
SAT813A
Read gear position and vehicle speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Go to AT-247, "17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When
Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
J
K
L
M
SAT999I
3. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Go to AT-244, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To
Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT999I
Revision: May 2004
AT-83
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D3
1.
2.
TO D2 )
Move A/T selector lever from “D” to “2” position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to D2 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Go to AT-248, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When
Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position" . Continue ROAD
TEST.
SAT791GA
5. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Go to AT-244, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To
Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT791GA
6. CHECK SHIFT DOWN
1.
2.
Move A/T selector lever from “2” to “1” position while driving in 22 .
Does A/T shift from 22 to 11 position?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Go to AT-249, "19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When
Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position" . Continue ROAD
TEST.
SAT778B
7. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-52, "TCM Selfdiagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
No
>> Go to AT-250, "20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By
Engine Brake" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT778B
Revision: May 2004
AT-84
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart
PFP:00000
A
ECS005WM
Numbers are arranged in order of inspection.
Perform inspections starting with number one and work up.
B
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Engine cannot start in “P”
and “N” positions.
AT-223, "2. Engine Cannot
Be Started In “P” and “N”
Position"
Condition
ON vehicle
Not Used
Engine starts in position
other than “N” and “P” positions.
AT-223, "2. Engine Cannot
Be Started In “P” and “N”
Position"
Diagnostic Item
1. Ignition switch and starter
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
3. PNP switch adjustment
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
2. PNP switch adjustment
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
ON vehicle
3. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
5. Oil pump
AT-293, "Components"
6. Torque converter
AT-273, "Disassembly"
Transaxle noise in “P” and
“N” positions.
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" and
SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM"
ON vehicle
Not Used
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-85
2003 Sentra
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Vehicle moves when
changing into “P” position,
or parking gear does not
disengage when shifted out
of “P” position.
AT-224, "3. In “P” Position,
Vehicle Moves Forward Or
Backward When Pushed"
Not Used
Vehicle moves in “N” position.
AT-225, "4. In “N” Position,
Vehicle Moves"
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
OFF vehicle
2. Parking components
AT-268, "Components"
ON vehicle
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
2. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
3. Reverse clutch
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
4. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
OFF vehicle
Vehicle will not run in “R”
position (but runs in “D”, “2”
and “1” positions). Clutch
slips.
Very poor acceleration.
AT-227, "6. Vehicle Does
Not Creep Backward In “R”
Position"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
5. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
6. Reverse clutch
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
7. High clutch
OFF vehicle
AT-64, "Stall Test"
3. Line pressure test
ON vehicle
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
8. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
9. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
10. Low & reverse brake
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
ON vehicle
2. Stall test
Slips/Will Not
Engage
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-86
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Not Used
Vehicle braked when shifting into “R” position.
OFF vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Shift Shock
Sharp shock in shifting
from “N” to “D” position.
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
3. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
4. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
Revision: May 2004
A
B
AT
D
5. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
6. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
7. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
F
8. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
G
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-624,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/
Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment"
3. Line pressure test
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Fluid level
2.Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
ON vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
EC-43,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/Idle
Mixture
Ratio
Adjustment"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
5. Engine speed signal
AT-132, "DTC P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
6. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
7. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
8. Accumulator N-D
AT-298, "Components"
9. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
AT-87
2003 Sentra
E
H
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Vehicle will not run in “D”
and “2” positions (but runs
in “1” and “R” positions).
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
OFF vehicle
2. Low one-way clutch
AT-268, "Components"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
Vehicle will not run in “D”,
“1”, “2” positions (but runs
in “R” position). Clutch
slips. Very poor acceleration.
AT-64, "Stall Test"
3. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
5. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
ON vehicle
6. Accumulator N-D
7. Reverse clutch
8. High clutch
AT-298, "Components"
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
9. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
10. Forward one-way clutch
AT-338, "Components"
11. Low one-way clutch
AT-268, "Components"
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
ON vehicle
2. Stall test
Slips/Will Not
Engage
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-88
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Clutches or brakes slip
somewhat in starting.
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
3. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
4. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
5. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
6. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
Revision: May 2004
Excessive creep.
ON vehicle
A
B
AT
D
E
F
AT-298, "Components"
G
8. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
9. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
AT-194, "DTC P1760
OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
I
10. Overrun clutch solenoid
11. Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
AT-160, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
J
12. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
13. Reverse clutch
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
14. Low & reverse brake
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
15. Oil pump
AT-293, "OIL PUMP"
OFF vehicle
Not Used
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Fluid level
7. Accumulator N-D
Slips/Will Not
Engage
QG18DE
(SULEV)
16. Torque converter
AT-268, "Components"
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-624,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/
Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment"
AT-89
EC-43,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/Idle
Mixture
Ratio
Adjustment"
2003 Sentra
H
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Symptom
No creep at all.
AT-227, "6. Vehicle Does
Not Creep Backward In “R”
Position", AT-229, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1”
Position"
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Failure to change gear
from “D1 ” to “D2 ”.
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
3. Control valve assembly
4. Forward clutch
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Fluid level
5. Oil pump
No Up Shift
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
AT-293, "OIL PUMP"
6. Torque converter
AT-268, "Components"
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
2. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
3. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
5. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
6. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
AT-90
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Control cable adjustment
2. Shift solenoid valve B
3. Control valve assembly
ON vehicle
No Up Shift
Failure to change gear
from “D2 ” to “D3 ”.
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
QG18DE
(ULEV)
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
A
B
AT
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
5. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
6. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-91
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Failure to change gear
from “D3 ” to “D4 ".
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
2. Overdrive control switch
AT-250, "21. TCM Selfdiagnosis Does Not
Activate {Park/neutral
Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor
[Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit
Checks}"
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. PNP switch adjustment
3. Shift solenoid valve A
No Up Shift
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
6. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
AT-92
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Improper Shift
Timing
Symptom
Too high a gear change
point from “D1 ” to “D2 ”,
from “D2 ” to “D3 ”, from
“D3 ” to “D4 ”.
AT-234, "9. A/T Does Not
Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not
Kickdown: D4 → D2", AT236, "10. A/T Does Not
Shift: D2 → D3" , AT-238,
"11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3
→ D4"
Gear change directly from
“D1 ” to “D3 ” occurs.
Condition
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
Engine stops when shifting
lever into “R”, “D”, “2” and
“1”.
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR" or AT-127,
"DTC P0720 VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
A
B
AT
D
E
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
F
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
G
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Accumulator servo release
AT-298, "Components"
3. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-624,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/
Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment"
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
3. Shift solenoid valve A
OFF vehicle
Not Used
Diagnostic Item
EC-43,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/Idle
Mixture
Ratio
Adjustment"
2. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
3. Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
AT-160, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
4. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
5. Torque converter
AT-93
AT-268, "Components"
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Shift Shock
Too sharp a shock in
change from “D1 ” to “D2 ”.
ON vehicle
3. Accumulator servo release
AT-298, "Components"
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
6. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
3. Control valve assembly
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
6. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. Line pressure test
Too sharp a shock in
change from “D3 ” to “D4 ”.
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
5. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
6. Forward one-way clutch
OFF vehicle
7. Overrun clutch
Revision: May 2004
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
5. High clutch
3. Control valve assembly
Shift Shock
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
2. Line pressure test
Too sharp a shock in
change from “D2 ” to “D3 ”.
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
ON vehicle
Shift Shock
QG18DE
(ULEV)
2. Line pressure test
4. Control valve assembly
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-94
AT-325, "Components"
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
Almost no shock or
clutches slipping in change
from “D1 ” to “D2 ”.
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Almost no shock or slipping
in change from “D2 ” to “D3
”.
Almost no shock or slipping
in change from “D3 ” to “D4
”.
ON vehicle
AT-298, "Components"
AT-349, "Components"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
5. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
6. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2.Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
4. Control valve assembly
Revision: May 2004
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
6. Brake band
3. Line pressure test
OFF vehicle
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
4. Accumulator servo release
4. Control valve assembly
Slips/Will Not
Engage
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
3. Line pressure test
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
3. Line pressure test
5. Control valve assembly
Slips/Will Not
Engage
QG18DE
(SULEV)
5. Brake band
AT-95
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
AT-349, "Components"
2003 Sentra
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Vehicle braked by gear
change from “D1 ” to “D2 ”.
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
Vehicle braked by gear
change from “D3 ” to “D4 ”.
3. Low & reverse brake
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
5. Low one-way clutch
AT-268, "Components"
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
OFF vehicle
2. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
3. Forward one-way clutch
AT-338, "Components"
OFF vehicle
4. Reverse clutch
Revision: May 2004
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
4. High clutch
Vehicle braked by gear
change from “D2 ” to “D3 ”.
QG18DE
(ULEV)
2. Reverse clutch
OFF vehicle
Not Used
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-96
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Not Used
Maximum speed not
attained. Acceleration poor.
OFF vehicle
A
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
B
2. PNP switch adjustment
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT
AT-250, "21. TCM Selfdiagnosis Does Not
Activate {Park/neutral
Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor
[Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit
Checks}"
D
E
F
4. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
5. Vehicle speed sensor · A/T
(revolution sensor) and vehicle
speed sensor · MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
H
6. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
I
7. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
J
8. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
9. Reverse clutch
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
10. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
11. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
12. Low & reverse brake
13. Oil pump
14. Torque converter
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Fluid level
3. Overdrive control switch
ON vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-97
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
AT-293, "OIL PUMP"
AT-268, "Components"
2003 Sentra
G
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
ON vehicle
Failure to change gear
from “D4 ” to “D3 ”.
No Down
Shift
3. Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
AT-194, "DTC P1760
OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
5. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
6. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
8. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
5. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
ON vehicle
Revision: May 2004
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
2.Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
OFF vehicle
Failure to change gear
from “D3 ” to “D2 ” or from
“D4 ” to “D2 ”.
QG18DE
(SULEV)
6. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
AT-98
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Failure to change gear
from “D2 ” to “D1 ” or from
“D3 ” to “D1 ”.
Shift Shock
Improper Shift
Timing
Revision: May 2004
Gear change shock felt
during deceleration by
releasing accelerator
pedal.
Too high a change point
from “D4 ” to “D3 ”, from “D3
" to “D2 ”, from “D2 ” to “D1
”.
ON vehicle
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
5. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
6. Low one-way clutch
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
3. Shift solenoid valve A
ON vehicle
No Down
Shift
QG18DE
(SULEV)
A
B
AT
D
E
F
AT-268, "Components"
7. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
8. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
G
H
I
2. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
3. Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
AT-194, "DTC P1760
OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
4. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
K
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
L
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
ON vehicle
AT-99
2003 Sentra
J
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Kickdown does not operate
when depressing pedal in
“D4 ” within kickdown vehicle speed.
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Revision: May 2004
ON vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. Revolution sensor and vehicle speed sensor
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
Improper Shift
Timing
Kickdown operates or
engine overruns when
depressing pedal in “D4 ”
beyond kickdown vehicle
speed limit.
QG18DE
(SULEV)
1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
AT-100
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Races extremely fast or
slips in changing from “D4 ”
to “D2 ” when depressing
pedal.
AT
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
E
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
F
D
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
G
8. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
H
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
I
J
3. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
L
5. Shift solenoid valve A
6. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
M
7. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
8. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
9. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
OFF vehicle
10. Forward clutch
Revision: May 2004
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
B
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
ON vehicle
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
A
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
6. Control valve assembly
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
3. Line pressure test
ON vehicle
Races extremely fast or
slips in changing from “D4 ”
to “D3 ” when depressing
pedal.
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-101
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
2003 Sentra
K
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Races extremely fast or
slips in changing from “D3 ”
to “D2 ” when depressing
pedal.
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
5. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
6. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
8. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
Slips/Will Not
Engage
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
3. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
6. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
7. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
8. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
9. Forward one-way clutch
AT-338, "Components"
10. Low one-way clutch
AT-268, "Components"
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
OFF vehicle
Races extremely fast or
slips in changing from “D4 ”
or “D3 ” to “D1 ” when
depressing pedal.
QG18DE
(ULEV)
3. Line pressure test
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-102
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Vehicle will not run in any
position.
Diagnostic Item
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
3. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
4. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
5. Oil pump
AT-293, "OIL PUMP"
6. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
7. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
8. Low & reverse brake
Not Used
No Down
Shift
Improper Shift
Timing
Failure to change from “D3
” to “22 ” when changing
lever into “2” position.
AT-248, "18. A/T Does Not
Shift: D3 → 22 , When
Selector Lever “D” → “2”
Position"
Gear change from “22 ” to
“23 ” in “2” position.
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
9. Torque converter
AT-268, "Components"
10. Parking components
AT-268, "Components"
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
OFF vehicle
2. Torque converter
AT-268, "Components"
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
OFF vehicle
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B"
J
2. Shift solenoid valve B
3. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
K
4. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
5. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
1. PNP switch adjustment
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Fluid level
OFF vehicle
Transmission noise in “D”,
“2”, “1” and “R” positions.
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-103
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Not Used
Not Used
Symptom
Engine brake does not
operate in “1” position.
AT-249, "19. A/T Does Not
Shift: 22 → 11 , When
Selector Lever “2” → “1”
Position"
Engine brake does not
operate in “1” position.
AT-249, "19. A/T Does Not
Shift: 22 → 11 , When
Selector Lever “2” → “1”
Position"
Condition
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Gear change from “11 ” to
“12 ” in “1” position.
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
3. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
4. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
5. Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
AT-194, "DTC P1760
OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
6. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
OFF vehicle
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment"
1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
ON vehicle
Does not change from “12 ”
to “11 ” in “1” position.
2. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
3. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
4. Low one-way clutch
OFF vehicle
Shift Shock
Revision: May 2004
Large shock changing from
“12 ” to “11 ” in “1” position.
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
1. PNP switch adjustment
ON vehicle
No Down
Shift
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. PNP switch adjustment
7. Low & reverse brake
Improper Shift
Timing
QG18DE
(SULEV)
5. Brake band
AT-268, "Components"
AT-349, "Components"
6. Low & reverse brake
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
ON vehicle
1. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
OFF vehicle
2. Low & reverse brake
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
AT-104
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
2. Engine idling rpm
ON vehicle
3. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Not used
Transaxle overheats.
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
EC-624,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/
Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment"
EC-43,
"Idle
Speed/
Ignition
Timing/Idle
Mixture
Ratio
Adjustment"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
A
B
AT
D
E
F
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
5. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
G
6. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
H
7. Oil pump
AT-293, "OIL PUMP"
8. Reverse clutch
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
I
J
10. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
11. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
K
12. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
L
13. Low & reverse brake
14. Torque converter
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
4. Line pressure test
9. High clutch
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-105
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
AT-268, "Components"
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
2. Reverse clutch
ATF shoots out during
operation. White smoke
emitted from exhaust pipe
during operation.
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Offensive smell at fluid
charging pipe.
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
4. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
5. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
6. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
1. Fluid level
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
2. Torque converter
AT-268, "Components"
3. Oil pump
AT-293, "OIL PUMP"
4. Reverse clutch
AT-314, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
5. High clutch
AT-319, "HIGH
CLUTCH"
6. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
7. Forward clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
8. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
OFF vehicle
9. Low & reverse brake
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(ULEV)
3. High clutch
7. Low & reverse brake
Not Used
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-106
AT-333, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE"
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
No Lockup
Engagement/
TCC Inoperative
Symptom
Torque converter is not
locked up.
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
3. Engine speed signal
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-132, "DTC P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
5. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
6. Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
AT-160, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
7. Control valve assembly
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
8. Torque converter
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
AT-268, "Components"
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-107
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
1. Fluid level
2. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Torque converter clutch
piston slip.
No Lockup
Engagement/
TCC Inoperative
Lock-up point is extremely
high or low.
Revision: May 2004
ON vehicle
QG18DE
(ULEV)
AT-64, "FLUID LEVEL
CHECK"
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
3. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
4. Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
AT-160, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
5. Line pressure solenoid
valve
AT-174, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE"
6. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
QG18DE
(SULEV)
7. Torque converter
AT-268, "Components"
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
3. Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
AT-160, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
4. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
AT-108
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Reference Page
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
No Up Shift
A/T does not shift to “D4 ”
when driving with overdrive
control switch “ON”.
Diagnostic Item
QG18DE
(ULEV)
1. Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
AT-188, "DTC P1705
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]"
2. PNP switch adjustment
AT-263, "Park/Neutral
Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
3. Overdrive control switch
AT-250, "21. TCM Selfdiagnosis Does Not
Activate {Park/neutral
Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor
[Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit
Checks}"
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)", AT204, "DTC VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR"
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A"
6. Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
AT-194, "DTC P1760
OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
7. Control valve assembly
AT-298, "CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY"
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/
T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
L
9. Line pressure test
AT-68, "Line Pressure
Test"
M
10. Brake band
AT-349, "Components"
11. Overrun clutch
AT-325, "FORWARD
CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH"
8. A/T fluid temperature sensor
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
QG18DE
(SULEV)
AT-109
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
TCM Terminals and Reference Value
ECS005WN
PREPARATION
●
Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48
by following “TCM INSPECTION TABLE”.
SAT216J
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
WAT158
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
(Data are reference values.)
Terminal No.
1
2
Wire color
R/W
P/B
Item
Line pressure
solenoid valve
Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
3
Y/G
5
L
CAN-H
6
Y
CAN-L
10
BR/R
Revision: May 2004
Judgement standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When releasing accelerator pedal
after warming up engine.
1.5 - 3.0V
When depressing accelerator pedal
fully after warming up engine.
0V
When releasing accelerator pedal
after warming up engine.
4 - 14V
When depressing accelerator pedal
fully after warming up engine.
0V
When A/T performs lock-up.
8 - 15V
When A/T does not perform lock-up.
0V
—
—
—
Power source
AT-110
—
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to
“OFF”.
0V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Terminal No.
11
12
Wire color
L/W
L/Y
Item
Judgement standard
(Approx.)
A
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in “D1 ” or “D4 ”.)
Battery voltage
B
When shift solenoid valve A does not
operate.
(When driving in “D2 ” or “D3 ”.)
0V
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in “D1 ” or “D2 ”.)
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve B does not
operate.
(When driving in “D3 ” or “D4 ”.)
0V
Condition
Shift solenoid
valve A
Shift solenoid
valve B
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
19
PU
OBD-II
When turning ignition switch to
“OFF”.
AT
D
E
Battery voltage
F
0V
G
20
25
26
27
28
29
L/B
B
BR/Y
B/R
R/B
W
Revision: May 2004
Overrun clutch
solenoid valve
Ground
PNP switch “1”
position
PNP switch “2”
position
Power source
(Memory back-up)
When overrun clutch solenoid valve
operates.
Battery voltage
When overrun clutch solenoid valve
does not operate.
0V
—
0V
H
When setting selector lever to “1”
position.
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other
positions.
0V
When setting selector lever to “2”
position.
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other
positions.
0V
When turning ignition switch to
“OFF”.
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH),
use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency
measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link
cable to the vehicle diagnosis
connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to
test this item.
150Hz
When vehicle parks.
Under 1.3V or
over 4.5V
I
J
K
L
or
Revolution sensor
AT-111
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F03B]
Judgement standard
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
Wire color
Item
30 **
G/B
Data link connector
—
—
31 **
GY/L
Data link connector
—
—
32
R
34
35
36
39 *
40
W/G
G/Y
LG
Condition
Throttle position
sensor
(Power source)
PNP switch “D”
position
PNP switch “R”
position
PNP switch “N” or
“P” position
When turning ignition switch to "ON".
4.5 - 5.5V
When turning ignition switch to
"OFF".
0V
When setting selector lever to “D”
position.
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other
positions.
0V
When setting selector lever to “R”
position.
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other
positions.
0V
When setting selector lever to “N” or
“P” position.
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other
positions.
0V
L/OR
Engine speed signal
Refer to EC-105, "ECM INSPECTION TABLE" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or
EC-686, "ECM INSPECTION
TABLE" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
PU/R
Vehicle speed
sensor
When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h
(1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage varies
between less
than 1V and
more than 4.5V
Fully-closed
throttle:
0.5 - 0.7V
Fully-open throttle:
4V
41 *
GY
Throttle position
sensor
When depressing accelerator pedal
slowly after warming up engine.
(Voltage rises gradually in response
to throttle position.)
42
B/W
Throttle position
sensor
(Ground)
—
BR
A/T fluid temperature sensor
47
48
B
Ground
—
0V
When ATF temperature is 20°C
(68°F).
1.5V
When ATF temperature is 80°C
(176°F).
0.5V
—
0V
* : This terminal is connected to the ECM.
** : These terminals are connected to the Data link connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-112
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F03B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
PFP:00000
A
ECS005WO
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0061E
WAT338
Revision: May 2004
AT-113
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005WP
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
LAT253
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
–
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28 (Main harness)
–
Fuse
–
Ignition switch
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●
Revision: May 2004
AT-114
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to AT-113, "Wiring Diagram — AT —
MAIN" .
Continuity should
exist.
B
AT
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-115
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Description
●
●
PFP:32006
ECS005WQ
The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range switch.
The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
SAT088JA
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: PNP SW/CIRC
: P0705
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM does not receive the correct voltage
signal from the switch based on the gear
position.
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The PNP switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
PNP switch
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2.
3.
SAT014K
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-116
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
ECS005WR
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0062E
Revision: May 2004
AT-117
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[RE4F03B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
26
27
34
35
36
BR/Y
B/R
W/G
G/Y
LG
PNP SWITCH "1" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "2" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "D" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "R" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "N" OR "P"
POSITION
DATA (DC)
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "1" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "2" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "D" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "R" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "N" OR "P" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005WS
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “P/N”, “R”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check the signal of the selector lever position is indicated properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● PNP switch
Refer toAT-120, "Component Inspection" .
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
PNP switch (Main harness)
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and
TCM (Main harness)
● Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-118
SAT701J
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector lever through
each position.
AT
Terminal No.
Lever position
36
35
34
27
26
P, N
B
0
0
0
0
R
0
B
0
0
0
D
0
0
B
0
0
2
0
0
0
B
0
1
0
0
0
0
B
Voltage
B
0
B
D
E
F
: Battery voltage
: 0V
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● PNP switch
Refer to AT-120, "Component Inspection" .
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
PNP switch (Main harness)
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and
TCM (Main harness)
● Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
H
I
J
K
L
SAT425J
3. CHECK DTC
M
Perform AT-116, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-119
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005WT
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
1.
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between terminals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position
Terminal No.
P
3—7
R
3—8
N
3—9
D
3—6
2
3—5
1
3—4
1—2
1—2
WAT159
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
If NG, check again with control cable disconnected from manual
shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 2, adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control
Cable Adjustment" .
If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-263, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" .
If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
SAT089JA
Revision: May 2004
AT-120
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS005WU
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
B
AT
D
WAT237
E
F
G
H
SAT021J
I
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Condition
Specification
(Approx.)
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
J
1.5V
↓
0.5V
2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ
K
Check items (Possible cause)
L
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM receives an excessively low or high
voltage from the sensor.
: P0710
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor
M
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-121
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F03B]
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-122
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
ECS005WV
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0059E
Revision: May 2004
AT-123
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
42
B/W
SENSOR (GROUND)
47
BR
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
—
DATA (DC)
0V
WHEN ATF FLUID TEMPERATURE IS 20°C (68°F)
1.5V
WHEN ATF FLUID TEMPERATURE IS 80°C (176°F)
0.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005WW
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
SAT614J
Voltage
Cold [20°C (68°F)] →
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
: Approximately 1.5V →
0.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
AT-124
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
B
AT
D
E
SAT937J
Voltage
Cold [20°C (68°F)] →
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
3.
4.
5.
F
: Approximately 1.5V →
0.5V
G
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM harness connector F57 terminal
42 (B/W) and ground.
H
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
I
J
WCIA0152E
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-125
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F03B]
5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminals 6 and 7 when A/T is cold.
LAT160
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check the following items:
– A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to AT-126, "Component Inspection" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
Component Inspection
ECS005WX
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
●
●
For removal, refer to AT-260, "Control Valve Assembly and
Accumulators" .
Check resistance between two terminals while changing temperature as shown at left.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance
(Approx.)
20 (68)
2.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.3 kΩ
SAT298F
Revision: May 2004
AT-126
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description
PFP:32702
A
ECS005WY
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking
pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to
the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
B
AT
D
SAT357H
E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
Malfunction is detected when...
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from the sensor.
: P0720
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Revolution sensor
G
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”
value increase.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-127, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
I
J
SAT014K
AT-127
K
L
M
SCIA5358E
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
F
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F03B]
5.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB2308E
AT-128
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
ECS005WZ
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0063E
Revision: May 2004
AT-129
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
10
BR/R
29
W
42
B/W
POWER SOURCE
REVOLUTION SENSOR
DATA (DC)
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "ON"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "OFF"
0V
WHEN MOVING AT 20 KM/H (12 MPH). USE
CONSULT-II PULSE FREQUENCY MEASURING
FUNCTION
150 Hz
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR (GROUND)
—
0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005X0
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
WAT402
Check harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor. Refer to AT-129, "Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T" .
–
Check harness for short or open between ignition switch and revolution sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
–
Revision: May 2004
AT-130
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK DTC
A
Perform AT-127, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
B
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
AT
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-131
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Description
PFP:24825
ECS005X1
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: ENGINE SPEED SIG
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from ECM.
Check item (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0725
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
SAT014K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-132
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
ECS005X2
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0064E
Revision: May 2004
AT-133
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
39
L/OR
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
REFER TO ECM TABLE
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC)
—
ECS005X3
1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Perform diagnostic test mode II (self-diagnostic results) for engine control. Check ignition signal circuit condition.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check ignition signal circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-38, "INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL
CHART" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-619, "INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ENGINE SPEED”.
Check engine speed changes according to throttle position.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
● Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-38, "SYSTEM DESCRIPTION"
[QG18DE (ULEV) or EC-619, "SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
SAT645J
Revision: May 2004
AT-134
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 39 and ground.
B
AT
D
E
LAT162
Voltage (Idle speed)
: Refer to AT-110, "TCM
Terminals and Reference
Value" .
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
● Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-38, "SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-619, "SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
G
H
I
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-132, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-135
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
PFP:31940
ECS005X4
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into first gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (1st) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when either shift solenoid valve A is stuck open or shift solenoid valve B is
stuck open.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck open
2*
2
3
3
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open
4*
3
3
4
*: P0731 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
Malfunction is detected when ...
: A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
: P0731
A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of
test.
Revision: May 2004
AT-136
SAT014K
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
B
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
AT
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
SCIA5358E
the fluid).
D
Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
Accelerate vehicle to 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16 MPH) under the
E
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
F
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTG
TLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16
SAT021J
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for
I
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
J
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
No malfunction exists
Malfunction for P0731
exists.
8.
A
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
K
1→2→3→4
2→2→3→3
L
4→3→3→4
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”.)
Refer to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-386, "Shift Schedule" .
M
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-137
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
ECS005X5
WAT118
WAT343
Revision: May 2004
AT-138
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005X6
A
1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check shift solenoid valve operation.
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
Refer to AT-140, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
1.
2.
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WAT163
2. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
K
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.
1.
2.
L
M
SAT367H
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-136, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
Revision: May 2004
AT-139
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005X7
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A AND B
●
Refer to AT-260, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Resistance Check
●
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid
valve A
Shift solenoid
valve B
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
2
20 - 30Ω
Ground
1
5 - 20Ω
WAT213
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
WAT163
Revision: May 2004
AT-140
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
PFP:31940
A
ECS005X8
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into second gear position as instructed by the
TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction
such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
AT
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (2nd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck open.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open
4
3*
3
4
: A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
Malfunction is detected when ...
A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear
position even if electrical circuit is good.
: P0732
F
G
H
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
J
K
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
L
M
SAT014K
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
1.
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
E
I
*: P0732 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
D
AT-141
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the
voltage (cool down the fluid).
Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
Accelerate vehicle to 50 to 55 km/h (31 to 34 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 50 to 55 km/h (31 to 34
SAT021J
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists
1→2→3→4
Malfunction for P0732
exists.
4→3→3→4
8.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-386, "Shift Schedule" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-142
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
ECS005X9
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WAT119
WAT344
Revision: May 2004
AT-143
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005XA
1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check shift solenoid valve operation.
–
Shift solenoid valve B
Refer to AT-145, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
1.
2.
WAT164
2. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.
1.
2.
SAT367H
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-141, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
Revision: May 2004
AT-144
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XB
A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
●
Refer to AT-260, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid
valve B
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
1
Ground
AT
5 - 20Ω
D
E
F
G
H
WAT165
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT164
Revision: May 2004
AT-145
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
PFP:31940
ECS005XC
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into third gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston or brake band,
etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (3rd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve A is stuck closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck closed
1
1
4*
4
*: P0733 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
: A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
Malfunction is detected when ...
A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
: P0733
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of
test.
Revision: May 2004
AT-146
SAT014K
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
B
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
AT
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
SCIA5358E
the fluid).
D
Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
Accelerate vehicle to 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 MPH) under the
E
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
F
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTG
TLE POSI” from a speed of 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 MPH) until
SAT021J
“TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” when depressing accelerator pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE
POSI”.
I
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
J
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
K
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists.
1→2→3→4
Malfunction for P0733 exists.
1→1→4→4
8.
A
L
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-386, "Shift Schedule" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-147
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
ECS005XD
WAT120
WAT345
Revision: May 2004
AT-148
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005XE
A
1. CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check shift solenoid valve operation.
–
Shift solenoid valve A
Refer to “Component Inspection”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
1.
2.
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
WAT166
J
2. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.
1.
2.
K
L
M
SAT367H
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-146, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
Revision: May 2004
AT-149
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XF
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Resistance Check
●
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid
valve A
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
2
Ground
20 - 30Ω
WAT167
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
WAT166
Revision: May 2004
AT-150
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
PFP:31940
A
ECS005XG
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
B
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position or when the line pressure is low. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or AT
torque converter clutch, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
D
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Line pressure solenoid valve duty
Condition
Specification
(Approx.)
F
Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure)
↓
Large throttle opening
(High line pressure)
24%
↓
95%
G
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much
less than normal. In case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed
1
2
2
1*
Malfunction is detected when ...
: A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
: P0734
Revision: May 2004
I
J
K
L
*: P0734 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
H
A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
AT-151
Check items (Possible cause)
M
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5
seconds before continuing.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
SCIA5358E
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
Accelerate vehicle to 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
SAT021J
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 45 to 55 km/h
(28 to 34 MPH) until “TESTING” has turned to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “4” when depressing accelerator pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE
POSI”.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists
1→2→3→4
Malfunction for P0734 exists.
1→2→2→1
8.
SAT014K
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”.)
Refer to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-386, "Shift Schedule" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-152
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-153
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
ECS005XH
WCWA0065E
Revision: May 2004
AT-154
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1
2
11
12
R/W
P/B
L/W
L/Y
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (WITH DROPPING
RESISTOR)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
DATA (DC)
WHEN RELEASING ACCELERATOR PEDAL
(ENGINE WARM)
1.5 - 2.5V
WHEN DEPRESSING ACCELERATOR
PEDAL (ENGINE WARM)
0V
WHEN RELEASING ACCELERATOR PEDAL
(ENGINE WARM)
5 - 14V
WHEN DEPRESSING ACCELERATOR
PEDAL (ENGINE WARM)
0.5V OR LESS
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A OPERATES
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A DOES
NOT OPERATES
0V
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B OPERATES
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B DOES
NOT OPERATES
0V
A
B
AT
D
E
F
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005XI
G
1. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
H
During “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-78, "Cruise Test — Part 1" ), does
A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
K
SAT988H
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
L
Perform line pressure test.
Refer to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
M
LAT236
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
AT-155
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK SOLENOID VALVES
1.
Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Refer to AT-159, "SOLENOID VALVES" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
WAT168
4. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
SAT367H
5. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
Revision: May 2004
AT-156
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
A
1.
Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Refer to AT-159, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
WAT170
7. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
I
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
–
Pressure regulator valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pressure modifier valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
J
K
L
M
SAT367H
8. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
Revision: May 2004
AT-157
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
9. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-152, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1” (AT-78, "Cruise Test — Part 1" ) again and return to the start point
of this test group.
Revision: May 2004
AT-158
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XJ
A
SOLENOID VALVES
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
Shift solenoid
valve A
2
Shift solenoid
valve B
1
Line pressure
solenoid valve
4
AT
20 - 30Ω
Ground
D
5 - 20Ω
2.5 - 5Ω
E
F
G
H
WAT169
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT168
Revision: May 2004
AT-159
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:31940
ECS005XK
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear
in “D4 ”, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle
speed sensor and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]s. Lock-up piston operation will then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a
big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
WAT237
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
duty
Condition
Specification
(Approx.)
Lock-up “OFF”
↓
Lock-up “ON”
4%
↓
94%
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
Malfunction is detected when...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: P0740
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
T/C clutch solenoid valve
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SAT014K
2.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II
and wait at least 1 second.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-160
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
ECS005XL
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0066E
Revision: May 2004
AT-161
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
3
Y/G
TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
WHEN A/T PERFORMS LOCKUP
8 - 15V
WHEN A/T DOES NOT PERFORM LOCK-UP
0V
DATA (DC)
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005XM
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal 5 and ground.
LAT171
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Refer to AT-163, "TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector F56.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly F50 terminal
5 (Y/G) and TCM harness connector terminal 3 (Y/G).
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
WCIA0086E
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-160, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-162
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XN
A
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
5
Ground
AT
5 - 20Ω
D
E
F
G
H
WAT173
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT174
Revision: May 2004
AT-163
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Description
●
●
●
PFP:31940
ECS005XO
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position or the torque converter
clutch does not lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits
open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve
operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter clutch, etc.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
duty
Revision: May 2004
Condition
Specification
(Approx.)
Lock-up “OFF”
↓
Lock-up “ON”
4%
↓
94%
AT-164
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as A
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much
less than normal. In case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction. AT
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed
1
2
2
1*
*: P0744 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
E
Malfunction is detected when...
: A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
: P0744
D
A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
F
G
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3. Select “TCC S/V FNCTN P0744” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
1.
H
I
J
SAT014K
L
M
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
AT-165
K
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
4.
–
–
5.
Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned
to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
“TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE·A/T: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH)
Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”. In case a 1st trip DTC
other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to AT-168, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
Refer to AT-168, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-386, "Shift Schedule" .
SAT021J
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-166
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
ECS005XP
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0067E
Revision: May 2004
AT-167
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1
2
3
R/W
P/B
Y/G
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (WITH DROPPING
RESISTOR)
TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
DATA (DC)
WHEN RELEASING ACCELERATOR PEDAL (ENGINE WARM)
1.5 - 2.5V
WHEN DEPRESSING ACCELERATOR PEDAL (ENGINE WARM)
0.5V OR LESS
WHEN RELEASING ACCELERATOR PEDAL (ENGINE WARM)
5 - 14V
WHEN DEPRESSING ACCELERATOR PEDAL (ENGINE WARM)
0.5V OR LESS
WHEN A/T PERFORMS LOCKUP
8 - 14V
WHEN A/T DOES NOT PERFORM LOCK-UP
0V
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
ECS005XQ
TO D4 )
During “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-78, "Cruise Test — Part 1" ), does
A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT988H
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test.
Refer to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
LAT236
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
AT-168
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
A
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
B
AT
D
E
F
SAT367H
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
G
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
H
I
5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-165, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10. Check lock-up condition.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-169
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
1.
Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check line pressure solenoid valve operation.
Refer to AT-178, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
WAT175
7. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
–
Pressure regulator valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pressure modifier valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
SAT367H
8. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
Revision: May 2004
AT-170
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
9. CHECK DTC
A
Perform AT-165, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10. Check for proper lock-up.
B
10. CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION
AT
During “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-78, "Cruise Test — Part 1" ), does
A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-78, "Cruise Test —
Part 1" ) again and return to the start point of this test
group.
No
>> GO TO 11.
D
E
F
SAT989H
11. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
G
1.
Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve operation. Refer to
AT-163, "TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
H
I
J
K
L
M
WAT176
Revision: May 2004
AT-171
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
12. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-299, "Disassembly" .
2. Check control valves for sticking.
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Torque converter clutch relief valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
SAT367H
13. CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> Check transaxle internal components (clutch, brake, etc.).
14. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-165, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1” (AT-78, "Cruise Test — Part 1" ) again and return to the start point
of this test group.
Revision: May 2004
AT-172
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XR
A
SOLENOID VALVES
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
Line pressure
solenoid valve
4
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
5
AT
2.5 - 5Ω
D
Ground
5 - 20Ω
E
F
G
H
WAT177
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT178
Revision: May 2004
AT-173
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:31940
ECS005XS
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the TCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”.
WAT237
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Line pressure solenoid valve duty
Condition
Specification
(Approx.)
Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure)
↓
Large throttle opening
(High line pressure)
24%
↓
95%
NOTE:
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line pressure duty
cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position switch is “OFF”.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: P0745
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
1.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
2.
Depress accelerator pedal completely and wait at least 5 seconds.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-174
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
ECS005XT
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0068E
Revision: May 2004
AT-175
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1
2
R/W
P/B
LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (WITH DROPPING
RESISTOR)
DATA (DC)
WHEN RELEASING ACCELERATOR PEDAL
(ENGINE WARM)
1.5 - 3.0V
WHEN DEPRESSING ACCELERATOR PEDAL
(ENGINE WARM)
0.5V OR LESS
WHEN RELEASING ACCELERATOR PEDAL
(ENGINE WARM)
5 - 14v
WHEN DEPRESSING ACCELERATOR PEDAL
(ENGINE WARM)
0.5V OR LESS
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005XU
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground.
LAT179
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Line pressure solenoid valve
Refer to AT-178, "Component Inspection" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
Revision: May 2004
AT-176
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 2.
B
AT
D
E
LAT180
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Dropping resistor
Refer to AT-179, "DROPPING RESISTOR" .
● Harness for short or open between TCM terminal 2 and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
F
G
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
H
1.
2.
I
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 1.
J
K
L
LAT181
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
3. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-174, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-177
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XV
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Resistance Check
●
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Line pressure
solenoid valve
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
4
Ground
2.5 - 5Ω
WAT182
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
WAT183
Revision: May 2004
AT-178
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
DROPPING RESISTOR
●
A
Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
: 10 - 15Ω
B
AT
SAT444J
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-179
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Description
PFP:31940
ECS005XW
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor]. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position.
WAT237
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: SFT SOL A/CIRC
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: P0750
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Shift solenoid valve A
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift “1”
→ “2” (“GEAR”).
1.
SAT014K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-180
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
ECS005XX
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WAT125
WAT345
Revision: May 2004
AT-181
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005XY
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal 2 and ground.
LAT184
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift solenoid valve A
Refer to AT-183, "Component Inspection" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal 2 and TCM harness connector terminal 11.
LAT185
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-180, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-182
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005XZ
A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
●
Refer to AT-183, "Component Inspection" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid
valve A
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
2
Ground
AT
20 - 30Ω
D
E
F
G
H
WAT186
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT187
Revision: May 2004
AT-183
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F03B]
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Description
PFP:31940
ECS005Y0
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
WAT237
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: SFT SOL B/CIRC
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: P0755
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Shift solenoid valve B
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
SAT014K
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift 1
→ 2 → 3 (“GEAR”).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-184
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
ECS005Y1
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WAT126
WAT344
Revision: May 2004
AT-185
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005Y2
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
LAT188
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift solenoid valve B
Refer to AT-187, "Component Inspection" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal 1 and TCM harness connector terminal 12.
LAT189
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-184, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-186
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005Y3
A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid
valve B
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
1
Ground
AT
5 - 20Ω
D
E
F
G
H
WAT190
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT191
Revision: May 2004
AT-187
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F03B]
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR]
PFP:22560
Description
ECS006GS
The throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] is part of the system that controls throttle
position. This system also uses an electric throttle control actuator which consists of a throttle control motor
and throttle position sensors. Accelerator pedal position signal is sent to the ECM.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Revision: May 2004
Condition
Specification
Fully-closed throttle
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle
Approximately 4V
AT-188
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F03B]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS006GT
Diagnostic trouble code TP SEN/CIRC A/T with CONSULT-II or P1705 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the ECM.
Possible Cause
ECS006GU
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A
B
AT
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS006GV
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
D
WITH CONSULT-II
F
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
G
Accelerator pedal
condition
THRTL POS SEN
CLOSED THL/SW
W/O THRL/P·SW
Fully released
Less than 4.7V
ON
OFF
Partially
depressed
0.1 - 4.6V
OFF
OFF
Fully depressed
1.9 - 4.6V
OFF
ON
2.
3.
H
If the check result is NG, go to AT-192, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 3
consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: Approximately 3V or less
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
If the check result is NG, go to AT-192, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
I
SAT014K
J
K
L
SCIA5358E
4.
E
Maintain the following conditions for at least 3 consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Wide open throttle
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-189
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F03B]
PBIB2308E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-190
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
ECS006GW
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0069E
Revision: May 2004
AT-191
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
32
41
42
R
GY
B/W
IGNITION SWITCH ON
4.5 - 5.5V
IGNITION SWITCH OFF
0V
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL
POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
IGNITION ON AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
SLOWLY AFTER WARMING UP
ENGINE
FULLY CLOSED THROTTLE:
0.5V
SENSOR GROUND
—
—
SENSOR POWER
WIDE OPEN THROTTLE:
4.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS006GX
1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Check P code with CONSULT-II “ENGINE”.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
Refer to EC-72, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-653, "Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit for engine control.
Refer to EC-260, "DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-818, "DTC P0222,
P0223 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE (SULEV)] and EC-503, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR"
[QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-1125, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
●
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “THRTL POS SEN”.
SAT614J
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle
Fully-open throttle
:Approximately 0.5V
:Approximately 4V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit. (Main harness)
Revision: May 2004
AT-192
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 (GY) and 42 (B/W)
while accelerator pedal is depressed slowly.
B
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle
:Approximately 0.5V
valve
Fully-open throttle
:Approximately 4V
valve
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)
AT
D
E
WCWA0085E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit. (Main harness)
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-193
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:31940
ECS005Y8
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the inhibitor switch, overdrive control
switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. The overrun
clutch operation will then be controlled.
WAT237
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: P1760
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
SAT014K
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with “D” position (OD “ON”).
4. Release accelerator pedal completely with “D” position (OD
“OFF”).
1.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-194
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
ECS005Y9
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WAT128
WAT351
Revision: May 2004
AT-195
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005YA
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal 3 and ground.
LAT195
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Refer to AT-197, "Component Inspection" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal 3 and TCM harness connector terminal 20.
LAT196
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-194, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-196
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F03B]
Component Inspection
ECS005YB
A
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
●
Refer to AT-197, "Component Inspection" .
Resistance Check
●
B
Check resistance between two terminals.
Solenoid valve
Overrun clutch
solenoid valve
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal No.
3
Ground
AT
20 - 30Ω
D
E
F
G
H
WAT197
I
Operation Check
●
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
K
L
M
WAT198
Revision: May 2004
AT-197
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F03B]
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
PFP:31940
Description
ECS005YC
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
WAT237
SAT021J
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Specification
(Approx.)
Condition
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
1.5V
↓
0.5V
2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM receives an excessively low or high
voltage from the sensor.
: 8th judgement flicker
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
Revision: May 2004
SAT014K
AT-198
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F03B]
2.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
A
B
AT
SCIA5358E
D
3.
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools), AT-52,
"TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
E
F
G
SAT335HC
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-199
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
ECS005YD
WCWA0070E
Revision: May 2004
AT-200
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
10
BR/R
POWER SOURCE
19
BR/R
POWER SOURCE
28
R/B
POWER SOURCE
(MEMORY BACK UP)
42
B/W
GROUND (A/T FLUID
TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
47
BR
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
DATA (DC)
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "ON"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "OFF"
0V
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "ON"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "OFF"
0V
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "OFF"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN TURNING IGNITION SWITCH TO "ON"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
—
0V
APPROX. 1.5V
WHEN ATF TEMPERATURE IS 80°C (176°F)
APPROX. 0.5V
E
3.
4.
F
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
Voltage
AT
ECS005YE
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE
2.
B
D
WHEN ATF TEMPERATURE IS 20°C (68°F)
Diagnostic Procedure
1.
A
G
: Battery voltage
H
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
Voltage
I
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
TCM (Main harness)
● Harness for short or open between battery and TCM
(Main harness)
● Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
J
K
WCIA0164E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-201
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector F50 in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F50 terminals 6 and 7 when A/T is cold.
LCIA0027E
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 3.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> 1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check the following items:
– A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to AT-203, "Component Inspection" .
– Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
SAT614J
Voltage
Cold [20°C (68°F)] →
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
: Approximately 1.5V →
0.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
● Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-138, "Wiring Diagram" [QG18DE (ULEV)] or EC-721, "Wiring Diagram" [QG18DE
(SULEV].
Revision: May 2004
AT-202
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage
Cold [20°C (68°F)] →
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
3.
4.
B
: Approximately 1.5V →
0.5V
AT
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
D
E
SAT463J
5.
F
Check resistance between terminal 42 (B/W) and ground.
Continuity should
exist.
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and
terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
● Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-138, "Wiring Diagram"
[QG18DE
(ULEV)] orEC-721, "Wiring Diagram"
[QG18DE
(SULEV)].
H
I
WCIA0152E
J
5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-198, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Component Inspection
ECS005YF
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
●
●
Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check resistance between two terminals while changing temperature as shown.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (approx.)
20 (68)
2.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.3 kΩ
SAT298F
Revision: May 2004
AT-203
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
[RE4F03B]
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Description
PFP:24814
ECS005YG
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a signal sent
from the vehicle speed sensor·MTR.
LAT199
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from the sensor.
: 2nd judgement flicker
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Vehicle speed sensor
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5
seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
2.
1.
2.
Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 16
MPH).
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16
MPH).
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
AT-204
2003 Sentra
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
[RE4F03B]
3.
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-52,
"TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)" .
A
B
AT
SAT329HA
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-205
2003 Sentra
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
ECS005YH
WCWA0071E
Revision: May 2004
AT-206
2003 Sentra
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
[RE4F03B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
40
PU/R
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
WHEN MOVING VEHICLE AT 2 TO 3 KM/H
(1 TO 2 MPH) FOR 1 m (3ft) OR MORE
DATA (DC)
A
VOLTAGE VARIES
FROM GREATER
THAN 1V TO LESS
THAN 4.5 V
Diagnostic Procedure
B
ECS005YI
AT
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·MTR” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
E
F
G
H
SAT614J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3
ft) or more.
I
J
K
L
M
LAT201
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor
Refer to DI-26, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK" .
● Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor (Main harness)
Revision: May 2004
AT-207
2003 Sentra
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-204, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-208
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F03B]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
PFP:23710
A
ECS006GM
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- B
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
AT
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●
ECS006GN
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or U1000 without CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control unit.
E
Possible Cause
ECS006GO
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS006GP
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
G
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-211, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I
J
K
SAT014K
WITH GST
L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-209
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN
ECS006GQ
WCWA0072E
Revision: May 2004
AT-210
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS006GR
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII.
Is any malfunction of the "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" indicated?
Yes
>> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section.
Refer to LAN-3, "CAN Communication Unit" .
No
>> Inspection End.
B
AT
D
PCIA0061E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-211
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[RE4F03B]
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Description
PFP:31036
ECS005YJ
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
SAT574J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic Trouble Code No.
: CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Malfunction is detected when ....
TCM memory (RAM) or (ROM) is malfunctioning.
Check Item (Possible Cause)
●
TCM
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
SAT014K
3.
Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
SCIA5358E
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005YK
1. INSPECTION START (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-212
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK DTC
A
Perform AT-212, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
B
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK DTC AGAIN
AT
Is the “CONTROL UNIT (RAM)” or “CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace TCM.
No
>> INSPECTION END
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-213
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[RE4F03B]
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
Description
PFP:31036
ECS005YL
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
SAT574J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.
Check item (Possible cause)
●
TCM
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
1.
SAT014K
3.
Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
AT-214
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS005YM
A
1. CHECK DTC
B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds.
Perform AT-214, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes
>> Replace TCM.
No
>> INSPECTION END
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-215
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
PFP:00007
ECS005YN
WCWA0073E
Revision: May 2004
AT-216
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
26
27
34
35
36
BR/Y
B/R
W/G
G/Y
LG
PNP SWITCH "1" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "2" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "D" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "R" POSITION
PNP SWITCH "N" OR "P"
POSITION
DATA (DC)
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "1" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "2" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "D" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "R" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO "N" OR "P" POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING SELECTOR
LEVER TO OTHER POSITIONS
0V
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-217
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
WCWA0074E
Revision: May 2004
AT-218
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0075E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
Revision: May 2004
AT-219
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
TERMINAL
WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
5
L
CAN-H
—
—
6
Y
CAN-L
—
—
30
G/B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (RX)
—
—
31
GY/L
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (TX)
32
R
Revision: May 2004
SENSOR POWER
—
—
IGNITION SWITCH ON
APPROX. 4.5 - 5.5V
IGNITION SWITCH OFF
APPROX. 0V
AT-220
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
ECS005YO
A
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds
when turning ignition switch to “ON”.
B
AT
D
WCIA0153E
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
Voltage
3.
4.
E
F
: Battery voltage
G
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
SAT467J
TCM (Main harness). Refer to AT-113, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
● Harness for short or open between battery and TCM (Main harness) Refer to AT-113, "Wiring
Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
● Ignition switch and fuse. Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
I
J
K
2. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground.
M
Continuity should
exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. Refer to AT-113, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
SAT468J
Revision: May 2004
AT-221
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
Does "SELECTION FORM MENU" in "DATA MONITOR" show damage to O/D OFF indicator lamp (SELF D
DP LMP) signal circuit?
No Tools
Execute the self-diagnosis. Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES or NO
YES >> Check the CAN communication line. Refer to AT-209, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" .
NO
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position.
Check the combination meter.
Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace the combination meter.
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-222
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position
ECS005YP
A
SYMPTOM:
●
Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
●
Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
B
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
AT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
D
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
E
F
G
SCIA0706E
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INSPECTION
H
Check for short or open of PNP switch harness connector terminals 1 and 2.
Refer to AT-118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace PNP switch.
I
J
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .
K
L
M
SAT023JB
4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-223
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed
ECS005YQ
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in “P” position.
1. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .
SAT023JB
2. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components. Refer to AT-268, "Components" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT282F
Revision: May 2004
AT-224
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves
ECS005YR
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
B
1. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .
AT
D
E
SAT023JB
F
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
G
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Refill ATF.
H
I
SAT638A
J
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
K
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> 1. Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items:
– Forward clutch assembly
– Overrun clutch assembly
– Reverse clutch assembly
L
M
SAT171B
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-225
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position
ECS005YS
SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor,
line pressure solenoid valve or throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-121, "DTC P0710
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT174, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" or AT-188, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR]" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT831HA
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260,
"REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
– Line pressure solenoid valve
– Oil pump assembly
SAT494G
3. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-226
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position
ECS005YT
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position.
B
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.
AT
D
E
SAT638A
F
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “R” position. Refer
to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260,
"REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
– Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
– Oil pump assembly
G
H
I
SAT494G
K
3. CHECK STALL TEST
L
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
OK in “1” position, NG in “R” position>>1.Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items:
– Reverse clutch assembly
NG in both “1” and “R” positions>> GO TO 6.
M
SAT493G
Revision: May 2004
J
AT-227
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SAT171B
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Disassemble A/T.
Check the following items:
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Overrun clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-228
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position
ECS005YU
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D”, “2” or “1” position.
B
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.
AT
D
E
SAT638A
F
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260,
"REMOVAL" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
– Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
– Oil pump assembly
G
H
I
SAT494G
K
3. CHECK STALL TEST
L
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT64, "Stall Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
M
SAT493G
Revision: May 2004
J
AT-229
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SAT171B
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Disassemble A/T.
Check the following items:
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Forward one-way clutch
–
Low one-way clutch
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
High clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-230
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
ECS005YV
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise Test — Part 1.
B
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-227, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
AT
D
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), overrun clutch solenoid valve, torque converter
clutch solenoid valve, shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-160, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-180, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" , AT-184, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" , AT-194, "DTC P1760
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" or AT-204,
"DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
E
F
G
SAT695K
H
I
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
J
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-186, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(ULEV)] or EC-818, "DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
K
L
LCIA0110E
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in “D” position.
Refer to AT-68, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
SAT494G
Revision: May 2004
AT-231
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
SAT171B
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-232
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
High clutch assembly
–
Torque converter
–
Oil pump assembly
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
Low and reverse brake assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-233
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2
ECS005YW
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed.
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator pedal fully at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ”
OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-229, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-231, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" .
2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable
Adjustment" .
SAT023JB
3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to AT-127,
"DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
circuits.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-186, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(ULEV)] or EC-765, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-234
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
A
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
B
AT
D
SAT171B
E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
F
G
H
I
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
J
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
K
L
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
M
Remove control valve. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
Brake band
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-235
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
ECS005YX
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ”
OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-229, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-231, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" .
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
SCIA0706E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-765, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(ULEV)] or EC-186, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-236
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
A
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
B
AT
D
SAT171B
E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
F
G
H
I
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
J
K
L
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Brake band
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-237
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
ECS005YY
SYMPTOM:
●
A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
●
A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ”
OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-229, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-231, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits?
●
PNP switch
●
Overdrive control switch
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor
●
Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
●
Shift solenoid valve A or B
●
Vehicle speed sensor·MTR
Yes or No
SAT833HB
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" , AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-127, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR)" , AT-180, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" , AT-184, "DTC P0755 SHIFT
SOLENOID VALVE B" , AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-186, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(ULEV)] or EC-765, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-238
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
A
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
B
AT
D
SAT171B
E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
F
G
H
I
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
J
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
K
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
L
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
Brake band
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-239
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
ECS005YZ
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor,
vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), engine speed signal,
torque converter clutch solenoid valve, or vehicle speed sensor·MTR
circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit.
Refer to AT-121, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-127, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" ,
AT-132, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT160, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" , and AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT696K
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-186, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(ULEV)] or EC-765, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Torque converter relief valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Remove A/T.
4. Check torque converter.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-240
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
ECS005Z0
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.
B
1. CHECK DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit
after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to AT-132,
"DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
AT
D
E
SAT835H
F
2. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
G
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
H
I
J
SAT171B
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
K
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
L
M
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-241
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-242
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
14. Lock-up Is Not Released
ECS005Z1
A
SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.
B
1. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to closed throttle position switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to closed throttle position switch
circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check closed throttle position switch circuit. Refer to AT116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
AT
D
E
F
SCIA0706E
G
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-243
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )
ECS005Z2
SYMPTOM:
●
Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T shifts from D4 to D3 .
●
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning overdrive control switch OFF.
●
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting A/T from “D” to “2” position.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve
circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to AT194, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT836H
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-186, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(ULEV)] or EC-765, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" [QG18DE
(SULEV)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SAT171B
Revision: May 2004
AT-244
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch reducing valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
B
AT
D
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
E
F
G
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-260, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch reducing valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
H
I
J
K
ECS005Z3
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2.
L
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
M
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-127, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-180, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A" , AT-184, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" ,
AT-204, "DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR·MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-245
SAT934FA
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to AT-231, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-246
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” →
“OFF”
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3
ECS005Z4
when changing overdrive control switch to “OFF” position.
A
B
1. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
AT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
D
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-250,
"21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}" .
No
>> Go to AT-236, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
E
F
G
SCIA0706E
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-247
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to 22
ECS005Z5
when changing selector lever from “D” to “2” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH"
No
>> Go to AT-234, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" .
SCIA0706E
Revision: May 2004
AT-248
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position
ECS005Z6
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever from “2” to “1” position.
B
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
AT
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
D
E
F
SCIA0706E
G
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose
connection with harness connector.
I
J
SAT778B
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-249
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
ECS005Z7
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting from 22 (12 ) to 11 .
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to AT-244, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
No
>> Go to AT-227, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
Sensor] Switches Circuit Checks}
ECS006GY
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is
good.
DESCRIPTION
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
The park/neutral (PNP) switch assembly includes a transmission range switch. The transmission range
switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
SAT088JA
●
Overdrive control switch
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and
sends a signal to the TCM.
SAT360H
●
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
The throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor] is part of the system that controls the throttle position.
This system also uses an electric throttle control actuator, which
consists of a throttle control motor and throttle position sensors.
Accelerator pedal position signal is sent to the ECM.
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-250
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
The diagnostic procedure includes inspections for the overdrive control switch circuits.
A
1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out P/N, R, D, 2 and 1 position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated
properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● PNP switch (Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/
NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH"
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
PNP switch
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and
TCM
AT
D
E
F
G
SAT701J
H
2. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “OVERDRIVE SW”.
Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly.
(Overdrive control switch “ON” displayed on CONSULT-II means
overdrive “OFF”.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following items:
● Overdrive control switch (Refer to AT-252, "Overdrive
Control Switch"
● Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch
● Harness of ground for overdrive control switch for
short or open
I
J
K
L
M
SAT645J
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Perform throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] inspection. Refer to AT-188,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●
Revision: May 2004
AT-251
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F03B]
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform AT-251, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE"
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> ● Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
● If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connections with harness connector.
COMPONENT INSPECTION
Overdrive Control Switch
●
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
Switch position
Continuity
RELEASED
No
DEPRESSED
Yes
WAT205
PNP Switch
1.
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between terminals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position
Terminal No.
P
3—7
R
3—8
N
3—9
D
3—6
2
3—5
1
3—4
1—2
1—2
WAT204
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected from
manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 2, adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-263,
"Control Cable Adjustment" .
If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-263, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" .
If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
SAT089JA
Revision: May 2004
AT-252
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
●
●
PFP:34950
A
ECS006H0
The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the key switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other posi- B
tion unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”.
AT
The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location
ECS006H1
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT862J
Revision: May 2004
AT-253
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT —
ECS006H2
WCWA0076E
Revision: May 2004
AT-254
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS006H3
A
SYMPTOM 1:
●
Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
B
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
AT
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position. It can be removed when
selector lever is set to any position except “P”.
D
1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-642, "Components" .
E
F
2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
G
Check selector lever position for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-647, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
H
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE
I
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
(Do not start engine.)
●
Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M44 terminal 7 (G) and ground.
Voltage:
Brake pedal depressed:
Brake pedal released:
J
K
Battery voltage
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
SCIA1166E
Revision: May 2004
AT-255
2003 Sentra
M
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items.
1. Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) connector M1 terminal 12K and stop lamp switch harness connector M26 terminal 3.
2. Harness for open or short stop lamp switch harness connector M26 terminal 4 and A/T device harness
connector M44 terminal 7 (G).
3. 10A fuse [10, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
4. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector
M26 terminals 3 (G) and 4 (G).
Condition
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
Yes
When brake pedal is released
No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal —refer to
BR-12, "STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ASCD CANCEL SWITCH
CLEARANCE"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
WCIA0156E
5. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position.
Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
Check continuity between A/T device harness M44 terminal 6 (B) and ground.
Continuity should exist
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit in harness.
SCIA0784E
6. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH
Check continuity between A/T device harness conector M44 terminals 6 (B) and 7 (G).
Brake pedal
Operation sound
Depressed
No
Released
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace park position switch.
LAT232
Revision: May 2004
AT-256
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F03B]
7. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
1.
2.
3.
A
Connect A/T device harness connector.
Turn ignition switch to "ON" position.
Check operation sound.
Condition
When ignition switch is turned to "ON" position and
selector lever is in the "P" position.
B
Brake pedal
Operation sound
Depressed
Yes
Released
No
AT
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace shift lock solenoid.
D
8. CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION
E
1. Reconnect shift lock harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch from “OFF” to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
3. Recheck shift lock operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO .9
F
G
9. CHECK A/T DEVICE INSPECTION
H
1. Perform A/T device input/output signal inspection test.
2. If NG, recheck harness connector connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-257
2003 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE4F03B]
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components
PFP:34908
ECS005ZD
WAT242
CAUTION:
●
Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts.
●
After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions.
Removal
1.
ECS005ZE
Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder and remove interlock rod from cable.
SAT853J
Revision: May 2004
AT-258
2003 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE4F03B]
2.
Remove lock plate from steering lock assembly and remove key
interlock cable.
A
B
AT
SAT854J
D
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
ECS005ZF
Turn ignition key to lock position.
Set A/T selector lever to "P" position.
Set key interlock cable to steering lock assembly and install lock
plate.
Clamp cable to steering column and attach to control cable with
band.
E
F
G
SAT854J
H
5.
Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
I
J
K
SAT804E
6.
7.
L
Install casing cap to bracket.
Move slider in order to connect adjuster holder to interlock rod.
M
SAT805E
Revision: May 2004
AT-259
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F03B]
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators
PFP:00000
ECS005ZG
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Drain ATF from transaxle.
Remove oil pan and gasket.
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
SAT992C
3.
Disconnect A/T solenoid valve harness connector.
AAT264A
4.
5.
Remove stopper ring from A/T solenoid harness terminal body.
Remove A/T solenoid harness by pushing terminal body into
transmission case.
AAT265A
Revision: May 2004
AT-260
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F03B]
6.
Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts A, B and C.
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
AAT260A
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “l”
A
B
C
40.0 mm
(1.575 in)
33.0 mm
(1.299 in)
43.5 mm
(1.713 in)
5
6
2
H
I
Number of bolts
Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release accumulator return springs.
Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary. Refer to AT-298, "Components" .
Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying compressed air if necessary.
● Hold each piston with a clean, lint-free towel.
●
7.
8.
J
K
L
M
SAT935J
Revision: May 2004
AT-261
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F03B]
INSTALLATION
●
Tighten mounting bolts A, B and C to specification.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
AAT260A
●
●
Set manual shaft in Neutral position, then align manual
plate with groove in manual valve.
After installing control valve assembly to transmission
case, make sure that selector lever can be moved to all
positions.
SAT497H
Revision: May 2004
AT-262
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F03B]
Control Cable Adjustment
ECS005ZH
A
Move selector lever from the “P” position to the “1” position. You
should be able to feel the detents in each position. If the detents cannot be felt or if the pointer indicating the position is improperly
aligned, the control cable needs adjustment.
1. Place selector lever in “P” position.
2. Loosen control cable lock nut and place manual shaft in “P”
position.
3. Push control cable, by specified force, in the direction of the
arrow shown in the illustration.
Specified force
4.
5.
6.
B
AT
D
: 9.8 N (1.0 kg, 2.2 lb)
Release control cable in the opposite direction of the arrow for
1.0 mm (0.039 in).
Tighten control cable lock nut by hand.
Tighten control cable lock nut.
E
F
: 11.8 - 14.7 N·m (1.20 - 1.50 kg-m, 8.7 - 10.8 ft-lb)
7.
8.
Move selector lever from “P” to “1” position again. Make sure
that selector lever moves smoothly.
Apply grease to contacting areas of selector lever and control
cable. Install any part removed.
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
G
AAT980
H
ECS005ZI
Remove control cable end from manual shaft.
Set manual shaft in “N” position.
Loosen PNP switch fixing bolts.
I
J
K
SAT479J
L
4.
a.
b.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight into
hole in PNP switch.
Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
Reinstall any part removed.
Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to AT-120, "Component
Inspection" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-263
M
SAT480J
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F03B]
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement
1.
2.
ECS005ZJ
Remove drive shaft assemblies using Tool. Refer to FAX-14,
"Removal" .
Remove oil seals.
SAT905D
3.
Install oil seals using Tool.
● Apply ATF to oil seal surface before installing.
AAT976
●
Install oil seals so that dimensions “A” and “B” are within
specifications.
Unit: mm (in)
4.
A
B
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256)
−0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)
Reinstall any part removed.
WAT141
Revolution Sensor Replacement
ECS005ZK
1. Disconnect revolution sensor harness connector.
2. Remove harness bracket from A/T.
3. Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
Always use new sealing parts.
SAT303G
Revision: May 2004
AT-264
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F03B]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
PFP:00000
A
ECS005ZL
CAUTION:
Before separating transaxle from engine, remove the crankshaft
position sensor (OBD) from transaxle. Be careful not to damage
sensor.
1. Remove battery and bracket.
2. Remove air duct between throttle body and air cleaner.
3. Disconnect terminal cord assembly, PNP switch harness connector and revolution sensor harness connector.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
SAT501HA
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
I
Drain ATF from transaxle.
Disconnect control cable from transaxle.
Disconnect oil cooler hoses.
Remove drive shafts. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove the intake manifold support bracket. Refer to EM-12,
"Removal and Installation" .
Remove starter motor from transaxle.
J
K
Tighten bolts to specified torque.
L
SAT304G
: 33.3 - 46.1 N·m (3.4 - 4.7 kg-m, 25 - 34 ft-lb)
M
10. Remove upper bolts fixing transaxle to engine.
11. Support transaxle with a jack.
12. Remove center member.
● Tighten center member fixing bolts to specified torque, Refer
to EM-66, "INSTALLATION" .
AAT469
Revision: May 2004
AT-265
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F03B]
13. Remove rear plate cover.
14. Remove torque converter bolts.
Rotate crankshaft to gain access to securing bolts.
15. Remove rear transaxle to engine bracket. Refer to EM-64,
"REMOVAL" .
16. Support engine with a jack.
17. Remove rear transaxle mount. Refer to EM-63 .
18. Remove lower bolts fixing transaxle to engine.
19. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack.
AAT259A
Installation
1.
ECS005ZM
Check drive plate runout.
CAUTION:
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring
gear teeth.
Maximum allowable
runout
●
:EM-77, "Flywheel
Runout" .
If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate with ring
gear.
SAT977H
2.
When connecting torque converter to transaxle, measure distance “A” to be certain that they are correctly assembled.
Distance “A”
: 21.1 mm (0.831 in)
SAT573D
3.
Install torque converter to drive plate.
● With converter installed, rotate crankshaft several turns
to check that transaxle rotates freely without binding.
AAT266A
Revision: May 2004
AT-266
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F03B]
4.
Tighten bolts fixing transaxle.
Bolt No.
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
Bolt length “l ”
mm (in)
1
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29)
50 (1.97)
2
16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15)
25 (0.98)
3
31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29)
30 (1.18)
A
B
AT
SAT029K
D
5.
6.
Reinstall any part removed.
Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
7. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to AT-120, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
8. Refill transaxle with ATF and check fluid level.
9. Move selector lever through all positions to be sure that transaxle operates correctly. With parking brake applied, idle
engine. Move selector lever through “N” to “D”, to “2”, to “1” and
“R” positions. A slight shock should be felt through the hand
gripping the selector each time the transaxle is shifted.
10. Perform road test. Refer to AT-69, "Road Test" .
E
F
G
SAT638A
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-267
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
OVERHAUL
Components
PFP:00000
ECS005ZN
WAT404
Revision: May 2004
AT-268
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCIA0218E
Revision: May 2004
AT-269
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
WCIA0219E
Revision: May 2004
AT-270
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
Oil Channel
ECS005ZO
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WAT405
Revision: May 2004
AT-271
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap
Rings
ECS005ZP
WAT246
Revision: May 2004
AT-272
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
Disassembly
1.
ECS005ZQ
A
Drain ATF through drain plug.
B
AT
D
WAT247
2.
Remove torque converter.
E
F
G
SAT008D
3.
a.
b.
c.
Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as
shown.
Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
While fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one-way
clutch spline using flat-bladed screwdriver.
Check to make sure the inner race rotates clockwise only. If not,
replace torque converter assembly.
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT009D
Revision: May 2004
AT-273
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
4.
Remove oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube.
SAT586H
5.
6.
Set manual shaft to “P” position.
Remove PNP switch.
SAT023JB
7.
8.
9.
Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of
malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and may inhibit pump pressure.
● If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after
repair of A/T. Refer to CO-13, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove control valve assembly according to the following procedures.
Revision: May 2004
AT-274
SAT128E
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
a.
Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts A, B and C.
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
AAT260A
b.
c.
Remove stopper ring from terminal body.
Push terminal body into transmission case and draw out solenoid harness.
H
I
J
AAT262A
10. Remove manual valve from control valve assembly as a precaution.
K
L
M
SAT017D
11. Remove return spring from servo release accumulator piston.
SAT877J
Revision: May 2004
AT-275
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
12. Remove servo release accumulator piston with compressed air.
13. Remove O-rings from servo release accumulator piston.
SAT019DA
14. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with compressed air.
15. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.
SAT020D
16. Check accumulator pistons and contact surface of transmission
case for damage.
17. Check accumulator return springs for damage and free length.
Return springs
: Refer to AT-394, "RETURN SPRING"
.
SAT023DA
18.
Remove lip seals from band servo oil port.
SAT129E
19. Remove converter housing according to the following procedures.
Revision: May 2004
AT-276
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
a.
Remove converter housing mounting bolts A and B.
A
B
AT
SAT027D
D
b.
Remove converter housing.
E
F
G
SAT028D
c.
Remove O-ring from differential oil port.
H
I
J
SAT131E
K
20. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
L
M
SAT030D
Revision: May 2004
AT-277
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
21. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission
case using Tool.
AAT477
22. Remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transmission case.
SAT132E
23. Remove differential side bearing outer race from converter
housing using Tool.
AAT478
24. Remove oil seal from converter housing using a screwdriver.
● Be careful not to damage case.
SAT133E
Revision: May 2004
AT-278
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
25. Remove side oil seal from transmission case using a screwdriver.
A
B
AT
SAT072D
D
26. Remove oil tube from converter housing.
E
F
G
SAT134EA
H
27. Remove oil pump according to the following procedures.
a. Remove O-ring from input shaft.
I
J
K
SAT127E
b.
Remove oil pump assembly from transmission case.
L
M
SAT035D
Revision: May 2004
AT-279
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
c.
Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assembly.
SAT036D
28. Remove brake band according to the following procedures.
a. Loosen lock nut, then back off anchor end pin.
● Do not reuse anchor end pin.
SAT037DA
b.
Remove brake band from transmission case.
SAT038D
●
To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not
stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
SAT039D
Revision: May 2004
AT-280
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
c.
Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns.
A
B
AT
SAT040D
D
29. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) and reverse clutch
according to the following procedures.
E
F
G
SAT041D
a.
b.
H
Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) with reverse clutch.
Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) from reverse clutch.
I
J
K
SAT042D
c.
d.
L
Remove needle bearing from high clutch drum.
Check input shaft assembly and needle bearing for damage or
wear.
M
SAT043D
Revision: May 2004
AT-281
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
30. Remove high clutch hub and needle bearing from transmission
case.
31. Check high clutch hub and needle bearing for damage or wear.
SAT044D
32. Remove front sun gear and needle bearings from transmission
case.
33. Check front sun gear and needle bearings for damage or wear.
SAT579D
34. Remove front planetary carrier assembly and low one-way
clutch according to the following procedures.
a. Remove snap ring using a screwdriver.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
SAT046D
b.
Remove front planetary carrier with low one-way clutch.
SAT047D
Revision: May 2004
AT-282
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
c.
Check that low one-way clutch rotates in the direction of the
arrow and locks in the opposite direction.
A
B
AT
SAT048D
D
d.
e.
Remove low one-way clutch from front planetary carrier by rotating it in the direction of unlock.
Remove needle bearing from front planetary carrier.
E
F
G
SAT049D
f.
g.
H
Check front planetary carrier, low one-way clutch and needle
bearing for damage or wear.
Check clearance between pinion washer and planetary carrier
using feeler gauge.
I
Standard clearance : 0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in)
Allowable limit
: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
J
Replace front planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.
K
SAT050D
35. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear
according to the following procedures.
L
M
SAT051D
a.
Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transmission case.
Revision: May 2004
AT-283
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
b.
Remove rear sun gear from rear planetary carrier.
SAT052D
c.
Remove needle bearings from rear planetary carrier assembly.
SAT053D
d.
e.
Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bearings
for damage or wear.
Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary carrier using feeler gauge.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
: 0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in)
: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.
SAT054D
36. Remove rear internal gear from transmission case.
SAT055D
37. Remove needle bearing from rear internal gear.
● Check needle bearing for damage or wear.
SAT056D
Revision: May 2004
AT-284
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
38. Remove forward clutch assembly from transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT272E
D
39. Remove thrust washer from transmission case.
E
F
G
AAT215A
H
40. Remove output shaft assembly according to the following procedures.
I
J
SAT059D
a.
b.
Remove side cover bolts.
Remove side cover by lightly tapping it with a soft hammer.
K
L
M
SAT434D
●
Be careful not to drop output shaft assembly. It might come out when removing side cover.
Revision: May 2004
AT-285
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
c.
Remove adjusting shim.
SAT440D
d.
Remove output shaft assembly.
SAT439D
●
If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover
with a soft hammer to separate.
SAT435D
e.
Remove needle bearing.
SAT453D
41. Disassemble reduction pinion gear according to the following
procedures.
SAT060D
Revision: May 2004
AT-286
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
a.
b.
c.
Set manual shaft to position “P” to fix idler gear.
Unlock idler gear lock nut using a pin punch.
Remove idler gear lock nut.
● Do not reuse idler gear lock nut.
A
B
AT
D
SAT061D
d.
E
Remove idler gear with puller using Tool.
F
G
H
WAT234
e.
f.
Remove reduction pinion gear.
Remove adjusting shim from reduction pinion gear.
I
J
K
SAT310G
L
42. Remove return spring from parking shaft using a screwdriver.
M
WAT293
Revision: May 2004
AT-287
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F03B]
43. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pawl from transmission case.
44. Check parking pawl and shaft for damage or wear.
WAT142
45. Remove parking actuator support from transmission case.
● Check parking actuator support for damage or wear.
SAT066D
46. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.
SAT311G
Revision: May 2004
AT-288
2003 Sentra
MANUAL SHAFT
[RE4F03B]
MANUAL SHAFT
Components
PFP:31920
A
ECS005ZR
B
AT
D
E
F
G
WAT248
Removal
1.
ECS005ZS
H
Remove detent spring from transmission case.
I
J
SAT313G
2.
K
Drive out manual plate retaining pin using Tool.
L
M
AAT486
Revision: May 2004
AT-289
2003 Sentra
MANUAL SHAFT
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
5.
Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin using Tool.
Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft.
Draw out parking rod from transmission case.
AAT534
6.
Pull out manual shaft retaining pin.
SAT049F
7.
8.
Remove manual shaft and manual plate from transmission case.
Remove manual shaft oil seal.
SAT080D
Inspection
●
ECS005ZT
Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
Installation
1.
ECS005ZU
Install manual shaft oil seal using a suitable tool.
● Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.
SAT081D
Revision: May 2004
AT-290
2003 Sentra
MANUAL SHAFT
[RE4F03B]
2.
Install manual shaft and manual plate.
A
B
AT
SAT610H
D
3.
4.
Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case.
Install manual shaft retaining pin using Tool.
E
F
G
AAT487
5.
6.
H
Install parking rod to parking rod plate.
Set parking rod assembly onto manual shaft.
I
J
K
SAT078D
7.
Drive in manual plate retaining pin and parking rod plate retaining pin using Tool.
L
M
AAT485
Revision: May 2004
AT-291
2003 Sentra
MANUAL SHAFT
[RE4F03B]
8.
Install detent spring.
: 6.4 - 7.5 N·m (0.65 - 0.76 kg-m, 56.4 - 66.0 in-lb)
SAT313G
Revision: May 2004
AT-292
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[RE4F03B]
OIL PUMP
Components
PFP:15010
A
ECS005ZV
B
AT
D
E
F
WCIA0220E
Disassembly
1.
G
ECS005ZW
H
Remove seal rings.
I
J
SAT699H
2.
K
Loosen bolts in numerical order and remove oil pump cover.
L
M
SAT091D
Revision: May 2004
AT-293
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[RE4F03B]
3.
Remove inner and outer gear from oil pump housing.
SAT092D
4.
Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
SAT093D
5.
Remove oil pump housing oil seal.
SAT094D
Inspection
ECS005ZX
OIL PUMP HOUSING, OIL PUMP COVER, INNER GEAR AND OUTER GEAR
●
Check for wear or damage.
Revision: May 2004
AT-294
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[RE4F03B]
SIDE CLEARANCES
●
Standard clearance
●
B
: 0.02 - 0.04 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016
in)
If clearance is less than standard, select inner and outer gear as
a set so that clearance is within specifications.
Inner and outer gear
●
A
Measure side clearance of inner and outer gears in at least four
places around each outside edge. Maximum measured values
should be within specified range.
AT
: Refer to AT-295, "SIDE
CLEARANCES" .
D
If clearance is more than standard, replace whole oil pump
assembly except oil pump cover.
E
F
G
SAT095D
H
●
Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
: 0.08 - 0.15 mm (0.0031 - 0.0059
in)
: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
I
If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover.
J
K
SAT096D
SIDE RING CLEARANCE
●
●
L
Install new seal rings onto oil pump cover.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance : 0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
Allowable limit
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
●
M
If not within allowable limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.
SAT097D
Revision: May 2004
AT-295
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[RE4F03B]
Assembly
1.
ECS005ZY
Install oil seal on oil pump housing using Tool.
SAT922D
2.
Install O-ring on oil pump housing.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
SAT093D
3.
Install inner and outer gears on oil pump housing.
● Take care with the direction of the inner gear.
SAT092D
4.
a.
b.
Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing.
Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assembly
to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil pump
housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
Tighten bolts in numerical order.
SAT101D
Revision: May 2004
AT-296
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[RE4F03B]
5.
Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with
petroleum jelly.
● Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while installing. It may deform the ring.
A
B
AT
SAT699H
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-297
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
Components
PFP:31705
ECS005ZZ
WAT407
1.
Solenoid valve assembly
2.
O-ring
3.
Stopper ring
4.
Terminal body
5.
Control valve lower body
6.
Oil strainer
7.
Support plate
8.
Lower inter separating gasket
9.
Separating plate
10. Lower separating gasket
11. Steel ball
12. Control valve inter body
13. Pilot filter
14. Upper inter separating gasket
15. Separating plate
16. Upper separating gasket
17. Steel ball
18. Control valve upper body
19. Check ball
20. Oil cooler relief valve spring
21. O-ring
22. T/C pressure holding spring
23. Check ball
Revision: May 2004
AT-298
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
Disassembly
●
ECS00600
A
Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies.
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “l”
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
13.5 mm
(0.531 in)
58.0 mm
(2.283 in)
40.0 mm
(1.575 in)
66.0 mm
(2.598 in)
33.0 mm
(1.299 in)
78.0 mm
(3.071 in)
18.0 mm
(0.709 in)
6
3
6
11
2
2
1
B
AT
Number of bolts
F: Reamer bolt with nut
D
E
F
G
H
I
SAT869J
1.
Remove bolts A, D and F, and remove oil strainer from control
valve assembly.
J
K
L
SAT083F
2.
Remove solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid
valve from control valve assembly.
● Be careful not to lose the line pressure solenoid valve
spring.
SAT316GA
Revision: May 2004
AT-299
2003 Sentra
M
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
3.
Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.
SAT317G
4.
Place upper body face down, and remove bolts B, C and F.
SAT064F
5.
Remove lower body from inter body.
SAT432D
6.
Turn over lower body, and accumulator support plates.
SAT109D
Revision: May 2004
AT-300
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
7.
8.
Remove bolts E, separating plate and separating gaskets from
lower body.
Remove check balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C pressure holding spring from lower body.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls and relief valve springs.
A
B
AT
SAT873J
D
9. Remove inter body from upper body.
10. Remove pilot filter, separating plate and gaskets from upper
body.
E
F
G
SAT065F
H
11. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter
body and then remove them.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls.
I
J
K
SAT870J
12. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper
body and then remove them.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls.
L
M
SAT871J
Revision: May 2004
AT-301
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
Inspection
ECS00601
LOWER AND UPPER BODIES
●
Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in lower
body.
SAT872J
●
Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in
upper body.
SAT321G
OIL STRAINER
●
Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.
SAT115D
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVES A AND B, LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE, TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AND OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
●
Refer to AT-183, "SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" , AT-187,
"SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" , AT-178, "LINE PRESSURE
SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-178, "LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" and AT-197, "OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
.
WAT237
Revision: May 2004
AT-302
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
OIL COOLER RELIEF VALVE SPRING
●
●
A
Check springs for damage or deformation.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard
: Refer to AT-389, "Clutch and
Brake Return Springs"
B
AT
SAT138D
Assembly
1.
D
ECS00602
Install upper, inter and lower body.
E
F
G
SAT871J
a.
b.
Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their proper positions.
Install upper separating gasket, upper inter separating gasket
and upper separating plate in order shown in illustration.
H
I
J
K
SAT072F
Always use new gaskets.
Install reamer bolts F from bottom of upper body. Using reamer
bolts as guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
L
●
c.
M
SAT073F
Revision: May 2004
AT-303
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
d.
Install pilot filter.
SAT074F
e.
Place inter body as shown in the illustration. Install steel balls in
their proper positions.
SAT870J
f.
Install inter body on upper body using reamer bolts F as guides.
SAT076F
Be careful not to dislocate or drop steel balls.
Install steel balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C pressure
holding spring in their proper positions in lower body.
●
g.
SAT873J
Revision: May 2004
AT-304
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
h.
Install lower separating gasket, inter separating gasket and
lower separating plate in order shown in the illustration.
A
B
AT
SAT077F
D
i.
Install bolts E from bottom of lower body. Using bolts E as
guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
E
F
G
SAT078F
j.
k.
Install support plates on lower body.
Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts F as guides
and tighten reamer bolts F slightly.
H
I
J
K
AAT536
2.
Install O-rings to solenoid valves and terminal body.
Apply ATF to O-rings.
Install and tighten bolts.
L
●
3.
M
SAT317G
Revision: May 2004
AT-305
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “l”
Number of bolts
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
13.5 mm
(0.531 in)
58.0 mm
(2.283 in)
44.0 mm
(1.732 in)
66.0 mm
(2.598 in)
33.0 mm
(1.299 in)
78.0 mm
(3.071 in)
18.0 mm
(0.709 in)
6
3
6
11
2
2
1
F: Reamer bolt with nut
SAT869J
a.
Install and tighten bolts B to specified torque.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
SAT081F
b.
Install solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid valve
to lower body.
SAT316GA
Revision: May 2004
AT-306
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
c.
Remove reamer bolts F and set oil strainer on control valve
assembly.
A
B
AT
SAT323G
D
d.
e.
Reinstall reamer bolts F from lower body side.
Tighten bolts A , C , D and F to specified torque.
E
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
F
G
SAT083F
f.
H
Tighten bolts E to specified torque.
: 3.4 - 4.4 N·m (0.35 - 0.45 kg-m, 30.4 - 39.1 in-lb)
I
J
K
SAT084FA
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-307
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY
[RE4F03B]
CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY
Components
PFP:31711
ECS00603
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in AT-387, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
WAT250
Disassembly
1.
ECS00604
Remove valves at retainer plates.
● Do not use a magnetic “hand”.
SAT321G
Revision: May 2004
AT-308
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY
[RE4F03B]
a.
Use a screwdriver to remove retainer plates.
A
B
AT
SAT135D
D
b.
Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves.
E
F
G
SAT136D
Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jumping out.
Place mating surface of valve body face down, and remove
internal parts.
● If a valve is hard to remove, place valve body face down
and lightly tap it with a soft hammer.
● Be careful not to drop or damage valves and sleeves.
H
●
c.
I
J
K
SAT137D
Inspection
ECS00605
VALVE SPRING
●
Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation.
Inspection standard
●
M
: Refer to AT-387, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
SAT138D
CONTROL VALVES
●
Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.
Revision: May 2004
AT-309
L
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY
[RE4F03B]
Assembly
●
ECS00606
Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do not
stand the control valve body upright.
SAT139D
1.
Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
SAT140DA
●
●
Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.
Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert
the valves into their proper positions.
SAT141D
1-2 ACCUMULATOR VALVE
●
●
Install 1-2 accumulator valve. Align 1-2 accumulator retainer
plate from opposite side of control valve body.
Install return spring, 1-2 accumulator piston and plug.
SAT142D
Revision: May 2004
AT-310
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY
[RE4F03B]
1.
Install retainer plates.
● Install retainer plate while pushing plug or return spring.
A
B
AT
SAT143D
D
RETAINER PLATE (FOR CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY)
Refer to AT-308, "CONTROL VALVE UPPER BODY" .
Unit: mm (in)
Name of valve and piston
●
No.
Pilot valve
22
1-2 accumulator valve
17
Width A
E
Length B
21.5 (0.846)
F
40.5 (1.594)
1-2 accumulator piston
25
1st reducing valve
30
Overrun clutch reducing valve
5
Torque converter relief valve
8
21.5 (0.846)
Torque converter clutch control valve
13
28.0 (1.102)
3-2 timing valve
34
21.5 (0.846)
Cooler check valve
21
24.0 (0.945)
21.5 (0.846)
6.0 (0.236)
G
24.0 (0.945)
SAT086F
H
I
Install proper retainer plates.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-311
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE LOWER BODY
[RE4F03B]
CONTROL VALVE LOWER BODY
Components
PFP:31713
ECS00607
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in AT-387, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
WAT251
Disassembly
ECS00608
Remove valves at retainer plate.
For removal procedures, refer to AT-312, "Disassembly" .
SAT872J
Revision: May 2004
AT-312
2003 Sentra
CONTROL VALVE LOWER BODY
[RE4F03B]
Inspection
ECS00609
A
VALVE SPRINGS
●
Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard
●
B
: Refer to AT-387, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
AT
Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
D
SAT138D
CONTROL VALVES
●
E
Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for damage.
Assembly
●
ECS0060A
F
Install control valves.
For installation procedures, refer to AT-313, "Assembly" .
G
H
I
SAT872J
RETAINER PLATE (FOR CONTROL VALVE LOWER BODY)
J
Refer to AT-312, "CONTROL VALVE LOWER BODY" .
Unit: mm (in)
Name of control valve
●
No.
Pressure regulator valve
14
Accumulator control valve
24
Shift valve A
28
Overrun clutch control valve
20
Pressure modifier valve
12
Shuttle control valve
31
Shift valve B
5
Width A
Length B
Type
K
6.0 (0.236)
28.0
(1.102)
L
I
SAT089F
—
—
II
Install proper retainer plates.
Revision: May 2004
AT-313
2003 Sentra
M
REVERSE CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
REVERSE CLUTCH
Components
PFP:31510
ECS0060B
SAT485JA
Disassembly
1.
a.
b.
c.
ECS0060C
Check operation of reverse clutch.
Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install
reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT155D
2.
3.
Remove snap ring.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate, and dish
plates.
SAT156D
Revision: May 2004
AT-314
2003 Sentra
REVERSE CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
4.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
A
B
AT
AAT489
D
5.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
● Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
E
F
G
SAT301E
6.
H
Remove piston from reverse clutch drum by turning it.
I
J
K
SAT159D
7.
L
Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.
M
SAT138E
Inspection
ECS0060D
REVERSE CLUTCH SNAP RING, SPRING RETAINER AND RETURN SPRINGS
●
●
●
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Replace if necessary.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
Revision: May 2004
AT-315
2003 Sentra
REVERSE CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
REVERSE CLUTCH DRIVE PLATES
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate
Standard value
: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
●
If not within wear limit, replace.
SAT162D
REVERSE CLUTCH DISH PLATES
●
●
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate
“t”
●
: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
If deformed or fatigued, replace.
SAT163D
REVERSE CLUTCH PISTON
●
●
●
Make sure check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure that there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make
sure air leaks past ball.
SAT164D
Assembly
1.
ECS0060E
Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
● Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
SAT160DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-316
2003 Sentra
REVERSE CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
2.
Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
A
B
AT
SAT159D
D
3.
Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
Return spring
: Refer to AT-389, "Clutch
and Brake Return
Springs" .
E
F
G
SAT168D
4.
H
Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
I
J
AAT489
5.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plates.
● Do not align the projections of any two dish plates.
● Take care with the order and direction of plates.
K
L
M
SAT170D
Revision: May 2004
AT-317
2003 Sentra
REVERSE CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
6.
Install snap ring.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
SAT156D
7.
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.020 - 0.031 in)
Allowable limit
: 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Retaining plate
: Refer to AT-387, "REVERSE
CLUTCH"
SAT174D
8.
Check operation of reverse clutch.
Refer to AT-314, "Components" .
SAT173D
Revision: May 2004
AT-318
2003 Sentra
HIGH CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
HIGH CLUTCH
Components
PFP:31410
A
ECS0060F
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WCIA0221E
K
Disassembly
1.
a.
b.
c.
ECS0060G
Check operation of high clutch.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft.
● Stop up a hole on opposite side of input shaft.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
L
M
SAT176D
Revision: May 2004
AT-319
2003 Sentra
HIGH CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
2.
Remove seal rings from input shaft.
SAT177D
3.
4.
Remove snap ring.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
SAT178D
5.
6.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from high
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
● Do not remove return spring from spring retainer.
AAT683
SAT302E
7.
Remove piston from high clutch drum by turning it.
SAT189D
Revision: May 2004
AT-320
2003 Sentra
HIGH CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
8.
Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.
A
B
AT
SAT139E
Inspection
D
ECS0060H
REVERSE CLUTCH SNAP RING, SPRING RETAINER AND RETURN SPRINGS
●
●
●
E
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Replace if necessary.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
F
HIGH CLUTCH DRIVE PLATES
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
G
Thickness of drive plate
Standard value
: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
●
H
If not within wear limit, replace.
I
SAT162D
J
HIGH CLUTCH PISTON
●
●
●
Make sure check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make
sure air leaks past ball.
K
L
M
SAT186D
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
●
●
Install new seal rings onto input shaft.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
: 0.08 - 0.23 mm (0.0031 - 0.0091
in)
: 0.23 mm (0.0091 in)
If not within wear limit, replace input shaft assembly.
SAT187D
Revision: May 2004
AT-321
2003 Sentra
HIGH CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
Assembly
1.
ECS0060I
Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
● Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
SAT182DA
2.
Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
SAT189D
3.
Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
Return spring
: Refer to AT-389, "Clutch and Brake
Return Springs" .
SAT191D
4.
Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
AAT683
Revision: May 2004
AT-322
2003 Sentra
HIGH CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
●
Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
A
B
AT
SAT193D
D
5. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
Take care with the order and direction of plates.
6. Install snap ring.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
E
F
G
SAT195D
7.
H
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate
I
: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in)
: 2.4 mm (0.094 in)
: Refer to AT-388, "HIGH
CLUTCH" .
J
K
SAT199D
8.
Check operation of high clutch.
Refer to AT-319, "HIGH CLUTCH" .
L
M
SAT196D
Revision: May 2004
AT-323
2003 Sentra
HIGH CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
9.
Install seal rings to input shaft.
● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
SAT197D
●
Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from
spreading.
SAT198D
Revision: May 2004
AT-324
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
Components
PFP:31570
A
ECS0060J
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WCIA0222E
K
Disassembly
1.
ECS0060K
Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch.
L
M
SAT201D
a.
b.
c.
Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
Revision: May 2004
AT-325
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
d.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT202D
2.
3.
Remove snap ring for forward clutch.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for forward clutch.
SAT203D
4.
5.
Remove snap ring for overrun clutch.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for overrun clutch.
SAT204D
6.
7.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
AAT685
Revision: May 2004
AT-326
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
8.
Remove forward clutch piston with overrun clutch piston from
forward clutch drum by turning it.
A
B
AT
SAT216D
D
9.
Remove overrun clutch piston from forward clutch piston by
turning it.
E
F
G
SAT215D
H
10. Remove D-rings and oil seals from forward clutch piston and
overrun clutch piston.
I
J
K
SAT140E
Inspection
ECS0060L
SNAP RINGS AND SPRING RETAINER
●
L
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH RETURN SPRINGS
●
●
Inspection standard
●
M
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
: Refer to AT-389, "Clutch
and Brake Return
Springs" .
Replace if deformed or fatigued.
SAT138D
Revision: May 2004
AT-327
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH DRIVE PLATES
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate
Forward clutch
Standard value
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
Wear limit
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Overrun clutch
Standard value
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
●
SAT162D
If not within wear limit, replace.
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH DISH PLATES
●
●
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate “t”
Forward clutch
Overrun clutch
●
: 2.5 mm (0.098 in)
: 2.15 mm (0.0846 in)
If deformed or fatigued, replace.
SAT163D
FORWARD CLUTCH DRUM
●
●
●
Make sure check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of forward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball.
Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch
drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.
SAT213D
OVERRUN CLUTCH PISTON
●
●
●
Make sure check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side. Make
sure air leaks past ball.
SAT212D
Revision: May 2004
AT-328
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
Assembly
1.
ECS0060M
A
Install D-rings and oil seals on forward clutch piston and overrun
clutch piston.
● Take care with direction of oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
B
AT
D
SAT208DA
2.
Install overrun clutch piston assembly on forward clutch piston
while turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of forward clutch piston.
E
F
G
SAT215D
3.
Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum
while turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
H
I
J
K
SAT216D
L
4.
Align notch in forward clutch piston with groove in forward clutch
drum.
M
SAT217D
Revision: May 2004
AT-329
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
5.
6.
Install return spring on piston.
Install spring retainer on return springs.
Return spring
: Refer to AT-389, "Clutch
and Brake Return
Springs" .
SAT218D
7.
Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
AAT685
●
Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
SAT220D
8.
9.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for overrun clutch.
Install snap ring for overrun clutch.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
SAT204D
Revision: May 2004
AT-330
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
10. Measure clearance between overrun clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Overrun clutch retaining plate
A
B
: 1.0 - 1.4 mm (0.039 - 0.055 in)
: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
: Refer to AT-388, "OVERRUN
CLUTCH" .
AT
SAT227D
D
11. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for forward clutch.
Take care with the order and direction of plates.
12. Install snap ring for forward clutch.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
E
F
G
SAT203D
H
13. Measure clearance between forward clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
I
Specified clearance
Standard
: 0.45 - 0.85 mm (0.0177 - 0.0335
in)
Allowable limit
: 1.85 mm (0.0728 in)
Forward clutch
: Refer to AT-388, "FORWARD
CLUTCH"
retaining plate
J
SAT228D
14. Check operation of forward clutch.
Refer to AT-325, "FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN
CLUTCH" .
K
L
M
SAT201D
Revision: May 2004
AT-331
2003 Sentra
FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
[RE4F03B]
15. Check operation of overrun clutch.
Refer to AT-325, "FORWARD CLUTCH AND OVERRUN
CLUTCH" .
SAT202D
Revision: May 2004
AT-332
2003 Sentra
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
[RE4F03B]
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
Components
PFP:31645
A
ECS0060N
B
AT
D
E
F
WCIA0223E
Disassembly
1.
a.
b.
c.
ECS0060O
H
Check operation of low & reverse brake.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
I
J
SAT230D
2.
3.
4.
Stand transmission case.
Remove snap ring.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate from transmission case.
AT-333
K
L
M
SAT231D
Revision: May 2004
G
2003 Sentra
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
[RE4F03B]
5.
6.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
AAT687
●
Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SAT303E
7.
8.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case while
holding piston.
Remove piston from transmission case by turning it.
SAT234D
Revision: May 2004
AT-334
2003 Sentra
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
[RE4F03B]
9.
Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.
A
B
AT
SAT767G
D
Inspection
ECS0060P
LOW & REVERSE CLUTCH SNAP RING, SPRING RETAINER AND RETURN SPRINGS
●
●
●
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Replace if necessary.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
E
F
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE DRIVE PLATES
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
G
Thickness of drive plate
Standard value
: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
●
H
If not within wear limit, replace.
I
SAT162D
Assembly
1.
ECS0060Q
Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
● Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
J
K
L
M
SAT235DA
2.
3.
Stand transmission case.
Install piston assembly on transmission case while turning it
slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
SAT239D
Revision: May 2004
AT-335
2003 Sentra
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
[RE4F03B]
4.
Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
Return spring
:Refer to AT-389, "Clutch
and Brake Return
Springs" .
SAT241D
5.
Install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT687
6.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plates and dished
plates.
● Do not align the projections on the two dished plates.
● Make sure to put the plates in the correct order and direction.
SAT254E
7.
Install snap ring.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
SAT231D
Revision: May 2004
AT-336
2003 Sentra
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
[RE4F03B]
8.
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate (front side).
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate
A
: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in)
: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
: Refer to AT-388, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE" .
B
AT
SAT246D
D
9.
Check operation of low and reverse brake.
Refer to AT-333, "LOW & REVERSE BRAKE" .
E
F
G
SAT230D
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-337
2003 Sentra
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
HUB
[RE4F03B]
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
HUB
PFP:31450
Components
ECS0060R
SAT875J
Disassembly
1.
2.
ECS0060S
Remove snap ring from overrun clutch hub.
Remove overrun clutch hub from forward clutch hub.
SAT249D
3.
Remove thrust washer from forward clutch hub.
SAT250D
Revision: May 2004
AT-338
2003 Sentra
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
HUB
[RE4F03B]
4.
Remove forward clutch hub from rear internal gear.
A
B
AT
SAT251D
D
5.
Remove end bearing from rear internal gear.
E
F
G
SAT252D
6.
H
Remove thrust washer from rear internal gear.
I
J
K
SAT253D
7.
Remove end bearing from forward one-way clutch.
L
M
SAT254D
Revision: May 2004
AT-339
2003 Sentra
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
HUB
[RE4F03B]
8.
Remove one-way clutch from forward clutch hub.
SAT255D
Inspection
ECS0060T
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH HUB
●
Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.
SAT256D
SNAP RING, END BEARINGS AND FORWARD ONE-WAY CLUTCH
●
●
Check snap ring and end bearings for deformation and damage.
Check forward one-way clutch for wear and damage.
SAT257D
Assembly
1.
ECS0060U
Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch.
● Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.
SAT976H
Revision: May 2004
AT-340
2003 Sentra
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
HUB
[RE4F03B]
2.
Install end bearing on forward one-way clutch.
● Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.
A
B
AT
SAT259D
D
3.
Install thrust washer on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
● Align pawls of thrust washer with holes of rear internal
gear.
E
F
G
SAT260D
4.
H
Install end bearing on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.
I
J
K
SAT261D
5.
Install forward clutch hub on rear internal gear.
● Check operation of forward one-way clutch.
Hold rear internal gear and turn forward clutch hub.
Check forward clutch hub for correct locking and unlocking directions.
● If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction
of forward one-way clutch.
L
M
SAT713H
Revision: May 2004
AT-341
2003 Sentra
REAR INTERNAL GEAR, FORWARD CLUTCH HUB AND OVERRUN CLUTCH
HUB
[RE4F03B]
6.
Install thrust washer and overrun clutch hub.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
● Align pawls of thrust washer with holes of overrun clutch
hub.
SAT263D
7.
Install overrun clutch hub on rear internal gear.
● Align projections of rear internal gear with holes of overrun clutch hub.
SAT264D
8.
Install snap ring to groove of rear internal gear.
SAT248D
Revision: May 2004
AT-342
2003 Sentra
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER
[RE4F03B]
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING
RETAINER
PFP:31480
Components
A
ECS0060V
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WCIA0224E
Disassembly
1.
K
ECS0060W
L
Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.
M
SAT644D
Revision: May 2004
AT-343
2003 Sentra
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER
[RE4F03B]
2.
Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers.
● Always replace bearing with a new one when removed.
● Do not damage output shaft.
SAT645D
3.
Remove snap ring from bearing retainer.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
WCIA0225E
4.
Remove needle bearing from bearing retainer.
AAT539
5.
Remove idler gear bearing inner race from idler gear.
SAT648D
Revision: May 2004
AT-344
2003 Sentra
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER
[RE4F03B]
6.
Remove idler gear bearing outer race from transmission case.
A
B
AT
AAT495
D
7.
Press out reduction pinion gear bearing from reduction pinion
gear.
E
F
G
WAT235
8.
H
Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from transmission case.
I
J
K
SAT651D
Inspection
ECS0060X
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR AND REDUCTION PINION GEAR
●
●
L
Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending.
Check gears for wear, chips and cracks.
M
BEARING
●
●
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.
SPD715
Revision: May 2004
AT-345
2003 Sentra
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER
[RE4F03B]
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
●
●
Install new seal rings to output shaft.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of output
shaft.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
●
●
If not within allowable limit, replace output shaft.
Install new seal rings to bearing retainer.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bearing retainer.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.
Assembly
1.
SAT652D
ECS0060Y
Press reduction pinion gear bearing on reduction pinion gear.
AAT688
2.
Install reduction pinion gear bearing outer race on transmission
case.
SAT654D
3.
Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
AAT689
Revision: May 2004
AT-346
2003 Sentra
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER
[RE4F03B]
4.
Install idler gear bearing outer race on transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT901D
D
5.
Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.
E
F
G
SAT939D
6.
H
Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.
I
J
K
SAT658D
7.
Install snap ring to bearing retainer.
L
M
WCIA0226E
Revision: May 2004
AT-347
2003 Sentra
OUTPUT SHAFT, IDLER GEAR, REDUCTION PINION GEAR AND BEARING RETAINER
[RE4F03B]
8.
After packing ring grooves with petroleum jelly, carefully install
new seal rings on output shaft and bearing retainer.
NOTE:
Do not align gaps in seal rings.
SAT660D
●
Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from
spreading.
SAT661D
Revision: May 2004
AT-348
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
Components
PFP:31615
A
ECS0060Z
B
AT
D
E
F
WCIA0227E
Disassembly
1.
G
ECS00610
H
Remove band servo piston snap ring.
I
J
SAT288D
2.
Apply compressed air to oil hole in transmission case to remove
OD servo piston retainer and band servo piston assembly.
● Hold band servo piston assembly with a rag or nylon
waste.
K
L
M
SAT289D
Revision: May 2004
AT-349
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
3.
Apply compressed air to oil hole in OD servo piston retainer to
remove OD servo piston from retainer.
● Hold OD servo piston while applying compressed air.
SAT290DB
4.
Remove D-ring from OD servo piston.
SAT593GB
5.
Remove O-rings from OD servo piston retainer.
SAT292DA
6.
Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston retainer
by pushing it forward.
SAT293D
Revision: May 2004
AT-350
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
7.
Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo
piston spring retainer down, remove E-ring.
A
B
AT
SAT294D
D
8.
Remove OD servo return spring, band servo thrust washer and
band servo piston stem from band servo piston.
E
F
G
SAT295DA
9.
H
Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
I
J
K
SAT296DA
10. Remove D-rings from band servo piston.
L
M
SAT594GA
Revision: May 2004
AT-351
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
Inspection
ECS00611
PISTONS, RETAINERS AND PISTON STEM
●
Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.
SAT298DA
RETURN SPRINGS
●
●
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
Band servo inspection
standard
: Refer to AT-394,
"RETURN SPRING" .
SAT138D
Assembly
1.
ECS00612
Install D-rings to band servo piston retainer.
● Apply ATF to D-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each D-ring.
SAT595GA
2.
Install band servo piston stem, band servo thrust washer, OD
servo return spring and spring retainer to band servo piston.
SAT295DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-352
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
3.
Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo
piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.
A
B
AT
SAT301D
D
4.
Install O-rings to servo piston retainer.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
● Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.
E
F
G
SAT296DA
5.
H
Install band servo piston assembly to servo piston retainer by
pushing it inward.
I
J
K
SAT303D
6.
Install D-ring to OD servo piston.
● Apply ATF to D-ring.
L
M
SAT596GB
Revision: May 2004
AT-353
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
7.
Install O-rings to OD servo piston retainer.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
● Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.
SAT292DA
8.
Install OD servo piston to OD servo piston retainer.
SAT306DA
9.
Install band servo piston assembly and 2nd servo return spring
to transmission case.
● Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.
SAT307DA
10. Install OD servo piston assembly to transmission case.
● Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.
AAT692
Revision: May 2004
AT-354
2003 Sentra
BAND SERVO PISTON ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
11. Install band servo piston snap ring to transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT288D
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-355
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RE4F03B]
FINAL DRIVE
Components
PFP:38411
ECS00613
WAT403
Disassembly
1.
ECS00614
Remove final gear.
SMT696B
2.
Press out differential side bearings.
SAT312D
Revision: May 2004
AT-356
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RE4F03B]
A
B
AT
SMT697B
3.
D
Remove speedometer drive gear.
E
F
G
SAT313D
4.
Drive out pinion mate shaft lock pin.
H
I
J
SAT904D
5.
6.
Draw out pinion mate shaft from differential case.
Remove pinion mate gears and side gears.
K
L
M
SAT316D
Revision: May 2004
AT-357
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RE4F03B]
Inspection
ECS00615
GEAR, WASHER, SHAFT AND CASE
●
●
Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and pinion mate gears.
Check washers for wear.
WAT294
BEARINGS
●
●
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.
SPD715
Assembly
1.
2.
ECS00616
Install side gear and thrust washers in differential case.
Install pinion mate gears and thrust washers in differential case
while rotating them.
● When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate
gear washers.
● Apply ATF to any parts.
SAT318D
3.
a.
b.
Measure clearance between side gear and differential case with
washers using the following procedure.
Set Tool and dial indicator on side gear.
Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflection. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears.
Clearance between
side gear and differential case with washers
: 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
SAT902D
Revision: May 2004
AT-358
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RE4F03B]
c.
If not within specification adjust clearance by changing thickness
of side gear thrust washers.
Side gear thrust
washer
A
: Refer to AT-390, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR
THRUST WASHERS" .
B
AT
SMT616
D
4.
Install lock pin.
● Make sure that lock pin is flush with case.
E
F
G
SAT904D
5.
H
Install speedometer drive gear on differential case.
● Align the projection of speedometer drive gear with the
groove of differential case.
I
J
SAT313D
6.
K
Install final gear and tighten fixing bolts in numerical order.
L
: 113 - 127 N·m (11.5 - 13.0 kg-m, 83 - 94 ft-lb)
M
SAT326D
Revision: May 2004
AT-359
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RE4F03B]
7.
Press on differential side bearings.
SMT700B
Revision: May 2004
AT-360
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
PFP:00000
A
ECS00617
1. Install revolution sensor onto transmission case.
Always use new sealing parts.
B
AT
D
SAT311G
E
2.
Install differential side oil seals on transmission case and converter housing, so that “A” and “B” are within specifications.
F
G
H
AAT695
I
J
K
WAT141
L
Unit: mm (in)
3.
A
B
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256)
−0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)
M
Install parking actuator support to transmission case.
● Pay attention to direction of parking actuator support.
SAT328D
Revision: May 2004
AT-361
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
4.
Install parking pawl on transmission case and fix it with parking
shaft.
WAT143
5.
Install return spring.
WAT144
Adjustment (1)
ECS00618
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
1.
2.
Install differential side bearing outer race without adjusting shim
on transmission case.
Install differential side bearing outer race on converter housing.
SAT947DA
3.
4.
Place final drive assembly on transmission case.
Install transmission case on converter housing. Tighten transmission case fixing bolts A and B to the specified torque.
SAT027D
Revision: May 2004
AT-362
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
5.
6.
7.
Attach dial indicator on differential case at transmission case
side.
Insert Tool into differential side gear from converter housing.
Move Tool up and down and measure dial indicator deflection.
Differential side
bearing preload
“T”
8.
A
B
: 0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)
AT
Select proper thickness of differential side bearing adjusting
shim(s) using SDS table as a guide.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim
D
: Refer to AT-390, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS" .
E
F
G
AAT947
9. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
10. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
11. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission
case.
12. Reinstall differential side bearing outer race and shim(s)
selected from SDS table on transmission case.
13. Reinstall converter housing on transmission case and tighten
transmission case fixing bolts to the specified torque.
H
I
J
AAT477
14. Insert Tool into differential case and measure turning torque of
final drive assembly.
● Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times
to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of
final drive assembly
(New bearing)
●
●
Revision: May 2004
L
: 0.49 - 1.08 N·m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm,
4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)
When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be
slightly less than the above.
Make sure torque is within the specified range.
AT-363
K
M
AAT466
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING PRELOAD
●
●
Be sure to remove final drive assembly before doing this procedure.
Using caliper and straightedge, calculate a dimension “T”
(adjuster shim thickness) using the following formula. Adjust the
inspection standard for preload (rotating slide torque) as shown
below.
T=A–E
Inspection standard
for preload
:0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm,
0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
SAT876J
1.
2.
a.
Remove transmission case and final drive assembly from converter housing.
Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim using the following procedures.
Place reduction pinion gear on transmission case as shown.
SAT332DA
b.
c.
Place idler gear bearing on transmission case.
Measure dimensions “B”, “C” and “D” and calculate dimension
“A”.
A = D − (B + C)
“A”
●
●
: Distance between the
surface of idler gear bearing inner race and the
adjusting shim mating
surface of reduction pinion gear.
SAT333DA
Measure dimension “B” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the surface of transmission case.
Measure dimension “B” in at least two places.
SAT334DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-364
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
●
●
Measure dimension “C” between the surface of idler gear
bearing inner race and the surface of transmission case.
Measure dimension “C” in at least two places.
A
B
AT
SAT335D
D
●
●
●
Measure dimension “D” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pinion gear.
Measure dimension “D” in at least two places.
Calculate dimension “A”.
E
A = D − (B + C)
F
G
SAT336DA
d.
e.
Measure dimension “E” between the end of idler gear and the
idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear.
● Measure dimension “E” in at least two places.
Calculate “T” and select proper thickness of reduction pinion
gear bearing adjusting shim using SDS table as a guide.
H
I
T = A − E – 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)*
Reduction pinion gear
bearing adjusting shim
3.
4.
5.
: Refer to AT-392,
"REDUCTION PINION
GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS" .
J
SAT337D
*: Bearing preload
Install reduction pinion gear and reduction pinion gear bearing
adjusting shim selected in step 2-e on transmission case using
Tool.
Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
Press idler gear on reduction pinion gear.
● Press idler gear so that idler gear can be locked by parking pawl.
L
M
AAT696
Revision: May 2004
AT-365
K
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
6.
Tighten idler gear lock nut to the specified torque.
● Lock idler gear with parking pawl when tightening lock
nut.
SAT339D
7.
Measure turning torque of reduction pinion gear.
● When measuring turning torque, turn reduction pinion
gear in both directions several times to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of
reduction pinion
gear
: 0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm,
0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
SAT340DC
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY
●
●
Measure clearance between side cover and the end of the output shaft bearing.
Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that clearance is
within specifications.
SAT341D
1.
Install bearing retainer for output shaft.
SAT347D
Revision: May 2004
AT-366
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
2.
Install output shaft thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
A
B
AT
SAT438D
D
3.
Install output shaft on transmission case.
E
F
G
SAT439D
4.
H
Measure dimensions “l1 ” and “l2 ” at side cover and then calculate dimension “A”.
● Measure dimension “l1 ” and “l2 ” in at least two places
“A”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and adjusting shim mating surface
A = l1 − l2
l2
I
J
: Height of gauge
K
SAT874DA
5.
Measure dimensions “l2 ” and “l3 ” and then calculate dimension
“B”.
Measure “l2 ” and “l3 ” in at least two places.
“B”: Distance between the end of output shaft bearing outer
race and the side cover fitting surface of transmission case
B = l2 − l3
l2
L
M
: Height of gauge
SAT875DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-367
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
6.
Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that output shaft
end play (clearance between side cover and output shaft bearing) is within specifications.
Output shaft end play (A − B)
Output shaft end play adjusting shim
7.
: 0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in)
: Refer to AT-393, "OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY
ADJUSTING SHIMS" .
Install adjusting shim on output shaft bearing.
SAT440D
8.
Apply locking sealant (Loctite 5/8 or equivalent) to transmission
case as shown in illustration.
SAT441D
9.
Install side cover on transmission case.
● Apply locking sealant to the mating surface of transmission case.
SAT442D
10. Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque.
: 26 - 30 N·m (2.7 - 3.1 kg-m, 20 - 22 ft-lb)
●
●
Do not mix bolts A and B.
Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.
SAT124E
Revision: May 2004
AT-368
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
Assembly (2)
1.
2.
ECS00619
A
Remove paper rolled around bearing retainer.
Install thrust washer on bearing retainer.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
B
AT
D
SAT354D
3.
Install forward clutch assembly.
Align teeth of low & reverse brake drive plates before
installing.
● Make sure that bearing retainer seal rings are not spread.
E
●
F
G
SAT355D
4.
Install thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
H
I
J
K
SAT356D
L
5.
Install thrust needle bearing on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
M
SAT357D
Revision: May 2004
AT-369
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
6.
Hold forward clutch hub and turn overrun clutch hub.
Check overrun clutch hub for directions of lock and unlock.
● If not as shown in illustration, check installed direction of forward one-way clutch.
SAT358D
7.
Install rear internal gear assembly.
● Align teeth of forward clutch and overrun clutch drive
plate.
SAT359D
8.
Install needle bearing on rear planetary carrier.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
SAT360D
9.
Install rear sun gear on rear planetary carrier.
● Pay attention to direction of rear sun gear.
SAT052D
Revision: May 2004
AT-370
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
10. Install rear planetary carrier on transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT362D
D
11. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
E
F
G
SAT363D
H
12. Install low one-way clutch to front planetary carrier by turning it
in the direction of the arrow as shown.
13. While holding front planetary carrier, turn low one-way clutch.
Check low one-way clutch for correct directions of lock and
unlock.
I
J
K
SAT048D
14. Install front planetary carrier assembly on transmission case.
L
M
SAT047D
Revision: May 2004
AT-371
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
15. Install snap ring with screwdriver.
● Forward clutch and bearings must be correctly installed
for snap ring to fit groove of transmission case.
SAT046D
16. Install needle bearing on front sun gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
SAT367D
17. Install front sun gear on front planetary carrier.
SAT368D
18. Install needle bearing on front sun gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
SAT369D
Revision: May 2004
AT-372
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
19. Install high clutch hub on front sun gear.
A
B
AT
SAT370D
D
20. Install needle bearing on high clutch hub.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
E
F
G
SAT371D
H
21. Remove paper rolled around input shaft.
22. Install input shaft assembly.
● Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.
I
J
K
SAT372D
23. Install reverse clutch assembly.
● Align teeth of reverse clutch drive plates before installing.
L
M
SAT373D
Adjustment (2)
ECS0061A
When any parts listed below are replaced, adjust total end play and reverse clutch end play.
Total end play
Reverse clutch end
play
Transmission case
●
●
Overrun clutch hub
●
●
Rear internal gear
●
●
Rear planetary carrier
●
●
Part name
Revision: May 2004
AT-373
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
Total end play
Reverse clutch end
play
Rear sun gear
●
●
Front planetary carrier
●
●
Front sun gear
●
●
High clutch hub
●
●
High clutch drum
●
●
Oil pump cover
●
●
Reverse clutch drum
—
●
Part name
TOTAL END PLAY
●
●
Measure clearance between reverse clutch drum and needle
bearing for oil pump cover.
Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within
specifications.
SAT374D
1.
Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension
“J”.
SAT375D
a.
Measure dimension “K”.
SAT376D
Revision: May 2004
AT-374
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
b.
c.
Measure dimension “L”.
Calculate dimension “J”.
“J”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of transmission case and needle bearing mating surface of high clutch
drum
A
B
J=K−L
AT
SAT377D
D
2.
Measure dimension “M”.
E
F
G
SAT378D
a.
b.
H
Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.
Measure dimension “M”.
“M”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and needle bearing on oil pump cover
“M1 ”: Indication of gauge
I
J
K
SAT379D
c.
Measure thickness of straightedge “t”.
L
M = M1 − t
3.
Adjust total end play “T3 ”.
T3 = J − M
Total end play “T3
”
●
M
: 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play
is within specifications.
SAT443D
Bearing races
Revision: May 2004
: Refer to AT-394, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY"
AT-375
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY
●
●
Measure clearance between oil pump cover and thrust washer
for reverse clutch drum.
Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that end play is
within specifications.
SAT380D
1.
Measure dimensions “O” and “P” and then calculate dimension
“N”.
SAT381D
a.
Place thrust washer on reverse clutch drum.
SAT382D
b.
c.
d.
Measure dimension “O”.
Measure dimension “P”.
Calculate dimension “N”.
“N”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of transmission case and thrust washer on reverse clutch drum
N=O−P
SAT383D
Revision: May 2004
AT-376
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
2.
Measure dimensions “R” and “S” and then calculate dimension
“Q”.
A
B
AT
SAT384D
D
a.
Measure dimension “R”.
E
F
G
SAT385D
b.
c.
Measure dimension “S”.
Calculate dimension “Q”.
“Q”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and thrust washer mating surface
H
I
Q=R−S
3.
Adjust reverse clutch end play “T4 ”.
T4 = N − Q
Reverse clutch end
play
●
J
: 0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394
in)
: Refer to AT-394,
"THRUST WASHERS FOR
ADJUSTING REVERSE
CLUTCH END PLAY"
Assembly (3)
2.
K
Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that reverse clutch end play is within specifications.
Thrust washer
1.
SAT386D
L
M
ECS0061B
Remove reverse clutch assembly and install needle bearing on
high clutch assembly.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
Install reverse clutch assembly.
SAT387D
Revision: May 2004
AT-377
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
Install anchor end pin and lock nut on transmission case.
Place brake band on outside of reverse clutch drum. Tighten
anchor end pin just enough so that brake band is evenly fitted on
reverse clutch drum.
SAT038D
5.
Place bearing race selected in total end play adjustment step on
oil pump cover.
● Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
SAT389D
6.
Place thrust washer selected in reverse clutch end play step on
reverse clutch drum.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
SAT390D
7.
Install oil pump assembly on transmission case.
SAT391D
Revision: May 2004
AT-378
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
8.
Tighten oil pump fixing bolts to specified torque.
A
: 18 - 21 N·m (1.8 - 2.1 kg-m, 13 - 15 ft-lb)
B
AT
SAT392D
D
9.
Install O-ring to input shaft.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
E
F
G
SAT034D
H
10. Adjust brake band.
a. Tighten anchor end pin to specified torque.
Anchor end
pin
: 3.9 - 5.9 N·m (0.4 - 0.6 kg-m, 35 - 52 inlb)
I
J
SAT394D
b.
K
Back off anchor end pin two and a half turns.
L
M
SAT395D
c.
While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.
SAT396D
Revision: May 2004
AT-379
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
11. Apply compressed air to oil holes of transmission case and
check operation of brake band.
SAT397D
Assembly (4)
1.
ECS0061C
Install final drive assembly on transmission case.
SAT030D
2.
Install oil tube on converter housing.
SAT033DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-380
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
3.
4.
Install O-ring on differential oil port of transmission case.
Install converter housing on transmission case.
● Apply locking sealant to mating surface of converter
housing.
A
B
Bolt
Length mm (in)
A
32.8 (1.291)
B
40 (1.57)
AT
D
E
F
G
SAT405D
5.
a.
Install accumulator piston.
Check contact surface of accumulator piston for damage.
H
I
J
SAT406DA
b.
Install O-rings on accumulator piston.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
Accumulator piston Orings
K
L
: Refer to AT-394, "ORING" .
M
SAT407DA
c.
Install accumulator pistons and return springs on transmission
case.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
Return springs
: Refer to AT-394,
"RETURN SPRING" .
SAT878J
Revision: May 2004
AT-381
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
6.
Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transmission case.
SAT021D
SAT022D
Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.
Install control valve assembly.
Insert manual valve into control valve assembly.
● Apply ATF to manual valve.
●
7.
a.
SAT017D
b.
c.
Pass solenoid harness through transmission case and install
terminal body on transmission case by pushing it.
Install stopper ring to terminal body.
AAT261A
Revision: May 2004
AT-382
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
d.
Tighten bolts A , B and C .
A
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m,
61 - 78 in-lb)
B
AT
D
E
F
G
AAT260A
Bolt length, number and location
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “l”
A
B
C
40.0 mm
(1.575 in)
33.0 mm
(1.299 in)
43.5 mm
(1.713 in)
5
6
2
H
I
Number of bolts
8.
a.
Install oil pan.
Attach magnet to oil pan.
J
K
L
SAT418D
M
b.
c.
d.
Install new oil pan gasket on transmission case.
Install oil pan on transmission case.
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
● Tighten the bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislocation of gasket.
Tighten drain plug to specified torque.
SAT128E
Revision: May 2004
AT-383
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
9.
a.
b.
c.
Install PNP switch.
Set manual shaft in “P” position.
Temporarily install PNP switch on manual shaft.
Move selector lever to “N” position.
SAT023JB
d.
e.
f.
Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
1. Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
2. Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight
into hole in PNP switch.
Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
SAT426DB
10. Install oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube to transmission case.
SAT586H
11. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
● Approximately 1 liter (1-1/8 US qt, 7/8 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained.
SAT428DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-384
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F03B]
b.
Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque converter with notches of oil pump.
A
B
AT
SAT429D
D
c.
Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper
position.
Distance “A”
E
: 21.1 mm (0.831 in)
F
G
SAT430D
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-385
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
ECS0061D
Engine
QG18DE
Automatic transaxle model
RE4F03B
Automatic transaxle assembly
Transaxle gear ratio
Model code number
3AX60
1st
2.861
2nd
1.562
3rd
1.000
4th
0.698
Reverse
2.230
Final drive
3.827
Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Genuine Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid (Canada)*1
Recommended fluid
Fluid capacity
7.0l (7-3/8 US qt, 6-1/8 Imp qt)
*1: Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
Shift Schedule
ECS0061E
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS
QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)
Throttle position
Shift pattern
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D1 → D2
D2 → D3
D3 → D4
D4 → D3
D3 → D 2
D2 → D1
12 → 11
Full throttle
Comfort
54 - 62
(34 - 39)
103 - 111
(64 - 69)
163 - 171
(101 - 106)
159 - 167
(99 - 104)
93 - 101
(58 - 63)
41 - 49
(25 - 30)
54 - 62
(34 - 39)
Half throttle
Comfort
32 - 40
(20 - 25)
60 - 68
(37 - 42)
124 - 132
(77 - 82)
70 - 78
(43 - 48)
35 - 43
(22 - 27)
25 - 33
(16 - 21)
54 - 62
(34 - 39)
QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)
Throttle position
Shift pattern
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
D1 → D2
D2 → D3
D3 → D4
D4 → D3
D3 → D 2
D2 → D1
12 → 11
Full throttle
Comfort
52 - 60
(32 - 37)
100 - 108
(62 - 67)
158 - 166
(98 - 103)
154 - 162
(96 - 101)
70 - 98
(56 - 61)
41 - 49
(25 - 30)
52 - 60
(32 - 37)
Half throttle
Comfort
31 - 39
(19 - 24)
58 - 66
(36 - 41)
119 - 127
(74 - 79)
68 - 76
(42 - 47)
34 - 42
(21 - 26)
24 - 32
(15 - 20)
52 - 60
(32 - 37)
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING LOCK-UP
QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Throttle opening
2/8
OD switch
Shift pattern
Lock-up ON
Lock-up OFF
ON (D4 )
Comfort
97 - 105 (60 - 65)
63 - 71 (39 - 44)
OFF (D3 )
Comfort
86 - 94 (53 - 58)
83 - 91 (52 - 57)
QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)
Throttle opening
2/8
OD switch
Shift pattern
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Lock-up ON
Lock-up OFF
ON (D4 )
Comfort
94 - 102 (58 - 63)
61 - 69 (38 - 43)
OFF (D3 )
Comfort
86 - 94 (53 - 58)
83 - 91 (52 - 57)
Stall Revolution
Revision: May 2004
ECS0061F
Engine model
Stall revolution rpm
QG18DE
2,350 - 2,800
AT-386
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
Line Pressure
ECS0061G
A
Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Engine speed
rpm
R position
D position
2 position
1 position
Idle
778 (7.9, 113)
500 (5.1, 73)
500 (5.1, 73)
500 (5.1, 73)
Stall
1,816 (18.5, 263)
1,167 (11.9, 169)
1,167 (11.9, 169)
1,167 (11.9, 169)
Control Valves
B
ECS0061H
AT
CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN SPRINGS
Unit: mm (in)
No
.
Upper
body
Refer to
AT-308,
"CONTROL
VALVE
UPPER
BODY" .
Lower
body
Refer to
AT-312,
"CONTROL
VALVE
LOWER
BODY" .
Parts
Part No.*
Free length
Outer diameter
35
3-2 timing valve spring
31736-01X00
23.29 (0.917)
6.65 (0.2618)
19
Cooler check valve spring
31742-3AX05
28.04 (1.1039)
7.15 (0.2815)
23
Pilot valve spring
31742-3AX03
38.98 (1.5346)
8.9 (0.350)
15
1-2 accumulator valve spring
31742-3AX00
20.5 (0.807)
6.95 (0.2736)
28
1-2 accumulator piston spring
31742-3AX09
55.66 (2.1913)
19.5 (0.7677)
33
1st reducing valve spring
31742-80X05
27.0 (1.063)
7.0 (0.276)
2
Overrun clutch reducing valve spring
31742-80X06
37.5 (1.476)
7.0 (0.276)
7
Torque converter relief valve spring
31742-3AX04
33.3 (1.3110)
9.0 (0.354)
10
Torque converter clutch control valve
spring
31742-3AX02
53.01 (2.0870)
6.5 (0.256)
34
Shuttle control valve spring
31762-41X04
51.0 (2.0079)
5.65 (0.2224)
18
Pressure regulator valve spring
31742-80X13
45.0 (1.772)
15.0 (0.591)
23
Overrun clutch control valve spring
31762-80X00
21.7 (0.854)
7.0 (0.276)
27
Accumulator control valve spring
31742-80X02
22.0 (0.866)
6.5 (0.256)
29
Shift valve A spring
31762-80X00
21.7 (0.854)
7.0 (0.276)
2
Shift valve B spring
31762-80X00
21.7 (0.854)
7.0 (0.276)
11
Pressure modifier valve spring
31742-41X15
30.5 (1.201)
9.8 (0.386)
7
Pressure modifier valve spring
31742-80X16
32.0 (1.260)
6.9 (0.272)
—
Oil cooler relief valve spring
31872-31X00
17.02 (0.6701)
8.0 (0.315)
—
T/C pressure spring
31742-3AX11
9.0 (0.354)
7.3 (0.287)
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band
ECS0061I
M
REVERSE CLUTCH
Number of drive plates
2
Number of driven plates
2
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance mm (in)
Standard
2.0 (0.079)
Allowable limit
1.8 (0.071)
Standard
0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031)
Allowable limit
1.2 (0.047)
Thickness of retaining plates
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
4.4 (0.173)
4.6 (0.181)
4.8 (0.189)
5.0 (0.197)
5.2 (0.205)
31537-31X00
31537-31X01
31537-31X02
31537-31X03
31537-31X04
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
AT-387
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
HIGH CLUTCH
Number of drive plates
3
Number of driven plates
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance mm (in)
5
Standard
2.0 (0.079)
Allowable limit
1.8 (0.071)
Standard
1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071)
Allowable limit
2.4 (0.094)
Thickness of retaining plates
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
4.8 (0.189)
5.0 (0.197)
5.2 (0.205)
5.4 (0.213)
5.6 (0.220)
5.8 (0.228)
6.0 (0.236)
31537-32X05
31537-32X06
31537-32X07
31537-32X08
31537-32X09
31537-32X10
31537-32X11
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
FORWARD CLUTCH
Number of drive plates
5
Number of driven plates
5
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance mm (in)
Standard
1.8 (0.071)
Allowable limit
1.6 (0.063)
Standard
0.45 - 0.85 (0.0177 - 0.0335)
Allowable limit
1.85 (0.0728)
Thickness of retaining plate
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)
4.2 (0.165)
4.4 (0.173)
4.6 (0.181)
31537-31X60
31537-31X61
31537-31X62
31537-31X63
31537-31X64
31537-31X65
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
OVERRUN CLUTCH
Number of drive plates
3
Number of driven plates
4
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Standard
1.6 (0.063)
Allowable limit
1.4 (0.055)
Standard
Clearance mm (in)
1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055)
Allowable limit
2.0 (0.079)
Thickness of retaining plate
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)
4.2 (0.165)
4.4 (0.173)
31567-31X79
31567-31X80
31567-31X81
31567-31X82
31567-31X83
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
Number of drive plates
5
Number of driven plates
4+1
Revision: May 2004
AT-388
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance mm (in)
Standard
2.0 (0.079)
Allowable limit
1.8 (0.071)
Standard
A
1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071)
Allowable limit
2.8 (0.110)
Thickness of retaining plate
B
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)
4.2 (0.165)
4.4 (0.173)
4.6 (0.181)
31667-31X16
31667-31X17
31667-31X18
31667-31X19
31667-31X20
31667-31X21
AT
D
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
BRAKE BAND
E
Anchor end pin tightening torque
3.5 - 5.9 N-m (0.35 - 0.6 kg-m, 31 - 52 in-lb)
Number of returning revolutions for anchor end pin
2.5±0.125
Lock nut tightening torque
F
31 - 36 N-m (3.2 - 3.7 kg-m, 23 - 27 ft-lb)
Clutch and Brake Return Springs
ECS0061J
Unit: mm (in)
Parts
Free length
Outer diameter
Part number*
Outer (16
pcs)
26.6 (1.047)
10.6 (0.417)
31505-31X02
Inner (16
pcs)
26.3 (1.035)
7.7 (0.303)
31505-31X03
Reverse clutch (16 pcs)
18.6 (0.732)
8.0 (0.315)
31505-31X00
High clutch (12 pcs)
19.7 (0.776)
11.1 (0.437)
31505-31X01
Low reverse brake (20 pcs)
25.1 (0.988)
7.6 (0.299)
31505-31X04
Forward clutch (Overrun clutch)
G
H
I
J
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Oil Pump
ECS0061K
K
Oil pump side clearance mm (in)
0.02 - 0.04 (0.0008 - 0.0016)
Inner gear
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
L
9.99 - 10.00 (0.3933 - 0.3937)
9.98 - 9.99 (0.3929 - 0.3933)
9.97 - 9.98 (0.3925 - 0.3929)
31346-31X00
31346-31X01
31346-31X02
M
Thickness of inner gears and outer gears
Clearance between oil pump
housing and outer gear mm (in)
Standard
Oil pump cover seal ring clearance mm (in)
Standard
Outer gear
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
9.99 - 10.00 (0.3933 - 0.3937)
9.98 - 9.99 (0.3929 - 0.3933)
9.97 - 9.98 (0.3925 - 0.3929)
31347-31X00
31347-31X01
31347-31X02
0.08 - 0.15 (0.0031 - 0.0059)
Allowable limit
0.15 (0.0059)
0.1 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
Allowable limit
0.25 (0.0098)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Input Shaft
ECS0061L
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Input shaft seal ring clearance
Revision: May 2004
0.08 - 0.23 (0.0031 - 0.0091)
Allowable limit
0.23 (0.0091)
AT-389
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
Planetary Carrier
ECS0061M
Unit: mm (in)
Clearance between planetary carrier and
pinion washer
Standard
0.15 - 0.70 (0.0059 - 0.0276)
Allowable limit
0.80 (0.0315)
Final Drive
ECS0061N
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
Clearance between side gear and differential case with washer
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHERS
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.75 - 0.80 (0.0295 - 0.0315)
0.80 - 0.85 (0.0315 - 0.0335)
0.85 - 0.90 (0.0335 - 0.0354)
0.90 - 0.95 (0.0354 - 0.0374)
0.95 - 1.00 (0.0374 - 0.0394)
38424-D2111
38424-D2112
38424-D2113
38424-D2114
38424-D2115
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload “T”
0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)
TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of final drive assembly
0.49 - 1.08 N-m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.40 (0.0157)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
1.44 (0.0567)
31499-21X07
31499-21X08
31499-21X09
31499-21X10
31499-21X11
31499-21X12
31499-21X13
31499-21X14
31499-21X15
31499-21X16
31499-21X17
31499-21X18
31499-21X19
31499-21X20
31499-21X21
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
AT-390
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
TABLE FOR SELECTING DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Unit: mm (in)
Dial indicator deflection
Suitable shim(s)
0.31 - 0.35 (0.0122 - 0.0138)
0.35 - 0.39 (0.0138 - 0.0154)
0.39 - 0.43 (0.0154 - 0.0169)
0.43 - 0.47 (0.0169 - 0.0185)
0.47 - 0.51 (0.0185 - 0.0201)
0.51 - 0.55 (0.0201 - 0.0217)
0.55 - 0.59 (0.0217 - 0.0232)
0.59 - 0.63 (0.0232 - 0.0248)
0.63 - 0.67 (0.0248 - 0.0264)
0.67 - 0.71 (0.0264 - 0.0280)
0.71 - 0.75 (0.0280 - 0.0295)
0.75 - 0.79 (0.0295 - 0.0311)
0.79 - 0.83 (0.0311 - 0.0327)
0.83 - 0.87 (0.0327 - 0.0343)
0.87 - 0.91 (0.0343 - 0.0358)
0.91 - 0.95 (0.0358 - 0.0374)
0.95 - 0.99 (0.0374 - 0.0390)
0.99 - 1.03 (0.0390 - 0.0406)
1.03 - 1.07 (0.0406 - 0.0421)
1.07 - 1.11 (0.0421 - 0.0437)
1.11 - 1.15 (0.0437 - 0.0453)
1.15 - 1.19 (0.0453 - 0.0469)
1.19 - 1.23 (0.0469 - 0.0484)
1.23 - 1.27 (0.0484 - 0.0500)
1.27 - 1.31 (0.0500 - 0.0516)
1.31 - 1.35 (0.0516 - 0.0531)
1.35 - 1.39 (0.0531 - 0.0547)
1.39 - 1.43 (0.0547 - 0.0563)
1.43 - 1.47 (0.0563 - 0.0579)
1.47 - 1.51 (0.0579 - 0.0594)
1.51 - 1.55 (0.0594 - 0.0610)
1.55 - 1.59 (0.0610 - 0.0626)
1.59 - 1.63 (0.0626 - 0.0642)
1.63 - 1.67 (0.0642 - 0.0657)
1.67 - 1.71 (0.0657 - 0.0673)
1.71 - 1.75 (0.0673 - 0.0689)
1.75 - 1.79 (0.0689 - 0.0705)
1.79 - 1.83 (0.0705 - 0.0720)
1.83 - 1.87 (0.0720 - 0.0736)
1.87 - 1.91 (0.0736 - 0.0752)
1.91 - 1.95 (0.0752 - 0.0768)
0.40 (0.0157)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.48 (0.0189) + 0.48 (0.0189)
0.48 (0.0189) + 0.52 (0.0205)
0.52 (0.0205) + 0.52 (0.0205)
0.52 (0.0205) + 0.56 (0.0220)
0.56 (0.0220) + 0.56 (0.0220)
0.56 (0.0220) + 0.60 (0.0236)
0.60 (0.0236) + 0.60 (0.0236)
0.60 (0.0236) + 0.64 (0.0252)
0.64 (0.0252) + 0.64 (0.0252)
0.64 (0.0252) + 0.68 (0.0268)
0.68 (0.0268) + 0.68 (0.0268)
0.68 (0.0268) + 0.72 (0.0283)
1.44 (0.0567)
0.72 (0.0283) + 0.76 (0.0299)
0.76 (0.0299) + 0.76 (0.0299)
0.76 (0.0299) + 0.80 (0.0315)
0.80 (0.0315) + 0.80 (0.0315)
0.80 (0.0315) + 0.84 (0.0331)
0.84 (0.0331) + 0.84 (0.0331)
0.84 (0.0331) + 0.88 (0.0346)
0.88 (0.0346) + 0.88 (0.0346)
0.88 (0.0346) + 0.92 (0.0362)
0.92 (0.0362) + 0.92 (0.0362)
0.92 (0.0362) + 0.96 (0.0378)
0.96 (0.0378) + 0.96 (0.0378)
0.52 (0.0205) + 1.44 (0.0567)
0.56 (0.0220) + 1.44 (0.0567)
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Reduction Pinion Gear
ECS0061O
BEARING PRELOAD
Reduction pinion gear bearing preload
0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear
Revision: May 2004
0.1 - 0.69 N-m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
AT-391
A
2003 Sentra
M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
1.74 (0.0685)
1.78 (0.0701)
1.82 (0.0717)
1.86 (0.0732)
1.90 (0.0748)
1.92 (0.0756)
1.94 (0.0764)
1.96 (0.0772)
1.98 (0.0780)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.02 (0.0795)
2.04 (0.0803)
2.06 (0.0811)
2.08 (0.0819)
2.10 (0.0827)
2.12 (0.0835)
2.14 (0.0843)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.18 (0.0858)
2.20 (0.0866)
2.22 (0.0874)
2.24 (0.0882)
2.26 (0.0890)
2.28 (0.0898)
2.30 (0.0906)
2.34 (0.0921)
2.38 (0.0937)
2.42 (0.0953)
2.46 (0.0969)
2.50 (0.0984)
2.54 (0.1000)
2.58 (0.1016)
2.62 (0.1031)
2.66 (0.1047)
31438-31X16
31438-31X17
31438-31X18
31438-31X19
31438-31X20
31439-31X60
31438-31X21
31439-31X61
31438-31X22
31439-31X62
31438-31X23
31439-31X63
31438-31X24
31439-31X64
31438-31X60
31439-31X65
31438-31X61
31439-31X66
31438-31X62
31439-31X67
31438-31X63
31439-31X68
31438-31X64
31439-31X69
31438-31X65
31438-31X66
31438-31X67
31438-31X68
31438-31X69
31438-31X70
31438-31X71
31438-31X72
31438-31X73
31438-31X74
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
AT-392
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
TABLE FOR SELECTING REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
Unit: mm (in)
Dimension “T”
Suitable shim(s)
1.77 - 1.81 (0.0697 - 0.0713)
1.81 - 1.85 (0.0713 - 0.0728)
1.85 - 1.89 (0.0728 - 0.0744)
1.89 - 1.93 (0.0744 - 0.0760)
1.93 - 1.96 (0.0760 - 0.0772)
1.96 - 1.98 (0.0772 - 0.0780)
1.98 - 2.00 (0.0780 - 0.0787)
2.00 - 2.02 (0.0787 - 0.0795)
2.02 - 2.04 (0.0795 - 0.0803)
2.04 - 2.06 (0.0803 - 0.0811)
2.06 - 2.08 (0.0811 - 0.0819)
2.08 - 2.10 (0.0819 - 0.0827)
2.10 - 2.12 (0.0827 - 0.0835)
2.12 - 2.14 (0.0835 - 0.0843)
2.14 - 2.16 (0.0843 - 0.0850)
2.16 - 2.18 (0.0850 - 0.0858)
2.18 - 2.20 (0.0858 - 0.0866)
2.20 - 2.22 (0.0866 - 0.0874)
2.22 - 2.24 (0.0874 - 0.0888)
2.24 - 2.26 (0.0882 - 0.0890)
2.26 - 2.28 (0.0890 - 0.0898)
2.28 - 2.30 (0.0898 - 0.0906)
2.30 - 2.32 (0.0906 - 0.0913)
2.32 - 2.34 (0.0913 - 0.0921)
2.34 - 2.37 (0.0921 - 0.0933)
2.37 - 2.41 (0.0933 - 0.0949)
2.41 - 2.45 (0.0949 - 0.0965)
2.45 - 2.49 (0.0965 - 0.0980)
2.49 - 2.53 (0.0980 - 0.0996)
2.53 - 2.57 (0.0996 - 0.1012)
2.57 - 2.61 (0.1012 - 0.1028)
2.61 - 2.65 (0.1028 - 0.1043)
2.65 - 2.69 (0.1043 - 0.1059)
2.69 - 2.73 (0.1059 - 0.1075)
1.74 (0.0685)
1.78 (0.0701)
1.82 (0.0717)
1.86 (0.0732)
1.90 (0.0748)
1.92 (0.0756)
1.94 (0.0764)
1.96 (0.0772)
1.98 (0.0780)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.02 (0.0795)
2.04 (0.0803)
2.06 (0.0811)
2.08 (0.0819)
2.10 (0.0827)
2.12 (0.0835)
2.14 (0.0843)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.18 (0.0858)
2.20 (0.0866)
2.22 (0.0874)
2.24 (0.0882)
2.26 (0.0890)
2.28 (0.0898)
2.30 (0.0906)
2.34 (0.0921)
2.38 (0.0937)
2.42 (0.0953)
2.46 (0.0969)
2.50 (0.0984)
2.54 (0.1000)
2.58 (0.1016)
2.62 (0.1031)
2.66 (0.1047)
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Output Shaft
ECS0061P
K
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Unit: mm (in)
Output shaft seal ring clearance
Standard
L
0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
Allowable limit
0.25 (0.0098)
END PLAY
M
Output shaft end play
0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in)
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.56 (0.0220)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.36 (0.0535)
31438-31X46
31438-31X47
31438-31X48
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Bearing Retainer
ECS0061Q
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Bearing retainer seal ring clearance
Revision: May 2004
0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
Allowable limit
0.25 (0.0098)
AT-393
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
Total End Play
ECS0061R
Total end play “T3 ”
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.6 (0.024)
0.8 (0.031)
1.0 (0.039)
1.2 (0.047)
1.4 (0.055)
1.6 (0.063)
1.8 (0.071)
2.0 (0.079)
31435-31X01
31435-31X02
31435-31X03
31435-31X04
31435-31X05
31435-31X06
31435-31X07
31435-31X08
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Reverse Clutch End Play
ECS0061S
Reverse clutch end play “T4 ”
0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in)
THRUST WASHERS FOR ADJUSTING REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.65 (0.0256)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.95 (0.0374)
1.10 (0.0433)
1.25 (0.0492)
1.40 (0.0551)
31508-31X10
31508-31X11
31508-31X12
31508-31X13
31508-31X14
31508-31X15
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Accumulator
ECS0061T
O-RING
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator
Diameter (Small)
Part number*
Diameter (Large)
Part number*
Servo release accumulator
26.9 (1.059)
31526-41X03
44.2 (1.740)
31526-41X02
N-D accumulator
34.6 (1.362)
31526-31X08
39.4 (1.551)
31672-21X00
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator
Free length
Outer diameter
Part number*
Servo release accumulator spring
52.5 (2.067)
20.1 (0.791)
31605-80X00
N-D accumulator spring
45.0 (1.772)
27.6 (1.087)
31605-33X01
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Band Servo
ECS0061U
RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Return spring
Free length
Outer diameter
Part number*
2nd servo return spring
32.5 (1.280)
25.9 (1.020)
31605-31X20
OD servo return spring
38.52 (1.5165)
22.0 (0.866)
31605-31X21
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Removal and Installation
ECS0061V
Unit: mm (in)
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter
Revision: May 2004
AT-394
21.1 (0.831)
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F03B]
Shift Solenoid Valves
ECS0061W
A
Gear
Solenoid A
Solenoid B
1st
ON
ON
2nd
OFF
ON
3rd
OFF
OFF
4th
ON
OFF
B
AT
Solenoid Valve
ECS0061X
Solenoid valve
Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminal number
Shift solenoid A
20 - 30Ω
2
Shift solenoid B
5 - 20Ω
1
Ovr. clutch sol.
20 - 30Ω
3
Line pres. sol.
2.5 - 5Ω
4
T/conv. clutch sol.
5 - 20Ω
5
D
E
F
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor
ECS0061Y
Monitor Item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
G
Specification
(Approx.)
1.5V
↓
0.5V
2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ
Revolution Sensor
H
ECS0061Z
Condition
I
Judgement standard
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function. *1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
When vehicle not moving.
J
Approximately 150 Hz
K
Under 1.3V or over 4.5V
Dropping Resistor
ECS00620
Resistance
L
10 - 15Ω
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-395
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
[RE4F04B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC
PFP:00000
ECS00621
ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*1
Reference page
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
AT-512
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
AT-517
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
AT-522
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
AT-527
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
AT-539
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
AT-497
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
AT-508
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-547
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
AT-568
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-491
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2
P0750
AT-553
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2
P0755
AT-558
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-534
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2
P1705
AT-563
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3
P0720
AT-503
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
AT-590
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
Revision: May 2004
AT-396
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX
[RE4F04B]
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC
A
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*1
Reference page
P0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-491
P0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
AT-497
P0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3
AT-503
P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
AT-508
P0731
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
AT-512
P0732
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
AT-517
P0733
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
AT-522
P0734
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
AT-527
P0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-534
P0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
AT-539
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-547
P0750
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2
AT-553
P0755
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2
AT-558
P1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2
AT-563
P1760
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
AT-568
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
AT-590
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-397
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
ECS00622
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine
ECS00623
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM or
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions
●
ECS00624
Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the TCM,
because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
SEF289H
Revision: May 2004
AT-398
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]
●
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
A
B
AT
AAT470A
D
●
Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and verify whether TCM functions properly or
not. Refer to AT-420, "INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM".
E
F
G
MEF040DA
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed.
Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts
from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common
SAT964I
shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation
of the transaxle.
Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled.
It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer. Refer to AT-400,
"ATF COOLER SERVICE" .
After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF.
When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque
converter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures when changing A/T fluid. Refer to MA-31, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-399
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]
Service Notice or Precautions
ECS00625
FAIL-SAFE
The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major
electrical input/output device circuit is damaged.
Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of 1, 2 or D. The customer may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration.
When the ignition key is turned ON following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF indicator lamp blinks for about 8
seconds. [Or, refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" ].
The blinking of the O/D OFF indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The
customer may resume normal driving conditions.
Always follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-450, "Work Flow" .
The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows:
●
The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor.
●
During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.
TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
●
External leaks in the hub weld area.
●
Converter hub is scored or damaged.
●
Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
●
Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
●
Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
●
Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
●
Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
●
Internal failure of stator roller clutch.
●
Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter).
●
Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are
worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter.
The torque converter should not be replaced if:
●
The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
●
The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
●
Transaxle failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate
lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
●
Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter
clutch dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic,
such as taxi, delivery or police use.
ATF COOLER SERVICE
If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), replace radiator and flush cooler line using cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair of A/T. Refer to CO-30, "RADIATOR" .
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
●
●
●
–
●
A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on
AT-433 for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure “HOW TO ERASE DTC” on AT-430 to complete the repair and avoid
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
The following self-diagnostic items can be detected using ECM self-diagnostic results mode* only when
the O/D OFF indicator lamp does not indicate any malfunctions.
park/neutral position (PNP) switch
*: For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-1260, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" .
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
AT-400
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RE4F04B]
For description and how to disconnect, refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" .
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
A
ECS00626
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-401
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
ECS00627
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV381054S0
(J34286)
Puller
●
Removing differential side oil seals
●
Removing differential side bearing outer
race
●
Removing idler gear bearing outer race
a: 250 mm (9.84 in)
b: 160 mm (6.30 in)
NT414
ST33400001
(J26082)
Drift
●
Installing differential side oil seal
F04B and F04W (RH side)
●
Installing oil seal on oil pump housing
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
NT086
(J34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 (J34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
2 (J34301-2)
Hoses
3 (J34298)
Adapter
4 (J34282-2)
Adapter
5 (790-301-1230-A)
60° Adapter
6 (J34301-15)
Square socket
●
Measuring line pressure
●
Removing idler gear
AAT896
ST27180001
(J25726-A)
Puller
a: 100 mm (3.94 in)
b: 110 mm (4.33 in)
c: M8 x 1.25P
NT424
ST23540000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
●
Removing and installing parking rod plate
and manual plate pins
a: 2.3 mm (0.091 in) dia.
b: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
NT442
ST25710000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
●
Aligning groove of manual shaft and hole of
transmission case
a: 2 mm (0.08 in) dia.
NT410
Revision: May 2004
AT-402
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
KV32101000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
●
Removing and installing manual shaft retaining pin
●
Removing and installing pinion mate shaft
lock pin
a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
B
AT
NT410
KV31102400
(J34285 and J34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
●
Removing and installing clutch return
springs
●
Installing low and reverse brake piston
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)
D
E
NT423
KV40100630
(J26092)
Drift
●
Installing reduction gear bearing inner race
●
Installing idler gear bearing inner race
a: 67.5 mm (2.657 in) dia.
b: 44 mm (1.73 in) dia.
c: 38.5 mm (1.516 in) dia.
G
H
NT107
ST30720000
(J25405 and J34331)
Bearing installer
F
●
Installing idler gear bearing outer race
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
I
J
NT115
ST35321000
(
—
Drift
●
)
Installing output shaft bearing
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
K
L
NT073
(J34291-A)
Shim setting gauge set
●
Selecting oil pump cover bearing race and
oil pump thrust washer
●
Selecting side gear thrust washer
●
Installing differential side bearing inner race
(RH side)
NT101
ST33230000
(J25805-01)
Drift
a: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
NT084
Revision: May 2004
AT-403
2003 Sentra
M
PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J34290)
Shim selecting tool set
●
Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim
●
Removing differential side bearing inner
race
NT080
ST3306S001
(J22888-D)
Differential side bearing puller set
1 ST33051001
(J22888-D)
Puller
2 ST33061000
(J8107-2)
Adapter
ST3127S000
(J25765-A)
Preload gauge
1 GG91030000
(J25765-A)
Torque wrench
2 HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter
3 HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
c: 130 mm (5.12 in)
d: 135 mm (5.31 in)
e: 100 mm (3.94 in)
AMT153
●
Checking differential side bearing preload
●
Installing idler gear
NT124
ST35271000
(J26091)
Drift
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
NT115
(J39713)
Preload adapter
●
Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim
●
Checking differential side bearing preload
●
Removing flex plate bolts on vehicles
equipped with QR25DE engines
NT087
J45816
E20 TORX socket
LCIA0258E
Revision: May 2004
AT-404
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RE4F04B]
Commercial Service Tools
ECS00628
A
Tool name
Description
Puller
●
Removing idler gear bearing inner race
●
Removing and installing band servo piston
snap ring
B
AT
NT077
Puller
●
Removing reduction gear bearing inner
race
D
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
E
NT411
Drift
●
Installing needle bearing on bearing retainer
F
a: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
G
NT083
Drift
H
●
Removing needle bearing from bearing retainer
a: 33.5 mm (1.319 in) dia.
I
J
NT083
Drift
●
Installing differential side bearing outer race
(RH side)
K
a: 75 mm (2.95 in) dia.
L
NT083
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-405
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location
PFP:00000
ECS00629
WCIA0131E
Revision: May 2004
AT-406
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Circuit Diagram
ECS0062A
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0005E
Revision: May 2004
AT-407
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Cross-sectional View
ECS0062B
SAT488K
1.
Band servo piston
2.
Reverse clutch drum
3.
4.
Oil pump
5.
Brake band
6.
Converter housing
Reverse clutch
7.
High clutch
8.
Front planetary gear
9.
Low one-way clutch
10. Rear planetary gear
11. Forward clutch
13. Low & reverse brake
14. Output gear
12. Overrun clutch
15. Idler gear
16. Forward one-way clutch
17. Pinion reduction gear
18. Final gear
19. Differential case
20. Input shaft
21. Torque converter
22. Side cover
Revision: May 2004
AT-408
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Hydraulic Control Circuit
ECS0062C
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
LCIA0040E
Revision: May 2004
AT-409
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Shift Mechanism
ECS0062D
CONSTRUCTION
SAT998I
1.
Torque converter
2.
Oil pump
3.
Input shaft
4.
Brake band
5.
Reverse clutch
6.
High clutch
7.
Front sun gear
8.
Front pinion gear
9.
Front internal gear
10 Front planetary carrier
.
11 Rear sun gear
.
12 Rear pinion gear
.
13 Rear internal gear
.
14 Rear planetary carrier
.
15 Forward clutch
.
16 Forward one-way clutch
.
17 Overrun clutch
.
18 Low one-way clutch
.
19 Low & reverse brake
.
20 Parking pawl
.
21 Parking gear
.
22 Output shaft
.
23 Idle gear
.
24 Output gear
.
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
Clutch and brake components
Abbr.
Function
Reverse clutch 5
R/C
To transmit input power to front sun gear 7 .
High clutch 6
H/C
To transmit input power to front planetary carrier 10 .
Forward clutch 15
F/C
To connect front planetary carrier 10 with forward one-way clutch
16 .
Overrun clutch 17
O/C
To connect front planetary carrier 10 with rear internal gear 13 .
Brake band 4
B/B
To lock front sun gear 7 .
Forward one-way clutch 16
F/O.C
When forward clutch 15 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear 13
from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution.
Low one-way clutch 18
L/O.C
To stop front planetary carrier 10 from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution.
Low & reverse brake 19
L & R/B
To lock front planetary carrier 10 .
Revision: May 2004
AT-410
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART
Band servo
Shift position
Reverse
clutch
5
High
clutch
6
Forward
clutch
15
Overrun
clutch
17
2nd
apply
3rd
release
4th
apply
Forward
oneway
clutch
16
A
Low
oneway
clutch
18
Low &
reverse
brake
19
Lockup
PARK
POSITION
P
R
O
NEUTRAL
POSITION
2
1
1st
O
*1 D
2nd
O
*1 A
O
*1 A
*2 C
C
*3 C
C
3rd
O
O
4th
O
C
B
B
B
O
B
*4 O
B
O
1st
O
O
2nd
O
O
B
3rd
O
O
B
1st
O
O
B
2nd
O
O
O
B
3rd
O
O
*2 C
B
O
B
Automatic
shift
1⇔2⇔3
⇔4
Automatic
shift
1⇔2⇐3
B
O
B
AT
REVERSE
POSITION
O
N
D*4
Remarks
Locks (held
stationary)
in 1st
speed
1⇐2⇐3
*1: Operates when overdrive control switch is set in OFF position.
*2: Oil pressure is applied to both 2nd “apply” side and 3rd “release” side of band servo piston. However, brake band does not contract
because oil pressure area on the “release” side is greater than that on the “apply” side.
*3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th “apply” side in condition *2 above, and brake band contracts.
*4: A/T will not shift to 4th when overdrive control switch is set in OFF position.
O: Operates
A: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, activating engine brake.
B: Operates during “progressive” acceleration.
C: Operates but does not affect power transmission.
D: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, but does not affect engine brake.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-411
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
POWER TRANSMISSION
P and N Positions
●
●
P position
Similar to the N position, the clutches do not operate. The parking pawl engages with the parking gear to
mechanically hold the output shaft so that the powertrain is locked.
N position
Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft because the clutches do not operate.
SAT991I
Revision: May 2004
AT-412
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
11 Position
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AAT537A
●
Forward clutch
●
Forward one-way clutch
●
Overrun clutch
●
Low and reverse brake
Engine brake
As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low and reverse
brake.
This is different from that of D1 and 21 .
Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when decelerating.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-413
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D1 and 21 Positions
AAT532A
●
Forward one-way clutch
●
Forward clutch
●
Low one-way clutch
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
(Engine brake)
Revision: May 2004
Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of these
three clutches.
D1 : Overdrive control switch OFF and throttle opening is less than 3/16
21 : Always engaged
At D1 and 21 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low one-way
clutch.
AT-414
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D2 , 32 , 22 and 12 Positions
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AAT533A
●
Forward clutch
●
Forward one-way clutch
●
Brake band
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal
gear now rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier.
As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch and
forward one-way clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of rear planetary carrier compared with that of the 1st speed.
D2 : Overdrive control switch OFF and throttle opening is less than 3/16
22 and 12 : Always engaged
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-415
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D3 and 33 Positions
AAT534A
●
High clutch
●
Forward clutch
●
Forward one-way clutch
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
Revision: May 2004
Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary
carrier is connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way
clutch.
This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier to turn at the same speed.
D3 : Overdrive control switch OFF and throttle opening is less than 3/16
AT-416
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
D4 (O/D) Position
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AAT536A
●
High clutch
●
Brake band
●
Forward clutch (Does not affect
power transmission)
Engine brake
Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch.
This front carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and makes front
internal gear (output) turn faster.
At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine brake
can be obtained when decelerating.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-417
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
R Position
AAT535A
●
Reverse clutch
●
Low and reverse brake
Engine brake
Revision: May 2004
Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low and reverse brake.
Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front internal gear in the opposite direction.
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be obtained
when decelerating.
AT-418
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Control System
ECS0062E
A
OUTLINE
The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors. It always controls the
optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS
TCM
ACTUATORS
Park/neutral position (PNP)
switch
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
Engine speed signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Vehicle speed sensor
Overdrive control switch
ASCD control unit
Stop lamp switch
Turbine revolution sensor
Shift control
Line pressure control
Lock-up control
Overrun clutch control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-II communication line
control
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
O/D OFF indicator lamp
B
AT
D
E
CONTROL SYSTEM
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCIA0113E
Revision: May 2004
AT-419
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
TCM FUNCTION
The function of the TCM is to:
●
Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
●
Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
●
Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM
Sensors and solenoid valves
Input
Output
Function
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
Throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor]
Detects accelerator pedal position and requested throttle opening and sends
a signal to TCM.
Engine speed signal
Receives signal from ECM and controls lock-up control solenoid valve.
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
Revolution sensor
Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM.
Vehicle speed sensor
Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed sensor. Sends a signal which is used if
revolution sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions.
Overdrive control switch
Sends a signal to the TCM which prohibits a shift to D4 (overdrive) position.
ASCD control unit
Sends the cruise signal and D4 (overdrive) cancellation signal from ASCD
control unit to TCM.
Stop lamp switch
Send the lock-up release signal to the TCM at time of D4 (lock-up).
CAN communication
Control units are connected to two communication lines (CAN H and CAN L)
allowing a high rate of information transmission.
Shift solenoid valve A/B
Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
from TCM.
Line pressure solenoid valve
Regulates line pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
from TCM.
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Regulates lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal
sent from TCM.
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Controls an “engine brake” effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a
signal sent from TCM.
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Shows TCM faults, when A/T control components malfunction.
CAN communication
Control units are connected to two communication lines (CAN H and CAN L)
allowing a high rate of information transmission.
CAN Communication
ECS006H8
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Revision: May 2004
AT-420
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
System diagram
A
B
AT
D
LKIA0132E
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Overdrive cancel signal
T
R
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-421
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Control Mechanism
ECS0062F
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL
TCM has various line pressure control characteristics to meet the driving conditions.
An ON-OFF duty signal is sent to the line pressure solenoid valve based on TCM characteristics.
Hydraulic pressure on the clutch and brake is electronically controlled through the line pressure solenoid valve
to accommodate engine torque. This results in smooth shift operation.
Normal Control
The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suitable
clutch operation.
SAT003J
Back-up Control (Engine brake)
If the selector lever is shifted to 2 position while driving in D4 (O/D)
or D3 , great driving force is applied to the clutch inside the transmission. Clutch operating pressure (line pressure) must be increased to
deal with this driving force.
SAT004J
During Shift Change
The line pressure is temporarily reduced corresponding to a change
in engine torque when shifting gears (that is, when the shift solenoid
valve is switched for clutch operation) to reduce shifting shock.
SAT005J
At Low Fluid Temperature
●
Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing change with fluid temperature. Clutch
engaging or band-contacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid temperature, to stabilize
shifting quality.
Revision: May 2004
AT-422
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
●
The line pressure is reduced below 60°C (140°F) to prevent
shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission
fluid when temperature is low.
A
B
AT
SAT006J
D
●
Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the
throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.
E
F
G
SAT007J
SHIFT CONTROL
H
The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and the ECM (throttle
opening). This results in improved acceleration performance and fuel economy.
I
Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B
The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to signals from the ECM (throttle opening) and revolution sensor to select
the optimum gear position on the basis of the shift schedule memorized in the TCM.
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to ON, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to the
shift valve.
J
K
L
SAT008J
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-423
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Relation between shift solenoid valves A and B and gear positions
Gear position
Shift solenoid valve
D 1 , 2 1 , 11
D 2 , 2 2 , 12
D3
D4 (O/D)
N-P
A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Control of Shift Valves A and B
SAT009J
Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves A and B is applied to the end face of shift
valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the shift solenoid valve is ON, pilot pressure
applied to the end face of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.
LOCK-UP CONTROL
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty signal sent from
the TCM. The signal is converted to an oil pressure signal which controls the lock-up piston.
Conditions for Lock-up Operation
When vehicle is driven in 3rd and 4th gear position, vehicle speed and throttle opening are detected. If the
detected values fall within the lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up occurs.
Overdrive control switch
ON
Selector lever
Gear position
OFF
D position
D4
D3
Vehicle speed sensor
More than set value
ECM (throttle opening)
Less than set opening
A/T fluid temperature sensor
More than 40°C (104°F)
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM.
The plunger closes the drain circuit during the OFF period, and
opens the circuit during the ON period. If the percentage of OFF-time
increases in one cycle, the pilot pressure drain time is reduced and
pilot pressure remains high.
SAT010J
Revision: May 2004
AT-424
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
The torque converter clutch piston is designed to slip to adjust the
ratio of ON-OFF, thereby reducing lock-up shock.
OFF-time INCREASING
↓
Amount of drain DECREASING
↓
Pilot pressure HIGH
↓
Lock-up RELEASING
A
B
AT
SAT011J
D
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Operation
E
F
G
AAT155A
Lock-up released
The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot
pressure pushes the end face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with spring force to
move the valve to the left. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch piston release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston remains unlocked.
Lock-up applied
When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is short, pilot pressure drains and
becomes low. Accordingly, the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the other circuit and
converter pressure. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter
clutch piston applied.
Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and release of the lock-up.
H
I
J
K
OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL)
Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in downshifting operations. This clutch transmits
engine torque to the wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to the engine because
the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the engine brake is not effective.
The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.
M
Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions
SAT014J
Gear position
D position
D1 , D2 , D3 gear position
2 position
21 , 22 gear position
1 position
11 , 12 gear position
Revision: May 2004
L
AT-425
Throttle opening
Less than 3/16
At any position
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF signal
transmitted by the TCM to provide overrun clutch control (engine
brake control).
When this solenoid valve is ON, the pilot pressure drain port closes.
When it is OFF, the drain port opens.
During the solenoid valve ON pilot pressure is applied to the end
face of the overrun clutch control valve.
SAT015J
Overrun Clutch Control Valve Operation
When the solenoid valve is ON, pilot pressure is applied to the overrun clutch control valve. This pushes up the overrun clutch control
valve. The line pressure is then shut off so that the clutch does not
engage.
When the solenoid valve is OFF, pilot pressure is not generated. At
this point, the overrun clutch control valve moves downward by
spring force. As a result, overrun clutch operation pressure is provided by the overrun clutch reducing valve. This causes the overrun
clutch to engage.
In the 1 position, the overrun clutch control valve remains pushed
down so that the overrun clutch is engaged at all times.
SAT016J
Control Valve
ECS0062G
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVES
Valve name
Function
Pressure regulator valve, plug and sleeve
plug
Regulates oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all driving conditions.
Pressure modifier valve and sleeve
Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates pressure-modifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for all
driving conditions.
Pilot valve
Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls lock-up
mechanism, overrun clutch, shift timing.
Accumulator control valve
Regulates accumulator back-pressure to pressure suited to driving conditions.
Manual valve
Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions.
Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral.
Shift valve A
Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve A
to meet driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 4th gears/4th →
3rd → 2nd → 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B.
Revision: May 2004
AT-426
2003 Sentra
OVERALL SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Valve name
Shift valve B
Function
Simultaneously switches two oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve B in
relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st → 2nd → 3rd → 4th gears/4th →
3rd → 2nd → 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A.
Overrun clutch control valve
Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously
with application of the brake band in D4 . (Interlocking occurs if the overrun clutch
engages during D4 .)
“1” reducing valve
Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when down-shifting from the 1 position 12 to 11 .
Overrun clutch reducing valve
Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock.
In 1 and 2 positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to increase
the pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability.
Torque converter relief valve
Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure.
Torque converter clutch control valve, plug
and sleeve
Activates or inactivates the lock-up function.
Also provides smooth lock-up through transient application and release of the lock-up
system.
1-2 accumulator valve and piston
Dampens the shock encountered when 2nd gear band servo contracts, and provides
smooth shifting.
3-2 timing valve
Switches the pace that oil pressure is released depending on vehicle speed; maximizes
the high clutch release timing, and allows for soft down shifting.
A
B
AT
D
E
Shuttle valve
Determines if the overrun clutch solenoid valve should control the 3-2 timing valve or the
overrun clutch control valve and switches between the two.
Cooler check valve
At low speeds and with a small load when little heat is generated, saves the volume of
cooler flow, and stores the oil pressure for lock up.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-427
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction
PFP:00000
ECS0062H
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM (transmission
control module) in combination with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator
lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For details,
refer to AT-428, "OBD-II Function for A/T System" .
OBD-II Function for A/T System
ECS0062I
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation
to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II
ECS0062J
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in
the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip
A/T-related parts for which the MIL illuminates during the first or second test drive are listed below.
MIL
Items
One trip detection
Shift solenoid valve A — DTC: P0750
X
Shift solenoid valve B — DTC: P0755
X
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] — DTC: P1705
X
Except above
Two trip detection
X
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
ECS0062K
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
(
With CONSULT-II or
GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710,
P0720, P0725, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring
or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
AT-428
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown
in the following page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after
the last detection of a DTC.
A
B
AT
SAT014K
D
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
E
F
G
SAT015K
H
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.
I
J
K
SAT016K
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to EC-1264, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
1st trip freeze frame data
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Revision: May 2004
AT-429
2003 Sentra
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described in the following.
●
If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
●
When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-1261, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
ITEMS" .
●
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
Touch “ENGINE”.
Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-430
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
7.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SCIA5586E
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)
1.
2.
3.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Perform TCM self-diagnostic procedure. Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the
DTC.)
Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-1274, "How to Erase DTC ( With
GST)" .
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
1.
2.
3.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Perform TCM self-diagnostic procedure. Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the
DTC.)
Perform OBD-II self-diagnostic procedure. Refer to AT-441, "OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(NO TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase
the DTC.)
Revision: May 2004
AT-431
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
1.
2.
ECS0062L
The malfunction indicator lamp will light up when the ignition
switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is for
checking the lamp.
● If the malfunction indicator lamp does not light up, refer to DI27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
(Or see AT-432, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .)
When the engine is started, the malfunction indicator lamp
should go off.
If the lamp remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an emission-related (OBD-II) malfunction. For details,
refer to AT-428, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION" .
CONSULT-II
SAT964I
ECS0062M
After performing AT-433, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)" , place check marks for
results on the AT-447, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provided following the items.
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
–
Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
–
Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
–
Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
4. Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II
unit.
Revision: May 2004
AT-432
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Work support
Self-diagnostic results
Function
Reference Page
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster
and more accurately by following the indications on CONSULTII.
—
A
B
Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly.
AT-433
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
AT-435
CAN diagnostic support
monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
—
Function test
Performed by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine
whether each system is “OK” or “NG”.
—
DTC work support
Select the operating condition to confirm Diagnosis Trouble
Codes.
TCM part number
TCM part number can be read.
AT
D
AT-437
E
—
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
F
Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “ENGINE” for OBD-II detected
items or touch “A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis.
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-488, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER
SUPPLY" . If result is NG, refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY
ROUTING" .
G
H
SAT014K
2.
Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
CONSULT-II performs “Real Time Diagnosis”.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
I
J
K
L
SAT987J
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
“A/T”
OBD-II (DTC)
Available by O/D OFF
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
Available by malfunction indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
TCM does not receive the correct
voltage signal (based on the gear
position) from the switch.
—
P0705
●
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor.
X
P0720
●
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor.
X
—
Malfunction is detected when ...
“ENGINE”
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit
—
TCM self-diagnosis
●
PNP SW/CIRC
Revolution sensor
VHCL SPEED SEN·A/T
VEH SPD SEN/
CIR AT
Vehicle speed sensor (Meter)
VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR
Revision: May 2004
—
AT-433
2003 Sentra
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
“A/T”
A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0731*1
A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0732*1
A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0733*1
A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th
gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
—
P0734*1
●
A/T cannot perform lock-up even if
electrical circuit is good.
—
P0744*1
●
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0750
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0755
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P1760
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0740
TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the
solenoid valve.
X
P0745
●
TCM receives an excessively low
or high voltage from this sensor.
X
P1705
●
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the ECM.
X
P0725
●
TCM receives an excessively low
or high voltage from the sensor.
X
P0710
●
The ECM-A/T communication line
is open or shorted.
X
U1000
●
TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor.
X
P0710
●
TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning
—
—
●
A/T 2ND GR
FNCTN
●
A/T 3RD GR
FNCTN
A/T 4th gear function
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
Available by malfunction indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
A/T 1ST GR
FNCTN
A/T 3rd gear function
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
Available by O/D OFF
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
Malfunction is detected when ...
●
A/T 2nd gear function
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
OBD-II (DTC)
“ENGINE”
A/T 1st gear function
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
TCM self-diagnosis
●
A/T 4TH GR
FNCTN
A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up)
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
A/T TCC S/V
FNCTN
Shift solenoid valve A
SHIFT SOLENOID/V A
SFT SOL A/CIRC
Shift solenoid valve B
SHIFT SOLENOID/V B
●
SFT SOL B/CIRC
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OVERRUN CLUTCH S/
V
●
O/R CLUCH SOL/
CIRC
T/C clutch solenoid valve
T/C CLUTCH SOL/V
●
TCC SOLENOID/
CIRC
Line pressure solenoid valve
LINE PRESSURE S/V
●
L/PRESS SOL/
CIRC
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] signal
THROTTLE POSI SEN TP/SEN/CIRC A/T
Engine speed signal
ENGINE SPEED SIG
A/T fluid temperature sensor
BATT/FLUID TEMP
SEN
ATF TEMP SEN/
CIRC
Engine control
A/T COMM LINE
—
Turbine revolution sensor
TURBINE REV
TCM (RAM)
CONTROL UNIT
(RAM)
Revision: May 2004
—
AT-434
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
“A/T”
OBD-II (DTC)
Available by O/D OFF
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
Available by malfunction indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning
—
—
TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.
—
This is not a malfunction message
(Whenever shutting off a power
supply to the TCM, this message
appears on the screen.)
X
—
No failure has been detected.
X
X
Malfunction is detected when ...
“ENGINE”
TCM (ROM)
●
CONTROL UNIT
(ROM)
TCM self-diagnosis
—
A
B
AT
TCM (EEP ROM)
●
CONT UNIT(EEP
ROM)
—
Initial start
●
INITIAL START
—
No failure
(NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDICATED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED**)
●
—
D
E
F
X: Applicable
−: Not applicable
G
*1: These malfunctions cannot be displayed by MIL
if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
*2: Refer to EC-1275, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
H
DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T)
Monitor item
Item
Display
Vehicle speed sensor 1
(A/T)
(Revolution sensor)
VHCL/S SE·A/T
[km/h] or [mph]
Vehicle speed sensor 2
(Meter)
VHCL/S
SE·MTR
[km/h] or [mph]
Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
THRTL POS
SEN [V]
A/T fluid temperature sensor
FLUID TEMP SE
[V]
TCM
Input
signals
X
Battery voltage
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
Engine speed
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
X
—
X
Revision: May 2004
●
Vehicle speed computed
from signal of revolution
sensor is displayed.
When racing engine in N or
P with vehicle stationary,
CONSULT-II data may not
indicate 0 km/h (0 mph).
●
Vehicle speed computed
from signal of vehicle
speed sensor is displayed.
Vehicle speed display may
not be accurate under
approx. 10 km/h (6 mph). It
may not indicate 0 km/h (0
mph) when vehicle is stationary.
—
—
X
Remarks
Main
signals
X
X
I
Description
●
Throttle position sensor
signal voltage is displayed.
●
A/T fluid temperature
sensor signal voltage is
displayed.
●
Signal voltage lowers as
fluid temperature rises.
●
Source voltage of TCM is
displayed.
●
Engine speed, computed
from engine speed signal,
is displayed.
—
—
X
AT-435
J
K
L
M
Engine speed display may
not be accurate under
approx. 800 rpm. It may not
indicate 0 rpm even when
engine is not running.
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Monitor item
Item
Turbine revolution sensor
Overdrive control switch
PN position (PNP) switch
R position switch
D position switch
2 position switch
1 position switch
ASCD cruise signal
Display
TCM
Input
signals
TURBINE REV
X
—
X
—
PN POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
R POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
D POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
2 POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
1 POSITION SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
OVERDRIVE
SW
[ON/OFF]
ASCD·CRUISE
[ON/OFF]
X
ASCD OD cut signal
Kickdown switch
Gear position
Selector lever position
Vehicle speed
X
—
X
—
—
X
GEAR
SLCT LVR POSI
VEHICLE
SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
THROTTLE
POSI
[/8]
Stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
—
X
—
X
—
X
Revision: May 2004
Checks changing speed
then performs oil pressure control and torque
down control.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of overdrive
control SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of PN position
SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of R position
SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF state computed
from signal of D position
SW is displayed.
●
ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 2
position SW, is displayed.
●
ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 1
position SW, is displayed.
●
Status of ASCD cruise
signal is displayed.
ON ... Cruising state
OFF ... Normal running
state
●
This is displayed even
when no ASCD is
mounted.
●
Status of ASCD OD
release signal is displayed.
ON ... OD released
OFF ... OD not released
●
This is displayed even
when no ASCD is
mounted.
●
ON/OFF status, computed from signal of kickdown SW, is displayed.
●
This is displayed even
when no kickdown switch
is equipped.
●
Gear position data used
for computation by TCM,
is displayed.
●
Selector lever position
data, used for computation by TCM, is displayed.
●
A specific value used for
control is displayed if failsafe is activated due to
error.
●
Vehicle speed data, used
for computation by TCM,
is displayed.
●
Throttle position data,
used for computation by
TCM, is displayed.
●
A specific value used for
control is displayed if failsafe is activated due to
error.
●
ON/OFF status is displayed.
ON ... Brake pedal is
depressed.
OFF ... Brake pedal is
released.
X
—
AT-436
Remarks
●
—
ASCD·OD CUT
[ON/OFF]
KICKDOWN SW
[ON/OFF]
Description
Main
signals
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Monitor item
Item
Line pressure duty
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
Display
LINE PRES DTY
[%]
TCM
Input
signals
—
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
Self-diagnosis display lamp
(O/D OFF indicator lamp)
SHIFT S/V A
[ON/OFF]
SHIFT S/V B
[ON/OFF]
OVERRUN/C S/
V
[ON/OFF]
SELF-D DP LMP
[ON/OFF]
●
Control value of line pressure solenoid valve, computed by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
●
Control value of torque
converter clutch solenoid
valve, computed by TCM
from each input signal, is
displayed.
X
TCC S/V DUTY
[%]
—
Shift solenoid valve A
A
Description
Main
signals
X
●
—
—
—
X
●
Control value of shift solenoid valve B, computed
by TCM from each input
signal, is displayed.
●
Control value of overrun
clutch solenoid valve
computed by TCM from
each input signal is displayed.
X
X
●
—
X
Control value of shift solenoid valve A, computed
by TCM from each input
signal, is displayed.
Remarks
B
AT
D
Control value of solenoid is
displayed even if solenoid
circuit is disconnected.
The OFF signal is displayed
if solenoid circuit is shorted.
E
F
G
H
Control status of O/D
OFF indicator lamp is displayed.
I
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
J
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located in
left side dash panel.
K
L
M
LAT136
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
SAIA0450E
Revision: May 2004
AT-437
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
5.
Touch “A/T”.
SAT014K
6.
Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.
SCIA5358E
7.
Touch select item menu (1ST, 2ND, etc.).
SAT018K
8.
Touch “START”.
SAT589J
Revision: May 2004
AT-438
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
9.
Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
A
B
AT
SAT019K
D
●
When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen
changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
E
F
G
SAT591J
H
10. Stop vehicle. If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may
exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
I
J
K
SAT592J
L
M
SAT593J
Revision: May 2004
AT-439
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with
instructions displayed.
SAT594J
12. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
SAT595J
13. CONSULT-II procedure ended.
SAT596J
SAT593J
If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-440
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
DTC work support item
Description
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be confirmed.
1ST GR FNCTN P0731
●
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be confirmed.
2ND GR FNCTN P0732
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
●
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be confirmed.
3RD GR FNCTN P0733
●
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
●
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be confirmed.
4TH GR FNCTN P0734
●
●
TCC S/V FNCTN P0744
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
A
Check item
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
B
AT
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
D
●
Shift solenoid valve A
E
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
F
●
Hydraulic control circuit
Following items for “A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) (P0744)” can
be confirmed.
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not)
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
●
●
Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II
G
H
I
ECS0062N
J
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST)
Refer to EC-1329, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" .
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
K
Refer to EC-1275, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-441
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1.
2.
3.
4.
Move selector lever to P position.
Start engine and warm it up to normal engine operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Wait 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
SAT967I
5.
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
WCIA0129E
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop procedure. Perform AT-602, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" before proceeding.
Revision: May 2004
AT-442
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1
A
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Turn ignition switch to ACC position.
B
Move selector lever from P to D position.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
5. Depress and hold overdrive control switch in OFF position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be ON) until AT
directed to release the switch. (If O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on, refer to “Steps 3 and 4” in AT602, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" ).
D
6. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
7. Turn ignition switch to ON position (Do not start engine.)
8. Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator
E
lamp will be OFF).
9. Wait 2 seconds.
10. Move selector lever to 2 position.
F
11. Depress and release overdrive control switch in ON position
until next step is completed (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be
ON).
G
SAT968I
1.
2.
3.
4.
12. Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF
indicator lamp will be OFF) until directed to release the switch.
H
>> GO TO 3.
I
J
SAT969I
3. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Move selector lever to 1 position.
Release the overdrive control switch.
Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be ON).
Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be OFF).
Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be ON) until directed to
release the switch.
Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.
Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator
lamp will begin to flash ON and OFF).
>> GO TO 4.
SAT970I
Revision: May 2004
AT-443
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CODE
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp.
Refer to AT-444, "JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE" .
WCIA0129E
>> DIAGNOSIS END
JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
All judgement flickers are the same.
1st judgement flicker is longer than others.
WCIA0114E
WCIA0115E
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK.
Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-503, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" .
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others.
3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
WCIA0116E
WCIA0117E
Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-580, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-563, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
[ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
4th judgement flicker is longer than others.
5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
WCIA0118E
WCIA0119E
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-553, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" .
Revision: May 2004
Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-558, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" .
AT-444
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
A
7th judgement flicker is longer than others.
6th judgement flicker is longer than others.
B
AT
WCIA0120E
WCIA0121E
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-568, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or
disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-534, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" .
8th judgement flicker is longer than others.
9th judgement flicker is longer than others.
D
E
F
WCIA0122E
WCIA0123E
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power
source circuit is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-497, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" .
Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-508, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
G
10th judgement flicker is longer than others.
11th judgement flicker is longer than others.
H
I
WCIA0124E
J
SAT599J
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to AT-547, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" .
The ECM-A/T communication line is open or shorted.
Þ Go to AT-590, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Lamp comes on.
Flickers as shown below.
K
L
M
WCIA0126E
WCIA0127E
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, overdrive control switch or
throttle position switch circuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged.
Þ Go to AT-632, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate
{Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle
Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}" .
Battery power is low.
Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
Battery is connected conversely.
(When reconnecting TCM connectors. — This is not a problem.)
t1 = 2.5 seconds t2 = 2.0 seconds t3 = 1.0 second t4 = 1.0 second
Revision: May 2004
AT-445
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
Introduction
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, ECM
(throttle opening) or park/neutral position (PNP) switch and provides
shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc.
PFP:00000
ECS0062O
SAT631IA
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
A visual check only, may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-450, "Work Flow"
.
SAT632I
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” like the
example referenced at AT-447 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information.
SEF234G
Revision: May 2004
AT-446
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer
A
KEY POINTS
WHAT ........ Vehicle & A/T model
WHEN ........ Date, Frequencies
WHERE ..... Road conditions
HOW .......... Operating conditions, Symptoms
B
Customer name
MR/MS
AT
Model & Year
VIN
Trans. model
Engine
Mileage
Incident Date
Manuf. Date
In Service Date
Frequency
❏ Continuous
Symptoms
❏ Vehicle does not move.
❏ No up-shift
❏ Intermittent (
(❏ Any position
(❏ 1st → 2nd
❏ No down-shift
D
times a day)
❏ 2nd → 3rd
(❏ O/D → 3rd
❏ Particular position)
❏ 3rd → O/D)
❏ 3rd → 2nd
E
❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lockup malfunction
F
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip
(❏ N → D
❏ Lockup
❏ Any drive position)
❏ Noise or vibration
G
❏ No kickdown
❏ No pattern select
H
❏ Others
(
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
)
Blinks for about 8 seconds.
❏ Continuously lit
❏ Not lit
❏ Continuously lit
❏ Not lit
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-447
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Worksheet
1.
❏ Read the Fail-safe and listen to customer complaints.
AT-400
2.
❏ CHECK A/T FLUID
AT-452
❏ Leakage (Follow specified procedure)
❏ Fluid condition
❏ Fluid level
3.
❏ Perform STALL TEST and PRESSURE TEST.
❏ Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch
❏ Reverse clutch
❏ Forward clutch
❏ Overrun clutch
❏ Forward one-way clutch
AT-452, AT456
❏ Low & reverse brake
❏ Low one-way clutch
❏ Engine
❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Clutches and brakes except high clutch and
brake band are OK
❏ Pressure test — Suspected parts:
4.
❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures.
AT-457
41.
AT-459
Check before engine is started.
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE - Mark detected items.
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, AT-491 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-573 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-503 .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-508 .
❏ Turbine revolution sensor, AT-585 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-534 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-547 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-553 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-558 .
❏ Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-563 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-568 .
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP), overdrive control and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit checks, AT-632 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-488 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-580 .
❏ A/T communication line, AT-590 .
❏ Control unit (RAM), Control unit (ROM), AT-593 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-595 .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
Revision: May 2004
AT-448
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
42.
43.
Check at idle
AT-459
A
❏ 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-602 .
❏ 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position, AT-604 .
❏ 3. In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed, AT-605 .
❏ 4. In N Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-605 .
❏ 5. Large Shock. N → R Position, AT-607 .
❏ 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position, AT-609 .
❏ 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 or 1 Position, AT-612 .
Cruise test
B
AT-462
AT-465
Part-1
❏ 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 , AT-614 .
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-617 .
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-619 .
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-622 .
❏ 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-624 .
❏ 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-625 .
❏ 14. Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-626 .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-627 .
Part-2
D
E
AT-468
❏ 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 , AT-629 .
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-617 .
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-619 .
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-622 .
Part-3
4.
F
G
AT-470
H
❏ 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 When Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF, AT-630 .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3 ), AT-627 .
❏ 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever D → 2 Position, AT-630 .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In 22 ), AT-627 .
❏ 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever 2 → 1 Position, AT-631 .
❏ 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-632 .
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
I
J
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, AT-491 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-497 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-503 .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-508 .
❏ Turbine revolution sensor, AT-585 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-534 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-547 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-553 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-558 .
❏ Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor], AT-563 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-568 .
❏ Park/neutral position (PNP), overdrive control and throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit checks, AT-632 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-488 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-580 .
❏ A/T communication line, AT-590 .
❏ Control unit (RAM), Control unit (ROM), AT-593 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-595 .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
K
L
M
5.
❏ For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts.
AT-644
6.
❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures.
AT-457
7.
❏ Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for following MIL indicating items and check out NG items.
Refer to EC-1261 , “Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
EC-1261
❏ DTC (P0731) A/T 1st gear function, AT-512 .
❏ DTC (P0732) A/T 2nd gear function, AT-517 .
❏ DTC (P0733) A/T 3rd gear function, AT-522 .
❏ DTC (P0734) A/T 4th gear function, AT-527 .
❏ DTC (P0744) A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up), AT-539 .
Revision: May 2004
AT
AT-449
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
8.
❏ Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged parts.
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible
symptoms and the component inspection orders.)
AT-433
AT-441
9.
❏ Erase DTC from TCM and ECM memories.
AT-430
Work Flow
ECS0062P
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or
conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, AT-447, "Information from Customer" and AT-448, "Diagnostic
Worksheet" , to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Revision: May 2004
AT-450
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION
[RE4F04B]
WORK FLOW CHART
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT086JI
*1:
AT-447
*2:
AT-448
*3:
AT-400
*4:
AT-452
*5:
AT-452, AT-456
*6:
AT-457
*7:
AT-432
*8:
AT-428
*9:
AT-446
*10: AT-491
*11: AT-597
*12: AT-597
*13: AT-637
*14: AT-473
*15: AT-430
*16: AT-491
*17: AT-593
*18: EC-1261
Revision: May 2004
AT-451
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
A/T Fluid Check
PFP:00000
ECS0062Q
FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Clean area suspected of leaking. For example, mating surface
of converter housing and transmission case.
Start engine, apply foot brake, place selector lever in D position
and wait a few minutes.
Stop engine.
SAT767B
4.
Check for fresh leakage.
SAT288G
FLUID CONDITION CHECK
Fluid color
Suspected problem
Dark or black with burned odor
Wear of frictional material
Milky pink
Water contamination — Road water
entering through filler tube or breather
Varnished fluid, light to dark brown and
tacky
Oxidation — Over or under filling, —
Overheating
SAT638A
FLUID LEVEL CHECK
Refer to MA-30, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
Stall Test
ECS0062R
STALL TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid and
oil.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach
operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature
:50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
SAT647B
Revision: May 2004
AT-452
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.
Set parking brake and block wheels.
Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
● It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine
rpm on indicator.
A
B
AT
SAT513G
D
5.
6.
7.
Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D
position.
Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot
brake.
Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately release
throttle.
● During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds.
Stall revolution
E
F
G
:2,350 - 2,800 rpm
SAT514G
H
8.
9.
Move selector lever to N position.
Cool off ATF.
● Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in 2, 1 and R positions.
I
J
SAT771B
K
JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST
The test result and possible damaged components relating to each result are shown in the illustrations on next
page.
In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, follow the procedure shown in AT-451, "WORK FLOW
CHART" .
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in D, 2 or 1 position:
●
Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears. ..... Low one-way clutch slippage
●
Slippage occurs in the following gears:
1st through 3rd gears in D position and engine brake functions with overdrive control switch set to OFF.
1st and 2nd gears in 2 position and engine brake functions with accelerator pedal released (fully closed
throttle). ..... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
Stall revolution is too high in R position:
●
Engine brake does not function in 1 position. ..... Low & reverse brake slippage
●
Engine brake functions in 1 position. ..... Reverse clutch slippage
Stall revolution within specifications:
●
Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH). ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque
converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally.
●
Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in D position. ..... High clutch slippage
Revision: May 2004
AT-453
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in D position. ..... Brake band slippage
●
Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in D position, 2nd gear in 2 position, and 1st gear in
1 position with overdrive control switch set to OFF. ..... Overrun clutch slippage
Stall revolution less than specifications:
●
Poor acceleration during starts. ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter
●
Revision: May 2004
AT-454
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT499K
Revision: May 2004
AT-455
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Line Pressure Test
ECS0062S
LINE PRESSURE TEST PORTS
Location of line pressure test ports are shown in the illustration.
●
Always replace pressure plugs as they are self-sealing
bolts.
SAT301FA
LINE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid and
oil.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach
operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature
:50 - 80°C (122 176°F)
SAT647B
3.
Install pressure gauge to corresponding line pressure port.
AAT898
4.
Set parking brake and block wheels.
● Continue to depress brake pedal fully while line pressure
test is being performed at stall speed.
SAT513G
Revision: May 2004
AT-456
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
5.
Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
● When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
AT-456, "Line Pressure
Test"
A
: Refer to SDS, AT-753,
"Line Pressure"
B
AT
SAT493G
D
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement
Suspected parts
Line pressure is low in all positions.
Line pressure is low in particular position.
●
Oil pump wear
●
Control piston damage
●
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
●
Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged
●
Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve
●
Clogged strainer
●
Fluid pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch
●
For example, line pressure is:
− Low in R and 1 positions, but
− Normal in D and 2 positions.
Therefore, fluid leakage exists at or around low and
reverse brake circuit.
Refer to AT-411, "CLUTCH AND BAND CHART" .
At idle
Line pressure is high.
Line pressure is low.
At stall speed
E
F
G
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor damaged
●
Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
●
Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
●
Pressure modifier valve sticking
●
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
●
Open in dropping resistor circuit
●
Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
●
Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
●
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
●
Pressure modifier valve sticking
●
Pilot valve sticking
Road Test
●
1.
2.
3.
K
ECS0062T
SAT786A
AT-457
L
M
The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of A/
T and analyze causes of problems.
The road test consists of the following three parts:
Check before engine is started
Check at idle
Cruise test
Revision: May 2004
I
J
DESCRIPTION
●
H
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
●
●
Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and
items to check.
Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
Refer to AT-428, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION" and AT-597, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR
SYMPTOMS" .
SAT496G
Revision: May 2004
AT-458
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
A
1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
B
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to P position.
3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Go to AT-602, "1. O/D OFF Indicator
Lamp Does Not Come On" .
AT
D
E
SAT967I
2. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
F
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp flicker for about 8 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> TCM is in fail-safe mode. Perform self-diagnosis and
check NG items on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET,
AT-448 . Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
No
>> 1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items.
Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
3. Go to AT-459, "2. CHECK AT IDLE" .
G
H
I
WCIA0129E
J
2. CHECK AT IDLE
1. CHECK ENGINE START
K
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to P position.
3. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
4. Turn ignition switch to START position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Stop ROAD TEST.
No
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-604, "2. Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position" .
L
M
SAT769B
Revision: May 2004
AT-459
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Turn ignition switch to ACC position.
2. Move selector lever to D, 1, 2 or R position.
3. Turn ignition switch to START position.
4. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Stop ROAD TEST. Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET. Go to AT-604, "2. Engine Cannot Be
Started In P and N Position" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
SAT770B
3. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1.
2.
3.
Move selector lever to P position.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Release parking brake.
SAT768B
4. Push vehicle forward or backward.
5. Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?
6. Apply parking brake.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-605, "3. In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or
Backward When Pushed" . Continue ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 4.
SAT796A
4. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Start engine.
2. Move selector lever to N position.
3. Release parking brake.
4. Does vehicle move forward or backward?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-605, "4. In N Position, Vehicle Moves" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 5.
SAT771B
Revision: May 2004
AT-460
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
5. CHECK SHIFT LOCK
1.
A
Apply foot brake.
B
AT
D
SAT797A
E
2. Move selector lever to R position.
3. Is there large shock when changing from N to R position?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-607, "5. Large Shock N → R Position" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
No
>> GO TO 6.
F
G
SAT772B
H
6. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
I
1. Release foot brake for several seconds.
2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-609, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R
Position" . Continue ROAD TEST.
J
K
L
SAT799A
7. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
M
1.
Move selector lever to D, 2 and 1 positions and check if vehicle
creeps forward.
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to AT-462, "3. CRUISE TEST" .
No
>> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to
AT-612, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D, 2 or 1
Position" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT773B
Revision: May 2004
AT-461
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
3. CRUISE TEST
●
Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.
SAT601J
With CONSULT-II
●
●
Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule. Refer to AT-752,
"Shift Schedule"
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located in
left side dash panel.
Turn ignition switch ON.
LAT136
4.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
SAIA0450E
5.
Touch “A/T”.
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-462
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
6.
Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
A
B
AT
SCIA5358E
D
7.
8.
Touch “MAIN SIGNAL” or “TCM INPUT SIGNALS”.
See “NUMERICAL DISPLAY”, “BARCHART DISPLAY” or “LINE
GRAPH DISPLAY”.
E
F
G
SAT175K
H
9.
Touch “SETTING” to set recording condition (“AUTO TRIG” or
“MANU TRIG”) and touch “BACK”.
10. Touch “START”.
I
J
K
SAT973J
11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.
L
M
SAT134K
Revision: May 2004
AT-463
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
SAT135K
13. Touch “STORE” and touch “BACK”.
SAT987J
14.
15.
16.
17.
Touch “DISPLAY”.
Touch “PRINT”.
Check the monitor data printed out.
Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.
SAT975J
Revision: May 2004
AT-464
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Cruise Test — Part 1
A
1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1.
ATF operating temperature
2.
3.
4.
5.
B
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes to warm engine oil and ATF up to operating temperature.
:50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
AT
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Set overdrive control switch to ON position.
Move selector lever to P position.
Start engine.
D
E
F
SAT001J
6.
G
Move selector lever to D position.
H
I
J
SAT775B
K
7.
8.
Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal
half-way.
Does vehicle start from D1 ?
L
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-614, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
M
SAT495G
Revision: May 2004
AT-465
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK SHIFT UP (D1
TO D2 )
Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D1 to D2
:Refer to AT-752, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Go to AT-617, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT954I
3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2
TO D3 )
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D2 to D3
:Refer to AT-752, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Go to AT-619, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT955I
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D3 to D4
:Refer to AT-752, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Go to AT-622, "11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT956I
Revision: May 2004
AT-466
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
5. CHECK LOCK-UP (D4
TO D4 L/U)
A
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Read vehicle speed, throttle opening when lock-up duty becomes 94%.
Specified speed when
lock-up occurs
B
:Refer to AT-752, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Go to AT-624, "12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
AT
D
SAT957I
E
6. CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP
F
Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Go to AT-625, "13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" .
7. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4
G
L/U TO D4 )
H
1. Release accelerator pedal.
2. Is lock-up released when accelerator pedal is released?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> Go to AT-626, "14. Lock-up Is Not Released" . Continue
ROAD TEST.
I
J
K
SAT958I
8. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4
1.
2.
TO D3 )
L
Decelerate vehicle by applying foot brake lightly.
Does engine speed return to idle smoothly when A/T is shifted
from D4 to D3 ?
M
Read gear position and engine speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to AT-468, "Cruise Test — Part 2" .
No
>> Go to AT-627, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To
Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT959I
Revision: May 2004
AT-467
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Cruise Test — Part 2
1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Confirm overdrive control switch is in ON position.
Confirm selector lever is in D position.
Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
Does vehicle start from D1 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-629, "16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT495G
2. CHECK SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN (D3
1.
2.
3.
TO D4 TO D2 )
Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 MPH) as shown in illustration.
Release accelerator pedal and then quickly depress it fully.
Does A/T shift from D4 to D2 as soon as accelerator pedal is
depressed fully?
Read gear position and throttle opening.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Go to AT-617, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT404H
3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2
TO D3 )
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when
shifting from D2 to D3
:Refer to AT-752, "Shift
Schedule" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Go to AT-619, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT960I
Revision: May 2004
AT-468
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 ) AND ENGINE BRAKE
A
Release accelerator pedal after shifting from D2 to D3 .
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 and does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
B
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to AT-470, "Cruise Test — Part 3" .
No
>> Go to AT-622, "11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" . Continue ROAD TEST.
AT
D
SAT405H
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-469
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
Cruise Test — Part 3
1. VEHICLE SPEED (D4 ) POSITION
1.
2.
3.
Confirm overdrive control switch is in ON position.
Confirm selector lever is in D position.
Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D4 .
SAT812A
4.
5.
6.
Release accelerator pedal.
Set overdrive control switch to OFF position while driving in D4 .
Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)?
Read gear position and vehicle speed.
SAT813A
SAT999I
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-630, "17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF" .
Continue ROAD TEST.
Revision: May 2004
AT-470
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
A
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Go to AT-627, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To
Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" . Continue ROAD TEST.
B
AT
D
SAT999I
3. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D3
1.
2.
TO D2 )
E
Move selector lever from D to 2 position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to 22 ?
F
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Go to AT-630, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When
Selector Lever D → 2 Position" . Continue ROAD TEST.
G
H
I
SAT791GA
4. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
J
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Go to AT-627, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To
Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" . Continue ROAD TEST.
K
L
M
SAT791GA
5. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (22
TO 11 )
Move selector lever from 2 to 1 position while driving in 22 .
Does A/T shift from 22 to 11 position?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Go to AT-631, "19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When
Selector Lever 2 → 1 Position" . Continue ROAD TEST.
1.
2.
SAT778B
Revision: May 2004
AT-471
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION
[RE4F04B]
6. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes
>> 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELFDIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
No
>> Go to AT-632, "20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By
Engine Brake" . Continue ROAD TEST.
SAT778B
Revision: May 2004
AT-472
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart
Numbers are arranged in order of inspection.
Perform inspections starting with number one and work up.
Items
Symptom
Condition
Torque converter
is not locked up.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Lock-up
Engagement/
TCC Inoperative
Torque converter
clutch piston slip.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Lock-up point is
extremely high or
low.
Shift Shock
Sharp shock in
shifting from N to
D position.
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Item
PFP:00000
A
ECS0062U
Reference Page
1. Throttle position sensor {accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
3. Engine speed signal
AT-508
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-573
5. Line pressure test
AT-456
6. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-534
AT
D
E
7. Control valve assembly
AT-644
8. Torque converter
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor {accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-534
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Torque converter
AT-657
1. Throttle position sensor {accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-534
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-1244
2. Throttle position sensor {accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-573
5. Engine speed signal
AT-508
6. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
7. Control valve assembly
AT-644
8. Accumulator N-D
AT-657
9. Forward clutch
AT-702
AT-473
B
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Too sharp a
shock in change
from D1 to D2 .
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Too sharp a
shock in change
from D2 to D3 .
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Accumulator servo release
AT-657
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-573
6. Brake band
AT-657
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Control valve assembly
AT-644
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-497
5. High clutch
AT-697
6. Brake band
AT-657
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor]
AT-563
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Control valve assembly
AT-644
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-497
5. Brake band
AT-657
6. Overrun clutch
AT-702
7. Forward one-way clutch
AT-657##############
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-568
OFF vehicle
Shift Shock
ON vehicle
Too sharp a
shock in change
from D3 to D4 .
OFF vehicle
Gear change
shock felt during
deceleration by
releasing accelerator pedal.
Large shock
changing from 12
to 11 in 1 position.
Revision: May 2004
ON vehicle
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
ON vehicle
1. Control valve assembly
AT-644
ON vehicle
2. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
AT-474
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Too high a gear
change point from
D1 to D2 , from
D2 to D3 , from
D3 to D4 .
Gear change
directly from D1
to D3 occurs.
Improper Shift
Timing
Too high a
change point from
D4 to D3 , from
D3 to D2 , from
D2 to D1 .
Kickdown does
not operate when
depressing pedal
in D4 within kickdown vehicle
speed.
Improper Shift
Timing
Condition
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
A
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Accumulator servo release
AT-657
3. Brake band
AT-657
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
AT
D
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
Kickdown operates or engine
overruns when
depressing pedal
in D4 beyond
kickdown vehicle
speed limit.
ON vehicle
Gear change
from 22 to 23 in 2
position.
ON vehicle
Gear change
from 11 to 12 in 1
position.
ON vehicle
B
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-475
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Failure to change
gear from D4 to
D3 .
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Down Shift
Failure to change
gear from D3 to
D2 or from D4 to
D2 .
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Failure to change
gear from D2 to
D1 or from D3 to
D1 .
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Failure to change
from D3 to 22
when changing
lever into 2 position.
AT-630
No Down Shift
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Does not change
from 12 to 11 in 1
position.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-568
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
8. Overrun clutch
AT-702
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. High clutch
AT-697
7. Brake band
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. Low one-way clutch
AT-657
7. High clutch
AT-697
8. Brake band
AT-657
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-568
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
8. Brake band
AT-657
9. Overrun clutch
AT-702
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-568
6. Overrun clutch
AT-702
7. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
AT-476
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Failure to change
gear from D1 to
D2 .
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Up Shift
Failure to change
gear from D2 to
D3 .
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Failure to change
gear from D3 to
D4 .
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Up Shift
A/T does not shift
to D4 when driving with overdrive control
switch ON.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
A
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
B
6. Brake band
AT-657
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
6. High clutch
AT-697
7. Brake band
AT-657
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-573
6. Brake band
AT-657
1. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
3. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-568
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-573
8. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
9. Brake band
AT-657
10. Overrun clutch
AT-702
AT-477
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Symptom
Vehicle will not
run in R position
(but runs in D, 2
and 1 positions).
Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration.
AT-609
Vehicle will not
run in D and 2
positions (but
runs in 1 and R
positions).
Revision: May 2004
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. Reverse clutch
AT-694
6. High clutch
AT-697
7. Forward clutch
AT-702
8. Overrun clutch
AT-702
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
ON vehicle
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
OFF vehicle
2. Low one-way clutch
AT-657
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
AT-478
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Vehicle will not
run in D, 1, 2
positions (but
runs in R position). Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration.
AT-612
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Clutches or
brakes slip somewhat in starting.
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
No creep at all.
AT-609, AT-612
OFF vehicle
Almost no shock
or clutches slipping in change
from D1 to D2 .
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. Accumulator N-D
AT-657
6. Reverse clutch
AT-694
7. High clutch
AT-697
8. Forward clutch
AT-702
9. Forward one-way clutch
AT-657
10. Low one-way clutch
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
4. Line pressure test
AT-456
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Accumulator N-D
AT-657
8. Forward clutch
AT-702
9. Reverse clutch
AT-694
10. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
11. Oil pump
AT-675
12. Torque converter
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Control valve assembly
AT-644
4. Forward clutch
AT-702
5. Oil pump
AT-675
6. Torque converter
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Accumulator servo release
AT-657
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. Brake band
AT-657
AT-479
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Almost no shock
or slipping in
change from D2
to D3 .
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Almost no shock
or slipping in
change from D3
to D4 .
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. High clutch
AT-697
6. Forward clutch
AT-702
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Control valve assembly
AT-644
5. High clutch
AT-697
6. Brake band
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
OFF vehicle
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
to D3 when
depressing pedal.
Slips/Will Not
Engage
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
to D2 when
depressing pedal.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D3
to D2 when
depressing pedal.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
6. High clutch
AT-697
7. Forward clutch
AT-702
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Brake band
AT-657
8. Forward clutch
AT-702
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-573
7. Brake band
AT-657
8. Forward clutch
AT-702
9. High clutch
AT-697
AT-480
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
or D3 to D1 when
depressing pedal.
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
NOT USED
Revision: May 2004
2. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. Forward clutch
AT-702
7. Forward one-way clutch
AT-657
8. Low one-way clutch
AT-657
A
B
AT
D
AT-452
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
5. Oil pump
AT-675
6. High clutch
AT-697
7. Brake band
AT-657
8. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
9. Torque converter
AT-657
10. Parking components
AT-672
1. Ignition switch and starter
PG-2, SC-9
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Line pressure test
AT-456
3. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
5. Engine speed signal
AT-508
6. Oil pump
AT-675
7. Torque converter
AT-657
ON vehicle
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
OFF vehicle
2. Parking components
AT-672
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Vehicle moves
when changing
into P position or
parking gear does
not disengage
when shifted out
of P position.
AT-605
AT-452
AT-647
OFF vehicle
Transaxle noise
in P and N positions.
1. Fluid level
1. Fluid level
Vehicle will not
run in any position.
Engine starts in
positions other
than P and N.
AT-604
Reference Page
2. Control cable adjustment
ON vehicle
Engine cannot be
started in P and N
positions.
AT-604
Diagnostic Item
AT-481
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Vehicle runs in N
position.
AT-605
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Vehicle braked
when shifting into
R position.
OFF vehicle
Excessive creep.
NOT USED
Engine stops
when shifting
lever into R, D, 2
and 1.
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Vehicle braked by
gear change from
D1 to D2 .
Vehicle braked by
gear change from
D2 to D3 .
Vehicle braked by
gear change from
D3 to D4 .
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
2. Forward clutch
AT-702
3. Reverse clutch
AT-694
4. Overrun clutch
AT-702
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Line pressure test
AT-456
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. High clutch
AT-697
7. Brake band
AT-657
8. Forward clutch
AT-702
9. Overrun clutch
AT-702
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-1244
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-1244
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-534
3. Control valve assembly
AT-644
4. Torque converter
AT-657
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Reverse clutch
AT-694
3. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
4. High clutch
AT-697
5. Low one-way clutch
AT-657
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-452
OFF vehicle
2. Brake band
AT-657
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Overrun clutch
AT-702
3. Forward one-way clutch
AT-657
4. Reverse clutch
AT-694
OFF vehicle
OFF vehicle
AT-482
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Condition
2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
6. Reverse clutch
AT-694
7. High clutch
AT-697
8. Brake band
AT-657
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
10. Oil pump
AT-675
11. Torque converter
AT-657
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-452
ON vehicle
2. Torque converter
AT-657
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch adjustment
AT-646
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-647
3. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-503, AT-580
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-568
8. Overrun clutch
AT-702
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Engine idling rpm
EC-1244
3. Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor] (Adjustment)
EC-1255
4. Line pressure test
AT-456
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-547
6. Control valve assembly
AT-644
7. Oil pump
AT-675
8. Reverse clutch
AT-694
9. High clutch
AT-697
10. Brake band
AT-657
11. Forward clutch
AT-702
12. Overrun clutch
AT-702
13. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
14. Torque converter
AT-657
OFF vehicle
NOT USED
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Transaxle overheats.
OFF vehicle
Revision: May 2004
A
AT-452
Maximum speed
not attained.
Acceleration
poor.
Engine brake
does not operate
in “1” position.
AT-632
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
ON vehicle
Transaxle noise
in D, 2, 1 and R
positions.
Diagnostic Item
AT-483
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
ATF shoots out
during operation.
White smoke
emitted from
exhaust pipe during operation.
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
NOT USED
Offensive smell at
fluid charging
pipe.
Engine is stopped
at R, D, 2 and 1
positions.
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Reverse clutch
AT-694
3. High clutch
AT-697
4. Brake band
AT-657
5. Forward clutch
AT-702
6. Overrun clutch
AT-702
7. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Torque converter
AT-657
3. Oil pump
AT-675
4. Reverse clutch
AT-694
5. High clutch
AT-697
6. Brake band
AT-657
7. Forward clutch
AT-702
8. Overrun clutch
AT-702
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-708
1. Fluid level
AT-452
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-534
3. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-558
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-553
5. Control valve assembly
AT-644
TCM Terminals and Reference Value
ECS0062V
PREPARATION
AAT475A
●
Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48 by following “TCM INSPECTION TABLE”.
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
WAT158
Revision: May 2004
AT-484
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
A
(Data are reference values.)
Terminal No.
1
2
3
Wire color
R/W
P/B
GY/R
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When releasing accelerator pedal after warming
up engine.
1.5 - 3.0V
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)
When releasing accelerator pedal after warming
up engine.
4 - 14V
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
When A/T performs lock-up.
8 - 15V
When A/T does not perform lock-up.
0V
Line pressure
solenoid valve
AT
5*
L
CAN-H
—
—
—
6*
Y
CAN-L
—
—
—
10
11
12
13
19
20
22
25
BR/R
L/W
L/Y
G/R
BR/R
L/B
OR/B
B
Revision: May 2004
B
D
E
F
When turning ignition switch to ON.
Battery
voltage
G
When turning ignition switch to OFF.
0V
H
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in D1 or D4 .)
Battery
voltage
I
When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
(When driving in D2 or D3 .)
0V
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in D1 or D2 .)
Battery
voltage
When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
(When driving in D3 or D4 .)
0V
When setting overdrive control switch in OFF
position.
0V
When setting overdrive control switch in ON
position.
Battery
voltage
With ignition switch ON.
Battery
voltage
With ignition switch OFF.
0V
When overrun clutch solenoid valve operates.
Battery
voltage
When overrun clutch solenoid valve does not
operate.
0V
When setting overdrive control switch in ON
position.
Battery
voltage
When setting overdrive control switch in OFF
position.
0V
Power source
Shift solenoid
valve A
Shift solenoid
valve B
O/D OFF
indicator lamp
K
Power source
Overrun clutch
solenoid valve
Overdrive control
switch
Ground
—
—
AT-485
J
—
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Terminal No.
Wire color
26
OR
27
28
L
R/B
Item
PNP switch 1
position
PNP switch 2
position
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When setting selector lever to 1 position.
Battery
voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions.
0V
When setting selector lever to 2 position.
Battery
voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions.
0V
With ignition switch OFF.
Battery
voltage
With ignition switch ON.
Battery
voltage
Power source
(Memory back-up)
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the
CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
29
W
Revolution sensor
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the
vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this
item.
When vehicle is parked.
450 Hz
Under 1.3V or
over 4.5V
30**
G/B
Data link connector (RX)
—
—
31**
GY/L
Data link connector (TX)
—
—
32
34
35
36
R
W/G
G/W
BR/W
Ignition switch ON.
4.5 - 5.5V
Ignition switch OFF.
0V
PNP switch D
position
When setting selector lever to D position.
Battery
voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions.
0V
PNP switch R
position
When setting selector lever to R position.
Battery
voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions.
0V
When setting selector lever to P or N position.
Battery
voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions.
0V
Sensor power
PNP switch P or N
position
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the
CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
38
G
Turbine revolution
sensor
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the
vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this
item.
When vehicle is parked.
Revision: May 2004
AT-486
240 Hz
Under 1.3V or
over 4.5V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[RE4F04B]
Terminal No.
39
Wire color
L/OR
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
B
Refer to EC-1308, "ECM INSPECTION TABLE"
.
Engine speed
signal
A
AT
40
PU/R
41
S/B
42
B
45
R/G
47
48
BR
B
Vehicle speed
sensor
When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2
MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage varies
between less
than 1V and
more than
4.5V
Throttle position
sensor [accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
When depressing accelerator pedal slowly after
warming up engine.
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle
position.)
Fully-closed
throttle: 0.5V
Fully-open
throttle: 4V
Sensor ground
—
—
Ground
With brake pedal depressed
Battery
voltage
With brake pedal released
0V
When ATF temperature is 20°C (68°F).
1.5V
When ATF temperature is 80°C (176°F).
0.5V
—
E
F
—
Stop lamp switch
A/T fluid temperature sensor
D
—
G
H
—
*: These terminals are connected to the ECM.
**: These terminals are connected to the Data link connector.
I
System Description
ECS0062W
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
J
K
L
M
LKIA0107E
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Revision: May 2004
AT-487
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F04B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
PFP:00000
ECS0062X
WCWA0011E
Revision: May 2004
AT-488
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
10
BR/R
19
BR/R
25
B
28
R/B
48
B
POWER SOURCE
POWER SOURCE
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION OFF
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION OFF
APPROX. 0V
GROUND
POWER SOURCE
(MEMORY BACKUP)
—
B
—
AT
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GROUND
A
—
D
—
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0062Y
E
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals 10 (BR/R), 19 (BR/R), 28 (R/B) and ground.
G
H
I
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
J
K
2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1.
2.
L
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 (R/B) and ground.
M
WCIA0043E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
AT-489
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
[RE4F04B]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28 (Main harness)
●
Fuse
●
Ignition switch
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to AT-488, "Wiring Diagram — AT —
MAIN" .
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
AT-490
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Description
●
●
PFP:32006
A
ECS0062Z
The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission
range switch.
The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
B
AT
D
WCIA0066E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00630
Diagnostic trouble code PNP SW/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P0705 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the switch based on the gear position.
Possible Cause
F
ECS00631
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
G
H
ECS00632
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
K
Turn ignition switch ON.
L
M
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
2.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
AT-491
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
3.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON or OFF)
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-492
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
ECS00633
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0077E
Revision: May 2004
AT-493
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
26
27
34
35
36
OR
L
W/G
G/W
BR/W
PNP SWITCH
1 POSITION
PNP SWITCH
2 POSITION
PNP SWITCH
D POSITION
PNP SWITCH
R POSITION
PNP SWITCH
P OR N POSITION
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN 1 POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN 2 POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN D POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN R POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS00634
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 6.
2. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out P, R, N, D, 2 and 1 position switches moving selector
lever to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated
properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
1.
Revision: May 2004
AT-494
SAT701J
2003 Sentra
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
Check the following item:
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch
F29 terminals 1 (G/OR) and 2 (B) and between terminals 3 (Y)
and 4 (OR), 5 (L), 6 (W/G), 7 (BR/W), 8 (G/W) and 9 (G) while
moving manual shaft through each position.
Lever position
B
AT
Terminal No.
P
3-7
R
3-8
N
3-9
D
3-6
2
3-5
1
3-4
1-2
D
1-2
WCIA0096E
E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
4. CHECK MANUAL CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT
Check PNP switch again with manual control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to
test group 1.
OK or NG
OK
>> Adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-647, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
NG
>> Repair or replace PNP switch.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
I
J
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and park/neutral position (PNP) switch (Main harness)
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and TCM (Main harness)
●
Fuse
●
Ignition switch
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
H
AT-495
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
[RE4F04B]
6. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26 (OR), 27 (L), 34 (W/G), 35 (G/W), 36 (BR/W) and ground while
moving selector lever through each position.
SAT840J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
7. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-491, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-496
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS00635
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
B
AT
D
SAT283HB
E
F
G
H
SAT021J
I
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Specification (Approximately)
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
1.5V
↓
0.5V
J
2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00636
Diagnostic trouble code ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P0710 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause
ECS00637
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor
M
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS00638
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
Revision: May 2004
L
AT-497
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
2.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to
maintain continuously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-498
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
ECS00639
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0014E
Revision: May 2004
AT-499
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
42
B
47
BR
SENSOR GROUND
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
—
—
IGNITION ON AND ATF TEMPERATURE IS 20°C (68°F)
APPROX. 1.5V
IGNITION ON AND ATF TEMPERATURE IS 80°C (176°F)
APPROX. 0.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0063A
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 6.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
SAT614J
Voltage
:Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
:Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
AT-500
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminals 6 and 7 (component side) when A/T is
cold.
B
AT
D
E
WCIA0007E
F
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
H
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short to ground or short to power or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly
(Main harness)
●
Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to AT-488, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
J
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
K
1.
2.
L
–
Remove oil pan.
Check the following items:
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Check resistance between two terminals while changing temperature as shown in figure.
Temperature
Resistance (Approx.)
20°C (68°F)
2.5kΩ
80°C (176°F)
0.3kΩ
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
–
Revision: May 2004
AT-501
SAT298F
2003 Sentra
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[RE4F04B]
6. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector F57 terminal 47 (BR)
and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage
:Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
:Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
WCIA0049E
7. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-497, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-502
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description
PFP:32702
A
ECS0063B
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking
pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to
the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
B
AT
D
LCIA0070E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0063C
Diagnostic trouble code VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT with CONSULT-II or P0720 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
Possible Cause
ECS0063D
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Revolution sensor
G
H
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0063E
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
J
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
F
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
L
M
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
AT-503
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.
Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR” value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-506, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
4.
5.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-506, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-504
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
ECS0063F
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0016E
Revision: May 2004
AT-505
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
29
42
W
B
REVOLUTION SENSOR
DATA (DC)
VEHICLE MOVING AT 20 KM/H
(12 MPH).
USE THE CONSULT-II PULSE
FREQUENCY MEASURING
FUNCTION. A CIRCUIT TESTER
CANNOT BE USED TO TEST
THIS ITEM.
CAUTION: CONNECT THE DIAGNOSIS DATA LINK CABLE TO
THE VEHICLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR.
450 HZ
VEHICLE NOT MOVING.
LESS THAN 1.3V OR
GREATER THAN 4.5V
SENSOR GROUND
—
—
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0063G
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-506
2003 Sentra
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
B
AT
D
E
MTBL0594
Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
3. CHECK DTC
G
●
Perform AT-503, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
H
I
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-507
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Description
PFP:24825
ECS0063H
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0063I
Diagnostic trouble code ENGINE SPEED SIG with CONSULT-II or P0725 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from ECM.
Possible Cause
ECS0063J
Check harness or connectors. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0063K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
2.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-508
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
ECS0063L
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0017E
Revision: May 2004
AT-509
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
39
L/OR
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT
IDLE SPEED
APPROX. 0.6V
WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT
3,000 RPM
APPROX. 2.2V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0063M
1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Check P code with CONSULT-II “ENGINE”.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
Refer to EC-1275, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check ignition signal circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
●
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ENGINE SPEED”.
Check engine speed changes according to throttle position.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SAT645J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
●
Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-510
2003 Sentra
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector F57 terminal 39 and
ground.
Voltage
B
:0.6 (Idle speed) - 2.2V (3,000 rpm)
AT
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
E
SAT520J
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
F
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
●
Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
H
6. CHECK DTC
I
Perform AT-508, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
J
7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
K
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-511
L
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
●
PFP:31940
ECS0063N
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into first gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0063O
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (1st) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when either shift solenoid valve A is stuck open or shift solenoid valve B is
stuck open.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1 , 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck open: 2* , 2, 3 and 3 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open: 4* , 3, 3 and 4 positions to each gear position
above
*: P0731 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code A/T 1ST GR FNCTN with CONSULT-II or P0731 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
Possible Cause
ECS0063P
Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0063Q
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
Revision: May 2004
AT-512
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
A
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
B
AT
SAT014K
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
Accelerate vehicle to 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
SCIA5358E
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT515, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists.
Malfunction for P0731 exists.
8.
1→2→3→4
L
2→2→3→3
4→3→3→4
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-515, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-752, "Shift Schedule" .
SAT021J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-513
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
ECS0063R
WCWA0021E
Revision: May 2004
AT-514
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
11
12
L/W
L/Y
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN
D1 OR D4)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3)
APPROX. 0V
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN
D1 OR D2)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D3 OR D4)
A
B
AT
D
APPROX. 0V
E
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0063S
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
–
2.
F
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminals 1 and 2, and ground.
G
H
I
J
WCIA0028E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-515
2003 Sentra
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
–
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
WCIA0029E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.
SAT367H
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-512, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-516
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
●
PFP:31940
A
ECS0063T
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis B
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into second gear position as instructed by the
TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction AT
such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0063U
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (2nd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck open.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2 , 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open: 4, 3* , 3 and 4 positions to each gear position
above
*: P0732 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code A/T 2ND GR FNCTN with CONSULT-II or P0732 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
Possible Cause
E
F
G
H
I
J
ECS0063V
Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
K
L
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0063W
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
Revision: May 2004
D
AT-517
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
SAT014K
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
Accelerate vehicle to 63 to 68 km/h (39 to 42 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 63 to 68 km/h (39 to 42
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT520, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
SAT021J
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists
1→2→3→4
Malfunction for P0732 exists.
4→3→3→4
8.
SCIA5358E
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-520, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-752, "Shift Schedule" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-518
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
ECS0063X
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0022E
Revision: May 2004
AT-519
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
12
L/Y
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN
D1 OR D2)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D3 OR D4)
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0063Y
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve B
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminal 1 and ground.
WCIA0026E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve B
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
WCIA0027E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-520
2003 Sentra
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
A
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.
B
AT
D
SAT367H
E
4. CHECK DTC
F
Perform AT-517, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-521
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
●
PFP:31940
ECS0063Z
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into third gear position as instructed by the TCM.
This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such
as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston or brake band,
etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00640
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (3rd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than
normal. In case the ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve A is stuck closed.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck closed: 1, 1, 4* and 4 positions to each gear position
above
*: P0733 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code A/T 3RD GR FNCTN with CONSULT-II or P0733 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
Possible Cause
ECS00641
Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS00642
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
Revision: May 2004
AT-522
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
A
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
B
AT
SAT014K
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
Accelerate vehicle to 80 to 95 km/h (50 to 59 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 80 to 95 km/h (50 to 59 MPH) until
“TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It
will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” when depressing accelerator pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
1→2→3→4
Malfunction for P0733 exists.
1→1→4→4
8.
E
F
G
SCIA5358E
J
K
SAT021J
L
M
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-752, "Shift Schedule" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-523
H
I
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists.
D
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
ECS00643
WCWA0023E
Revision: May 2004
AT-524
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
11
L/W
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN
D1 OR D4)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3)
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
A
B
AT
ECS00644
D
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminal 2 and ground.
E
F
G
H
WCIA0030E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
I
J
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground ot the
solenoid.
K
L
M
WCIA0031E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-525
2003 Sentra
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair control valve assembly.
SAT367H
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-522, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-526
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description
●
●
●
PFP:31940
A
ECS00645
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis B
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position or the torque converter
clutch does not lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits AT
open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve
operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter clutch, etc.
D
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
Lock-up OFF
↓
Lock-up ON
Approximately 4%
↓
Approximately 94%
Line pressure solenoid
valve duty
Small throttle opening (Low line pressure)
↓
Large throttle opening (High line pressure)
Approximately 24%
↓
Approximately 95%
F
G
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00646
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much
less than normal. In case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck closed.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed: 1, 2, 2 and 1* positions to each gear position
above
*: P0734 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code A/T 4TH GR FNCTN with CONSULT-II or P0734 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear position even if electrical circuit is good.
Possible Cause
ECS00647
Check the following items.
●
Shift solenoid valve A
●
Shift solenoid valve B
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS00648
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before continuing.
●
Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
Revision: May 2004
AT-527
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
SAT014K
4.
–
5.
–
–
6.
7.
Accelerate vehicle to 60 to 70 km/h (37 to 43 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 60 to 70 km/h (37 to 43 MPH) until
“TESTING” has turned to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”.
(It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT530, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
Check that “GEAR” shows “4” when depressing accelerator pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Stop vehicle.
Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists
1→2→3→4
Malfunction for P0734 exists.
1→2→2→1
8.
SCIA5358E
SAT021J
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-530, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-752, "Shift Schedule" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-528
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
ECS00649
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0024E
Revision: May 2004
AT-529
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
1
2
11
12
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE
R/W
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (DROPPING RESISTOR)
P/B
L/W
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
L/Y
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 1.5 - 3.0V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 0V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 4 - 14V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 0V
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D4 )
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3 )
APPROX. 0V
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN D1
OR D2 )
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
BE IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING IN D3 OR D4 )
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
ECS0064A
TO D4 )
During AT-465, "Cruise Test — Part 1" , does A/T shift from D3 to D4
at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT988H
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test.
Engine Speed
RPM
Line Pressure kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
D, 2 and 1 Position
R Position
Idle
500 (5.1, 73)
778 (7.9, 113)
Stall
1,223 (12.6, 179)
1,918 (19.6, 278)
Refer to AT-456, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: May 2004
AT-530
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
–
2.
A
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminals 1 and 2 and ground.
B
AT
D
E
WCIA0028E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
F
G
4. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
–
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
H
I
J
K
L
WCIA0029E
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-531
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
5. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
6. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
SAT367H
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
7. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Line pressure solenoid valves
Check resistance between the terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 4 and ground.
WCIA0032E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-532
2003 Sentra
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[RE4F04B]
8. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
–
2.
A
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Line pressure solenoid valves
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
B
AT
D
E
WCIA0033E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
G
9. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
–
Pressure regulator valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pressure modifier valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
H
I
J
SAT367H
10. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
L
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
M
11. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-527, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
Revision: May 2004
K
AT-533
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:31940
ECS0064B
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear
in D4 , by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle
speed and the ECM (throttle opening). Lock-up piston operation will
then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a
big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
SAT283HB
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
Specification
Lock-up OFF
↓
Lock-up ON
Approximately 4%
↓
Approximately 94%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0064C
Diagnostic trouble code TCC SOLENOID/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P0740 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
ECS0064D
Check the following items.
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0064E
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON.
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-534
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
2.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II
and wait at least 1 second.
A
B
AT
PBIB2308E
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-535
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
ECS0064F
WCWA0025E
Revision: May 2004
AT-536
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
3
GY/R
TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
WITH TORQUE CONVERTER
LOCK-UP
APPROX. 8 - 15V
WITHOUT TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
A
B
ECS0064G
AT
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 5 and ground.
E
F
G
H
WCIA0034E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
–
•
J
Remove oil pan.
Check the following items:
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
K
L
M
WCIA0035E
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
–
Revision: May 2004
AT-537
2003 Sentra
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 5 and TCM harness
connector F56 terminal 3. Refer to AT-536, "Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV" .
Continuity should exist.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-534, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-538
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Description
●
●
●
PFP:31940
A
ECS0064H
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis B
malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into fourth gear position or the torque converter
clutch does not lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits AT
open or shorted) but by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve
operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter clutch, etc.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
D
Specification
Lock-up OFF
↓
Lock-up ON
E
Approximately 4%
↓
Approximately 94%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0064I
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as
follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much
less than normal. In case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck closed.
Gear positions supposed by TCM are as follows.
In case of gear position with no malfunctions: 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed: 1, 2, 2 and 1* positions to each gear position
above
*: P0744 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code A/T TCC S/V FNCTN with CONSULT-II or P0744 without CONSULT-II is detected
when A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
Possible Cause
G
H
I
J
K
ECS0064J
Check the following items.
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
●
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
●
Each clutch
●
Hydraulic control circuit
L
M
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0064K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
Revision: May 2004
F
AT-539
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor is
within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive vehicle to decrease voltage (warm up the
fluid) or stop engine to increase voltage (cool down the fluid).
Select “TCC S/V FNCTN P0744” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
SAT014K
4.
–
–
–
5.
Accelerate vehicle to more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned
to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
“TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE·A/T: Constant speed of more than 70 km/h (43
MPH)
Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
SCIA5358E
For shift schedule, refer to AT-752, "Shift Schedule" .
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to
applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to AT-542, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Refer to AT-752, "Shift Schedule" .
SAT021J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-540
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
ECS0064L
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0026E
Revision: May 2004
AT-541
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
1
2
3
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE
R/W
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (DROPPING RESISTOR)
P/B
TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
GY/R
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 1.5 - 3.0V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 0V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 4 - 14V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 0V
WITH TORQUE CONVERTER
LOCK-UP
APPROX. 8 - 15V
WITHOUT TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
ECS0064M
TO D4 )
During AT-465, "Cruise Test — Part 1" , does A/T shift from D3 to D4
at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT988H
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test.
Engine Speed
RPM
Line Pressure kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
D, 2 and 1 Position
R Position
Idle
500 (5.1, 73)
778 (7.9, 113)
Stall
1,223 (12.6, 179)
1,918 (19.6, 278)
Refer to AT-456, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
AT-542
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
A
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check to ensure that:
–
Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
–
Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
–
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
–
Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
B
AT
D
SAT367H
E
TO D4 )
F
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
G
5. CHECK DTC
H
Perform AT-539, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11. Check for proper lock-up.
I
6. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
2.
J
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Line pressure solenoid valve
Check resistance to the terminal and ground.
K
L
M
WCIA0032E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-543
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
7. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Line pressure solenoid valve
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
WCIA0033E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
8. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
–
Pressure regulator valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pressure modifier valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
SAT367H
9. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3
TO D4 )
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
10. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-539, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11. Check for proper lock-up.
Revision: May 2004
AT-544
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
11. CHECK LOCK-UP
A
During AT-465, "Cruise Test — Part 1" , does A/T perform lock-up at
the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the
start point of this test group.
No
>> GO TO 12.
B
AT
D
SAT989H
12. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
–
2.
E
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 5 and ground.
F
G
H
I
WCIA0036E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
J
13. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
K
1.
–
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
L
M
WCIA0035E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace solenoid valve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
AT-545
2003 Sentra
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
[RE4F04B]
14. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1.
Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-679, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check control valves for sticking.
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Torque converter clutch relief valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair control valve.
SAT367H
15. CHECK LOCK-UP
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 16.
No
>> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
16. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-539, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
Revision: May 2004
AT-546
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS0064N
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the TCM.
B
AT
D
SAT283HB
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Line pressure solenoid
valve duty
Specification
Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure)
↓
Large throttle opening
(High line pressure)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
F
Approximately 24%
↓
Approximately 95%
G
ECS0064O
Diagnostic trouble code L/PRESS SOL/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P0745 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
ECS0064P
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Line pressure solenoid valve
H
I
J
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0064Q
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
M
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-547
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
2.
Depress accelerator pedal completely and wait at least 1 second.
PBIB2308E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-548
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
ECS0064R
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0027E
Revision: May 2004
AT-549
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
1
2
R/W
P/B
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE (DROPPING RESISTOR)
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 1.5 - 3.0V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 0V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS RELEASED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 4 - 14V
WHEN ACCELERATOR PEDAL
IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0064S
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 4 and ground.
WCIA0037E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
–
•
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
Line pressure solenoid valve
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
WCIA0038E
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-550
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE AND DROPPING RESISTOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 4 and TCM harness connector F56 terminal
2.
Resistance
B
AT
: Approximately 12Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
D
WCIA0130E
E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
F
Check the following items:
●
Dropping resistor
●
Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
G
: Approximately 12Ω
Harness for short or open between TCM terminal 2 and terminal
cord assembly (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●
H
I
WCIA0040E
J
5. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 4 and TCM harness connector
F56 terminal 1. Refer to AT-549, "Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV" .
K
L
Continuity should exist.
3. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
6. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-547, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: May 2004
AT-551
2003 Sentra
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-552
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Description
PFP:31940
A
ECS0064T
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned ON or OFF by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch,
vehicle speed and ECM (throttle opening). Gears will then be shifted
to the optimum position.
B
AT
D
SAT283HB
E
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
F
ECS0064U
Diagnostic trouble code SFT SOL A/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P0750 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
ECS0064V
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Shift solenoid valve A
G
H
I
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0064W
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
J
K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
M
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-553
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift 1
→ 2 (“GEAR”).
PBIB2308E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-554
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
ECS0064X
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0028E
Revision: May 2004
AT-555
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
11
L/W
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN
D1 OR D4)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING
IN D2 OR D3)
APPROX. 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0064Y
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 2 and ground.
WCIA0041E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
–
–
•
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
Shift solenoid valve A
Operation check
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
WCIA0031E
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-556
2003 Sentra
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 2 and TCM harness
connector F56 terminal 11. Refer to AT-555, "Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A" .
Continuity should exist.
B
AT
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
4. CHECK DTC
E
Perform AT-553, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
G
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-557
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Description
PFP:31940
ECS0064Z
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned ON or OFF by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch,
vehicle speed and ECM (throttle opening). Gears will then be shifted
to the optimum position.
SAT283HB
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00650
Diagnostic trouble code SFT SOL B/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P0755 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
ECS00651
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Shift solenoid valve B
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS00652
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
Revision: May 2004
AT-558
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift 1
→ 2 → 3 (“GEAR”).
A
B
AT
PBIB2308E
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-559
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
ECS00653
WCWA0029E
Revision: May 2004
AT-560
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
12
L/Y
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B IS OPERATING (DRIVING IN
D1 OR D2)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
BE IS NOT OPERATING (DRIVING IN D3 OR D4)
APPROX. OV
A
B
Diagnostic Procedure
AT
ECS00654
D
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 1 and ground.
E
F
G
H
WCIA0042E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
–
–
•
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
Shift solenoid valve B
Operation check
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage and ground to the
solenoid.
K
L
M
WCIA0027E
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
–
Revision: May 2004
AT-561
2003 Sentra
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly harness connector F30 terminal 1 and TCM harness
connector F56 terminal 12. Refer to AT-560, "Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B" .
Continuity should exist.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-558, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-562
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR]
PFP:22560
Description
A
ECS00655
The throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] is part of the system that controls throttle
position. This system also uses an electric throttle control actuator which consists of a throttle control motor
and throttle position sensors. Accelerator pedal position signal is sent to the ECM.
AT
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position
(APP) sensor]
Condition
Specification
Fully-closed throttle
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle
Approximately 4V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
ECS00656
Diagnostic trouble code TP SEN/CIRC A/T with CONSULT-II or P1705 without CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the ECM.
Possible Cause
B
E
F
ECS00657
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
G
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS00658
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Accelerator pedal
condition
THRTL POS SEN
CLOSED THL/SW
W/O THRL/P·SW
Fully released
Less than 4.7V
ON
OFF
Partially
depressed
0.1 - 4.6V
OFF
OFF
Fully depressed
1.9 - 4.6V
OFF
ON
2.
3.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-566, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 3
consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: Approximately 3V or less
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
If the check result is NG, go to AT-566, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
K
L
M
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
4.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 3 consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
Revision: May 2004
AT-563
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Wide open throttle
Selector lever: D position (O/D ON)
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-564
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
ECS00659
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0079E
Revision: May 2004
AT-565
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
32
41
42
R
SB
B
IGNITION SWITCH ON
4.5 - 5.5V
IGNITION SWITCH OFF
0V
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL
POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
IGNITION ON AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
SLOWLY AFTER WARMING UP
ENGINE
FULLY CLOSED THROTTLE:
0.5V
SENSOR GROUND
—
—
SENSOR POWER
WIDE OPEN THROTTLE:
4.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0065A
1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Check P code with CONSULT-II “ENGINE”.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
Refer to EC-1275, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" .
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit for engine control.
Refer to EC-1475, "DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR" and EC-1770, "DTC P2138 APP SENSOR" .
●
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “THRTL POS SEN”.
SAT614J
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle
Fully-open throttle
:Approximately 0.5V
:Approximately 4V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit. (Main harness)
Revision: May 2004
AT-566
2003 Sentra
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 and 42 while accelerator pedal is depressed slowly.
B
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle
:Approximately 0.5V
valve
Fully-open throttle
:Approximately 4V
valve
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)
AT
D
E
SAT349JA
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit. (Main harness)
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-567
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:31940
ECS0065B
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the park/neutral position (PNP) switch,
overdrive control switch, vehicle speed and ECM (throttle opening).
The overrun clutch operation will then be controlled.
SAT283HB
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0065C
Diagnostic trouble code O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC with CONSULT-II or P1760 without CONSULT-II is detected
when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
Possible Cause
ECS0065D
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0065E
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always
turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with D position (O/D ON).
SAT014K
4.
Release accelerator pedal completely with D position (O/D
OFF).
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
AT-568
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
WITH GST
A
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-569
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
ECS0065F
WCWA0031E
Revision: May 2004
AT-570
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
20
L/B
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
WHEN OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE OPERATES
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE DOES NOT
OPERATE
APPROX. 0V
A
B
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0065G
1. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminal
3 (component side) and ground.
Resistance
AT
E
: 20 - 30Ω
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
LCIA0092E
2. CHECK VALVE OPERATION
I
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
–
Operation check
•
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage and ground to the solenoid.
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
J
K
L
M
LCIA0093E
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between terminal cord assembly connector F30 terminal 3 and TCM harness connector
F56 terminal 20. Refer to AT-570, "Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV" .
Continuity should exist.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
AT-571
2003 Sentra
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-568, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-572
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
PFP:31940
Description
A
ECS0065H
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
B
AT
D
SAT283HB
E
F
G
H
SAT021J
I
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature sensor
J
Specification (Approximately)
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
1.5V
↓
0.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ
K
ECS0065I
Diagnostic trouble code BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN with CONSULT-II or 8th judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause
ECS0065J
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0065K
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Start engine.
Revision: May 2004
AT-573
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
2.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
3.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
SCIA5358E
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .
SAT335HB
Revision: May 2004
AT-574
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
ECS0065L
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0080E
Revision: May 2004
AT-575
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
10
BR/R
POWER SOURCE
19
BR/R
POWER SOURCE
28
R/B
POWER SOURCE
(MEMORY BACKUP)
42
B
SENSOR GROUND
47
BR
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
DATA (DC)
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION OFF
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION OFF
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
—
—
IGNITION ON WITH ATF TEMPERATURE AT 20°C (68°F)
APPROX. 1.5V
IGNITION ON WITH ATF TEMPERATURE AT 80°C (176°F)
APPROX. 0.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0065M
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
SAT614J
Voltage
:Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
:Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
●
Harness for short or open between battery and TCM (Main harness)
●
Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-576
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
B
AT
D
E
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
4. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
G
1.
2.
H
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
I
J
K
WCIA0043E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
M
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM (Main harness)
●
Harness for short or open between battery and TCM (Main harness)
●
Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-577
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
6. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
Check resistance between terminal cord assembly F30 terminals 6 and 7 (component side) when A/T is
cold.
LCIA0027E
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK (without CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
–
•
Remove oil pan.
Check the following items:
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Check resistance between two terminals while changing temperature as shown.
Temperature
Resistance (Approx.)
20°C (68°F)
2.5kΩ
80°C (176°F)
0.3kΩ
–
Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK (without CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-578
SAT298F
2003 Sentra
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[RE4F04B]
8. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while
warming up A/T.
Voltage
3.
4.
5.
B
:Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
:Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check resistance between TCM harness connector terminal 42
and ground. Refer to AT-575, "Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS"
.
AT
D
E
WCIA0044E
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
F
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
●
Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
I
J
10. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-573, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
K
L
11. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
M
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-579
2003 Sentra
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
Description
PFP:24814
ECS0065N
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a signal sent
from the vehicle speed sensor·MTR.
SAT639J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS0065O
Diagnostic trouble code VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR with CONSULT-II or 2nd judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
Possible Cause
ECS0065P
Check the following items.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Vehicle speed sensor
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS0065Q
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC Confirmation Procedure” again, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
2.
Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 16
MPH).
SCIA5358E
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
Start engine.
Revision: May 2004
AT-580
2003 Sentra
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
2.
3.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16 MPH).
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .
A
B
AT
D
SAT329H
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-581
2003 Sentra
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
ECS0065R
WCWA0033E
SAT313K
Revision: May 2004
AT-582
2003 Sentra
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0065S
A
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
AT
D
E
SAT614J
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
Start engine.
Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·MTR” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
F
G
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage
H
:Voltage varies between less than 1V and
more than 4.5V.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
SAT356JA
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
L
Check the following items:
●
Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor
Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
●
Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-580, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
AT-583
2003 Sentra
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-584
2003 Sentra
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Description
PFP:31935
A
ECS0065T
The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions
per minute). It is located on the input side of the automatic transaxle.
The vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor) is located on the
output side of the automatic transaxle. With the two sensors, input
and output shaft rpms are accurately detected. The result is optimal
shift timing during deceleration and improved shifting.
B
AT
D
LCIA0019E
E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: TURBINE REV
Malfunction is detected when...
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from the sensor.
: 10th judgement flicker
Check items (Possible cause)
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Turbine revolution sensor
G
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
●
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
●
If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5
seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
H
I
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
J
SAT014K
2.
3.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in D, vehicle speed higher than 40 km/h (25
MPH), engine speed higher than 1,500 rpm, throttle opening
greater than 1.0/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more
than 5 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 40 km/h (25
MPH), engine speed higher than 1,500 rpm, throttle opening
greater than 1/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more
than 5 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
F
AT-585
K
L
M
SCIA5358E
2003 Sentra
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
3.
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-442, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .
SAT455F
Revision: May 2004
AT-586
2003 Sentra
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T
ECS0065U
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
LCWA0003E
Revision: May 2004
AT-587
2003 Sentra
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
10
BR/R
TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR (POWER)
IGNITION ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
38
G
TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR (SIGNAL)
WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT
1,000 RPM
APPROX. 1.2V
VOLTAGE SHOULD
INCREASE WITH ENGINE
RPM
42
B
SENSOR GROUND
—
Diagnostic Procedure
—
ECS0065V
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Read out the value of “TURBINE REF” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
SAT740J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 38 and ground (measure in AC range).
LCWA0004E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check harness for short or open between TCM and turbine revolution sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-588
2003 Sentra
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK DTC
A
Perform "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION, AT-585, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
(DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
AT
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminal for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
D
E
ECS0065W
TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
●
B
F
Check resistance between terminals 1, 2 and 3.
Terminal No.
Resistance (Approx.)
1
2
2.4 - 2.8kΩ
1
3
No continuity
2
3
No continuity
G
H
I
LCIA0077E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-589
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F04B]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
PFP:23710
ECS0065X
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
●
●
ECS0065Y
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item.
Diagnostic trouble code “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or U1000 without CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control unit.
Possible Cause
ECS0065Z
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
ECS00660
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to AT-592, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”.
Revision: May 2004
AT-590
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN
ECS00661
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
LCWA0002E
Revision: May 2004
AT-591
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS009SF
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII.
Is any malfunction of the "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" indicated?
Yes
>> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section.
Refer to LAN-3, "CAN Communication Unit" .
No
>> Inspection End.
PCIA0061E
Revision: May 2004
AT-592
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[RE4F04B]
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Description
PFP:31036
A
ECS00663
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
B
AT
D
SAT574J
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
ECS00664
Diagnostic trouble code CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM) with CONSULT-II is detected when
TCM memory (RAM) or (ROM).
Possible Cause
ECS00665
Check TCM.
G
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
ECS00666
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
F
H
I
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
J
K
L
SAT014K
3.
Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
M
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
AT-593
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS00667
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Touch “ERASE”.
3. Perform AT-593, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the “CONTROL UNIT (RAM)” or “CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace TCM.
No
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
AT-594
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[RE4F04B]
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
Description
PFP:31036
A
ECS00668
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
B
AT
D
SAT574J
E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)
Malfunction is detected when...
TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.
Check item (Possible cause)
●
F
TCM
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the
next test.
H
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
I
1.
J
SAT014K
3.
K
Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
L
M
SCIA5358E
Revision: May 2004
AT-595
2003 Sentra
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS00669
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF position for 10 seconds.
Perform AT-595, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes
>> Replace TCM.
No
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
AT-596
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
PFP:00007
A
ECS0066A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0081E
Revision: May 2004
AT-597
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
26
27
34
35
36
OR
L
W/G
G/W
BR/W
Revision: May 2004
PNP SWITCH
1 POSITION
PNP SWITCH
2 POSITION
PNP SWITCH
D POSITION
PNP SWITCH
R POSITION
PNP SWITCH
P OR N POSITION
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN 1 POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN 2 POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN D POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN R POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
IGNITION ON AND SELECTOR
LEVER IN OTHER POSITIONS
APPROX. 0V
AT-598
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0082E
Revision: May 2004
AT-599
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
13
22
G/R
OR/B
Revision: May 2004
O/D OFF INDICATOR
LAMP
OVERDRIVE CONTROL
SWITCH
DATA (DC)
WHEN SETTING OVERDRIVE CONTROL
SWITCH "OFF"
0V
WHEN SETTING OVERDRIVE CONTROL
SWITCH "ON"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING OVERDRIVE CONTROL
SWITCH "ON"
BATTERY VOLTAGE
WHEN SETTING OVERDRIVE CONTROL
SWITCH "OFF"
0V
AT-600
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCWA0083E
Revision: May 2004
AT-601
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND 25 OR 48 (TCM GROUND)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
5
L
CAN-H
—
—
6
Y
CAN-L
—
—
30
G/B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (RX)
—
—
31
GY/L
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (TX)
—
—
32
R
45
R/G
SENSOR POWER
STOP LAMP SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH ON
APPROX. 4.5 - 5.5v
IGNITION SWITCH OFF
APPROX. 0V
BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
BATTERY VOLTAGE
BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED
APPROX. 0V
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
ECS0066B
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to ON.
1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
WCIA0043E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
AT-602
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
Check the following items:
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM (Main harness)
Refer to AT-488, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
●
Harness for short or open between battery and TCM (Main harness)
Refer to AT-488, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
●
Ignition switch and fuse
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
B
AT
D
4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Disconnect TCM harness connector.
Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground.
F
Continuity should exist.
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. Refer to AT-488, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN" .
H
I
SAT515J
5. CHECK LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
J
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Check resistance between TCM terminals 10 and 13.
Resistance
K
:50 - 100Ω
3. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
L
M
WCIA0045E
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator lamp (Main harness)
Refer to PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" .
●
Harness for short or open between O/D OFF indicator lamp and TCM.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-603
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In P and N Position
ECS0066C
SYMPTOM:
●
Engine cannot be started with selector lever in P or N position.
●
Engine can be started with selector lever in D, 2, 1 or R position.
1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT367J
2. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Check for short or open of park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector terminals 1 and 2. Refer to
AT-493, "Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-604
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
3. In P Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed
ECS0066D
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in P position.
B
1. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components. Refer to AT-652, "OVERHAUL" and AT729, "ASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
D
E
SAT282F
4. In N Position, Vehicle Moves
F
ECS0066E
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting N position.
G
1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
H
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT367J
2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
Check control cable.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
AT-605
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
3. ADJUST CONTROL CABLE
Adjust control cable.
>> Refer to AT-647, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
SAT023JA
4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Refill ATF.
SAT638A
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SAT171B
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Disassemble A/T.
Check the following items:
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Overrun clutch assembly
–
Reverse clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-606
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
B
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
AT
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
E
5. Large Shock N → R Position
ECS0066F
SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from N to R position.
F
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
G
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor,
line pressure solenoid valve or throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
H
I
J
SAT345HA
2. CHECK DAMAGED CIRCUIT
K
Check damaged circuit.
L
>> Refer to AT-497, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-547, "DTC
P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" , and AT-563, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to EC-1475, "DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR" , and EC1751, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-607
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer to
AT-456, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SAT494G
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-608
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position
ECS0066G
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting R position.
B
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.
AT
D
E
SAT638A
F
2. CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
G
Check stall revolution with selector lever in 1 and R positions.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
OK in 1 position, NG in R position>>GO TO 3.
NG in both 1 and R positions>>GO TO 4.
H
I
SAT493G
J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Oil pump assembly
–
Torque converter
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
High clutch assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-609
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Oil pump assembly
–
Torque converter
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
Low one-way clutch
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in R position. Refer to
AT-456, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SAT494G
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-610
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
A
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
B
AT
D
SAT171B
E
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Oil pump assembly
–
Torque converter
–
Reverse clutch assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
Low one-way clutch
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
9. CHECK SYMPTOM
G
H
I
J
K
L
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
M
10. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
F
AT-611
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D, 2 or 1 Position
ECS0066H
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting D, 2 or 1 position.
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Refill ATF.
SAT638A
2. CHECK STALL REVOLUTION
Check stall revolution with selector lever in D position. Refer to AT452, "Stall Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SAT493G
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Oil pump assembly
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Forward one-way clutch
–
Low one-way clutch
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
Torque converter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-612
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
A
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in D position. Refer to
AT-456, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
B
AT
D
SAT494G
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
E
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
G
H
I
6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
J
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
K
L
M
SAT171B
Revision: May 2004
AT-613
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
–
Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Oil pump assembly
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Forward one-way clutch
–
Low one-way clutch
–
Low & reverse brake assembly
–
Torque converter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
ECS0066I
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise test — Part 1.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-609, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-614
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
A
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-503, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-553, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A" , or AT-558, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
B
AT
D
SAT934FB
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-1391, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" and EC1751, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
E
F
G
H
LCIA0110E
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
I
Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in D position.
Refer to AT-456, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
J
K
L
SAT494G
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-615
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Forward clutch assembly
–
Forward one-way clutch
–
Low one-way clutch
–
High clutch assembly
–
Torque converter
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SAT171B
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damage parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-616
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
8. CHECK SYMPTOM
A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
B
9. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
AT
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
E
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2
ECS0066J
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed.
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator pedal fully at the specified speed.
F
G
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ”
OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-612, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D, 2 or 1 Position" and AT-614, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" .
H
I
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
J
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
K
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
L
M
SAT367J
3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to AT-503,
"DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" and AT-580, "DTC VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
circuits.
Revision: May 2004
AT-617
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-1391, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" and EC1751, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SAT171B
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
Brake band
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-618
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
1.
2.
Remove control valve. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve A
–
Shift solenoid valve A
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
B
AT
D
8. CHECK SYMPTOM
E
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
F
9. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
G
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3
H
I
ECS0066K
J
at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
K
Are "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position" and "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 "
OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-612, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D, 2 or 1 Position" and AT-614, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-619
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
SAT367J
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-1391, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" and EC1751, "DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SAT171B
Revision: May 2004
AT-620
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
High clutch assembly
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
B
AT
D
E
F
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
G
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
H
I
J
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
K
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
L
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
M
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-621
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
ECS0066L
SYMPTOM:
●
A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
●
A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ”
OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Go to AT-612, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in D, 2 or 1 Position" and AT-614, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" .
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits?
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
●
Overdrive control switch
●
A/T fluid temperature sensor
●
Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
●
Shift solenoid valve A or B
●
Vehicle speed sensor·MTR
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-491, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-497, "DTC
P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
, AT-503, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-553, "DTC P0750
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" , AT-558, "DTC P0755
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" , or AT-580, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
SAT363HC
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-1391, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" and EC1770, "DTC P2138 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-622
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
A
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
B
AT
D
SAT171B
E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Servo piston assembly
–
Brake band
–
Torque converter
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
F
G
H
I
J
K
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
L
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Shift valve B
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Shift solenoid valve B
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
M
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
Revision: May 2004
AT-623
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
ECS0066M
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit.
Refer to AT-534, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT346H
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-1475, "DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR" and EC1770, "DTC P2138 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Torque converter relief valve
–
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-624
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 5.
B
5. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
AT
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
D
E
ECS0066N
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.
F
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
G
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit
after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to AT-508,
"DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
SAT347H
2. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
K
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
L
M
SAT171B
Revision: May 2004
AT-625
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1.
2.
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Torque converter clutch control valve
–
Pilot valve
–
Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
14. Lock-up Is Not Released
ECS0066O
SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.
Revision: May 2004
AT-626
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
1. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR] CIR-
A
CUIT
B
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to the throttle position switch [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit?
AT
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to the throttle position sensor
[accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] circuit?
Yes or No
D
Yes
>> Check the throttle position switch [accelerator pedal
position (APP) sensor circuit. Refer to EC-1391, "DTC
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" and EC-1770, "DTC
E
P2138 APP SENSOR" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
F
SAT367J
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
G
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
H
3. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
I
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
K
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )
ECS0066P
SYMPTOM:
●
Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T shifts from D4 to D3 .
●
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning overdrive control switch OFF.
●
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting A/T from D to 2 position.
L
M
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve
circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to AT568, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SAT348H
Revision: May 2004
AT-627
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Check throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]. Refer to EC-1391, "DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR" and EC1770, "DTC P2138 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace throttle position sensor [accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor].
LCIA0110E
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SAT171B
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch reducing valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch assembly
–
Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-644, "REMOVAL" .
Check the following items:
–
Overrun clutch control valve
–
Overrun clutch reducing valve
–
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
1.
2.
Revision: May 2004
AT-628
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
B
7. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
AT
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
D
E
ECS0066Q
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2.
F
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
G
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check damaged circuit. Refer to AT-503, "DTC P0720
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-553, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A" , AT-558, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B"
or AT-580, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
SAT934FA
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
K
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to AT-614, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
NG
>> GO TO 3.
L
M
3. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-629
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch ON → OFF
ECS0066R
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive control switch to OFF position.
1. CHECK OVERDRIVE SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-632,
"21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor]
Switches Circuit Checks}" .
No
>> Go to AT-619, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
SAT344H
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever D → 2 Position
ECS0066S
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to 22 when changing selector lever from D to 2 position.
1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> Go to AT-617, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" .
SAT367J
Revision: May 2004
AT-630
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever 2 → 1 Position
ECS0066T
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever from 2 to 1 position.
B
1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
AT
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to park/neutral position (PNP)
switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. Refer
to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
D
E
F
G
SAT367J
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
H
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
I
J
K
SAT778B
3. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
L
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-631
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
ECS0066U
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting from 22 (12 ) to 11 .
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to AT-627, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
No
>> Go to AT-609, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position" .
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate {Park/neutral Position (PNP), Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Sensor [Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
Sensor] Switches Circuit Checks}
ECS0066V
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is
good.
DESCRIPTION
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
The park/neutral (PNP) switch assembly includes a transmission
range switch. The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
WCIA0066E
●
Overdrive control switch
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and
sends a signal to the TCM.
SAT360H
●
Throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor]
The throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor] is part of the system that controls the throttle position.
This system also uses an electric throttle control actuator, which
consists of a throttle control motor and throttle position sensors.
Accelerator pedal position signal is sent to the ECM.
LCIA0110E
Revision: May 2004
AT-632
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
NOTE:
The diagnostic procedure includes inspections for the overdrive control switch circuits.
A
1. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out P/N, R, D, 2 and 1 position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated
properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
AT
D
E
F
G
SAT701J
H
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
–
Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch
F29 terminals 1 (G/OR) and 2 (B) and between terminals 3 (Y)
and 4 (OR), 5 (L), 6 (W/G), 7 (BR/W), 8 G/W), 9 (G) while moving manual shaft through each position.
Lever position
I
J
Terminal No.
P
3-7
R
3-8
N
3-9
D
3-6
2
3-5
1
3-4
K
1-2
L
1-2
WCIA0096E
M
If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to
step a.
–
If OK on step b, adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-647, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
–
If NG on step b, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch from A/T and check continuity of park/neutral
position (PNP) switch terminals. Refer to step a.
–
If OK on step d, adjust park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to AT-646, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP)
Switch Adjustment" .
–
If NG on step d, replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and park/neutral position (PNP) switch (Main harness)
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and TCM (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
–
Revision: May 2004
AT-633
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
3. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26 (OR), 27 (L), 34 (W/
G), 35 (G/W), 36 (BR/W) and ground while moving selector lever
through each position.
Terminal No.
Lever position
36
35
34
27
26
P,N
B
0
0
0
0
R
0
B
0
0
0
D
0
0
B
0
0
2
0
0
0
B
0
1
0
0
0
0
B
Voltage:
B : Battery voltage
0 : 0V
SAT361J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
AT-634
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
A
Check the following items:
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
–
Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch
F29 terminals 1 (G/OR) and 2 (B) and between terminals 3 (Y)
and 4 (OR), 5 (L), 6 (W/G), 7 (BR/W), 8 G/W), 9 (G) while moving manual shaft through each position.
Lever position
B
AT
Terminal No.
P
3-7
R
3-8
N
3-9
D
3-6
2
3-5
1
3-4
1-2
D
1-2
WCIA0096E
If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to
step a.
–
If OK on step b, adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-647, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
–
If NG on step b, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch from A/T and check continuity of park/neutral
position (PNP) switch terminals. Refer to step a.
–
If OK on step d, adjust park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to AT-646, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP)
Switch Adjustment" .
–
If NG on step d, replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
●
Harness for short or open between ignition switch and park/neutral position (PNP) switch (Main harness)
●
Harness for short or open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and TCM (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
E
F
–
5. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
I
J
L
M
SAT645J
AT-635
H
K
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “OVERDRIVE SW”.
Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly.
(Overdrive control switch “ON” displayed on CONSULT-II means
overdrive “OFF”.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
G
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
[RE4F04B]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
●
Overdrive control switch M44.
●
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
Switch position
Continuity
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control
switch (Main harness)
●
Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●
WCIA0155E
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]
Perform throttle position sensor [accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor] inspection. Refer to AT-563,
"DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR [ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR]" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
●
8. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output inspection. Refer to AT-487, "Input/Output Signal Chart" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Inspect TCM terminals and related wiring harnesses for damage or loose connections. Repair or
replace damaged parts.
Revision: May 2004
AT-636
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
●
●
PFP:34950
A
ECS0066W
The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the key switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other posi- B
tion unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”.
AT
The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder.
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location
ECS0066X
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT862J
Revision: May 2004
AT-637
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT —
ECS0066Y
WCWA0076E
Revision: May 2004
AT-638
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
Diagnostic Procedure
ECS0066Z
A
SYMPTOM 1:
●
Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
B
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
●
Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
AT
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position. It can be removed when
selector lever is set to any position except “P”.
D
1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-642, "Components" .
E
F
2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
G
Check selector lever position for damage.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-647, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
H
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE
I
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
(Do not start engine.)
●
Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M44 terminal 7 (G) and ground.
Voltage:
Brake pedal depressed:
Brake pedal released:
J
K
Battery voltage
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
SCIA1166E
Revision: May 2004
AT-639
2003 Sentra
M
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items.
1. Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) connector M1 terminal 12K and stop lamp switch harness connector M26 terminal 3.
2. Harness for open or short stop lamp switch harness connector M26 terminal 4 and A/T device harness
connector M44 terminal 7 (G).
3. 10A fuse [10, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
4. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector
M26 terminals 3 (G) and 4 (G).
Condition
Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed
Yes
When brake pedal is released
No
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal —refer to
BR-12, "STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ASCD CANCEL SWITCH
CLEARANCE"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
WCIA0156E
5. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch to "OFF" position.
Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
Check continuity between A/T device harness M44 terminal 6 (B) and ground.
Continuity should exist
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit in harness.
SCIA0784E
6. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH
Check continuity between A/T device harness conector M44 terminals 6 (B) and 7 (G).
Brake pedal
Operation sound
Depressed
No
Released
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace park position switch.
LAT232
Revision: May 2004
AT-640
2003 Sentra
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[RE4F04B]
7. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
1.
2.
3.
A
Connect A/T device harness connector.
Turn ignition switch to "ON" position.
Check operation sound.
Condition
When ignition switch is turned to "ON" position and
selector lever is in the "P" position.
B
Brake pedal
Operation sound
Depressed
Yes
Released
No
AT
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace shift lock solenoid.
D
8. CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION
E
1. Reconnect shift lock harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch from “OFF” to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
3. Recheck shift lock operation.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
F
G
9. CHECK A/T DEVICE INSPECTION
H
1. Perform A/T device input/output signal inspection test.
2. If NG, recheck harness connector connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-641
2003 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE4F04B]
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components
PFP:34908
ECS00670
WAT242
CAUTION:
●
Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts.
●
After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions.
Removal
1.
ECS00671
Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder and remove interlock rod from cable.
SAT853J
Revision: May 2004
AT-642
2003 Sentra
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[RE4F04B]
2.
Remove lock plate from steering lock assembly and remove key
interlock cable.
A
B
AT
SAT854J
D
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
ECS00672
Turn ignition key to lock position.
Set A/T selector lever to P position.
Set key interlock cable to steering lock assembly and install lock
plate.
Clamp cable to steering column and attach to control cable with
band.
E
F
G
SAT854J
H
5.
Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
I
J
K
SAT804E
6.
7.
L
Install casing cap to bracket.
Move slider in order to connect adjuster holder to interlock rod.
M
SAT805E
Revision: May 2004
AT-643
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators
PFP:00000
ECS00673
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Drain ATF from transaxle.
Remove oil pan and gasket.
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
SAT031J
3.
Disconnect A/T solenoid harness connector.
SAT327F
4.
5.
Remove snap ring from terminal cord assembly harness terminal body.
Remove terminal cord assembly harness from transmission
case by pushing on terminal body.
SAT995C
Revision: May 2004
AT-644
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
6.
Remove control valve assembly by removing fixing bolts I , X
and ● .
Bolt length, number and location are shown in the illustration.
●
Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release accumulator return spring.
7. Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary.
Refer to AT-679, "Control Valve Assembly" .
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
SAT004F
8.
Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying compressed air if necessary.
● Hold each piston with a rag.
H
I
J
AAT279
INSTALLATION
●
●
Set manual shaft in Neutral, then align manual plate with
groove in manual valve.
After installing control valve assembly, make sure that
selector lever can be moved to all positions.
K
L
M
SAT091J
Revision: May 2004
AT-645
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
Revolution Sensor Replacement
1.
2.
3.
ECS00674
Remove under cover.
Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
Reinstall any part removed.
● Always use new sealing parts.
AAT189
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
ECS00675
Remove control cable from manual shaft.
Set manual shaft in N position.
Loosen park/neutral position (PNP) switch fixing bolts.
SAT033J
4.
5.
6.
Insert pin into adjustment holes in both park/neutral position
(PNP) switch and manual shaft as near vertical as possible.
Reinstall any part removed.
Check continuity of park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to
AT-494, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
AAT469A
Revision: May 2004
AT-646
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
Control Cable Adjustment
ECS00676
A
Move selector lever from the P position to the 1 position. You should
be able to feel the detents in each position. If the detents cannot be
felt or the pointer indicating the position is improperly aligned, the
control cable needs adjustment.
1. Place selector lever in P position.
2. Loosen control cable lock nut and place manual shaft in P position.
CAUTION:
Turn wheels more than 1/4 rotations and apply the park
lock.
3. Push control cable in the direction of the arrow shown in the
illustration by specified force.
Specified force
4.
5.
B
AT
D
E
: 4.9 - 9.8 N (0.5 - 1.0 kg, 1.1 - 2.2 lb)
Tighten control cable lock nut.
Move selector lever from P to 1 position again. Make sure that
selector lever moves smoothly.
● Make sure that the starter operates when the selector
lever is placed in the N or P position.
● Make sure that the transmission is locked properly when
the selector lever is placed in the P position.
F
G
SAT763J
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement
1.
2.
H
ECS00677
Remove drive shaft assembly. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove oil seal.
I
J
K
SAT781-C
3.
L
Install oil seal.
● Apply ATF before installing.
M
SAT782
Revision: May 2004
AT-647
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[RE4F04B]
●
Install oil seals so dimension A is within specification
A
4.
: −0.5 mm (−0.02 in) to 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Reinstall any part removed.
AAT531A
Revision: May 2004
AT-648
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F04B]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
PFP:00000
A
ECS00678
1.
2.
3.
Remove battery and bracket.
Remove air duct and air cleaner assembly, refer to EM-103, "REMOVAL" .
B
Disconnect terminal cord assembly harness connector and park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness
connectors.
4. Disconnect harness connectors of mass air flow sensor, intake air temperature sensor, revolution sensor, AT
turbine revolution sensor, vehicle speed sensor and ground cable.
5. Remove LH mounting bracket from transaxle and body.
D
6. Disconnect control cable at transaxle side.
7. Remove drive shafts, refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
8. Drain ATF.
E
9. Remove push clips and engine undercover.
10. Disconnect fluid cooler piping.
11. Disconnect and remove starter motor from transaxle, refer to
F
SC-21, "Removal" .
LCIA0086E
G
12. Support engine by placing a jack under oil pan.
● Do not place jack under oil pan drain plug.
13. Remove center member.
14. Remove rear cover plate and bolts securing torque converter to
drive plate.
● Rotate crankshaft for access to securing bolts.
H
I
J
K
SAT944CA
L
M
SAT615E
Revision: May 2004
AT-649
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F04B]
15. Support transaxle with a jack.
16. Remove bolts fixing A/T to engine.
17. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack.
SAT947C
Installation
●
ECS00679
Drive plate runout
CAUTION:
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring
gear teeth.
Maximum allowable runout:
EM-186, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS)".
●
If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate and ring
gear.
SAT977H
●
When connecting torque converter to transaxle, measure distance “A” to be certain that they are correctly assembled.
Distance “A”
: 14 mm (0.55 in) or more
SAT044A
●
●
Install bolts fixing converter to drive plate.
With converter installed, rotate crankshaft several turns to
check that transaxle rotates freely without binding.
SAT946C
Revision: May 2004
AT-650
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[RE4F04B]
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Tighten bolts securing transaxle.
Tighten LH mounting bracket bolts to the specified torque. Refer
to EM-156, "Removal and Installation" .
Tighten center member bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to EM-156, "Removal and Installation" .
Tighten rear plate cover bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
EM-112, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .
A
B
AT
Bolt No.
Tightening torque
N-m (kg-m, ft-lb)
l mm (in)
1
70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 52 - 58)
65 (2.56)
2
70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 52 - 58)
52 (2.05)
3
70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 52 - 58)
40 (1.57)
4
78 - 98 (7.9 - 10.0, 58 - 72)
124 (4.88)
SAT764J
D
E
Reinstall any part removed.
Check fluid level in transaxle.
Move selector lever through all positions to be sure that transaxle operates correctly.
With parking brake applied, rotate engine at idling. Move selector lever through N to D, to 2, to 1 and to R position. A slight
shock should be felt by hand gripping selector each time transaxle is shifted.
Perform road test. Refer to AT-457, "Road Test" .
F
G
H
SAT638A
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-651
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
OVERHAUL
Components
PFP:00000
ECS0067A
LCIA0103E
Revision: May 2004
AT-652
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT949IA
Revision: May 2004
AT-653
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
LCIA0104E
Revision: May 2004
AT-654
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
Oil Channel
ECS0067B
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT573K
Revision: May 2004
AT-655
2003 Sentra
OVERHAUL
[RE4F04B]
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap
Rings
ECS0067C
SAT565K
Revision: May 2004
AT-656
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
Disassembly
1.
2.
PFP:31020
A
ECS0067D
Drain ATF through drain plug.
Remove torque converter.
B
AT
D
SAT008D
3.
a.
b.
c.
E
Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool.
Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
When fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way
clutch spline using screwdriver.
Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace
torque converter assembly.
F
G
H
I
J
K
SAT009D
L
4.
Remove A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube.
M
SAT768J
Revision: May 2004
AT-657
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
5.
6.
Set manual shaft to position P.
Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
SAT023JA
7.
8.
9.
a.
b.
Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after
repair of A/T. Refer to CO-30, "RADIATOR" .
Remove control valve assembly according to the following procedures.
Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts I , X and ● .
Remove snap ring from terminal cord assembly connector.
SAT003F
SAT004F
c.
Push terminal body into transmission case and draw out solenoid harness.
SAT016D
Revision: May 2004
AT-658
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
10. Remove manual valve from control valve assembly.
A
B
AT
SAT005F
D
11. Remove return spring from servo release accumulator piston.
E
F
G
SAT018DA
12. Remove servo release accumulator piston with compressed air.
H
I
J
SAT019DA
13. Remove O-rings from servo release accumulator piston.
14. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with compressed air.
K
L
M
SAT020D
15. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.
Revision: May 2004
AT-659
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
16. Check accumulator pistons and contact surface of transmission
case for damage.
SAT023DA
17. Check accumulator return springs for damage and free length.
18. Remove lip seals.
SAT006F
19. Remove L & R oil tube and oil sleeve.
SAT862HA
20. Remove converter housing according to the following procedures.
a. Remove converter housing mounting bolts.
b. Remove converter housing by tapping it lightly.
SAT008F
Revision: May 2004
AT-660
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.
Remove O-ring from differential oil port.
A
B
AT
SAT235F
D
21. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
E
F
G
SAT228F
22. Remove differential side bearing outer race and side bearing
adjusting shim from transmission case.
H
I
J
SAT010FB
K
23. Remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transmission case.
L
M
SAT031D
24. Remove differential side bearing outer race from converter
housing.
SAT011FB
Revision: May 2004
AT-661
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
25. Remove oil seal with screwdriver from converter housing.
● Be careful not to damage case.
SAT032D
26. Remove differential lubricant tube from converter housing.
SAT063K
27. Remove oil pump according to the following procedures.
a. Remove O-ring from input shaft.
SAT225F
b.
Remove oil pump assembly, baffle plate and gasket from transmission case.
SAT012F
c.
Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assembly.
SAT013F
Revision: May 2004
AT-662
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
28. Remove brake band according to the following procedures.
a. Loosen lock nut, then back off anchor end pin.
● Do not reuse anchor end pin.
A
B
AT
SAT014FA
b.
D
Remove brake band and strut from transmission case.
E
F
G
SAT196F
●
H
To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not
stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
I
J
SAT039D
c.
K
Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns.
L
M
SAT040D
29. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) and reverse clutch
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) with reverse clutch.
SAT549F
Revision: May 2004
AT-663
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.
Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) from reverse clutch.
SAT566F
c.
Remove needle bearings from high clutch drum and check for
damage or wear.
SAT567F
d.
Remove high clutch hub and front sun gear from transmission
case.
SAT568F
e.
f.
Remove front sun gear and needle bearing from high clutch hub
and check for damage or wear.
Remove bearing race from front sun gear and check for damage
or wear.
SAT019F
30. Remove needle bearing from transmission case and check for
damage or wear.
SAT020F
Revision: May 2004
AT-664
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
31. Apply compressed air and check to see that low and reverse
brake operates.
A
B
AT
SAT138F
32. Remove low one-way clutch and front planetary carrier assembly according to the following procedures.
a. Remove snap ring with flat-bladed screwdriver.
D
E
F
G
SAT046D
b.
Remove low one-way clutch with a hook made of wire.
H
I
J
K
L
M
AAT889
c.
Remove snap ring with flat-bladed screwdriver.
SAT022F
Revision: May 2004
AT-665
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
d.
Remove front planetary carrier with low and reverse brake piston and retainer.
SAT023F
e.
Remove low and reverse brake spring retainer.
● Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SAT148F
f.
Check that low one-way clutch rotates in the direction of the
arrow and locks in the opposite direction.
SAT048D
g.
h.
Remove needle bearing, low and reverse brake piston and
retainer from front planetary carrier.
Check front planetary carrier, low one-way clutch and needle
bearing for damage or wear.
SAT024F
i.
Check clearance between planetary gears and planetary carrier
with feeler gauge.
Standard
clearance
Allowable
limit
: 0.20 - 0.70 mm (0.0079 - 0.0276 in)
: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace front planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.
SAT025F
Revision: May 2004
AT-666
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
33. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transmission
case.
A
B
AT
SAT026F
b.
D
Remove rear sun gear from rear planetary carrier.
E
F
G
SAT027F
c.
Remove needle bearings from rear planetary carrier assembly.
H
I
J
SAT028F
d.
e.
Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bearings
for damage or wear.
Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary carrier with feeler gauge.
Standard
clearance
Allowable
limit
L
: 0.20 - 0.70 mm (0.0079 - 0.0276
in)
: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allowable limit.
M
SAT054D
34. Remove rear internal gear and forward clutch hub from transmission case.
SAT029F
Revision: May 2004
AT-667
K
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
35. Remove overrun clutch hub from transmission case.
SAT030F
36. Remove needle bearing from overrun clutch hub and check for
damage or wear.
SAT031F
37. Remove forward clutch assembly from transmission case.
SAT032F
38. Remove needle bearing from transmission case.
SAT033F
39. Remove output shaft assembly according to the following procedures.
a. Remove side cover bolts.
● Do not mix bolts A and B.
● Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.
AAT850
Revision: May 2004
AT-668
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.
Remove side cover by lightly tapping it with a soft hammer.
● Be careful not to drop output shaft assembly. It might
come out when removing side cover.
A
B
AT
SAT434D
c.
D
Remove adjusting shim.
E
F
G
SAT440D
d.
Remove output shaft assembly.
H
I
J
SAT035F
●
If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover
with a soft hammer to separate.
K
L
M
SAT435D
e.
Remove needle bearing.
SAT036F
Revision: May 2004
AT-669
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
40. Disassemble reduction pinion gear according to the following
procedures.
a. Set manual shaft to position P to fix idler gear.
b. Unlock idler gear lock nut using a pin punch.
SAT037F
c.
Remove idler gear lock nut.
● Do not reuse idler gear lock nut.
SAT061D
d.
Remove idler gear with puller.
SAT841DB
e.
f.
Remove reduction pinion gear.
Remove adjusting shim from reduction pinion gear.
SAT916D
41. Remove return spring from parking shaft with screwdriver.
42. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pawl from transmission case.
43. Check parking pawl and shaft for damage or wear.
SAT039F
Revision: May 2004
AT-670
2003 Sentra
DISASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
44. Remove parking actuator support from transmission case.
45. Check parking actuator support for damage or wear.
A
B
AT
SAT066D
D
46. Remove side oil seal with screwdriver from transmission case.
E
F
G
SAT040F
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-671
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Manual Shaft
PFP:00000
ECS0067E
COMPONENTS
SAT769J
REMOVAL
1.
Remove detent spring from transmission case.
SAT042F
2.
Drive out manual plate retaining pin.
SAT842DB
Revision: May 2004
AT-672
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.
5.
Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin.
Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft.
Draw out parking rod from transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT043FB
D
6.
7.
Pull out manual shaft retaining pin.
Remove manual shaft and manual plate from transmission case.
E
F
G
SAT049F
8.
Remove manual shaft oil seal.
H
I
J
SAT080D
K
INSPECTION
●
Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
L
INSTALLATION
1.
Install manual shaft oil seal.
● Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.
M
SAT081D
Revision: May 2004
AT-673
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.
Install manual shaft and manual plate.
SAT044F
3.
4.
Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case.
Install manual shaft retaining pin up to bottom of hole.
SAT045FB
5.
6.
Install parking rod to parking rod plate.
Set parking rod assembly onto manual shaft and drive retaining
pin.
● Both ends of pin should protrude.
SAT034J
7.
Drive manual plate retaining pin.
● Both ends of pin should protrude.
SAT047FB
8.
Install detent spring. Tighten detent spring bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to AT-672, "COMPONENTS" .
SAT042F
Revision: May 2004
AT-674
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Oil Pump
ECS0067F
A
COMPONENTS
B
AT
D
E
F
SAT050FC
G
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove seal rings.
H
I
J
SAT699H
K
2.
Loosen bolts in a crisscross pattern and remove oil pump cover.
L
M
SAT051F
3.
Remove inner and outer gear from oil pump housing.
SAT092D
Revision: May 2004
AT-675
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.
Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
SAT093D
5.
Remove oil pump housing oil seal.
SAT094D
INSPECTION
Oil Pump Housing, Oil Pump Cover, Inner Gear and Outer Gear
●
Check for wear or damage.
Side Clearances
●
Measure side clearance of inner and outer gears in at least four
places around each outside edge. Maximum measured values
should be within specified positions.
Standard clearance
●
If clearance is less than standard, select inner and outer gear as
a set so that clearance is within specifications.
Inner and outer gear
●
: 0.030 - 0.050 mm
(0.0012 - 0.0020 in)
: Refer to AT-757, "OIL
PUMP" .
If clearance is more than standard, replace whole oil pump
assembly except oil pump cover.
SAT095D
Revision: May 2004
AT-676
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
●
Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
A
: 0.111 - 0.181 mm
(0.0044 - 0.0071 in)
: 0.181 mm (0.0071 in)
B
If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover.
AT
SAT096D
D
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
●
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
E
: 0.1 - 0.25 mm
(0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
F
If not within allowable limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.
G
SAT097D
H
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install oil seal on oil pump housing.
I
J
K
SAT900DB
2.
L
Install O-ring on oil pump housing.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
M
SAT093D
Revision: May 2004
AT-677
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.
Install inner and outer gears on oil pump housing.
● Be careful of direction of inner gear.
SAT092D
4.
a.
b.
Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing.
Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assembly
to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil pump
housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
Tighten bolts in a crisscross pattern. Tighten oil pump cover
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-675, "COMPONENTS"
.
SAT051F
5.
Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with
petroleum jelly.
● Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while installing. The ring may be deformed.
SAT699H
Revision: May 2004
AT-678
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Control Valve Assembly
ECS0067G
A
COMPONENTS
B
AT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SAT537K
1.
7.
Oil strainer
2.
O-ring
3.
Snap ring
Terminal body
5.
O-rings
6.
Control valve lower body
8.
Check ball
9.
Separating plate
Oil cooler relief valve spring
10 Support plate
.
11 Steel ball
.
12 Control valve inter body
.
13 Pilot filter
.
14 Separating plate
.
15 Steel ball
.
K
L
M
16 Control valve upper body
.
DISASSEMBLY
Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies.
Revision: May 2004
AT-679
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “
”
mm (in)
Number of bolts
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
13.5
(0.531)
58.0
(2.283)
40.0
(1.575)
66.0
(2.598)
33.0
(1.299)
78.0
(3.071)
18.0
(0.709)
6
3
6
11
2
2
1
f: Reamer bolt and nut.
SAT704J
1.
Remove bolts a , d and nut f and remove oil strainer from control valve assembly.
AAT780
2.
Remove solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid
valve from control valve assembly.
SAT062F
Revision: May 2004
AT-680
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.
Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.
A
B
AT
SCIA0804E
D
4.
Place upper body facedown, and remove bolts b , c and nut f .
E
F
G
SAT064FA
5.
Remove inter body from lower body.
H
I
J
SAT432D
6.
K
Turn over lower body, and remove accumulator support plate.
L
M
SAT109D
7.
8.
Remove bolts e , separating plate and separating gasket from
lower body.
Remove check balls and oil cooler relief valve springs from
lower body.
● Be careful not to lose check balls and oil cooler relief
valve springs.
SAT110DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-681
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
9.
Remove inter body from upper body.
SAT065F
10. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter
body and then remove them.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls.
SAT705J
11. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper
body and then remove them.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls.
SAT771J
INSPECTION
Lower and Upper Bodies
●
Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in lower
body.
SAT550G
Revision: May 2004
AT-682
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
●
●
Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in
upper body.
Be careful not to lose these parts.
A
B
AT
SAT551G
D
Oil Strainer
●
Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.
Shift Solenoid Valves “A” and “B”, Line Pressure Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch
Solenoid Valve and Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve
●
●
●
●
●
●
Measure resistance.
For shift solenoid valve A, refer to AT-556 .
For shift solenoid valve B, refer to AT-561 .
For line pressure solenoid valve, refer to AT-550 .
For torque converter clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-537 .
For overrun clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-571 .
E
F
G
H
SAT283HB
I
Oil Cooler Relief Valve Spring
●
●
Check springs for damage or deformation.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard
J
: Refer to AT-753, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
K
L
SAT138D
ASSEMBLY
1.
a.
M
Install upper, inter and lower body.
Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their
proper positions.
SAT771J
Revision: May 2004
AT-683
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
b.
Install upper separating gasket, upper inter separating gasket
and upper separating plate in order shown in illustration.
SAT072F
c.
Install reamer bolts f from bottom of upper body. Using reamer
bolts as guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
SAT073FA
d.
Install pilot filter.
SAT074F
e.
Place lower body as shown in illustration (side of inter body face
up). Install steel balls in their proper positions.
SAT705J
f.
Install inter body on upper body using reamer bolts f as guides.
● Be careful not to dislocate or drop steel balls.
SAT076FA
Revision: May 2004
AT-684
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
g.
Install check balls and oil cooler relief valve springs in their
proper positions in lower body.
A
B
AT
SAT110DA
h.
D
Install lower separating gasket, lower inter separating gasket
and lower separating plate in order shown in illustration.
E
F
G
BAT002
i.
Install bolts e from bottom of lower body. Using bolts e as
guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
H
I
J
SAT078FA
j.
k.
Temporarily install support plates on lower body.
Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts f as guides
and tighten reamer bolts f slightly.
K
L
M
SAT126DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-685
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.
Install O-rings to solenoid valves and terminal body.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
SAT063F
3.
Install and tighten bolts.
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length “
”
mm (in)
Number of bolts
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
13.5
(0.531)
58.0
(2.283)
40.0
(1.575)
66.0
(2.598)
33.0
(1.299)
78.0
(3.071)
18.0
(0.709)
6
3
6
11
2
2
1
SAT704J
a.
Install and tighten bolts b to specified torque.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
SAT081FA
Revision: May 2004
AT-686
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
b.
Install solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid valve
to lower body.
A
B
AT
SAT062F
D
c.
Set oil strainer, then tighten bolts a , c , d and nuts f to specified
torque.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
E
F
G
SAT083FA
d.
Tighten bolts e to specified torque.
H
: 3.4 - 4.4 N·m (0.35 - 0.45 kg-m, 30.4 - 39.1 in-lb)
I
J
SAT084F
Control Valve Upper Body
K
ECS0067H
COMPONENTS
Apply ATF to all components before installation.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-687
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
SAT772J
1.
Upper body
2.
Cooler check valve
3.
Return spring
4.
Plug
5.
Retainer plate
6.
1-2 accumulator valve
7.
Return spring
8.
Plug
9.
Retainer plate
10 Torque converter clutch control valve 11 Return spring
.
.
12 Torque converter clutch control plug
.
13 Torque converter clutch control
.
sleeve
14 Retainer plate
.
15 Torque converter relief valve
.
16 Return spring
.
17 Retainer plate
.
18 Return spring
.
19 Overrun clutch reducing valve
.
20 Plug
.
21 Retainer plate
.
22 Retainer plate
.
23 Return spring
.
24 Pilot valve
.
25 Retainer plate
.
26 Plug
.
27 1-2 accumulator piston
.
28 Return spring
.
29 1-2 accumulator retainer plate
.
30 Retainer plate
.
31 Plug
.
32 1st reducing valve
.
33 Return spring
.
34 Retainer plate
.
35 Return spring
.
36 3-2 timing valve
.
Revision: May 2004
AT-688
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.
A
Remove valves at retainer plates.
● Do not use a magnetic pick-up tool.
B
AT
SAT551G
a.
D
Use a screwdriver to remove retainer plates.
E
F
G
SAT553G
b.
Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves.
● Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jumping out.
H
I
J
K
SAT554G
c.
Place mating surface of valve body face down, and remove
internal parts.
● If a valve is hard to remove, place valve body face down
and lightly tap it with a soft hammer.
● Be careful not to drop or damage valves and sleeves.
L
M
SAT137D
Revision: May 2004
AT-689
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
INSPECTION
Valve Spring
●
Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation.
Inspection standard
●
: Refer to AT-753, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
SAT138D
Control Valves
●
Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.
ASSEMBLY
●
Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do not
stand the control valve body upright.
SAT139D
1.
Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.
SAT140DA
●
Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert
the valves into their proper positions.
SAT141D
Revision: May 2004
AT-690
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
1-2 Accumulator Valve
A
Install 1-2 accumulator valve. Align 1-2 accumulator retainer
plate from opposite side of control valve body.
Install return spring, 1-2 accumulator piston and plug.
●
●
B
AT
SAT142D
1.
Install retainer plates.
● While pushing plug or return spring, install retainer plate.
D
E
F
G
SAT143D
H
Retainer Plate (Upper Body)
Unit: mm (in)
No.
●
Name of control valve
22
Pilot valve
30
1st reducing valve
34
3-2 timing valve
17
Torque converter relief valve
9
1-2 accumulator valve
25
1-2 accumulator piston valve
21
Overrun clutch reducing valve
5
Cooler check valve
14
Torque converter clutch control valve
Width A
Length B
I
21.5 (0.846)
J
38.5 (1.516)
K
6.0 (0.236)
SAT086F
24.0 (0.945)
L
28.0 (1.102)
Install proper retainer plates.
Refer to AT-687, "Control Valve Upper Body" .
Control Valve Lower Body
M
ECS0067I
COMPONENTS
Apply ATF to all components before installation.
Revision: May 2004
AT-691
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
SAT773J
1.
Lower body
2.
Retainer plate
3.
Return spring
4.
Piston
5.
Parallel pin
6.
Sleeve
7.
Return spring
8.
Pressure modifier valve
9.
Retainer plate
10 Plug
.
11 Shift valve B
.
12 Return spring
.
13 Manual valve
.
14 Pressure regulator valve
.
15 Return spring
.
16 Spring seat
.
17 Plug
.
18 Sleeve
.
19 Retainer plate
.
20 Return spring
.
21 Overrun clutch control valve
.
22 Plug
.
23 Retainer plate
.
24 Return spring
.
25 Accumulator control valve
.
26 Plug
.
27 Retainer plate
.
28 Shift valve A
.
29 Return spring
.
30 Retainer plate
.
31 Shuttle valve
.
32 Return spring
.
33 Plug
.
34 Plug
.
35 Retainer plate
.
Revision: May 2004
AT-692
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
A
Remove valves at retainer plate.
For removal procedures, refer to AT-689, "DISASSEMBLY" .
●
B
AT
SAT550G
INSPECTION
Valve Springs
D
E
Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also measure free length and outer diameter.
●
Inspection standard
F
: Refer to AT-753, "CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG
RETURN SPRINGS" .
G
Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
●
H
SAT138D
Control Valves
I
Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for damage.
●
ASSEMBLY
Install control valves.
For installation procedures, refer to AT-690, "ASSEMBLY" .
●
J
K
L
SAT550A
Retainer Plate (Lower Body)
Unit: mm (in)
No.
●
Name of control valve and plug
19
Pressure regulator valve
27
Accumulator control valve
30
Shift valve A
23
Overrun clutch control valve
2
Pressure modifier valve
35
Shuttle valve
9
Shift valve B
Width A
Length B
Type
6.0
(0.236)
28.0
(1.102)
I
—
—
II
SAT089F
Install proper retainer plates.
Refer to AT-691, "Control Valve Lower Body" .
Revision: May 2004
AT-693
2003 Sentra
M
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Reverse Clutch
ECS0067J
COMPONENTS
SAT430IA
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
Check operation of reverse clutch
Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install
reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT092F
2.
3.
Remove snap ring.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate, and dish
plates.
SAT093F
4.
5.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
SAT094F
Revision: May 2004
AT-694
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
6.
7.
Remove piston from reverse clutch drum by turning it.
Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.
A
B
AT
SAT096F
D
INSPECTION
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
If necessary, replace.
E
Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
F
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
●
G
H
If not within wear limit, replace.
SAT162D
I
Reverse Clutch Dish Plates
●
●
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate
●
J
: 3.08 mm (0.1213 in)
K
If deformed or fatigued, replace.
L
SAT163D
Reverse Clutch Piston
●
●
●
Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make sure that air leaks past ball.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
● Take care with the direction of oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
SAT097FB
Revision: May 2004
AT-695
2003 Sentra
M
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.
Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
SAT096F
3.
Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
SAT094F
4.
5.
6.
Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plates.
● Take care with order of plates.
Install snap ring.
SAT093F
7.
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate
: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.020 - 0.031 in)
: 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
: Refer to AT-754, "REVERSE
CLUTCH" .
SAT105F
Revision: May 2004
AT-696
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
8.
Check operation of reverse clutch.
Refer to AT-694, "DISASSEMBLY" .
A
B
AT
SAT092F
D
High Clutch
ECS0067K
COMPONENTS
E
F
G
H
I
J
SAT774J
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
K
Check operation of high clutch.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft with nylon cloth.
● Stop up hole on opposite side of input shaft with nylon
cloth.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
L
M
SAT176D
2.
Remove seal rings from input shaft.
● Always replace when removed.
SAT177D
Revision: May 2004
AT-697
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.
Remove snap ring.
Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
SAT095F
5.
6.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from high
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
SAT108F
7.
Remove piston from high clutch drum by turning it.
SAT111F
8.
Remove D-rings from piston.
SAT371FA
INSPECTION
High Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●
●
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
If necessary, replace.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
Revision: May 2004
AT-698
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
High Clutch Drive Plates
●
●
A
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
●
B
AT
If not within wear limit, replace.
SAT162D
D
High Clutch Piston
●
●
●
Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make
sure that air leaks past ball.
E
F
G
SAT186D
H
Seal Ring Clearance
●
●
Install new seal rings onto input shaft.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
I
: 0.08 - 0.23 mm
(0.0031 - 0.0091 in)
: 0.23 mm (0.0091 in)
J
If not within allowable limit, replace input shaft assembly.
K
SAT187D
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install D-rings on piston.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
M
SAT371FA
Revision: May 2004
L
AT-699
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.
Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
SAT111F
3.
Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
SAT109F
4.
Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
SAT108F
●
Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
SAT113F
5.
Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
● Take care with the order and direction of plates.
SAT095F
Revision: May 2004
AT-700
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
6.
7.
Install snap ring.
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate
A
B
: 1.8 - 2.2 mm (0.071 - 0.087 in)
: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
: Refer to AT-754, "HIGH
CLUTCH" .
AT
D
SAT116F
8.
Check operation of high clutch.
Refer to AT-697, "DISASSEMBLY" .
E
F
G
SAT196D
9.
H
Install seal rings to input shaft.
● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
● Always replace when removed.
I
J
K
SAT197D
●
Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from
spreading.
L
M
SAT198D
Revision: May 2004
AT-701
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Forward And Overrun Clutches
ECS0067L
COMPONENTS
SAT962I
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch.
Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Oil seal might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT123F
2.
3.
Remove snap ring for forward clutch.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for forward clutch.
SAT203D
Revision: May 2004
AT-702
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.
5.
Remove snap ring for overrun clutch.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for overrun clutch.
A
B
AT
SAT204D
D
6.
7.
Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer and return springs.
● Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
E
F
G
SAT124FB
8.
Remove forward clutch piston with overrun clutch piston from
forward clutch drum by turning it.
H
I
J
SAT125F
9.
K
Remove overrun clutch piston from forward clutch piston by
turning it.
L
M
SAT126F
10. Remove D-rings and oil seals from forward clutch piston and
overrun clutch piston.
SAT127FB
Revision: May 2004
AT-703
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
INSPECTION
Snap Rings, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●
●
●
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
Replace if necessary.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Drive Plates
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Forward clutch
Standard value
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
Overrun clutch
Standard value
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
Wear limit
: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
●
SAT162D
If not within wear limit, replace.
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Dish Plates
●
●
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate
Forward clutch
Overrun clutch
●
: 2.7 mm (0.106 in)
: 2.7 mm (0.106 in)
If deformed or fatigued, replace.
SAT163D
Forward Clutch Drum
●
●
●
Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of forward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball.
Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch
drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.
SAT213D
Overrun Clutch Piston
●
●
●
Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side. Make
sure that air leaks past ball.
SAT212D
Revision: May 2004
AT-704
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.
A
Install D-rings and oil seals on forward clutch piston and overrun
clutch piston.
● Take care with direction of oil seal.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
B
AT
SAT127FB
2.
Install overrun clutch piston assembly on forward clutch piston
by turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of forward clutch piston.
D
E
F
G
SAT126F
3.
H
Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum by
turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
I
J
K
SAT125F
4.
Install return spring on overrun clutch piston.
L
M
SAT131F
Revision: May 2004
AT-705
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
●
Align the mark on spring retainer with check ball in overrun
clutch piston.
SAT133F
5.
Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
SAT124FB
●
Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
SAT134F
6.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for overrun clutch.
● Take care with order of plates.
SAT204D
7.
Install snap ring for overrun clutch.
Revision: May 2004
AT-706
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
8.
Measure clearance between overrun clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Overrun clutch retaining plate
A
B
: 0.7 - 1.1 mm (0.028 - 0.043 in)
: 1.7 mm (0.067 in)
Refer to AT-755, "OVERRUN
CLUTCH" .
AT
SAT135F
D
9.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for forward clutch.
● Take care with order of plates.
10. Install snap ring for forward clutch.
E
F
G
SAT203D
11. Measure clearance between forward clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Forward clutch retaining plate
H
I
: 0.45 - 0.85 mm
(0.0177 - 0.0335 in)
: 1.85 mm (0.0728 in)
: Refer to AT-754, "FORWARD CLUTCH" .
J
SAT228D
12. Check operation of forward clutch.
Refer to AT-702, "DISASSEMBLY" .
13. Check operation of overrun clutch.
Refer to AT-702, "DISASSEMBLY" .
K
L
M
SAT123F
Revision: May 2004
AT-707
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Low & Reverse Brake
ECS0067M
COMPONENTS
WCIA0128E
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
Check operation of low & reverse brake.
Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
● Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT147F
2.
In order to remove piston, apply compressed air to oil hole of
retainer while holding piston.
● Apply air gradually and allow piston to come out evenly.
SAT149F
3.
Remove D-rings from piston.
SAT150F
Revision: May 2004
AT-708
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
INSPECTION
Low and Reverse Brake Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
●
●
A
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
If necessary, replace.
When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
B
Low and Reverse Brake Drive Plate
●
●
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
AT
Thickness of drive plate
Standard value
: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
Wear limit
: 1.6 mm (0.063 in)
●
D
If not within wear limit, replace.
E
SAT162D
F
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install D-rings on piston.
● Apply ATF to both parts.
G
H
I
SAT150F
J
2.
Set and align piston with retainer.
● This operation is required in order to engage the protrusions of piston to return springs correctly.
Further procedures are given in “ASSEMBLY”. Refer to
AT-729, "ASSEMBLY" .
K
L
M
SAT323F
3.
Install driven plates, drive plates, retaining plate and dish plate
on transmission case.
● Take care with order of plates and direction of dish plate.
SAT923H
Revision: May 2004
AT-709
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.
Install snap ring.
SAT546G
5.
Measure clearance between driven plate and transmission
case. If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
(front side)
Specified clearance
Standard
Allowable limit
Retaining plate
: 1.7 - 2.1 mm (0.067 - 0.083 in)
: 3.3 mm (0.130 in)
Refer to AT-755, "LOW &
REVERSE BRAKE" .
SAT155F
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub
ECS0067N
COMPONENTS
SAT975H
Revision: May 2004
AT-710
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.
A
Remove overrun clutch hub and thrust washer from forward
clutch hub.
B
AT
SAT157F
2.
D
Remove forward clutch hub from rear internal gear.
E
F
G
SAT251D
3.
H
Remove bearing from rear internal gear.
I
J
K
SAT252DA
4.
Remove thrust washer from rear internal gear.
L
M
SAT253D
Revision: May 2004
AT-711
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.
Remove bearing from forward one-way clutch.
SAT254DA
6.
Remove forward one-way clutch from forward clutch hub.
SAT255D
INSPECTION
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub
●
Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.
SAT256D
Bearings and Forward One-Way Clutch
●
●
Check bearings for deformation and damage.
Check forward one-way clutch for wear and damage.
SAT158FA
Revision: May 2004
AT-712
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.
A
Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch.
● Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.
B
AT
SAT976H
2.
Install bearing on forward one-way clutch.
● Apply petroleum jelly to bearing.
D
E
F
G
SAT159FA
H
3.
Install thrust washer on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
● Align hooks of thrust washer with holes of rear internal
gear.
I
J
K
SAT160F
4.
L
Install bearing on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to bearing.
M
SAT161FA
Revision: May 2004
AT-713
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.
Install thrust washer and overrun clutch hub.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
● Align hooks of thrust washer with holes of overrun clutch
hub.
● Align projections of rear internal gear with holes of overrun clutch hub.
SAT157F
6.
Install forward clutch hub on rear internal gear.
● Check operation of forward one-way clutch.
Hold rear internal gear and turn forward clutch hub.
Check forward clutch hub for correct locking and unlocking directions.
● If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction
of forward one-way clutch.
AAT426
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer
ECS0067O
COMPONENTS
SAT291K
Revision: May 2004
AT-714
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.
A
Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.
B
AT
SAT164F
2.
Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers.
● Always replace bearing with a new one when removed.
● Do not damage output shaft.
D
E
F
G
SAT165F
3.
H
Remove snap ring from bearing retainer.
I
J
K
SAT166F
4.
Remove needle bearing from bearing retainer.
L
M
SAT167F
Revision: May 2004
AT-715
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.
Remove idler gear bearing inner race from idler gear.
SAT168F
6.
Remove idler gear bearing outer race from transmission case.
SAT859DC
7.
Press out reduction pinion gear bearing inner race from reduction pinion gear.
SAT169F
8.
Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from transmission case.
SAT319K
INSPECTION
Output Shaft, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear
●
●
Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending.
Check gears for wear, chips and cracks.
Revision: May 2004
AT-716
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Bearing
●
●
A
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.
B
AT
SPD715
D
Seal Ring Clearance
●
●
Install new seal rings to output shaft.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of output
shaft.
Standard clearance
Allowable limit
●
●
●
Allowable limit
●
F
: 0.10 - 0.25 mm
(0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
If not within allowable limit, replace output shaft.
Install new seal rings to bearing retainer.
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bearing retainer.
Standard clearance
E
G
SAT171F
: 0.10 - 0.30 mm
(0.0039 - 0.0118 in)
: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
H
I
If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.
J
ASSEMBLY
1.
Press reduction pinion gear bearing inner race on reduction pinion gear.
K
L
M
SAT172FB
2.
Install reduction pinion gear bearing outer race on transmission
case.
: 109 - 123 N·m (11.1 - 12.5 kg-m, 80 - 90 ft-lb)
SAT319K
Revision: May 2004
AT-717
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
3.
Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
SAT174FB
4.
Install idler gear bearing outer race on transmission case.
SAT175FC
5.
Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.
SAT863D
6.
Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.
SAT176F
7.
Install snap ring to bearing retainer.
SAT166F
Revision: May 2004
AT-718
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
8.
After packing ring grooves with petroleum jelly, carefully install
new seal rings on output shaft and bearing retainer.
A
B
AT
SAT164F
●
Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from
spreading.
D
E
F
G
SAT179F
Band Servo Piston Assembly
ECS0067P
H
COMPONENTS
I
J
K
L
M
AAT293A
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove band servo piston fixing bolts.
AAT879
Revision: May 2004
AT-719
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
2.
Apply compressed air to oil hole in transmission case to remove
O/D servo piston retainer and band servo piston assembly.
● Hold band servo piston assembly with a rag or nylon
waste.
SAT093J
3.
Apply compressed air to oil hole in O/D servo piston retainer to
remove O/D servo piston from retainer.
● Hold O/D band servo piston while applying compressed
air.
AAT880
4.
Remove D-ring from O/D servo piston.
AAT881
5.
Remove O-rings from O/D servo piston retainer.
AAT882
6.
Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston retainer
by pushing it forward.
SAT293D
Revision: May 2004
AT-720
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
7.
Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo
piston spring retainer down, remove E-ring.
A
B
AT
SAT294D
8.
D
Remove O/D servo return spring, band servo thrust washer and
band servo piston stem from band servo piston.
E
F
G
AAT883
9.
Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
H
I
J
SAT296DA
K
10. Remove D-rings from band servo piston.
L
M
SAT297D
INSPECTION
Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem
●
Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.
Revision: May 2004
AT-721
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
Return Springs
●
●
Check for deformation or damage.
Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard
: Refer to AT-758,
"RETURN SPRING" .
AAT884
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install D-rings to servo piston retainer.
● Apply ATF to D-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each O-ring.
SAT297D
2.
Install band servo piston stem, band servo thrust washer, O/D
servo return spring and spring retainer to band servo piston.
AAT883
3.
Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo
piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.
SAT301D
Revision: May 2004
AT-722
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.
Install O-rings to servo piston retainer.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each O-ring.
A
B
AT
SAT296DA
D
5.
Install band servo piston assembly to servo piston retainer by
pushing it inward.
E
F
G
SAT303D
6.
Install D-ring to O/D servo piston.
● Apply ATF to D-ring.
H
I
J
AAT881
7.
Install O-rings to O/D servo piston retainer.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
● Pay attention to position of each O-ring.
K
L
M
AAT882
8.
Install O/D servo piston to O/D servo piston retainer.
AAT886
Revision: May 2004
AT-723
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
9.
Install band servo piston assembly and 2nd servo return spring
to transmission case.
● Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.
SAT865H
10. Install O/D servo piston assembly to transmission case.
● Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.
AAT885
11. Install O/D servo piston retainer to transmission case.
Refer to AT-722, "ASSEMBLY" .
AAT879
Final Drive
ECS0067Q
COMPONENTS
SAT542K
Revision: May 2004
AT-724
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
DISASSEMBLY
1.
A
Remove final gear.
B
AT
SMT505B
2.
Press out differential side bearings.
● Be careful not to mix up the right and left bearings.
D
E
F
G
AAT662
3.
H
Remove differential side bearing outer race and side bearing
adjusting shim from transaxle case.
I
J
K
SAT010FA
4.
Remove speedometer drive gear.
L
M
SAT313D
Revision: May 2004
AT-725
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
5.
Drive out pinion mate shaft lock pin.
SAT904D
6.
7.
Draw out pinion mate shaft lock pin.
Remove pinion mate gears and side gears.
SAT316D
INSPECTION
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case
●
●
Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and pinion mate gears.
Check washers for wear.
SAT544F
Bearings
●
●
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.
SPD715
Revision: May 2004
AT-726
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
1.
A
Attach side gear thrust washers to side gears, then install pinion
mate thrust washers and pinion mate gears in place.
● Apply ATF to any parts.
B
AT
SMT839
2.
Insert pinion mate shaft.
● When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate
thrust washers.
D
E
F
G
SMT087A
3.
a.
H
Measure clearance between side gear and differential case with
washers following the procedure below:
Set Tool and dial indicator on side gear.
I
J
K
AAT782
b.
Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflection. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears.
Clearance between
side gear and differential case with washer
c.
L
: 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
M
If not within specification, adjust clearance by changing thickness of differential side gear thrust washers.
Differential side gear
thrust washers
Revision: May 2004
: Refer to AT-756, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR
THRUST WASHERS" .
AT-727
SMT611A
2003 Sentra
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[RE4F04B]
4.
Install lock pin.
● Make sure that lock pin is flush with case.
SMT699B
5.
Install speedometer drive gear on differential case.
● Align the projection of speedometer drive gear with the
groove of differential case.
SAT313D
6.
Press on differential side bearings.
AAT663
7.
Install final gear and tighten fixing bolts in a crisscross pattern.
Tighten final gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-724,
"COMPONENTS" .
SAT546F
Revision: May 2004
AT-728
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
1.
PFP:00000
A
ECS0067R
Install differential side oil seals on transmission case and converter housing.
B
AT
D
SAT181FB
E
F
G
H
SAT182F
2.
I
Install parking actuator support to transmission case. Tighten
parking actuator support bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
● Pay attention to direction of parking actuator support.
J
K
L
SAT183F
3.
4.
Install parking pawl on transmission case and fix it with parking
shaft.
Install return spring.
M
SAT039F
Revision: May 2004
AT-729
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
Adjustment (1)
ECS0067S
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
1.
2.
Install differential side bearing outer race without adjusting shim
on transmission case.
Install differential side bearing outer race on converter housing.
SAT870D
3.
4.
Place final drive assembly on transmission case.
Install transmission case on converter housing. Tighten transmission case fixing bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT652, "OVERHAUL" .
SAT008F
5.
6.
7.
8.
Attach dial indicator on differential case at converter housing
side.
Insert Tool into differential side gear from transmission case
side.
Move Tool up and down and measure dial indicator deflection.
Select proper thickness of differential side bearing adjusting
shim(s).
Suitable shim thickness = Dial indicator deflection + Specified bearing preload
Differential side bearing preload adjusting
shim
Bearing preload
: Refer to AT-756, "DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
ADJUSTING SHIMS" .
: 0.05 - 0.09 mm
(0.0020 - 0.0035 in)
AAT665
Revision: May 2004
AT-730
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
9. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
10. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
11. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission
case.
12. Reinstall differential side bearing outer race and shim(s)
selected from SDS table on transmission case.
13. Reinstall converter housing on transmission case and tighten
transmission case fixing bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
A
B
AT
SAT010FB
D
14. Insert Tool and measure turning torque of final drive assembly.
● Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times
to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of final
drive assembly (New
bearing)
●
●
E
: 0.78 - 1.37 N·m
(8.0 - 14.0 kg-cm,
6.9 - 12.2 in-lb)
F
When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be
slightly less than the above.
Make sure torque is close to the specified range.
G
SAT188FE
Preload adapter
: J39713
H
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING PRELOAD
1.
2.
a.
Remove transmission case and final drive assembly from converter housing.
Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim using the following procedures.
Place reduction pinion gear on transmission case as shown.
I
J
K
SAT332DA
b.
c.
L
Place idler gear bearing on transmission case.
Measure dimensions “B” “C” and “D” and calculate dimension
“A”.
A = D − (B + C)
“A”
Revision: May 2004
: Distance between the
surface of idler gear bearing inner race and the
adjusting shim mating
surface of reduction pinion gear.
AT-731
M
SAT333DA
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
●
●
Measure dimension “B” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the surface of transmission case.
Measure dimension “B” in at least two places.
SAT334DA
●
●
Measure dimension “C” between the surface of idler gear
bearing inner race and the surface of transmission case.
Measure dimension “C” in at least two places.
SAT335D
●
●
●
Measure dimension “D” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pinion gear.
Measure dimension “D” in at least two places.
Calculate dimension “A”.
A = D − (B + C)
SAT336DA
d.
e.
Measure dimension “E” between the end of idler gear and the
idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear.
● Measure dimension “E” in at least two places.
Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim.
Proper shim thickness = A − E − 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)*
(*: Bearing preload)
Reduction pinion gear
bearing adjusting shim
Revision: May 2004
: Refer to AT-757,
"REDUCTION PINION
GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS" .
AT-732
SAT337D
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
3.
4.
5.
Install reduction gear and reduction gear bearing adjusting shim
selected in step 2-e on transmission case.
Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
Press idler gear on reduction gear.
● Press idler gear until idler gear fully contacts adjusting
shim.
A
B
AT
SAT873DD
D
6.
Tighten idler gear lock nut to the specified torque. Refer to AT652, "OVERHAUL" .
● Lock idler gear with parking pawl when tightening lock
nut.
E
F
G
SAT189F
7.
H
Measure turning torque of reduction pinion gear.
● When measuring turning torque, turn reduction pinion
gear in both directions several times to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of
reduction pinion gear
●
I
: 0.05 - 0.39 N·m (0.5 - 4.0 kg-cm,
0.43 - 3.47 in-lb)
J
If turning torque is out of specification, decrease or
increase thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing
adjusting shim.
K
SAT190FA
8.
After properly adjusting turning torque, clinch idler gear lock nut
as shown.
L
M
SAT699D
Revision: May 2004
AT-733
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY
●
●
Measure clearance between side cover and the end of the output shaft bearing.
Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that clearance is
within specifications.
SAT341D
1.
Install bearing retainer for output shaft.
SAT191F
2.
Install output shaft thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
SAT438D
3.
Install output shaft on transmission case.
SAT035F
Revision: May 2004
AT-734
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
4.
Measure dimensions “ 1 ” and “ 2 ” at side cover and then calculate dimension “A”.
● Measure dimension “ 1 ” and “ 2 ” in at least two places.
“A”
A=
A
: Distance between transmission case fitting surface and adjusting shim
mating surface.
1
−
B
AT
2
: Height of gauge
2
SAT374F
D
5.
Measure dimensions “ 2 ” and “ 3 ” and then calculate dimension “B”.
● Measure “ 2 ” and “ 3 ” in at least two places.
“B”
B=
: Distance between the
end of output shaft bearing outer race and the
side cover fitting surface
of transmission case.
2
−
G
: Height of gauge
SAT375F
Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that output shaft
end play (clearance between side cover and output shaft bearing) is within specifications.
Output shaft end play
(A − B)
Output shaft end play
adjusting shims
7.
F
3
2
6.
E
H
: 0 - 0.15 mm (0 - 0.0059 in)
I
: Refer to AT-759, "OUTPUT SHAFT ADJUSTING
SHIMS" .
J
Install adjusting shim on output shaft bearing.
SAT440D
Assembly (2)
1.
K
ECS0067T
Apply anaerobic liquid gasket to transmission case as shown in
illustration. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Products
and Sealants"
L
M
SAT441D
Revision: May 2004
AT-735
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
2.
Set side cover on transmission case.
● Apply locking sealant to the mating surface of transmission case.
SAT442D
3.
Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT652, "OVERHAUL" .
● Do not mix bolts A and B.
● Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.
AAT850
4.
5.
Remove paper rolled around bearing retainer.
Install thrust washer on bearing retainer.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
SAT033F
Revision: May 2004
AT-736
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
6.
Install forward clutch assembly.
● Align teeth of low & reverse brake drive plates before
installing.
● Make sure that bearing retainer seal rings are not spread.
● If forward clutch assembly is correctly seated, points 1
and 2 are at almost same level.
A
B
AT
D
E
F
G
SAT194F
7.
Install thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
H
I
J
SAT195F
8.
Install overrun clutch hub.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washers.
● Align teeth of overrun clutch drive plates before installing.
K
L
M
SAT030F
Revision: May 2004
AT-737
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
9.
Hold forward clutch hub and turn rear internal gear.
Check overrun clutch hub for correct directions of lock and
unlock.
● If not shown as illustrated, check installed direction of
forward one-way clutch.
SAT198F
10. Install forward clutch hub and rear internal gear assembly.
● Align teeth of forward clutch drive plates before installing.
● Check that three hooks of thrust washer are correctly
aligned after installing.
SAT199F
11. Install rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear according to the following procedures.
a. Install needle bearings on rear planetary carrier.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearings.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearings.
SAT028F
b.
Install rear sun gear on rear planetary carrier.
● Pay attention to direction of rear sun gear.
SAT027F
Revision: May 2004
AT-738
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.
Install rear planetary carrier on transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT026F
12. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier, then
install them together on transmission case.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
D
E
F
G
SAT380F
H
13. Install low and reverse brake piston according to the following
procedures.
a. Set and align return springs to transmission case gutters as
shown in illustration.
I
J
K
SAT322F
b.
Set and align piston with retainer.
L
M
SAT323F
Revision: May 2004
AT-739
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
c.
Install piston and retainer assembly on the transmission case.
● Align bracket to specified gutter as indicated in illustration.
SAT324F
d.
Check that each protrusion of piston is correctly set to corresponding return spring as follows.
● Push piston and retainer assembly evenly and confirm
they move smoothly.
● If they can not move smoothly, remove piston and
retainer assembly and align return spring correctly as
instructed in step “a”.
SAT325F
e.
Push down piston and retainer assembly and install snap ring.
SAT326FB
14. Install low one-way clutch to front planetary carrier by turning
carrier in the direction of the arrow shown.
SAT206F
Revision: May 2004
AT-740
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
15. Install snap ring with screwdriver.
● Forward clutch and bearing must be correctly installed
for snap ring to fit into groove of transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT046D
16. Install needle bearing on transmission case.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
D
E
F
G
SAT020F
H
17. Install bearing race, needle bearing and high clutch hub on front
sun gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
I
J
K
SAT019F
L
18. Install needle bearing and high clutch drum on high clutch hub.
M
SAT018F
Revision: May 2004
AT-741
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
19. Install needle bearing on high clutch drum.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
SAT017F
20. Remove paper rolled around input shaft.
21. Install input shaft assembly in reverse clutch.
● Align teeth of reverse clutch drive plates before installing.
SAT016F
22. Install reverse clutch assembly on transmission case.
● Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.
SAT015F
Adjustment (2)
ECS0067U
When any parts listed below are replaced, adjust total end play and reverse clutch end play.
Total end play
Reverse clutch end
play
Transmission case
●
●
Overrun clutch hub
●
●
Rear internal gear
●
●
Rear planetary carrier
●
●
Rear sun gear
●
●
Front planetary carrier
●
●
Front sun gear
●
●
High clutch hub
●
●
High clutch drum
●
●
Oil pump cover
●
●
Reverse clutch drum
—
●
Part name
Revision: May 2004
AT-742
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
TOTAL END PLAY
1.
A
Adjust total end play “T1 ”.
B
AT
SAT213F
a.
With original bearing race installed, place Tool onto oil pump.
The long ends of legs should be placed firmly on machined surface of oil pump assembly. The gauging cylinder should rest on
top of bearing race. Lock gauging cylinder in place with set
screw.
D
E
F
G
SAT214FB
b.
H
Install gauging plunger into cylinder.
I
J
K
SAT215FA
c.
d.
With needle bearing installed on high clutch drum, place Tool
legs on machined surface of transmission case (with gasket).
Then allow plunger to rest on needle bearing.
Measure gap between cylinder and plunger. This measurement
should give exact total end play.
Total end play “T1 ”
●
L
M
: 0.25 - 0.55 mm
(0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
If end play is out of specification, decrease or increase thickness of bearing race as necessary.
Available bearing race
for adjusting total end
play
Revision: May 2004
: Refer to AT-759, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY" .
AT-743
SAT216F
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
2.
Adjust reverse clutch drum end play “T2 ”.
SAT218F
a.
Place Tool on machined surface of transmission case (with gasket). Then allow gauging cylinder to rest on reverse clutch drum.
Lock cylinder in place with set screw.
SAT219FA
b.
Install gauging plunger into cylinder.
SAT314F
SAT221F
c.
d.
With original thrust washer installed on oil pump, place Tool legs onto machined surface of oil pump
assembly. Then allow plunger to rest on thrust washer.
Measure gap between cylinder and plunger with feeler gauge. This measurement should give exact
reverse clutch drum end play.
Reverse clutch drum
end play “T2 ”
●
: 0.55 - 0.90 mm (0.0217 - 0.0354
in)
If end play is out of specification, decrease or increase thickness of thrust washer as necessary.
Revision: May 2004
AT-744
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
Available thrust washer
for adjusting reverse
clutch drum end play
: Refer to AT-759,
"THRUST WASHERS FOR
ADJUSTING REVERSE
CLUTCH DRUM END
PLAY" .
Assembly (3)
1.
2.
A
B
ECS0067V
AT
Install anchor end pin and lock nut on transmission case.
Place brake band on outside of reverse clutch drum. Tighten
anchor end pin just enough so that brake band is evenly fitted on
reverse clutch drum.
D
E
SAT196F
3.
4.
Place bearing race selected in total end play adjustment step on
oil pump cover.
● Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
Place thrust washer selected in reverse clutch end play step on
reverse clutch drum.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
F
G
H
I
SAT013F
5.
6.
Install oil pump assembly, baffle plate and gasket on transmission case.
Tighten oil pump fixing bolts to the specified torque.
J
K
L
M
SAT012F
7.
Install O-ring to input shaft.
● Apply ATF to O-ring.
SAT225F
Revision: May 2004
AT-745
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
8.
a.
Adjust brake band.
Tighten anchor end pin to the specified torque.
Anchor end pin
b.
c.
: Refer to AT-756, "BRAKE
BAND" .
Back off anchor end pin two and a half turns.
While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.
Lock nut
: Refer to AT-756, "BRAKE
BAND" .
SAT014FA
9.
Apply compressed air to oil holes of transmission case and
check operation of brake band.
SAT397D
10. Install final drive assembly on transmission case.
SAT228F
11. Install differential lubricant tube on converter housing. Tighten
differential lubricant tube bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
SAT063K
Revision: May 2004
AT-746
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
12. Install O-ring on differential oil port of transmission case.
A
B
AT
SAT235F
D
13. Install converter housing on transmission case.
● Apply locking sealant to mating surface of converter
housing.
E
F
G
SAT371H
●
H
Tighten converter housing bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
I
J
K
SAT008F
14. Install accumulator piston.
a. Check contact surface of accumulator piston for damage.
L
M
SAT406DA
Revision: May 2004
AT-747
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
b.
Install O-rings on accumulator piston.
● Apply ATF to O-rings.
Accumulator piston O-rings
: Refer to AT-753, "O-RING" .
SAT236FA
c.
Install accumulator pistons and return springs on transmission
case.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
Return springs
: Refer to AT-754,
"RETURN SPRING" .
SAT237FA
15. Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transmission case.
● Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.
SAT006F
16. Install L & R oil tube and oil sleeve. Tighten L & R oil tube bolts
to the specified torque. Refer to AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
SAT862HA
Revision: May 2004
AT-748
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
17. Install control valve assembly.
a. Insert manual valve into control valve assembly.
● Apply ATF to manual valve.
A
B
AT
SAT005F
D
b.
c.
d.
e.
Set manual shaft in Neutral position.
Install control valve assembly on transmission case while aligning manual valve with manual plate.
Pass terminal cord assembly connector through transmission
case and install terminal body on transmission case by pushing
it.
Install snap ring to terminal cord assembly connector.
E
F
G
SAT094J
f.
Tighten bolts I , X and ● .
H
I
J
K
L
M
SAT004F
Revision: May 2004
AT-749
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
Bolt length, number and location:
Bolt
Bolt length “
”
Number of bolts
18.
a.
b.
c.
d.
mm (in)
I
X
●
40 (1.57)
33 (1.30)
43.5
(1.713)
5
6
2
Install oil pan.
Attach a magnet to oil pan.
Install new oil pan gasket on transmission case.
Install oil pan on transmission case.
● Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing
bolts.
● Tighten four bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislocation of gasket.
Tighten oil pan bolts and drain plug to the specified torque.
Refer to AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
SAT003F
19. Install park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
a. Set manual shaft in P position.
b. Temporarily install park/neutral position (PNP) switch on manual
shaft.
c. Move selector lever to N position.
SAT033J
d.
i.
ii.
e.
f.
Use a 4 mm (0.16 in) pin for this adjustment.
Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
Rotate park/neutral position (PNP) switch until the pin can also
be inserted straight into hole in park/neutral position (PNP)
switch.
Tighten park/neutral position (PNP) switch fixing bolts. Refer to
AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting park/neutral
position (PNP) switch.
AAT469A
20. Install A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube to transmission case. Tighten A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-652, "OVERHAUL" .
SAT768J
Revision: May 2004
AT-750
2003 Sentra
ASSEMBLY
[RE4F04B]
21. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
● Approximately 1 liter (1-1/8 US qt, 7/8 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained.
A
B
AT
SAT428DA
D
b.
Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque converter with notches of oil pump.
E
F
G
SAT429D
c.
Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper
position.
Distance A
H
: 14 mm (0.55 in) or more
I
J
SAT430D
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AT-751
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
ECS0067W
Engine
QR25DE
Automatic transaxle model
RE4F04B
Automatic transaxle
assembly
Transaxle gear ratio
Model code number
85X63
1st
2.785
2nd
1.545
3rd
1.000
4th
0.694
Reverse
2.272
Final drive
4.087
Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid*
Recommended fluid
Fluid capacity
8.5 (9, 7.5)
(US qt, Imp qt)
*: Refer to MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
Shift Schedule
ECS0067X
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS THROTTLE POSITION
Throttle
position
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Shift pattern
D1 → D2
D2 → D 3
D3 → D4
D4 → D3
D3 → D2
D2 → D1
Comfort
52 - 60
(32 - 37)
97 - 105
(60 - 66)
153 - 161
(95 - 100)
149 - 157
(93 - 98)
87 - 95
(41 - 54)
41 - 49
(25 - 30)
Auto power
52 - 60
(32 - 37)
97 - 105
(60 - 66)
153 - 161
(95 - 100)
149 - 157
(93 - 98)
87 - 95
(41 - 54)
41 - 49
(25 - 30)
Comfort
37 - 45
(23 - 28)
67 - 75
(42 - 47)
119 - 127
(74 - 79)
90 - 98
(56 - 61)
39 - 47
(24 - 27)
24 - 32
(15 - 20)
Auto power
39 - 47
(24 - 29)
73 - 81
(45 - 50)
119 - 127
(74 - 79)
90 - 98
(56 - 61)
46 - 54
(26 - 34)
24 - 32
(15 - 20)
Full throttle
Half throttle
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING LOCK-UP
Unit: km/h (MPH)
Selector lever position
Shift pattern
D4 (O/D ON) position
D3 (O/D OFF) position
Comfort
Auto power
Comfort
Auto power
Lock-up "ON"
62 - 70 (38 - 43)
62 - 70 (38 - 43)
86 - 94 (53 - 58)
86 - 94 (53 - 58)
Lock-up "OFF"
51 - 59 (31 - 36)
51 - 59 (31 - 36)
83 - 91 (52 - 57)
83 - 91 (52 - 57)
NOTE:
● Lock-up vehicle speed indicates the speed in D4 (O/D ON) position.
●
Perform lock-up inspection after warming up engine.
●
Lock-up vehicle speed may vary depending on the driving conditions and circumstances.
Stall Revolution
Revision: May 2004
ECS0067Y
Engine
Stall revolution
rpm
QR25DE
2,350 - 2,800
AT-752
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
Line Pressure
ECS0067Z
A
Line pressure
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Engine speed
rpm
D, 2 and 1 positions
R position
Idle
500 (5.1, 73)
778 (7.9, 113)
Stall
1,223 (12.6, 179)
1,918 (19.6, 278)
Control Valves
B
ECS00680
AT
CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN SPRINGS
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Parts
Upper body
Lower body
D
Part No.*
Free length
Outer diameter
23
Pilot valve spring
31742-80L13
38.98 (1.535)
8.9 (0.350)
7
1-2 accumulator valve spring
31742-80L15
20.5 (0.807)
6.95 (0.274)
28
1-2 accumulator piston spring
31742-80L14
55.26 (2.176)
19.6 (0.772)
33
1st reducing valve spring
31742-80L08
27.0 (1.063)
7.0 (0.276)
35
3-2 timing valve spring
31736-01X00
23.0 (0.906)
6.65 (0.262)
18
Overrun clutch reducing valve spring
31742-80L09
37.5 (1.476)
6.9 (0.272)
16
Torque converter relief valve spring
31742-80L10
31.0 (1.220)
9.0 (0.354)
11
Torque converter clutch control valve
31742-80L16
56.98 (2.243)
6.5 (0.256)
3
Cooler check valve spring
31742-85X01
29.4 (1.157)
6.0 (0.236)
15
Pressure regulator valve spring
31742-80L01
45.0 (1.772)
15.0 (0.591)
20
Overrun clutch control valve spring
31762-80L00
21.7 (0.854)
7.0 (0.276)
24
Accumulator control valve spring
31742-80L02
22.0 (0.866)
6.5 (0.256)
29
Shift valve A spring
31762-80L00
21.7 (0.854)
7.0 (0.276)
32
Shuttle valve spring
31762-41X04
51.0 (2.008)
5.65 (0.222)
12
Shift valve B spring
31762-80L00
21.7 (0.854)
7.0 (0.276)
31742-80L13
30.5 (1.201)
9.8 (0.386)
31742-80L04
32.0 (1.260)
6.9 (0.272)
31742-80L12
17.02 (0.670)
8.0 (0.315)
7
Pressure modifier valve spring
3
—
Oil cooler relief valve spring
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
L
Accumulator
ECS00681
O-RING
Unit: mm (in)
Part No.*
Inner diameter
(Small)
Part No.*
Inner diameter
(Large)
Servo release accumulator
31526-41X03
26.9 (1.059)
31526-41X02
44.2 (1.740)
N-D accumulator
31526-31X08
34.6 (1.362)
31672-21X00
39.4 (1.551)
Accumulator
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
AT-753
2003 Sentra
M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator
Part number*
Free length
Outer diameter
Servo release accumulator
31605-85X00
62.8 (2.473)
21 (0.827)
N-D accumulator
31605-80L03
43.5 (1.713)
28.0 (1.102)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Clutch and Brakes
ECS00682
REVERSE CLUTCH
Model code number
85X63
Number of drive plates
2
Number of driven plates
2
Drive plate thickness
mm (in)
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance
mm (in)
Standard
1.6 (0.063)
Allowable limit
1.4 (0.055)
Standard
1.8 (0.070)
Standard
0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031)
Allowable limit
1.2 (0.047)
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
6.6 (0.260)
6.8 (0.268)
7.0 (0.276)
7.2 (0.283)
7.4 (0.291)
7.6 (0.299)
7.8 (0.307)
Thickness of retaining plates
31537-80L00
31537-80L01
31537-80L02
31537-80L03
31537-80L04
31537-80L05
31537-80L06
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
HIGH CLUTCH
Model code number
85X63
Number of drive plates
3
Number of driven plates
7*2 + 1*3
Drive plate thickness
mm (in)
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Standard
1.6 (0.063)
Allowable limit
1.4 (0.055)
Standard
*2
*3
1.4 (0.055)
2.0 (0.079)
Standard
Clearance
mm (in)
1.8 - 2.2 (0.071 - 0.087)
Allowable limit
2.8 (0.110)
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)
Thickness of retaining plates
31537-80L20
31537-80L21
31537-80L22
31537-80L23
31537-80L24
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
FORWARD CLUTCH
Model code number
85X63
Number of drive plates
5
Number of driven plates
5
Drive plate thickness
Revision: May 2004
mm (in)
Standard
1.6 (0.063)
Allowable limit
1.4 (0.055)
AT-754
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance
mm (in)
Standard
1.8 (0.071)
Standard
0.45 - 0.85 (0.0177 - 0.0335)
Allowable limit
A
1.85 (0.0728)
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
4.0 (0.157)
4.2 (0.165)
4.4 (0.173)
Thickness of retaining plates
31537-80L18
31537-80L17
31537-80L12
31537-80L13
31537-80L14
31537-80L15
31537-80L16
B
AT
D
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
OVERRUN CLUTCH
Model code number
E
85X63
Number of drive plates
3
Number of driven plates
5
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance mm (in)
F
Standard
1.6 (0.063)
Allowable limit
1.4 (0.055)
Standard
1.8 (0.071)
Standard
0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043)
Allowable limit
G
1.7 (0.067)
Thickness of retaining plates
H
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
3.0 (0.118)
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
3.6 (0.142)
3.8 (0.150)
31537-80L07
31537-80L08
31537-80L09
31537-80L10
31537-80L11
I
J
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
Model code number
Number of drive plates
6
Number of driven plates
6
Drive plate thickness
mm (in)
Driven plate thickness mm (in)
Clearance
K
85X63
mm (in)
L
Standard
1.8 (0.071)
Allowable limit
1.6 (0.063)
Standard
1.8 (0.071)
Standard
1.7 - 2.1 (0.067 - 0.083)
Allowable limit
M
3.3 (0.130)
Thickness
mm (in)
2.0 (0.079)
2.2 (0.087)
2.4 (0.094)
2.6 (0.102)
2.8 (0.110)
3.0 (0.118)
3.2 (0.126)
3.4 (0.134)
Thickness of retaining plates
Part number*
31667-80L00
31667-80L01
31667-80L02
31667-80L03
31667-80L04
31667-80L05
31667-80L06
31667-80L07
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
AT-755
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
CLUTCH AND BRAKE RETURN SPRINGS
Unit: mm (in)
Parts
Part number*
Free length
Outer diameter
Forward clutch (Overrun clutch)
(22 pcs)
31505-80L00
21.4 (0.843)
10.3 (0.406)
High clutch (10 pcs)
31505-80L02
22.5 (0.886)
10.8 (0.425)
Low & reverse brake (24 pcs)
31505-80L01
24.1 (0.949)
6.6 (0.260)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
BRAKE BAND
Anchor end pin tightening torque
N-m (kg-m, in-lb)
4.0 - 5.8 (0.4 - 0.6, 36 - 52)
Number of returning revolutions for anchor end pin
Lock nut tightening torque
2.5
N-m (kg-m, ft-lb)
31 - 36 (3.2 - 3.7, 23 - 27)
Final Drive
ECS00683
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
Clearance between side gear and differential case with
washer mm (in)
0.1 - 0.2 (0.004 - 0.008)
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHERS
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
0.75 (0.0295)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.85 (0.0335)
0.90 (0.0354)
0.95 (0.0374)
38424-81X00
38424-81X01
38424-81X02
38424-81X03
38424-81X04
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
31438-80X00
31438-80X01
31438-80X02
31438-80X03
31438-80X04
31438-80X05
31438-80X06
31438-80X07
31438-80X08
31438-80X09
31438-80X10
31438-80X11
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload
mm (in)
0.05 - 0.09 (0.0020 - 0.0035)
TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of final drive assembly
N-m (kg-cm, in-lb)
0.78 - 1.37 (8.0 - 14.0, 6.9 - 12.2)
Planetary Carrier and Oil Pump
ECS00684
PLANETARY CARRIER
Clearance between planetary carrier
and pinion washer mm (in)
Revision: May 2004
Standard
0.20 - 0.70 (0.0079 - 0.0276)
Allowable limit
0.80 (0.0315)
AT-756
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
OIL PUMP
Oil pump side clearance
mm (in)
A
0.030 - 0.050 (0.0012 - 0.0020)
Inner gear
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
11.99 - 12.0 (0.4720 - 0.4724)
11.98 - 11.99 (0.4717 - 0.4720)
11.97 - 11.98 (0.4713 - 0.4717)
Thickness of inner gears and outer gears
B
31346-80L00
31346-80L01
31346-80L02
AT
Outer gear
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
11.99 - 12.0 (0.4720 - 0.4724)
11.98 - 11.99 (0.4717 - 0.4720)
11.97 - 11.98 (0.4713 - 0.4717)
Clearance between oil pump
housing and outer gear mm
(in)
Standard
Oil pump cover seal ring
clearance mm (in)
Standard
D
31347-80L00
31347-80L01
31347-80L02
0.111 - 0.181 (0.0044 - 0.0071)
Allowable limit
E
0.181 (0.0071)
0.1 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
Allowable limit
F
0.25 (0.0098)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Input Shaft
ECS00685
G
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Input shaft seal ring clearance
(in)
Standard
mm
0.08 - 0.23 (0.0031 - 0.0091)
Allowable limit
H
0.23 (0.0091)
SEAL RING
Outer diameter mm (in)
Inner diameter mm (in)
Width mm (in)
Part number*
26 (1.024)
22.4 (0.882)
1.971 (0.078)
31525-80X02
I
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
J
Reduction Pinion Gear
ECS00686
TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear
N-m (kg-cm, in-lb)
K
0.05 - 0.39 (0.5 - 4.0, 0.43 - 3.47)
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
NO.
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number
NO.
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
1
5.00 (0.1969)
31439-81X00
18
5.34 (0.2102)
31439-81X17
2
5.02 (0.1976)
31439-81X01
19
5.36 (0.2110)
31439-81X18
3
5.04 (0.1984)
31439-81X02
20
5.38 (0.2118)
31439-81X19
4
5.06 (0.1992)
31439-81X03
21
5.40 (0.2126)
31439-81X20
5
5.08 (0.2000)
31439-81X04
22
5.42 (0.2134)
31439-81X21
6
5.10 (0.2008)
31439-81X05
23
5.44 (0.2142)
31439-81X22
7
5.12 (0.2016)
31439-81X06
24
5.46 (0.2150)
31439-81X23
8
5.14 (0.2024)
31439-81X07
25
5.48 (0.2157)
31439-81X24
9
5.16 (0.2031)
31439-81X08
26
5.50 (0.2165)
31439-81X46
10
5.18 (0.2039)
31439-81X09
27
5.52 (0.2173)
31439-81X47
11
5.20 (0.2047)
31439-81X10
28
5.54 (0.2181)
31439-81X48
12
5.22 (0.2055)
31439-81X11
29
5.56 (0.2189)
31439-81X49
13
5.24 (0.2063)
31439-81X12
30
5.58 (0.2197)
31439-81X60
14
5.26 (0.2071)
31439-81X13
31
5.60 (0.2205)
31439-81X61
15
5.28 (0.2079)
31439-81X14
32
5.62 (0.2213)
31439-81X62
Revision: May 2004
AT-757
2003 Sentra
L
M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
NO.
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number
NO.
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
16
5.30 (0.2087)
31439-81X15
33
5.64 (0.2220)
31439-81X63
17
5.32 (0.2094)
31439-81X16
34
5.66 (0.2228)
31439-81X64
35
5.68 (0.2236)
31439-81X65
50
4.70 (0.1850)
31439-83X10
36
5.70 (0.2244)
31439-81X66
51
4.72 (0.1858)
31439-83X11
37
5.72 (0.2252)
31439-81X67
52
4.74 (0.1866)
31439-83X12
38
5.74 (0.2260)
31439-81X68
53
4.76 (0.1874)
31439-83X13
39
5.76 (0.2268)
31439-81X69
54
4.78 (0.1882)
31439-83X14
40
5.78 (0.2276)
31439-81X70
55
4.80 (0.1890)
31439-83X15
41
5.80 (0.2283)
31439-81X71
56
4.82 (0.1898)
31439-83X16
42
5.82 (0.2291)
31439-81X72
57
4.84 (0.1906)
31439-83X17
43
5.84 (0.2299)
31439-81X73
58
4.86 (0.1913)
31439-83X18
44
5.86 (0.2307)
31439-81X74
59
4.88 (0.1921)
31439-83X19
45
4.60 (0.1811)
31439-85X05
60
4.90 (0.1929)
31439-83X20
46
4.62 (0.1819)
31439-85X06
61
4.92 (0.1937)
31439-83X21
47
4.64 (0.1827)
31439-85X07
62
4.94 (0.1945)
31439-83X22
48
4.66 (0.1835)
31439-85X08
63
4.96 (0.1953)
31439-83X23
49
4.68 (0.1843)
31439-85X09
64
4.98 (0.1961)
31439-83X24
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Band Servo
ECS00687
RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Return spring
Part number*
Free length
Outer diameter
2nd servo return spring
31605-80L05
32.5 (1.280)
25.9 (1.020)
OD servo return spring
31605-80L06
62.6 (2.465)
21.7 (0.854)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Output Shaft
ECS00688
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Output shaft seal ring clearance
(in)
mm
Standard
0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
Allowable limit
0.25 (0.0098)
SEAL RING
Outer diameter mm (in)
Inner diameter mm (in)
Width mm (in)
Part number*
33.71 (1.327)
30.25 (1.191)
1.95 (0.077)
31525-80809
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
END PLAY
Output shaft end play
Revision: May 2004
mm (in)
0 - 0.15 (0 - 0.0059)
AT-758
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
OUTPUT SHAFT ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness
mm (in)
A
Part number*
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.16 (0.0457)
1.20 (0.0472)
31438-80X60
31438-80X61
31438-80X62
31438-80X63
31438-80X64
31438-80X65
31438-80X66
31438-80X67
31438-80X68
31438-80X69
31438-80X70
B
AT
D
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Bearing Retainer
ECS00689
E
SEAL RING CLEARANCE
Standard
Bearing retainer seal ring
clearance mm (in)
0.10 - 0.30 (0.0039 - 0.0118)
Allowable limit
Total End Play
Total end play
F
0.30 (0.0118)
ECS0068A
mm (in)
G
0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)
BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY
Thickness
mm (in)
H
Part number*
0.8 (0.031)
1.0 (0.039)
1.2 (0.047)
1.4 (0.055)
1.6 (0.063)
1.8 (0.071)
2.0 (0.079)
0.9 (0.035)
1.1 (0.043)
1.3 (0.051)
1.5 (0.059)
1.7 (0.067)
1.9 (0.075)
31435-80X00
31435-80X01
31435-80X02
31435-80X03
31435-80X04
31435-80X05
31435-80X06
31435-80X09
31435-80X10
31435-80X11
31435-80X12
31435-80X13
31435-80X14
I
J
K
L
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Reverse Clutch End Play
Reverse clutch end play
ECS0068B
mm (in)
M
0.55 - 0.90 (0.0217 - 0.0354)
THRUST WASHERS FOR ADJUSTING REVERSE CLUTCH DRUM END PLAY
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
0.80 (0.0315)
0.95 (0.0374)
1.10 (0.0433)
1.25 (0.0492)
1.40 (0.0551)
1.55 (0.0610)
1.70 (0.0669)
1.85 (0.0728)
31508-80X13
31508-80X14
31508-80X15
31508-80X16
31508-80X17
31508-80X18
31508-80X19
31508-80X20
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Removal and Installation
ECS0068C
Unit: mm (in)
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter
Revision: May 2004
AT-759
14 (0.55)
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RE4F04B]
Shift Solenoid Valves
ECS0068D
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
Solenoid Valves
ECS0068E
Solenoid valves
Resistance (Approx.)
Ω
Terminal No.
Shift solenoid valve A
20 - 30
2
Shift solenoid valve B
5 - 20
1
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
20 - 30
3
Line pressure solenoid valve
2.5 - 5
4
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
5 - 20
5
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor
ECS0068F
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Specification (Approximately)
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
1.5V
↓
0.5V
2.5 kΩ
↓
0.3 kΩ
Revolution Sensor
ECS0068G
Condition
Judgement standard
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
450 Hz (Approx.)
When vehicle is parked.
0V
Dropping Resistor
ECS0068H
Resistance
Approx. 12Ω
Turbine Revolution Sensor
ECS0068I
Condition
Judgement standard
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
When vehicle is parked.
Revision: May 2004
240 Hz (Approx.)
Under 1.3V or over 4.5V
AT-760
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
AUDIO, VISUAL & TELEPHONE SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
AUDIO ......................................................................... 2
System Description .................................................. 2
BASE SYSTEM ..................................................... 2
MID LEVEL SYSTEM ............................................ 2
PREMIUM SYSTEM ............................................. 2
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — /Base and Mid Level
System ..................................................................... 4
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — /Premium System ..... 6
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................... 8
AUDIO UNIT ......................................................... 8
BASE AND MID LEVEL SYSTEM ........................ 8
PREMIUM SYSTEM .............................................. 9
Inspection ................................................................. 9
AUDIO UNIT .......................................................... 9
ANTENNA ............................................................. 9
Audio Unit/CD Changer (If Equipped) Removal and
Installation .............................................................. 10
LOCKING CD CHANGER UNIT MECHANISM ... 10
Subwoofer (With Premium Audio System) Removal
and Installation ....................................................... 10
Location of Antenna ................................................ 12
Antenna Removal and Installation .......................... 12
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AV-1
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
AUDIO
System Description
PFP:28111
EKS003AI
BASE SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 32, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to audio unit terminal 6.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to audio unit terminal 10.
Ground is supplied through the case of the audio unit.
Audio signals are supplied:
●
through audio unit terminals 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 15 and 16
●
to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH
●
to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH.
MID LEVEL SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 32, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to audio unit terminal 6,
●
to CD changer terminal 24 (with CD changer), and
●
to subwoofer amp. terminal 8.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to audio unit terminal 10, and
●
to CD changer terminal 21 (with CD changer).
Ground is supplied through the case of the audio unit and CD changer (with CD changer).
Ground is supplied to subwoofer amp. terminal 7 through body grounds B13 and B19.
Audio signals are supplied:
●
through audio unit terminals 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 15 and 16
●
to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH
●
to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH
●
to terminals + and - of pillar tweeter LH and RH and
●
to terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 of subwoofer amp.
PREMIUM SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 32, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to audio unit terminal 6 and
●
to CD changer terminal 24 (with CD changer), and
●
through 20A fuse (No. 42, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to audio amplifier terminals 5 and 12.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to audio unit terminal 10 and
●
to CD changer terminal 21 (with CD changer).
Ground is supplied through the case of the audio unit and CD changer (with CD changer).
Ground is supplied
●
to audio amplifier terminals 4 and 11
Revision: May 2004
AV-2
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
through body grounds B13 and B19.
Audio signals are supplied:
●
through audio unit terminals 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 15 and 16
●
to audio amplifier terminals 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24.
The audio signals are amplified by the audio amplifier and then supplied:
●
through audio amplifier terminals 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
●
to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH
●
to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH
●
to terminals + and - of pillar tweeter LH and RH and
●
to terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 of subwoofer.
●
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AV-3
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — /Base and Mid Level System
EKS003AJ
LKWA0129E
Revision: May 2004
AV-4
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
WKWA0153E
Revision: May 2004
AV-5
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
Wiring Diagram — AUDIO — /Premium System
EKS003AK
LKWA0130E
Revision: May 2004
AV-6
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AV
L
M
WKWA0499E
Revision: May 2004
AV-7
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
Trouble Diagnoses
EKS003AL
AUDIO UNIT
Symptom
Audio unit inoperative (no
digital display and no
sound from speakers).
Possible causes
Repair order
1. 10A fuse
1. Check 10A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)].
Turn ignition switch ON and verify that battery positive
voltage is present at terminal 10 of audio unit.
2. Poor audio unit case ground
3. Audio unit
2. Check audio unit case ground.
3. Remove audio unit for repair.
Audio unit presets are lost
when ignition switch is
turned OFF.
1. 15A fuse
1. Check 15A fuse [No. 32, located in fuse and fusible
link box] and verify that battery positive voltage is
present at terminal 6 of audio unit.
2. Audio unit
2. Remove audio unit for repair.
AM/FM stations are weak
or noisy.
Audio unit generates noise
in AM and FM modes with
engine running.
Audio unit generates noise
in AM and FM modes with
accessories on (switch
pops and motor noise).
1. Antenna
1. Check antenna.
2. Poor audio unit case ground
2. Check audio unit case ground.
3. Audio unit
3. Remove audio unit for repair.
1. Poor audio unit case ground
1. Check audio unit case ground.
2. Loose or missing ground bonding straps
2. Check ground bonding straps.
3. Ignition condenser or rear window defogger noise suppressor condenser
3. Replace ignition condenser or rear window defogger
noise suppressor condenser.
4. Ignition coil(s)
4. Check ignition coil(s).
5. Audio unit
5. Remove audio unit for repair.
1. Poor audio unit case ground
1. Check audio unit case ground.
2. Antenna
2. Check antenna.
3. Accessory ground
3. Check accessory ground.
4. Faulty accessory
4. Replace accessory.
BASE AND MID LEVEL SYSTEM
Symptom
Individual speaker is noisy
or inoperative.
Possible causes
Repair order
1. Speaker
1. Check speaker.
2. Audio unit output
2. Check audio unit output voltages.
3. Speaker circuit
3. Check circuits for open or short between the audio unit
and the speaker.
4. Audio unit
4. Remove audio unit for repair.
Audio unit controls are
operational, but no sound
is heard from any speaker.
1. Speaker
1. Check speaker.
2. Speaker circuit
2. Check circuits for open or short between the audio unit
and the speaker.
3. Audio unit
3. Remove audio unit for repair.
Revision: May 2004
AV-8
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
PREMIUM SYSTEM
Symptom
Audio unit controls are
operational, but no sound
is heard from any speaker.
Possible causes
A
Repair order
1. 20A fuse
1. Check 20A fuse (No. 42, located in fuse and fusible
link box). Verify that battery positive voltage is present
at audio amplifier terminals 5 and 12.
2. Amp. ON/OFF signal circuit
3. Audio amplifier ground
B
2. Check harness continuity between audio unit terminal
12 and audio amplifier terminal 13.
4. Audio unit
5. Audio amplifier
3. Check harness continuity between audio amplifier terminals 4 and 11 and ground.
C
4. Remove audio unit for repair.
5. Remove audio amplifier for repair.
Individual speaker is noisy
or inoperative.
1. Speaker
D
1. Check speaker.
2. Output circuit to individual speaker
2. Check the output circuits to individual speaker
3. Audio unit
–
between audio unit and audio amplifier.
–
between audio amplifier and speaker.
4. Audio amplifier
E
3. Remove audio unit for repair.
F
4. Remove audio amplifier for repair.
Subwoofer does not operate.
1. Output circuit to subwoofer
2. Subwoofer
1. Check circuits for open or short between the audio
amplifier and the subwoofer.
3. Audio amplifier
2. Check subwoofer.
G
3. Remove audio amplifier for repair.
Inspection
EKS003AM
AUDIO UNIT
All voltage inspections are made with:
●
Ignition switch ON or ACC
●
Audio unit ON
●
Audio unit connected (If audio unit is removed for inspection, supply a ground to the case using a jumper
wire.)
H
I
J
ANTENNA
Using a jumper wire, clip an auxiliary ground between antenna and body.
●
If reception improves, check antenna ground (at body surface).
●
If reception does not improve, check main feeder cable for short circuit or open circuit.
AV
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AV-9
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
Audio Unit/CD Changer (If Equipped) Removal and Installation
EKS003AN
CAUTION:
Prior to removing a malfunctioning CD changer unit that will be shipped for repair, the changer mechanism MUST BE LOCKED to prevent the mechanism from being damaged during shipping. Refer to
AV-10, "LOCKING CD CHANGER UNIT MECHANISM" .
1. Remove upper cluster lid C by firmly grasping and carefully pulling rearward from instrument panel.
2. Remove lower cluster lid C by firmly grasping and carefully pulling rearward from instrument panel. Refer
to IP-10, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove six screws and remove audio unit and storage bin or
CD changer (if equipped) as an assembly.
LEL662
4.
5.
6.
7.
Disconnect audio unit connectors and CD changer connectors (if equipped).
CAUTION:
Be sure to disconnect the harness connectors before disconnecting the antenna connector or
damage may result to audio unit.
Release two tabs using a screwdriver and carefully remove
heater A/C control bezel from audio unit face plate.
CAUTION:
Do not pry or forcibly remove heater A/C control bezel from
audio unit face plate or audio unit damage could result.
Remove brackets from audio unit and CD changer (if equipped).
Install in reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Be sure to connect the antenna connector before connecting harness connectors or damage may result to audio unit.
LEL663
LOCKING CD CHANGER UNIT MECHANISM
CAUTION:
●
Prior to removing a malfunctioning CD changer unit that will be shipped for repair, the changer
mechanism MUST BE LOCKED to prevent the mechanism from being damaged during shipping.
●
If a CD is jammed or unable to be removed from the unit, do NOT lock the changer mechanism. If
the unit is to be shipped for repair, carefully package the unit to prevent vibration and shock.
1. Eject and remove any CDs from the CD changer unit.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Wait until CD changer unit display is off and mechanism stops moving (mechanism sound stops).
3. Press any one of the disc selection buttons once. When a display shows on the CD changer unit, press
the same disc selection button again within 5 seconds.
● The changer mechanism will lock itself within 10 seconds.
4. After mechanism stops moving (mechanism sound stops), disconnect the CD changer unit connectors.
5. Remove the CD changer unit.
NOTE:
After installing a new or remanufactured CD changer unit, switching the CD changer unit ON will automatically
unlock the mechanism. A special unlocking procedure is not required.
Subwoofer (With Premium Audio System) Removal and Installation
1.
EKS003KW
Partially remove RH trunk room trim. Refer to EI-33, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
AV-10
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
2.
3.
Pull cable to release RH rear seat back.
Remove rear seat bottom. Refer to SE-5, "Removal and Installation" .
A
B
C
LKIA0138E
D
4.
Fold RH rear seatback forward.
NOTE:
When using the fold down rear seatback, the rear center seat
belt retractor may lock up and prevent folding down the seatback.
If the rear center seat belt retractor has inadvertently locked up,
push the seat belt webbing toward the retractor as shown. This
will unlock the seat belt retractor and allow the rear seatback to
fold down.
E
F
G
LKIA0141E
5.
6.
H
Remove 2 upper subwoofer bolts.
Disconnect subwoofer connector.
I
J
AV
LKIA0139E
7.
8.
9.
Remove 2 bolts from rear seatback center hinge. Refer to SE-5, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove subwoofer through trunk.
Install in reverse order of removal.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
AV-11
2003 Sentra
AUDIO
Location of Antenna
EKS003AO
LEL584
Antenna Removal and Installation
EKS003KX
LKIA0162E
Revision: May 2004
AV-12
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
BODY CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 2
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT ...................... 3
Description ............................................................... 3
OUTLINE ............................................................... 3
BATTERY SAVER CONTROL .............................. 3
INPUT/OUTPUT .................................................... 3
CONSULT-II ............................................................. 5
DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS APPLICATION ................... 5
DIAGNOSTIC ITEM DESCRIPTION ..................... 5
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE ............ 6
Schematic ................................................................. 7
Smart Entrance Control Unit Inspection Table .......... 9
TIME CONTROL UNIT .............................................. 10
Description (Without Power Door Locks) ................ 10
OUTLINE ............................................................. 10
INPUT/OUTPUT .................................................. 10
Schematic (Without Power Door Locks) ................. 11
Time Control Unit Inspection Table (Without Power
Door Locks) ............................................................ 12
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BCS-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EKS003A0
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
EKS003A1
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams", and
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING".
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES", and
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Check for any Service bulletins before servicing the vehicle.
Revision: May 2004
BCS-2
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
Description
PFP:28596
A
EKS003A2
OUTLINE
The smart entrance control unit totally controls the following body electrical system operations.
●
Warning chime
●
Rear window defogger and door mirror defogger
●
Power door locks
●
Remote keyless entry system
●
Vehicle security system
●
Interior lamp
●
Battery saver control
B
C
D
BATTERY SAVER CONTROL
Interior Lamp/Map Lamp/Vanity Lamps
E
The lamps turn off automatically when the interior lamp, map lamp or/and vanity lamps are illuminated with the
ignition key in the OFF position, if the lamp remains lit by the door switch open signal or if the lamp switch is in
the ON position for approximately 10 minutes.
After lamps are turned off by the battery saver system, the lamps illuminate again when:
●
Driver's door is locked or unlocked,
●
Door is opened or closed,
●
Key is inserted into or removed from the ignition key cylinder.
F
G
H
Rear Window Defogger/Door Mirror Defogger
Rear window defogger and door mirror defogger are turned off approximately 15 minutes after the rear window defogger switch is turned on.
I
INPUT/OUTPUT
System
Input
Output
J
Power door lock
Door lock and unlock switch LH and RH
Key switch (Insert)
Door switches
Door key cylinder switch
Door lock actuator
Remote keyless entry
Key switch (Insert)
Ignition switch (ACC)
Door switches
Front door unlock sensor LH
Keyfob signal
Vehicle security lamp relay
Vehicle security horn relay
Interior lamp
Remote keyless entry relay
Door lock actuator
Trunk lid opener actuator
Warning chime
Key switch (Insert)
Ignition switch (ON)
Lighting switch (1st or 2nd)
Seat belt buckle switch LH
Front door switch LH
Warning chime (located in smart entrance
control unit)
Rear window defogger and
door mirror defogger
Ignition switch (ON)
Rear window defogger switch
Rear window defogger relay
Vehicle security
Ignition switch (ACC, ON)
Door switches
Hood switch (if equipped)
Door lock/unlock switches
Door key cylinder switch (lock/unlock)
Trunk lid key cylinder switch (unlock)
Door unlock sensors
Vehicle security lamp relay
Horn relay
Security indicator lamp
Revision: May 2004
BCS
L
M
BCS-3
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
System
Input
Output
Interior lamp
Door switches
Front door unlock sensor LH
Ignition switch (ON)
Key switch (Insert)
Interior lamp
Battery saver control for interior lamp/map lamp/vanity
lamps
Ignition switch (ON)
Door switches
Lamp switches
Main power window and door lock/unlock switch
Interior lamp
Map lamp
Vanity lamps
Revision: May 2004
BCS-4
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
CONSULT-II
EKS003A3
A
DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS APPLICATION
Item (CONSULT-II
screen terms)
Diagnosed system
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
WORK SUPPORT
B
DOOR LOCK
Power door lock
X
X
REAR DEFOGGER
Rear window defogger
X
X
KEY WARN ALM
Warning chime
X
X
LIGHT WARN ALM
Warning chime
X
X
SEAT BELT ALM
Warning chime
X
X
INT LAMP
Interior lamps
X
X
BATTERY SAVER
Battery saver control for
interior lamp
X
X
THEFT WAR ALM
Vehicle security system
X
X
X
MULTI REMOTE ENT
Remote keyless entry
system
X
X
X
C
D
F
X: Applicable
For diagnostic item in each control system, refer to the relevant pages for each system.
DIAGNOSTIC ITEM DESCRIPTION
G
MODE
Description
DATA MONITOR
Input/output data in the smart entrance control unit can be read.
ACTIVE TEST
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some systems
apart from the smart entrance control unit.
WORK SUPPORT for THEFT WAR ALM
The recorded trigger signal when vehicle security system was
activated can be checked.
WORK SUPPORT for MULTI REMOTE ENT
E
H
I
ID code of keyfob can be registered and erased.
J
BCS
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BCS-5
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Turn the ignition switch “OFF”.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
LAT136
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START”.
WKIA0211E
5.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
WKIA0212E
6.
Perform each diagnostic item according to “DIAGNOSTIC
ITEMS APPLICATION”. Refer to BCS-5, "DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS
APPLICATION" .
LEL643
Revision: May 2004
BCS-6
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
Schematic
EKS003A4
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
WKWA0230E
Revision: May 2004
BCS-7
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
WKWA0500E
Revision: May 2004
BCS-8
2003 Sentra
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
Smart Entrance Control Unit Inspection Table
EKS003A5
A
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
2
G/R
Rear window defogger relay
OFF → ON (Ignition key is in “ON” position)
0V → 12V
4
SB
Horn relay and vehicle security
lamp relay
When panic alarm is operated using Keyfob or when alarm
is activated
12V → 0V
7
OR/B
Remote keyless entry relay
When doors are locked using Keyfob
12V → 0V
When interior lamp is operated using Keyfob (Lamp switch
in “DOOR” position)
0V → 12V
Connections
Voltage
(Approx.)
Operated condition
8
R/Y
Interior lamp
10
PU
Power source (Fuse)
—
12V
11
W/L
Power source (C/B)
—
12V
12
P/B
Trunk lid opener actuator
13
L/R
Driver door lock actuator
14
W/R
Passenger and rear doors lock
actuators
15
R/B
Door lock actuators
ON (Open) → OFF (Closed)
C
D
0V → 12V
Free
0V
Unlocked
12V
Free
0V
Locked
12V
E
Door lock & unlock switch
Door lock & unlock switch
16
B
17
R/B
Battery saver (Interior lamp)
Battery saver does not operate → Operate
12V → 0V
19
W/G
Horn relay
When doors are locked using Keyfob with horn chirp mode
12V → 0V
21
P
Ignition switch (ACC, ON)
“ACC” or “ON” position
22
W/B
Seat belt buckle switch LH
Unfasten → Fasten (Ignition key is in “ON” position)
0V → 5V
23
GY
Door lock & unlock switches
Neutral → Locks
5V → 0V
24
G/B
Data link connector
—
—
25
GY/L
Data link connector
—
—
27
P/B
Hood switch (if equipped)
ON (Open) → OFF (Closed)
0V → 5V
28
R/W
Other door switches
OFF (Closed) → ON (Open)
5V → 0V
29
R
Front door switch LH
OFF (Closed) → ON (Open)
5V → 0V
30
W/L
Door key cylinder unlock switch
OFF (Neutral) → ON (Unlocked)
5V → 0V
31
GY/R
Vehicle security indicator
Goes off → Illuminates
12V → 0V
32
L/W
Ignition key switch (Insert)
Key inserted → Key removed from IGN key cylinder
12V → 0V
33
G
Ignition switch (ON,START)
Ignition key is in “ON” or "START" position
34
R/G
Combination switch (Lighting
switch)
1ST, 2ND positions: ON → OFF
12V → 0V
35
PU/R
Door lock & unlock switches
Neutral → Unlocks
5V → 0V
36
Y/G
Door unlock sensor LH
Driver door: Locked → Unlocked
5V → 0V
37
Y
Door unlock sensor RH
Passenger door: Locked → Unlocked
5V → 0V
38
R/B
Trunk room lamp switch
ON (Open) → OFF (Closed)
0V → 12V
39
G/B
Air control (Rear window defogger switch)
OFF → ON
5V → 0V
41
LG/R
Door key cylinder lock switch
OFF (Neutral) → ON (Locked)
5V → 0V
42
L/OR
Trunk lid key cylinder switch
OFF (Neutral) → ON (Unlock)
5V → 0V
Revision: May 2004
B
Ground
—
BCS-9
—
12V
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
12V
2003 Sentra
M
TIME CONTROL UNIT
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Description (Without Power Door Locks)
PFP:28491
EKS003A6
OUTLINE
The time control unit totally controls the following body electrical system operations.
●
Warning chime
●
Rear window defogger
INPUT/OUTPUT
System
Input
Output
Warning chime
Key switch (Insert)
Ignition switch (ON)
Lighting switch (1st or 2nd)
Seat belt buckle switch LH
Front door switch LH
Warning chime (located in time control unit)
Rear window defogger
Ignition switch (ON)
Rear window defogger switch
Rear window defogger relay
Revision: May 2004
BCS-10
2003 Sentra
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Schematic (Without Power Door Locks)
EKS003A7
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
BCS
L
M
LEL553
Revision: May 2004
BCS-11
2003 Sentra
TIME CONTROL UNIT
Time Control Unit Inspection Table (Without Power Door Locks)
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
1
W/B
2
R
3
Connections
Operated condition
EKS003A8
Voltage
(Approx.)
Seat belt buckle switch LH
Unfasten → Fasten (Ignition key is in “ON” position)
0V → 5V
Front door switch LH
OFF (Closed) → ON (Open)
5V → 0V
G/B
Air control (Rear window defogger switch)
OFF → ON
5V → 0V
4
L/W
Ignition key switch (Insert)
Key inserted → Key removed from IGN key cylinder
12V → 0V
5
R/G
Combination switch (Lighting
switch)
1ST, 2ND positions: ON → OFF
12V → 0V
7
PU
Power source (Fuse)
—
12V
8
B
Ground
—
—
9
G
Ignition switch (ON, START)
Ignition key is in “ON” or "START" position
10
G/R
Rear window defogger relay
OFF → ON (Ignition key is in “ON” position)
Revision: May 2004
BCS-12
12V
0V → 12V
2003 Sentra
I BODY
A
B
SECTION
BODY, LOCK & SECURITY SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Special Service Tools ............................................... 4
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES..... 5
Work Flow ................................................................ 5
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW ..................................... 5
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE ....... 6
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS ........... 6
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE
ROOT CAUSE ...................................................... 6
REPAIR THE CAUSE ........................................... 6
CONFIRM THE REPAIR ....................................... 7
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ........... 7
INSTRUMENT PANEL .......................................... 7
CENTER CONSOLE ............................................. 7
DOORS ................................................................. 7
TRUNK .................................................................. 9
SUNROOF/HEADLINER ....................................... 9
SEATS ................................................................... 9
UNDERHOOD ....................................................... 9
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................ 10
POWER DOOR LOCK .............................................. 12
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 12
System Description ................................................ 13
OPERATION ....................................................... 13
Schematic .............................................................. 14
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK — ............................... 15
FIG. 1 ................................................................... 15
FIG. 2 ................................................................... 16
FIG. 3 ................................................................... 17
FIG. 4 ................................................................... 18
FIG. 5 ................................................................... 19
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure ........................ 20
“DOOR LOCK” .................................................... 20
CONSULT-II Application Items ............................... 21
Revision: May 2004
“DOOR LOCK” .................................................... 21
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................. 22
SYMPTOM CHART ............................................. 22
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK ...................................................... 23
DOOR SWITCH CHECK ..................................... 24
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK ........................ 25
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK .......... 26
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
CHECK ................................................................ 28
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK ..................... 29
DOOR ........................................................................ 31
Front Door .............................................................. 31
Rear Door ............................................................... 31
TRUNK LID OPENER ............................................... 33
Wiring Diagram — TLID — ..................................... 33
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ..................... 34
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 34
System Description ................................................. 35
INPUTS ............................................................... 35
OPERATED PROCEDURE ................................. 35
Schematic ............................................................... 38
Wiring Diagram — KEYLES — ............................... 39
FIG. 1 ................................................................... 39
FIG. 2 ................................................................... 40
FIG. 3 ................................................................... 41
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure ......................... 42
“MULTI REMOTE ENT” ....................................... 42
CONSULT-II Application Items ............................... 43
“MULTI REMOTE ENT” ....................................... 43
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................. 44
SYMPTOM CHART ............................................. 44
KEYFOB BATTERY AND FUNCTION CHECK ... 46
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
CHECK ................................................................ 47
DOOR SWITCH CHECK ..................................... 49
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK ........................ 50
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH LH CHECK ..... 51
FRONT LH DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK... 53
TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR CHECK ....... 55
BL-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
HAZARD REMINDER CHECK ............................ 56
HORN REMINDER CHECK ................................ 58
INTERIOR LAMP OPERATION CHECK ............. 59
ID Code Entry Procedure ....................................... 60
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-II ............ 60
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-II ..... 62
Keyfob Battery Replacement .................................. 63
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM... 64
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 64
System Description ................................................. 66
DESCRIPTION .................................................... 66
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND ....................... 66
INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM ..................................................................... 67
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ACTIVATION ... 67
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION .................................................................. 68
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION... 68
PANIC ALARM OPERATION ............................... 69
Schematic ............................................................... 70
Wiring Diagram — VEHSEC — .............................. 71
FIG. 1 ................................................................... 71
FIG. 2 ................................................................... 72
FIG. 3 ................................................................... 73
FIG. 4 ................................................................... 74
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure ......................... 75
“THEFT WAR ALM” ............................................. 75
CONSULT-II Application Item ................................. 76
“THEFT WAR ALM” ............................................. 76
Trouble Diagnoses .................................................. 77
PRELIMINARY CHECK ....................................... 77
SYMPTOM CHART ............................................. 78
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
CHECK ................................................................ 79
DOOR, HOOD AND TRUNK ROOM LAMP
SWITCH CHECK ................................................. 80
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK .............. 85
FRONT DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK ....... 87
Revision: May 2004
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK ..........88
TRUNK LID KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK...89
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK ...........90
HORN AND HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK ..........92
Electrical Components Inspection ...........................94
VEHICLE SECURITY LAMP RELAY ...................94
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
— NATS) ....................................................................95
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location...95
System Description .................................................96
System Composition ...............................................96
Wiring Diagram — NATS — ....................................97
CONSULT-II ............................................................98
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE ..........98
CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION ....................................................................99
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS...99
NVIS (NATS) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
ITEM CHART ..................................................... 100
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................ 101
WORK FLOW .................................................... 101
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM) ......................................... 102
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2 (NON SELFDIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM) ........................... 102
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGRAM ................... 103
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 .......................... 103
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 .......................... 104
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 .......................... 108
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 .......................... 109
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5 .......................... 110
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6 .......................... 111
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7 .......................... 113
How to Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU .................... 114
BODY (ALIGNMENT) .............................................. 115
Alignment .............................................................. 115
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ................................ 116
UNDERBODY .................................................... 119
BL-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
EIS0014O
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-3
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
EIS0014P
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
Locating the noise
SIIA0993E
—
(J-43980)
Nissan Squeak and Rattle kit
Repairing the cause of noise
SIIA0994E
—
(J-43241)
Remote Keyless Entry Tester
Used to test keyfobs
LEL946A
Commercial Service Tools
EIS0014Q
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
(J-39565)
Locating the noise
SIIA0995E
Revision: May 2004
BL-4
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow
PFP:00003
A
EIS0014R
B
C
D
E
F
SBT842
G
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag- H
nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any
customer's comments; refer to BL-10, "Diagnostic Worksheet" . This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
BL
●
The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to
obtain all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
●
If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer
J
is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
●
After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
K
defining the noise.
–
Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surL
faces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
–
Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch
dependent on materials/often brought on by activity.
M
–
Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
–
Knock — (Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
–
Tick — (Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
–
Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise)
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
–
Buzz — (Like a bumblebee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
●
Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may
judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
●
Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
Revision: May 2004
BL-5
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1. Close a door.
2. Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3. Rev the engine.
4. Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5. At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on A/T model).
6. Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
●
Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
●
If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
2.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanics stethoscope).
Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
● Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners
can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
● Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
● Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing
the noise.
● Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
● Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to BL-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" .
REPAIR THE CAUSE
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
–
Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
–
Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized Nissan Parts
Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25
mm (0.59 x 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
●
●
Revision: May 2004
BL-6
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50
mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
EIS0014S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
H
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
BL
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
J
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by K
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harness.
L
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
M
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and upper/lower cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Revision: May 2004
BL-7
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
Revision: May 2004
BL-8
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
TRUNK
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINER
A
B
C
D
Noises in the sunroof/headliner area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
E
F
SEATS
When isolating seat noises it is important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat
G
when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of
the noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
H
1. Headrest rods and holders
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seat back lock and bracket
BL
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
J
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noises may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noises include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: May 2004
BL-9
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Diagnostic Worksheet
EIS0014T
SBT843
Revision: May 2004
BL-10
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
SBT844
Revision: May 2004
BL-11
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
POWER DOOR LOCK
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:24814
EIS0014U
WIIA0005E
Revision: May 2004
BL-12
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
System Description
EIS0014V
A
OPERATION
●
●
●
The lock/unlock switches (LH and RH) on door trim can lock and unlock all doors.
With the door key inserted in the key cylinder on front LH, turning it to “LOCK”, will lock all doors; turning it
to “UNLOCK” once unlocks the corresponding door; turning it to “UNLOCK” again within 5 seconds after
the first unlock operation unlocks all of the other doors. (Signals from door key cylinder switch.)
If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder and one or more of the doors are open, setting the lock/
unlock switch (LH or RH) to “LOCK” locks the doors once but then immediately unlocks them (KEY
REMINDER DOOR SYSTEM).
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-13
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
Schematic
EIS0014W
WIWA0014E
Revision: May 2004
BL-14
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
Wiring Diagram — D/LOCK —
EIS0014X
A
FIG. 1
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0066E
LEL606
Revision: May 2004
BL-15
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
FIG. 2
WIWA0067E
LEL607
Revision: May 2004
BL-16
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
FIG. 3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0021E
LEL608
Revision: May 2004
BL-17
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
FIG. 4
WIWA0022E
LEL609
Revision: May 2004
BL-18
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
FIG. 5
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0068E
Revision: May 2004
BL-19
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure
EIS0014Y
“DOOR LOCK”
1.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
LAT136
2.
3.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
PBR455D
4.
5.
Touch “START”.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
LEL642
6.
Touch “DOOR LOCK”.
LEL637
7.
Select diagnosis mode.
Revision: May 2004
BL-20
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
“DATA MONITOR” and “ACTIVE TEST” are available.
A
B
C
SEL322W
D
CONSULT-II Application Items
EIS0014Z
“DOOR LOCK”
Data Monitor
E
Monitored Item
Description
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
LOCK SW DR/AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
UNLK SW DR/AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
KEY CYL LK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder.
KEY CYL UN SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder.
DOOR SW-ALL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door switch (All).
LK BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
UN BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
UN BUTTON ON
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of second unlock signal from keyfob within 5 seconds after first
unlock operation.
F
G
H
BL
Active Test
Test Item
J
Description
ALL D/LK MTR
This test is able to check all door lock actuators lock operation. These actuators lock when “ON”
on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
DR D/UN MTR
This test is able to check front door lock actuator LH unlock operation. The actuator unlocks when
“ON” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
NON DR D/UN
This test is able to check door lock actuators (except front door lock actuator LH) unlock operation. These actuators unlock when “ON” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-21
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
Trouble Diagnoses
EIS00150
BL-25
BL-26
BL-28
BL-29
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK
BL-24
DOOR SWITCH CHECK
BL-23
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
REFERENCE PAGE (BL- )
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK
SYMPTOM CHART
Key reminder door system does not operate properly.
X
X
X
Specific door lock actuator does not operate.
X
Power door lock does not operate with door lock
and unlock switch (LH and RH) on door trim.
X
Power door lock does not operate with front door
key cylinder operation.
X
SYMPTOM
X
X
X
X
X: Applicable
Revision: May 2004
BL-22
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Main Power Supply Circuit Check
Terminals
(+)
Ignition switch position
(-)
10
11
A
Ground
OFF
Battery voltage
ACC
ON
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
B
C
D
WEL466
Ground Circuit Check
E
Terminals
Continuity
16 - Ground
Yes
F
G
H
WEL467
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-23
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
DOOR SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check door switches (“DOOR SW-ALL”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL323W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminals 28 or 29 and ground.
WEL500
Refer to BL-15, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
1.
2.
Disconnect door switch harness connector.
Check continuity between door switch connector terminals.
WEL491
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door switch ground circuit or door switch ground condition
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch
NG
>> Replace door switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-24
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK
A
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
Check key switch (“KEY ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEL315W
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 32 and ground.
G
H
BL
LEL454
Refer to BL-15, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
2. CHECK KEY SWITCH
L
Check continuity between key switch connector terminals 1 and 2.
M
LEL449
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and key switch
NG
>> Replace key switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-25
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check door lock/unlock switch (“LOCK SW DR/AS”/“UNLK SW DR/AS”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEL341W
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 23 or 35 and ground.
WEL501
Refer to BL-17, "FIG. 3" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
BL-26
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
2. CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
1.
2.
–
A
Disconnect door lock/unlock switch harness connector.
Check continuity between each door lock/unlock switch terminals.
Main power window and door lock/unlock switch
B
C
D
E
WEL494
–
Door lock/unlock switch RH
F
G
H
BL
WEL495
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
● Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and smart entrance control unit connector
NG
>> Replace door lock/unlock switch.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-27
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL (LOCK/UNLOCK SIGNAL)
With CONSULT-II
Check front door key cylinder switch (“KEY CYL LK-SW”/“KEY CYL UN-SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEL342W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminals 30 or 41 and ground.
WEL502
Refer to BL-16, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door key cylinder switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect door key cylinder switch harness connector.
Check continuity between door key cylinder switch connector D8 terminals L, E, and U, E.
LEL101A
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door key cylinder switch ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door key cylinder switch
NG
>> Replace door key cylinder switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-28
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CHECK
A
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
With CONSULT-II
Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “DOOR LOCK” with CONSULT-II.
Select “ALL D/LK MTR” and touch “ON”.
Then, select “DR D/UN MTR” and touch “ON”.
Select “NON DR D/UN” and touch “ON”.
C
D
E
F
SEL343W
NOTE:
If CONSULT-II is not available, skip this procedure and go to the next step.
OK or NG
OK
>> Door lock actuator is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-29
2003 Sentra
POWER DOOR LOCK
2. CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
Check voltage for door lock actuator.
●
Door lock actuator front LH
WEL504
●
Door lock actuator front RH and rear
WEL505
Refer to BL-18, "FIG. 4" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace smart entrance control unit. (Before replacing the smart entrance control unit, perform
BL-26, "DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK" .)
3. CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
1.
2.
Disconnect door lock actuator harness connector.
Apply 12V direct current to door lock actuator and check operation.
WEL499
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit connector and door lock
actuator.
NG
>> Replace door lock actuator.
Revision: May 2004
BL-30
2003 Sentra
DOOR
DOOR
Front Door
●
●
PFP:80100
A
EIS00151
For removal of door finisher, refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation" .
After adjusting the door or door lock, check the door lock operation.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIIA0006E
Rear Door
●
EIS00152
For removal of door finisher, refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
BL-31
2003 Sentra
DOOR
●
After adjusting the door or door lock, check the door lock operation.
WIIA0002E
Revision: May 2004
BL-32
2003 Sentra
TRUNK LID OPENER
TRUNK LID OPENER
Wiring Diagram — TLID —
PFP:84640
A
EIS00153
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0077E
Revision: May 2004
BL-33
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:28596
EIS00154
WIIA0007E
Revision: May 2004
BL-34
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
System Description
EIS00155
A
INPUTS
Power is supplied at all times:
●
to key switch terminal 2
B
●
through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
When the key switch is ON (ignition key is inserted in key cylinder), power is supplied:
●
through key switch terminal 1
C
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 32.
When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied:
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 29
D
●
through front door switch LH terminal 2
●
to front door switch LH terminal 3
E
●
through body grounds B13 and B19.
When the front door switch RH and rear door switches are ON (doors are OPEN), ground is supplied:
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 28
F
●
through front door switch RH terminal 1 and rear door switches terminal +
●
to front door switch RH case ground and rear door switches case grounds.
When main power window and door lock/unlock switch is LOCKED, ground is supplied:
G
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 23
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 14 and
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
H
When main power window and door lock/unlock switch is UNLOCKED, ground is supplied:
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 35
BL
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 7 and
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
When front door unlock sensor LH is UNLOCKED, ground is supplied:
J
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 36
●
through front door unlock sensor LH terminal 2
●
to front door unlock sensor LH terminal 4
K
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
Keyfob signal is input to smart entrance control unit (the antenna of the system is combined with smart
entrance control unit).
L
The remote keyless entry system controls operation of the:
●
power door locks
●
trunk lid opener
M
●
interior lamp
●
panic alarm
●
hazard and horn reminder.
OPERATED PROCEDURE
Power Door Lock Operation
Smart entrance control unit receives a LOCK signal from keyfob. Smart entrance control unit locks all doors
with input of LOCK signal from keyfob.
When an UNLOCK signal is sent from keyfob once, driver door will be unlocked.
Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from keyfob again within 5 seconds, all other doors will be unlocked.
Hazard and Horn Reminder
Power is supplied at all times:
●
to remote keyless entry relay terminals 1, 3 and 6
●
through 15A fuse [No. 5, located in the fuse block (J/B)], and
●
to horn relay terminals 1 and 5
Revision: May 2004
BL-35
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
through 10A fuse (No. 33, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
When smart entrance control unit receives LOCK or UNLOCK signal from keyfob, ground is supplied:
●
to remote keyless entry relay terminal 2
●
through smart entrance control unit terminal 7, and
●
to horn relay terminal 2
●
through smart entrance control unit terminal 19.
Remote keyless entry relay and horn relay are now energized, and hazard warning lamp flashes and horn
sounds as a reminder.
The hazard and horn reminder has C mode (horn chirp mode) and S mode (non-horn chirp mode).
●
Operating function of hazard and horn reminder
C mode (Horn chirp mode)
S mode (Non-horn chirp mode)
Hazard warning lamp
flash
Horn sound
Hazard warning lamp
flash
Horn sound
Lock
Twice
Once
Twice
—
Unlock
Once
—
—
—
How to change hazard and horn reminder mode
With CONSULT-II
Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using “WORK SUPPORT” mode in “MULTI REMOTE ENT”.
Without CONSULT-II
When LOCK and UNLOCK signals are sent from the keyfob for more than 2 seconds at the same time, the
hazard and horn reminder mode is changed and hazard warning lamp flashes and horn sounds as follows:
SEL153WA
Interior Lamp Operation
When the following input signals are both supplied:
●
front door switch LH CLOSED (when driver door is closed);
●
driver door LOCKED;
remote keyless entry system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) with input of UNLOCK signal from keyfob.
For detailed description, refer to LT-35, "INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS" .
Panic Alarm Operation
When key switch is OFF (when ignition key is not inserted in key cylinder), remote keyless entry system turns
on and off horn and headlamp intermittently with input of PANIC ALARM signal from keyfob.
The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when smart entrance control unit receives any signal
from keyfob.
For detailed description, refer to BL-69, "PANIC ALARM OPERATION" .
Trunk Lid Operation
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to trunk lid opener actuator terminal +.
When a TRUNK OPEN signal is sent with key OFF (ignition key removed from key cylinder) from keyfob,
ground is supplied:
●
to trunk lid opener actuator terminal Revision: May 2004
BL-36
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
through smart entrance control unit terminal 12.
Then power and ground are supplied, trunk lid opener actuator opens trunk lid.
●
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-37
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Schematic
EIS00156
WIWA0069E
Revision: May 2004
BL-38
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — KEYLES —
EIS00157
A
FIG. 1
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0070E
LEL610
Revision: May 2004
BL-39
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
FIG. 2
WIWA0071E
LEL611
Revision: May 2004
BL-40
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
FIG. 3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0072E
WEL104A
Revision: May 2004
BL-41
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure
EIS00158
“MULTI REMOTE ENT”
1.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
LAT136
2.
3.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
PBR455D
4.
5.
Touch “START”.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
LEL642
6.
Touch “MULTI REMOTE ENT”.
LEL643
7.
Select diagnosis mode.
Revision: May 2004
BL-42
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
“DATA MONITOR”, “ACTIVE TEST” and “WORK SUPPORT”
are available.
A
B
C
SEL274W
D
CONSULT-II Application Items
EIS00159
“MULTI REMOTE ENT”
Data Monitor
E
Monitored Item
Description
ACC ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-ALL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door switch (All).
LOCK SW DR/AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
UNLK SW DR/AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
KEY CYL LK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder switch.
LK BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
UN BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
TRUNK BTN/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from keyfob.
PANIC BTN
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic signal from keyfob.
UN BUTTON ON
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of second unlock signal from keyfob within 5 seconds after first unlock
operation.
LK/UN BTN ON
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock/unlock signal at the same time from keyfob.
F
G
H
BL
J
K
Active Test
Test Item
Description
INT/IGN ILLUM
This test is able to check interior lamp operation. The interior lamp is turned on when “ON” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
HAZARD
This test is able to check hazard reminder operation. The hazard lamps turn on when “ON” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
ALARM
This test is able to check panic alarm operation. The alarm activates for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on
CONSULT-II screen is touched.
MULTI REM HRN
This test is able to check horn reminder operation. The horn sounds for 0.02 seconds after “ON” on
CONSULT-II screen is touched.
TRUNK OUTPUT
This test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator operation. The trunk is unlocked when “ON” on
CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Work Support
Test Item
Description
REMO CONT ID CONFIR
It can be checked whether keyfob ID code is registered or not in this mode.
REMO CONT ID REGIST
Keyfob ID code can be registered.
REMO CONT ID ERASUR
Keyfob ID code can be erased.
HZRD REM SET
Hazard and horn reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The reminder mode will be changed
when “MODE SET” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Revision: May 2004
BL-43
2003 Sentra
L
M
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses
EIS0015A
SYMPTOM CHART
NOTE:
●
Always check keyfob battery before replacing keyfob.
●
The panic alarm operation and trunk lid opener operation of remote keyless entry system do not activate
with the ignition key inserted in the ignition key cylinder.
●
Use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241 (follow instructions on tester) to check operation of keyfob
before replacing keyfob.
Symptom
All functions of remote keyless entry system do not
operate.
The new ID of keyfob cannot be entered.
Door lock or unlock does not function. [If the power
door lock system does not operate manually, check
power door lock system. Refer to BL-22, "Trouble
Diagnoses" .)
Hazard and horn reminder does not activate properly when pressing lock or unlock button of keyfob.
Interior lamp illumination operations do not activate
properly.
Revision: May 2004
Diagnoses/service procedure
Reference
page
(BL- )
1. Keyfob battery and function check
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-46
2. Power supply and ground circuit for smart entrance control unit
check
BL-47
3. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-II is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-60
1. Keyfob battery and function check
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-46
2. Key switch (insert) check
BL-50
3. Door switch check
BL-49
4. Door lock/unlock switch LH check
BL-51
5. Power supply and ground circuit for smart entrance control unit
check
BL-47
6. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-II is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-60
1. Keyfob battery and function check
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-46
2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-II is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-60
1. Keyfob battery and function check
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-46
2. Hazard reminder check
BL-56
3. Horn reminder check*
*: Horn chirp can be activated or deactivated.
First check the horn chirp setting. Refer to BL-35, "Hazard and
Horn Reminder" .
BL-58
4. Door switch check
BL-49
5. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-II is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-60
1. Interior lamp operation check
BL-59
2. Door switch check
BL-49
3. Front LH door unlock sensor check
BL-53
BL-44
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
Symptom
Panic alarm (horn and headlamp) does not activate
when panic alarm button is continuously pressed.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J43241).
Trunk lid does not open when trunk opener button is
continuously pressed.
Diagnoses/service procedure
Reference
page
(BL- )
1. Keyfob battery and function check
BL-46
2. Vehicle security operation check. Refer to BL-77, "PRELIMINARY CHECK" .
BL-77
3. Key switch (insert) check
BL-50
4. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-II is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-60
1. Keyfob battery and function check
BL-46
2. Trunk lid opener actuator check
BL-55
3. Key switch (insert) check
BL-50
4. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure.
NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-II is
OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning.
Keyfob check (use Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241).
BL-60
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-45
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
KEYFOB BATTERY AND FUNCTION CHECK
1. CHECK KEYFOB BATTERY
Remove battery (refer to BL-63, "Keyfob Battery Replacement" ) and measure voltage across battery positive
and negative terminals, (+) and (−).
Voltage [V]
: 2.5 - 3.0
NOTE:
Keyfob does not function if battery is not set correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace battery.
SEL237W
2. CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
Check keyfob function (“LK BUTTON/SIG”, “UN BUTTON/SIG”,
“TRUNK BTN/SIG”, “PANIC BTN”, “UN BUTTON ON” and “LK/UN
BTN ON”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. When
pushing each button of keyfob, the corresponding monitor item
should be turned as follows.
Condition
Monitor item
Pushing LOCK
LK BUTTON/SIG
ON
Pushing UNLOCK
UN BUTTON/SIG
ON
Pushing TRUNK
TRUNK BTN/SIG
ON
Pushing PANIC
PANIC BTN/SIG
ON
Pushing UNLOCK within
5 seconds after pushing
UNLOCK
UN BUTTON ON
ON
Pushing LOCK and
UNLOCK at the same
time
LK/UN BTN ON
ON
WIIA0008E
OK or NG
OK
>> Keyfob is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to BL-44, "SYMPTOM CHART" .
NG
>> Replace keyfob. Refer to BL-60, "ID Code Entry Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
BL-46
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
A
1. CHECK MAIN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
1.
2.
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminals 10, 11 and ground.
B
C
D
E
LEL511
F
Refer to BL-39, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 30A fusible link (letter d , located in fuse and fusible link box)
● 10A fuse (No. 37, located in fuse and fusible link box)
● M6 circuit breaker
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse
G
H
BL
2. CHECK IGNITION SWITCH “ACC” CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 21 and ground while ignition switch is “ACC”.
J
K
L
M
LEL512
Refer to BL-39, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 1, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse
Revision: May 2004
BL-47
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 16 and ground.
LEL510
Refer to BL-39, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Power supply and ground circuits are OK.
NG
>> Check ground harness.
Revision: May 2004
BL-48
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
DOOR SWITCH CHECK
A
1. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
Check door switches (“DOOR SW-ALL”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEL323W
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminals 28 or 29 and ground.
G
H
BL
WEL500
Refer to BL-39, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH
1.
2.
L
Disconnect door switch harness connector.
Check continuity between door switch terminals.
M
WEL491
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door switch ground circuit or door switch ground condition
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch
NG
>> Replace door switch.
Revision: May 2004
J
BL-49
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
KEY SWITCH (INSERT) CHECK
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check key switch (“KEY ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL315W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between control unit terminal 32 and ground.
LEL454
Refer to BL-39, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK KEY SWITCH
Check continuity between key switch terminals 1 and 2.
LEL449
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and key switch
NG
>> Replace key switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-50
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH LH CHECK
A
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check door lock/unlock switch (“LOCK SW DR/AS”/“UNLK SW DR/AS”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
E
SEL341W
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 23 or 35 and ground.
F
G
H
BL
J
WEL501
Refer to BL-40, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-51
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
2. CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect door lock/unlock switch harness connector.
Check continuity between door lock/unlock switch LH terminals.
WEL494
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
● Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and smart entrance control unit connector
NG
>> Replace door lock/unlock switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-52
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
FRONT LH DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK
A
1. CHECK FRONT LH DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode in “INT LAMP” with CONSULT-II.
2. Check front LH door unlock sensor (“LOCK SIG DR”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
C
D
E
F
SEL344W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 36 and ground.
G
H
BL
J
LEL452
Refer to BL-40, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door unlock sensor is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-53
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
2. CHECK FRONT LH DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR
1.
2.
Disconnect front LH door unlock sensor harness connector.
Check continuity between door unlock sensor terminals.
WEL497
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door unlock sensor ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door unlock sensor
NG
>> Replace door unlock sensor.
Revision: May 2004
BL-54
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR CHECK
A
1. CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER
B
Check trunk lid opener operation with trunk lid opener switch.
NOTE: First check trunk lid opener cancel lever position.
Does trunk lid open?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check trunk lid opener actuator and the circuit.
C
2. CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR OPERATION
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “MULTI REMOTE ENT” with CONSULT-II.
2. Select “TRUNK OUTPUT” and touch “ON”.
E
F
G
H
SEL345W
BL
NOTE: If CONSULT-II is not available, skip this procedure and go to the next step.
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk lid opener actuator circuit is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
J
3. CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1.
2.
K
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Apply ground to smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 12.
L
M
LEL509
Refer to BL-39, "FIG. 1" .
Does trunk lid open?
Yes
>> Replace smart entrance control unit.
No
>> Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and trunk lid opener actuator.
Revision: May 2004
BL-55
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
HAZARD REMINDER CHECK
1. CHECK HAZARD INDICATOR
Check if hazard indicator flashes with hazard switch.
Does hazard indicator operate?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check hazard indicator circuit.
2. CHECK HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “MULTI REMOTE ENT” with CONSULT-II.
2. Select “HAZARD” and touch “ON”.
LEL659
NOTE: If CONSULT-II is not available, skip this procedure and go to the next step.
OK or NG
OK
>> Hazard reminder operation is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HAZARD REMINDER OPERATION
1.
2.
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Apply ground to smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 7.
LEL508
Refer to BL-41, "FIG. 3" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RELAY
Check remote keyless entry relay.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace remote keyless entry relay.
Revision: May 2004
BL-56
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
5. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RELAY
1.
2.
A
Disconnect remote keyless entry relay harness connector.
Check voltage between remote keyless entry relay harness connector M11 terminal 1 (W/G) and ground.
B
Battery voltage should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 15A fuse [No. 5, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between remote keyless
entry relay and fuse
D
WIIA0009E
E
6. CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RELAY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect remote keyless entry relay harness connector.
Check voltage between remote keyless entry relay harness connector M11 terminals 3 (W/G) and 5 (G/B).
Check voltage between remote keyless entry relay harness connector M11 terminals 6 (W/G) and 7 (G/Y).
F
G
Battery voltage should exist.
H
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness for open or short between smart
entrance control unit and remote keyless entry relay.
NG
>> Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between remote keyless
entry relay and fuse
● Harness for open or short between remote keyless entry relay and turn signal lamps
BL
WIIA0010E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-57
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
HORN REMINDER CHECK
1. CHECK HORN
Check if horn sounds with horn switch.
Does horn operate?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check horn circuit.
2. CHECK HORN REMINDER OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “MULTI REMOTE ENT” with CONSULT-II.
2. Select “MULTI REM HRN” and touch “ON”.
SEL348W
NOTE: If CONSULT-II is not available, skip this procedure and go to the next step.
OK or NG
OK
>> Horn reminder operation is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HORN REMINDER OPERATION
1.
2.
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Apply ground to smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 19.
LEL507
Refer to BL-41, "FIG. 3" .
Does horn sound?
Yes
>> Replace smart entrance control unit.
No
>> Check harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and horn relay.
Revision: May 2004
BL-58
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
INTERIOR LAMP OPERATION CHECK
A
1. CHECK INTERIOR LAMP
B
Check if the interior lamp switch is in the “ON” position and the lamp illuminates.
Does interior lamp illuminate?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and interior lamp
● Interior lamp
C
D
2. CHECK INTERIOR LAMP OPERATION
E
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “MULTI REMOTE ENT” with CONSULT-II.
2. Select “INT/IGN ILLUM” and touch “ON”.
F
G
H
SEL349W
Without CONSULT-II
Push unlock button of keyfob with all doors closed, and check voltage between smart entrance control unit
harness connector terminal 8 and ground.
BL
J
K
L
M
LEL506
Refer to BL-40, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> System is OK.
NG
>> Check harness open or short between smart entrance control unit and interior lamp.
Revision: May 2004
BL-59
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
ID Code Entry Procedure
EIS0015B
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. When
the ID code of a lost keyfob is not known, all keyfob ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are
erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered.
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
LAT136
2.
3.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
PBR455D
4.
5.
Touch “START”.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
LEL642
6.
Touch “MULTI REMOTE ENT”.
LEL643
Revision: May 2004
BL-60
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
7.
Touch “WORK SUPPORT”.
A
B
C
SEL274W
D
8.
The items are shown that can be set up.
● “REMO CONT ID CONFIR”
Use this mode to confirm if a keyfob ID code is registered or
not.
● “REMO CONT ID REGIST”
Use this mode to register a keyfob ID code.
NOTE:
Register the ID code when keyfob or smart entrance control
unit is replaced, or when additional keyfob is required.
● “REMO CONT ID ERASUR”
Use this mode to erase a keyfob ID code.
● “HZRD REM SET”
Use this mode to activate or deactivate the hazard and horn reminder.
E
F
G
SEL277W
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-61
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
KEYFOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-II
WIIA0011E
Revision: May 2004
BL-62
2003 Sentra
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
NOTE:
●
If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific ID
code can be erased with CONSULT-II. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not known, all keyfob ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new
keyfobs must be re-registered.
To erase all ID codes in memory, register one ID code (keyfob) four times. After all ID codes are erased,
the ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered.
●
When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If four
ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If
less than four ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code
is added and no ID codes are erased.
●
If you need to activate more than two additional new keyfobs, repeat the procedure “Additional ID code
entry” for each new keyfob.
●
Entry of maximum four ID codes is allowed. When more than four ID codes are entered, the oldest ID
code will be erased.
●
Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code
is counted as an additional code.
Keyfob Battery Replacement
EIS0015C
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIIA0012E
Revision: May 2004
BL-63
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:00100
EIS0015D
LIIA0594E
Revision: May 2004
BL-64
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
LIIA0595E
Revision: May 2004
BL-65
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
System Description
EIS0015E
DESCRIPTION
1. Operation Flow
SEL334W
2. Setting The Vehicle Security System
Initial condition
1. Ignition switch is in OFF position.
Disarmed phase
When the vehicle security system is in the disarmed phase, the security indicator lamp blinks every 2.6 seconds.
Pre-armed phase and armed phase
When the following operation 1 or 2 is performed, the vehicle security system turns into the “pre-armed”
phase. (The security indicator lamp illuminates.)
1. Smart entrance control unit receives LOCK signal from key cylinder switch or keyfob after hood, trunk lid
and all doors are closed.
2. Hood (if equipped with hood switch), trunk lid and all doors are closed after front doors are locked by key,
lock/unlock switch or keyfob.
After about 30 seconds, the system automatically shifts into the “armed” phase (the system is set). (The security indicator lamp blinks every 2.6 seconds.)
3. Canceling The Set Vehicle Security System
When the following 1 or 2 operation is performed, the armed phase is canceled.
1. Unlock the doors with the key or keyfob.
2. Open the trunk lid with the key or keyfob.
4. Activating The Alarm Operation of The Vehicle Security System
Make sure the system is in the armed phase. (The security indicator lamp blinks every 2.6 seconds.)
When the following operation 1 or 2 is performed, the system sounds the horns and flashes the headlamps for
about 50 seconds.
1. Engine hood (if equipped with hood switch), trunk lid or any door is opened during armed phase.
2. Disconnecting and connecting the battery connector before canceling armed phase.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to security indicator lamp terminal 1 and
●
to key switch terminal 2.
Power is supplied at all times:
Revision: May 2004
BL-66
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
through 10A fuse (No. 37, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 10.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 33.
With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 1, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 21.
Ground is supplied:
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 16
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
●
A
B
C
D
INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM
The operation of the vehicle security system is controlled by the doors, hood (if equipped with hood switch)
and trunk lid.
E
Pattern A
F
To activate the vehicle security system, the smart entrance control unit must receive signals indicating the
doors, hood (if equipped with hood switch) and trunk lid are closed.
When a door is open, smart entrance control unit terminal 28 or 29 receives a ground signal from each door
G
switch.
On vehicles equipped with hood switch, when the hood is open, smart entrance control unit terminal 27
receives a ground signal:
H
●
from terminal + of the hood switch
●
to terminal - of the hood switch
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
BL
When the trunk lid is open, smart entrance control unit terminal 38 receives a ground signal:
●
from terminal + of the trunk room lamp switch
●
to terminal - of the trunk room lamp switch
J
●
through body grounds B13 and B19.
When smart entrance control unit receives LOCK signal from key cylinder switch or keyfob and none of the
described conditions exist, the vehicle security system will automatically shift to armed mode.
K
Pattern B
To activate the vehicle security system, the smart entrance control unit must receive signal indicating any door
[including hood (if equipped with hood switch) and trunk lid] is opened.
When the front doors are locked with key, lock/unlock switch or keyfob and then all doors are closed, the vehicle security system will automatically shift to armed mode.
M
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ACTIVATION
Pattern A
With all doors closed (including hood and trunk lid), if the key is used to lock doors, smart entrance control unit
terminal 41 receives a ground signal:
●
from terminal L of the front door key cylinder switch LH
●
to terminal E of the front door key cylinder switch LH
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
If this signal, or lock signal from keyfob is received by the smart entrance control unit, the vehicle security system will activate automatically.
NOTE:
Vehicle security system can be set even though all doors are not locked.
Pattern B
With any door open, if lock/unlock switch is used to lock doors, smart entrance control unit terminal 23
receives a ground signal:
●
from terminal 14 of main power window and door lock/unlock switch
Revision: May 2004
L
BL-67
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
to terminal 3 of main power window and door lock/unlock switch, or
●
from terminal 1 of door lock/unlock switch RH
●
to terminal 5 of door lock/unlock switch RH
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
With any door open, if the key is used to lock doors, smart entrance control unit terminal 41 receives a ground
signal:
●
from terminal L of the front door key cylinder switch LH
●
to terminal E of the front door key cylinder switch LH
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
If these signals and lock signal from keyfob are received by the smart entrance control unit and ground signals
of terminals 36 and 37 are interrupted (both front doors locked), the vehicle security system will activate automatically.
NOTE:
Vehicle security system can be set even though the rear door is not locked.
Once the vehicle security system has been activated, smart entrance control unit terminal 31 supplies ground
to terminal 2 of the security indicator lamp.
The security indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 30 seconds and then blink every 2.6 seconds.
Now the vehicle security system is in armed phase.
●
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION
The vehicle security system is triggered by:
●
opening a door
●
opening the hood (if equipped with hood switch) or the trunk lid
●
detection of battery disconnect and connect.
Once the vehicle security system is in armed phase, if the smart entrance control unit receives a ground signal
at terminal 28 or 29 (door switch), 38 (trunk room lamp switch) or 27 [hood switch (if equipped)], the vehicle
security system will be triggered. The headlamps flash and the horn sounds intermittently.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 39, located in fuse and fusible link box)
●
to vehicle security lamp relay terminal 3,
●
through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in fuse and fusible link box)
●
to vehicle security lamp relay terminal 6,
●
through 10A fuse (No, 35 located in fuse and fusible link box)
●
to vehicle security lamp relay terminal 1
●
through 10A fuse (No. 33, located in fuse and fusible link box)
●
to horn relay terminals 1 and 5.
When the vehicle security system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently:
●
from smart entrance control unit terminal 4
●
to horn relay terminal 2 and
●
to vehicle security lamp relay terminal 2.
The headlamps flash and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after about 50 seconds but will reactivate if the vehicle is tampered with
again.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION
To deactivate the vehicle security system, a door or trunk lid must be unlocked with the key or keyfob.
When the key is used to unlock the door, smart entrance control unit terminal 30 receives a ground signal:
●
from terminal U of front door key cylinder switch LH
●
to terminal E of front door key cylinder switch LH
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
When the key is used to open the trunk lid, smart entrance control unit terminal 42 receives a ground signal:
●
from terminal + of the trunk lid key cylinder switch (unlock switch)
●
to terminal - of the trunk lid key cylinder switch (unlock switch)
Revision: May 2004
BL-68
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
through body grounds B13 and B19.
When the smart entrance control unit receives either one of these signals or unlock signal from keyfob, the
vehicle security system is deactivated. (Disarmed phase)
●
PANIC ALARM OPERATION
When the remote keyless entry system (panic alarm) is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently:
●
from smart entrance control unit terminal 4
●
to vehicle security lamp relay terminal 2 and
●
to horn relay terminal 2.
The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently.
The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when smart entrance control unit receives any signal
from keyfob.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-69
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Schematic
EIS0015F
LIWA0120E
Revision: May 2004
BL-70
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — VEHSEC —
EIS0015G
A
FIG. 1
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0074E
WEL109A
Revision: May 2004
BL-71
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
FIG. 2
LIWA0121E
LIIA0596E
Revision: May 2004
BL-72
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
FIG. 3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0039E
LEL615
Revision: May 2004
BL-73
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
FIG. 4
WIWA0076E
WEL114A
Revision: May 2004
BL-74
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure
EIS0015H
A
“THEFT WAR ALM”
1.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
B
C
D
LAT136
2.
3.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
E
F
G
H
PBR455D
4.
5.
Touch “START”.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
BL
J
K
L
LEL642
6.
Touch “THEFT WAR ALM”.
M
LEL643
7.
Select diagnosis mode.
Revision: May 2004
BL-75
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
“DATA MONITOR”, “ACTIVE TEST” and “WORK SUPPORT”
are available.
SEL274W
CONSULT-II Application Item
EIS0015I
“THEFT WAR ALM”
Data Monitor
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
ACC ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position.
KEY CYL LK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder switch.
KEY CYL UN SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder switch.
DOOR SW-ALL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door switch (All).
LOCK SIG DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door unlock sensor LH.
LOCK SIG AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door unlock sensor RH.
TRUNK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk switch.
TRUNK KEY SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk key cylinder switch.
HOOD SWITCH (if equipped)
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of hood switch.
LOCK SW DR/AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
UNLK SW DR/AS
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH.
LK BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob.
UN BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob.
TRUNK BTN/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from keyfob.
Active Test
Test Item
Description
THEFT IND
This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when “ON”
on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
THEFT WAR ALM
This test is able to check theft warning alarm operation. The alarm will be activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
Work Support
Test Item
THEFT ALM TRG
Revision: May 2004
Description
The switch which triggered theft warning alarm is recorded. This mode is able to confirm and
erase the record of theft warning alarm. The trigger data can be erased by touching “CLEAR” on
CONSULT-II screen.
BL-76
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses
EIS0015J
A
PRELIMINARY CHECK
The system operation is canceled by turning ignition switch to “ACC” at any step between START and ARMED
in the following flow chart.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
LIIA0597E
For details of “Pattern A” and “Pattern B” vehicle security system settings, refer to BL-67, "INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM" .
*: Refer to BL-95, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)" .
After performing preliminary check, go to symptom chart on next page.
Revision: May 2004
BL-77
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
BL-80
BL-85
BL-87
BL-88
BL-89
BL-90
BL-92
BL-34
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
FRONT DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
TRUNK LID KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK
VEHICLE SECURITY HORN AND HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK
Check “REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM” system.
X
All items
X
X
Door outside key
X
Lock/unlock switch
X
Keyfob
X
X
X
X
X
Door outside key
X
Trunk lid key
X
Keyfob
X
Security indicator lamp does not
illuminate for 30 seconds.
Vehicle security
system cannot
be set by ....
2
*1 Vehicle security
system does not
alarm when ...
One of the doors is
opened
3
Vehicle security
alarm does not
activate.
Horn or headlamp
alarm
Vehicle security
system cannot be
canceled by ....
4
BL-79
X
SYMPTOM
1
BL-77
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
)
PRELIMINARY CHECK
REFERENCE PAGE (BL-
DOOR, HOOD AND TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CHECK
SYMPTOM CHART
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X: Applicable
*1: Make sure the system is in the armed phase.
Before starting trouble diagnoses above, perform BL-77, "PRELIMINARY CHECK" .
Symptom numbers in the symptom chart correspond with those of preliminary check.
Revision: May 2004
BL-78
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Power Supply Circuit Check
Terminals
A
Ignition switch position
(+)
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
10
Ground
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
21
Ground
0V
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
33
Ground
0V
0V
Battery voltage
B
C
D
E
F
G
LEL527
H
Ground Circuit Check
Terminals
Continuity
16 - Ground
Yes
BL
J
K
WEL467
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-79
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
DOOR, HOOD AND TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CHECK
Door Switch Check
1. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check door switches (“DOOR SW-ALL”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL323W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminals 28 or 29 and ground.
WEL500
Refer to BL-71, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door switch is OK. Check hood switch (if equipped), refer to BL-82, "Hood Switch Check (if
equipped)" or check trunk room lamp switch, refer to BL-84, "Trunk Room Lamp Switch Check" .
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
BL-80
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH
1.
2.
A
Disconnect door switch connector.
Check continuity between door switch terminals.
B
C
D
WEL491
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door switch ground circuit (Front, rear door) or door switch ground condition
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch
NG
>> Replace door switch.
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-81
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Hood Switch Check (if equipped)
1. CHECK HOOD SWITCH FITTING CONDITION
Check condition and installation of hood switch.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Adjust installation of hood switch or hood.
2. CHECK HOOD SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check hood switch (“HOOD SWITCH”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL354W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 27 and ground.
LEL528
Refer to BL-72, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Hood switch is OK, and go to trunk room lamp switch check.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
BL-82
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
3. CHECK HOOD SWITCH
1.
2.
A
Disconnect hood switch connector.
Check continuity between hood switch terminals + and −.
B
C
D
LEL529
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Hood switch ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and hood switch
NG
>> Replace hood switch.
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-83
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Trunk Room Lamp Switch Check
1. CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check trunk room lamp switch (“TRUNK SW”), in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL355W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 38 and ground.
LEL530
Refer to BL-72, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk room lamp switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect trunk room lamp switch connector.
Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch terminals + and −.
LEL531
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Trunk room lamp switch ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and trunk room lamp switch
NG
>> Replace trunk room lamp switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-84
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
A
1. CHECK INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION
B
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “THEFT WAR ALM” with CONSULT-II.
2. Select “THEFT IND” and touch “ON”.
C
Security indicator lamp should illuminate.
D
E
LIIA0044E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
2.
F
G
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 31 and ground.
H
BL
J
LEL532
K
Refer to BL-71, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Security indicator lamp is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
L
2. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
M
Refer to BL-71, "FIG. 1" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace security indicator lamp.
Revision: May 2004
BL-85
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
1.
2.
Disconnect security indicator lamp connector.
Check voltage between security indicator lamp terminal 1 and ground.
LEL533
Does battery voltage exist?
Yes
>> Check harness for open or short between security indicator lamp and smart entrance control unit.
No
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between security indicator lamp and fuse
Revision: May 2004
BL-86
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
FRONT DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR CHECK
A
1. CHECK FRONT DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check front unlock sensor (“LOCK SIG DR”, “LOCK SIG AS”) in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
E
SEL357W
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 36 or 37 and ground.
G
H
BL
LEL534
Refer to BL-73, "FIG. 3" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door unlock sensor is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK FRONT DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR
1.
2.
L
Disconnect door lock actuator connector.
Check continuity between door lock actuator terminals.
M
LEL535
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door unlock sensor ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door unlock sensor
NG
>> Replace door lock actuator.
Revision: May 2004
J
BL-87
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL (LOCK/UNLOCK SIGNAL)
With CONSULT-II
Check front door key cylinder switch (“KEY CYL LK-SW”/“KEY CYL UN-SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEL342W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 30 or 41 and ground.
WEL502
Refer to BL-73, "FIG. 3" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door key cylinder switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect door key cylinder switch connector.
Check continuity between door key cylinder switch connector D8 terminals.
LEL101A
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door key cylinder switch ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door key cylinder switch
NG
>> Replace door key cylinder switch.
Revision: May 2004
BL-88
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
TRUNK LID KEY CYLINDER SWITCH CHECK
A
1. CHECK TRUNK LID KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL (UNLOCK SIGNAL)
With CONSULT-II
Check trunk lid key cylinder switch (“TRUNK KEY SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
E
SEL358W
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 42 and ground.
G
H
BL
LEL536
Refer to BL-72, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Trunk lid key cylinder switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK TRUNK LID KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
1.
2.
L
Disconnect trunk lid key cylinder switch connector.
Check continuity between trunk lid key cylinder switch terminals.
M
LEL537
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Trunk lid key cylinder switch ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and trunk lid key cylinder switch
NG
>> Replace trunk lid key cylinder switch.
Revision: May 2004
J
BL-89
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK
1. CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check door lock/unlock switch (“LOCK SW DR/AS”/“UNLK SW DR/AS”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
SEL341W
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 23 or 35 and ground.
WEL501
Refer to BL-72, "FIG. 2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Door lock/unlock switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
BL-90
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
2. CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH
1.
2.
–
A
Disconnect door lock/unlock switch harness connector.
Check continuity between each door lock/unlock switch terminal.
Main power window and door lock/unlock switch
B
C
D
E
WEL494
–
Door lock/unlock switch RH
F
G
H
BL
WEL495
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Ground circuit for door lock/unlock switch
● Harness for open or short between door lock/unlock switch and smart entrance control unit
NG
>> Replace door lock/unlock switch.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-91
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
HORN AND HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK
1. CHECK BASE HORN SYSTEM OPERATION
Operate vehicle horn.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check base horn system. Refer to WW-9, "Wiring Diagram — HORN —" .
2. CHECK HORN AND HEADLAMP ALARM OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “THEFT WAR ALM” with CONSULT-II.
2. Select “THEFT WAR ALM” and touch “ON”.
WEL610A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect smart entrance control unit harness connector.
2. Apply ground to smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 4.
WEL611A
Refer to BL-74, "FIG. 4" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Horn and headlamp alarm is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY LAMP RELAY
Check vehicle security lamp relay. Refer to BL-94, "VEHICLE SECURITY LAMP RELAY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace relay.
Revision: May 2004
BL-92
2003 Sentra
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR VEHICLE SECURITY LAMP RELAY
1.
2.
A
Disconnect vehicle security lamp relay connector.
Check voltage between vehicle security lamp relay connector E43 terminal 1 (G/R) and ground.
B
C
D
WEL609A
Does battery voltage exist?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse (No. 35 located in the fuse and fusible link box)
● Harness for open or short between relay and fuse
E
F
G
5. CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY LAMP RELAY CIRCUIT
1.
Check voltage between terminals of vehicle security lamp relay connector E43.
H
BL
J
K
WEL117A
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Harness for open between smart entrance control unit terminal 4 and relay
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit terminal 4 and horn relay
● Diode-4 for open
● Replace smart entrance control unit
NG
>> Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between vehicle security lamp relay and fuses
● Harness for open or short between vehicle security lamp relay and headlamp system
Revision: May 2004
BL-93
2003 Sentra
L
M
VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM
Electrical Components Inspection
EIS0015K
VEHICLE SECURITY LAMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
SEC202B
Revision: May 2004
BL-94
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:25386
A
EIS0015L
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
WIIA0195E
NOTE:
If the customer reports a “No Start” condition, request ALL KEYS be brought to Dealer in case of NATS
malfunction.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-95
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
System Description
EIS0015M
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System—NATS) has the following immobilizer functions:
●
Since only NVIS (NATS) ignition keys, whose ID nos. have been registered into the ECM and IMMU of
NVIS (NATS), allow the engine to run, operation of a stolen vehicle without a NVIS (NATS) registered key
is prevented by NVIS (NATS).
That is to say, NVIS (NATS) will immobilize the engine if someone tries to start it without the registered
key of NVIS (NATS).
●
All of the originally supplied ignition key IDs have been NVIS (NATS) registered.
If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of five key IDs can be registered into the NVIS (NATS)
components.
●
The security indicator lamp blinks when the ignition switch is in “OFF” or “ACC” position. Therefore, NVIS
(NATS) warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the system.
●
When NVIS (NATS) detects trouble, the security indicator lamp lights up while ignition key is in the “ON”
position.
●
NVIS (NATS) trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration for other NVIS (NATS)
ignition key IDs must be carried out using CONSULT-II hardware and CONSULT-II NVIS (NATS) software.
Regarding the procedures for NVIS (NATS) initialization and NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration,
refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS.
●
When servicing a malfunction of the NVIS (indicated by lighting up of Security Indicator Lamp) or
registering another NVIS ignition key ID no., it is necessary to re-register original key identification.
Therefore, be sure to receive ALL KEYS from vehicle owner.
System Composition
EIS0015N
The immobilizer function of the NVIS (NATS) consists of the following:
●
NVIS (NATS) ignition key
●
NVIS (NATS) immobilizer control unit (IMMU) located in the ignition key cylinder
●
ECM
●
Security indicator lamp
WEL122A
Revision: May 2004
BL-96
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
Wiring Diagram — NATS —
EIS0015P
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WIWA0078E
Revision: May 2004
BL-97
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
4
B
5
GY/R
7
GROUND
—
—
VEHICLE SECURITY INDICATOR
GOES OFF
12V
ILLUMINATES
0V
IGNITION SWITCH (ON)
IGNITION KEY IS IN ON POSITION
12V
IGNITION SWITCH (START)
IGNITION KEY IS IN START
POSITION
12V
POWER SOURCE (FUSE)
—
12V
G/W
8
W/L
CONSULT-II
EIS0015Q
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
LAT136
2.
3.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector.
Insert NVIS (NATS) program card into CONSULT-II.
Program card
: NATS (AEN02C)
PBR455D
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “START”.
Select “NATS V.5.0”.
LEL661
Revision: May 2004
BL-98
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
7.
Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
A
B
C
SEL728W
D
For further information, see the “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION
E
CONSULT-II DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE
Description
C/U INITIALIZATION
When replacing any of the following three components, C/U initialization is necessary.
[NVIS (NATS) ignition key/IMMU/ECM]
SELF DIAGNOSIS
Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart below.
F
NOTE:
G
●
When any initialization is performed, all IDs previously registered will be erased and all NVIS (NATS) ignition keys must be registered again.
●
The engine cannot be started with an unregistered key. In this case, the system may show “DIFFERENCE H
OF KEY” or “LOCK MODE” as a self-diagnostic result on the CONSULT-II screen.
●
In rare cases, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored as a self-diagnostic result during key registration
procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.
BL
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
J
K
L
M
WEL125A
Revision: May 2004
BL-99
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
NVIS (NATS) SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART
Malfunction is detected when .....
Detected items (NATS program card
screen terms)
P No.
Code
(Self-diagnostic
result of
“ENGINE”
The malfunction of ECM internal circuit of IMMU communication line is detected.
ECM INT CIRC-IMMU
NATS
MALFUNCTION
P1613
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
NATS
MALFUNCTION
P1612
Communication impossible between ECM and IMMU
(In rare cases, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored
during key registration procedure, even if the system is
not malfunctioning.)
IMMU can receive the key ID signal but the result of ID
verification between key ID and IMMU is NG.
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
NATS
MALFUNCTION
P1615
IMMU cannot receive the key ID signal.
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
NATS
MALFUNCTION
P1614
The result of ID verification between IMMU and ECM is
NG. System initialization is required.
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
NATS
MALFUNCTION
P1611
LOCK MODE
NATS
MALFUNCTION
P1610
DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG
Revision: May 2004
—
Reference page
BL-103
BL-104
BL-108
BL-109
BL-110
When the starting operation is carried out five or more
times consecutively under the following conditions, NVIS
(NATS) will shift the mode to one which prevents the
engine from being started.
●
Unregistered ignition key is used.
●
IMMU or ECM is malfunctioning.
Any engine trouble codes except NVIS (NATS) trouble
codes have been detected in ECM.
BL-100
BL-113
BL-101
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
Trouble Diagnoses
EIS0015R
A
WORK FLOW
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WEL126A
Revision: May 2004
BL-101
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM)
Displayed “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” on CONSULT-II screen.
SYMPTOM
ECM INT CIRC-IMMU
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU
●
Security indicator
lighting up*
●
Engine hard to start
DIFFERENCE OF KEY
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY
ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM
LOCK MODE
●
MIL staying ON
●
Security indicator
lighting up*
DON'T ERASE
BEFORE CHECKING
ENG DIAG
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Reference page)
PROCEDURE 1
BL-103
PROCEDURE 2
BL-104
PROCEDURE 3
BL-108
PROCEDURE 4
BL-109
PROCEDURE 5
BL-110
PROCEDURE 7
BL-113
WORK FLOW
BL-101
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning part or
mode)
REFERENCE PART NO.
OF ILLUSTRATION ON
NEXT PAGE
ECM
B
In rare cases, "CHAIN
OF ECM-IMMU" might
be stored during key
registration procedure,
even if the system is not
malfunctioning.
—
Open circuit in battery
voltage line of IMMU circuit
C1
Open circuit in ignition
line of IMMU circuit
C2
Open circuit in ground
line of IMMU circuit
C3
Open circuit in communication line between
IMMU and ECM
C4
Short circuit between
IMMU and ECM communication line and battery
voltage line
C4
Short circuit between
IMMU and ECM communication line and ground
line
C4
ECM
B
IMMU
A
Unregistered key
D
IMMU
A
Malfunction of key ID
chip
E
IMMU
A
System initialization has
not yet been completed.
F
ECM
F
LOCK MODE
D
Engine trouble data and
NVIS (NATS) trouble
data have been detected
in ECM
—
*: When NVIS (NATS) detects trouble, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the “ON” position.
SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2 (NON SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM)
SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(Reference page)
SYSTEM
(Malfunctioning part or mode)
Security indicator lamp
Security indicator lamp does not light up.
PROCEDURE 6
BL-111
Open circuit between fuse and IMMU
Continuation of initialization mode
IMMU
Revision: May 2004
BL-102
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A
B
C
D
E
F
WEL127A
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
G
Self-diagnostic results:
“ECM INT CIRC-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ECM INT CIRC-IMMU”
displayed on CONSULT-II screen. Ref. part No. B.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL
IVIS/NVIS”.
H
BL
J
SEL314W
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-103
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
NOTE:
In rare cases, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key
registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning.
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as shown?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO BL-102, "SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (SELFDIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM)" .
SEL292W
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR NVIS (NATS) IMMU
1.
2.
Disconnect NVIS (NATS) IMMU connector.
Check voltage between terminal 8 of NVIS (NATS) IMMU and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
LEL545
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following
● 10A fuse (No. 36, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
● Harness for open or short between fuse and NVIS (NATS) IMMU connector
Ref. Part No. C1
Revision: May 2004
BL-104
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
3. CHECK IGN SW. ON SIGNAL
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between NVIS (NATS) IMMU harness connector
E111 terminal 7 (BR) (QG18DE) or (G/W) (QR25DE) and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
B
Battery voltage should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following
● 10A fuse [No. 20, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between fuse and NVIS
(NATS) IMMU connector
Ref. part No. C2
D
WIIA0014E
E
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR NVIS (NATS) IMMU
F
1.
2.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between NVIS (NATS) IMMU terminal 4 and ground.
H
BL
J
LEL547
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness. Ref. part No. C3
K
5. CHECK COMMUNICATION LINE OPEN CIRCUIT
L
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector F22
(QG18DE) or F54 (QR25DE) terminal 116 (QG18DE) or 31
(QR25DE) (BR/Y) and NVIS (NATS) IMMU connector E111 terminal 1 (BR/Y).
M
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> ● Repair harness or connector.
● Ref. part No. C4
Revision: May 2004
WIIA0015E
BL-105
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
6. CHECK COMMUNICATION LINE BATTERY SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM harness connector F22 (QG18DE)
or F54 (QR25DE) terminal 116 (QG18DE) or 31 (QR25DE) (BR/
Y) or NVIS (NATS) IMMU harness connector E111 terminal 1
(BR/Y) and ground.
Voltage
: 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> ● Communication line is short-circuited with battery
voltage line or ignition switch ON line.
● Repair harness or connectors.
● Ref. part No. C4
WIIA0016E
7. CHECK COMMUNICATION LINE GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F22
(QG18DE) or F54 (QR25DE) terminal 116 (QG18DE) or 31
(QR25DE) (BR/Y) or NVIS (NATS) IMMU connector E111 terminal 1 (BR/Y) and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> ● Communication line is short-circuited with ground
line.
● Repair harness or connectors.
● Ref. part No. C4
Revision: May 2004
BL-106
WIIA0017E
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
8. SIGNAL FROM ECM TO NVIS (NATS) IMMU CHECK
1.
2.
A
Check the signal between ECM terminal 116 and ground with CONSULT-II or oscilloscope when ignition
switch is turned “ON”.
Make sure signals which are shown in the figure below can be detected during 750 msec. just after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
B
C
D
E
LEL641
F
OK or NG
OK
>> ● NVIS (NATS) IMMU is malfunctioning.
● Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU. Ref. part No. A
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For the operation of initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
NG
>> ● ECM is malfunctioning.
● Replace ECM. Ref. part No. B
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For the operation of initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-107
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3
Self-diagnostic results:
“DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
SEL293W
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1.
2. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows above message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized?
Yes
>> ● Start engine. (END)
● (Ignition key ID was unregistered. Ref. part No. D )
No
>> ● NVIS (NATS) IMMU is malfunctioning.
● Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU. Ref. part No. A
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
Revision: May 2004
BL-108
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
Self-diagnostic results:
“CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
A
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
B
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
C
D
E
SEL294W
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO BL-102, "SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM)" .
2. CHECK NVIS (NATS) IGNITION KEY ID CHIP
F
G
H
Start engine with another registered NVIS (NATS) ignition key.
Does the engine start?
Yes
>> ● Ignition key ID chip is malfunctioning.
● Replace the ignition key.
● Ref. part No. E
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
No
>> GO TO 3.
BL
J
K
3. CHECK NVIS (NATS) IMMU INSTALLATION
Check NVIS (NATS) IMMU installation.
Refer to BL-114, "How to Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU" .
OK or NG
OK
>> ● NVIS (NATS) IMMU is malfunctioning.
● Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU. Ref. part No. A
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
NG
>> Reinstall NVIS (NATS) IMMU correctly.
Revision: May 2004
BL-109
L
M
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5
Self-diagnostic results:
“ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
SEL298W
NOTE:
“ID DISCORD IMM-ECM”:
Registered ID of NVIS (NATS) IMMU is in discord with that of ECM.
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO BL-102, "SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM)" .
2. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II. Re-register all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows above message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized?
Yes
>> ● Start engine. (END)
● (System initialization had not been completed. Ref. part No. F )
No
>> ● ECM is malfunctioning.
● Replace ECM. Ref. part No. F
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
Revision: May 2004
BL-110
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6
“SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP”
A
1. CHECK FUSE
B
Check 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
Is 10A fuse OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Replace fuse.
C
2. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
D
1.
2.
E
Install 10A fuse.
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Start engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check the security indicator lamp lighting.
Security indicator lamp should light up.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
F
G
H
3. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect security indicator lamp connector.
Check voltage between security indicator lamp connector terminal 1 and ground.
BL
J
K
L
LEL551
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check harness for open or short between fuse and security indicator lamp.
M
4. CHECK SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP
Check security indicator lamp.
Is security indicator lamp OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Replace security indicator lamp.
Revision: May 2004
BL-111
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
5. CHECK NVIS (NATS) IMMU FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Connect NVIS (NATS) IMMU connector.
Disconnect security indicator lamp connector.
Check continuity between NVIS (NATS) IMMU terminal 5 and ground.
LEL552
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness for open or short between security indicator lamp and NVIS (NATS) IMMU.
NG
>> ● NVIS (NATS) IMMU is malfunctioning.
● Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU.
● Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
● For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
Revision: May 2004
BL-112
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7
Self-diagnostic results:
“LOCK MODE” displayed on CONSULT-II screen
A
1. CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
B
Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “LOCK MODE” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
C
D
E
SEL295W
Is CONSULT-II screen displayed as above?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO BL-102, "SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 (SELF-DIAGNOSIS RELATED ITEM)" .
2. ESCAPE FROM LOCK MODE
G
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON with registered key. (Do not start engine.) Wait 5 seconds.
3. Return the key to OFF position.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of three cycles).
5. Start the engine.
Does engine start?
Yes
>> ● System is OK.
● (Now system is escaped from “LOCK MODE”.)
No
>> GO TO 3.
BL
J
K
3. CHECK NVIS (NATS) IMMU INSTALLATION
L
Check NVIS (NATS) IMMU installation. Refer to BL-114, "How to Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Reinstall NVIS (NATS) IMMU correctly.
Revision: May 2004
F
BL-113
M
2003 Sentra
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM — NATS)
4. PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-II
Perform initialization with CONSULT-II.
For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL IVIS/NVIS”.
SEL297W
NOTE:
If the initialization is not completed or fails, CONSULT-II shows the above message on the screen.
Can the system be initialized?
Yes
>> System is OK.
No
>> Check “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY”. Refer to BL-109, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4" .
How to Replace NVIS (NATS) IMMU
EIS0015S
NOTE:
●
If NVIS (NATS) IMMU is not installed correctly, NVIS (NATS)
system will not operate properly and SELF-DIAG RESULTS
on CONSULT-II screen will show “LOCK MODE” or “CHAIN
OF IMMU-KEY”.
SEL096WA
Revision: May 2004
BL-114
2003 Sentra
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
Alignment
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:74312
A
EIS0015T
All dimensions indicated in figures are actual ones.
When using a tracking gauge, adjust both pointers to equal length. Then check the pointers and gauge
itself to make sure there is no free play.
When a measuring tape is used, check to be sure there is no elongation, twisting or bending.
Measurements should be taken at the center of the mounting holes.
An asterisk (*) indicates the measuring point value is the same on both sides.
The coordinates of the measurement points are the distances measured from the standard line of “X”, “Y”
and “Z”.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
SBF874GC
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BL-115
2003 Sentra
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Measurement
WBT062
Revision: May 2004
BL-116
2003 Sentra
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WBT071
Revision: May 2004
BL-117
2003 Sentra
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
Measurement Points
WBT063
Revision: May 2004
BL-118
2003 Sentra
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
UNDERBODY
Measurement
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
BL
J
K
L
M
WBT064
Revision: May 2004
BL-119
2003 Sentra
BODY (ALIGNMENT)
Revision: May 2004
BL-120
2003 Sentra
F BRAKES
A
B
SECTION
BRAKE SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
Precautions for Brake System .................................. 3
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 5
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 5
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ............................................. 6
Checking Brake Fluid Level ..................................... 6
Checking Brake Line ................................................ 6
Changing Brake Fluid ............................................... 6
Brake Burnishing Procedure .................................... 6
Bleeding Brake System ............................................ 7
BRAKE HYDRAULIC LINE ........................................ 8
Hydraulic Circuit ....................................................... 8
Removal ................................................................... 8
Inspection ................................................................. 9
Installation ................................................................ 9
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE ............................ 10
Inspection ............................................................... 10
BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET ..............................11
Removal and Installation .........................................11
Inspection ................................................................11
Adjustment ............................................................. 12
BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT ..................................... 12
STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ASCD CANCEL
SWITCH CLEARANCE ....................................... 12
MASTER CYLINDER ................................................ 13
Removal ................................................................. 13
Disassembly ........................................................... 13
Inspection ............................................................... 14
Assembly ................................................................ 14
Installation .............................................................. 15
BRAKE BOOSTER ................................................... 16
On-vehicle Service ................................................. 16
OPERATING CHECK .......................................... 16
Revision: May 2004
AIRTIGHT CHECK .............................................. 16
Removal ................................................................. 16
Inspection ............................................................... 16
OUTPUT ROD LENGTH CHECK ........................ 16
Installation .............................................................. 17
VACUUM HOSE ........................................................ 18
Removal and Installation ........................................ 18
Inspection ............................................................... 18
HOSES AND CONNECTORS ............................. 18
CHECK VALVE .................................................... 18
FRONT DISC BRAKE ............................................... 19
Component ............................................................. 19
Pad Replacement ................................................... 19
Caliper Removal ..................................................... 20
Caliper Disassembly ............................................... 20
Inspection ............................................................... 21
CALIPER ............................................................. 21
ROTOR ................................................................ 21
Caliper Assembly .................................................... 22
Caliper Installation .................................................. 22
REAR DISC BRAKE ................................................. 23
Component ............................................................. 23
Pad Replacement ................................................... 23
Caliper Removal ..................................................... 25
Caliper Disassembly ............................................... 25
Inspection ............................................................... 27
CALIPER ............................................................. 27
ROTOR ................................................................ 27
Caliper Assembly .................................................... 28
Caliper Installation .................................................. 30
REAR DRUM BRAKE ............................................... 31
Components ........................................................... 31
Removal ................................................................. 31
Inspection ............................................................... 33
WHEEL CYLINDER ............................................ 33
WHEEL CYLINDER OVERHAUL ........................ 33
DRUM .................................................................. 33
LINING ................................................................ 33
Installation .............................................................. 34
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 35
BR-1
2003 Sentra
BR
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
General Specifications ............................................ 35
Disc Brake .............................................................. 35
Revision: May 2004
Drum Brake .............................................................35
Brake Pedal ............................................................35
BR-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
EFS0022M
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
BR
harness connectors.
Precautions for Brake System
EFS0022N
Recommended fluid is brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas.
●
To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder, disc brake caliper and wheel cylinder, use clean brake fluid.
●
Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They
will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
●
Use flare nut wrench when removing and installing brake
tube.
SBR686C
●
Always torque brake lines when installing.
●
Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or
replacing drums or rotors, after replacing pads or linings, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
Refer to BR-6, "Brake Burnishing Procedure".
WARNING:
●
Clean brake pads and shoes with a waste cloth, then wipe with a dust collector.
●
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
BR-3
H
I
J
K
L
EFS0022O
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING"
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Revision: May 2004
G
M
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools
PFP:00002
EFS0022P
Tool name
Description
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
S-NT360
Brake fluid pressure gauge
Measuring brake fluid pressure
NT151
Revision: May 2004
BR-4
2003 Sentra
Symptom
BRAKE
Revision: May 2004
Noise
X
X
X
Shake
X
Shimmy, Judder
X
BR-5
X
X
X
X
X
AXLE
SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
STEERING
X
DRIVE SHAFT
Rotor thickness variation
Rotor rust
Rotor deflection
Rotor deformation
Rotor runout
Rotor damage
Rotor imbalance
Shims damaged
Possible cause and
SUSPECTED PARTS
Pads - uneven wear
PS-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
FSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-21, BR-27
—
—
—
BR-21, BR-27
—
—
BR-19, BR-23
BR-19, BR-23
BR-19, BR-23
Reference page
Pads - damaged
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
PFP:00003
EFS0022Q
A
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2003 Sentra
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
X: Applicable
J
K
L
M
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Checking Brake Fluid Level
●
●
●
PFP:00000
EFS0022R
Check fluid level in reservoir tank. It should be between the
"Max" and "Min" lines on reservoir tank.
If fluid level is extremely low, check brake system for leaks.
Release parking brake lever and see if brake warning lamp goes
off. If not, check brake system for leaks.
SBR451D
Checking Brake Line
EFS0022S
CAUTION:
If leakage occurs around joints, retighten or, if necessary,
replace damaged parts.
1. Check brake lines (tubes and hoses) for cracks, deterioration or
other damage. Replace any damaged parts.
2. Check for oil leakage by fully depressing brake pedal while
engine is running.
SBR389C
Changing Brake Fluid
EFS0022T
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Always keep fluid level higher than minimum line on reservoir tank.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
1. Clean inside of reservoir tank, and refill with new brake fluid.
2. Connect a vinyl tube to each air bleeder valve.
3. Drain brake fluid from each air bleeder valve by depressing
brake pedal.
4. Refill until brake fluid comes out of each air bleeder valve.
Use same procedure as in bleeding hydraulic system to refill
brake fluid. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake System" .
SBR419C
Brake Burnishing Procedure
EFS0022U
Burnish the brake contact surfaces according to the following procedure after refinishing or replacing drums or
rotors, after replacing pads or linings, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
CAUTION:
Only perform this procedure under safe road and traffic conditions. Use extreme caution.
1. Drive the vehicle on a straight smooth road at 50 km/h (31 MPH).
Revision: May 2004
BR-6
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
2.
3.
4.
Use medium brake pedal/foot effort to bring the vehicle to a complete stop from 50 km/h (31 MPH). Adjust
brake pedal/foot pressure so that vehicle stopping time equals 3 to 5 seconds.
To cool the brake system, drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (31 MPH) for 1 minute without stopping.
Repeat steps 1 to 3, 10 times or more to complete the burnishing procedure.
B
Bleeding Brake System
EFS0022V
CAUTION:
●
Carefully monitor brake fluid level at master cylinder during
bleeding operation.
●
Fill reservoir with new brake fluid “DOT 3”. Make sure it is
full at all times while bleeding air out of system.
●
Place a container under master cylinder to avoid spillage of
brake fluid.
●
For models with ABS, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connectors or battery
ground cable.
●
Bleed air in the following order.
Right rear brake → Left front brake → Left rear brake →
Right front brake
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
A
C
D
E
SBR995
BR
G
Connect a transparent vinyl tube to air bleeder valve.
Fully depress brake pedal several times.
With brake pedal depressed, open air bleeder valve to release
air.
Close air bleeder valve.
Release brake pedal slowly.
Repeat steps 2. through 5. until clear brake fluid comes out of air
bleeder valve.
Tighten air bleeder valve to specification.
H
I
J
SBR419C
Air bleeder valve
Front and rear disc
brake
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m,
61 - 78 in-lb)
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BR-7
2003 Sentra
BRAKE HYDRAULIC LINE
BRAKE HYDRAULIC LINE
Hydraulic Circuit
PFP:46210
EFS0022W
WBR074
Removal
EFS0022X
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
●
All hoses must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
Revision: May 2004
BR-8
2003 Sentra
BRAKE HYDRAULIC LINE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect vinyl tube to air bleeder valve.
Drain brake fluid from each air bleeder valve by depressing
brake pedal.
Remove flare nut connecting brake tube and hose, then withdraw lock spring.
Cover openings to prevent entrance of dirt whenever disconnecting brake line.
A
B
C
SBR992
D
Inspection
EFS0022Y
Check brake lines (tubes and hoses) for cracks, deterioration or other damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Installation
1.
EFS0022Z
E
Tighten all flare nuts and connecting bolts.
Specification
Flare nut
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m, 11 - 13 ft-lb)
Connect: 17 - 20 N·m (1.7 - 2.0 kg-m, 12 - 14 ft-lb)
ing bolt
2. Refill until new brake fluid comes out of each air bleeder valve.
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
3. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake
System" .
BR
G
H
SBR686C
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BR-9
2003 Sentra
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE
DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE
Inspection
PFP:46400
EFS00230
CAUTION:
●
Carefully monitor brake fluid level at master cylinder.
●
Use new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately.
1. Connect Tool to air bleeders of front and rear brakes on either
LH and RH side.
2. Bleed air from the Tool.
3. Check fluid pressure by depressing brake pedal.
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
All QG18DE
QR25DE without
ABS
QR25DE with ABS
Applied pressure
(Front brake)
7,355 (75, 1,067)
6,374 (65, 924)
6,374 (65, 924)
Output pressure
(Rear brake)
5,099 - 5,492
(52 - 56,
740 - 796)
3,775 - 4,168
(38 - 42,
548 - 604)
4,119 - 4,511
(42 - 46,
597 - 654)
Applied model
SBR822BA
If output pressure is out of specification, replace dual proportioning valve.
Bleed air after disconnecting the Tool. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding
Brake System" .
●
4.
SBR823BA
Revision: May 2004
BR-10
2003 Sentra
BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET
BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET
Removal and Installation
PFP:46501
A
EFS00231
B
C
D
E
BR
G
WBR022
Inspection
●
–
–
–
–
EFS00232
H
Check brake pedal for following items:
Brake pedal bend
Clevis pin deformation
Crack of any welded portion
Crack or deformation of clevis pin stopper
I
J
SBR997
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BR-11
2003 Sentra
BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET
Adjustment
EFS00233
BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT
●
Check brake pedal free height from metal panel and adjust if
necessary.
H : Free height
Refer to BR-35, "Brake Pedal" .
D : Depressed height
90 mm (3.54 in)
Under force of 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb)
with engine running
A : Pedal free play at pedal pad
1.0 - 3.0 mm (0.039 - 0.118 in)
WBR075
1.
2.
3.
Loosen lock nut and adjust pedal free height by turning brake
booster input rod. Then tighten lock nut.
Check pedal free play.
Make sure that stop lamps go off when pedal is released.
Check brake pedal's depressed height while engine is running. If
lower than specification, check brake system for leaks, accumulation of air or any damage to components (master cylinder,
wheel cylinder, etc.); then make necessary repairs.
SBR229E
STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ASCD CANCEL SWITCH CLEARANCE
1. Twist and pull to remove switch.
2. Pull up on brake pedal pad and hold.
3. Insert switch into retainer until switch plunger is completely depressed.
4. Turn the switch until it locks into place in the brake pedal bracket.
NOTE:
When turning the switch to lock into place, the switch backs off the stopper to the correct clearance automatically.
5. Release the brake pedal pad.
Revision: May 2004
BR-12
2003 Sentra
MASTER CYLINDER
MASTER CYLINDER
Removal
PFP:46010
A
EFS00234
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
WFIA0073E
J
1.
Reservoir cap
2.
Oil filter
3.
Float
4.
Reservoir tank
5.
Seal
6.
Cylinder body
7.
Spring pin (with ABS)
8.
Piston stopper pin (with ABS)
9.
Secondary piston assembly
10. Primary piston assembly
11. Stopper cap
12. Proportioning valve (without ABS)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
1. Connect a vinyl tube to air bleeder valve.
2. Drain brake fluid from each air bleeder valve, depressing brake pedal to empty fluid from master cylinder.
3. Remove brake line flare nuts from master cylinder.
4. Remove master cylinder mounting nuts.
Disassembly
1.
EFS00235
Bend claws of stopper cap outward and remove stopper cap.
SBR234E
Revision: May 2004
BR-13
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
MASTER CYLINDER
2.
3.
Drive out spring pin from cylinder body (with ABS).
Draw out reservoir tank and seals.
SBR231E
4.
5.
Remove piston stopper pin while piston is pushed into cylinder
(with ABS).
Remove piston assemblies.
● If it is difficult to remove secondary piston assembly,
gradually apply compressed air through fluid outlet.
SBR232E
Inspection
EFS00236
Check for the following items.
Replace any part if damaged.
Master cylinder:
●
Pin holes or scratches on inner wall.
Piston:
●
Deformation of or scratches on piston cups.
Assembly
1.
EFS00237
Insert secondary piston assembly. Then insert primary piston
assembly.
● Pay attention to alignment of secondary piston slit with
valve stopper mounting hole of cylinder body (with ABS).
WBR068
SBR221BA
Revision: May 2004
BR-14
2003 Sentra
MASTER CYLINDER
2.
3.
4.
Install piston stopper pin while piston is pushed into cylinder
(with ABS).
Push reservoir tank seals and reservoir tank into cylinder body.
Install spring pin (with ABS).
A
B
C
SBR232E
D
5.
●
Install stopper cap.
Before installing stopper cap, ensure that claws are bent
inward.
E
BR
G
SBR235E
Installation
1.
2.
EFS00238
Place master cylinder onto brake booster and secure mounting
nuts lightly.
Tighten master cylinder mounting nuts.
Master cylinder
I
: 12 - 15 N·m (1.2 - 1.5 kg-m,
9 - 11 ft-lb)
3. Fill reservoir tank with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
4. Plug all ports on master cylinder with fingers to prevent air suction while releasing brake pedal.
5. Have driver depress brake pedal slowly several times until no air comes out of master cylinder.
6. Fit brake lines to master cylinder.
7. Tighten flare nuts.
Flare nuts
8.
J
K
SBR236E
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m, 11 - 13 ft-lb)
Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake System" .
Revision: May 2004
BR-15
H
2003 Sentra
L
M
BRAKE BOOSTER
BRAKE BOOSTER
On-vehicle Service
PFP:47200
EFS00239
OPERATING CHECK
1.
2.
Stop engine and depress brake pedal several times. Check that
pedal stroke does not change.
Depress brake pedal, then start engine. If pedal goes down
slightly, operation is normal.
SBR002A
AIRTIGHT CHECK
1.
2.
Start engine, and stop it after one or two minutes. Depress brake
pedal several times slowly. The pedal should go further down
the first time, and then it should gradually rise thereafter.
Depress brake pedal while engine is running, and stop engine
with pedal depressed. The pedal stroke should not change after
holding pedal down for 30 seconds.
SBR365AA
Removal
EFS0023A
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may
cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted
areas, wash it away with water immediately.
●
Be careful not to deform or bend brake lines, during
removal of booster.
SBR232CB
Inspection
EFS0023B
OUTPUT ROD LENGTH CHECK
1.
2.
3.
Apply vacuum of −66.7 kPa (−500 mmHg, −19.69 inHg) to brake
booster with a hand vacuum pump.
Add preload of 19.6 N (2 kg, 4.4 lb) to output rod.
Check output rod length.
Specified length
: 10.275 - 10.525 mm
(0.4045 - 0.4144 in)
SBR208E
Revision: May 2004
BR-16
2003 Sentra
BRAKE BOOSTER
Installation
EFS0023C
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to deform or bend brake lines, during installation of booster.
●
Replace clevis pin if damaged.
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
●
Take care not to damage brake booster mounting bolt thread when installing. Due to the acute
angle of installation, the threads can be damaged with the dash panel.
1. Before fitting booster, temporarily adjust clevis to dimension
shown.
2. Fit booster, then secure mounting nuts (brake pedal bracket to
master cylinder) lightly.
3. Connect brake pedal and booster input rod with clevis pin.
4. Install and tighten brake booster mounting nuts to specification.
Brake booster
5.
6.
7.
8.
A
B
C
D
E
: 13 - 16 N·m (1.3 - 1.6 kg-m, 9 - 12 ft-lb)
Install master cylinder. Refer to BR-15, "Installation" .
Connect brake booster vacuum hose.
Adjust brake pedal height. Refer to BR-12, "BRAKE PEDAL
HEIGHT" .
Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake System" .
BR
WFIA0042E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BR-17
2003 Sentra
VACUUM HOSE
VACUUM HOSE
Removal and Installation
PFP:41920
EFS0023D
CAUTION:
When installing vacuum hoses, pay attention to the following points:
●
Do not apply any oil or lubricants to vacuum hose with
check valve.
●
Insert vacuum tube into vacuum hose as shown.
●
Install vacuum hose with the internal check valve oriented
in the correct direction. The arrow on the hose should point
to the engine connection.
SBR225B
Inspection
EFS0023E
HOSES AND CONNECTORS
Check vacuum lines and connections for airtightness, improper attachment, chafing and deterioration.
CHECK VALVE
Check vacuum with a vacuum pump.
Connect to booster side
Vacuum should exist
Connect to engine side
Vacuum should not exist
SBR844B
Revision: May 2004
BR-18
2003 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
FRONT DISC BRAKE
Component
PFP:41000
A
EFS0023F
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
ABR556
1.
Main pin
2.
Pin boot
3.
Torque member fixing bolt
4.
Torque member
5.
Shim cover
6.
Inner shim
7.
Inner pad
8.
Pad retainer
9.
Outer pad
10. Outer shim
11. Connecting bolt
12. Copper washer
13. Main pin bolt
14. Air bleeder valve
15. Cylinder body
16. Piston seal
17. Piston
18. Piston boot
J
K
L
Pad Replacement
EFS0023G
WARNING:
Clean brake pads with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of airborne particles or other
materials.
CAUTION:
●
When cylinder body is open, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
●
Be careful not to damage piston boot or get oil on rotor. Always replace shims when replacing
pads.
●
If shims are rusted or show peeling of the rubber coat, replace them with new shims.
●
It is not necessary to remove connecting bolt except for disassembly or replacement of caliper
assembly. In this case, suspend cylinder body with wire so as not to stretch brake hose.
●
Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing drums or rotors, after replacing
pads or linings, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
Refer to BR-6, "Brake Burnishing Procedure" .
1. Remove master cylinder reservoir cap.
2.
Remove wheel and tire. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
Revision: May 2004
BR-19
2003 Sentra
M
FRONT DISC BRAKE
3.
Remove pin bolt.
SBR976B
4.
Open cylinder body upward. Then remove pad with retainers,
inner and outer shims.
Standard pad thickness
(CL25VA, CL25VB)
Pad wear limit
(CL25VA, CL25VB)
: 11 mm (0.43 in)
: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
NOTE:
Carefully monitor brake fluid level because brake fluid will
return to reservoir when pushing back piston.
SBR932C
Caliper Removal
1.
2.
EFS0023H
Remove wheel and tire. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
Remove torque member fixing bolts and brake hose connecting
bolt.
WARNING:
Clean brake pads with a vacuum dust collector to minimize
the hazard of airborne particles or other materials.
● It is not necessary to remove brake hose connecting bolt
except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, suspend caliper assembly with wire so
as not to stretch brake hose.
SBR979B
Caliper Disassembly
1.
EFS0023I
Push out piston with piston boot with compressed air.
WARNING:
Do not place your fingers in front of piston.
SBR772
2.
Remove piston seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not scratch or score cylinder wall.
Revision: May 2004
BR-20
2003 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
3.
Remove the pad retainer.
CAUTION:
When removing the pad retainer from the torque member,
lift it up and out in the direction of the arrows in the figure.
A
B
C
SBR556E
D
Inspection
EFS0023J
CALIPER
Cylinder Body
E
CAUTION:
Use brake fluid to clean. Never use mineral oil.
●
Check inside surface of cylinder for score, rust, wear, damage or presence of foreign materials. If any of BR
the above conditions are observed, replace cylinder body.
●
Minor damage from rust or foreign materials may be eliminated by polishing surface with a fine emery
paper. Replace cylinder body if necessary.
G
Piston
CAUTION:
Piston sliding surface is plated. Do not polish with emery paper even if rust or foreign materials are
stuck to sliding surface.
●
Check piston for score, rust, wear, damage or presence of foreign materials. Replace if any of the above
conditions are observed.
H
I
Slide Pin, Pin Bolt and Pin Boot
Check for wear, cracks or other damage. Replace if any of the above conditions are observed.
J
ROTOR
Rubbing Surface
Check rotor for roughness, cracks or chips.
K
Runout
1.
2.
Secure rotor to wheel hub with at least two nuts (M12 x 1.25).
Check runout using a dial indicator.
CAUTION:
Make sure that wheel bearing axial end play is within the
specifications before measuring. Refer to FAX-5, "Front
Wheel Bearing"
Maximum runout
3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
4.
L
M
: 0.07 mm (0.0028 in)
If the runout is out of specification, find minimum runout mounting position as follows:
SBR219C
Remove nuts and rotor from wheel hub.
Shift the rotor one hole and secure rotor to wheel hub with nuts.
Measure runout.
Repeat steps a. to c. so that minimum runout position can be found.
If the runout is still out of specification, turn rotor with on-car brake lathe (“MAD, DL-8700”, “AMMCO 700
and 705” or equivalent).
Thickness
Thickness variation
(At least 8 positions)
Revision: May 2004
:Maximum 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
BR-21
2003 Sentra
FRONT DISC BRAKE
●
If rotor thickness variation exceeds the specification, turn rotor with on-car brake lathe.
Rotor thickness
repair limit
: 20.0 mm (0.787 in)
Caliper Assembly
1.
2.
3.
EFS0023K
Insert piston seal into groove in cylinder body.
With piston boot fitted to piston, insert piston boot into groove on
cylinder body and install piston.
Properly secure piston boot.
SBR574
Caliper Installation
EFS0023L
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
1. Install brake hose to caliper securely.
2. Install all parts and tighten all bolts. Refer to BR-19, "Component" .
3. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake
System" .
SBR980B
Revision: May 2004
BR-22
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
REAR DISC BRAKE
Component
PFP:44000
A
EFS0023M
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
WBR076
1.
Nut
2.
Washer
3.
Return spring
4.
Toggle lever
5.
Cam
6.
Cam boot
7.
Brake hose
8.
Connecting bolt
9.
Copper washers
10. Air bleeder valve
11. Pin bolt
12. Cable guide
13. Cylinder body
14. Strut
15. O-ring
16. Push rod
17. Key plate
18. Ring C
19. Seat
20. Spring
21. Spring cover
22. Ring B
23. Piston seal
24. Ring A
25. Spacer
26. Wave washer
27. Spacer
28. Ball bearing
29. Adjuster
30. Cup
31. Piston
32. Dust seal
33. Inner shim
34. Inner pad
35. Outer pad
36. Outer shim
37. Pin
38. Pin boot
39. Pad retainer
40. Torque member
41. Torque member fixing bolt
Pad Replacement
J
K
L
M
EFS0023N
WARNING:
Clean brake pads with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of airborne particles or other
materials.
CAUTION:
●
When cylinder body is open, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out.
●
Be careful not to damage piston boot or get oil on rotor. Always replace shims in replacing pads.
●
If shims are rusted or show peeling of rubber coat, replace them with new shims.
●
It is not necessary to remove connecting bolt except for disassembly or replacement of caliper
assembly. In this case, suspend cylinder body with wire so as not to stretch brake hose.
Revision: May 2004
BR-23
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
●
1.
Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing drums or rotors, after replacing
pads or linings, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
Refer to BR-6, "Brake Burnishing Procedure" .
Remove master cylinder reservoir cap.
SBR938C
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove wheel and tire. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
Remove brake cable mounting bolt and lock spring.
Release parking brake control lever, then disconnect cable from the caliper.
Remove upper pin bolt.
Open cylinder body downward and secure with wire as shown.
Then remove pad retainers, and inner and outer shims.
Standard pad thickness
Pad wear limit
: 10 mm (0.39 in)
: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
SBR916C
7.
When installing new pads, push piston into cylinder body by
gently turning piston clockwise, as shown.
NOTE:
Carefully monitor brake fluid level because brake fluid will
return to reservoir when pushing back piston.
SBR641
SBR868C
Revision: May 2004
BR-24
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
8.
Adjust the piston to the right angle as shown.
A
B
C
SBR306E
D
9.
Align the piston's concave to the pad's convex, then install the
cylinder body to the torque member as shown.
E
BR
G
SBR307E
Caliper Removal
EFS0023O
WARNING:
Clean brake pads with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of airborne particles or other
materials.
1. Remove wheel and tire. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
2. Remove brake cable mounting bolt and lock spring.
3. Release parking brake control lever, then disconnect cable from
the caliper.
4. Remove torque member fixing bolts and brake hose connecting
bolt.
NOTE:
It is not necessary to remove brake hose connecting bolt
except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly.
In this case, suspend caliper assembly with wire so as not
to stretch brake hose.
SBR939C
5. Remove caliper assembly.
Caliper Disassembly
1.
EFS0023P
Remove piston by turning it counterclockwise with suitable commercial service tool or long nose pliers.
SBR868C
Revision: May 2004
BR-25
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
REAR DISC BRAKE
SBR646
2.
Pry off ring A from piston with suitable pliers and remove cup,
adjuster, bearing, spacers, and wave washer.
SBR889
3.
a.
b.
Disassemble cylinder body.
Pry off ring B with suitable pliers, then remove spring cover,
spring and seat.
Pry off ring C, then remove key plate, push rod and rod.
SBR088B
c.
Remove piston seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage cylinder body.
SBR656
4.
Remove return spring, toggle lever and cable guide.
SBR877
Revision: May 2004
BR-26
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
Inspection
EFS0023Q
A
CALIPER
CAUTION:
Use brake fluid to clean cylinder. Never use mineral oil.
B
Cylinder Body
●
●
Check inside surface of cylinder for score, rust, wear, damage or presence of foreign materials. If any of
the above conditions are observed, replace cylinder body.
Minor damage from rust or foreign materials may be eliminated by polishing surface with a fine emery
paper.
Replace cylinder body if necessary.
C
D
Torque Member
Check for wear, cracks or other damage. Replace if necessary.
E
Piston
CAUTION:
Piston sliding surface is plated. Do not polish with emery paper even if rust or foreign matter is stuck
to sliding surface.
BR
Check piston for score, rust, wear, damage or presence of foreign materials.
Replace if any of the above conditions are observed.
Pin and Pin Boot
G
Check for wear, cracks or other damage.
Replace if any of the above conditions are observed.
H
ROTOR
Rubbing Surface
Check rotor for roughness, cracks or chips.
I
Runout
1.
2.
3.
Secure rotor to wheel hub with two nuts (M12 x 1.25).
Check runout using a dial indicator.
CAUTION:
Make sure that axial end play is within the specifications
before measuring. Refer to RAX-5, "Rear Wheel Bearing" .
Change relative positions of rotor and wheel hub so that runout
is minimized.
Maximum runout
J
K
L
: 0.07 mm (0.0028 in)
SBR219C
M
Thickness
Rotor repair limit
Standard thickness
Minimum thickness
Maximum thickness variation
(At least 8 portions)
Revision: May 2004
: 9 mm (0.35 in)
: 8 mm (0.31 in)
: 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
BR-27
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
Caliper Assembly
1.
EFS0023R
Insert cam with depression facing toward open end of cylinder.
SBR247B
2.
Generously apply rubber grease to strut and push rod to make
insertion easy.
SBR248B
3.
Fit push rod into square hole in key plate. Also match convex
portion of key plate with concave portion of cylinder.
SBR893
4.
Install ring C with a suitable tool.
WFIA0077E
Revision: May 2004
BR-28
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
5.
Install seat, spring, spring cover and ring B with snap ring pliers
and a suitable press and drift.
A
B
C
SBR869C
D
E
BR
G
SBR879
6.
Install cup in the specified direction.
H
I
J
SBR892
7.
8.
Install cup, adjuster, bearing, spacers, washer and ring A with a
suitable tool.
Insert piston seal into groove on cylinder body.
K
L
M
SBR100B
9.
With piston boot fitted to piston, insert piston boot into groove on
cylinder body and fit piston by turning it clockwise with long nose
pliers, or suitable tool.
SBR646
Revision: May 2004
BR-29
2003 Sentra
REAR DISC BRAKE
SBR868C
10. Fit toggle lever, return spring and cable guide.
SBR027D
11. Adjust the piston to the right angle as shown.
SBR306E
Caliper Installation
EFS0023S
1.
Install caliper assembly.
● As shown in the figure, align the piston's concave to the pad's
convex, then install the cylinder body to the torque member.
2. Install brake hose to caliper securely.
3. Install all parts and tighten all bolts. Refer to BR-23, "Component" .
4. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake
System" .
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
Revision: May 2004
BR-30
SBR307E
2003 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
REAR DRUM BRAKE
Components
PFP:43206
A
EFS0023T
B
C
D
E
BR
G
H
I
J
LBR139
1.
Air bleeder valve
2.
Cylinder body
3.
Wheel cylinder
4.
Shoe
5.
Shoe hold-down spring
6.
Brake drum
7.
Return spring
8.
Return spring
9.
Shoe
10. Adjuster spring
11. Adjuster
12. Shoe hold-down pin
13. Adjuster plug
14. Back plate
15. Retainer
16. Adjusting lever
17. Washer
18. Toggle lever
19. Dust cover
20. Piston
21. Piston cap
K
L
M
22. Spring
Removal
EFS0023U
WARNING:
Clean brake lining with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of airborne materials or other
materials.
CAUTION:
Make sure parking brake lever is completely released.
1. Remove wheel and tire. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
Revision: May 2004
BR-31
2003 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
2.
Release parking brake lever fully, then remove drum.
LBR027
●
If drum is hard to remove, remove adjuster plug. Shorten
adjuster as shown to make clearance between brake shoe
and drum. Install two bolts as shown. Tighten the two bolts
gradually.
LBR030
3.
4.
5.
After removing retainer, remove spring by rotating shoes.
NOTE:
Be careful not to damage parking brake cable when separating it.
Remove adjuster.
Disconnect parking brake cable from toggle lever.
ABR015
6.
Remove retainer ring with a suitable tool. Then separate toggle
lever and adjusting lever from the brake shoe.
ABR016
Revision: May 2004
BR-32
2003 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
Inspection
EFS0023V
A
WHEEL CYLINDER
●
●
Check wheel cylinder for leakage.
Check for wear, damage and loose conditions.
Replace if any such condition exists.
B
C
D
SBR330C
WHEEL CYLINDER OVERHAUL
●
●
E
Check all internal parts for wear, rust and damage. Replace if
necessary.
Be careful not to scratch cylinder when installing pistons.
BR
G
H
LBR028
DRUM
Maximum inner
diameter
Out-of-roundness
●
●
●
I
: 204.5 mm (8.05 in)
: 0.03 mm (0.0012 in) or less
J
Contact surface should be fine finished with No. 120 to 150
emery paper.
Using a drum lathe, resurface brake drum if it shows score, partial wear or stepped wear.
After brake drum has been completely reconditioned or
replaced, check drum and shoes for proper contact pattern.
K
LBR031
LINING
M
Check lining thickness.
Standard lining
thickness
Lining wear limit
: 4.5 mm (0.177 in)
: 1.5 mm (0.059 in)
WBR186
Revision: May 2004
L
BR-33
2003 Sentra
REAR DRUM BRAKE
Installation
●
●
1.
2.
EFS0023W
Always perform shoe clearance adjustment. Refer to PB-3, "Adjustment" .
Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing drums, after replacing linings, or
if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-6, "Brake Burnishing Procedure" .
Fit toggle lever and adjusting lever to brake shoe with retainer ring.
Apply brake grease to the contact areas shown.
LBR029
3.
Shorten adjuster by rotating it.
● Pay attention to direction of adjuster.
Wheel
Left
Right
Screw
Left-hand thread
Right-hand thread
LBR026
4. Connect parking brake cable to toggle lever.
5. Install all parts.
Be careful not to damage wheel cylinder piston boots.
6. Check that all parts are installed properly.
Pay attention to direction of adjuster assembly.
7. Install brake drum.
8. When installing new wheel cylinder or overhauling wheel cylinder, bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding
Brake System" .
9. Adjust parking brake. Refer to PB-3, "Adjustment" .
10. Install wheel and tire. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
Revision: May 2004
BR-34
LBR032
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
A
EFS0023X
Unit: mm (in)
Applied Model
Brake model
QG18DE
QR25DE
CL25VA
CL25VB
Cylinder bore diameter
Front brake
57.2 (2.252)
Pad length × width × thickness
257 × 22 (10.12 × 0.87)
280 × 22 (11.02 × 0.87)
LT20G
CL9HC
Cylinder bore diameter/caliper bore diameter
15.87 (5/8) type a
17.45 (11/16) type b
33.96 (1 11/32)
Lining length × width × thickness
219.4 × 35 × 4.5
(8.64 × 1.38 × 0.177)
89.1 × 39.5 × 10
(3.508 × 1.555 × 0.39)
203.2 (8)
258 × 9 (10.16 × 0.35)
Brake model
Rear brake
Drum inner diameter/Disc diameter × thickness
Cylinder bore diameter
Brake fluid
E
BR
Dual proportioning valve
Split point [kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)] × reducing ratio
1,961 (20,284) × 0.2
Booster model
Brake booster
D
23.81 (15/16)
Valve model
Control valve
C
125.6 × 46.0 × 11.0 (4.94 × 1.811 × 0.433)
Rotor outer diameter × thickness
Master cylinder
B
2,942 (30,427) × 0.2
G
M215T
Primary: 230 (9.06)
Secondary: 205 (8.07)
Diaphragm diameter
Recommended brake fluid
H
DOT 3
Disc Brake
EFS0023Y
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
CL25VA/CL25VB (Front)
CL9HC (Rear)
Pad wear limit
Minimum thickness
2.0 (0.079)
2.0 (0.079)
Rotor repair limit
Minimum thickness
20 (0.79)
8.0 (0.31)
I
J
K
Drum Brake
EFS0023Z
Unit: mm (in)
Brake model
Lining wear limit
Drum repair limit
L
LT20G
Minimum thickness
1.5 (0.059)
Maximum inner diameter
204.5 (8.05)
Maximum out-of round
0.03 (0.0012)
Brake Pedal
M
EFS00240
Unit: mm (in)
Free height “H”*
M/T
156 - 166 (6.14 - 6.54)
A/T
164.9 - 174.9 (6.49 - 6.89)
Depressed height "D"
[under force of 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb) with engine running]
90 (3.54)
Pedal free play "A"
1.0 - 3.0 (0.039 - 0.118)
*: Measured from surface of dash reinforcement panel.
Revision: May 2004
BR-35
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
BR-36
2003 Sentra
F BRAKES
A
B
SECTION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
ABS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
Precautions for Brake System .................................. 3
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4
DESCRIPTION ............................................................ 5
Purpose .................................................................... 5
Operation ................................................................. 5
ABS Hydraulic Circuit ............................................... 5
System Components ................................................ 6
System Description .................................................. 6
SENSOR ............................................................... 6
CONTROL UNIT (BUILT-IN ABS ACTUATOR
AND ELECTRIC UNIT) ......................................... 6
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT .............. 7
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location..... 8
Schematic ................................................................ 9
Wiring Diagram — ABS — ..................................... 10
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 14
Self-diagnosis ......................................................... 14
FUNCTION .......................................................... 14
SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ...................... 14
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
(MALFUNCTION CODES) .................................. 15
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS (MALFUNCTION CODES) ................. 15
CONSULT-II ........................................................... 16
CONSULT-II APPLICATION TO ABS .................. 16
ECU (ABS CONTROL UNIT) PART NUMBER
Revision: May 2004
MODE .................................................................. 16
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure ......................... 17
SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE ...................... 17
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE ............... 18
DATA MONITOR PROCEDURE .......................... 19
ACTIVE TEST PROCEDURE ............................. 20
DATA MONITOR MODE ...................................... 21
ACTIVE TEST MODE ......................................... 21
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION ........... 22
How to Perform Trouble Diagnoses for Quick and
Accurate Repair ...................................................... 22
INTRODUCTION ................................................. 22
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION ... 23
Preliminary Check .................................................. 23
Ground Circuit Check ............................................. 25
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
GROUND ............................................................ 25
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 26
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart .......................... 26
WHEEL SENSOR OR ROTOR ................................. 27
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 27
ABS ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE AND SOLENOID VALVE RELAY ................................................ 29
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 29
MOTOR RELAY OR MOTOR .................................... 31
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 31
LOW VOLTAGE ........................................................ 33
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 33
CONTROL UNIT ....................................................... 35
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 35
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 36
Symptom 1. ABS Works Frequently ....................... 36
Symptom 2. Unexpected Pedal Action ................... 36
Symptom 3. Long Stopping Distance ..................... 37
Symptom 4. ABS Does Not Work ........................... 38
Symptom 5. Pedal Vibration and Noise .................. 38
Symptom 6. Warning Lamp Does Not Come On
When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ........................ 39
Symptom 7. Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition
BRC-1
2003 Sentra
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Switch Is Turned On ............................................... 41
Revision: May 2004
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..............................44
Removal and Installation .........................................44
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR ...................................44
REAR WHEEL SENSOR (REAR DRUM) ............44
REAR WHEEL SENSOR (REAR DISC) ..............45
SENSOR ROTOR ................................................45
ACTUATOR .........................................................46
BRC-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[ABS]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
EFS0028N
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
BRC
harness connectors.
Precautions for Brake System
EFS0028O
Recommended fluid is brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas.
●
To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder, disc brake caliper and wheel cylinder, use clean brake fluid.
●
Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They
will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
●
Use flare nut wrench when removing and installing brake
tube.
SBR686C
●
Always torque brake lines when installing.
●
Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or
replacing drums or rotors, after replacing pads or linings, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage.
Refer to BR-6, "Brake Burnishing Procedure".
WARNING:
●
Clean brake pads and shoes with a waste cloth, then wipe with a dust collector.
●
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
BRC-3
H
I
J
K
L
EFS0028P
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING"
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Revision: May 2004
G
M
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[ABS]
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools
PFP:00002
EFS002RX
Tool name
Description
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
S-NT360
Revision: May 2004
BRC-4
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
DESCRIPTION
Purpose
PFP:00000
A
EFS00246
The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) consists of electronic and hydraulic components. It allows for control of
braking force so locking of the wheels can be avoided.
1. Improves proper tracking performance through steering wheel operation.
2. Eases obstacle avoidance through steering wheel operation.
3. Improves vehicle stability.
Operation
●
●
●
B
C
EFS00247
When the vehicle speed is less than 10 km/h (6 MPH), this system does not work.
The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) has a self-test function. The system turns on the ABS warning lamp
for 1 second each time the ignition switch is turned “ON”. After the engine is started, the ABS warning
lamp turns off. The system performs a test the first time the vehicle reaches 6 km/h (4 MPH). A mechanical noise may be heard as the ABS performs this self-test. This is a normal part of the self-test feature. If
a malfunction is found during this check, the ABS warning lamp will stay on.
While driving, a mechanical noise may be heard during ABS operation. This is a normal condition.
ABS Hydraulic Circuit
D
E
BRC
EFS00248
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ABR752
1.
Inlet solenoid valve
2.
Outlet solenoid valve
3.
Pump
4.
Motor
5.
Bypass check valve
6.
Damper
7.
Solenoid valve relay actuator
Revision: May 2004
BRC-5
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
System Components
EFS00249
WBR035
System Description
EFS0024A
SENSOR
The sensor unit consists of a gear-shaped sensor rotor and a sensor
element. The element contains a bar magnet around which a coil is
wound. The front sensors are installed on the front spindles and the
rear sensors are installed on the rear spindles. As the wheel rotates,
the sensor generates a sine-wave pattern. The frequency and voltage increase(s) as the rotating speed increases.
SBR124B
CONTROL UNIT (BUILT-IN ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT)
The control unit computes the wheel rotating speed by the signal
current sent from the sensor. Then it supplies a DC current to the
actuator solenoid valve. It also controls ON-OFF operation of the
valve relay and motor relay. If any electrical malfunction should be
detected in the system, the control unit causes the warning lamp to
light up. In this condition, the ABS will be deactivated by the control
unit, and the vehicle's brake system reverts to normal operation. (For
control unit layout, refer to BRC-7, "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT" .)
WBR039
Revision: May 2004
BRC-6
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
The ABS actuator and electric unit contains:
●
An electric motor and pump
●
Two relays
●
Eight solenoid valves, each inlet and outlet for
— LH front
— RH front
— LH rear
— RH rear
●
ABS control unit
This component controls the hydraulic circuit and increases, holds or
decreases hydraulic pressure to all or individual wheels. The ABS
actuator and electric unit is serviced as an assembly.
A
B
C
WBR040
E
ABS Actuator Operation
Inlet solenoid
valve
Outlet solenoid
valve
OFF (Open)
OFF (Closed)
Master cylinder brake fluid pressure is directly transmitted to caliper via the inlet solenoid valve.
Pressure hold
ON (Closed)
OFF (Closed)
Hydraulic circuit is shut off to hold the caliper brake
fluid pressure.
G
Pressure
decrease
ON (Closed)
ON (Open)
Caliper brake fluid is sent to reservoir via the outlet
solenoid valve. Then it is pushed up to the master
cylinder by pump.
H
Pressure
increase
OFF (Open)
Normal brake operation
ABS operation
D
OFF (Closed)
BRC
Master cylinder brake fluid pressure is transmitted to
caliper.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-7
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
EFS0024B
WFIA0039E
Revision: May 2004
BRC-8
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
Schematic
EFS0024C
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WFWA0001E
Revision: May 2004
BRC-9
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
Wiring Diagram — ABS —
EFS0024D
WFWA0002E
LBR071
Revision: May 2004
BRC-10
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WFWA0004E
LBR072
Revision: May 2004
BRC-11
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
WFWA0015E
Revision: May 2004
BRC-12
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL
WIRE
ITEM
CONDITION
NO.
COLOR
10
L/B
ABS WARNING LAMP IN
COMBINATION METER
WHEN ABS LAMP IS ACTIVE
WHEN ABS LAMP IS NOT ACTIVE
A
DATA (APPROX.)
0V
11
GY/L
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
—
—
12
OR/B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
—
—
14
R/G
STOP LAMP SWITCH
22
G/B
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED
WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED
—
B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
D
—
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-13
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Self-diagnosis
PFP:00000
EFS0024E
FUNCTION
●
When a problem occurs in the ABS, the warning lamp on the instrument panel comes on. To start the selfdiagnostic results mode, ground the self-diagnostic (check) terminal located on Data Link Connector. The
location of the malfunction is indicated by the warning lamp flashing.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Drive vehicle over 30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least one minute.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Ground terminal 9 of Data Link Connector with a suitable harness.
Turn ignition switch ON while grounding terminal 9.
Do not depress brake pedal.
WBR045
5.
6.
7.
8.
After 3.0 seconds, the warning lamp starts flashing to indicate
the malfunction code No. (See NOTE.)
Verify the location of the malfunction with the malfunction code
chart. Refer to BRC-26, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart" .
Then make the necessary repairs following the diagnostic procedures.
After the malfunctions are repaired, erase the malfunction codes
stored in the control unit. Refer to BRC-15, "HOW TO ERASE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (MALFUNCTION CODES)" .
Rerun the self-diagnostic results mode to verify that the malfunction codes have been erased.
WBR039
9.
Disconnect the check terminal from the ground. The self-diagnostic results mode is now complete.
10. Check warning lamp for deactivation after driving vehicle over
30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least one minute.
11. After making certain that warning lamp does not come on, test
the ABS in a safe area to verify that it functions properly.
NOTE:
The indication terminates after 5 minutes.
However, when the ignition switch is turned from OFF to ON, the
indication starts flashing again.
WBR045
Revision: May 2004
BRC-14
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
HOW TO READ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (MALFUNCTION CODES)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Determine the code No. by counting the number of times the warning lamp flashes on and off.
When several malfunctions occur at one time, up to three code numbers can be stored; the latest malfunction will be indicated first.
The indication begins with the start code 12. After that a maximum of three code numbers appear in the
order of the latest one first. The indication then returns to the start code 12 to repeat (the indication will
stay on for five minutes at most).
Refer to BRC-26, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart" for a list of malfunction codes.
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
SBR457D
G
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (MALFUNCTION CODES)
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect the check terminal from ground (ABS warning lamp
will stay lit).
Within 12.5 seconds, ground the check terminal three times.
Each terminal ground must last more than 1 second. The ABS
warning lamp goes out after the erase operation has been completed.
Perform self-diagnosis again. Refer to BRC-14, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" . Only the start code should appear, no
malfunction codes.
H
I
J
ABR256
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-15
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
CONSULT-II
EFS0024F
CONSULT-II APPLICATION TO ABS
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
ACTIVE TEST
Front right wheel sensor
×
×
—
Front left wheel sensor
×
×
—
Rear right wheel sensor
×
×
—
Rear left wheel sensor
×
×
—
ABS sensor
×
—
—
Stop lamp switch
—
×
—
Front right inlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Front right outlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Front left inlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Front left outlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Rear right inlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Rear right outlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Rear left inlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Rear left outlet solenoid valve
×
×
×
Actuator solenoid valve relay
×
×
—
Actuator motor relay
(ABS MOTOR is shown on the Data Monitor
screen.)
×
×
×
ABS warning lamp
—
×
—
Battery voltage
×
×
—
Control unit
×
—
—
ITEM
×: Applicable
—: Not applicable
ECU (ABS CONTROL UNIT) PART NUMBER MODE
Ignore the ECU part number displayed in the ECU PART NUMBER MODE. Refer to Parts Catalog to order the
ECU.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-16
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure
EFS0024G
SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-II to Data Link Connector.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle over 30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least one minute.
C
D
LAT136
5.
E
Stop vehicle with engine running and touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
BRC
G
PBR455D
6.
Touch “ABS”.
H
I
J
K
WKIA0156E
7.
●
8.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
The screen shows the detected malfunction and how many
times the ignition switch has been turned ON since the malfunction.
Make the necessary repairs following the diagnostic procedures.
M
WFIA0043E
Revision: May 2004
BRC-17
L
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
9.
After the malfunctions are repaired, erase the self-diagnostic
results stored in the control unit by touching “ERASE”.
10. Check warning lamp for deactivation after driving vehicle over
30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least one minute.
11. Test the ABS in a safe area to verify that it functions properly.
PBR950C
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Diagnostic item
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference Page
FR RH SENSOR1
[OPEN]
●
Circuit for front right wheel sensor is open.
(An abnormally high input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
FR LH SENSOR1
[OPEN]
●
Circuit for front left wheel sensor is open.
(An abnormally high input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
RR RH SENSOR1
[OPEN]
●
Circuit for rear right sensor is open.
(An abnormally high input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
RR LH SENSOR1
[OPEN]
●
Circuit for rear left sensor is open.
(An abnormally high input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
FR RH SENSOR1
[SHORT]
●
Circuit for front right wheel sensor is shorted.
(An abnormally low input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
FR LH SENSOR1
[SHORT]
●
Circuit for front left wheel sensor is shorted.
(An abnormally low input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
RR RH SENSOR1
[SHORT]
●
Circuit for rear right sensor is shorted.
(An abnormally low input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
RR LH SENSOR1
[SHORT]
●
Circuit for rear left sensor is shorted.
(An abnormally low input voltage is entered.)
BRC-27
ABS SENSOR1
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
●
Teeth damage on sensor rotor or improper installation of wheel sensor.
(Abnormal wheel sensor signal is entered.)
BRC-27
FR RH IN ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for front right inlet solenoid valve is open.
(An abnormally low output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
FR LH IN ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for front left inlet solenoid valve is open.
(An abnormally low output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for front right outlet solenoid valve is open.
(An abnormally low output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for front left outlet solenoid valve is open.
(An abnormally low output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
RR RH IN ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for rear right inlet solenoid valve is shorted.
(An abnormally high output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
RR LH IN ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for rear left inlet solenoid valve is shorted.
(An abnormally high output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for rear right outlet solenoid valve is shorted.
(An abnormally high output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
[OPEN, SHORT]
●
Circuit for rear left outlet solenoid valve is shorted.
(An abnormally high output voltage is entered.)
BRC-29
ABS ACTUATOR RELAY
[ABNORMAL]
●
Actuator solenoid valve relay is ON, even if control unit sends off signal.
●
Actuator solenoid valve relay is OFF, even if control unit sends on signal.
●
Circuit for ABS motor relay is open or shorted.
●
Circuit for actuator motor is open or shorted.
●
Actuator motor relay is stuck.
ABS MOTOR RELAY
[ABNORMAL]
Revision: May 2004
BRC-18
BRC-29
BRC-31
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
Diagnostic item
Diagnostic item is detected when...
BATTERY VOLT
[VB-LOW]
●
Power source voltage supplied to ABS control unit is abnormally low.
CONTROL UNIT
●
Function of calculation in ABS control unit has failed.
Reference Page
A
BRC-33
BRC-35
1:
If one or more wheels spin on a rough or slippery road for 40 seconds or more, the ABS warning lamp will illuminate. This does not
indicate a malfunction. Only in the case of the short-circuit (Code Nos. 26, 22, 32 and 36), after repair the ABS warning lamp also illuminates when the ignition switch is turned ON. In this case, drive the vehicle at speeds greater than 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1
minute as specified in BRC-14, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" . Check to ensure that the ABS warning lamp goes out while the
vehicle is being driven.
DATA MONITOR PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
C
D
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-II to Data Link Connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
E
BRC
G
PBR455D
5.
Touch “ABS”.
H
I
J
WKIA0156E
6.
K
Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
L
M
WFIA0043E
Revision: May 2004
BRC-19
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
ACTIVE TEST PROCEDURE
●
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
When conducting Active test, vehicle must be stationary.
When ABS warning lamp stays on, never conduct Active test.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect CONSULT-II to Data Link Connector.
Start engine.
Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
PBR455D
5.
Touch “ABS”.
WKIA0156E
6.
Touch “ACTIVE TEST”.
WFIA0043E
7.
Select active test item by touching screen.
PBR976C
Revision: May 2004
BRC-20
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
8.
9.
Touch “START”.
Carry out the active test by touching screen key.
A
B
C
PBR934C
D
DATA MONITOR MODE
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
FR LH SENSOR
FR RH SENSOR
RR LH SENSOR
RR RH SENSOR
Drive vehicle.
(Each wheel is rotating.)
Wheel speed signal
(Almost the same speed as speedometer.)
WARNING LAMP
Ignition switch is ON or engine
is running.
ABS warning lamp is turned on: ON
ABS warning lamp is turned off: OFF
STOP LAMP SW
Brake is depressed.
Depress the pedal: ON
Release the pedal: OFF
G
MOTOR RELAY
1. Drive vehicle at speeds over
30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least
1 minute.
2. Engine is running.
ABS is not operating: OFF
ABS is operating: ON
H
ACTUATOR RELAY
Ignition switch is ON or engine
is running.
Ignition switch ON (Engine stops): OFF
Engine running: ON
FR LH OUT SOL
FR LH IN SOL
FR RH OUT SOL
FR RH IN SOL
RR LH OUT SOL
RR LH IN SOL
RR RH OUT SOL
RR RH IN SOL
1. Drive vehicle at speeds over
30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least
1 minute.
2. Engine is running.
Operating conditions for each solenoid valve are indicated. ABS is
not operating: OFF
BATTERY VOLT
Ignition switch is ON or engine
is running.
E
BRC
I
J
K
Power supply voltage for control unit
L
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
M
Brake fluid pressure control operation
FR RH SOL
FR LH SOL
RR RH SOL
RR LH SOL
ABS MOTOR
Engine is running.
IN SOL
OUT SOL
UP (Increase):
OFF
OFF
KEEP (Hold):
ON
OFF
DOWN (Decrease):
ON
ON
ABS actuator motor
ON: Motor runs (ABS motor relay ON)
OFF: Motor stops (ABS motor relay OFF)
NOTE:
Active test will automatically stop ten seconds after the test starts. (TEST IS STOPPED monitor shows ON.)
Revision: May 2004
BRC-21
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[ABS]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
How to Perform Trouble Diagnoses for Quick and Accurate Repair
PFP:00000
EFS0024H
INTRODUCTION
The ABS system has an electronic control unit to control major functions. The control unit accepts input signals from sensors and
instantly drives the actuators. It is essential that both kinds of signals
are proper and stable. It is also important to check for conventional
problems: such as air leaks in booster lines, lack of brake fluid, or
other problems with the brake system.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or faulty wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspicious circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems, so a
road test should be performed.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with an ABS complaint. The customer is
a very good source of information on such problems; especially
intermittent ones. By talking to the customer, find out what symptoms
are present and under what conditions they occur. Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This is one of the
best ways to troubleshoot brake problems on an ABS controlled
vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-22
SEF233G
SEF234G
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[ABS]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Preliminary Check
PFP:00000
A
EFS0024I
1. CHECK BRAKE FLUID
B
Check brake fluid for contamination.
Has brake fluid been contaminated?
Yes
>> Replace. GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 2.
C
D
2. CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
Check brake fluid level in reservoir tank.
Low fluid level may indicate brake pad wear or leakage from brake
line.
Is brake fluid filled between MAX and MIN lines on reservoir tank?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Fill brake fluid. GO TO 3.
E
BRC
G
SBR451D
H
3. CHECK BRAKE LINE
I
Check brake line for leakage.
Is leakage present at or around brake lines, tubes or hoses or are
any of these parts cracked or damaged?
Yes
>> Repair or replace as required. GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
L
SBR389C
4. CHECK BRAKE BOOSTER OPERATION
M
Check brake booster for operation. Refer to BR-16, "OPERATING
CHECK" . Also, check air tightness. Refer to BR-16, "AIRTIGHT
CHECK" .
Is brake booster airtight and functioning properly?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Replace. GO TO 5.
SBR058C
Revision: May 2004
BRC-23
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[ABS]
5. CHECK BRAKE PAD, ROTOR, SHOE AND DRUM
Check brake pad, rotor, shoe and drum.
Refer to BR-19, "Pad Replacement" , BR-21, "ROTOR" , BR-27,
"ROTOR" , BR-33, "LINING" , and BR-33, "DRUM" .
Are brake pads, rotors, shoes and drums functioning properly?
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Replace.
SBR059C
6. RECHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
Check brake fluid level in reservoir tank again.
Is brake fluid filled between MAX and MIN lines on reservoir tank?
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Fill brake fluid reservoir to specification.
SBR451D
7. CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Check warning lamp activation.
Does warning lamp turn on when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> Check fuse, warning lamp bulb and warning lamp circuit.
WBR039
8. CHECK WARNING LAMP DEACTIVATION
Check warning lamp for deactivation after engine is started.
Does warning lamp turn off when engine is started?
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No (with CONSULT-II)>> Refer to BRC-17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
No (without CONSULT-II)>> Refer to BRC-17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
9. DRIVE VEHICLE
Drive vehicle at speeds over 30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least one minute.
Does warning lamp remain off after vehicle has been driven at 30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least one minute?
Yes
>> INSPECTION END
No (with CONSULT-II)>> Refer to BRC-17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
No (without CONSULT-II)>> Refer to BRC-17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-24
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[ABS]
Ground Circuit Check
EFS0024J
A
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND
●
Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit connector terminals and ground.
Resistance
B
: Approximately 0Ω
C
D
LBR047
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-25
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[ABS]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart
Code No.
Malfunctioning Part
PFP:00000
EFS0024K
Reference Page
12
Self-diagnosis could not detect any malfunctions.
45
Actuator front left outlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
46
Actuator front left inlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
41
Actuator front right outlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
42
Actuator front right inlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
51
Actuator rear right outlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
52
Actuator rear right inlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
55
Actuator rear left outlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
56
Actuator rear left inlet solenoid valve
BRC-29
25 *1
Front left sensor (open-circuit)
BRC-27
26 *1
Front left sensor (short-circuit)
BRC-27
21 *1
Front right sensor (open-circuit)
BRC-27
22 *1
Front right sensor (short-circuit)
BRC-27
31 *1
Rear right sensor (open-circuit)
BRC-27
32 *1
Rear right sensor (short-circuit)
BRC-27
35 *1
Rear left sensor (open-circuit)
BRC-27
36 *1
Rear left sensor (short-circuit)
BRC-27
18 *1
Sensor rotor
BRC-27
61 *3
Actuator motor or motor relay
BRC-31
Solenoid valve relay
BRC-29
Power supply (Low voltage)
BRC-33
Control unit
BRC-35
Control unit power supply circuit
Warning lamp bulb circuit
Control unit or control unit connector
Solenoid valve relay stuck
Power supply for solenoid valve relay coil
BRC-41
Fuse, warning lamp bulb or warning lamp circuit
Control unit
BRC-39
63
57 *2
71
Warning lamp stays on when ignition
switch is turned ON.
Warning lamp does not come on
when ignition switch is turned ON.
—
Pedal vibration and noise
—
BRC-38
Long stopping distance
—
BRC-37
Unexpected pedal action
—
BRC-36
ABS does not work
—
BRC-38
ABS works frequently
—
BRC-36
●
*1: If one or more wheels spin on a rough or slippery road for 40 seconds or more, the ABS warning lamp will illuminate. This does
not indicate a malfunction. Only in the case of the short-circuit (Code Nos. 26, 22, 32 and 36), after repair the ABS warning lamp also
illuminates when the ignition switch is turned ON. In this case, drive the vehicle at speeds greater than 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute as specified in BRC-14, "Self-diagnosis" . Check to ensure that the ABS warning lamp goes out while the vehicle is
being driven.
●
*2: The trouble code “57”, which refers to a low power supply voltage, does not indicate that the ABS control unit is malfunctioning.
Do not replace the ABS control unit with a new one.
●
*3: The trouble code “61” can sometimes appear when the ABS motor is not properly grounded. If it appears, be sure to check the
condition of the ABS motor ground circuit connection.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-26
2003 Sentra
WHEEL SENSOR OR ROTOR
[ABS]
WHEEL SENSOR OR ROTOR
Diagnostic Procedure
PFP:47910
A
EFS0024L
Malfunction code No. 21, 22, 25, 26, 31, 32, 35, 36 or 18
NOTE:
Wheel position should be distinguished by code No. except code No. 18 (sensor rotor).
B
1. INSPECTION START
C
Wheel sensor inspection
D
>> GO TO 2.
E
BRC
WFIA0074E
G
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect connectors from ABS actuator and electric unit and wheel sensor of malfunction code No.
Check terminals for damage or loose connection, then reconnect connectors.
2. Carry out self-diagnosis again.
Does warning lamp activate again?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> INSPECTION END
3. CHECK WHEEL SENSOR ELECTRICAL
1.
2.
K
L
M
: 1.45 - 1.85kΩ
: 1.05 - 1.35kΩ
Is resistance within specification?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 4.
WFIA0034E
Revision: May 2004
I
J
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminals.
Code No. 21 or 22 (Front RH wheel)
Terminals 4 (B) and 5 (W)
Code No. 25 or 26 (Front LH wheel)
Terminals 6 (G) and 7 (R)
Code No. 31 or 32 (Rear RH wheel)
Terminals 1 (LG) and 3 (PU)
Code No. 35 or 36 (Rear LH wheel)
Terminals 8 (L) and 9 (P)
Resistance
Front
Rear
H
BRC-27
2003 Sentra
WHEEL SENSOR OR ROTOR
[ABS]
4. CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check each sensor for resistance.
Resistance
Front
Rear
: 1.45 - 1.85kΩ
: 1.05 - 1.35kΩ
Is resistance within specification?
Yes
>> Check the following.
● If resistance is within specification range, repair harness or connectors.
– Harness connectors E11, E53, E55, B102, B103
– Harness for open or short between wheel sensor connectors and ABS actuator and electric unit
No
>> Replace wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-44, "FRONT WHEEL SENSOR"
WHEEL SENSOR (REAR DRUM)" .
WFIA0040E
or BRC-44, "REAR
5. CHECK TIRE
Check for inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire. (See NOTE)
Are tire pressure and size correct and is tire wear within specifications?
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s). (See NOTE)
6. CHECK WHEEL BEARING
Check wheel bearing axial end play. (See NOTE)
Is wheel bearing axial end play within specifications? Refer to FAX-5, "Front Wheel Bearing" , or RAX-5, "Rear
Wheel Bearing" .
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> Check wheel bearing. Refer to FAX-5, "Front Wheel Bearing" , or RAX-5, "Rear Wheel Bearing" .
7. CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check sensor rotor for teeth damage. (See NOTE)
Is sensor rotor free from damage?
Yes
>> Check ABS actuator and electric unit pin terminals for damage or the connection of ABS actuator
and electric unit harness connector. Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit harness connector.
Then retest.
No
>> Replace sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-45, "SENSOR ROTOR" . (See NOTE)
Revision: May 2004
BRC-28
2003 Sentra
ABS ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE AND SOLENOID VALVE RELAY
[ABS]
ABS ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE AND SOLENOID VALVE RELAY
Diagnostic Procedure
PFP:47600
A
EFS0024M
Malfunction code No. 41, 42, 45, 46, 51, 52, 55, 56, 63
B
1. INSPECTION START
C
Solenoid valve relay inspection
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
WBR051
L
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FUSE
M
Check 40A fusible link f . For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Is fusible link OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
3. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect connector from ABS actuator and electric unit. Check terminals for damage or loose connection. Then reconnect connector.
2. Carry out self-diagnosis again.
Does warning lamp activate again?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
BRC-29
2003 Sentra
ABS ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE AND SOLENOID VALVE RELAY
[ABS]
4. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Refer to BRC-25, "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND" .
Is ground circuit OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Repair harness or connector.
5. CHECK SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 18 (Y) and
ground.
LBR052
Does battery voltage exist?
Yes
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
No
>> Check the following.
● If NG, repair harness or connectors.
– Harness connector E55
– Harness for open or short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fusible link.
6. REPLACE FUSE
Replace 40A fusible link f . For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Does the fusible link blow when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK SOLENOID VALVE RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect battery cable and ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 18 (Y) and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
Does continuity exist?
Yes
>> Check the following.
● Harness connector E55
● Harness for short between ABS actuator and electric
unit and fusible link.
No
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC46, "ACTUATOR" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-30
WFIA0012E
2003 Sentra
MOTOR RELAY OR MOTOR
[ABS]
MOTOR RELAY OR MOTOR
Diagnostic Procedure
PFP:47600
A
EFS0024N
Malfunction code No. 61
B
1. INSPECTION START
C
ABS motor relay inspection
D
E
BRC
G
H
WBR054
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2. CHECK FUSIBLE LINK
Check 40A fusible link g . For fusible link layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Is fusible link OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
K
L
3. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector. Check terminals for damage or loose connection.
Then reconnect connector.
2. Carry out self-diagnosis again.
Does warning lamp activate again?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> INSPECTION END
4. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Refer to BRC-25, "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND" .
Is ground circuit OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-31
2003 Sentra
M
MOTOR RELAY OR MOTOR
[ABS]
5. CHECK MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 17 (B/Y) and
ground.
LBR055
Does battery voltage exist?
Yes
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
No
>> Check the following.
● Harness connector E55
● Harness for open or short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fusible link
6. REPLACE FUSIBLE LINK
Replace 40A fusible link g . For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Does the fusible link blow when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect battery cable and ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 17 (B/Y) and
ground.
LBR056
Continuity should not exist.
Does continuity exist?
Yes
>> Check the following.
● Harness connector E55
● Harness for short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fusible link
No
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-32
2003 Sentra
LOW VOLTAGE
[ABS]
LOW VOLTAGE
Diagnostic Procedure
PFP:00004
A
EFS0024O
Malfunction code No. 57
B
1. INSPECTION START
C
ABS actuator and electric unit power supply and ground circuit inspection
D
E
BRC
LBR057
G
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FUSE
H
Check 10A fuse No. 31. For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Is fuse OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
I
3. CHECK CONNECTOR
J
1.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector. Check terminals for damage or loose connections.
Then reconnect connector.
2. Carry out self-diagnosis again.
Does warning lamp activate again?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> INSPECTION END
K
L
4. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
M
Refer to BRC-25, "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND" .
Is ground circuit OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-33
2003 Sentra
LOW VOLTAGE
[ABS]
5. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 15 (GY) and
ground.
LBR058
Does battery voltage exist when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
No
>> Check the following.
● Harness connector E55
● Harness for open or short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fuse
6. REPLACE FUSE
Replace 10A fuse 31. For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Does the fuse blow when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect battery cable and ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 15 (GY) and
ground.
LBR059
Continuity should not exist.
Does continuity exist?
Yes
>> Check the following.
● If continuity exists, repair harness or connector.
Harness connector E55
● Harness for short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fuse
No
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-34
2003 Sentra
CONTROL UNIT
[ABS]
CONTROL UNIT
Diagnostic Procedure
PFP:27500
A
EFS0024P
Malfunction code No. 71
B
1. INSPECTION START
C
ABS actuator and electric unit power supply and ground circuit inspection
D
E
BRC
LBR057
G
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
H
1.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check terminals for damage or loose connection. Then reconnect connector.
2. Carry out self-diagnosis again.
Does warning lamp activate again?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> INSPECTION END
I
J
3. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage. Refer to BRC-33, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Does battery voltage exist when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fuse
K
4. CHECK WARNING LAMP INDICATION
M
L
Does warning lamp indicate code No. 71 again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
No
>> Inspect the system according to the code No.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-35
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Symptom 1. ABS Works Frequently
PFP:00007
EFS0024Q
1. CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE
Check brake fluid pressure distribution.
Refer to BR-10, "Inspection" .
Is brake fluid pressure distribution normal?
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> ● Repair. Then perform Preliminary Check.
● Refer to BR-11, "Inspection" .
2. CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
1.
2.
Check wheel sensor connector for terminal damage or loose connections.
Perform wheel sensor check.
Refer to BRC-27, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Is wheel sensor mechanism OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Repair.
3. CHECK FRONT AXLE
Check front axles for excessive looseness. Refer to FAX-5, "Front Wheel Bearing" .
Is front axle installed properly?
Yes
>> Go to BRC-36, "Symptom 2. Unexpected Pedal Action" .
No
>> Repair.
Symptom 2. Unexpected Pedal Action
EFS0024R
1. CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE
Check brake pedal stroke.
Is brake pedal stroke excessive?
Yes
>> Perform Preliminary Check. Refer to BRC-23, "Preliminary Check" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
SBR540A
2. CHECK MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector and check whether brake is effective.
Does brake system function properly when brake pedal is depressed?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Perform Preliminary Check. Refer to BRC-23, "Preliminary Check" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-36
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
3. CHECK WARNING LAMP INDICATION
A
Ensure warning lamp remains off while driving.
Is warning lamp turned off?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No (with CONSULT-II)>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
No (without CONSULT-II)>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to
BRC-14, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
B
C
D
WBR039
4. CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
E
1. Check wheel sensor connector for terminal damage or loose connection.
2. Perform wheel sensor check. Refer to BRC-27, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BRC
Is wheel sensor mechanism OK?
Yes
>> ● Check ABS actuator and electric unit pin terminals for damage, or the connection of ABS actuator and electric unit harness connector.
G
● Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit harness connector.
● Retest.
No
>> Repair.
H
Symptom 3. Long Stopping Distance
EFS0024S
I
1. CHECK MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector and check whether stopping distance is still long.
Does brake system function properly when brake pedal is depressed?
Yes
>> Perform Preliminary Check and air bleeding (if necessary).
No
>> Go to BRC-38, "Symptom 4. ABS Does Not Work" .
NOTE:
Stopping distance may be longer for vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-37
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
Symptom 4. ABS Does Not Work
EFS0024T
1. CHECK WARNING LAMP INDICATION
Does the ABS warning lamp activate?
Yes or No
Yes (with CONSULT-II)>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
Yes (without CONSULT-II)>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-14, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE"
.
No
>> Go to BRC-36, "Symptom 2. Unexpected Pedal Action" .
NOTE:
ABS does not work when vehicle speed is under 10 km/h (6 MPH).
Symptom 5. Pedal Vibration and Noise
EFS0024U
1. INSPECTION START
Pedal vibration and noise inspection.
>> GO TO 2.
SAT797A
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
1. Apply brake.
2. Start engine.
Does the symptom appear only when engine is started?
Yes (with CONSULT-II)>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-17, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" .
Yes (without CONSULT-II)>> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-14, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE"
.
No
>> Go to BRC-36, "Symptom 2. Unexpected Pedal Action" .
NOTE:
ABS may operate and cause vibration under any of the following conditions.
●
Low friction (slippery) road.
●
High speed cornering.
●
Driving over bumps and potholes.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-38
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
Symptom 6. Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned
On
A
1. INSPECTION START
B
EFS0024V
Warning lamp circuit inspection.
C
D
E
BRC
G
WBR060
H
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FUSE
I
Check 10A fuse No. 30. For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Is fuse OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 3.
J
3. REPLACE FUSE
K
Replace 10A fuse No. 30. For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Does the fuse blow when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> Check wiring for short between fuse and combination meter. Repair as required.
No
>> INSPECTION END
L
M
4. CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Does the warning lamp activate?
Yes
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC46, "ACTUATOR" .
No
>> GO TO 5.
WBR039
Revision: May 2004
BRC-39
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
5. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector and combination meter connector M30.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 10 (L/B) and
ground.
LBR061
Does continuity exist?
Yes
>> Repair harness or connectors.
No
>> Check combination meter.
● Refer to DI-28, "WITH TACHOMETER" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-40
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
Symptom 7. Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On
EFS0024W
A
1. INSPECTION START
B
ABS control unit inspection.
>> GO TO 2.
C
D
E
WBR039
2. CHECK FUSE
BRC
Check 10A fuse No. 31. For fuse layout, refer to PG-2, "Schematic" .
Is fuse OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 8.
G
3. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
H
Check ABS actuator and electric unit pin terminals for damage or bad connection of ABS actuator and electric
unit harness connector. Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit harness connector. Then retest.
Does warning lamp stay on when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> INSPECTION END
I
J
4. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
Refer to BRC-25, "ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT GROUND" .
Is ground circuit OK?
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Repair harness or connector.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-41
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
5. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 15 (GY) and
ground.
LBR063
Does battery voltage exist when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Check the following.
● Harness connector E55
● Harness for open or short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fuse
6. CHECK WARNING LAMP
1.
2.
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Connect suitable wire between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 10 (L/B)
and ground.
LBR064
Does the warning lamp deactivate?
Yes
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
No
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-42
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[ABS]
7. CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
1.
2.
A
Disconnect combination meter connector M30.
Check continuity between combination meter connector M30 (body side) terminal 34 (L/B) and ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 10 (L/B).
NOTE:
Connect positive lead of multimeter to combination meter connector M30 (body side) terminal 34 (L/B) and negative lead to
ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 10 (L/B).
B
C
D
Continuity should exist.
Does continuity exist?
Yes
>> Check combination meter.
● Refer to DI-28, "WITH TACHOMETER" .
No
>> GO TO 8.
E
WFIA0013E
BRC
8. REPLACE FUSE
Replace fuse.
Does the fuse blow when ignition switch is turned ON?
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
9. CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect battery cable and ABS actuator and electric unit connector.
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit connector E55 (body side) terminal 15 (GY) and
ground.
I
J
K
L
LBR066
Continuity should not exist.
Does continuity exist?
Yes
>> Check the following.
● Harness connector E55
● Harness for short between ABS actuator and electric unit and fuse
No
>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit. Refer to BRC-46, "ACTUATOR" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-43
2003 Sentra
M
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ABS]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation
PFP:00000
EFS0024X
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage sensor edge and sensor rotor teeth. When removing the front or rear wheel
hub assembly, disconnect the ABS wheel sensor from the assembly and move it away.
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR
WFIA0041E
REAR WHEEL SENSOR (REAR DRUM)
WFIA0090E
Revision: May 2004
BRC-44
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ABS]
REAR WHEEL SENSOR (REAR DISC)
A
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
WFIA0091E
SENSOR ROTOR
Removal
1.
I
J
Remove the drive shaft or rear wheel hub. Refer to FAX-14,
"Removal" , or RAX-6, "Removal" respectively.
K
L
M
SBR984C
SBR873CA
2.
Remove the sensor rotor using suitable puller, drift and bearing replacer.
Revision: May 2004
BRC-45
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ABS]
Installation
Install the sensor rotor. For front sensor rotor, use hammer and
wooden block. For rear sensor rotor, use suitable drift and press.
●
Always replace sensor rotor with new one.
SBR985C
●
Pay attention to the dimension of rear sensor rotor as shown in
figure.
Dimension h
Rear Disc
: 1.5 - 2.5 mm (0.06 - 0.10 in)
Rear Drum : 17.7 - 18.7 mm (0.70 - 0.74 in)
SBR986C
ACTUATOR
WFIA0092E
Removal
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect negative battery cable.
Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-6, "Changing Brake Fluid" .
Remove the A/C high pressure and A/C low pressure lines. Refer to MTC-84, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
BRC-46
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ABS]
4.
5.
6.
Remove strut tower bar (if equipped). Refer to FSU-5, "Components" .
Remove mounting bracket bolts.
Disconnect harness connector and brake lines.
A
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Connect brake lines temporarily.
Tighten bolts.
Tighten brake lines.
Connect harness connector and negative battery cable.
Install strut tower bar (if equipped). Refer to FSU-5, "Components" .
Refill and bleed the brake fluid. Then bleed air. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake System" .
Install the A/C high pressure and A/C low pressure lines. Evacuate and recharge the A/C system. Refer to
MTC-82, "Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant" .
B
C
D
E
BRC
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
BRC-47
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ABS]
Revision: May 2004
BRC-48
2003 Sentra
C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
A
B
SECTION
CLUTCH
CL
D
E
CONTENTS
QG18DE
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions .............................................................. 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Special Service Tools ............................................... 4
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 5
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 5
CLUTCH SYSTEM ...................................................... 6
Components ............................................................. 6
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................... 7
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................................................................... 7
BLEEDING PROCEDURE .................................... 7
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER .................................. 9
Components ............................................................. 9
Removal ................................................................... 9
Disassembly ............................................................. 9
Inspection ............................................................... 10
Assembly ................................................................ 10
Installation .............................................................. 10
OPERATING CYLINDER ...........................................11
Components ............................................................11
Removal ..................................................................11
Disassembly ............................................................11
Inspection ................................................................11
Assembly ................................................................ 12
Installation .............................................................. 12
PIPING ...................................................................... 13
Removal ................................................................. 13
Installation .............................................................. 13
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM .......................... 14
Components ........................................................... 14
Removal ................................................................. 14
Inspection ............................................................... 14
Installation .............................................................. 14
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL... 17
Components ........................................................... 17
Inspection and Adjustment ..................................... 17
Revision: May 2004
CLUTCH DISC .................................................... 17
CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL ................... 18
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION .................................. 18
Installation .............................................................. 18
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 19
Clutch Control System ............................................ 19
Clutch Master Cylinder ........................................... 19
Clutch Operating Cylinder ...................................... 19
Clutch Disc ............................................................. 19
Clutch Cover ........................................................... 19
Clutch Pedal ........................................................... 19
F
G
H
I
QR25DE
J
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 20
Precautions ............................................................. 20
PREPARATION ......................................................... 21
Special Service Tools ............................................. 21
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 21
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................. 22
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................... 22
CLUTCH SYSTEM .................................................... 23
Components ........................................................... 23
Inspection and Adjustment ..................................... 24
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................................................................. 24
BLEEDING PROCEDURE .................................. 24
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER ................................ 26
Components ........................................................... 26
Removal ................................................................. 26
Disassembly ........................................................... 26
Inspection ............................................................... 26
Assembly ................................................................ 27
Installation .............................................................. 27
OPERATING CYLINDER .......................................... 28
Components ........................................................... 28
Removal ................................................................. 28
Disassembly ........................................................... 28
Inspection ............................................................... 28
CL-1
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
Assembly ................................................................ 29
Installation ............................................................... 29
PIPING ....................................................................... 30
Removal ................................................................. 30
Installation ............................................................... 30
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM ........................... 31
Components ........................................................... 31
Removal ................................................................. 31
Inspection After Removal ....................................... 31
Installation ............................................................... 31
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL... 33
Components ........................................................... 33
Revision: May 2004
Inspection and Adjustment ......................................33
CLUTCH DISC .....................................................33
CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL ....................34
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION ...................................34
Installation ...............................................................34
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......35
Clutch Control System ............................................35
Clutch Master Cylinder ............................................35
Clutch Operating Cylinder .......................................35
Clutch Disc ..............................................................35
Clutch Cover ...........................................................35
Clutch Pedal ............................................................35
CL-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
A
ECS005RJ
The recommended clutch system hydraulic fluid is brake fluid “DOT 3”.
B
Do not reuse drained brake fluid.
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If any brake fluid
is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
CL
Use a flare nut wrench (commercial service tool) when
removing or installing the clutch hydraulic tubes.
D
E
SBR686C
Use new brake fluid to clean or wash any parts of the clutch master cylinder and operating cylinder.
●
Never use any type of mineral oil such as gasoline or kerosene to clean or wash any parts of the
clutch system. It will ruin the rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
WARNING:
After cleaning the clutch disc, wipe it with a dust collector. Do not use compressed air.
F
●
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-3
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
ECS005RK
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV30101600 (New)
KV30101000 (Former)
(J33213)
Clutch aligning bar
Installing clutch cover and clutch disc
a: 15.9 mm (0.626 in) dia.
b: 17.9 mm (0.705 in) dia.
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
NT641
ST20050240
(
—
)
Diaphragm spring adjusting wrench
Adjusting unevenness of diaphragm spring of
clutch cover
a: 150 mm (5.91 in)
b: 25 mm (0.98 in)
S-NT404
KV32101000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
Removing and installing spring pin
a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
S-NT410
Commercial Service Tools
ECS005RL
Tool name
Description
1: Flare nut crowfoot
2: Torque wrench
Removing and installing clutch piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
S-NT360
Revision: May 2004
CL-4
2003 Sentra
Symptom
Suspected parts (possible cause)
Clutch pedal spongy
Clutch grabs/chatters
Revision: May 2004
1
1
Clutch noisy
1
1
2
3
4
CL-5
5
5
5
5
Clutch disc (dirty or burned)
Clutch disc (lining broken)
Clutch disc (runout is excessive)
Clutch disc (out of true)
Release bearing (worn, dirty or damaged)
Engine mounting (loose)
Operating cylinder piston cup (damaged)
Master cylinder piston cup (damaged)
2
2
2
2
2
5
5
6
3
4
6
Flywheel (distortion)
CL-18
CL-18
CL-17
CL-17
CL-14
EM-63, "Removal and Installation"
CL-11
CL-9
CL-7
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
Clutch cover (distortion)
Diaphragm spring (out of tip alignment)
Diaphragm spring (damaged)
Clutch disc (lack of spline grease)
Clutch disc (hardened)
Clutch does not disengage
2
Clutch disc (worn out)
1
2
2
Clutch disc (oily)
Clutch slips
Clutch line (air in line)
CL-7
Reference page
Clutch pedal (inspection and adjustment)
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QG18DE]
PFP:00003
ECS005RM
A
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of inspection.
Check each part in order. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
2
5
2003 Sentra
B
CL
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
7
L
M
CLUTCH SYSTEM
[QG18DE]
CLUTCH SYSTEM
Components
PFP:30502
ECS005RN
WCL005
1.
Clutch pedal bracket
2.
ASCD clutch switch (if equipped)
3.
Clutch interlock switch
4.
Clutch pedal
5.
Clutch master cylinder
6.
Nipple
7.
Clutch damper (not serviceable)
8.
Clevis
9.
Hose clamp
10. Reservoir hose
11. Reservoir tank
13. Clutch disc
14. Clutch cover
15. Withdrawal lever
16. Clutch lever
17. Spring pin
18. Release bearing
19. Operating cylinder
20. Clutch hose
21. Spacer
22. Release bearing spring
23. Clutch tube
Revision: May 2004
CL-6
12. Reservoir cap
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH SYSTEM
[QG18DE]
Inspection and Adjustment
ECS005RO
A
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
a.
b.
Check to see if the clutch pedal clevis pin floats freely in the bore
of the clutch pedal. It should not be bound by the clevis or clutch
pedal.
If the pin is not free, check that the ASCD switch or pedal stopper bolt is not applying pressure to the clutch pedal causing the
pin to bind. To adjust, loosen the ASCD switch or pedal stopper
bolt lock nut and turn the ASCD switch or pedal stopper bolt.
Tighten the lock nut.
Verify that the clutch pedal clevis pin floats freely in the bore of
the clutch pedal. It should not be bound by the clevis or clutch
pedal.
If the pin is still not free, remove the pin and check for deformation or damage. Replace the pin if necessary. Leave the pin
removed for step 2.
Check the clutch pedal stroke for free range of movement.
With the clutch pedal clevis pin removed, manually move the
pedal up and down to determine if it moves freely.
If any sticking is noted, replace the related parts (clutch pedal,
pedal bracket, assist spring, bushing, etc.). Reassemble the
pedal and re-verify that the clevis pin floats freely in the bore of
the pedal.
B
CL
D
E
F
G
WCIA0146E
3.
Adjust the clearance “C” while fully depressing the clutch pedal
(with the clutch interlock switch) as shown.
Clearance "C"
4.
a.
b.
H
I
: 0.1 - 1.0 mm (0.004 - 0.039 in)
Check the clutch hydraulic system components (clutch master
cylinder, clutch operating cylinder, Clutch withdrawal lever,
clutch release bearing, etc.) for sticking or binding.
If any sticking or binding is noted, repair or replace the related
parts as necessary.
If the hydraulic system was necessary, bleed the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-7, "BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
NOTE:
Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder
on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or power bleeder will not
purge all of the air from the system.
J
K
L
M
SCL800
BLEEDING PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Carefully monitor the fluid level at the clutch master cylinder during the bleeding operation.
NOTE:
Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or
power bleeder will not purge all of the air from the system.
Revision: May 2004
CL-7
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH SYSTEM
[QG18DE]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Top off the clutch master cylinder reservoir with the recommended brake fluid "DOT 3". Then attach the additional supply
tank as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause
paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas,
wash it away with water immediately.
Connect a transparent vinyl tube to the air bleeder valve as
shown.
Slowly depress the clutch pedal to its full stroke and release it
completely. Repeat this operation several times at 2 to 3 seconds intervals.
Open the air bleeder valve with the clutch pedal fully depressed.
WCL008
5.
Close the air bleeder valve and tighten to specification.
Air bleeder valve
6.
7.
: 5.9 - 9.8 N·m (0.6 - 1.0 kg-m, 52 - 87 in-lb)
Release the clutch pedal and wait at least 5 seconds.
Repeat steps 3 through 6 above until no more air bubbles are in the brake fluid coming out of the vinyl
tube attached to the air bleeder valve.
Revision: May 2004
CL-8
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
[QG18DE]
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
Components
PFP:30610
A
ECS005RP
B
CL
D
E
F
G
WCIA0137E
1.
Cylinder body
2.
Return spring
3.
Piston assembly seals
4.
Push rod
5.
Stopper
6.
Stopper ring
7.
Dust cover
8.
Clevis
9.
Hose clamps
10. Reservoir hose
11. Reservoir cap
12. Reservoir tank
13. Bracket
14. Clutch damper (not serviceable)
15. Clutch tube
16. Seal
17. Pin
18. Nipple
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
I
ECS005RQ
Drain the brake fluid from the clutch hydraulic system.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Remove the clutch tube flare nut using a flare nut wrench.
Remove the reservoir hose.
Remove the snap pin from the clevis pin and remove the clutch pedal from the clevis.
Remove the master cylinder assembly mounting nuts and reservoir tank bracket mounting nuts to remove
master cylinder assembly.
Disassembly
1.
H
ECS005RS
Loosen the push rod lock nut "A" to remove the clevis and the
lock nut "A".
Remove the dust cover.
Remove the stopper ring and stopper, then remove the push rod
from the cylinder body. During removal, keep the push rod
depressed, to prevent the piston inside the master cylinder from
popping out.
NOTE:
Discard the stopper ring and use a new ring for assembly.
Remove the piston assembly from the cylinder body.
Remove the return spring.
Remove the pin using a pin punch, then remove the nipple and seal.
Revision: May 2004
CL-9
SCL725
2003 Sentra
J
K
L
M
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
[QG18DE]
Inspection
ECS005RT
Inspect for the following conditions and replace any parts as necessary.
●
Damage, wear, rust, and pinholes on the cylinder inner wall
●
Damage and deformation of the reservoir tank
●
Weak return spring
●
Crack or deformation of the dust cover
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the return spring.
Apply rubber lubricant to the sliding parts of the piston assembly, and insert the piston assembly into the
cylinder body.
After installing the stopper to push rod, install a new stopper ring while keeping the piston assembly
depressed by hand, so that the piston assembly will not pop out.
CAUTION:
The stopper ring cannot be reused. Always use a new stopper ring for assembly.
Apply silicone grease, and install the dust cover.
Install the clevis to push rod, and tighten lock nut "A" to specification.
Lock nut "A"
6.
ECS005RU
: 7.8 - 11.8 N·m (0.8 - 1.2 kg-m,
69 - 104 in-lb)
Install the seal and nipple to the cylinder body, and install the pin
using a pin punch.
SCL725
Installation
1.
2.
3.
ECS005RR
Install the reservoir hose.
Connect the clutch tube to the master cylinder assembly, and hand-tighten the flare nut.
Install the master cylinder assembly to the cowl, and tighten the mounting nuts to specification.
Master cylinder mounting nuts
4.
: 10.8 - 14.6 N·m (1.1 - 1.4 kg-m, 8 - 10 ft-lb)
Tighten the reservoir tank bracket mounting nuts to specification.
Reservoir tank bracket mounting nuts
5.
Tighten the clutch tube flare nut to specification, using a flare nut torque wrench.
Clutch tube flare nut
6.
7.
: 2.9 - 5.9 N·m (0.29 - 0.60 kg-m, 26 - 52 in-lb)
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m, 11 - 13 ft-lb)
After installing the clevis pin, install the snap pin to connect the clutch pedal to the push rod.
After finishing the component installation, bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-7,
"BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
Revision: May 2004
CL-10
2003 Sentra
OPERATING CYLINDER
[QG18DE]
OPERATING CYLINDER
Components
PFP:30620
A
ECS005RV
B
CL
D
E
F
G
WCIA0138E
1.
Cylinder body
2.
Piston spring
3.
Piston cup
4.
Piston
5.
Push rod
6.
Dust cover
7.
Air bleeder
8.
Spacer
9.
Union bolt
10. Copper washer
11. Clutch hose
Removal
1.
2.
3.
H
ECS005RW
Drain the brake fluid from the clutch hydraulic system.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Remove the union bolt, the two copper washers, and the clutch
hose from the operating cylinder. Discard the copper washers.
Remove the operating cylinder bolts, and remove the operating
cylinder.
I
J
K
L
M
WCL009
Disassembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ECS005RX
Remove the dust cover from the operating cylinder body.
Remove the push rod.
Remove the piston.
Remove the piston cup.
Remove the piston spring.
Remove the air bleeder.
Inspection
ECS005RY
Inspect for the following, and replace any parts as necessary.
●
Damage, foreign material, wear, rust, and pinholes on the cylinder inner surface, piston, and sliding part of
piston cup
Revision: May 2004
CL-11
2003 Sentra
OPERATING CYLINDER
[QG18DE]
●
●
Weak piston spring
Crack or deformation of dust cover
Assembly
ECS005RZ
CAUTION:
To assemble the operating cylinder use the specified rubber grease and rubber lubricant. Refer to GI44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
1. Apply rubber lubricant to the overall inside surface of the operating cylinder body.
2. Install the air bleeder, tighten to specification.
Air bleeder
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
: 6 - 10 N·m (0.6 - 1.0 kg-m, 52 - 87 in-lb)
Install the piston spring with the tapered spring end pointing toward the piston cup.
Apply rubber grease and install the piston cup.
Apply rubber grease and install the piston.
Install the push rod.
Apply rubber grease and install the dust cover.
Installation
ECS005S0
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
●
Install the clutch hose without twisting it.
●
The two copper washers for the union bolt cannot be reused. Use two new copper washers for
installation.
●
After finishing the installation, bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-7,
"BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
Revision: May 2004
CL-12
2003 Sentra
PIPING
[QG18DE]
PIPING
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PFP:00000
A
ECS005S1
Remove the engine air cleaner and air duct.
Drain the brake fluid from the clutch hydraulic system.
B
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas, it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
CL
Remove the flare nut from the operating cylinder body using a flare nut wrench.
Remove the union bolt and two copper washers attaching the clutch hose from the operating cylinder. Discard the two copper washers.
D
Remove the clutch hose from the bracket by removing the lock plate.
Installation
1.
2.
When installing the clutch hose into the bracket, position the
lock plate in the specified direction as shown to secure the
clutch hose.
CAUTION:
Install the clutch hose without twisting or bending it.
Tighten the flare nut to specification, using a flare nut wrench.
Flare nut
3.
E
F
G
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m, 11 - 13 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the flare nut and clutch tube.
Position the clutch hose and install the union bolt and two new
copper washers on to the operating cylinder, and tighten the
union bolt to specification.
Union bolt
4.
5.
ECS005S2
H
SCL730
I
: 17 - 19 N·m (1.7 - 2.0 kg-m, 13 - 14 ft-lb)
Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-7, "BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
Install the engine air cleaner and air duct.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-13
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
[QG18DE]
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
Components
PFP:30502
ECS005S3
SCL819
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
ECS005S4
Remove the manual transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "Removal and
Installation" for RS5F70A, MT-82, "Removal and Installation"
for RS5F51A, or MT-143, "Removal and Installation" for
RS6F51H.
Move the withdrawal lever enough to remove the release bearing and release bearing spring, and remove the release bearing
from the clutch lever.
Support the clutch lever claws with an appropriate wood block,
align the retaining pin with "A" as shown, and drive out the
spring pins using a pin punch.
Pull out the withdrawal lever and remove the clutch lever from
the clutch housing.
Inspection
●
●
●
WCL018
ECS005S5
Replace the release bearing if it is seized, damaged, faulty in
rotation direction, or has poor alignment.
Replace the withdrawal lever if the contact surface is worn
excessively.
Replace the clutch lever if its contact surface is worn excessively.
SCL733
Installation
ECS005S6
CAUTION:
●
Apply grease to the clutch components. Otherwise, abnormal noise, poor clutch disengagement,
or clutch damage may occur. Wipe the excess grease off completely, as it may cause the clutch
components to slip and shudder.
●
Keep the clutch disc facing, pressure plate, and flywheel free of oil and grease.
Revision: May 2004
CL-14
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
[QG18DE]
●
●
●
●
●
Clean any old grease and abrasive materials off of the
grease application areas as shown.
Apply approximately a 1 mm (0.04 in) thick coating of clutch
sleeve grease evenly on the sliding part of the clutch lever
and the release bearing spring.
Apply just enough clutch sleeve grease to fill up the release
bearing inner groove.
Apply the clutch grease to the clutch disc and the input
shaft spline. Install the clutch disc to the input shaft,
remove the excess grease around the shaft, and remove the
clutch disc.
Lightly and evenly apply the clutch sleeve grease on the
sliding part of the release bearing. Install the release bearing and remove any excess grease around the bearing, then
remove the release bearing.
A
B
CL
D
E
F
G
SCL821
1.
2.
Assemble the clutch lever to clutch housing, and insert the withdrawal lever.
Support the clutch lever claws with an appropriate wood block,
and install new spring pins using a pin punch as shown.
CAUTION:
Spring pins cannot be reused.
H
I
J
K
WCL015
3.
Install the release bearing springs on to the release bearing as
shown.
L
M
SCL736
Revision: May 2004
CL-15
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
[QG18DE]
4.
Operate the withdrawal lever manually, press the clutch spring
from both sides, and install the release bearing on to the clutch
lever securely.
SCL823
5.
6.
Make sure a click is heard when the release bearing spring is pressed from both sides.
Make sure all parts operate smoothly when operating the withdrawal lever.
SCL738
7.
Install the manual transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "Removal and Installation" for RS5F70A, MT-82, "Removal
and Installation" for RS5F51A, or MT-143, "Removal and Installation" for RS6F51H.
CAUTION:
Remove any excess grease.
Revision: May 2004
CL-16
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
[QG18DE]
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
Components
PFP:30100
A
ECS005S7
B
CL
D
E
F
G
LCL049
NOTE:
The following operations are with manual transaxle removed.
H
Inspection and Adjustment
ECS005S8
CLUTCH DISC
●
Check the clutch disc for wear on the facing surface at the rivets
as shown.
Wear limit of facing surface to
rivet head
I
: 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
J
K
LCL050
●
Check the clutch disc for backlash on the spline and runout on
the facing.
Maximum backlash of spline
(at outer edge of disc)
Runout limit
Distance of runout check point
(from hub center)
M
: 0.9 mm (0.035 in)
: 1.0 mm (0.039 in)
: 102.5 mm (4.04 in)
LCL051
●
L
Check the clutch disc for burns, discoloration, and oil or grease leakage. Replace if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
CL-17
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
[QG18DE]
CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
●
Check the clutch cover installed for unevenness of the diaphragm spring toe heights.
Uneven limit
: 0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
If the toe heights are greater than the uneven limit, adjust the
height with Tool as shown.
WCL016
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
●
●
Check the contact surface of flywheel for slight burns or discoloration. Clean the flywheel contact surface
with emery paper.
Check the flywheel runout using a dial gauge as shown.
Maximum allowable
runout
: Refer to EM-77, "Flywheel
Runout" .
SCL349
Installation
●
ECS005S9
Insert Tool into clutch disc hub for proper alignment when installing the clutch cover and disc as shown.
WCL017
●
Tighten the clutch cover bolts in the numerical order as shown, in two steps.
First step
Final step
: 10 - 20 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 7 - 14 ft-lb)
: 22 - 29 N·m (2.2 - 3.0 kg-m, 16 - 22 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Do not to allow grease to contaminate the clutch facing.
Revision: May 2004
CL-18
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutch Control System
Type of clutch control
PFP:00030
A
ECS005SA
Hydraulic
B
Clutch Master Cylinder
ECS005SB
Unit: mm (in)
Inner diameter
15.87 (5/8)
CL
Clutch Operating Cylinder
ECS005SC
Unit: mm (in)
Inner diameter
D
19.05 (3/4)
Clutch Disc
ECS005SD
Unit: mm (in)
Engine model
E
QG18DE
Model
215
Facing size (Outer dia. × inner dia. × thickness)
215 × 145 × 3.5 (8.46 × 5.71 × 0.138)
7.7 - 8.3 (0.303 - 0.327)
with 4,900 N (499.8 kg, 1,101.5 lb)
Thickness of disc assembly with load
Wear limit of facing surface to rivet head
0.3 (0.012)
Runout limit of facing
1.0 (0.039)
Distance of runout check point (from the hub center)
102.5 (4.04)
Maximum backlash of spline (at outer edge of disc)
0.9 (0.035)
F
G
H
Clutch Cover
ECS005SE
I
Unit: mm (in)
Engine model
QG18DE
Model
J
215
Full-load
4,900 N (499.8 kg, 1,101.5 lb)
Uneven limit of diaphragm spring toe height
0.88 (0.0346)
K
Clutch Pedal
ECS005SF
Unit: mm (in)
Clearance “C” between pedal stopper rubber and clutch interlock switch threaded end
while clutch pedal is fully depressed.
L
0.1 - 1.0 (0.004 - 0.039)
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-19
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
PFP:00001
ECS005SG
Recommended fluid is brake fluid “DOT 3”.
●
Do not reuse drained brake fluid.
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may
cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted
areas, wash it away with water immediately.
●
Use a flare nut wrench when removing or installing the
clutch hydraulic tubes.
●
Use new brake fluid to clean or wash all parts of the master
cylinder and operating cylinder.
●
Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. It will
ruin the rubber parts of the hydraulic system.
WARNING:
After cleaning the clutch disc, wipe it with a dust collector. Do not use compressed air.
●
Revision: May 2004
CL-20
SBR686C
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
ECS005SH
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
ST2063000
(J26366)
Clutch aligning bar
B
Installing clutch cover and clutch disc
a: 15.8 mm (0.622 in) dia.
b: 22.9 mm (0.902 in) dia.
c: 45 mm (1.772 in)
CL
D
NT405
ST20050240
(
—
)
Diaphragm spring adjusting wrench
Adjusting unevenness of diaphragm spring of
clutch cover
a: 150 mm (5.91 in)
b: 25 mm (0.98 in)
S-NT404
KV32101000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
E
F
G
Removing and installing spring pin
a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
H
I
S-NT410
Commercial Service Tools
ECS005SI
J
Tool name
Description
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing clutch piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
K
L
S-NT360
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-21
2003 Sentra
Symptom
Revision: May 2004
Clutch grabs/chatters
Clutch pedal spongy
1
1
Clutch noisy
1
1
2
3
4
CL-22
5
5
5
5
CL-28
Operating cylinder piston cup (damaged)
Clutch disc (dirty or burned)
Clutch disc (lining broken)
Clutch disc (runout is excessive)
Clutch disc (out of true)
Release bearing (worn, dirty or damaged)
2
2
2
2
2
5
5
6
2
3
6
Flywheel (distortion)
CL-34
CL-34
CL-33
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
Clutch cover (distortion)
Diaphragm spring (out of tip alignment)
Diaphragm spring (damaged)
Clutch disc (lack of spline grease)
CL-33
CL-31
EM-63, "Removal and Installation"
CL-26
Master cylinder piston cup (damaged)
Clutch disc (hardened)
Clutch does not disengage
2
Clutch disc (worn out)
1
2
Clutch disc (oily)
Clutch slips
2
Engine mounting (Loose)
CL-24
Clutch line (air in line)
Suspected parts (possible cause)
CL-24
Reference page
Clutch pedal (inspection and adjustment)
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QR25DE]
PFP:00003
ECS005SJ
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of inspection.
Check each part in order. If necessary, repair or replace the parts.
4
5
7
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
CLUTCH SYSTEM
Components
PFP:30502
A
ECS005SK
B
CL
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCIA0139E
1.
Reservoir cap
2.
Hose clamp
3.
Reservoir tank
4.
Reservoir hose
5.
Clutch tube
6.
Nipple
7.
Clutch master cylinder
8.
Clevis
9.
Clutch pedal bracket
10. Clutch interlock switch
11. ASCD clutch switch (if equipped)
13. Clutch cover
14. Withdrawal lever
15. Spacer
16. Clutch lever
17. Spring pin
18. Release bearing spring
19. Release bearing
20. Clutch hose
21. Operating cylinder
22.
12. Clutch pedal
Clutch disc
Revision: May 2004
CL-23
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Inspection and Adjustment
ECS006H9
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
a.
b.
Check to see if the clutch pedal clevis pin floats freely in the bore
of the clutch pedal. It should not be bound by the clevis or clutch
pedal.
If the pin is not free, check that the ASCD switch or pedal stopper bolt is not applying pressure to the clutch pedal causing the
pin to bind. To adjust, loosen the ASCD switch or pedal stopper
bolt lock nut and turn the ASCD switch or pedal stopper bolt.
Tighten the lock nut.
Verify that the clutch pedal clevis pin floats freely in the bore of
the clutch pedal. It should not be bound by the clevis or clutch
pedal.
If the pin is still not free, remove the pin and check for deformation or damage. Replace the pin if necessary. Leave the pin
removed for step 2.
Check the clutch pedal stroke for free range of movement.
With the clutch pedal clevis pin removed, manually move the
pedal up and down to determine if it moves freely.
If any sticking is noted, replace the related parts (clutch pedal,
pedal bracket, assist spring, bushing, etc.). Reassemble the
pedal and re-verify that the clevis pin floats freely in the bore of
the pedal.
WCIA0146E
3.
Adjust the clearance “C” while fully depressing the clutch pedal
(with the clutch interlock switch) as shown.
Clearance "C"
4.
a.
b.
: 0.1 - 1.0 mm (0.004 - 0.039 in)
Check the clutch hydraulic system components (clutch master
cylinder, clutch operating cylinder, Clutch withdrawal lever,
clutch release bearing, etc.) for sticking or binding.
If any sticking or binding is noted, repair or replace the related
parts as necessary.
If the hydraulic system was necessary, bleed the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-24, "BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
NOTE:
Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder
on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or power bleeder will not
purge all of the air from the system.
SCL800
BLEEDING PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Carefully monitor the fluid level at the clutch master cylinder during the bleeding operation.
NOTE:
Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or
power bleeder will not purge all of the air from the system.
Revision: May 2004
CL-24
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Top off the clutch master cylinder reservoir with the recommended brake fluid "DOT 3". Then attach the additional supply
tank as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause
paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas,
wash it away with water immediately.
Connect a transparent vinyl tube to the air bleeder valve as
shown.
Slowly depress the clutch pedal to its full stroke and release it
completely. Repeat this operation several times at 2 to 3 seconds intervals.
Open the air bleeder valve with the clutch pedal fully depressed.
A
B
CL
D
E
F
G
WCL008
5.
Close the air bleeder valve and tighten to specification.
Air bleeder valve
6.
7.
H
: 5.9 - 9.8 N·m (0.6 - 1.0 kg-m, 52 - 87 in-lb)
Release the clutch pedal and wait at least 5 seconds.
Repeat steps 3 through 6 above until no more air bubbles are in the brake fluid coming out of the vinyl
tube attached to the air bleeder valve.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-25
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
[QR25DE]
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
Components
PFP:30610
ECS005SM
WCIA0140E
1.
Bracket
2.
Reservoir cap
3.
4.
Hose clamps
5.
Reservoir hose
6.
Nipple
7.
Piston assembly seals
8.
Push rod
9.
Stopper ring
10. Stopper
11. Dust cover
12.
Clevis
13. Return spring
14. Pin
15.
Seal
16. Cylinder body
17. Clutch tube
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
ECS005SN
Drain the brake fluid from the clutch hydraulic system.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Remove the clutch tube flare nut using a flare nut wrench.
Remove the reservoir hose.
Remove the snap pin from the clevis pin and remove the clutch pedal from the clevis.
Unscrew the master cylinder assembly nuts and reservoir tank bracket nuts to remove the master cylinder
assembly.
Disassembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reservoir tank
ECS005SP
Loosen the push rod lock nut "A" to remove the clevis and lock
nut "A".
Remove the dust cover.
Remove the stopper ring and stopper, and remove the push rod
from the cylinder body. During removal, keep the push rod
depressed, to prevent the piston inside the master cylinder from
popping out. Discard the stopper ring.
Remove the piston assembly from the cylinder body.
Remove the return spring.
Remove the pin using a pin punch, then remove the nipple and
seal.
Inspection
SCL725
ECS005SQ
Inspect for the following, and replace parts if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
CL-26
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
[QR25DE]
●
●
●
●
Damage, wear, rust, and pinholes on the cylinder inner wall
Damage and deformation of the reservoir tank
Weak spring
Crack or deformation of the dust cover
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
: 7.8 - 11.8 N·m (0.8 - 1.2 kg-m, 69 - 104 in-lb)
ECS005SO
Tighten reservoir tank bracket nuts to specification.
I
: 2.9 - 5.9 N·m (0.29 - 0.60 kg-m, 26 - 52 in-lb)
Tighten clutch tube flare nut using a flare nut torque wrench to specification.
Clutch tube flare nut
6.
7.
H
: 10.8 - 14.6 N·m (1.1 - 1.4 kg-m, 8 - 10 ft-lb)
Reservoir tank bracket nuts
5.
G
Install the reservoir hose.
Connect the clutch tube to the master cylinder assembly, and hand-tighten the flare nut.
Install the master cylinder assembly to the cowl, and tighten the nuts to specification.
Master cylinder nuts
4.
F
Install the seal and nipple on to the cylinder body, and install the pin using a pin punch.
Installation
1.
2.
3.
B
ECS005SR
Install the return spring.
Apply rubber lubricant to the sliding parts of the piston assembly, and insert the piston assembly into cylin- CL
der body.
After installing the stopper on to the push rod, install the new stopper ring while keeping the piston assembly depressed by hand, so that the piston assembly will not pop out.
D
CAUTION:
The stopper ring cannot be reused. Always use a new stopper ring for assembly.
E
Apply silicone grease to the dust cover and install the dust cover.
Install the clevis on to push rod, and tighten the lock nut "A" to specification.
Lock nut "A"
6.
A
J
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m, 11 - 13 ft-lb)
After installing the clevis pin, install the snap pin to connect the clutch pedal to the push rod.
After finishing the installation, bleed the air out of the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-24, "BLEEDING
PROCEDURE" .
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-27
2003 Sentra
OPERATING CYLINDER
[QR25DE]
OPERATING CYLINDER
Components
PFP:30620
ECS005SS
WCIA0141E
1.
Cylinder body
2.
Piston spring
3.
Piston cup
4.
Piston
5.
Push rod
6.
Dust cover
7.
Air bleeder
8.
Union bolt
9.
Copper washer
10. Clutch hose
Removal
1.
2.
3.
ECS005ST
Drain the brake fluid from clutch hydraulic system.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Remove the union bolt, the two copper washers, and the clutch
hose from the operating cylinder. Discard the copper washers.
Remove the operating cylinder bolts, and remove the operating
cylinder.
LCIA0029E
Disassembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ECS005SU
Remove the dust cover from the operating cylinder body.
Remove the push rod.
Remove the piston.
Remove the piston cup.
Remove the piston spring.
Remove the air bleeder.
Inspection
ECS005SV
Inspect for the following, and replace parts if necessary.
●
Damage, foreign material, wear, rust, and pinholes on the cylinder inner surface, piston, and sliding part of
piston cup
Revision: May 2004
CL-28
2003 Sentra
OPERATING CYLINDER
[QR25DE]
●
●
Weak piston spring
Crack or deformation of dust cover
A
Assembly
ECS005SW
CAUTION:
B
To assemble the operating cylinder use the specified rubber grease and rubber lubricant. Refer to GI44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
1. Apply rubber lubricant to the overall inside surface of the operating cylinder body.
CL
2. Install the air bleeder and tighten to specification.
Air bleeder
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
: 6 - 10 N·m (0.6 - 1.0 kg-m, 52 - 87 in-lb)
D
Install the piston spring.
Apply rubber grease and install the piston cup.
Apply rubber grease and install the piston.
Install the push rod.
Apply rubber grease and install the dust cover.
E
F
Installation
ECS005SX
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
●
Install the clutch hose without twisting it.
●
The two copper washers for the union bolt cannot be reused. Use two new copper washers for
installation.
●
After finishing the installation, bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-24,
"BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-29
2003 Sentra
PIPING
[QR25DE]
PIPING
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PFP:00000
ECS005SY
Remove the engine air cleaner and air duct.
Drain the brake fluid from the clutch hydraulic system.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
Remove the flare nut from the operating cylinder body using a flare nut wrench.
Remove the union bolt and two copper washers attaching the clutch hose from the operating cylinder. Discard the two copper washers.
Remove the clutch hose from the bracket by removing the lock plate.
Installation
1.
2.
When installing the clutch hose into the bracket, position the
lock plate in the specified direction as shown to secure the
clutch hose.
CAUTION:
Install the clutch hose without twisting or bending it.
Tighten the flare nut to specification, using a flare nut wrench.
Flare nut
3.
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m, 11 - 13 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the flare nut and clutch tube.
Position the clutch hose and install the union bolt and two new
copper washers on to the operating cylinder, and tighten the
union bolt to specification.
Union bolt
4.
5.
ECS005SZ
SCL730
: 17 - 19 N·m (1.7 - 2.0 kg-m, 13 - 14 ft-lb)
Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-24, "BLEEDING PROCEDURE" .
Install the engine air cleaner and air duct.
Revision: May 2004
CL-30
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
[QR25DE]
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
Components
PFP:30502
A
ECS005T0
B
CL
D
E
F
LCIA0030E
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
ECS005T1
Remove the manual transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "Removal and Installation" .
Move the withdrawal lever enough to remove the release bearing, and remove the release bearing from
the clutch lever.
Remove the withdrawal lever retainer spring.
Pull out the withdrawal lever and remove the dust cover.
Inspection After Removal
●
●
●
G
ECS005T2
Replace the release bearing if it is seized, damaged, faulty in
rotation direction, or has poor alignment.
Replace the withdrawal lever if the contact surface is worn
excessively.
Replace the dust seal if its deformed or cracked.
H
I
J
K
L
M
SCL733
Installation
1.
ECS005T3
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
● Clean any old grease and abrasive materials off of the grease application areas as shown.
SCL815
Revision: May 2004
CL-31
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH RELEASE MECHANISM
[QR25DE]
●
●
●
Apply approximately a 1 mm (0.04 in) thick coating of clutch sleeve grease to the withdrawal lever and
holder spring friction surfaces.
Apply a coat of clutch sleeve grease to the grooves on contact surfaces of the withdrawal lever ball pin
and inner surface of the release bearing; make sure the grease is flush with the grooves.
Apply a thin coat of clutch sleeve grease to the release bearing friction surface. After the grease application, install the release bearing. Wipe off any excess grease forced out from the bearing installation.
Revision: May 2004
CL-32
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
[QR25DE]
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
Components
PFP:30100
A
ECS005T4
B
CL
D
E
F
G
WCIA0142E
1.
Flywheel
2.
Clutch disc
4.
Main drive shaft
5.
Clutch cover
3.
Washer
H
CAUTION:
●
Do not clean the clutch disc with solvent.
●
When installing the clutch disc, do not allow grease from the main drive shaft to contact the clutch
disc friction surface.
Inspection and Adjustment
ECS005T5
I
J
NOTE:
The following procedures are done with the manual transaxle removed.
CLUTCH DISC
●
K
Check clutch disc for wear of the facing surface at the rivets as
shown.
Wear limit of facing surface to
rivet head
L
: 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
M
LCIA0109E
●
Check the clutch disc for backlash of the spline and runout of the
facing as shown.
Maximum backlash of spline
(at outer edge of disc)
Runout limit
Distance of runout check point
(from hub center)
: 0.9 mm (0.035 in)
: 1.0 mm (0.039 in)
: 115.0 mm (4.53 in)
LCIA0108E
Revision: May 2004
CL-33
2003 Sentra
CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
[QR25DE]
●
Check the clutch disc for burns, discoloration, or oil and grease leakage. Replace the components as necessary.
CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL
Check the spring toe height unevenness of the clutch cover with it
installed on the vehicle.
Uneven limit
: 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
If the measured uneven height is greater than the specified limit,
adjust the spring toe height with Tool as shown.
WCL016
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
●
●
Check the contact surface of the flywheel for slight burns or discoloration. Clean the flywheel contact surface with emery paper.
Check the flywheel runout using a dial gauge as shown.
Maximum allowable
runout
: Refer to EM-184, "MOVEMENT
AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T
MODEL)" .
SCL349
Installation
1.
2.
ECS005T6
Insert Tool into the clutch disc hub for correct alignment when
installing the clutch cover and disc as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not allow the grease to contaminate the clutch facing.
Tighten the bolts in numerical order in two steps.
First step
Final step
: 10 - 20 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 7 - 14 ft-lb)
: 35 - 44 N·m (3.5 - 4.5 kg-m, 26 - 32 ft-lb)
SCL600-C
Revision: May 2004
CL-34
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutch Control System
Type of clutch control
PFP:00030
A
ECS005T7
Hydraulic
B
Clutch Master Cylinder
ECS005T8
Unit: mm (in)
Inner diameter
15.87 (5/8)
CL
Clutch Operating Cylinder
ECS005T9
Unit: mm (in)
Inner diameter
D
19.05 (3/4)
Clutch Disc
ECS005TA
Unit: mm (in)
Engine model
E
QR25DE
Model
240
Facing size (Outer dia. × inner dia. × thickness)
240 × 160 × 3.5 (9.45 × 6.30 × 0.138)
7.8 - 8.4 (0.307 - 0.331)
with 5,884 N (600 kg, 1,322 lb)
Thickness of disc assembly with load
Wear limit of facing surface to rivet head
0.3 (0.012)
Runout limit of facing
1.0 (0.039)
Distance of runout check point (from the hub center)
115.0 (4.53)
Maximum backlash of spline (at outer edge disc)
0.9 (0.035)
F
G
H
Clutch Cover
ECS005TB
I
Unit: mm (in)
Engine model
QR25DE
Model
J
240
Full-load
5,884 N (600 kg, 1,322 lb)
Uneven limit of diaphragm spring toe height
0.7 (0.028)
K
Clutch Pedal
ECS005TC
Unit: mm (in)
Clearance “C” between pedal stopper rubber and clutch interlock switch threaded end
while clutch pedal is fully depressed.
L
0.1 - 1.0 (0.004 - 0.039)
M
Revision: May 2004
CL-35
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Revision: May 2004
CL-36
2003 Sentra
B ENGINE
A
CO
SECTION
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
QG18DE
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions For Liquid Gasket ................................. 3
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET .......................... 3
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE..... 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Special Service Tools ............................................... 4
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS .......................... 5
Troubleshooting Chart .............................................. 5
COOLING SYSTEM .................................................... 6
Cooling Circuit .......................................................... 6
ENGINE COOLANT .................................................... 7
System Check .......................................................... 7
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES ............ 7
CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL ......................... 7
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS..... 7
CHECKING RADIATOR ........................................ 7
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP ................................ 8
Refilling Engine Coolant ........................................... 8
WATER PUMP ............................................................ 9
Removal and Installation .......................................... 9
Inspection ............................................................... 10
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING .......11
Removal and Installation .........................................11
Inspection ............................................................... 12
RADIATOR ................................................................ 13
Removal and Installation ........................................ 13
REMOVAL ........................................................... 13
INSTALLATION ................................................... 13
Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 14
PREPARATION .................................................. 14
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 14
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 15
Inspection ............................................................... 17
COOLING FAN ......................................................... 18
Disassembly and Assembly Radiator Cooling Fan... 18
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 18
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 18
Revision: May 2004
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 19
Thermostat ............................................................. 19
Radiator .................................................................. 19
F
G
QR25DE
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 20
Precautions For Liquid Gasket ............................... 20
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET ......................... 20
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE... 20
PREPARATION ......................................................... 21
Special Service Tools ............................................. 21
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS ........................ 22
Troubleshooting Chart ............................................ 22
COOLING SYSTEM .................................................. 23
Cooling Circuit ........................................................ 23
ENGINE COOLANT .................................................. 24
System Check ........................................................ 24
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES ........... 24
CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL ....................... 24
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS ... 24
CHECKING RADIATOR ...................................... 24
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP .............................. 25
Refilling Engine Coolant ......................................... 25
WATER PUMP .......................................................... 26
Removal and Installation ........................................ 26
REMOVAL ........................................................... 26
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ....................... 27
INSTALLATION ................................................... 27
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 27
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING ...... 28
Removal and Installation ........................................ 28
REMOVAL ........................................................... 28
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ....................... 29
INSTALLATION ................................................... 29
RADIATOR ................................................................ 30
Removal and Installation ........................................ 30
REMOVAL ........................................................... 30
INSTALLATION ................................................... 30
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 31
CO-1
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
PREPARATION ................................................... 31
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 31
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 32
INSPECTION ....................................................... 34
Inspection ............................................................... 34
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP .............................. 34
CHECKING RADIATOR ...................................... 34
Revision: May 2004
COOLING FAN ..........................................................36
Disassembly and Assembly ....................................36
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................36
ASSEMBLY ..........................................................36
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......37
Capacity ..................................................................37
Thermostat ..............................................................37
Water Control Valve ................................................37
Radiator ..................................................................37
CO-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions For Liquid Gasket
PFP:00001
A
EBS00EYR
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET
After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, disconnect and
remove the sealant using a seal cutter.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer
to lightly tap the liquid gasket applied area.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-blade
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
CO
C
D
PBIC0275E
E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
●
2.
3.
Using a scraper, remove the old sealant adhering to the application surface and the mating surface.
Remove the old sealant completely from the groove of the application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the application surface and the mating surface
to remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign material.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
F
G
H
PBIC0003E
I
4.
●
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location with
the specified dimensions.
If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant
to the groove.
J
K
L
EMA0622D
●
●
●
●
●
M
As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the holes.
Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
Within five minutes of sealant application, install the mating
component.
If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
Do not retighten after the installation.
After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-13,
"RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
SEM164F
Revision: May 2004
CO-3
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
EBS00CH2
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
EG17650301
(J33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator filler
neck
a: 28 (1.10) via.
b: 31.4 (1.236) via.
c: 41.3 (1.626) via.
Unit: mm (in)
NT564
KV99103510
( — )
Radiator plate pliers A
Installing radiator upper and lower tanks
S-NT224
KV99103520
( — )
Radiator plate pliers B
Removing radiator upper and lower tanks
S-NT225
Revision: May 2004
CO-4
2003 Sentra
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
[QG18DE]
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00012
A
EBS00CH3
Symptom
Poor heat transfer
Check items
Water pump malfunction
Worn or loose drive belt
Thermostat stuck closed
Coolant circulation
Damaged fins
Dust contamination or
paper clogging
CO
—
C
Mechanical damage
Clogged radiator cooling
tube
Excess foreign material
(rust, dirt, sand, etc.)
D
Cooling fan does not operate
Reduced air flow
High resistance to fan rotation
E
Engine cooling fans
—
Fan shroud
—
Damaged fan blades
Cooling system parts
malfunction
Damaged radiator shroud
—
Improper coolant mixture
ratio
—
Poor coolant quality
—
F
—
Coolant quality, viscosity
G
—
Cooling hose
Loose clamp
H
Cracked hose
Water pump
Radiator cap
Poor sealing
Loose
I
Poor sealing
Coolant leaks
O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting
Insufficient coolant
Radiator
J
Cracked radiator tank
Cracked radiator core
Reservoir tank
Overflowing reservoir tank
Exhaust gas leaks into
cooling system
Cracked reservoir tank
Cylinder head deterioration
Cylinder head gasket deterioration
High engine RPM under no
load
Abusive driving
Driving in low gear for
extended time
Driving at extremely high
speed
Over heating engine
Overload on engine
Except cooling system
parts malfunction
Powertrain system malfunction
Installed improper size
wheels and tires
—
Dragging brakes
Improper ignition timing
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked or restricted air
flow
Installed car brassiere
Blocked bumper
Mud, debris, or paper clogging
Blocked radiator
—
Blocked condenser
Revision: May 2004
CO-5
K
2003 Sentra
L
M
COOLING SYSTEM
[QG18DE]
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling Circuit
PFP:21020
EBS00CH4
WBIA0132E
Revision: May 2004
CO-6
2003 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[QG18DE]
ENGINE COOLANT
System Check
PFP:KQ100
A
EBS00CH5
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure CO
fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it all the way.
C
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES
Check hoses for the following:
●
Improper attachment
●
Leaks
●
Cracks
●
Damage
●
Loose connections
●
Chafing
●
Deterioration
D
E
F
CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL
●
●
Check if the reservoir tank coolant level is within MIN to MAX
when the engine is cool.
Adjust coolant level if it is too much or too little.
G
H
I
SMA412B
J
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
To check for leakage, apply pressure to the cooling system with a
tester.
Testing pressure
K
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
L
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from
the radiator.
CAUTION:
Higher pressure than specified may cause radiator damage.
M
SLC756A
CHECKING RADIATOR
Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows.
●
Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins.
●
When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan, radiator
shroud and horns. Then tape the harness and connectors to prevent water from entering.
1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core vertically downward.
2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute.
3. Stop washing when clear water flows off the radiator.
4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core vertically downward.
●
Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2 , 71 psi) and keep distance more than 300 mm (11.8
in).
Revision: May 2004
CO-7
2003 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[QG18DE]
5.
6.
Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.
Check for leakage.
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP
●
To check radiator cap, apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief
pressure
Standard
Limit
: 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 ,
11 - 14 psi)
: 59 kPa (0.6 kg/cm2 , 9 psi)
SLC755A
●
●
Pull the negative pressure valve to open it.
Check that it closes completely when released.
SMA967B
Refilling Engine Coolant
EBS00CH6
Changing the engine coolant is part of the required maintenance of the engine. Refer to MA-16, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
Revision: May 2004
CO-8
2003 Sentra
WATER PUMP
[QG18DE]
WATER PUMP
Removal and Installation
PFP:21020
A
EBS00CH7
CO
C
D
E
F
WLC017
CAUTION:
●
When removing water pump assembly, be careful not to get coolant on drive belt.
●
Water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as a unit.
●
After installing water pump, check for leaks using radiator cap tester. Refer to CO-7, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" .
1. Drain engine coolant.
Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
G
H
I
J
K
L
WLC007
M
SEM869F
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove front RH wheel.
Remove engine side cover.
Remove drive belts and idler pulley.
Loosen water pump pulley bolts.
Remove water pump pulley.
Revision: May 2004
CO-9
2003 Sentra
WATER PUMP
[QG18DE]
7.
8.
9.
Remove the water pump bolts.
Remove the water pump.
● Remove liquid gasket from water pump and mating surface of
cylinder block using a scraper.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
● When applying liquid gasket to mating surface of water pump,
use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
● When filling radiator with coolant, refer to MA-17, "REFILLING
ENGINE COOLANT" .
● When installing drive belts, refer to MA-16, "Checking Drive Belts" .
Inspection
1.
●
●
SEM859F
EBS00CH8
Rotate water pump shaft, replace the water pump as necessary.
Check body assembly and vane for rust or corrosion.
Check for rough operation due to excessive end play.
SEM860F
Revision: May 2004
CO-10
2003 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QG18DE]
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
Removal and Installation
PFP:21200
A
EBS00CH9
CO
C
D
E
F
WBIA0134E
CAUTION:
Be careful not to spill coolant over the engine compartment. Use a rag to absorb any spilled coolant.
1. Drain engine coolant. Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
2. Disconnect the lower radiator hose.
3. Remove water inlet thermostat housing, then remove the thermostat.
4. Before installing the thermostat, make sure the gum ring is properly seated around the thermostat.
G
H
I
J
K
L
SEM862F
5.
6.
M
Install thermostat with jiggle valve or air bleeder at upper side.
Refill engine coolant after installation. Run engine for a few minutes, and check for any coolant leaks. Refer to MA-17, "REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT"
SEM863F
Revision: May 2004
CO-11
2003 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QG18DE]
Inspection
1.
2.
EBS00CHA
Check for valve seating condition at normal room temperature.
The valve should seat tightly all the way around. If the valve is
warped or stuck open, replace the thermostat.
Suspend the thermostat, by a string caught in the closed valve,
in boiling water while monitoring the temperature.
Valve opening temperature
Valve lift
mm/°C (in/°F)
°C (°F)
76.5° (170°)
More than 9/90° (0.35/194°)
SLC343
3.
4.
Check the temperature at which the valve begins to open and falls from the string. Check the total valve lift
when the valve opens completely.
Then check if valve closes at 5°C (41°F) below valve opening temperature.
Revision: May 2004
CO-12
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QG18DE]
RADIATOR
Removal and Installation
PFP:21400
A
EBS00CHB
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
WBIA0133E
J
1.
Reservoir tank
2.
Reservoir tank bracket
3.
Radiator cap
4.
Mounting bracket
5.
Upper radiator hose
6.
Cooling fans
7.
Radiator drain plug
8.
Mounting rubber
9.
Oil cooler hose (A/T models)
10. Radiator
K
11. Lower radiator hose
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns can occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a
quarter of a turn to allow the built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down
and turning it the rest of the way.
L
REMOVAL
M
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain engine coolant. Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
Remove the air duct and air cleaner assembly.
Disconnect the A/T oil cooler hoses (if equipped) and install a blind plug in the hoses to prevent A/T oil
loss.
Disconnect the upper and lower radiator hoses and mounting bracket.
Remove the radiator and radiator fan assembly as one unit.
CAUTION:
Do not damage or scratch the radiator core when removing.
INSTALLATION
●
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: May 2004
CO-13
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QG18DE]
Disassembly and Assembly
EBS00CHC
WLC013
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
Attach the spacer to the tip of the radiator plate pliers A.
Spacer specification: 1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick x 18 mm (0.71 in)
wide x 8.5 mm (0.335 in) long.
Make sure that when radiator plate pliers A are closed dimension H′′ is approx. 7.6 mm (0.299 in).
Adjust dimension H′′ with the spacer, if necessary.
SLC655CB
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove tank with Tool.
SLC903-A
Grip the crimped edge and bend it upwards so that Tool slips
off.
CAUTION:
Do not bend excessively.
●
SLC893
Revision: May 2004
CO-14
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QG18DE]
In areas where Tool cannot be used, use a screwdriver to
bend the edge up.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage tank.
●
A
CO
C
SLC930
D
2.
3.
Make sure the edge stands straight up.
Remove oil cooler from tank (A/T model only).
E
F
G
SLC931
ASSEMBLY
1.
●
H
Install oil cooler (A/T model only).
Pay attention to direction of conical washer.
I
J
K
SLC894
2.
Clean contact portion of tank.
L
M
SLC932
Revision: May 2004
CO-15
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QG18DE]
3.
●
●
Install sealing rubber.
Push it in with fingers.
Be careful not to twist sealing rubber.
SLC917A
4.
Crimp the tank rim in a specified sequence with the Tool.
SLC904-A
SLC896
●
Use pliers in the locations where the Tool cannot be used.
SLC897
5.
Make sure that the tank rim is completely crimped down.
Standard height “H”
6.
: 8.0 - 8.4 mm (0.315 - 0.331 in)
Check for any coolant leakage. Refer to CO-7, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" .
SLC554A
Revision: May 2004
CO-16
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QG18DE]
Inspection
1.
EBS00CHD
A
Apply pressure with Tool.
Specified pressure value
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23
psi)
CO
WARNING:
To prevent the risk of the hose coming undone while under
pressure, securely fasten it down with a hose clamp.
Attach a hose to the oil cooler as well (A/T model only).
C
D
SLC933-A
2.
Check for leaks.
E
F
G
SLC934
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-17
2003 Sentra
COOLING FAN
[QG18DE]
COOLING FAN
Disassembly and Assembly Radiator Cooling Fan
PFP:21486
EBS00CHE
PBIC0238E
1.
Cooling fan motors
2.
Cooling fan shroud
3.
Cooling fan blades
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the radiator and cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-13, "Removal" .
Remove the cooling fan shroud assembly from the radiator.
Remove the cooling fan blades from the shroud.
Remove cooling fan motors from the shroud.
ASSEMBLY
●
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: May 2004
CO-18
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Thermostat
Valve opening temperature
Valve lift
°C (°F)
PFP:00030
A
EBS00CHF
76.5° (170°)
mm/°C (in/°F)
CO
More than 9/90° (0.35/194°)
Radiator
EBS00CHG
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Cap relief pressure
Standard
78 - 98 (0.8 - 1.0, 11 - 14)
Limit
59 (0.6, 9)
Leakage test pressure
C
D
157 (1.6, 23)
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-19
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions For Liquid Gasket
PFP:00001
EBS00CHH
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET
After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, disconnect and
remove the sealant using a seal cutter.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer
to lightly tap the sealant applied area.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-blade
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
PBIC0275E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
●
2.
3.
Using a scraper, remove the old sealant adhering to the application surface and the mating surface.
Remove the old sealant completely from the groove of the application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the application surface and the mating surface
to remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign material.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0003E
4.
●
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location with
the specified dimensions.
If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant
to the groove.
EMA0622D
●
●
●
●
●
As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the holes.
Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
Within five minutes of sealant application, install the mating
component.
If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
Do not retighten after the installation.
After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-13,
"RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
SEM164F
Revision: May 2004
CO-20
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00CHI
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special tools illustrated here.
CO
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
WS39930000
(-)
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
C
D
S-NT052
EG17650301
(J33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
E
Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator filler
neck
a: 28 (1.10) diameter
b: 31.4 (1.236) diameter
c: 41.3 (1.626) diameter
Unit: mm (in)
G
S-NT564
KV99103510
(-)
Radiator plate pliers A
F
Installing radiator upper and lower tanks
H
I
S-NT224
KV99103520
(-)
Radiator plate pliers B
Removing radiator upper and lower tanks
J
K
S-NT225
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-21
2003 Sentra
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
[QR25DE]
OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00012
EBS00CHJ
Symptom
Poor heat transfer
Check items
Water pump malfunction
Worn or loose drive belt
Thermostat stuck closed
Coolant circulation
Damaged fins
Dust contamination or
paper clogging
—
Mechanical damage
Clogged radiator cooling
tube
Excess foreign material
(rust, dirt, sand, etc.)
Cooling fan does not operate
Reduced air flow
High resistance to fan rotation
Fan blades
—
Radiator shroud
—
Damaged fan blades
Damaged radiator shroud
Cooling system parts
malfunction
Improper coolant mixture
ratio
—
Poor coolant quality
—
—
Coolant quality, viscosity
—
Cooling hose
Loose clamp
Cracked hose
Water pump
Radiator cap
Poor sealing
Loose
Poor sealing
Coolant leaks
O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting
Insufficient coolant
Radiator
Cracked radiator tank
Cracked radiator core
Reservoir tank
Overflowing reservoir tank
Exhaust gas leaks into
cooling system
Cracked reservoir tank
Cylinder head deterioration
Cylinder head gasket deterioration
High engine rpm under no
load
Abusive driving
Driving in low gear for
extended time
Driving at extremely high
speed
—
Overload on engine
Except cooling system
parts malfunction
Powertrain system malfunction
Installed improper size
wheels and tires
—
Dragging brakes
Improper ignition timing
Blocked radiator grille
Installed car brassiere
Blocked bumper
Blocked or restricted air
flow
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Mud, debris, or paper clogging
—
Installed large fog lamp
Revision: May 2004
CO-22
2003 Sentra
COOLING SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling Circuit
PFP:21020
A
EBS00CHK
CO
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
PBIC0234E
J
K
L
M
PBIC0280E
Revision: May 2004
CO-23
2003 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[QR25DE]
ENGINE COOLANT
System Check
PFP:KQ100
EBS00EYS
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it all the way.
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES
Check hoses for the following:
●
Improper attachment
●
Leaks
●
Cracks
●
Damage
●
Loose connections
●
Chafing
●
Deterioration
CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL
●
●
Check if the reservoir tank coolant level is within MIN to MAX
when the engine is cool.
Adjust coolant level if it is too much or too little.
SMA412B
CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS
To check for leakage, apply pressure to the cooling system with a
tester.
Testing pressure
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious
burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from
the radiator.
CAUTION:
Higher pressure than specified may cause radiator damage.
SLC756A
CHECKING RADIATOR
Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows.
●
Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins.
●
When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan, radiator
shroud and horns. Then tape the harness and connectors to prevent water from entering.
1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core vertically downward.
2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute.
3. Stop washing when clear water flows off of the radiator.
4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core vertically downward.
●
Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2 , 71 psi) and keep distance more than 300 mm (11.8
in).
Revision: May 2004
CO-24
2003 Sentra
ENGINE COOLANT
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.
Check for leakage.
A
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP
●
To check radiator cap, apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief
pressure
Standard
Limit
CO
C
: 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 ,
11 - 14 psi)
: 59 kPa (0.6 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)
D
SLC755A
●
●
Pull the negative pressure valve to open it.
Check that it closes completely when released.
E
F
G
H
SMA967B
Refilling Engine Coolant
EBS00EYT
I
Changing the engine coolant is part of the required maintenance of the engine. Refer to MA-23, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-25
2003 Sentra
WATER PUMP
[QR25DE]
WATER PUMP
Removal and Installation
PFP:21020
EBS00CHN
KBIA0154E
1.
Water pump
4.
Water pipe
2.
Gasket
3.
Water pump housing
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator.
REMOVAL
Water Pump
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain the engine coolant. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
CAUTION:
Perform when the engine is cold.
Remove the alternator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal" .
Remove the water pump.
● Coolant will leak from the cylinder block, have a drain pan in position.
CAUTION:
● Handle the water pump vane so that it does not contact any other parts.
● The water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as a unit.
Remove the water pipe mounting bolts.
Remove the water pump housing from the engine block. Use a new gasket for installation.
Water Pipe
1.
2.
3.
Remove the water pump.
Remove the exhaust manifold. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the water pipe from the thermostat housing.
Revision: May 2004
CO-26
2003 Sentra
WATER PUMP
[QR25DE]
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
●
●
●
A
Visually check that there is no significant dirt or rust on the water
pump body and vane.
Check that there is no play when rotating the vane shaft, and
that it turns smoothly when rotated by hand.
If necessary, replace the water pump as an assembly.
CO
C
KBIA0155E
D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
When inserting the water pipe end into the thermostat housing, apply coolant to the O-ring seal and install
immediately.
E
F
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
After installing the water pump and pipe, check for leaks using the radiator cap tester. Refer to CO-34,
"CHECKING RADIATOR" .
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-27
2003 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QR25DE]
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
Removal and Installation
PFP:21200
EBS00CHO
WBIA0010E
1.
Thermostat
2.
Water inlet housing
3.
Water control valve
4.
Water outlet housing
5.
Heater hose
6.
Water temperature sensor
7.
Heater pipe
8.
Throttle body coolant inlet
9.
Throttle body coolant outlet
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator.
CAUTION:
Perform when the engine is cold.
REMOVAL
Thermostat
1.
2.
3.
4.
Drain engine coolant. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
Remove the lower radiator hose from the water inlet housing.
Remove the water inlet housing.
Remove the thermostat.
Water Control Valve
1.
2.
3.
4.
Drain engine coolant. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
Remove the upper radiator hose, heater pipe, and heater hose.
Remove the water outlet housing.
Remove the water control valve.
Revision: May 2004
CO-28
2003 Sentra
THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING
[QR25DE]
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
●
●
●
●
A
Place a string so that it is caught in the valve of the thermostat
(or water control valve) and suspend it in boiling water. It must
be fully immersed in the water.
CO
The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the
valve plate begins to rise from the top plate causing the thermostat to fall off of the string.
Continue heating the water and thermostat to check the fullC
open valve lift distance.
NOTE:
The full-open lift amount standard temperature for the thermoD
SLC252B
stat (water control valve) is the reference value.
After checking the full-open lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature.
E
Standard Values
Component
Thermostat
Water control valve
Valve opening temperature
80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182° F)
93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F)
Full-open lift amount
More than 8 mm/ 95°C
(0.315 in/ 203 °F)
More than 8 mm/ 108°C
(0.315 in/ 226 ° F)
Valve closing temperature
77°C (171°F)
90°C (194° F)
F
G
INSTALLATION
●
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
H
Thermostat and Water Control Valve
●
Install the thermostat and water control valve with the whole circumference of each flange fitting securely inside the rubber ring.
(The example in the figure shown is the thermostat.)
I
J
K
PBIC0157E
●
●
Install the thermostat with the jiggle valve facing upwards. (The
position deviation may be within the range of ±10°.)
Install the water control valve with the up-mark facing up and the
frame center part facing upwards. The position deviation may be
within the range of ±10° of vertical.
M
PBIC0158E
Heater Pipe
●
Apply clean coolant to the heater pipe O-ring, and immediately install the heater pipe into the installation
holes.
Revision: May 2004
CO-29
L
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
RADIATOR
Removal and Installation
PFP:21400
EBS00CHP
WBIA0009E
1.
Radiator
2.
Bracket
3.
Mounting rubber
4.
A/T oil cooler hose (if equipped)
5.
Radiator hose (lower)
6.
Cooling fan assembly
7.
Reservoir tank
8.
Radiator hose (upper)
9.
Radiator cap
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a
quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it three-quarters around.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Drain the engine coolant. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
Remove the air duct with air cleaner assembly.
Disconnect A/T oil cooler hoses (if equipped).
● Install a blind plug to avoid leakage of A/T oil.
4. Disconnect the radiator upper hose, lower hose, and mounting bracket.
5. Remove the radiator and cooling fan assembly
CAUTION:
●
Do not damage or scratch radiator core when removing.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
●
After installation, run the engine until it reaches full operating temperature and check for any cooling system leaks. Repair any leaks as necessary.
Revision: May 2004
CO-30
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
Disassembly and Assembly
EBS00CHQ
A
CO
C
D
E
F
SLC882AB
G
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
Attach the spacer to the tip of the radiator plate pliers A.
Spacer specification: 1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick x 18 mm (0.71 in)
wide x 8.5 mm (0.335 in) long.
Make sure that when radiator plate pliers A are closed dimension H′′ is approx. 7.6 mm (0.299 in).
Adjust dimension H′′ with the spacer, if necessary.
H
I
J
SLC655C
DISASSEMBLY
1.
K
Remove tank with Tool.
L
M
SLC903
●
Grip the crimped edge and bend it upwards so that the Tool
slips off.
CAUTION:
Do not bend excessively.
SLC893
Revision: May 2004
CO-31
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
●
In areas where Tool cannot be used, use a screwdriver to bend
the edge up.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage tank.
SLC930
2.
3.
Make sure the edge stands straight up.
Remove oil cooler from tank (A/T model only).
SLC931
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install oil cooler (A/T model only).
● Pay attention to direction of conical washer.
SLC894
2.
Clean contact portion of tank.
SLC932
Revision: May 2004
CO-32
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
3.
Install sealing rubber.
● Push it in with fingers.
● Be careful not to twist sealing rubber.
A
CO
C
SLC917A
D
4.
Crimp tank in specified sequence with Tool.
E
F
G
SLC904
H
I
J
SLC896
●
K
Use pliers in the locations where Tool cannot be used.
L
M
SLC897
5.
Make sure that the rim is completely crimped down.
Standard height “H”
6.
: 8.0 - 8.4 mm (0.315 - 0.331 in)
Confirm that there is no leakage.
● Refer to CO-34, "Inspection" .
SLC554A
Revision: May 2004
CO-33
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
INSPECTION
1.
Apply pressure with Tool.
Specified pressure value
: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
WARNING:
To prevent the risk of the hose coming undone while under
pressure, securely fasten it down with a hose clamp.
Attach a hose to the oil cooler as well (A/T model only).
SLC933
2.
Check for leaks in dip tank.
SLC934
Inspection
EBS00CHR
CHECKING RADIATOR CAP
●
●
●
●
Check that there is no dirt or damage on the valve seat of the radiator cap negative-pressure valve.
Check that there are no abnormalities in the opening and closing conditions of the negative-pressure
valve.
Pull the negative pressure valve to open it.
Check that it closes completely when released.
SMA967B
●
●
●
Check radiator cap relief pressure.
Standard
: 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
Limit
: 59 kPa (0.6 kg/cm2 , 9 psi)
When connecting the radiator cap to the tester, apply water to
the cap seal surface.
Replace the radiator cap if there is an abnormality in the negative-pressure valve, or if the open-valve pressure is outside of
the standard values.
SLC135B
CHECKING RADIATOR
Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows:
●
Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins.
Revision: May 2004
CO-34
2003 Sentra
RADIATOR
[QR25DE]
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
●
5.
6.
When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan, radiator
shroud and horns. Then tape the harness and connectors to prevent water from entering.
A
Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core vertically downward.
Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute.
CO
Stop washing when clear water is flowing off the radiator.
Blow air into the back side of radiator core vertically downward.
Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2 , 71psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.8 in).
Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out.
Check for leakage.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-35
2003 Sentra
COOLING FAN
[QR25DE]
COOLING FAN
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:21060
EBS00CHS
WBIA0008E
1.
Cooling fan motor
4.
Cooling fan blade
2.
Insulator
3.
Cooling fan shroud
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the radiator and cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-30, "REMOVAL" .
Remove the cooling fan shroud from the radiator.
Remove the cooling fan blades from the cooling fan motors.
Remove the insulator.
Remove the cooling fan motors from the fan shroud.
ASSEMBLY
●
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Revision: May 2004
CO-36
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Capacity
Coolant capacity with reservoir tank (MAX level)
PFP:00030
A
EBS00CHT
Approximately 6.3
(6 qt.)
CO
Thermostat
EBS00CHU
Valve opening temperature
80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F)
Valve lift
C
More than 8 mm / 95°C (0.315 in / 203°F)
Water Control Valve
EBS00CHV
Valve opening temperature
D
93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F)
Valve lift
More than 8 mm / 108°C (0.315 in / 226°F)
Radiator
EBS00CHW
E
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Cap relief pressure
Standard
78- 98 (0.8 -1.0, 11-14)
Limit
59 (0.6, 9)
Leakage test pressure
F
157 (1.6, 23)
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
CO-37
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Revision: May 2004
CO-38
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
METERS AND GAUGES ............................................ 3
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location..... 3
System Description .................................................. 4
UNIFIED CONTROL METER ................................ 4
HOW TO CHANGE THE DISPLAY FOR ODO/
TRIP METER ........................................................ 4
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........ 4
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE ........................ 4
TACHOMETER ..................................................... 5
FUEL GAUGE ....................................................... 5
SPEEDOMETER ................................................... 5
CAN Communication ................................................ 5
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT ............................. 5
TYPE 1 .................................................................. 6
TYPE 2 .................................................................. 6
TYPE 3 .................................................................. 7
Combination Meter ................................................... 8
WITHOUT TACHOMETER ................................... 8
WITH TACHOMETER (QG18DE MODELS) ......... 9
WITH TACHOMETER (QR25DE MODELS) ....... 10
Schematic ...............................................................11
WITHOUT TACHOMETER ..................................11
WITH TACHOMETER ......................................... 12
Wiring Diagram — METER — ................................ 13
WITHOUT TACHOMETER ................................. 13
WITH TACHOMETER (QG18DE MODELS) ....... 14
WITH TACHOMETER (QR25DE MODELS) ....... 15
Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode ............................. 16
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................................... 16
HOW TO ALTERNATE DIAGNOSIS MODE ....... 16
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................. 17
PRELIMINARY CHECK ...................................... 17
SYMPTOM CHART ............................................. 18
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
CHECK ................................................................ 19
INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ........ 21
INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL
(QG18DE) ........................................................... 21
INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL
Revision: May 2004
(QR25DE) ............................................................ 22
INSPECTION/FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
AND FUEL PUMP ............................................... 23
INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE
GAUGE (QG18DE MODELS) ............................. 24
INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE
GAUGE (QR25DE MODELS) ............................. 25
Electrical Components Inspection .......................... 26
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK ................ 26
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK ... 26
WARNING LAMPS .................................................... 27
Schematic ............................................................... 27
WITHOUT TACHOMETER .................................. 27
WITH TACHOMETER ......................................... 28
Wiring Diagram — WARN — .................................. 29
WITHOUT TACHOMETER .................................. 29
WITH TACHOMETER ......................................... 32
Electrical Components Inspection .......................... 36
FUEL WARNING LAMP OPERATION CHECK ... 36
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CHECK ..................... 36
DIODE CHECK ................................................... 36
WARNING CHIME ..................................................... 37
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 37
System Description ................................................. 38
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS .................... 38
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS ............................ 38
Wiring Diagram — CHIME — ................................. 40
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS .................... 40
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS ............................ 41
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure (With Power
Door Locks) ............................................................ 42
“KEY WARN ALM”/“LIGHT WARN ALM”/“SEAT
BELT ALM” .......................................................... 42
CONSULT-II Application Items (With Power Door
Locks) ..................................................................... 43
“KEY WARN ALARM” .......................................... 43
“LIGHT WARN ALM” ........................................... 43
“SEAT BELT ALM” ............................................... 43
Trouble Diagnoses (Without Power Door Locks) ... 44
SYMPTOM CHART ............................................. 44
DI-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
CHECK ................................................................ 44
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING
SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK) ...................... 45
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH
INSERT SIGNAL CHECK) .................................. 45
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (SEAT BELT
BUCKLE SWITCH LH CHECK) ........................... 46
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 ........................... 47
Trouble Diagnoses (With Power Door Locks) ......... 49
SYMPTOM CHART ............................................. 49
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: May 2004
DI-2
CHECK ................................................................49
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING
SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK) ......................50
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH
INSERT SIGNAL CHECK) ...................................51
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (SEAT BELT
BUCKLE SWITCH LH CHECK) ...........................52
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 ............................53
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
METERS AND GAUGES
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:24814
A
EKS00399
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WKIA1045E
DI
L
M
Revision: May 2004
DI-3
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
System Description
EKS0039A
UNIFIED CONTROL METER
●
●
●
●
Speedometer, odo/trip meter, tachometer (if equipped), fuel gauge and water temperature gauge are controlled totally by control unit built-in combination meter.
Digital meter is adopted for odo/trip meter.*
*The record of the odometer is kept even if the battery cable is disconnected. The record of the trip meter
is erased when the battery cable is disconnected.
Odo/trip meter segment can be checked in diagnosis mode.
Meter/gauge can be checked in diagnosis mode.
HOW TO CHANGE THE DISPLAY FOR ODO/TRIP METER
SEL253V
NOTE:
Turn ignition switch to the ON position to operate odo/trip meter.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to combination meter terminal 25 (without tachometer) or 42 (with tachometer).
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 30, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to combination meter terminal 26 (without tachometer), or
●
to combination meter terminals 41 and 6 (with tachometer).
Ground is supplied:
●
to combination meter terminal 27 (without tachometer) or 48 (with tachometer)
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE
QG18DE
The water temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature.
ECM provides a water temperature signal to combination meter for water temperature gauge with CAN communication line.
QR25DE
The water temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature. The reading on the gauge is based
on the signal from the ECM.
The water temperature gauge is regulated by a signal:
●
from terminal 32 of the ECM
Revision: May 2004
DI-4
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
●
to combination meter terminal 43 for the water temperature gauge.
A
TACHOMETER
QG18DE Models
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).
ECM provides an engine speed signal to combination meter for tachometer with CAN communication line.
B
QR25DE Models
The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).
The tachometer is regulated by a signal:
●
from terminal 36 of the ECM
●
to combination meter terminal 45 for the tachometer.
C
D
FUEL GAUGE
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the fuel tank.
The fuel gauge is regulated by a variable ground signal supplied:
●
to combination meter terminal 30 (without tachometer) or 44 (with tachometer) for the fuel gauge
●
from terminal 2 of the fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
●
through terminal 5 of the fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump, and
●
through body grounds B13 and B19.
E
F
SPEEDOMETER
G
The combination meter receives a voltage signal from the vehicle speed sensor for the speedometer.
The voltage is supplied:
●
to combination meter terminal 29 (without tachometer) or 47 (with tachometer) for the speedometer
●
from terminal 1 (with QG18DE), or terminal + (with QR25DE) of the vehicle speed sensor.
The speedometer converts the voltage into the vehicle speed displayed.
H
CAN Communication
I
EKS003LD
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- J
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. DI
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
Body type
Axle
2WD
Engine
Transmission
L
Sedan
QG18DE
A/T
QR25DE
M/T
A/T
×
×
CAN communication unit
ECM
×
TCM
×
Combination meter
×
×
DI-6, "TYPE 1"
DI-6, "TYPE 2"
CAN communication type
×
DI-7, "TYPE 3"
×: Applicable
Revision: May 2004
DI-5
2003 Sentra
M
METERS AND GAUGES
TYPE 1
System Diagram
LKIA0132E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Combination
Meter
Stop lamp switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
TYPE 2
System Diagram
LKIA0133E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
Combination Meter
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Engine speed signal
Revision: May 2004
DI-6
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Signals
ECM
Combination Meter
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
A
B
TYPE 3
System Diagram
C
D
E
F
LKIA0107E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Overdrive cancel signal
T
R
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
Revision: May 2004
DI-7
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Combination Meter
EKS0039B
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
WKIA0289E
Revision: May 2004
DI-8
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
WITH TACHOMETER (QG18DE MODELS)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKIA0006E
Revision: May 2004
DI-9
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
WITH TACHOMETER (QR25DE MODELS)
WKIA0007E
Revision: May 2004
DI-10
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Schematic
EKS0039C
A
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0513E
Revision: May 2004
DI-11
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
WITH TACHOMETER
WKWA0506E
Revision: May 2004
DI-12
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Wiring Diagram — METER —
EKS0039D
A
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0507E
Revision: May 2004
DI-13
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
WITH TACHOMETER (QG18DE MODELS)
WKWA0508E
Revision: May 2004
DI-14
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
WITH TACHOMETER (QR25DE MODELS)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0586E
Revision: May 2004
DI-15
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode
EKS0039E
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
●
●
Odo/trip meter segment can be checked in diagnosis mode.
Meters/gauges can be checked in diagnosis mode.
HOW TO ALTERNATE DIAGNOSIS MODE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch to ON and change odo/trip meter to “TRIP A” or “TRIP B”.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
Turn ignition switch to ON when pushing odo/trip meter switch.
Release odo/trip meter switch 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
Push odo/trip meter switch three times within 7 seconds.
All odo/trip meter segments should be turned on.
NOTE:
If some segments are not turned on, combination meter should
be replaced.
At this point, the unified control meter is turned to diagnosis
mode.
SEL110V
7.
8.
Push odo/trip meter switch. Indication of each meter/gauge
should be as shown in figure during pushing odo/trip meter
switch.
NOTE:
It takes a few seconds for indication of fuel gauge and water
temperature gauge to become stable.
Turn ignition switch to OFF or start engine to cancel diagnosis
mode.
WEL128
Revision: May 2004
DI-16
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Trouble Diagnoses
EKS0039F
A
PRELIMINARY CHECK
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKIA0159E
*1: DI-16
Revision: May 2004
*2: DI-19
*3: DI-18
DI-17
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
SYMPTOM CHART
Symptom
One meter/gauge (speedometer/tachometer/fuel
gauge/water temp. gauge)
is malfunctioning.
Possible causes
Repair order
1. Sensor signal
- Vehicle speed signal
- Engine revolution signal
- Fuel gauge
- Water temp. gauge
1. Check the sensor for malfunctioning meter/gauge.
DI-21, "INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR"
DI-22, "INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL
(QR25DE)"
DI-23, "INSPECTION/FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
AND FUEL PUMP"
DI-24, "INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE
GAUGE (QG18DE MODELS)"
DI-25, "INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE
GAUGE (QR25DE MODELS)"
2. Unified meter control unit
Multiple meters/gauges
(except odo/trip meter) are
malfunctioning.
2. Replace combination meter assembly.
Before starting trouble diagnoses below, perform “PRELIMINARY CHECK”, DI-17, "PRELIMINARY CHECK" .
Revision: May 2004
DI-18
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Power Supply Circuit Check
A
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
Terminals
(+)
Connector
Ignition switch position
(-)
Terminal
(Wire color)
B
OFF
ACC
ON
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
Battery
voltage
C
M30
25 (R/B)
Ground
Battery
voltage
M30
26 (Y)
Ground
0V
D
WKIA1011E
E
WITH TACHOMETER
Terminals
Ignition switch position
F
(+)
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
Ground
0V
0V
Battery
voltage
41 (Y)
Ground
0V
0V
Battery
voltage
42 (R/B)
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
M29
6 (Y)
M30
M30
G
H
I
J
DI
WKIA1012E
If NG, check the following.
●
10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
●
10A fuse [No. 30, located in fuse block (J/B)]
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter
Revision: May 2004
DI-19
L
M
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Ground Circuit Check
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
Terminals
(+)
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
M30
27 (B)
Ground
Yes
WITH TACHOMETER
Terminals
(+)
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
M30
48 (B)
Ground
Yes
WEL422
Revision: May 2004
DI-20
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT
1.
2.
Remove vehicle speed sensor from transmission.
Check voltage between combination meter terminal 29 (without tachometer) or 47 (with tachometer) and
ground while quickly turning speed sensor pinion.
B
C
D
E
LEL660
OK or NG
OK
>> Vehicle speed sensor is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
F
G
2. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
H
Check resistance between vehicle speed sensor connector F43 terminals 1 and 2 (with QG18DE), or connector F36 terminals + and (with QR25DE).
Resistance
I
Approx. 250Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Harness between combination meter and vehicle
speed sensor.
● Vehicle speed sensor ground circuit.
NG
>> Replace vehicle speed sensor.
J
DI
L
M
WKIA0016E
INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL (QG18DE)
1. CHECK ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ECM self diagnosis. Refer to EC-113 (ULEV Models), EC-694 (SULEV Models).
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter.
NG
>> Go to ECM trouble diagnosis. Refer to EC-113 (ULEV Models), EC-694 (SULEV Models).
Revision: May 2004
DI-21
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
INSPECTION/ENGINE REVOLUTION SIGNAL (QR25DE)
1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between combination meter terminal 45 and ground at idle and 2,000 rpm.
LEL436
OK or NG
OK
>> Engine revolution signal is OK.
NG
>> Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter.
Revision: May 2004
DI-22
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
INSPECTION/FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP
A
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
B
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump connector terminal 5 and ground.
Terminals
C
(+)
Continuity
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
MB25
5 (B/R)
Ground
D
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
WKIA1047E
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT
E
F
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
G
3. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN OR SHORT
H
1.
2.
I
Disconnect combination meter connector and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump connector.
Check continuity between combination meter terminal 30 (without tachometer) or terminal 44 (with
tachometer) and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump connector terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
J
3.
Check continuity between combination meter terminal 30 (without tachometer) or terminal 44 (with
tachometer) and ground.
DI
L
M
WEL438
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Fuel level sensor unit is OK.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
DI-23
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE (QG18DE MODELS)
1. CHECK ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ECM self diagnosis. Refer to EC-113 (ULEV Models), EC-694 (SULEV Models).
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter.
NG
>> Go to ECM trouble diagnosis. Refer to EC-113 (ULEV Models), EC-694 (SULEV Models).
Revision: May 2004
DI-24
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
INSPECTION/WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE (QR25DE MODELS)
A
1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT
B
1.
2.
Disconnect combination meter.
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
M30 terminal 43 (PU/W) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
C
D
E
WKIA0106E
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN OR SHORT
F
1.
2.
G
Disconnect ECM connector.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
M30 terminal 43 (PU/W) and ECM harness connector F54 terminal 32 (PU).
Continuity should exist.
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
M30 terminal 43 (PU/W) and ground.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
H
I
WKIA0107E
J
3. CHECK WATER TEMPERATURE OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Connect combination meter connector and ECM connector.
Start engine.
Check output signal between combination meter harness connector M30 terminal 43 (PU/W) and ground. (Use "SIMPLE
OSCILLOSCOPE" in "SUB MODE" with CONSULT-II.)
Reading should be as shown.
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter.
NG
>> Check ECM.
DI
L
M
SKIA0987E
Revision: May 2004
DI-25
2003 Sentra
METERS AND GAUGES
Electrical Components Inspection
EKS0039G
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK
For removal, refer to FL-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Check the resistance between terminals 2 and 5.
●
Ohmmeter
(+)
2
Float position
mm (in)
(−)
5
Resistance
(Approximate)
*1
Full
136.1 (5.358)
4.5 - 5.5 Ω
*2
1/2
89.8 (3.535)
31.5 - 33.5 Ω
*3
Empty
31.3 (1.232)
80 - 83 Ω
*1 and *3: When float rod is in contact with stopper.
MEL372K
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK
1.
2.
Remove vehicle speed sensor from transmission.
Turn vehicle speed sensor pinion quickly and measure voltage
across terminals 1 and 2 (with QG18DE), or terminals + and (with QR25DE).
WEL440
Revision: May 2004
DI-26
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
WARNING LAMPS
Schematic
PFP:24814
A
EKS0039H
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0509E
Revision: May 2004
DI-27
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
WITH TACHOMETER
WKWA0510E
Revision: May 2004
DI-28
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — WARN —
EKS0039I
A
WITHOUT TACHOMETER
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0511E
Revision: May 2004
DI-29
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
WKWA0238E
Revision: May 2004
DI-30
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0239E
Revision: May 2004
DI-31
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
WITH TACHOMETER
WKWA0512E
Revision: May 2004
DI-32
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0241E
Revision: May 2004
DI-33
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
WKWA0242E
Revision: May 2004
DI-34
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0585E
Revision: May 2004
DI-35
2003 Sentra
WARNING LAMPS
Electrical Components Inspection
EKS0039J
FUEL WARNING LAMP OPERATION CHECK
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector B25.
3. Connect a resistor (80Ω) between fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump harness connector terminal 2 (G) and 5 (B/R).
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
The fuel warning lamp should come on.
NOTE:
ECM might store the 1st trip DTC P0180 and the 1st trip DTC P0464
during this inspection.
WKIA1083E
If the DTC is stored in ECM memory, erase the DTC after reconnecting fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" [QG18DE (ULEV
Model)], EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" [QG18DE
(SULEV Model)], or EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION"
(QR25DE).
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CHECK
Oil pressure
kPa
(kg/cm2 , psi)
Continuity
Engine running
More than 10 - 20
(0.1 - 0.2, 1 - 3)
No
Engine not running
Less than 10 - 20
(0.1 - 0.2, 1 - 3)
Yes
Check the continuity between the terminals of oil pressure switch
and body ground.
MEL425F
DIODE CHECK
●
●
●
Check continuity using an ohmmeter.
Diode is functioning properly if test results are as shown in the
figure.
Check diodes at the combination meter harness connector
instead of on the combination meter assembly. Refer to DI-29,
"Wiring Diagram — WARN —" .
NOTE:
Specification may vary depending on the type of tester. Before
performing this inspection, be sure to refer to the instruction
manual for the tester to be used.
SEL901F
Revision: May 2004
DI-36
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
WARNING CHIME
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:24814
A
EKS0039K
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WKIA0160E
DI
L
M
Revision: May 2004
DI-37
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
System Description
EKS0039L
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS
The warning chime is controlled by the time control unit.
The warning chime is located in the time control unit.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 13, located in fuse block (J/B)]
●
to time control unit terminal 7
●
through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to key switch terminal 2, and
●
through 10A fuse (No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to lighting switch terminal 11.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to time control unit terminal 9.
Ground is supplied to time control unit terminal 8 through body grounds M28 and M54.
When a signal, or combination of signals, is received by the time control unit, the warning chime will sound.
Ignition Key Warning Chime
With the key in the ignition switch, the ignition switch in the OFF position, and the driver door open, the warning chime will sound.
Power is supplied:
●
from key switch terminal 1
●
to time control unit terminal 4.
Ground is supplied:
●
from front door switch LH terminal 2
●
to time control unit terminal 2.
Front door switch LH terminal 3 is grounded through body grounds B13 and B19.
Light Warning Chime
With ignition switch OFF, driver door open, and lighting switch in parking lamp (1ST) or ON (2ND) position,
warning chime will sound.
Power is supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 12
●
to time control unit terminal 5.
Ground is supplied:
●
from front door switch LH terminal 2
●
to time control unit terminal 2.
Front door switch LH terminal 3 is grounded through body grounds B13 and B19.
Seat Belt Warning Chime
With ignition switch turned ON and seat belt unfastened (seat belt buckle switch LH ON), warning chime will
sound for approximately 6 seconds.
Ground is supplied:
●
from seat belt buckle switch LH terminal 1
●
to time control unit terminal 1.
Seat belt buckle switch LH terminal 2 is grounded through body grounds B13 and B19.
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS
The warning chime is controlled by the smart entrance control unit.
The warning chime is located in the smart entrance control unit.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse (No. 37, located in fuse and fusible link box)
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 10,
●
through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Revision: May 2004
DI-38
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
to key switch terminal 2, and
●
through 10A fuse (No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to lighting switch terminal 11.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 33.
Ground is supplied to smart entrance control unit terminal 16 through body grounds M28 and M54.
When a signal, or combination of signals, is received by the smart entrance control unit, the warning chime will
sound.
●
Ignition Key Warning Chime
A
B
C
D
With the key in the ignition switch, the ignition switch in the OFF position, and the driver door open, the warning chime will sound.
Power is supplied:
●
from key switch terminal 1
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 32.
Ground is supplied:
●
from front door switch LH terminal 2
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 29.
Front door switch LH terminal 3 is grounded through body grounds B13 and B19.
E
F
G
Light Warning Chime
With ignition switch OFF, driver door open, and lighting switch in parking lamp (1ST) or ON (2ND) position,
warning chime will sound.
Power is supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 12
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 34.
Ground is supplied:
●
from front door switch LH terminal 2
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 29.
Front door switch LH terminal 3 is grounded through body grounds B13 and B19.
I
J
DI
Seat Belt Warning Chime
With ignition switch turned ON and seat belt unfastened (seat belt switch ON), warning chime will sound for
approximately 6 seconds.
Ground is supplied:
●
from seat belt buckle switch LH terminal 1
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 22.
Seat belt buckle switch LH terminal 2 is grounded through body grounds B13 and B19.
Revision: May 2004
H
DI-39
2003 Sentra
L
M
WARNING CHIME
Wiring Diagram — CHIME —
EKS0039M
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS
WKWA0244E
LEL597
Revision: May 2004
DI-40
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
WKWA0245E
LEL599
Revision: May 2004
DI-41
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure (With Power Door Locks)
EKS0039N
“KEY WARN ALM”/“LIGHT WARN ALM”/“SEAT BELT ALM”
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
LAT136
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “START”.
PBR455D
5.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
WKIA0156E
6.
Touch “KEY WARN ALM”, “LIGHT WARN ALM” or “SEAT BELT
ALM”.
WKIA0157E
Revision: May 2004
DI-42
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
7.
Select diagnosis mode.
“DATA MONITOR” and “ACTIVE TEST” are available for the
warning chime.
A
B
C
SEL322W
CONSULT-II Application Items (With Power Door Locks)
D
EKS0039O
“KEY WARN ALARM”
Data Monitor
E
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
F
Active Test
G
Test Item
Description
This test is able to check key warning chime operation. Key warning chime sounds after
touching “ON” on CONSULT-II screen.
CHIME
“LIGHT WARN ALM”
Data Monitor
I
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
HD/LMP 1ST SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lighting switch.
DOOR SW-DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
J
Active Test
DI
Test Item
Description
This test is able to check light warning chime operation. Light warning chime sounds after
touching “ON” on CONSULT-II screen.
CHIME
“SEAT BELT ALM”
Data Monitor
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
SEAT BELT SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of seat belt buckle switch LH.
Active Test
Test Item
Revision: May 2004
L
M
Monitored Item
CHIME
H
Description
This test is able to check seat belt warning chime operation. Seat belt warning chime sounds
after touching “ON” on CONSULT-II screen.
DI-43
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses (Without Power Door Locks)
EKS0039P
DI-45
DI-45
DI-46
DI-47
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH CHECK)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK)
DI-44
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
REFERENCE PAGE
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH INSERTSIGNAL CHECK)
SYMPTOM CHART
Light warning chime does not activate.
X
X
Ignition key warning chime does not
activate.
X
Seat belt warning chime does not
activate.
X
All warning chimes do not activate.
X
SYMPTOM
X
X
X
X
X
X
X: Applicable
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Power Supply Circuit Check
Terminals
(+)
Ignition switch position
(-)
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
M40
7 (PU)
M40
9 (G)
OFF
ACC
ON
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Ground
0V
0V
Battery
voltage
WKIA0044E
Revision: May 2004
DI-44
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
Ground Circuit Check
A
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
M40
8 (B)
Ground
Continuity
B
Yes
C
WKIA0045E
D
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK)
E
1. CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between time control unit terminal 5 and ground.
Terminals
F
Condition of lighting switch
(+)
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
1st position
2nd
position
OFF
G
Connector
M40
5 (R/G)
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
0V
H
OK or NG
OK
>> Lighting switch is OK.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse (No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
● Harness for open or short between control unit and lighting switch
WKIA0043E
I
J
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH INSERT SIGNAL CHECK)
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
DI
Check voltage between time control unit terminal 4 and ground.
Terminals
L
Condition of key switch
(+)
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
Key
inserted
Key
removed
M40
4 (L/W)
Ground
Battery
voltage
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
M
WKIA0042E
DI-45
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
2. CHECK KEY SWITCH
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
LEL449
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
● Harness for open or short between time control unit and key switch
NG
>> Replace key switch.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH CHECK)
1. CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH INPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between time control unit terminal 1 and ground.
Condition of seat belt
buckle switch LH
Terminals
(+)
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
Fastened
Unfastened
Connector
M40
1 (W/B)
Ground
Approx. 5V
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> Seat belt buckle switch LH is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
WKIA0046E
DI-46
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
2. CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH
A
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 when seat belt is fastened and unfastened.
B
C
D
LEL462
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Seat belt buckle switch LH ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between time control unit and seat belt buckle switch LH
NG
>> Replace seat belt buckle switch LH.
E
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
G
F
1. CHECK IGNITION ON SIGNAL
H
Check voltage between time control unit terminal 9 and ground.
Terminals
Ignition switch position
I
(+)
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
9 (G)
Ground
0V
0V
Battery
voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between time control unit
and fuse
J
DI
WKIA0047E
L
2. CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH INPUT SIGNAL
M
With ignition switch OFF, check voltage between time control unit
terminal 2 and ground.
Terminals
Condition of driver's door
(+)
Terminal
(Wire color)
(-)
Closed
Open
Connector
M40
2 (R)
Ground
Approx. 5V
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> System is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
WKIA0048E
DI-47
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
3. CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH
Check continuity between terminals 2 and 3.
LEL465
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Front door switch LH ground circuit and condition
● Harness for open or short between time control unit and front door switch LH
NG
>> Replace front door switch LH.
Revision: May 2004
DI-48
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
Trouble Diagnoses (With Power Door Locks)
EKS0039Q
A
SYMPTOM CHART
X
Ignition key warning chime does not
activate.
X
Seat belt warning chime does not
activate.
X
All warning chimes do not activate.
X
DI-53
B
C
D
E
F
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
X
DI-52
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH CHECK)
Light warning chime does not activate.
SYMPTOM
DI-51
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH INSERTSIGNAL CHECK)
DI-50
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK)
DI-49
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
REFERENCE PAGE
G
H
I
X
J
X
X
X
X
DI
X
X: Applicable
L
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK
Power Supply Circuit Check
Terminals
M
Ignition switch position
(+)
(-)
OFF
ACC
ON
10
Ground
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
Battery
voltage
WEL657
Revision: May 2004
DI-49
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
Ground Circuit Check
Terminals
(+)
(-)
Connector
Terminal
(Wire color)
M38
16 (B)
Ground
Continuity
Yes
WEL467
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK)
1. CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check lighting switch (“HD/LMP 1ST SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL316W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminal 34 and ground.
WEL468
OK or NG
OK
>> Lighting switch is OK.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse (No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and lighting switch
Revision: May 2004
DI-50
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 (KEY SWITCH INSERT SIGNAL CHECK)
A
1. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
Check key switch (“KEY ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEL315W
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminal 32 and ground.
G
H
I
WEL469
OK or NG
OK
>> Key switch is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
DI
2. CHECK KEY SWITCH
L
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
M
LEL449
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and key switch
NG
>> Replace key switch.
Revision: May 2004
DI-51
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 (SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH CHECK)
1. CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check seat belt buckle switch LH (“SEAT BELT SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
LEL658
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminal 22 and ground.
WEL470
OK or NG
OK
>> Seat belt buckle switch LH is OK.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 when seat belt is fastened and unfastened.
LEL462
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Seat belt buckle switch LH ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and seat belt buckle switch LH
NG
>> Replace seat belt buckle switch LH.
Revision: May 2004
DI-52
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4
A
1. CHECK IGNITION ON SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
Check ignition switch ON signal (“IGN ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEL318W
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminal 33 and ground.
G
H
I
WEL471
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse
J
DI
L
M
Revision: May 2004
DI-53
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
2. CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check front door switch LH signal (“DOOR SW-DR”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL319W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminal 29 and ground.
WEL472
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH
Check continuity between terminals 2 and 3.
LEL465
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Front door switch LH ground circuit and condition
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door switch LH
NG
>> Replace front door switch LH.
Revision: May 2004
DI-54
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
4. CHECK WARNING CHIME
A
With CONSULT-II
Perform “CHIME” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
SEL320W
OK or NG
OK
>> System is OK.
NG
>> Replace smart entrance control unit.
E
F
G
H
I
J
DI
L
M
Revision: May 2004
DI-55
2003 Sentra
WARNING CHIME
Revision: May 2004
DI-56
2003 Sentra
B ENGINE
A
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
QG18DE (ULEV)
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 21
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 21
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 23
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 27
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ................................................................ 27
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T .......................................................................... 27
Precautions ............................................................ 27
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 30
PREPARATION ......................................................... 31
Special Service Tools ............................................. 31
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 32
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 33
System Diagram ..................................................... 33
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 34
System Chart ......................................................... 35
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 36
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 38
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 39
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................... 39
CAN communication .............................................. 40
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 42
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 42
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment ............................................................. 43
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 52
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................ 53
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 53
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 56
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 58
Introduction ............................................................ 58
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 58
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 59
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 72
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 76
Revision: May 2004
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 81
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 81
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 86
Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 87
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 88
Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 93
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 97
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 103
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 105
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 105
CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 113
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 125
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 126
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 131
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 133
Description ............................................................ 133
Testing Condition .................................................. 133
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 133
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 134
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ....................................................................... 137
Description ............................................................ 137
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 137
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 138
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 138
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 139
Component Inspection .......................................... 144
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 145
Description ............................................................ 145
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 145
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 145
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 146
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 147
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 148
Description ............................................................ 148
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 148
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149
EC-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 149
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 150
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 151
Description ............................................................ 151
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 151
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 151
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 153
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 154
Component Inspection .......................................... 156
Removal and Installation ...................................... 156
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 157
Description ............................................................ 157
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 157
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 157
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 157
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 159
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 160
Component Inspection .......................................... 162
Removal and Installation ...................................... 162
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 163
Component Description ........................................ 163
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 163
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 163
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 163
Overall Function Check ........................................ 165
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 166
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 167
Component Inspection .......................................... 170
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 171
Component Description ........................................ 171
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 171
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 171
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 172
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 173
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 174
Component Inspection .......................................... 176
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 177
Component Description ........................................ 177
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 177
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 177
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 178
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 179
Component Inspection .......................................... 180
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 181
Component Description ........................................ 181
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 181
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 182
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 183
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 184
Component Inspection .......................................... 185
Removal and Installation ...................................... 185
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 186
Component Description ........................................ 186
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Revision: May 2004
.186
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 186
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 186
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 188
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 189
Component Inspection .......................................... 192
Removal and Installation ....................................... 192
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 193
Component Description ........................................ 193
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 193
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 193
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 194
Component Inspection .......................................... 194
Removal and Installation ....................................... 195
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 196
Component Description ........................................ 196
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 196
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 196
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 197
Component Inspection .......................................... 197
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 199
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 199
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 199
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 199
Component Inspection .......................................... 200
Removal and Installation ....................................... 200
DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 201
Component Description ........................................ 201
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.201
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 201
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 202
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 203
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 204
Component Inspection .......................................... 205
Removal and Installation ....................................... 206
DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 207
Component Description ........................................ 207
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.207
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 208
Overall Function Check ......................................... 209
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 210
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 211
Component Inspection .......................................... 214
Removal and Installation ....................................... 215
DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 216
Component Description ........................................ 216
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.216
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 216
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217
Overall Function Check ......................................... 217
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 219
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 220
Component Inspection .......................................... 221
Removal and Installation ....................................... 222
EC-2
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 223
Component Description ........................................ 223
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 223
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 223
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 224
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 225
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 226
Component Inspection ......................................... 228
Removal and Installation ...................................... 229
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 230
Component Description ........................................ 230
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 230
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 230
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 230
Overall Function Check ........................................ 231
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 233
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 234
Component Inspection ......................................... 236
Removal and Installation ...................................... 237
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 238
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 238
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 238
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 240
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 241
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 245
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 245
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 245
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 247
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 248
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 251
Component Description ........................................ 251
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 251
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 251
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 253
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 254
Component Inspection ......................................... 255
Removal and Installation ...................................... 255
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ......................... 256
Component Description ........................................ 256
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 256
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 256
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 257
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 258
Component Inspection ......................................... 259
Removal and Installation ...................................... 259
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 260
Component Description ........................................ 260
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 260
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 260
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 260
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 262
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 263
Component Inspection ......................................... 266
Remove and Installation ....................................... 266
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISRevision: May 2004
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 267
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 267
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 267
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 267
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 268
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 273
Component Description ........................................ 273
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 273
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 273
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 274
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 275
Component Inspection .......................................... 276
Removal and Installation ...................................... 276
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 277
Component Description ........................................ 277
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 277
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 277
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 277
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 279
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 280
Component Inspection .......................................... 282
Removal and Installation ...................................... 282
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 283
Component Description ........................................ 283
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 283
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 283
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 284
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 285
Component Inspection .......................................... 287
Removal and Installation ...................................... 288
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 289
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 289
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 289
Overall Function Check ........................................ 290
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 291
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 294
System Description ............................................... 294
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 294
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 294
Overall Function Check ........................................ 295
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 297
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 301
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 301
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 302
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 304
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 311
Description ............................................................ 311
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 312
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 312
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 313
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 314
Component Inspection .......................................... 316
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ..................................................................... 317
Component Description ........................................ 317
EC-3
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 317
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 317
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 317
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 319
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 320
Component Inspection .......................................... 322
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR .................................................................. 324
Component Description ........................................ 324
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 324
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 324
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 326
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 327
Component Inspection .......................................... 329
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR .................................................................. 330
Component Description ........................................ 330
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 330
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 330
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 332
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 333
Component Inspection .......................................... 337
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 338
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 338
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 339
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 340
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 346
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 346
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 347
Overall Function Check ........................................ 348
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 348
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 354
Component Description ........................................ 354
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 354
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 354
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 355
Removal and Installation ...................................... 355
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 356
Component Description ........................................ 356
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 356
Overall Function Check ........................................ 356
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 358
Removal and Installation ...................................... 358
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 359
Component Description ........................................ 359
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 359
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 359
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 360
Removal and Installation ...................................... 360
DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 361
Description ............................................................ 361
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 361
Revision: May 2004
Overall Function Check ......................................... 361
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 362
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 363
Description ............................................................ 363
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 363
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 363
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 364
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 365
Description ............................................................ 365
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 365
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 365
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 366
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 367
Component Description ........................................ 367
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.367
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 367
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 367
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 368
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 369
Component Inspection .......................................... 371
DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 372
Component Description ........................................ 372
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 372
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 372
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 373
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 375
Component Description ........................................ 375
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 375
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 375
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 376
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 377
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 379
Component Description ........................................ 379
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.379
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 379
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 380
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 381
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 382
Component Inspection .......................................... 384
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 385
Description ............................................................ 385
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.385
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 386
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 386
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 387
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 388
Component Inspection .......................................... 389
Removal and Installation ....................................... 389
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR ............................................................. 390
Component Description ........................................ 390
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 390
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 390
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 391
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
EC-4
2003 Sentra
FUNCTION .............................................................. 392
Description ........................................................... 392
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 392
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 392
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 393
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 394
Component Inspection ......................................... 397
Removal and Installation ...................................... 398
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
RELAY .................................................................... 399
Component Description ........................................ 399
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 399
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 399
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 399
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 401
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 402
Component Inspection ......................................... 403
Removal and Installation ...................................... 403
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........ 404
Component Description ........................................ 404
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 404
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 404
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 405
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 406
Component Inspection ......................................... 407
Removal and Installation ...................................... 408
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................. 409
Component Description ........................................ 409
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 409
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 409
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 410
Overall Function Check ........................................ 410
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................411
Component Inspection ......................................... 413
Removal and Installation ...................................... 414
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................. 415
Component Description ........................................ 415
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 415
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 415
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 416
Overall Function Check ........................................ 416
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 417
Component Inspection ......................................... 419
Removal and Installation ...................................... 420
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 421
Component Description ........................................ 421
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 421
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 421
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 421
Overall Function Check ........................................ 422
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 423
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 424
Component Inspection ......................................... 426
Removal and Installation ...................................... 427
Revision: May 2004
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 428
Component Description ........................................ 428
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 428
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 428
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 429
Overall Function Check ........................................ 429
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 431
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 432
Component Inspection .......................................... 434
Removal and Installation ...................................... 435
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ................ 436
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 436
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 436
Overall Function Check ........................................ 436
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 437
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 438
System Description ............................................... 438
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 438
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 439
Overall Function Check ........................................ 439
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 441
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 442
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 449
Component Inspection .......................................... 450
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 451
Component Description ........................................ 451
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 451
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 451
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 452
Removal and Installation ...................................... 452
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 453
Component Description ........................................ 453
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 453
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 453
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 454
Removal and Installation ...................................... 454
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 455
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 455
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 455
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 456
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 457
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 460
Description ............................................................ 460
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 460
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 461
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 461
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 462
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 464
Component Inspection .......................................... 466
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ..................................................................... 468
Component Description ........................................ 468
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 468
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
EC-5
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 468
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 470
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 471
Component Inspection .......................................... 472
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................ 474
Component Description ........................................ 474
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 474
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 474
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 474
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 476
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 478
Component Inspection .......................................... 480
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 481
Component Description ........................................ 481
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 481
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 481
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 481
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 483
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 484
Component Inspection .......................................... 489
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 491
Component Description ........................................ 491
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 491
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 491
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 492
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 493
Component Description ........................................ 493
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 493
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 493
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 493
Overall Function Check ........................................ 494
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 495
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 496
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 497
Description ............................................................ 497
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 497
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 497
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 497
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 498
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 499
Component Inspection .......................................... 501
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 503
Component Description ........................................ 503
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 503
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 503
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 503
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 506
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 507
Component Inspection .......................................... 509
Removal and Installation ...................................... 510
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 511
Component Description ........................................ 511
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 511
Revision: May 2004
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 511
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 511
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 513
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 514
Component Inspection .......................................... 517
Removal and Installation ....................................... 517
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 518
Component Description ........................................ 518
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.518
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 518
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 518
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 520
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 521
Component Inspection .......................................... 524
Remove and Installation ....................................... 524
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 525
Component Description ........................................ 525
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.525
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 525
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 526
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 528
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 529
Component Inspection .......................................... 534
Removal and Installation ....................................... 534
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 535
Component Description ........................................ 535
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 536
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 541
Component Inspection .......................................... 545
Removal and Installation ....................................... 546
INJECTOR ............................................................... 547
Component Description ........................................ 547
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.547
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 548
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 550
Component Inspection .......................................... 552
Removal and Installation ....................................... 552
FUEL PUMP ............................................................ 553
Description ............................................................ 553
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.553
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 554
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 555
Component Inspection .......................................... 557
Removal and Installation ....................................... 558
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................. 559
Description ............................................................ 559
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 560
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 561
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 564
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.564
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 565
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 566
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .......................................... 570
Component Description ........................................ 570
EC-6
2003 Sentra
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 570
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 571
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 572
Component Inspection ......................................... 577
ASCD INDICATOR ................................................. 579
Component Description ........................................ 579
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 579
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 580
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 581
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................................... 582
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 582
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 583
Description ........................................................... 583
Component Inspection ......................................... 586
Removal and Installation ...................................... 587
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 587
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR) .................................................................... 590
System Description .............................................. 590
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 591
Component Inspection ......................................... 593
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 596
Description ........................................................... 596
Inspection ............................................................. 596
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD). 598
System Description .............................................. 598
Component Description ........................................ 599
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 600
Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 600
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 600
Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 600
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 600
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 600
Injector ................................................................. 600
Resistor ................................................................ 600
Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 600
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 600
Calculated Load Value ......................................... 600
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 601
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve ........ 601
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ......................... 601
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 601
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................ 601
QG18DE (SULEV)
INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 602
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 602
DTC No. Index ..................................................... 604
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 608
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .............................................................. 608
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T ........................................................................ 608
Precautions .......................................................... 608
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ...............611
Revision: May 2004
PREPARATION ....................................................... 612
Special Service Tools ........................................... 612
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 613
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 614
System Diagram ................................................... 614
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 615
System Chart ........................................................ 616
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 617
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 619
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 620
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load & High Engine Speed). 620
CAN communication ............................................. 621
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 623
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 623
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment ............................................................ 624
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 634
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 634
Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 635
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 637
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 639
Introduction ........................................................... 639
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 639
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 640
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 653
OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 656
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 661
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 661
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 666
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 668
Basic Inspection ................................................... 669
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 674
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 678
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 684
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 686
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 686
CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 694
Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..................................... 709
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 710
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 714
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 716
Description ............................................................ 716
Testing Condition .................................................. 716
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 716
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 717
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ....................................................................... 720
Description ............................................................ 720
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 720
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 721
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 721
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 722
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 728
Description ............................................................ 728
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 728
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 728
EC-7
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 729
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 730
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 731
Description ............................................................ 731
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 731
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 732
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 732
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 733
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 734
Description ............................................................ 734
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 734
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 734
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 734
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 736
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 737
Component Inspection .......................................... 739
Removal and Installation ...................................... 739
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 740
Component Description ........................................ 740
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 740
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 740
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 740
Overall Function Check ........................................ 742
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 743
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 744
Component Inspection .......................................... 747
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 748
Component Description ........................................ 748
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 748
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 748
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 749
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 750
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 751
Component Inspection .......................................... 754
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 755
Component Description ........................................ 755
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 755
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 755
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 757
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 758
Component Inspection .......................................... 759
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 760
Component Description ........................................ 760
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 760
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 761
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 762
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 763
Component Inspection .......................................... 764
Removal and Installation ...................................... 764
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 765
Component Description ........................................ 765
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 765
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 765
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 766
Revision: May 2004
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 767
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 768
Component Inspection .......................................... 771
Remove and Installation ....................................... 771
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 772
Component Description ........................................ 772
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 772
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 773
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 773
Component Inspection .......................................... 773
Removal and Installation ....................................... 774
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 775
Component Description ........................................ 775
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 775
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 775
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 776
Component Inspection .......................................... 777
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 778
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 778
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 778
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 778
Component Inspection .......................................... 779
Removal and Installation ....................................... 779
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 780
Component Description ........................................ 780
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.780
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 780
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 781
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 782
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 783
Component Inspection .......................................... 785
Removal and Installation ....................................... 786
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 787
Component Description ........................................ 787
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.787
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 787
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 788
Overall Function Check ......................................... 788
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 790
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 791
Component Inspection .......................................... 793
Removal and Installation ....................................... 794
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.795
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 795
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 795
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 797
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 798
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.802
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 802
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 802
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 804
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 805
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 809
Component Description ........................................ 809
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 809
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 809
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 811
EC-8
2003 Sentra
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 812
Component Inspection ......................................... 813
Removal and Installation ...................................... 813
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ......................... 814
Component Description ........................................ 814
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 814
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 814
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 815
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 816
Component Inspection ......................................... 817
Removal and Installation ...................................... 817
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 818
Component Description ........................................ 818
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 818
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 818
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 819
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 820
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 821
Component Inspection ......................................... 824
Removal and Installation ...................................... 824
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE,
MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE ............................ 825
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 825
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 826
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 826
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 832
Component Description ........................................ 832
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 832
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 832
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 833
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 834
Component Inspection ......................................... 835
Removal and Installation ...................................... 835
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 836
Component Description ........................................ 836
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 836
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 836
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 836
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 838
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 839
Component Inspection ......................................... 841
Removal and Installation ...................................... 841
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 842
Component Description ........................................ 842
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 842
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 842
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 843
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 844
Component Inspection ......................................... 847
Removal and Installation ...................................... 847
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION. 848
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 848
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 848
Overall Function Check ........................................ 849
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 850
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 852
System Description .............................................. 852
Revision: May 2004
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 852
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 853
Overall Function Check ........................................ 853
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 854
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 858
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 858
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 859
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 860
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 867
Description ............................................................ 867
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 867
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 868
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 868
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 869
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 870
Component Inspection .......................................... 872
Removal and Installation ...................................... 872
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ..................................................................... 873
Component Description ........................................ 873
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 873
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 873
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 873
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 875
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 876
Component Inspection .......................................... 878
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR ................................................................. 880
Component Description ........................................ 880
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 880
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 880
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 881
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 882
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 883
Component Inspection .......................................... 885
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR ................................................................. 886
Component Description ........................................ 886
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 886
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 886
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 887
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 888
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 889
Component Inspection .......................................... 892
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 893
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 893
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 894
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 895
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 901
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 901
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 902
Overall Function Check ........................................ 903
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 904
EC-9
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 910
Component Description ........................................ 910
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 910
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 910
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 911
Removal and Installation ...................................... 911
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 912
Component Description ........................................ 912
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 912
Overall Function Check ........................................ 912
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 913
Removal and Installation ...................................... 913
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 914
Component Description ........................................ 914
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 914
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 914
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 915
Removal and Installation ...................................... 915
DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 916
Component Description ........................................ 916
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 916
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 916
Overall Function Check ........................................ 916
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 917
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 918
Description ............................................................ 918
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 918
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 918
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 919
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 920
Description ............................................................ 920
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 920
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 920
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 921
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 922
Component Description ........................................ 922
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 922
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 922
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 922
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 923
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 924
Component Inspection .......................................... 926
DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 927
Component Description ........................................ 927
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 927
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 927
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 928
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER ........... 930
Description ............................................................ 930
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 930
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 930
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 930
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 932
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 933
Component Inspection .......................................... 935
Removal and Installation ...................................... 935
Revision: May 2004
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 936
Component Description ........................................ 936
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 936
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 936
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 937
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 938
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 940
Component Description ........................................ 940
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.940
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 940
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 941
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 942
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 943
Component Inspection .......................................... 946
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 947
Description ............................................................ 947
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.948
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 948
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 948
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 949
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 950
Component Inspection .......................................... 951
Removal and Installation ....................................... 951
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR ............................................................. 952
Component Description ........................................ 952
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 952
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 952
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 953
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION .............................................................. 954
Description ............................................................ 954
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 954
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 954
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 955
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 956
Component Inspection .......................................... 959
Removal and Installation ....................................... 960
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
RELAY ..................................................................... 961
Component Description ........................................ 961
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.961
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 961
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 961
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 963
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 964
Component Inspection .......................................... 965
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 966
Component Description ........................................ 966
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 966
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 966
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 967
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 968
Component Inspection .......................................... 969
Removal and Installation ....................................... 970
EC-10
2003 Sentra
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE .................. 971
Component Description ........................................ 971
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 971
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 971
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 971
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 973
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 974
Removal and Installation ...................................... 975
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
POSITION SENSOR ............................................... 976
Component Description ........................................ 976
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 976
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 976
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 977
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 978
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 980
Removal and Installation ...................................... 983
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE .................. 984
Description ........................................................... 984
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 985
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 985
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 985
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 986
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 988
Removal and Installation ...................................... 991
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 992
Component Description ........................................ 992
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 992
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 992
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 993
Overall Function Check ........................................ 993
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 995
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 996
Component Inspection ......................................... 998
Removal and Installation ...................................... 999
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1000
Component Description .......................................1000
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1000
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1000
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1001
Overall Function Check .......................................1001
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1003
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1004
Component Inspection ........................................1006
Removal and Installation .....................................1007
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1008
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1008
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......1009
System Description .............................................1009
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1009
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1010
Overall Function Check .......................................1010
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1012
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1013
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1021
Component Inspection .........................................1022
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1024
Component Description .......................................1024
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1024
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1024
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1025
Removal and Installation .....................................1025
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1026
Component Description .......................................1026
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1026
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1026
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1027
Removal and Installation .....................................1027
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1028
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1028
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1028
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1029
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1030
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR ......................................1033
Component Description .......................................1033
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1033
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1033
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1033
Overall Function Check .......................................1034
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1036
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1037
Removal and Installation .....................................1038
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR ......................................1039
Component Description .......................................1039
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1039
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1039
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1039
Overall Function Check .......................................1040
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1042
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1043
Removal and Installation .....................................1044
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR ......................................1045
Component Description .......................................1045
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1045
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1045
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1045
Overall Function Check .......................................1046
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1048
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1049
Removal and Installation .....................................1051
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR ......................................1052
Component Description .......................................1052
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1052
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1052
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1052
Overall Function Check .......................................1053
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1055
EC-11
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1056
Removal and Installation .....................................1058
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR ......................................1059
Component Description .......................................1059
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1059
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1059
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1059
Overall Function Check .......................................1060
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1062
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1063
Removal and Installation .....................................1064
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR ......................................1065
Component Description .......................................1065
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1065
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1065
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1066
Overall Function Check .......................................1067
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1068
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1069
Removal and Installation .....................................1072
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR ......................................1073
Component Description .......................................1073
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1073
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1073
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1073
Overall Function Check .......................................1074
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1076
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1077
Removal and Installation .....................................1080
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1081
Description ...........................................................1081
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1081
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1082
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1082
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1083
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1085
Component Inspection .........................................1087
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ....................................................................1089
Component Description .......................................1089
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1089
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1089
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1089
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1091
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1092
Component Inspection .........................................1093
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ...............1095
Component Description .......................................1095
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1095
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1095
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1095
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1097
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1099
Component Inspection .........................................1101
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .....................1102
Component Description .......................................1102
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1102
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1102
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1103
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1104
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1106
Component Inspection .........................................1111
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ....1113
Component Description .......................................1113
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1113
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1113
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1114
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ......................................1115
Component Description .......................................1115
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1115
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1115
Overall Function Check ........................................1116
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1117
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1118
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................1119
Description ...........................................................1119
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1119
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1119
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1119
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1120
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1121
Component Inspection .........................................1123
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................1125
Component Description .......................................1125
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1125
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1125
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1126
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1127
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1129
Component Inspection .........................................1131
Removal and Installation ......................................1131
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................1132
Component Description .......................................1132
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1132
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1132
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1133
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1134
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1136
Component Inspection .........................................1139
Removal and Installation ......................................1139
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................1140
Component Description .......................................1140
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1140
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1140
EC-12
2003 Sentra
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1141
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1142
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1143
Component Inspection ........................................1146
Removal and Installation .....................................1146
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................1147
Component Description .......................................1147
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1147
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1147
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1148
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1149
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1151
Component Inspection ........................................1155
Removal and Installation .....................................1155
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1156
Component Description .......................................1156
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1157
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1162
Component Inspection ........................................1166
Removal and Installation .....................................1167
INJECTOR .............................................................1168
Component Description .......................................1168
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1168
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1169
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1170
Component Inspection ........................................1173
Removal and Installation .....................................1173
FUEL PUMP ..........................................................1174
System Description .............................................1174
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1174
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1175
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1176
Component Inspection ........................................1179
Removal and Installation .....................................1179
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................1180
Description ..........................................................1180
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1181
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1182
Removal and Installation .....................................1184
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1185
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1185
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1186
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1187
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ........................................1192
Component Description .......................................1192
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1192
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1193
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1194
Component Inspection ........................................1199
ASCD INDICATOR ................................................1201
Component Description .......................................1201
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1201
Revision: May 2004
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1202
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1203
DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................................1204
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1204
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1205
Description ...........................................................1205
Component Inspection .........................................1208
Removal and Installation .....................................1209
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1209
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR) ...................................................................1212
System Description ..............................................1212
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1213
Component Inspection .........................................1215
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1218
Description ...........................................................1218
Component Inspection .........................................1218
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)1220
System Description ..............................................1220
Component Description .......................................1221
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1222
Fuel Pressure ......................................................1222
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1222
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1222
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1222
Fuel Pump ...........................................................1222
Injector .................................................................1222
Resistor ...............................................................1222
Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1222
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ...................1222
Calculated Load Value .........................................1223
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1223
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1223
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1223
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...........................1223
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
QR25DE
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1224
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1224
DTC No. Index .....................................................1227
PRECAUTIONS .....................................................1230
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ..............................................................1230
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T .......................................................................1230
Precaution ...........................................................1230
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1233
PREPARATION ......................................................1234
Special Service Tools ..........................................1234
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1234
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1236
System Diagram ..................................................1236
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1237
System Chart .......................................................1238
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1239
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1241
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................1242
EC-13
2003 Sentra
L
M
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................1242
CAN communication ............................................1243
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1244
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................1244
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment ...........................................................1245
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...1255
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ..............1255
Idle Air Volume Learning .....................................1255
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1257
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1260
Introduction ..........................................................1260
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1260
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1261
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)
1275
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1275
OBD System Operation Chart .............................1278
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1284
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1284
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1288
Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1290
Basic Inspection ..................................................1291
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1295
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1300
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1305
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1307
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1307
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1316
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1329
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1331
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1334
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE1337
Description ...........................................................1337
Testing Condition .................................................1337
Inspection Procedure ...........................................1337
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1338
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ......................................................................1341
Description ...........................................................1341
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1341
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ..................1342
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1342
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1345
Component Inspection .........................................1349
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE1350
Description ...........................................................1350
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1350
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1350
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1351
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1352
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................1353
Description ...........................................................1353
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1353
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1354
Revision: May 2004
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1354
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1354
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER .....................
1356
Description ...........................................................
1356
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1356
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1356
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1356
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1358
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1359
Component Inspection .........................................
1361
Removal and Installation ......................................
1361
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .....................
1362
Description ...........................................................
1362
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1362
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1362
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1362
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1364
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1365
Component Inspection .........................................
1367
Removal and Installation ......................................
1367
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................
1368
Component Description .......................................
1368
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1368
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1368
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1368
Overall Function Check ........................................
1370
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1371
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1372
Component Inspection .........................................
1374
Removal and Installation ......................................
1374
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................
1375
Component Description .......................................
1375
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1375
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1375
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1375
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1377
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1378
Component Inspection .........................................
1380
Removal and Installation ......................................
1380
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ...........................
1381
Component Description .......................................
1381
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1381
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1381
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1383
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1384
Component Inspection .........................................
1385
Removal and Installation ......................................
1385
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .........................
1386
Component Description .......................................
1386
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1386
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1387
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1388
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1389
Component Inspection .........................................
1390
Removal and Installation ......................................
1390
EC-14
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..........................1391
Component Description .......................................1391
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1391
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1391
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1391
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1393
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1394
Component Inspection ........................................1396
Removal and Installation .....................................1397
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................1398
Description ..........................................................1398
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1398
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1398
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1399
Component Inspection ........................................1399
Removal and Installation .....................................1400
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................1401
Component Description .......................................1401
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1401
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1401
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1402
Component Inspection ........................................1402
Removal and Installation .....................................1403
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ...............1404
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1404
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1404
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1404
Component Inspection ........................................1405
Removal and Installation .....................................1405
DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................1406
Component Description .......................................1406
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1406
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1406
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1407
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1408
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1409
Component Inspection ........................................1410
Removal and Installation .....................................1411
DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................1412
Component Description .......................................1412
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1412
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1412
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1413
Overall Function Check .......................................1414
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1415
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1416
Component Inspection ........................................1418
Removal and Installation .....................................1420
DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................1421
Component Description .......................................1421
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1421
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1421
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1422
Overall Function Check .......................................1422
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1424
Revision: May 2004
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1425
Component Inspection .........................................1426
Removal and Installation .....................................1427
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................1428
Component Description .......................................1428
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1428
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1428
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1428
Overall Function Check .......................................1429
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1430
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1431
Component Inspection .........................................1432
Removal and Installation .....................................1434
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................1435
Component Description .......................................1435
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1435
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1435
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1435
Overall Function Check .......................................1436
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1437
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1438
Component Inspection .........................................1440
Removal and Installation .....................................1441
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION1442
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1442
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1442
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1444
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1445
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION1449
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1449
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1449
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1451
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1452
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .....................................1455
Component Description .......................................1455
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1455
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1455
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1456
Component Inspection .........................................1456
Removal and Installation .....................................1456
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .........................1457
Component Description .......................................1457
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1457
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1457
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1458
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1459
Component Inspection .........................................1460
Removal and Installation .....................................1460
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE
ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ...............................1461
System Description ..............................................1461
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1461
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1462
Overall Function Check .......................................1462
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1465
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1466
EC-15
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1473
Component Inspection .........................................1474
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...........................1475
Component Description .......................................1475
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1475
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1475
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1475
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1477
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1478
Component Inspection .........................................1480
Removal and Installation .....................................1480
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....................1481
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1481
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1481
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1482
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...........................................1486
Component Description .......................................1486
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1486
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1486
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1487
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1488
Component Inspection .........................................1489
Removal and Installation .....................................1489
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .........................1490
Component Description .......................................1490
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1490
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1490
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1490
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1491
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1492
Component Inspection .........................................1494
Removal and Installation .....................................1495
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................1496
Component Description .......................................1496
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1496
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1496
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1497
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1498
Component Inspection .........................................1500
Removal and Installation .....................................1501
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION1502
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1502
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1502
Overall Function Check .......................................1503
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1504
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1507
System Description ..............................................1507
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1507
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1507
Overall Function Check .......................................1508
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1509
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1513
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1513
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1514
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1515
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLRevision: May 2004
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .....................
1521
Description ...........................................................
1521
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1521
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1522
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1522
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1523
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1524
Component Inspection .........................................
1526
Removal and Installation ......................................
1526
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .....................................................................
1527
Component Description .......................................
1527
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1527
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1527
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1527
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1529
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1530
Component Inspection .........................................
1532
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR .................................................................
1534
Component Description .......................................
1534
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1534
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1534
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1534
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1536
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1537
Component Inspection .........................................
1539
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR .................................................................
1540
Component Description .......................................
1540
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1540
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1540
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1540
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1542
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1543
Component Inspection .........................................
1546
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................
1547
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1547
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1547
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1549
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................
1555
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1555
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1556
Overall Function Check ........................................
1557
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1558
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................
1564
Component Description .......................................
1564
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1564
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1564
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1565
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1566
Remove and Installation ......................................
1568
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................
1569
Component Description .......................................
1569
EC-16
2003 Sentra
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1569
Overall Function Check .......................................1569
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .........1571
Component Description .......................................1571
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1571
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1571
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1572
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1573
Removal and Installation .....................................1574
DTC P0500 VSS ....................................................1575
Description ..........................................................1575
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1575
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1575
Overall Function Check .......................................1575
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1576
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1577
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1579
Description ..........................................................1579
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1579
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1579
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1580
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1581
Description ..........................................................1581
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1581
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1581
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1582
DTC P0605 ECM ...................................................1583
Component Description .......................................1583
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1583
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1583
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1584
DTC P0650 MIL .....................................................1586
Component Description .......................................1586
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1586
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1586
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1587
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1588
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................1590
Component Description .......................................1590
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1590
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1590
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1591
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1592
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ....................................1594
Component Description .......................................1594
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1594
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1594
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1594
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1596
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1597
Component Inspection ........................................1599
Removal and Installation .....................................1599
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...1600
Component Description .......................................1600
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1600
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1600
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1600
Revision: May 2004
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1601
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1602
Component Inspection .........................................1603
Removal and Installation .....................................1603
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR ............................................................1604
Component Description .......................................1604
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1604
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1604
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1605
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION .............................................................1606
Description ...........................................................1606
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1606
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1606
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1607
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1608
Component Inspection .........................................1612
Remove and Installation ......................................1612
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
RELAY ....................................................................1613
Component Description .......................................1613
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1613
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1613
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1613
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1615
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1616
Component Inspection .........................................1617
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1618
Component Description .......................................1618
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1618
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1618
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1619
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1620
Component Inspection .........................................1621
Remove and Installation ......................................1622
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................1623
Component Description .......................................1623
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1623
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1623
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1624
Overall Function Check .......................................1624
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1625
Component Inspection .........................................1627
Removal and Installation .....................................1628
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................1629
Component Description .......................................1629
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1629
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1629
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1630
Overall Function Check .......................................1630
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1631
Component Inspection .........................................1633
Removal and Installation .....................................1634
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................1635
Component Description .......................................1635
EC-17
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1635
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1635
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1635
Overall Function Check .......................................1636
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1637
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1638
Component Inspection .........................................1640
Removal and Installation .....................................1641
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1642
Component Description .......................................1642
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1642
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1642
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1642
Overall Function Check .......................................1643
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1644
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1645
Component Inspection .........................................1647
Removal and Installation .....................................1648
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...............1649
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1649
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1649
Overall Function Check .......................................1649
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1650
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1651
System Description ..............................................1651
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1651
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1652
Overall Function Check .......................................1652
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1654
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1655
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1662
Component Inspection .........................................1663
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1664
Component Description .......................................1664
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1664
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1664
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1665
Remove and Installation ......................................1665
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1666
Component Description .......................................1666
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1666
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1666
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1667
Remove and Installation ......................................1667
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1668
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1668
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1668
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1669
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1670
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1672
Description ...........................................................1672
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1672
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1673
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1673
Revision: May 2004
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1674
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1675
Component Inspection .........................................
1678
Removal and Installation ......................................
1679
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .....................................................................
1680
Component Description .......................................
1680
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1680
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1680
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1680
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1682
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1683
Component Inspection .........................................
1685
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE .....................................................................
1687
Component Description .......................................
1687
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1687
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1687
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1687
Overall Function Check ........................................
1689
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1690
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1691
Component Inspection .........................................
1693
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................
1695
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1695
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1696
Overall Function Check ........................................
1697
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1698
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................
1704
Component Description .......................................
1704
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1704
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1704
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1705
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1706
Removal and Installation ......................................
1706
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1707
Description ...........................................................
1707
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1707
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1707
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1707
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1709
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1710
Component Inspection .........................................
1712
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1714
Description ...........................................................
1714
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1714
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................
1714
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
1715
Overall Function Check ........................................
1715
Wiring Diagram ....................................................
1717
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1718
Component Inspection .........................................
1721
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ...............
1723
Component Description .......................................
1723
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC-18
2003 Sentra
1723
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1723
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1723
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1725
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1727
Component Inspection ........................................1728
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................1730
Component Description .......................................1730
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1730
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1730
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1730
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1732
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1733
Component Inspection ........................................1738
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...1740
Component Description .......................................1740
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1740
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1740
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1741
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1742
Component Description .......................................1742
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1742
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1742
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1742
Overall Function Check .......................................1743
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1744
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1745
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ...............................1746
Description ..........................................................1746
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1746
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1746
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1746
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1747
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1748
Component Inspection ........................................1750
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................1751
Component Description .......................................1751
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1751
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1751
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1751
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1753
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1754
Component Inspection ........................................1756
Remove and Installation ......................................1756
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................1757
Component Description .......................................1757
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1757
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1757
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1757
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1759
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1760
Component Inspection ........................................1762
Remove and Installation ......................................1762
Revision: May 2004
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................1763
Component Description .......................................1763
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1763
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1763
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1763
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1765
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1766
Component Inspection .........................................1768
Remove and Installation ......................................1769
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................1770
Component Description .......................................1770
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1770
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1770
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1770
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1772
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1773
Component Inspection .........................................1775
Remove and Installation ......................................1776
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1777
Component Description .......................................1777
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1778
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1783
Component Inspection .........................................1786
Removal and Installation .....................................1787
VIAS .......................................................................1788
Description ...........................................................1788
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1789
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1790
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1792
Component Inspection .........................................1795
Removal and Installation .....................................1795
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..............................................1796
Component Description .......................................1796
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1796
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1797
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1798
Component Inspection .........................................1801
Removal and Installation .....................................1801
START SIGNAL .....................................................1802
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1802
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1803
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1804
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ...........................................1806
Description ...........................................................1806
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1806
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1807
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1808
Component Inspection .........................................1810
Removal and Installation .....................................1810
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1811
Component Description .......................................1811
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1811
EC-19
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1812
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1814
Component Inspection .........................................1815
Removal and Installation .....................................1815
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................1816
Component Description .......................................1816
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1817
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1818
Removal and Installation .....................................1820
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1821
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1821
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1822
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1827
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .........................................1833
Component Description .......................................1833
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1833
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1834
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1835
ASCD INDICATOR .................................................1841
Component Description .......................................1841
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1841
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1842
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1843
DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................................1845
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1845
Revision: May 2004
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................
1846
Description ...........................................................
1846
Component Inspection .........................................
1849
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................
1850
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR) ...................................................................
1852
System Description ..............................................
1852
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
1853
Component Inspection .........................................
1855
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ...............
1858
Description ...........................................................
1858
Component Inspection .........................................
1858
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)1860
System Description ..............................................
1860
Component Description .......................................
1861
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...
1862
Fuel Pressure .......................................................
1862
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................
1862
Calculated Load Value .........................................
1862
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................
1862
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................
1862
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................
1862
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .........................
1862
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .........................
1862
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................
1862
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................
1862
Throttle Control Motor ..........................................
1862
Injector .................................................................
1863
Fuel Pump ............................................................
1863
EC-20
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
INDEX FOR DTC
Alphabetical Index
PFP:00024
A
UBS001C1
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
C
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
ECM*3
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
0731
2
×
AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
0732
2
×
AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
0733
2
×
AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
0734
2
×
AT-151
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
0744
2
×
AT-164
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
1
×
EC-503
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
1
×
EC-503
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
1
×
EC-511
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
1
×
EC-511
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
1
×
EC-525
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
1
—
EC-481
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
1
—
EC-474
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
1
—
EC-491
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
0710
2
×
AT-121
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
2
—
EC-497
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
1000
1
×
EC-145
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001
2
—
EC-145
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
2
×
EC-277
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
1
×
EC-436
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
2
×
EC-283
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
2
—
EC-451
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
2
—
EC-453
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
2
×
EC-267
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
2
×
EC-267
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
2
×
EC-267
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
2
×
EC-267
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
× or —
EC-372
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
P1065
1065
2
×
EC-375
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
1
×
EC-181
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
1
×
EC-181
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
1
×
EC-193
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
1
×
EC-438
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
0725
2
×
AT-132
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1 or 2
×
EC-390
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
1
×
EC-392
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
1
×
EC-404
ETC MOT PWR
P1124
1124
1
×
EC-399
Revision: May 2004
EC-21
2003 Sentra
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
2
GST*
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
ECM*3
ETC MOT PWR
P1126
1126
1
×
EC-399
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
2
×
EC-338
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
2
×
EC-294
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
2
×
EC-301
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
2
×
EC-324
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
2
×
EC-330
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
2
×
EC-346
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
2
×
EC-256
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
2
×
EC-256
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
2
×
EC-251
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
2
×
EC-354
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
2
×
EC-356
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
2
×
EC-359
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
2
×
EC-359
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
2
×
EC-238
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
2
×
EC-245
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
0132
2
×
EC-201
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
2
×
EC-207
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
2
×
EC-216
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
1143
2
×
EC-409
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
1144
2
×
EC-415
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
2
×
EC-151
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
2
×
EC-151
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
2
×
EC-223
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
2
×
EC-230
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
2
×
EC-421
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
2
×
EC-428
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
2
×
EC-157
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
2
×
EC-157
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
2
×
EC-177
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
2
×
EC-177
IAT SENSOR
P0127
0127
2
×
EC-196
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
2
×
EC-148
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1111
1111
2
×
EC-385
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
2
×
EC-363
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
2
×
EC-365
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
2
—
EC-273
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
2
—
EC-273
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
2
×
AT-174
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
0101
1
×
EC-163
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
1
×
EC-171
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
1
×
EC-171
Revision: May 2004
EC-22
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
ECM*3
MAF SENSOR
P1102
1102
1
×
EC-379
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
2
×
EC-267
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*6
—
Flashing*6
EC-73
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
—
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
1760
2
×
AT-194
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P1706
1706
2
×
EC-493
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
2
×
AT-116
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
2
×
EC-311
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
2
×
EC-311
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P1444
1444
2
×
EC-460
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
2
—
EC-367
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
1
×
EC-455
SFT SOL A/CIRC
P0750
0750
1
×
AT-180
SFT SOL B/CIRC
P0755
0755
1
×
AT-184
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
2
×
AT-160
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
2
×
EC-199
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
1
×
AT-188
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
1
×
EC-260
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
1
×
EC-260
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
1
×
EC-186
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
0123
1
×
EC-186
PT SENSOR
P2135
2135
1
×
EC-518
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
2
×
EC-289
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
P0720*5
0720
2
×
AT-127
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
P0500*5
0500
2
×
EC-361
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
2
×
EC-317
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1446
1446
2
×
EC-468
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: Is Diagnostic Test Mode-II (self-diagnostic results), there numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: These DTCs are displayed with CONSULT-II only.
*5: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
*6: When engine is running.
DTC No. Index
UBS001C2
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
Revision: May 2004
EC-23
2003 Sentra
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*
ECM*3
2
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
—
Flashing*6
EC-73
No DTC
Flashing*6
U1000
1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-145
U1001
1001
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
2
—
EC-145
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
—
—
—
P0011
0011
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
2
×
EC-148
P0031
0031
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-151
P0032
0032
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-151
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-157
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-157
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-163
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-171
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-171
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-177
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-177
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-181
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-181
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-186
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-186
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
1
×
EC-193
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR
2
×
EC-196
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
2
×
EC-199
P0132
0132
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-201
P0133
0133
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-207
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-216
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-223
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-230
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
2
×
EC-238
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
2
×
EC-245
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
2
×
EC-251
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-256
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-256
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-260
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-260
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
2
×
EC-267
P0301
0301
CYL1 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-267
P0302
0302
CYL2 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-267
P0303
0303
CYL3 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-267
P0304
0304
CYL4 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-267
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
2
—
EC-273
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
2
—
EC-273
Revision: May 2004
EC-24
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
ECM*3
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-277
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-283
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
2
×
EC-289
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
2
×
EC-294
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
2
×
EC-301
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-311
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-311
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-317
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
2
×
EC-324
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
2
×
EC-330
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
2
×
EC-338
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
2
×
EC-346
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
2
×
EC-354
P0461
0461
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2
×
EC-356
P0462
0462
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-359
P0463
0463
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-359
0500
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-361
P0506
0506
ISC SYSTEM
2
×
EC-363
P0507
0507
ISC SYSTEM
2
×
EC-365
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
2
—
EC-367
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
× or —
EC-372
P0705
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
2
×
AT-116
P0710
0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
2
×
AT-121
P0720*5
0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
2
×
AT-127
P0500*
5
P0725
0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
2
×
AT-132
P0731
0731
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-136
P0732
0732
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-141
P0733
0733
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-146
P0734
0734
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-151
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
2
×
AT-160
P0744
0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
2
×
AT-164
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
2
×
AT-174
P0750
0750
SFT SOL A/CIRC
1
×
AT-180
P0755
0755
SFT SOL B/CIRC
1
×
AT-184
P1065
1065
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
2
×
EC-375
P1102
1102
MAF SENSOR
1
×
EC-379
P1111
1111
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
2
×
EC-385
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
1 or 2
×
EC-390
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
1
×
EC-392
P1124
1124
ETC MOT PWR
1
×
EC-399
P1126
1126
ETC MOT PWR
1
×
EC-399
P1128
1128
ETC MOT
1
×
EC-404
Revision: May 2004
EC-25
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*
2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
P1143
1143
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-409
P1144
1144
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-415
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-421
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-428
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
1
×
EC-436
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
1
×
EC-438
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING
2
—
EC-451
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING
2
—
EC-453
P1229
1229
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
1
×
EC-455
P1444
1444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-460
P1446
1446
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-468
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
1
—
EC-474
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
1
—
EC-481
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
1
—
EC-491
P1705
1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
1
×
AT-188
P1706
1706
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-493
P1760
1760
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
2
×
AT-194
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
2
—
EC-497
P2122
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-503
P2123
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-503
P2127
2127
APP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-511
P2128
2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-511
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR
1
×
EC-518
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
1
×
EC-525
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: Is Diagnostic Test Mode-II (self-diagnostic results), there numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: These DTCs are displayed with CONSULT-II only.
*5: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
*6: When engine is running.
Revision: May 2004
EC-26
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
UBS001C3
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
F
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T
UBS001C4
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
G
Precautions
M
●
●
●
●
UBS001C5
Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF706Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-27
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
●
●
Do not disassemble ECM.
If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a problem.
Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
PBIB1164E
●
When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go, as shown at left.
BBIA0138E
●
●
●
●
●
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A Poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent a engine control
system malfunctions due to receiving external noise,
degraded operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-105, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" .
SEF291H
MEF040D
Revision: May 2004
EC-28
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
●
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“Overall Function Check” or “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Function Check” should be a good result if the repair is completed.
A
EC
C
SEF217U
D
●
●
●
●
●
●
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious problems.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
E
F
G
H
I
J
SEF348N
●
●
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
K
L
M
PBIB1218E
Revision: May 2004
EC-29
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
●
●
●
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
●
–
–
–
–
When installing C.B., ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave ratio can be kept smaller.
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
SEF708Y
UBS001C6
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Revision: May 2004
EC-30
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
UBS001C7
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV10117100
(J36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
EC
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
C
D
NT379
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 2
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
E
F
NT636
Fuel filler cap adapter
(J-45356)
G
Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure
H
I
NT815
KV109E0010
(J-46209)
Break-out box
Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit
tester
J
K
S-NT825
KV109E0080
(J-45819)
Y-cable adapter
Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit
tester
L
M
S-NT826
Revision: May 2004
EC-31
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name
UBS001C8
Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J41416)
Locating the EVAP leak
NT703
EVAP service port adapter
i.e.: (J41413-OBD)
Applying positive pressure through EVAP service port
NT704
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
i.e.: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm with 1.5 mm pitch
dia., for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm with 1.25 mm pitch
dia., for Titania Oxygen Sensor
NT778
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads.
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A907)
NT779
Revision: May 2004
EC-32
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram
PFP:23710
A
UBS001C9
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1055E
Revision: May 2004
EC-33
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing
UBS001CA
PBIB1056E
Refer to EC-33, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
Revision: May 2004
EC-34
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
System Chart
UBS001CB
A
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Fuel injection & mixture ratio control
Injectors
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Distributor ignition system
Power transistor
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Intake valve timing control
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Fuel pump control
Fuel pump relay*4
●
Ignition switch
●
Throttle position sensor
On board diagnostic system
Malfunction indicator lamp
(On the instrument panel)
●
PNP switch
Heated oxygen sensor 1 and 2 heater control
Heated oxygen sensor heater
EVAP canister purge flow control
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Cooling fan control
Cooling fan relays
●
Air conditioner switch
●
Knock sensor
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
1
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor*
●
Battery voltage
●
Power steering pressure sensor
●
Vehicle speed signal*2
●
Intake air temperature sensor
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2*3
●
TCM (Transmission control module)*2
●
Electrical load
●
Fuel level sensor*1 *2
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
ASCD steering switch
●
ASCD brake switch
●
ASCD clutch switch
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Stop lamp switch
EC
C
D
Air conditioning cut control
Air conditioner relay
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control actuator
E
F
G
H
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system
●
EVAP canister vent control
valve
I
J
*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system. They are used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: These input signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*4: These output signals are sent form the ECM through CAN communication line.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-35
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
UBS001CC
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*3 and piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Acceletor pedal position sensor
Acceletor pedal position
PNP switch
Gear position
Vehicle speed signal*2
Vehicle speed
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
Electrical load
Electrical load signal
Battery
Battery voltage*3
Power steering pressure sensor
1
Heated oxygen sensor 2*
ECM function
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Actuator
Injector
Power steering operation
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
●
During warm-up
●
When starting the engine
●
During acceleration
●
Hot-engine operation
●
When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D” (A/T models only)
●
High-load, high-speed operation
●
During deceleration
●
During high engine speed operation
●
During high vehicle speed operation
●
Extremely high engine coolant temperature
Revision: May 2004
EC-36
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A
EC
C
SEF503Y
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the heated oxygen
sensor 1, refer to EC-201 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel
mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics
of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the
heated oxygen sensor 2.
D
E
F
G
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
●
Deceleration and acceleration
●
High-load, high-speed operation
●
Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
●
Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
●
High engine coolant temperature
●
During warm-up
●
When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
EC-37
I
J
K
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxygen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
Revision: May 2004
H
2003 Sentra
L
M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
UBS001CD
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*2 and piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Vehicle speed signal*1
Vehicle speed
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
PNP switch
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage*2
ECM function
Ignition
timing control
Actuator
Power transistor
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g.,
N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A°BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-38
SEF742M
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
At starting
A
●
During warm-up
●
At idle
●
At low battery voltage
EC
●
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
C
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
D
●
Air Conditioning Cut Control
UBS001CE
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Power steering pressure sensor
Power steering operation
Vehicle speed signal*2
Vehicle speed
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
PNP switch
Neutral position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*1
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
E
Actuator
F
Air conditioner cut
control
G
Air conditioner relay
H
I
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
●
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
●
When cranking the engine.
●
At high engine speeds.
●
When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
●
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
●
When engine speed is excessively low.
●
When the refrigerant pressure is excessively high or low.
K
L
M
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)
UBS001CF
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Vehicle speed signal*1
Vehicle speed
PNP switch
Neutral position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
ECM function
Fuel cut
control
Actuator
Injectors
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
Revision: May 2004
EC-39
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load, (for example, in Neutral and engine speed over 2,500
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-36, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
CAN communication
UBS003PF
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
A/T MODELS
System Diagram
LKIA0132E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Combination meter
Stop lamp switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ADCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
Revision: May 2004
EC-40
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
M/T MODELS
System Diagram
A
EC
C
D
LKIA0133E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
Combination meter
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-41
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
PFP:00018
UBS001CG
IDLE SPEED
Using CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1.
2.
3.
Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No.1 to clear the wires.
Attach timing light to the wires as shown in the figure.
Check ignition timing.
BBIA0134E
Method B
1.
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
BBIA0154E
2.
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
BBIA0135E
Revision: May 2004
EC-42
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
C
SEF166Y
D
3.
Check ignition timing.
E
F
G
BBIA0211E
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment
UBS006DO
H
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels
● Fuses
● ECM harness connector
● Vacuum hoses
● Air intake system
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
● Fuel pressure
● Engine compression
● Throttle valve
● Evaporative emission system
On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.
On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in “N” position.
When measuring “CO” percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
Turn off headlamp, heater blower, rear window defogger.
Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
Revision: May 2004
EC-43
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
PBIB1054E
Revision: May 2004
EC-44
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
A
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.
–
–
–
–
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
EC
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
C
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
E
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
F
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
G
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
SEF976U
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
5.
K
L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-45
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-46
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is “Idle Air Volume Learning” carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
E
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
G
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-283 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-277 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
K
L
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
M
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but this is
the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 20.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: May 2004
EC-47
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is “Idle Air Volume Learning” carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 20.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: May 2004
EC-48
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
A
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-283 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-277 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
D
E
F
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but this is
the rarely the case.)
G
H
>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
I
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
1 time:
2 times:
J
K
RICH → LEAN → RICH
RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 21.
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 28.
L
M
SEF820Y
20. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-73,
"HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
2. Start engine and run it at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (MIL does not come on)>>GO TO 21.
NG (MIL comes on less than 5 times)>>GO TO 28.
Revision: May 2004
EC-49
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
21. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect battery ground cable.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram, EC-201 .
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.
22. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 23.
23. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 24.
24. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is “Idle Air Volume Learning” carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 25.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 26.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
25. CHECK “CO”%
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn “ON”.
Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
Check “CO”%.
Idle CO: 3 − 11% and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG
>> GO TO 27.
Revision: May 2004
SEF172Y
EC-50
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
26. CHECK “CO”%
A
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect a resistor (4.4 kΩ) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
6. Check “CO”%.
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
C
D
Idle CO: 3 − 11% and engine runs smoothly.
After checking “CO”%, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature
sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG
>> GO TO 27.
E
7.
SEF982UA
G
27. RECONNECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
F
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
I
>> GO TO 31.
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
J
1.
2.
K
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 on the malfunctioning bank.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 29.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 30.
L
29. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
2. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time:
2 times:
RICH → LEAN → RICH
RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 31.
Revision: May 2004
EC-51
2003 Sentra
M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
30. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
Without CONSULT-II
Set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-73, "HOW TO
SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
2. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 31.
1.
31. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
●
Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-163 , EC-171
and EC-379 .
●
Check injector and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-547 .
●
Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC181 and EC-193 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 33.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 32.
32. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-40, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> GO TO 4.
33. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but this is
the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
UBS006E7
DESCRIPTION
“Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-52
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
UBS006E8
A
DESCRIPTION
“Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
EC
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
C
D
UBS006E9
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
●
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
●
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
E
F
PREPARATION
Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
●
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
●
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
●
PNP switch: ON
●
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On models with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only small
lamps.
●
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
●
Vehicle speed: Stopped
●
Transmission: Warmed-up
For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T”
system indicates less than 0.9V.
For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
I
J
K
L
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic “PREPARATION” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
SEF217Z
Revision: May 2004
G
EC-53
2003 Sentra
M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
SEF454Y
7.
8.
Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“CMPLT” is not displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” below.
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
MT: 650±50 rpm
AT: 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
MT: 7±5° BTDC
AT: 18±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
●
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PREPARATION” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
Revision: May 2004
EC-54
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
MT: 650±50 rpm
AT: 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
MT: 7±5° BTDC
AT: 18±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
A
EC
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the incident by referring to the “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
C
D
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-133, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
● Engine stalls.
● Erroneous idle.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-55
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fuel Pressure Check
UBS001CJ
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because B15 models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ″ON″.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
PEF823K
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove fuel pump fuse.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
NOTE:
●
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
●
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
●
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
●
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
●
Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C switch, etc.). Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and
changes in manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-56 .
2. Install the fuel pressure gauge into the fuel line as shown in the
figure.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”, and check for fuel leakage.
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling:
6.
7.
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51
psi)
If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
Check the following.
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
● Fuel filter for clogging
Revision: May 2004
BBIA0137E
EC-56
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fuel pump
● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
●
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-57
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction
PFP:00028
UBS001CK
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
SAE Mode
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data
Mode 2 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Mode 7 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits
Mode 6 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID
Mode 9 of SAE J1979
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze Frame
data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
X
X
X
X
X
—
GST
X
X*1
X
—
X
X
ECM
X
X*2
—
—
—
—
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-87 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic
UBS001CL
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
X: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
2nd trip
—: Not applicable
1st trip DTC
Blinking
Lighting
up
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
—
—
—
X
—
X
—
—
—
X
—
—
X
—
—
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
to EC-21 .)
—
X
—
—
X
—
—
—
Except above
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
—
Items
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
X
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304
has been detected
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is
NG on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
Revision: May 2004
EC-58
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to
repair the trouble.
Engine operating in fail-safe mode
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
UBS001CM
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
X: Applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1 *2
C
SRT code
Test value/ Test
limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference page
ECM
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
1000*4
—
—
—
EC-145
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001*4
—
—
X
EC-145
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
—
—
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
—
—
X
EC-148
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
X
X
X*2
EC-151
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
X
X
X*2
EC-151
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
X
X
X*2
EC-157
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
X
X
X*2
EC-157
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
0101
—
—
—
EC-163
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
—
—
—
EC-171
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
—
—
—
EC-171
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
—
—
X
EC-177
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
—
—
X
EC-177
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
—
—
—
EC-181
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
—
—
—
EC-181
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
—
—
—
EC-186
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
0123
—
—
—
EC-186
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
—
—
—
EC-193
IAT SENSOR
P0127
0127
—
—
X
EC-196
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
—
—
X
EC-199
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
0132
X
X
X*3
EC-201
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
X
X
X*3
EC-207
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
X
X
X*3
EC-216
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
X
X
X*3
EC-223
3
EC-230
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
X
X
X*
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
—
—
X
EC-238
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
—
—
X
EC-245
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
—
—
X
EC-251
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
—
—
X
EC-256
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
—
—
X
EC-256
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
—
—
—
EC-260
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
—
—
—
EC-260
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
—
—
X
EC-267
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
—
—
X
EC-267
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
—
—
X
EC-267
EC-59
EC
—: Not applicable
CONSULT-II
GST
Revision: May 2004
A
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
2003 Sentra
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1 *2
SRT code
Test value/ Test
limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST
ECM
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
—
—
X
EC-267
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
—
—
X
EC-267
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
—
—
X
EC-273
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
—
—
X
EC-273
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
—
—
X
EC-277
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
—
—
X
EC-283
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
X
X
X*3
EC-289
3
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
X
X
X*
EC-294
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
X
X
X*3
EC-301
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
—
—
X
EC-311
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
—
—
X
EC-311
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
—
—
X
EC-317
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
—
—
X
EC-324
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
—
—
X
EC-330
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
—
X
X*3
EC-338
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
X*4
X
X*3
EC-346
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
—
—
X
EC-354
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
—
—
X
EC-356
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
—
—
X
EC-359
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
—
—
X
EC-359
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
P0500
0500
—
—
X
EC-361
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
—
—
X
EC-363
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
—
—
X
EC-365
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
—
—
X
EC-367
ECM
P0605
0605
—
—
X
EC-372
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
—
—
X
AT-116
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
0710
—
—
X
AT-121
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
P0720
0720
—
—
X
AT-127
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
0725
—
—
X
AT-132
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
0731
—
—
X
AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
0732
—
—
X
AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
0733
—
—
X
AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
0734
—
—
X
AT-151
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
—
—
X
AT-160
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
0744
—
—
X
AT-164
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
—
—
X
AT-174
SFT SOL A/CIRC
P0750
0750
—
—
—
AT-180
SFT SOL B/CIRC
P0755
0755
—
—
—
AT-184
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
P1065
1065
—
—
X
EC-375
MAF SENSOR
P1102
1102
—
—
—
EC-379
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1111
1111
—
—
X
EC-385
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
—
—
X
EC-390
Revision: May 2004
EC-60
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1 *2
SRT code
Test value/ Test
limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST
ECM
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
—
—
—
EC-392
ETC MOT PWR
P1124
1124
—
—
—
EC-399
ETC MOT PWR
P1126
1126
—
—
—
EC-399
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
—
—
—
EC-404
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
1143
X
X
X*3
EC-409
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
1144
X
X
X*3
EC-415
3
EC-421
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
X
X
X*
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
X
X
X*3
EC-428
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
—
—
—
EC-436
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
—
—
—
EC-438
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
—
—
X
EC-451
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
—
—
X
EC-453
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P1444
1444
—
—
X
EC-460
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1446
1446
—
—
X
EC-468
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
—
—
—
EC-474
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
—
—
—
EC-481
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
—
—
—
EC-491
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
—
—
—
AT-188
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P1706
1706
—
—
X
EC-493
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
1760
—
—
X
AT-194
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
—
—
X
EC-497
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
—
—
—
EC-503
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
—
—
—
EC-503
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
—
—
—
EC-511
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
—
—
—
EC-511
TP SENSOR
P2135
2135
—
—
—
EC-518
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
—
—
—
EC-525
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012
*3: These are not displayed with GST.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-71, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
Revision: May 2004
A
EC-61
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-59 . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-82 . Then perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.
SEC745C
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve operating angle,
base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-117 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
1st trip freeze frame data
Revision: May 2004
EC-62
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated A
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
EC
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- C
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
D
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-63
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance Priority*
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
Corresponding DTC No.
CATALYST
2
Three way catalyst function
P0420
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
1
EVAP control system
P0442
2
EVAP control system
P0456
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0441
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0132
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0134
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037, P0038
HO2S
HO2S HTR
2
2
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
EC-64
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
EC
Example
Self-diagnosis result
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →
Diagnosis
← ON →
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
P0402
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
— (1)
P0402
— (0)
— (0)
OK (1)
— (1)
OFF
A
OFF
← ON →
C
D
E
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK
OK
—
—
P0402
—
—
—
—
NG
—
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
G
P1402
(1st trip)
DTC
1st trip DTC
—
1st trip DTC
DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
H
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
F
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
I
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
●
The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
●
The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
●
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
●
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC (s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
J
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
Revision: May 2004
EC-65
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF170Z
*1
EC-62
*2
EC-66
*3
EC-67
How to Display SRT Code
With CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
SEF935Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-66
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
With GST
A
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
EC
complete and SRT is set.
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table
on EC-64 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-67
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Driving Pattern
PBIB1053E
Revision: May 2004
EC-68
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc.
A
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
●
Sea level
C
●
Flat road
●
Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
E
●
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminals 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
●
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminals 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
●
The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
●
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
H
Pattern 3:
●
The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
I
●
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
●
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
J
●
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
K
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
L
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
–
During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
M
●
SEF414S
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Revision: May 2004
EC-69
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
For normal acceleration in low altitude
areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high
altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
24 (15)
25 (15)
2nd to 3rd
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
65 (40)
65 (40)
4th to 5th
75 (45)
75 (45)
Gear change
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
48 (30)
2nd
84 (52)
3rd
128 (80)
4th
—
5th
—
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (13 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
X: Applicable
SRT item
CATALYST
EVAP SYSTEM
Test value (GST display)
Self-diagnostic test item
Application
81H
Min.
X
05H
03H
Max.
X
06H
83H
Min.
X
09H
04H
Max.
X
0AH
84H
Min.
X
0BH
04H
Max.
X
0CH
04H
Max.
X
0DH
04H
Max.
X
19H
86H
Min.
X
1AH
86H
Min.
X
1BH
06H
Max.
X
1CH
06H
Max.
X
29H
08H
Max.
X
2AH
88H
Min.
X
2DH
0AH
Max.
X
2EH
8AH
Min.
X
CID
Three way catalyst function
02H
EVAP control system (Small leak)
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
HO2S
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
HO2S HTR
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Revision: May 2004
Test limit
TID
Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-70
—: Not applicable
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II)
A
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-21 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
EC
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
C
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
D
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
E
●
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCIA0365E
How to Erase DTC ( With GST)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-21 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis
only to erase the DTC.)
Revision: May 2004
EC-71
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
How to Erase DTC ( No Tools)
1.
2.
3.
If the ignition switch stays "ON" after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch "OFF" once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it "ON" (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
●
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
●
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
–
Diagnostic trouble codes
–
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
–
Freeze frame data
–
1st trip freeze frame data
–
System readiness test (SRT) codes
–
Test values
–
Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
UBS006C3
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
●
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test
Mode
KEY and ENG.
Status
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
“ON” position
BULB CHECK
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
Engine stopped
Engine running
Revision: May 2004
EC-72
●
“Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)”
●
″One trip detection diagnoses″
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Test
Mode
KEY and ENG.
Status
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode II
Ignition switch in
“ON” position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
A
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
EC
Engine stopped
Engine running
C
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
MONITOR
This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
D
E
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is
NG on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to
repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
F
G
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
H
MIL Flashing without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diagnostic test mode, EC-73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
●
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
●
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Revision: May 2004
EC-73
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1.
2.
Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-73, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-73, "How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL
●
Condition
ON
When the malfunction is detected.
OFF
No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
Revision: May 2004
EC-74
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
A
EC
C
D
E
F
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-21, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
G
H
I
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
J
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC73, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
●
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
●
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
K
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
L
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MIL
Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas
ON
Lean
OFF
Rich
*Remains ON or OFF
Any condition
Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
Closed loop system
Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
Revision: May 2004
EC-75
2003 Sentra
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
OBD System Operation Chart
UBS001CO
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
●
●
●
●
●
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-58, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Fuel Injection System
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-78 .
For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-80 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Revision: May 2004
EC-76
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE” , “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared at
the moment OK is detected.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-77
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
●
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
●
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
●
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
●
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
●
The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
●
The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
●
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-78
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF393S
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Revision: May 2004
EC-79
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
AEC574
●
●
●
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
●
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
Revision: May 2004
EC-80
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
UBS001CP
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
C
D
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
E
F
G
H
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-82 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the example on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
J
K
L
SEF234G
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-81
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
SEF510ZE
*1: EC-87
*2: If time data of “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” is other than “0” or “1t”,
refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
*3: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
*4: If the on board diagnostic system
cannot be performed, check main
power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to EC-138, "POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*5: If the malfunctioning part cannot be
found, refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .
*6: EC-68
*7: EC-133
Revision: May 2004
EC-82
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
A
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-84, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the (1st trip)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC71 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III &
IV.
If the incident cannot verified, perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-93 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot verified, perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot verified, perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall function check” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
STEP VI
STEP VII
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to trouble diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-88 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE”. (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspections according
to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-93 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-105 , EC-126 .
The “Diagnostic Procedure” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer toEC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-40, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
Revision: May 2004
EC-83
2003 Sentra
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples:
●
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
●
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Revision: May 2004
EC-84
SEF907L
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
MTBL0017
Revision: May 2004
EC-85
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
UBS001CQ
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
1
2
3
Detected items (DTC)
●
U1000, U1001 CAN communication
●
P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 Mass air flow sensor
●
P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
●
P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
●
P0128 Thermostat function
●
P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
●
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463 Fuel level sensor
●
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
●
P0605 ECM
●
P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
●
P1229 Sensor power supply
●
P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
●
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
P0031, P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
●
P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
●
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
●
P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
●
P0452, P0453 EVAP system pressure sensor
●
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
●
P0710-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
●
P1065 ECM power supply
●
P112 Electric throttle control function
●
P1124, P1126, P1128 Electric throttle control actuator
●
P1805 Brake switch
●
P0011 Intake valve timing control
●
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
●
P0300-P0304 Misfire
●
P0420 Three way catalyst function
●
P0442, P0455, P0456 EVAP control system
●
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
●
P0731-P0734 A/T function
●
P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
●
P1121 Electric throttle control
●
P1148 Closed loop control
●
P1217 Engine over temperature
●
P1564 ASCD steering switch
●
P1572 ASCD brake switch
●
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
Revision: May 2004
EC-86
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Fail-safe Chart
●
UBS006C4
A
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
P1102
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
C
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULTII display)
D
Condition
Just as ignition switch is turned
ON or Start
40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after
ignition ON or Start
80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above
EC
E
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
F
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
Throttle position sensor
P1121
Electric throttle control actuator
(ECM detect the throttle
valve is stuck open.)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
rpm or more.
I
P1122
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
J
P1124
P1126
Throttle control motor relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128
P1229
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
●
G
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle control motor
Sensor power supply
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring
K
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
L
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
M
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting MIL up when
there is NG on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to
repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Revision: May 2004
H
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-87
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Basic Inspection
UBS006DP
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.
–
–
–
–
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-88
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
2.
A
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
EC
C
D
E
SEF978U
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
F
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
G
H
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
J
K
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
M
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-89
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is ″Idle Air Volume Learning″ carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-283 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-277 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but this is
the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: May 2004
EC-90
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
A
Stop engine.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
EC
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
C
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
D
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
E
Refer to EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is ″Idle Air Volume Learning″ carried out successfully?
F
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
G
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
H
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
I
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
1.
2.
J
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
K
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
M
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: May 2004
EC-91
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-283 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-277 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but this is
the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-92
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Symptom Matrix Chart
UBS001CT
A
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Fuel
Fuel pump circuit
1
1
2
3
2
Fuel pressure regulator system
3
3
4
4
4
A
G
A
H
2
2
4
4
4
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
AF
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
AE
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
A
D
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
A
C
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
AA
Warranty symptom code
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AJ
AK
AL
A
M
H
A
EC
3
2
C
Reference
page
E
F
EC-553
4
4
EC-56
Injector circuit
1
1
2
3
2
2
2
2
EC-547
Evaporative emission system
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
EC-583
Positive crankcase ventilation system
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
Electric throttle control actuator
1
1
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
Incorrect ignition timing adjustment
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
EC-88
Ignition circuit
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
EC-535
Main power supply and ground circuit
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
Air conditioner circuit
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
Air
Ignition
1
D
G
H
EC-596
I
3
2
3
EC-88
2
EC-390, EC392
3
2
EC-138
3
2
MTC-19
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-93
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
AK
AL
AM
HA
3
3
3
3
EC-277
3
3
3
3
3
EC-283
2
2
2
2
2
EC-163,EC171 ,EC379
2
EC-201,EC207 ,EC216 ,EC409 ,EC415
2
EC-181,
EC-193
2
EC-186,EC260 ,EC451 ,EC453 ,,EC518
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AJ
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AH
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AG
ENGINE STALL
AF
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
2
2
3
3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
circuit
2
2
3
Mass air flow sensor circuit
1
1
2
Warranty symptom code
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit
Engine coolant temperature sensor
circuit
1
Throttle position sensor circuit
1
2
3
2
1
2
3
2
1
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
Intake valve timing control system
3
3
3
Vehicle speed signal circuit
2
3
3
Knock sensor circuit
ECM
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
EC-455,EC503 EC-511
, EC-525
2
3
2
2
2
PNP switch circuit
Power steering pressure sensor circuit
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
Electrical load signal circuit
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Reference
page
3
3
EC-385
3
EC-361
3
EC-273
3
EC-372
3
EC-493
EC-367
EC-564
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
Revision: May 2004
EC-94
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
A
5
5
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
5
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
5
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
AF
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
AE
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
A
D
AJ
AK
AL
A
M
H
A
IDLING VIBRATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
A
C
EC
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AB
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
Fuel tank
AA
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
A
G
A
H
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
page
E
F
G
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,
Low octane)
Air
D
FL-7,EM-19
5
Fuel piping
Vapor lock
C
H
5
—
Air duct
I
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle
body)
Electric throttle control actuator
J
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EC-390,EC392
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking
—
Battery
Generator circuit
SC-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
Flywheel/Drive plate/Signal plate
6
EM-67
4
MT-13 or AT116
1
SC-9
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
Revision: May 2004
EC-95
L
SC-22
Starter circuit
PNP switch
K
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5
5
5
5
5
A
G
A
H
5
5
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
AF
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
AE
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
A
D
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
A
C
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
AB
IDLING VIBRATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AA
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
Cylinder head
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Engine
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AJ
AK
AL
A
M
H
A
5
Cylinder head gasket
4
Reference
page
EM-52
3
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
EM-67
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
Camshaft
EM-39
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-26
5
Intake valve
3
EM-52
Exhaust valve
Exhaust
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-12,EX-3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-16,LU-8
,LU-7 ,LU-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrication
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling
LU-5
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-13
Thermostat
5
CO-11
Water pump
Water gallery
CO-9
5
5
5
5
Cooling fan
5
5
5
4
5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant
5
CO-6
EC-438
CO-7
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
Revision: May 2004
EC-96
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location
UBS001CU
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0146E
Revision: May 2004
EC-97
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0142E
Revision: May 2004
EC-98
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0143E
Revision: May 2004
EC-99
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBIA0144E
Revision: May 2004
EC-100
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0145E
Revision: May 2004
EC-101
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PBIB1217E
BBIA0194E
Revision: May 2004
EC-102
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Circuit Diagram
UBS001CV
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0271E
Revision: May 2004
EC-103
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBWA0272E
Revision: May 2004
EC-104
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
UBS001CW
A
EC
C
MBIB0045E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value
UBS001CX
PREPARATION
1.
2.
D
E
ECM is located in the right side of the cowl top (behind the strut
tower).
Remove ECM harness connector.
F
G
H
BBIA0191E
3.
4.
When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with
levers as far as they will go as shown at right.
Connect a bread-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
I
J
K
BBIA0138E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
1
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
ECM ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
3
R/W
Revision: May 2004
Throttle control motor power
supply
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
EC-105
DATA (DC Voltage)
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
4
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
5
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
11
G/Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
MBIB0052E
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed 2,500 rpm
PBIB0532E
[Engine is running]
12
P
Power steering pressure
sensor
●
Steering wheel is being turned
[Engine is running]
●
Steering wheel is not being turned
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
13
Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
Revision: May 2004
EC-106
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
1.0 - 4.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
14
W/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
D
1.0 - 4.0V
E
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
F
PBIB0526E
15
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
[Engine is running]
22
23
41
42
G/B
R/B
L/B
Y/B
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 2
I
PBIB0529E
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
K
L
PBIB0530E
Approximately 7.0V
M
[Engine is running]
24
G/W
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater
PBIB0519E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●
Revision: May 2004
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
EC-107
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
●
25
W/B
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
0 - 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
32
L
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
34
Y/G
Intake air temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
intake air temperature.
35
G
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
(Periodically change)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
45
GY/L
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
47
B
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
48
R/W
Sensor′s power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
49
R/Y
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 1
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Revision: May 2004
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-108
Less than 4.75V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
EC
1.5 - 2.1V
C
0 - 0.1V
D
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running]
61
62
80
81
L/W
BR
GY/R
PU
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 2
E
PBIB0521E
F
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
G
H
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
I
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
67
68
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
G/R
Sensor power supply
(Power steering pressure
sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
J
Approximately 0V
K
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
Throttle position sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
L
Less than 4.75V
M
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 0.36V
[Engine is running]
70
L
Refrigerant pressure sensor
73
BR/W
Engine coolant temperature
sensor
Revision: May 2004
●
Warm-up condition
●
Both A/C switch and blower switch are
“ON”
(Compressor operates.)
[Engine is running]
EC-109
1.0 - 4.0V
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
engine coolant temperature.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
78
82
83
B
B/Y
G
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PU
Electrical load signal
(Headlamp signal)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
●
LG
DATA link connector
Y
CAN communication line
LG/B
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
89
Lighting switch is ″OFF″
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
86
Lighting switch is ″2ND″ position
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
85
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
84
Approximately 0V
Cooling fan relay (High)
Cooling fan is not operating
[Engine is running]
●
Cooling fan is high speed operating
0 - 1.0V
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
94
L
CAN communication line
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.8V
Electrical load signal
(Heater fan signal)
●
[Engine is running]
96
Y/G
Heater fan switch ″ON″
[Engine is running]
●
Heater fan switch ″OFF″
[Engine is running]
●
97
LG/R
Cooling fan relay (Low)
Cooling fan is not operating.
[Engine is running]
●
Cooling fan is operating.
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Revision: May 2004
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-110
More than 2.0V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ASCD steering switch is ″OFF″.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
99
W/R
ASCD steering switch
CRUISE switch is ″ON″.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CANCEL switch is ″ON″.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
COAST/SET switch is ″ON″.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ACCEL/RESUME switch is ″ON″.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
C
Approximately 1V
D
Approximately 2V
Approximately 3V
E
Approximately 0V
G
A/T models
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T models
Approximately 5V
H
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
●
Gear position is “P” or “N”
PNP switch
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
P
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
104
Except the above gear position
Throttle control motor relay
J
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
107
W
OR
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
●
P/L
ASCD brake switch
B/R
Ignition switch
Brake pedal is depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
109
Brake pedal is fully released
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
EC-111
L
M
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
Revision: May 2004
More than 4.3V
0V
●
W/G
K
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
111
0.65 - 0.87V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
108
EC
F
●
G/OR
Approximately 4.0V
A
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
102
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
113
B/P
Fuel pump relay
For 1 second after turning ignition switch
“ON”
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch “ON”.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
115
116
B
B
ECM ground
117
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
121
W/L
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
Idle speed
Engine ground
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: May 2004
EC-112
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CONSULT-II Function
UBS001CY
A
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Data monitor (SPEC)
Input/Output specification of the Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
data monitor items can be read.
EC
C
CAN diagnostic support
monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
ECM part number
ECM part number can be read.
D
E
F
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
●
Diagnostic trouble codes
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values
●
Others
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-113
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
X
X
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
X
Mass air flow sensor
X
Engine coolant temperature sensor
X
Heated oxygen sensor 1
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION
ACTIVE
TEST
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
X
INPUT
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Heated oxygen sensor 2
X
X
X
X
X
Vehicle speed sensor
X
X
X
Throttle position sensor
X
X
X
Fuel tank temperature sensor
X
X
X
EVAP control system pressure sensor
X
X
X
Intake air temperature sensor
X
X
X
Knock sensor
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Air conditioner switch
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
X
Power steering pressure sensor
X
X
X
Battery voltage
X
X
Load signal
X
X
X
X
Fuel level sensor
X
X
X
Stop lamp switch
X
X
X
ASCD steering switch
X
X
X
ASCD brake switch
X
X
X
Accelerator pedal position sensor
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Injectors
Power transistor (Ignition timing)
X
OUTPUT
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Throttle control motor relay
X
Throttle control motor
X
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
X
Air conditioner relay
Fuel pump relay
X
X
X
Cooling fan relay
X
X
X
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
X
X
X
X
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
X
X
X
X
EVAP canister vent control valve
X
X
X
X
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
X
X
X
X
X
X
Calculated load value
X
X: Applicable
Revision: May 2004
EC-114
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-62, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME
DATA" .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
A
EC
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
Turn ignition switch ON.
C
D
E
LEC297
F
4.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
G
H
I
BCIA0029E
5.
J
Touch “ENGINE”.
K
L
SEF995X
6.
Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
PBIB2308E
Revision: May 2004
EC-115
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
●
FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure
from fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
●
THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
SELF-LEARNING CONT
●
THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
●
IGN SW “ON”
●
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
●
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
●
NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM
●
TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
●
WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
●
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE
INSTRUCTION.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
●
IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ*
●
IDLE CONDITION
●
When adjusting target ignition
timing
After adjustment, confirm target ignition timing with a timing
light.
●
If once the “TARGET IDLE
RPM ADJ” has been done, the
Idle Air Volume Learning procedure will not be completed.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
Revision: May 2004
EC-116
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
A
Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX” (See EC-21 .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
EC
Description
●
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-21 .)
●
“Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
FUEL SYS-B1
D
E
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
●
The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]
●
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
“Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]
C
F
●
“Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]
●
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
●
The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
●
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
●
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
or [°F]
●
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
G
H
I
J
K
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
L
×: Applicable
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
ENG SPEED [rpm]
×
×
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
×
×
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
Revision: May 2004
×
Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
●
The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor is displayed.
●
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
EC-117
M
Remarks
●
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
speed drops below the idle rpm.
●
If the signal is interrupted while the
engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
×
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F]
×
×
HO2S1 (B1) [V]
×
×
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
×
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
×
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
feedback correction factor per cycle is
indicated.
●
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the
engine coolant temperature sensor) is
displayed.
●
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 1 is displayed.
●
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 2 is displayed.
●
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
“rich”, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
“lean”, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
×
●
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
small.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
×
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
×
×
●
The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
×
×
●
The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V]
×
×
●
ACCEL SEN 2 [V]
×
The accelerator pedal position sensor
signal voltage is displayed.
THRTL SEN 1 [V]
×
×
●
THRTL SEN 2 [V]
×
The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
FUEL T/TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
●
×
The fuel temperature (determined by the
signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
●
×
The intake air temperature (determined
by the signal voltage of the intake air
temperature sensor) is indicated.
EVAP SYS PRES
[V]
×
●
The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
[V]
×
●
The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed.
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
starter signal.
Revision: May 2004
×
×
EC-118
Remarks
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
●
This data also includes the data
for the air-fuel ratio learning control.
●
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
●
After turning ON the ignition
switch, “RICH” is displayed until
air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
control begins.
●
When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
clamped, the value just before the
clamping is displayed continuously.
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
●
After starting the engine, [OFF] is
displayed regardless of the starter
signal.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
×
×
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
×
×
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
×
×
Monitored item
[Unit]
Description
●
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner signal.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
D
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil pressure switch as determined by
the power steering oil pressure signal is
indicated.
E
●
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
A
Remarks
×
●
EC
C
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
F
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
stop lamp switch signal.
●
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
width compensated by ECM according
to the input signals.
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain computed value is indicated.
●
Indicates the ignition timing computed
by ECM according to the input signals.
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
×
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
×
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
×
●
“Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
●
Indicates the mass airflow computed by
ECM according to the signal voltage of
the mass air flow sensor.
●
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
●
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
●
Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
advanced angle.
●
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
ON ... intake valve timing control is operating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
PURG VOL C/V
[%]
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA]
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
Revision: May 2004
EC-119
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
●
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
condition determined by ECM according
to the input signals.
●
The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open
●
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
control condition determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
●
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
input signals).
HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
ECM according to the input signals.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
ECM according to the input signals.
●
Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
been performed yet.
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully.
●
Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
●
Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control value computed by the
ECM according to the input signals.
●
The signal voltage from the refrigerant
pressure sensor is displayed.
●
The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
displayed.
●
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
CRUISE switch signal.
CANCEL SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ACCEL/RES switch signal.
SET SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
COAST/SET switch signal.
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
×
FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF]
×
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
×
COOLING FAN
[HI/LOW/OFF]
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
IDL A/V LEARN
[YET/CMPLT/
INCMP]
TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [mile]
O2SEN HTR DTY
[%]
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
Revision: May 2004
EC-120
Remarks
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
BRAKE SW1 SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW2 SW
[ON/OFF]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ASCD brake switch signal, and ASCD
clutch switch signal (M/T models).
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
lamp switch signal.
●
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
CUT ...Vehicle speed increased to
excessively high compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
VHCL SPD CUT
[NON/CUT]
●
LO SPEED CUT
[NON/CUT]
AT OD MONITOR
[ON/OFF]
AT OD CANCEL
[ON/OFF]
CRUISE LAMP
[ON/OFF]
SET LAMP
[ON/OFF]
●
A
Remarks
EC
C
D
E
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
CUT ...Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
G
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
according to the input signal from the
TCM.
H
F
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
cancel signal sent from the TCM.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM
according to the input signals.
I
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
lamp determined by the ECM according
to the input signals.
J
Voltage [V]
K
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
●
Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse
width measured by the probe.
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
●
Only “#” is displayed if item is
unable to be measured.
●
Figures with “#”s are temporary
ones. They are the same figures
as an actual piece of data which
was just previously measured.
M
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-121
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
X: Applicable
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm]
×
×
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
×
×
Monitored item [Unit]
Description
●
Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
●
The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor specification is displayed.
●
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
●
×
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
Remarks
●
When engine is running, specification
range is indicated.
●
When engine is running, specification
range is indicated.
●
When engine is running, specification
range is indicated.
●
This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
●
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
●
COOLING FAN*
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
●
Harness and connector
●
Fuel injectors
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Adjust initial ignition timing
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Timing light: Set
●
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
●
Harness and connector
A/C switch “OFF”
●
Compression
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
Injectors
●
Power transistor
●
Spark plugs
●
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Engine runs rough or dies.
●
Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition coils
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Harness and connector
●
Turn the cooling fan “ON” and
“OFF” using CONSULT-II.
●
Cooling fan motor
●
Cooling fan relay
●
Harness and connector
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Fuel injectors
●
Harness and connector
●
Fuel pump relay
●
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-II.
JUDGEMENT
●
●
POWER BALANCE
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
Revision: May 2004
Cooling fan moves and stops.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
EC-122
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TEST ITEM
PURG VOL
CONT/V
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
VENT CONTROL/V
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
●
Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
●
Change the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
opening percent using CONSULT-II.
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
Engine speed changes according to
the opening percent.
●
Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Change intake valve timing using
CONSULT-II.
●
Harness and connector
●
Solenoid valve
EC
C
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
D
●
Harness and connector
●
Solenoid valve
●
Harness and connectors
●
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
E
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
F
*: Leaving cooling fan “OFF” with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT Status Mode
G
For details, refer to EC-63, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
H
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
HO2S1
I
Test item
Condition
Reference page
PURG FLOW P0441
EC-294
EVAP SML LEAK P0442
EC-301
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456
EC-346
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
EC-460
HO2S1 (B1) P0133
EC-207
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S1 (B1) P0134
HO2S1 (B1) P1143
HO2S2
J
K
EC-216
L
EC-409
HO2S1 (B1) P1144
EC-415
HO2S2 (B1) P0139
EC-230
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
EC-421
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
EC-428
M
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
–
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,
Revision: May 2004
EC-123
SEF707X
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
–
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on the screen during “ Recording Data ...
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
“MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
1.
–
–
2.
–
“AUTO TRIG”
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to
select “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" ,
“Incident Simulation Tests”.)
“MANU TRIG”
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF714Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-124
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function
UBS001CZ
A
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual.
EC
C
D
SEF139P
FUNCTION
E
Diagnostic test mode
Function
MODE 1
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-62, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
MODE 3
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
CLEAR DIAG INFO
●
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
●
Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
●
Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
●
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
●
Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
●
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
F
G
H
I
J
MODE 6
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
K
MODE 7
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, following parts can be opened or closed.
L
●
EVAP canister vent control valve open
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8
MODE 9
—
(CALIBRATION ID)
●
Low ambient temperature
●
Low battery voltage
●
Engine running
●
Ignition switch “OFF”
●
Low fuel temperature
●
Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
M
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: May 2004
EC-125
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
Connect “GST” to data link connector. (Data link connector is
located under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.)
LEC297
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5.
Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001D0
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
● If the real-time diagnosis results are NG, and the on board diagnostic system results are OK, when diagnosing the mass air flow sensor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
MAS A/F SE-B1
●
Tachometer: Connect
●
Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
Revision: May 2004
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
No-load
EC-126
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
B/FUEL SCHDL
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
No-load
A/F ALPHA-B1
●
Engine: After warming up
COOLAN TEMP/S
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
VHCL SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
SPECIFICATION
Idle
1.0 - 1.6 msec
2,000 rpm
0.7 - 1.3 msec
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
53 - 155%
A
EC
C
More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
E
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
F
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
I
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with
the CONSULT-II value
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
11 - 14V
●
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.3V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
Less than 4.75V
J
K
L
M
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●
Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
EVAP SYS PRES
●
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
START SIGNAL
●
Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
OFF → ON → OFF
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CLSD THL POS
AIR COND SIG
P/N POSI SW
Revision: May 2004
●
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Ignition switch: ON
G
H
●
●
D
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly
depressed
OFF
A/C switch “OFF”
OFF
A/C switch “ON”
(Compressor operates)
ON
Shift lever “P” or “N”
ON
Except above
OFF
EC-127
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
INJ PULSE-B1
IGN TIMING
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
PURG VOL C/V
AIR COND RLY
FUEL PUMP RLY
THRTL RELAY
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
●
●
●
●
Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Ignition switch: ON
Steering wheel in neutral position
(forward direction)
OFF
The steering wheel is turned
ON
Rear window defogger switch is
ON and/or lighting switch is in
2nd.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is
OFF and lighting switch is OFF.
OFF
Heater fan is operating.
ON
Heater fan is not operating
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
Idle
2.4 - 3.2 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 3.2 msec
Idle
M/T: 7°±5° BTDC
A/T: 18°±5°BTDC
2,000 rpm
More than 25° BTDC
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
—
Ignition switch: ON → OFF
Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Ignition switch: ON
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
SPECIFICATION
ON → OFF
●
No-load
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON
●
Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
●
Engine running and cranking
●
When engine is stopped (stops in 1.0 seconds)
●
Except as shown above
OFF
●
Ignition switch: ON
ON
EC-128
OFF → ON
ON
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
INT/V TIM (B1)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
INT/V SOL (B1)
VENT CONT/V
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
COOLING FAN
●
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
VEHICLE SPEED
TRVL AFTER MIL
After warming up engine, idle
the engine.
Air conditioner switch: OFF
SPECIFICATION
A
Idle
−5° - 5°CA
When revving engine up to
2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0° - 30°CA
Idle
0% - 2%
C
When revving engine up to
2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0% - 50%
D
OFF
E
Engine coolant temperature is
94°C (201°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and
104°C (219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is
105°C (221°F) or more
HIGH
F
G
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
–
Engine: After warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
●
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with
the CONSULT-II value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value
ON
H
OFF
I
ON
Vehicle has traveled after MIL
has turned ON.
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than
80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY
J
L
Approx. 40%
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
●
Engine: Idle
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with
the CONSULT-II value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value
SET VHCL SPD
●
Engine: Running
ASCD: Operating.
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
●
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Depressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
ACCEL/RES switch:
Depressed
ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released
OFF
VEH SPEED SE
CANCEL SW
RESUME/ACC SW
Revision: May 2004
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
M
Approx. 0V
1.0 - 4.0V
EC-129
K
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
●
AC PRESS SEN
EC
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
SET SW
BRAKE SW1
BRAKE SW2
CRUISE LAMP
SET LAMP
CONDITION
●
●
●
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
COAST/SET switch:
Depressed
ON
COAST/SET switch: Released
OFF
Brake pedal and clutch pedal
(M/T): Fully released
ON
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal
(M/T): Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
CRUISE lamp: Illuminated
ON
CRUISE lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
SET lamp: Illuminated
ON
SET lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
Revision: May 2004
EC-130
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001D1
A
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN1, THRTL SEN1·
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN1”, and “THRTL SEN1” when depressing the accelerator EC
pedal with the ignition switch “ON” and with selector lever in “D” position (A/T models) or with shift lever in “1st”
position (M/T models).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN1” and “THRTL SEN1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
C
after “CLSD THL/P SW” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
D
E
F
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF241Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-131
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PBIB0668E
Revision: May 2004
EC-132
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description
PFP:00031
A
UBS001D2
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of engine control system. When the value in “DATA MONITOR EC
(SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the engine control system is confirmed OK. When the value in “DATA
MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the engine control system may have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the engine control system, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
●
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection.)
●
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air/fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle.)
E
●
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.)
Testing Condition
●
UBS001D3
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
F
2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
●
Atmosphere temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
●
Transmission: Warmed-up *1
●
Electrical load: Not applied *2
●
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5
minutes after the engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, and lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not
operating. Steering wheel straight ahead.
●
Inspection Procedure
H
I
J
UBS001D4
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform “Basic Inspection”. Refer to EC-88 .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
Revision: May 2004
G
EC-133
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001D5
SEF613ZD
Revision: May 2004
EC-134
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF768Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-135
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF615ZA
Revision: May 2004
EC-136
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description
PFP:00006
A
UBS001D6
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
C
specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.
III
The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV
(1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
VI
The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
D
E
UBS001D7
1. INSPECTION START
F
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" , “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”, “Ground Inspection”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
K
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TEST”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace connector.
Revision: May 2004
J
EC-137
2003 Sentra
L
M
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
Wiring Diagram
PFP:24110
UBS001D8
BBWA0771E
Revision: May 2004
EC-138
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
1
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
ECM ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
109
B/R
Ignition switch
Idle speed
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Engine ground
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
0 - 1.0V
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
Engine ground
G
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
111
●
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Engine is running]
115
116
B
B
ECM ground
119
120
W
W
Power supply for
ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
121
W/L
Power supply for
ECM (Back-up)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS006GB
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
MBIB0015E
Revision: May 2004
I
J
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
A
EC-139
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F26, M58
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-140
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
A
Disconnect ECM relay.
EC
C
D
BBIA0100E
2.
E
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1 and 6 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
G
SEF420X
H
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
10A fuse
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
L
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-535, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-141
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
3.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and then “OFF”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
After turning ignition switch “OFF”, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
MBIB0016E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 12.
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1.
Disconnect ECM relay.
BBIA0100E
2.
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
SEF860T
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-142
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ECM relay terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
13. CHECK ECM RELAY
E
Refer to EC-144, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
F
14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
I
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
J
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F26, M58
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
L
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-143
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS001DA
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
SEC202BC
Revision: May 2004
EC-144
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
PFP:23710
A
UBS003PG
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
U1000*1
1000*1
UBS003PH
DTC detecting condition
●
CAN communication line
U1001*2
1001*2
●
ECM can not communicate to other control
units.
ECM can not communicate for more than the
specified time.
D
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted).
F
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
E
UBS003PI
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 3 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-145
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003PJ
BBWA0274E
Revision: May 2004
EC-146
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003PK
A
Go to LAN-3, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-147
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
Description
PFP:23796
UBS0057H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM Function
Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Vehicle speed signal*
Vehicle speed
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
MBIB0121E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0057I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
INT/V TIM (B1)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
INT/V SOL (B1)
Revision: May 2004
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
−5° - 5°CA
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
Approx. 0° - 30°CA
Idle
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
Approx. 0% - 50%
EC-148
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0057J
A
DTC No.
P0011
0011
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control performance
Detecting condition
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle.
Possible cause
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
EC
C
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items
Intake valve timing control
D
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0057K
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P1111”. See
EC-385, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
E
F
G
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select ″DATA MONITOR″ mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
2,000 - 4,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 3.38 msec
Selector lever
A/T models: D position
M/T models: 5th position
4.
5.
6.
J
K
PBIB0164E
1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S
70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
L
M
Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
7.
I
EC-149
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0057L
1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-287, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
●
PBIB0565E
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram refer to EC-279, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-284, "Wiring Diagram"
for CMP sensor (PHASE).
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-150
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS003TA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600
OFF
Below 3,600
ON
F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003TB
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
G
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
●
Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
(176°F)
Approx. 40%
O2SEN HTR DTY
●
ON
P0031
0031
P0032
0032
H
I
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
UBS003TC
DTC detecting condition
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
K
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
UBS003TD
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-151
J
Possible cause
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
1.
2.
D
E
Engine speed
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
C
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-154, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
●
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
EC-152
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003TE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0772E
Revision: May 2004
EC-153
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
24
G/W
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Warm-up condition.
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003TF
1. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0149E
4.
Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E
Revision: May 2004
EC-154
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
EC
C
>> Repair harness or connectors.
D
3. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
H
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
I
Refer to EC-156, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
J
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-155
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003TG
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
1.
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation
UBS003TH
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-156
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
Description
PFP:226A0
A
UBS006C5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM Function
Actuator
EC
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
C
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600
OFF
●
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load
F
ON
G
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006C6
H
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under no load
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
I
ON
J
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0037
0037
(Bank 1)
P0038
0038
(Bank 1)
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control circuit low
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control circuit high
UBS006C7
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is open or shorted.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
●
●
Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006C8
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-157
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-160, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
●
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-160, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
EC-158
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006C9
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0773E
Revision: May 2004
EC-159
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
25
W/B
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
0 - 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006CA
1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0175E
4.
Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0112E
Revision: May 2004
EC-160
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
3. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
H
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
I
Refer to EC-162, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
J
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-161
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006CB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1.
Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation
UBS006CC
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-162
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
A
UBS003PL
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003PM
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
G
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
H
I
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
F
SPECIFICATION
J
K
No-load
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003PN
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0101
0101
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Intake air leaks
●
Mass air flow sensor
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance
problem
B)
Possible cause
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under heavy load driving condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003PO
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first.
Revision: May 2004
EC-163
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch “ON”)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
SEF243Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-164
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL SEN 1
More than 3V
THRTL SEN 2
More than 3V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8.
A
EC
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Overall Function Check
C
PBIB0199E
D
UBS003PP
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E
F
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
If NG, go to EC-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G
H
I
SEF534P
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-165
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003PQ
BBWA0774E
Revision: May 2004
EC-166
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
48
EC
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
A
ITEM
Sensors' power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
D
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.1V
E
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Mass air flow sensor ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
0 - 1.0V
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
UBS003PR
1. INSPECTION START
J
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
L
Check the following for connection.
●
Air duct
●
Vacuum hoses
●
Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
Revision: May 2004
EC-167
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0150E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-168
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
F
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
H
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
L
M
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-169
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003PS
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Voltage V
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.0 - 1.7
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.)
1.5 - 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB1059E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
● Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
● Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
●
5.
6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-170
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
A
UBS003PU
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003PV
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
G
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
H
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
F
SPECIFICATION
I
J
K
No-load
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003PW
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY".
DTC No.
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis name
Mass air flow sensor circuit
low input
Mass air flow sensor circuit
high input
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM when engine is running.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake air leaks
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: May 2004
EC-171
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003PX
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-174, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-174, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-174, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-172
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003PY
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0774E
Revision: May 2004
EC-173
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
48
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Mass air flow sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.5 - 2.1V
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS003PZ
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
●
Air duct
●
Vacuum hoses
●
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-174
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0150E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
PBIB0076E
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-175
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003Q0
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.0 - 1.7
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.5 - 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB1059E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-176
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS003Q2
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
Intake air
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
F
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.43
7.9 - 9.3
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
H
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
UBS003Q3
DTC detecting condition
Intake air temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Intake air temperature sensor
K
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003Q4
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
J
Possible cause
P0112
0112
1.
2.
3.
4.
I
EC-177
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003Q5
BBWA0775E
Revision: May 2004
EC-178
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003Q6
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0150E
4.
E
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
G
H
PBIB0066E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
J
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
L
M
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between TCM and intake air temperature sensor
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-180, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
Revision: May 2004
EC-179
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003Q7
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 3 and
5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEC266C
SEF012P
Revision: May 2004
EC-180
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS001EF
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
Engine coolant temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
F
G
H
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 73
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's
transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GC
I
J
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-181
Possible Cause
K
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
L
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch “ON”
or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-II display)
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start
40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
Start
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
Except as shown above
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001EI
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-184, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-182
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001EJ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0776E
Revision: May 2004
EC-183
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001EK
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0151E
4.
Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECTS terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and engine coolant temperature
sensor.
●
Joint connector-1
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-185, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-184
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001EL
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
D
E
F
SEF152P
Temperature °C (°F)
G
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
H
I
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
J
UBS001EM
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
K
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-185
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003ZS
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003ZT
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003ZU
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0122
0122
DTC No.
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
Possible cause
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003ZV
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-186
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-189, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST
E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-187
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003ZW
BBWA1380E
Revision: May 2004
EC-188
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B
A
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
D
More than 0.36V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
F
Less than 4.75V
G
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 2
Less than 4.75V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
J
More than 0.36V
K
Approximately 5V
L
UBS003ZX
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-189
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0136E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-186
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-511
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-511, "DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-190
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-192, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
L
M
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
H
EC-191
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003ZY
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or ″1st″ position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1signal),
69 (TP sensor 2signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
PBIB1060E
UBS003ZZ
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-192
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS001EV
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118, EC-181 .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
SEF594K
E
Engine coolant temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
F
G
H
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 73
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's
transistor damage. Use ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS001EX
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0125
0125
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for
closed loop fuel control
●
Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
K
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Thermostat
L
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001EY
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-193
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK. If it is
below 10°C (50°F), go to following step.
Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-194, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001F0
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-194, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cooled [lower than 82°C (180°F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001F1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
SEF152P
Revision: May 2004
EC-194
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.0
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
A
EC
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
C
SEF012P
D
Removal and Installation
UBS001F2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-195
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
UBS003QI
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEC266C
Intake air
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.43
7.9 - 9.3
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0127
0127
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature
too high
UBS003QJ
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Intake air temperature sensor
UBS003QK
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-196
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-197, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST
E
F
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003QM
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-197, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
G
H
I
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
UBS003QN
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
L
M
SEC266C
Revision: May 2004
EC-197
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
Intake air temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEF012P
Revision: May 2004
EC-198
2003 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:21200
A
UBS006GD
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
EC
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
0128
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
Thermostat function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
C
●
Thermostat
●
Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
UBS001F5
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
●
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 60°C (140°F).
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F).
If it is below 60°C (140°F), go to following step.
If it is above 60°C (140°F), stop engine and cool down the engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry
from step 1.
Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
E
F
G
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
D
80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
H
I
J
K
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-199, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001F6
M
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-200, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-199
2003 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS001F7
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
SEF152P
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.0
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
UBS001F8
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-200
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS003TQ
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003TR
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
J
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
K
UBS003TS
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
M
SEF301UA
DTC No.
P0132
0132
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 circuit high voltage
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
EC-201
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003TT
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
●
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
EC-202
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003TU
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0778E
Revision: May 2004
EC-203
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
35
78
G
B
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003TV
1. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0149E
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0149E
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-204
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
A
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
D
E
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
G
Component Inspection
UBS003TW
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
I
J
K
L
SEF646Y
6.
M
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
Revision: May 2004
EC-205
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
MBIB0018E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS003TX
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-206
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0133 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS003TY
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003TZ
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003U0
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxygen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
EC-207
L
M
SEF010V
Revision: May 2004
K
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC No.
P0133
0133
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
The response of the voltage signal from the
sensor takes more than the specified time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
PCV valve
●
Mass air flow sensor
UBS003U1
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
SEF338Z
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
1,950 - 3,200 rpm (A/T models)
2,300 - 3,750 rpm (M/T models)
Vehicle speed
More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.5 - 12.5 msec (A/T models)
3.0 - 10.0 msec (M/T models)
Selector lever
Suitable position
SEF339Z
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Revision: May 2004
EC-208
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-211, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check
UBS003U2
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
E
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
–
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time:
2
times:
4.
F
G
0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
H
I
If NG, go to EC-211, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0018E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-209
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003U3
BBWA0778E
Revision: May 2004
EC-210
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
A
EC
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
35
G
Heated oxygen
sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
UBS003U4
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
C
D
E
>> GO TO 2.
F
G
H
BBIA0155E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
I
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
J
>> GO TO 3.
K
L
BBIA0149E
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
M
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-211
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-238 or EC-245 ).
No
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.
3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-212
BBIA0150E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
BBIA0149E
E
7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
F
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
G
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
8. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
J
Refer to EC-156, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
K
L
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
M
10. CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-596, "Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace PCV valve.
11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-214, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
Revision: May 2004
EC-213
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003U5
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-214
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
A
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
EC
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
C
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
MBIB0018E
CAUTION:
D
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
E
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS003U6
F
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-215
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
UBS003U7
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003U8
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003U9
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
0134
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 circuit no activity
detected
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The voltage from the sensor is constantly
approx. 0.3V.
EC-216
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003UA
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.
D
E
F
G
PBIB0544E
5.
ENG SPEED
1,550 - 3,450 rpm (A/T models)
1,850 - 4,100 rpm (M/T models)
Vehicle speed
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.4 - 12.5 msec (A/T models)
2 - 10 msec (M/T models)
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
H
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
I
J
PBIB0545E
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-220, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
K
L
M
SEC750C
Overall Function Check
UBS003UB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-217
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
–
4.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
If NG, go to EC-220, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0018E
Revision: May 2004
EC-218
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003UC
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0778E
Revision: May 2004
EC-219
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
35
G
Heated oxygen
sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
UBS003UD
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
BBIA0149E
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-220
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
A
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
E
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
F
G
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
I
Component Inspection
UBS003UE
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
K
L
M
SEF646Y
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
Revision: May 2004
EC-221
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
MBIB0018E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS003UF
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-222
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
A
UBS006CD
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006CE
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
F
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
G
H
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN ←→ RICH
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006CF
J
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
K
L
SEF305UA
DTC No.
P0138
0138
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit high voltage
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM.
EC-223
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006CG
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
●
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Select “Mode 3” with GST.
If NG, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
EC-224
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006CH
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-225
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the following
conditions are met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
78
B
Heated oxygen sensor
ground
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS006CI
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-226
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-245 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0150E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-227
J
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006CJ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-228
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB1196E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS006CK
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-229
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0139 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS006CL
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006CM
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006CN
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
0139
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
It takes more time for the sensor to respond
between rich and lean than the specified time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
UBS006FL
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: May 2004
EC-230
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select ″DATA MONITOR″ mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for one minutes.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
A
EC
C
D
SEF189Y
E
F
G
H
I
PBIB0115E
9.
a.
b.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
J
K
UBS006FM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
L
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
PBIB1197E
Revision: May 2004
EC-231
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-232
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006CQ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-233
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the following
conditions are met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
78
B
Heated oxygen sensor
ground
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS006CR
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-234
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-238 or EC-245 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0150E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-235
J
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-236, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006CS
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-236
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB1196E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS006CT
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-237
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16600
UBS003UY
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Heated oxygen sensors 1
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too lean
Fuel injection control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
DTC detecting condition
●
P0171
0171
ECM
function
●
Possible cause
●
Intake air leaks
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●
Injectors
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large.
(The mixture ratio is too lean.)
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
Lack of fuel
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Incorrect PCV hose connection
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003UZ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
SEF215Z
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-238
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
A
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
EC
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
C
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BBIA0150E
D
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-239
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003V0
BBWA0780E
Revision: May 2004
EC-240
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003V1
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
A
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
EC
C
D
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
G
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
H
I
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1
terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
BBIA0149E
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-241
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the construction of “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK”.
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
5.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
5.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-163, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-242
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
F
G
Clicking noise should be heard.
H
I
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-547, "INJECTOR" .
K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
L
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect injector harness connectors.
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
M
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
SEF595Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-243
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-244
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16600
A
UBS003V2
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Heated oxygen sensors 1
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Fuel injection control
Actuator
D
Fuel injectors
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too rich
ECM
function
DTC detecting condition
●
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Injectors
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
Mass air flow sensor
F
G
UBS003V3
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine
does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF215Z
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
H
EC-245
2003 Sentra
J
K
L
M
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC248, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BBIA0150E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-248, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake
air leak visually.
Revision: May 2004
EC-246
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003V4
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0780E
Revision: May 2004
EC-247
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003V5
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1
terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0149E
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the construction of “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-248
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
A
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
5.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
EC
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
C
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
5.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
D
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-163, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
F
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
G
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
H
1.
2.
I
J
K
PBIB0133E
1.
2.
L
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
M
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-547, "INJECTOR" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-249
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
5. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-250
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS003QP
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
BBIA0132E
E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
F
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 107
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0181
0181
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/
performance
UBS003QQ
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
K
UBS003QR
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If the result is NG, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-251
SEF174Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-252
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003QS
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0285E
Revision: May 2004
EC-253
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003QT
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
●
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-254
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003QU
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
C
Remove fuel level sensor unit.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
D
E
F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
UBS003QV
G
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-255
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
UBS003QW
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0132E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 107
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
UBS003QX
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003QY
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-258, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-256
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003QZ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0285E
Revision: May 2004
EC-257
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003R0
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
●
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-258
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003R1
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
C
Remove fuel level sensor unit.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
D
E
F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
UBS003R2
G
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-259
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003RB
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003RC
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003RD
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0222
0222
Throttle position sensor 1
circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1
is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor 1
circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003RE
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-260
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-263, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-261
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003RF
BBWA1381E
Revision: May 2004
EC-262
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B
A
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
D
More than 0.36V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
F
Less than 4.75V
G
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 2
Less than 4.75V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
J
More than 0.36V
K
Approximately 5V
L
UBS003RG
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-263
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0152E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-262
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-513
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-517 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-264
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
H
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-266, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
L
M
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
E
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-265
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003RH
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation
PBIB1060E
UBS003RI
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-266
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
UBS001H5
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate (vary). If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the EC
crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
ECM function
C
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every
200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not cause damage to the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL
will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the
crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected
Multiple cylinder misfire.
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire
detected
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire
detected
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC Confirmation Procedure
●
Improper spark plug
●
Insufficient compression
F
G
H
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
The injector circuit is open or shorted
●
Fuel injectors
●
Intake air leak
●
The ignition signal circuit is open or
shorted
●
Lack of fuel
●
Drive plate or flywheel
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Incorrect PCV hose connection
I
J
K
L
UBS001H6
UBS001H7
EC-267
E
Possible cause
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: May 2004
D
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-268, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001H8
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace it.
Revision: May 2004
EC-268
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
EC
C
D
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
E
F
G
H
BBIA0176E
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
I
J
4. CHECK INJECTOR
K
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-547 .
L
M
MEC703B
Revision: May 2004
EC-269
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Turn Ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
SEF575Q
6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS
Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-16, "ENGINE
MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)" .
SEF156I
7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Refer to EM-52, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Check compression pressure.
Standard:
1,324 kPa (13.5 kg/cm2 , 192 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum:
1,157 kPa (11.8 kg/cm2 , 168 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between each cylinder:
98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
Install any parts removed.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
At idle:
Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51
psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: May 2004
EC-270
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Fuel pump and circuit Refer to EC-553, "FUEL PUMP" .
●
Fuel pressure regulator Refer to EC-56, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
●
Fuel lines.
●
Fuel filter for clogging
EC
C
>> Repair or replace.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
D
Check the following items. Refer toEC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
E
Specifications
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
F
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
H
11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
I
J
12. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
K
With CONSULT-II
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling:
at 2,500 rpm:
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
L
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at idling:
at 2,500
rpm:
M
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-163, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
13. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-93, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-271
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
14. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-272
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Component Description
PFP:22060
A
UBS001H9
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
EC
C
D
SEF729Y
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GE
The MIL will not light up for these diagnosis.
F
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detected Condition
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Knock sensor
DTC No.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
UBS001HB
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
2.
3.
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
G
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-275, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-273
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001HC
BBWA0782E
Revision: May 2004
EC-274
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
15
EC
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
Knock sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 2.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001HD
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
D
E
F
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
I
Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock
sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
K
L
SEF729Y
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
M
Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace knock sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-275
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 5.
BBIA0155E
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001HE
KNOCK SENSOR
1.
2.
Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance:
530 - 590 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
BBIA0311E
Removal and Installation
UBS001HF
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-67, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-276
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Component Description
PFP:23731
A
UBS001HG
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder
block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
EC
C
D
PBIB0562E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0156E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006GF
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
ENG SPEED·
CONDITION
J
SPECIFICATION
●
Tachometer: Connect
●
Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
K
UBS006GG
L
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0335
0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
●
●
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
while the engine is running.
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
M
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Signal plate
UBS001HI
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that the battery voltage is more than 10.5V and the
ignition switch is “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-277
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-278
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001HJ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0783E
Revision: May 2004
EC-279
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
13
Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
PBIB0527E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006FQ
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-280
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
A
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0156E
3.
E
Check voltage between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
SEF509Y
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-281
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-282, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006FR
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB0563E
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
6.
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation
UBS006FS
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-67, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-282
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description
PFP:23731
A
UBS001HN
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with
intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
EC
C
D
PBIB0562E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0340
0340
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
UBS006GH
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking.
F
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
during engine running.
●
Camshaft (Intake)
●
Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
●
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
●
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
●
Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
H
UBS001HP
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-285, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-285, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
J
L
M
SEF013Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
I
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
G
EC-283
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001HQ
BBWA0784E
Revision: May 2004
EC-284
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
14
W/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
D
PBIB0525E
E
1.0 - 4.0V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS001HR
I
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Does the engine turn over?
(Does the starter motor operate?)
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
J
K
2. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
M
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-285
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0161E
3.
Check voltage between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF481Y
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-286
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
E
Refer to EC-287, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
F
8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
G
Check the following.
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
H
I
J
PBIB0565E
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006FT
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB0563E
Revision: May 2004
EC-287
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation
UBS001HT
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-288
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:20905
A
UBS006CU
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen
sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
EC
C
D
SEF484YF
E
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0420
0420
Catalyst system efficiency
below threshold
●
Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate
properly.
Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Three way catalyst (Manifold)
●
Exhaust tube
●
Intake air leaks
●
Fuel injectors
●
Fuel injector leaks
●
Spark plug
●
Improper ignition timing
F
G
H
UBS006CV
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
●
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 7
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0566E
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-289
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9.
Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
PBIB0567E
a.
b.
c.
d.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle)
Turn ignition switch ″ON″ and select ″COOLAN TEMP/S″ in
″DATA MONITOR″ mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring ″COOLAN TEMP/
S″ indication on CONSULT-II.
When ″COOLAN TEMP/S″ indication reaches to 70°C(158°F),
go to step 3.
SEF013Y
10. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-291, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check
UBS006CW
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Revision: May 2004
EC-290
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5.
6.
Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and engine ground, and ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal)
and engine ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
A
EC
C
MBIB0018E
D
7.
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 74 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 35 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-291, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133” first. (See EC-211 .)
Diagnostic Procedure
E
F
G
PBIB1197E
H
UBS006CX
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
I
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
J
2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1.
2.
K
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
L
M
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-291
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
Items
Ignition timing
Target idle speed
Specifications
A/T
18° ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
7° ± 5° BTDC
A/T
800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
650 ± 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the “Basic Inspection”.
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-548 .
Stop engine and then turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-550, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0030E
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit.
Refer to EC-535, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
SEF575Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-292
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
A
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
EC
C
D
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-293
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
PFP:14950
UBS001IU
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB1209E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GI
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
P0441
0441
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
incorrect purge flow
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve stuck closed
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
●
Blocked rubber tube
●
Cracked EVAP canister
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Blocked purge port
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
UBS001IX
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
Revision: May 2004
EC-294
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
EC
Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
C
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.2 msec
Engine coolant temperature
More than 70°C (158°F)
D
E
F
G
H
I
PBIB0826E
7.
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC297, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
K
Overall Function Check
UBS001IY
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
L
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 32 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position
Any position other than “P”, “N” or “R”
M
PBIB1109E
Revision: May 2004
EC-295
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8.
9.
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-297, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-296
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001IZ
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
EC
C
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
E
F
G
BBIA0160E
3.
4.
5.
Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V
H
I
J
VACUUM
100.0%
Should exist
0.0%
Should not exist
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0828E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-297
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
6.
Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
Vacuum should not exist.
BBIA0160E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1.
2.
Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
Revision: May 2004
EC-298
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0828E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
F
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
G
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
H
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
I
Water should not exist.
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
K
BBIA0157E
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
L
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452 EC-324 , P0453 EC-330 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
M
10. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-299
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace it.
13. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-300
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
A
UBS001J0
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister EC
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
C
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
D
E
F
G
H
PBIB1209E
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-301
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC No.
P0442
0442
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
system does not operate properly.
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Refueling control valve
●
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001J2
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
●
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
●
Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than −20°C (−4°F)
Revision: May 2004
EC-302
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5.
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
A
EC
C
D
PBIB0829E
6.
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
E
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-304, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G
F
H
I
J
SEC763C
WITH GST
K
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-68 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to “EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select “MODE 3” with GST.
–
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-304, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
–
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-297 .
–
If P0441, P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-303
L
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001J3
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> ● Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
● Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-304
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1.
2.
A
Wipe valve housing clean.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
EC
C
D
SEF445Y
E
F
G
H
SEF943S
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
I
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-305
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
Revision: May 2004
EC-306
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
EC
C
D
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
G
H
SEF200U
I
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
K
L
M
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
BBIA0157E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-307
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-312, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
PBIB1213E
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0828E
EC-308
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
E
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-34, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
F
G
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
I
J
K
L
PBIB0828E
16. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
M
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
17. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-309
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
18. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-329, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
19. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-583, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
20. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 21.
21. CHECK EVAP/ORVR VAPOR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-590, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
22. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
23. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
24. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
25. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-310
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
A
UBS001J5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Closed throttle position
Heated oxygen sensors 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Vehicle speed signal*1
Vehicle speed
ECM Function
Actuator
C
EVAP canister
purge flow control
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
D
E
F
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
G
H
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
I
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
J
K
L
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001J6
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PURG VOL C/V
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
Revision: May 2004
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
—
No-load
EC-311
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
UBS006GJ
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0444
0444
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
P0445
0445
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is shorted.)
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
UBS001J9
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-314, "Diagnostic Procedure"
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-312
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001JA
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0785E
Revision: May 2004
EC-313
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
45
GY/L
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001JB
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0162E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF206W
Revision: May 2004
EC-314
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC
C
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
E
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
G
H
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
I
J
K
L
PBIB0669E
M
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-315
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS001JC
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
Revision: May 2004
EC-316
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
A
UBS001JD
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnoses.
EC
C
D
PBIB1263E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001JE
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0447
0447
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open
J
OFF
UBS006GK
K
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
UBS001JH
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-317
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-320, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-318
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001JI
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0291E
Revision: May 2004
EC-319
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001JJ
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then turn “ON”.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0834E
Revision: May 2004
EC-320
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0157E
E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
F
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
PBIB0080E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Hreness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors M14, B1
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E22
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
J
K
L
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
M
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-321
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001JK
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
PBIB1033E
Revision: May 2004
EC-322
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition
ON
No
OFF
Yes
7.
8.
A
Air passage continuity between A and B
EC
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform Test No. 5 again.
C
PBIB0834E
D
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
E
F
G
PBIB1033E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
5.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform Test No. 3 again.
H
I
J
K
PBIB1034E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-323
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25085
UBS003RJ
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003RK
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
EVAP SYS PRES
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0452
0452
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low
input
UBS003RL
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
NOTE:
If DTC P0452 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003RM
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
Revision: May 2004
EC-324
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-327, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
EC
C
D
E
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-327, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
G
H
I
PBIB1199E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-325
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003RN
BBWA0786E
Revision: May 2004
EC-326
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
32
L
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 4.4V
48
R/W
Sensors' power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
C
D
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003RO
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
J
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check sensor harness connector for water.
K
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
L
M
BBIA0157E
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E
Revision: May 2004
EC-327
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-328
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-329, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003RP
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor from EVAP canister.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between
ECM terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
G
H
I
PBIB1200E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-329
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25085
UBS003RQ
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003RR
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
EVAP SYS PRES
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003RS
NOTE:
If DTC P0453 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455.
DTC No.
P0453
0453
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high
input
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister
UBS003RT
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
Revision: May 2004
EC-330
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-333, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
EC
C
D
E
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-333, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
F
G
H
I
PBIB1199E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-331
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003RU
BBWA0786E
Revision: May 2004
EC-332
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
32
L
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
48
R/W
Sensors' power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
C
D
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003RV
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
J
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check sensor harness connector for water.
K
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
L
M
BBIA0157E
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E
Revision: May 2004
EC-333
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-334
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
A
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
EC
C
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
D
E
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-337, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
G
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
H
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
I
13. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
J
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
K
L
M
PBIB1213E
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
Revision: May 2004
EC-335
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-336
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003RW
A
EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor from EVAP canister.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between
ECM terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
C
D
E
PBIB1200E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-337
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
UBS001JT
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off, etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB1209E
DTC No.
P0455
0455
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system has a very large leak
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
Possible cause
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: May 2004
EC-338
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001JV
A
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
●
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC
properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
C
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
D
on flat level surface.
●
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
E
Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
PBIB0829E
7.
M
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]”
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC
P0442, EC-304 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-68 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
Revision: May 2004
EC-339
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Drive vehicle according to EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
Stop vehicle.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-68, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select “MODE 3” with GST.
–
If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
–
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, for DTC P0442, EC-304 .
–
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-297 .
–
If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001JW
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> ● Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
● Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-340
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1.
2.
A
Wipe clean valve housing.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
EC
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
C
D
SEF445Y
E
F
G
H
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
J
K
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-583, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-587, "Removal and Installation" .
●
EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-341
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
Revision: May 2004
EC-342
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
EC
C
D
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
G
H
SEF200U
I
10. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
K
L
M
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
BBIA0157E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-343
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-34, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
Revision: May 2004
EC-344
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C
Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
D
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
E
Refer to EC-337, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
G
18. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE.
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-590, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
H
I
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
M
21. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-345
K
L
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
J
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
UBS003V6
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1209E
DTC No.
P0456
0456
Trouble diagnosis name
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
EVAP system has a very small leak.
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP system does not operate properly.
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●
ORVR system leaks
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC-346
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003V7
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
●
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
●
If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour.
–
Fuel filler cap is removed.
–
Refilled or drained the fuel.
–
EVAP component parts is/are removed.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
D
E
F
G
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.15V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB0837E
6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-348, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-88, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Revision: May 2004
EC-347
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Overall Function Check
UBS003V8
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
●
Do not start engine.
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Set the pressure pump and a hose.
Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Connect GST and select MODE 8.
Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satSEF916U
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-348, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
Disconnect GST.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003V9
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
Revision: May 2004
EC-348
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
A
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
C
Refer to EC-1849, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
D
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
E
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
F
G
H
BBIA0160E
I
J
K
L
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
Revision: May 2004
M
EC-349
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
BBIA0160E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-350
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
A
Refer to EC-1693, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
EC
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
C
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
D
E
F
PBIB1213E
G
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
H
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
K
I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
L
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
Revision: May 2004
EC-351
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-329, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-583, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 20.
Revision: May 2004
EC-352
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
A
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-590, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
C
CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
21.
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
D
E
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
F
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
G
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
H
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
I
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-353
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS001K1
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal according to the ECM through CAN communication
line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GL
NOTE:
If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
0460
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
DTC detecting condition
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel level sensor
UBS001K4
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-355, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF563X
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-354
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001K6
A
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in
Diagnosis Mode" .
EC
C
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
D
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
E
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS006IQ
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
H
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-355
2003 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS001K7
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal according to the ECM through CAN communication
line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GM
NOTE:
If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer toEC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
DTC No.
P0461
0461
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
DTC detecting condition
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not
change within the specified range even though
the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
Overall Function Check
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel level sensor
UBS001KA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"FUEL SYSTEM" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds then turn “ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULTII.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 65/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
11. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
SEF195Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-356
2003 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 11.
If NG, go to EC-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to EC-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-357
2003 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006IR
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in
Diagnosis Mode" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS006IS
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-358
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
A
UBS001KB
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal according to the ECM through CAN communication
line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
C
D
PBIB1218E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GN
NOTE:
If DTC P0462, P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage is sent from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage is sent from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
●
Fuel level sensor
UBS001KE
WITH CONSULT-II
K
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-359
J
L
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-360, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Revision: May 2004
H
I
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch “ON”.
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Possible cause
P0462
0462
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001KG
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in
Diagnosis Mode" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS006IT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-360
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0500 VSS
Description
PFP:32702
A
UBS001KH
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE".
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
C
communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
UBS006GO
DTC detecting condition
Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
E
●
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
F
●
Vehicle speed sensor
●
P0500
0500
Vehicle speed sensor
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
even when vehicle is being driven.
D
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001KJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted in the shop with the drive wheels lifted or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1,800 rpm (A/T models)
2,200 rpm (M/T models)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 4.8 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
7.
L
M
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
UBS001KK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Lift up drive wheels.
Revision: May 2004
EC-361
I
K
SEF196Y
Overall Function Check
H
J
Start engine
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
G
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001KM
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-362
2003 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description
PFP:23781
A
UBS006CY
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
EC
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, D
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0506
0506
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM lower than
expected
UBS006CZ
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is less than the target idle
speed by 100 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
E
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air leak
F
UBS006D0
NOTE:
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-53 ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the “Service
Data and Specifications (SDS)”, EC-600 .
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●
Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
G
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-364, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
K
L
M
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-363
2003 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006D1
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-364
2003 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description
PFP:23781
A
UBS006D2
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
EC
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, D
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0507
0507
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM higher than
expected
UBS006D3
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
E
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air leak
●
PCV system
F
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006D4
NOTE:
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-53 ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the “Service
Data and Specifications (SDS)”, EC-600 .
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●
Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
H
I
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
K
Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-366, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
L
M
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-365
2003 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006D5
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
3. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-366
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:49763
A
UBS003RX
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power
steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
EC
C
D
BBIA0164E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003RY
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PW/ST SIGNAL
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
F
SPECIFICATION
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
(Forward direction)
OFF
Steering wheel is turned.
ON
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003RZ
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455.
DTC No.
P0550
0550
Trouble diagnosis name
Power steering pressure sensor circuit
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low or high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
H
I
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Power steering pressure sensor
J
UBS003S0
K
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-369, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-367
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003S1
BBWA0787E
Revision: May 2004
EC-368
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
12
P
A
Power steering pressure
sensor
●
Steering wheel is being turned.
[Engine is running]
●
Steering wheel is not being turned.
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
D
[Engine is running]
67
68
B/W
G/R
Sensors' ground
Sensors' power supply
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
E
Approximately 5V
UBS003S2
F
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
K
Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
L
M
BBIA0164E
3.
Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
PBIB0188E
Revision: May 2004
EC-369
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace PSP sensor.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-370
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003S3
A
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and let it idle.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
EC
Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned fully.
0.5 - 4.0V
Steering wheel is not being turned.
0.4 - 0.8V
C
D
E
MBIB0126E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-371
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P0605 ECM
Component Description
PFP:23710
UBS001L9
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connector for signal input
and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIB1164E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GP
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0605
0605
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
DTC detecting condition
A)
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B)
ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C)
ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
Possible cause
●
ECM
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006GQ
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”. If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”,
perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-373, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-372
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-373, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
E
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
F
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
Repeat step 3 for, 32 times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-373, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
G
H
I
J
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
K
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006GR
1. INSPECTION START
L
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-372 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-372 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-373
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-374
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description
PFP:23710
A
UBS003S4
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
EC
C
D
PBIB1164E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1065
1065
Trouble diagnosis name
ECM power supply circuit
UBS003S5
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
●
ECM
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
UBS003S6
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
F
H
I
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-377, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
J
K
L
SEF058Y
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-375
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003S7
BBWA0294E
Revision: May 2004
EC-376
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
121
EC
WIRE
COLOR
W/L
A
ITEM
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
C
UBS003S8
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
D
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
MBIB0026E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
L
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-377
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-375 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-375 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-378
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
A
UBS003S9
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003SA
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
Idle
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
1.0 - 1.7V
G
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
H
I
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever:
N (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
●
F
SPECIFICATION
J
K
No-load
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003SB
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P1102 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455.
DTC No.
P1102
1102
Trouble diagnosis name
Mass air flow sensor circuit
range/performance problem
DTC detecting condition
A voltage from the sensor is constantly
approx.1.0V when engine is running.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Revision: May 2004
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-379
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003SC
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-382, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-380
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003SD
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0774E
Revision: May 2004
EC-381
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
48
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Mass air flow sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.5 - 2.1V
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS003SE
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-382
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0150E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0076E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-383
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 51 and MAF sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-384, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003SF
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.0 - 1.7
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.5 - 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB1059E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-384
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:23796
A
UBS0057M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM Function
Actuator
EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Vehicle speed signal*
Vehicle speed
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MBIB0121E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
K
L
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
M
PBIB0195E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0057N
Specification data are reference values.
Revision: May 2004
J
EC-385
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
INT/V SOL (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
2,000 rpm
Approx. 0% - 60%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1111
1111
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
UBS0057O
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
UBS0057P
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-388, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-386
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0057Q
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0788E
Revision: May 2004
EC-387
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 7 - 10V
11
Y/R
Intake valve timing
control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0057R
1. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0148E
4.
Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0192E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-388
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi- EC
nal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
E
Refer to EC-389, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
F
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0057S
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Terminals
Resistance
1 and 2
Approximately 8Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
I
J
K
L
MBIB0027E
Removal and Installation
UBS0057T
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-389
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003SH
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1121
1121
UBS003SI
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
actuator
DTC detecting condition
A)
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C)
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection
logic.
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL
lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003SJ
NOTE:
●
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-391, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-390
2003 Sentra
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position (A/T), Neutral position
(M/T).
Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-391, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
E
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003SK
F
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
G
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
H
I
J
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-391
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
PFP:16119
UBS003SM
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-390 or EC-399 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003SN
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1122
1122
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
performance problem
DTC detecting condition
Electric throttle control function does
not operate properly.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003SO
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-394, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-392
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003SP
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0789E
Revision: May 2004
EC-393
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
3
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
ITEM
Throttle control motor
power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
4
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
5
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
104
P
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor relay
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003SQ
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-394
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14V)
EC
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
D
MBIB0028E
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect throttle control motor relay.
F
G
H
BBIA0102E
3.
Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5
and ground.
I
J
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
L
PBIB0575E
M
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-395
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace throttle control motor relay.
8. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
3
6
ECM terminal
Continuity
4
Should exist
5
Should not exist
4
Should not exist
5
Should exist
BBIA0136E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-396
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
A
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
EC
C
D
BBIA0178E
E
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
F
G
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
I
12. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
J
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003SR
L
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
M
If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
Revision: May 2004
EC-397
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
PBIB0095E
Removal and Installation
UBS003SS
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-398
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS003ST
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003SU
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL RELAY
CONDITION
●
D
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003SV
E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
P1124
1124
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
P1126
1126
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects the throttle control motor relay
is stuck ON.
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
throttle control motor is excessively low.
F
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
●
Throttle control motor relay
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
●
Throttle control motor relay
G
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
I
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003SW
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-402, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
K
L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
1.
2.
3.
J
EC-399
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-400
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003SX
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0790E
Revision: May 2004
EC-401
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
3
104
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
P
ITEM
Throttle control motor
power supply
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor relay
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003SY
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect throttle control motor relay.
BBIA0102E
3.
Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5
and ground.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-402
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
E
Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
H
Refer to EC-403, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace throttle control motor relay.
I
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003SZ
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
M
Continuity
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
Removal and Installation
UBS006IN
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-403
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003T0
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003T1
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1128
1128
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003T2
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-406, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-404
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003T3
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0791E
Revision: May 2004
EC-405
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
4
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
5
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003T4
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-406
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
Continuity
4
Should exist
5
Should not exist
4
Should not exist
5
Should exist
E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
G
3
6
D
BBIA0136E
Refer to EC-407, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
H
I
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
J
K
5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003T5
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
PBIB0095E
Revision: May 2004
EC-407
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Removal and Installation
UBS003T6
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-408
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1143 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS003VB
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003VC
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003VD
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
P1143
1143
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 lean shift monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The maximum and minimum voltage from the
sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
EC-409
L
M
SEF300U
DTC No.
K
Possible cause
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003VE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
PBIB0546E
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
1,350 - 2,700 rpm (A/T models)
1,450 - 3,200 rpm (M/T models)
Vehicle speed
Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.4 - 12.5 msec (A/T models)
2.0 - 10.0 msec (M/T models)
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
PBIB0547E
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-411, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
SEC769C
Overall Function Check
UBS003VF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-410
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
–
–
4.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
If NG, go to EC-411, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
MBIB0018E
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS003VG
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0155E
J
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
K
Tightening torque:
40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
L
>> GO TO 3.
M
BBIA0149E
Revision: May 2004
EC-411
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-238 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0150E
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-156, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-413, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-203, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-412
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003VH
A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
C
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D
E
SEF646Y
F
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
G
H
I
SEF217YA
J
K
L
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-413
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
MBIB0018E
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS003VI
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-414
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1144 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS003VJ
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003VK
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003VL
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
P1144
1144
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 rich shift monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The maximum and minimum voltages from the
sensor are beyond the specified voltages.
EC-415
L
M
SEF299U
DTC No.
K
Possible cause
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003VM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
PBIB0548E
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
1,350 - 2,700 rpm (A/T models)
1,450 - 3,200 rpm (M/T models)
Vehicle speed
Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.4 - 12.5 msec (A/T models)
2.0 - 10.0 msec (M/T models)
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
PBIB0549E
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-417, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
SEC772C
Overall Function Check
UBS003VN
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-416
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
–
–
4.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time.
If NG, go to EC-417, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
MBIB0018E
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS003VO
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0155E
J
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
K
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
L
M
BBIA0149E
Revision: May 2004
EC-417
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-245 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0150E
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
BBIA0149E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-156, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
Revision: May 2004
EC-418
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
A
Refer to EC-419, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-203, "Wiring Diagram" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003VP
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
F
G
H
I
SEF646Y
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
J
K
L
M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-419
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
MBIB0018E
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS003VQ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-420
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1146 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
A
UBS006D6
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006D7
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
F
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
G
H
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006D8
J
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
K
L
PBIB1201E
DTC No.
P1146
1146
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
minimum voltage monitoring
DTC detecting condition
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
UBS006D9
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
Revision: May 2004
EC-421
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Turn ignition switch ″ON″ and select ″DATA MONITOR″ mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Make sure that ″COOLAN TEMP/S″ indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when ″COOLAN
TEMP/S″ indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
Open engine hood.
Select ″HO2S2 (B1) P1146″ of ″HO2S2″ in ″DTC WORK SUPPORT″ mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
SEF189Y
PBIB0818E
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-424, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
UBS006DA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-424, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-422
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006DB
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-423
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the following
conditions are met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
78
B
Heated oxygen sensor
ground
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS006DC
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-424
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-245 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0150E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-425
J
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006DD
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle and wait until 2 minutes have passed from starting the engine.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-426
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB1196E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS006DE
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-427
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1147 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS006DF
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006DG
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006DH
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuelcut.
PBIB0820E
DTC No.
P1147
1147
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
maximum voltage monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The maximum voltage from the sensor is
not reached to the specified voltage.
EC-428
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006DI
A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Turn ignition switch ″ON″ and select ″DATA MONITOR″ mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when ″COOLANT
TEMP/S″ indication reaches to 70°C (158°F)
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
F
SEF189Y
G
H
I
J
PBIB0819E
9.
a.
b.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-432, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
K
L
UBS006DJ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-429
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
7.
8.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-432, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-430
PBIB1197E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006DK
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-431
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm after the following
conditions are met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
78
B
Heated oxygen sensor
ground
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS006DL
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-432
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-238 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0150E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-433
J
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-434, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006DM
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle one minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-434
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB1196E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS006DN
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-435
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:22690
UBS0057U
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1148
1148
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
The closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified condition.
Closed loop control
function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
open or shorted.
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor heater
UBS0057V
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-437, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive seconds.
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.4 msec or more (A/T models)
2.0 msec or more (M/T models)
ENG SPEED
More than 1,700 rpm (A/T models)
More than 2,050 rpm (M/T models)
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 70 km/h (43 MPH)
6.
SEF682Y
During this test, P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-437, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
UBS0057W
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-436
2003 Sentra
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no-load.
● The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
● The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If NG, go to EC-437, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
MBIB0018E
D
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0057X
Perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133”, EC-211 .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-437
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
System Description
PFP:00000
UBS001MV
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Vehicle speed signal
Vehicle speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Actuator
Cooling
fan control
Cooling fan relay(s)
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001MW
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
AIR COND SIG
CONDITION
●
Revision: May 2004
Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine
SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
ON
EC-438
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
COOLING FAN
●
After warming up engine, idle the
engine.
Air conditioner switch: OFF
SPECIFICATION
A
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is
105°C (221°F) or more
HIGH
EC
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GS
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P1217
1217
Engine over temperature (Overheat)
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
●
Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
●
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Cooling fan
●
Radiator hose
●
Radiator
●
Radiator cap
●
Water pump
●
Thermostat
F
G
H
For more information, refer toEC-1662,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
WITH CONSULT-II
2.
3.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-442,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SEF621W
Revision: May 2004
I
J
K
UBS001MY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
1.
E
Possible cause
●
●
D
EC-439
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4.
5.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
If the results are NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF646X
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
and go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
SEC163BA
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
If NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MEC475B
Revision: May 2004
EC-440
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001MZ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0300E
Revision: May 2004
EC-441
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001N0
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
WBIA0058E
3.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC446, "PROCEDURE A" .)
SEF646X
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2.
3. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at higher speed than low
speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC448, "PROCEDURE B" .)
SEF646X
Revision: May 2004
EC-442
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
WBIA0058E
6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC446, "PROCEDURE A" .)
E
F
G
H
SEC163BA
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
I
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect cooling fan relay-2.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operate at
higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC448, "PROCEDURE B" .)
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
K
L
M
MEF613EA
Revision: May 2004
EC-443
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure:
157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
SLC754A
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leaks.
●
Hose
●
Radiator
●
Water pump (Refer to CO-9, "WATER PUMP" .)
>> Repair or replace.
8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
Revision: May 2004
EC-444
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
A
Remove thermostat.
Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
EC
Valve opening temperature:
76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 9 mm/90°C (0.35 in/194°F)
C
D
4.
Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND
THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace thermostat
E
SLC343
F
10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
G
Refer to EC-185, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
I
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-449, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-445
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0951E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
●
40A fusible links
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 7
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0153E
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-446
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
D
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1
G
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relay.
H
I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
J
K
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-447
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-2 terminals 1, 3 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0621E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
●
40A fusible link
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fusible link
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-448
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-2
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relays.
D
E
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
F
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
G
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
I
Main 12 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
OFF
1
2
3
4
Inspection item
●
Blocked radiator
●
Blocked condenser
●
Blocked radiator grille
●
Blocked bumper
●
Coolant mixture
●
●
Coolant level
Radiator cap
UBS001N1
Equipment
●
Visual
Standard
No blocking
Reference page
K
●
●
●
Coolant tester
Visual
Pressure tester
50 - 50% coolant mixture
See MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
Coolant up to MAX level
in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck
See MA-16, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-7, "System
Check" .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
ON*2
5
●
Coolant leaks
●
Visual
No leaks
See CO-7, "System
Check" .
ON*2
6
●
Thermostat
●
Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
See CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" , and
CO-13, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
7
●
Cooling fan
●
CONSULT-II
Operating
See trouble diagnosis for
EC-438, "DTC P1217
ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE"
OFF
8
●
Combustion gas leak
●
Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
Revision: May 2004
J
—
EC-449
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Engine
Step
ON*3
9
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
●
Coolant temperature
gauge
●
Visual
Gauge less than 3/4
when driving
—
●
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
●
Visual
No overflow during driving and idling
See MA-16, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4
10
●
Coolant return from
reservoir tank to radiator
●
Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
See CO-7, "System
Check" .
OFF
11
●
Cylinder head
●
Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
See EM-58, "Inspection
after Disassembly" .
12
●
Cylinder block and pistons
●
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-69, "Inspection" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection
UBS001N2
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -2
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
If NG, replace relay.
LEC743
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1
1.
2.
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed
Cooling fan motor
(+)
(−)
Low
1
4
High
1, 2
3, 4
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
SEF734W
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
1.
2.
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Cooling fan motor
(+)
(−)
2
1
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
SEF610Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-450
2003 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS00400
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The
throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00401
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
F
DTC No.
P1225
1225
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position
learning performance
problem
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
G
UBS00402
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
I
J
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-452, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
K
L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-451
2003 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00403
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS00404
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-452
2003 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS00405
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The
throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00406
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
F
DTC No.
P1226
1226
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position
learning performance
problem
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
G
UBS00407
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
H
I
J
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-454, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
K
L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-453
2003 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00408
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS00409
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-454
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16119
A
UBS0040I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
EC
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
P1229
1229
Sensor power supply
circuit short
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
sensor is excessively low or high.
Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Mass air flow sensor is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
C
D
E
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
●
Power steering pressure sensor
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
F
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
I
UBS0040J
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
J
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-457, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-455
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0040K
BBWA1385E
Revision: May 2004
EC-456
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
48
R/W
Sensor power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
49
R/Y
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
G/R
Sensor power supply
(Power steering pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
68
90
A
C
D
Approximately 5V
E
Approximately 5V
F
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0040L
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
G
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0155E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-457
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
90
APP sensor terminal 2
EC-506
48
Mass air flow sensor terminal 2
EC-166
48
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-326
49
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1
EC-560
68
PSP sensor terminal 1
EC-368
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-55, "Electrical Component Inspection" .)
●
Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection" .)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-329, "Component Inspection" .)
●
Mass air flow sensor (Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
●
Revision: May 2004
EC-458
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-509, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
EC
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
C
Replace electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
E
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-459
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
UBS001NE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*1
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Heated oxygen sensors 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Vehicle speed signal*2
Vehicle speed
ECM function
EVAP canister purge
flow control
Actuator
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor bypass passage
in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM.
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from
the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001NF
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PURG VOL C/V
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N”
●
No-load
Revision: May 2004
SPECIFICATION
Idle (Vehicle stopped)
0%
2,000 rpm
—
EC-460
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006GT
A
DTC No.
P1444
1444
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
DTC detecting condition
The canister purge flow is detected during the
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
completely closed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(The valve is stuck open.)
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister
●
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
EC
C
D
UBS001NI
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
E
F
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
G
H
I
J
K
L
PBIB0839E
6.
Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC464, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-464, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-461
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001NJ
BBWA0785E
Revision: May 2004
EC-462
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
C
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
D
Idle speed
E
45
G/YL
SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
BATTERY VOLTAGE
F
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
G
SEC991C
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
H
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-463
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001NK
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0162E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and engine ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF206W
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-464
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
A
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
EC
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
C
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-337, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
E
F
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
G
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
I
J
K
PBIB0828E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
L
Refer to EC-466, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
M
8. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-472, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-465
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB1213E
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001NL
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Revision: May 2004
EC-466
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
A
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
EC
C
PBIB0150E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-467
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
UBS001NM
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnosis.
PBIB1263E
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001NN
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1446
1446
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve close
UBS006GU
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
UBS001NQ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-468
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
7.
a.
b.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
Repeat next procedures 3 times.
Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it
for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about
5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-471, "Diagnostic Procedure"
SEF058Y
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
Repeat next procedure 20 times.
Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
PBIB0972E
8.
I
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-471, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-469
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001NR
BBWA0291E
Revision: May 2004
EC-470
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
A
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
117
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0 - 1.0V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
F
UBS001NS
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
G
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
H
I
J
K
BBIA0157E
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
L
Refer to EC-472, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
M
3. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-471
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
BBIA0157E
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-337, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001NT
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
PBIB1033E
Revision: May 2004
EC-472
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
7.
8.
A
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 5 again.
EC
C
PBIB0834E
D
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
E
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
F
G
H
PBIB1033E
I
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
5.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
Revision: May 2004
J
Air passage continuity between A and B
EC-473
K
L
PBIB1034E
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25551
UBS0040M
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for
each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines
which button is operated.
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
BBIA0086E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0040N
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAIN SW
CONDITION
●
CANCEL SW
●
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
CANCEL switch: Depressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
ACCEL/RES switch: Depressed
ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released
OFF
COAST/SET switch: Depressed
ON
COAST/SET switch: Released
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0040O
This self-diagnoses has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-372.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
●
P1564
1564
ASCD steering
switch
●
●
Possible Cause
An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM.
●
ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD
steering switch is out of the specified range.
Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
●
ASCD steering switch
●
ECM
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is
stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0040P
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “CRUISE” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “ACCEL/RES” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “COAST/SET” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-474
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7.
8.
Press “CANCEL” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-478, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-475
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0040Q
BBWA0793E
Revision: May 2004
EC-476
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
99
W/R
A
ASCD steering switch
CRUISE switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CANCEL switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
COAST/SET switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ACCEL/RESUME switch is “ON”.
C
Approximately 0V
D
Approximately 4V
Approximately 0V
E
Approximately 1V
F
Approximately 2V
G
Approximately 3V
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-477
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0040R
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.
Switch
CRUISE
Monitor item
MAIN SW
COAST/SET
ACCEL/RES
SET SW
RESUME/ACC SW
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
SEC006D
CANCEL
1.
2.
CANCEL SW
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch
CRUISE SW
COAST/SET SW
ACCEL/RES SW
CANCEL SW
Condition
Voltage [V]
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4
Pressed
Approx. 2
Released
Approx. 4
Pressed
Approx. 3
Released
Approx. 4
Pressed
Approx. 1
Released
Approx. 4
PBIB0311E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD steering switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD steering switch terminal 1 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0086E
Revision: May 2004
EC-478
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors M401, M102
●
Joint connector-1
●
Spiral cable
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
4. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ASCD steering switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors M401, M102
●
Spiral cable
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
I
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
6. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
L
Refer to EC-480, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace steering wheel.
M
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-479
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS0040S
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect ASCD steering switch.
Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 1 and
4 with pushing each switch.
Switch
CRUISE SW
COAST/SET SW
ACCEL/RES SW
CANCEL SW
Revision: May 2004
Condition
Resistance [kΩ]
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 0.7
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 1.5
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 0.3
Released
Approx. 4.0
EC-480
PBIB0934E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25320
A
UBS0040T
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
EC
C
D
BBIA0087E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0040U
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW 1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW 2
(stop lamp switch)
CONDITION
●
●
●
Brake pedal fully released
ON
●
Brake pedal depressed
OFF
●
Brake pedal fully released
OFF
●
Brake pedal depressed
ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
F
SPECIFICATION
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0040V
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-372
●
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfuntion A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
●
A)
P1572
1572
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp
switch and the ASCD brake switch are
sent to ECM at the same time.
ASCD brake switch
●
B)
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to
ECM for extremely long time while the
vehicle is driving
DTC Confirmation Procedure
●
Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T models)
●
Stop lamp switch
●
ASCD brake switch
●
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
●
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
●
Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
●
Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T models)
●
ECM
UBS0040W
EC-481
I
J
K
Possible Cause
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Revision: May 2004
H
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
NOTE:
●
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Press CRUISE switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator
lights up.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-484, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
5.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than
five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
6.
PBIB2386E
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-484, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-482
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0040X
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0303E
Revision: May 2004
EC-483
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal is fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
108
P/L
ASCD brake switch
Brake pedal is depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is fully released
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS0040Y
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
ON
A/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When brake pedal is fully released
ON
SEC011D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION
When brake pedal is depressed
When brake pedal is fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
MBIB0061E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-484
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
A
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION
EC
INDICATION
When brake pedal is released
OFF
When brake pedal is depressed
ON
C
D
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
F
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
G
Battery voltage
H
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
J
3. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
L
M
BBIA0167E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0799E
EC-485
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0087E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-486
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
H
Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
I
10. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
M
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-487
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal + (M/T models) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-488
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal – (M/T models) or 2
EC
(A/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
D
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
H
I
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
UBS0040Z
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
M
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-489
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
When clutch pedal is fully released.
When clutch pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6,
"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
M/T Models
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and – under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB0939E
A/T Models
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1202E
Revision: May 2004
EC-490
2003 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:31036
A
UBS00410
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD EC
control. Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00411
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
Refer to EC-361, "DTC P0500 VSS"
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-372, "DTC P0605 ECM"
DTC No.
P1574
1574
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
C
D
E
F
DTC Detecting Condition
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
●
Combination meter
●
Wheel sensor
●
TCM
●
ECM
G
H
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00412
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
J
K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
If DTC is detected, go to EC-492, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-491
2003 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00413
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-38 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-492
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:32006
A
UBS001OU
When the gear position is “P” (A/T models only) or “N”, park/neutral
position (PNP) switch is “ON”.
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
EC
C
D
SEF752Y
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001OV
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
P/N POSI SW
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1706
1706
Trouble diagnosis name
Park/neutral position
switch
F
SPECIFICATION
UBS006HA
DTC detecting condition
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
switch is not changed in the process of engine
starting and driving.
H
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006IF
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known-good signal
“N” and “P” position
ON
Except the above position
OFF
3.
4.
If NG, go to EC-496, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
M
EC-493
SEF212Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 1,550 rpm (A/T models)
More than 1,850 rpm (M/T models)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 3.0 msec (A/T models)
More than 2.2 msec (M/T models)
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
SEF213Y
6.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-496, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Overall Function Check
UBS006IG
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position)
“P” (A/T models only) and “N” position
Except the above position
3.
Voltage V (Known-good data)
Approx. 0
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T models: Approximately 5V
If NG, go to EC-496, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0029E
Revision: May 2004
EC-494
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006IH
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0304E
Revision: May 2004
EC-495
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
102
G/OR
Shift lever position is “P” or “N” (A/T models),
“Neutral” (M/T models).
PNP switch
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Except the above gear position
Approximately 0V
A/T models
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T models
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006II
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" (A/T models), MT-13, "POSITION SWITCH" (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-496
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description
PFP:25320
A
UBS00414
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00415
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
C
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00416
E
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1805
1805
Trouble diagnosis name
Brake switch
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Stop lamp switch
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an
extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
F
G
FALI-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
I
Driving condition
When engine is idling
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
UBS00417
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-499, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-497
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00418
BBWA0305E
Revision: May 2004
EC-498
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
A
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal is fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
UBS00419
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-499
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
2.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 (A/T models) or + (M/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1203E
PBIB0938E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-500
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2 (A/T models) or - (M/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
BBIA0105E
E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-501, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
I
J
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
Component Inspection
UBS0041A
STOP LAMP SWITCH
A/T Models
1.
M
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
Revision: May 2004
EC-501
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Conditions
Continuity
Brake pedal fully released
Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed
3.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1202E
M/T Models
1.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
2.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and under the following conditions.
Conditions
Continuity
Brake pedal fully released
Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed
3.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB0939E
Revision: May 2004
EC-502
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS003ZC
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003ZD
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
CLSD THL POS
●
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
G
H
I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003ZE
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-455, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low
input
Possible cause
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
UBS003ZF
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Revision: May 2004
EC-503
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-504
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-507, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST
E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-505
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003ZG
BBWA0306E
Revision: May 2004
EC-506
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
83
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
G
ITEM
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 0V
D
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
F
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
G
0.28 - 0.48V
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 2.0V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
J
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 4.3V
K
UBS003ZH
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
A
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
M
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-507
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-508
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
C
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
G
Refer to EC-509, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
H
I
9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003ZI
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-509
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
More than 2.0V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
MBIB0023E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
UBS003ZJ
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-510
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS0040A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0040B
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
CLSD THL POS
●
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
G
H
I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0040C
J
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1227
1227
P1228
1228
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
K
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
M
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0040D
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-511
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-514, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-512
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0040E
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA1382E
Revision: May 2004
EC-513
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
82
83
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
B
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
B/Y
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
G
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 2.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 4.3V
UBS0040F
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-514
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
A
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 2.5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0812E
H
3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
M
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
●
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-513
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-188
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-515
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-192, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
8. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-516
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
12. CHECK APP SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
EC
13. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
C
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
E
>> INSPECTION END
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0040G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
H
1.
2.
3.
I
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
More than 2.0V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
J
K
MBIB0023E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
M
UBS0040H
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-517
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003R3
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003R4
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003R5
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0221
0221
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/performance
problem
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor circuit is shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003R6
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-518
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-521, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-519
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003R7
BBWA1383E
Revision: May 2004
EC-520
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
47
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
A
EC
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 1
D
More than 0.36V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
F
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
G
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
91
G
R/G
Throttle position sensor 2
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
H
Less than 4.75V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
J
More than 0.36V
K
Approximately 5V
L
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003R8
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-521
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0136E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-520
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-513
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-517 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-522
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
L
Refer to EC-524, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
M
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-523
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003R9
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation
PBIB1060E
UBS003RA
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-524
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS003Z4
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003Z5
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
CLSD THL POS
●
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
G
H
I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003Z6
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
P0226
0226
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
range/performance
problem
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
and APP sensor 2.
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and
2
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-525
K
L
Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Revision: May 2004
J
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003Z7
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-526
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-529, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST
E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-527
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003Z8
BBWA1384E
Revision: May 2004
EC-528
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B
A
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
Approximately 0V
D
Approximately 0V
E
[Engine is running]
82
83
B/Y
G
Sensors' ground
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
F
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
G
0.28 - 0.48V
H
More than 2.0V
I
0.65 - 0.87V
J
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
K
More than 4.3V
UBS003Z9
L
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
M
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-529
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch "ON".
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0811E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB2039E
Revision: May 2004
EC-530
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
D
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
F
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
G
Check the following.
●
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
H
Reference Wiring Diagram
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-513
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-188
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-192, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
L
9. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
M
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-531
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
10. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminals 4, ECM terminal 83 and
APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors EM58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-534, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
Revision: May 2004
EC-532
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
E
>> INSPECTION END
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-533
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003ZA
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
More than 2.0V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
MBIB0023E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
UBS003ZB
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-534
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
A
UBS0057Y
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
EC
C
D
BBIA0172E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-535
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0057Z
BBWA0310E
Revision: May 2004
EC-536
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shutoff)
●
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
A
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-537
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBWA0795E
Revision: May 2004
EC-538
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
62
81
BR
PU
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
D
PBIB0521E
E
0 - 0.2V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
G
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-539
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
BBWA0796E
Revision: May 2004
EC-540
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
61
80
L/W
GY/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 4
D
PBIB0521E
E
0 - 0.2V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
G
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS006GW
1. CHECK ENGINE START
I
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
L
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
M
PBIB0133E
Revision: May 2004
EC-541
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
1.
2.
PBIB0521E
PBIB1204E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-138, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.
MBIB0034E
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB0624E
Revision: May 2004
EC-542
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and
condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
D
LEC444
E
7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
F
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
H
PBIB0625E
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
K
L
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9. CHECK ECM RELAY
M
Refer to EC-545, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-543
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
11. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-545, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace condenser.
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0172E
5.
Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
SEF107S
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-544
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 61, 62, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
E
Refer to EC-545, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
F
17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
H
Component Inspection
UBS006GX
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
3.
I
Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
J
K
If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB0077E
L
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
M
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
MBIB0031E
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-545
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1
Except 0 or ∞
3 and 2
Except 0
1 and 2
MBIB0032E
Removal and Installation
UBS00582
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-546
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
INJECTOR
Component Description
PFP:16600
A
UBS001P1
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
EC
C
D
SEF375Z
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
MONITOR ITEM
INJ PULSE-B1
B/FUEL SCHDL
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
●
No-load
UBS001P2
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2.4 - 3.2 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 3.2 msec
F
G
Idle
1.0 - 1.6 msec
2,000 rpm
0.7 - 1.3 msec
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-547
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001P3
BBWA0797E
Revision: May 2004
EC-548
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
C
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
22
23
41
42
G/B
R/B
L/B
Y/B
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
D
E
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 2
SEC984C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
F
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
G
SEC985C
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-549
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001P4
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
EC-550
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
A
Stop engine.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0176E
E
4.
Check voltage between injector terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
F
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
H
PBIB1270E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness connectors F12, F101
●
Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
J
K
L
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between injector harness connector terminal 1 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41,
42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-551
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F12, F101
●
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-552, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace injector.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001P5
INJECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance:
13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
PBIB0181E
Removal and Installation
UBS001P6
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-552
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
FUEL PUMP
Description
PFP:17042
A
UBS006IU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*
Battery
Battery voltage*
ECM Function
Actuator
Fuel pump control
EC
Fuel pump relay
C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch
is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition
D
E
Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON.
F
Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking
Operates
When engine is stopped
Stops in 1 second
Except as shown above
Stops
G
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
I
J
K
PBIB1218E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
MONITOR ITEM
FUEL PUMP RLY
UBS001PC
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
●
Engine running and cranking
●
When engine is stopped (stops in 1.0 seconds)
●
Except as shown above
Revision: May 2004
SPECIFICATION
ON
M
OFF
EC-553
L
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001PD
BBWA0314E
Revision: May 2004
EC-554
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
113
B/P
A
Fuel pump relay
For 1 second after turning ignition switch “ON”
C
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
More than 1 second after turning ignition switch
“ON”.
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001PE
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
F
1.
2.
G
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0163E
J
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel pump relay.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
L
M
LEC363
4.
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0644E
Revision: May 2004
EC-555
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0645E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 3 and
body ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal
3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
BBIA0132E
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
●
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-556
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 113 and fuel pump relay connector terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
C
D
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connector M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
NG
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
10. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
H
Refer to EC-557, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump relay.
I
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP
J
Refer to EC-557, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
K
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
L
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001PF
FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
If NG, replace relay.
SEF497Y
FUEL PUMP
1.
Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-557
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance:
0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
If NG, replace fuel pump.
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation
UBS001PG
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-558
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
PFP:92136
A
UBS001PN
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the
air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
EC
C
D
BBIA0165E
E
F
G
H
SEF099XA
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-559
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001PO
BBWA0798E
Revision: May 2004
EC-560
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
49
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
R/Y
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
B/W
Sensor ground
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
Approximately 0V
D
[Engine is running]
67
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
70
L
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.
E
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
F
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001PP
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn A/C switch and blower switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
I
1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
PBIB1205E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-561
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn A/C switch and blower switch “OFF”.
Stop engine.
Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0165E
5.
Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF509Y
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-562
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Harness for open or short between TCM (Transmission control module) and refrigerant pressure sensor
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
D
E
F
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
G
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
8. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-15, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
K
L
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-563
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:25350
UBS001PQ
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
LOAD SIGNAL
CONDITION
●
Revision: May 2004
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Lighting switch “ON”
ON
Lighting switch “OFF”
OFF
EC-564
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001PR
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0317E
Revision: May 2004
EC-565
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
84
PU
Electrical load signal
(Headlamp signal)
●
Lighting switch is “2ND” position
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Lighting switch is “OFF”
[Engine is running]
96
Y/G
Electrical load signal
(Heater fan signal)
●
Heater fan switch “ON”
[Engine is running]
●
Heater fan switch “OFF”
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
UBS001PS
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch “ON” at
1st or 2nd position
ON
Lighting switch “OFF”
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0103E
EC-566
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-III
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Fan control switch “ON”
ON
Fan control switch “OFF”
OFF
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
E
PBIB0103E
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
1.
2.
F
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
Lighting switch “ON” at
2nd position
Battery voltage
Lighting switch “OFF”
0V
G
H
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
MBIB0158E
5. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-III
K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 96 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
Fan control switch “ON”
0V
Fan control switch “OFF”
5V
L
M
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB1219E
Revision: May 2004
EC-567
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
6. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamp are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-10, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM —" .
7. CHECK FAN CONTROL FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Turn “ON” the fan control switch.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Refer to MTC-46, "BLOWER MOTOR" .
8. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect combination switch harness connectors (Models for USA), daytime light control unit harness
connector (Models for Canada).
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and combination switch terminal 12 or daytime light
control unit terminal 6 under the following conditions.
PBIB1220E
Condition
Continuity
1
Should not exist.
2
Should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: May 2004
EC-568
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M20, E109 (Models for Canada)
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors E108, M19 (Models for USA)
●
Fuse block M1, E103
●
Diode M52
●
Diode M55
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch or daytime light control unit
EC
C
D
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
10. CHECK FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect fan control switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 96 and fan control switch terminal 6.
F
G
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between fan control switch terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
I
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
J
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and fan control switch
●
Harness for open or short between fan control switch and body ground
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-569
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25320
UBS0041B
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
BBIA0087E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0041C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
BRAKE SW 1
(ASCD brake switch)
●
BRAKE SW 2
(stop lamp switch)
●
Revision: May 2004
SPECIFICATION
●
Brake pedal fully released
ON
●
Brake pedal depressed
OFF
●
Brake pedal fully released
OFF
●
Brake pedal depressed
ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
EC-570
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0041D
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0316E
Revision: May 2004
EC-571
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal is fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
108
P/L
ASCD brake switch
Brake pedal is depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is fully released
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS006GY
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
ON
A/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When brake pedal is fully released
ON
SEC011D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION
When brake pedal is depressed
When brake pedal is fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
MBIB0061E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-572
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
A
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION
EC
INDICATION
When brake pedal is released
OFF
When brake pedal is depressed
ON
C
D
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
F
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
G
Battery voltage
H
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 13.
J
3. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
L
M
BBIA0167E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0799E
EC-573
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0087E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-574
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
H
Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
I
10. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
M
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-575
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal + (M/T models) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT -II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-576
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal – (M/T models) or 2
EC
(A/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
D
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
H
I
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
UBS006IP
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
M
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-577
L
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
When clutch pedal is fully released.
When clutch pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6,
"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
M/T Models
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and – under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB0939E
A/T Models
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1202E
Revision: May 2004
EC-578
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description
PFP:24814
A
UBS0041F
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when CRUISE switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C
●
CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
●
SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0041G
E
Specification data are reference value.
MONITOR ITEM
CRUISE LAMP
SET LAMP
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
●
CRUISE switch pressed
ON
●
CRUISE switch released
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
F
G
●
CRUISE switch: ON
●
COAST/SET switch pressed
ON
●
When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH)
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
●
COAST/SET switch released
OFF
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-579
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0041H
BBWA0433E
Revision: May 2004
EC-580
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0041I
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
A
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR
CRUISE LAMP
SET LAMP
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
●
CRUISE switch pressed
ON
●
CRUISE switch released
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
●
CRUISE switch: ON
●
COAST/SET switch pressed
ON
●
When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH)
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
●
COAST/SET switch released
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
EC
C
D
E
2. CHECK DTC
F
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001, refer to EC-145, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN
COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
H
3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
I
J
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-581
2003 Sentra
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram
PFP:24814
UBS002N3
BBWA0318E
Revision: May 2004
EC-582
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description
PFP:14950
A
UBS001PU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB1262E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-583
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
PBIB1056E
Revision: May 2004
EC-584
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0166E
Revision: May 2004
EC-585
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006HY
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B .
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C .
3. Release blocked port B .
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pressure exists at the ports A and C .
5. Block port A and B .
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
2.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −
0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
SEF943S
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-316 .
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-255 .
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-322 .
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-329 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-586
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
A
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
EC
C
SEF462UA
Removal and Installation
D
UBS006HZ
EVAP CANISTER
E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
F
G
H
I
J
K
PBIB1214E
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
L
M
PBIB1215E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
UBS006I0
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
●
Do not start engine.
●
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
●
Revision: May 2004
EC-587
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF838U
6.
7.
Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
8.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
Revision: May 2004
EC-588
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
6.
Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-584, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
A
EC
C
BBIA0157E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-589
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
System Description
PFP:00032
UBS003T7
PBIB1268E
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
●
Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
●
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
●
Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
●
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
–
Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
–
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to “Fuel Pressure Release”, EC-56 .
–
Disconnect battery ground cable.
●
Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
●
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
●
Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
●
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
●
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Revision: May 2004
EC-590
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003T8
A
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
EC
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
D
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
E
F
G
PBIB1213E
H
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
I
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
J
4. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
K
L
5. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
M
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-591
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
5. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace filler neck tube.
6. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
7. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-593, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
8. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube.
Revision: May 2004
EC-592
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
9. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
A
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
EC
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
C
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
D
E
F
G
SEF665U
Component Inspection
UBS003T9
H
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Revision: May 2004
EC-593
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
d.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1221E
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1221E
Revision: May 2004
EC-594
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Remove fuel filler cap.
Check air into continuity between hose ends A and B.
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
EC
Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5,91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
C
D
E
F
G
H
PBIB1221E
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-595
2003 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
PFP:11810
UBS001Q0
SEF921W
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Inspection
UBS001Q1
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-596
2003 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
VENTILATION HOSE
1.
2.
A
Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
C
S-ET277
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-597
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description
PFP:18930
UBS0041J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
ASCD brake switch
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal operation
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
ASCD vehicle speed control
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
switch
Gear position
Combination meter
Vehicle speed
TCM
Powertrain revolution
Electric throttle control
actuator
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD CRUISE switch (Main switch). (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the
switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
●
CANCEL switch is depressed
●
More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be
cleared.).
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
●
Selector lever is changed to “N”,″P″,″R″ position (A/T models).
●
Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
●
Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature: CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET switch or RESUME switch.
●
Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-598
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is A
performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
EC
●
Brake pedal is released.
●
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
●
Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
C
●
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description
UBS0041K
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
D
Refer to EC-474 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
E
Refer to EC-481 , and EC-570 .
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-481 , andEC-570 .
F
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-481 , EC-497 and EC-570 .
G
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-390 , EC-392 , EC-399 and EC-404 .
ASCD INDICATOR
H
Refer to EC-579 .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-599
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Fuel Pressure
PFP:00030
UBS006GZ
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)
Fuel pressure at idle
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
Target idle speed*1
Air conditioner: ON
A/T
No-load*1 (in “P” or “N” position)
800±50 rpm
M/T
No-load*1 (in ″Neutral″ position)
650±50 rpm
A/T
In “P” or “N” position
M/T
In ″Neutral″ position
A/T
In “P” or “N” position
18°±5° BTDC
M/T
In ″Neutral″ position
7°±5° BTDC
rpm
rpm
Ignition timing
UBS001Q3
850 or more
*1: Under the following conditions:
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Electrical load: OFF (Lights & rear window defogger)
●
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor
UBS001Q4
Supply voltage
V
Battery voltage (11 - 14)
Output voltage
V
1.0 - 1.7*
Mass air flow
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g·m/sec
1.4 - 4.0 at idle*
5.0 - 10.0 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Temperature
°C (°F)
UBS001Q5
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS001Q7
Ω
0.2 - 5.0
Injector
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
UBS001Q9
Ω
13.5 - 17.5
Resistor
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS001QA
Ω
4-8
Throttle Control Motor
UBS006H0
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Approximately 1 - 15Ω
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS001QC
Ω
2.3 - 4.3
Calculated Load Value
UBS001QD
Calculated load value %
(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle
20.0 - 35.5
At 2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0
Revision: May 2004
EC-600
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE (ULEV)]
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
Temperature
UBS001QE
A
°C (°F)
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
0.31 - 0.37
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Valve
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
Ω
UBS001QF
C
22 - 26
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS001QG
Ω
D
2.3 - 4.3
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
UBS001QH
Ω
E
166 - 204
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
Temperature
EC
UBS001QI
°C (°F)
Resistance
F
kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-601
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
INDEX FOR DTC
Alphabetical Index
PFP:00024
UBS001QJ
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-728 .
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*2
Trip
MIL lighting up
Reference page
ECM*3
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1271
1271
2
×
EC-1033
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1272
1272
2
×
EC-1039
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1273
1273
2
×
EC-1045
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1274
1274
2
×
EC-1052
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1276
1276
2
×
EC-1059
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1278
1278
2
×
EC-1065
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P1279
1279
2
×
EC-1073
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P1031
1031
2
×
EC-930
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P1032
1032
2
×
EC-930
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
1
×
EC-1125
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
1
×
EC-1125
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
1
×
EC-1132
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
1
×
EC-1132
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
1
×
EC-1147
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
1
—
EC-1102
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
1
—
EC-1095
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
1
—
EC-1113
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
0731
2
×
AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
0732
2
×
AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
0733
2
×
AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
0734
2
×
AT-151
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
0744
2
×
AT-164
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
0710
2
×
AT-121
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
2
—
EC-1119
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
2
×
EC-842
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
1
×
EC-1008
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
2
×
EC-836
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
1000*5
1
×
EC-728
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
5
1001*
2
—
EC-728
CTP LEARING
P1225
1225
2
—
EC-1024
CTP LEARING
P1226
1226
2
—
EC-1026
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
2
×
EC-825
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
2
×
EC-825
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
2
×
EC-825
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
2
×
EC-825
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
× or —
EC-927
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
P1065
1065
2
×
EC-936
Revision: May 2004
EC-602
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*2
Trip
MIL lighting up
Reference page
ECM*3
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117
0117
1
×
EC-760
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118
0118
1
×
EC-760
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
1
×
EC-772
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
0725
2
×
AT-132
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
1
×
EC-1009
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1
×
EC-952
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
1
×
EC-954
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
1
×
EC-966
ETC MOT PWR
P1124
1124
1
×
EC-961
ETC MOT PWR
P1126
1126
1
×
EC-961
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
2
×
EC-893
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
2
×
EC-852
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
2
×
EC-880
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
2
×
EC-886
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
2
×
EC-858
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
2
×
EC-901
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
2
×
EC-914
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
2
×
EC-914
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
2
×
EC-912
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
2
×
EC-910
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
2
×
EC-795
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
2
×
EC-802
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
2
×
EC-809
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
2
×
EC-814
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
2
×
EC-814
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
2
×
EC-992
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
2
×
EC-1000
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
2
×
EC-780
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
2
×
EC-787
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
2
×
EC-734
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
2
×
EC-734
IAT SEN CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
2
×
EC-755
IAT SEN CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
2
×
EC-755
IAT SEN CIRCUIT
P0127
0127
2
×
EC-775
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
2
×
EC-731
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1111
1111
2
×
EC-947
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
2
×
EC-918
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
2
×
EC-920
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
2
—
EC-832
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
2
—
EC-832
L/PRES SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
2
×
AT-174
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
0101
1
×
EC-740
Revision: May 2004
EC-603
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
2
GST*
Trip
MIL lighting up
Reference page
ECM*3
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
1
×
EC-748
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
1
×
EC-748
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P1102
1102
1
×
EC-940
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
2
×
EC-825
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*4
—
Flashing*4
EC-654
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
—
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
1760
2
×
AT-194
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P1706
1706
2
×
EC-1115
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
2
—
EC-922
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
2
×
AT-116
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
2
×
EC-867
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
2
×
EC-867
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P1444
1444
2
×
EC-1081
SFT SOL A/CIRC
P0750
0750
1
×
AT-180
SFT SOL B/CIRC
P0755
0755
1
×
AT-180
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
1
×
EC-1028
SWIRL CONT VALVE
P1138
1138
2
×
EC-984
SWL CON/V POSI SEN
P1137
1137
2
×
EC-976
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
2
×
AT-160
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
2
×
EC-814
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
1
×
AT-188
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
1
×
EC-818
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
1
×
EC-818
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
1
×
EC-765
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
0123
1
×
EC-765
TP SENSOR
P2135
2135
1
×
EC-1140
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
2
×
EC-848
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1
P1132
1132
2
×
EC-971
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6
P0500
0500
2
×
EC-916
VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*6
P0720
0720
2
×
AT-127
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
2
×
EC-873
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1446
1446
2
×
EC-1089
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Index
UBS001QK
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-728 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-604
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
×: Applicable —: Not Applicable
A
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
TESTING MY BE REQUIRED.
—
Flashing*4
EC-654
EC
No DTC
Flashing*4
U1000
1000*5
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-728
U1001
1001*5
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
2
—
EC-728
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER
TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
—
—
—
P0011
0011
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
2
×
EC-731
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-734
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-734
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-740
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-748
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-748
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-755
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-755
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRC
1
×
EC-760
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRC
1
×
EC-760
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-765
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-765
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
1
×
EC-772
C
D
P0127
0127
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-775
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
2
×
EC-778
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-780
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-787
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
2
×
EC-795
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
2
×
EC-802
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
2
×
EC-809
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-814
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-814
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-818
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-818
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
2
×
EC-825
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-825
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-825
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-825
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-825
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
2
—
EC-832
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
2
—
EC-832
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-836
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-842
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
2
×
EC-848
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
2
×
EC-852
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
2
×
EC-858
Revision: May 2004
EC-605
2003 Sentra
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
3
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-867
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-867
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-873
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
2
×
EC-880
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
2
×
EC-886
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
2
×
EC-893
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
2
×
EC-901
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
2
×
EC-910
P0461
0461
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2
×
EC-912
P0462
0462
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-914
P0463
0463
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-914
P0500
0500
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*
2
×
EC-916
P0506
0506
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
2
×
EC-918
P0507
0507
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
2
×
EC-920
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
2
—
EC-922
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
× or —
EC-927
6
P0705
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
2
×
AT-116
P0710
0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
2
×
AT-121
P0720
0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR A/T*6
2
×
AT-127
P0725
0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
2
×
AT-132
P0731
0731
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-136
P0732
0732
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-141
P0733
0733
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-146
P0734
0734
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-151
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
2
×
AT-160
P0744
0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
2
×
AT-164
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
2
×
AT-174
P0750
0750
SFT SOL A/CIRC
1
×
AT-180
P0755
0755
SFT SOL B/CIRC
1
×
AT-184
P1031
1031
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-930
P1032
1032
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-930
P1065
1065
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
2
×
EC-936
P1102
1102
MAF SENSOR
1
×
EC-940
P1111
1111
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
2
×
EC-947
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
1
×
EC-952
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
1
×
EC-954
P1124
1124
ETC MOT PWR
1
×
EC-961
P1126
1126
ETC MOT PWR
1
×
EC-961
P1128
1128
ETC MOT
1
×
EC-966
P1132
1132
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1
2
×
EC-971
P1137
1137
SWL CON/V POSI SEN
2
—
EC-976
P1138
1138
SWIRL CONT VALVE
2
×
EC-984
Revision: May 2004
EC-606
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
3
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-992
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-1000
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
1
×
EC-1008
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
1
×
EC-1009
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING
2
—
EC-1024
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING
2
—
EC-1026
P1229
1229
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
1
×
EC-1028
P1271
1271
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1033
P1272
1272
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1039
P1273
1273
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1045
P1274
1274
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1052
P1276
1276
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1059
P1278
1278
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1065
P1279
1279
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1073
P1444
1444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-1081
P1446
1446
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-1089
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
1
—
EC-1095
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
1
—
EC-1102
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
1
—
EC-1113
P1705
1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
1
×
AT-188
P1706
1706
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1115
P1760
1760
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
2
×
AT-194
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
2
—
EC-1119
P2122
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-1125
P2123
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-1125
P2127
2127
APP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-1132
P2128
2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-1132
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR
1
×
EC-1140
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
1
×
EC-1147
EC-607
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SEA J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
Revision: May 2004
A
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
UBS001QL
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T
UBS001QM
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”.
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission Control Module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions
●
●
●
●
UBS001QN
Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the engine control system harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may
damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM
even if ignition switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn off ignition switch and then disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF706Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-608
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
●
●
Do not disassemble ECM.
If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
A
EC
C
PBIB1164E
D
●
When connecting engine control system harness connector, fasten it securely with a lever as far as it will go as
shown at right.
E
F
G
BBIA0138E
●
●
●
●
●
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect engine control system harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-686 .
H
I
J
SEF291H
L
M
MEF040D
Revision: May 2004
EC-609
K
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
●
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“Overall Function Check” or “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Function Check” should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SEF217U
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the body ground.
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious problems.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
SEF348N
●
●
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
PBIB1218E
●
●
●
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-610
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
●
–
–
–
–
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave ratio can be kept smaller.
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
A
EC
C
SEF708Y
D
UBS001QO
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING". for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-611
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
UBS001QP
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
(J-44626)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1
LEM054
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge kit
Checking fuel pressure
LEC642
(J-45356)
Fuel filler cap adapter
Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure
NT815
KV109E0010
(J-46209)
Break-out box
Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit
tester
S-NT825
KV109E0080
(J-45819)
Y-cable adapter
Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit
tester
S-NT826
Revision: May 2004
EC-612
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Commercial Service Tools
UBS001QQ
A
Tool name
Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J41416)
Locating the EVAP leak
EC
C
NT703
EVAP service port adapter
i.e.: (J41413-OBD)
Applying positive pressure through EVAP service port
D
E
NT704
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
i.e.: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
NT778
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor or A/F
sensor. Use with anti-seize lubricant shown
below.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm with 1.5 mm pitch
dia., for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor or A/F
sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm with 1.25 mm pitch
dia., for Titania Oxygen Sensor
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads.
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
F
G
H
I
J
NT779
Fuel tube removal tool
For disconnecting fuel tube quick connectors
a: 7.9 mm (5/16 in)
K
L
LEC643
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-613
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram
PFP:23710
UBS001QR
PBIB1264E
Revision: May 2004
EC-614
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing
UBS006F2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1180E
Revision: May 2004
EC-615
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
System Chart
Input (Sensor)
UBS001QS
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Fuel injection & mixture ratio control
Injectors
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Distributor ignition system
Power transistor
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Intake valve timing control
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Fuel pump control
Fuel pump relay
●
Ignition switch
●
Throttle position sensor
On board diagnostic system
Malfunction indicator lamp
(On the instrument panel)
●
PNP switch
Swirl control valve control
Swirl control valve
●
Air conditioner switch
●
Knock sensor
A/F sensor 1 heater and heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater control
A/F sensor 1 heater and heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor*1
EVAP canister purge flow control
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
●
Battery voltage
Cooling fan control
Cooling fan relays
●
Power steering oil pressure switch
Air conditioning cut control
Air conditioner relay
●
Vehicle speed signal*3
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air temperature sensor
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2*2
●
TCM (Transmission control module)*3
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Electrical load
●
Swirl control valve position sensor*1
sensor*3
●
Fuel level
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Stop lamp switch
●
ASCD steering switch
●
ASCD clutch switch
●
ASCD brake switch
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system
●
EVAP canister vent control
valve
*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system. They are used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*3: These input signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
Revision: May 2004
EC-616
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
UBS001QT
A
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed*3 and piston number
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
PNP switch
Gear position
Vehicle speed signal*2
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
Electrical load
Electrical load signal
Battery
Battery voltage*3
Heated oxygen sensor 2*
1
Actuator
EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Power steering pressure sensor
ECM
function
C
D
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
E
Injector
F
G
Power steering operation
H
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
J
K
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
●
During warm-up
●
When starting the engine
●
During acceleration
●
Hot-engine operation
●
When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D” (A/T models only)
●
High-load, high-speed operation
●
During deceleration
●
During high engine speed operation
●
During high vehicle speed operation
●
Extremely high engine coolant temperature
Revision: May 2004
EC-617
2003 Sentra
L
M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
SEF503YB
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses an air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1, refer to EC-1033 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the stoichiometric range (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst. Even if the switching characteristics
of the A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
●
Deceleration and acceleration
●
High-load, high-speed operation
●
Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
●
Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
●
High engine coolant temperature
●
During warm-up
●
After shifting from “N” to “D” (A/T models)
●
When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
Revision: May 2004
EC-618
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
C
SEF337W
D
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
E
F
G
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
H
UBS001QU
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*2 and piston number
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Vehicle speed signal*1
Vehicle speed
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
PNP switch
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage*2
ECM
function
I
Actuator
J
K
Ignition
timing control
Power transistor
L
M
*1: This signal sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g.,
N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A°BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
●
At starting
Revision: May 2004
EC-619
SEF742M
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
During warm-up
●
At idle
●
At low battery voltage
●
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
●
Air Conditioning Cut Control
UBS001QV
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
PNP switch
Neutral position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle valve opening angle
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*1
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*1
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
Power steering pressure sensor
Power steering operation
ECM
function
Actuator
Air conditioner cut
control
Air conditioner relay
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
●
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
●
When cranking the engine.
●
At high engine speeds.
●
When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
●
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
●
When engine speed is excessively low.
●
When the refrigerant pressure is excessively high or low.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load & High Engine Speed)
UBS001QW
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Vehicle speed signal*1
Vehicle speed
PNP switch
Neutral position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
ECM
function
Fuel cut
control
Actuator
Injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
Revision: May 2004
EC-620
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load, (for example, in Neutral and engine speed over 2,500 A
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
EC
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-617, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" .
CAN communication
UBS003W9
C
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
MODELS WITH A/T
System Diagram
D
E
F
G
H
I
LKIA0132E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
K
L
Stop lamp switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
Revision: May 2004
EC-621
J
Combination meter
2003 Sentra
M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MODELS WITH M/T
System Diagram
LKIA0133E
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
Combination meter
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
Revision: May 2004
EC-622
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
PFP:00018
A
UBS001QX
IDLE SPEED
Using CONSALT-II
EC
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF058Y
With GST
Check idle speed in “MODE 1” with GST.
F
IGNITION TIMING
G
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1.
2.
3.
Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No. 1 to clear the
wires.
Attach timing light to the wires as shown in the figure.
Check ignition timing.
H
I
J
BBIA0134E
K
Method B
1.
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
L
M
BBIA0135E
Revision: May 2004
EC-623
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this wire.
SEF166Y
3.
Check ignition timing.
BBIA0211E
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment
UBS001QY
PREPARATION
1.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
Battery
Ignition system
Engine oil and coolant levels
Fuses
ECM harness connector
Vacuum hoses
Air intake system
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
Fuel pressure
Engine compression
Throttle valve
EVAP system
On models equipped with air conditioner, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.
On models equipped with automatic transaxle, when checking idle speed, ignition timing and mixture
ratio, checks should be carried out while shift lever is in “P” or “N” position.
When measuring “CO” percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear window defogger.
Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
Revision: May 2004
EC-624
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1206E
Revision: May 2004
EC-625
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.
–
–
–
–
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
SEF983U
Headlamp switch is OFF.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-626
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
2.
A
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
EC
C
D
E
SEF978U
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
F
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
G
H
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
J
K
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
M
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-627
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-842 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-836 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 20.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: May 2004
EC-628
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
A
Stop engine.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
EC
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
C
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
D
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
E
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
F
G
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
I
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
K
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
M
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: May 2004
EC-629
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-45 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-842 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-836 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
Turn off the ignition key and keep the key off more than 10 seconds.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
4th position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
4. Set “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
6. Stop the vehicle and connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle.
7. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 21.
1.
2.
3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-630
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
20. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn off the ignition key and keep the key off more than 10 seconds.
EC
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
4th position (M/T).
C
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
4. Set “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 D
MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
E
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
6. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
7. Stop vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
F
8. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
OK or NG
G
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 21.
21. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect battery ground cable.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM Terminal
A/F sensor 1 terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
I
J
K
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and A/F sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.
M
22. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 23.
23. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 24.
Revision: May 2004
EC-631
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
24. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 25.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 26.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
25. CHECK “CO”%
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn “ON”.
Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
Check “CO”%.
Idle CO: 3 − 11% and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG
>> GO TO 27.
SEF172Y
26. CHECK “CO”%
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect a resistor (4.4 kΩ) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
Check “CO”%.
Idle CO: 3 − 11% and engine runs smoothly.
7.
After checking “CO”%, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature
sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG
>> GO TO 27.
SEF982UA
27. RECONNECT AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
>> GO TO 31.
Revision: May 2004
EC-632
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
1.
2.
A
Stop engine.
Replace A/F sensor 1.
EC
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 29.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 30.
C
29. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn off the ignition key and keep the key off more than 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
4th position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
4. Set “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
6. Stop the vehicle and connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle.
7. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 31.
30. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
Turn off the ignition key and keep the key off more than 10 seconds.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
4th position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
4. Set “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30
MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
6. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
7. Stop vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
8. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 31.
EC-633
E
F
G
H
I
J
1.
2.
3.
Revision: May 2004
D
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
31. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-637, "Fuel Pressure Check"
.
●
Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-740 , EC-748
and EC-940 .
●
Check injector and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1168 .
●
Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC760 and EC-772 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 33.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 32.
32. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-40 .
>> GO TO 4.
33. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
UBS006IE
DESCRIPTION
“Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
UBS001QZ
DESCRIPTION
“Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator of ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Revision: May 2004
EC-634
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Idle Air Volume Learning
UBS006F3
A
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
EC
●
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
●
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
●
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
●
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
●
PNP switch: ON
●
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
●
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
●
Vehicle speed: Stopped
●
Transmission: Warmed-up
For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T”
system indicates less than 0.9V.
For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
C
D
E
F
G
H
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
I
J
K
L
M
SEF217Z
6.
Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
SEF454Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-635
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7.
8.
Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“CMPLT” is not displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” below.
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
M/T: 650±50 rpm
A/T: 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 7±5° BTDC
A/T: 18±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
●
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PREPARATION” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
M/T: 650±50 rpm
A/T: 800±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 7±5° BTDC
A/T: 18±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the incident by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” below.
Revision: May 2004
EC-636
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
A
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
EC
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
C
It is useful to perform EC-716, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
D
–
Engine stalls.
–
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check
UBS001R0
E
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure
cannot be completely released because B15 models do not have fuel return system.
G
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
Start engine.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
H
I
J
PEF823K
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
Remove fuse for fuel pump.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and reconnect fuel pump fuse.
L
M
LEC298
Revision: May 2004
EC-637
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
●
●
●
●
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
Make sure that clamp screws do not contact adjacent parts.
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pressure.
Do not perfrom fuel pressure check with electrical systems
operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C switch, etc.). Fuel
pressure guage may indicate false readings due to varying
engine loads and changes in manifold vacuum.
Release fuel pressure to zero.
Disconnect fuel hose from fuel feed tube (engine side) using fuel
tube quick connect removal tool.
BBIA0141E
Release quick connector and disconnect fuel hose from fuel
feed tube (underbody side). Remove fuel hose assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not install hose clamps over flared portions of fuel feed
tubes or damage to fuel feed tubes may result.
Install fuel pressure gauge from kit J-44321 between fuel tubes
using hose and clamps from kit.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check for fuel leakage.
Start engine and read the indication on fuel pressure gauge.
At idle speed:
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
BBIA0137E
If results are unsatisfactory, check for fuel leakage in fuel line between fuel tank and injector, and check
fuel filter for clogging.
If fuel line and fuel filter are OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-1168 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-638
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction
PFP:00028
A
UBS001R1
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
SAE Mode
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data
Mode 2 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Mode 7 of SAE J1979
C
D
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits
Mode 6 of SAE J1979
Carbration ID
Mode 9 of SAE J1979
E
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze Frame
data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
×
×
×
×
×
—
GST
×
×*1
×
—
×
×
ECM
×
×*2
—
—
—
—
F
G
H
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-668 )
Two Trip Detection Logic
UBS001R2
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time as when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
X: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
2nd trip
—: Not applicable
Blinking
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
—
—
—
—
—
×
—
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
to EC-1008 )
—
×
—
—
×
—
×
—
Except above
—
—
—
×
—
×
×
—
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
×
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is
being detected
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses is continuously detected as
NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
EC-639
J
K
L
1st trip DTC
Lighting
up
Items
Revision: May 2004
I
2003 Sentra
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to repair
the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more then 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
UBS001R3
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
DTC*1
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference page
2
ECM*3
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
1000*7
—
—
—
EC-728
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001*7
—
—
×
EC-728
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
—
—
INT/V TIMING CONT
P0011
0011
—
—
×
EC-731
5
GST*
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
×
×
×*
EC-734
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
×
×
×*5
EC-734
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
0101
—
—
—
EC-740
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
—
—
—
EC-748
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
—
—
—
EC-748
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
—
—
×
EC-755
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
—
—
×
EC-755
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117
0117
—
—
—
EC-760
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118
0118
—
—
—
EC-760
TP SEN2/CIRC
P0122
0122
—
—
—
EC-765
TP SEN2/CIRC
P0123
0123
—
—
—
EC-765
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0125
0125
—
—
—
EC-772
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0127
0127
—
—
×
EC-775
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
—
—
×
EC-778
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
×
×
×*5
EC-780
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
×
×
×*5
EC-787
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
—
—
×
EC-795
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
—
—
×
EC-802
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
—
—
×
EC-809
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
—
—
×
EC-814
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
—
—
×
EC-814
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
—
—
—
EC-818
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
—
—
—
EC-818
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
—
—
×
EC-825
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
—
—
×
EC-825
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
—
—
×
EC-825
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
—
—
×
EC-825
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
—
—
×
EC-825
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
—
—
×
EC-832
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
—
—
×
EC-832
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
—
—
×
EC-836
Revision: May 2004
EC-640
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*2
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference page
0340
—
—
×
EC-842
5
EC-848
ECM*3
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
×
×
×*
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
×
×
×*5
EC-852
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
×
×
×*5
EC-858
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
—
—
×
EC-867
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
—
—
×
EC-867
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
—
—
×
EC-873
EVAPO SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
—
—
×
EC-880
EVAPO SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
—
—
×
EC-886
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
—
×
×*5
EC-893
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
×*4
—
×*5
EC-901
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
—
—
×
EC-910
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
—
—
×
EC-912
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
—
—
×
EC-914
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
—
—
×
EC-914
P0500
0500
—
—
×
EC-916
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0506
0506
—
—
×
EC-918
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0507
0507
—
—
×
EC-920
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
—
—
×
EC-922
VEH SPEED
SEN/CIRC*6
P0605
0605
—
—
×
EC-927
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
—
—
×
AT-116
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
0710
—
—
×
AT-121
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6
P0720
0720
—
—
×
AT-127
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
0725
—
—
×
AT-132
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
0731
—
—
×
AT-136
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
0732
—
—
×
AT-141
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
0733
—
—
×
AT-146
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
0734
—
—
×
AT-151
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
—
—
×
AT-160
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
0744
—
—
×
AT-164
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
—
—
×
AT-174
SFT SOL A/CIRC
P0750
0750
—
—
—
AT-180
SFT SOL B/CIRC
P0755
0755
—
—
—
AT-184
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P1031
1031
×
×
×*5
EC-930
EC-930
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
P1032
1032
×
×
×*
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
P1065
1065
—
—
×
EC-936
MAF SENSOR
P1102
1102
—
—
—
EC-940
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1111
1111
—
—
×
EC-947
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
—
—
—
EC-952
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
—
—
—
EC-954
ETC MOT PWR
P1124
1124
—
—
—
EC-961
Revision: May 2004
EC-641
EC
C
ECM
5
A
2003 Sentra
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC*1
Items (CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
2
GST*
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference page
ECM*3
ETC MOT PWR
P1126
1126
—
—
—
EC-961
ETC MOT PWR
P1128
1128
—
—
—
EC-966
VARI SWL CON/SV-B1
P1132
1132
—
—
×
EC-971
SWIRL CON/V POSI SEN
P1137
1137
—
—
×
EC-976
SWIRL CONT VALVE
P1138
1138
—
—
×
EC-984
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
×
×
×*5
EC-992
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
×
×
×*5
EC-1000
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
—
—
—
EC-1008
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
—
—
—
EC-1009
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
—
—
×
EC-1024
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
—
—
×
EC-1026
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
—
—
—
EC-1028
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1271
1271
×
×
×*5
EC-1033
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1272
1272
×
×
×*5
EC-1039
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1273
1273
×
×
×*5
EC-1045
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1274
1274
×
×
×*5
EC-1052
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1276
1276
×
×
×*5
EC-1059
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1278
1278
×
×
×*5
EC-1065
A/F SENSOR 1 (B1)
P1279
1279
×
×
×*
EC-1073
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P1444
1444
—
—
×
EC-1081
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1446
1446
—
—
×
EC-1089
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
—
—
—
EC-1095
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
—
—
—
EC-1102
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
—
—
—
EC-1113
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
—
—
—
AT-188
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P1706
1706
—
—
×
EC-1115
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
1760
—
—
×
AT-194
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
—
—
×
EC-1119
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
—
—
—
EC-1125
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
—
—
—
EC-1125
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
—
—
—
EC-1132
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
—
—
—
EC-1132
5
TP SENSOR
P2135
2135
—
—
—
EC-1140
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
—
—
—
EC-1147
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*5: These are not displayed with GST.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MIL illuminates.
*7: The trouble shooting for these DTCs needs CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
EC-642
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic A
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not EC
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec- C
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
D
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”,EC-651 .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-643 . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are E
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi- F
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-662 . Then perform “DTC Confirmation ProceG
dure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
H
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0350, P0705, P0750, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB0911E
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
Revision: May 2004
EC-643
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-700 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSIONRELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”, EC-651 .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
Revision: May 2004
EC-644
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SRT Item
A
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance Pri-
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
Corresponding DTC No.
EC
ority*1
CATALYST
2
Three way catalyst function
P0420
EVAP SYSTEM
1
EVAP control system
P0442
—
EVAP control system
P1442
2
EVAP control system
P0441
2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P1271
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P1272
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P1273
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P1274
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P1276
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P1278, P1279
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater
P1031, P1032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037
HO2S
HO2S HTR
2
C
D
E
F
G
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the performance priority for models with CONSULT-II.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-645
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →
Diagnosis
← ON →
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
P0402
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
— (1)
P0402
— (0)
— (0)
OK (1)
— (1)
OFF
OFF
← ON →
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK
OK
—
—
P0402
—
—
—
—
P1402
NG
—
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
1st trip DTC
—
1st trip DTC
DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
●
The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
●
The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
●
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
●
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
Revision: May 2004
EC-646
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF170Z
*1
EC-643
*2
EC-647
*3
EC-648
How to Display SRT Code
With CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
SEF935Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-647
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table
onEC-645 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
Revision: May 2004
EC-648
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1182E
Revision: May 2004
EC-649
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time required for the diagnosis under normal conditions* is the shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
●
Sea level
●
Flat road
●
Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
●
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
●
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
●
The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
●
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
●
The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
●
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
●
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
●
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
–
During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch
turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models
SEF414S
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher
gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary
according to road conditions, the weather and individual driving habits.
●
For normal acceleration in low altitude
areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high
altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH)
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
65 (40)
65 (40)
4th to 5th
75 (45)
75 (45)
Gear change
Revision: May 2004
EC-650
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
A
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
EC
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
48 (30)
2nd
84 (52)
3rd
128 (80)
4th
—
5th
—
C
D
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
E
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (15 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
X: Applicable
SRT item
CATALYST
EVAP SYSTEM
Self-diagnostic test item
Test value (GST display)
H
Test limit
Application
CID
01H
01H
Max.
×
02H
81H
Min.
×
EVAP control system (Small leak)
05H
03H
Max.
×
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
06H
83H
Min.
×
43H
0EH
Max.
×
44H
8EH
Min.
×
45H
8EH
Min.
×
19H
86H
Min.
×
1AH
86H
Min.
×
A/F sensor 1
HO2S
Heated oxygen sensor 2
A/F sensor 1 heater
HO2S HTR
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
1BH
06H
Max.
×
1CH
06H
Max.
×
57H
10H
Max.
×
58H
90H
Min.
×
2DH
0AH
Max.
×
2EH
8AH
Min.
×
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC (With CONSULT-II)
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-602 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
Revision: May 2004
EC-651
G
—: Not applicable
TID
Three way catalyst function
F
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5.
6.
7.
●
Touch “ENGINE”.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
WCIA0365E
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELFDIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC (With GST)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-602 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis
only to erase the DTC.)
3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
●
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
●
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
Revision: May 2004
EC-652
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
A
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
EC
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
UBS001R5
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-27, "WARNING
LAMPS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
C
D
E
F
SEF217U
G
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
Diagnostic Test
Mode
KEY and ENG.
Status
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
“ON” position
BULB CHECK
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
H
Engine stopped
I
J
K
Engine running
Mode II
Ignition switch in
“ON” position
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
●
“Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)”
●
“One trip detection diagnoses”
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
Engine stopped
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting MIL up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to
repair the trouble.
Revision: May 2004
EC-653
2003 Sentra
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
MIL Flashing Without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diagnostic test mode. EC-654, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later. EC654, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
●
Diagnostic trouble codes
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values
●
Others
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
●
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
●
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-655, "DIAGNOSTIC TEST
MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI27, "WARNING LAMPS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-654
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL
A
Condition
ON
When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF
No malfunction.
EC
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-602, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
●
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
●
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
Revision: May 2004
EC-655
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
OBD System Operation Chart
UBS001R6
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
●
●
●
●
●
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on
EC-639 .
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Fuel Injection System
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-649 .
For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-649 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Revision: May 2004
EC-656
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE” , “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared at
the moment OK is detected.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-657
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
●
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
●
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
●
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
●
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
●
The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
●
The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
●
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-658
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF393S
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Revision: May 2004
EC-659
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving Pattern A
AEC574
●
●
●
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
●
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
Revision: May 2004
EC-660
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
UBS001R7
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
C
D
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the EC-662 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the example on next page should be used.
E
F
G
H
SEF233G
I
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
J
K
L
SEF234G
Revision: May 2004
EC-661
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WORK FLOW
PBIB1043E
*1: If time data of “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” is other than “0” or “1t”,
refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
*2: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
*3: If the on board diagnostic system
cannot be performed, check main
power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to EC-721, "POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*4: If the malfunctioning part cannot be
found, refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .
*5: EC-649
*6: EC-716
Revision: May 2004
EC-662
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DESCRIPTION FOR WORK FLOW
STEP
A
DESCRIPTION FOR WORK FLOW
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-664, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or Generic Scan Tool) the (1st
trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and the (1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer
to EC-639 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at
STEP III & IV.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-674 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSUTL-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) The “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Check and read the (1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by
using CONSUTL-II or Generic Scan Tool.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSUTL-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
In case the “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” is not available, perform the
“OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK” instead. The (1st trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
STEP VI
STEP VII
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-669 .) If CONSULT-II is available, perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-716, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . If malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”. Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-674 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect
the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-686 .
The “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short
circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GI
section (“HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”, “Circuit Inspection”).
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, performEC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions
and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000 or 0505] is
detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the
previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in
ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-640 .)
Revision: May 2004
EC-663
2003 Sentra
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trouble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come
on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Example:
●
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
●
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Revision: May 2004
EC-664
SEF907L
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
MTBL0017
Revision: May 2004
EC-665
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
UBS001R8
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-728 .
Priority
1
Detected items (DTC)
●
U1000, U1001 CAN communication line
●
P0101, P0102, P0103, P1102 MAF sensor
●
P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT sensor
●
P0117, P0118, P0125 ECT sensor
●
P0122, P0123 TP sensor
●
P0128 Thermostat function
●
P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT sensor
●
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
●
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
P0460, P0461, P0462, P1463 Fuel level sensor
●
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
●
P0605 ECM
●
P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
●
P1229 Sensor power supply
●
P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
●
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
Revision: May 2004
EC-666
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Priority
2
3
Detected items (DTC)
A
●
P0037, P0038 HO2S2
●
P0138, P0139, P1146, P1148 HO2S2
●
P0441 EVAP control system
●
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
●
P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
●
P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
●
P0705, P0710, P0720, P0725, P0740, P0745, P0750, P0755, P1705, P1706, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid
valves and switches
●
P1031, P1032 A/F sensor 1 heater
●
P1065 ECM power supply
●
P1122 Electric throttle control function
●
P1124, P1126, P1128 Electric throttle control actuator
●
P1137 Swirl control valve control position sensor
●
P1138 Swirl control valve
●
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVER HEAT)
●
P1271, P1272, P1273, P1274, P1276, P1278, P1279 A/F sensor 1
●
P1805 Brake switch
●
P0011 IVT control
●
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
●
P0300-P0304 Cylinder misfire
●
P0420 Three way catalyst function
●
P0442, P1442 P0456 EVAP control system
●
P0455 EVAP control system
●
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
●
P0731-P0734, P0744 A/T function
●
P1111 IVT control solenoid valve
●
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
●
P1132 Swirl control valve
●
P1148 Closed loop control
●
P1564 ASCD steering switch
●
P1572 ASCD brake switch
●
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-667
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Fail-safe Chart
●
UBS001R9
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
P1102
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
ON or Start
40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after
ignition ON or Start
80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle position sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121
Electric throttle control actuator
(ECM detect the throttle
valve is stuck open.)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
rpm or more.
P1122
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124
P1126
Throttle control motor relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Throttle control motor
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Sensor power supply
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1128
P1129
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
●
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MIL up when
there is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses is continuously detected
as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and MIL circuit is
open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit and demands the driver to
repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Revision: May 2004
Engine speed will not rise more then 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-668
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Basic Inspection
UBS001RA
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.
–
–
–
–
4.
A
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
EC
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
C
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
E
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
F
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
G
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
SEF976U
J
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-669
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-670
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Refer to EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is “Idle Air Volume Learning” carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
E
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
G
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-842 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-836 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
J
K
L
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
>> GO TO 4.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: May 2004
EC-671
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is “Idle Air Volume Learning” carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 7 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 18 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: May 2004
EC-672
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
A
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-45, "INSTALLATION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-842 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-836 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
D
E
F
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
G
H
>> GO TO 4.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-673
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Symptom Matrix Chart
UBS001RB
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
2
3
2
Fuel pressure regulator system
3
3
4
4
4
Injector circuit
1
1
2
3
2
Evaporative emission system
3
3
4
4
4
Positive crankcase ventilation
system
3
3
4
4
4
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
3
3
Electric throttle control actuator
1
1
2
3
3
Incorrect ignition timing
adjustment
3
3
1
1
Ignition circuit
1
1
2
Main power supply and ground circuit
2
2
Air conditioner circuit
2
2
Air
Ignition
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
1
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
Fuel pump circuit
Fuel
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
AE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AD
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
Warranty symptom code
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
3
EC-1174
4
EC-637
2
EC-1168
4
4
EC-1205
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
EC-669
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1156
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
2
Reference
page
2
3
1
EC-1218
EC-624
2
EC-952,
EC-954
3
2
EC-721
3
2
MTC-19
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
Revision: May 2004
EC-674
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYMPTOM
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
AL
AM
HA
3
3
3
3
EC-825
2
2
2
2
2
EC-740,
EC-748
2
3
2
2
2
2
EC-1033
2
3
2
2
2
2
EC-760,
EC-772
H
2
EC-765,
EC-818,
EC-1024,
EC-1026,
EC-1140
I
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AK
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AJ
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AH
ENGINE STALL
AG
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
AF
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
circuit
2
2
3
3
Mass air flow sensor circuit
1
1
2
1
1
Warranty symptom code
1
Throttle position sensor circuit
1
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
2
3
2
3
2
2
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
2
2
3
2
1
3
3
Vehicle speed sensor circuit
2
3
3
Knock sensor circuit
1
1
1
2
3
E
G
J
2
Start signal circuit
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
EC-669
EC-984
2
ECM
3
3
3
EC-947
3
EC-916
3
EC-832
3
EC-927,
EC-668
SC-10
PNP switch circuit
3
3
2
Electrical load signal circuit
3
3
3
EC-1115
3
3
EC-922
3
3
EC-1185
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
Revision: May 2004
C
D
EC-1028,
EC-1125,
EC-1132,
EC-1147
2
3
Intake valve timing control system
Power steering pressure sensor circuit
Reference
page
K
Incorrect throttle position sensor
adjustment
Swirl control valve circuit
EC
F
A/F sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor
circuit
A
EC-675
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
Reference
page
FL-7
5
Vapor lock
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane)
Air
5
—
Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle control actuator)
Electric throttle control actuator, Throttle wire
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-12
Air leakage from intake manifold/Collector/Gasket
Cranking
—
Battery
Generator circuit
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SC-4
Starter circuit
3
Flywheel/Drive plate/Signal
plate
6
EM-67
PNP switch
4
EC-1115
1
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
Revision: May 2004
EC-676
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SYMPTOM
Engine
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
A
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC
Reference
page
D
E
F
Cylinder head
Cylinder head gasket
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
3
Cylinder block
G
Piston
4
Piston ring
Connecting rod
C
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
EM-52,EM67
6
H
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
I
Timing chain
Camshaft
Intake valve timing control
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-52
J
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust
Exhaust manifold/Tube/
Muffler/Gasket
K
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-52
5
EM-16, LU-8
, LU-7
Three way catalyst
Lubrication
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/
Oil filter/Oil gallery
L
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling
M
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
Thermostat
CO-6, CO-7
5
Water pump
Water gallery
5
5
5
5
5
Cooling fan
5
5
4
5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant
5
EC-1009
CO-7
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
Revision: May 2004
EC-677
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location
UBS001RC
BBIA0168E
Revision: May 2004
EC-678
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0169E
Revision: May 2004
EC-679
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0170E
Revision: May 2004
EC-680
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0139E
Revision: May 2004
EC-681
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
BBIA0171E
Revision: May 2004
EC-682
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
PBIB1211E
G
H
I
BBIA0193E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-683
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Circuit Diagram
UBS001RD
BBWA0405E
Revision: May 2004
EC-684
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0406E
Revision: May 2004
EC-685
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
UBS001RE
MBIB0045E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value
UBS0067T
PREPARATION
1.
2.
ECM is located in the right side of the cowl top (behind the strut
tower).
For this inspection:
Remove ECM harness protector.
BBIA0191E
3.
4.
When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with
levers as far as they will go as show at right.
Connect a bread-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
BBIA0138E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
1
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
ECM ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Engine ground
[Engine is running]
2
3
R
R/W
Revision: May 2004
A/F sensor 1 heater
Throttle control motor power
supply
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
EC-686
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
0 - 14V
EC
[Ignition switch “ON”]
4
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
C
PBIB0534E
D
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
5
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
E
F
PBIB0533E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G
[Engine is running]
11
G/Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
H
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
MBIB0052E
I
7 - 10V
J
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed 2,500 rpm
K
PBIB0532E
[Engine is running]
12
P
Power steering pressure
sensor
●
Steering wheel is being turned
[Engine is running]
●
Steering wheel is not being turned
0.5 - 4.0V
L
0.4 - 0.8V
M
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
13
Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
Revision: May 2004
EC-687
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
14
W/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0526E
15
W
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
●
16
35
Idle speed
OR/L
B/Y
56
OR
75
W/L
17
18
19
20
LG
R/W
PU/W
L/Y
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 3.1V
[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
2 - 3V
Swirl control valve
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
0.1 - 14V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
22
23
41
42
G/B
R/B
L/B
Y/B
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 2
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
Revision: May 2004
EC-688
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
●
25
W/B
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
EC
0 - 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under on load
C
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped.
[Engine is running]
●
32
L
EVAP control system pressure sensor
34
Y/G
Intake air temperature
sensor
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
intake air temperature.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
G
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
45
GY/L
F
H
Idle speed
I
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
J
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
K
PBIB0520E
47
B
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
48
R/W
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
R/Y
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
49
L
M
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
Revision: May 2004
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-689
Less than 4.75V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.5 - 2.1V
[Engine is running]
54
Y
Swirl control valve position
sensor
●
Idle speed
●
Engine coolant temperature is below 44°C
(111°F).
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
●
Engine coolant temperature is above 45°C
(113°F).
0 - 1.0V
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
61
62
80
81
L/W
BR
GY/R
PU
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 2
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
67
68
B/W
G/R
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
Sensor power supply
(Power steering pressure
sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
Revision: May 2004
Throttle position sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-690
More than 0.36V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Engine is running]
●
70
73
L
BR/W
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Engine coolant temperature
sensor
●
EC
Warm-up condition
Both A/C switch and blower switch are
“ON”
(Compressor operates.)
[Engine is running]
1.0 - 4.0V
C
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
engine coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
D
E
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
F
[Engine is running]
78
82
83
B
B/Y
G
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Lighting switch “ON”]
84
PU
Electrical load signal
(Headlamp signal)
●
[Lighting switch “ON”]
●
85
LG
DATA link connector
Y
CAN communication line
LG/B
Cooling fan relay (High)
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
G
Approximately 0V
H
I
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Cooling fan is not operating
[Engine is running]
●
Cooling fan is high speed operating
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
94
L
CAN communication line
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.8V
●
96
Y/G
Heater fan switch
[Engine is running]
●
Revision: May 2004
Heater fan switch “ON”
Heater fan switch “OFF”
EC-691
L
M
0 - 1.0V
90
[Engine is running]
J
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
89
Lighting switch is “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
86
Lighting switch is “2nd” position
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
97
LG/R
Cooling fan relay (Low)
Cooling fan is not operating
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Cooling fan is operating
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
99
W/R
ASCD steering switch
CRUISE switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CANCEL switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
COAST/SET switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ACCEL/RESUME switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
102
G/OR
Gear position is “P” or “N”
PNP switch
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
104
P
0.28 - 0.48V
Except the above gear position
More than 2.0V
Approximately 4V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 1V
Approximately 2V
Approximately 3V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
A/T models
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T models
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor relay
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
107
W
OR
Revision: May 2004
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
EC-692
More than 4.3V
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Ignition switch “ON”]
108
109
P/L
B/R
ASCD brake switch
Ignition switch
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
W/G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
111
EC
Approximately 0V
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
113
B/P
Fuel pump relay
For 1 second after turning ignition switch
“ON”
E
F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G
0 - 1.0V
H
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch “ON”.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
115
116
B
B
ECM ground
117
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
121
W/L
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
Idle speed
D
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
C
I
Engine ground
J
K
L
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-693
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CONSULT-II Function
UBS001RG
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Data monitor (SPEC)
Input/Output specification of the Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine each system is “OK” or “NG”.
ECM part number
ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
Revision: May 2004
EC-694
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
A
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
INPUT
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
×
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
×
Mass air flow sensor
×
Engine coolant temperature sensor
×
A/F sensor 1
×
×
Heated oxygen sensor 2
×
×
×
Vehicle speed sensor
×
×
×
Accelerator pedal position sensor
×
×
×
Throttle position sensor
×
×
×
Fuel tank temperature sensor
×
×
×
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
×
×
×
Intake air temperature sensor
×
×
×
Knock sensor
×
ACTIVE
TEST
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
EC
C
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Air conditioner switch
×
×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
×
×
×
Stop lamp switch
×
×
×
Power steering oil pressure switch
×
×
Battery voltage
×
×
Load signal
×
×
Swirl control valve position sensor
×
×
×
Fuel level sensor
×
×
×
ASCD steering switch
×
×
×
ASCD brake switch
×
×
×
EC-695
D
×
E
×
×
×
×
F
G
×
H
I
Closed throttle position switch
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
signal)
Revision: May 2004
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
Injectors
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
OUTPUT
Power transistor (Ignition timing)
×
Throttle control motor relay
×
Throttle control motor
×
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
×
Air conditioner relay
Fuel pump relay
×
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
SRT
STATUS
×
×
Cooling fan
×
×
×
A/F sensor 1 heater
×
×
×
×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
×
×
×
×
EVAP canister vent control valve
×
×
×
×
Swirl control valve
×
×
×
×
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
×
×
×
×
×
×
Calculated load value
×
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer toEC-640 .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and “CONSULT-II CONVERTER” to data
link connector, which is located under LH dash panel near the
fuse box cover.
SEF514Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-696
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Touch “START”.
A
EC
C
BCIA0029E
D
5.
Touch “ENGINE”.
E
F
G
SEF995X
6.
Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
H
I
J
PBIB2308E
K
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
CONDITION
●
USAGE
FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure
from fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
●
THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
SELF-LEARNING CONT
●
THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
Revision: May 2004
EC-697
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WORK ITEM
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CONDITION
USAGE
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
●
IGN SW “ON”
●
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
●
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
●
NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM
●
TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
●
WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
●
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER ANY CONDITION OTHER THAN THE ABOVE,
CONSULT-II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY
APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
●
IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ*
●
IDLE CONDITION
●
When adjusting target ignition
timing
After adjustment, confirm target ignition timing with a timing
light.
●
If the “TARGET IDLE RPM
ADJ” has been done, the Idle
Air Volume Learning procedure
will not be completed.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX” (See EC-602 .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
Description
●
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-602 .)
●
“Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
●
The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
[°C] or [°F]
●
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
“Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
●
“Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
FUEL SYS-B1
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]
Revision: May 2004
EC-698
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Freeze frame data
item*1
Description
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
●
The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
●
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
●
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
●
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
A
EC
C
D
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-699
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
×: Applicable
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
ENG SPEED [rpm]
×
×
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
×
×
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and
camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
●
The signal voltage of the mass air
flow sensor is displayed.
●
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the
fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
learned on board correction.
●
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
feedback correction factor per cycle
is indicated.
×
COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F]
×
×
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V]
×
×
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
×
×
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
×
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
×
×
BATTERY VOLT [V]
×
×
ACCEL SEN 1 [V]
×
ACCEL SEN 2 [V]
×
THRTL SEN 1 [V]
×
THRTL SEN 2 [V]
×
FUEL T/TMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
×
Revision: May 2004
●
×
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
Description
×
●
The engine coolant temperature
(determined by the signal voltage of
the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
●
The A/F signal computed from the
input signal of the A/F sensor 1 is
displayed.
●
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed.
●
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2
signal:
RICH... means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small.
LEAN... means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large.
●
The vehicle speed computed from
the vehicle speed sensor signal is
displayed.
●
The power supply voltage of ECM is
displayed.
×
●
The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
×
●
The throttle position sensor signal
voltage is displayed.
●
The fuel temperature judged from
the fuel tank temperature sensor signal voltage is displayed.
●
The intake air temperature determined by the signal voltage of the
intake air temperature sensor is indicated.
×
EC-700
Remarks
●
When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.
●
When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.
●
This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
●
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
●
When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
EVAP SYS PRES [V]
×
FUEL LEVEL SE [V]
×
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
The signal voltage of EVAP control
system pressure sensor is displayed.
●
The signal voltage of the fuel level
sensor is displayed.
●
Indicates start signal status [ON/
OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed
and battery voltage.
×
●
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
×
×
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
×
×
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
×
×
×
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the
air conditioner switch as determined
by the air conditioner signal.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
the park/neutral position (PNP)
switch signal.
×
●
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
×
×
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ignition switch.
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
the heater fan switch signal.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
the stop lamp switch signal.
●
Indicates the actual fuel injection
pulse width compensated by ECM
according to the input signals.
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec]
×
IGN TIMING [BTDC]
×
●
Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input
signals.
●
“Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current airflow divided
by peak airflow.
●
Indicates the mass airflow computed
by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass airflow sensor.
●
Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM
according to the input signals.
●
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
PURG VOL C/V [%]
Revision: May 2004
●
After starting the engine, [OFF] is
displayed regardless of the starter
signal.
EC-701
D
E
F
G
H
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
the electrical load signal.
ON... rear defogger is operating and/
or lighting switch is on.
OFF... rear defogger is not operating
and lighting switch is not on.
●
×
C
[ON/OFF] condition of the power
steering system determined by the
power steering pressure sensor signal is indicated.
×
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
EC
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF]
computed by ECM according to the
accelerator pedal position sensor
signal.
●
●
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
A
Remarks
I
J
K
L
●
●
When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated.
When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated.
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
Indicates the swirl control valve control value computed by the ECM
according to the input signals.
●
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
●
Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
advanced angle.
●
The control condition of the intake
valve timing control solenoid valve is
indicated.
ON... Intake valve timing control
solenoid is operating.
OFF... Intake valve timing control
solenoid is not operating.
●
The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated.
●
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
condition determined by ECM
according to the input signals.
●
The control condition of the EVAP
canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input
signal) is indicated.
●
ON... Closed
OFF... Open
●
Indicates the throttle control motor
relay control condition determined by
the ECM according to the input signals.
●
Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fan (determined by ECM
according to the input signal).
HIGH... High speed operation
LOW... Low speed operation
OFF... Stop
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
determined by ECM according to the
input signals.
●
Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed yet.
CMPLT... Idle air volume learning
has already been performed successfully.
●
Distance traveled while MIL is activated
●
The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed.
●
The vehicle speed computed from
the vehicle speed signal sent from
TCM is displayed.
SWRL C/V (B1)[step]
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA]
INT/V SOL-B1
[ON/OFF]
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
×
FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF]
×
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
×
COOLING FAN
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
IDL A/V LEARN
[ON/OFF]
TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [Mile]
AC PRESS SEN [V]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
Revision: May 2004
EC-702
Remarks
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
●
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
CRUISE switch signal.
CANSEL SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ACCEL/RES switch signal.
SET SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
COAST/SET switch signal.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ASCD brake switch signal, and
ASCD clutch switch signal (M/T
models).
BRAKE SW1 SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW2 SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
lamp switch signal.
●
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON... Vehicle speed is maintained
at the ASCD set speed.
CUT... Vehicle speed increased to
excessively high compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
VHCL SPD CUT
[NON/CUT]
●
LO SPEED CUT
[NON/CUT]
AT OD CANCEL
[ON/OFF]
CRUISE LAMP
[ON/OFF]
SET LAMP
[ON/OFF]
Revision: May 2004
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON... Vehicle speed is maintained
at the ASCD set speed.
CUT... Vehicle speed increased to
excessively low compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
J
K
L
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T
O/D cancel signal sent from the
TCM.
M
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
CRUISE lamp determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
●
Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control
value computed by ECM according
to the input signal.
●
The current flow to the heater
becomes larger as the value
increases.
●
Indicates the swirl control value
opening angle computed by ECM
according to signal voltage of the
swirl control valve position sensor.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
lamp determined by the ECM
according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) [%]
SWL/C POSI SE
[degree]
EC
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T
O/D according to the input signal
from the TCM.
●
AT OD MONITOR
[ON/OFF]
A
Remarks
×
EC-703
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
Remarks
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec],
[Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
SUTY-LOW
●
Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or
pulse width measured by the probe.
PLS WIDTH-HI
●
Only “#” is displayed if item is
unable to be measured.
●
Figures with “#”s are temporary
ones. They are the same figures as
an actual piece of data which was
just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
Revision: May 2004
EC-704
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
×
×
A
Description
EC
●
ENG SPEED [rpm]
×
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
×
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor specification is displayed.
●
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
●
×
Indicates the engine speed computed
from the POS signal of the crankshaft
position sensor.
●
×
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
Remarks
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
C
●
When engine is running, specification
range is indicated.
●
When engine is running, specification
range is indicated.
●
When engine is running, specification
range is indicated.
●
This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
D
E
F
NOTE:
Any monitored item that dose not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
G
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
●
FUEL
INJECTION
●
●
IGNITION
TIMING
COOLING FAN
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-II.
Timing light: Set
●
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
●
A/C switch “OFF”
●
Shift lever “N”
●
Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Turn the cooling fan “ON” and
“OFF” using CONSULT-II.
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
Revision: May 2004
JUDGEMENT
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
●
POWER
BALANCE
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
Engine runs rough or dies.
Cooling fan moves and stops.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
EC-705
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
●
Harness and connector
●
Fuel injectors
●
A/F sensor 1
●
“Idle Air Volume Learning” (Refer
toEC-634 .)
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Crankshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
●
Engine component parts and
installing conditions
●
Harness and connector
●
Compression
●
Injectors
●
Power transistor
●
Spark plugs
●
Ignition coils
●
Harness and connector
●
Cooling fan motor
●
Cooling fan relay
●
Harness and connector
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Fuel injectors
●
Harness and connector
●
Fuel pump relay
H
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TEST ITEM
VALVE TIMING
SOL
PURG VOL
CONT/V
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
VENT
CONTROL/V
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen for operating sound
●
Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
●
Change the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
opening percent using CONSULT-II.
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
●
Harness and connector
●
Solenoid valve
Engine speed changes according to
the opening percent.
●
Harness and connector
●
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
●
Harness and connector
●
Solenoid valve
Swirl control valve makes an operating sound.
●
Harness and connector
●
Swirl control valve
●
Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Change swirl control valve opening step using CONSULT-II.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-644, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode
EVAPORATIVE
SYSTEM
Test item
Condition
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442*
EC-858
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456*
EC-1081
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
EC-1081
PURGE FLOW P0441
EC-852
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1273
EC-1045
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for
DTC.
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1274
A/F SEN1
HO2S2
Reference page
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278
EC-1052
EC-1065
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1279
EC-1073
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276
EC-1059
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
EC-992
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
EC-1000
HO2S2 (B1) P0139
EC-787
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B15 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screen.
Revision: May 2004
EC-706
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
A
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
●
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
C
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data...
D
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detecSEF705Y
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on
E
the screen during “ Recording Data... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
F
●
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM.
G
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
H
SEF707X
I
Operation
1.
●
●
2.
“AUTO TRIG”
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" ,
“Incident Simulation Tests”.)
“MANU TRIG”
Revision: May 2004
EC-707
2003 Sentra
J
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
●
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
PBIB0197E
Revision: May 2004
EC-708
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST)
UBS001RH
A
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual.
EC
C
D
SEF139P
FUNCTION
E
Diagnostic test mode
Function
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. [For details, refer to “Freeze Frame Data” EC-643 ).]
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
MODE 1
F
G
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
CLEAR DIAG INFO
●
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
●
Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
●
Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
●
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
●
Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
●
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
H
I
MODE 6
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
MODE 7
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, following parts can be opened or closed.
●
EVAP canister vent control valve open
●
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve closed
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8
MODE 9
—
(CALIBRATION ID)
Revision: May 2004
●
Low ambient temperature
●
Low battery voltage
●
Engine running
●
Ignition switch “OFF”
●
Low fuel temperature
●
Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
K
L
M
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
EC-709
J
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect GST to data link connector for GST which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
SEF514Z
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5.
Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001RI
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
MAS A/F SE-B1
B/FUEL SCHDL
Revision: May 2004
●
Tachometer: Connect
●
Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
Idle
1.0 - 1.6 msec
2,000 rpm
0.7 - 1.3 msec
EC-710
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
A/F ALPHA-B1
●
Engine: After warming up
COOLAN TEMP/S
●
Engine: After warming up
A/F SEN1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
VHCL SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with
the CONSULT-II value
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
11 - 14V
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.3V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever
D: (A/T model)
1st: (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
Less than 4.75V
IGNITION SW
Revision: May 2004
●
●
●
●
●
●
K
1.8 - 4.8V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Ignition switch: ON
I
J
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
G
H
●
●
LOAD SIGNAL
E
LEAN ←→ RICH
F
START SIGNAL
PW/ST SIGNAL
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
D
Ignition switch: ON
P/N POSI SW
Fluctuates around 1.5V
●
●
EC
C
●
AIR COND SIG
A
53 - 155%
More than 70°C (158°F)
EVAP SYS PRES
CLSD THL POS
SPECIFICATION
OFF → ON → OFF
Throttle valve: Idle position
ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open
OFF
A/C switch “OFF”
OFF
A/C switch “ON”
(Compressor operates)
ON
Shift lever “P” or “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
ON
Except above
OFF
Steering wheel in neutral position
(Forward direction)
OFF
The steering wheel is turned
ON
Rear window defogger switch
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
ON
Rear window defogger switch is
OFF and lighting switch is OFF
OFF
Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON
EC-711
L
M
ON → OFF
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
INJ PULSE-B1
IGN TIMING
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
PURG VOL C/V
SWL C/V (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: Idle the engine
SPECIFICATION
Heater fan is operating
ON
Heater fan is not operating
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
Idle
2.4 - 3.2 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 3.2 msec
Idle
A/T 18°+5° BTDC
M/T 7°±5° BTDC
2,000 rpm
More than 25° BTDC
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
—
Engine coolant temperature is
below 44°C (111°F)
0 - 5 step
Engine coolant temperature is
above 45°C (113°F)
115 - 120 step
Idle
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to
2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0% - 80%
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No - load
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON
●
Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
●
Engine running and cranking
●
When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 seconds)
●
Except as shown above
OFF
VENT CONT/V
●
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
THRTL RELAY
●
Ignition switch: ON
ON
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No - load
INT/V SOL (B1)
AIR COND RLY
FUEL PUMP RLY
INT/V TIM (B1)
Revision: May 2004
OFF → ON
ON
Idle
–5° - 5°CA
When revving engine up to
2,000 rpm quickly
Approx. 0° - 30°CA
EC-712
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
COOLING FAN
●
After warming up engine, idle
the engine.
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and
104°C (219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is
105°C (221°F) or more
HIGH
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions
are met.
–
Engine: After warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL
has turned ON
●
Ignition switch: ON
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
●
Engine: Idle the engine
EC
C
OFF
D
ON
TRVL AFTER MIL
SWL/C POSI SE
A
Engine coolant temperature is
94°C (201°F) or less
●
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
SPECIFICATION
E
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
F
0 - 100%
Engine coolant temperature is
below 44°C (111°F)
Approx. 0 deg.
Engine coolant temperature is
above 45°C (113°F)
Approx. 80 deg.
G
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
●
Engine: Idle
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indiction with the
CONSULT-II value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II valve
SET VHCL SPD
●
Engine: Running
ASCD: Operating
The preset vehicle speed is
displayed.
MAIN SW
Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
●
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
ACCEL/RES switch:
Depressed
ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released
OFF
COAST/SET switch:
Depressed
ON
COAST/SET switch: Released
OFF
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
pedal: Fully released
ON
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
CRUISE Lamp: Illuminated
ON
CRUISE Lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
SET Lamp: Illuminated
ON
SET Lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
AC PRESS SEN
VEH SPEED SE
CANCEL SW
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
BRAKE SW1
BRAKE SW2
CRUISE LAMP
SET LAMP
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 0V
H
1.0 - 4.0V
J
K
L
M
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
Revision: May 2004
EC-713
I
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001RJ
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON” and with selector lever in “D” position.
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1/B2)” and “INJ
PULSE” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-714
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF600Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-715
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description
PFP:00031
UBS001RK
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
●
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
●
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
●
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
●
UBS001RL
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles)
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
●
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
●
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
●
Electrical load: Not applied*2
●
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until
“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). For MT
models, drive vehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not operating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.
●
Inspection Procedure
UBS001RM
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-669, "Basic Inspection" “.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SEB1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-717, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-716
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001RN
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF613ZD
Revision: May 2004
EC-717
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SEF614Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-718
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF615ZA
Revision: May 2004
EC-719
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description
PFP:00006
UBS001RO
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.
III
The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV
(1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
VI
The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001RP
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" , “GROUND INSPECTION”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-720
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
Wiring Diagram
PFP:24110
A
UBS001RQ
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0771E
Revision: May 2004
EC-721
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
1
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
ECM ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
109
B/R
Ignition switch
Idle speed
111
W/G
0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
B
B
ECM ground
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for
ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Engine is running]
●
0 - 1.0V
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
115
116
Engine ground
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
DATA (DC Voltage)
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS001RR
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
MBIB0015E
Revision: May 2004
EC-722
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and 10A fuse
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116, and engine ground.
Refer to WIRING DIAGRAM.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F26, M58
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-723
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-II
1.
Disconnect ECM relay.
SEF387Z
2.
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
SEF420X
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse and fusible link box connectors E22, E24
●
10A fuse
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-1156, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-724
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-III
1.
2.
A
Stop engine.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
C
D
MBIB0026E
E
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and harness connector F47.
F
>> Repair harness or connectors.
11. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III
G
1.
2.
H
Turn ignition switch “ON” and then “OFF”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
After turning ignition switch “OFF”, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds,
then drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
14.
I
J
MBIB0016E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-725
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND GROUND
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect ECM relay.
SEF387Z
3.
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
SEF860T
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F47.
>> Repair harness or connectors.
14. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and
ECM relay terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF387Z
15. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-726
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
16. CHECK ECM RELAY
1.
2.
A
Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
EC
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
D
PBIB0077E
E
17. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116, and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
G
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 18
H
I
18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F26, M58
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-727
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
PFP:23710
UBS003WA
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000*2
1000*2
U1001*1
DTC detecting condition
●
CAN communication
line
1001*1
UBS003WB
●
ECM cannot communicate to other control
units.
ECM cannot communicate for more than the
specified time.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
*1: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
*2: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
UBS003WC
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 3 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-730, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-728
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003WD
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0274E
Revision: May 2004
EC-729
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003WE
Go to LAN-3, "CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-730
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
Description
PFP:23796
A
UBS0067U
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM Function
Actuator
EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Vehicle speed signal*
Vehicle speed
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MBIB0121E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
J
K
L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0067V
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
INT/V TIM (B1)
INT/V SOL (B1)
Revision: May 2004
SPECIFICATION
Idle
−5° - 5°CA
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
Approx. 0° - 30°CA
Idle
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
Approx. 0% - 80%
EC-731
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0011
0011
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control performance
UBS0067W
Detecting condition
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle degree.
Possible cause
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0067X
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P1111”. See
EC-947, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select ″DATA MONITOR″ mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE
100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
2,000 - 4,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More than 3.38 msec
Selector lever
A/T models: “D” position
M/T models: 5th position
4.
5.
6.
PBIB0164E
Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS
70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
7.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-950, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-732
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0067Y
1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
A
Refer to EC-841, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC
C
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-847, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
D
E
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
F
G
H
PBIB0565E
I
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram refer to EC-838, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-843, "Wiring Diagram"
for CMP sensor (PHASE).
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-733
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
Description
PFP:226A0
UBS0067Z
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM Function
Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600
OFF
●
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load
ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00680
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0037
0037
P0038
0038
UBS00681
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control circuit low
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control circuit high
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00682
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-734
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-737, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
A
EC
C
SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
●
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-737, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-735
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00683
BBWA0773E
Revision: May 2004
EC-736
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
●
25
W/B
A
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
C
0 - 1.0V
D
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under on load
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped.
[Engine is running]
●
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00684
1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
I
J
BBIA0175E
4.
Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
K
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
PBIB0112E
Revision: May 2004
EC-737
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness connectors E108, M19
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-739, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-738
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS00685
A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1.
Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
EC
C
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
G
BBIA0312E
Removal and Installation
H
UBS00686
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
I
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-739
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
UBS003M1
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF987W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003M2
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 30.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003M3
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-455, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY".
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0101
0101
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Intake air leaks
●
Mass air flow sensor
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance
problem
B)
Possible cause
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under heavy load driving condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003M4
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION “B”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-740
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch “ON”)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
EC
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
D
E
SEF174Y
With GST
F
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
G
CAUTION:
Always driver vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
H
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
I
J
K
L
M
SEF243Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-741
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL POS SEN
More than 3.0V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load)
will help maintain the driving conditions required
for this test.
8.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
SEF719Y
UBS003M5
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to
about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
If NG, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF534P
Revision: May 2004
EC-742
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003M6
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0774E
Revision: May 2004
EC-743
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
48
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
ITEM
Sensors' power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.5 - 2.1V
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Mass air flow sensor ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS003M7
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connections.
Air duct
●
Vacuum hoses
●
Intake air passage between air duct and collector
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
●
Revision: May 2004
EC-744
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
EC
>> GO TO 4.
C
D
BBIA0155E
E
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
F
G
H
BBIA0147E
3.
I
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
J
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
L
PBIB0076E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-745
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-746
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003M8
A
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Conditions
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
C
Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.0 - 1.7
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.5 - 2.1
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
EC
D
SEF100V
E
1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
4.
5.
6.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
● Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
● Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
● Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-747
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
UBS003MA
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF987W
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003MB
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.1V
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 30.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003MC
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P0102 or P0103 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1028.
DTC No.
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit low input
Mass air flow sensor
circuit high input
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake air leaks
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Revision: May 2004
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-748
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003MD
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
D
E
SEF058Y
F
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
G
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
H
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is derected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I
J
K
SEF058Y
With GST
L
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-749
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003MF
BBWA0774E
Revision: May 2004
EC-750
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
48
EC
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
A
ITEM
Sensors' power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
D
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.5 - 2.1V
E
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Mass air flow sensor ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
0 - 1.0V
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
UBS003MG
J
1. INSPECTION START
K
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
L
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
M
Check the following for connections.
●
Air duct
●
Vacuum hoses
●
Intake air passage between air duct to manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
Revision: May 2004
EC-751
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0155E
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0147E
3.
Check voltage between MAF terminals 2, 4 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-752
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
F
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR POEN AND SHORT
1.
H
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-759, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
L
M
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-753
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003MH
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Conditions
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.0 - 1.7
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.5 - 2.4
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
SEF100V
1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
4.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
● Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
● Perform step 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
●
5.
6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-754
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS003MJ
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
Intake air temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
F
kΩ
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS003MK
DTC detecting condition
P0112
0112
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake air temperature sensor
K
L
UBS003ML
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-755
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-756
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003MM
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0775E
Revision: May 2004
EC-757
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003MN
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0150E
4.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0066E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between TCM and intake air temperature sensor
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-759, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace intake air temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-758
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003MO
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
C
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
D
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
E
F
SEC266C
G
H
I
SEF012P
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-759
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
UBS001T1
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 73
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS001T3
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-760
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
A
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch “ON”
or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
display)
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start
40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
Start
80°C (176°F)
EC
C
D
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
Except as shown above
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while the engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001T4
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E
F
G
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
I
J
SEF058Y
K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-761
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001T5
BBWA0776E
Revision: May 2004
EC-762
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001T6
1. CHECK ETC SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0151E
4.
Check voltage between ECT terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
G
H
PBIB0080E
I
2. CHECK ETC SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORRT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECT terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
K
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
L
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between TCM and engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-764, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-763
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001T7
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB0081E
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
73 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
SEF012P
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
UBS001T8
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-764
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS00687
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00688
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
F
SPECIFICATION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever
D: (A/T model)
1st: (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
Less than 4.75V
G
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00689
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0122
0122
Throttle position sensor 2
circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2
is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
J
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor 2
circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2
is sent to ECM.
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
K
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor)
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-765
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0068A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go toEC-768, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-766
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0068B
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA1380E
Revision: May 2004
EC-767
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
WIRE
COLOR
B
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 2
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
91
R/G
Sensors power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 0.36V
Approximately 5V
UBS0068C
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-768
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
A
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0152E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E
H
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
J
Continuity should exist.
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
L
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
●
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
M
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-767
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-1134
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1132, "DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-769
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-770
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS0068D
A
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1060E
F
G
UBS0068E
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
H
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-771
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
UBS001TH
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117, P0118, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118, EC-760 .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 73
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS001TJ
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0125
0125
Trouble diagnosis name
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for
closed loop fuel control
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
●
Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
●
Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
EC-772
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Thermostat
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001TK
A
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 15°C (59°F).
If it is above 15°C (59°F), the test result will be OK. If it is
below 15°C (59°F), go to following step.
Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 15°C (59°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-773, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
E
F
SEF174Y
WITH GST
G
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001TM
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
H
Refer to EC-773, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
I
J
2. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cooled [lower than 75°C (167°F)], grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
K
L
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001TN
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
SEF152P
Revision: May 2004
EC-773
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.0
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
UBS001TO
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-774
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS003N6
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
Intake air
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
F
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.43
7.9 - 9.3
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
H
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0127
0127
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature
too high
UBS003N7
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
●
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
K
Intake air temperature sensor
UBS003N8
EC-775
J
Possible cause
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Revision: May 2004
I
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-776, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003NA
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-777, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace intake air temperature sensor.
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-776
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003NB
A
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
2.
Intake air temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
F
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
G
SEF012P
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-777
2003 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:21200
UBS001TP
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
0128
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
Thermostat function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Thermostat
●
Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
UBS001TR
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
●
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 68°C (154°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 68°C (154°F).
If it is below 68°C (154°F), go to following step.
If it is above 68°C (154°F), stop engine and cool down the engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry
from step 1.
Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-778, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001TS
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-779, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-778
2003 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006I1
A
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
EC
C
D
SEF152P
E
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.0
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
F
G
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
UBS001TT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
I
Refer to CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-779
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS0068F
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0068G
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0068H
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of rear heated
oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the or not the voltage is too
high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF305UA
DTC No.
P0138
0138 (Bank
1)
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit high voltage
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM.
EC-780
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0068I
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-783, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
D
E
F
G
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
●
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Select “Mode 3” with GST.
If NG, go to EC-783, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-781
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0068J
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-782
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
A
●
Warm-up condition
●
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
C
D
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
E
[Engine is running]
78
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
UBS0068K
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
G
1.
2.
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0155E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-783
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-802 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0150E
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-784
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
A
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-785, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
F
G
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
I
Component Inspection
UBS0068L
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
J
1.
2.
3.
K
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
L
M
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-785
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB1210E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 to 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.70V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) “3rd” gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS0068M
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-786
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0139 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
A
UBS0068N
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0068O
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
F
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
G
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
H
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
I
UBS0068P
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition
such as fuel-cut.
J
K
L
M
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
0139
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
circuit slow response
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
It takes more time for the sensor to respond
between rich and lean than the specified time.
EC-787
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0068Q
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
For the best results, perform ″DTC WORK SUPPORT″ at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
SEF189Y
5.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-791 .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3.
PBIB0115E
a.
b.
c.
d.
Overall Function Check
UBS0068R
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-788
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
7.
8.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T) “3rd” gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-791, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
PBIB1197E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-789
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0068S
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-790
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
A
●
Warm-up condition
●
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
C
D
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
E
[Engine is running]
78
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
UBS0068T
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
G
1.
2.
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0155E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-791
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-795 or EC-802 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0150E
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-792
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
A
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-793, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
F
G
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
I
Component Inspection
UBS0068U
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
J
1.
2.
3.
K
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
L
M
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-793
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB1210E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.70V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear
position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS0068V
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-794
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16600
A
UBS001UU
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC No.
P0171
0171
Trouble
diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too learn
ECM
function
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Actuator
D
Injectors
DTC detecting condition
●
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
E
Possible Cause
F
●
Intake air leaks
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Injectors
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
Lack of fuel
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Incorrect PCV hose connection
G
H
I
UBS001UV
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
Revision: May 2004
J
EC-795
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
7.
8.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-798, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
BBIA0150E
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
Revision: May 2004
EC-796
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001UW
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0799E
Revision: May 2004
EC-797
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001UX
1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor 1
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
BBIA0140E
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 and ground, or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1,
2, 5, 6 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-798
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
A
Release fuel pressure to zero.
Refer to EC-638 .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-637, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
EC
At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
●
Fuel pump and circuit Refer to EC-1174 .
●
Fuel lines. Refer to MA-19, "Checking Fuel Lines" .
●
Fuel filter for clogging
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace fuel pressure regulator.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
E
F
G
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
H
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling:
at 2,500
rpm:
1.
2.
I
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
J
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at idling:
at 2,500
rpm:
K
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-740 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-799
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1168, "INJECTOR" .
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove injector with fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: May 2004
EC-800
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK INJECTOR
A
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect all ignition wires.
Place pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC
C
D
SEF595Q
E
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-801
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16600
UBS001UY
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel injection
system too
rich
ECM
function
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Actuator
Injectors
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●
Injectors
●
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
Mass air flow sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001UZ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure ” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”
or “START”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
6.
7.
8.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-802
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
EC
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
C
5. Select “MODE 7” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
D
BBIA0150E
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
F
check for fouling, etc.
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-803
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001V0
BBWA0799E
Revision: May 2004
EC-804
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001V1
1. CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
A
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
EC
C
D
E
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1.
2.
H
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor 1
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
I
J
BBIA0140E
Continuity should exist.
4.
L
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 and ground, or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1,
2, 5, 6 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero.
Refer to EC-637 .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
K
EC-805
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1174 .)
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace fuel pressure regulator.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
: 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
: 1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
: 5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer toEC-740 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-806
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
F
G
H
I
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for “Injector”, EC-1168 .
K
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
L
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
M
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-807
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-808
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS003ND
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
BBIA0132E
E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
F
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 107
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
SEF012P
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0181
0181
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/
performance
UBS003NE
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
K
UBS003NF
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal.
If the signal is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the signal is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than
60°C (140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-812, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-809
SEF475Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-810
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003NG
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0285E
Revision: May 2004
EC-811
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003NH
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to, EC-813, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-812
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003NI
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C
Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
D
E
F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
UBS003NJ
G
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-813
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
UBS003NK
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
BBIA0132E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 107
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use
ground other than ECM, such as body ground.
SEF012P
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
UBS003NL
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003NM
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-816, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF475Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-814
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003NN
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0285E
Revision: May 2004
EC-815
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003NO
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0932E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to, EC-817, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
Revision: May 2004
EC-816
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003NP
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C
Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in
the figure.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
D
E
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
F
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
UBS003NQ
G
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-817
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003WN
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003WO
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever
D: (A/T model)
1st: (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003WP
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0222
0222
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode an the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-818
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003WQ
A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-821, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
E
F
SEF058Y
WITH GST
G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-819
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003WR
BBWA1381E
Revision: May 2004
EC-820
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B
A
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
D
More than 0.36V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
F
Less than 4.75V
G
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 2
Less than 4.75V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
J
More than 0.36V
K
Approximately 5V
L
UBS003WS
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-821
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0152E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-262
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-513
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-517 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-822
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-52, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
E
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
L
Refer to EC-824, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
M
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-823
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003WT
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
PBIB1060E
UBS003WU
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-824
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
PFP:00020
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
UBS001VI
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
ECM function
C
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected
Multiple cylinder misfire.
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
D
E
F
G
H
Possible cause
●
Improper spark plug
●
Insufficient compression
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
The injector circuit is open or shorted
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leak
●
The ignition signal circuit is open or
shorted
●
Lack of fuel
●
Drive plate
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Incorrect PCV hose connection
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-825
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001VJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-826, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
PBIB0164E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001VK
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, TWC (Manifold three way catalyst) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace it.
Revision: May 2004
EC-826
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
EC
C
D
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
E
F
G
H
BBIA0176E
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
I
J
4. CHECK INJECTOR
K
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1168 .
L
M
MEC703B
Revision: May 2004
EC-827
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Remove ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Remove spark plug from ignition coil assembly.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to ignition coil.
4. Place and of spark plug against a suitable ground crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-1156, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
SEF575Q
6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS
Check the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace spark plug (s) with standard type one
(s). For spark plug type ignition coil. Refer to EM-12 .
SEF156I
7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Refer to EM-52, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Check compression pressure.
Standard:
1,324 kPa (13.5 kg/cm2 , 192 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum:
1,128 kPa (11.5 kg/cm2 , 164 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between each cylinder:
98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
Revision: May 2004
EC-828
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
A
Install all removed parts.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
EC
At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
D
BBIA0137E
E
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
Check the following.
●
Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1174, "FUEL PUMP" .)
●
Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to FL-3 .)
●
Fuel lines (Refer to MA-19, "Checking Fuel Lines" .)
●
Fuel filter for clogging
G
H
>> Repair or replace.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
I
Perform EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
J
Specifications
A/T
800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
650 ± 50 rpm
A/T
18 ± 5°BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
7 ± 5°BTDC
K
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-829
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to “Wiring Diagram”.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor 1 terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
BBIA0140E
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
13. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling:
at 2,500 rpm:
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at idling:
at 2,500 rpm:
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK CONNECTORS
Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or engine
grounds.
Refer to EC-740, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" , EC-748, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" and EC-940,
"DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or replace it.
Revision: May 2004
EC-830
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
A
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-674, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
16. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
C
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
D
>> GO TO 17.
E
17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-831
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Component Description
PFP:22060
UBS001VL
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
SEF598K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS001VM
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detected Condition
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible Cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001VN
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-834, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-832
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001VO
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0782E
Revision: May 2004
EC-833
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
15
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
Knock sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001VP
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and knock sensor harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and
ECM terminal 15.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0708E
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-835, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace knock sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-834
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
A
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
EC
C
D
BBIA0155E
E
>> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001VQ
H
KNOCK SENSOR
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
I
Resistance: 530 - 590 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
J
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
K
BBIA0311E
Removal and Installation
UBS001VR
L
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-67, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-835
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Component Description
PFP:23731
UBS001VS
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder
block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
PBIB0562E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006IY
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
ENG SPEED·
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Tachometer: Connect
●
Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS001VT
Specification data are reference values.
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Trouble diagnosis name
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
DTC detecting condition
●
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
●
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
while the engine is running.
●
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Signal plate
UBS001VU
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V with ignition
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-839, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go toEC-839, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Revision: May 2004
EC-836
SEF058Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
A
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-837
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001VV
BBWA0783E
Revision: May 2004
EC-838
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
13
Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
D
PBIB0527E
E
Approximately 3.0V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS001VW
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
I
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
J
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-839
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0156E
3.
Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness for open and short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-840
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
A
Refer to EC-841, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS001VX
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
F
G
H
PBIB0563E
5.
I
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
J
3 (+) - 1 (–)
3 (+) - 2 (–)
Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (–)
K
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation
UBS001VY
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
M
Refer to EM-67, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-841
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description
PFP:23731
UBS001VZ
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with
intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
PBIB0562E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0340
0340
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
UBS001W0
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft (Intake)
●
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
during engine running.
●
●
Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
●
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
●
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
●
Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001W1
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V with ignition
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-844, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-844, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF013Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-842
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001W2
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0784E
Revision: May 2004
EC-843
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
14
W/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE)
PBIB0525E
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001W3
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
2. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-844
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0161E
3.
E
Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
SEF479Y
H
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between (CMP) sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to the wiring diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-845
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-847, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIB0565E
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-846
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS001W4
A
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0563E
5.
F
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
G
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
H
I
MBIB0024E
Removal and Installation
UBS001W5
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
J
Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-847
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:20905
UBS001WZ
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
PBIB1216E
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of
heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified
limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0420
0420
Catalyst system efficiency below threshold
●
Three way catalyst 1 does not operate properly.
Three way catalyst 1 does not have enough
oxygen storage capacity.
Possible cause
●
Three way catalyst (manifold)
●
Exhaust tube
●
Intake air leaks
●
Fuel injectors
●
Fuel injector leaks
●
Spark plug
●
Improper ignition timing
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001X0
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for one minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
Revision: May 2004
EC-848
SEF189Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8.
Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Rev engine up to 2,500 to 3,500 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes, then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “CMPLT” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, GO TO
STEP 12.
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
A
EC
C
SEF534Z
D
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“IMCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (it will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest step 1.
E
F
G
PBIB0567E
12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
13. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-850, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
I
J
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check
K
UBS001X1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
L
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Open engine hood.
Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 74 and ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-850, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6 - 1.0 V
PBIB1197E
Revision: May 2004
EC-849
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001X2
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check for ignition timing. Refer to EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
Specifications
A/T
800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
650 ± 50 rpm
A/T
18 ± 5°BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
7 ± 5°BTDC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the “Basic Inspection”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-850
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
A
Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1169 .
Stop engine and then turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
Battery voltage should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform “Diagnostic Procedure” INJECTOR, EC-1169 .
D
MBIB0030E
E
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
F
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit.
G
H
I
J
SEF575Q
K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
3. Disconnect ignition coil assembly harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
L
M
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
Revision: May 2004
EC-851
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
PFP:14950
UBS001X3
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
PBIB1209E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS001X4
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
P0441
0441
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
incorrect purge flow
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-852
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve stuck closed
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
●
Blocked rubber tube
●
Cracked EVAP canister
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Blocked purge port
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001X6
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
D
E
F
G
Selector lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.2 msec
Engine coolant temperature
More than 70°C (158°F)
H
I
J
K
PBIB0826E
7.
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC854, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
UBS001X7
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-853
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5.
6.
7.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 32 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position
Any position other than “P”, “N” or “R”
PBIB1109E
8.
9.
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001X8
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
1.
BBIA0160E
5.
Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V
100.0%
0.0%
VACUUM
Should exist.
should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0721E
Revision: May 2004
EC-854
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
EC
C
D
Vacuum should exist.
6.
E
Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
Vacuum should not exist.
BBIA0160E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
F
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
G
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
H
I
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1.
2.
J
Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
K
L
M
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
Revision: May 2004
EC-855
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB0721E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-867 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
BBIA0157E
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452, EC-880 P0453, EC-886 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-878 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-856
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
A
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace it.
EC
C
13. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
D
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-857
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
UBS001X9
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1209E
DTC No.
P0442
0442
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
control system does not operate properly.
EC-858
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●
ORVR system leaks
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001XB
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
●
Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
●
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
C
D
E
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
PBIB0829E
6.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-860, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-649 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
Revision: May 2004
EC-859
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Drive vehicle according to “Driving Pattern”, EC-649 .
Stop vehicle.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving Pattern”, EC-649 .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select “MODE 3” with GST.
–
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-860, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
–
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-854 .
–
If P0442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
–
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001XC
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-860
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1.
2.
A
Wipe clean valve housing.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
EC
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90
psi)
Vacuum:
C
−6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to
−0.50 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
D
SEF445Y
E
F
G
H
SEF943S
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-861
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
BBIA0160E
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
1.
2.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-862
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
EC
C
D
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
BBIA0157E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
G
H
SEF200U
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-859, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
I
J
K
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
PBIB1213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-863
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose cennected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vuccum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB0726E
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
Revision: May 2004
EC-864
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
A
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE
DRAWING" .
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
C
CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
15.
Refer to EC-872, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
E
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-813, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
F
G
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
H
Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1205, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
J
K
L
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
M
>> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1212, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
Revision: May 2004
EC-865
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1215, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-866
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
A
UBS001XD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*2
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*2
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Vehicle speed signal*1
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
C
EVAP canister
purge flow
control
D
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
E
F
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
G
H
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
I
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
J
K
L
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001XE
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PURG VOL C/V
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T),
Neutral (M/T)
●
No-load
Revision: May 2004
SPECIFICATION
Idle (Vehicle stopped)
0%
2,000 rpm
—
EC-867
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0444
0444
P0445
0445
UBS001XF
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
●
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
UBS001XH
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-870, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-868
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001XI
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0785E
Revision: May 2004
EC-869
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
45
GY/L
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
SEC990C
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
SEC991C
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001XJ
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0162E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF206W
Revision: May 2004
EC-870
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay.
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC
C
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
E
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
H
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
I
J
K
L
PBIB0721E
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-872, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-871
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006IJ
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation
UBS006IK
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-872
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
A
UBS001XK
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnoses.
EC
C
D
PBIB1263E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001XL
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0447
0447
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open
J
OFF
UBS001XM
K
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
UBS001XO
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-873
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-876, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-874
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS001XP
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0291E
Revision: May 2004
EC-875
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001XQ
1. INSPECTION START
1. Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then turn “ON”.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0726E
Revision: May 2004
EC-876
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0157E
E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
PBIB0080E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F27, M59
●
Harness connectors B1, M4
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM relay
J
K
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
L
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-877
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006I3
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
PBIB1033E
Revision: May 2004
EC-878
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
A
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
EC
C
Operation takes less than 1 second.
7.
8.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 6 again.
PBIB0721E
D
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
E
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
F
G
H
PBIB1033E
I
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition
J
Air passage continuity between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
K
Operation takes less than 1 second.
4.
5.
L
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
Revision: May 2004
EC-879
PBIB1034E
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25085
UBS003NR
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003NS
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
EVAP SYS PRES
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003NT
NOTE:
If DTC P0452 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1028.
DTC No.
P0452
0452
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low
input
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
EC-880
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003NV
A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-883, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
D
E
F
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-883, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
H
I
PBIB1199E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-881
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003NW
BBWA0786E
Revision: May 2004
EC-882
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
32
L
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
48
L/W
Sensors' power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
C
D
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003NX
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
J
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check sensor harness connector for water.
K
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
L
M
BBIA0157E
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E
Revision: May 2004
EC-883
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should
exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
Revision: May 2004
EC-884
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
E
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006I4
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor from EVAP canister.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between
ECM terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-885
J
K
L
PBIB1200E
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25085
UBS003NY
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.
BBIA0157E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003NZ
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
EVAP SYS PRES
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003O0
NOTE:
If DTC P0453 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1028.
DTC No.
P0453
0453
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high
input
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
EC-886
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister
●
Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003O2
A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-889, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
D
E
F
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-889, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
H
I
PBIB1199E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-887
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003O3
BBWA0786E
Revision: May 2004
EC-888
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
32
L
EVAP control system pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
48
R/W
Sensors' power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
C
D
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003O4
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
J
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check sensor harness connector for water.
K
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
L
M
BBIA0157E
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0138E
Revision: May 2004
EC-889
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should
exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
Revision: May 2004
EC-890
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
D
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
E
F
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
G
H
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-892, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
J
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
K
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
L
13. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB1213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-891
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006I5
EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor from EVAP canister.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between
ECM terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-892
PBIB1200E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
A
UBS001XY
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB1209E
DTC No.
P0455
0455
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system has a very large leak
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
EC-893
H
Possible cause
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●
ORVR system leaks
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001Y0
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
●
Make sure that EVAP hose are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
●
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
7.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with
CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]”
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-895, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC
P0442, EC-860 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-649 before driving vehicle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-894
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle according to “Driving Pattern”, EC-649 .
Stop vehicle.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
●
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
●
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving Pattern”, EC-649 .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select “MODE 3” with GST.
●
If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-895, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
●
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, for DTC P0442, EC-860 .
●
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-854 .
●
If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
●
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
●
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
UBS001Y1
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
H
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
I
J
K
SEF915U
L
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
M
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-895
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
1.
2.
Wipe clean valve housing.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
SEF445Y
SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL
may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-1205, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister vent control is installed properly.
Refer to EC-1209, "Removal and Installation"
●
EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
Revision: May 2004
EC-896
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
C
D
BBIA0160E
E
F
G
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
H
I
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
K
L
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
M
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-897
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
BBIA0157E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0726E
EC-898
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
E
13. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE
DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
F
G
H
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
I
J
K
L
PBIB0721E
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
M
Refer to EC-872, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-813, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-899
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP/ORVR VAPOR LINE
Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1212, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1215, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-900
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
A
UBS0068W
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak EC
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
C
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
D
E
F
G
H
PBIB1209E
DTC No.
P0456
0456
Trouble diagnosis name
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
EVAP system has a very small leak.
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP system does not operate properly.
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●
ORVR system leaks
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC-901
I
2003 Sentra
J
K
L
M
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0068X
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, perform first trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
●
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
●
If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour.
–
Fuel filler cap is removed.
–
Refilled or drained the fuel.
–
EVAP component parts is/are removed.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0837E
6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-904, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-669, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Revision: May 2004
EC-902
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Overall Function Check
UBS0068Y
A
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
●
Do not start engine.
C
●
Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
D
E
F
BBIA0160E
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Set the pressure pump and a hose.
Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Connect GST and select mode 8.
Using mode 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satisfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-904, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
Disconnect GST.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
Revision: May 2004
EC-903
G
H
I
J
SEF462UI
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0068Z
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-1208, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-904
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
EC
C
D
BBIA0160E
E
F
G
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-905
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
BBIA0157E
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-906
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-1209, "Removal and Installation"
●
EVAP canister vent control valve (Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
EC
C
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
D
E
F
G
PBIB1213E
H
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
I
J
K
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
M
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
Revision: May 2004
EC-907
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0721E
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-615, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-872, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-813, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-908
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
C
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
D
E
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
F
>> GO TO 20.
G
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1212, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
H
I
21. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness
and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
M
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-909
K
L
Refer to EC-1215, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
J
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS001Y2
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnostic Logic
UBS001Y3
NOTE:
If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”, EC-728 .
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
0460
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
DTC detecting condition
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel level sensor
UBS001Y5
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-911, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-910
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001Y7
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
A
Refer to FL-3 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of “METER AND GAUGES”. Refer to DI-3 .
EC
C
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRUIT
Refer to FL-3 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
D
E
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
Removal and Installation
UBS006IZ
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-911
2003 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS001Y8
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnostic Logic
UBS001Y9
NOTE:
If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”, EC-728 .
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
DTC No.
P0461
0461
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
not change within the specified range even
though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
Overall Function Check
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel level sensor
UBS001YB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-2,
"FUEL SYSTEM" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-637, "FUEL
PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was
removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds then turn
“ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF195Y
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
11. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
Revision: May 2004
EC-912
2003 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 11.
If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” EC-913 .
A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-913 .
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006J0
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to FL-3
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of DI-16 .
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
J
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
K
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
L
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
M
Removal and Installation
UBS006J1
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-913
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS001YC
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnostic Logic
UBS001YD
NOTE:
If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to “DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”, EC-728 .
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0462
0462
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage is sent from the
sensor to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage is sent from the
sensor to ECM.
●
Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS001YF
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-915, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-914
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001YH
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
A
Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" .
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of “METER AND GAUGES”. Refer to DI-16, "Meter/Gauge Operation and
Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" .
C
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
D
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
E
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
G
Removal and Installation
UBS006J2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
H
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-915
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0500 VSS
Component Description
PFP:32702
UBS001YI
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-728, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0500
0500
Trouble diagnosis name
Vehicle speed sensor
UBS001YJ
DTC detecting condition
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
even when vehicle is being driven.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
●
Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
shorted)
●
Vehicle speed sensor
●
Combination meter
UBS001YK
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”).
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULTII should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-917, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,800 - 6,000 rpm (A/T)
2,000 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
More then 4.8 msec
Selector lever
Except “P” or “N” position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-917, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Overall Function Check
SEF196Y
UBS001YL
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Lift up drive wheels.
Revision: May 2004
EC-916
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
A
Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-917, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001YN
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
C
Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
D
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER
E
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-917
2003 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description
PFP:23781
UBS003OC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0506
0506
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM lower than
expected
UBS003OE
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is less than the target idle
speed by 100 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air leak
UBS003OF
NOTE:
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-635 ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the “Service
Data and Specifications (SDS)”, EC-1222 .
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●
Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-919 .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-918
2003 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003OH
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
A
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
EC
C
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
E
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-919
2003 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description
PFP:23781
UBS003OJ
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0507
0507
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM higher than
expected
UBS003OL
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air leak
●
PCV system
UBS003OM
NOTE:
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-635 ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the “Service
Data and Specifications (SDS)”, EC-1222 .
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●
Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-921, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-920
2003 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003OO
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
A
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
C
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
D
E
3. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
G
H
>> INSPECTION END
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-921
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:49763
UBS003WV
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power
steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
BBIA0164E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003WW
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PW/ST SIGNAL
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
SPECIFICATION
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
(Forward direction)
OFF
Steering wheel is turned.
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003WX
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1028.
DTC No.
P0550
0550
Trouble diagnosis name
Power steering pressure
sensor circuit
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low or high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Power steering pressure sensor
UBS003WY
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-924, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-922
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003WZ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0787E
Revision: May 2004
EC-923
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
12
P
Power steering pressure
sensor
●
[Engine is running]
●
67
68
B/W
G/R
Sensor ground
(Power steering pressure
sensor)
Sensor power supply
(Power steering pressure
sensor)
Steering wheel is being turned.
Steering wheel is not being turned.
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
UBS003X0
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-924
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0164E
3.
Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
G
PBIB0188E
H
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
I
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
J
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and TCM
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-925
2003 Sentra
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-926, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace PSP sensor.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003X1
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and let it idle.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned fully.
0.5 - 4.0V
Steering wheel is not being turned.
0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0025E
Revision: May 2004
EC-926
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P0605 ECM
Component Description
PFP:23710
A
UBS006FV
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
C
D
PBIB1164E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006FW
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0605
0605
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
DTC detecting condition
A)
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B)
ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C)
ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
F
Possible cause
●
ECM
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006FX
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”. If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
EC-927
J
K
L
M
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-928, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Revision: May 2004
I
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-928, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
Repeat step 3 for, 32 times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-928, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006FY
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-927 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-927 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-928
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-929
2003 Sentra
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
Description
PFP:22693
UBS001ZB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
ECM
function
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Air fuel
ratio (A/F)
sensor 1
heater
control
Actuator
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS001ZC
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
0 - 100%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1031
1031
(Bank 1)
P1032
1032
(Bank 1)
Trouble diagnosis
name
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
UBS001ZD
DTC detecting condition
The current amperage in the heated air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
●
Heater A/F sensor 1 heater
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
●
Heater A/F sensor 1 heater
UBS001ZE
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
With CONSULT-II
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-933, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-930
2003 Sentra
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
●
A
Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
EC
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-933, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when C
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-931
2003 Sentra
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006H1
BBWA0802E
Revision: May 2004
EC-932
2003 Sentra
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
2
R
A
A/F sensor 1 heater
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 5V
D
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS001ZG
1. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
F
G
H
BBIA0155E
3.
4.
I
Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
J
K
L
BBIA0140E
5.
Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0740E
Revision: May 2004
EC-933
2003 Sentra
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-934
2003 Sentra
DTC P1031, P1032 A/F SENSOR HEATER
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS001ZH
A
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.
Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3Ω at 25°C (77°F)
EC
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, 5, 6, terminals 4 and
1, 2, 5, 6.
Continuity should not exist.
C
If NG, replace the A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
G
SEF582Z
Removal and Installation
H
UBS001ZI
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER
I
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-935
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description
PFP:23710
UBS003X2
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
PBIB1164E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1065
1065
Trouble diagnosis name
ECM power supply circuit
UBS003X3
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
●
ECM
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003X4
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-936
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003X5
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0294E
Revision: May 2004
EC-937
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
121
WIRE
COLOR
W/L
ITEM
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003X6
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
MBIB0026E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
●
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-938
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
A
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-936 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
C
With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-936 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
F
G
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
Replace ECM.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
I
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-939
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
UBS006FZ
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006G0
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.5 - 2.4V
Idle
20.0 - 35.5%
2,500 rpm
12.0 - 27.0%
Idle
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
5.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006G1
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P1102 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1028.
DTC No.
P1102
1102
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit range/performance problem
DTC detecting condition
A voltage from the sensor is constantly
approx.1.0V when engine is running.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Revision: May 2004
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-940
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006G2
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-943, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
D
E
SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-941
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003OV
BBWA0774E
Revision: May 2004
EC-942
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
48
EC
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
A
ITEM
Sensors' power supply
(Mass air flow sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
1.0 - 1.7V
D
1.5 - 2.1V
E
Approximately 0V
F
[Engine is running]
51
L/R
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Mass air flow sensor ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
G
0 - 1.0V
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS003OW
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
J
K
>> GO TO 2.
L
M
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-943
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0150E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-944
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
A
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
D
Refer to EC-946, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
E
F
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
>> INSPECTION END
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-945
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS003OX
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Conditions
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.0 - 1.7
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.5 - 2.4
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
1.0 - 1.7 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB1059E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
4.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
● Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
● Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
●
5.
6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-946
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description
PFP:23796
A
UBS006G3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM Function
Actuator
EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Vehicle speed signal*
Vehicle speed
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MBIB0121E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
K
L
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
M
PBIB0195E
Revision: May 2004
J
EC-947
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006G4
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/
T)
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
INT/V SOL (B1)
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
Approx. 0% - 80%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1111
1111
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
UBS006G5
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
UBS006G6
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-950, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-948
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006G7
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0788E
Revision: May 2004
EC-949
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
11
G/Y
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Intake valve timing
control solenoid valve
MBIB0052E
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006G8
1. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0148E
4.
Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0192E
Revision: May 2004
EC-950
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi- EC
nal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
E
Refer to EC-951, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
F
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006G9
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Terminals
Resistance
1 and 2
Approximately 8Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
I
J
K
L
PBIB0193E
Removal and Installation
UBS006GA
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-39, "TIMING CHAIN" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-951
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003X7
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1121
1121
UBS003X8
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
actuator
DTC detecting condition
A)
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C)
ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MIL lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003X9
NOTE:
●
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-953, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-952
2003 Sentra
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.
Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-953, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
SEF058Y
E
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003XA
F
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
G
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
H
I
J
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-953
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
PFP:16119
UBS003XB
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-952 or EC-961 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003XC
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1122
1122
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
performance problem
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003XD
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-956, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-954
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003XE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0789E
Revision: May 2004
EC-955
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
3
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
ITEM
Throttle control motor power
supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
4
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
5
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
104
P
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor relay
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003XF
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-956
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14V)
EC
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
D
MBIB0028E
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect throttle control motor relay.
F
G
H
BBIA0102E
3.
Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5
and ground.
I
J
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
L
PBIB0575E
M
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-957
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Refer to EC-959, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace throttle control motor relay.
8. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
3
6
ECM terminal
Continuity
4
Should exist
5
Should not exist
4
Should not exist
5
Should exist
BBIA0152E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-958
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
A
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
EC
C
D
BBIA0178E
E
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-959, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
F
G
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
I
12. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
J
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006IL
L
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
M
If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-959
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
PBIB0095E
Removal and Installation
UBS006IM
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-960
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS003XI
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003XJ
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL RELAY
CONDITION
●
D
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003XK
E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1124
1124
P1126
1126
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
DTC detecting condition
F
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
●
Throttle control motor relay
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is
stuck ON.
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
throttle control motor is excessively low.
●
G
H
Throttle control motor relay
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MlL lights up.
J
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003XL
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-964, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-961
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR””mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-964, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-962
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003XM
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0790E
Revision: May 2004
EC-963
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
3
104
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
P
ITEM
Throttle control motor power
supply
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor relay
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003XN
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.
BBIA0102E
3.
Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminal 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse and fusible link connector E23
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-964
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
H
Refer to EC-965, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace throttle control motor relay.
I
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006IA
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
M
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
Revision: May 2004
EC-965
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003XO
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003XP
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1128
1128
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003XQ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-968, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-966
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003XR
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0791E
Revision: May 2004
EC-967
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
4
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
5
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003XS
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-968
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
Continuity
4
Should exist
5
Should not exist
4
Should not exist
5
Should exist
E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
G
3
6
D
BBIA0152E
Refer to EC-969, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
H
I
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
J
K
5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS003XT
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
PBIB0095E
Revision: May 2004
EC-969
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Removal and Installation
UBS003XU
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-970
2003 Sentra
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:00000
A
UBS00691
Swirl control valve consists of actuator and valve. The valve is
installed in the intake manifold, and the actuator is connected to the
rear end of the valve shaft.
The swirl control valve uses a step motor which has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes. When no change in
the control position is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at
that particular opening.
EC
C
D
BBIA0174E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00692
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
SWL C/V (B1)
CONDITION
●
SWL/C POSI SE
●
Engine: Idle the engine
Engine: Idle the engine
Engine coolant temperature is
below 44°C (111°F)
0 - 5 step
Engine coolant temperature is
above 45°C (113°F)
115 - 120 step
Engine coolant temperature is
below 44°C (111°F)
Approx. 0 deg.
Engine coolant temperature is
above 45°C (113°F)
Approx. 80 deg.
P1132
1132
Trouble diagnosis
name
Swirl control valve
circuit
G
H
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
F
SPECIFICATION
UBS00693
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
J
●
Harness or connectors (The swirl control
valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Swirl control valve control solenoid valve
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00695
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
L
M
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
Maintain engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Perform step 5 through 8 three times.
Revision: May 2004
K
EC-971
SEF058Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-972
2003 Sentra
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00696
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0800E
Revision: May 2004
EC-973
2003 Sentra
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
17
18
19
20
WIRE
COLOR
LG
R/W
PU/W
L/Y
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Swirl control valve
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
0.1 - 14V
UBS00697
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0174E
4.
Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0627E
Revision: May 2004
EC-974
2003 Sentra
DTC P1132 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
Swirl volume control valve
17
6
18
3
19
4
20
1
EC
C
D
E
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
G
Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance:
H
20.5 - 23.5Ω [At 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold assembly.
I
J
K
L
M
SEF605Y
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS00698
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-975
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:23731
UBS00699
Swirl control valve position sensor is installed on the intake manifold.
The sensor is connected to the front end of the valve shaft of the
swirl control valve.
The sensor responds to the valve shaft movement. This sensor is a
kind of potentiometer which transforms the swirl control valve position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM.
BBIA0173E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0069A
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
SWL C/V (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine speed: Idle
Engine coolant temperature is
below 44°C (111°F).
0 - 5 step
Engine coolant temperature is
above 45°C (113°F).
115 - 120 step
●
Engine speed: Idle
●
Engine coolant temperature is below 44°C (111°F).
●
Engine speed: Idle
●
Engine coolant temperature is above 45°C (113°F).
SWL/C POSI SE
SPECIFICATION
Approximately 0 deg
Approximately 80 deg
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1137
1137
Trouble diagnosis
name
Swirl control valve
control position sensor circuit
Revision: May 2004
UBS0069B
DTC Detecting Condition
An excessively low or high voltage from the
sensor is ECM.
EC-976
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Swirl control valve position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
●
Swirl control valve position sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(Swirl control valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Swirl control valve
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0069D
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II and wait at
least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-980, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
C
D
E
SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-977
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0069E
BBWA0801E
Revision: May 2004
EC-978
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
17
18
19
20
WIRE
COLOR
LG
R/W
PU/W
L/Y
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Swirl control valve
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
54
Y
Swirl control valve position sensor
Idle speed
●
Engine coolant temperature
is below 44°C (111°F).
D
Approximately 5V
E
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
●
Engine coolant temperature
is above 45°C (113°F).
0 - 1.0V
F
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
EC
C
0.1 - 14V
[Engine is running]
●
A
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning
ignition switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch “OFF”
G
Approximately 0V
H
0 - 1.0V
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-979
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0069F
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0174E
4.
Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
PBIB0627E
2. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
Swirl volume control valve
17
6
18
3
19
4
20
1
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-980
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
A
Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance: 20.5 - 23.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold collector assembly.
C
D
E
F
G
SEF605Y
H
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
I
>> GO TO 5.
J
K
BBIA0155E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-981
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect swirl control valve position sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0173E
3.
Check voltage between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
PBIB0138E
6. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and TCM
●
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-982
2003 Sentra
DTC P1137 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and swirl control valve position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
A
EC
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace intake manifold assembly.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
F
UBS0069G
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
G
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-983
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
Description
PFP:00000
UBS0069H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Battery
Battery voltage*
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*
ECM function
Swirl control valve
control
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Swirl control valve position sensor
Swirl control valve position
Actuator
Swirl control valve
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage.
Swirl control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder.
While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the swirl control valve closes, Thus the velocity of the
air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a swirl in the combustion chamber.
Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel
consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions.
Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the swirl control valve.
In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow
resistance, intake flow.
The swirl control valve is operated by the ECM.
Throttle position sensor
(Idle position)
Engine coolant temperature
Swirl control valve
OFF
—
Open
Above 45°C (113°F)
Open
Below 44°C (111°F)
Close
ON
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Swirl Control Valve
Swirl control valve consists of actuator and valve. The valve is
installed in the intake manifold, and the actuator is connected to the
rear end of the valve shaft.
The swirl control valve uses a step motor which has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes. When no change in
the control position is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at
that particular opening.
BBIA0174E
Revision: May 2004
EC-984
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Swirl Control Valve Position Sensor
A
Swirl control valve position sensor is installed on the intake manifold.
The sensor is connected to the front end of the valve shaft of the
swirl control valve.
The sensor responds to the valve shaft movement. This sensor is a
kind of potentiometer which transforms the swirl control valve position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM.
EC
C
BBIA0173E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0069I
E
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
SWL C/V (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine speed: Idle
SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is
below 44°C (111°F).
0 - 5 step
Engine coolant temperature is
above 45°C (113°F).
115 - 120 step
F
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1138
1138
Trouble diagnosis
name
Swirl control valve
control system performance
UBS0069J
DTC Detecting Condition
The target opening angle of swirl control valve
controlled by ECM and the input signal from
swirl control valve position sensor is not in the
normal rang.
Possible Cause
H
●
Harness or connectors
(Swirl control valve position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
●
Swirl control valve position sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(Swirl control valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
J
UBS0069L
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds
before conducting the next test.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
Maintain engine speed at about 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-988, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
9. Perform step 5 through 8 three times.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
K
L
M
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
EC-985
I
Swirl control valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Revision: May 2004
D
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0069M
BBWA0801E
Revision: May 2004
EC-986
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
17
18
19
20
WIRE
COLOR
LG
R/W
PU/W
L/Y
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Swirl control valve
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
54
Y
Swirl control valve position sensor
Idle speed
●
Engine coolant temperature
is below 44°C (111°F).
D
Approximately 5V
E
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
●
Engine coolant temperature
is above 45°C (113°F).
0 - 1.0V
F
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
EC
C
0.1 - 14V
[Engine is running]
●
A
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning
ignition switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch “OFF”
G
Approximately 0V
H
0 - 1.0V
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-987
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0069N
1. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect swirl control valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0174E
4.
Check voltage between swirl control valve terminals 2, 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
PBIB0627E
2. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and swirl control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
Swirl volume control valve
17
6
18
3
19
4
20
1
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-988
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
A
Check resistance between swirl control valve terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
Resistance:
EC
20.5 - 23.5Ω [At 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace intake manifold collector assembly.
C
D
E
F
G
SEF605Y
H
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
I
>> GO TO 5.
J
K
BBIA0155E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-989
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect swirl control valve position sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0173E
3.
Check voltage between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness connectors.
PBIB0138E
6. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between swirl control valve position sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and TCM
●
Harness for open or short between swirl control valve position sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-990
2003 Sentra
DTC P1138 SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK SWIRL CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and swirl control valve position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
A
EC
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace intake manifold assembly.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
F
UBS0069O
SWIRL CONTROL VALVE
G
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-991
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1146 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS0069P
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0069Q
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0069R
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF558Z
DTC No.
P1146
1146
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
minimum voltage monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
EC-992
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0069S
NOTE:
If “DTC confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
A
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
C
D
E
5.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
F
G
H
PBIB0818E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Make sure that ″OK″ is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-996, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3.
Overall Function Check
UBS0069T
I
J
K
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
M
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-993
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
7.
8.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T) “3rd” gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-996, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-994
PBIB1197E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0069U
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0283E
Revision: May 2004
EC-995
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
78
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS0069V
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-996
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-802 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0150E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-997
J
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer toEC-998, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0069W
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle and wait until 2 minutes have passed from starting the engine.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF519Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-998
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB1210E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch ″OFF″ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.70V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with“OD” OFF (A/T) “3rd” gear position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS0069X
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-999
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1147 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS0069Y
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0069Z
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000
rpm for one minute and at
idle for one minute under no
load
SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
0 - 0.3V ←→ 0.6 - 1.0V
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006A0
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the
sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such
as fuel-cut.
SEF559Z
DTC No.
P1147
1147
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor 2
maximum voltage monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The maximum voltage from the sensor is
not reached to the specified voltage.
EC-1000
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006A1
NOTE:
If “DTC confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
A
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
C
D
E
5.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
F
G
H
PBIB0819E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1004 .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3.
Overall Function Check
UBS006A2
I
J
K
L
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
M
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1001
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
7.
8.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T) “3rd” gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1004, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1002
PBIB1197E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006A3
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0779E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1003
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
74
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle
for one minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
78
B
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS006A4
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1004
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-795 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0150E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1005
J
BBIA0175E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1006, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006A5
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle one minute.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF519Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-1006
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB1210E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.70V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.70V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.70V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) “3rd gear” position.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
PBIB1197E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS006A6
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1007
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:22690
UBS006A7
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1148
1148
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed loop control
function
DTC detecting condition
The closed loop control function for bank 1
does not operate even when vehicle is driving
in the specified condition.
Possible cause
●
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
open or shorted.
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for
the corresponding DTC.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1008
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
System Description
PFP:00000
A
UBS0021S
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
EC
Actuator
C
Cooling
fan control
Cooling fan relay(s)
D
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
E
OPERATION
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0021T
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
AIR COND SIG
CONDITION
●
Revision: May 2004
Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine
SPECIFICATION
A/C switch “OFF”
OFF
A/C switch: “ON”
(Compressor operates)
ON
EC-1009
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
After warming up engine, idle the
engine.
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is
105°C (221°F) or more
HIGH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0021U
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P1217
1217
Engine over
temperature
(Overheat)
●
●
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Cooling fan
●
Radiator hose
Cooling fan system does not operate properly
(Overheat).
●
Radiator
●
Radiator cap
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.
●
Water pump
●
Thermostat
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
For more information, refer to EC-1021, "Main 12
Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
UBS0021V
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1013,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1013,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SEF621W
Revision: May 2004
EC-1010
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4.
5.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
If the results are NG, go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF646X
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
and go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEC163BA
If OK, go to the following step.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
If NG, go to EC-1013, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
MEC475B
Revision: May 2004
EC-1011
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0021W
BBWA0300E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1012
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
89
LG/B
Cooling fan relay
(High)
●
Cooling fan is not operating
[Engine is running]
●
Cooling fan is high speed operating
[Ignition switch “ON”]
97
LG/R
A
Cooling fan relay
(Low)
●
Cooling fan is not operating
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Cooling fan is operating
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11-14V)
0 - 1.0V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11-14V)
E
0 - 1.0V
UBS0021X
F
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
I
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
J
K
L
WBIA0058E
M
3.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PROCEDURE A, EC-1017 .)
SEF646X
Revision: May 2004
EC-1013
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at high speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to
PROCEDURE B, EC-1020 .)
SEF646X
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2.
Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
WBIA0058E
6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to PROCEDURE A, EC-1017 .)
SEC163BA
Revision: May 2004
EC-1014
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2.
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan-1 operates at
high speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to
PROCEDURE B, EC-1020 .)
EC
C
D
E
F
MEC475B
G
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
H
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
I
J
K
SLC754A
L
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following for leak.
●
Hose
●
Radiator
●
Water pump (Refer to CO-9, "WATER PUMP" .)
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1015
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 9 mm/90°C (0.35 in/194°F)
3.
Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature.
For details, refer toCO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT
HOUSING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace thermostat.
SLC343
10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1022, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1021, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1016
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE A
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
C
D
E
F
SEF477Y
Voltage:
G
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
10A fuse
●
40A fusible links
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1017
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 7
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0153E
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 97 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1
Refer to EC-1022, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relay.
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-1022, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1018
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1019
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-2 terminals 1, 3 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0621E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Fuse and fusible link box connector E25
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
●
10A fuse
●
40A fusible link
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and fusible link
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1020
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 89 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
D
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-2
G
Refer to EC-1022, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relays.
H
I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-1022, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
J
K
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Main 12 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
OFF
1
Inspection item
●
Blocked radiator
●
Blocked condenser
●
Blocked radiator grille
●
Blocked bumper
2
●
3
4
UBS0021Y
Equipment
Standard
●
Visual
No blocking
Coolant mixture
●
Coolant tester
50 - 50% coolant mixture
See MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
●
Coolant level
●
Visual
Coolant up to MAX level
in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck
See MA-16, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
●
Radiator cap
●
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
SeeCO-7, "System
Check" .
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
Revision: May 2004
Reference page
EC-1021
—
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Engine
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
5
●
Coolant leaks
●
Visual
No leaks
See CO-7, "System
Check" .
ON*2
6
●
Thermostat
●
Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
See CO-11, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" and
CO-13, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
7
●
Cooling fan
●
CONSULT-II
Operating
See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-1009 ).
OFF
8
●
Combustion gas leak
●
Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
ON*3
9
●
Coolant temperature
gauge
●
Visual
Gauge less than 3/4
when driving
—
●
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
●
Visual
No overflow during driving and idling
See MA-16, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4
10
●
Coolant return from
reservoir tank to radiator
●
Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
See MA-16, "ENGINE
MAINTENANCE
(QG18DE ENGINE)" .
OFF
11
●
Cylinder head
●
Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
See EM-58, "Inspection
after Disassembly" .
12
●
Cylinder block and pistons
●
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-69, "Inspection" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection
UBS0021Z
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1 AND -2
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
If NG, replace relay.
PBIB0077E
COOLING FAN MOTOR-1
1.
2.
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed
Cooling fan motor
(+)
(−)
Low
1
4
High
1, 2
3, 4
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
SEF734W
COOLING FAN MOTOR-2
1.
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1022
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
A
Terminals
Cooling fan motor
(+)
(−)
2
1
EC
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
C
SEF610Y
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1023
2003 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003Y7
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003Y8
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1225
1225
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position
learning performance
problem
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
UBS003Y9
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1025, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1024
2003 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003YA
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS003YB
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
I
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1025
2003 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS003YC
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS003YD
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1226
1226
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position
learning performance
problem
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
UBS003YE
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1027, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1026
2003 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003YF
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0178E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS003YG
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
I
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1027
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16119
UBS006AB
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1229
1229
Trouble diagnosis
name
Sensor power supply
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
sensor is excessively low or high.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Mass air flow sensor is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
●
Power steering pressure sensor
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006AC
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1030, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1028
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006AD
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA1385E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1029
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
48
R/W
Sensor power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
49
R/Y
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
68
G/R
Sensor power supply
(Power steering pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006AE
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1030
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0811E
H
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
90
APP sensor terminal 2
EC-1127
48
Mass air flow sensor terminal 2
EC-743
48
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-882
49
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1
EC-1181
68
PSP sensor terminal 1
EC-923
J
K
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-55, "Electrical Component Inspection" .)
●
Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-926, "Component Inspection" .)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection" .)
●
Mass air flow sensor (Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1031
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1131, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1032
2003 Sentra
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
A
UBS00220
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
EC
C
D
SEF579Z
E
F
G
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00221
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
I
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
J
UBS00222
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC No.
P1271
1271
Trouble diagnosis
name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit no activity
detected
DTC detecting condition
Possible Cause
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
M
UBS00223
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
K
L
●
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
H
EC-1033
2003 Sentra
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-1037, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
SEF581Z
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
ENG SPEED
1,500 - 3,000 rpm
Vehicle speed
70 - 120 km/h (43 - 75 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever
●
“D” position with “OD” ON (A/T)
●
“4th” position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from
step 2.
7.
PBIB0756E
Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or “3rd” position (M/T) and release
accelerator pedal fully.
PBIB0757E
8.
9.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
Touch “BACK” and “MODE”, then select “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
mode.
If P1271 is displayed, go to EC-1037, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If another DTC is displayed, go to the corresponding “Diagnostic
Procedure”.
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check
UBS00224
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
Revision: May 2004
EC-1034
2003 Sentra
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
A
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4rd” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
EC
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
C
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
D
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1037, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1035
2003 Sentra
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00225
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1036
2003 Sentra
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B/Y
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
56
A
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
D
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00226
1. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
H
BBIA0155E
3.
4.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
J
K
L
BBIA0140E
M
Continuity should
exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-1037
2003 Sentra
DTC P1271 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
UBS00227
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1038
2003 Sentra
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
A
UBS00228
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
EC
C
D
SEF579Z
E
F
G
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00229
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
I
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
J
UBS0022A
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC No.
P1272
1272
Trouble diagnosis
name
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit no activity
detected
DTC detecting condition
●
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 4.5V.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
M
UBS0022B
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1039
K
L
●
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
H
2003 Sentra
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 4.5V, go to EC-1043,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 4.5V, go to next step.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
SEF581Z
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
ENG SPEED
1,500 - 3,000 rpm
Vehicle speed
70 - 120 km/h (43 - 75 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever
●
“D” position with “OD” ON (A/T)
●
“4th” position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from
step 2.
7.
PBIB0756E
Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or “3rd” position (M/T) and release
accelerator pedal fully.
PBIB0757E
8.
9.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
Touch “BACK” and “MODE”, then select “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
mode.
If P1272 is displayed, go to EC-1043, "Diagnostic Procedure" “.
If another DTC is displayed, go to the corresponding “Diagnostic
Procedure”.
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check
UBS0022C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
Revision: May 2004
EC-1040
2003 Sentra
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
A
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4th” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
EC
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
C
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
D
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1043, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1041
2003 Sentra
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0022D
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1042
2003 Sentra
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B/Y
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
56
A
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
D
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0022E
1. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
H
BBIA0155E
3.
4.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
J
K
L
BBIA0140E
M
Continuity should
exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-1043
2003 Sentra
DTC P1272 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
UBS0022F
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1044
2003 Sentra
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
A
UBS0022G
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
EC
C
D
SEF579Z
E
F
G
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0022H
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
I
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0022I
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be shifted “lean” side or “rich” side. When the A/F signal is shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
DTC No.
P1273
1273
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 lean shift
monitoring
The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a
specified period.
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
UBS0022J
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1273” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1045
K
L
Possible Cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
H
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4.
Maintain the following conditions continuously until “TESTING”
changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 400 to
800 seconds.)
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED
Below 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
Below 9.0 msec
Selector lever
“P” or “N” position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 minutes, retry from
step 2.
SEF567Z
SEF568Z
5.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1049, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF569Z
Overall Function Check
UBS0022K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4th” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1046
2003 Sentra
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1049, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1047
2003 Sentra
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0022L
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1048
2003 Sentra
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B/Y
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
56
A
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
D
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0022M
1. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1049
2003 Sentra
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-795 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1050
BBIA0150E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1273 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
EC
C
D
BBIA0140E
E
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should not exist.
G
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
I
Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
J
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
L
UBS0022N
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1051
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
UBS0022O
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF579Z
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0022P
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0022Q
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be shifted to the “lean” side or “rich” side. When the A/F signal is shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
DTC No.
P1274
1274
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1
rich shift monitoring
DTC detecting condition
●
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
specified period.
Possible Cause
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0022R
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1274” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1052
2003 Sentra
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4.
Maintain the following conditions continuously until “TESTING”
changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 400 to
800 seconds.)
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED
A
EC
Below 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
Below 9.0 msec
Selector lever
“P” or “N” position
C
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 minutes, retry from
step 2.
SEF570Z
D
E
F
G
SEF571Z
5.
H
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1056, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I
J
K
SEF572Z
Overall Function Check
UBS0022S
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
M
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4th” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-1053
2003 Sentra
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1056, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1054
2003 Sentra
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0022T
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1055
2003 Sentra
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
[Engine is running]
B/Y
56
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0022U
1. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1056
2003 Sentra
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
EC
C
D
E
SEF652Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start
engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-802 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
G
H
I
J
BBIA0150E
K
L
3. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1057
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P1274 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
BBIA0140E
Continuity should exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
UBS0022V
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1058
2003 Sentra
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
A
UBS0022W
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
EC
C
D
SEF579Z
E
F
G
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0022X
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
I
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
J
UBS0022Y
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No.
P1276
1276
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1
circuit high
voltage
DTC detecting condition
●
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5V.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
M
UBS0022Z
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-1063, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1059
K
L
●
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
H
2003 Sentra
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4.
5.
6.
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
ENG SPEED
1,500 - 3,000 rpm
Vehicle speed
70 - 120 km/h (43 - 75 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever
●
“D” position with “OD” ON (A/T)
●
“4th” position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from
step 2.
7.
SEF576Z
Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or “3rd” position (M/T) and release
accelerator pedal fully.
SEF577Z
8.
9.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1063, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF578Z
Overall Function Check
UBS00230
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4th” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1060
2003 Sentra
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7.
8.
9.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1063, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1061
2003 Sentra
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00231
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1062
2003 Sentra
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B/Y
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
56
A
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
D
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00232
1. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
H
BBIA0155E
3.
4.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
J
K
L
BBIA0140E
M
Continuity should
exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-1063
2003 Sentra
DTC P1276 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
UBS00233
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1064
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
A
UBS003OZ
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
EC
C
D
SEF579Z
E
F
G
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003P0
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
I
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
J
UBS003P1
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 temperature
index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately
long or not.
DTC No.
P1278
1278
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio
(A/F) sensor 1
circuit slow
response
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
●
H
The response (from RICH to LEAN) of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal
takes more than the specified time.
EC-1065
K
L
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
PCV
●
Mass air flow sensor
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS003P2
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. If “INCMP” is displayed, follow the instruction for “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
ENG SPEED
1,500 - 3,000 rpm
Vehicle speed
70 - 120 km/h (43 - 75 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever
●
“D” position with “OD” ON (A/T)
●
“4th” position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from
step 2.
5.
PBIB0756E
Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or “3rd” position (M/T) and release
accelerator pedal fully.
PBIB0757E
6.
7.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1069, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0758E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1066
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Overall Function Check
UBS003P3
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
A
EC
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure the result is OK. If NG, follow the instruction for
“Idle Air Volume Learning”.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4th” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1069, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1067
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003P4
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1068
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B/Y
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
56
A
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
D
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003P5
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
BBIA0155E
I
2. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
J
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
L
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
M
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1069
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”
or “START”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-795 , EC-802 .
No
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1070
BBIA0150E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
5
75
2
EC
C
D
BBIA0140E
E
Continuity should
exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should
exist.
F
G
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
I
7. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
J
K
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
L
M
9. CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-1218, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace PCV valve.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1071
2003 Sentra
DTC P1278 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Removal and Installation
UBS003P6
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1072
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22693
A
UBS003P7
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygenpump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
EC
C
D
SEF579Z
E
F
G
SEF580Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003P8
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
A/F SEN1 (B1)
I
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm
Fluctuates around 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
J
UBS003P9
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 temperature
index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately
long or not.
DTC No.
P1279
1279
Trouble diagnosis name
Air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 circuit slow
response
DTC detecting condition
●
The response (from LEAN to RICH) of the A/F signal
computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes
more than the specified time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
PCV
●
Mass air flow sensor
UBS003PA
EC-1073
K
L
Possible Cause
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Revision: May 2004
H
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. If “INCMP” is displayed, follow the instruction for “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode.
Touch “START”.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
ENG SPEED
1,500 - 3,000 rpm
Vehicle speed
70 - 120 km/h (43 - 75 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever
●
“D” position with “OD” ON (A/T)
●
“4th” position (M/T)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from
step 2.
5.
PBIB0756E
Following the instructions of CONSULT-II screen, set “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or “3rd” position (M/T) and release
accelerator pedal fully.
PBIB0757E
6.
7.
Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1077, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0758E
Overall Function Check
UBS003PB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . Make sure the result is OK. If NG, follow the instruction for
“Idle Air Volume Learning”.
Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or
“3rd” position (M/T).
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1074
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Set “D” position with “OD” ON (A/T) or “4th” position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until
the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
A
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
EC
Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
C
Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
D
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-1077, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1075
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003PC
BBWA0803E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1076
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
16
35
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B/Y
OR
75
W/L
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3.1V
OR/L
56
A
A/F sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 2.6V
2 - 3V
D
2 - 3V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS003PD
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
BBIA0155E
I
2. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
J
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N-m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
L
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
M
PBIB1216E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1077
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”
or “START”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
SEF652Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-651, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to
start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-795 , EC-802 .
No
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1078
BBIA0150E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor 1 harness
connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
A/F sensor terminal
16
1
35
5
56
6
75
2
EC
C
D
BBIA0140E
E
Continuity should
exist.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 16, 35, 56, 75 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2, 5, 6 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should
exist.
F
G
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
I
7. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-935, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
J
K
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-747, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
L
M
9. CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-1218, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace PCV valve.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/F sensor 1.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1079
2003 Sentra
DTC P1279 A/F SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Removal and Installation
UBS003PE
AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR
Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1080
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
A
UBS0023N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed* and cylinder position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Battery
Battery voltage*
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
EC
ECM
function
Actuator
C
D
EVAP canister purge
flow control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
E
F
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
G
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
H
I
J
K
L
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0023O
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: “OFF”
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
—
EC-1081
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1444
1444
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
UBS0023P
DTC detecting condition
The canister purge flow is detected during the
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
completely closed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(The valve is stuck open.)
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister
●
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
UBS0023R
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
PBIB0839E
6.
7.
Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1085, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1085, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1082
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0023S
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0785E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1083
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
45
GY/L
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: May 2004
EC-1084
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0023T
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
A
CUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0162E
4.
F
Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and engine ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
G
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
PBIB0080E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
J
K
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
L
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1085
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-885, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0721E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-892, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
8. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II
Refer to EC-878, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1086
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
A
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
EC
C
D
PBIB1213E
E
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
F
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
G
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
I
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
J
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Refer to EC-137, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
L
Component Inspection
UBS006IB
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
M
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1087
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1088
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
A
UBS0023U
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System” diagnoses.
EC
C
D
PBIB1263E
E
F
G
H
BBIA0157E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0023V
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1446
1446
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve close
J
OFF
UBS0023W
K
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
UBS0023Y
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1089
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
7.
a.
b.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
Repeat next procedures 3 times.
Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it
for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about
5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-996, "Diagnostic Procedure"
SEF058Y
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
Repeat next procedure 20 times.
Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
8.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-996, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
PBIB0972E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1090
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0023Z
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0291E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1091
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control
valve
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00240
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
BBIA0157E
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I
Refer to EC-998, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
3. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB1213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1092
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC
C
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
D
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
F
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
G
Water should not exist.
H
I
BBIA0157E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
J
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
K
Refer to EC-892, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
L
M
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006ID
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1093
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3.
4.
PBIB1033E
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
7.
8.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 5 again.
PBIB0834E
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
PBIB1033E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
5.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform step 3 again.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1094
PBIB1034E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25551
A
UBS006AF
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for
each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines
which button is operated.
Refer to EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
EC
C
D
BBIA0086E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006AG
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAIN SW
CONDITION
●
CANCEL SW
●
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
F
SPECIFICATION
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
ACCEL/RES switch:
Depressed
ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released
OFF
COAST/SET switch:
Depressed
ON
COAST/SET switch: Released
OFF
G
H
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006AH
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-927.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
●
P1564
1564
ASCD steering
switch
●
●
●
ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD
steering switch is out of the specified range.
Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
●
ASCD steering switch
●
ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006AI
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “CRUISE” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “ACCEL/RES” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1095
L
Possible Cause
An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM.
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is
stuck ON.
K
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6.
7.
8.
Press “COAST/SET” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “CANCEL” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
If trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1099, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1096
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006AJ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0793E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1097
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
67
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
99
W/R
ASCD steering switch
CRUISE switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CANCEL switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
COAST/SET switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Revision: May 2004
ACCEL/RESUME switch is “ON”.
EC-1098
Approximately 0V
Approximately 4V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 1V
Approximately 2V
Approximately 3V
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006AK
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
A
With CONSULT-II
EC
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
C
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.
Switch
CRUISE
Monitor item
MAIN SW
COAST/SET
ACCEL/RES
SET SW
RESUME/ACC SW
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
D
E
F
SEC006D
CANCEL
CANCEL SW
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
G
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch
CRUISE SW
COAST/SET SW
ACCEL/RES SW
CANCEL SW
Condition
Voltage [V]
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4
Pressed
Approx. 2
Released
Approx. 4
Pressed
Approx. 3
Released
Approx. 4
Pressed
Approx. 1
Released
Approx. 4
H
I
J
K
PBIB0311E
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD steering switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between switch terminal 1 and
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0086E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1099
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M401, M102
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Spiral cable
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ASCD steering switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M401, M102
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Spiral cable
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1101, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1100
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006AL
A
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
2.
Disconnect ASCD steering switch.
Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 1 and
4 with pushing each switch.
Switch
CRUISE SW
COAST/SET SW
ACCEL/RES SW
CANCEL SW
Condition
EC
Resistance [Ω]
Pressed
Approx. 0
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 660
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 1,480
Released
Approx. 4,000
Pressed
Approx. 250
Released
Approx. 4,000
C
D
PBIB0934E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1101
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25320
UBS006AM
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to for the ASCD function EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED
CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" .
BBIA0087E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006AN
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW1
CONDITION
●
BRAKE SW2
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
pedal: Fully released
ON
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly
depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006AO
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-927.
●
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfuntion A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
●
A)
P1572
1572
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp
switch and the ASCD brake switch are
sent to ECM at the same time.
ASCD brake switch
●
B)
Revision: May 2004
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to
ECM for extremely long time while the
vehicle is driving
EC-1102
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T models)
●
Stop lamp switch
●
ASCD brake switch
●
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
●
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
●
Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
●
Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
(M/T models)
●
ECM
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006AP
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
●
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and EC
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C
detected.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”).
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Press CRUISE switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator
lights up.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.
F
G
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
H
PBIB2386E
I
5.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than
five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
6.
J
K
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1103
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006AQ
BBWA0303E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1104
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
A
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal depressed
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Ignition switch “ON”]
108
P/L
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
ASCD brake switch
Approximately 0V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1105
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006AR
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
A/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is depress
OFF
When brake pedal is fully released
ON
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
ON
SEC011D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the following conditions.
A/T models
CONDITION
When brake pedal is depress
When brake pedal is fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
M/T models
CONDITION
When clutch pedal and/or brake pedal is depressed
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
MBIB0061E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1106
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
A
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION
EC
INDICATION
When brake pedal is released
OFF
When brake pedal is depressed
ON
C
D
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
F
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
G
Battery voltage
H
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
J
3. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
L
M
BBIA0167E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0799E
EC-1107
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0087E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1108
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
H
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
I
10. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
M
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1109
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal + (M/T models) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1110
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal – (M/T models) or 2
EC
(A/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
D
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
H
I
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
UBS006AS
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
M
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1111
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Condition
When clutch pedal is fully released.
When clutch pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6,
"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 (A/T models), + and – (M/T models)
under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB0939E
PBIB1202E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1112
2003 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:31036
A
UBS006AT
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD EC
control. Refer to EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006AU
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-728, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
Refer to EC-916, "DTC P0500 VSS"
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-927, "DTC P0605 ECM"
DTC No.
P1574
1574
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
C
D
E
F
DTC Detecting Condition
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
●
Combination meter
●
Vehicle speed sensor
●
TCM
●
ECM
G
H
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006AV
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
J
K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”).
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle at more than 30 km/h (19 MPH).
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1114, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1113
2003 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006AW
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-38, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1114
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:32006
A
UBS0024Z
When the gear position is “P” or “N” (A/T models only), park/neutral
position (PNP) switch is “ON”.
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
EC
C
D
SEF415Z
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00250
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
P/N POSI SW
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
F
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
“P” or “N” (A/T models)
Neutral (M/T models)
ON
Except above
OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1706
1706
Trouble diagnosis name
Park/neutral position
switch
UBS00251
DTC detecting condition
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
switch is not changed in the process of engine
starting and driving.
H
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
I
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00252
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known good signal
“N” and “P” position
ON
Except the above position
OFF
3.
4.
If NG, go to EC-1118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
M
EC-1115
SEF212Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,550 - 6,375 rpm (A/T)
1,850 - 6,375 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
2.2 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
SEF213Y
6.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
UBS00253
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position)
“P” (A/T only) and “N” position
Except the above position
3.
Voltage (V) (Known-good data)
Approx. 0
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T models: Approximately 5V
If NG, go to EC-1118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0029E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1116
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00254
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0304E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1117
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
102
G/OR
Gear position is “P” or “N” (A/T models),
“Neutral” (M/T models).
PNP switch
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Except the above gear position
Approximately 0V
A/T models
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T models
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00255
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to AT-116, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" (A/T models) or MT-78, "POSITION SWITCH" (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1118
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description
PFP:25320
A
UBS003YH
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS003YI
Specification data are reference values.
C
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
D
UBS003YJ
E
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1805
1805
Trouble diagnosis name
Brake switch
DTC detecting condition
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for
an extremely long time while the vehicle is
driving.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Stop lamp switch
F
G
FALI-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
H
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
I
Driving condition
When engine is idling
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
UBS003YK
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
L
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1119
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS003YL
BBWA0305E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1120
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
UBS003YM
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1121
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0104E
2.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 (A/T models), + (M/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1203E
PBIB0938E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1122
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2 (A/T models), – (M/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
BBIA0105E
E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1123, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
I
J
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
Component Inspection
UBS003YN
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
M
BBIA0105E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1123
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 (A/
T models), + and – (M/T models) under the following conditions.
Conditions
Continuity
Brake pedal fully released
Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed
Should exist.
If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-11, "BRAKE
PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1202E
PBIB0939E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1124
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS006AX
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006AY
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
CLSD THL POS
CONDITION
●
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
SPECIFICATION
G
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.3V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.0V
Throttle valve: Idle position
ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open
OFF
H
I
J
*: Accelerator pedal sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006AZ
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1028, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1
is sent to ECM.
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1
is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1125
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006B0
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1126
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006B1
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBWA0099E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1127
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
83
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
G
ITEM
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 2.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
W
Revision: May 2004
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-1128
More than 4.3V
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006B2
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
EC
>> GO TO 2.
C
D
BBIA0155E
E
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
G
H
I
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
K
L
PBIB0811E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1129
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1131, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1130
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
D
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006B3
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
More than 2.0V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
F
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
G
H
I
MBIB0023E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
J
K
UBS006B4
L
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1131
M
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
UBS006H2
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006H3
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*
CLSD THL POS
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
SPECIFICATION
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.3V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.0V
Throttle valve: Idle position
ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006H4
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P1227
1227
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
P1228
1228
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1132
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006H5
A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1136, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
E
F
SEF058Y
WITH GST
G
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1133
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006H6
BBWA1382E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1134
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
82
83
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
B
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
B/Y
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
G
A
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
Approximately 0V
D
Approximately 0V
E
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
F
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
G
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
H
0.28 - 0.48V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
J
More than 2.0V
K
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
W
Revision: May 2004
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
L
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-1135
M
More than 4.3V
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006H7
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0812E
3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1136
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
EC
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
C
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
●
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
D
Reference Wiring Diagram
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-1134
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-767
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
G
Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
H
I
7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
J
K
>> INSPECTION END
8. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1137
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
10. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1139, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1138
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006H8
A
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
More than 2.0V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC
C
D
E
MBIB0023E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
F
UBS006H9
G
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1139
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS006BD
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006BE
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever
D: (A/T model)
1st: (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006BF
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2135
2135
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/performance
problem
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor circuit is shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1140
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006BG
A
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
E
F
SEF058Y
WITH GST
G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1141
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006BH
BBWA1383E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1142
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B
A
ITEM
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
50
W
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
D
More than 0.36V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
F
Less than 4.75V
G
[Engine is running]
66
R
Sensor ground
(Throttle position sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
69
G
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 2
Less than 4.75V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
91
R/G
Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor
2)
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
J
More than 0.36V
K
Approximately 5V
L
UBS006BI
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0155E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1143
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0152E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-1142
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-1134
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1139 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1144
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
C
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
K
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
L
Refer to EC-1146, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
M
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1145
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006BJ
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
PBIB1060E
UBS006BK
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1146
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS006BL
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006BM
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN1
●
ACCEL SEN2*
●
CLSD THL POS
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
SPECIFICATION
G
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.65 - 0.87V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.3V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
released
0.56 - 0.96V
Accelerator pedal: Fully
depressed
More than 4.0V
Throttle valve: Idle position
ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open
OFF
H
I
J
*: Accelerator pedal sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006BN
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1028
DTC No.
P2138
2138
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Accelerator pedal position sensor
circuit range/performance problem
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from APP sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is
open or shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
and 2
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1147
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006BO
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1148
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006BP
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA1384E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1149
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
47
82
83
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
B
Sensor power supply
(Throttle position sensor)
B/Y
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
G
Sensor ground
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90
R
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
91
R/G
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
98
R/B
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 2.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
106
W
Revision: May 2004
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Gear position is “D” (A/T models)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T models)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-1150
More than 4.3V
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006BQ
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
EC
>> GO TO 2.
C
D
BBIA0155E
E
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
F
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch "ON".
G
H
I
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
J
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
K
L
PBIB0811E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1151
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB2039E
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair or replace open circuit.
7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check the following.
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
●
ECM terminal
Sensor terminal
Reference Wiring Diagram
91
APP sensor terminal 1
EC-1134
47
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-767
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1152
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
A
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
10. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 4, ECM terminal 83 and
APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
E
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
G
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
12. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
L
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
M
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1155, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
Revision: May 2004
K
EC-1153
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1154
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006BR
A
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 signal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.65 - 0.87V
Fully depressed
More than 4.3V
Fully released
0.28 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
More than 2.0V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC
C
D
E
MBIB0023E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-634, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-635, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
F
G
UBS006BS
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1155
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
UBS006J5
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
BBIA0172E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1156
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006J6
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0310E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1157
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
111
W/G
ECM relay (Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
119
120
R/G
R/G
Revision: May 2004
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
EC-1158
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0795E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1159
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
62
81
BR
PU
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Revision: May 2004
EC-1160
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0796E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1161
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
61
80
L/W
GY/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 4
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006J7
1. CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1162
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
A
Without CONSULT-II
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 61, 62, 80, 81
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0521E
PBIB1204E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
F
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
G
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
H
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-721, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.
I
J
MBIB0034E
K
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
L
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB0624E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1163
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 7 and
condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
LEC444
7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB0625E
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
●
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9. CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-1166, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
10. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1164
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
11. CHECK CONDENSER
A
Refer to EC-1166, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace condenser.
EC
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
C
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
E
F
G
BBIA0172E
5.
Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
H
Voltage: Battery voltage
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
J
PBIB0138E
K
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
L
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1165
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 61, 62, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-1166, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006J8
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
3.
If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB0077E
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
MBIB0031E
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1166
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1
Except 0 or ∞
3 and 2
A
EC
Except 0
1 and 2
C
PBIB0847E
D
Removal and Installation
UBS006J9
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-12, "Removal and Installation" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1167
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
INJECTOR
Component Description
PFP:16600
UBS00256
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
MONITOR ITEM
INJ PULSE-B1
B/FUEL SCHDL
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: “N” (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
●
No-load
UBS00257
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2.4 - 3.2 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 3.2 msec
Idle
1.0 - 1.6 msec
2,000 rpm
0.7 - 1.3 msec
EC-1168
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00258
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0797E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1169
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
22
23
41
42
G/B
R/B
L/B
Y/B
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 2
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00259
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to “START”.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1170
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
F
G
H
I
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
K
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
L
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between injector terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB1270E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1171
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
10A fuse
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness connectors F12, F101
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between injector harness connector terminal 1 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41,
42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F12, F101
●
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1173, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1172
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS006IV
A
INJECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
EC
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
C
D
PBIB0181E
E
Removal and Installation
UBS0025A
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation" .
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1173
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
FUEL PUMP
System Description
PFP:17042
UBS0025E
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed*
Battery
Battery voltage*
ECM
function
Actuator
Fuel pump
control
Fuel pump relay
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch is on, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition
Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON.
Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking
Operates
When engine is stopped
Stops in 1 second
Except as shown above
Stops
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
PBIB1218E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
MONITOR ITEM
FUEL PUMP RLY
Revision: May 2004
UBS0025G
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
●
Engine running and cranking
●
When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 seconds)
●
Except as shown above
EC-1174
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0025H
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0314E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1175
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
113
B/P
Fuel pump relay
For 1 second after turning ignition switch
“ON”
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch “ON”.
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS0025I
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0163E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel pump relay.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
LEC363
4.
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0644E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1176
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
10A fuse
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
EC
C
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II
D
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
PBIB0645E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
I
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK POWER GROUND CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump terminal 3 and body ground, fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3. Refer to wiring
diagram.
L
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
BBIA0132E
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between and fuel pump and body ground
●
Harness for open or short between and fuel pump and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1177
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 113 and fuel pump relay connector terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connector M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
Refer to EC-1179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump relay.
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1178
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS0025J
A
FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
EC
C
If NG, replace relay.
D
SEF145X
FUEL PUMP
1.
2.
E
Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
F
If NG, replace fuel pump.
G
H
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation
UBS0025K
FUEL PUMP
I
Refer to FL-3, "Removal and Installation" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1179
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Description
PFP:92136
UBS0025R
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the
air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
BBIA0165E
SEF099XA
Revision: May 2004
EC-1180
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0025S
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0798E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1181
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
49
R/Y
Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
67
B/W
Sensor ground
(Mass air flow sensor)
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
70
L
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Both A/C switch and blower switch are
“ON”
(Compressor operates.)
Diagnostic Procedure
1.0 - 4.0V
UBS0025T
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn A/C switch and fan control switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB1205E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1182
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn A/C switch and fan control switch “OFF”.
Stop engine.
Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0165E
5.
Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
H
SEF479Y
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
J
K
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1183
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between TCM (transmission control module) and refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-15, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS006I6
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-15, "REFRIGERATION SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1184
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:25350
A
UBS0025U
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
LOAD SIGNAL
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch and/
or lighting switch is in 2nd
ON
Rear window defogger switch is
OFF and lighting switch is OFF
OFF
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1185
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0025V
BBWA0401E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1186
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
84
Electrical load signal
(Headlamp signal)
PU
●
Lighting switch is “2ND” position
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Lighting switch is “OFF”
[Engine is running]
96
Electrical load signal
(Heater fan signal)
Y/G
A
●
Heater fan switch “ON”
[Engine is running]
●
Heater fan switch “OFF”
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
D
Approximately 0V
E
Approximately 5V
UBS0025W
F
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
J
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch “1ST” position
ON
Lighting switch “OFF”
OFF
K
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB0103E
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch “2ND” and “HIGH” position
ON
Lighting switch “OFF”
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB0103E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1187
2003 Sentra
M
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Lighting switch “1ST” position
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch “OFF”
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB0674E
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
Lighting switch “2ND” and “HIGH” position
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch “OFF”
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB0674E
6. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Check voltage between ECM terminal 96 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
Fan control switch “ON”
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fan control switch “OFF”
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 15.
PBIB1219E
7. CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH 1ST POSITION CIRCUIT
1. Turn the lighting switch “1ST” position.
2. Check that any illumination lamp is illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Refer to LT-32, "ILLUMINATION" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1188
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
8. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and lighting switch terminal 12 under the following
conditions.
C
D
E
PBIB1271E
CONDITION
CONTINUITY
1
Should not exist.
2
Should exist.
F
G
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
H
I
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E103
●
Diode-3
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
K
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM CIRCUIT
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “2ND” and “HIGH” position.
3. Check that headlamp high beams are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1189
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
12. CHECK HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect lighting switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and lighting switch terminal 9 under the following
conditions.
PBIB1222E
CONDITION
CONTINUITY
1
Should not exist.
2
Should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors E109, M20
●
Diode-3
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
15. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the fan control switch “ON”.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Is the blower fan motor operating?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 16.
No
>> Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1190
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
16. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect fan control switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 96 and fan control switch terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
D
E
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and fan control switch
F
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Perform EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
I
>> INSPECTION END
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1191
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25320
UBS006JA
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
BBIA0087E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006JB
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW1
BRAKE SW2
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake
pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly
depressed
ON
EC-1192
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006JC
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0316E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1193
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
101
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal is fully released
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
108
P/L
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
ASCD brake switch
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS006JD
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
ON
A/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When brake pedal is fully released
ON
SEC011D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
M/T models
CONDITION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION
When brake pedal is depressed
When brake pedal is fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
MBIB0061E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1194
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
A
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION
EC
INDICATION
When brake pedal is released
OFF
When brake pedal is depressed
ON
C
D
SEC013D
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
F
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
G
Battery voltage
H
MBIB0060E
I
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 13.
J
3. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
L
M
BBIA0167E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0799E
EC-1195
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0087E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0857E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1196
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
H
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
I
10. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
M
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1199, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1197
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal + (M/T models) or 1 (A/T models) and ground with CONSULT -II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0938E
PBIB1203E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1198
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal – (M/T models) or 2
EC
(A/T models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
D
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1199, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
H
I
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
UBS006JE
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
M
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1199
L
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
When clutch pedal is fully released.
When clutch pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-23,
"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
STOP LAMP SWITCH
With M/T Models
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals + and – under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB0939E
With A/T Models
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
PBIB1202E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1200
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description
PFP:24814
A
UBS006BX
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when CRUISE switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C
●
CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
●
SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-1220, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006BY
E
Specification data are reference value.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
CRUISE LAMP
●
SET LAMP
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
CRUISE Lamp: Illuminated
ON
CRUISE Lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
SET Lamp: Illuminated
ON
SET Lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1201
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006BZ
BBWA0433E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1202
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006C0
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
A
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR
CRUISE LAMP
SET LAMP
CONDITION
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
CRUISE Lamp: Illuminated
ON
CRUISE Lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
SET Lamp: Illuminated
ON
SET Lamp: Not illuminated
OFF
EC
C
D
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
2. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001, refer to EC-728, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN
COMMUNICATION LINE" .
No
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
F
G
H
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
I
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-720, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1203
2003 Sentra
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram
PFP:24814
EBS00KLG
BBWA0318E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1204
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description
PFP:14950
A
UBS0025Y
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB1262E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1205
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
PBIB1180E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1206
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0177E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1207
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Component Inspection
UBS0025Z
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B .
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C .
3. Release blocked port B .
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pressure exists at the ports A and C .
5. Block port A and B .
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
PBIB1212E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
2.
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 2.90 psi)
Vacuum:
−6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 , −
0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
SEF943S
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-867, "DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-809, "DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR" , EC-814, "DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR" .
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-873 .
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-880 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1208
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
A
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
EC
C
SEF462UC
Removal and Installation
D
UBS006I7
EVAP CANISTER
E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
F
G
H
I
J
K
PBIB1214E
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
Do not reuse the O-ring, replace it with a new one.
L
M
PBIB1215E
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
UBS00260
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not start engine.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.
●
Revision: May 2004
EC-1209
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF838U
6.
7.
Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
8.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to
"EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
EC-1206,
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
Revision: May 2004
EC-1210
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
3.
4.
5.
6.
Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1206, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
A
EC
C
BBIA0157E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1211
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
System Description
PFP:00000
UBS00261
PBIB1268E
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
●
Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
●
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
●
Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
●
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
–
Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
–
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
–
Disconnect battery ground cable.
●
Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
●
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
●
Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
●
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
●
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1212
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00262
A
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
EC
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
D
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
E
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 5.
F
G
H
PBIB1213E
3. REPLACE
EVAP CANISTER
I
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
J
>> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
L
5. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1215, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
M
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1213
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB1213E
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
5. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
6. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace filler neck tube.
7. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1215, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
8. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1214
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
9. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
A
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
EC
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
C
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
D
E
F
G
SEF665U
Component Inspection
UBS006I8
H
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
–
–
–
3.
4.
–
–
–
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and Installation" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck closed as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1215
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
–
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1221E
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "Removal and Installation" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
–
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck closed as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
–
3.
4.
–
–
–
Revision: May 2004
EC-1216
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
–
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
A
EC
C
D
E
F
PBIB1221E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1217
2003 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
PFP:11810
UBS00263
SEF921W
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Component Inspection
UBS00264
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-1218
2003 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
VENTILATION HOSE
1.
2.
A
Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
C
SET277
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1219
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description
PFP:18930
UBS006C1
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
ASCD brake switch
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
switch (A/T models)
Gear position
Combination meter
Vehicle speed
TCM
Powertrain revolution
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control
actuator
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD CRUISE switch (Main switch). (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the
switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
●
CANCEL switch is depressed
●
More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be
cleared.).
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
●
Selector lever is changed to “N”, “P”, “R” position (A/T models).
●
Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
●
Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature: CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET switch or RESUME switch.
●
Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1220
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is A
performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
EC
●
Brake pedal is released.
●
Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
●
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N position (A/T models)
C
●
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description
UBS006C2
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
D
Refer to EC-1095 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
E
Refer to EC-1119 , and EC-1123 .
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1102 and EC-1111 .
F
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1102 , EC-1119 and EC-1192 .
G
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-952 , EC-954 , EC-961 and EC-966 .
ASCD INDICATOR
H
Refer to EC-1201 .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1221
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Fuel Pressure
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
PFP:00030
UBS00265
Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
Target idle speed rpm
(Engine is warmed up to normal operating
temperature)
Air conditioner: ON
UBS00266
No-load*1
A/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm
rpm
850 or more
A/T: 18° ± 5° BTDC
M/T: 7° ± 5° BTDC
Ignition timing
Throttle position sensor idle position
V
0.15 - 0.85
*1: Under the following conditions:
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Electrical load: OFF (Lights & rear window defogger)
●
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor
UBS00267
Supply voltage
V
Battery voltage (11 - 14)
Output voltage
V
1.0 - 1.7
Mass air flow
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g·m/sec
1.4 - 4.0 at idle*
5.0 - 10.0 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Temperature
°C (°F)
UBS00268
Resistance
25 (77)
kΩ
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS0026A
Ω
0.2 - 5.0
Injector
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
UBS0026C
Ω
13.5 - 17.5
Resistor
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS006IW
Ω
4-8
Throttle Control Motor
UBS006J4
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Approximately 1 - 15Ω
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: May 2004
Ω
UBS0026F
2.3 - 4.3
EC-1222
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE (SULEV)]
Calculated Load Value
UBS0026G
A
Calculated load value %
(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle
20.0 - 35.5
At 2,500 rpm
17.0 - 30.0
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
Temperature
UBS0026H
C
°C (°F)
Resistance
25 (77)
kΩ
1.9 - 2.1
D
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
UBS0026J
Ω
2.3 - 4.3
E
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
UBS0026K
Ω
166 - 204
F
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
Temperature
EC
UBS0026L
°C (°F)
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1223
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
INDEX FOR DTC
Alphabetical Index
PFP:00024
UBS0026N
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-1350, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*2
ECM*3
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
0731
2
×
AT-512
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
0732
2
×
AT-517
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
0733
2
×
AT-522
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
0734
2
×
AT-527
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
0744
2
×
AT-539
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
1
×
EC-1751
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
1
×
EC-1751
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
1
×
EC-1757
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
1
×
EC-1757
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
1
×
EC-1770
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
1
—
EC-1730
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
1
—
EC-1723
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
1
—
EC-1740
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
0710
2
×
AT-497
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
2
—
EC-1746
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
1000*5
1
×
EC-1350
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1001
1001*
5
2
—
EC-1350
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
2
×
EC-1490
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
1
×
EC-1649
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
P0340
0340
2
×
EC-1496
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
2
—
EC-1664
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
2
—
EC-1666
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
2
×
EC-1481
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
2
×
EC-1481
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
2
×
EC-1481
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
2
×
EC-1481
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
× or —
EC-1583
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
P1065
1065
2
×
EC-1590
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
1
×
EC-1386
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
1
×
EC-1386
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
1
×
EC-1398
ENG OVER TEMP
P0217
0217
1
×
EC-1461
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
1
×
EC-1651
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
0725
2
×
AT-508
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1 or 2
×
EC-1604
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
1
×
EC-1606
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
1
×
EC-1618
Revision: May 2004
EC-1224
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
3
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
2
ECM*
ETC MOT PWR
P1124
1124
1
×
EC-1613
ETC MOT PWR
P1126
1126
1
×
EC-1613
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
2
×
EC-1547
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
2
×
EC-1507
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
2
×
EC-1513
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
2
×
EC-1534
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
2
×
EC-1540
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
2
×
EC-1555
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P1456
1456
2
×
EC-1695
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
2
×
EC-1457
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
2
×
EC-1457
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
2
×
EC-1455
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
2
×
EC-1564
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC
P1464
1464
2
×
EC-1704
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
2
×
EC-1569
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
2
×
EC-1571
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
2
×
EC-1571
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
2
×
EC-1442
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
2
×
EC-1449
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
0132
2
×
EC-1406
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
2
×
EC-1412
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
2
×
EC-1421
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
1143
2
×
EC-1623
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
1144
2
×
EC-1629
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
2
×
EC-1356
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
2
×
EC-1356
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
2
×
EC-1428
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
2
×
EC-1435
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
2
×
EC-1635
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
2
×
EC-1642
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
2
×
EC-1362
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
2
×
EC-1362
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
2
×
EC-1381
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
2
×
EC-1381
IAT SENSOR
P0127
0127
2
×
EC-1401
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
0011
2
×
EC-1353
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1111
1111
2
×
EC-1600
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
2
×
EC-1579
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
2
×
EC-1581
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
2
—
EC-1486
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
2
—
EC-1486
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
2
×
AT-547
GST*
Revision: May 2004
EC-1225
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
3
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
0101
1
×
EC-1368
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
1
×
EC-1375
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
1
×
EC-1375
MAF SENSOR
P1102
1102
1
×
EC-1594
MIL/CIRC
P0650
0650
2
—
EC-1586
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
2
×
EC-1481
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
2
—
EC-1275
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*4
—
Flashing*4
EC-1276
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
—
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
1760
2
×
AT-568
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P1706
1706
2
×
EC-1742
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
2
×
AT-491
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
2
×
EC-1521
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
2
×
EC-1521
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P1444
1444
2
×
EC-1672
NATS MALFUNCTION
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
1
×
EC-1668
SFT SOL A/CIRC
P0750
0750
1
×
AT-553
SFT SOL B/CIRC
P0755
0755
1
×
AT-558
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
2
×
AT-534
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
2
×
EC-1404
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
1
×
EC-1475
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
1
×
EC-1475
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
1
×
EC-1391
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
0123
1
×
EC-1391
TP SENSOR
P2135
2135
1
×
EC-1763
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
1
×
AT-563
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
2
×
EC-1502
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
1491
2
×
EC-1714
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
1490
2
×
EC-1707
P0720
0720
2
×
AT-503
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6
P0500
0500
2
×
EC-1575
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
2
×
EC-1527
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1446
1446
2
×
EC-1680
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1448
1448
2
×
EC-1687
VEH SPD SEN/CIR
AT*6
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1226
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC No. Index
UBS0026O
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-1350, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
A
EC
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
ECM*3
GST*2
No DTC
Flashing*4
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
—
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
Flashing*4
EC-1276
C
D
U1000
1000*5
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-1350
U1001
1001*5
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
2
—
EC-1350
—
—
—
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011
0011
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
2
×
EC-1353
P0031
0031
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-1356
P0032
0032
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-1356
P0037
0037
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-1362
P0038
0038
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2
×
EC-1362
P0101
0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-1368
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-1375
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-1375
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1381
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1381
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-1386
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
1
×
EC-1386
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-1391
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-1391
P0125
0125
ECT SENSOR
1
×
EC-1398
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR
2
×
EC-1401
P0128
0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
2
×
EC-1404
P0132
0132
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1406
P0133
0133
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1412
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1421
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-1428
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-1435
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
2
×
EC-1442
F
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
2
×
EC-1449
P0181
0181
FTT SENSOR
2
×
EC-1455
P0182
0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1457
P0183
0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1457
P0217
0217
ENG OVER TEMP
1
×
EC-1461
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-1475
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-1475
P0300
0300
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
2
×
EC-1481
Revision: May 2004
EC-1227
E
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
3
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-1481
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-1481
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-1481
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
2
×
EC-1481
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
2
—
EC-1486
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
2
—
EC-1486
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1490
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
2
×
EC-1496
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
2
×
EC-1502
P0441
0441
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
2
×
EC-1507
P0442
0442
EVAP SMALL LEAK
2
×
EC-1513
P0444
0444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-1521
P0445
0445
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-1521
P0447
0447
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-1527
P0452
0452
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
2
×
EC-1534
P0453
0453
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
2
×
EC-1540
P0455
0455
EVAP GROSS LEAK
2
×
EC-1547
P0456
0456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
2
×
EC-1555
P0460
0460
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
2
×
EC-1564
P0461
0461
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2
×
EC-1569
P0462
0462
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-1571
P0463
0463
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-1571
P0500
0500
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6
2
×
EC-1575
P0506
0506
ISC SYSTEM
2
×
EC-1579
P0507
0507
ISC SYSTEM
2
×
EC-1581
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
× or —
EC-1583
P0650
0650
MIL/CIRC
2
—
EC-1586
P0705
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
2
×
AT-491
P0710
0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
2
×
AT-497
P0720
0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6
2
×
AT-503
P0725
0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
2
×
AT-508
P0731
0731
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-512
P0732
0732
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-517
P0733
0733
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-522
P0734
0734
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
2
×
AT-527
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
2
×
AT-534
P0744
0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
2
×
AT-539
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
2
×
AT-547
P0750
0750
SFT SOL A/CIRC
1
×
AT-553
P0755
0755
SFT SOL B/CIRC
1
×
AT-558
P1065
1065
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
2
×
EC-1590
P1102
1102
MAF SENSOR
1
×
EC-1594
Revision: May 2004
EC-1228
2003 Sentra
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR25DE]
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
3
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL
lighting up
Reference page
2
×
EC-1600
1 or 2
×
EC-1604
GST*2
ECM*
P1111
1111
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
1
×
EC-1606
P1124
1124
ETC MOT PWR
1
×
EC-1613
P1126
1126
ETC MOT PWR
1
×
EC-1613
P1128
1128
ETC MOT
1
×
EC-1618
P1143
1143
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1623
P1144
1144
HO2S1 (B1)
2
×
EC-1629
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-1635
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
2
×
EC-1642
P1148
1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
1
×
EC-1649
P1217
1217
ENG OVER TEMP
1
×
EC-1651
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING
2
—
EC-1664
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING
2
—
EC-1666
P1229
1229
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
1
×
EC-1668
P1444
1444
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
2
×
EC-1672
P1446
1446
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-1680
P1448
1448
VENT CONTROL VALVE
2
×
EC-1687
P1456
1456
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
2
×
EC-1695
P1464
1464
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC
2
×
EC-1704
P1490
1490
VC/V BYPASS/V
2
×
EC-1707
P1491
1491
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
2
×
EC-1714
P1564
1564
ASCD SW
1
—
EC-1723
P1572
1572
ASCD BRAKE SW
1
—
EC-1730
P1574
1574
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
1
—
EC-1740
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
2
—
EC-1275
P1705
1705
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T
1
×
AT-563
P1706
1706
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
2
×
EC-1742
P1760
1760
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
2
×
AT-568
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
2
—
EC-1746
P2122
2122
APP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-1751
P2123
2123
APP SEN 1/CIRC
1
×
EC-1751
P2127
2127
APP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-1757
P2128
2128
APP SEN 2/CIRC
1
×
EC-1757
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR
1
×
EC-1763
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
1
×
EC-1770
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1229
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
UBS0026P
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T
UBS0026Q
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MIL) to warn the driver
of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
●
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
●
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
●
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
●
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
●
●
●
●
UBS0026R
Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
Revision: May 2004
EC-1230
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
●
●
Do not disassemble ECM.
If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
A
EC
C
SEF707Y
D
●
When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.
E
F
G
SEF908W
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded
operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-1307 .
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
Revision: May 2004
EC-1231
H
I
J
K
PBIB0090E
L
M
MEF040D
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
●
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function
Check”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation
Procedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Function Check” should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SEF217U
●
●
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
SEF348N
●
●
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
PBIB1218E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1232
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
●
●
●
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
A
EC
C
SEF709Y
D
●
–
–
–
–
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave radio can be kept smaller.
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
E
F
G
SEF708Y
UBS0026S
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1233
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
UBS0026T
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Tool name (KentDescription
Moore No.)
KV10117100
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors
with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
S-NT379
KV10114400
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
S-NT636
Fuel filler cap adapter
(J-45356)
Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
S-NT815
Commercial Service Tools
Tool name (KentMoore No.)
UBS0026U
Description
Quick connector release
Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part
No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E
Leak detector
ie: (J41416)
Locating the EVAP leak
S-NT703
EVAP service port
adapter
ie: (J41413-OBD)
Applying positive pressure through EVAP service
port
S-NT704
Revision: May 2004
EC-1234
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Tool name (KentMoore No.)
Description
A
Socket wrench
Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor
EC
C
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread
cleaner
ie: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor
D
E
AEM488
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
Anti-seize lubricant
ie: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
F
G
S-NT779
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1235
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram
PFP:23710
UBS0026V
PBIB1261E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1236
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Vacuum Hose Drawing
UBS0026W
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1265E
Refer to EC-1236, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1237
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
System Chart
UBS0026X
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Fuel injection & mixture ratio control
Fuel injectors
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Electronic ignition system
Power transistor
●
Mass air flow sensor
Fuel pump control
Fuel pump relay
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control actuator
●
●
Throttle position sensor
On board diagnostic system
MIL (On the instrument panel)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Power valve control
VIAS control solenoid valve
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Intake air temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
●
Power steering oil pressure switch
●
Ignition switch
EVAP canister purge flow control
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
●
Battery voltage
Air conditioning cut control
Air conditioner relay
●
Knock sensor
Cooling fan control
Cooling fan relays
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Stop lamp switch
●
ASCD steering switch
●
ASCD brake switch
●
ASCD clutch switch
●
Fuel level sensor*1
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system
sensor*1
●
Fuel tank temperature
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *2
●
TCM (Transmission control module) *3
●
Air conditioner switch
●
Vehicle speed sensor
●
Electrical load signal
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
*1: These sensors are not used to control the engine system. They are used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*3: The signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1238
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
UBS0026Y
A
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed and piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Gear position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking condition
Battery
Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch
Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner operation
ECM
function
Actuator
EC
C
D
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Fuel injectors
E
F
G
*: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
I
J
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below.
●
During warm-up
●
When starting the engine
●
During acceleration
●
Hot-engine operation
●
When selector lever is changed from “N” to “D” (A/T models)
●
High-load, high-speed operation
●
During deceleration
●
During high engine speed operation
Revision: May 2004
EC-1239
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1406 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal
air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
●
Deceleration and acceleration
●
High-load, high-speed operation
●
Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
●
Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
●
High engine coolant temperature
●
During warm-up
●
After shifting from “N” to “D” (A/T models)
●
When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes
during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1240
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
C
SEF337W
D
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
E
F
G
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
H
UBS0026Z
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed and piston position
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
function
I
Actuator
J
K
Ignition
timing control
Power transistor
L
M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
●
At starting
●
During warm-up
●
At idle
Revision: May 2004
EC-1241
SEF742M
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
At low battery voltage
●
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
●
Air Conditioning Cut Control
UBS00270
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
Power steering oil pressure switch
Power steering operation
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
Actuator
Air conditioner relay
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
●
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
●
When cranking the engine.
●
At high engine speeds.
●
When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
●
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
●
When engine speed is excessively low.
●
When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)
UBS00271
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Neutral position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Fuel cut
control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under “Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System”, EC1239 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1242
2003 Sentra
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
CAN communication
UBS00272
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
C
D
E
F
LKIA0107E
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Overdrive cancel signal
T
R
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1243
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
PFP:00018
UBS00273
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
With GST
Check idle speed in “MODE 1” with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1.
2.
3.
Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No. 1 to clear the wires.
Attach timing light to the wires as shown in the figure.
Check ignition timing.
BBIA0089E
Method B
1.
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
BBIA0004E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1244
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
2.
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
A
EC
C
BBIA0076E
D
E
F
G
SEF166Y
3.
Check ignition timing.
H
I
J
BBIA0005E
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment
K
UBS00274
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels
● Fuses
● ECM harness connector
● Vacuum hoses
● Air intake system
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
● Fuel pressure
● Engine compression
● Throttle valve
● Evaporative emission system
On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is “OFF”.
On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in “N” position.
When measuring “CO” percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear window defogger.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1245
2003 Sentra
L
M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
6.
Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
PBIB1054E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1246
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
A
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.
–
–
–
–
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
EC
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
C
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
E
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
F
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
G
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
SEF976U
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
5.
K
L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1247
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1248
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is the ″Idle Air Volume Learning″ carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
E
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
G
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
J
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1496 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1490 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
K
L
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
M
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1249
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 20.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is the ″Idle Air Volume Learning″ carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1250
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
A
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
EC
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
C
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 19.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 20.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
D
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-134, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
E
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
F
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1496 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1490 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
H
I
J
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
K
L
>> GO TO 4.
19. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
1 time:
2 times:
RICH → LEAN → RICH
RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 21.
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 28.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1251
SEF646Y
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
20. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
Without CONSULT-II
Stop engine and set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1276,
"HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
2. Start engine and run it at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK
>> INDPECTION END
NG (MIL does not come on)>>GO TO 21.
NG (MIL comes on less than 5 times)>>GO TO 28.
1.
21. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect battery ground cable.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 1. Refer to EC1408, "Wiring Diagram" .
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1.
2. GO TO 4.
22. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Reconnect ECM harness connector.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 23.
23. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 24.
24. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is the ″Idle Air Volume Learning″ carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 25.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 26.
No
>> 1. Follow the construction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1252
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
25. CHECK “CO”%
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn “ON”.
Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
5. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
6. Check “CO”%.
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
C
D
Idle CO: 0.3 − 9.5% and engine runs smoothly.
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG
>> GO TO 27.
SEF172Y
F
26. CHECK “CO”%
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect a resistor (4.4 kΩ) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
Check “CO”%.
Idle CO: 0.3 − 9.5% and engine runs smoothly.
After checking “CO”%, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect the
resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature
sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 28.
NG
>> GO TO 27.
G
H
I
J
7.
K
SEF982UA
L
M
27. RECONNECT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
>> GO TO 31.
28. REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 29.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 30.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1253
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
29. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time:
2 times:
RICH → LEAN → RICH
RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 31.
30. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
Without CONSULT-II
1. Set ECM to Self-diagnostic mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-1277, "How to Set
Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)" .
2. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (The engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.),
check that the MIL comes on more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 31.
31. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1257, "Fuel Pressure
Check" .
●
Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1368 , EC-1375
and EC-1594 .
●
Check injector and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1796 .
●
Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit, and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC1386 and EC-1398 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 33.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 32.
32. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC
After this inspection, unnecessary DTC might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1254
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
33. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
A
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
C
>> GO TO 4.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
UBS00275
DESCRIPTION
“Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
E
F
G
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
UBS00276
DESCRIPTION
“Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
H
I
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
D
Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
J
UBS00277
K
DESCRIPTION
“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
●
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
●
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
M
PREPARATION
Before performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
●
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
●
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
●
PNP switch: ON
●
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
●
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
●
Vehicle speed: Stopped
●
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/
T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-1255
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that all items listed under the topic “PREPARATION” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
SEF452Y
6.
Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
SEF454Y
7.
8.
Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“CMPLT” is not displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” below.
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
M/T: 700±50 rpm
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
M/T: 15±5° BTDC
A/T: 15±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
●
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PREPARATION” (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1256
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
a.
b.
8.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
A
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
EC
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
C
D
E
F
SEC897C
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
M/T: 700±50 rpm
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
Ignition timing
G
H
M/T: 15±5° BTDC
A/T: 15±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure”
below.
I
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
J
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-1337, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:
–
Engine stalls.
–
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check
UBS00278
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because B15 models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1257
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove fuel pump fuse.
Start engine.
After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
LEC298
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
●
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
●
Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains saleability with O-rings inside.
●
Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C switch, etc.). Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and
changes in manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
● Use fuel pressure gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
● Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
● Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
● Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.
● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline.
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
BBIA0111E
● When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1258
2003 Sentra
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR25DE]
●
●
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08
in).
A
Tightening torque:
1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb.)
EC
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb.) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
Turn ignition switch “ON”, and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0669E
Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
● During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
●
5.
6.
7.
8.
C
D
E
F
2
At idling: Approximately 350 CPA (3.57 kg/cm , 51 psi)
9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
10. Check the following.
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
● Fuel filter for clogging
● Fuel pump
● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1259
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction
PFP:00028
UBS00279
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
SAE Mode
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data
Mode 2 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code
Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
Mode 7 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits
Mode 6 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID
Mode 9 of SAE J1979
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable
—: Not applicable
DTC
1st trip DTC
Freeze Frame
data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
×
×
×
×
×
—
GST
×
×*1
×
—
×
×
ECM
×
×*2
—
—
—
—
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1290
.)
Two Trip Detection Logic
UBS0027A
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
Items
2nd trip
—: Not applicable
1st trip DTC
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
Blinking
Lighting
up
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected
×
—
—
—
—
—
×
—
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected
—
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
One trip detection diagnosis (refer
to EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
—
×
—
—
×
—
—
—
Except above
—
—
—
×
—
×
×
—
Revision: May 2004
EC-1260
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
UBS0027B
A
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
DTC*1 *2
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference
page
1000*5
—
—
—
EC-1350
U1001
1001*5
—
—
×
EC-1350
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
—
—
—
—
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
ECM
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
C
D
0011
—
—
×
EC-1353
4
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0031
0031
×
×
×*
EC-1356
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
P0032
0032
×
×
×*4
EC-1356
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0037
0037
×
×
×*4
EC-1362
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
P0038
0038
×
×
×*4
EC-1362
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
0101
—
—
×
EC-1368
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
—
—
—
EC-1375
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
—
—
—
EC-1375
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
—
—
×
EC-1381
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
—
—
×
EC-1381
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
—
—
—
EC-1386
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
—
—
—
EC-1386
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
—
—
—
EC-1391
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
0123
—
—
—
EC-1391
ECT SENSOR
P0125
0125
—
—
—
EC-1398
IAT SENSOR
P0127
0127
—
—
×
EC-1401
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
0128
—
—
×
EC-1404
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
0132
×
×
×*4
EC-1406
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
×
×
×*4
EC-1412
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
×
×
×*4
EC-1421
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
×
×
×*4
EC-1428
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
×
×
×*
EC-1435
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
—
—
×
EC-1442
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
—
—
×
EC-1449
FTT SENSOR
P0181
0181
—
—
×
EC-1455
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
0182
—
—
×
EC-1457
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
0183
—
—
×
EC-1457
4
ENG OVER TEMP
P0217
0217
—
—
—
EC-1461
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
—
—
—
EC-1475
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
—
—
—
EC-1475
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300
0300
—
—
×
EC-1481
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
—
—
×
EC-1481
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
—
—
×
EC-1481
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
—
—
×
EC-1481
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
—
—
×
EC-1481
Revision: May 2004
EC
EC-1261
2003 Sentra
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1 *2
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST
ECM
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
—
—
×
EC-1486
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
—
—
×
EC-1486
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
—
—
×
EC-1490
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
P0340
0340
—
—
×
EC-1496
4
EC-1502
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
×
×
×*
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON
P0441
0441
×
×
×*4
EC-1507
EVAP SMALL LEAK
P0442
0442
×
×
×*4
EC-1513
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0444
0444
—
—
×
EC-1521
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P0445
0445
—
—
×
EC-1521
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P0447
0447
—
—
×
EC-1527
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452
0452
—
—
×
EC-1534
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453
0453
—
—
×
EC-1540
EVAP GROSS LEAK
P0455
0455
—
×
×*4
EC-1547
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P0456
0456
×*3
×
×*4
EC-1555
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460
0460
—
—
×
EC-1564
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0461
0461
—
—
×
EC-1569
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0462
0462
—
—
×
EC-1571
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC
P0463
0463
—
—
×
EC-1571
P0500
0500
—
—
×
EC-1575
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
0506
—
—
×
EC-1579
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
0507
—
—
×
EC-1581
ECM
P0605
0605
—
—
×
EC-1583
VEH SPEED
SEN/CIRC*6
MIL/CIRC
P0650
0650
—
—
×
EC-1586
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
—
—
×
AT-491
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
0710
—
—
×
AT-497
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*6
P0720
0720
—
—
×
AT-503
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
0725
—
—
×
AT-508
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
0731
—
—
×
AT-512
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
0732
—
—
×
AT-517
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
0733
—
—
×
AT-522
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
0734
—
—
×
AT-527
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
—
—
×
AT-534
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
0744
—
—
×
AT-539
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
—
—
×
AT-547
SFT SOL A/CIRC
P0750
0750
—
—
—
AT-553
SFT SOL B/CIRC
P0755
0755
—
—
—
AT-558
ECM BACK UP/CIRC
P1065
1065
—
—
×
EC-1590
MAF SENSOR
P1102
1102
—
—
—
EC-1594
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
P1111
1111
—
—
×
EC-1600
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
—
—
— or ×
EC-1604
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
—
—
—
EC-1606
Revision: May 2004
EC-1262
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1 *2
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip DTC
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST
ECM
ETC MOT PWR
P1124
1124
—
—
—
EC-1613
ETC MOT PWR
P1126
1126
—
—
—
EC-1613
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
—
—
—
EC-1618
4
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
1143
×
×
×*
EC-1623
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
1144
×
×
×*4
EC-1629
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
×
×
×*4
EC-1635
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
×
×
×*4
EC-1642
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
1148
—
—
—
EC-1649
ENG OVER TEMP
P1217
1217
—
—
—
EC-1651
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
—
—
×
EC-1664
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
—
—
×
EC-1666
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
—
—
—
EC-1668
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
P1444
1444
—
—
×
EC-1672
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1446
1446
—
—
×
EC-1680
VENT CONTROL VALVE
P1448
1448
—
—
×
EC-1687
EVAP VERY SML LEAK
P1456
1456
×*3
×
×*4
EC-1695
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC
P1464
1464
—
—
×
EC-1704
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
1490
—
—
×
EC-1707
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
1491
—
—
×
EC-1714
ASCD SW
P1564
1564
—
—
—
EC-1723
ASCD BRAKE SW
P1572
1572
—
—
—
EC-1730
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
P1574
1574
—
—
—
EC-1740
TPV SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
—
—
—
AT-563
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT
P1706
1706
—
—
×
EC-1742
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
1760
—
—
×
AT-568
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
—
—
×
EC-1746
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122
2122
—
—
—
EC-1751
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123
2123
—
—
—
EC-1751
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127
2127
—
—
—
EC-1757
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128
2128
—
—
—
EC-1757
TP SENSOR
P2135
2135
—
—
—
EC-1763
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
—
—
—
EC-1770
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*4: These are not displayed with GST.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MIL illuminates.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
Revision: May 2004
EC-1263
2003 Sentra
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-1273, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-1261, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in “Work Flow” procedure Step II, refer to EC-1285, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform “DTC
Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall Function Check” to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is
duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
WITH CONSULT-II
WITH GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
NO TOOLS
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 1148, 1706, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
●
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “[1t]”.
PBIB0911E
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-1320, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1264
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the folEC
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority
1
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
C
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
D
1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-1261, "EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1265
2003 Sentra
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance
Priority*1
Corresponding DTC
No.
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
CATALYST
2
Three way catalyst function
P0420
EVAP SYSTEM
1
EVAP control system
P0442
2
EVAP control system
P0456, P1456
2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0441
2
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0132
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0134
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037, P0038
HO2S
HO2S HTR
2
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Diagnosis
← ON →
P0400
OK (1)
P0402
P1402
OFF
Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON →
OFF
← ON →
— (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
OK (2)
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK (1)
— (1)
— (1)
— (1)
P0402
— (0)
— (0)
OK (1)
— (1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
— (2)
— (2)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
“CMPLT”
P0400
OK
OK
—
—
P0402
—
—
—
—
P1402
NG
—
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
1st trip DTC
—
1st trip DTC
DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“INCMP”
“CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1266
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
A
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indiEC
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following C
reasons:
●
The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
D
●
The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
●
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
E
●
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
F
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1267
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
SEF170Z
*1
EC-1264
*2
EC-1268
*3
EC-1269
How to Display SRT Code
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at right.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
WITH GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
Revision: May 2004
EC-1268
SEF949Z
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each A
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on “Performance Priority” in the table EC
on EC-1266, "SRT Item" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The C
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1269
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Driving Pattern
PBIB0123E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1270
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc.
A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
●
Sea level
C
●
Flat road
●
Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
E
●
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
●
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
●
The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 70 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
●
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
H
Pattern 3:
●
The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
I
●
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
●
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
J
●
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
K
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
L
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times.
–
During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
M
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
●
SEF414S
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1271
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Model with 5-speed
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For normal acceleration in high altitude areas
[over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h
(MPH)
CRUISE shift point km/h
(MPH)
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
24 (15)
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
40 (25)
29 (18)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
58 (36)
48 (30)
64 (40)
4th to 5th
64 (40)
62 (39)
72 (45)
Gear change
Model with 6-speed
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
For normal acceleration in high altitude areas
[over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
ACCEL shift point km/h
(MPH)
CRUISE shift point km/h
(MPH)
ACCEL shift point km/h
(MPH)
CRUISE shift point km/h
(MPH)
1st to 2nd
26 (16)
16 (10)
26 (16)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
42 (26)
23 (14)
42 (26)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
55 (34)
40 (25)
64 (40)
64 (40)
4th to 5th
66 (41)
60 (37)
72 (45)
72 (45)
5th to 6th
72 (45)
72 (45)
80 (50)
80 (50)
Gear change
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted sped limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure sage operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Model with 5-speed
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
55 (35)
2nd
95 (60)
3rd
135 (85)
4th
—
5th
—
Model with 6-speed
Gear
km/h (MPH)
1st
45 (25)
2nd
80 (50)
3rd
130 (80)
4th
—
5th
—
6th
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (18 test
items).
Revision: May 2004
EC-1272
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
×: Applicable
A
—: Not applicable
Test value (GST display)
SRT item
CATALYST
EVAP SYSTEM
Self-diagnostic test item
Test limit
Application
TID
CID
01H
01H
Max.
×
02H
81H
Min.
×
EVAP control system (Small leak)
05H
03H
Max.
×
EVAP control system purge flow
monitoring
06H
83H
Min.
×
EVAP control system (Very small leak)
07H
03H
Max.
×
09H
04H
Max.
×
0AH
84H
Min.
×
0BH
04H
Max.
×
0CH
04H
Max.
×
0DH
04H
Max.
×
19H
86H
Min.
×
1AH
86H
Min.
×
1BH
06H
Max.
×
1CH
06H
Max.
×
29H
08H
Max.
×
Three way catalyst function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
HO2S
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
HO2S HTR
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
EC
2AH
88H
Min.
×
2DH
0AH
Max.
×
2EH
8AH
Min.
×
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II)
EC-1273
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELFDIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1224 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Revision: May 2004
C
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
7.
Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
WCIA0365E
How to Erase DTC ( With GST)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1224 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II)” in AT section titled “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS”, “Self-diagnosis”. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis
only to erase the DTC.)
3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
How to Erase DTC ( No Tools)
1.
2.
3.
●
●
–
–
–
–
If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-1276, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Diagnostic trouble codes
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
Freeze frame data
1st trip freeze frame data
Revision: May 2004
EC-1274
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
System readiness test (SRT) codes
A
–
Test values
–
Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
EC
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
–
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)
●
●
●
UBS0027C
If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed
on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-95, "NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM — NATS)" .
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”
mode with CONSULT-II.
When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system
SEF543X
and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs must be
carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS
(NATS) initialization and NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation
manual, IVIS/NVIS.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
C
D
E
F
G
UBS0027D
DESCRIPTION
H
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-27, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-1586 .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
I
J
K
SEF217U
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1275
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test
Mode
KEY and ENG.
Status
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
“ON” position
BULB CHECK
This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
Engine stopped
Engine running
Mode II
Ignition switch in
“ON” position
●
“Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)”
●
One trip detection diagnosis
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
MONITOR
This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
Engine stopped
Engine running
MIL Flashing Without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diagnostic test mode. EC-1276, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later.EC1276, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
●
Diagnostic trouble codes
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values
●
Others
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
●
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
●
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1276
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
A
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
EC
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
C
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
D
E
F
PBIB0092E
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1.
2.
Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1277, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1277, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
J
K
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI27, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1586 .
L
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL
Condition
ON
When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF
No malfunction.
M
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1277
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC1277, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
●
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
●
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MIL
Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas
ON
Lean
OFF
Rich
*Remains ON or OFF
Any condition
Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
Closed loop system
Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the
MIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
OBD System Operation Chart
UBS0027E
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
●
●
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-1260, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1278
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
●
●
●
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, A
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
C
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Fuel Injection System
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-1281 .
For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-1283 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1279
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
without the same malfunction. (The
stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Revision: May 2004
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared at
the moment OK is detected.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
EC-1280
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
●
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
A
EC
C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
●
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
●
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
●
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
●
The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the
same malfunction.
●
The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
●
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1281
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393S
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1282
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
AEC574
●
●
●
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
H
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
●
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1283
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
UBS0027F
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-1285 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the example on EC-1288 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1284
SEF234G
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1043E
*1
If time data of “SELF-DIAG
*2
RESULTS” is other than “0” or “[1t]”,
perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
*4
If malfunctioning part cannot be
detected, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Revision: May 2004
*5
If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3
form EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .
If the on board diagnostic system
cannot be performed, check main
power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
EC-1270
EC-1337
*6
EC-1285
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”, EC-1287 .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1273 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-1295 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1291 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – SPECIFICATION VALUE”. (Refer to EC-1337 .) (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-1295 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1307 , EC-1331 .
The “Diagnostic Procedure” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-430, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
Revision: May 2004
EC-1286
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
A
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
●
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
●
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
C
D
SEF907L
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1287
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
UBS0027G
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-1350 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1288
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Priority
1
2
3
Detected items (DTC)
●
U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
●
P0101 P0102 P0103 P1102 Mass air flow sensor
●
P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
●
P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
●
P0128 Thermostat function
●
P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
●
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 P1464 Fuel level sensor
●
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
●
P0605 ECM
●
P1229 Sensor power supply
●
P1610-P1615 NATS
●
P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
●
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
●
P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
P0217 Coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
●
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
●
P0444 P0445 P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
●
P0447 P1446 P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
●
P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
●
P0650 MIL
●
P0705-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
●
P1065 ECM power supply
●
P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
●
P1122 Electric throttle control function
●
P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
●
P1128 Electric throttle control actuator
●
P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
●
P1805 Brake switch
●
P0011 Intake valve timing control
●
P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
●
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
●
P0420 Three way catalyst function
●
P0442 P0456 P1456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
●
P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
●
P0731 - P0734 A/T function
●
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
●
P1148 Closed loop control
●
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
●
P1564 ASCD steering switch
●
P1572 ASCD brake switch
●
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
Revision: May 2004
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
EC-1289
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Fail-safe Chart
UBS0027H
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected. When the ECM enters the failsafe mode, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
P1102
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch “ON” or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULTII display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
ON or Start
40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after
ignition ON or Start
80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle position sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal operation.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121
Electric throttle control actuator
(ECM detects the throttle
valve is stuck open.)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
rpm or more.
P1122
Electric throttle control function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124
P1126
Throttle control motor relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128
Throttle control motor
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229
Sensor power supply
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal operation.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1290
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Basic Inspection
UBS0027I
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
–
–
–
–
–
–
3.
–
–
–
–
4.
A
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
EC
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
C
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
E
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
F
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
G
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
SEF976U
J
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding “Diagnostic Procedure”.
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1291
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1292
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Refer to EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is the Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 7.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
E
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
G
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1496 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1490 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
J
K
L
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1275, "NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1293
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is the ″Idle Air Volume Learning″ carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> 1. Follow the instruction of “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2. GO TO 4.
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1.
2.
Run engine at idle.
Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1294
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
A
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-134, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
EC
C
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1496 .
●
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1490 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
D
E
F
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1.
2.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1275, "NVIS
(Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
I
Symptom Matrix Chart
UBS0027J
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
J
1
1
2
3
2
Fuel pressure regulator system
3
3
4
4
4
Injector circuit
1
1
2
3
2
Evaporative emission system
3
3
4
4
4
Revision: May 2004
EC-1295
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Fuel pump circuit
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
Fuel
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
AE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AD
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
Warranty symptom code
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
2
4
4
2
2
4
4
4
4
3
4
4
2
K
L
Reference
page
M
EC-1806
4
EC-1257
2
EC-1796
4
EC-1846
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
2
EC-1604,
EC-1606 ,
EC-1613 ,
EC-1618
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
EC-1291
IDLING VIBRATION
1
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
1
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
1
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
4
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
4
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
HA
ENGINE STALL
AM
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
AL
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
Positive crankcase ventilation system
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
Incorrect idle speed adjustment
3
3
1
1
1
Electric throttle control actuator
1
1
2
3
3
Incorrect ignition timing adjustment
3
3
1
1
Ignition circuit
1
1
2
Main power supply and ground circuit
2
2
Mass air flow sensor circuit
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
1
Ignition
AK
AA
Warranty symptom code
Air
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
SYMPTOM
Throttle position sensor circuit
2
1
1
1
1
EC-1291
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1777
3
3
3
3
3
3
EC-1342
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1368,
EC-1375 ,
EC-1594
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1386,
EC-1398
2
EC-1391,
EC-1475 ,
EC-1664 ,
EC-1666 ,
EC-1668 ,
EC-1763
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
2
3
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit
1
Knock sensor circuit
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1858
2
1
2
Reference
page
2
3
1
2
EC-1751,
EC-1757 ,
EC-1770
2
2
2
2
2
EC-1406,
EC-1412 ,
EC-1421 ,
EC-1623 ,
EC-1629
3
EC-1486
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
2
2
EC-1490
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
2
2
EC-1496
Vehicle speed signal circuit
2
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit
2
3
ECM
2
2
3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit
3
3
2
Revision: May 2004
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
2
2
3
EC-1296
EC-1575
EC-1811
3
3
EC-1583,
EC-1590
3
EC-1600
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
VIAS control solenoid valve circuit
3
Reference
page
3
E
EC-1788
3
3
3
3
3
Electrical load signal circuit
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
F
EC-1742
EC-1802
2
C
D
2
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
Air conditioner circuit
EC
1
PNP switch circuit
Start signal circuit
A
4
G
EC-1816
EC-1821
3
2
MTC-19
H
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
I
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
Fuel
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
J
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-118,
FL-2
—
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
—
EC-1297
L
M
—
5
Valve deposit
Revision: May 2004
Reference
page
FL-7
Vapor lock
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane)
K
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Air
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Air duct
EM-103
Air cleaner
EM-103
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —electric
throttle control actuator)
Electric throttle control actuator
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-103
5
5
EM-105
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
Cranking
Battery
EM-105
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Alternator circuit
SC-4
SC-22
Starter circuit
3
SC-9
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate
6
EM-160
4
MT-78, MT139 or AT491
PNP switch
Engine
Reference
page
Cylinder head
Cylinder head gasket
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
3
EM-145
Cylinder block
Piston
4
Piston ring
Connecting rod
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
EM-160
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
EM-134
Camshaft
EM-123
Intake valve timing control
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-134
5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
EM-145
EM-110,
EX-3
Three way catalyst
Revision: May 2004
EC-1298
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM
Lubrication
Cooling
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
filter/Oil gallery
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code
A
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
EC
Reference
page
D
E
EM-112,
LU-19 , LU18
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
LU-16
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-30
Thermostat
5
CO-28
Water pump
Water gallery
F
G
H
CO-26
5
5
5
5
5
Cooling fan
5
5
2
5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
NATS)
C
5
CO-23
CO-36
I
CO-24
1
EC-1275 or
BL-95
1
J
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1299
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location
UBS0027K
BBIA0126E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1300
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0127E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1301
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
BBIA0128E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1302
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBIA0123E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1303
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
PBIB1174E
BBIA0192E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1304
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Circuit Diagram
UBS0027L
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0408E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1305
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
BBWA0409E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1306
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
UBS0027M
A
EC
C
SEF970W
ECM Terminals and Reference Value
UBS0027N
PREPARATION
1.
D
E
ECM is located in the right side of the cowl top (behind the strut
tower).
For this inspection:
● Remove front strut tower bar. Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY" .
● Remove engine control harness bracket on the strut tower.
F
G
H
BBIA0099E
●
Remove quick connector on the ventilation hose.
I
J
K
JEF096Y
●
L
Remove ECM fixing bolts and pull it out all the way.
M
SEF097Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1307
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
●
Remove ECM cover fixing bolts.
SEF504Y
●
●
Remove ECM fixing bolts.
Remove ECM with the harness from the cover.
SEF098Y
2.
3.
Remove ECM harness protector.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
● Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
R/L
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater
●
Warm-up condition.
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
●
Revision: May 2004
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
EC-1308
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
[Engine is running]
4
P/B
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater
EC
0 - 1.0V
C
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●
8
10
(Without
NVIS)
L/B
Vacuum cut valve
bypass valve
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
B/P
Fuel pump relay
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch
“ON”
●
11
L/Y
EVAP canister vent control valve
12
R
Counter current return
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “ON”]
29
(With
NVIS)
F
More than 1 seconds after turning ignition
switch “ON”.
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
●
13
PU/W
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
K
PBIB0050E
M
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
18
OR/L
MIL
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
Revision: May 2004
L
Approximately 10V
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
EC-1309
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 4
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
25
Y/G
VIAS control solenoid
valve
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
●
26
L/W
Air conditioner relay
Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”
(Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
●
A/C switch is “OFF”
[Engine is running]
●
27
LG/B
Cooling fan relay (High)
Cooling fan is not operating
[Engine is running]
●
Cooling fan is high speed operating
0 - 0.6V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
33
L
CAN communication line [Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
34
Y
CAN communication line [Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36
L/OR
Tachometer
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
PBIB0524E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1310
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
37
LG/R
Cooling fan relay (Low)
Cooling fan is not operating.
[Engine is running]
●
Cooling fan is operating.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
39
P/B
ASCD CRUISE lamp
●
CRUISE switch is depressed at first time →
second time
[Engine is running]
●
40
R/G
Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running]
●
41
42
B/Y
B/R
Brake pedal fully released
Brake pedal depressed
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
A
EC
0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
C
D
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “START”]
9 - 14V
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
Start signal
Ignition switch
F
G
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
43
G/OR
Shift lever position is “P” or “N” (A/T models),
“Neutral” (M/T models).
PNP switch
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Except the above gear position
[Engine is running]
●
44
L/R
Air conditioner switch
Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”
[Engine is running]
●
A/C switch is “OFF”
[Engine is running]
46
G
Power steering oil
pressure switch
●
Steering wheel is being turned
[Engine is running]
●
Steering wheel is not being turned
Approximately 0V
H
A/T models
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T models
Approximately 5V
I
Approximately 0V
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
Approximately 0V
L
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
47
Y/B
ASCD SET lamp
●
SET switch is “ON”.
●
ASCD control is operating.
[Engine is running]
●
50
L/G
Data link connector
ASCD control is not operating.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
52
L/W
Electrical load signal
(Rear window defogger
signal)
●
Rear window defogger switch is “ON”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Rear window defogger switch is “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
53
R/W
Electrical load signal
(Headlamp signal)
●
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Revision: May 2004
Lighting switch is “2ND” position
Lighting switch is “OFF”
EC-1311
M
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
55
LG/B
Heater fan switch
Heater fan switch “ON”
[Engine is running]
●
Heater fan switch “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
56
P/L
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
ASCD brake switch
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is fully released
●
Clutch pedal is fully released (M/T models)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
58
59
60
106
108
B
B/R
B
B
B
Sensors' ground
ECM ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Engine ground
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
62
(With
NVIS)
71
(Without
NVIS)
R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0526E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
62
(Without
NVIS)
71
(With
NVIS)
R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1312
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
63
(Without
NVIS)
81
(With
NVIS)
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
A
Approximately 2.3V
EC
[Engine is running]
R/W
Vehicle speed sensor
●
Lift up the vehicle
●
Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)
C
PBIB0531E
D
64
R/G
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power
supply
65
R
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
66
W/L
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G/OR
Fuel tank temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
70
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.5V
E
G
[Engine is running]
72
OR/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor
1.1 - 1.5V
H
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
I
[Ignition switch “ON”]
73
W
Throttle position
sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
More than 0.36V
J
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
F
K
Less than 4.75V
L
[Ignition switch “ON”]
74
G
Throttle position
sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
M
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
75
W
Revision: May 2004
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EC-1313
More than 4.2V
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
76
77
R/B
B/W
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
Fuel level sensor ground
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
More than 2.1V
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
80
82
W/L
W
Mass air flow sensor
ground
Knock sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
83
L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
84
Y/G
Intake air temperature
sensor
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
intake air temperature.
86
G
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2 ground
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
87
G/R
Fuel level sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
88
B/R
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
1.8 -4.8V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
89
G
ASCD steering switch
CRUISE switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CANCEL switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
SET/COAST switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ACCEL/RES switch is “ON”.
Approximately 4.0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 1.0V
Approximately 2.0V
Approximately 3.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
90
W
Accelerator pedal position sensor signal output
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 4.2V
[Engine is running]
92
W/G
Revision: May 2004
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
EC-1314
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
93
WIRE
COLOR
Y
ITEM
Engine coolant temperature sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
engine coolant temperature.
A
EC
[Engine is running]
95
W
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–
Engine: after warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
●
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly.
C
0 - Approximately 1.0V
D
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
R/W
R/Y
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
G
PBIB0529E
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
I
J
PBIB0530E
[Engine is running]
107
G
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
Approximately 9V
L
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
M
PBIB0532E
109
111
R/G
R/G
Power supply for ECM
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
112
OR
Throttle control motor
relay
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
113
R
Revision: May 2004
Throttle control motor
relay power supply
EC-1315
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
114
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
115
B
Throttle control motor
ground
[Engine is running]
●
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
116
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
UBS0027O
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Data monitor (SPEC)
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT confirmation
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
ECM part number
ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
●
Diagnostic trouble codes
●
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
●
Freeze frame data
●
1st trip freeze frame data
●
System readiness test (SRT) codes
●
Test values
●
Others
Revision: May 2004
EC-1316
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
A
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
DTC & SRT
CONFIRMATION
ACTIVE
TEST
2
INPUT
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
DATA*
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
×
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
×
×
×
×
×
Mass air flow sensor
×
×
×
Engine coolant temperature sensor
×
×
×
Heated oxygen sensor 1
×
×
×
×
×
Heated oxygen sensor 2
×
×
×
×
×
Vehicle speed sensor
×
×
×
Accelerator pedal position sensor
×
×
×
Throttle position sensor
×
×
×
Fuel tank temperature sensor
×
×
×
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
×
×
×
Intake air temperature sensor
×
×
×
Knock sensor
×
Refrigerant pressure sensor
×
×
Ignition switch (start signal)
×
×
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sensor
signal)
×
×
Air conditioner switch
×
×
×
×
C
D
×
E
F
×
G
H
I
J
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
×
×
×
Stop lamp switch
×
×
×
Power steering oil pressure switch
×
×
Battery voltage
×
×
Load signal
×
×
Fuel level sensor
×
×
×
ASCD steering switch
×
×
×
ASCD brake switch
×
×
×
Revision: May 2004
EC
EC-1317
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
DTC & SRT
CONFIRMATION
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
Injectors
×
×
×
Power transistor (Ignition timing)
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
1
DTC*
FREEZE
FRAME
Throttle control motor relay
×
Throttle control motor
×
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
×
Air conditioner relay
OUTPUT
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
DATA*2
Fuel pump relay
×
SRT
STATUS
×
×
Cooling fan relay
×
×
×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
×
×
×
×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
×
×
×
×
EVAP canister vent control valve
×
×
×
×
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
×
×
×
×
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
VIAS control solenoid valve
×
Calculated load value
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1264 .
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect “CONSULT-II” and “CONSULT-II CONVERTER“ to
data link connector, which is located under LH dash panel.
Turn ignition switch ON.
LAT136
4.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
BCIA0029E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1318
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
5.
Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE“ is not indicated, go to EC-582, "DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
A
EC
C
SEF995X
Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
D
6.
E
F
G
PBIB2308E
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
H
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
●
FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure
from fuel line
I
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN
●
THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
J
SELF-LEARNING CONT
●
THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
K
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
L
●
IGN SW “ON”
●
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
●
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
●
NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM
●
M
FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
●
WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
●
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1319
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
●
IDLE CONDITION
When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ*
●
IDLE CONDITION
When adjusting target ignition timing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of “DTC and 1st trip DTC”, refer to EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
Description
●
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
to EC-1224, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
●
“Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
One mode in the following is displayed.
“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
●
The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]
●
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
“Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
FUEL SYS-B1
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]
●
“Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%]
●
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
●
The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VHCL SPEED [km/h]
or [mph]
●
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
●
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
or [°F]
●
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1320
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
A
×: Applicable
MAIN
SIGNALS
●
ENG SPEED [rpm]
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
×
×
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
×
×
The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor is displayed.
●
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
●
×
●
COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F]
×
Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
●
×
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
×
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
feedback correction factor per cycle is
indicated.
×
×
●
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
×
×
●
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 2 is displayed.
●
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
“rich”, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
“lean”, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
×
×
●
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
small.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
×
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
×
×
●
The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
×
×
●
The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V]
×
×
●
ACCEL SEN 2 [V]
×
The accelerator pedal position sensor
signal voltage is displayed.
THRTL SEN 1 [V]
×
×
●
THRTL SEN 2 [V]
×
The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed.
Revision: May 2004
EC
●
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
speed drops below the idle rpm.
C
●
If the signal is interrupted while the
engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
●
EC-1321
D
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
E
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
●
This data also includes the data
for the air-fuel ratio learning control.
●
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the
engine coolant temperature sensor) is
displayed.
HO2S1 (B1) [V]
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN]
Remarks
Description
F
G
H
I
J
●
●
After turning ON the ignition
switch, “RICH” is displayed until
air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
control begins.
When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
clamped, the value just before the
clamping is displayed continuously.
K
L
M
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
FUEL T/TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
×
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F]
×
EVAP SYS PRES
[V]
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
The fuel temperature (determined by the
signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed.
●
The intake air temperature (determined
by the signal voltage of the intake air
temperature sensor) is indicated.
×
●
The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.
ABSOL PRES/SE
[V]
×
●
The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
[V]
×
●
The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed.
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
starter signal.
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
●
×
×
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
●
×
×
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
●
×
×
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
●
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steering oil pressure switch as determined by
the power steering oil pressure signal is
indicated.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
×
×
Remarks
●
After starting the engine, [OFF] is
displayed regardless of the starter
signal.
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
×
×
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
×
×
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
stop lamp switch signal.
●
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
width compensated by ECM according
to the input signals.
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain computed value is indicated.
●
Indicates the ignition timing computed
by ECM according to the input signals.
●
When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
●
“Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
●
Indicates the mass airflow computed by
ECM according to the signal voltage of
the mass air flow sensor.
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
×
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
×
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
Revision: May 2004
EC-1322
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
●
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
●
Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
advanced angle.
PURG VOL C/V
[%]
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA]
●
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
●
VIAS S/V
[ON/OFF]
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF]
×
FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF]
×
●
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
condition determined by ECM according
to the input signals.
●
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
Revision: May 2004
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
The control condition of the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
according to the input signals) is indicated.
ON ... Open
OFF ... Closed
K
L
The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
ON ... Closed
OFF ... Open
●
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
control condition determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
●
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
input signals).
HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
ECM according to the input signals.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
ECM according to the input signals.
COOLING FAN
[HI/LOW/OFF]
C
The control condition of the VIAS control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM
according to the input signals) is indicated.
ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
operating.
OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is
not operating.
The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
VC/V BYPASS/V
[ON/OFF]
EC
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
ON ... intake valve timing control is operating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
●
●
A
Remarks
EC-1323
M
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
been performed yet.
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
●
Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
●
Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control value computed by the
ECM according to the input signals.
●
The signal voltage from the refrigerant
pressure sensor is displayed.
●
The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
displayed.
●
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
CRUISE switch signal.
CANCEL SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ACCEL/RES switch signal.
SET SW
[ON/OFF]
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
COAST/SET switch signal.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ASCD brake switch signal, and ASCD
clutch switch signal (M/T models).
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
lamp switch signal.
●
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
CUT ...Vehicle speed increased to
excessively high compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
●
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON ... Vehicle speed is maintained at
the ASCD set speed.
CUT ...Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
according to the input signal from the
TCM.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
cancel signal sent from the TCM.
●
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM
according to the input signals.
IDL A/V LEARN
[YET/CMPLT]
TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [mile]
O2SEN HTR DTY
[%]
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
BRAKE SW1 SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW2 SW
[ON/OFF]
VHCL SPD CUT
[NON/CUT]
LO SPEED CUT
[NON/CUT]
AT OD MONITOR
[ON/OFF]
AT OD CANCEL
[ON/OFF]
CRUISE LAMP
[ON/OFF]
Revision: May 2004
EC-1324
Remarks
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
Monitored item
[Unit]
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
●
SET LAMP
[ON/OFF]
A
Remarks
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
lamp determined by the ECM according
to the input signals.
EC
Voltage [V]
C
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
●
DUTY-HI
Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse
width measured by the probe.
●
Only “#” is displayed if item is
unable to be measured.
●
Figures with “#”s are temporary
ones. They are the same figures
as an actual piece of data which
was just previously measured.
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
D
E
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
F
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
input
signals
ENG SPEED [rpm]
×
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
×
G
Main
signals
×
Description
●
Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS).
●
The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor specification is displayed.
●
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board correction.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
●
×
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
Remarks
H
●
When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
I
●
When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
J
●
When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
K
●
This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
L
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
●
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
M
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-II.
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Timing light: Set
●
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
EC-1325
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
●
Harness and connectors
●
Fuel injectors
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Perform “Idle Air Volume Learning”.
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
●
POWER BALANCE
COOLING FAN
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
VIAS SOL VALVE
PURG VOL
CONT/V
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
VENT CONTROL/V
VC/V BYPASS/V
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
JUDGEMENT
●
Harness and connectors
●
Compression
●
Fuel injectors
●
Power transistor
●
Spark plugs
●
Ignition coils
●
Harness and connectors
●
Cooling fan relay
●
Cooling fan motor
●
Harness and connectors
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Fuel injectors
Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound.
●
Harness and connectors
●
Fuel pump relay
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
●
Harness and connectors
●
Solenoid valve
Engine speed changes according to
the opening percent.
●
Harness and connectors
●
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
●
Harness and connectors
●
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
●
Harness and connectors
●
Solenoid valve
●
Harness and connectors
●
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
●
A/C switch “OFF”
●
Shift lever “N”
●
Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Turn the cooling fan “ON” and
“OFF” with CONSULT-II.
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound.
●
Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
●
Change the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
opening percent using CONSULT-II.
Engine runs rough or dies.
Cooling fan moves and stops.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
●
Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
●
Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
●
Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●
Change intake valve timing using
CONSULT-II.
CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-1265, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1326
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode
EVAP SYSTEM
Test item
Condition
PURGE FLOW P0441
EC-1507
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442
EC-1513
EVAP V/S SML LEAK P0456/P1456
EC-1672
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491
EC-1714
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for
DTC.
H02S2
HO2S1 (B1) P0134
A
EC
EC-1555, EC-1695
PURG VOL CN/V P1444
HO2S1 (B1) P0133
HO2S1
Reference page
C
EC-1412
EC-1421
HO2S1 (B1) P1143
EC-1623
HO2S1 (B1) P1144
EC-1629
HO2S2 (B1) P0139
EC-1435
HO2S2 (B1) P1146
EC-1635
HO2S2 (B1) P1147
EC-1642
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1327
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ...
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
SEF705Y
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
SEF707X
Operation
1.
2.
“AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure
to select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “Incident Simulation Tests” in GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
“MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1328
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
PBIB0197E
I
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function
UBS0027P
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service manual.
J
K
L
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
MODE 1
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1264, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1329
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
CLEAR DIAG INFO
●
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
●
Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
●
Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
●
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
●
Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
●
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
MODE 6
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
MODE 7
(ON BOARD TESTS)
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch “ON” position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
●
EVAP canister vent control valve open
●
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve closed
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8
MODE 9
—
(CALIBRATION ID)
●
Low ambient temperature
●
Low battery voltage
●
Engine running
●
Ignition switch “OFF”
●
Low fuel temperature
●
Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under LH
dash panel near the fuse box cover.
Turn ignition switch ON.
LAT136
4.
Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
Revision: May 2004
EC-1330
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
5.
Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
A
EC
C
SEF416S
D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0027Q
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
MAS A/F SE-B1
B/FUEL SCHDL
●
Tachometer: Connect
●
Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
value.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: N
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
A/F ALPHA-B1
●
Engine: After warming up
COOLAN TEMP/S
●
Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Warm-up condition
●
After keeping engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
HO2S2 (B1)
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.
Idle
Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
2,500 rpm
Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
Idle
2.5 - 3.5 msec
2,000 rpm
2.5 - 3.5 msec
J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
54% - 155%
More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
L
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
M
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN ←→ RICH
Engine: After warming up
●
After keeping engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
●
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
11 - 14V
ACCEL SEN1
●
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
ACCEL SEN2
Revision: May 2004
K
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
●
VEH SPEED SE
G
I
Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
F
H
●
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
E
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
EC-1331
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
●
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2
SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES
●
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
ABSOL PRES/SE
●
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
START SIGNAL
●
Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
OFF → ON → OFF
CLSD THL POS
AIR COND SIG
P/N POSI SW
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
INJ PULSE-B1
IGN TIMING
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: May 2004
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
(Forward direction)
OFF
Steering wheel is turned.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
OFF
Heater fan is operating.
ON
Heater fan is not operating
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
Idle
10° - 20° BTDC
2,000 rpm
25° - 45° BTDC
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
Ignition switch: ON
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
ON → OFF → ON
EC-1332
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
MONITOR ITEM
INT/V TIM (B1)
INT/V SOL (B1)
AIR COND RLY
VIAS S/V
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
●
Engine: After warming up
SPECIFICATION
−5° - 5°CA
2,000 rpm
Approx. 0° - 20°CA
Idle
0% - 2%
2,000 rpm
Approx. 25% - 60%
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
ON
Idle
OFF
More than 5,000 rpm
ON
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
●
Engine running or cranking
●
Except above conditions
OFF
VC/V BYPAS S/V
●
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
VENT CONT/V
●
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
THRTL RELAY
●
Ignition switch: ON
ON
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
COOLING FAN
D
E
ON
F
G
H
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(221°F) or more
HIGH
I
J
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under no load.
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
(176°F)
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
●
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped)
●
Engine: Idle
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value
SET VHCL SPD
●
Engine: Running
ASCD: Operating
The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
MAIN SW
●
Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
TRVL AFTER MIL
O2SEN HTR DTY
AC PRESS SEN
VEH SPEED SE
Revision: May 2004
EC
C
●
FUEL PUMP RLY
A
Idle
ON
OFF
K
ON
L
OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has
turned ON.
M
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
Approx. 50%
Approx. 0V
1.0 - 4.0V
EC-1333
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
MONITOR ITEM
CANCEL SW
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
CONDITION
●
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
CANCEL switch: Depressed
ON
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
ACCEL/RES switch: Depressed
ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released
OFF
COAST/SET switch: Depressed
ON
COAST/SET switch: Released
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
●
BRAKE SW2
(STOP lamp switch)
●
CRUISE LAMP
●
Ignition switch: ON
CRUISE switch is depressed at first
time → second time
ON → OFF
●
CRUISE switch: ON
SET switch pressed
ON
●
When vehicle is between
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
ASCD control is canceled.
OFF
SET LAMP
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0027R
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON” and with selector lever in “D” position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
“1st” position (M/T models).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
PBIB0198E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1334
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and A
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
SEF241Y
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1335
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25DE]
PBIB0668E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1336
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description
PFP:00031
A
UBS0027S
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
●
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
●
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
●
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
●
UBS0027T
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles)
F
2
●
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
●
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
●
●
G
Electrical load: Not applied*2
●
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
For M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
●
Inspection Procedure
I
J
UBS0027U
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SEB1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-1338, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
L
M
SEF601Z
Revision: May 2004
H
EC-1337
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0027V
SEF613ZD
Revision: May 2004
EC-1338
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF768Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-1339
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR25DE]
SEF615ZA
Revision: May 2004
EC-1340
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QR25DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description
PFP:00006
A
UBS0027W
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
C
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “[1t]”.
III
The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
D
E
UBS0027X
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
F
G
H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
I
J
K
Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
L
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
M
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1341
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
Wiring Diagram
PFP:24110
UBS0027Y
BBWA0410E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1342
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
12
WIRE
COLOR
R
EC
ITEM
Counter current
return
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
●
109
111
B/R
R/G
R/G
More than 5 seconds passed after turning ignition switch “OFF”
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
C
0 - 1.0V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Ignition switch
Power supply for
ECM
DATA (DC Voltage)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
42
A
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1343
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
BBWA0211E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1344
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
59
60
106
108
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B/R
B
B
B
A
ITEM
ECM ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Engine ground
D
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0027Z
1. INSPECTION START
E
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
G
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
H
Voltage: Battery voltage
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
J
PBIB0535E
K
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
L
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Fuse block (J/B) connectors E102, M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
M
>> Repair harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1345
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1.
Disconnect ECM relay.
BBIA0100E
2.
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
SEF859T
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
15A fuses
●
Fuse and fusible link box connectors E22, E24
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1346
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
A
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> Go to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
D
1.
2.
3.
E
Stop engine.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and then “OFF”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 12, 109, 111 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
F
After turning ignition switch “OFF”, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
13.
G
H
PBIB0927E
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1.
I
Disconnect ECM relay.
J
K
L
BBIA0100E
M
2.
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
SEF860T
Revision: May 2004
EC-1347
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness or connectors E9, F47
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 15A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
ECM relay terminal
12
7
109, 111
5
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13. CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-1349, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1348
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR25DE]
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS00280
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Condition
D
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
3.
C
Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
E
If NG, replace ECM relay.
F
PBIB0077E
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1349
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
PFP:23710
UBS00281
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
U1000*1
1000
U1001*2
1001
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC detecting condition
●
CAN communication
line
UBS00282
●
ECM cannot communicate to other control
units.
ECM cannot communicate for more than the
specified time.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
*1:This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection.
*2:The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
UBS00283
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 3 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1352, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1350
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00284
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0212E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1351
2003 Sentra
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00285
Go to LAN-23, "CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)"
Revision: May 2004
EC-1352
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
Description
PFP:23796
A
UBS00286
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00287
J
K
L
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
INT/V TIM (B1)
INT/V SOL (B1)
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
M
Idle
−5° - 5°CA
2,000 rpm
Approx. 0° - 20°CA
Idle
0% - 2%
2,000 rpm
Approx. 25% - 60%
EC-1353
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
Trouble diagnosis
name
DTC No.
P0011
0011
Intake valve timing
control performance
UBS00288
Detecting condition
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle degree.
Possible cause
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00289
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P1111”. See
EC-1600 .
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF“ and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS
70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
SEF174Y
4.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1354, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0028A
1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-1494, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
Revision: May 2004
EC-1354
2003 Sentra
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
A
Refer to EC-1500, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
EC
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
C
Check the following.
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
D
E
F
PBIB0565E
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
G
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram refer to CKP sensor (POS) EC-1491 and CMP sensor (PHASE) EC-1497 .
H
>> INSPECTION END
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1355
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
Description
PFP:22690
UBS0028B
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed
rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600
OFF
Below 3,600
ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0028C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
OFF
●
Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
(176°F)
Approx. 50%
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
O2SEN HTR DTY
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0031
0031
P0032
0032
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
UBS0028D
DTC detecting condition
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
●
Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
UBS0028E
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1356
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1359, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
●
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1359, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1357
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0028F
BBWA0411E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1358
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
R/L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Warm-up condition.
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
D
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS0028G
1. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
I
J
BBIA0129E
4.
Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
K
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
PBIB0112E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1359
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1360
2003 Sentra
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS0028H
A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
1.
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
3.3 - 4.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
EC
C
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
G
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation
H
UBS0028I
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
I
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1361
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
Description
PFP:226A0
UBS0028J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600
OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load.
ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0028K
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one
minute and at idle for one minute under no load.
●
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0037
0037
P0038
0038
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
UBS0028L
DTC detecting condition
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
heater.)
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
●
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
shorted.)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0028M
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1362
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1365, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
●
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1365, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1363
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0028N
BBWA0412E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1364
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
4
P/B
A
●
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
C
0 - 1.0V
D
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0028O
1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1.
2.
3.
H
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
I
J
BBIA0129E
4.
Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
K
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
PBIB0112E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1365
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-1367, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1366
2003 Sentra
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS0028P
A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1.
Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance
2 and 3
3.3 - 4.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
EC
C
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-4389718 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
G
SEF249Y
Removal and Installation
H
UBS0028Q
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
I
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1367
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
UBS0028R
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0028S
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: N
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
2,500 rpm
Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0028T
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
A)
P0101
0101
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Intake air leaks
●
Mass air flow sensor
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance
problem
B)
Possible cause
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under heavy load driving condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0028U
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch “ON”)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1368
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
D
SEF174Y
With GST
E
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
F
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEF243Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1369
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
7.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL SEN 1
More than 3V
THRTL SEN 2
More than 3V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
8.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
PBIB0199E
UBS0028V
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
If NG, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF534P
Revision: May 2004
EC-1370
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0028W
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1371
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
65
WIRE
COLOR
R
ITEM
Sensor's power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
72
OR/L
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
W/L
Mass air flow sensor
ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS0028X
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A
>> GO TO 3.
B
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
●
Air duct
●
Vacuum hoses
●
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1372
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0130E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
PBIB0076E
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
J
>> Repair harness or connectors.
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1373
2003 Sentra
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-1374, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0028Y
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.1 - 1.5
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB0537E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
UBS0028Z
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1374
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
A
UBS00290
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00291
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: N
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
F
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
2,500 rpm
Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
G
H
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00292
K
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit low input
Mass air flow sensor
circuit high input
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
L
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake air leaks
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
M
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00293
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1375
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1378, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1378, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1378, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1376
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00294
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1377
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
65
WIRE
COLOR
R
ITEM
Sensor's power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
72
OR/L
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
W/L
Mass air flow sensor
ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS00295
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
Air duct
●
Vacuum hoses
●
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Reconnect the parts.
●
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1378
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0130E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
E
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
PBIB0076E
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
J
>> Repair harness or connectors.
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1379
2003 Sentra
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-1380, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS00296
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
temperature.)
1.1 - 1.5
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB0537E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
UBS00297
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1380
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS00298
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
Intake air
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
F
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.43
7.9 - 9.3
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
H
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00299
DTC detecting condition
P0112
0112
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
K
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake air temperature sensor
L
UBS0029A
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1384, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1381
J
Possible cause
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
4.
I
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1382
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0029B
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0214E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1383
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0029C
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0130E
4.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0066E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1385, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1384
2003 Sentra
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS0029D
A
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
EC
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
C
D
SEC266C
E
F
G
SEF012P
Removal and Installation
H
UBS0029E
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
I
Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1385
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
UBS0029F
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0029G
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detecting Condition
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1386
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch “ON”
or “START”.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
EC
Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-II display)
Condition
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start
40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
Start
80°C (176°F)
C
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
Except as shown above
A
D
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0029H
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1389, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
I
J
SEF058Y
K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1387
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0029I
BBWA0413E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1388
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0029J
1. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0010E
4.
Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
G
H
PBIB0080E
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
J
K
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
L
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1390, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1389
2003 Sentra
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0029K
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB0081E
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
SEF012P
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
UBS0029L
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1390
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS00571
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS00572
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
●
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st(M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2
F
SPECIFICATION
More than 0.36V
G
Less than 4.75V
H
: Throttle position sensor2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS00573
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0122
0122
DTC No.
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
J
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
K
FAIL-SAFE MODE
L
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS00574
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1391
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1394, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1392
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00575
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0237E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1393
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
65
B
R
Sensors' ground
Sensors' power supply
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
73
W
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 1
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
74
G
Throttle position sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 0.36V
UBS00576
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1394
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0103E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-1395
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1396, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS00577
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1signal),
74 (TP sensor 2signal) and engine ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1396
PBIB0559E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation
UBS00578
A
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1397
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
Description
PFP:22630
UBS0029M
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-1386 .
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0029N
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0125
0125
Trouble diagnosis name
Insufficient engine coolant temperature for
closed loop fuel control
DTC detecting condition
●
Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
●
Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Thermostat
UBS0029O
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1398
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 10°C (50°F), go to following step.
Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1399, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0029P
E
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1399, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
F
G
2. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
I
J
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0029Q
L
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
M
PBIB0081E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1399
2003 Sentra
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
SEF012P
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
UBS0029R
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1400
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS0029S
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
C
D
SEC266C
E
Intake air
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
F
kΩ
−10 (14)
4.43
7.9 - 9.3
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
H
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0127
0127
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake air temperature
too high
UBS0029T
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
●
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS0029U
Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC-1401
K
Intake air temperature sensor
WITH CONSULT-II
Revision: May 2004
J
Possible cause
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1.
a.
I
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check the engine coolant temperature.
If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F).
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0029V
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1402, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-1383, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0029W
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEC266C
SEF012P
Revision: May 2004
EC-1402
2003 Sentra
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation
UBS0029X
A
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1403
2003 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:21200
UBS0029Y
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
0128
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
Thermostat function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Thermostat
●
Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
UBS0029Z
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
●
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 68°C (154°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 68°C (154°F).
If it is below 68°C (154°F), go to following step.
If it is above 68°C (154°F), stop engine and cool down the
engine to less than 68°C (154°F), then retry from step 2.
Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1404, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF176Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002A0
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1404
2003 Sentra
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS002A1
A
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC
C
D
PBIB0081E
E
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F)
Voltage* V
−10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
kΩ
F
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
G
SEF012P
H
If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
UBS002A2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
I
Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1405
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC P0132 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
UBS002A3
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002A4
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002A5
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
DTC No.
P0132
0132
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 circuit high voltage
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
EC-1406
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002A6
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1409, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
D
E
F
SEF174Y
G
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
●
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1409, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, “DTC Confirmation Procedure” should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1407
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002A7
BBWA0414E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1408
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
A
EC
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
92
W/G
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002A8
1. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
C
D
E
Tightening torque: 40 - 50 N·m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
F
>> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0131E
H
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
L
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
M
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1
terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
BBIA0129E
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1409
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1.
2.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1410, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002A9
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
Revision: May 2004
EC-1410
2003 Sentra
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
A
EC
C
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002AA
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1411
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC P0133 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
UBS002AB
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002AC
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002AD
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxygen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
Revision: May 2004
EC-1412
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC No.
P0133
0133
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
The response of the voltage signal from the
sensor takes more than the specified time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
A
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
PCV valve
●
Mass air flow sensor
EC
C
D
UBS002AE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
4.
5.
F
G
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
E
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
I
J
K
L
SEF338Z
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed
More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.9 - 13.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1413
SEF339Z
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
7.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1416, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
SEF658Y
Overall Function Check
UBS002AF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
–
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time:
2
times:
4.
0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
If NG, go to EC-1416, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0543E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1414
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002AG
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0414E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1415
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
92
W/G
Heated oxygen
sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
UBS002AH
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 50 N·m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0131E
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1416
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
A
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D
E
F
G
SEF215Z
H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
BBIA0130E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-1442 or EC-1449 ).
No
>> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor1 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1417
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1
terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
BBIA0129E
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-1374, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
10. CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-1858, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace PCV valve.
11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1418, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002AI
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1418
2003 Sentra
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
A
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
EC
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
C
D
SEF646Y
6.
E
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
F
G
SEF217YA
H
I
J
K
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1419
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002AJ
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1420
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC P0134 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS002AK
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002AL
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
J
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002AM
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
P0134
0134
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 circuit no activity
detected
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The voltage from the sensor is constantly
approx. 0.3V.
EC-1421
L
M
SEF237U
DTC No.
K
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002AN
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.
PBIB0544E
5.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.9 - 13.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1425, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
PBIB0545E
SEC750C
Overall Function Check
UBS002AO
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a D
TC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1422
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
3.
–
4.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
If NG, go to EC-1425, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
PBIB0543E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1423
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002AP
BBWA0414E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1424
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
A
EC
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
92
W/G
Heated oxygen
sensor 1
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodically change)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002AQ
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
C
D
E
>> GO TO 2.
F
G
H
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor1 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
K
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
M
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1425
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1426, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002AR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1426
2003 Sentra
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
A
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
C
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
D
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; F
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
G
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002AS
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
H
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1427
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
DTC P0138 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS002AT
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (Manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002AU
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
●
Warm-up condition
●
After keeping engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002AV
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF305UA
DTC No.
P0138
0138
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit high voltage
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
UBS002AW
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1428
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1431, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
UBS002AX
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
E
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 to
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Select “Mode 3” with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1431, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F
G
H
I
J
PBIB0550E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1429
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002AY
BBWA0415E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1430
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
A
EC
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
95
W
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Engine speed is below 3,600rpm after the following conditions are met.
–
Engine after warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
●
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
Diagnostic Procedure
C
0 - Approximately 1.0V
D
E
UBS002AZ
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0008E
J
2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
M
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0129E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open and short between HO2S2 and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1431
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
Check HO2S2 harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1432, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002B0
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1432
2003 Sentra
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
6.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
A
EC
C
SEF662Y
7.
D
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
E
F
G
PBIB0817E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
H
I
J
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF“ and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minutes.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1433
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation
UBS002B1
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1434
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
DTC P0139 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
A
UBS002B2
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (Manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002B3
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
F
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
●
Warm-up condition
●
After keeping engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
G
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002B4
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition
such as fuel-cut.
H
I
J
K
SEF302U
L
DTC No.
P0139
0139
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit slow response
DTC detecting condition
It takes more time for the sensor to respond
between rich and lean than the specified time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
UBS002B5
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1435
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0115E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1438, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3.
Overall Function Check
UBS002B6
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second
PBIB0550E
during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1438, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1436
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002B7
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0415E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1437
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
95
W
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Engine speed is below 3,600rpm after the following conditions are met.
–
Engine after warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
●
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V
UBS002B8
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1438
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-1442 or EC-1449 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0130E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0129E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open and short between HO2S2 and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1439
J
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1440, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002B9
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
SEF174Y
6.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1440
2003 Sentra
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
7.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB0817E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minutes.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002BA
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1441
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16600
UBS002BB
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Heated oxygen sensors 1
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too lean
Fuel injection control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
DTC detecting condition
●
P0171
0171
ECM
function
●
Possible cause
●
Intake air leaks
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●
Injectors
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large.
(The mixture ratio is too lean.)
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
Lack of fuel
●
Mass air flow sensor
●
Incorrect PCV hose connection
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002BC
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1445, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-1445, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does
SEF215Z
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1442
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
3.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
A
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
EC
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
C
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1445, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BBIA0130E
D
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1445, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
E
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1443
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002BD
BBWA0416E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1444
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002BE
1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
A
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
EC
C
D
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
G
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
H
I
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1
terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
BBIA0129E
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1445
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the construction of “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK”.
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1375, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1446
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
F
G
Clicking noise should be heard.
H
I
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1796, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
L
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect injector harness connectors.
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
M
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
SEF595Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-1447
2003 Sentra
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1448
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16600
A
UBS002BF
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Heated oxygen sensors 1
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Fuel injection control
Actuator
D
Fuel injectors
E
Trouble diagnosis
name
Fuel injection system
too rich
ECM
function
DTC detecting condition
●
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Injectors
●
Exhaust gas leaks
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
Mass air flow sensor
F
G
UBS002BG
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If
SEF215Z
engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
H
EC-1449
2003 Sentra
J
K
L
M
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
3.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BBIA0130E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and
intake air leak visually.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1450
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002BH
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0416E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1451
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002BI
1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1
terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0129E
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the construction of “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1452
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1.
2.
A
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
EC
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
C
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec:
D
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1375, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
F
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
G
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
H
1.
2.
I
J
K
PBIB0133E
1.
2.
L
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
M
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1796, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1453
2003 Sentra
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1454
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS002BJ
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
BBIA0132E
E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
F
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 70
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's transistor damage. Use
ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
SEF012P
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0181
0181
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/
performance
UBS002BK
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
J
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
K
UBS002BL
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than
60°C (140°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1456, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-1455
2003 Sentra
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002BM
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1456, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-1458, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002BN
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Remove fuel level sensor unit.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
UBS002BO
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1456
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
UBS002BP
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
C
D
BBIA0132E
E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
F
G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 70
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may lead to ECM's transistor damage. Use
ground other than ECM, such as engine ground.
SEF012P
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
UBS002BQ
DTC detecting condition
J
Possible cause
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002BR
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1459, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1457
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002BS
BBWA0221E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1458
2003 Sentra
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002BT
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 4 and body ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
PBIB0932E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
I
J
K
>> Repair harness or connector.
L
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1460, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1459
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002BU
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1.
2.
Remove fuel level sensor unit.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
If NG, replace fuel level sensor unit.
PBIB0931E
Removal and Installation
UBS002BV
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1460
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
PFP:00019
System Description
A
UBS002BW
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
EC
Actuator
C
Cooling fan
control
Cooling fan relay(s)
D
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
E
OPERATION
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002BX
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
AIR COND SIG
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
EC-1461
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(221°F) or more
HIGH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002BY
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
When malfunction is detected, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will light up even in the first trip.
DTC No.
P0217
0217
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine coolant over
temperature condition
DTC detecting condition
Engine coolant temperature is excessively
high under normal engine speed.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)
●
Cooling fan
●
Thermostat
●
Improper ignition timing
●
Engine coolant temperature sensor
●
Blocked radiator
●
Blocked front end
(Improper fitting of nose mask)
●
Crushed vehicle frontal area
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired)
●
Blocked air passage by improper installation of front fog lamp or fog lamps
●
Improper mixture ratio of coolant
●
Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-1473,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-23, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
UBS002BZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant overtemperature enrichment protection check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1462
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
6.
a.
7.
a.
b.
c.
8.
9.
A
Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
EC
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%,
C
replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-23,
"Changing Engine Coolant" .
Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed
D
SEF621W
of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant from a kettle. Be sure
to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14,
"Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
E
After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Pro- F
cedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Start engine and let it idle.
Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit. G
Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" After repair, go to the next step.
Perform “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II at idle.
Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 95°C (203°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
H
If NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 105°C (221°F) and make sure that cooling fan operates at high speed. If
NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
I
Check for blocked coolant passage.
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows.
J
If NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
Check for blocked radiator air passage.
K
When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
L
Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
Check function of ECT sensor.
M
Refer to EC-1390, "Component Inspection" .
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 15°±5° at idle.
If NG, refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" , and then recheck.
WITH GST
1.
a.
b.
Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, and go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-23, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
from a kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant
Mixture Ratio" .
After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1463
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
c.
2.
After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit.
Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
6. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
7. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor.
8. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
If NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
9. Check for blocked coolant passage.
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows.
If NG, go to EC-1466, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
10. Check for blocked radiator air passage.
a. When market fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser and
radiator.
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
11. Check function of ECT sensor.
Refer to EC-1390, "Component Inspection" .
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
12. Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 15°±5° at idle.
If NG, refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" , and then recheck.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1464
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002C0
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0431E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1465
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002C1
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
BBIA0113E
3.
Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC1470, "PROCEDURE A" .)
SEF784Z
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1472, "PROCEDURE B" .)
SEF785Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-1466
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0113E
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC1470, "PROCEDURE A" .)
E
F
G
H
SEC163BA
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
I
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1472, "PROCEDURE B" .)
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
K
L
M
MEC475B
Revision: May 2004
EC-1467
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer to CO-26, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
7. CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95°C (0.31 in/203°F)
3.
Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature.
For details, refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace thermostat.
SLC343
9. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1390, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1468
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
A
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1473, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1469
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0951E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
●
40A fusible links
●
Fuse and fusible link box connectors E23, E25
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fusible links
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 7
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
4 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0112E
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1470
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
C
D
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1
G
Refer to EC-1474, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relay.
H
I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-1474, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
J
K
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1471
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and body ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0251E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0112E
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1472
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
EC
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3
Refer to EC-1474, "COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relays.
H
I
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS
J
Refer to EC-1474, "COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
K
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
L
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
M
Main 12 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
OFF
1
Inspection item
●
Blocked radiator
●
Blocked condenser
●
Blocked radiator grille
●
Blocked bumper
2
●
3
4
UBS002C2
Equipment
Standard
●
Visual
No blocking
—
Coolant mixture
●
Coolant tester
50 - 50% coolant mixture
See MA-14, "Anti-freeze
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
●
Coolant level
●
Visual
Coolant up to MAX level
in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck
See MA-23, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
●
Radiator cap
●
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-34, "CHECKING
RADIATOR CAP" .
2
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
Revision: May 2004
Reference page
EC-1473
2003 Sentra
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[QR25DE]
Engine
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
5
●
Coolant leaks
●
Visual
No leaks
See CO-24, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR
LEAKS" .
ON*2
6
●
Thermostat
●
Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
See CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" , and
CO-30, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
7
●
Cooling fan
●
CONSULT-II
Operating
See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0217 (EC-1461 ).
OFF
8
●
Combustion gas leak
●
Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
ON*3
9
●
Coolant temperature
gauge
●
Visual
Gauge less than 3/4
when driving
—
●
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
●
Visual
No overflow during driving
and idling
See MA-23, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
OFF*4
10
●
Coolant return from
reservoir tank to radiator
●
Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
See CO-24, "CHECKING
RESERVOIR LEVEL" .
OFF
11
●
Cylinder head
●
Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
See EM-145, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
12
●
Cylinder block and pistons
●
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-145, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-22, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection
UBS002C3
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
If NG, replace relay.
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
1.
2.
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed
Cooling fan motor
(+)
(−)
Low
1
4
High
1, 2
3, 4
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
Revision: May 2004
SEF734W
EC-1474
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS0055P
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS0055Q
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
●
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2
F
SPECIFICATION
More than 0.36V
G
Less than 4.75V
H
: Throttle position sensor2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS0055R
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0222
0222
DTC No.
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
J
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
K
FAIL-SAFE MODE
L
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode an the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0055S
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1475
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1478, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1476
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS0055T
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0236E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1477
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
65
B
R
Sensors' ground
Sensors' power supply
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
73
W
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position: “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 1
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position: “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
74
G
Throttle position sensor 2
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position: “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position: “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 0.36V
UBS0055U
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1478
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0103E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-1479
2003 Sentra
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1480, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS0055V
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
PBIB0559E
UBS0055W
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1480
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic
A
UBS002D0
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
ECM function
C
On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected
Multiple cylinder misfire.
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire
detected
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
●
Improper spark plug
●
Insufficient compression
●
Incorrect fuel pressure
●
The injector circuit is open or shorted
●
Fuel injectors
●
Intake air leak
●
The ignition signal circuit is open or
shorted
●
Lack of fuel
●
Drive plate or flywheel
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
G
H
●
Incorrect PCV hose connection
J
K
L
UBS002D1
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-1481
F
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Revision: May 2004
E
Possible cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
D
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
4.
5.
Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1482, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0164E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002D2
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace it.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1482
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1.
2.
A
With CONSULT-II
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
EC
C
D
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
E
F
G
H
BBIA0024E
I
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
J
4. CHECK INJECTOR
K
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1796,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
L
M
MEC703B
Revision: May 2004
EC-1483
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
4. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
SEF575Q
6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS
Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
SEF156I
7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-145, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Standard:
1,190 kPa (12.1 kg/cm2 , 172 psi)/250 rpm
Minimum:
990 kPa (10.1 kg/cm2 , 144 psi)/250 rpm
Difference between each
cylinder:
98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/250 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
Install all removed parts.
Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "Fuel Pressure Check" .
At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Follow the construction of “FUEL PRESSURE CHECK”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1484
2003 Sentra
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE
[QR25DE]
9. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
A
Check the following items. Refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Items
Target idle speed
Ignition timing
Specifications
A/T
700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
700 ± 50 rpm
A/T
15 ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
15 ± 5° BTDC
EC
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Follow the “Basic Inspection”.
D
10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
E
Refer to EC-1410, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
F
G
11. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec:
H
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
I
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 g·m/sec:
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec:
J
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-1375, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
K
L
12. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-1295, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
M
13. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1485
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
Component Description
PFP:22060
UBS002D3
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine
knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
BBIA0014E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002D4
The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
DTC Detected Condition
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible Cause
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002D5
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1488, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1486
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002D6
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0016E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1487
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
Knock sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 2.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002D7
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check resistance between ECM terminal 82 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1.
2.
Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock
sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
BBIA0014E
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-1489, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace knock sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1488
2003 Sentra
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR25DE]
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
A
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
EC
>> GO TO 5.
C
D
BBIA0008E
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002D8
KNOCK SENSOR
G
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
H
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
I
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
J
BBIA0311E
Removal and Installation
UBS002D9
KNOCK SENSOR
K
Refer to EM-160, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1489
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Component Description
PFP:23731
UBS002DA
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
PBIB0562E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002DB
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
ENG SPEED·
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
●
Tachometer: Connect
●
Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II
value.
Almost the same speed as the
CONSULT-II value.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Trouble diagnosis name
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
UBS002DC
DTC detecting condition
●
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
●
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
while the engine is running.
●
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●
Signal plate
UBS002DD
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1490
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002DE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0222E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1491
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
62
(Without
NVIS)
71
(With
NVIS)
R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
PBIB0527E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002DF
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1492
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0015E
3.
E
Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0664E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM relay
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
4. CHECK CKP (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1493
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 or 71 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-1494, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
8. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace the signal plate.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002DG
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB0563E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1494
2003 Sentra
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR25DE]
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
A
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞
EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6.
If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
C
PBIB0564E
D
Removal and Installation
UBS002DH
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-160, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1495
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description
PFP:23731
UBS002DI
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with
intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
PBIB0562E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0340
0340
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit
UBS002DJ
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft (Intake)
●
The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
during engine running.
●
●
Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
●
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
●
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
●
Dead (Weak) battery
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002DK
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1498, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1498, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF013Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1496
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002DL
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0223E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1497
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
62
(With
NVIS)
71
(Without
NVIS)
R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
PBIB0525E
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002DM
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
2. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1498
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0010E
3.
E
Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
PBIB0664E
H
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM relay
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and engine ground.
L
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1499
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 or 71 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-1500, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
9. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
●
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIB0565E
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002DN
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
Remove the sensor.
Visually check the sensor for chipping.
PBIB0563E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1500
2003 Sentra
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR25DE]
5.
Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity)
A
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or ∞
EC
2 (+) - 3 (-)
C
PBIB0564E
D
Removal and Installation
UBS002DO
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-123, "CAMSHAFT" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1501
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:20905
UBS002DP
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen
sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YF
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0420
0420
Catalyst system efficiency below threshold
●
Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not operate properly.
Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Three way catalyst (Manifold)
●
Exhaust tube
●
Intake air leaks
●
Fuel injectors
●
Fuel injector leaks
●
Spark plug
●
Improper ignition timing
UBS002DQ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step
10.
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0822E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1502
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
9.
Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F),
go to step 6.
10. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1504, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
PBIB0823E
D
E
F
G
SEF535Z
Overall Function Check
UBS002DR
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 signal]
and engine ground, and ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 signal] and
engine ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
PBIB0543E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1503
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
7.
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 95 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 92 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-1504, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 92 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133” first. (See EC-1412 .)
Diagnostic Procedure
PBIB0550E
UBS002DS
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1.
2.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst (Manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1504
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
A
Check the following items. Refer to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Items
Ignition timing
Target idle speed
Specifications
A/T
15° ± 5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
15° ± 5° BTDC
A/T
700 ± 50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)
M/T
700 ± 50 rpm
EC
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the “Basic Inspection”.
D
5. CHECK INJECTORS
E
1.
2.
F
Stop engine and then turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1797 .
G
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-1798, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
PBIB0568E
I
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
J
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit.
Refer to EC-1777, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
K
L
M
SEF575Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-1505
2003 Sentra
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (Manifold).
Revision: May 2004
EC-1506
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
System Description
PFP:14950
A
UBS002DT
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, perform trouble diagnosis for EC
displayed other DTC.
C
D
E
SEF323U
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
P0441
0441
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
incorrect purge flow
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve stuck closed
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube
●
Blocked rubber tube
●
Cracked EVAP canister
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Blocked purge port
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
I
J
K
L
UBS002DV
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform test at a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or more.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
Revision: May 2004
H
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
UBS002DU
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a fault is determined.
DTC No.
F
EC-1507
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED
500 - 3,800 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 10.0 msec
Engine coolant temperature
70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
PBIB0826E
7.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1509, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
UBS002DW
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine (TCS switch “OFF”) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 88 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Air conditioner switch
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
Rear window defogger switch
ON
Engine speed
Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position
Any position other than “P”, “N” or “R”
PBIB0827E
8.
9.
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-1509, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1508
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002DX
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
EC
C
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW
D
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
1.
E
F
G
BBIA0114E
3.
4.
5.
Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence.
PURG VOL CONT/V
100.0%
0.0%
H
I
J
Vacuum
Should exist.
K
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0828E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1509
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
1.
2.
3.
Vacuum should exist.
6.
Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
Vacuum should not exist.
BBIA0114E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1.
2.
Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1510
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0828E
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
F
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
G
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE
H
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair it.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
M
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure” for DTC P0452 (EC-1534 ) and P0453 (EC-1540 ).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
11. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
EC-1511
J
K
Water should not exist.
Revision: May 2004
I
2003 Sentra
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1532, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
13. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace it.
14. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1512
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
A
UBS002DY
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1687 .)
EC
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister C
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control D
solenoid valve will be closed.
E
F
G
SEF323U
H
DTC No.
P0442
0442
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
system does not operate properly.
EC-1513
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Refueling control valve
●
ORVR system leaks
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002DZ
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1687
.)
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
●
Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
6.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1515, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-1270 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1514
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Drive vehicle according to “Driving Pattern”, EC-1270 .
Stop vehicle.
Select “MODE 1” with GST.
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving Pattern”, EC-1270 .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select “MODE 3” with GST.
If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1515, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-1509 .
If P0441 and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
Diagnostic Procedure
A
EC
C
D
E
F
UBS002E0
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
G
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
H
I
J
SEF915U
K
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
L
M
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-1849, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1515
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
BBIA0114E
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1516
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
A
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
EC
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the
C
end of test.)
1.
2.
D
E
F
BBIA0116E
4.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
G
H
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
●
I
J
K
SEF200U
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
L
Refer to EC-1687, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
M
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
SEF596U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1517
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1518
2003 Sentra
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C
Refer to EC-1456, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
D
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
E
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
G
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
H
I
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
J
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 20.
K
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1852, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1519
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1520
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
A
UBS002E2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Closed throttle position
Heated oxygen sensors 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
function
Actuator
C
EVAP canister purge
flow control
D
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
E
F
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
G
H
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
I
J
K
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002E3
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: May 2004
M
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
L
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EC-1521
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
UBS002E4
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
P0444
0444
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
P0445
0445
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is shorted.)
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
UBS002E5
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1522
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002E6
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0224E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1523
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
13
PU/W
Idle speed
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002E7
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0115E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and engine ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1524
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
EC
C
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
D
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
H
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
I
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
J
1.
2.
3.
K
L
M
PBIB0569E
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1525
2003 Sentra
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS002E8
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity between A and
B
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation
UBS002E9
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1526
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
A
UBS002EA
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
EC
C
D
SEF381Z
E
F
G
H
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002EB
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0447
0447
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open
J
OFF
UBS002EC
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
UBS002ED
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1527
K
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1530, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1528
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002EE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0225E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1529
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
11
WIRE
COLOR
L/Y
ITEM
EVAP canister vent
control valve
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS002EF
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then turn “ON”.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0834E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1530
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
EC
C
D
BBIA0116E
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
PBIB0152E
I
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M14, B1
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
J
K
L
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
M
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1531
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1532, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002EG
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0308E
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1532
PBIB0834E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
7.
8.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform inspection again.
A
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0308E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
5.
F
G
H
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform inspection again.
BBIA0309E
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1533
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25085
UBS002EH
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diagnosis.
PBIB0830E
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002EI
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
EVAP SYS PRES
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0452
0452
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low
input
UBS002EJ
DTC detecting condition
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
UBS002EK
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1534
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
4.
5.
6.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1537, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 70 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1537, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
F
G
PBIB0832E
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1535
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002EL
BBWA0417E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1536
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
B
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 0V
65
R
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
88
B/R
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
1.8 - 4.8V
D
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002EM
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
J
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
K
L
M
BBIA0116E
2.
Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1537
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0155E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1538
2003 Sentra
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 88 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal EC
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
F
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
H
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
I
J
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002EN
L
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between
ECM terminal 88 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
over pressure 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1539
M
PBIB0831E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25085
UBS002EO
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the
purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diagnosis.
PBIB0830E
PBIB0629E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002EP
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
EVAP SYS PRES
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0453
0453
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high
input
UBS002EQ
DTC detecting condition
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister
●
Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame
UBS002ER
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1540
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
4.
5.
6.
7.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that “FUEL T/TEMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1543, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF194Y
D
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1543, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
F
G
PBIB0832E
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1541
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002ES
BBWA0417E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1542
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
B
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 0V
65
R
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
88
B/R
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
[Ignition switch “ON”]
1.8 - 4.8V
D
E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002ET
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
J
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
K
L
M
BBIA0116E
2.
Check sensor harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1543
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0155E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1544
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 88 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal EC
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
F
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
H
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
I
J
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
K
Refer to EC-1532, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
L
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
M
Refer to EC-1546, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1545
2003 Sentra
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> GO TO 16.
SEF596U
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002EU
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and check output voltage between
ECM terminal 88 and ground under the following conditions.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg)
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200 mmHg, -7.87)
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1546
PBIB0831E
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
A
UBS002EV
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1687 .)
EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
D
E
SEF323U
DTC No.
P0455
0455
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
DTC detecting condition
EVAP control system has a very large leak
such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system does not operate properly.
Possible cause
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
●
Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling control valve
●
ORVR system leaks
UBS002EW
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
EC-1547
H
I
K
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
Revision: May 2004
G
J
●
DTC Confirmation Procedure
F
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1687 .)
●
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
●
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
7.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and
make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it
is displayed, refer to EC-1549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC
P0442, EC-1515 .
SEC763C
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of “Driving Pattern” on EC-1270 before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to “Driving Pattern”, EC-1270 .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1548
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the “Driving Pattern”, EC-1270 .
8. Stop vehicle.
9. Select “MODE 3” with GST.
● If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, for DTC P0442, EC-1515 .
● If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0441, EC-1509 .
● If P0455, P0441and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6.
●
Diagnostic Procedure
A
EC
C
D
E
UBS002EX
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
F
G
H
I
J
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
K
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
L
M
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-1849, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1549
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-1687, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
BBIA0114E
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1550
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
A
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
1.
2.
●
EC
C
D
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
G
H
SEF200U
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1551
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the
end of test.)
1.
2.
BBIA0116E
4.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
●
SEF200U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0828E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1552
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
EC
C
Vacuum should exist.
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
E
13. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
F
G
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
I
J
K
L
PBIB0828E
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
M
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1456, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1553
2003 Sentra
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1852, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
20. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
21. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1554
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14950
A
UBS002EY
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister EC
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the C
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
D
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
E
F
G
H
I
J
PBIB0838E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1555
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC No.
P0456
0456
Trouble diagnosis name
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
DTC detecting condition
●
EVAP system has a very small leak.
●
EVAP system does not operate properly.
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling control valve
●
ORVR system leaks
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002EZ
NOTE:
●
If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC P0456.
●
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
●
If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour.
–
Fuel filler cap is removed.
–
Refilled or drained the fuel.
–
EVAP component parts is/are removed.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.15V
Revision: May 2004
EC-1556
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
3.
4.
5.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
A
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
EC
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
C
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
D
E
F
G
PBIB0837E
6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1558, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Overall Function Check
UBS002F0
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
●
Do not start engine.
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Set the pressure pump and a hose.
Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Connect GST and select MODE 8.
Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satSEF916U
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-1558, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
Disconnect GST.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1557
2003 Sentra
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
10.
11.
12.
13.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002F1
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-1849, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1558
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
C
D
BBIA0114E
E
F
G
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
H
I
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
K
L
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
M
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1559
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the
end of test.)
1.
2.
BBIA0116E
4.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
●
SEF200U
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-1693, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
SEF596U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1560
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC
C
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
F
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
G
H
I
J
K
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1561
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1456, "FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1852, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1562
2003 Sentra
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
EC
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1563
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS002F3
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002F4
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
0460
Trouble diagnosis name
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
DTC detecting condition
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel level sensor
UBS002F5
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1566, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1564
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002F6
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0227E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1565
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
77
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Fuel level sensor ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
87
G/R
Fuel level sensor
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002F7
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0632E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M16, B3
●
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor until and fuel pump
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1566
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
C
D
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
E
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and body ground
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
G
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2,
ECM terminal 77 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
I
3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
J
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M16, B3
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
L
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1567
2003 Sentra
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation
UBS002F8
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1568
2003 Sentra
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
A
UBS002F9
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
C
D
PBIB1218E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002FA
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
DTC No.
P0461
0461
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not
change within the specified range even though
the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Fuel level sensor
G
H
Overall Function Check
UBS002FB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-7,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
I
J
K
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds then turn “ON”.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULTII.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 65/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
11. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and confirm whether
the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 11.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL
SEF195Y
SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
Revision: May 2004
F
EC-1569
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 87 (fuel level sensor signal) and ground.
7. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 87 and ground and note
it.
9. Drain fuel by 30
(7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel
tank using proper equipment.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 87 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10.
PBIB0858E
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-26,
"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1570
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
A
UBS002FC
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
C
D
PBIB1218E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002FD
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
F
Possible cause
G
P0462
0462
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage is sent from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage is sent from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
●
Fuel level sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure
H
UBS002FE
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch “ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
I
J
K
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1573, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1571
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002FF
BBWA0228E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1572
2003 Sentra
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
77
EC
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Fuel level sensor ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
87
G/R
Fuel level sensor
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
Diagnostic Procedure
3.
D
UBS002FG
E
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
F
G
H
BBIA0132E
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
I
J
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
PBIB0632E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M16, B3
●
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1573
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 87 and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M16, B3
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS002FH
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1574
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
DTC P0500 VSS
Description
PFP:32702
A
UBS002FI
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transaxle. It contains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle
speed signal to the combination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0500
0500
Trouble diagnosis name
Vehicle speed sensor
UBS002FJ
Possible cause
C
●
Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
D
●
Vehicle speed sensor
●
Combination meter
DTC detecting condition
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
even when vehicle is being driven.
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002FK
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULTII should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1577, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
6.0 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1577, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF196Y
UBS002FL
WITH GST
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1577, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
J
K
M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
4.
I
L
Overall Function Check
1.
2.
3.
G
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
F
EC-1575
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002FM
BBWA0418E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1576
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
A
EC
ITEM
63
(Without
NVIS)
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
R/W
Vehicle speed sensor
81
With
(NVIS)
●
Lift up the vehicle
●
Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)
D
PBIB0531E
E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002FN
F
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 (Models with NVIS) or 63 (Models without NVIS) and
combination meter terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
H
Continuity should exist.
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
K
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION
Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1577
2003 Sentra
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
●
Harness for open or short between vehicle speed sensor and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between vehicle speed sensor and TCM
OK or NG
OK
>> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1578
2003 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description
PFP:23781
A
UBS002FO
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC dis- EC
played.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0506
0506
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM lower than
expected
UBS002FP
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is less than the target idle
speed by 100 rpm or more.
Possible cause
F
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air leak
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002FQ
NOTE:
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1862,
"SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●
Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
J
L
M
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1579
I
K
Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1580, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
H
2003 Sentra
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002FR
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1580
2003 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description
PFP:23781
A
UBS002FS
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC dis- EC
played.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects C
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. D
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0507
0507
Trouble diagnosis name
Idle speed control system RPM higher than
expected
UBS002FT
DTC detecting condition
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
F
●
Electric throttle control actuator
●
Intake air leak
●
PCV system
G
UBS002FU
NOTE:
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" ,
before conducting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1862,
"SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●
Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
5.
6.
Open engine hood.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1582, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
L
M
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
I
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
EC-1581
2003 Sentra
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002FV
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Discover air leak location and repair.
3. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Stop engine.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1582
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
DTC P0605 ECM
Component Description
PFP:23710
A
UBS002FW
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
EC
C
D
SEF093X
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002FX
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0605
0605
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
DTC detecting condition
A)
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
B)
ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C)
ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
F
Possible cause
●
ECM
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
●
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
●
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
Malfunction A
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002FY
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”. If there is no malfunction on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
K
L
M
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1584, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-1583
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1584, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1584, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002FZ
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-1583 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-1583 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1584
2003 Sentra
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR25DE]
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
C
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1585
2003 Sentra
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
DTC P0650 MIL
Component Description
PFP:24810
UBS002G0
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON
without engine running, MIL will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MIL should go off. If
MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002G1
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
●
P0650
0650
Malfunction indicator
(MIL) control circuit
●
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
through the MIL circuit under the condition
that calls for MIL light up.
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
through the MIL circuit under the condition
that calls for MIL not to light up.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(MIL circuit is open or shorted.)
●
MIL
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MIL to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items
MIL circuit
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002G2
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1588, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1586
2003 Sentra
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002G3
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0230E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1587
2003 Sentra
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
18
WIRE
COLOR
OR/L
ITEM
MIL
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002G4
1. CHECK MIL POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4.
Check voltage between combination meter terminal 41 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0936E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK MIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 18 and combination meter terminal 20.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1588
2003 Sentra
DTC P0650 MIL
[QR25DE]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect combination meter harness connectors.
Check continuity under the following conditions.
D
E
F
G
PBIB0937E
CONDITION
Combination meter terminal No. (Polarity)
1
20 (+) - 41 (–)
Should not exist.
2
41 (+) - 20 (–)
Should exist.
H
Continuity
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
J
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1589
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Component Description
PFP:23710
UBS002G5
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
SEF093X
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1065
1065
Trouble diagnosis name
ECM power supply circuit
UBS002G6
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
●
ECM
ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002G7
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1592, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1590
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002G8
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0419E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1591
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
66
WIRE
COLOR
W/L
ITEM
Power supply for ECM
(Buck-up)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS002G9
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0573E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse and fusible link box connector E24
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
●
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1592
2003 Sentra
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
A
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-1590 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
C
With GST
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
See EC-1590 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
F
G
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-1275, "NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)" .
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
I
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1593
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22680
UBS002GA
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002GB
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAS A/F SE-B1
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Shift lever: N
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V
2,500 rpm
Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002GC
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1102
1102
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit range/performance problem
DTC detecting condition
A voltage from the sensor is constantly
approx.1.0V when engine is running.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002GD
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1594
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1597, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1595
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002GE
BBWA0213E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1596
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
65
EC
WIRE
COLOR
R
A
ITEM
Sensor's power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
C
[Engine is running]
72
OR/L
Mass air flow sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
D
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
E
[Engine is running]
80
W/L
Mass air flow sensor
ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
UBS002GF
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
G
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0008E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1597
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0130E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
2
Approximately 5V
4
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0076E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
●
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1598
2003 Sentra
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-1599, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace mass air flow sensor.
EC
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002GG
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
E
1.
2.
3.
F
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition
Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.)
1.1 - 1.5
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.)
1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm*
G
Approx. 1.0
H
1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB0537E
I
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
J
If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again.
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
K
L
UBS002GH
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
M
Refer to EM-103, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1599
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Description
PFP:23796
UBS002GI
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB0195E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002GJ
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
INT/V SOL (B1)
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
2,000 rpm
Approx. 25% - 60%
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1111
1111
Trouble diagnosis name
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit
UBS002GK
DTC detecting condition
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
UBS002GL
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1602, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1600
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002GM
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0232E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1601
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 9V
107
G
Intake valve timing
control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002GN
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0018E
4.
Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0192E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay
●
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1602
2003 Sentra
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
A
OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
EC
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 107 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
E
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
F
Refer to EC-1603, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
G
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
I
Component Inspection
UBS002GO
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.
2.
J
Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2.
Terminals
Resistance
1 and 2
Approximately 8Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground
∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
K
L
M
PBIB0193E
Removal and Installation
UBS002GP
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-134, "TIMING CHAIN" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1603
2003 Sentra
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS0056D
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1121
1121
UBS0056E
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
actuator
DTC detecting condition
A)
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C)
ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MIL lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS0056F
NOTE:
●
Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B” first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
If there is no malfunction on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition witch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1605, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1604
2003 Sentra
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR25DE]
With GST
A
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Shift selector lever to “D” position (A/T), “1st” position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.
Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1605, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
D
E
SEF058Y
F
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS0056G
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1.
2.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
G
H
I
J
K
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
L
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1605
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description
PFP:16119
UBS006JN
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-1604 or EC-1613 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006JO
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1122
1122
Trouble diagnosis name
Electric throttle control
performance problem
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006JP
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1608, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1606
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006JQ
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0249E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1607
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
OR
R
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Throttle control motor relay
Throttle control motor relay
power supply
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
114
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
115
B
Throttle control motor
ground
[Engine is running]
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
116
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006JR
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1608
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 115 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
E
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 113 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Ignition switch
Voltage
OFF
Approximately 0V
ON
Battery voltage
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
H
PBIB0814E
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
I
1.
2.
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.
K
L
BBIA0102E
3.
Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0575E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1609
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse and fusible link box connector E23
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 113 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Refer to EC-1612, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace throttle control motor relay.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1610
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
3
6
Continuity
114
Should not exist
116
Should exist
114
Should exist
116
Should not exist
D
BBIA0103E
E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
G
1.
2.
H
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
I
J
BBIA0079E
K
12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
L
Refer to EC-1612, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
M
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1611
2003 Sentra
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS006JS
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
PBIB0095E
Remove and Installation
UBS006JT
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1612
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS006JU
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006JV
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
THRTL RELAY
CONDITION
●
D
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006JW
E
These self-diagnosis have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1124
1124
P1126
1126
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
DTC detecting condition
F
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
●
Throttle control motor relay
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is
stuck ON.
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
throttle control motor is excessively low.
●
G
H
Throttle control motor relay
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006JX
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1616, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1613
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1616, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1614
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006JY
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0250E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1615
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
OR
R
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Throttle control motor relay
Throttle control motor relay
power supply
DATA (DC Voltage)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006JZ
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.
BBIA0102E
3.
Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminal 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse and fusible link connector E23
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1616
2003 Sentra
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 113 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
A
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
D
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
E
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
H
Refer to EC-1617, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace throttle control motor relay.
I
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006K0
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
M
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.
PBIB0098E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1617
L
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS006K1
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006K2
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1128
1128
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle control motor
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006K3
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1620, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1618
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006K4
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0251E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1619
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
114
L
Throttle control motor
(Open)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is depressing
PBIB0533E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
116
P
Throttle control motor
(Close)
●
Engine stopped
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal is releasing
PBIB0534E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006K5
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1620
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
C
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
ECM terminal
3
6
Continuity
114
Should not exist
116
Should exist
114
Should exist
116
Should not exist
D
BBIA0103E
E
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
F
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
G
Refer to EC-1621, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
H
I
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
J
K
5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006K6
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3.
4.
5.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
PBIB0095E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1621
2003 Sentra
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation
UBS006K7
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1622
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC P1143 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS002HF
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002HG
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
J
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002HH
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
P1143
1143
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 lean shift monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The maximum and minimum voltage from the
sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
EC-1623
L
M
SEF300U
DTC No.
K
Possible cause
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002HI
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
PBIB0546E
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed
Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.9 - 13.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1625, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
PBIB0547E
SEC769C
Overall Function Check
UBS002HJ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1624
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
–
–
4.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
If NG, go to EC-1625, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
D
UBS002HK
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
BBIA0008E
I
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
J
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque:
40 - 50 N·m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
L
BBIA0131E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1625
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-1442 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0130E
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1627, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-1408, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1626
2003 Sentra
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS002HL
A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
C
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D
E
SEF646Y
F
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
G
H
I
SEF217YA
J
K
L
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1627
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
3.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002HM
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1628
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC P1144 HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
UBS002HN
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It
detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
C
D
SEF463R
E
F
G
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002HO
I
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
●
Engine: After warming up
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm
J
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002HP
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
P1144
1144
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
1 rich shift monitoring
Revision: May 2004
DTC detecting condition
The maximum and minimum voltages from the
sensor are beyond the specified voltages.
EC-1629
L
M
SEF299U
DTC No.
K
Possible cause
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002HQ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
PBIB0548E
6.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
1,200 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed
Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.9 - 13.0 msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1631, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
PBIB0549E
SEC772C
Overall Function Check
UBS002HR
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1630
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
–
–
4.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time.
If NG, go to EC-1631, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
D
UBS002HS
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
E
1.
2.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
BBIA0008E
I
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
J
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 50 N·m (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
L
BBIA0131E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1631
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
1.
2.
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-1449 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0130E
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
BBIA0129E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1632
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
A
Refer to EC-1633, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-1408, "Wiring Diagram" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002HT
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULTII.
Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
F
G
H
I
SEF646Y
6.
Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
J
K
L
M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1633
2003 Sentra
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR25DE]
●
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002HU
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-110, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1634
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
DTC P1146 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
A
UBS002HV
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (Manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
C
D
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002HW
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
F
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
●
Warm-up condition
●
After keeping engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
G
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002HX
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
H
I
J
K
PBIB0554E
L
DTC No.
P1146
1146
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
2 minimum voltage
monitoring
DTC detecting condition
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
UBS002HY
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1635
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
4.
5.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0818E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1638, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/S” indiction on CONSULT-II.
When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step3.
Overall Function Check
UBS002HZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1638, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1636
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002I0
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0415E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1637
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
95
W
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Engine speed is below 3,600rpm after the following conditions are met.
–
Engine after warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
●
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V
UBS002I1
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1638
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-1449 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
1.
2.
3.
G
H
I
BBIA0130E
K
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0129E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open and short between HO2S2 and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1639
J
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1640, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002I2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
SEF174Y
6.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1640
2003 Sentra
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
7.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
C
PBIB0817E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
D
E
F
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002I3
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1641
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
DTC P1147 HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
UBS002I4
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (Manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002I5
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
●
Warm-up condition
●
After keeping engine speed
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for one minute and at idle for
one minute under no load.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN ←→ RICH
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002I6
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB0820E
DTC No.
P1147
1147
Trouble diagnosis name
Heated oxygen sensor
2 maximum voltage
monitoring
DTC detecting condition
The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Fuel pressure
●
Injectors
●
Intake air leaks
UBS002I7
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best result, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1642
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
A
Let engine idle for one minute.
Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II and follow
the instruction of CONSULT-II.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0819E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1645, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3.
UBS002I8
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6.
7.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 5, step 6 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D”
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1645, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
I
J
WITH GST
4.
5.
G
H
Overall Function Check
1.
2.
3.
F
EC-1643
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002I9
BBWA0415E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1644
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
95
W
A
Heated oxygen sensor 2
●
Engine speed is below 3,600rpm after the following conditions are met.
–
Engine after warming up
–
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for one minute and at idle for one
minute under no load.
●
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
Diagnostic Procedure
C
D
0 - Approximately 1.0V
E
UBS002IA
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
F
1.
2.
G
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0008E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1645
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1273, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-1442 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0130E
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
BBIA0129E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-3
●
Harness for open or short between HO2S2 and engine ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1646
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
F
Refer to EC-1647, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
G
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002IB
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
K
L
M
SEF174Y
6.
Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1647
2003 Sentra
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR25DE]
7.
Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB0817E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.63V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
Let engine idle for one minutes.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.63V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.63V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in “D” position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
UBS002IC
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1648
2003 Sentra
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QR25DE]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:22690
A
UBS002ID
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1148
1148
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
The closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified condition.
Closed loop control
function
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EC
Possible cause
●
The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
open or shorted.
●
Heated oxygen sensor 1
●
Heated oxygen sensor heater
UBS002IE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
D
E
F
G
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive seconds.
B/FUEL SCHDL
2.8 msec or more
ENG SPEED
More than 1,600 rpm
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 70 km/h (43 MPH)
6.
H
I
J
K
SEF682Y
L
M
During this test, P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
UBS002IF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1649
2003 Sentra
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] and engine ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no-load.
● The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
● The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If NG, go to EC-1650, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002IG
Perform trouble diagnosis for “DTC P0133”, EC-1416 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1650
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
System Description
PFP:00000
A
UBS002IH
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Vehicle speed sensor
Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch
Air conditioner “ON” signal
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Cooling fan
control
Actuator
EC
C
Cooling fan relay(s)
D
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
E
OPERATION
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB0926E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002II
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
AIR COND SIG
CONDITION
●
●
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
COOLING FAN
Revision: May 2004
Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF
OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less
OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(221°F) or more
HIGH
EC-1651
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002IJ
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Trouble diagnosis name
Engine over temperature (Overheat)
DTC detecting condition
●
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
●
Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
●
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Cooling fan
●
Radiator hose
●
Radiator
●
Radiator cap
●
Water pump
●
Thermostat
For more information, refer toEC-1662,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-23, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check
UBS002IK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1655,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1655,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SEF621W
Revision: May 2004
EC-1652
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
4.
5.
Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
If the results are NG, go to EC-1655, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF646X
D
WITH GST
1.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1655,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1655,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
5. Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
6. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-1655, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step.
7. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
8. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
9. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
10. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
E
F
G
SEF621W
H
I
J
K
SEC163BA
11. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
12. If NG, go to EC-1655, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L
M
MEC475B
Revision: May 2004
EC-1653
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002IL
BBWA0431E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1654
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002IM
1. INSPECTION START
A
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
EC
C
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
D
E
F
G
BBIA0113E
3.
Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC1659, "PROCEDURE A" .)
H
I
J
SEF784Z
K
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1661, "PROCEDURE B" .)
M
SEF785Z
Revision: May 2004
EC-1655
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.
Turn blower fan switch “ON”.
BBIA0113E
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC1659, "PROCEDURE A" .)
SEC163BA
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch “OFF”.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1661, "PROCEDURE B" .)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
MEC475B
Revision: May 2004
EC-1656
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
EC
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
C
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer to CO-26, "WATER PUMP" .
D
SLC754A
E
F
7. CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
G
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
H
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
I
SLC755A
J
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
K
Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
L
Valve opening temperature:
82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 8 mm/95°C (0.31 in/203°F)
Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature.
For details, refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace thermostat.
M
3.
SLC343
9. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1390, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1657
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1662, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1658
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE A
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 3, 6 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
C
Voltage: Battery voltage
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0951E
F
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
10A fuse
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
●
40A fusible links
●
Fuse and fusible link box connectors E23, E25
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fusible links
G
H
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
M
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 7
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
4 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0112E
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1659
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1
Refer to EC-1663, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relay.
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-1663, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1660
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
PROCEDURE B
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
C
Voltage: Battery voltage
D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0251E
F
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
G
H
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
I
1.
2.
J
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
BBIA0112E
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1661
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3
Refer to EC-1663, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan relays.
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS
Refer to EC-1663, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace cooling fan motors.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Main 12 Causes of Overheating
Engine
Step
OFF
1
Inspection item
●
Blocked radiator
●
Blocked condenser
●
Blocked radiator grille
●
Blocked bumper
2
●
3
4
UBS002IN
Equipment
Standard
●
Visual
No blocking
—
Coolant mixture
●
Coolant tester
50 - 50% coolant mixture
See MA-14, "Anti-freeze
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
●
Coolant level
●
Visual
Coolant up to MAX level
in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck
See MA-23, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
●
Radiator cap
●
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-34, "CHECKING
RADIATOR CAP" .
2
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
Revision: May 2004
Reference page
EC-1662
2003 Sentra
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR25DE]
Engine
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
5
●
Coolant leaks
●
Visual
No leaks
See CO-24, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR
LEAKS" .
ON*2
6
●
Thermostat
●
Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot
See CO-28, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" , and
CO-30, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
7
●
Cooling fan
●
CONSULT-II
Operating
See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-1651 ).
OFF
8
●
Combustion gas leak
●
Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative
—
ON*3
9
●
Coolant temperature
gauge
●
Visual
Gauge less than 3/4
when driving
—
●
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
●
Visual
No overflow during driving
and idling
See MA-23, "Changing
Engine Coolant" .
A
EC
C
D
E
OFF*4
10
●
Coolant return from
reservoir tank to radiator
●
Visual
Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
See CO-24, "CHECKING
RESERVOIR LEVEL" .
F
OFF
11
●
Cylinder head
●
Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping)
See EM-145, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
G
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-145, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
12
●
Cylinder block and pistons
●
H
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-22, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection
I
UBS002IO
COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3
J
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
K
L
If NG, replace relay.
M
SEF745U
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
1.
2.
Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Terminals
Speed
Cooling fan motor
(+)
(−)
Low
1
4
High
1, 2
3, 4
Cooling fan motor should operate.
SEF734W
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1663
2003 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS002IX
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002IY
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1225
1225
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position
learning performance
problem
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
UBS002IZ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1665, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1664
2003 Sentra
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002J0
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
Remove and Installation
UBS002J1
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
I
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1665
2003 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
UBS002J2
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002J3
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1226
1226
Trouble diagnosis name
Closed throttle position
learning performance
problem
DTC detecting condition
Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
UBS002J4
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1667, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1666
2003 Sentra
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002J5
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove the intake air duct.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0079E
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
Remove and Installation
UBS002J6
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
I
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1667
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:16119
UBS002JF
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1229
1229
Trouble diagnosis
name
Sensor power supply
circuit short
DTC detecting condition
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
sensor is excessively low or high.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(MAF sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
●
MAF sensor
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refrigerant pressures sensor
●
ECM pin terminal
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002JG
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1670, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1668
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002JH
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0239E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1669
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
65
WIRE
COLOR
R
ITEM
Sensor's power supply
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 5V
UBS002JI
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0103E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1670
2003 Sentra
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR SHORT
A
Check the following.
●
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
EC
ECM terminal
65
Sensor terminals
Reference Wiring Diagram
Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1
EC-1765
APP sensor terminal 2
EC-1772
MAF sensor terminal 2
EC-1371
EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1
EC-1536
Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
EC-1817
C
D
Joint connector-1
●
ECM pin terminal
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
●
E
F
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-1775, "Component Inspection" .)
●
Mass air flow sensor (Refer to EC-1374, "Component Inspection" .)
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .)
●
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
G
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
J
H
I
Refer to EC-1768, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
K
L
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1671
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
UBS002JJ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Accelerator pedal position
Heated oxygen sensors 1
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor
Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Vehicle speed sensor
(CAN communication line)
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
EVAP canister
purge flow control
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002JK
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PURG VOL C/V
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EC-1672
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002JL
A
DTC No.
P1444
1444
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
DTC detecting condition
The canister purge flow is detected during the
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
completely closed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(The valve is stuck open.)
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP canister
●
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
EC
C
D
UBS002JM
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
E
F
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
G
H
I
J
K
L
PBIB0839E
7.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1675, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select “MODE 7” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1675, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1673
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002JN
BBWA0224E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1674
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
C
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
13
PU/W
D
Idle speed
E
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
PBIB0050E
Approximately 10V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine)
G
PBIB0520E
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002JO
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
I
CUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
J
K
L
M
BBIA0115E
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and engine ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1675
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
BBIA0116E
2.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1676
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC
C
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine.
Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
D
1.
2.
3.
4.
E
F
G
H
PBIB0828E
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
I
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
J
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
K
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
L
M
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1532, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1677
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
11. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 12.
No
>> GO TO 14.
SEF596U
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002JP
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity between A and
B
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1678
2003 Sentra
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
A
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
EC
C
PBIB0150E
Removal and Installation
D
UBS002JQ
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
E
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1679
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
UBS002JR
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
SEF381Z
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002JS
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1446
1446
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve close
UBS002JT
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
UBS002JU
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1680
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
a maximum of 15 minutes.
NOTE:
If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1683, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
PBIB0164E
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1681
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002JV
BBWA0225E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1682
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
11
WIRE
COLOR
L/Y
A
EC
ITEM
EVAP canister vent
control valve
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
C
UBS002JW
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
D
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
F
G
H
BBIA0116E
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
I
J
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1685, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
K
L
3. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
M
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1683
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair it.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
BBIA0116E
2.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1684
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS002JX
A
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
3.
4.
EC
C
D
E
BBIA0308E
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
7.
8.
F
G
H
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform inspection again.
PBIB0834E
I
J
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
K
L
M
BBIA0308E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1685
BBIA0309E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
5.
Perform inspection again.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1686
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description
PFP:14935
A
UBS002JY
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
EC
C
D
E
SEF381Z
F
G
H
BBIA0116E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002JZ
J
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VENT CONT/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1448
1448
Trouble diagnosis name
EVAP canister vent control valve open
UBS002K0
DTC detecting condition
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
opened under specified driving conditions.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
L
Possible cause
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●
Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
Vacuum cut valve
UBS002K1
NOTE:
●
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
●
Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
Revision: May 2004
I
EC-1687
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S
0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE
0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
5.
Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
6.
7.
8.
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn “ON”.
Disconnect hose from vehicle frame.
SEC763C
9.
Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
PBIB0834E
11. Make sure the following.
Condition
VENT CONTROL/V
Air passage continuity between A and
B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-1691, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442,
EC-1515 .
BBIA0308E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1688
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Overall Function Check
UBS002K2
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
EC
Disconnect hose from vehicle frame.
Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
Verify the following.
Condition
A
C
Air passage continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
No supply
Yes
D
E
If the result is NG, go to EC-1691, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442,
EC-1515 .
BBIA0309E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1689
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002K3
BBWA0225E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1690
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
11
WIRE
COLOR
L/Y
A
EC
ITEM
EVAP canister vent
control valve
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
C
UBS002K4
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
D
1.
2.
E
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
F
G
H
BBIA0116E
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
I
J
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1693, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
K
L
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE
M
Refer to EC-1721, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1691
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 7.
SEF596U
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair it.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1692
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
A
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
EC
C
D
BBIA0116E
2.
E
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
F
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
G
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
H
I
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
Component Inspection
UBS002K5
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
M
BBIA0308E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1693
2003 Sentra
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
ON
No
OFF
Yes
7.
8.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower.
Perform inspection again.
PBIB0834E
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
BBIA0308E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
4.
5.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
If NG, go to next step.
Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Perform inspection again.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1694
BBIA0309E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic
PFP:14710
A
UBS002K6
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
EC
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis- C
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
E
F
G
H
I
PBIB0838E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1695
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
DTC No.
P1456
1456
Trouble diagnosis name
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (positive
pressure check)
DTC detecting condition
●
EVAP system has a very small leak.
●
EVAP system does not operate properly.
Possible cause
●
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
●
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●
Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●
EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
●
Fuel tank temperature sensor
●
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged
●
EVAP canister is saturated with water
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor
●
Refueling control valve
●
ORVR system leaks
●
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002K7
NOTE:
●
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
●
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
●
If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour.
–
Fuel filler cap is removed.
–
Refilled or drained the fuel.
–
EVAP component parts is/are removed.
●
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.15V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
Revision: May 2004
EC-1696
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
3.
4.
5.
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining A
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
C
Follow the instruction displayed.
D
E
F
PBIB0837E
6.
Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1698, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-1291, "Basic Inspection" .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Overall Function Check
G
H
I
UBS002K8
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
●
Do not start engine.
Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8.
6. Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satSEF916U
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-1698, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
10. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
J
K
●
Revision: May 2004
EC-1697
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
13. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002K9
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-1849, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1698
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
A
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC
C
D
BBIA0114E
E
F
G
SEF916U
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
H
I
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
J
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●
K
L
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
M
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1699
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the
end of test.)
1.
2.
BBIA0116E
4.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
●
SEF200U
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT
Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, EC-1687 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
SEF596U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1700
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
A
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
EC
C
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
●
EVAP canister for damage
●
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
E
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
F
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100.0%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
PBIB0828E
G
H
I
J
K
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1701
2003 Sentra
L
M
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1526, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1456, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1852, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 22.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1702
2003 Sentra
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
EC
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1703
2003 Sentra
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:25060
UBS002KB
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other side is
variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
PBIB1218E
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002KC
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction.
DTC No.
P1464
1464
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Fuel level sensor circuit
ground signal
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS002KD
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1706, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1704
2003 Sentra
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002KE
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0229E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1705
2003 Sentra
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
77
WIRE
COLOR
B/W
ITEM
Fuel level sensor ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
87
G/R
Fuel level sensor
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002KF
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 77 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors F26, M58
●
Harness connectors M16, B3
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and body ground
●
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-26, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
UBS002KG
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1706
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Description
PFP:17372
A
UBS002KH
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line EC
between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on
C
board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground)
signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
fuel tank.
D
E
F
G
BBIA0116E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H
I
J
K
SEF323U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002KI
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VC/V BYPAS S/V
L
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
M
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1490
1490
Trouble diagnosis name
Vacuum cut valve
bypass valve circuit
UBS002KJ
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted)
●
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002KK
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1707
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1710, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1708
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002KL
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0240E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1709
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
8
WIRE
COLOR
L/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve
bypass valve
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS002KM
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and then “ON”.
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0840E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1710
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
EC
C
D
BBIA0116E
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
H
PBIB0148E
I
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M14, B1
●
Fuel block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
J
K
L
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 2. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1711
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Refer to EC-1712, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002KN
VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect harness disconnected connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
PBIB0840E
4.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
Air passage continuity between A and
B
ON
Yes
OFF
No
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB0149E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1712
2003 Sentra
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
Without CONSULT-II
A
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
EC
C
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB0150E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1713
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Description
PFP:17372
UBS002KO
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line
between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains closed. It opens only for on
board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground)
signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the
fuel tank.
BBIA0116E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
SEF323U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002KP
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
VC/V BYPAS S/V
CONDITION
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1491
1491
Trouble diagnosis name
Vacuum cut valve
bypass valve
Revision: May 2004
UBS002KQ
DTC detecting condition
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve does
not operate properly.
EC-1714
Possible cause
●
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
●
Vacuum cut valve
●
Bypass hoses for clogging
●
EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit
●
EVAP canister vent control valve
●
Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve
clogged
●
Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister
clogged
●
EVAP canister
●
EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002KR
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30°C (41 to 86°F).
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
D
E
F
G
ENG SPEED
1,000 - 3,800 rpm
Selector lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
36 - 120 km/h (22 - 75 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL
1.0 - 7.2 msec
H
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 3.
I
J
K
PBIB0841E
8.
M
Overall Function Check
UBS002KS
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
L
Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1718, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1715
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
If NG, go to EC-1718, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF530Q
Revision: May 2004
EC-1716
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002KT
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0240E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1717
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
8
WIRE
COLOR
L/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve
bypass valve
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002KU
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “ON”.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
PBIB0842E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1718
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION
A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
6. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC
C
D
E
F
G
PBIB0635E
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
H
Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair it.
I
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE PORT
J
Check EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Clean EVAP purge port.
K
L
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister.
M
PBIB0761E
7. CHECK BYPASS HOSE
Check bypass hoses for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1719
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Refer to EC-1721, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
9. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1721, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve.
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
12. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1539, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
13. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1532, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1720
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002KV
VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
With CONSULT-II
C
1.
2.
3.
D
Reconnect harness disconnected connectors.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
E
F
G
PBIB0840E
4.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
H
Air passage continuity between A and
B
ON
Yes
OFF
No
I
J
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB0149E
K
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
L
Air passage continuity between A and
B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No supply
No
M
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB0150E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1721
2003 Sentra
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[QR25DE]
VACUUM CUT VALVE
Check vacuum cut valve as follows:
1. Plug port C and D with fingers.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
5. Open port C and D .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C .
7. Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
8. If NG, replace vacuum cut valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1722
SEF379Q
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25551
A
UBS002KW
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for
each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines
which button is operated.
Refer to EC-1860, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
EC
C
D
BBIA0119E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002KX
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
MAIN SW
CONDITION
●
CANCEL
●
RESUME/ACC SW
SET SW
●
●
●
CRUISE switch: Depressed
ON
●
CRUISE switch: Released
OFF
●
CANCEL switch: Depressed
ON
●
CANCEL switch: Released
OFF
●
ACCEL/RES switch:
Depressed
ON
●
ACCEL/RES switch:
Released
OFF
●
COAST/SET switch:
Depressed
ON
●
COAST/SET switch:
Released
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
F
SPECIFICATION
G
H
I
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002KY
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-1583 .
DTC No.
P1564
1564
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD steering
switch
DTC Detecting Condition
●
An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
●
ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
range.
●
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
●
ASCD steering switch
●
ECM
UBS002KZ
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1723
L
M
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
K
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “CRUISE” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it
and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “ACCEL/RES” switch for at least 10 seconds, then
release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “COAST/SET” switch for at least 10 seconds, then
release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
Press “CANCEL” switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it
and wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1727, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1724
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002L0
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0420E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1725
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
B
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
ASCD steering switch is “OFF”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
89
G
ASCD steering switch
CRUISE switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
CANCEL switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
SET/COAST switch is “ON”.
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Revision: May 2004
ACCEL/RES switch is “ON”.
EC-1726
Approximately 0V
Approximately 4.0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 1.0V
Approximately 2.0V
Approximately 3.0V
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002L1
1. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
A
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
EC
1.
2.
Switch
CUISE
Monitor item
MAIN SW
COAST/SET
ACCEL/RES
CANCEL
SET SW
RESUME/ACC SW
CANCEL SW
Condition
Indication
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
Pressed
ON
Released
OFF
C
D
E
SEC006D
F
G
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 89 and ground with pressing each button.
Switch
CRUISE
COAST/SET
ACCEL/RES
CANCEL
Condition
Voltage [V]
Pressed
Approx. 0.5
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 2.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 3.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
Pressed
Approx. 1.0
Released
Approx. 4.0
H
I
J
K
PBIB0854E
L
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect ASCD steering switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ASCD steering switch terminal 1 and ECM terminal 58. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1727
BBIA0119E
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors M102, M401
●
Joint connector-2
●
Spiral cable
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 89 and ASCD steering switch terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness connectors M102, M401
●
Spiral cable
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and ASCD steering switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1728, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1606, "DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002L2
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
Disconnect ASCD steering switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1728
2003 Sentra
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
[QR25DE]
2.
Check continuity between ASCD steering switch terminals 1 and
4 with pushing each switch.
Switch
CRUISE SW
COAST/SET SW
ACCEL/RES SW
CANCEL SW
Condition
Resistance [Ω]
Pressed
Approx. 4,000
Released
Approx. 0
Pressed
Approx. 660
Released
Approx. 0
Pressed
Approx. 1,000
Released
Approx. 0
Pressed
Approx. 250
Released
Approx. 0
A
EC
C
PBIB0934E
D
E
If NG, replace ASCD steering switch.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1729
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25320
UBS002L3
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-1860, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
BBIA0117E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002L4
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(stop lamp switch)
CONDITION
●
●
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
●
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
●
Brake pedal: Slightly
depressed
OFF
●
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
●
Brake pedal: Slightly
depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002L5
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605 or P1805, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605
or P1805. Refer to EC-1583 or EC-1746 .
DTC No.
P1572
1572
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD brake switch
DTC Detecting Condition
ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the
ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM at the
same time.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Stop lamp switch
●
ASCD brake switch
●
ASCD clutch switch
●
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
●
Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
●
Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
●
ECM
UBS002L6
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Revision: May 2004
EC-1730
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
A
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
EC
C
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1733, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
4.
D
Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
E
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than
five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned condition.
5.
F
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1733, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1731
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002L7
BBWA0421E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1732
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
40
A
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
[Engine is running]
●
Brake pedal depressed
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Ignition switch “ON”]
56
P/L
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
ASCD brake switch
Approximately 0V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is fully released
●
Clutch pedal is fully released (M/T models)
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
UBS002L8
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
G
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
H
I
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
ON
J
K
A/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When brake pedal is fully released
ON
SEC011D
L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 56 and ground under the
following conditions.
M
M/T models
CONDITION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION
When brake pedal is depressed
When brake pedal is fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
PBIB0855E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1733
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is released
OFF
When brake pedal is depressed
ON
SEC013D
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 40 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
PBIB0935E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0118E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0799E
EC-1734
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0117E
E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
H
PBIB0857E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1735
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1736
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC
C
D
BBIA0105E
E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
G
H
PBIB1225E
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
●
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1.
2.
M
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1737
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002L9
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC023D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH (FOR M/T MODELS)
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
When clutch pedal is fully released.
When clutch pedal is depressed.
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-23,
"CLUTCH SYSTEM" , and perform step 3 again.
SEC024D
Revision: May 2004
EC-1738
2003 Sentra
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition
When brake pedal is fully released.
When brake pedal is depressed.
EC
Continuity
Should not exist.
C
Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-11,
"BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 3 again.
D
PBIB1226E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1739
2003 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:31036
UBS002LA
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is
from TCM (Transmission control module) via CAN communication line. The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-1860, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002LB
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-1350, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
Refer to EC-1575, "DTC P0500 VSS" .
●
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-1583, "DTC P0605 ECM" .
DTC No.
P1574
1574
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
DTC Detecting Condition
Possible Cause
●
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
●
Harness or connectors
(The combination meter circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
TCM
●
Combination meter
●
Vehicle speed sensor
●
ECM
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002LC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH).
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1741, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1740
2003 Sentra
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002LD
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
A
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-428, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
EC
C
2. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-26, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
D
E
3. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1741
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:32006
UBS002LE
When the shift lever position is “P” (A/T models only) or “N”, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is “ON”.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002LF
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
P/N POSI SW
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
Shift lever: Except above
OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P1706
1706
Trouble diagnosis name
Park/neutral position
switch
UBS002LG
DTC detecting condition
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
switch is not changed in the process of engine
starting and driving.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
●
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
UBS002LH
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known-good signal
“N” and “P” position
ON
Except the above position
OFF
3.
4.
5.
If NG, go to EC-1745, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
1,500 - 3,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S
More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE
More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1745, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1742
SEF212Y
SEF213Y
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Overall Function Check
UBS002LI
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
Condition (Gear position)
Except the above position
3.
EC
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
“P” (A/T models only) and “N” position
A
C
Voltage V (Known good data)
Approx. 0
D
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T: Approximately 5V
If NG, go to EC-1745, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
PBIB0578E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1743
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002LJ
BBWA0241E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1744
2003 Sentra
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
43
G/OR
Shift lever position is “P” or “N” (A/T models),
“Neutral” (M/T models).
PNP switch
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Except the above gear position
C
Approximately 0V
A/T models
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T models
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
D
E
UBS002LK
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
H
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
J
1.
2.
K
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 43 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
L
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to AT-491, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (A/T models), MT-139, "POSITION
SWITCH" (6M/T models) or MT-78, "POSITION SWITCH" (5M/T models).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1745
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description
PFP:25320
UBS002LL
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002LM
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS002LN
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC No.
P1805
1805
Trouble diagnosis name
Brake switch
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
●
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●
Stop lamp switch
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an
extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Driving condition
When engine is idling
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS002LO
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1748, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1746
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002LP
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0422E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1747
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
40
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
[Engine is running]
●
Brake pedal depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS002LQ
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
2.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB1225E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1748
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
10A fuse
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and fuse
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
BBIA0105E
H
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1750, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
L
M
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1749
2003 Sentra
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS002LR
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
BBIA0105E
2.
Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Conditions
Brake pedal fully released
Brake pedal depressed
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-11, "BRAKE
PEDAL AND BRACKET" , and perform step 2 again.
PBIB1226E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1750
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS006K8
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006K9
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN1
CLSD THL POS
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
G
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006KA
I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
J
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
M
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006KB
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1751
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1754, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1752
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006KC
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0252E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1753
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
B
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
R/G
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power
supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.5V
65
R
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
75
W
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 4.2V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
76
86
R/B
G
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2 ground
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 2.1V
Approximately 0V
UBS006KD
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1754
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0811E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Harness for open or short between TCM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1755
2003 Sentra
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 75 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1756, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006KE
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 75 (APP sensor 1 signal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
Fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
Fully depressed
More than 2.1V
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIB0561E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation
UBS006KF
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1756
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
A
UBS006KG
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the acceleraEC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006KH
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN2
CLSD THL POS
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
G
H
: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006KI
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
J
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P2127
2127
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
●
P2128
2128
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
●
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
K
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
M
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006KJ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1757
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1760, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1758
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006KK
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0253E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1759
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
B
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
R/G
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.5V
65
R
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
75
W
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 4.2V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
76
86
R/B
G
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 ground
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 2.1V
Approximately 0V
UBS006KL
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1760
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 2.5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0812E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1761
2003 Sentra
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 76 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1762, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006KM
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 75 (APP sensor 1 signal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
Fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
Fully depressed
More than 2.1V
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIB0561E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation
UBS006KN
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1762
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:16119
A
UBS006KO
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
EC
C
D
PBIB0145E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006KP
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
●
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2
F
SPECIFICATION
More than 0.36V
G
Less than 4.75V
H
: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006KQ
I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2135
2135
Trouble diagnosis name
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/performance problem
DTC detecting condition
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
J
●
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
K
FAIL-SAFE MODE
L
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006KR
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1763
2003 Sentra
M
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1766, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1764
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006KS
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0238E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1765
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
65
B
R
Sensors' ground
Sensor's power supply
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
73
W
Throttle position sensor 1
●
Engine speed
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
74
G
●
Engine speed
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
Throttle position sensor 2
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Shift lever position is “D” (A/T model)
●
Shift lever position is “1st” (M/T model)
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Diagnostic Procedure
More than 0.36V
UBS006KT
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1766
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0103E
3.
Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0082E
H
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
●
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
L
EC-1767
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1768, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1.
2.
3.
Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006KU
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Set selector lever to “D” position (A/T models) or “1st” position (M/T models).
Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
More than 0.36V
Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
Fully released
Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1768
PBIB0559E
2003 Sentra
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Remove and Installation
UBS006KV
A
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1769
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:18002
UBS006KW
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS006KX
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
ACCEL SEN1
CONDITION
●
ACCEL SEN2
CLSD THL POS
●
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
UBS006KY
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P2138
2138
Trouble diagnosis name
DTC detecting condition
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
range/performance
problem
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
and APP sensor 2.
Possible cause
●
Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
●
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and
2
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
UBS006KZ
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1770
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1773, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
EC
C
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1771
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS006L0
BBWA0254E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1772
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
B
A
Sensors' ground
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
C
Approximately 0V
D
64
R/G
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power
supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 2.5V
65
R
Sensor's power supply
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 5V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
75
W
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
F
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
More than 4.2V
G
[Ignition switch “ON”]
76
86
R/B
G
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2 ground
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
H
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Engine speed
●
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
More than 2.1V
I
Approximately 0V
J
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS006L1
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1.
2.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
L
>> GO TO 2.
M
BBIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1773
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0104E
3.
Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 1, 2 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
APP sensor terminal
Voltage (V)
1
Approximately 2.5
2
Approximately 5
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0782E
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E59, F27
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4, 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1774
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
●
Harness for open or short between TCM and accelerator pedal position sensor
EC
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 75 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 76 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
G
H
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
8. CHECK APP SENSOR
L
Refer to EC-1775, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
M
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS006L2
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1.
2.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1775
2003 Sentra
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR25DE]
3.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 75 (APP sensor 1 signal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the following conditions.
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Fully depressed
More than 4.2V
Fully released
0.21 - 0.36V
Fully depressed
More than 2.1V
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
PBIB0561E
If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
Perform EC-1255, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation
UBS006L3
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1776
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
A
UBS002LS
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
EC
C
D
BBIA0106E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1777
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002LT
BBWA0233E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1778
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
12
WIRE
COLOR
R
EC
ITEM
Counter current return
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch
“OFF”
[Ignition switch “OFF”]
●
109
111
R/G
R/G
A
Power supply for ECM
5 seconds passed after turning ignition
switch “OFF”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
C
0 - 1.0V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1779
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
BBWA0234E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1780
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
A
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
BR
PU
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 1
Ignition signal No. 2
D
PBIB0521E
E
0 - 0.2V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1781
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
BBWA0235E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1782
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
A
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
23
24
L/R
GY/R
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 4
D
PBIB0521E
E
0 - 0.2V
F
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS002LU
1. CHECK ENGINE START
I
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
L
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
M
PBIB0133E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1783
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
1.
2.
PBIB0521E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 8.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminals 109, 111 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
PBIB0580E
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Go to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
PBIB0136E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1784
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and condenser terminal + , condenser terminal – EC
and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
7. CHECK CONDENSER
E
Refer to EC-1786, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace condenser.
F
8. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
G
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
H
I
J
K
BBIA0106E
5.
Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
PBIB0138E
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
●
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1785
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-1786, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002LV
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No.
Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2
Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3
2 and 3
Except 0
PBIB0847E
CONDENSER
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1786
2003 Sentra
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
3.
Check resistance between condenser terminals as + and – .
A
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
EC
C
PBIB0848E
D
Removal and Installation
UBS002LW
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-115, "IGNITION COIL" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1787
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS
Description
PFP:14956
UBS002LX
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Mass air flow sensor
Amount of intake air
Throttle position sensor
Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Closed throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature
ECM
function
VIAS
control
Actuator
VIAS control solenoid valve
PBIB0843E
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suction efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
BBIA0022E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1788
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
A
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
EC
C
BBIA0022E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
MONITOR ITEM
VIAS S/V
UBS002LY
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
D
SPECIFICATION
Idle
OFF
More than 5,000 rpm
ON
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1789
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002LZ
BBWA0243E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1790
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
25
Y/G
A
VIAS control solenoid
valve
●
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
●
Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1791
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002M0
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0844E
3.
Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and make
sure that power valve actuator rod moves.
BBIA0023E
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
BBIA0023E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1792
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
A
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
Start engine and let it idle.
Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check
vacuum existence under the following conditions.
1.
2.
3.
VIAS SOL VALVE
EC
C
Vacuum
ON
Should exist.
OFF
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
D
E
PBIB0844E
F
3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-II
Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
Start engine and let it idle.
Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
G
1.
2.
3.
4.
Condition
12V direct current supply
No supply
H
I
Vacuum
J
Should exist.
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
PBIB0845E
4. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
L
1.
2.
M
Stop engine.
Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-1237, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
5. CHECK VACUUM TANK
Refer to EC-1795, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace vacuum tank.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1793
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
6. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0022E
4.
Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB0173E
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
●
10A fuse
●
Harness continuity between fuse and VIAS control solenoid valve
●
>> Repair harness or connectors.
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1795, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1794
2003 Sentra
VIAS
[QR25DE]
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002M1
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
C
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VIAS SOL VALVE
Air passage continuity
between A and B
Air passage continuity
between A and C
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
D
E
F
Operation takes less than 1 second.
G
PBIB0177E
H
With GST
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Air passage continuity
between A and B
Air passage continuity
between A and C
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
I
J
K
Operation takes less than 1 second.
MEC488B
VACUUM TANK
L
1.
2.
3.
M
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump.
Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B .
PBIB0846E
Removal and Installation
UBS002M2
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1795
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
UBS002M3
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002M4
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
B/FUEL SCHDL
INJ PULSE-B1
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
●
Engine: After warming up
●
Shift lever: N
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2.5 - 3.5 msec
2,000 rpm
2.5 - 3.5 msec
Idle
2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm
1.9 - 2.9 msec
EC-1796
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002M5
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0244E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1797
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
R/W
R/Y
R/L
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●
Warm-up condition
●
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002M6
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to “START”.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1798
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
A
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
1.
2.
EC
C
D
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
F
G
H
I
MEC703B
J
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1799
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0024E
4.
Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M19, E108
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Harness connectors F12, F101
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1800
2003 Sentra
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors F12, F101
●
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1801, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
D
E
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
G
Component Inspection
UBS002M7
INJECTOR
1.
2.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
H
Resistance: 12.1 - 12.9Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
I
J
K
PBIB0181E
Removal and Installation
UBS002M8
INJECTOR
L
Refer to EM-118, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1801
2003 Sentra
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
UBS002M9
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
START SIGNAL
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON → START → ON
EC-1802
SPECIFICATION
OFF → ON → OFF
2003 Sentra
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002MA
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0245E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1803
2003 Sentra
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
41
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
ITEM
Start signal
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch “START”]
9 - 14V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002MB
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch “ON”
OFF
Ignition switch “START”
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch “START”
Other positions
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E
4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then turn it to “START”.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1804
2003 Sentra
START SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
5. CHECK FUSE
A
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace 10A fuse.
EC
C
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
E
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
G
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
H
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Fuse block (J/B) connectors M2, E103
●
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)
I
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
L
>> INSPECTION END
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1805
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
Description
PFP:17042
UBS002MC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Input Signal to ECM
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM
Function
Fuel pump
control
Actuator
Fuel pump relay
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON.
Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking
Operates.
When engine is stopped
Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above
Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
PBIB1218E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002MD
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
FUEL PUMP RLY
Revision: May 2004
CONDITION
●
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
●
Engine running or cranking
●
Except above conditions
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EC-1806
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002ME
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0423E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1807
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Ignition switch “ON”]
10
(Without
NVIS)
●
B/P
Fuel pump relay
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
29
(With
NVIS)
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
●
More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch
“ON”.
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS002MF
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned “ON”.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0110E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel pump relay.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
LEC363
4.
Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 1, 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0657E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1808
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector B4
●
10A fuse
●
15A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
EC
C
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
D
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3
and fuel pump terminal 1, fuel pump terminal 3 and body
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
F
G
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0132E
H
5. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1.
2.
J
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 or 29 and fuel pump relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
K
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
L
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
M
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B3, M16
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
Refer to EC-1810, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump relay.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1809
2003 Sentra
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1810, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002MG
FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions
Continuity
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
PBIB0098E
FUEL PUMP
1.
2.
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 1.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
PBIB0928E
Removal and Installation
UBS002MH
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-3, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1810
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:49761
A
UBS002MI
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load. When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The ECM controls the elec- EC
tric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002MJ
C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
PW/ST SIGNAL
CONDITION
●
Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine
SPECIFICATION
Steering wheel in neutral position
(forward direction)
OFF
The steering wheel is fully turned
ON
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1811
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002MK
BBWA0247E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1812
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
46
G
A
Power steering oil
pressure switch
●
Steering wheel is being turned
[Engine is running]
●
Steering wheel is not being turned
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1813
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002ML
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Steering in neutral position
OFF
Steering is turned
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0646E
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
When steering wheel is turned quickly
Approximately 0V
Except above
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF148X
4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal + .
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1814
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
A
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and power steering oil pressure switch.
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
C
Refer to EC-1815, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
D
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
E
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
UBS002MM
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector.
Start engine.
Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminal + and body ground.
Conditions
H
I
Continuity
Steering wheel is being turned
Yes
Steering wheel is not being turned
No
If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.
J
PBIB0853E
K
Removal and Installation
UBS002MN
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Refer to PS-21, "POWER STEERING OIL PUMP" .
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1815
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:92136
UBS002MO
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the
air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
BBIA0133E
SEF099X
Revision: May 2004
EC-1816
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002MP
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0424E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1817
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC Voltage)
[Engine is running]
58
65
B
R
Sensors' ground
Sensor's power supply
●
Warm-up condition
●
Idle speed
[Ignition switch “ON”]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
83
L
Refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Warm-up condition
●
Both A/C switch and blower switch are “ON”.
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002MQ
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn A/C switch and blower switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 83 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0659E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1818
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Turn A/C switch and blower switch “OFF”.
Stop engine.
Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0133E
5.
Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
E
F
Voltage: Approximately 5V
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
H
SEF509Y
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E10, F48
●
Joint connector-1
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
J
K
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1819
L
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR25DE]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Joint connector-2
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
●
Harness for open or short between TCM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E9, F47
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
UBS002MR
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-82, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1820
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:25350
A
UBS002MS
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
LOAD SIGNAL
CONDITION
●
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is
ON and/or lighting switch is in
2nd.
ON
Rear window defogger switch is
OFF and lighting switch is OFF.
OFF
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1821
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002MT
BBWA0428E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1822
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
53
R/W
A
Electrical load signal
(Headlamp signal)
●
Lighting switch is “2ND” position
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Lighting switch is “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1823
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
BBWA0429E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1824
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
55
LG/B
A
Heater fan switch
Heater fan switch “ON”
[Engine is running]
●
Heater fan switch “OFF”
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1825
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
BBWA0430E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1826
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
52
Electrical load signal
(Rear window defogger
signal)
L/W
A
●
Rear window defogger switch is “ON”
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Rear window defogger switch is “OFF”
Diagnostic Procedure
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
D
UBS002MU
1. INSPECTION START
E
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
F
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-1
G
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
H
I
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position
ON
Lighting switch “OFF”
OFF
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
K
PBIB0103E
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-1
1.
2.
L
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
M
Voltage
Lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch “OFF”
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB0070E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1827
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-2
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
FAN control switch “ON” in any position
ON
FAN control switch “OFF“
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
PBIB0103E
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-2
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 55 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
FAN control switch “ON” in any position
Approximately 0V
FAN control switch “OFF”
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
PBIB0661E
6. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-3
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch “ON”
ON
Rear window defogger switch “OFF“
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1828
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-3
1.
2.
A
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
EC
Voltage
Rear window defogger switch “ON”
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch “OFF”
Approximately 0V
C
D
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
E
PBIB0660E
8. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION
F
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch “ON” at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK (Models for USA)>>GO TO 8.
OK (Models for Canada)>>GO TO 11.
NG
>> Refer to LT-6, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-10, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME
LIGHT SYSTEM —" .
H
I
9. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.
J
K
L
M
PBIB0929E
Condition
Continuity
1
Should not exist
2
Should exist
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1829
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E108, M19
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Diode M55
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect lighting switch harness connector E114.
Disconnect daytime light control unit harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 10, daytime light control
unit terminal 6 under the following conditions.
PBIB1227E
Condition
Continuity
1
Should not exist
2
Should exist
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors E108, M19
●
Harness connectors M58, F26
●
Diode M55
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and daytime light control unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1830
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK HEATER FAN SWITCH FUNCTION
A
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the heater fan switch “ON” in any position.
3. Check that heater fan turns properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Refer to MTC-19, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
EC
C
14. CHECK HEATER FAN INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
D
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect air control connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and air control terminal 8.
E
F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
G
PBIB1228E
H
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and air control
I
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION
K
1. Start engine.
2. Turn “ON” the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 17.
No
>> Refer to GW-17, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER"
L
M
17. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and rear
window defogger terminal 5, 7.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> GO TO 18.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1831
PBIB1229E
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR25DE]
18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors B1, M14
●
Harness connectors M56, F26
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and rear window defogger relay.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1832
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:25320
A
UBS002MV
When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-1860, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
EC
C
D
BBIA0117E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002MW
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch)
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch)
CONDITION
●
●
SPECIFICATION
●
Brake pedal: Fully released
ON
●
Brake pedal: Slightly
OFF
●
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
●
Brake pedal: Depressed
ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1833
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002MX
BBWA0425E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1834
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
●
40
A
R/G
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal fully released
[Engine is running]
●
Brake pedal depressed
DATA (DC Voltage)
C
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Ignition switch “ON”]
56
P/L
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
ASCD brake switch
Approximately 0V
E
[Ignition switch “ON”]
●
Brake pedal is fully released
●
Clutch pedal is fully released (M/T models)
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
UBS002MY
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
G
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
H
I
M/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
ON
J
K
A/T models
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is depressed
OFF
When brake pedal is fully released
ON
SEC011D
L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 56 and ground under the
following conditions.
M
M/T models
CONDITION
When clutch pedal or brake pedal is depressed
When clutch pedal and brake pedal are fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
A/T models
CONDITION
When brake pedal is depressed
When brake pedal is fully released
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
PBIB0855E
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 3.
NG (A/T models) >>GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1835
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CONDITION
INDICATION
When brake pedal is released
OFF
When brake pedal is depressed
ON
SEC013D
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 40 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
PBIB0935E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 13.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
BBIA0118E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or
tester.
CONDITION
When brake pedal is released
When brake pedal is depressed
VOLTAGE
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
PBIB0799E
EC-1836
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
4. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
C
D
BBIA0117E
E
4.
Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK (M/T models)>>GO TO 6.
OK (A/T models)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
G
H
PBIB0857E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
●
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1.
2.
M
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1837
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
7. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD brake switch
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD brake switch.
10. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and ASCD clutch switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1838
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
13. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC
C
D
BBIA0105E
E
3.
Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 14.
G
H
PBIB1225E
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
I
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
●
10A fuse
●
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse
●
J
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1.
2.
M
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop lamp switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
●
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1839
2003 Sentra
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
[QR25DE]
17. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1738, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace stop lamp switch.
18. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1840
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description
PFP:24814
A
UBS002MZ
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when CRUISE switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C
●
CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
●
SET switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-1860, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
UBS002N0
E
Specification data are reference value.
MONITOR ITEM
CRUISE LAMP
SET LAMP
CONDITION
●
CRUISE switch is depressed
at first time → second time
SPECIFICATION
F
ON → OFF
●
Ignition switch: ON
●
CRUISE switch: ON
●
SET switch pressed
ON
●
When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH)
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
●
ASCD control is canceled
OFF
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1841
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS002N1
BBWA0426E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1842
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch “ON”]
39
P/B
ASCD CRUISE lamp
●
CRUISE switch is depressed at first time →
second time
DATA (DC Voltage)
Approximately 0V
↓
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
47
Y/B
A
ASCD SET lamp
●
SET switch is “ON”.
●
ASCD control is operating.
[Engine is running]
●
ASCD control is not operating.
D
Approximately 0V
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002N2
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR
CRUISE lamp
SET lamp
SPECIFICATION
●
CRUISE switch is depressed
at first time → second time
CRUISE switch: ON
●
SET switch pressed
ON
When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH)
and 144 km/h (89 MPH)
●
ASCD control is canceled
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
●
●
F
G
CONDITION
●
C
ON → OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
K
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-8, "Combination Meter" .
L
3. CHECK ASCD INDICATOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
Combination meter terminal
39
22
47
7
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1843
2003 Sentra
ASCD INDICATOR
[QR25DE]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●
Harness connectors M59, F27
●
Harness for open and short between ECM and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check continuity under the following conditions.
CONDITION
Combination meter terminal No. (Polarity)
Continuity
7 (+) - 41 (–)
1
22 (+) - 41 (–)
Should not exist.
41 (+) - 7 (–)
2
41 (+) - 22 (–)
Should exist.
PBIB0940E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-8 .
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Revision: May 2004
EC-1844
2003 Sentra
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR25DE]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram
PFP:24814
A
EBS00KLH
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
BBWA0427E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1845
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Description
PFP:14950
UBS002N4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB1266E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1846
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIB1269E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1847
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
BBIA0212E
Revision: May 2004
EC-1848
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
Component Inspection
UBS002N5
A
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
EC
C
D
SEF428T
Tightening Torque
E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP canister and EVAP canister vent control valve.
F
G
H
BBIA0310E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1.
I
Wipe clean valve housing.
J
K
SEF445Y
2.
L
Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure:
Vacuum:
M
15.3 - 20.0 kPa
(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
SEF943S
VACUUM CUT VALVE AND VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Refer to EC-1712 .
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1526 .
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1456 .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1849
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
SEF462UC
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
UBS002N6
CAUTION:
●
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
●
Do not start engine.
●
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
●
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF838U
6.
7.
Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
Revision: May 2004
EC-1850
2003 Sentra
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
8.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
A
EC
C
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
E
F
G
SEF462UC
3.
Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP canister vent control valve and vacuum cut
valve bypass valve to make a closed EVAP system.
H
I
J
K
BBIA0116E
4.
5.
6.
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1847, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
Revision: May 2004
EC-1851
2003 Sentra
L
M
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
System Description
PFP:00032
UBS002N7
PBIB1267E
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
●
Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
●
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
●
Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
●
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
–
Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
–
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
–
Disconnect battery ground cable.
●
Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
●
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
●
Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
●
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
●
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1852
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS002N8
A
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
EC
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
C
D
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 5.
E
F
G
SEF596U
H
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
I
>> GO TO 4.
J
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
K
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
L
5. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
M
6. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1853
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 5.
SEF596U
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
5. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
6. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace filler neck tube.
7. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1854
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
8. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
A
Refer to EC-1855, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC
9. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
C
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube.
D
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
E
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
F
G
11. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
H
I
J
K
SEF665U
Component Inspection
UBS002N9
L
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
a.
b.
c.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Revision: May 2004
EC-1855
2003 Sentra
M
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
d.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel
gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF246Y
With GST
1.
2.
a.
b.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-7, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B ), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel
gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF246Y
Revision: May 2004
EC-1856
2003 Sentra
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[QR25DE]
REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Remove fuel filler cap.
Check air continuity between hose ends A and B .
Blow air into the hose end B . Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
EC
Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and
a suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
C
D
E
F
G
H
SEF246Y
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1857
2003 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR25DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
Description
PFP:11810
UBS002NA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions.
SEF559A
Component Inspection
UBS002NB
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
SEC137A
Revision: May 2004
EC-1858
2003 Sentra
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR25DE]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1.
2.
A
Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
C
S-ET277
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1859
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QR25DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description
PFP:18930
UBS002NC
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor
ASCD brake switch
Input signal to ECM
ECM function
Actuator
Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch
Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (MT models)
Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch
ASCD steering switch operation
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
switch (AT models)
Gear position
Combination meter
Vehicle speed
TCM
Power train revolution
ASCD vehicle speed control
Electric throttle control
actuator
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD CRUISE switch (Main switch). (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the
switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
●
CANCEL switch is depressed
●
Brake pedal is depressed
●
Clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
●
A/T selector lever is shifted to P or N position (A/T models)
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCEL switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is
performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
●
Brake pedal is released.
●
Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
●
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
●
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Revision: May 2004
EC-1860
2003 Sentra
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
[QR25DE]
Component Description
UBS002ND
A
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1723 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC
Refer to EC-1730 .
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
C
Refer to EC-1730 .
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1730 .
D
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-1604
E
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-1841 .
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1861
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Fuel Pressure
PFP:00030
UBS002NE
Approximately 350 kPa (3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)
Fuel pressure at idle
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
UBS002NF
Target idle speed
No-load*1 (in “P” or N” position)
700±50 rpm
Air conditioner: ON
In “P” or N” position
800 rpm or more
Ignition timing
In “P” or N” position
15°±5° BTDC
*1: Under the following conditions:
●
Air conditioner switch: OFF
●
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
●
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value
UBS002NG
Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle
10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35
Mass Air Flow Sensor
UBS002NH
Supply voltage
Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle
1.1 - 1.5*V
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
UBS002NI
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
0.31 - 0.37
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Temperature °C (°F)
UBS002NJ
Resistance kΩ
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater
UBS002NK
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
2.3 - 4.3Ω
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
UBS002NL
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
2.3 - 4.3Ω
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
UBS002NM
Refer to EC-1494, "Component Inspection" .
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
UBS002NN
Refer to EC-1500, "Component Inspection" .
Throttle Control Motor
UBS002NO
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Revision: May 2004
Approximately 1 - 15Ω
EC-1862
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Injector
UBS002NP
A
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)]
12.1 - 12.9Ω
Fuel Pump
UBS002NQ
EC
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Approximately 1.0Ω
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EC-1863
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Revision: May 2004
EC-1864
2003 Sentra
I BODY
A
B
SECTION
EXTERIOR & INTERIOR
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES..... 4
Work Flow ................................................................ 4
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW ..................................... 4
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE ....... 5
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS ........... 5
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE
ROOT CAUSE ...................................................... 5
REPAIR THE CAUSE ........................................... 5
CONFIRM THE REPAIR ....................................... 6
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ........... 6
INSTRUMENT PANEL .......................................... 6
CENTER CONSOLE ............................................. 6
DOORS ................................................................. 6
TRUNK .................................................................. 7
SUNROOF/HEADLINER ....................................... 7
SEATS ................................................................... 7
UNDERHOOD ....................................................... 7
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 8
CLIP AND FASTENER ............................................. 10
Description .............................................................. 10
BODY FRONT END .................................................. 13
Removal and Installation ........................................ 13
FRONT BUMPER ASSEMBLY ............................ 13
BODY REAR END AND OPENER ........................... 18
Removal and Installation ........................................ 18
REAR BUMPER ASSEMBLY .............................. 18
WINDSHIELD MOLDING .......................................... 21
Windshield and Rear Window ................................ 21
EXTERIOR ................................................................ 22
Removal and Installation ........................................ 22
SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM .......................................... 28
Removal and Installation ........................................ 28
DOOR FINISHER ...................................................... 31
Removal and Installation ........................................ 31
ROOF TRIM .............................................................. 32
Removal and Installation ........................................ 32
TRUNK ROOM TRIM ................................................ 33
Removal and Installation ........................................ 33
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EIS001EH
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
EI-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EIS0016R
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
B
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
C
Locating the noise
D
SIIA0993E
—
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle kit
E
Repairing the cause of noise
F
G
SIIA0994E
Commercial Service Tools
EIS0016S
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
(J-39565)
Locating the noise
H
EI
J
SIIA0995E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-3
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow
PFP:00003
EIS0016T
SBT842
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any
customer's comments; refer to EI-8, "Diagnostic Worksheet" . This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
●
The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to
obtain all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
●
If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer
is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
●
After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
–
Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
–
Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch
dependent on materials/often brought on by activity.
–
Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
–
Knock — (Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
–
Tick — (Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
–
Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise)
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
–
Buzz — (Like a bumblebee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
●
Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may
judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
●
Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
Revision: May 2004
EI-4
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
●
Close a door.
●
Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
●
Rev the engine.
●
Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
●
At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on A/T model).
●
Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
●
Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
●
If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
A
B
C
D
E
F
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
G
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
2.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool H
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanics stethoscope).
Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
EI
● Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners
can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
● Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
J
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
● Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing
K
the noise.
● Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
● Looking for loose components and contact marks.
L
Refer to EI-6, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" .
REPAIR THE CAUSE
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
●
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
–
Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
–
Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN
Parts Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25
mm (0.59 x 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
●
Revision: May 2004
EI-5
2003 Sentra
M
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50
mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
EIS0016U
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and upper/lower cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
4. Console lid to console bin.
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Revision: May 2004
EI-6
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
A
TRUNK
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINER
B
C
D
E
Noises in the sunroof/headliner area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
F
G
SEATS
When isolating seat noises it is important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat H
when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of
the noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
EI
1. Headrest rods and holders
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seat back lock and bracket
J
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
K
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noises may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noises include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: May 2004
EI-7
2003 Sentra
L
M
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Diagnostic Worksheet
EIS0016V
LIWA0276E
Revision: May 2004
EI-8
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
SBT844
Revision: May 2004
EI-9
2003 Sentra
CLIP AND FASTENER
CLIP AND FASTENER
Description
●
●
PFP:76906
EIS0016W
Clips and fasteners in EI section correspond to the following numbers and symbols.
Replace any clips and/or fasteners which are damaged during removal or installation.
Symbol
No.
Shapes
Removal & Installation
C101
SBF302H
SBF367BA
SBT095
SBF423H
SBF258G
LIIA0236E
MBT080A
SBF638CA
MBF519B
MBF520B
SBF104B
SBF147B
C103
C203
C205
C206
CE103
Revision: May 2004
EI-10
2003 Sentra
CLIP AND FASTENER
Symbol
No.
Shapes
Removal & Installation
A
B
CE107
C
SBF411H
SBF767B
D
CE117
E
SBF174D
SBF175DA
F
CF110
G
SBF648B
SBF649B
H
CF118
EI
SBF151D
SBF259G
J
K
CG101
L
SBF145B
SBF085B
M
CS101
SBF078B
Revision: May 2004
EI-11
SBF992G
2003 Sentra
CLIP AND FASTENER
Symbol
No.
Shapes
Removal & Installation
CR103
SBF768B
SBF770B
WBT072
WBT073
Metal Clip
Revision: May 2004
EI-12
2003 Sentra
BODY FRONT END
BODY FRONT END
Removal and Installation
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:H5022
A
EIS0016X
When removing or installing hood, place a cloth or other padding on front fender panels and cowl top. This
prevents vehicle body from being scratched.
Bumper fascia is made of plastic. Do not use excessive force and be sure to keep oil away from it.
Hood adjustment: Adjust at hinge portion.
Hood lock adjustment: After adjusting, check hood lock control operation. Apply a coat of grease to hood
lock engaging mechanism.
Hood opener: Do not attempt to bend cable forcibly. Doing so increases effort required to unlock hood.
FRONT BUMPER ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove screws securing left and right front fog lamps, and remove the lamps (if equipped); or remove
filler trim panel.
Remove four clips C205 from the top of the front grille, pull up to unclip bottom and remove.
Remove clips C205 and screws located on front side of fender protector at wheel opening.
Remove three bolts from the air deflector.
Remove two bolts securing lower side of front bumper fascia.
Pull off front bumper fascia and energy absorber.
Remove four nuts securing bumper reinforcement, then remove bumper reinforcement.
Remove four bolts securing front bumper side stays.
Remove front bumper side stays.
Remove the air dam if necessary.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-13
2003 Sentra
BODY FRONT END
QG18DE
WBT038
Revision: May 2004
EI-14
2003 Sentra
BODY FRONT END
A
B
C
LBT039
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-15
2003 Sentra
BODY FRONT END
QR25DE
LIIA0119E
Revision: May 2004
EI-16
2003 Sentra
BODY FRONT END
A
B
C
LIIA0120E
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-17
2003 Sentra
BODY REAR END AND OPENER
BODY REAR END AND OPENER
Removal and Installation
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:F2022
EIS0016Y
When removing or installing trunk lid, place a cloth or other padding on rear fender panels. This prevents
vehicle body from being scratched.
Bumper fascia is made of plastic. Do not use excessive force and be sure to keep oil away from it.
Trunk lid adjustment: Adjust at hinge-trunk lid portion for proper trunk lid fit.
Trunk lid lock system adjustment: Adjust striker so that it is in the center of the lock. After adjustment,
check trunk lid lock operation.
Opener cable: Do not attempt to bend cable using excessive force.
After installation, make sure that trunk lid and fuel filler lid open smoothly.
REAR BUMPER ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove four bolts and one clip C205 from lower side of rear bumper fascia.
Remove two screws from each quarter panel side.
Remove four clips C205 from upper side of rear bumper fascia.
Remove rear bumper fascia.
Remove four nuts securing bumper reinforcement, then remove bumper reinforcement.
Remove four bolts securing bumper side stays, then remove bumper side stays.
Revision: May 2004
EI-18
2003 Sentra
BODY REAR END AND OPENER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
WBT040
Revision: May 2004
EI-19
2003 Sentra
BODY REAR END AND OPENER
WBT086
Revision: May 2004
EI-20
2003 Sentra
WINDSHIELD MOLDING
WINDSHIELD MOLDING
Windshield and Rear Window
PFP:72700
A
EIS0016Z
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
WBT114
Revision: May 2004
EI-21
2003 Sentra
EXTERIOR
EXTERIOR
Removal and Installation
PFP:AAAAA
EIS00170
WBT054
Revision: May 2004
EI-22
2003 Sentra
EXTERIOR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
WBT113
Revision: May 2004
EI-23
2003 Sentra
EXTERIOR
LIIA0009E
Revision: May 2004
EI-24
2003 Sentra
EXTERIOR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
LIIA0148E
Revision: May 2004
EI-25
2003 Sentra
EXTERIOR
LIIA0010E
Revision: May 2004
EI-26
2003 Sentra
EXTERIOR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
LBT065
EI
J
K
L
M
LBT059
Revision: May 2004
EI-27
2003 Sentra
SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM
SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM
Removal and Installation
PFP:76913
EIS00171
CAUTION:
●
Wrap the tip of flat-bladed screwdriver with a cloth when removing metal clips from garnishes.
1. Remove A/T finisher or M/T shift lever boot. Refer to IP-10, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove the console. Refer to IP-10, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove front and rear seats. Refer to SE-3, "Removal and Installation" (front), or SE-5, "Removal and
Installation" (rear).
4. Remove kick plates.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove dash side lower garnish.
Remove body side welts.
Remove front seat belt floor anchor bolt. Refer to SB-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove rear seat belt floor anchor bolt. Refer to SB-5, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove center pillar lower garnish.
Remove adjuster cover and pillar shoulder bolt. Refer to SB-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove floor carpet.
12. Remove center pillar upper garnish.
13. Remove front pillar garnish.
14. Remove rear pillar garnish.
15. Remove parcel shelf.
16. Remove center rear seat back finisher.
17. Remove side rear seat back finishers.
Revision: May 2004
EI-28
2003 Sentra
SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
K
L
M
WBT128
Revision: May 2004
EI-29
2003 Sentra
SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM
WBT044
Revision: May 2004
EI-30
2003 Sentra
DOOR FINISHER
DOOR FINISHER
Removal and Installation
PFP:80900
A
EIS00172
CAUTION:
Wrap the tip of a flat-bladed screwdriver with cloth when prying pawls from door trim.
1. Remove the door pull finisher(s).
2. Remove power window switch(es) finisher(s), then disconnect the connector(s) (models equipped with
power windows).
●
Do not lift the front of the power window switch assembly.
3. Remove window regulator handle (models without power windows).
4. Remove screws and disconnect clips C101 and clips C103 from door.
5. Reach behind and carefully pull door trim panel from inside handle until finisher pops off.
6. Lift out door trim.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
LIIA0149E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-31
2003 Sentra
ROOF TRIM
ROOF TRIM
Removal and Installation
PFP:73910
EIS00173
CAUTION:
Disconnect both terminals from battery in advance.
1. Remove driver air bag module and steering wheel. Refer to SRS-40, "Removal and Installation" and PS11, "STEERING WHEEL" .
2. Fully tilt front right and left seat backs backward.
3. Remove front pillar garnish, front and rear kick plates. Refer to EI-28, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Remove center pillar lower and upper garnish, and rear pillar garnish. Refer to EI-28, "Removal and
Installation" .
5. Remove sun visors.
6. Remove interior lamp.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove assist grips (if equipped).
Remove sunroof welt (if equipped) and door welts.
Remove sunroof switch (if equipped) and map lamp assembly.
Remove clips attached to roof.
Take out headlining from the front passenger door.
WBT048
Revision: May 2004
EI-32
2003 Sentra
TRUNK ROOM TRIM
TRUNK ROOM TRIM
Removal and Installation
PFP:84920
A
EIS00174
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
EI
J
LBT049
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EI-33
2003 Sentra
TRUNK ROOM TRIM
Revision: May 2004
EI-34
2003 Sentra
B ENGINE
A
EM
SECTION
ENGINE MECHANICAL
C
D
E
CONTENTS
QG18DE
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 4
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening ......................... 4
Precautions for Liquid Gasket .................................. 4
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING .......... 4
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE..... 4
Rocker Cover Bolts .................................................. 5
PREPARATION ........................................................... 6
Special Service Tools ............................................... 6
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 8
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................. 10
Noise, Vibration and Harshness (NVH) Troubleshooting .................................................................. 10
NVH TROUBLESHOOTING — ENGINE NOISE... 10
OUTER COMPONENT PARTS ................................ 12
Removal and Installation ........................................ 12
OIL PAN .................................................................... 16
Components ........................................................... 16
Removal ................................................................. 16
Installation .............................................................. 17
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ........................ 19
Removal and Installation ........................................ 19
REMOVAL ........................................................... 19
INSTALLATION ................................................... 20
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ............... 22
ROCKER COVER ..................................................... 23
Removal and Installation ........................................ 23
REMOVAL ........................................................... 23
INSTALLATION ................................................... 24
CAMSHAFT .............................................................. 26
Removal and Installation ........................................ 26
REMOVAL ........................................................... 26
INSTALLATION ................................................... 29
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ....................... 32
Valve Clearance ..................................................... 35
INSPECTION ...................................................... 35
ADJUSTING ........................................................ 36
TIMING CHAIN ......................................................... 39
Components ........................................................... 39
Revision: May 2004
Removal ................................................................. 40
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL .......................... 45
INSTALLATION ...................................................... 45
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................... 48
OIL SEAL .................................................................. 49
Replacement .......................................................... 49
VALVE OIL SEAL ................................................ 49
FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................... 49
REAR OIL SEAL ................................................. 51
CYLINDER HEAD ..................................................... 52
On-Vehicle Service ................................................. 52
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE ......... 52
Removal and Installation ........................................ 53
REMOVAL ........................................................... 53
INSTALLATION ................................................... 54
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 56
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 56
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 57
Inspection after Disassembly .................................. 58
CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION ........................ 58
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE .............................. 58
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT ......................... 59
VALVE SEATS ..................................................... 60
REPLACING VALVE SEAT FOR SERVICE
PARTS ................................................................. 60
VALVE DIMENSIONS .......................................... 61
VALVE SPRING ................................................... 61
ENGINE ASSEMBLY ................................................ 63
Removal and Installation ........................................ 63
REMOVAL ........................................................... 64
INSTALLATION ................................................... 66
CYLINDER BLOCK .................................................. 67
Components ........................................................... 67
Removal and Installation ........................................ 68
Disassembly ........................................................... 68
PISTON AND CRANKSHAFT ............................. 68
Inspection ............................................................... 69
PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE .......... 69
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE ..................... 70
PISTON RING END GAP .................................... 70
EM-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION ....... 70
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION AND WEAR... 71
PISTON-TO-BORE CLEARANCE ....................... 71
CRANKSHAFT .................................................... 72
BEARING CLEARANCE ..................................... 73
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING CLEARANCE
(SMALL END) ...................................................... 76
REPLACEMENT OF CONNECTING ROD
BUSHING (SMALL END) .................................... 76
FLYWHEEL RUNOUT ......................................... 77
Assembly ................................................................ 77
PISTON ............................................................... 77
CRANKSHAFT .................................................... 78
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 81
General Specifications ............................................ 81
Compression Pressure ........................................... 81
Cylinder Head ......................................................... 81
Valve ....................................................................... 82
VALVE ................................................................. 82
VALVE SPRING .................................................. 82
VALVE LIFTER .................................................... 82
VALVE CLEARANCE .......................................... 82
VALVE GUIDE ..................................................... 83
AVAILABLE SHIMS ............................................. 83
VALVE SEAT ....................................................... 85
VALVE SEAT RESURFACE LIMIT ...................... 86
Camshaft and Camshaft Bearing ........................... 86
Cylinder Block ......................................................... 87
Piston, Piston Ring and Piston Pin ......................... 87
PISTON ............................................................... 87
PISTON RING ..................................................... 88
PISTON PIN ........................................................ 88
Connecting Rod ...................................................... 88
Crankshaft .............................................................. 89
Main Bearing .......................................................... 90
STANDARD ......................................................... 90
UNDERSIZE ........................................................ 90
Connecting Rod Bearing ........................................ 90
STANDARD SIZE ................................................ 90
UNDERSIZE ........................................................ 90
Bearing Clearance .................................................. 90
Miscellaneous Components .................................... 90
QR25DE
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................... 91
Precautions for Draining Coolant ............................ 91
Precautions for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ............. 91
Precautions for Removal and Disassembly ............ 91
Precautions for Inspection, Repair and Replacement ........................................................................ 91
Precautions for Assembly and Installation .............. 91
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening ........................ 91
Precautions for Liquid Gasket ................................ 92
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING ........ 92
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE... 92
PREPARATION ......................................................... 93
Special Service Tools ............................................. 93
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 96
Revision: May 2004
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ..............................................98
NVH Troubleshooting —Engine Noise ....................98
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause
of the Symptom. ......................................................99
DRIVE BELTS .......................................................... 100
Checking Drive Belts ............................................. 100
Tension Adjustment ............................................... 100
Removal and Installation ....................................... 100
REMOVAL .......................................................... 100
INSTALLATION .................................................. 101
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner .................................................................... 101
REMOVAL .......................................................... 101
INSTALLATION .................................................. 101
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ............................. 103
Removal and Installation ....................................... 103
REMOVAL .......................................................... 103
INSTALLATION .................................................. 104
CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER ELEMENT .... 104
INTAKE MANIFOLD ................................................ 105
Removal and Installation ....................................... 105
REMOVAL .......................................................... 105
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 107
INSTALLATION .................................................. 108
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 109
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST ........................................................................ 110
Removal and Installation ....................................... 110
REMOVAL .......................................................... 110
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 111
INSTALLATION .................................................. 111
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER ................................ 112
Removal and Installation ....................................... 112
REMOVAL .......................................................... 112
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 113
INSTALLATION .................................................. 113
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 114
IGNITION COIL ....................................................... 115
Removal and Installation ....................................... 115
REMOVAL .......................................................... 115
INSTALLATION .................................................. 115
SPARK PLUG .......................................................... 116
Removal and Installation ....................................... 116
REMOVAL .......................................................... 116
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 116
INSTALLATION .................................................. 117
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ....................... 118
Removal and Installation ....................................... 118
REMOVAL .......................................................... 118
INSTALLATION .................................................. 119
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 120
ROCKER COVER .................................................... 121
Removal and Installation ....................................... 121
REMOVAL .......................................................... 121
INSTALLATION .................................................. 122
CAMSHAFT ............................................................. 123
Removal and Installation ....................................... 123
REMOVAL .......................................................... 123
EM-2
2003 Sentra
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 125
INSTALLATION ................................................. 128
Valve Clearance ................................................... 130
INSPECTION .................................................... 130
VALVE ADJUSTMENT ...................................... 132
TIMING CHAIN ....................................................... 134
Removal and Installation ...................................... 134
REMOVAL ......................................................... 135
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 137
INSTALLATION ................................................. 138
OIL SEAL ................................................................ 142
Removal and installation of Valve Oil Seal ........... 142
REMOVAL ......................................................... 142
INSTALLATION ................................................. 142
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ........... 142
REMOVAL ......................................................... 142
INSTALLATION ................................................. 143
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ........... 144
REMOVAL ......................................................... 144
INSTALLATION ................................................. 144
CYLINDER HEAD ................................................... 145
On-Vehicle Service ............................................... 145
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE ...... 145
Removal and Installation ...................................... 147
REMOVAL ......................................................... 148
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 148
INSTALLATION ................................................. 148
Disassembly and Assembly ................................. 149
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 150
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 150
Inspection After Disassembly ............................... 151
CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION ...................... 151
VALVE DIMENSIONS ....................................... 151
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE ............................ 152
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT ....................... 152
VALVE SEAT CONTACT ................................... 153
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT ......................... 153
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS ...................... 154
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE
SPRING PRESSURE LOAD ............................. 154
ENGINE ASSEMBLY .............................................. 156
Removal and Installation ...................................... 156
REMOVAL ......................................................... 157
INSTALLATION ................................................. 159
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ............. 159
CYLINDER BLOCK ................................................ 160
Disassembly and Assembly ................................. 160
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 161
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 164
How to Select Piston and Bearing ........................ 168
DESCRIPTION .................................................. 168
HOW TO SELECT A PISTON ........................... 169
Revision: May 2004
HOW TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING .................................................................... 170
HOW TO SELECT A MAIN BEARING .............. 172
Inspection After Disassembly ............................... 175
CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE .................. 175
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE ......... 176
PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE ........ 176
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE ................... 177
PISTON RING END GAP .................................. 177
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION .... 177
CONNECTING ROD BEARING (BIG END) ...... 178
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END) ......................................... 178
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION .................... 179
INNER DIAMETER OF MAIN BEARING HOUSING .................................................................... 180
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE . 180
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT MAIN
JOURNAL .......................................................... 181
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT PIN
JOURNAL .......................................................... 182
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT ............................................................... 182
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT .................................. 182
OIL CLEARANCE OF CONNECTING ROD
BEARING .......................................................... 182
OIL CLEARANCE OF MAIN BEARING ............. 183
CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING .............. 183
OUTER DIAMETER OF LOWER CYLINDER
BLOCK MOUNTING BOLT ................................ 184
OUTER DIAMETER OF CONNECTING ROD
BOLT ................................................................. 184
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T
MODEL) ............................................................ 184
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 186
Standard and Limit ................................................ 186
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................... 186
DRIVE BELTS ................................................... 186
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD ................................................................. 186
SPARK PLUG .................................................... 186
CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 187
VALVE ............................................................... 187
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING ........ 190
CYLINDER BLOCK ........................................... 190
PISTON, PISTON RING, AND PISTON PIN ..... 191
CONNECTING ROD ......................................... 192
CRANKSHAFT .................................................. 193
MAIN BEARING ................................................ 194
CONNECTING ROD BEARING ........................ 195
Miscellaneous Components ................................. 195
EM-3
2003 Sentra
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening
●
–
–
–
●
●
●
PFP:00001
EBS00CE6
Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts:
Cylinder head bolts
Main bearing cap bolts
Connecting rod cap nuts
Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
Precautions for Liquid Gasket
EBS00EXN
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, separate the mating
surface using a seal cutter and remove the liquid gasket sealing.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer
to lightly tap (1) the cutter where the Silicone RTV Sealant is
applied. Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping
on the side.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
PBIC0002E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
●
2.
3.
4.
Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering
to the gasket application surface and the mating surface.
Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket
application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating
surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign
materials.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0003E
Apply the sealant using Tool without breaks to the specified
location with the specified dimensions.
Tube presser
WS39930000 (–)
EMA0622D
Revision: May 2004
EM-4
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE]
If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant
to the groove.
●
As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the holes.
If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make sure to
read the text of this manual.
●
Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mating
component.
●
If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
●
Do not retighten after the installation.
●
After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-13,
"RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
CAUTION:
Follow all specific instructions in this manual.
●
Rocker Cover Bolts
A
EM
C
SEM159F
D
E
EBS00EWP
NOTE:
Remove and install rocker cover bolts with a socket or wrench only.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-5
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
EBS00CE8
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
ST0501S000
( — )
Engine stand assembly
1. ST05011000
( — )
Engine stand
2. ST05012000
( — )
Base
Description
Disassembling and assembling
NT042
Engine attachment assembly
1. KV10106500
( — )
Engine attachment
2. KV10113300
( — )
Sub-attachment
Overhauling engine
NT029
ST10120000
(J24239-O1)
Cylinder head bolt wrench
Loosening and tightening cylinder head bolt
a: 13 mm (0.51 in) dia.
b: 12 mm (0.47 in)
c: 10 mm (0.39 in)
NT583
KV10116200
(J26336-B)
Valve spring compressor
1. KV10115900
(J26336-20)
Attachment
2. KV10109220
(
—
)
Adapter
Disassembling valve mechanism
WEM044
KV10115600
(J38958)
Valve oil seal drift
Installing valve oil seal
NT024
KV10107902
(J38959)
Valve oil seal puller
1. KV10116100
Valve oil seal puller adapter
Displacing valve lip seal
NT605
Revision: May 2004
EM-6
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
KV101151S0
(J38972)
Lifter stopper set
1. KV10115110
Camshaft pliers
2. KV10115120
Lifter stopper
Changing shims
EM
C
NT041
EM03470000
(J8037)
Piston ring compressor
Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore
D
E
NT044
KV10111100
(J37228)
Seal cutter
F
Removing oil pan
G
H
NT046
WS39930000
( — )
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
I
J
NT052
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder
head, etc. in angle.
K
L
NT014
ST16610001
(J23907)
Pilot bushing puller
Removing pilot bushing
M
NT045
KV1017100
(J36471-A)
Front (heated) oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor with 22 m (0.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
Revision: May 2004
EM-7
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J44626)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1
LEM054
KV101056S0
( — )
Rear gear stopper
1. KV10105620
( — )
Adapter
2. KV10105610
( — )
Plate assembly
Preventing crankshaft from rotating
NT773
J-45488
Quick connector release
Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine room
PBIC0198E
Commercial Service Tools
EBS00CE9
Tool name
Kent-Moore No.
Description
Spark plug wrench
Removing and installing spark plug
NT047
Crankshaft pulley puller
Removing crankshaft pulley
PBIC0887E
Valve seat cutter set
Finishing valve seat dimensions
NT048
Revision: May 2004
EM-8
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
Tool name
Kent-Moore No.
Description
Piston ring expander
Removing and installing piston ring
A
EM
C
NT030
Valve guide drift
Removing and installing valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
a: 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia.
b: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
D
E
NT015
Valve guide reamer
Reaming valve guide 1 or hole for oversize
valve guide 2
Intake & Exhaust:
d1 : 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
d2 : 9.685 mm (0.3813 in) dia.
F
G
NT016
Front oil seal drift
H
Installing front oil seal
a: 52 mm (2.05 in) dia.
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
I
J
NT049
Rear oil seal drift
Installing rear oil seal
a: 103 mm (4.06 in) dia.
b: 84 mm (3.31 in) dia.
K
L
NT049
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
J-43897-18
J-43897-12
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown below.)
a: J-43897-18 [18 mm dia.] for zirconium
oxygen sensor
b: J-43897-12 [12 mm dia.] for titania oxygen sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
AEM489
Revision: May 2004
EM-9
2003 Sentra
M
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QG18DE]
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
Noise, Vibration and Harshness (NVH) Troubleshooting
PFP:00003
EBS00CEA
NVH TROUBLESHOOTING — ENGINE NOISE
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom.
1. Locate the area where noise occurs.
2. Confirm the type of noise.
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
Operating condition of engine
Location of
noise
Type of
noise
Top of
Engine
Rocker
Cover Cylinder Head
Source of
noise
Reference
page
Before
warmup
After
warmup
When
starting
When
idling
When
racing
While
driving
Ticking or
click
C
A
—
A
B
—
Tappet
noise
Valve clearance
EM-35
Rattle
C
A
—
A
B
C
Camshaft
bearing
noise
Camshaft journal clearance
Camshaft runout
EM-33 ,
EM-34
Slap or
knock
—
A
—
B
B
—
Piston pin
noise
Piston and piston pin clearance
Connecting rod bushing
clearance
EM-69 ,
EM-76
Slap or
rap
A
—
—
B
B
A
Piston slap
noise
Piston-to-bore clearance
Piston ring side clearance
Piston ring end gap
Connecting rod bend and
torsion
EM-69,
EM-70 ,
EM-70
,EM-70
Knock
A
B
C
B
B
B
Connecting rod
bearing
noise
Connecting rod bearing
clearance (Big end)
Connecting rod bushing
clearance (Small end)
EM-75 ,
EM-76
Knock
A
B
—
A
B
C
Main bearing noise
Main bearing oil clearance
Crankshaft runout
EM-73 ,
EM-72
Front of
Engine
Timing
Chain
Cover
Tapping or
ticking
A
A
—
B
B
B
Timing
chain and
chain tensioner
noise
Timing chain cracks and
wear
Timing chain tensioner
operation
EM-45
Front of
Engine
Squeak or
fizzing
A
B
—
B
—
C
Drive belts
(sticking or
slipping)
Drive belts deflection
MA-16
Creaking
A
B
A
B
A
B
Drive belts
(slipping)
Idler pulley bearing operation
Squall or
creak
A
B
—
B
A
B
Water
pump
noise
Water pump operation
Crankshaft Pulley
Cylinder
Block (Side
of Engine)
Oil pan
A: Closely related
B: Related
Revision: May 2004
C: Sometimes related
Check item
CO-10
—: Not related
EM-10
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QG18DE]
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0061E
Revision: May 2004
EM-11
2003 Sentra
OUTER COMPONENT PARTS
[QG18DE]
OUTER COMPONENT PARTS
Removal and Installation
PFP:00100
EBS00CEC
WBIA0112E
Revision: May 2004
EM-12
2003 Sentra
OUTER COMPONENT PARTS
[QG18DE]
1.
Oil pressure switch
2.
Air relief plug
3.
Intake manifold
4.
Intake manifold upper support
5.
Intake manifold rear supports
6.
Oil filter
7.
Thermostat
8.
Water pump
9.
Water pump pulley
10. Support container
11. Transmission gusset
A
12. Component bracket
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0113E
1.
Throttle body
2.
Fuel rail
3.
4.
Swirl control position sensor
(SULEV only)
5.
Intake manifold
Injector
CAUTION:
●
Perform "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" when harness connector of electronic throttle
control actuator is disconnected. Refer to EC-53, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" for
QG18DE (ULEV) or EC-634, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" for QG18DE (SULEV).
Revision: May 2004
EM-13
2003 Sentra
OUTER COMPONENT PARTS
[QG18DE]
●
Perform "Idle Air Volume Learning" when harness connector of electronic throttle control actuator
is replaced. Refer to EC-53, "Idle Air Volume Learning" for QG18DE (ULEV) or EC-635, "Idle Air
Volume Learning" for QG18DE (SULEV).
WBIA0114E
1.
Crankshaft pulley
2.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
3.
Gasket
4.
Exhaust manifold
5.
Exhaust manifold cover
6.
Thermal transmitter
Revision: May 2004
EM-14
2003 Sentra
OUTER COMPONENT PARTS
[QG18DE]
7.
Drain plug
10. TWC cover
8.
11.
Heated oxygen sensor (ULEV)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (SULEV
only)
9.
TWC (manifold)
Ignition coil
12. Spark plug
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-15
2003 Sentra
OIL PAN
[QG18DE]
OIL PAN
Components
PFP:11110
EBS00CED
WBIA0004E
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EBS00CEE
Remove engine RH side undercover splash shield.
Drain engine oil.
Remove front exhaust tube.
Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the exhaust manifold support.
Remove the engine gusset.
WEM049
Revision: May 2004
EM-16
2003 Sentra
OIL PAN
[QG18DE]
A
EM
C
SEM110G
6.
7.
a.
D
Remove rear plate cover (lower) (A/T models).
Remove oil pan.
Loosen and remove nuts and bolts of oil pan in order shown.
E
F
G
LBIA0288E
b.
c.
Insert Tool between cylinder block and oil pan.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage aluminum mating face.
● Do not insert screwdriver, or oil pan flange will be damaged.
Slide Tool by tapping on the side of the Tool with a hammer.
H
I
J
K
SEM365E
Installation
1.
EBS00CEF
Use a scraper to remove old RTV Silicone Sealant from mating
surface of oil pan.
● Also remove old RTV Silicone Sealant from mating surface of cylinder block.
M
SEM295C
Revision: May 2004
EM-17
L
2003 Sentra
OIL PAN
[QG18DE]
2.
Apply a continuous bead of RTV Silicone Sealant to mating surface of oil pan.
● Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
● Apply to groove on mating surface.
● Allow 7 mm (0.28 in) clearance around bolt holes.
SEM015E
●
●
Be sure RTV Silicone Sealant diameter is 3.5 to 4.5 mm
(0.138 to 0.177 in).
Installation should be done within 5 minutes after applying sealant.
SEM296CA
3.
4.
Install oil pan.
● Tighten oil pan nuts and bolts in the numerical order.
● Wait at least 30 minutes before refilling engine oil.
Install the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal.
SEM072F
Revision: May 2004
EM-18
2003 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QG18DE]
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
Removal and Installation
PFP:16600
A
EBS00CEG
EM
C
D
E
F
WBIA0115E
CAUTION:
●
Apply new engine oil when installing the parts that specified to do so in the figure.
●
Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown above.
G
H
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" (ULEV), EC-637, "FUEL
PRESSURE RELEASE" (SULEV).
Disconnect the intake manifold bracket.
Remove the PCV hose and bracket.
Disconnect the sub-harness for the fuel injectors.
Disconnect the fuel quick connector on the engine side.
● Using the quick connector release tool (hereinafter called
“release tool”), perform the following steps to disconnect quick
connector.
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0148E
a.
Remove quick connector cap.
LBIA0090E
Revision: May 2004
EM-19
2003 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QG18DE]
b.
With the sleeve side of release facing quick connector, install
release tool onto fuel tube.
c. Insert release tool into quick connector until sleeve contacts and
goes no further. Hold the release tool on that position.
CAUTION:
Inserting the release tool hard will not disconnect quick
connector. Hold release tool where it contacts and goes no
further.
d. Pull the quick connector straight out from the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
WBIA0202E
● Pull quick connector holding it at the "A" position, as
shown in illustration.
● Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick connector may be damaged.
● Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
● Avoid fire and sparks.
● Be sure to cover openings of disconnected pipes with plug or plastic bag to avoid fuel leakage
and entry of foreign materials.
6. When removing fuel hose quick connector at vehicle piping side, perform as follows.
a. Remove quick connector cap.
b. Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the
tube. (The figure is shown for reference only.)
● If the connector and the tube are stuck together, push and
pull several times until they start to move. Then disconnect
them by pulling.
CAUTION:
● The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely
depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary.
● Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
SFE562A
● Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful
when welding near the tube.
● Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte etc. from getting on the resin tube.
● Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal.
● Do not remove the remaining retainer on tube.
● When the tube is replaced, also replace the retainer with a new one.
Retainer color: Green.
● To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them
completely with plastic bags or something similar.
7. Remove the fuel injectors from the fuel tube, as follows:
a. Release the clip, and remove the fuel injector.
b. Pull the fuel injector straight out of the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to damage the nozzle.
●
Avoid any impact, such as dropping the fuel injector.
●
Do not disassemble or adjust the fuel injector.
INSTALLATION
1.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
● Install new O-rings on the fuel injectors.
● Lubricate the new O-rings lightly with new engine oil.
● Be careful not to scratch the injector during installation. Also be careful not to twist or stretch
the O-ring. If the O-ring was stretched while it was installed, do not insert it into the fuel tube
immediately.
Revision: May 2004
EM-20
2003 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QG18DE]
a.
b.
c.
Install the fuel injector into the fuel tube with the following procedure:
● Do not reuse the clip, replace it with a new one.
● Insert the clip into the clip mounting groove on the fuel injector.
● Insert clip so that projection A of fuel injector matches notch A
of the clip.
Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
● Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
● Insert fuel injector so that projection B of fuel injector matches
notch B of the clip.
● Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fixing groove on the clip.
● Make sure that installation is complete by checking that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
Install the fuel tube assembly with the following procedure:
● Insert the tip of each fuel injector into the intake manifold.
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
PBIC1021E
●
Tighten the fuel tube mounting bolts in two stages in the
numerical order shown.
Stage 1
Stage 2
H
: 12 - 14 N·m (1.2 - 1.4 kg-m, 9 - 10 ft-lb)
: 17 - 24 N·m (1.7 - 2.4 kg-m, 12 - 17 ft-lb)
I
CAUTION:
● After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector
and fuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.
J
WBIA0116E
K
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (ENGINE SIDE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
Thinly apply new engine oil around the fuel tube tip end.
Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
● Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel
tubes is inserted completely and the second level spool is
positioned slightly below the quick connector bottom end.
CAUTION:
● Hold at position "A" as shown, when inserting the fuel
tube into the quick connector.
● Carefully align to center to avoid inclined insertion to prevent damage to the O-ring inside the quick connector.
● Insert the fuel tube until you hear a “click” sound and
KBIA0272E
actually feel the engagement.
● To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar sound, be sure to perform the next step.
Before clamping the fuel hose with the hose clamp, pull the quick connector hard by hand, holding at the
"A" position, as shown. Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come off of the
fuel tube.
NOTE:
Recommended pulling force is 50 N (5.1 kg, 11.2 lb).
Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint.
Revision: May 2004
EM-21
2003 Sentra
L
M
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QG18DE]
Direct arrow mark on quick connector cap to upper side (fuel
hose side).
Install fuel hose to hose clamp.
●
6.
KBIA0298E
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (VEHICLE PIPING SIDE)
1.
2.
Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
● Insert fuel tube until a click is heard.
● Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint. Direct
arrow mark on quick connector cap upper side.
● Install fuel hose to hose clamp.
PBIC0662E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel leaks at
connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on hard to see points of the fuel system.
CAUTION:
Do not touch the engine immediately after stopping, as the engine becomes extremely hot.
Revision: May 2004
EM-22
2003 Sentra
ROCKER COVER
[QG18DE]
ROCKER COVER
Removal and Installation
PFP:13264
A
EBS00EWR
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WBIA0359E
K
1.
Blowby hose
2.
Rocker cover
3.
4.
PCV hose
5.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 6.
O-ring
7.
Oil filter cap
8.
Gasket
Rocker cover oil seal
9.
PCV control valve
L
10. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Move the harnesses on top surface and right side of rocker cover aside.
Remove the ignition coils.
Disconnect the PCV hoses from the rocker cover.
If necessary, remove the PCV control valve.
Disconnect the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
If necessary, remove the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and camshaft position sensor
(PHASE).
CAUTION:
● Do not shock it.
● Do not disassemble it.
● The tip of the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) generates a strong magnetic field. Keep it
away from metallic particles or objects affected by magnetic fields.
Revision: May 2004
EM-23
2003 Sentra
M
ROCKER COVER
[QG18DE]
7.
8.
Loosen the bolts in the numerical order as shown.
If replacement is necessary, remove the rocker cover oil seal
using a flat-head screwdriver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the rocker cover.
WBIA0149E
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the rocker cover oil seal.
● Using a drift with outer diameter 97 mm (3.82 in) and inner
diameter 83 mm (3.27 in) to 88 mm (3.46 in), press in oil seal.
NOTE:
There are two types of oil seal. If oil seal with flat bottom surface is pressed in, drift with any inner diameter can be used.
● Press oil seal in until it is flush with installation surface.
KBIA1377E
2.
3.
Install the gasket on top of No. 1 camshaft bracket.
● Position the gasket aligning its shape with camshaft bracket
side. Align positioning stopper pin with hole gasket, and
install.
Install the gasket (for circumference, square type) to installation
groove of rocker cover.
KBIA1379E
4.
Apply sealant to the positions shown, then install rocker cover.
● Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0555E
Revision: May 2004
EM-24
2003 Sentra
ROCKER COVER
[QG18DE]
5.
6.
Tighten the rocker cover bolts to specified torque in two steps, in
the numerical order as shown.
Bolt length:
25 mm (0.98 in)
Bolt position
:1
65 mm (2.56 in)
:2
20 mm (0.79 in)
Except the above
(all circumference)
EM
C
KBIA1376E
D
Install the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
● Tighten bolts after fully inserting into rocker cover.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve bolt
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) bolt
7.
Torque
: 6.9 - 9.5 N-m
(0.70 - 0.97 kg-m,
61 - 84 in-lb)
: 6.9 - 9.5 N-m
(0.70 - 0.97 kg-m,
61 - 84 in-lb)
: 6.9 - 9.5 N-m
(0.70 - 0.97 kg-m,
61 - 84 in-lb)
A
E
: 8.82 - 10.78 N·m (0.9 - 1.0 kg-m, 78 - 95 in-lb)
F
: 7.2 - 10.8 N·m (0.73 - 1.1, 64 - 95 in-lb)
G
Install the PCV control valve.
H
PCV control valve : 19.6 - 29.4 N·m (2.0 - 2.9 kg-m, 15 - 21 ft-lb)
8.
Install the remaining components in the reverse order of removal.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-25
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
CAMSHAFT
Removal and Installation
PFP:13001
EBS00EWS
PBIC0965E
1.
Camshaft brackets
2.
Camshaft sprocket (INT)
3.
Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
4.
Washer
5.
Cylinder head front cover
6.
Chain tensioner
7.
Valve lifter
8.
Adjusting shim (if equipped)
9.
Camshaft (EXH)
10. Camshaft (INT)
CAUTION:
Prior to installation, apply engine oil to the parts marked in the figure.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
a.
b.
Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-23, "ROCKER COVER" .
Remove the cylinder head front cover.
● Move harness secured to the front surface beforehand.
Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.
Remove the RH splash cover.
Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise and align the yellow paint
mark with the timing indicator.
MBIB0193E
Revision: May 2004
EM-26
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
c.
d.
Confirm mating marks stamped on intake and exhaust sprockets
are located as shown.
● If not, rotate crankshaft pulley as shown and align them.
Referring to mating marks on the intake and exhaust camshaft
sprockets, put paint mating marks on timing chain links.
A
EM
C
MBIB0194E
D
4.
a.
Set the intake camshaft sprocket to the most advanced position.
CAUTION:
Removal and installation of the intake camshaft sprocket is
required to maintain the most advanced position because
of the following reasons. Therefore, follow the procedure
exactly.
● Sprocket and vane (camshaft in front) rotate and become
offset within the specific angle range.
● When engine is stationary, the vane is located at the most
retarded position. The vane is fixed to the sprocket by an
MBIB0195E
internal lock pin. Therefore, it does not rotate.
● If the camshaft sprocket mounting bolts are turned under the above circumstance, the lock pin
will be damaged by lateral load (shear stress). It may cause non-standard operation.
NOTE:
"Rotating direction" means direction viewed from the engine front side.
CAUTION:
Do not remove the chain tensioner before performing this step.
Using a wrench, hold the hexagonal part so that the intake camshaft does not move.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
MBIB0196E
b.
Using an air gun, apply air pressure to the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve advance side oil passage on the top surface of the No. 1 camshaft bracket.
Compressed air pressure
: 300 kPa (3.06 kg/cm2,
43.5 psi) or more
Keep applying air pressure until step "d" is completed.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage the oil passage from interference of the air gun tip.
● Thoroughly wipe off the oil before applying air pressure.
When applying air pressure, cover around the air gun
using a rag. Wear protective glasses if necessary.
●
Revision: May 2004
EM-27
MBIB0197E
2003 Sentra
M
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
c.
d.
e.
Slowly turn the intake camshaft in direction A (counterclockwise:
intake manifold side).
● Perform while applying air pressure.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to dislocate the camshaft retaining spanner.
During the above step, an operating click (a sound indicating
internal lock pin is disengaged) is heard from the inside of the
intake camshaft sprocket. After hearing it, slowly turn intake
camshaft in direction B (clockwise: exhaust manifold side), and
set to most advanced position.
WBIA0130E
● Perform while applying air pressure.
● When the vane rotates solely against sprocket, lock pin is disengaged even if operating click is not
heard.
● If the lock pin is not disengaged, jiggle the camshaft with a wrench.
● If the lock pin is not disengaged with the above step, tap the intake camshaft in front with a plastic hammer.
The following status indicates that the most advanced position is
achieved: vane starts rotating on it own, then the sprocket also
starts rotating when camshaft is turned. When above status is
achieved, this step is complete.
● The most advanced position is confirmed when the stopper
pin groove and lock pin breathing groove are aligned.
MBIB0198E
f.
5.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Stop the air and insert stopper pin [approximately 3 mm (0.12 in)
dia., length of inserted part is approximately 15 mm (0.59 in)]
into pinhole on camshaft sprocket to fix the most advanced position.
NOTE:
In the figure, an Allen wrench [a/f 2.5 mm (0.091 in), short part:
approximately 20 mm (0.79 in), long part: approximately 50 mm
(1.97 in)] is used for stopper pin as an example.
CAUTION:
Load (spring reaction force) is not applied to stopper pin.
Pin is easily detached. Therefore, secure it with vinyl tape to
prevent detachment.
Remove the chain tensioner.
Press the plate down and release the stopper tab.
Insert the plunger into the tensioner body until it stops.
Secure the plate by passing the stopper pin (such as a hard
wire) through the plate hole and body hole. (Plunger is also
secured.)
Remove the mounting bolts and remove the chain tensioner.
PBIC0966E
MBIB0201E
Revision: May 2004
EM-28
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
6.
While holding the hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench,
loosen the mounting bolts and remove the intake and exhaust
camshaft sprockets.
CAUTION:
● Avoid securing the camshaft at other than the hexagonal
part and loosening mounting bolts by utilizing tension of
timing chain.
● After this step is completed, do not rotate crankshaft and
camshaft separately in order to prevent interference
between the valves and pistons.
A
EM
C
LBIA0292E
D
7.
a.
b.
c.
d.
8.
9.
Handle the intake camshaft sprocket as follows.
CAUTION:
● Secure the stopper pin with vinyl tape to prevent detachment.
● Avoid dropping it or subjecting it to impact.
● Do not disassemble. (Do not loosen the 3 bolts on front
surface.)
NOTE:
If stopper pin is detached and the lock pin is engaged at the
most retarded position during removal, recover as follows.
MBIB0202E
Reinstall the stopper pin to intake camshaft, and tighten the
intake camshaft sprocket mounting bolts so that air does not leak.
CAUTION:
Tightening torque for the mounting bolts must be minimum so that air does not leak, preventing
damage to the internal lock pin.
Apply air pressure to disengage the lock pin, and turn the vane to the most advanced position. (This step
can be performed with the timing chain removed.)
Reinstall stopper pin.
Remove intake camshaft sprocket from the camshaft.
Loosen the camshaft bracket bolts in the order shown, and
remove the camshaft brackets and camshafts.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage signal plate on rear end of intake
camshaft.
Remove adjusting shims and valve lifters.
● Check mounting positions, and set them aside in the order
removed.
H
I
J
M
Install the valve lifter and adjusting shims.
● Install them in the same position from which they were removed.
● Install adjusting shim with its stamped mark facing down (valve lifter side).
EM-29
G
L
INSTALLATION
Revision: May 2004
F
K
WBIA0150E
1.
E
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
2.
Install the camshafts.
● Intake and exhaust camshafts are distinguished by checking
difference between front and rear end shapes.
MBIB0204E
●
Install camshafts so that the dowel pins on the front side are
positioned as shown.
PBIC0967E
3.
●
●
Install camshaft brackets.
Completely remove any foreign material on mounting surfaces
of camshaft brackets and mounting surface of cylinder head.
Referring to marks on top surfaces of camshaft brackets, install
them to their original positions and in their original directions.
MBIB0206E
4.
Tighten camshaft bracket mounting bolts as follows.
● Different bolts are used depending on installation location.
Refer to following for proper bolt locations.
Bolt color:
1 to 10 in figure
11 and 12 in figure
Camshaft bracket bolt
Step 1 (bolts 9 - 12)
Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8)
Step 3
Step 4
5.
: black (reamer bolt)
: gold
: 2.0 N-m (0.2 kg-m, 18 in-lb)
: 2.0 N-m (0.2 kg-m, 18 in-lb)
: 5.9 N-m (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb)
: 9.0 - 11.8 N-m (0.92 - 1.2
kg-m, 80 - 104in-lb)
PBIC0969E
Install intake camshaft sprocket as follows.
● Before installation, make sure that stopper pin is inserted in intake camshaft sprocket.
NOTE:
Service parts are provided with pin inserted.
Revision: May 2004
EM-30
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
a.
CAUTION:
Stopper pin is easily detached. Secure it with vinyl tape to prevent detachment.
Install timing chain by aligning the mating mark (marked when
timing chain is removed) with mark on camshaft sprocket.
● Align dowel pin on camshaft front surface and pinhole on
sprocket backside, then install.
A
EM
C
D
MBIB0208E
b.
While holding the hexagonal part of camshaft with a wrench,
tighten intake camshaft sprocket bolt to specification.
● Make sure that stopper pin is not detached.
Intake camshaft
sprocket bolt
E
F
: 78.4 - 88.2 N·m (8.0 - 9.0 kg-m,
58 - 65 ft-lb)
G
MBIB0209E
6.
a.
b.
Install exhaust camshaft sprocket as follows.
Install timing chain by aligning the mating mark (marked when
timing chain is removed) with mark on camshaft sprocket.
● Align dowel pin on camshaft front surface and pinhole on
sprocket, then install.
While holding the hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench,
tighten exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt to specification.
Exhaust camshaft
sprocket bolt
I
J
K
: 98.1 - 127.5 N-m (10 - 13 kg-m,
73 - 94 ft-lb)
c.
Make sure that mating marks on intake/exhaust camshaft
sprockets and mating mark on timing chain are aligned.
7.
Install chain tensioner.
● Hold plate and plunger with a stopper pin, then install them.
● After installation, remove stopper pin and release plunger.
● Make sure again that mating marks on intake/exhaust camshaft sprockets and mating mark on timing chain are aligned.
MBIB0210E
L
M
MBIB0211E
Revision: May 2004
EM-31
H
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
8.
Remove stopper pin from intake camshaft sprocket.
PBIC0966E
9.
Slowly turn crankshaft pulley clockwise to set intake camshaft
sprocket to most retarded position.
MBIB0213E
●
●
●
The sprocket begins turning after the crankshaft does. Once
sprocket starts turning, keep turning crankshaft until the vane
(camshaft) also begins turning. The most retarded position
should now be achieved.
The most retarded position is confirmed when stopper pin
groove is at a clockwise offset from lock pin breathing groove.
While turning crankshaft slightly more counterclockwise, confirm that the lock pin is engaged when vane and sprocket turn
together.
MBIB0214E
10. Install cylinder head front cover.
● Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent as
shown in the figure. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED
CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
● Install it by aligning the dowel pin on the cylinder head.
11. Check and adjust valve clearance. Refer to EM-35, "Valve
Clearance" .
12. Install the remaining components in the reverse order of
removal.
PBIC0968E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check camshaft for scratches, seizure and wear.
Revision: May 2004
EM-32
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
Camshaft Runout
1.
2.
3.
Standard
Limit
4.
A
Put the camshaft on a V-block supporting the No.2 and No.5
journals.
Set the dial gauge vertically on the No.3 journal.
Turn camshaft in one direction by hand, and measure the camshaft runout on the dial gauge total indicator reading.
EM
: Less than 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
C
If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft.
PBIC0038E
D
Camshaft Cam Height
1.
Measure the camshaft cam height.
Standard intake cam height
Standard exhaust cam height
Cam wear limit
2.
E
: 40.61 - 40.8 mm (1.599
- 1.606 in)
: 38.965 - 39.155 mm
(1.534 - 1.542 in)
: 0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
F
G
If wear is beyond the limit, replace the camshaft.
PBIC0039E
H
Camshaft Journal Clearance
1.
2.
Install the camshaft brackets and tighten the bolts to specified torque.
Using inside micrometer, measure inner diameter of camshaft
bracket.
Standard No. 1
Intake and exhaust
Standard No.2, 3, 4, 5
Intake
Exhaust
3.
I
: 28.000 - 28.021 mm
(1.1024 - 1.1032 in)
: 23.985 - 24.006 mm
(0.9443 - 0.9451 in)
: 24.000 - 24.021 mm
(0.9449 - 0.9457 in)
J
K
PBIC0041E
Measure the outer diameter of the camshaft journal.
Standard No.1
Standard No. 2, 3, 4, 5
M
: 27.935 - 27.955 mm
(1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
: 23.935 - 23.955 mm
(0.9423 - 0.9431 in)
PBIC0040E
4.
L
If the journal clearance exceeds the limit, replace camshaft and/or cylinder head.
● (Camshaft journal clearance) = (inner diameter of camshaft bracket) – (outer diameter of camshaft journal)
Revision: May 2004
EM-33
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
Camshaft journal
clearance
Standard
Intake
Exhaust
Limit
Intake
Exhaust
: 0.030 - 0.071 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
: 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)
: 0.135 mm (0.0053 in)
: 0.150 mm (0.0059 in)
NOTE:
Inner diameter of the camshaft bracket is manufactured together with the cylinder head. If the camshaft
bracket is out of specification, replace the entire cylinder head assembly.
Camshaft End Play
1.
2.
Install camshaft in cylinder head. Refer to EM-29, "INSTALLATION"
Install a dial gauge in the thrust direction on the front end of the
camshaft. Measure the end play with the dial gauge while moving the camshaft forward and backward (in direction to axis).
Camshaft end
play
Standard
Limit
3.
4.
: 0.115 - 0.188 mm (0.0045 - 0.0074 in)
: 0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
If out of the specified range, replace with new camshaft and
measure again.
If out of the specified range again, replace with new cylinder
head assembly.
PBIC0042E
Camshaft Sprocket Runout
1.
2.
Install the camshaft sprocket on the camshaft.
Measure camshaft sprocket runout while turning the camshaft
by hand.
Runout (total
indicator reading
3.
: Less than 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
If it exceeds the specification, replace camshaft sprocket.
KBIA0181J
Valve Lifter and Valve Shim
1.
Check contact and sliding surfaces for excessive wear or
cracks, replace as necessary.
SEM160D
Revision: May 2004
EM-34
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
2.
Measure the valve lifter outer diameter.
Valve lifter
outer diameter
A
: 29.960 - 29.975 mm (1.1795 - 1.1801 in)
If out of the specified range, replace the valve lifter.
EM
C
JEM798G
D
3.
Measure the valve lifter guide bore.
Standard
4.
: 30.000 - 30.021 mm (1.1811 1.1819 in)
E
Calculate valve lifter clearance. If out of specified range, replace
valve lifter and/or cylinder head of whichever exceeds standard
limit.
(Valve lifter clearance) = (valve lifter guide bore) – (outer diameter of valve lifter)
Valve lifter clearance
: 0.025 - 0.065 mm (0.0010 0.0026 in)
F
G
PBIC0043E
H
Valve Clearance
EBS00CES
INSPECTION
NOTE:
The following procedure is applicable when: components related to camshafts or valves are removed,
installed, or replaced. Driveability concerns (poor starting, poor idling, noise) are caused by valve clearance
aging.
1. Warm engine and stop.
2. Remove RH splash cover.
3. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-23, "ROCKER COVER" .
4. Remove all of the spark plugs.
5. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke.
● Align pointer with TDC mark on crankshaft pulley.
● Check that both intake and exhaust cam noses on No. 1 cylinder face outward.
● If not, turn crankshaft one revolution (360°) and align as
described above.
NOTE:
Or, valves to be checked when No. 4 cylinder is at TDC of its
compression stroke can be checked first following step 8.
SEM921F
6.
Referring to figure, measure valve clearances of valves with x in
table below using a thickness gauge.
Cylinder
No. 1
No. 2
Valve
INT
EXH
INT
No. 1 cylinder at TDC of
its compression stroke
X
X
X
EXH
N0. 3
INT
EXH
No. 4
INT
EXH
X
MBIB0223E
Revision: May 2004
EM-35
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
●
●
Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance between valve lifter
and camshaft.
Record any valve clearance measurements which are out of
specification. They will be used later to determine the required
replacement adjusting shim.
Valve clearance standard:
Hot
Intake
: 0.32 - 0.40 mm (0.013 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust
: 0.37 - 0.45 mm (0.015 - 0.018 in)
Cold* Intake
Exhaust
MBIB0224E
: 0.25 - 0.33 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
: 0.32 - 0.40 mm (0.013 - 0.016 in)
*:Approximately 20°C (68°F) (Reference data)
If an adjustment is done with a cold engine, confirm reference
values with hot engine are met.
Limit values
with hot engine
(reference)
7.
8.
Intake
: 0.21 - 0.47 mm (0.008 - 0.019 in)
Exhaust
: 0.30 - 0.56 mm (0.012 - 0.022 in)
Turn crankshaft one revolution (360°) to position No. 4 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.
Check only those valves shown in the figure and marked with an
x in the table.
Cylinder
Valve
No. 4 cylinder at TDC of
its compression stroke
9.
No. 1
INT
EXH
No. 2
INT
N0. 3
EXH
INT
X
X
EXH
No. 4
INT
EXH
X
X
If outside the standard, adjust applicable valves. Refer to EM36, "ADJUSTING" .
MBIB0225E
ADJUSTING
Adjust valve clearance while engine is cold.
1. Turn crankshaft clockwise (viewed from front) to position cam
lobe upward on camshaft for valve that must be adjusted.
2. Turn valve lifter and adjusting shim to removal direction.
● Using a slotted screwdriver with an extra-thin tip, turn the
valve lifter cutout in the direction shown by the arrow.
MBIB0226E
Revision: May 2004
EM-36
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
3. Place Tool (1) around camshaft as shown.
Before placing Tool (1), rotate notch toward center of cylinder
head. This will simplify shim removal later.
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to damage camshaft and cylinder head.
●
Be careful not to damage surroundings of valve lifter.
A
EM
C
WEM037
D
4.
Rotate Tool (1) so that valve lifter is pushed down, compressing
the spring.
E
F
G
WEM038
5.
6.
7.
Place Tool (2) between camshaft and valve lifter to retain valve
lifter.
CAUTION:
● If camshaft pliers are suddenly turned back, the lifter
stopper may contact and damage the camshaft journals.
Turn back the camshaft pliers carefully to remove.
● Tool (2) must be placed as close to camshaft bracket as
possible.
● Be careful not to damage cam surface with Tool (2).
Remove Tool (1).
H
I
J
K
WEM039
Keep adjusting shim slightly up from the valve lifter. Remove
adjusting shim using Tool and a magnetic finger.
L
M
WEM040
Revision: May 2004
EM-37
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QG18DE]
8.
Determine replacement adjusting shim size using the following
formula.
● Use a micrometer to determine thickness (t1) of removed
shim at camshaft contact face (around center).
● Use t1 + (C1-C2) to calculate thickness of new adjusting shim
so valve clearance comes within specified values.
t1 = Thickness of removed shim
C1 = Measured valve clearance
C2 = Standard valve clearance
Hot engine:
Intake
: 0.32 - 0.40 mm (0.013 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust
: 0.37 - 0.45 mm (0.015 - 0.018 in)
Reference values with cold engine:
Intake
: 0.25 - 0.33 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
Exhaust
: 0.32 - 0.40 mm (0.013 - 0.016 in)
●
●
●
SEM145D
Thickness of new adjusting shim is indicated with stamped mark
on its back.
Shims are available in 50 sizes from 2.00 mm (0.0787 in) to
2.98 mm (0.1173 in), in steps of 0.02 mm (0.0008 in).
Select the closest size shim to the calculated thickness. Refer to
EM-83, "Available Shims" .
AEM236
9.
Install new shim using a suitable tool.
● Install with the surface on which the thickness is
stamped facing down.
WEM041
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Place Tool (1) as explained in steps 4 and 5.
Remove Tool (2).
Remove Tool (1).
Turn the crankshaft a couple of times by hand.
Recheck the valve clearance.
WEM042
Revision: May 2004
EM-38
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
TIMING CHAIN
Components
PFP:13028
A
EBS00CEH
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0298E
1.
Cylinder head front cover
2.
Camshaft sprocket (INT)
3.
Washer
4.
Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
5.
Chain tensioner
6.
Chain slack guide
7.
O-ring
8.
Power steering pump adjusting bar
9.
Crankshaft pulley
10. Front oil seal
11. Front cover
12. Chain tensioner guide
13. Dowel pin
14. Timing chain
15. Oil pump drive spacer
16. Crankshaft sprocket
17. O-ring (with collar)
18. Auxiliary bolt of cylinder head
CAUTION:
●
After removing timing chain, do not turn crankshaft and camshaft separately, or valves will strike
piston heads.
●
When installing chain tensioner, oil seats, or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting surfaces with
new engine oil.
Revision: May 2004
EM-39
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
●
Apply new engine oil to bolt threads and seat surfaces when installing camshaft sprocket and
crankshaft pulley.
Removal
EBS00CEI
1.
2.
Disconnect battery ground cable.
Drain engine coolant. Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE
COOLANT" .
Be careful not to spill coolant on drive belts.
3. Drain engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" .
4. Remove the following belts.
● Power steering pump drive belt
● Alternator drive belt
5. Remove power steering pump from adjusting bar.
6. Remove alternator. Refer to SC-31, "Removal" .
7. Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-4, "Removal" .
8. Remove front/right-side splash undercover.
9. Remove center member.
10. Remove front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
SEM869F
WEM024
11. Disconnect vacuum hoses for:
● EVAP canister
● Brake power booster
12. Remove ignition coils.
13. Remove spark plugs.
WBIA0118E
14. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-23, "REMOVAL"
15. Remove oil level gauge.
Revision: May 2004
EM-40
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
16. Remove gusset.
A
EM
C
WEM049
D
E
F
G
SEM110G
17.
18.
19.
20.
a.
b.
Remove rear plate (lower)(A/T models).
Remove oil pan and oil strainer. Refer to EM-16, "Removal" .
For safe operation, and to reduce load to mount insulator, install center member.
Remove RH engine mounting and RH engine mounting bracket. Refer to EM-63, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
Remove any parts that make it difficult to remove RH mount.
Support cylinder block bottom surface with a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
● When positioning jack, use a wooden block to avoid damage to the oil pan mounting surface.
c. Separate and remove engine mounting bracket and engine mounting.
21. Remove cylinder head front cover.
22. Remove auxiliary bolts of cylinder head.
H
I
J
K
L
M
PBIC0557E
23. Set No. 1 piston at TDC on its compression stroke.
Revision: May 2004
EM-41
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
a.
Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise, and align the pointer to the
timing mark on the pulley.
SEM872F
b.
Make sure the camshaft sprocket mating mark is in the position
shown in the figure.
● If the mating mark is not in position, turn the crankshaft pulley
once more and position it.
MBIB0194E
24. Remove crankshaft pulley as follows.
a. Secure crankshaft counterweight with the handle of a hammer,
and loosen crankshaft pulley bolt.
CAUTION:
Take care to prevent foreign material from entering the
engine.
PBIC0565E
b.
Remove crankshaft pulley using crankshaft pulley puller.
CAUTION:
● Hook tab onto back of crankshaft pulley only.
● Do not remove crankshaft pulley bolt. Fully loosen, and
then use it as support point.
25. Remove water pump pulley and idler pulley bracket assembly.
KBIA1437E
26. Remove front cover as follows.
a. To ease front cover removal, pull oil pump drive spacer out
through front oil seal.
● Pull it straight out using long nose pliers or two flat-bladed
screwdrivers.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage side of oil pump drive spacer
and front oil seal lip.
b. Remove power steering pump adjusting bar.
PBIC0566E
Revision: May 2004
EM-42
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
c.
Remove front cover carefully.
● Remove mounting bolts A - E shown in figure.
NOTE:
Bolts C and E have been removed in step b.
CAUTION:
● When removing, be careful not to damage or bend
front end of cylinder head gasket. Also after peeling off
contact surface between front cover and gasket, their
surfaces shall be smooth.
● If cylinder head gasket is damaged, replace it with a
new one.
A
EM
C
WBIA0131E
d. Remove O-rings from front cover and cylinder block.
27. Pull two dowel pins for front cover out of cylinder block.
● Heat them sufficiently with industrial dryer, then pull
them out using locking pliers.
D
E
F
G
PBIC0567E
28. If front oil seal is to be replaced, remove it from the front cover.
● Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver in notch on oil seal mounting
point, and pry out oil seal.
H
I
J
K
PBIC0558E
29. Set the intake camshaft sprocket to the most advanced position.
CAUTION:
Do not remove the chain tensioner before performing this
step.
CAUTION:
Removal/installation of the intake camshaft sprocket is
required to maintain the most advanced position because
of the following reasons. Therefore, follow the procedure
exactly.
● Sprocket and vane (camshaft in front) rotate and become
MBIB0195E
offset within the specific angle range.
● When engine is stationary, the vane is located at the most retarded position. The vane is fixed to
the sprocket by an internal lock pin. Therefore, it does not rotate.
● If the camshaft sprocket mounting bolts are turned under the above circumstance, the lock pin
will be damaged by lateral load (shear stress). It may cause non-standard operation.
NOTE:
"Rotating direction" means direction viewed from the engine front side.
Revision: May 2004
EM-43
2003 Sentra
L
M
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
a.
Using a wrench, hold the hexagonal part so that the intake camshaft does not move.
MBIB0196E
b.
Using an air gun, apply air pressure to the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve advance side oil passage on the top surface of the No. 1 camshaft bracket.
Compression
pressure
:300 kPa (3.06 kg/cm2,
43.5 psi) or more
Keep applying air pressure until substep d is completed.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage the oil passage from interference of the air gun tip.
MBIB0197E
● Thoroughly wipe off the oil before applying air pressure.
When applying air pressure, cover around the air gun
using a rag. Wear protective glasses if necessary.
Slowly turn the intake camshaft in direction A (counterclockwise:
intake manifold side).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to dislocate the camshaft retaining spanner.
During the above step, an operating click (a sound indicating
internal lock pin is disengaged) is heard from the inside of the
intake camshaft sprocket. After hearing it, slowly turn intake
camshaft in direction B (clockwise: exhaust manifold side), and
set to most advanced position.
● Perform while applying air pressure.
WBIA0130E
● When the vane rotates solely against sprocket, lock pin is disengaged even if operating click is not heard.
● If the lock pin is not disengaged, jiggle the camshaft with a wrench.
● If the lock pin is not disengaged with the above step, tap the intake camshaft in front with a plastic hammer.
The following status indicates that the most advanced position is
achieved: vane starts rotating on it own, then the sprocket also
starts rotating when camshaft is turned. When above status is
achieved, this step is complete.
● The most advanced position is confirmed when the stopper
pin groove and lock pin breathing groove are aligned.
●
c.
d.
e.
MBIB0198E
Revision: May 2004
EM-44
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
f.
Stop the air and insert stopper pin [approximately 3 mm (0.12 in)
dia., length of inserted part is approximately 15 mm (0.59 in)]
into pinhole on camshaft sprocket to fix the most advanced position.
CAUTION:
Load (spring reaction force) is not applied to stopper pin.
Pin is easily detached. Therefore, secure it with vinyl tape to
prevent detachment.
NOTE:
In the figure, an Allen wrench [a/f 2.5 mm (0.098 in), short part:
approximately 20 mm (0.79 in), long part: approximately 50 mm
(1.97 in)] is used for stopper pin as an example.
30. Remove the chain tensioner.
● Remove in the following order.
a. Press the plate down and release the stopper tab.
b. Insert the plunger into the tensioner body until it stops.
c. Secure the plate by passing the stopper pin (such as a hard
wire) through the plate hole and body hole. (Plunger is also
secured.)
d. Remove the mounting bolts and remove the chain tensioner.
A
EM
C
PBIC0966E
D
E
F
G
MBIB0201E
31. While holding the hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench,
loosen the mounting bolts and remove the intake and exhaust
camshaft sprockets.
CAUTION:
● Avoid securing the camshaft at other than the hexagonal
part and loosening mounting bolts by utilizing tension of
timing chain.
● After this step is completed, do not rotate crankshaft and
camshaft separately in order to prevent interference
between the valves and pistons.
32. Remove the timing chain, timing chain slack guide and tension
guide.
33. Remove crankshaft sprocket.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
H
I
J
LBIA0292E
L
EBS00CEJ
Check for cracks and excessive wear at roller links. Replace if
necessary.
M
SEM885F
INSTALLATION
EBS00CEK
CAUTION:
●
Use a scraper to completely remove all liquid gasket adhering to mounting surface. De-grease and
clean mounting surfaces.
●
After installation, wipe off any protruding liquid gasket.
1. Install timing chain and its related parts as follows.
Revision: May 2004
K
EM-45
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
Refer to figure for proper alignment positions for the sprockets, timing chain and their related parts.
● Install each sprocket with its mating mark facing the engine
front side.
Install timing chain and crankshaft sprocket.
● Make sure that the crankshaft key points straight up (No. 1
cylinder is at TDC).
● Hook timing chain on front end of camshaft so that it will not
fall off.
Install timing chain slack guide and tension guide.
Install the camshaft sprocket. Refer to EM-29, "INSTALLATION"
.
Install the chain tensioner. Refer to EM-29, "INSTALLATION" .
Make sure that mating marks are properly aligned.
Temporarily install the oil pump drive spacer, crankshaft pulley
and crankshaft pulley mounting bolt so that the crankshaft can
be rotated.
Rotate crankshaft clockwise several times to make sure it
rotates normally.
Remove parts installed in step f.
●
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
KBIA1398E
2.
Install front oil seal to front cover.
● Install it so that identification letters on oil seal will face toward
front side of the engine.
● Using an oil seal drift, press oil seal in until it is flush with end
surface of mounting position.
● Make sure that oil seal outer circumference is free from damage and burrs.
PBIC0530E
3.
a.
b.
Install front cover as follows.
Install O-ring to cylinder block.
Apply a continuous bead of sealant to the positions shown in the
figure between the cylinder head gasket lower surface and the
cylinder block.
● Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant, or equivalent. Refer
to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0561E
c.
d.
Apply a continuous bead of sealant to the back surface of the
front cover as shown in the figure.
● Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant, or equivalent. Refer
to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
CAUTION:
● Do not apply sealant to groove A shown in figure.
● Be especially careful of amount of sealant being applied
in locations indicated with a * in the figure.
Apply sealant to the top surface of front cover lightly and evenly.
Revision: May 2004
EM-46
PBIC0562E
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Install O-ring to back surface to front cover.
●
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
With socket oil pump inner rotor placed on crankshaft top surface (clearance between front cover top surface and cylinder
head gasket lower surface is secured), move front cover close to
cylinder block.
Lift front cover at an angle and install it to mounting position so
that front cover will come in contact with both cylinder head gasket lower surface and cylinder block front surface at the same
time.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage cylinder head gasket.
● Make sure both sealing surfaces are contacted at the
same time to ensure proper sealant adhesion and location.
Install the front cover with mounting bolts temporarily so that
front cover will not move.
Press fit the dowel pin into the cylinder block through the front
cover.
A
EM
C
D
PBIC0563E
E
F
G
H
PBIC0564E
j.
Tighten the front cover mounting bolts temporarily.
A [M6 x 20 mm (0.79 in)], B [M6 x 40 mm (1.57 in)], C [M8 x
70 mm (2.76)], D [M6 x 73 mm (2.87 in)]
● Bolt C also secures the power steering pump adjusting bar.
● Bolt E [M6 x 12 mm (0.47 in)] is for installing power steering
pump adjusting bar.
Tighten the cylinder head auxiliary bolts (M6) temporarily.
Tighten the front cover mounting bolts and cylinder head auxiliary bolts to specified torque.
●
k.
l.
I
J
K
L
EMD0850D
M
4.
5.
6.
Install oil pump drive spacer.
● When installing, align with flat of oil pump rotor.
● If they are not aligned, rotate inner rotor with a flat-bladed
screwdriver to align them.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage oil seal lips.
Install water pump pulley and idler pulley bracket assembly.
Install crankshaft pulley.
● When installing it, make sure that front oil seal lip is not
inverted and garter spring is in position.
● Secure crankshaft counterweight with the handle of a hammer, and tighten crankshaft pulley bolt.
Revision: May 2004
EM-47
PBIC0566E
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QG18DE]
7.
8.
Install cylinder head front cover.
● Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to cylinder head front cover in the
specified thickness, as shown.
● Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Install engine front mounting bracket.
PBIC0968E
9.
Installation of the remaining parts is in reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
●
●
EBS00EWU
In order to allow sealant to cure, perform inspection at least 30 minutes after the last step involving sealant is installed.
With engine warmed up, check each part for engine oil leakage.
Revision: May 2004
EM-48
2003 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[QG18DE]
OIL SEAL
Replacement
PFP:00100
A
EBS00CEL
VALVE OIL SEAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-23, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove valve spring. Refer to EM-56, "DISASSEMBLY" .
Remove valve oil seal with Tool.
CAUTION:
Piston concerned should be set at TDC to prevent valve
from falling into combustion chamber.
EM
C
D
E
WEM032
5.
F
Apply new engine oil to new valve oil seal and install it with Tool.
G
H
I
WEM033
J
FRONT OIL SEAL
1.
2.
Remove the following parts:
● Engine under cover
● RH engine side cover
● Generator and power steering drive belts
● Crankshaft pulley
Remove front oil seal from front cover.
● Be careful not to scratch front cover.
K
L
M
SEM911F
Revision: May 2004
EM-49
2003 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[QG18DE]
3.
Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable
tool.
● Install new oil seal in the direction shown.
SEM715A
SEM912F
Revision: May 2004
EM-50
2003 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[QG18DE]
REAR OIL SEAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "Removal and Installation" (RS5F70A), MT-82, "Removal and A
Installation" (RS5F51A), MT-143, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F51H), or AT-265, "REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" (RE4F03B), AT-649, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" (RE4F04B).
Remove flywheel (MT) or drive plate (AT).
EM
Remove rear oil seal.
● Be careful not to scratch rear oil seal retainer.
C
D
E
SEM096F
4.
F
Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable
tool.
● Install new oil seal in the direction shown.
G
H
SEM715A
I
J
K
L
SEM097F
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-51
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
CYLINDER HEAD
On-Vehicle Service
PFP:11041
EBS00EZ5
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Warm up the engine to full operating temperature.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (ULEV)], or EC637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
Remove the ignition coils.
Remove the spark plugs.
● Clean the area around the spark plug with compressed air before removing the spark plug.
Attach a compression tester to No. 1 cylinder.
WBIA0129E
SEM387C
7.
8.
9.
Depress the accelerator pedal fully to keep the throttle valve wide open.
Crank the engine and record highest gauge indication.
Repeat the measurement on each cylinder as shown above.
● Always use a fully-charged battery to obtain specified engine speed.
Compression pressure
Standard
Minimum
Maximum allowable difference
between cylinders
: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)/rpm
: 1,324 (13.5, 192)/350
: 1,157 (11.5, 168)/350
: 98 (1.0, 14)/350
10. If cylinder compression in one or more cylinders is low, pour a small amount of engine oil into the cylinder
through the spark plug hole and retest compression.
● If adding oil improves cylinder compression, piston rings may be worn or damaged. If so,
replace piston rings after checking the piston and cylinder walls.
● If pressure stays low, a valve may be sticking or seating improperly. Inspect and repair valve
and valve seat. Refer to EM-35, "INSPECTION" , EM-60, "VALVE SEATS" . If valve or valve seat
is damaged excessively, replace them.
● If compression in any two adjacent cylinders is low and if adding oil does not improve compression,
there is leakage past the gasket surface. If so, replace cylinder head gasket.
11. Install spark plugs, ignition coils and fuel pump fuse.
Revision: May 2004
EM-52
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
12. Erase DTC if any DTC appears. Refer to EC-71, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" [QG18DE (ULEV)], or EC-651, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
Removal and Installation
A
EBS00CEN
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PBIC0972E
1.
Rear engine slinger
2.
Cylinder head bolt
3.
Washer
4.
Auxiliary bolt of cylinder head
5.
Cylinder head gasket
6.
Cylinder head assembly
K
CAUTION:
●
When installing camshaft and oil seal, lubricate contacting surfaces with new engine oil.
●
When tightening cylinder head bolts, camshaft sprocket bolts and camshaft bracket bolts, lubricate bolt threads and seat surfaces with new engine oil.
●
Attach tags to valve lifters so as not to mix them up.
L
REMOVAL
M
1.
Drain engine coolant.
Be careful not to spill coolant on drive belts.
SEM869F
2.
3.
4.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" for [QG18DE (ULEV)], or EC637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" for [QG18DE (SULEV)].
Remove the air duct to intake manifold collector.
Remove the engine drive belts.
Revision: May 2004
EM-53
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
5.
6.
7.
Remove the front splash undercovers.
Remove the front exhaust tube.
Before removing the intake manifold collector from the engine, the following parts should be disconnected
to remove the intake manifold collector:
● Fuel injector tube quick connectors. Refer to EM-19, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
● Ground harness
Harness connectors for:
● Electric throttle control actuator
● Heated oxygen sensor (ULEV) or Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (SULEV only)
● Swirl control position sensor (SULEV only)
● Swirl control valve (SULEV only)
● Water hoses from collector
● Heater hoses
● PCV hose
Vacuum hoses for:
● EVAP canister
● Power brake booster
8. Remove the intake manifold rear supports.
9. Remove the exhaust manifold.
10. Remove the spark plugs.
11. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-23, "ROCKER COVER" .
12. Remove camshafts. Refer to EM-26, "CAMSHAFT" .
13. Remove cylinder head bolts.
● Cylinder head bolts should be loosened in two or three steps.
CAUTION:
Head warping or cracking could result from removing the
cylinder head bolts in incorrect order.
14. Remove cylinder head with intake manifold.
SEM878F
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Before installing cylinder head gasket, apply a bead of Genuine
RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent, to mating surface of cylinder
block as shown. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Install the cylinder head gasket.
● When installing the cylinder head with manifolds, use a
new cylinder head gasket.
PBIC0573E
Revision: May 2004
EM-54
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
3.
Install cylinder head assembly and cylinder head bolts with
washers.
● Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surface of mounting bolts.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to install washers between bolts and cylinder
head with washer orientation as shown.
A
EM
C
SEM877A
D
4.
Tighten cylinder head bolts (1) to (10) in numerical order as
shown in five stages.
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
Stage 5
Cylinder head bolts
: 29.4 N-m (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)
: 58.8 N-m (6.0 kg-m, 43 ft-lb)
: 0 N-m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb) (loosen)
: 27.4 - 31.4 N-m (2.8 - 3.2 kg-m,
21 - 23 ft-lb)
: 50° - 55° (target 50°) clockwise
E
F
G
SEM900F
H
I
J
SEM878F
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using angle
wrench.
K
L
M
PBIC0574E
Revision: May 2004
EM-55
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
5.
6.
Tighten cylinder auxiliary bolts (11) to (14) in numerical order
shown in figure.
● Verify shank length under bolt head. [Bolt 11: 20 mm (0.79 in),
bolts 12 - 14: 25 mm (0.98 in)]
Install the remaining components in the reverse order of
removal.
SEM900F
Disassembly and Assembly
EBS00EWV
PBIC0973E
1.
Cylinder head
2.
Valve (INT)
3.
Valve (EXH)
4.
7.
Valve seat
5.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
6.
Copper washer
Spark plug tube
8.
Spark plug
CAUTION:
●
When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surface with new engine oil.
●
Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surface when installing cylinder head, camshaft
sprocket, crankshaft pulley and camshaft bracket.
●
Note valve lifter positions so as to ensure proper installation locations.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove intake manifold assembly.
Remove adjusting shims (if equipped) and valve lifters.
● Note locations for installation.
Revision: May 2004
EM-56
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
3.
4.
5.
Remove valve collet.
● compress valve spring using Tool as shown. Remove valve
collet with magnet.
Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring.
Push valve stem through the combustion chamber side, and
remove valve.
● Inspect valve guide clearance before removal. Refer to EM58, "VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE" .
● Label components for installation in the same location.
A
EM
C
SEM914F
D
6.
7.
8.
Remove valve oil seal using Tool as shown.
Remove valve spring seat.
When valve seat must replaced, refer to EM-60, "REPLACING
VALVE SEAT FOR SERVICE PARTS" .
9. When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-59, "VALVE
GUIDE REPLACEMENT" .
10. Remove spark plugs.
11. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
CAUTION:
SEM909F
Do not shock it.
12. Remove spark plug tubes, as necessary.
● Using a pair of pliers, pull spark plug tube out of cylinder head.
CAUTION:
● Take care not to damage cylinder head.
● Spark plug tubes are deformed during removal and cannot be reused once removed. Do not
remove unless necessary.
G
ASSEMBLY
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K
6.
7.
If removed, install valve seat, refer to EM-60, "REPLACING VALVE SEAT FOR SERVICE PARTS" .
If removed, install valve guide, refer to EM-59, "VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT" .
Install valve oil seal using Tool as shown.
Install valve spring seat.
Install valve.
● Install large diameter to intake side.
Install valve spring.
Install valve spring retainer.
PBIC0576E
8.
Install valve collet.
● Compress valve spring using Tool as shown. Install valve collet with magnet.
● Tap stem edge lightly with plastic hammer after installation to
check if installed securely.
9. Install adjusting shim, if equipped, using Tool.
10. Apply sealant to engine coolant temperature sensor threads.
● Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
11. Install engine coolant temperature sensor.
Revision: May 2004
EM-57
SEM914F
2003 Sentra
E
F
H
I
L
M
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
12. Install spark plug tube.
● Press-fit spark tube as follows.
a. Remove old liquid gasket adhering to cylinder-head mounting
hole.
b. Apply liquid gasket to area within approximately 15 mm (0.59 in)
from edge of spark plug tube press-fit side as shown.
● Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket, or equivalent.
Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
AND SEALANTS" .
c. Using a drift, press-fit the spark plug tube so that its height "H" is
as shown.
Standard press-fit height "H"
KBIA1248E
: 41.0 - 42.0 mm (1.61 - 1.65 in)
CAUTION:
When press-fitting, take care not to deform spark plug tube.
● After press-fitting, wipe off liquid gasket protruding onto cylinder head upper surface.
13. Install spark plugs. Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
14. Install intake manifold. Refer to EM-12, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
●
Inspection after Disassembly
EBS00CEP
CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION
1.
2.
Clean surface of cylinder head.
Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness of cylinder head mating surface.
● Check along six positions as shown.
Head surface flatness
Standard
: Less than 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
If beyond the specified limit, replace or resurface it.
Resurfacing limit:
The limit for cylinder head resurfacing is determined by the
amount of cylinder block resurfacing.
Amount of cylinder head resurfacing is “A”.
Amount of cylinder block resurfacing is “B”.
The maximum limit is
as follows
SEM915F
: A + B = 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
After resurfacing cylinder head, check that camshaft rotates freely by hand. If resistance is felt, replace cylinder head.
Nominal cylinder head height
: 117.8 - 118.0 mm (4.638 - 4.646 in)
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
1.
Measure valve deflection as shown in figure. (Valve and valve
guide wear the most in this direction.)
Valve deflection limit (dial gauge reading)
Intake & Exhaust
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
SEM345D
Revision: May 2004
EM-58
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
2.
a.
b.
c.
If it exceeds the limit, check valve to valve guide clearance.
Measure valve stem diameter and valve guide inner diameter.
Calculate valve to valve guide clearance.
Valve stem to valve guide clearance = valve guide inner
diameter − valve stem diameter.
Check that clearance is within specification.
A
EM
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Intake
0.020 - 0.050 (0.0008 - 0.0020)
0.1 (0.004)
Exhaust
0.040 - 0.070 (0.0016 - 0.0028)
0.1 (0.004)
●
●
C
Limit
SEM938C
D
If it exceeds the limit, replace valve and remeasure clearance.
If limit is still exceeded after replacing valve, replace valve guide.
E
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
1.
To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C
(230° to 266°F).
F
G
H
SEM008A
2.
I
Drive out valve guide with a press [under a 20 kN (2 ton, 2.2 US
ton, 2.0 Imp ton) pressure] or hammer and suitable tool.
J
K
L
SEM931C
3.
Ream cylinder head valve guide hole.
M
Valve guide hole diameter (for service parts)
Intake & Exhaust
: 9.685 - 9.696 mm
(0.3813 - 0.3817 in)
SEM932C
Revision: May 2004
EM-59
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
4.
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) and press
service valve guide into cylinder head at specified height.
Projection “L”
: 11.5 - 11.7 mm (0.453 - 0.461 in)
WBIA0076E
5.
Ream the new valve guide to the specified inner diameter.
Inner diameter finished size
Intake & Exhaust
: 5.500 - 5.515 mm
(0.2165 - 0.2171 in)
SEM932C
VALVE SEATS
Check valve seats for pitting at contact surface. Resurface or
replace if excessively worn.
●
Before repairing valve seats, check valve and valve guide
for wear. If they have worn, replace them. Then correct
valve seat.
●
Use both hands to cut uniformly.
SEM934C
REPLACING VALVE SEAT FOR SERVICE PARTS
1.
Bore out old seat until it collapses. Set machine depth stop so
that boring cannot contact the bottom face of seat recess in cylinder head.
2. Ream cylinder head recess. Refer to EM-85, "Valve Seat" for
the reaming bore for the service valve seat.
NOTE:
Use the valve guide center for reaming to ensure valve seat will have
the correct fit.
SEM795A
Revision: May 2004
EM-60
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
3.
4.
5.
6.
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F).
Press fit valve seat until it seats on the bottom.
Cut or grind valve seat using suitable tool to the specified dimensions. Refer to EM-82, "Valve" .
After cutting, lap valve seat with abrasive compound.
A
EM
C
SEM008A
D
7.
Check valve seating condition.
Seat face angle “α”
Contacting width “W”
Intake
Exhaust
: 44°53′ - 45°07′
E
: 1.06 - 1.34 mm
(0.0417 - 0.0528 in)
: 1.34 - 1.63 mm
(0.0528 - 0.0642 in)
F
G
SEM892B
8.
H
Use a depth gauge to measure the distance “L” between the
mounting surface of the cylinder head spring seat and the valve
stem end. If the distance is shorter than specified, repeat step 5
above to correct it. If the distance is longer, replace the valve
seat.
I
Valve seat resurface limit
Intake
: 35.95 - 36.55 mm (1.4154 - 1.4390 in)
Exhaust
: 35.92 - 36.52 mm (1.4142 - 1.4378 in)
J
WBIA0077E
K
VALVE DIMENSIONS
Check dimensions of each valve. Refer to EM-82, "Valve" .
L
VALVE SPRING
Squareness
1.
M
Measure dimension “S”.
Out-of-square “S”
: Less than 1.75 mm
(0.0689 in)
SEM288A
2.
If it exceeds the limit, replace the spring.
Revision: May 2004
EM-61
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QG18DE]
Pressure
Check valve spring pressure at specified spring height.
Pressure
Standard
Limit
: 370.0 N (37.73 kg, 83.19 lb) at 23.64 mm
(0.9307 in)
: More than 347.8 N (35.46 kg, 78.19 lb) at
23.64 mm (0.9307 in)
If not within specification, replace the spring.
EM113
Revision: May 2004
EM-62
2003 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QG18DE]
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:10001
A
EBS00CET
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0206E
1.
RH engine mounting
2.
RH engine mounting bracket
3.
4.
Rear engine mounting bracket
5.
Rear engine mounting
6.
Dynamic damper
7.
Center member
8.
Front engine mounting
9.
Front engine mounting bracket
Revision: May 2004
EM-63
LH engine mounting
2003 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QG18DE]
WARNING:
●
Position vehicle on a flat and solid surface.
●
Place chocks at front and back of rear wheels.
●
Do not remove engine until exhaust system has completely cooled off, otherwise, you may burn
yourself and/or fire may break out in fuel line.
●
Before disconnecting fuel hose, release pressure.
Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (ULEV)], or EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE
RELEASE" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
●
Be sure to lift engine and transaxle in a safe manner.
●
For engines not equipped with engine slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts described in
PARTS CATALOG.
CAUTION:
●
When lifting engine, be sure to clear surrounding parts. Use special care near accelerator wire
casing, brake lines and brake master cylinder.
●
When lifting the engine, always use engine slingers in a safe manner.
●
When removing drive shaft, be careful not to damage grease seal of transaxle.
●
Before separating engine and transaxle, remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the cylinder block assembly.
●
Always be extra careful not to damage edge of crankshaft position sensor (POS), or signal plate
teeth.
Engine cannot be removed separately from transaxle. Remove engine with transaxle as an assembly.
REMOVAL
1.
Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (ULEV)], or EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE
RELEASE" [QG18DE (SULEV)].
2. Drain coolant from radiator and cylinder block. Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
3. Remove coolant reservoir tank.
4. Drain engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" .
5. Remove battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-4, "BATTERY" .
6. Remove air cleaner and air duct.
7. Remove drive belts.
8. Remove generator and air conditioner compressor from engine and position aside. Refer to SC-31,
"Removal" , MTC-68, "Removal and Installation" .
9. Remove power steering oil pump from engine and position aside. Refer to PS-21, "COMPONENTS" .
NOTE:
Power steering oil pump does not need to be disconnected from power steering tubes.
10. Remove the following parts:
● RH and LH front tires
● Front splash undercovers
● RH and LH drive shaft. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
CAUTION:
When removing the drive shaft, be careful not to damage
transaxle side grease seal.
WEM020
Revision: May 2004
EM-64
2003 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QG18DE]
●
●
Disconnect control rod and support rod from transaxle (M/T
models).
Disconnect control cable from transaxle (A/T models). Refer
to AT-263, "Control Cable Adjustment" .
A
EM
C
WMT005
D
Center member
● Front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation"
.
● Stabilizer bar. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation" .
● Radiator/Cooling fan. Refer to CO-13, "Removal" .
● Fuel injector tube quick connectors (Refer to EM-19, "FUEL
INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .)
● Ground harness
Harness connectors for:
WEM024
● Electric throttle control actuator
● Swirl control valve (SULEV only)
● Swirl control position switch (SULEV only)
● Heated oxygen sensor (ULEV only) or Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor SULEV only)
● Water hoses from collector
● Heater hoses
● PCV hose
● Intake valve timing control solenoid
Vacuum hoses for:
● EVAP canister
● Power brake booster
11. If necessary, install engine slingers and support engine from above with a hoist.
12. Lift up engine slightly and disconnect or remove all engine mountings.
CAUTION:
When lifting engine, be sure to clear surrounding parts. Use special care near brake tubes and
brake master cylinder.
●
Revision: May 2004
EM-65
2003 Sentra
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QG18DE]
13. Remove engine with transaxle as shown.
SEM420D
INSTALLATION
●
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: May 2004
EM-66
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
CYLINDER BLOCK
Components
PFP:11010
A
EBS00CEU
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0135E
1.
Oil level gauge guide
2.
Cylinder block
3.
Rear oil seal retainer
4.
Rear oil seal
5.
Rear plate
6.
Flywheel
7.
Drain plug
8.
Baffle plate
9.
Top ring
10. 2nd ring
Revision: May 2004
11. Oil ring
12. Piston
EM-67
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
13. Snap ring
14. Piston pin
15. Connecting rod
16. Connecting rod bearing
17. Connecting rod cap
18. Key
19. Main bearing
20. Thrust bearing
21. Crankshaft
22. Main bearing cap
23. Knock sensor
24. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
25. Rear lower plate
26. Drive plate
27. Signal plate
28. Block heater (Canada only)
29. Connector protective cap (Canada
only)
Removal and Installation
EBS00CEV
CAUTION:
●
When installing sliding parts such as bearings and pistons, apply engine oil on the sliding surfaces.
●
Place removed parts, such as bearings and bearing caps, in their proper order and direction.
●
When installing connecting rod nuts and main bearing cap bolts, apply new engine oil to threads
and seating surfaces.
●
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the signal plate teeth of flywheel or drive plate, and
rear plate.
●
Remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS).
●
Be careful not to damage sensor edges and signal plate teeth.
Disassembly
EBS00CEW
PISTON AND CRANKSHAFT
1.
2.
3.
Place engine on a work stand.
Drain any remaining engine coolant and oil.
Remove timing chain. Refer to EM-40, "Removal" .
WEM034
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove pistons with connecting rod.
● When disassembling piston and connecting rod, remove snap
ring first. Then heat piston to 60° to 70°C (140° to 158°F) or
use piston pin press stand at room temperature.
CAUTION:
● When piston rings are not replaced, make sure that piston rings are mounted in their original positions.
● When replacing piston rings, if there is no punch mark,
install with either side up.
Measure crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-72, "Crankshaft" .
SEM877B
Loosen main bearing caps in numerical order as shown in figure.
● Bolts should be loosened in two or three steps.
Remove bearing caps, main bearings and crankshaft.
SEM165DB
Revision: May 2004
EM-68
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
8.
Remove signal plate from crankshaft.
A
EM
C
SEM928F
Inspection
D
EBS00CEX
PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE
1.
E
Measure inner diameter of piston pin hole “dp”.
Standard diameter “dp” :18.993 - 19.005 mm
(0.7478 - 0.7482 in)
F
G
AEM023
2.
H
Measure outer diameter of piston pin “Dp”.
Standard diameter
“Dp”
I
:18.989 - 19.001 mm
(0.7476 - 0.7481 in)
J
K
AEM024
L
3.
Calculate piston pin clearance Dp − dp.
Piston pin to piston clearance : 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)
M
If it exceeds the above value, replace piston assembly with pin.
Revision: May 2004
EM-69
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
Side clearance
Top ring
: 0.045 - 0.080 mm (0.0018 - 0.0031 in)
2nd ring
: 0.030 - 0.070 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
Oil ring
: 0.065 - 0.135 mm (0.0026 - 0.0053 in)
Limit
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
If out of specification, replace piston and/or piston ring assembly.
SEM024AA
PISTON RING END GAP
End gap
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
Limit of end gap
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
: 0.20 - 0.39 mm (0.0079 0.0154 in)
: 0.32 - 0.56 mm (0.0126 0.0220 in)
: 0.20 - 0.69 mm (0.0079 0.0272 in)
: 0.49 mm (0.0193 in)
: 0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
: 1.09 mm (0.0429 in)
AEM096
If out of specification, replace piston ring. If gap exceeds maximum limit with a new ring, rebore cylinder and
use oversized piston and piston rings.
Refer to EM-87, "Piston, Piston Ring and Piston Pin" .
●
When replacing the piston, check the cylinder block surface for scratches or seizure. If scratches or seizure is found, hone or replace the cylinder block.
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION
Bend Limit
Torsion Limit
: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) per
100 mm (3.94 in) length
: 0.3 mm (0.012 in) per 100
mm (3.94 in) length
SEM038F
If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.
SEM003F
Revision: May 2004
EM-70
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION AND WEAR
A
Clean upper surface of cylinder block.
Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness of
cylinder block surface. Check along six positions shown in figure.
EM
Block surface flatness
Standard
: Less than 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
C
If out of specification, resurface it.
SEM486C
The limit for cylinder block resurfacing is determined by the amount
of cylinder head resurfacing.
Amount of cylinder head resurfacing is “A”.
Amount of cylinder block resurfacing is “B”.
The maximum limit is as follows A + B
Nominal cylinder block height
from crankshaft center
D
E
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
F
213.95 - 214.05 mm
(8.4232 - 8.4271 in)
G
If necessary, replace cylinder block.
SEM102F
H
PISTON-TO-BORE CLEARANCE
1.
Using a bore gauge, measure cylinder bore for wear, out-ofround and taper. The Y axis is in the longitudinal direction of the
engine.
Standard inner diameter (Grade No. 1)
Wear limit
Out-of-round (X − Y)
standard
Taper (B − A) standard
:80.000 - 80.010 mm
(3.1496 - 3.1500 in)
:0.2 mm (0.008 in)
:Less than 0.015 mm
(0.0006 in)
:Less than 0.01 mm
(0.0004 in)
I
J
K
SEM166D
L
If it exceeds the limit, rebore all cylinders. Replace cylinder block if necessary.
2.
Check for score and seizure. If seizure is found, hone it.
● If cylinder block or piston is replaced, match piston grade
with grade number on cylinder block lower surface.
M
SEM929F
Revision: May 2004
EM-71
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
3.
Measure piston skirt diameter.
Piston diameter “A”
Measuring point “a”
(Distance from the top)
:Refer to EM-87, "Piston,
Piston Ring and Piston
Pin" .
:42.3 mm (1.665 in)
SEM258C
4.
Check that piston-to-bore clearance is within specification.
Piston-to-bore clearance
= cylinder bore measurement “B” − Piston diameter “A”
5.
6.
:0.025 - 0.045 mm
(0.0010 - 0.0018 in)
Determine piston oversize according to amount of cylinder wear.
● Oversize pistons are available for service. Refer to EM-87, "Piston, Piston Ring and Piston Pin" .
Cylinder bore size is determined by adding piston-to-bore clearance to piston diameter “A”.
Rebored size calculation
D=A+B−C
where:
D
: Bored diameter
A
: Piston diameter as measured
B
: Piston-to-bore clearance
C
: Honing allowance 0.02 mm
(0.0008 in)
7.
Install main bearing caps and tighten bolts to the specified torque. This will prevent distortion of cylinder
bores.
8. Cut cylinder bores.
● When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored.
● Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time. Cut only 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or so at a time.
9. Hone cylinders to obtain specified piston-to-bore clearance.
10. Measure finished cylinder bore for out-of-round and taper.
● Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down.
CRANKSHAFT
1.
Check crankshaft main and pin journals for score, wear or
cracks.
SEM316A
2.
With a micrometer, measure journals for taper and out-of-round.
Revision: May 2004
EM-72
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
Out-of-round, (X − Y)
Standard
Limit
Taper, (A − B)
Standard
Limit
3.
A
: Less than 0.003 mm
(0.0001 in)
: Less than 0.005 mm
(0.0002 in)
EM
C
: Less than 0.004 mm
(0.0002 in)
: Less than 0.005 mm
(0.0002 in)
D
Measure crankshaft runout.
Runout, Standard (Total
indicator reading)
Limit
E
:Less than 0.04 mm
(0.0016 in)
: Less than 0.05 mm
(0.0020 in)
F
G
SEM346D
BEARING CLEARANCE
Use Method A or Method B. Method A is preferred because it is more accurate.
Method A (Using bore gauge and micrometer)
H
I
Main bearing
1.
2.
Set main bearings in their proper positions on cylinder block and
main bearing cap.
Install main bearing cap to cylinder block.
Tighten all bolts in correct order in two or three stages.
Refer to EM-77, "Assembly" .
J
K
L
SEM366E
M
3.
Measure inner diameter “A” of each main bearing.
AEM153
Revision: May 2004
EM-73
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
4.
Measure outer diameter “Dm” of each main journal in crankshaft.
AEM026
5.
Calculate main bearing clearance.
Main bearing clearance = A − Dm
Standard
: 0.018 - 0.042 mm (0.0007 - 0.0017 in)
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
If it exceeds the limit, replace bearing.
If clearance cannot be adjusted within standard of any bearing,
grind crankshaft journal and use undersized bearing.
When grinding crank pin and crank journal:
● Grind until clearance is within specified standard bearing
clearance.
● Fillets should be finished as shown in the figure. R: 2.3 2.5 mm (0.091 - 0.098 in)
Refer to EM-90, "Bearing Clearance" for standard bearing
clearance and available spare parts.
SEM588A
6.
a.
b.
If the crankshaft is replaced, select thickness of main bearings
as follows:
Grade number of each cylinder block main journal is punched on
the respective cylinder block. These numbers are punched in
either Arabic or Roman numerals.
Grade number of each crankshaft main journal is punched on
the respective crankshaft. These numbers are punched in either
Arabic or Roman numerals.
SEM930F
AEM172
Revision: May 2004
EM-74
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
c.
Select main bearing with suitable thickness according to the following table.
Main bearing grade color:
Crankshaft main journal grade number
A
Cylinder block main journal grade number
0
1 or I
2 or II
0
0 (Black)
1 (Brown)
2 (Green)
1 or I
1 (Brown)
2 (Green)
3 (Yellow)
2 or II
2 (Green)
3 (Yellow)
4 (Blue)
EM
C
SEM194C
For example:
Cylinder block main journal grade number: 1
Crankshaft main journal grade number: 2
Main bearing grade number = 1 + 2 = 3 (Yellow)
D
E
Connecting Rod Bearing (Big End)
1. Install connecting rod bearing to connecting rod and cap.
2. Install connecting rod cap to connecting rod.
Tighten bolts to the specified torque.
3. Measure inner diameter “C” of each bearing.
F
G
H
AEM027
4.
5.
I
Measure outer diameter “Dp” of each crankshaft pin journal.
Calculate connecting rod bearing clearance.
Connecting rod bearing clearance = C − Dp
Standard
: 0.014 - 0.039 mm (0.0006 - 0.0015 in)
Limit
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
J
K
If it exceeds the limit, replace bearing.
If clearance cannot be adjusted using any standard bearing
grade, grind crankshaft journal and use undersized bearing.
Refer to EM-90, "Bearing Clearance" .
L
AEM028
●
If a new bearing, crankshaft or connecting rod is replaced, select
connecting rod bearing according to the following table.
M
SEM437CA
Connecting rod bearing grade number:
These numbers are punched in either Arabic or Roman numerals.
Crankshaft pin journal grade number
Connecting rod bearing grade color
0
—
Revision: May 2004
EM-75
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
Crankshaft pin journal grade number
Connecting rod bearing grade color
1or I
Brown
2 or II
Green
Method B (Using Plastigage)
CAUTION:
●
Do not turn crankshaft or connecting rod while Plastigage
is being inserted.
●
If incorrect bearing clearance exists, use a thicker or undersized main bearing to ensure specified clearance.
EM142
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING CLEARANCE (SMALL END)
1.
Measure inner diameter “C” of bushing.
AEM029
2.
3.
Measure outer diameter “Dp” of piston pin.
Calculate piston pin to connecting rod bushing clearance.
Piston pin to connecting rod bushing clearance =
C − Dp
Standard
Limit
:0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in)
:0.023 mm (0.0009 in)
If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly or connecting rod bushing and/or piston pin.
AEM030
REPLACEMENT OF CONNECTING ROD BUSHING (SMALL END)
1.
Drive in small end bushing until it is flush with end surface of
rod.
Be sure to align the oil holes.
2. Ream the bushing so that clearance with piston pin is within
specification.
Piston pin to connecting rod bushing clearance
Standard
: 0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in)
Limit
: 0.023 mm (0.0009 in)
SEM062A
Revision: May 2004
EM-76
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
FLYWHEEL RUNOUT
A
Runout (Total indicator reading)
Flywheel (M/T models)
:Less than 0.15 mm
(0.0059 in)
EM
CAUTION:
●
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring
gear teeth and rear plate.
●
Do not resurface flywheel. Replace as necessary.
C
SEM931F
Assembly
EBS00CEY
PISTON
1.
D
E
Install new snap ring on one side of piston pin hole.
F
G
H
SEM166B
2.
Heat piston to 60° to 70°C (140° to 158°F) and assemble piston,
piston pin, connecting rod and new snap ring.
● Align the direction of piston and connecting rod.
● Numbers stamped on connecting rod and cap correspond to each cylinder.
● After assembly, make sure connecting rod swings
smoothly.
I
J
K
SEM932F
3.
Set piston rings as shown.
CAUTION:
● When piston rings are not replaced, make sure that piston rings are mounted in their original position.
● Install new piston rings either side up if there is no punch
mark.
M
SEM965E
Revision: May 2004
EM-77
L
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
●
Align piston rings so that end gaps are positioned as
shown.
SEM160B
CRANKSHAFT
1.
Install signal plate to crankshaft using dowel pin to properly position the signal plate. Remove the dowel pin after the signal plate
bolts are tightened. Tighten the signal plate bolts.
Signal plate bolts
: 7.64 - 9.22 N·m (0.78 - 0.94 kg-m,
67.7 - 81.6 in-lb
Dowel pin diameter
: 6 mm (0.24 in)
WEM035
2.
Set main bearings in their proper positions on cylinder block and main bearing cap.
● Confirm that correct main bearings are selected by using Method A or Method B. Refer to EM90, "Bearing Clearance" .
● Apply new engine oil to bearing surfaces.
SEM420C
SEM366E
Revision: May 2004
EM-78
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
3.
Install crankshaft and main bearing caps and tighten bolts to the
specified torque.
● Apply new engine oil to the bolt thread and seat surface.
● Prior to tightening bearing cap bolts, shift crankshaft
back and forth to properly seat the bearing caps.
● Tighten bearing cap bolts gradually in two or three
stages. Start with center bearing and move outward as
shown in figure.
● After securing bearing cap bolts, make sure crankshaft
turns smoothly by hand.
A
EM
C
SEM933F
D
4.
Measure crankshaft free end play.
Crankshaft free end play
Standard
0.060 - 0.220 mm (0.0024 - 0.0087 in)
Limit
0.3 mm (0.012 in)
E
F
If beyond the limit, replace thrust bearing with new ones.
G
SEM116F
5.
H
Install connecting rod bearings in connecting rods and connecting rod caps.
● Confirm that correct bearings are used. Refer to EM-90,
"Connecting Rod Bearing" .
● Install bearings so that oil hole in connecting rod aligns
with oil hole of bearing.
● Apply new engine oil to bolt threads and bearing surfaces.
I
J
K
SEM168D
6.
a.
Install pistons with connecting rods.
Install them into corresponding cylinders with Tool.
● Make sure connecting rod does not scratch cylinder wall.
● Make sure connecting rod bolts do not scratch crankshaft pin journals.
● Arrange so that front mark on piston head faces engine.
● Apply new engine oil to piston rings and sliding surface
of piston.
L
M
AEM154
Revision: May 2004
EM-79
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QG18DE]
b.
Install connecting rod caps.
Apply new engine oil to bolt threads and nut seating surfaces.
Tighten connecting rod cap nuts in two stages:
Stage 1
Stage 2
: 13.72 - 15.68 N·m (1.399 - 1.599 kg-m,
10.120 - 11.566 ft-lb)
: 35 - 40 degrees clockwise, or 23 - 28 N·m
(2.3 - 2.9 kg-m, 17 - 21 ft-lb)
AEM155
7.
Measure connecting rod side clearance.
Connecting rod side clearance
Standard
:0.200 - 0.470 mm (0.0079 - 0.0185 in)
Limit
:0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
If beyond the limit, replace connecting rod and/or crankshaft.
SEM935F
8.
a.
b.
Install rear oil seal retainer.
Before installing rear oil seal retainer, remove old Silicone RTV
Sealant from cylinder block and retainer.
Apply a continuous bead of Silicone RTV Sealant to rear oil seal
retainer.
● Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer
to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
● Apply around inner side of bolt holes.
AEM248
9.
Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).
Crankshaft position sensor bolt
: 7.2 - 10.8 N·m (0.73 - 1.10 kg-m, 63.4 - 95.5 in-lb)
10. Install knock sensor at correct angle.
Knock sensor bolt
: 15.7 - 20.6 N·m (1.6 - 2.1 kg-m,
12 - 15 ft-lb)
SEM936F
Revision: May 2004
EM-80
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
A
EBS00CEZ
Engine
QG18DE
Classification
Gasoline
Cylinder arrangement
4, in-line
EM
Displacement
C
cm3 (cu in)
1,769 (107.94)
Bore × stroke
mm (in)
80.0 x 88.0 (3.150 x 3.465)
Valve arrangement
DOHC
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Compression
Number of piston rings
D
E
2
F
Oil
1
Number of main bearings
5
Compression ratio
G
9.5
H
I
Valve timing
(Intake valve timing control - OFF)
EM120
J
K
Unit:
degree
a
b
c
d
e
f
204
236
5
51
-2
26
M
Compression Pressure
EBS00CF0
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)/350 rpm
Standard
1,324 (13.5, 192)
Minimum
1,157 (11.5, 168)
Difference limit between cylinders
98 (1.0, 14)
Cylinder Head
EBS00CF1
Unit: mm (in)
Head surface flatness
Nominal height
Revision: May 2004
L
Standard
Limit
Less than 0.03 (0.0012)
0.1 (0.004)
117.8 - 118.0 (4.638 - 4.646)
—
EM-81
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
Valve
EBS00CF2
VALVE
Unit: mm (in)
SEM188A
Valve head diameter “D”
Valve length “L”
Valve stem diameter “d”
Intake
29.9 - 30.2 (1.177 - 1.189)
Exhaust
24.9 - 25.2 (0.980 - 0.992)
Intake
92.00 - 92.50 (3.6220 - 3.6417)
Exhaust
92.37 - 92.87 (3.6366 - 3.6563)
Intake
5.465 - 5.480 (0.2152 - 0.2157)
Exhaust
5.445 - 5.460 (0.2144 - 0.2150)
Valve face angle “α”
45°15′ - 45°45′
Valve face contact width
Intake
1.06 - 1.34 (0.0417 - 0.0528)
Exhaust
1.34 - 1.63 (0.0528 - 0.0642)
Valve margin “T” limit
1.05 - 1.35 (0.0413 - 0.0531)
Valve stem end surface grinding limit
0.2 (0.008)
VALVE SPRING
Free height
mm (in)
41.19 (1.622)
Standard
Pressure N (kg, lb) at height mm (in)
370.0 (37.73, 83.19) at 23.64 (0.9307)
Limit
More than 347.8 (35.46, 78.19) at 23.64 (0.9307)
Out-of-square mm (in)
Less than 1.75 (0.0689)
VALVE LIFTER
Unit: mm (in)
Valve lifter outer diameter
29.960 - 29.975 (1.1795 - 1.1801)
Valve lifter guide bore
30.000 - 30.021 (1.1811 - 1.1819)
Clearance between valve lifter and valve lifter guide
0.025 - 0.065 (0.0010 - 0.0026)
VALVE CLEARANCE
Unit: mm (in)
For adjusting (Standard)
Hot
Cold* (reference data)
For checking (Reference)
Hot
Intake
0.32 - 0.40 (0.013 - 0.016)
0.25 - 0.33 (0.010 - 0.013)
0.21 - 0.47 (0.008 - 0.019)
Exhaust
0.37 - 0.45 (0.015 - 0.018)
0.32 - 0.40 (0.013 - 0.016)
0.30 - 0.56 (0.012 - 0.022)
*: At a temperature of approximately 20°C (68°F)
Whenever valve clearances are adjusted to cold specifications, check that the clearances satisfy hot specifications and adjust
again if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
EM-82
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
VALVE GUIDE
Unit: mm (in)
A
EM
C
D
MEM096A
Intake
Outer diameter
Valve guide
Inner diameter
[Finished size]
Exhaust
E
Standard
Service
Standard
Service
9.523 - 9.534
(0.3749 - 0.3754)
9.723 - 9.734
(0.3828 - 0.3832)
9.523 - 9.534
(0.3749 - 0.3754)
9.723 - 9.734
(0.3828 - 0.3832)
5.500 - 5.515 (0.2165 - 0.2171)
5.500 - 5.515 (0.2165 - 0.2171)
Cylinder head valve guide hole diameter
9.475 - 9.496
(0.3730 - 0.3739)
9.685 - 9.696
(0.3813 - 0.3817)
9.475 - 9.496
(0.3730 - 0.3739)
9.685 - 9.696
(0.3813 - 0.3817)
Interference fit of valve guide
0.027 - 0.059
(0.0011 - 0.0023)
0.027 - 0.049
(0.0011 - 0.0019)
0.027 - 0.059
(0.0011 - 0.0023)
0.027 - 0.049
(0.0011 - 0.0019)
Stem to guide clearance
Stem to guide clearance limit
0.020 - 0.050 (0.0008 - 0.0020)
0.040 - 0.070 (0.0016 - 0.0028)
0.1 (0.004)
0.1 (0.004)
Valve deflection limit (Dial gauge reading)
G
H
I
0.2 (0.008)
Projection length “L”
F
11.5 - 11.7 (0.453 - 0.461)
AVAILABLE SHIMS
J
K
L
AEM236
M
Revision: May 2004
Thickness mm (in)
Identification mark
2.00 (0.0787)
200
2.02 (0.0795)
202
2.04 (0.0803)
204
2.06 (0.0811)
206
2.08 (0.0819)
208
2.10 (0.0827)
210
2.12 (0.0835)
212
2.14 (0.0843)
214
2.16 (0.0850)
216
2.18 (0.0858)
218
2.20 (0.0866)
220
EM-83
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
Revision: May 2004
2.21 (0.0870)
221
2.22 (0.0874)
222
2.23 (0.0877)
223
2.24 (0.0882)
224
2.25 (0.0885)
225
2.26 (0.0890)
226
2.27 (0.0893)
227
2.28 (0.0898)
228
2.29 (0.0901)
229
2.30 (0.0906)
230
2.31 (0.0909)
231
2.32 (0.0913)
232
2.33 (0.0917)
233
2.34 (0.0921)
234
2.35 (0.0925)
235
2.36 (0.0929)
236
2.37 (0.0933)
237
2.38 (0.0937)
238
2.39 (0.0940)
239
2.40 (0.0945)
240
2.41 (0.0948)
241
2.42 (0.0953)
242
2.43 (0.0956)
243
2.44 (0.0961)
244
2.45 (0.0964)
245
2.46 (0.0969)
246
2.47 (0.0972)
247
2.48 (0.0976)
248
2.49 (0.0980)
249
2.50 (0.0984)
250
2.51 (0.0988)
251
2.52 (0.0992)
252
2.53 (0.0996)
253
2.54 (0.1000)
254
2.55 (0.1003)
255
2.56 (0.1008)
256
2.57 (0.1011)
257
2.58 (0.1016)
258
2.59 (0.1019)
259
2.60 (0.1024)
260
2.61 (0.1027)
261
2.62 (0.1031)
262
2.63 (0.1035)
263
2.64 (0.1039)
264
2.65 (0.1043)
265
EM-84
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
2.66 (0.1047)
266
2.68 (0.1055)
268
2.70 (0.1063)
270
2.72 (0.1071)
272
2.74 (0.1079)
274
2.76 (0.1087)
276
2.78 (0.1094)
278
2.80 (0.1102)
280
2.82 (0.1110)
282
2.84 (0.1118)
284
2.86 (0.1126)
286
2.88 (0.1134)
288
2.90 (0.1142)
290
2.92 (0.1150)
292
2.94 (0.1157)
294
2.96 (0.1165)
296
2.98 (0.1173)
298
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
VALVE SEAT
Unit: mm (in)
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEM573DA
WEM047
Dia.
Specification
Dia.
Specification
A
27.8 - 28.0 (1.094 - 1.102)
E
24.5 - 24.7 (0.965 - 0.972)
B
29.5 - 29.7 (1.161 - 1.169)
F
26.500 - 26.516 (1.0433 - 1.0439)
C
31.9 - 32.1 (1.256 - 1.264)
G
26.2 - 26.4 (1.031 - 1.039)
D
31.500 - 31.516 (1.2402 - 1.2408)
H
22.4 - 22.6 (0.8819 - 0.8898)
Revision: May 2004
EM-85
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
VALVE SEAT RESURFACE LIMIT
Unit: mm (in)
AEM343
Depth (L)
Intake
35.95 - 36.55 (1.4154 - 1.4390)
Exhaust
35.92 - 36.52 (1.4142 - 1.4378)
Camshaft and Camshaft Bearing
EBS00CF3
Unit: mm (in)
SEM671
Intake
Cam height “A”
40.61 - 40.80 (1.599 - 1.606)
Exhaust
38.965 - 39.155 (1.534 - 1.542)
Cam wear limit
0.20 (0.0079)
Camshaft journal clearance
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
Intake: 0.030 - 0.071
(0.0012 - 0.0028)
Exhaust: 0.045 - 0.086
(0.0018 - 0.0034)
Intake: 0.135 (0.0053)
Exhaust: 0.150 (0.0059)
Intake: 23.985 - 24.006
(0.9443 - 0.9451)
Exhaust: 24.000 - 24.021
(0.9449 - 0.9457)
No. 1
27.935 - 27.955
(1.0998 - 1.1006)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
23.935 - 23.955
(0.9423 - 0.9431)
Outer diameter of camshaft journal
Camshaft runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.02 (0.0008)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*]
Camshaft end play
Limit
28.000 - 28.021
(1.1024 - 1.1032)
No. 1
Inner diameter of camshaft bracket
Standard
—
—
0.1 (0.004)
Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
0.115 - 0.188 (0.0045 - 0.0074)
0.20 (0.0079)
*Total indicator reading
Revision: May 2004
EM-86
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
Cylinder Block
EBS00CF4
Unit: mm (in)
A
EM
C
SEM171D
D
Surface flatness
Height “H” (nominal)
Cylinder bore
inner diameter
Standard
E
Standard
Limit
Less than 0.03 (0.0012)
0.1 (0.004)
213.95 - 214.05
(8.4232 - 8.4271)
—
Grade No. 1
80.000 - 80.010
(3.1496 - 3.1500)
Grade No. 2
80.010 - 80.020
(3.1500 - 3.1504)
Grade No. 3
80.020 - 80.030
(3.1504 - 3.1508)
F
G
0.2 (0.008)
H
Out-of-round (X − Y)
Less than 0.015 (0.0006)
—
Taper (B − A)
Less than 0.01 (0.0004)
—
0.05 (0.0020)
0.2 (0.008)
Difference in inner diameter between cylinders
I
Piston, Piston Ring and Piston Pin
EBS00CF5
J
PISTON
Unit: mm (in)
K
L
M
SEM882E
Standard
Piston skirt diameter “A”
Grade No. 1
79.965 - 79.975 (3.1482 - 3.1486)
Grade No. 2
79.975 - 79.985 (3.1486 - 3.1490)
Grade No. 3
79.985 - 79.995 (3.1490 - 3.1494)
0.25 (0.0098) oversize (service)
80.215 - 80.245 (3.1581 - 3.1592)
0.5 (0.020) oversize (service)
80.465 - 80.495 (3.1679 - 3.1691)
“a” distance from the top
42.3 (1.665)
Piston pin hole inner diameter
18.993 - 19.005 (0.7478 - 0.7482)
Piston-to-bore clearance
Revision: May 2004
0.025 - 0.045 (0.0010 - 0.0018)
EM-87
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
PISTON RING
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Side clearance
End gap
Limit
Top
0.045 - 0.080 (0.0018 - 0.0031)
2nd
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Oil
0.065 - 0.135 (0.0026 - 0.0053)
Top
0.20 - 0.39 (0.0079 - 0.0154)
0.49 (0.0193)
2nd
0.32 - 0.56 (0.0126 - 0.0220)
0.64 (0.0252)
Oil
0.20 - 0.69 (0.0079 - 0.0272)
1.09 (0.0429)
0.2 (0.008)
PISTON PIN
Unit: mm (in)
Piston pin outer diameter
18.989 - 19.001 (0.7476 - 0.7481)
Piston pin to piston clearance
Piston pin to connecting rod bushing
clearance (small end)
0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
Standard
0.005 - 0.017 (0.0002 - 0.0007)
Limit
0.023 (0.0009)
Connecting Rod
EBS00CF6
Unit: mm (in)
Center distance
140.45 - 140.55 (5.5295 - 5.5335)
Bend limit [per 100 (3.94) length]
0.15 (0.0059)
Torsion limit [per 100 (3.94) length]
0.3 (0.012)
Connecting rod bushing inner diameter* (small end)
19.000 - 19.012 (0.7480 - 0.7485)
Connecting rod big end inner diameter
43.000 - 43.013 (1.6929 - 1.6934)
Side clearance
Standard
0.200 - 0.470 (0.0079 - 0.0185)
Limit
0.52 (0.0205)
*After installing in connecting rod
Revision: May 2004
EM-88
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
Crankshaft
EBS00CF7
Unit: mm (in)
A
EM
C
D
SEM715
E
F
G
H
SEM645
Main journal dia. “Dm”
Pin journal dia. “Dp”
Grade No. 0
49.956 - 49.964 (1.9668 - 1.9671)
Grade No. 1
49.948 - 49.956 (1.9665 - 1.9668)
Grade No. 2
49.940 - 49.948 (1.9661 - 1.9665)
Grade No. 0
39.968 - 39.974 (1.5735 - 1.5738)
Grade No. 1
39.962 - 39.968 (1.5733 - 1.5735)
Grade No. 2
39.956 - 39.962 (1.5731 - 1.5733)
Center distance “r”
Out-of-round (X − Y)
Taper (A − B)
Runout [TIR*]
Standard
Less than 0.003 (0.0001)
Limit
Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Standard
Less than 0.004 (0.0002)
Limit
Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Standard
Less than 0.04 (0.0016)
Limit
Less than 0.05 (0.0020)
0.060 - 0.220 (0.0024 - 0.0087)
Limit
0.3 (0.012)
EM-89
K
L
M
*: Total indicator reading
Revision: May 2004
J
43.95 - 44.05 (1.7303 - 1.7342)
Standard
Free end play
I
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
Main Bearing
EBS00CF8
STANDARD
Grade No.
Thickness “T” mm (in)
Identification color
0
1.827 - 1.831 (0.0719 - 0.0720)
Black
1
1.831 - 1.835 (0.0720 - 0.0722)
Brown
2
1.835 - 1.839 (0.0722 - 0.0724)
Green
3
1.839 - 1.843 (0.0724 - 0.0725)
Yellow
4
1.843 - 1.847 (0.0725 - 0.0727)
Blue
UNDERSIZE
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness “T”
0.25 (0.0098)
1.960 - 1.964 (0.0772 - 0.0773)
0.50 (0.0197)
2.085 - 2.089 (0.0821 - 0.0822)
Connecting Rod Bearing
EBS00CF9
STANDARD SIZE
Unit: mm (in)
Grade No.
Thickness
Identification color or number
0
1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593)
—
1
1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594)
Brown
2
1.509 - 1.512 (0.0594 - 0.0595)
Green
UNDERSIZE
Unit: mm (in)
Grade No.
Thickness
Identification color or number
0.08 (0.0031)
1.542 - 1.546 (0.0607 - 0.0609)
—
0.12 (0.0047)
1.562 - 1.566 (0.0615 - 0.0617)
—
0.25 (0.0098)
1.627 - 1.631 (0.0641 - 0.0642)
—
Bearing Clearance
EBS00CFA
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Main bearing clearance
0.018 - 0.042 (0.0007 - 0.0017)
Limit
0.1 (0.004)
Standard
Connecting rod bearing clearance
0.014 - 0.039 (0.0006 - 0.0015)
Limit
0.1 (0.004)
Miscellaneous Components
EBS00CFB
Unit: mm (in)
Flywheel runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
*: Total indicator reading at measuring point 115 mm (4.53 in) from crankshaft center.
Revision: May 2004
EM-90
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Draining Coolant
●
PFP:00001
A
EBS00CFC
Drain coolant when engine is cooled.
Precautions for Disconnecting Fuel Piping
●
●
●
Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
Release fuel pressure before any removal or disassembly.
After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precautions for Removal and Disassembly
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
–
–
–
●
●
●
EBS00CFG
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
EBS00CFH
Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts.
Cylinder head bolts
Lower cylinder block bolts
Connecting rod cap bolts
Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular
tightening)
Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
Revision: May 2004
D
EBS00CFF
Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts.
When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified, follow the specifications.
Always replace the old with a new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction
and blockage.
Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well.
Bleed the air trapped within the system after draining the coolant.
Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine
stopped). Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections.
After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems
for leakage or rattles.
Parts Requiring Angular Tightening
●
EBS00CFE
Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way,
and replace if necessary.
Precautions for Assembly and Installation
●
C
When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely,
avoid forceful operations.
Use maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces.
Cover openings of engine system with tape or equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly.
When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, follow the specifications.
Precautions for Inspection, Repair and Replacement
●
EM
EBS00CFD
EM-91
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
Precautions for Liquid Gasket
EBS00EZ4
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, separate the mating
surface using a seal cutter and remove the liquid gasket sealing.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer
to lightly tap (1) the cutter where the Silicone RTV Sealant is
applied. Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping
on the side.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
PBIC0002E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
●
2.
3.
4.
Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering
to the gasket application surface and the mating surface.
Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket
application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating
surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign
materials.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0003E
Apply the sealant using Tool without breaks to the specified
location with the specified dimensions.
Tube presser
WS39930000 (–)
EMA0622D
If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant
to the groove.
●
As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the holes.
If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make sure to
read the text of this manual.
●
Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mating
component.
●
If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
●
Do not retighten after the installation.
●
After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-13,
"RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
CAUTION:
Follow all specific instructions in this manual.
●
Revision: May 2004
EM-92
SEM159F
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00CFJ
The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special service tools illustrated here.
EM
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing oil pan and timing chain case
C
D
S-NT046
ST0501S000
Engine stand assembly
1. ST05011000
( — )
Engine stand
2. ST05012000
( — )
Base
E
Disassembling and assembling
F
G
NT042
KV10106500
( — )
Engine stand shaft
Disassembling and assembling
H
I
NT028
KV10115300
( — )
Engine sub-attachment
Disassembling and assembling
J
K
ZZA1078D
KV10116200
(J-26336-B)
Valve spring compressor
1. KV10115900
(J-26336-20)
Attachment
2. KV10109220
( — )
Adapter
Disassembling valve mechanism
M
NT022
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder
head, etc. in angle.
S-NT014
Revision: May 2004
L
EM-93
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10117100
(J-36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors with 22 mm (80.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
KV10107902
(J-38959)
Valve oil seal puller
Removing valve oil seal
S-NT011
KV10115600
(J-38958)
Valve oil seal drift
Installing valve oil seal
Use side A.
a: 20 (0.79) dia.
d: 8 (0.31) dia.
b: 13 (0.51) dia.
e: 10.7 (0.421) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia.
f: 5 (0.20) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT603
EM03470000
(J-8037)
Piston ring compressor
Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore
S-NT044
ST16610001
(J-23907)
Pilot bushing puller
Removing crankshaft pilot bushing
S-NT045
WS39930000
( — )
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
S-NT052
Revision: May 2004
EM-94
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-45488)
Quick connector release
Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine room
A
EM
C
PBIC0198E
—
(J-46535)
Drive belt tension releaser
Releasing drive belt tension
D
E
WBIA0536E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-95
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
Commercial Service Tools
EBS00CFK
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Pulley holder
Crankshaft pulley removing and installing
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 8mm (0.31 in) dia.
NT628
Crank puller
Crankshaft pulley removing
ZZA0010D
Spark plug wrench
Removing and installing spark plug
S-NT047
Valve seat cutter set
Finishing valve seat dimensions
S-NT048
Piston ring expander
Removing and installing piston ring
S-NT030
Valve guide drift
Removing and installing valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
a: 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia.
b: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
S-NT015
Valve guide reamer
1: Reaming valve guide inner hole
2: Reaming hole for oversize valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
d1 : 6.0 mm (0.236 in) dia.
d2 : 10.2 mm (0.402 in) dia.
S-NT016
Revision: May 2004
EM-96
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
a: (J-43897-18)
b: (J-43897-12)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown below.)
a: (18 mm 0.71in) for zirconia oxygen sensor
b: (12 mm 0.47 in) for titania oxygen sensor
A
EM
C
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
D
E
AEM489
TP50 Torx plus Bit
(J-45737)
Removing and installing M/T flywheel bolts
(QR25DE M/T)
F
G
LBIA0284E
E20 Torx Socket
(J-45816)
Removing and installing A/T drive plate bolts
(QR25DE A/T)
H
I
J
LBIA0285E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-97
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QR25DE]
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting —Engine Noise
PFP:00003
EBS00CFL
WBIA0069E
Revision: May 2004
EM-98
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QR25DE]
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.
EBS00CFM
A
1. Locate the area where noise occurs.
2. Confirm the type of noise.
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
EM
C
Operating condition of engine
Location
of noise
Top of
engine
Rocker
cover
Cylinder
head
Type of
noise
When
idling
When
racing
A
—
A
B
Rattle
C
A
—
A
B
—
Slap or
rap
Knock
Front of
engine
When
starting
C
Knock
Front of
engine
Timing
chain
cover
After
warmup
Ticking or
clicking
Slap or
knock
Crankshaft pulley
Cylinder
block
(Side of
engine)
Oil pan
Before
warmup
A
A
A
A
—
B
B
—
—
C
—
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
While
driving
Source of
noise
D
—
Tappet
noise
Valve clearance
EM-130
C
Camshaft
bearing
noise
Camshaft journal clearance
Camshaft runout
EM-126
EM-125
—
Piston pin
noise
Piston and piston pin
clearance
Connecting rod bushing clearance
EM-178
EM-178
A
Piston
slap noise
Piston-to-bore clearance
Piston ring side clearance
Piston ring end gap
Connecting rod bend
and torsion
EM-177
EM-177
EM-177
EM-177
B
Connecting rod
bearing
noise
Connecting rod bushing clearance (Small
end)
Connecting rod bearing clearance (Big end)
EM-178
EM-178
C
Main
bearing
noise
Main bearing oil clearance
Crankshaft runout
EM-183
EM-182
K
Timing chain cracks
and wear
Timing chain tensioner
operation
EM-134
L
Tapping or
ticking
A
A
—
B
B
B
Timing
chain and
chain tensioner
noise
Squeaking or fizzing
A
B
—
B
—
B
Drive belts
(Sticking
or slipping)
Drive belts deflection
Creaking
A
B
A
B
A
B
Drive belts
(Slipping)
Idler pulley bearing
operation
Squall
Creak
A
B
—
B
A
B
Water
pump
noise
Water pump operation
A: Closely related
B: Related
Revision: May 2004
C: Sometimes related
Reference page
Check item
F
G
H
I
J
M
EM-100
CO-23
—: Not related
EM-99
E
2003 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[QR25DE]
DRIVE BELTS
Checking Drive Belts
PFP:02117
EBS00KBL
SBIA0234E
NOTE:
On vehicles not equipped with A/C, there is an idler pulley in the position for the drive belt routing.
WARNING:
Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped.
●
Make sure that the stamp mark of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the usable range.
NOTE:
● Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indication when the engine is cold.
● When the new drive belt is installed, the range should be A.
● Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks.
● If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the belt.
Tension Adjustment
EBS00KBM
Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner.
Removal and Installation
EBS00KBN
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove front RH engine side cover.
While securely holding the hexagonal part in pulley center of
drive belt auto-tensioner, move in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner) using Tool.
Tool number
:
—
(J-46535)
CAUTION:
Avoid placing hand in a location where pinching may
occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off.
● Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn
it counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the
WBIA0561E
complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit,
including pulley.
Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter through the rear of tensioner into retaining boss to
lock tensioner pulley.
NOTE:
Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again.
Loosen auxiliary drive belt from water pump pulley in sequence, and remove it.
●
3.
4.
Revision: May 2004
EM-100
2003 Sentra
DRIVE BELTS
[QR25DE]
INSTALLATION
A
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
●
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counterEM
clockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
●
Avoid placing hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes
off.
C
●
Confirm belts are completely set on the pulleys.
NOTE:
●
Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley.
●
Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator (notch on fixed side) is within the possible use range. Refer to D
EM-100 .
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
EBS00KBO
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
SBIA0235E
CAUTION:
The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley.
L
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front RH engine side cover.
2. Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-100, "REMOVAL" .
3. Remove the alternator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal" .
4. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner, using power tool.
CAUTION:
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install drive belt auto-tensioner.
While securely holding the hexagonal part in pulley center of drive belt auto-tensioner, move in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner) using Tool.
Tool number
:
—
(J-46535)
CAUTION:
●
Avoid placing hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes
off.
Revision: May 2004
EM-101
2003 Sentra
M
DRIVE BELTS
[QR25DE]
Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley.
3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter through the rear of tensioner into retaining boss to
lock tensioner pulley.
NOTE:
Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed.
CAUTION:
●
Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley.
●
If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace the drive belt auto-tensioner.
●
Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner unit.
4. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
●
Revision: May 2004
EM-102
2003 Sentra
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[QR25DE]
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
Removal and Installation
PFP:16500
A
EBS00CFR
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0201E
1.
Resonator
2.
Air cleaner to electric throttle control
actuator tube
3.
Air cleaner element
4.
Mass air flow sensor
5.
Air cleaner case (upper)
6.
Air cleaner case (lower)
7.
Resonator
8.
O-ring
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector.
Disconnect the tube clamp at the electric throttle control actuator.
Remove air cleaner to electric throttle control actuator tube and air cleaner case (upper) with the mass air
flow sensor attached.
Remove mass air flow sensor from air cleaner case (upper), as necessary.
Revision: May 2004
EM-103
2003 Sentra
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
CAUTION:
Handle the mass air flow sensor with care:
● Do not shock it.
● Do not disassemble it.
● Do not touch the internal sensor.
Remove the air cleaner element, as necessary and replace it with a new element.
Remove the air cleaner case (lower).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
●
Attach each joint according to the alignment marks made during removal. Screw all clamps firmly.
CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
1.
2.
3.
Unhook the air cleaner case side clips and raise the air cleaner case (upper).
Remove the air cleaner element.
Replace the air cleaner element with a new element and install the air cleaner case (upper).
Revision: May 2004
EM-104
2003 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Removal and Installation
PFP:14003
A
EBS00CFS
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WBIA0017E
K
1.
Cylinder head assembly
2.
PCV hose
3.
Intake manifold collector
4.
Gasket
5.
Electric throttle control actuator
6.
Intake manifold support
7.
Vacuum reservoir tank
8.
VIAS control solenoid valve
9.
Intake manifold
L
10. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid
M
REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot.
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
2. Release the fuel pressure.
Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Drain coolant when engine is cooled. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
4. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector.
5. Remove air cleaner case and air duct assembly.
Refer to EM-103, "Removal and Installation" .
6. Disconnect the following components at the intake side:
a. PCV hose
b. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
c. Electric throttle control actuator
d. Brake booster vacuum hose
Revision: May 2004
EM-105
2003 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
7.
Disconnect the fuel quick connector on the engine side.
● Using Tool perform the following steps to disconnect the quick
connector.
Tool number
:
—
(J-45488)
WBIA0148E
a.
Remove quick connector cap.
LBIA0090E
b.
c.
d.
8.
a.
b.
With the sleeve side of Tool facing quick connector, install Tool
onto fuel tube.
Insert Tool into quick connector until sleeve contacts and goes
no further. Hold the Tool on that position.
CAUTION:
Inserting the Tool hard will not disconnect quick connector.
Hold Tool where it contacts and goes no further.
Pull the quick connector straight out from the fuel tube.
CAUTION:
● Pull quick connector holding it at the "A" position, as
WBIA0295E
shown.
● Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick connector may be damaged.
● Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
● Avoid fire and sparks.
● Be sure to cover openings of disconnected pipes with plug or plastic bag to avoid fuel leakage
and entry of foreign materials.
When removing fuel hose quick connector at vehicle piping side, perform as follows.
Remove quick connector cap.
Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the
tube. (The figure is shown for reference only.)
● If the connector and the tube are stuck together, push and
pull several times until they start to move. Then disconnect
them by pulling.
CAUTION:
● The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely
depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary.
● Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
SFE562A
● Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful
when welding near the tube.
● Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte etc. from getting on the resin tube.
● Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal.
● Do not remove the remaining retainer on tube.
Revision: May 2004
EM-106
2003 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
When the tube is replaced, also replace the retainer with a new one.
Retainer color: Green.
A
● To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them
completely with plastic bags or something similar.
9. Loosen mounting bolts diagonally, and remove the electric throttle control actuator.
EM
CAUTION:
Handle carefully to avoid any damage.
C
10. Disconnect intake manifold collector harness, and vacuum hose.
CAUTION:
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
D
11. Remove intake manifold collector mounting bolts on the support.
12. Loosen the mounting bolts and nuts in the order shown to
remove the intake manifold collector.
E
●
F
G
WBIA0018E
H
13. Loosen the bolts in the order shown to remove the intake manifold assembly.
I
J
K
WBIA0019E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Surface Distortion
●
Using straightedge and feeler gauge, inspect surface distortion
of intake manifold collector and intake manifold surface.
Standard
L
M
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
WBIA0020E
Revision: May 2004
EM-107
2003 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Tightening Intake Manifold Bolts and Nuts
●
Install the intake manifold bolts and nuts in the numerical order
of the tightening sequence as shown.
CAUTION:
After tightening No.5, retighten the No.1 mounting bolt to specification.
WBIA0021E
Tightening Intake Manifold Collector Bolts and Nuts
●
Tighten in numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
After tightening No.7, retighten the No.1 mounting bolt to specification.
LBIA0069E
Installation of Electric Throttle Control Actuator:
●
Tighten the mounting bolts of electric throttle control actuator equally and diagonally in several steps.
Electric throttle control actuator
mounting bolts
●
: 7.2 - 9.6 N·m (0.74 - 0.98 kg-m, 64 - 84 in-lb)
After installation perform procedure in EM-109, "INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION" .
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (ENGINE SIDE)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
Thinly apply new engine oil around the fuel tube tip end.
Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
● Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel
tubes is inserted completely and the second level spool is
positioned slightly below the quick connector bottom end.
CAUTION:
● Hold at position "A" as shown, when inserting the fuel
tube into the quick connector.
● Carefully align to center to avoid inclined insertion to prevent damage to the O-ring inside the quick connector.
● Insert the fuel tube until you hear a “click” sound and
KBIA0272E
actually feel the engagement.
● To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar sound, be sure to perform the next step.
Before clamping the fuel hose with the hose clamp, pull the quick connector hard by hand, holding at the
"A" position, as shown. Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come off of the
fuel tube.
NOTE:
Recommended pulling force is 50 N (5.1 kg, 11.2 lb).
Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint.
Revision: May 2004
EM-108
2003 Sentra
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR25DE]
Direct arrow mark on quick connector cap to upper side (fuel
hose side).
Install fuel hose to hose clamp.
●
6.
A
EM
C
KBIA0298E
D
CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (VEHICLE PIPING SIDE)
1.
2.
Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and
there is no damage to them.
Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube.
● Insert fuel tube until a click is heard.
● Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint. Direct
arrow mark on quick connector cap upper side.
● Install fuel hose to hose clamp.
E
F
G
H
PBIC0662E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
● Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
● If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-109
2003 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
[QR25DE]
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
Removal and Installation
PFP:14004
EBS00CFT
PBIC0279E
1.
Exhaust manifold and three way cat- 2.
alyst assembly
Exhaust manifold gasket
4.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 2
5.
3.
Exhaust manifold covers (upper and
lowers)
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the engine undercover.
Disconnect the electrical connector of each heated oxygen sensor, and unhook the harness from the
bracket and middle clamp on the cover.
Remove the heated oxygen sensors with Tool.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor.
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Remove the lower exhaust manifold covers.
Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and
Installation" .
Remove the upper exhaust manifold cover.
WBIA0151E
Revision: May 2004
EM-110
2003 Sentra
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
[QR25DE]
7.
8.
Loosen the nuts in the sequence shown, on the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst.
Remove the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly
and gasket. Discard the gasket.
A
EM
C
WBIA0022E
D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Surface Distortion
●
Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness of exhaust manifold fitting surface.
Standard
E
: 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
F
G
KBIA0046E
H
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following.
I
Tightening Exhaust Manifold Nuts
●
Tighten the nuts in the numerical order shown, to specification.
After tightening No.5, retighten No.1 and then No.3 to specification.
J
K
L
WBIA0023E
Installation of Heated Oxygen Sensors
Clean the heated oxygen sensor threads with the Tool, then apply the anti-seize lubricant to the threads before
installing the heated oxygen sensors.
CAUTION:
Do not over-tighten the heated oxygen sensors. Doing so may cause damage to the heated oxygen
sensors, resulting in a malfunction and the MIL coming on.
Revision: May 2004
EM-111
2003 Sentra
M
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
[QR25DE]
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
Removal and Installation
PFP:11110
EBS00CFU
WBIA0152E
1.
Oil level gauge tube
2.
Oil pan, upper
3.
Cylinder block
4.
Oil filter
5.
Oil pickup screen
6.
Drain plug
7.
Oil pan, lower
8.
Rear plate cover
REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot.
1. Remove the engine under covers on both sides.
2. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
3. Remove the front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Set a suitable transmission jack under the transaxle. Lift the engine slightly from above by the engine
slingers.
5. Remove the center member.
● Remove the front and rear engine mount through bolts and
center member bolts.
WEM023
6.
Disconnect the A/C compressor with piping connected from the mounting bracket and suspend with a
strong wire. Refer to MTC-68, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-112
2003 Sentra
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
[QR25DE]
7.
Remove the lower oil pan bolts. Loosen the bolts in the order
shown.
A
EM
C
LBIA0070E
D
8.
Insert the Tool (Seal cutter) between lower oil pan and the upper
oil pan to separate them. Tap gently on the side to move the Tool
around the pan; do not damage the mating surface.
9. Remove the lower oil pan.
10. Remove the oil pickup screen.
11. Remove rear plate cover, and four engine to transaxle bolts.
E
F
G
SEM365E
H
12. Loosen the upper oil pan bolts in the numerical order shown to
remove the upper oil pan.
I
J
K
LBIA0072E
13. Insert the Tool (Seal cutter) between the upper oil pan and the
cylinder block to separate them. Tap gently on the side to move
the Tool around the pan; do not damage the mating surface.
L
M
SEM365E
14. Remove the upper oil pan.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
●
Clean the oil pickup screen to remove any foreign material.
INSTALLATION
1.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following.
Revision: May 2004
EM-113
2003 Sentra
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
[QR25DE]
a.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent, to the upper
oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" , and EM-92, "Precautions for Liquid
Gasket" .
● Install the two new O-rings in the upper oil pan.
SBIA0253E
b.
Tighten the upper oil pan bolts in the order as shown.
● Bolt No.10,11,18 indicate a double tightening in the sequence
of bolt No.s 1, 2, 3.
NOTE:
Refer below for specified bolt sizes:
M6 × 20 mm (0.79 in): No.19, 20
M8 × 25 mm (0.98 in): No.1, 3, 4, 9
M8 x 45 mm (1.77 in): No.2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 17
M8 x100 mm (3.97 in): No.12, 13, 14, 15, 16
LBIA0073E
c.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent to the lower
oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" , and EM-92, "Precautions for Liquid
Gasket" .
SBIA0259E
d.
Tighten the lower oil pan bolts in the numerical order shown.
● Wait at least 30 minutes after the oil pans are installed before
filling the engine with oil.
LBIA0074E
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
●
Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at full operating temperature and running at idle.
Revision: May 2004
EM-114
2003 Sentra
IGNITION COIL
[QR25DE]
IGNITION COIL
Removal and Installation
PFP:22448
A
EBS00CFV
EM
C
D
E
F
WBIA0024E
1.
Ignition coil
2.
Spark plug
3.
Rocker cover
H
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
G
Remove the engine cover.
Disconnect the harness connector from the ignition coil.
Remove the ignition coil.
CAUTION:
Do not drop or shock it.
I
J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-115
2003 Sentra
SPARK PLUG
[QR25DE]
SPARK PLUG
Removal and Installation
PFP:22401
EBS00CFW
WBIA0024E
1.
Ignition coil
2.
Spark plug
3.
Rocker cover
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the ignition coil. Refer to EM-115, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the spark plug with a suitable spark plug wrench.
Temperature range
NGK
Standard type
PLFR5A-11 (Platinum tipped)
Hot type
PLFR4A-11(Platinum tipped)
Cold type
PLFR6A-11(Platinum tipped)
SEM294A
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Use standard type spark plug for normal conditions.
The hot type spark plug is suitable when fouling occurs with the standard type spark plug under conditions
such as:
●
Frequent engine starts.
●
Low ambient temperatures.
The cold type spark plug is suitable when spark plug knock occurs with the standard type spark plug under
conditions such as:
●
Extended highway driving.
●
Frequent high engine revolution.
●
Revision: May 2004
EM-116
2003 Sentra
SPARK PLUG
[QR25DE]
Do not use a wire brush for cleaning the spark plugs. Replace
as necessary.
A
EM
C
SMA773C
D
If plug is covered with carbon, a spark cleaner may be used.
Cleaner air pressure
Cleaning time
: less than 588 kPa (6kg/
cm2, 85 psi)
: less than 20 seconds
E
Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between
change intervals.
Gap nominal
F
: 1.1 mm ( 0.043 in)
G
H
SMA806CA
I
INSTALLATION
●
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-117
2003 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QR25DE]
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
Removal and Installation
PFP:16600
EBS00CFX
WBIA0147E
1.
Fuel hose
2.
Intake manifold
3.
Sub-harness
4.
Fuel tube
5.
Clip
6.
O-ring
7.
Fuel injector
8.
Insulator
CAUTION:
●
Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above.
●
Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown in the figure.
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-103, "Removal and Installation" .
Partially drain the engine coolant. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
Remove the intake collector. Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Disconnect the fuel hose quick connector at the fuel tube side.
● For how to disconnect and connect the quick connector, refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-118
2003 Sentra
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QR25DE]
6.
7.
8.
●
●
●
●
●
CAUTION:
● Prepare a container and cloth for catching any spilled fuel.
A
● This operation should be performed in a place that is free from any open flames.
● While hoses are disconnected seal their openings with vinyl bag or similar material to prevent
foreign material from entering them.
EM
Disconnect sub-harness for injector at engine front side, and remove it from bracket.
Loosen the mounting bolts in the order as shown, then remove
C
fuel tube and fuel injectors as an assembly.
Remove the fuel injectors from the fuel tube.
Release the clip and remove the fuel injector.
D
Pull fuel injector straight out of the fuel tube.
Be careful not to damage the nozzle.
Avoid any impact, such as dropping the fuel injector.
E
Do not disassemble or adjust the fuel injector.
KBIA0239E
F
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
a.
Install new O-rings on the fuel injector.
● Lubricate the O-rings lightly with new engine oil.
● Be careful not to scratch it during installation. Also be careful not to twist or stretch the O-ring.
If the O-ring was stretched while it is attached, do not insert it into the fuel tube immediately.
Install the fuel injector into the fuel tube with the following procedure:
● Do not reuse the clip, replace it with a new one.
● Insert the new clip into the clip mounting groove on fuel injector.
● Insert the clip so that the projection on "Lug A" of fuel injector
matches notch "A" of the clip.
Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
● Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
● Insert fuel injector so that the projection on "Lug B" of fuel
injector matches notch "B" of the clip.
● Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fixing groove on the clip.
● Make sure that installation is complete by checking that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
Install fuel tube assembly.
Insert the tip of each fuel injector into intake manifold.
KBIA0240E
b.
Tighten the mounting bolts in two steps in the numerical order
shown.
Fuel tube bolt
tightening 1st step
Fuel tube bolt
tightening 2nd
step
: 9.3 - 10.8 N·m (0.95 - 1.1 kg-m,
83 - 95 in-lb)
: 20.6 - 26.5 N·m (2.1 - 2.7 kg-m,
16 - 19 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector
and fuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.
●
Revision: May 2004
EM-119
KBIA0239E
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
7.
Connect the fuel hose quick connector. Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Install the intake collector. Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel
leaks at connections.
2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot.
● Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC1255, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
● If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after
finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1255, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-120
2003 Sentra
ROCKER COVER
[QR25DE]
ROCKER COVER
Removal and Installation
PFP:13264
A
EBS00CFY
EM
C
D
E
F
WBIA0153E
1.
PCV valve
4.
Rocker cover gasket
2.
Oil filler cap
3.
G
Rocker cover
H
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the ignition coils. Refer to EM-115, "Removal and Installation" .
Disconnect the PCV hose and breather hose from the rocker cover.
Loosen the bolts in the numerical order as shown.
Remove the rocker cover. Remove the oil filler cap and PCV
valve if necessary, to transfer to the new rocker cover.
I
J
K
L
WBIA0025E
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-121
2003 Sentra
ROCKER COVER
[QR25DE]
INSTALLATION
1.
a.
b.
●
2.
●
Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to the joint part of the cylinder head
and camshaft bracket following the steps below:
Refer to illustration “a” to apply sealant to joint part of No.1 camshaft bracket and cylinder head.
Refer to illustration “b” to apply sealant in a 90° degree angle to
the illustration “a”.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
Install the rocker cover.
The rocker cover gasket must be securely installed in the groove
in the rocker cover.
WBIA0164E
3.
Tighten the rocker cover bolts in two steps, in the numerical
order as shown.
Rocker cover bolt
tightening 1st step
Rocker cover bolt
tightening 2nd step
4.
5.
: 1.0 - 2.9 N·m (0.1 - 0.3 kg-m,
9 - 26 in-lb)
: 7.4 - 9.3 N·m (0.75 - 0.95 kg-m,
65 - 82 in-lb)
Connect the PCV hose and breather hose to the rocker cover. If
necessary, install the oil filler cap and PCV valve and lubricate
the PCV valve O-ring with new engine oil.
Install the ignition coils. Refer to EM-115, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-122
WBIA0071E
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
CAMSHAFT
Removal and Installation
PFP:13001
A
EBS00CFZ
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WBIA0026E
K
1.
Camshaft brackets (1 - 5)
2.
Washer
3.
Front cover (partial view)
4.
Chain guide
5.
Chain tensioner
6.
O-ring(s)
7.
Chain tensioner spring
8.
Chain tensioner plunger
9.
IVT control solenoid valve
10. IVT control cover
11. Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
12. Camshaft sprocket (INT)
13. Valve lifter
14. Camshaft (EXH)
15. Camshaft (INT)
16. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
M
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-121, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the front right side tire and wheel. Refer to WT-4, "Removal" .
Remove the RH splash shield.
Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-100, "REMOVAL" .
Remove the coolant overflow reservoir tank.
Disconnect the camshaft electrical connector.
Disconnect the ground electrical connections from the front cover.
Revision: May 2004
L
EM-123
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
8.
Remove the IVT control (intake valve timing control) cover by
cutting the sealant using Tool.
● Loosen the bolts in the order shown.
WBIA0027E
9.
a.
b.
Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the
following procedure:
Open the access cover on RH undercover.
Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise, and align mating marks for
TDC with timing indicator on front cover, as shown.
KBIA0190E
c.
At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on camshaft
sprockets are lined up with the yellow links in the timing chain,
as shown.
● If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one more turn to line up the
mating marks to the yellow links, as shown.
KBIA0115E
10. Pull the timing chain guide out between the camshaft sprockets through front cover.
11. Remove camshaft sprockets with the following procedure.
CAUTION:
● Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshaft while the timing
chain is removed. It causes interference between valve
and piston.
NOTE:
● Chain tension holding work is not necessary. Crank sprocket
and timing chain do not disconnect structurally while front
cover is attached.
a. Line up the mating marks on camshaft sprockets with the yellow
links in the timing chain, and paint an indelible mating mark on
the sprocket and timing chain link plate.
Revision: May 2004
EM-124
KBIA0049E
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
b.
c.
Push in the tensioner plunger and hold. Insert a stopper pin into
the hole on tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner. Remove
the timing chain tensioner.
● Use a wire with 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter for a stopper pin.
Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft with a suitable tool.
Loosen the camshaft sprocket mounting bolts and remove the
camshaft sprockets.
A
EM
C
KBIA0048E
D
12. Loosen the camshaft bracket bolts in the order shown, and
remove the camshaft brackets and camshafts.
● Remove No.1 camshaft bracket by slightly tapping it with a
rubber mallet.
13. Remove the valve lifters.
● Check mounting positions, and set them aside in the order
removed.
E
F
G
WBIA0028E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Camshaft Runout
1.
2.
3.
H
Put the camshaft on a V-block supporting the No.2 and No.5
journals.
Set the dial gauge vertically on the No.3 journal.
Turn camshaft in one direction by hand, and measure the camshaft runout on the dial gauge total indicator reading.
Standard
I
J
: Less than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
K
PBIC0038E
L
Camshaft Cam Height
1.
Measure the camshaft cam height.
Standard intake cam height
Standard exhaust cam height
2.
: 45.665 - 45.855 mm
(1.7978 - 1.8053 in)
: 43.975 - 44.165 mm
(1.7313 - 1.7388 in)
M
If wear is beyond the limit, replace the camshaft.
PBIC0039E
Revision: May 2004
EM-125
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
Camshaft Journal Clearance
Outer Diameter of Camshaft Journal
●
Measure the outer diameter of the camshaft journal.
Standard No.1 outer
diameter
Standard No.2, 3, 4, 5,
outer diameter
: 27.935 - 27.955 mm
(1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
: 23.435 - 23.455 mm
(0.9226 - 0.9234 in)
PBIC0040E
Inner Diameter of Camshaft Bracket
●
Tighten the camshaft bracket bolts to the specified torque following the tightening pattern as shown. Refer to EM-128, "INSTALLATION" .
SBIA0255E
●
Using inside micrometer, measure inner diameter of camshaft
bracket.
Standard
No.1
Standard
No.2, 3, 4, 5
: 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in)
: 23.500 - 23.521 mm (0.9252 - 0.9260 in)
PBIC0041E
Calculation of Camshaft Journal Clearance
●
(Journal clearance) = (inner diameter of camshaft bracket) – (outer diameter of camshaft journal)
Standard
●
: 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)
When out of the specified range above, replace either or both the camshaft and the cylinder head assembly.
NOTE:
Inner diameter of the camshaft bracket is manufactured together with the cylinder head. If the camshaft
bracket is out of specification, replace the entire cylinder head assembly.
Revision: May 2004
EM-126
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
Camshaft End Play
1.
Standard end
play
2.
3.
A
Install a dial gauge in the thrust direction on the front end of the
camshaft. Measure the end play with the dial gauge while moving the camshaft forward and backward (in direction to axis).
EM
: 0.115 - 0.188 mm (0.0045 - 0.0074 in)
If out of the specified range, replace with new camshaft and
measure again.
If out of the specified range again, replace with new cylinder
head assembly.
C
PBIC0042E
D
Camshaft Sprocket Runout
1.
2.
3.
Install the camshaft in the cylinder head.
Install the camshaft sprocket on the camshaft.
Measure camshaft sprocket runout while turning the camshaft
by hand.
Runout
4.
E
F
: Less than 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
If it exceeds the specification, replace camshaft sprocket.
G
H
KBIA0181J
I
Valve Lifter
●
Check if the surface of the valve lifter has any excessive wear or
cracks, replace as necessary.
J
K
L
KBIA0182E
Valve Lifter Clearance
M
Outer Diameter of Valve Lifter
●
Measure the valve lifter outer diameter.
Valve lifter
outer diameter
●
: 33.965 - 33.980 mm (1.3372 - 1.3378 in)
If out of the specified range, replace the valve lifter.
JEM798G
Revision: May 2004
EM-127
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
Valve Lifter Hole Diameter
●
Using inside micrometer, measure valve lifter guide bore diameter of cylinder head.
Standard
●
: 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in)
If out of the specified range, replace the cylinder head assembly.
PBIC0043E
Calculation of Valve Lifter Clearance
●
(Valve lifter clearance) = (valve lifter bore diameter) – (valve lifter outer diameter)
Standard
●
: 0.020 - 0.056 mm (0.0008 - 0.0022 in)
If out of specified range, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head assembly.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install the valve lifter.
● Install them in the same position from which they were removed.
Install the camshafts.
● The distinction between the intake and exhaust camshafts is
in a difference of shapes of the back end:
Intake: Signal plate for the camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Exhaust: Cone end shape
KBIA0246E
●
Install camshafts so that the dowel pins on the front side are
positioned as shown.
KBIA0051E
3.
Install camshaft brackets.
● Install by referring to identification mark on upper surface
mark.
● Install so that identification mark can be correctly read when
viewed from the exhaust side.
● Install No. 1 camshaft bracket as follows.
– Apply sealant to No.1 camshaft bracket as shown.
SBIA0256E
Revision: May 2004
EM-128
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
●
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer
to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
CAUTION:
● After installation, be sure to wipe off any excessive
sealant leaking from part “A” (both on right and left
sides).
A
EM
C
SBIA0257E
D
●
●
Apply sealant to camshaft bracket contact surface on the front
cover backside.
Apply sealant to the outside of bolt hole on front cover.
E
F
G
SBIA0258E
●
Position the No.1 camshaft bracket near the mounting position, and install it without disturbing the sealant applied to the
surfaces.
H
I
J
SBIA0259E
4.
a.
Tighten camshaft bracket bolts in four steps in the order shown.
Tighten in the order from 9 to 11 with tightening torque 2.0 N·m
(0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb).
b. Tighten in the order from 1 to 8 with tightening torque 2.0 N·m
(0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb)
c. Tighten all bolts in specific order with tightening torque 5.9 N·m
(0.5 kg-m, 52 in-lb).
d. Tighten in the order from 1 to 11 with tightening torque 9.0 to
11.8 N·m (0.92 to 1.2 kg-m, 80 to 104 in-lb).
CAUTION:
After tightening camshaft bracket bolts, be sure to wipe off
excessive sealant from the parts listed below.
●
Mating surface of rocker cover.
●
Mating surface of front cover, when installed without the front cover.
Revision: May 2004
EM-129
K
L
M
SBIA0255E
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
7.
8.
a.
b.
c.
Install camshaft sprockets.
● Install them by lining up the mating marks on each camshaft
sprocket with the ones painted on the timing chain during
removal.
● Before installation of chain tensioner, it is possible to re-match
the marks on timing chain with the ones on each sprocket.
CAUTION:
● Aligned mating marks could slip. Therefore, after matching them, hold the timing chain in place by hand.
● Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
KBIA0115E
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
Install chain tensioner.
CAUTION:
After installation, pull the stopper pin off completely, and make sure that the tensioner is fully
released.
Install chain guide.
Install IVT control (intake valve timing control) cover with the following procedure.
Install IVT control solenoid valve to intake valve timing control
cover.
Install O-ring to front cover side.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant to the positions shown in
the figure. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL
PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
SBIA0260E
d.
Install IVT control cover.
● Tighten the bolts in the numerical order as shown.
9. Check and adjust valve clearances. Refer to EM-130, "Valve
Clearance" .
10. Install the remaining components in the reverse order of
removal.
KBIA0085E
Valve Clearance
EBS00CG0
INSPECTION
●
1.
2.
3.
Perform this inspection as follows after removal, installation, or replacement of the camshaft or any valverelated parts, or if there are any unusual engine conditions due to changes in valve clearance over time
(starting, idling, and/or noise).
Warm up the engine, then stop it.
Remove front RH engine undercover.
Remove the rocker cover.
Refer to EM-121, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-130
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
4.
Turn crankshaft pulley in normal direction (clockwise when
viewed from front) to align TDC identification mark (without paint
mark) with timing indicator.
A
EM
C
KBIA0190E
D
5.
At this time, check that both the intake and exhaust cam noses
of No. 1 cylinder face outside.
● If they do not face outside, turn crankshaft pulley once more.
E
F
G
KBIA0400J
6.
H
By referring to the figure, measure valve clearances at locations
marked X as shown in the table below (locations indicated with
black arrow in figure) with a feeler gauge.
● No.1 cylinder compression TDC.
Cylinder
No.1
No.2
Valve
INT
EXH
INT
Measurable
×
×
×
EXH
No.3
INT
I
No.4
EXH
INT
EXH
J
x
K
SBIA0261E
●
Use a feeler gauge, measure clearance between valve and
camshaft.
L
Valve clearance standard:
Hot
Intake
: 0.32 - 0.40 mm (0.013 - 0.016 in)
Exhaust
: 0.33 - 0.41 mm (0.013 - 0.016 in)
Cold* Intake
: 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in)
Exhaust
: 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
7.
M
*Reference data at approximately 20°C (68°F)
CAUTION:
If inspection was carried out with cold engine, check that
values with fully warmed up engine are still within specifications.
Turn crankshaft one complete revolution (360°) and align mark on crankshaft pulley with pointer.
Revision: May 2004
EM-131
KBIA0185E
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
8.
By referring to the figure, measure valve clearances at locations
marked X as shown in the table below (locations indicated with
black arrow in figure).
● No.4 cylinder compression TDC.
Cylinder
Valve
No.1
INT
EXH
Measurable
No.2
INT
EXH
x
No.3
INT
×
No.4
EXH
INT
EXH
x
×
SBIA0262E
9.
If out of specifications, adjust as follows.
VALVE ADJUSTMENT
●
●
1.
2.
3.
Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter.
The specified valve lifter thickness is the dimension at normal temperatures. Ignore dimensional differences caused by temperature. Use the specifications for hot engine condition to adjust.
Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-123, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the valve lifters at the locations that are outside the standard.
Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a
micrometer.
KBIA0057E
4.
●
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement.
Valve lifter thickness calculation.
t = t1 + (C1 - C2)
t = Thickness of replacement valve lifter.
t1 = Thickness of removed valve lifter.
C1 = Measured valve clearance.
C2 = Standard valve clearance.
● Thickness of a new valve lifter can be identified by stamp
marks on the reverse side (inside the cylinder).
Stamp mark 696 indicates a thickness of 6.96 mm (0.2740 in)
Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes with a range of
6.96 to 7.46 mm (0.2740 to 0.2937 in), in steps of 0.02 mm
(0.0008 in), when assembled at the factory.
Install the selected valve lifter.
Install camshaft.
Manually turn crankshaft pulley a few turns.
Check that valve clearances for cold engine are within specificaKBIA0119E
tions, by referring to the specified values.
After completing the repair, check valve clearances again with the specifications for warmed engine. Use
a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between the valve and camshaft. Make sure the values are
within specifications.
Revision: May 2004
EM-132
2003 Sentra
CAMSHAFT
[QR25DE]
Valve clearance:
A
Unit: mm (in)
Cold* (reference data)
Hot
Intake
0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013)
0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust
0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013)
0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
EM
*: Reference data at approximately 20°C (68°F)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-133
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
TIMING CHAIN
Removal and Installation
PFP:13028
EBS00CG1
WBIA0031E
1.
Oil rings
2.
Camshaft sprocket (INT)
3.
Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
4.
Chain tensioner
5.
Spring
6.
Chain tensioner plunger
7.
Timing chain slack guide
8.
Timing chain
9.
Front cover
10. Chain guide
11. IVT control solenoid valve
12. IVT control cover
13. Engine mounting bracket
14. Crankshaft pulley bolt
15. Crankshaft pulley
16. Front oil seal
17. Balancer unit timing chain tensioner
18. Oil pump drive spacer
19. Crankshaft sprocket
20. Timing chain tension guide
21. Balancer unit timing chain
22. Balancer unit
CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation.
Revision: May 2004
EM-134
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
a.
b.
13.
A
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Remove the air cleaner and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-103, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the spark plugs. Refer to EM-116, "Removal and Installation" .
EM
Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-121, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the coolant overflow reservoir tank.
Remove the auxiliary drive belt auto-tensioner. Refer to EM-101, "Removal and Installation of Drive Belt
C
Auto-tensioner" .
Remove the alternator. Refer to SC-31, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the strut tower brace.
D
Dismount and position aside the A/C compressor with the piping attached.
Dismount and position aside the power steering pump and reservoir tank with the piping attached.
Remove the upper and lower oil pan, and oil strainer. Refer to EM-112, "Removal and Installation" .
E
Remove the IVT control (intake valve timing control) cover.
Loosen bolts in the numerical order as shown.
F
Remove the cover with suitable tool to cut the sealant.
Pull chain guide between camshaft sprockets out through front
cover.
G
H
WBIA0027E
I
14. Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on the compression stroke with the
following procedure:
a. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise and align the mating
marks to the timing indicator on the front cover.
J
K
KBIA0190E
b.
●
At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on the camshaft sprockets are lined up as shown.
If not lined up, rotate the crankshaft pulley one more turn to line
up the mating marks to the positions as shown.
M
KBIA0115E
Revision: May 2004
EM-135
L
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
15. Remove crankshaft pulley with the following procedure:
a. Hold the crankshaft pulley with a suitable tool, then loosen the
crankshaft pulley mounting bolt, and pull the pulley out about 10
mm (0.39 in). Remove the crankshaft pulley mounting bolt.
KBIA0077E
b.
Attach a pulley puller in the M 6 (0.24 in diameter) thread hole
on crankshaft pulley, and remove crankshaft pulley.
KBIA0078E
16. Remove the front cover with the following procedure:
a. Loosen the mounting bolts in the numerical order as shown, and
remove them.
b. Remove the front cover.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
17. If the front oil seal needs to be replaced, lift it out with a screwdriver to remove it.
WBIA0032E
18. Remove timing chain with the following procedure:
a. Push in the tensioner plunger. Insert a stopper pin into the hole
on the tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner.
● Use a wire of 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter as a stopper pin.
b. Remove the chain tensioner.
KBIA0048E
Revision: May 2004
EM-136
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
c.
Secure hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench and
loosen the camshaft sprocket mounting bolt and remove the
camshaft sprocket for both camshafts.
CAUTION:
● Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshafts while the timing chain is removed. It can cause damage to the valve
and piston.
A
EM
C
KBIA0049E
D
19. Remove the chain slack guide, tension guide, timing chain, and oil pump drive spacer.
E
20. Remove the timing chain tensioner for the balancer unit with the
following procedure:
a. Lift the tensioner lever up, and release the ratchet claw.
b. Push tensioner sleeve in, and hold it.
c. Matching the hole on lever with the one on body, insert a stopper
pin to secure tensioner sleeve.
d. Remove the timing chain tensioner for the balancer unit.
21. Remove timing chain for balancer unit and crankshaft sprocket.
F
G
KBIA0121E
22. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order shown in the figure, and
remove balancer unit.
● Use Torx socket (size E14)
CAUTION:
● Do not disassemble balancer unit.
H
I
J
K
KBIA0122E
L
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Timing Chain
Check the timing chain for cracks or serious wear. If a defect is
detected, replace it.
M
PBIC0282E
Revision: May 2004
EM-137
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
Balancer Unit Mounting Bolt Outer Diameter
●
●
●
Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at the two positions shown in
the figure.
Measure d2 within the range A.
If the value difference (d1 - d2) exceeds the limit (a dimension
difference is large), replace it with a new one.
Limit
: 0.15 mm (0. 0059 in) or more
KBIA0126E
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
●
There may be two color variations of the link marks (link colors) on the timing chain.
●
There are 26 links between the gold/yellow mating marks on the timing chain; and 64 links between the
camshaft sprocket gold/yellow link and the crankshaft sprocket orange/blue link, on the timing chain side
without the tensioner.
1. Make sure the crankshaft key points straight up.
2. Install the balancer unit and tighten the mounting bolts in the
numerical order shown with the following procedure:
CAUTION:
● When reusing a mounting bolt, check its outer diameter
before installation. Refer to EM-138, "Balancer Unit
Mounting Bolt Outer Diameter" .
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surfaces of mounting bolts.
b. Tighten them to 45.2 - 51.0 N·m (4.6 - 5.2 kg-m, 34 - 37 ft-lb).
c. Turn them another 90° - 95° degrees (Target: 90° degrees).
KBIA0122E
d. Fully loosen in the reverse order of tightening to 0 N·m (0 kg-m,
0 ft-lb).
e. Tighten them to 45.2 - 51.0 N·m (4.6 - 5.2 kg-m, 34 - 37 ft-lb).
f. Turn them another 90° - 95° degrees (Target: 90° degrees).
CAUTION:
● Check tightening angle with an angle wrench or a protractor. Do not make judgment by visual check alone.
WBIA0154E
3.
Install the crankshaft sprocket and timing chain for the balancer
unit.
● Make sure that the crankshaft sprocket is positioned with mating marks on the block and sprocket meeting at the top.
● Install it by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing chain.
KBIA0123E
Revision: May 2004
EM-138
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
4. Install timing chain tensioner for balancer unit.
NOTE:
Chain guide and tensioner move freely with the caulking pin as the
axle. Therefore, bolt hole position of the three points could be
changed during removal. If points change, temporarily fix the two
mounting bolts on the chain guide and move the tensioner to match
the bolt holes.
●
Be careful not to let mating marks of each sprocket and timing
chain slip.
●
After installation, make sure the mating marks have not slipped,
then remove stopper pin and release tensioner.
5.
A
EM
C
KBIA0124E
D
Install timing chain and related parts.
● Install by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing
chain as shown.
NOTE:
Before installing chain tensioner, it is possible to change the
position of mating mark on timing chain for that of each sprocket
for alignment.
CAUTION:
For the above reason, after the mating marks are aligned,
keep them aligned by holding them with a hand.
● Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
● After installing chain tensioner, remove stopper pin, and make
sure the tensioner moves freely.
● To avoid skipped teeth, do not move crankshaft and camshaft
until front cover is installed.
E
F
G
H
I
J
SBIA0265E
6.
Install front oil seal to front cover.
● Using a drift of 56 mm (2.20 in) diameter, press oil seal in until
it is flush with front end surface of front cover.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to cause damage to circumference of oil
seal.
L
M
SBIA0266E
Revision: May 2004
EM-139
K
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
7.
a.
b.
c.
Install front cover with the following procedure:
Install O-rings to cylinder head and cylinder block.
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent, to positions
specified in the figure. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED
CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Make sure the mating marks on the timing chain and each
sprocket are still aligned. Then install the front cover.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage the front oil seal during installation with the front end of the crankshaft.
SBIA0267E
d.
e.
Tighten mounting bolts in the numerical order as shown.
After all bolts are tightened, retighten them to the specified
torque.
Front cover bolts : 12 - 13 N·m (1.2 - 1.4 kg-m,
9 - 10 ft-lb)
8.
CAUTION:
Wipe off any excess sealant leaking at the surface for
installing the oil pan.
Install the chain guide between the camshaft sprockets.
KBIA0083E
9.
a.
b.
c.
Install IVT control cover with the following procedure:
Install IVT control solenoid valves to IVT control cover.
Install oil rings to the intake camshaft sprocket insertion points on IVT control backside cover.
Install O-ring to front cover.
Revision: May 2004
EM-140
2003 Sentra
TIMING CHAIN
[QR25DE]
d.
Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to the positions as shown.
A
EM
C
SBIA0260E
D
e.
Tighten the mounting bolts in the numerical order as shown.
E
F
G
KBIA0085E
10. Insert crankshaft pulley by aligning with crankshaft key.
● Tap its center with a plastic hammer to insert.
11. Tighten crankshaft pulley mounting bolts.
● Secure crankshaft pulley with a pulley holder to tighten the bolt.
● Perform angle tightening with the following procedure:
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of mounting bolts.
b. Tighten to initial specifications:·
Crankshaft pulley
bolt initial tightening
H
I
J
: 37.3 - 47.1 N·m (3.8 - 4.8 kg-m,
28 - 34 ft-lb)
K
c.
Apply a paint mark on the front cover, mating with any one of six
easy to recognize stamp marks on bolt flange.
d. Turn crankshaft pulley bolt another 60° to 66° degrees [Target:
60° degrees].
● Check vertical mounting angle with movement of one stamp
mark.
12. Installation of the remaining parts is in reverse order of removal.
L
M
SBIA0268E
Revision: May 2004
EM-141
2003 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[QR25DE]
OIL SEAL
Removal and installation of Valve Oil Seal
PFP:00100
EBS00EX1
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-123, "REMOVAL"
Remove valve lifter. Refer to EM-123, "REMOVAL" .
Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose oil seal is to removed to top dead center. This prevents valve
from dropping inside cylinder.
CAUTION:
When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring the front cover with the timing chain.
Remove valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring with
Tool.
WBIA0156E
5.
Remove valve oil seal with Tool.
WEM032
6.
Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Apply new engine oil to new valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
Press in valve oil seal to the position shown with Tool.
WEM033
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal
EBS00EX2
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the following parts:
● Engine under cover
● Drive belts. Refer to EM-100, "REMOVAL" .
● Crankshaft pulley. Refer to EM-134, "TIMING CHAIN"
Remove front oil seal from front cover.
Revision: May 2004
EM-142
2003 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch front cover.
A
INSTALLATION
1.
EM
Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable
tool.
● Install new oil seal in the direction shown.
C
D
SEM715A
E
F
G
H
SBIA0266E
2.
Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-143
2003 Sentra
OIL SEAL
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal
EBS00EX3
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Remove the transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "Removal and Installation" (RS5F70A), MT-82, "Removal and
Installation" (RS5F51A), MT-143, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F51H), or AT-265, "REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" (RE4F03B), AT-649, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" (RE4F04B).
Remove flywheel (MT) or drive plate (AT).
Remove rear oil seal.
●
Be careful not to damage crankshaft and/or cylinder
block.
WBIA0204E
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable tool.
Install new oil seal in the direction shown.
●
SEM715A
2.
Install rear oil seal with a suitable drift.
CAUTION:
● Do not touch grease applied onto oil seal lip.
● Be careful not to damage crankshaft and/or cylinder
block.
● Press fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting.
SBIA0280E
SBIA0281E
3.
Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal.
Revision: May 2004
EM-144
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
CYLINDER HEAD
On-Vehicle Service
PFP:11041
A
EBS00CG2
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Warm up the engine to full operating temperature.
EM
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Remove the ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder.
C
Refer to EM-116, "Removal and Installation" .
Connect engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-ll).
Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector to avoid any residual fuel injection during the measure- D
ment.
Install the compression tester with the adapter into the spark
plug hole.
E
F
G
KBIA0130E
●
Use compression gauge whose picking up end inserted to spark
plug hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise,
it may be caught by cylinder head during removal.
H
I
J
K
SEM387C
L
8.
With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn the ignition switch to the “START” position to crank over
the engine. When the gauge pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and engine rpm. Perform
these steps to check each cylinder.
Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) / rpm
Standard
1,250 (12.8, 181.3) / 250
Minimum
Difference limit between cylinders
1,060 (10.8, 153.7) / 250
100 (1.0, 14) / 250
CAUTION:
Always use a fully charged battery to obtain specified engine cranking speed.
● If the engine speed is out of specified rpm range, check the battery. Check engine speed again with a
fully charged battery.
● If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with
combustion chamber (valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head
gasket). After the checking, measure compression pressure again.
● If some cylinders have low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug
hole of the cylinder to re-check it for compression.
– If the added engine oil improves the compression, the piston rings may be worn or damaged. Check the
piston rings and replace if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
EM-145
2003 Sentra
M
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, the valves may be
malfunctioning. Check the valves for damage. Replace the valve or valve seat accordingly.
● If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains
low even after the addition of engine oil, the head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace the cylinder
head gasket.
Install spark plug, ignition coil and harness connectors.
–
9.
Revision: May 2004
EM-146
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
Removal and Installation
EBS00CG3
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WBIA0225E
1.
Ignition coil
2.
Spark plug
3.
Oil filler cap
4.
PCV valve
5.
Rocker cover
6.
Rocker cover gasket
7.
O-ring
8.
Valve collet
9.
Valve spring retainer
10. Valve spring
11. Valve oil seal
12. Valve guide
13. Spark plug tube
14. Cylinder head bolt
15. Cylinder head gasket
Revision: May 2004
EM-147
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
16. Valve seat (EXH)
17. Valve (EXH)
19. Valve seat (INT)
20. Cylinder head
18. Valve (INT)
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Remove the strut tower brace.
Drain engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" , MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" .
4. Remove the engine undercovers.
5. Remove the timing chain. Refer to EM-134, "Removal and Installation" .
6. Remove the camshafts. Refer to EM-123, "CAMSHAFT" .
7. Remove the exhaust manifold. Refer to EM-110, "REMOVAL" .
8. Support the engine with suitable hoist and floor jack.
9. Remove cylinder head loosening bolts in the numerical order as
shown.
10. If necessary to transfer to new cylinder head or remove for
reconditioning, remove the intake manifold collector, intake manifold, and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-105, "Removal and
Installation" .
WBIA0033E
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Outer Diameter of Cylinder Head Bolts
●
Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening
method. Whenever the size difference between d1 and d2
exceeds the limit, replace the bolts with new ones.
Limit (d1 - d2)
●
: 0.23 mm (0.0091 in) or less
If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than
d2, use it as d2 point.
KBIA0189E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Install a new cylinder head gasket.
Follow the steps below to tighten the cylinder head bolts in the numerical order as shown.
CAUTION:
● If cylinder head bolts are re-used, check their outer diameters before installation. Refer to EM148, "Outer Diameter of Cylinder Head Bolts" .
● Apply new engine oil to the threads and the seating surfaces
of mounting bolts.
Cylinder head bolts
Step 1
: 98.1 N·m (10 kg-m, 72 ft-lb)
Step 2
: 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb) (loosen)
Step 3
: 34.3 - 44.1 N·m (3.5 - 4.4 kg-m, 26 32 ft-lb)
Step 4
: 75° - 80° (target: 75°) clockwise
Phase 5
: 75° - 80° (target: 75°) clockwise
Revision: May 2004
EM-148
KBIA0058E
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
A
EM
C
WBIA0033E
D
3.
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using an angle
wrench or protractor. Avoid judgement by visual inspection
without the tool.
Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of
removal.
E
F
G
WBIA0155E
Disassembly and Assembly
EBS00CG4
H
I
J
K
L
M
SBIA0251E
1.
Valve collet
2.
Valve spring retainer
3.
Valve spring (with valve spring seat)
4.
Valve oil seal
5.
Valve guide
6.
Cylinder head
7.
Valve seat (INT)
8.
Valve (INT)
9.
Valve (EXH)
10. Valve seat (EXH)
Revision: May 2004
11. Spark plug
EM-149
12. Spark plug tube
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
●
When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surfaces with new engine oil.
●
Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces when installing the cylinder head, camshaft
sprocket, crankshaft pulley and camshaft bracket.
●
Attach tags to valve lifters so all parts are assembled in their original position.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the valve lifter.
● Note installation point.
Remove the valve collet.
● Compress valve spring with valve spring compressor.
Remove valve collet with magnet driver.
Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring.
CAUTION:
Do not remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove
valve.
● Inspect valve guide clearance before removal. Refer to EM152, "VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE" .
● Note installation point.
Remove valve oil seal with valve oil seal puller.
When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-153, "VALVE
SEAT REPLACEMENT" .
When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-152, "VALVE
GUIDE REPLACEMENT" .
Remove spark plug with spark plug wrench.
Remove spark plug tube, if necessary using pliers.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage cylinder head.
● Do not remove spark plug tube if not necessary. Once
removed, the spark plug tube cannot be reused because
of deformation.
WBIA0156E
WEM032
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install valve guide. Refer to EM-152, "VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT" .
Install valve seat. Refer to EM-153, "VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT" .
Install valve oil seal.
● Install with valve oil seal drift to match dimension in illustration.
Install valve.
● Install larger diameter to intake side.
WEM033
Revision: May 2004
EM-150
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
a.
b.
c.
Install valve spring.
● Install smaller pitch (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head
side.
● Note the identification color of the valve spring:
Intake: blue
Exhaust: yellow
Install valve spring retainer.
Install valve collet.
● Compress valve spring with valve spring compressor. Install
valve collet with magnet wand.
● Tap stem edge lightly with plastic hammer after installation to
check its installed condition.
Install valve lifter.
Install spark plug tube.
Remove old liquid gasket from cylinder head side mounting
hole.
Apply liquid gasket all around on spark plug tube with a 12 mm
(0.47 in) width from edge of spark plug tube on the press fit side.
● Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
Press fit spark plug tube so that height is to "H" as shown.
Press fit height "H" standard
value
A
EM
C
WBIA0072E
D
E
F
G
: 38.55 - 38.65 mm
(1.518 - 1.522 in)
SBIA0252E
CAUTION:
● When press fitting be careful not to deform spark plug tube.
● After press fitting, wipe off any protruding liquid gasket on top surface of cylinder head.
10. Install spark plug.
Inspection After Disassembly
H
I
J
EBS00CG5
CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION
1.
2.
Wipe off oil and remove water scale deposits, old gasket, old
sealer, and carbon with a scraper.
CAUTION:
Use care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for oil
or water.
At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure distortion in six directions.
Standard
K
L
M
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in) or less
PBIC0075E
VALVE DIMENSIONS
Check dimensions of each valve. Refer to EM-187, "VALVE" .
SEM188A
Revision: May 2004
EM-151
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
Perform this inspection before removing the valve guide.
1. Make sure that the valve stem diameter is within the specification.
2. Push the valve out by approximately 15 mm (0.59 in) toward the combustion chamber side to measure the
valve's run-out volume (in the direction of dial gauge) with dial gauge.
3. Half of the run-out volume accounts for the valve guide clearance.
Valve to guide clearance
Intake
: 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 - 0.0021 in)
Exhaust : 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 - 0.0025 in)
PBIC0077E
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized (0.2 mm, 0.008 in) valve guide.
1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C
(230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil.
SEM008A
2.
Drive out valve guide with a press [under a 20 kN (2.2 ton-force)
pressure] or hammer and suitable tool.
SEM931C
3.
Ream cylinder head valve guide hole.
Valve guide hole diameter
for intake and exhaust
4.
: 10.175 - 10.196 mm
(0.4006 - 0.4014 in)
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking
in heated oil.
SEM932C
Revision: May 2004
EM-152
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
5.
Press valve guide from camshaft side to dimensions as in illustration.
A
EM
C
PBIC0078E
D
6.
Using valve guide reamer, apply reamer finish to valve guide.
Intake and
exhaust
: 6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 - 0.2369 in)
E
F
G
SEM932C
VALVE SEAT CONTACT
H
After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are
within specifications, perform this procedure:
●
Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of
valve seat to check the condition of the valve contact on the seat
surface.
●
Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circumference.
●
If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check,
replace the valve seat.
I
J
K
SBIA0322E
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT
When valve seat is removed, replace with an oversized [0.5 mm, (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
in the cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this.
2. Ream cylinder head recess diameter for service valve seat.
Intake
Exhaust
●
: 37.000 - 37.016 mm (1.4567 - 1.4573 in)
: 32.000 - 32.016 mm (1.2598 - 1.2605 in)
Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center.
This will enable the valve seat to fit correctly.
SEM795A
Revision: May 2004
EM-153
2003 Sentra
L
M
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
3.
4.
Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking
in heated oil.
Provide valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Force fit valve seat
into cylinder head.
CAUTION:
Avoid directly touching the cold valve seats.
SEM008A
5.
Using a valve seat cutter set or a valve seat grinder, finish the
seat to the specified dimensions.
CAUTION:
When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle
with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all
around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper
pressure on the cutter or cutting many different times may
result in a defective valve seat.
SEM934C
Grind to obtain the dimensions indicated as shown.
Standard
D1 dia.
D2 dia.
D3 dia.
D4 dia.
D5 dia.
D6 dia.
: 33.5 mm (1.3189 in)
: 35.1 - 35.3 mm (1.382 - 1.390 in)
: 39.0 - 39.2 mm (1.535 - 1.543 in)
: 28 mm (1.10 in)
: 29.9 - 30.1 mm (1.177- 1.185 in)
: 33.5 - 33.7 mm (1.319 - 1.327 in)
SBIA0226E
6.
7.
Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting.
Check again for normal contact.
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS
Set try square along the side of the valve spring and rotate the
spring. Measure the maximum clearance between the top face of the
spring and the try square.
Limit
: 1.9 mm (0.0748 in)
PBIC0080E
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD
Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at specified spring height. Replace if not within
specifications.
Revision: May 2004
EM-154
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
Do not remove the valve spring seat.
A
EM
C
SEM113
STANDARD
Free height
Installation
height
Installation
load
Height during valve
open
Load with
valve open
D
INTAKE
(identification color: blue)
44.84 - 45.34 mm (1.7654 - 1.7850 in)
EXHAUST
(identification color: yellow)
45.28 - 45.78 mm (1.7827 - 1.8024 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
35.30 mm (1.390 in)
F
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-force,
34 - 39 lb-force)
151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-force,
34 - 39 lb-force)
G
24.94 mm (0.9819 in)
26.39 mm (1.0390 in)
358 - 408 N (36.5 - 41.6 kg-force,
80 - 92 lb-force)
325 - 371 N (33.1 - 37.8 kg-force,
73 - 83 lb-force)
E
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-155
2003 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:10001
EBS00CG6
WBIA0205E
1.
RH engine mount
2.
RH engine mounting bracket
3.
Rear engine mounting bracket
4.
Rear engine mount
5.
Center member
6.
LH engine mount
7.
Front engine mount
8.
Front engine mounting bracket
Revision: May 2004
EM-156
2003 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
WARNING:
●
Place chocks at the front and back of the rear wheels.
A
●
For engines not equipped with slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts as described in the Parts
Catalog.
CAUTION:
EM
●
Do not start working until the exhaust system and coolant are cool.
●
If items or work required are not covered by the engine main body section, refer to the applicable
sections.
C
●
Use the correct supporting points for lifting and jacking. Refer to GI-39, "Lifting Points and Tow
Truck Towing" .
●
In removing the drive shaft, be careful not to damage the grease seals on the transaxle.
D
●
Before separating the engine and transaxle, remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the
assembly.
●
Be sure not to damage the edge of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) or the ring gear teeth.
E
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Disconnect the fuel rail at the fuel hose quick connector (engine side). Refer to EM-105, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Drain the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
Drain the engine coolant. Refer to MA-23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
Remove the engine hood assembly. Refer to EI-13, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the battery, battery hold downs, and battery tray. Refer to SC-4, "BATTERY" .
Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector.
Remove the air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-103, "Removal and Installation" .
Disconnect the heater hoses.
Remove the radiator and radiator fan assembly. Refer to CO-30, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the alternator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal" .
Remove the left and right drive shafts. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove the engine undercovers.
Dismount the A/C compressor with piping connected and secure with wire to the radiator support.
Disconnect the transaxle shift control cables, if equipped (A/T only).
Disconnect the brake power booster vacuum hose.
Disconnect the following engine compartment electrical harness connectors:
● Heated oxygen sensors
● Starter assembly
● Coolant temperature sensor
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
● Backup lamp switch
● Vehicle speed sensor
● Electric throttle control actuator
● Ignition coils
● Fuel injector harness
● Engine ground straps
● Intake valve timing control solenoid
● Transaxle sensors (A/T only)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Knock sensor
● Oil pressure switch
● Swirl control valve
Revision: May 2004
EM-157
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
Power steering pressure switch
Remove clutch operating cylinder from transaxle, and move it aside (M/T models).
Remove engine coolant reservoir tank.
Remove front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Dismount the power steering pump with piping connected and position it aside with wire.
Install engine slingers into front left cylinder head and rear right
cylinder head.
● Use alternator bracket mounting bolt holes for the front
slinger.
● Use the proper slingers and bolts as described in the Parts
Catalog.
●
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Slinger bolts - front
Slinger bolts - rear
: 51.0 - 64.7 N·m (5.2 - 6.5 kg-m,
38 - 47 ft-lb)
: 24.5 - 31.4 N·m (2.5 - 3.2 kg-m,
18 - 23 ft-lb)
SBIA0271E
23. Support the engine/transaxle assembly with engine lifting equipment from the top and a suitable transmission jack under the engine/transaxle assembly, with the vehicle raised on a hoist.
24. Remove the center member.
● Remove front and rear engine mounting insulator through-bolt
and the center member bolts.
25. Remove RH engine mounting insulator.
26. Remove LH transaxle mounting insulator through-bolts.
27. Lower the engine/transaxle assembly from the engine compartment on the platform jack, steady it safely with the lifting equipment.
28. Remove the starter motor. Refer to SC-21, "Removal" .
WEM023
29. Separate the engine and transaxle.
Revision: May 2004
EM-158
2003 Sentra
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR25DE]
INSTALLATION
A
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
WBIA0036E
●
●
Do not allow oil to get on mounting insulators. Be careful not to damage mounting insulators.
If parts have a direction mark (arrow) this indicates front of the vehicle, and the parts must be installed
according to the identification mark.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
●
●
●
●
Before starting engine, check the levels of engine coolant, lubricants, engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level.
Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of coolant, lubricants, oil, fuel, and exhaust
gas.
Bleed air from passages in pipes and tubes of applicable lines.
Revision: May 2004
EM-159
2003 Sentra
M
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
CYLINDER BLOCK
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:11010
EBS00CG7
WBIA0073E
1.
Cylinder block
2.
O-ring
3.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
4.
Knock sensor
5.
Oil pressure switch
6.
Lower cylinder block
7.
Lower cylinder block bolt
8.
Snap ring
9.
Connecting rod
10. Connecting rod bearing
11. Connecting rod bearing cap
12. Connecting rod bearing cap bolt
13. Piston
14. Oil ring
15. Second ring
16. Top ring
17. Piston pin
18. Main thrust bearing
19. Main bearing upper
20. Crankshaft
21. Main bearing lower
22. Crankshaft rear oil seal
23. Pilot converter (A/T only)
24. Crankshaft signal plate
25. Drive plate
26. Reinforcement plate
27. Flywheel
28. Cylinder block heater (if equipped)
Revision: May 2004
EM-160
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
CAUTION:
Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation.
A
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly from the vehicle, and separate the transaxle from the
EM
engine. Refer to EM-156, "Removal and Installation" .
Mount the engine on a suitable engine stand.
Drain any remaining engine oil and coolant from the engine.
C
Remove the following components and associated parts.
● Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-110, "Removal and Installation" .
● Intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-105, "Removal and Installation" .
D
● Intake manifold and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-105, "Removal and Installation" .
● Ignition coils. Refer to EM-115, "Removal and Installation" .
● Rocker cover. Refer to EM-121, "Removal and Installation" .
E
● Front cover, timing chain, and balancer unit. Refer to EM-134, "Removal and Installation" .
● Cylinder head. Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation" .
F
Remove the cylinder block heater, if equipped.
Remove the knock sensor.
CAUTION:
G
Carefully handle the sensor and do not drop the sensor.
Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS).
CAUTION:
H
● Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
● Do not disassemble.
● Keep it away from metal particles.
I
● Do not place sensor close to magnetic materials.
J
SBIA0273E
8.
K
Remove the flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (A/T models).
Hold the crankshaft with a stopper plate and remove the mounting bolts using Tool.
Tool numbers
For Flywheel bolt
For Drive plate bolt
L
: J-45737
: J-45816
M
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage the flywheel contact surface for
the clutch disc.
KBIA0062E
NOTE:
● The flywheel two-block construction allows movement in response to transmission side pressure, or
when twisted in its rotational direction, therefore, some amount of noise is normal.
Revision: May 2004
EM-161
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
9.
Remove pilot converter using Tool (A/T models).
WBIA0158E
10. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
a. Position the crankshaft and corresponding connecting rod, to be
removed, to the bottom dead center stroke.
b. Remove the connecting rod cap. Number the cap so it can be
assembled in the same position.
c. Using a hammer handle or similar tool, push the piston and connecting rod assembly out of the top of the cylinder block. Number the piston and rod so it can be assembled in the same
position.
● Before removing the piston and connecting rod assembly,
PBIC0259E
check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-176,
"CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE" .
11. Remove the connecting rod bearings. If reusing, number them so they can be assembled in the same
position and direction.
CAUTION:
● When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order.
12. Remove the piston rings from the piston.
● Use a piston ring expander.
CAUTION:
● When removing the piston rings, be careful not to damage the piston.
● Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them
excessively, if reusing them.
● Before removing the piston rings, check the piston ring side
clearance. Refer to EM-177, "PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE" .
PBIC0087E
13. Remove the piston from the connecting rod as follows.
a. Using a snap ring pliers, remove the two snap rings.
PBIC0260E
Revision: May 2004
EM-162
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
b.
Heat the piston to 60° - 70°C (140° - 158°F) with a heat gun, or
equivalent.
A
EM
C
PBIC0261E
D
c.
Push out piston pin with a punch of an outer diameter of approximately 19 mm (0.75 in).
E
F
G
PBIC0262E
14. Remove the lower cylinder block mounting bolts.
● Before loosening the lower cylinder block mounting bolts,
measure the crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-175,
"CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE" .
● Loosen them in the order shown to remove them.
H
I
J
WBIA0037E
15. Remove the lower cylinder block.
● Using Tool (seal cutter) cut the Silicone RTV Sealant and
remove the lower cylinder block from the cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
L
M
SBIA0275E
16. Remove the crankshaft.
CAUTION:
● Do not damage or deform the signal plate while mounted on the crankshaft.
● When setting the crankshaft on a flat surface, use a block of wood to avoid interference
between the signal plate and the surface.
● Do not remove signal plate unless it is necessary.
17. Pull the rear oil seal out of the rear end of the crankshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage the crankshaft or cylinder block when removing the rear oil seal.
Revision: May 2004
EM-163
K
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
NOTE:
When replacing the rear oil seal without removing the cylinder block, use a screwdriver to pull it out from
between crankshaft and block.
18. Remove the main bearings and thrust bearings from the cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Identify and number the bearings, if reusing them, so that they are assembled in the same position
and direction.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Using compressed air, clean out the coolant and oil passages in the cylinder block, the cylinder bore and
the crankcase to remove any foreign material.
CAUTION:
Use approved safety glasses to protect your eyes.
2. Install the drain plugs on the cylinder block.
● Apply Silicone RTV Sealant.
Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer
to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
● Replace the copper washers with new ones.
WBIA0159E
3.
a.
b.
Install the main bearings and the thrust bearings.
Remove dust, dirt, and oil from the bearing mating surfaces of
the cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
Install the thrust bearings to both sides of the No. 3 main bearing
journal on the cylinder block.
● Install the thrust bearings with the oil groove facing the crankshaft arm (outside).
PBIC0264E
c.
Install the main bearings paying attention to their position and
direction.
● The main bearing with an oil hole and groove goes on the cylinder block. The one without them goes on the lower cylinder
block.
● Only the main bearing (on the cylinder block) for No. 3 journal
has different specifications.
● Before installing the bearings, apply engine oil to the bearing
friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the back surface,
but thoroughly clean it.
SBIA0277E
● When installing, align the bearing stopper to the notch.
● Make sure that the oil holes on the cylinder block and those on the corresponding bearing are aligned.
Revision: May 2004
EM-164
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
4.
Install the signal plate to the crankshaft.
Signal plate bolts
a.
b.
5.
6.
A
: 12 - 14 N·m (1.22 - 1.43 kg-m,
9 - 10 ft-lb)
Position the crankshaft and signal plate using a positioning
dowel pin, and tighten the mounting bolts to specification.
Remove the dowel pin.
CAUTION:
Be sure to remove dowel pin before installing the crankshaft.
NOTE:
Dowel pins for the crankshaft and signal plate are supplied as a
set for each.
Install the crankshaft onto the cylinder block.
● While turning the crankshaft by hand, check that it turns smoothly.
Install the lower cylinder block.
● Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to positions shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Cylinder block and lower cylinder block are machined together.
Neither of them can be replaced separately.
CAUTION:
After the Silicone RTV Sealant is applied, the lower cylinder
block installation must be finished within 5 minutes.
EM
C
SBIA0278E
D
E
F
G
H
WBIA0160E
7.
I
Tighten lower cylinder block mounting bolts in the numerical
order shown and according to the following steps:
NOTE:
Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of the mounting bolts.
J
a.
Lower cylinder block mounting bolts
Step 1 (bolts 11 - 22) : 22.6 - 27.5 N·m (2.3 - 2.8 kg-m,
17 - 20 ft-lb)
Step 2 (bolts 1 - 10)
: 36.3 - 42.2 N·m (3.7 - 4.3 kg-m,
27 - 31 ft-lb)
Step 3 (bolts 1 - 10)
: 60° - 65° (target: 60°)
K
L
KBIA0063E
M
CAUTION:
Use an angle wrench (special service tool) or protractor to
check tightening angle. Do not tighten by visual inspection.
● Wipe off completely any protruding Silicone RTV Sealant on
the exterior of engine.
● Check crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-175, "CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE" .
● After installing the mounting bolts, make sure that the crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand.
WBIA0161E
8.
Install the rear oil seal.
Revision: May 2004
EM-165
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
●
Press in rear oil seal to the position shown in the figure.
SBIA0281E
●
●
●
Press the oil seal between cylinder block and crankshaft with
a suitable drift.
Be careful not to touch the grease on the oil seal lip.
Be careful not to cause scratches or burrs when pressing in
the rear oil seal.
SBIA0280E
9.
a.
b.
c.
Install the piston to the connecting rod. Assemble the components in their original positions.
Using a snap ring pliers, install the snap ring into the grooves of the piston's rear side.
● Insert the piston pin snap ring fully into groove.
Install the piston to the connecting rod.
● Using a heat gun, heat the piston [approximately 60° - 70° C (140° - 158° F)] until the piston pin can be
pushed in by hand without excessive force. From the front to the rear, insert the piston pin into the piston and the connecting rod.
● Assemble so that the front mark on the piston crown and the
oil holes and the cylinder No. on the connecting rod are positioned as shown in the figure.
Install the piston pin snap ring into the front of the piston.
● Check that the connecting rod moves smoothly.
PBIC0099E
10. Using a piston ring expander, install the piston rings. Assemble
the components in their original positions.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the piston.
● Position each ring with the gap as shown in the figure, referencing the piston front mark as the starting point.
● Install the top ring and the second ring with the stamped surface facing upward.
Stamped mark
Revision: May 2004
: A (top ring)
: 2A (second ring)
EM-166
PBIC0100E
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
11. Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the
connecting rod cap. Assemble the components in their original
positions.
● When installing the connecting rod bearings, apply engine oil
to the bearing friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the
back surface, but thoroughly clean the back.
● When installing, align the connecting rod bearing stopper protrusion with the notch of the connecting rod to install.
● Check the oil holes on the connecting rod and those on the
corresponding bearing are aligned.
A
EM
C
PBIC0266E
D
12. Install the piston and connecting rod assembly to the crankshaft.
Assemble the components in their original positions.
● Rotate the crankshaft so the pin corresponding to the connecting rod to be installed is at the bottom dead center position.
● Apply engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston, and
crankshaft pin.
● Match the cylinder position number with the cylinder No. on
the connecting rod for installation.
● Using a piston ring compressor, install the piston with the front
WBIA0162E
mark on the piston crown facing the front of the engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the crankshaft pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.
13. Install the connecting rod caps. Assemble the components in
their original positions.
● Match the stamped cylinder number marks on the connecting
rod with those on the cap to install.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
SBIA0282E
14. Tighten the connecting rod bolt as follows:
Apply engine oil to the threads and seats of the connecting rod
bolts.
CAUTION:
Always use either an angle wrench or protractor. Avoid
tightening based on visual check alone.
M
WBIA0163E
Step 1
Step 2
●
●
: 18.6 - 20.6 N·m (1.9 - 2.1 kg-m, 14 - 15 ft-lb)
: 85° - 95° (target 90° degrees)
Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-176, "CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE"
.
After tightening the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft rotates smoothly.
Revision: May 2004
EM-167
L
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
15. Install flywheel (M/T Models), or drive plate (A/T Models).
● Install drive plate, reinforcement plate and pilot converter as
shown in figure.
● Using a drift with 33 mm (1.30 in) diameter, push pilot converter into the end of the crankshaft.
16. Install the cylinder block heater.
Cylinder block heater
: 69 - 78 N·m (7.0 - 8.0 kg-m,
51 - 57 ft-lb)
KBIA0075E
17. Install the knock sensor.
● Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder
block mating surface and the back surface of the knock sensor.
● Install the knock sensor with the connector facing lower left by
45° as shown.
● Do not tighten the mounting bolts while holding the connector.
● Make sure that the knock sensor does not interfere with other
parts.
KBIA0069E
Knock sensor bolt
: 15.7 - 26.5 N·m (1.6 - 2.7 kg-m,
12 - 19 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
If the knock sensor is dropped, replace it with new one.
18. Install the crankshaft position sensor (POS).
Crankshaft position
sensor bolt
: 5.4 - 7.3 N·m (0.55 - 0.75 kg-m,
48 - 65 in-lb)
19. Installation of remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
How to Select Piston and Bearing
EBS00CG8
DESCRIPTION
Selection points
Between cylinder block to
crankshaft
Selection parts
Selection items
Main bearing
Selection methods
Main bearing grade (bearing
thickness)
Determined by match of cylinder block bearing housing
grade (inner diameter of housing) and crankshaft journal
grade (outer diameter of journal)
Between crankshaft to connecting rod
Connecting rod bearing
Connecting rod bearing grade
(bearing thickness)
Combining service grades for
connecting rod big end inner
diameter and crankshaft pin
outer diameter determine connecting rod bearing selection
Between cylinder block to piston
Piston and piston pin assembly
(The piston is available
together with piston pin as an
assembly)
Piston grade (piston outer
diameter)
Piston grade = cylinder bore
grade (inner diameter of bore)
*Between piston to connecting
rod
—
—
—
*For the service parts, the grade for fitting cannot be selected between a piston pin and a connecting rod.
(Only 0 grade is available.) The information at the shipment from the plant is described as a reference.
●
The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
Revision: May 2004
EM-168
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
●
●
For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards, and the selection method of the
selective fitting parts, refer to the text.
EM
HOW TO SELECT A PISTON
When New Cylinder Block is Used:
●
●
A
Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block,
and select a piston of the same grade.
If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as
a correct reference.
C
D
E
SBIA0283E
F
G
H
I
WBIA0074E
When a Cylinder Block is Reused:
1.
2.
J
Measure the cylinder block bore inner diameter.
Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner
diameter of the "Piston Selection Table". Select the piston of the same grade.
K
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)
L
Grade number (Mark)
1
2 (or no mark)
3
Inner diameter of cylinder bore
89.000-89.010 (3.5039-3.5043)
89.010-89.020 (3.5043-3.5047)
89.020-89.030 (3.5047-3.5051)
Outer diameter of piston
88.980-88.990 (3.5031-3.5035)
88.990-89.000 (3.5035-3.5039)
89.000-89.010 (3.5039-3.5043)
NOTE:
●
The piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
●
The piston pin (piston pin bore) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts,
no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is available.
Revision: May 2004
EM-169
2003 Sentra
M
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
HOW TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING
When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used:
1.
Apply big end inside diameter grade stamped on connecting rod
side face to the row in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table".
SBIA0282E
2.
3.
4.
Apply pin diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to
the column in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table".
Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column
in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table".
Apply the symbol obtained to connecting rod bearing grade table
to select.
KBIA0073E
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused:
1.
2.
Measure dimensions of the big end inner diameter of connecting rod and outer diameter of crankshaft pin
individually.
Apply the dimension measured to the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table" below.
Revision: May 2004
EM-170
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
KBIA0147E
Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table
Grade
Upper / Lower thickness mm (in)
Identification color
0
1
2
3
1.499 / 1.495
(0.0590 / 0.0589)
1.503 / 1.499
(0.0592 / 0.0590)
1.507 / 1.503
(0.0593 / 0.0592)
1.511 / 1.507
(0.0595 / 0.0593)
Black
Brown
Green
Yellow
Undersize Bearing Usage Guide
●
●
When the specified oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod bearing, use undersize
(U.S.) bearing.
When using undersize bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind the
crankshaft pin so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard.
Revision: May 2004
EM-171
2003 Sentra
M
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Bearing Undersize Table
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
0.25 (0.0098)
1.624 - 1.632 (0.0639 - 0.0643)
CAUTION:
In grinding the crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, do not
damage the fillet R (All crankshaft pins).
KBIA0148E
HOW TO SELECT A MAIN BEARING
When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used:
1.
"Main Bearing Selection Table" rows correspond to bearing
housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block.
● If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it
as a correct reference.
SBIA0283E
2.
Apply journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side
to column in "Main Bearing Selection Table".
KBIA0073E
3.
4.
Find value at crossing of row and column in "Main Bearing Selection Table".
CAUTION:
● There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for odd-numbered journals (1, 3, and 5) and
the other is for even-numbered journals (2 and 4). Make certain to use the appropriate table.
This is due to differences in the specified clearances.
Apply the symbol obtained to "Main Bearing Grade Table" to select.
NOTE:
● Service parts are available as a set of both upper and lower.
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused:
1.
2.
3.
Measure inner diameter of cylinder block main bearing housing and outer diameter of crankshaft journal.
Apply measurement in above step 1 to the "Main Bearing Selection Table".
Follow steps 3 and 4 in “When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used”.
Revision: May 2004
EM-172
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No.1, 3, and 5 journals)
A
EM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
WBIA0095E
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-173
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No.2 and 4 journals)
WBIA0096E
Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals)
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number
Thickness
Identification color
(UPR / LWR)
0
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
Black
1
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
Red
2
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779- 0.0780)
Green
3
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
Yellow
4
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
Blue
5
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
Pink
6
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
Purple
7
1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
Orange
Revision: May 2004
EM-174
Remarks
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
01
12
23
34
45
56
67
UPR
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
LWR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
UPR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
LWR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
UPR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
LWR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
UPR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
LWR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
UPR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
LWR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
UPR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
LWR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
UPR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
LWR
1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
Black / Red
A
Red / Green
EM
Green / Yellow
Yellow / Blue
Grade and color are different
for upper and lower bearings.
C
D
Blue / Pink
Pink / Purple
E
Purple / Orange
F
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide
Use undersize (U.S.) bearing when oil clearance with standard size main bearing is not within specification.
●
When using undersize (U.S.) bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with the bearing installed and
grind journal until oil clearance falls within specification.
Bearing Undersize Table
●
G
H
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
0.25 (0.0098)
2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)
I
CAUTION:
Do not damage fillet R when grinding crankshaft journal in
order to use an undersize bearing (all journals).
J
KBIA0148E
Inspection After Disassembly
EBS00CG9
CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE
●
●
L
Using a dial gauge, measure the clearance between the thrust
bearings and the crankshaft arm when the crankshaft is moved
fully forward or backward.
Standard
Limit
M
: 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in)
: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the thrust bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace the
crankshaft.
PBIC0268E
Revision: May 2004
K
EM-175
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE
●
Measure side clearance between connecting rod and crankshaft
arm with feeler gauge.
Standard
Limit
●
: 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in)
: 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)
If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the connecting
rod bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace the crankshaft also.
KBIA0071E
PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE
Piston Pin Bore Diameter
●
●
Measure the piston pin bore diameter with an inside micrometer.
Service parts apply only to grade 0.
Piston pin bore diameter
Grade No. 0 : 19.993 - 19.999 mm (0.7871 - 0.7874 in)
Grade No. 1 : 19.999 - 20.005 mm (0.7874 - 0.7876 in)
PBIC0116E
Outer Diameter of Piston Pin
●
Measure outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer.
Piston pin outer diameter
Grade No. 0 : 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in)
Grade No. 1 : 19.995 - 20.001 mm (0.7872 - 0.7874 in)
PBIC0117E
Piston to Piston Pin Clearance
(Piston to piston pin clearance) = (Piston pin bore diameter) – (Outer
diameter of piston pin)
Standard
●
●
●
: 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)
If clearance exceeds specification, replace either or both of piston/piston pin assembly and connecting rod assembly with reference to specification of each parts.
Refer to piston selection table to replace piston/piston pin
assembly. Refer to EM-169, "HOW TO SELECT A PISTON" .
Refer to connecting rod bearing selection table to replace connecting rod. Refer to EM-170, "HOW TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-176
WBIA0074E
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
NOTE:
●
The connecting rod small end grade and piston pin hole (piston
pin) grade are provided only for the parts installed at the plant.
For service parts, no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is
available.
●
Refer to EM-178, "CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END)" for the values for each grade at the plant.
●
Regarding marks on piston head, refer to EM-169, "HOW TO
SELECT A PISTON" .
A
EM
C
SBIA0282E
D
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
●
Measure side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove
with feeler gauge.
Standard
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
E
: 0.045 - 0.080 mm (0.0018 - 0.0031 in)
: 0.030 - 0.070 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
: 0.065 - 0.135 mm (0.0026 - 0.0053 in)
F
G
Limit
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
●
: 0.11 mm (0.0043 in)
: 0.10 mm (0.004 in)
: —
SEM024AA
If out of specification, replace piston and/or piston ring assembly.
H
I
PISTON RING END GAP
●
●
Check if inner diameter of cylinder bore is within specification.
Refer to EM-180, "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE" .
Insert piston ring until middle of cylinder with piston, and measure gap.
Standard
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
Limit
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
●
J
K
: 0.21 - 0.31 mm (0.0083 - 0.0122 in)
: 0.32 - 0.47 mm (0.0126 - 0.0185 in)
: 0.20 - 0.60 mm (0.0079 - 0.0236 in)
L
SEM822B
: 0.54 mm (0.0213 in)
: 0.67 mm (0.0264 in)
: 0.95 mm (0.0374 in)
If out of specification, replace piston ring. If gap still exceeds the limit even with a new ring, re-bore cylinder and use oversized piston and piston ring.
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION
●
Check with connecting rod aligner.
Revision: May 2004
EM-177
2003 Sentra
M
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Bend limit
Torsion limit
: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) per 100 mm
(3.94 in) length
: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in) per 100 mm
(3.94 in) length
SEM003F
●
If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.
SEM038F
CONNECTING ROD BEARING (BIG END)
●
Install the connecting rod cap without the connecting rod bearing
installed. After tightening the connecting rod bolt to the specified
torque, measure the connecting rod big end inner diameter
using an inside micrometer.
Standard
: 48.000 - 48.013 mm (1.8898 - 1.8903 in)
PBIC0119E
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END)
Inner Diameter of Connecting Rod (Small End)
●
Measure inner diameter of bushing.
Connecting rod small end inner diameter
Grade No. 0 : 20.000 - 20.006 mm (0.7874 - 0.7876 in)
Grade No. 1 : 20.006 - 20.012 mm (0.7876 - 0.7879 in)
PBIC0120E
Revision: May 2004
EM-178
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Outer Diameter of Piston Pin
●
A
Measure outer diameter of piston pin.
Piston pin outer diameter
Grade No. 0 : 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in)
Grade No. 1 : 19.995 - 20.001 mm (0.7872 - 0.7874 in)
EM
C
PBIC0117E
D
Connecting Rod Oil Clearance (Small End)
(Connecting rod small end oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod small end) – (Outer diameter of piston pin)
Standard
●
●
E
: 0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in)
F
If the measured value exceeds the standard, replace the connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin assembly.
If replacing the piston and piston pin assembly, refer to the "Piston Selection Table" to select the piston corresponding to the
applicable bore grade of the cylinder block to be used. Refer to
EM-169, "HOW TO SELECT A PISTON" .
G
SBIA0282E
Factory Installed Parts Grading:
●
Service parts apply only to grade 0.
H
I
Unit: mm (in)
Grade
0
1
Connecting rod small end
inner diameter
20.000 - 20.006
(0.7874 - 0.7876)
20.006 - 20.012
(0.7876 - 0.7879)
Piston pin outer diameter
19.989 - 19.995
(0.7870 - 0.7872)
19.995 - 20. 001
(0.7872 - 0.7874)
Piston pin bore diameter
19.993 - 19.999
(0.7871- 0.7874)
19.999 - 20.005
(0.7874 - 0.7876)
J
K
WBIA0074E
L
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION
●
●
Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface,
and also remove oil, scale, carbon, or other contamination.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow gasket debris to enter the oil or coolant passages.
Measure the distortion on the block upper face at some different
points in 6 directions.
Limit
●
M
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
If out of the distortion limit, replace the cylinder block.
PBIC0121E
Revision: May 2004
EM-179
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
INNER DIAMETER OF MAIN BEARING HOUSING
●
●
●
Install the main bearing caps with the main bearings removed
and tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
EM-164, "ASSEMBLY" .
Using a bore gauge, measure the inner diameter of the main
bearing housing. Refer to EM-190, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
If out of the standard, replace the cylinder block and lower cylinder block assembly.
NOTE:
These components cannot be replaced as a single unit because
they were processed together.
PBIC0269E
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Inner Diameter of Cylinder Bore
●
Using a bore gauge, measure cylinder bore for wear, out-ofround and taper at 6 different points on each cylinder. (X and Y
directions at A, B and C). The Y axis is in the longitudinal direction of the engine.
NOTE:
When determining cylinder bore grade, measure cylinder bore at
B position.
SBIA0284E
Cylinder bore inner diameter
Grade No. 1
: 89.000 - 89.010 mm (3.5039 - 3.5043 in)
Grade No. 2
: 89.010 - 89.020 mm (3.5043 - 3.5047 in)
Grade No. 3
: 89.020 - 89.030 mm (3.5047 - 3.5051 in)
Wear limit:
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
Out-of-round (differ0.015 mm (0.0006 in)
ence between, X – Y):
Taper limit (differ0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
ence between, C – A):
●
●
If the measured value rebore exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches and/or seizure on the cylinder
inner wall, hone the inner wall.
An oversize piston is provided. When using an oversize piston, rebore the cylinder so that the clearance
of the piston cylinder satisfies the standard.
Piston oversize (OS)
Clearance
Diameter
Revision: May 2004
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
: 89.180 - 89.210 mm (3.5110 - 3.5122 in)
EM-180
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Outer Diameter of Piston
●
A
Measure piston skirt diameter (A).
Piston skirt diameter
Grade No. 1
: 88.980 - 88.990 mm (3.5031 - 3.5035 in)
Grade No. 2
: 88.990 - 89.000 mm (3.5035 - 3.5039 in)
Grade No. 3
: 89.000 - 89.010 mm (3.5039 - 3.5043 in)
Oversize
0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
clearance
EM
C
SEM258C
●
D
Measure point (a) (distance from the top): 42 mm (1.65 in)
E
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance
Calculate by outer diameter of piston skirt and inner diameter of cylinder (direction X, position B).
(Clearance) = (Inner diameter of cylinder) – (Outer diameter of piston skirt).
●
Standard
Limit
●
F
: 0.010 - 0.030 mm (0.0004 - 0.0012 in)
: 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
G
If it exceeds the limit, replace piston/piston pin assembly.
Reboring Cylinder Bore
1.
Cylinder bore size is determined by adding piston-to-bore clearance to piston diameter “A”.
H
Rebored size calculation: D = A + B - C
I
D: Bored diameter
A: Piston diameter as measured
B: Piston-to-bore clearance (standard value)
C: Honing allowance 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
2.
3.
●
●
4.
5.
●
J
Install main bearing caps, and tighten to the specified torque. Otherwise, cylinder bores may be distorted
in final assembly.
Cut cylinder bores.
When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored.
Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time. Cut only 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or so in diameter
at a time.
Hone cylinders to obtain specified piston-to-bore clearance.
Measure finished cylinder bore for out-of-round and taper.
Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down.
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL
●
Measure outer diameter of crankshaft main journals "Dm".
Standard
"Dm"
: 54.955 - 54.979 mm (2.1636 - 2.1645 in)
AEM028
Revision: May 2004
EM-181
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL
●
Measure outer diameter of crankshaft pin journals.
Standard
"Dp"
: 44.956 - 44.974 mm (1.7699 - 1.7706 in)
AEM028
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT
●
●
●
Using a micrometer, measure the dimensions at four different
points shown in the figure on each journal and pin.
Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions
between "X" and "Y" at "A" and "B".
Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between
"A"and "B" at "X" and "Y".
Limit
Out-of-round (X Y)
Taper (A - B)
: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
PBIC0128E
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
●
●
●
Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on
both ends of the crankshaft.
Place a dial gauge straight up on the No. 3 journal.
While rotating the crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer
on the dial gauge, the total indicator reading.
Limit
: 0.05 mm (0.002 in)
PBIC0271E
OIL CLEARANCE OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING
Method of Measurement
●
Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the
cap, and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque.
Using an inside micrometer measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing.
(Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod bearing) –
(Outer diameter of crankshaft pin)
Standard
Limit
●
: 0.028 - 0.045 mm (0.0011 - 0.0018 in)
: 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
If clearance cannot be adjusted within the standard, grind crankshaft pin and use undersized bearing. Refer to EM-170, "HOW
TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING" .
Revision: May 2004
EM-182
PBIC0119E
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
Method of Using Plastigage
●
●
●
●
A
Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft pin and the surfaces of
each bearing completely.
Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and
EM
place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes.
Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod cap,
and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque.
C
CAUTION:
Never rotate the crankshaft.
Remove the connecting rod cap and bearings, and using the
scale on the Plastigage bag, measure the Plastigage width.
D
EM142
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is same as that described in the method by
calculation.
E
OIL CLEARANCE OF MAIN BEARING
Method of Measurement
●
Install the main bearings to the cylinder block and bearing cap. Measure the main bearing inner diameter
with the bearing cap bolt tightened to the specified torque.
(Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of main bearing) – (Outer diameter of crankshaft journal)
Standard:
No. 1, 3, and 5 journals
No. 2 and 4 journals
Limit
●
G
: 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in)
: 0.018 - 0.028 mm (0.0007 - 0.0011 in)
: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
H
If the measured value exceeds the limit, select main bearings referring to the main bearing inner diameter
and crankshaft journal outer diameter, so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard. Refer to EM-172,
"HOW TO SELECT A MAIN BEARING" .
Method of Using Plastigage
●
●
●
●
Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft journal and the surfaces
of each bearing completely.
Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and
place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes.
Tighten the main bearing bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never rotate the crankshaft.
Remove the bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale on
the Plastigage bag, measure the Plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the "Method by Calculation".
K
L
M
EM142
When the bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the
specified torque with main bearings installed, the tip end of bearing must protrude.
Standard
●
: There must be crush height.
If the standard is not met, replace main bearings.
SEM502G
Revision: May 2004
EM-183
I
J
CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING
●
F
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
OUTER DIAMETER OF LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK MOUNTING BOLT
●
●
●
●
Perform only with M10 (0.39 in) bolts.
Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at two positions as shown.
Measure d2 at a point within block A.
When the value of d1- d2 exceeds the limit (a large difference in
dimensions), replace the bolt with a new one.
Limit
: 0.13 mm (0.0051 in) or more
PBIC0272E
OUTER DIAMETER OF CONNECTING ROD BOLT
●
●
Measure outer diameter (d) at position shown in the figure.
When “d” exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace
the bolt with a new one.
Limit
: 7.75 mm (0.3051 in) or less
PBIC0273E
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODEL)
NOTE:
●
Inspection for double mass flywheel only.
●
Do not disassemble double mass flywheel.
Flywheel Runout
●
●
Measure runout of flywheel contact surface to the clutch with a dial gauge.
Measure runout at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia.
Standard
Limit
●
: 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less
: 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less
When measured value exceeds the limit, replace the flywheel
with a new one.
SBIA0287E
Movement Amount in Rotation Direction
●
1.
●
Check the movement amount in the following procedure.
Install a bolt to clutch cover mounting hole, and place a torque wrench on the extended line of the flywheel
center line.
Tighten bolt to keep it from loosening at a force of 9.8 N·m (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb).
Revision: May 2004
EM-184
2003 Sentra
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR25DE]
2.
3.
4.
Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel
masses without applying any load (measurement standard
points).
Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction, and
mark the movement amount on the mass on the transaxle side.
Measure dimensions of movement amounts A and B on circumference of the flywheel on the transaxle side.
Standard
●
A
EM
C
: 28.3 mm (1.114 in) or less
When measured value is outside the standard, replace flywheel.
WBIA0224E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-185
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit
PFP:00030
EBS00CGA
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cylinder arrangement
Displacement
cm
Bore and stroke
3
In-line 4
2,488 (151.82)
(cu in)
mm (in)
89.0 x 100 (3.50 - 3.94)
Valve arrangement
DOHC
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Compression
Number of piston rings
2
Oil
1
Compression ratio
9.5
Compression pressure
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) / 250 rpm
Standard
1,250 (12.8, 181.3)
Minimum
1,060 (10.8, 153.7)
Differential limit
between cylinders
100 (1.0, 14)
Valve timing
PBIC0187E
Unit: degree
a
b
c
d
e
f
224
244
0
64
3
41
DRIVE BELTS
Tension of drive belts
Auto adjustment by auto-tensioner
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Unit: mm (in)
Limit
Surface distortion
Intake manifold collector
0.1 (0.004)
Intake manifold
0.1 (0.004)
Exhaust manifold
0.3 (0.012)
SPARK PLUG
Make
NGK
Standard type
PLFR5A-11 (Platinum type)
Hot type
PLFR4A-11 (Platinum type)
Cold type
PLFR6A-11 (Platinum type)
Gap (nominal)
Revision: May 2004
1.1 mm (0.043 in)
EM-186
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
CYLINDER HEAD
Unit: mm (in)
A
Limit
EM
C
D
PBIC0283E
Head surface distortion
E
0.1 (0.004)
VALVE
Valve Dimensions
F
Unit: mm (in)
G
H
I
SEM188
Valve head diameter “D”
Valve length “L”
Valve stem diameter “d”
J
Intake
35.5 - 35.8 (1.398 - 1.409)
Exhaust
30.5 - 30.8 (1.201 - 1.213)
Intake
97.16 (3.8252)
Exhaust
98.82 (3.8905)
K
Intake
5.965 - 5.980 (0.2348 - 0.2354)
Exhaust
5.955 - 5.970 (0.2344 - 0.2350)
L
Intake
Valve seat angle “α”
Valve margin “T”
45°15′ - 45°45′
Exhaust
Intake
1.1 (0.043)
Exhaust
1.3 (0.051)
M
Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Cold* (reference data)
Hot
Intake
0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013)
0.32 - 0.40 (0.013 - 0.016)
Exhaust
0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013)
0.33 - 0.41 (0.013 - 0.016)
*: Approximately 20°C (68 °F)
Revision: May 2004
EM-187
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Available Valve Lifter
KBIA0119E
Thickness
mm (in)
Identification mark
6.96 (0.2740)
696
6.98 (0.2748)
698
7.00 (0.2756)
700
7.02 (0.2764)
702
7.04 (0.2772)
704
7.06 (0.2780)
706
7.08 (0.2787)
708
7.10 (02795)
710
7.12 (0.2803)
712
7.14 (0.2811)
714
7.16 (0.2819)
716
7.18 (0.2827)
718
7.20 (0.2835)
720
7.22 (0.2843)
722
7.24(0.2850)
724
7.26 (0.2858)
726
7.28 (0.2866)
728
7.30(0.2874)
730
7.32 (0.2882)
732
7.34 (0.2890)
734
7.36 (0.2898)
736
7.38 (0.2906)
738
7.40 (0.2913)
740
7.42 (0.2921)
742
744 (0.2929)
744
7.46 (0.2937)
746
Valve Spring
Free height standard
mm (in)
Intake (blue)
44.84 - 45.34 (1.7654 - 1.7850)
Exhaust (yellow)
45.28 - 45.78 (1.7827 - 1.8024)
Pressure standard
N (kg-force, lb-force) at height mm (in)
Intake (blue) and Exhaust (yellow)
Out-of-square
mm (in)
Installation height mm (in)
Revision: May 2004
151 - 175 (15.4 - 17.8, 34 - 39) at 35.30 (1.390)
1.9 (0.0748)
Intake (blue) and Exhaust (yellow)
EM-188
35.30 (1.390)
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Height during valve open mm (in)
Load with valve open N (kg-force, lb-force)
Intake (blue)
24.94 (0.9819)
Exhaust (yellow)
26.39 (1.0390)
Intake (blue)
A
358 - 408 (36.5 - 41.6, 80 - 92)
Exhaust (yellow)
325 - 371 (33.1 - 37.8, 73 - 83)
EM
Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in)
C
Standard
Valve lifter outer diameter
33.965 - 33.980 (1.3372 - 1.3378)
Valve lifter guide bore diameter
34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394)
Clearance between lifter and lifter guide bore
D
0.020 - 0.056 (0.0008 - 0.0022)
Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in)
E
F
G
H
PBIC0184E
Outer diameter
Valve guide
Standard
Service
10.023 - 10.034
(0.3946 - 0.3950)
10.223 - 10.234
(0.4025 - 0.4029)
Inner diameter (Finished size)
Valve guide bore diameter
I
6.000 - 6.018 (0.2362 - 0.2369)
9.975 - 9.996 (0.3927 - 0.3935)
Interference fit of valve guide
J
10.175 - 10.196
(0.4006 - 0.4014)
K
0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Standard
Valve to guide clearance
Projection length “L”
Intake
0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021)
Exhaust
0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025)
Intake
10.1 - 10.3 (0.398 - 0.406)
Exhaust
10.0 - 10.4 (0.394 - 0.409)
L
M
Valve Seat
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC0284E
Standard
Revision: May 2004
EM-189
Service
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Cylinder head seat recess diameter
(D)
Valve seat interference fit
Valve seat outer diameter (d)
Intake
36.500 - 36.516 (1.4370 - 1.4376)
37.000 - 37.016 (1.4567 - 1.4573)
Exhaust
31.500 - 31.516 (1.2402 - 1.2408)
32.000 - 32.016 (1.2598 - 1.2605)
Intake
0.081 - 0.113 (0.0032 - 0.0044)
Exhaust
0.084 - 0.116 (0.0033 - 0.0046)
Intake
36.597 - 36.613 (1.4408 - 1.4415)
37.097 - 37.113 (1.4605 - 1.4611)
Exhaust
31.600 - 31.616 (1.2441 - 1.2447)
32.100 - 32.116 (1.2638 - 1.2644)
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Camshaft runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.04 (0.0016)
SEM671
Cam height “A”
Intake
45.665 - 45.855 (1.7978 - 1.8053)
Exhaust
43.975 - 44.165 (1.7313 - 1.7388)
Outer diameter of camshaft journal
No. 1
27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5
23.435 - 23.455 (0.9226 - 0.9234)
Inner diameter of camshaft bracket
No .1
28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032)
No.2, 3, 4, 5
23.500 - 23.521 (0.9252 - 0.9260)
Camshaft journal clearance
0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034)
Camshaft end play
0.115 - 0.188 (0.0045 - 0.0074)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*]
Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
*: Total indicator reading
CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC0281E
Surface distortion
Limit
Revision: May 2004
0.1 (0.004)
EM-190
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Cylinder bore
Inner diameter
Standard
Grade No. 1
89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043)
Grade No. 2
89.010 - 89.020 (3.5043 - 3.5047)
Grade No. 3
89.020 - 89.030 (3.5047 - 3.5051)
Wear limit
0.2 (0.008)
EM
Out-of-round (X − Y)
Less than 0.015 (0.0006)
Taper (C − A)
Less than 0.01 (0.0004)
Main journal inner
diameter grade
(Without bearing)
Difference in
inner diameter
between cylinders
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
Grade No. V
Grade No. W
Grade No. X
Grade No. Y
Grade No. 4
Grade No. 7
58.944 - 58.945 (2.3206 - 2.3207)
58.945 - 58.946 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
58.946 - 58.947 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
58.947 - 58.948 (2.3207 - 2.3208)
58.948 - 58.949 (2.3208 - 2.3208)
58.949 - 58.950 (2.3208 - 2.3209)
58.950 - 58.951 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
58.951 - 58.952 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
58.952 - 58.953 (2.3209 - 2.3210)
58.953 - 58.954 (2.3210 - 2.3210)
58.954 - 58.955 (2.3210 - 2.3211)
58.955 - 58.956 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
58.956 - 58.957 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
58.957 - 58.958 (2.3211 - 2.3212)
58.958 - 58.959 (2.3212 - 2.3212)
58.959 - 58.960 (2.3212 - 2.3213)
58.960 - 58.961 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
58.961 - 58.962 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
58.962 - 58.963 (2.3213 - 2.3214)
58.963 - 58.964 (2.3214 - 2.3214)
58.964 - 58.965 (2.3214 - 2.3215)
58.965 - 58.966 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
58.966 - 58.967 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
58.967 - 58.968 (2.3215 - 2.3216)
Standard
A
Less than 0.03 (0.0012)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PISTON, PISTON RING, AND PISTON PIN
Available Piston
K
Unit: mm (in)
L
M
PBIC0188E
Piston skirt diameter “A”
Standard
Grade No. 1
88.980 - 88.990 (3.5031 - 3.5035)
Grade No. 2
88.990 - 89.000 (3.5035 - 3.5039)
Grade No. 3
89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043)
0.20 (0.0079) oversize clearance (service)
89.180 - 89.210 (3.5110 - 3.5122)
“H” dimension
Piston pin bore diameter
Revision: May 2004
42 (1.65)
Grade No. 0
19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874)
Grade No. 1
19.999 - 20.005 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
EM-191
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Standard
Piston to cylinder bore clearance
0.010 - 0.030 (0.0004 - 0.0012)
Limit
0.08 (0.0031)
Piston Ring
Unit: mm (in)
Side clearance
End gap
Standard
Limit
Top
0.045 - 0.080 (0.0018 - 0.0031)
0.11 (0.0043)
2nd
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
0.10 (0.004)
Oil ring
0.065 - 0.135 (0.0026 - 0.0053)
—
Top
0.21- 0.31 (0.0083 - 0.0122)
0.54 (0.0213)
2nd
0.32 - 0.47 (0.0126 - 0.0185)
0.67 (0.0264)
Oil (rail ring)
0.20 - 0.60 (0.0079 - 0.0236)
0.95 (0.0374)
Piston Pin
Unit: mm (in)
Piston pin outer diameter
Grade No.0
19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872)
Grade No.1
19.995 - 20.001 (0.7872 - 0.7874)
Piston pin to piston clearance
0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
Piston pin to connecting rod oil clearance
Standard
0.005 - 0.017 (0.0002 - 0.0007)
CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)
Center distance
143.00 - 143.10 (5.63 - 5.63)
Bend [per 100 (3.94)]
Limit
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)]
Limit
0.15 (0.0059)
0.30 (0.0118)
Connecting rod small end inner diameter
Connecting rod small end inner
diameter*
22.000 - 22.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879)
Grade No. 0
20.000 - 20.006 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
Grade No. 1
20.006 - 20.012 (0.7876 - 0.7879)
Connecting rod big end inner diameter
48.000 - 48.013 (1.8898 - 1.8903)
Standard
Side clearance
Connecting rod bearing
housing
0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Limit
0.50 (0.0197)
Grade No. 0
Grade No. 1
Grade No. 2
Grade No. 3
Grade No. 4
Grade No. 5
Grade No. 6
Grade No. 7
Grade No. 8
Grade No. 9
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
48.000 - 48.001 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
48.001 - 48.002 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
48.002 - 48.003 (1.8898 - 1.8899)
48.003 - 48.004 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
48.004 - 48.005 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
48.005 - 48.006 (1.8899 - 1.8900)
48.006 - 48.007 (1.8900 - 1.8900)
48.007 - 48.008 (1.8900 - 1.8901)
48.008 - 48.009 (1.8901 - 1.8901)
48.009 - 48.010 (1.8901 - 1.8902)
48.010 - 48.011 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
48.011 - 48.012 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
48.012 - 48.013 (1.8902 - 1.8903)
*: After installing in connecting rod
Revision: May 2004
EM-192
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
CRANKSHAFT
Unit: mm (in)
A
EM
C
D
SEM645
Pin journal “DP” grade
Main journal “Dm” grade
SEM715
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
44.974 - 44.973 (1.7706 - 1.7706)
44.973 - 44.972 (1.7706 - 1.7705)
44.972 - 44.971 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
44.971 - 44.970 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
44.970 - 44.969 (1.7705 - 1.7704)
44.969 - 44.968 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
44.968 - 44.967 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
44.967 - 44.966 (1.7704 - 1.7703)
44.966 - 44.965 (1.7703 - 1.7703)
44.965 - 44.964 (1.7703 - 1.7702)
44.964 - 44.963 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
44.963 - 44.962 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
44.962 - 44.961 (1.7702 - 1.7701)
44.961 - 44.960 (1.7701 - 1.7701)
44.960 - 44.959 (1.7701 - 1.7700)
44.959 - 44.958 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
44.958 - 44.957 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
44.957 - 44.956 (1.7700 - 1.7699)
Grade No. A
Grade No. B
Grade No. C
Grade No. D
Grade No. E
Grade No. F
Grade No. G
Grade No. H
Grade No. J
Grade No. K
Grade No. L
Grade No. M
Grade No. N
Grade No. P
Grade No. R
Grade No. S
Grade No. T
Grade No. U
Grade No. V
Grade No. W
Grade No. X
Grade No. Y
Grade No. 4
Grade No. 7
54.979 - 54.978 (2.1645 - 2.1645)
54.978 - 54.977 (2.1645 - 2.1644)
54.977 - 54.976 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
54.976 - 54.975 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
54.975 - 54.974 (2.1644 - 2.1643)
54.974 - 54.973 (2.1643 - 2.1643)
54.973 - 54.972 (2.1643 - 2.1642)
54.972 - 54.971 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
54.971 - 54.970 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
54.970 - 54.969 (2.1642 - 2.1641)
54.969 - 54.968 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
54.968 - 54.967 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
54.967 - 54.966 (2.1641 - 2.1640)
54.966 - 54.965 (2.1640 - 2.1640)
54.965 - 54.964 (2.1640 - 2.1639)
54.964 - 54.963 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
54.963 - 54.962 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
54.962 - 54.961 (2.1639 - 2.1638)
54.961 - 54.960 (2.1638 - 2.1638)
54.960 - 54.959 (2.1638 - 2.1637)
54.959 - 54.958 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
54.958 - 54.957 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
54.957 - 54.956 (2.1637 - 2.1636)
54.956 - 54.955 (2.1636 - 2.1636)
Center distance “r”
Standard
Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Taper (A − B)
Standard
Less than 0.005 (0.0002)
Runout [TIR*]
Limit
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Less than 0.05 (0.002)
Standard
Revision: May 2004
F
49.60 - 50.04 (1.9528 - 1.9701)
Out-of-round (X − Y)
Free end play
E
0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102)
Limit
0.30 (0.0118)
EM-193
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
*: Total indicator reading
MAIN BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
SEM685D
Grade number
Thickness
Identification color
(UPR / LWR)
0
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
Black
1
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
Red
2
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
Green
3
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
Yellow
4
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
Blue
5
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
Pink
6
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
Purple
7
1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
Orange
01
12
23
34
45
56
67
UPR
1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778)
LWR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
UPR
1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779)
LWR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
UPR
1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780)
LWR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
UPR
1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781)
LWR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
UPR
1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783)
LWR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
UPR
1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784)
LWR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
UPR
1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785)
LWR
1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786)
Remarks
Grade and color are the same
for upper and lower bearings.
Black / Red
Red / Green
Green / Yellow
Grade and color are different
for upper and lower bearings.
Yellow / Blue
Blue / Pink
Pink / Purple
Purple / Orange
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
0.25 (0.0098)
2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)
Main journal diameter
Grind so that bearing clearance is the
specified value.
Bearing Oil Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Main bearing oil clearance
Standard
No.1, 3, and 5
0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009)
No.2 and 4
0.018 - 0.028 (0.0007 - 0.0011)
Limit
Revision: May 2004
0.1 (0.004)
EM-194
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
CONNECTING ROD BEARING
Grade number
Thickness
mm (in)
A
Identification color (mark)
0
1.499 - 1.495 (0.0590 - 0.0589)
Black
1
1.503 - 1.499 (0.0592 - 0.0590)
Brown
2
1.507 - 1.503 (0.0593 - 0.0592)
Green
3
1.511 - 1.507 (0.0595 - 0.0593)
Yellow
EM
C
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Size U.S.
Thickness
0.25 (0.0098)
1.624 - 1.632 (0.0639 - 0.0643)
D
Crank pin journal diameter
Grind so that bearing clearance is the
specified value.
E
Bearing Oil Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Connecting rod bearing oil
clearance
Standard
0.028 - 0.045 (0.0011 - 0.0018)
Limit
F
0.10 (0.0039)
Miscellaneous Components
EBS00EZ6
Unit: mm (in)
Flywheel runout [TIR*]
G
Less than 0.15 (0.0059)
Rotational movement 9.8 N.m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) force applied
Less than 28.3 mm (1.114 in)
H
*: Total indicator reading at measuring point 115 mm (4.53 in) from crankshaft center.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EM-195
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
Revision: May 2004
EM-196
2003 Sentra
B ENGINE
A
EX
SECTION
EXHAUST SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PREPARATION ........................................................... 2
Special Service Tool ................................................. 2
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 2
EXHAUST SYSTEM .................................................... 3
Removal and Installation .......................................... 3
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EX-1
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
PFP:00002
EBS00DTK
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV10114400
(J-38365-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening front and rear heated
oxygen sensors
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
S-NT636
Commercial Service Tools
EBS00DTL
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-43897–18)
(J-43897–12)
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use
with anti-seize lubricant shown below.)
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm) for zirconia oxygen
sensor
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm) for titania oxygen
sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR
or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
tool when reconditioning exhaust system
threads
AEM489
Revision: May 2004
EX-2
2003 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Removal and Installation
PFP:20100
A
EBS00DTM
Refer to the following figures for removal and installation.
EX
QG18DE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WBIA0136E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
EX-3
2003 Sentra
EXHAUST SYSTEM
QR25DE
WBIA0137E
CAUTION:
●
Always replace exhaust gaskets with new ones when reassembling.
●
For the QR25DE engine, install the front combination seal
bearing as shown. Position the conical spring so that the
wide end is against the flange as shown.
LBIA0065E
●
●
●
●
●
With engine running, check all tube connections for exhaust gas leaks, and entire system for
unusual noises.
Check to ensure that mounting brackets and mounting insulators are installed properly and free
from undue stress. Improper installation could result in excessive noise or vibration.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; replace it with a new one.
Before installing a new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner tool, J-43897-18 or J-43897-12, and apply anti-seize lubricant.
Do not over-tighten the oxygen sensor. Doing so may cause damage to the oxygen sensor, resulting in the MIL coming on.
Revision: May 2004
EX-4
2003 Sentra
D DRIVELINE/AXLE
A
B
SECTION
FRONT AXLE
C
FAX
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions .............................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 4
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 4
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ............................................. 5
Front Axle Parts ....................................................... 5
Front Wheel Bearing ................................................ 5
Drive Shaft ............................................................... 5
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE ................................... 6
Components ............................................................. 6
Removal ................................................................... 6
Installation ................................................................ 8
Disassembly ............................................................. 8
WHEEL HUB ......................................................... 9
WHEEL BEARING ................................................ 9
Inspection ................................................................. 9
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE .............................. 9
SNAP RING .......................................................... 9
Assembly ................................................................ 10
DRIVE SHAFT ...........................................................11
Revision: May 2004
Components ........................................................... 11
Removal ................................................................. 14
Installation .............................................................. 16
TRANSAXLE SIDE .............................................. 16
WHEEL SIDE ...................................................... 16
Disassembly ........................................................... 16
TRANSAXLE SIDE (TS79C AND T86 TYPE) ..... 16
TRANSAXLE SIDE (D90,D90+B AND D86+B
TYPE) .................................................................. 17
WHEEL SIDE (ZF90, B90 AND B86 TYPE) ........ 17
SUPPORT BEARING .......................................... 17
Inspection ............................................................... 18
DRIVE SHAFT ..................................................... 18
BOOT .................................................................. 18
JOINT ASSEMBLY (TRANSAXLE SIDE) ............ 18
JOINT ASSEMBLY (WHEEL SIDE) .................... 19
Assembly ................................................................ 19
SUPPORT BEARING .......................................... 19
WHEEL SIDE (ZF90, B90 AND B86 TYPE) ........ 20
DYNAMIC DAMPER ........................................... 21
TRANSAXLE SIDE (TS79C AND T86) ............... 21
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 23
Drive Shaft .............................................................. 23
Wheel Bearing (Front) ............................................ 23
FAX-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
EDS000Q6
When installing rubber parts, final tightening must be carried out under unladen condition* with tires on ground.
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack,
hand tools and mats in designated positions.
After installing removed suspension parts, check wheel
alignment and adjust if necessary.
Use flare nut wrench when removing or installing brake
tubes.
Always torque brake lines when installing.
SBR686C
Revision: May 2004
FAX-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EDS000Q7
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
HT72520000
(J25730-B)
Ball joint remover
B
Removing tie-rod outer end and lower ball
joint
a: 33 mm (1.30 in)
b: 50 mm (1.97 in)
r: R11.5 mm (0.453 in)
C
FAX
NT546
KV38106800
(J34297-1)
Differential side oil seal protector
E
Installing drive shaft
F
NT147
G
Commercial Service Tools
EDS000Q8
Tool name
Description
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing each brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
H
I
J
NT360
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
FAX-3
2003 Sentra
Symptom
AXLE
Revision: May 2004
×
×
Shake
×
FAX-4
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
Judder
×
Poor quality ride or
handling
×
×
×
Refer to FSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to WT-2, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to WT-2, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to BR-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to PS-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
BRAKES
STEERING
Refer to AXLE in this chart.
SUSPENSION
×
AXLE
Refer to DRIVE SHAFT in this chart.
FAX-5, "Front Wheel Bearing"
Wheel bearing damage
DRIVE SHAFT
FAX-5, "Front Wheel Bearing"
FAX-8, "Installation"
Parts interference
Improper installation, looseness
Refer to MA-38, "WHEEL BALANCE"
Noise, Vibration
Imbalance
FAX-18, "Inspection"
DRIVE SHAFT
Joint sliding resistance
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
—
Reference page
Excessive joint angle
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
EDS000Q9
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Front Axle Parts
PFP:00000
A
EDS000QA
Check front axle and front suspension parts for excessive play,
cracks, wear or other damage.
●
Shake each front wheel to check for excessive play.
●
Make sure that the cotter pin is properly installed.
●
Retighten all axle and suspension nuts and bolts to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque
B
C
: Refer to FSU-5, "Components" .
FAX
SMA525A
E
Front Wheel Bearing
●
●
EDS000QB
Rotate wheel hub to check that wheel bearings operate
smoothly.
Check axial end play.
Axial end play
F
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or less
G
If out of specification or wheel bearing does not turn smoothly,
replace wheel bearing assembly.
Refer to FAX-6, "WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE" .
H
SFA543A
Drive Shaft
EDS000QC
I
Check for grease leakage or other damage.
J
K
L
SFA108A
M
Revision: May 2004
FAX-5
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
Components
PFP:40202
EDS000QD
WDIA0002E
1.
Drive shaft
2.
Sensor rotor (if equipped)
3.
Knuckle
4.
Wheel sensor (if equipped)
5.
Baffle plate
6.
Wheel bearing assembly
7.
Snap ring
8.
Wheel bolt
9.
Wheel hub
11.
Cotter pin
12. Disc rotor
10. Wheel bearing lock nut
13. Wheel nut
Removal
EDS000QE
CAUTION:
Before removing the front axle assembly, disconnect the wheel sensor from the assembly. Then move
it away from the front axle assembly area.
Failure to do so may result in damage to the sensor wires and the wheel sensor becoming inoperative.
1. Remove cotter pin and wheel bearing lock nut.
SFA090A
Revision: May 2004
FAX-6
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
2.
Separate tie-rod from knuckle with Tool.
● Install stud nut on stud bolt to prevent damage to stud
bolt.
A
B
C
WAX006
FAX
3.
Remove brake caliper assembly, torque member and rotor.
● Brake hose need not be disconnected from brake caliper.
In this case, suspend caliper assembly with wire so as
not to stretch brake hose. Be careful not to depress brake
pedal, or piston will pop out.
Make sure brake hose is not twisted.
E
F
G
SFA898A
4.
H
Remove strut lower mounting nuts and bolts.
I
J
K
SFA803A
5.
Separate drive shaft from knuckle by lightly tapping it. If it is hard
to remove, use a puller.
● Cover boots with shop towel so as not to damage them
when removing drive shaft.
L
M
SFA651A
Revision: May 2004
FAX-7
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
6.
7.
Loosen lower ball joint nut.
Remove knuckle from lower ball joint stud with Tool.
WAX007
Installation
1.
EDS000QF
Install in reverse order of removal.
● Install knuckle with wheel hub.
When installing knuckle to strut, be sure to hold bolts
and tighten nuts.
: 114 - 133 N·m (11.6 - 13.6 kg-m, 84 - 98 ft-lb)
●
Before tightening, apply oil to threaded portion of drive
shaft.
Tighten wheel bearing lock nut.
: 197 - 274 N·m (20 - 28 kg-m, 145 - 202 ft-lb)
(QG18DE models)
: 255 - 333 N·m (26 - 33 kg-m, 188 - 245 ft-lb)
(QR25DE models)
●
●
SFA114A
Rotate wheel hub to check that wheel bearings operate smoothly.
Rotate wheel hub to check wheel bearing axial end play.
Axial end play
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or less
SFA543A
Disassembly
EDS000QG
CAUTION:
When removing wheel hub or wheel bearing from knuckle, replace wheel bearing assembly (outer race
and inner race) with a new one.
Wheel bearing does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted, replace
wheel bearing assembly.
●
Growling noise is emitted from wheel bearing during operation.
●
Wheel bearing drags or turns roughly. This occurs when turning hub by hand after bearing lock
nut is tightened to specified torque.
Revision: May 2004
FAX-8
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
WHEEL HUB
A
Drive out hub and inner race from knuckle with a suitable tool.
B
C
SFA116A
FAX
WHEEL BEARING
When replacing wheel bearing, replace complete wheel bearing
assembly (inner race and outer race).
1. Remove bearing inner race.
E
F
G
SFA654A
2.
H
Remove snap rings.
I
J
K
SAX008
L
3.
4.
Press out bearing outer race.
Remove baffle plate, if required.
M
SFA496A
Inspection
EDS000QH
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
Check wheel hub and knuckle for cracks by using a magnetic exploration or dyeing test.
SNAP RING
Check snap ring for wear or cracks. Replace if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
FAX-9
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE
Assembly
●
●
EDS000QI
If baffle plate has been removed, replace it with a new one.
When installing the baffle plate, press new plate so that it is in
contact with knuckle wall. Refer to figure at right.
SFA921B
1.
Press new wheel bearing assembly into knuckle until it seats
against knuckle shoulder.
Maximum load P
: 29.4 kN
(3.0 ton, 3.3 US ton, 2.95 Imp ton)
CAUTION:
●
Do not apply disassembly force in direction “R”. There is a
possibility of breaking the seal. In case of separation
(except range of initial clearance) and disassembling of
inner race, the wheel bearing must be replaced with a new
part.
●
Do not press inner race of wheel bearing assembly or seal.
●
Do not apply oil or grease to mating surfaces of wheel bearing outer race and knuckle.
2. Install outer snap ring into groove of knuckle.
3. Press wheel hub into knuckle until it stops when the end of the
wheel bearing is hit.
Maximum load P
●
WAX012
: 49.0 kN
(5.0 ton, 5.5 US ton, 4.9 Imp ton)
Do not move wheel hub in direction “R”.
WAX014
4.
a.
Check bearing operation.
Add load P with press.
Load P
b.
c.
: 34.3 - 49.0 kN
(3.5 - 5.0 ton, 3.9 - 5.5 US ton,
3.44 - 4.92 Imp ton)
Spin knuckle several turns in both directions.
Make sure that wheel bearings operate smoothly.
SFA182A
Revision: May 2004
FAX-10
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT
Components
PFP:39100
A
EDS000QJ
CAUTION:
●
Circular clips should be properly meshed with differential side gear (transaxle side) and with joint
assembly (wheel side). Make sure they will not come out.
●
Be careful not to damage boots. Use suitable protector or cloth during removal and installation.
B
C
FAX
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
WDIA0001E
1.
Dust shield
2.
Sensor rotor, if equipped
3.
Joint assembly
4.
Boot band
5.
Boot
6.
Circular clip
7.
Drive shaft
8.
Dynamic damper band
9.
Dynamic damper
10.
Boot
11.
Boot band
12. Spider assembly
13.
Snap ring
14.
Slide joint housing
15. Dust shield
16.
Circular clip
Revision: May 2004
FAX-11
M
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
LDIA0013E
1.
Dust shield
2.
Sensor rotor, if equipped
3.
Joint assembly
4.
Boot
5.
Boot band
6.
Circular clip
7.
Drive shaft
8.
Dynamic damper
9.
Dynamic damper band
10.
Boot
11.
Boot band
12.
Cage
13.
Inner race
14.
Ball
15.
Snap ring
16.
Slide joint assembly
17.
Dust shield
18.
Circular clip
19.
Slide joint housing with extension
shaft
20.
Snap ring
21.
Dust shield
22.
Support bearing
23.
Support bearing retainer
24.
Bracket
25.
Snap ring
26.
Dust shield
Revision: May 2004
FAX-12
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
A
B
C
FAX
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
LDIA0014E
1.
Dust shield
2.
Sensor rotor, if equipped
3.
Joint assembly
4.
Boot
5.
Boot band
6.
Circular clip
7.
Drive shaft
8.
Dynamic damper
9.
Dynamic damper band
10.
Boot
11.
Boot band
12.
Spider assembly
13.
Snap ring
14.
Slide joint assembly
15.
Dust shield
16.
Circular clip
17.
Ball
18.
Inner race
19.
Cage
20.
Slide joint housing with extension
shaft
21.
Snap ring
22.
Dust shield
23.
Support bearing
24.
Support bearing retainer
25.
Bracket
26.
Snap ring
27.
Dust shield
Revision: May 2004
FAX-13
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
Removal
1.
EDS000QK
Remove cotter pin and wheel bearing lock nut.
SFA090A
2.
Remove drive shaft center support bearing bolts.
WAX017
3.
4.
Remove strut lower mounting nuts and bolts.
Remove brake hose clip.
SFA803A
5.
Separate drive shaft from knuckle by lightly tapping it. If it is hard
to remove, use a puller.
● Cover boots with shop towel so as not to damage them
when removing drive shaft.
SFA651A
Revision: May 2004
FAX-14
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
6.
Remove left drive shaft from transaxle.
A
B
C
WAX003
FAX
7.
Remove right drive shaft from transaxle.
— For M/T models —
● Pry off drive shaft from transaxle as shown at right.
E
F
G
H
WAX004
— For A/T models —
● Insert screwdriver into transaxle opening for right drive shaft and strike with a hammer.
● Be careful not to damage pinion mate shaft and side gear.
I
J
K
L
M
WAX005
Revision: May 2004
FAX-15
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
Installation
EDS000QL
TRANSAXLE SIDE
1.
2.
Drive a new oil seal to transaxle. Refer to MT-12, "SIDE OIL
SEAL" , MT-77, "SIDE OIL SEAL" , MT-138, "SIDE OIL
SEAL"AT-264, "Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement" , or AT647, "Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement" .
Set Tool along the inner circumference of oil seal.
AFA084
3.
4.
5.
Insert drive shaft into transaxle. Be sure to properly align the
serrations and then withdraw Tool.
Push drive shaft, then press-fit circular clip on the drive shaft
into circular clip groove of side gear.
After its insertion, try to pull the flange out of the slide joint by
hand. If it pulls out, the circular clip is not properly meshed with
the side gear.
WAX008
WHEEL SIDE
1.
2.
Install drive shaft into knuckle.
Tighten strut lower mounting nuts and wheel bearing lock nut.
Disassembly
EDS000QM
TRANSAXLE SIDE (TS79C AND T86 TYPE)
1.
2.
3.
Remove boot bands.
Put matching marks on slide joint housing and drive shaft before
separating joint assembly.
Put matching marks on spider assembly and drive shaft.
SFA963
4. Remove snap ring, then remove spider assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not disassemble spider assembly.
5. Draw out boot.
●
Cover drive shaft serrations with tape so as not to damage
the boot.
SFA612
Revision: May 2004
FAX-16
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
TRANSAXLE SIDE (D90,D90+B AND D86+B TYPE)
1.
2.
3.
A
Remove boot bands.
Put matching marks on slide joint housing and drive shaft before
separating joint assembly.
Pry off snap ring with a screwdriver, and pull out slide joint housing.
B
C
SFA476
4.
5.
6.
●
Put matching marks on inner race and drive shaft.
Remove snap ring, then remove ball cage, inner race and balls
as a unit.
Draw out boot.
Cover drive shaft serrations with tape so as not to damage
the boot.
FAX
E
F
G
SFA514A
WHEEL SIDE (ZF90, B90 AND B86 TYPE)
CAUTION:
The joint on the wheel side cannot be disassembled.
1. Before separating joint assembly, put matching marks on drive
shaft and joint assembly.
2. Separate joint assembly with a suitable tool.
●
Be careful not to damage threads on drive shaft.
3. Remove boot bands.
H
I
J
K
WAX009
L
SUPPORT BEARING
1.
Remove dust shield.
M
SFA442B
Revision: May 2004
FAX-17
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
2.
Remove snap ring.
SFA692
3.
Press support bearing assembly off drive shaft.
SFA693
4.
5.
6.
Remove snap ring.
Remove dust shield.
Separate support bearing from retainer.
SFA617
Inspection
EDS000QN
Thoroughly clean all parts in cleaning solvent, then dry with compressed air. Check parts for evidence of deformation and other damage.
DRIVE SHAFT
Replace drive shaft if it is twisted or cracked.
BOOT
Check boot for fatigue, cracks or wear. Replace with new boot and boot bands.
JOINT ASSEMBLY (TRANSAXLE SIDE)
TS79C AND T86 TYPE
●
●
●
●
●
Check spider assembly for needle bearing and washer damage.
Replace if necessary.
Check roller surfaces for scratches, wear and other damage.
Replace if necessary.
Check serration for deformation. Replace if necessary.
Check slide joint housing for any damage. Replace if necessary.
When replacing only spider assembly, select a new spider
assembly from among those listed in table below. Ensure that
the number stamped on slide joint is the same as that stamped
on new part.
Revision: May 2004
FAX-18
AFA111
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
Housing alone cannot be replaced. It must be replaced together with spider assembly.
Stamped number
Part No.*
01
39720-61E01
02
39720-61E02
03
39720-61E03
04
39720-61E04
05
39720-61E05
06
39720-61E06
07
39720-61E07
A
B
C
FAX
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
D90+B TYPE
●
●
●
Replace any parts of double offset joint which show signs of scorching, rust, wear or excessive play.
Check serration for deformation. Replace if necessary.
Check slide joint housing for any damage. Replace if necessary.
E
F
JOINT ASSEMBLY (WHEEL SIDE)
Replace joint assembly if it is deformed or damaged.
G
SUPPORT BEARING
Make sure support bearing rolls freely and is free from noise, cracks, pitting and wear.
SUPPORT BEARING BRACKET
H
Check support bearing bracket for cracks with a magnetic exploration or dyeing test.
Assembly
●
●
EDS000QO
After drive shaft has been assembled, ensure that it moves smoothly over its entire range without
binding.
Use Genuine NISSAN grease or equivalent after every overhaul.
I
J
SUPPORT BEARING
1.
Install bearing into retainer.
K
L
M
SFA618
2.
3.
4.
Install dust shield.
Install snap ring.
Press drive shaft into bearing.
SFA694
Revision: May 2004
FAX-19
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
5.
6.
Install snap ring.
Install new dust shield.
SFA444B
WHEEL SIDE (ZF90, B90 AND B86 TYPE)
1.
●
Install boot and new small boot band on drive shaft.
Cover drive shaft serration with tape to prevent damage to
boot during installation.
SFA800
2.
Set joint assembly onto drive shaft by lightly tapping it.
● Ensure that marks which were made during disassembly
are properly aligned.
WAX010
3.
Pack drive shaft with specified amount of grease.
Specified amount of
grease
4.
: QG18DE 115 - 125 g
(4.06 - 4.41 oz)
: QR25DE A/T 120 - 140 g
(4.23 - 4.94 oz)
: QR25DE M/T 115 - 135 g
(4.06 - 4.76 oz)
Make sure that boot is properly installed on the drive shaft
groove.
Set boot so that it does not swell and deform when its length is
“L1 ”.
Length “L1 ”
QG18DE
QR25DE A/T
QR25DE M/T
: 97 mm (3.82 in)
: 115.7 mm (4.56 in)
: 124.2 mm (4.89 in)
SAX028
Revision: May 2004
FAX-20
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
5.
Lock new large and small boot bands securely with a suitable
tool.
A
B
C
AFA022
FAX
6.
●
Install the sensor rotor, if equipped. For front sensor rotor, use a
hammer and wooden block. For rear sensor rotor, use a suitable
drift and press.
Always replace sensor rotor with a new one.
E
F
G
SBR985C
DYNAMIC DAMPER
1.
2.
H
Use a new damper band when reinstalling.
Install dynamic damper from stationary-joint side while holding it
securely:
I
Unit: mm (in)
QG18DE
Applied model
LH
RH
"A"
175-185 (6.89 - 7.28)
420-430 (16.54 - 16.93)
"B"
70 (2.76)
64 (2.52)
J
K
QR25DE
"A"
173 - 179 (6.81 - 7.05)
200 - 206 (7.87 - 8.11)
"B"
50 (1.97)
68 (2.68)
SAX029
L
TRANSAXLE SIDE (TS79C AND T86)
1.
●
Install boot and new small boot band on drive shaft.
Cover drive shaft serration with tape to prevent damage to
boot during installation.
M
SFA800
Revision: May 2004
FAX-21
2003 Sentra
DRIVE SHAFT
2.
3.
Install spider assembly securely, making sure the matching
marks which were made during disassembly are properly
aligned.
Install new snap ring.
SFA023A
4.
Pack drive shaft with specified amount of grease.
Specified amount
of grease
5.
6.
: QG18DE 155 - 165 g
(5.47 - 5.82 oz)
: QR25DE A/T 145 - 165 g
(5.11 - 5.82 oz)
: QR25DE M/T D86+B 135 - 155
g (4.76 - 5.47 oz)
: QR25DE M/T T86 140 - 160 g
(4.94 - 5.64 oz)
Install slide joint housing.
Set boot so that it does not swell and deform when its length is
“L2 ”.
Length “L2 ”
QG18DE
QR25DE A/T
QR25DE M/T D86+B
QR25DE M/T T86
●
7.
: 102.5 mm (4.035 in)
: 98 mm (3.86 in)
: 98 mm (3.86 in)
: 98.5 mm (3.88 in)
Make sure the boot is properly installed on the drive shaft
groove.
SFA993
Lock new large and small boot bands securely with a suitable
tool.
SFA443B
Revision: May 2004
FAX-22
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Drive Shaft
Applied model
Joint type
Transaxle side
Wheel side
Quality
PFP:00030
A
EDS000QP
QG18DE
QR25DE
TS79C
D90+B, D90, D86+B and T86
ZF90
B90 and B86
Genuine NISSAN grease or equivalent
B
C
D90+B and D90 145 - 165 (5.11- -5.82)
Transaxle
side
Grease
Capacity
TS79C 155 - 165 (5.47 - 5.82)
g (oz)
D86+B 135 - 155 (4.76 - 5.47)
T86 140 - 160 (4.94 - 5.64)
Wheel side
FAX
B90 120 - 140 (4.23 - 4.94)
ZF90 115 - 125 (4.06 - 4.41)
B86 115- -135 (4.06 - 4.76)
E
D90+B and D90 98 (3.86)
Boot
length
(in)
Transaxle side “L2 ”
TS79C 102.5 (4.035)
D86+B 98 (3.86)
F
T86 98.5 (3.88)
mm
Wheel side “L1 ”
ZF90 97 (3.82)
B90 115.7 (4.56)
B86 124.2 (4.89)
G
H
I
SFA961AA
J
K
SFA962A
Wheel Bearing (Front)
Wheel bearing axial end play limit
Revision: May 2004
L
mm (in)
Wheel bearing lock nut tightening torque
Knuckle to strut tightening torque
EDS000QQ
0.05 (0.0020 in) or less
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
197 - 274 (20 - 28, 145 - 202)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
M
114 - 133 (11.6 - 13.6, 84 - 98)
FAX-23
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
FAX-24
2003 Sentra
B ENGINE
A
FL
SECTION
FUEL SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
FUEL SYSTEM ........................................................... 2
Checking Fuel Lines ................................................. 2
General Precautions ................................................ 2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND
FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY ........................................... 3
Removal and Installation .......................................... 3
REMOVAL ............................................................. 3
INSTALLATION ..................................................... 6
FUEL TANK ................................................................ 7
Removal and Installation .......................................... 7
REMOVAL ............................................................. 7
INSTALLATION ..................................................... 9
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 10
Standard and Limit .................................................. 10
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
FL-1
2003 Sentra
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
Checking Fuel Lines
PFP:17503
EBS00DTF
Inspect the fuel lines, filler cap, and fuel tank for incorrect attachment, leaks, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing, and deterioration.
If necessary, repair or replace the faulty parts.
SMA803A
General Precautions
EBS00DTG
WARNING:
When replacing the fuel line parts, observe the following:
●
Place a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop.
●
Do not smoke while servicing the fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work
area.
●
Have a CO2 fire extinguisher in the workshop.
CAUTION:
●
Before removing the fuel line parts, use the following procedures:
–
Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put the lid on securely.
–
Release the fuel pressure from the fuel system. Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE"
[QG18DE (ULEV)], EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (SULEV)], EC-1257, "FUEL
PRESSURE RELEASE" (QR25DE).
–
Disconnect the battery ground cable.
●
Always replace the O-ring seals with new ones.
●
Do not kink or twist any of the hoses and tubes when installing.
●
Do not over tighten the hose clamps to avoid damaging hoses.
●
After installation, run the engine and check for fuel leaks at the connections.
●
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●
For inspection and installation of EVAP system parts, refer to EC-33, "System Diagram" [QG18DE
(ULEV)], EC-614, "System Diagram" [QG18DE (SULEV)], EC-1236, "System Diagram" (QR25DE).
●
For inspection and installation of ORVR system parts, refer to EC-33, "System Diagram" [QG18DE
(ULEV)], EC-614, "System Diagram" [QG18DE (SULEV)], EC-1236, "System Diagram" (QR25DE).
Revision: May 2004
FL-2
2003 Sentra
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:17042
A
EBS00DTH
REMOVAL
FL
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WFE025
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Release the fuel pressure from the fuel line.
Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (ULEV)] EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE
RELEASE" [QG18DE (SULEV)], EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" (QR25DE).
Disconnect the battery ground cable.
Open the fuel filler lid and filler cap.
Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-5, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the inspection hole cover located under the rear seat
cushion.
JFE613A
Revision: May 2004
FL-3
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
6.
Disconnect the fuel pump assembly electrical connector.
LFE008
7.
a.
b.
8.
9.
Disconnect the fuel feed hose quick connector as follows:
Align the mating marks on the fuel pump outlet and the quick
connector.
Hold the quick connector and push in the tabs, then pull out from
the fuel pump outlet that is inserted in the quick connector.
CAUTION:
● The quick connector can be removed when the tabs are
completely depressed. Do not twist the fuel hose more
than necessary.
● Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
LBIA0291E
Remove the six retainer ring screws.
To remove, pull up on the fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the arm of the fuel level sensor and fuel
tank temperature sensor when removing.
SFE564A
10. Remove the fuel pump as shown in the figure.
● Apply mating marks on the fuel pump and fuel filter for proper
alignment for installation.
JFE614A
Revision: May 2004
FL-4
2003 Sentra
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
11. Disconnect the fuel pump harness connector.
A
FL
C
JFE615A
D
12. Remove the fuel filter from fuel level sensor unit as shown.
● Apply mating marks on fuel filter and fuel level sensor unit for
proper alignment for installation.
E
F
G
JFE616A
13. Remove the fuel pressure regulator from the fuel filter, if necessary.
H
I
J
LFE014
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
FL-5
2003 Sentra
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY
INSTALLATION
Installation is in reverse order of removal.
Connect the quick connector as follows:
1. Align the mating marks on the fuel pump outlet and quick connector for installation.
2. Align the push tabs with the quick connector slots.
3. Insert the fuel pump outlet into the center of the quick connector
until you hear a click.
WBIA0212E
After connecting the quick connector, make sure the connection is fully seated as follows:
1. Pull on the quick connector to make sure it is firmly connected.
2. Apply fuel pressure to the fuel lines by turning the ignition switch
ON (without starting the engine). Then check for fuel leaks at the
connections
3. Start the engine and increase the engine speed, verify there are
no fuel leaks.
WBIA0213E
Revision: May 2004
FL-6
2003 Sentra
FUEL TANK
FUEL TANK
Removal and Installation
PFP:17202
A
EBS00DTI
FL
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WBIA0088E
K
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Release the fuel pressure.
Refer to EC-56, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" [QG18DE (ULEV)], EC-637, "FUEL PRESSURE
RELEASE" [QG18DE (SULEV)], EC-1257, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" (QR25DE).
Disconnect the battery ground cable.
Open the fuel filler lid and filler cap.
Drain the fuel from fuel tank.
Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-5, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the inspection hole cover located under rear seat.
JFE613A
Revision: May 2004
FL-7
2003 Sentra
L
M
FUEL TANK
7.
Disconnect the fuel pump electrical connector.
LFE008
8.
a.
b.
Disconnect the fuel feed hose quick connector as follows:
Apply mating marks on the fuel pump outlet and the quick connector for installation.
Hold the quick connector and push in the tabs, then pull out off
of the fuel pump outlet that is inserted into the quick connector.
CAUTION:
● The quick connector can be removed when the tabs are
completely depressed. Do not twist the fuel feed hose
more than necessary.
● Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector.
LBIA0291E
9. Remove the center exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
10. From rear left area of the fuel tank, remove the filler hose, vent
hose, and evaporation hoses as shown.
SFE559A
11. Support the fuel tank with a suitable transmission jack as shown.
JFE610A
12. Remove the fuel tank mounting band bolts while supporting the fuel tank.
Revision: May 2004
FL-8
2003 Sentra
FUEL TANK
13. Lower the fuel tank by 70 - 80 mm (2.76 - 3.15 in), then remove
the nuts and clips holding the fuel tank protector, and remove
the protector.
● To remove the clips, use pliers to squeeze the extensions as
shown by the arrows, and then remove the clip from above.
A
FL
C
JFE611A
D
14. Remove the fuel tank.
INSTALLATION
E
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Connect the quick connector as follows:
1. Align mating marks on the fuel pump outlet and the quick connector for correct installation.
2. Align the push tabs with the quick connector slots.
3. Insert the fuel pump outlet into the center of the quick connector
until you hear a click.
F
G
H
I
WBIA0212E
J
After connecting the quick connector, check that the quick connector is fully seated as follows:
1. Pull on the quick connector to make sure it is firmly connected.
2. Apply fuel pressure to the fuel lines by turning the ignition switch
ON (without starting the engine). Then check for fuel leaks at the
hose connections.
3. Start the engine and increase engine speed, verify that there are
no fuel leaks.
K
L
M
WBIA0213E
Revision: May 2004
FL-9
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Standard and Limit
Fuel tank capacity
Revision: May 2004
PFP:00030
EBS00DTJ
50
FL-10
(13 1/4 US gal, 11 Imp gal)
2003 Sentra
E SUSPENSION
A
B
SECTION
FRONT SUSPENSION
C
D
FSU
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions .............................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 4
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 4
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ........................... 5
Components ............................................................. 5
On-Vehicle Service ................................................... 6
Front Wheel Alignment ............................................. 6
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION ............................... 7
CAMBER, CASTER AND KINGPIN INCLINATION ...................................................................... 7
TOE-IN .................................................................. 7
FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE ..................... 8
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER ................. 9
Removal and Installation .......................................... 9
Disassembly ............................................................. 9
Inspection ................................................................. 9
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY ......................... 9
MOUNTING INSULATOR AND RUBBER PARTS... 10
THRUST BEARING ............................................. 10
COIL SPRING ..................................................... 10
Assembly ................................................................ 10
STABILIZER BAR ..................................................... 11
Removal and Installation ........................................ 11
TRANSVERSE LINK AND LOWER BALL JOINT ... 13
Removal and Installation ........................................ 13
Inspection ............................................................... 13
TRANSVERSE LINK ........................................... 13
LOWER BALL JOINT .......................................... 14
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 15
General Specifications (Front) ................................ 15
Front Wheel Alignment (Unladen*1) ....................... 15
Lower Ball Joint ...................................................... 16
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) ................................. 16
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
FSU-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
EES000IB
When installing rubber parts, final tightening must be carried out under unladen condition* with tires on ground.
Oil will shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe
off any spilled oil.
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack,
hand tools and mats in designated positions.
After installing removed suspension parts, check wheel
alignment and adjust if necessary.
Use flare nut wrench when removing or installing brake
tubes.
Always torque brake lines when installing.
Lock nuts are unreusable parts; always use new ones.
When replacing, do not wipe the oil off the new lock nut before tightening.
Revision: May 2004
FSU-2
SBR686C
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EES000IC
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
HT72520000
(J25730-B)
Ball joint remover
B
Description
Removing tie-rod outer end and lower ball
joint
C
D
NT146
FSU
Commercial Service Tools
EES000ID
Tool name
Description
Attachment wheel alignment
F
Measure wheel alignment
a: Screw M24 x 1.5 pitch
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
c: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
d: 56 mm (2.20 in)
e: 12 mm (0.47 in)
G
NT148
Equivalent to GG94310000
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
H
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
I
J
S-NT360
Spring compressor
Removing and installing coil spring
K
L
NT717
M
Revision: May 2004
FSU-3
2003 Sentra
ROAD WHEEL
TIRES
Refer to FSU-5
Bushing or mounting deterioration
Parts interference
Noise
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
Judder
×
×
×
Poor quality
ride or handling
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality
ride or handling
Revision: May 2004
Refer to BR-5
Refer to PS-6
Suspension looseness
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
BRAKES
STEERING
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Vibration
FSU-4
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
×
Judder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality
ride or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shimmy, Judder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Refer to ROAD WHEEL in this chart.
Refer to TIRES in this chart.
Refer to SUSPENSION in this chart.
Refer to FAX-4
AXLE
×
SUSPENSION
Refer to FAX-4
DRIVE SHAFT
—
Non-uniformity
Refer to WT-6
—
Deformation or damage
Incorrect tire size
—
Refer to WT-4
Imbalance
Uneven tire wear
Refer to FSU-6
Out-of-round
—
Refer to FSU-11
Stabilizer bar fatigue
Incorrect air pressure
Refer to FSU-6
Incorrect wheel alignment
Refer to FSU-5 , FSU-6
Spring fatigue
×
Refer to FSU-16
—
Refer to FSU-5
Shock absorber deformation, damage
or deflection
Possible Cause and
SUSPECTED PARTS
Refer to FSU-5
SUSPENSION
Reference page
Improper installation, looseness
Symptom
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
EES000IE
Use the following chart to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
2003 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
Components
PFP:54010
A
EES000IF
B
C
D
FSU
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WEIA0002E
1.
Strut tower bar bracket (if equipped) 2.
Strut spacer
3.
Strut mount bracket
4.
Strut mount bearing
5.
Spring upper seat
6.
Upper spring rubber seat
7.
Bound bumper rubber
8.
Coil spring
9.
Lower spring rubber seat
10. Shock absorber
11. Wheel hub and steering knuckle
13. Strut tower bar (if equipped)
14. Stabilizer
15. Stabilizer clamp
16. Bushing
17. Suspension member
18. Rebound stopper
19. Connecting rod
20. Transverse link
Revision: May 2004
FSU-5
12. Cotter pin
2003 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
On-Vehicle Service
EES000IG
Check front axle and front suspension parts for excessive play,
cracks, wear or other damage.
●
Shake each front wheel to check for excessive play.
●
Make sure that cotter pin is inserted.
●
Retighten all axle and suspension nuts and bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to FSU-5, "Components" .
SMA525A
●
●
Check strut (shock absorber) for oil leakage or other damage.
Check suspension ball joint for grease leakage and ball joint
dust cover for cracks or other damage.
If ball joint dust cover is cracked or damaged, replace transverse
link.
SFA392B
●
–
–
Check spring height from top of wheelarch to the ground.
Vehicle must be unladen*, parked on a level surface, and tires
checked for proper inflation and wear (tread wear indicator must
not be showing).
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand
tools and mats in designated positions.
Bounce vehicle up and down several times before measuring.
Standard height
: Refer to FSU-16,
"Wheelarch Height
(Unladen*)"
SFA818AA
–
Spring height is not adjustable. If out of specification, check for worn springs or suspension parts.
●
Check suspension ball joint end play.
Jack up front of vehicle and set the stands.
Clamp dial indicator onto transverse link and place indicator tip
on lower edge of brake caliper.
Make sure front wheels are straight and brake pedal is
depressed.
Place a pry bar between transverse link and inner rim of road
wheel.
While raising and releasing pry bar, observe maximum dial indicator value.
–
–
–
–
–
Vertical end play
–
WSU002
: 0 mm (0 in)
If ball joint movement is beyond specifications, remove and replace it.
Front Wheel Alignment
EES000IH
Before checking front wheel alignment, be sure to make a preliminary inspection (unladen*).
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Revision: May 2004
FSU-6
2003 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
1.
2.
a.
b.
Wheel runout (Dial indicator value)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
A
Check tires for wear and improper inflation.
Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage.
If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout.
Remove tire from wheel and mount wheel on a tire balance
machine.
Set dial indicator as shown in the illustration.
B
C
: Refer to WT-3, "ROAD
WHEEL" .
Check front wheel bearings for looseness.
D
SFA975B
Check front suspension for looseness.
Check steering linkage for looseness.
FSU
Check that front shock absorbers work properly.
Check vehicle wheelarch height (unladen*). Refer to FSU-16, "Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)" .
● *: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated posiF
tions.
CAMBER, CASTER AND KINGPIN INCLINATION
Camber, caster and kingpin inclination are preset at factory and
cannot be adjusted.
1. Measure camber, caster and kingpin inclination of both right and
left wheels with a suitable alignment gauge.
Camber, caster and
kingpin inclination
2.
G
H
: Refer to FSU-15, "Front
Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*1)" .
If camber, caster or kingpin inclination is not within specification,
inspect front suspension parts. Replace damaged or worn out
parts.
I
SRA096A
J
TOE-IN
Measure toe-in using the following procedure.
WARNING:
●
Always perform the following procedure on a flat surface.
●
Make sure that no person is in front of the vehicle before
pushing it.
1. Bounce front of vehicle up and down to stabilize the posture.
2. Push the vehicle straight ahead about 5 m (16 ft).
3. Put a mark on base line of tread (rear side) of both tires at the
same height as hub center. These are measuring points.
K
L
M
AFA050
4.
5.
Measure distance “A” (rear side).
Push the vehicle slowly ahead to rotate the wheels 180 degrees
(1/2 turn).
If the wheels have rotated more than 180 degrees (1/2 turn), try
the above procedure again from the beginning. Never push
vehicle backward.
6. Measure distance “B” (front side).
Total toe-in
Revision: May 2004
: Refer to FSU-15, "Front
Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*1)" .
FSU-7
SFA234AC
2003 Sentra
FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
7.
a.
b.
Adjust toe-in by varying the length of steering tie-rods.
Loosen lock nuts.
Adjust toe-in by screwing tie-rods in and out.
Standard length “L”
c.
: Refer to FSU-15, "Front
Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*1)" .
Tighten lock nuts to specified torque. Refer to FSU-5, "Components" .
SFA486A
FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE
1.
2.
Set wheels in straight-ahead position. Then move vehicle forward until front wheels rest on turning radius gauge properly.
Rotate steering wheel all the way right and left; measure turning
angle.
Do not hold the steering wheel on full lock for more than 15
seconds.
Wheel turning angle
(Full turn)
: Refer to FSU-15, "Front
Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*1)" .
SFA439BA
Revision: May 2004
FSU-8
2003 Sentra
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER
Removal and Installation
●
●
PFP:56210
A
EES000II
Remove shock absorber fixing bolt and nut (to hoodledge).
Do not remove piston rod lock nut on vehicle.
B
C
D
SFA956A
FSU
●
When installing strut spacer, it must be positioned as shown.
F
G
H
WSU003
Disassembly
1.
2.
EES000IJ
Set shock absorber on vise, then loosen piston rod lock nut.
● Do not remove piston rod lock nut at this time.
Compress spring with Tool so that shock absorber mounting
insulator can be turned by hand.
WARNING:
Make sure that the pawls of the two spring compressors are
firmly hooked on the spring. The spring compressors must
be tightened alternately so as not to tilt the spring.
I
J
K
L
SSU002
3.
Remove piston rod lock nut.
M
SSU003
Inspection
EES000IK
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY
●
●
●
Check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension.
Check for oil leakage on welded or gland packing portions.
Check piston rod for cracks, deformation or other damage and replace if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
FSU-9
2003 Sentra
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER
MOUNTING INSULATOR AND RUBBER PARTS
●
Check cemented rubber-to-metal portion for separation or cracks. Check rubber parts for deterioration
and replace if necessary.
THRUST BEARING
●
Check thrust bearing parts for abnormal noise or excessive rattle in axial direction and replace if necessary.
COIL SPRING
●
Check for cracks, deformation or other damage and replace if necessary.
Assembly
●
EES000IL
When installing coil spring on strut, it must be positioned as
shown.
SFA508A
●
●
●
Install upper spring seat with alignment mark facing the outer
side of vehicle, in line with strut-to-knuckle attachment points.
Replace strut lower mounting nuts.
When installing strut to knuckle, be sure to hold bolts and
tighten nuts.
Strut to knuckle
tightening torque
: 114 - 133 N·m
(11.6 - 13.6 kg-m, 84 - 98 ft-lb)
SFA564B
Revision: May 2004
FSU-10
2003 Sentra
STABILIZER BAR
STABILIZER BAR
Removal and Installation
●
PFP:54611
A
EES000IM
Remove four stabilizer bar mounting nuts from each side.
B
C
D
WSU004
FSU
●
When installing stabilizer, make sure the paint mark and clamp
face in their correct directions.
F
G
H
SFA959A
●
I
Make sure that the slit in the bushing is in the position shown.
J
K
SFA604B
●
Install four stabilizer bar mounting nuts at each side.
M
WSU004
Revision: May 2004
FSU-11
L
2003 Sentra
STABILIZER BAR
●
Install stabilizer bar with ball joint socket properly placed.
SFA449BB
●
●
●
Check stabilizer for deformation or cracks and replace if necessary.
Check rubber bushings for deterioration or cracks and replace if
necessary.
Check ball joint can rotate in all directions. If movement is not
smooth and free, replace stabilizer bar connecting rod.
ARA027
Revision: May 2004
FSU-12
2003 Sentra
TRANSVERSE LINK AND LOWER BALL JOINT
TRANSVERSE LINK AND LOWER BALL JOINT
Removal and Installation
PFP:54500
A
EES000IN
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove wheel bearing lock nut.
Remove tie-rod ball joint.
Remove strut lower bracket fixing bolts and nuts.
Separate drive shaft from knuckle by slightly tapping drive shaft
end.
Cover boots with shop towel so as not to damage them when
removing drive shaft.
B
C
D
SFA651A
FSU
5.
Separate lower ball joint stud from knuckle with suitable tool.
F
G
H
WSU009
6.
7.
8.
9.
I
Remove fixing bolts.
Remove transverse link and lower ball joint.
During installation, final tightening must be carried out at curb
weight with tires on the ground. Refer to FSU-5, "Components" .
After installation, check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-6, "Front
Wheel Alignment" .
J
K
WSU005
Inspection
EES000IO
TRANSVERSE LINK
●
●
M
Check transverse link for damage, cracks or deformation and replace if necessary.
Check rubber bushing for damage, cracks and deformation and replace if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
L
FSU-13
2003 Sentra
TRANSVERSE LINK AND LOWER BALL JOINT
LOWER BALL JOINT
●
Check ball joint for play. Replace transverse link assembly if any
of the following cases occur: Ball stud is worn, play in axial
direction is excessive or joint is hard to swing.
Before checking, turn ball joint at least 10 revolutions so that ball
joint is properly broken in.
Swinging force “A”
(measuring point
cotter pin hole of
ball stud)
Turning torque “B”
: 7.8 - 77.5 N (0.8 - 7.9 kg,
1.8 - 17.4 lb)
: 0.50 - 4.90 N·m
(5.1 - 50 kg-cm,
4.4 - 43.4 in-lb)
Vertical end play “C” : 0 mm (0 in)
●
SFA858A
Check dust cover for damage. Replace it and cover clamp if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
FSU-14
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications (Front)
Suspension type
Independent MacPherson strut
Shock absorber type
Double-acting hydraulic
Stabilizer bar
Standard equipment
PFP:00030
A
EES000IP
B
Front Wheel Alignment (Unladen*1)
EES000IQ
C
D
FSU
F
SFA234AC
Engine
Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
QG18DE
QR25DE
Minimum
−1°10' (−1.17°)
−1°12' (−1.2°)
Nominal
−0°25' (−0.42°)
−0°27' (−0.45°)
0°20′ (0.33°)
0°18′ (0.3°)
45′ (0.75°) or less
45′ (0.75°) or less
Minimum
0°51′ (0.85°)
0°58′ (0.97°)
Nominal
1°36′ (1.60°)
1°43′ (1.72°)
Maximum
2°21′ (2.35°)
2°28′ (2.47°)
45′ (0.75°) or less
45′ (0.75°) or less
Minimum
13°58′ (13.97°)
14°03′ (14.05°)
Nominal
14°43′ (14.72°)
14°46′ (14.77°)
Maximum
15°28′ (15.47°)
15°31′ (15.52°)
Minimum
1 (0.039”)
1 (0.039”)
Nominal
2 (0.079”)
2 (0.079”)
Maximum
3 (0.118”)
3 (0.118”)
Minimum
5.5′ (0.08°)
5.5′ (0.08°)
Nominal
11′ (0.18°)
11′ (0.18°)
Maximum
16′ (0.27°)
16′ (0.27°)
Minimum
34° (34.0°)
29° (29.0°)
Nominal
37° (37.0°)
32° (32.0°)
Maximum
38° (38.0°)
33° (33.0°)
Nominal
31° (31.0°)
27° (27.0°)
Maximum
Left and right difference
Caster
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Left and right difference
Kingpin inclination
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Total toe-in
Distance (A − B)
mm (in)
Angle (left plus right)
Degree minute (Decimal
degree)
Wheel turning angle
Full turn*2
Inside
Degree minute (Decimal
degree)
Outside
Degree minute (Decimal
degree)
*1: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
*2: On power steering models, wheel turning force (at circumference of steering wheel) of 98 to 147 N (10 to 15 kg, 22 to 33 lb) with
engine idle.
Revision: May 2004
FSU-15
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Lower Ball Joint
EES000IR
SFA858A
Swinging force “A”
(Measuring point: cotter pin hole of ball stud)
Turning torque “B”
7.8 - 77.5 (0.8 - 7.9, 1.8 - 17.4)
N (kg, lb)
N-m (kg-cm, in-lb)
Vertical end play “C”
0.50 - 4.90 (5.1 - 50.0, 4.4 - 43.4)
mm (in)
0 (0)
Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)
EES000IS
SFA818A
Engine
QG18DE
Grade
XE, GXE
LE
SE-R
SPEC-V
P195/60HR15
P195/60HR15
P195/55HR16
P215/45ZR17
Front (Hf) mm (in)
659 (25.94)
659 (25.94)
660 (25.98)
664 (26.14)
Rear (Hr) mm (in)
653 (25.71)
653 (25.71)
652 (25.67)
655 (25.79)
Tire Size
QR25DE
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Revision: May 2004
FSU-16
2003 Sentra
A GENERAL INFORMATION
GI
B
SECTION
GENERAL INFORMATION
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
Description ............................................................... 3
General Precautions ................................................ 3
Precautions for NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI
VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS) (If
Equipped) ................................................................. 5
Precautions for Three Way Catalyst ......................... 5
Precautions for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline
Recommended) ........................................................ 5
Precautions for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline
Recommended) ........................................................ 5
Precautions for Multiport Fuel Injection System or
Engine Control System ............................................ 6
Precautions for Hoses .............................................. 6
HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 6
HOSE CLAMPING ................................................ 7
Precautions for Engine Oils ...................................... 7
HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ............. 7
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ................................................................... 7
Precautions for Air Conditioning ............................... 7
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................................... 8
Description ............................................................... 8
Terms ....................................................................... 8
Units ......................................................................... 8
Contents ................................................................... 8
Components ............................................................. 8
SYMBOLS ............................................................. 9
How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses ............................ 9
DESCRIPTION ...................................................... 9
HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES ............................................... 10
HARNESS WIRE COLOR AND CONNECTOR
NUMBER INDICATION ........................................11
KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES ............................... 12
How to Read Wiring Diagrams ............................... 13
Revision: May 2004
CONNECTOR SYMBOLS ................................... 13
SAMPLE/WIRING DIAGRAM - EXAMPL - .......... 15
DESCRIPTION .................................................... 16
Abbreviations .......................................................... 21
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT ......................................................................... 23
How to Check Terminal ........................................... 23
CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT ............ 23
HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS ...................... 23
How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical
Incident ................................................................... 26
WORK FLOW ...................................................... 26
INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS ........................ 26
CIRCUIT INSPECTION ....................................... 29
Control Units and Electrical Parts ........................... 34
PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 34
SMJ INSTALLATION ........................................... 35
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM ............................. 36
Description .............................................................. 36
Function and System Application ........................... 36
Nickel Metal Hydride Battery Replacement ............ 37
Checking Equipment .............................................. 37
CONSULT-II Start Procedure .................................. 37
CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit ... 38
INSPECTION PROCEDURE .............................. 38
LIFTING POINT ......................................................... 39
Lifting Points and Tow Truck Towing ....................... 39
SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS ................................ 39
GARAGE JACK AND SAFETY STAND .............. 39
2-POLE LIFT ....................................................... 40
BOARD-ON LIFT ................................................. 40
TOW TRUCK TOWING ............................................. 41
Tow Truck Towing ................................................... 41
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a stuck vehicle) ............ 42
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS ... 43
Tightening Torque Table ......................................... 43
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS ............................................................... 44
Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants... 44
GI-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION ............................ 45
Identification Information ........................................ 45
MODEL VARIATION ............................................ 45
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ................................ 46
DIMENSIONS ...................................................... 48
WHEELS & TIRES .............................................. 49
Revision: May 2004
TERMINOLOGY ........................................................50
SAE J1930 Terminology List ...................................50
GI-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
GI
EAS000X3
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Description
C
D
E
F
EAS000V5
Observe the following precautions to ensure safe and proper servicing. These precautions are not
described in each individual section.
General Precautions
●
B
G
EAS000V6
H
Do not operate the engine for an extended period of time without
proper exhaust ventilation.
Keep the work area well ventilated and free of any inflammable
materials. Special care should be taken when handling any
inflammable or poisonous materials, such as gasoline, refrigerant gas, etc. When working in a pit or other enclosed area, be
sure to properly ventilate the area before working with hazardous materials.
Do not smoke while working on the vehicle.
I
J
K
SGI285
●
●
Before jacking up the vehicle, apply wheel chocks or other tire
blocks to the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. After
jacking up the vehicle, support the vehicle weight with safety
stands at the points designated for proper lifting before working
on the vehicle.
These operations should be done on a level surface.
When removing a heavy component such as the engine or transaxle/transmission, be careful not to lose your balance and drop
them. Also, do not allow them to strike adjacent parts, especially
the brake tubes and master cylinder.
L
M
SGI231
Revision: May 2004
GI-3
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
●
●
Before starting repairs which do not require battery power:
Turn off ignition switch.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
If the battery terminals are disconnected, recorded memory of
radio and each control unit is erased.
SEF289H
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
To prevent serious burns:
Avoid contact with hot metal parts.
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.
Dispose of drained oil or the solvent used for cleaning parts in
an appropriate manner.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle
shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel
spray and possibly a fire.
Clean all disassembled parts in the designated liquid or solvent
SGI233
prior to inspection or assembly.
Replace oil seals, gaskets, packings, O-rings, locking washers, cotter pins, self-locking nuts, etc. with new
ones.
Replace inner and outer races of tapered roller bearings and needle bearings as a set.
Arrange the disassembled parts in accordance with their assembled locations and sequence.
Do not touch the terminals of electrical components which use microcomputers (such as ECM).
Static electricity may damage internal electronic components.
After disconnecting vacuum or air hoses, attach a tag to indicate the proper connection.
Use only the fluids and lubricants specified in this manual.
Use approved bonding agent, sealants or their equivalents when required.
Use hand tools, power tools (disassembly only) and recommended special tools where specified for safe and efficient service repairs.
When repairing the fuel, oil, water, vacuum or exhaust systems,
check all affected lines for leaks.
PBIC0190E
●
Before servicing the vehicle:
Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers.
Take caution that keys, buckles or buttons do not scratch paint.
SGI234
Revision: May 2004
GI-4
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING:
To prevent ECM from storing the diagnostic trouble codes, do not carelessly disconnect the harness GI
connectors which are related to the engine control system and TCM (transmission control module)
system. The connectors should be disconnected only when working according to the WORK FLOW of
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES in EC and AT sections.
B
Precautions for NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NATS) (If Equipped)
EAS000V7
NVIS/IVIS (NATS) will immobilize the engine if someone tries to start it without the registered key of NVIS/IVIS
(NATS).
Both of the originally supplied ignition key IDs have been NVIS/IVIS (NATS) registered.
The security indicator is located on the instrument panel. The indicator blinks when the immobilizer system is
functioning.
Therefore, NVIS/IVIS (NATS) warns outsiders that the vehicle is equipped with the anti-theft system.
●
When NVIS/IVIS (NATS) detects trouble, the security indicator lamp lights up while ignition switch is in
"ON" position.
This lighting up indicates that the anti-theft is not functioning, so prompt service is required.
●
When servicing NVIS/IVIS (NATS) (trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of
other NVIS/IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs), CONSULT-II hardware and CONSULT-II NVIS/IVIS (NATS)
software is necessary.
Regarding the procedures of NVIS/IVIS (NATS) initialization and NVIS/IVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation manual, NVIS/IVIS (NATS).
Therefore, CONSULT-II NVIS/IVIS (NATS) software (program card and operation manual) must be kept
strictly confidential to maintain the integrity of the anti-theft function.
●
When servicing NVIS/IVIS (NATS) (trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of
other NVIS/IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs), it may be necessary to re-register original key identification.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. A maximum of four or five key IDs can be registered into NVIS/IVIS (NATS).
●
When failing to start the engine first time using the key of NVIS/IVIS (NATS), start as follows.
1. Leave the ignition key in "ON" position for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition key to "OFF" or "LOCK" position and wait approximately 5 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
4. Restart the engine while keeping the key separate from any others on key-chain.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
Precautions for Three Way Catalyst
EAS000V8
If a large amount of unburned fuel flows into the catalyst, the catalyst temperature will be excessively high. To
prevent this, follow the instructions.
●
Use unleaded gasoline only. Leaded gasoline will seriously damage the three way catalyst.
●
When checking for ignition spark or measuring engine compression, make tests quickly and only when
necessary.
●
Do not run engine when the fuel tank level is low, otherwise the engine may misfire, causing damage to
the catalyst.
Do not place the vehicle on flammable material. Keep flammable material off the exhaust pipe and the three
way catalyst.
Precautions for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline Recommended)
EAS000X4
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research
octane number 91).
CAUTION:
Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three way catalyst. Using a fuel
other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control devices and systems, and could
also affect the warranty coverage validity.
Precautions for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Recommended)
EAS000X5
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research
octane number 91).
Revision: May 2004
C
GI-5
2003 Sentra
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
For improved vehicle performance, NISSAN/INFINITI recommend the use of unleaded premium gasoline with
an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number (Research octane number 96).
CAUTION:
Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three way catalyst. Using a fuel
other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control devices and systems, and could
also affect the warranty coverage validity.
Precautions for Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System
●
●
●
EAS000VA
Before connecting or disconnecting any harness connector for
the multiport fuel injection system or ECM:
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Disconnect negative battery terminal.
Otherwise, there may be damage to ECM.
Before disconnecting pressurized fuel line from fuel pump to
injectors, be sure to release fuel pressure.
Be careful not to jar components such as ECM and mass air
flow sensor.
SGI787
Precautions for Hoses
EAS000VB
HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
●
To prevent damage to rubber hose, do not pry off rubber hose
with tapered tool or screwdriver.
SMA019D
●
To reinstall the rubber hose securely, make sure that hose insertion length and orientation is correct. (If tube is equipped with
hose stopper, insert rubber hose into tube until it butts up
against hose stopper.)
SMA020D
Revision: May 2004
GI-6
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
HOSE CLAMPING
●
●
GI
If old rubber hose is re-used, install hose clamp in its original
position (at the indentation where the old clamp was). If there is
a trace of tube bulging left on the old rubber hose, align rubber
hose at that position.
Discard old clamps; replace with new ones.
B
C
SMA021D
●
After installing plate clamps, apply force to them in the direction
of the arrow, tightening rubber hose equally all around.
D
E
F
G
SMA022D
Precautions for Engine Oils
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Try to avoid direct skin contact
with used oil.
If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils.
Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable.
Do not put oily rags in pockets.
Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil.
Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be cleaned regularly.
First aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds.
Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the skin.
Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help). Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed.
Do not use gasoline, kerosene, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinners or solvents for cleaning skin.
If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay.
Where practical, degrease components prior to handling.
Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical goggles or face
shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS
Dispose of used oil and used oil filters through authorized waste disposal contractors to licensed waste disposal sites, or to the waste oil reclamation trade. If in doubt, contact the local authority for advice on disposal
facilities.
It is illegal to pour used oil on to the ground, down sewers or drains, or into water sources.
The regulations concerning pollution vary between regions.
Precautions for Air Conditioning
EAS000VD
Use an approved refrigerant recovery unit any time the air conditioning system must be discharged. Refer to
ATC/MTC section “HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure”, “REFRIGERANT LINES” for specific instructions.
Revision: May 2004
H
EAS000VC
GI-7
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Description
PFP:00008
EAS000VE
This volume explains “Removal, Disassembly, Installation, Inspection and Adjustment” and “Trouble Diagnoses”.
Terms
●
EAS000VF
The captions WARNING and CAUTION warn you of steps that must be followed to prevent personal
injury and/or damage to some part of the vehicle.
WARNING indicates the possibility of personal injury if instructions are not followed.
CAUTION indicates the possibility of component damage if instructions are not followed.
BOLD TYPED STATEMENTS except WARNING and CAUTION give you helpful information.
Standard value:Tolerance at inspection and adjustment.
Limit value:The maximum or minimum limit value that should not be exceeded at inspection and adjustment.
Units
●
EAS000VG
The UNITS given in this manual are primarily expressed as the SI UNIT (International System of Unit),
and alternatively expressed in the metric system and in the yard/pound system.
“Example”
Outer Socket Lock Nut
: 59 - 78 N-m (6.0 - 8.0 kg-m, 43 - 58 ft-lb)
Contents
EAS000VH
●
ALPHABETICAL INDEX is provided at the end of this manual so that you can rapidly find the item and
page you are searching for.
●
A QUICK REFERENCE INDEX, a black tab (e.g.
) is provided on the first page. You can quickly find
the first page of each section by matching it to the section's black tab.
THE CONTENTS are listed on the first page of each section.
THE TITLE is indicated on the upper portion of each page and shows the part or system.
THE PAGE NUMBER of each section consists of two or three letters which designate the particular section and a number (e.g. “BR-5”).
THE SMALL ILLUSTRATIONS show the important steps such as inspection, use of special tools, knacks
of work and hidden or tricky steps which are not shown in the previous large illustrations.
Assembly, inspection and adjustment procedures for the complicated units such as the automatic transaxle or transmission, etc. are presented in a step-by-step format where necessary.
●
●
●
●
Components
●
EAS000VI
THE LARGE ILLUSTRATIONS are exploded views (See the following) and contain tightening torques,
lubrication points, section number of the PARTS CATALOG (e.g. SEC. 440) and other information necessary to perform repairs.
Revision: May 2004
GI-8
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The illustrations should be used in reference to service matters only. When ordering parts, refer to the
appropriate PARTS CATALOG .
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
SBR364AC
SYMBOLS
SYMBOL
J
DESCRIPTION
Tightening torque
K
Should be lubricated with grease. Unless otherwise indicated, use recommended multi-purpose grease.
L
Should be lubricated with oil.
Sealing point
M
Checking point
Always replace after every disassembly.
Apply petroleum jelly.
P
Apply ATF.
Select with proper thickness.
Adjustment is required.
How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses
EAS000VJ
DESCRIPTION
NOTICE:
Trouble diagnoses indicate work procedures required to diagnose problems effectively. Observe the following
instructions before diagnosing.
Revision: May 2004
GI-9
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Before performing trouble diagnoses, read the “Preliminary Check”, the “Symptom Chart” or the
“Work Flow”.
After repairs, re-check that the problem has been completely eliminated.
Refer to Component Parts and Harness Connector Location for the Systems described in each
section for identification/location of components and harness connectors.
Refer to the Circuit Diagram for quick pinpoint check.
If you need to check circuit continuity between harness connectors in more detail, such as when a
sub-harness is used, refer to Wiring Diagram in each individual section and Harness Layout in PG
section for identification of harness connectors.
When checking circuit continuity, ignition switch should be OFF.
Before checking voltage at connectors, check battery voltage.
After accomplishing the Diagnostic Procedures and Electrical Components Inspection, make sure
that all harness connectors are reconnected as they were.
HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
SAIA0256E
1.
2.
Work and diagnostic procedure
Start to diagnose a problem using procedures indicated in enclosed test groups.
Questions and required results
Questions and required results are indicated in bold type in test group.
The meaning of are as follows:
a. Battery voltage → 11 - 14V or approximately 12V
b. Voltage
: Approximately 0V → Less than 1V
3.
Symbol used in illustration
Revision: May 2004
GI-10
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
4.
Symbols included in illustrations refer to measurements or procedures. Before diagnosing a problem,
familiarize yourself with each symbol. Refer to "Connector Symbols" in GI Section and "KEY TO SYM- GI
BOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES" below.
Action items
Next action for each test group is indicated based on result of each question. Test group number is shown B
in the left upper portion of each test group.
HARNESS WIRE COLOR AND CONNECTOR NUMBER INDICATION
C
There are two types of harness wire color and connector number indication.
TYPE 1: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Illustration
●
●
●
Letter designations next to test meter probe indicate harness
wire color.
Connector numbers in a single circle (e.g. M33) indicate harness connectors.
Connector numbers in a double circle (e.g. F211) indicate component connectors.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
AGI070
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GI-11
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
TYPE 2: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Text
SGI144A
KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES
Symbol
Revision: May 2004
Symbol explanation
Symbol
Symbol explanation
Check after disconnecting the connector to be measured.
Procedure with Generic Scan Tool
(GST, OBD-II scan tool)
Check after connecting the connector
to be measured.
Procedure without CONSULT, CONSULT-II or GST
Insert key into ignition switch.
A/C switch is “OFF”.
Remove key from ignition switch.
A/C switch is “ON”.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
REC switch is “ON”.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
REC switch is “OFF”.
Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
Fan switch is “ON”. (At any position
except for “OFF” position)
Turn ignition switch from “OFF” to
“ACC” position.
Fan switch is “OFF”.
Turn ignition switch from “ACC” to
“OFF” position.
Apply positive voltage from battery
with fuse directly to components.
GI-12
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Symbol
Symbol explanation
Symbol
Turn ignition switch from “OFF” to
“ON” position.
Symbol explanation
GI
Drive vehicle.
B
Turn ignition switch from “ON” to
“OFF” position.
Disconnect battery negative cable.
Do not start engine, or check with
engine stopped.
Depress brake pedal.
Start engine, or check with engine running.
Release brake pedal.
Apply parking brake.
Depress accelerator pedal.
C
D
E
F
Release parking brake.
Release accelerator pedal.
G
Check after engine is warmed up sufficiently.
Voltage should be measured with a
voltmeter.
Pin terminal check for SMJ type ECM
and TCM connectors.
For details regarding the terminal
arrangement, refer to the “ELECTRICAL UNITS” electrical reference
page at the end of the manual.
H
I
Circuit resistance should be measured
with an ohmmeter.
J
Current should be measured with an
ammeter.
K
Pulse signal should be checked with
an oscilloscope.
L
Procedure with CONSULT-II
Procedure without CONSULT-II
M
How to Read Wiring Diagrams
EAS000VK
CONNECTOR SYMBOLS
Most of connector symbols in wiring diagrams are shown from the terminal side.
Revision: May 2004
GI-13
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
●
●
●
Connector symbols shown from the terminal side are enclosed
by a single line and followed by the direction mark.
Connector symbols shown from the harness side are enclosed
by a double line and followed by the direction mark.
Certain systems and components, especially those related to
OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG section,
“Description”, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”.
SAIA0257E
●
Male and female terminals
Connector guides for male terminals are shown in black and
female terminals in white in wiring diagrams.
SGI363
Revision: May 2004
GI-14
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SAMPLE/WIRING DIAGRAM - EXAMPL ●
GI
For detail, refer to following “DESCRIPTION”.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SGI091A
Revision: May 2004
GI-15
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Optional Splice
SGI942
DESCRIPTION
Number
Item
1
Power condition
2
Fusible link
3
Fusible link/fuse location
4
Fuse
5
6
Current rating
Connectors
Description
●
This shows the condition when the system receives battery positive voltage (can be operated).
●
The double line shows that this is a fusible link.
●
The open circle shows current flow in, and the shaded circle shows current flow out.
●
This shows the location of the fusible link or fuse in the fusible link or fuse box. For arrangement, refer to PG section, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING.
●
The single line shows that this is a fuse.
●
The open circle shows current flow in, and the shaded circle shows current flow out.
●
This shows the current rating of the fusible link or fuse.
●
This shows that connector E3 is female and connector M1 is male.
●
The G/R wire is located in the 1A terminal of both connectors.
●
Terminal number with an alphabet (1A, 5B, etc.) indicates that the connector is SMJ connector. Refer to PG section, SMJ (SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION).
7
Optional splice
●
The open circle shows that the splice is optional depending on vehicle application.
8
Splice
●
The shaded circle shows that the splice is always on the vehicle.
9
Page crossing
●
This arrow shows that the circuit continues to an adjacent page.
●
The A will match with the A on the preceding or next page.
10
Common connector
●
The dotted lines between terminals show that these terminals are part of the same connector.
11
Option abbreviation
●
This shows that the circuit is optional depending on vehicle application.
12
Relay
●
This shows an internal representation of the relay. For details, refer to PG section, STANDARDIZED RELAY.
13
Connectors
●
This shows that the connector is connected to the body or a terminal with bolt or nut.
Revision: May 2004
GI-16
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Number
Item
Description
●
14
Wire color
GI
This shows a code for the color of the wire.
BR = Brown
OR or O = Orange
P = Pink
PU or V (Violet) = Purple
GY or GR = Gray
SB = Sky Blue
CH = Dark Brown
DG = Dark Green
B = Black
W = White
R = Red
G = Green
L = Blue
Y = Yellow
LG = Light Green
B
C
When the wire color is striped, the base color is given first, followed by the stripe color as shown
below:
Example: L/W = Blue with White Stripe
15
Option description
16
Switch
17
Assembly parts
18
Cell code
19
20
●
This shows a description of the option abbreviation used on the page.
●
This shows that continuity exists between terminals 1 and 2 when the switch is in the A position. Continuity exists between terminals 1 and 3 when the switch is in the B position.
●
Connector terminal in component shows that it is a harness incorporated assembly.
●
This identifies each page of the wiring diagram by section, system and wiring diagram page
number.
●
Arrow indicates electric current flow, especially where the direction of standard flow (vertically
downward or horizontally from left to right) is difficult to follow.
●
A double arrow “
cuit operation.
●
This shows that the system branches to another system identified by cell code (section and
system).
●
This arrow shows that the circuit continues to another page identified by cell code.
D
E
F
G
Current flow arrow
System branch
” shows that current can flow in either direction depending on cir-
21
Page crossing
●
The C will match with the C on another page within the system other than the next or preceding pages.
22
Shielded line
●
The line enclosed by broken line circle shows shield wire.
23
Component box in
wave line
●
This shows that another part of the component is also shown on another page (indicated by
wave line) within the system.
24
Component name
●
This shows the name of a component.
●
This shows the connector number.
●
The letter shows which harness the connector is located in.
●
Example: M : main harness. For detail and to locate the connector, refer to PG section "Main
Harness", “Harness Layout”. A coordinate grid is included for complex harnesses to aid in
locating connectors.
●
The line spliced and grounded under wire color shows that ground line is spliced at the
grounded connector.
●
This shows the ground connection. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to
"Ground Distribution" in PG section.
●
This area shows the connector faces of the components in the wiring diagram on the page.
●
Connectors enclosed in broken line show that these connectors belong to the same component.
●
This shows a code for the color of the connector. For code meaning, refer to wire color codes,
Number 14 of this chart.
●
This shows the arrangement of fusible link(s) and fuse(s), used for connector views of
"POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" in PG section.
The open square shows current flow in, and the shaded square shows current flow out.
●
This shows that more information on the Super Multiple Junction (SMJ) and Joint Connectors
(J/C) exists on the PG section. Refer to "Reference Area" for details.
25
Connector number
26
Ground (GND)
27
Ground (GND)
28
Connector views
29
Common component
30
Connector color
31
Fusible link and fuse
box
32
Reference area
Revision: May 2004
GI-17
H
I
J
K
L
2003 Sentra
M
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Harness Indication
●
●
Letter designations next to test meter probe indicate harness
(connector) wire color.
Connector numbers in a single circle M33 indicate harness connectors.
AGI070
Component Indication
Connector numbers in a double circle F211 indicate component connectors.
Switch Positions
Switches are shown in wiring diagrams as if the vehicle is in the “normal” condition.
A vehicle is in the “normal” condition when:
●
ignition switch is “OFF”,
●
doors, hood and trunk lid/back door are closed,
●
pedals are not depressed, and
●
parking brake is released.
SGI860
Detectable Lines and Non-Detectable Lines
In some wiring diagrams, two kinds of lines, representing wires, with different weight are used.
Revision: May 2004
GI-18
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
●
●
A line with regular weight (wider line) represents a “detectable
line for DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code)”. A “detectable line for
DTC” is a circuit in which ECM can detect its malfunctions with
the on board diagnostic system.
A line with less weight (thinner line) represents a “non-detectable line for DTC”. A “non-detectable line for DTC” is a circuit in
which ECM cannot detect its malfunctions with the on board
diagnostic system.
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
SGI862-B
Multiple Switch
H
The continuity of multiple switch is described in two ways as shown below.
●
The switch chart is used in schematic diagrams.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GI-19
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
●
The switch diagram is used in wiring diagrams.
SGI875
Revision: May 2004
GI-20
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Reference Area
The Reference Area of the wiring diagram contains references to additional electrical reference pages at the GI
end of the manual. If connector numbers and titles are shown in the Reference Area of the wiring diagram,
these connector symbols are not shown in the Connector Area.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SGI092A
Abbreviations
EAS000VL
The following ABBREVIATIONS are used:
ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTION
A/C
Air Conditioner
A/T
Automatic Transaxle/Transmission
ATF
Automatic Transmission Fluid
D1
Drive range 1st gear
D2
Drive range 2nd gear
Revision: May 2004
GI-21
2003 Sentra
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTION
D3
Drive range 3rd gear
D4
Drive range 4th gear
FR, RR
Front, Rear
LH, RH
Left-Hand, Right-Hand
M/T
Manual Transaxle/Transmission
OD
Overdrive
P/S
Power Steering
SAE
Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc.
SDS
Service Data and Specifications
SST
Special Service Tools
2WD
2-Wheel Drive
22
2nd range 2nd gear
21
2nd range 1st gear
12
1st range 2nd gear
11
1st range 1st gear
Revision: May 2004
GI-22
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
How to Check Terminal
PFP:00000
GI
EAS000VM
CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT
Use the connector and terminal pin kits listed below when replacing connectors or terminals.
The connector and terminal pin kits contain some of the most commonly used NISSAN/INFINITI connectors
and terminals. For detailed connector and terminal pin replacement procedures, refer to the latest NISSAN/
INFINITI CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN SERVICE MANUAL.
C
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J38751-95NI)
Connector and terminal
pin kit (NISSAN)
(J38751-95INF)
Connector and terminal
pin kit (INFINITI)
(J42992-98KIT)
OBD and terminal repair
kit
(J42992-2000UPD)
OBD-II Connector Kit Update
B
Description
D
E
F
G
WAIA0004E
WAIA0005E
H
HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS
Connector damage and an intermittent connection can result from improperly probing of the connector during
circuit checks.
The probe of a digital multimeter (DMM) may not correctly fit the connector cavity. To correctly probe the connector, follow the procedures below using a “T” pin. For the best contact grasp the “T” pin using an alligator
clip.
I
J
Probing from Harness Side
Standard type (not waterproof type) connector should be probed
from harness side with “T” pin.
●
If the connector has a rear cover such as a ECM connector,
remove the rear cover before probing the terminal.
●
Do not probe waterproof connector from harness side. Damage
to the seal between wire and connector may result.
K
L
M
SGI841
Probing from Terminal Side
FEMALE TERMINAL
●
There is a small notch above each female terminal. Probe each
terminal with the “T” pin through the notch.
Do not insert any object other than the same type male terminal
into female terminal.
SEL265V
Revision: May 2004
GI-23
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
●
Some connectors do not have a notch above each terminal. To
probe each terminal, remove the connector retainer to make
contact space for probing.
SEL266V
MALE TERMINAL
Carefully probe the contact surface of each terminal using a “T” pin.
Do not bend terminal.
SEL267V
How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal
An enlarged contact spring of a terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit.
If the intermittent open circuit occurs, follow the procedure below to inspect for open wires and enlarged contact spring of female terminal.
1. Assemble a male terminal and approx. 10 cm (3.9 in) of wire.
Use a male terminal which matches the female terminal.
2. Disconnect the suspected faulty connector and hold it terminal
side up.
SEL270V
3.
While holding the wire of the male terminal, try to insert the male
terminal into the female terminal.
Do not force the male terminal into the female terminal with
your hands.
SEL271V
Revision: May 2004
GI-24
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
4.
While moving the connector, check whether the male terminal
can be easily inserted or not.
GI
B
C
SEL272V
D
●
If the male terminal can be easily inserted into the female terminal, replace the female terminal.
E
F
G
SEL273V
Waterproof Connector Inspection
H
If water enters the connector, it can short interior circuits. This may lead to intermittent problems.
Check the following items to maintain the original waterproof characteristics.
I
RUBBER SEAL INSPECTION
●
Most waterproof connectors are provided with a rubber seal
between the male and female connectors. If the seal is missing,
the waterproof performance may not meet specifications.
●
The rubber seal may come off when connectors are disconnected. Whenever connectors are reconnected, make sure the
rubber seal is properly installed on either side of male or female
connector.
J
K
L
SEL275V
M
WIRE SEAL INSPECTION
The wire seal must be installed on the wire insertion area of a waterproof connector. Be sure that the seal is
installed properly.
Terminal Lock Inspection
Check for unlocked terminals by pulling wire at the end of connector.
An unlocked terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit.
SEL330V
Revision: May 2004
GI-25
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident
EAS000VN
WORK FLOW
SGI838
STEP
DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident occurred.
The following are key pieces of information required to make a good analysis:
STEP 1
STEP 2
WHAT
Vehicle Model, Engine, Transmission/Transaxle and the System (i.e. Radio).
WHEN
Date, Time of Day, Weather Conditions, Frequency.
WHERE
Road Conditions, Altitude and Traffic Situation.
HOW
System Symptoms, Operating Conditions (Other Components Interaction).
Service History and if any After Market Accessories have been installed.
Operate the system, road test if necessary.
Verify the parameter of the incident.
If the problem cannot be duplicated, refer to “Incident Simulation Tests”.
Get the proper diagnosis materials together including:
STEP 3
●
Power Supply Routing
●
System Operation Descriptions
●
Applicable Service Manual Sections
●
Check for any Service Bulletins
Identify where to begin diagnosis based upon your knowledge of the system operation and the customer comments.
STEP 4
Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage.
Determine which circuits and components are involved and diagnose using the Power Supply Routing and Harness
Layouts.
STEP 5
Repair or replace the incident circuit or component.
STEP 6
Operate the system in all modes. Verify the system works properly under all conditions. Make sure you have not inadvertently created a new incident during your diagnosis or repair steps.
INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS
Introduction
Sometimes the symptom is not present when the vehicle is brought in for service. If possible, re-create the
conditions present at the time of the incident. Doing so may help avoid a No Trouble Found Diagnosis. The following section illustrates ways to simulate the conditions/environment under which the owner experiences an
electrical incident.
The section is broken into the six following topics:
●
Vehicle vibration
●
Heat sensitive
Revision: May 2004
GI-26
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Freezing
GI
●
Water intrusion
●
Electrical load
●
Cold or hot start up
B
Get a thorough description of the incident from the customer. It is important for simulating the conditions of the
problem.
●
Vehicle Vibration
C
The problem may occur or become worse while driving on a rough road or when engine is vibrating (idle with
A/C on). In such a case, you will want to check for a vibration related condition. Refer to the following illustration.
CONNECTORS & HARNESS
Determine which connectors and wiring harness would affect the electrical system you are inspecting. Gently
shake each connector and harness while monitoring the system for the incident you are trying to duplicate.
This test may indicate a loose or poor electrical connection.
HINT
Connectors can be exposed to moisture. It is possible to get a thin film of corrosion on the connector terminals. A visual inspection may not reveal this without disconnecting the connector. If the problem occurs intermittently, perhaps the problem is caused by corrosion. It is a good idea to disconnect, inspect and clean the
terminals on related connectors in the system.
SENSORS & RELAYS
Gently apply a slight vibration to sensors and relays in the system you are inspecting.
This test may indicate a loose or poorly mounted sensor or relay.
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
SGI839
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
There are several reasons a vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical complaint. Some of the
things to check for are:
●
Connectors not fully seated.
●
Wiring harness not long enough and is being stressed due to engine vibrations or rocking.
●
Wires laying across brackets or moving components.
●
Loose, dirty or corroded ground wires.
●
Wires routed too close to hot components.
To inspect components under the hood, start by verifying the integrity of ground connections. (Refer to Ground
Inspection described later.) First check that the system is properly grounded. Then check for loose connection
by gently shaking the wiring or components as previously explained. Using the wiring diagrams inspect the
wiring for continuity.
BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL
An improperly routed or improperly clamped harness can become pinched during accessory installation. Vehicle vibration can aggravate a harness which is routed along a bracket or near a screw.
UNDER SEATING AREAS
Revision: May 2004
GI-27
2003 Sentra
L
M
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
An unclamped or loose harness can cause wiring to be pinched by seat components (such as slide guides)
during vehicle vibration. If the wiring runs under seating areas, inspect wire routing for possible damage or
pinching.
Heat Sensitive
The customer's concern may occur during hot weather or after car
has sat for a short time. In such cases you will want to check for a
heat sensitive condition.
To determine if an electrical component is heat sensitive, heat the
component with a heat gun or equivalent.
Do not heat components above 60°C (140°F). If incident occurs
while heating the unit, either replace or properly insulate the component.
SGI842
Freezing
The customer may indicate the incident goes away after the car
warms up (winter time). The cause could be related to water freezing
somewhere in the wiring/electrical system.
There are two methods to check for this. The first is to arrange for
the owner to leave his car overnight. Make sure it will get cold
enough to demonstrate his complaint. Leave the car parked outside
overnight. In the morning, do a quick and thorough diagnosis of
those electrical components which could be affected.
The second method is to put the suspect component into a freezer
long enough for any water to freeze. Reinstall the part into the car
and check for the reoccurrence of the incident. If it occurs, repair or
replace the component.
SGI843
Water Intrusion
The incident may occur only during high humidity or in rainy/snowy
weather. In such cases the incident could be caused by water intrusion on an electrical part. This can be simulated by soaking the car
or running it through a car wash.
Do not spray water directly on any electrical components.
SGI844
Electrical Load
The incident may be electrical load sensitive. Perform diagnosis with
all accessories (including A/C, rear window defogger, radio, fog
lamps) turned on.
SGI845
Cold or Hot Start Up
On some occasions an electrical incident may occur only when the car is started cold, or it may occur when
the car is restarted hot shortly after being turned off. In these cases you may have to keep the car overnight to
make a proper diagnosis.
Revision: May 2004
GI-28
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Introduction
GI
In general, testing electrical circuits is an easy task if it is approached in a logical and organized method.
Before beginning it is important to have all available information on the system to be tested. Also, get a thorough understanding of system operation. Then you will be able to use the appropriate equipment and follow
the correct test procedure.
You may have to simulate vehicle vibrations while testing electrical components. Gently shake the wiring harness or electrical component to do this.
OPEN
C
A circuit is open when there is no continuity through a section of the circuit.
D
There are two types of shorts.
SHORT
B
●
SHORT CIRCUIT
When a circuit contacts another circuit and causes the normal resistance to
change.
●
SHORT TO GROUND
When a circuit contacts a ground source and grounds the circuit.
E
NOTE:
Refer to “How to Check Terminal” to probe or check terminal.
F
Testing for “Opens” in the Circuit
Before you begin to diagnose and test the system, you should rough sketch a schematic of the system. This
will help you to logically walk through the diagnosis process. Drawing the sketch will also reinforce your working knowledge of the system.
G
H
I
J
SGI846-A
K
CONTINUITY CHECK METHOD
The continuity check is used to find an open in the circuit. The digital multimeter (DMM) set on the resistance
function will indicate an open circuit as over limit (no beep tone or no ohms symbol). Make sure to always start
with the DMM at the highest resistance level.
To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits, please refer to the previous schematic.
●
Disconnect the battery negative cable.
●
Start at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end. (At the fuse block in this example)
●
Connect one probe of the DMM to the fuse block terminal on the load side.
●
Connect the other probe to the fuse block (power) side of SW1. Little or no resistance will indicate that
portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an
over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point A)
●
Connect the probes between SW1 and the relay. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point B)
●
Connect the probes between the relay and the solenoid. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of
the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or
infinite resistance condition. (point C)
Any circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example.
VOLTAGE CHECK METHOD
To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits please refer to the previous schematic.
In any powered circuit, an open can be found by methodically checking the system for the presence of voltage.
This is done by switching the DMM to the voltage function.
Revision: May 2004
GI-29
2003 Sentra
L
M
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Connect one probe of the DMM to a known good ground.
●
Begin probing at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end.
●
With SW1 open, probe at SW1 to check for voltage.
voltage; open is further down the circuit than SW1.
no voltage; open is between fuse block and SW1 (point A).
●
Close SW1 and probe at relay.
voltage; open is further down the circuit than the relay.
no voltage; open is between SW1 and relay (point B).
●
Close the relay and probe at the solenoid.
voltage; open is further down the circuit than the solenoid.
no voltage; open is between relay and solenoid (point C).
Any powered circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example.
●
Testing for “Shorts” in the Circuit
To simplify the discussion of shorts in the system, please refer to the following schematic.
SGI847-A
RESISTANCE CHECK METHOD
●
Disconnect the battery negative cable and remove the blown fuse.
●
Disconnect all loads (SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the
fuse.
●
Connect one probe of the DMM to the load side of the fuse terminal. Connect the other probe to a known
good ground.
●
With SW1 open, check for continuity.
continuity; short is between fuse terminal and SW1 (point A).
no continuity; short is further down the circuit than SW1.
●
Close SW1 and disconnect the relay. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a known good
ground. Then, check for continuity.
continuity; short is between SW1 and the relay (point B).
no continuity; short is further down the circuit than the relay.
●
Close SW1 and jump the relay contacts with jumper wire. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and
a known good ground. Then, check for continuity.
continuity; short is between relay and solenoid (point C).
no continuity; check solenoid, retrace steps.
VOLTAGE CHECK METHOD
●
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads (i.e. SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse.
●
Turn the ignition key to the ON or START position. Verify battery voltage at the battery + side of the fuse
terminal (one lead on the battery + terminal side of the fuse block and one lead on a known good ground).
●
With SW1 open and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for voltage.
voltage; short is between fuse block and SW1 (point A).
no voltage; short is further down the circuit than SW1.
●
With SW1 closed, relay and solenoid disconnected and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check
for voltage.
voltage; short is between SW1 and the relay (point B).
Revision: May 2004
GI-30
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
no voltage; short is further down the circuit than the relay.
GI
●
With SW1 closed, relay contacts jumped with fused jumper wire check for voltage.
voltage; short is down the circuit of the relay or between the relay and the disconnected solenoid (point C).
no voltage; retrace steps and check power to fuse block.
B
Ground Inspection
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
●
Remove the ground bolt or screw.
●
Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
●
Clean as required to assure good contact.
●
Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
●
Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
●
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section.
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SGI853
Voltage Drop Tests
Voltage drop tests are often used to find components or circuits which have excessive resistance. A voltage
drop in a circuit is caused by a resistance when the circuit is in operation.
Check the wire in the illustration. When measuring resistance with DMM, contact by a single strand of wire will
give reading of 0 ohms. This would indicate a good circuit. When the circuit operates, this single strand of wire
is not able to carry the current. The single strand will have a high resistance to the current. This will be picked
up as a slight voltage drop.
Unwanted resistance can be caused by many situations as follows:
●
Undersized wiring (single strand example)
●
Corrosion on switch contacts
●
Loose wire connections or splices.
If repairs are needed always use wire that is of the same or larger gauge.
MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP — ACCUMULATED METHOD
Revision: May 2004
GI-31
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Connect the DMM across the connector or part of the circuit you want to check. The positive lead of the
DMM should be closer to power and the negative lead closer to ground.
●
Operate the circuit.
●
The DMM will indicate how many volts are being used to “push” current through that part of the circuit.
Note in the illustration that there is an excessive 4.1 volt drop between the battery and the bulb.
●
SGI974
MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP — STEP-BY-STEP
The step-by-step method is most useful for isolating excessive drops in low voltage systems (such as those in
“Computer Controlled Systems”).
Circuits in the “Computer Controlled System” operate on very low amperage.
The (Computer Controlled) system operations can be adversely affected by any variation in resistance in the
system. Such resistance variation may be caused by poor connection, improper installation, improper wire
gauge or corrosion.
The step by step voltage drop test can identify a component or wire with too much resistance.
SAIA0258E
Revision: May 2004
GI-32
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Control Unit Circuit Test
GI
System Description:When the switch is ON, the control unit lights up the lamp.
B
C
D
MGI034A
E
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART
Pin
No.
1
Item
Switch
2
Lamp
Voltage
value [V]
Condition
In case of high resistance such as single strand [V] *
Switch ON
Battery voltage
Lower than battery voltage Approx. 8 (Example)
Switch OFF
Approx. 0
Approx. 0
Switch ON
Battery voltage
Approx. 0 (Inoperative lamp)
Switch OFF
Approx. 0
Approx. 0
F
G
The voltage value is based on the body ground.
*:If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 1 does not detect battery voltage. Control unit
does not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not supply power to light up the
lamp.
H
I
J
K
MGI035A
L
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART
Pin
No.
Item
1
Lamp
2
Switch
Condition
Voltage
value [V]
In case of high resistance such as single strand [V] *
Switch ON
Approx. 0
Battery voltage (Inoperative lamp)
Switch OFF
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
Switch ON
Approx. 0
Higher than 0 Approx. 4 (Example)
Switch OFF
Approx. 5
Approx. 5
The voltage value is based on the body ground.
*:If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 2 does not detect approx. 0V. Control unit does
not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not control ground to light up the lamp.
Revision: May 2004
GI-33
2003 Sentra
M
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Control Units and Electrical Parts
EAS000VO
PRECAUTIONS
●
●
●
●
●
Never reverse polarity of battery terminals.
Install only parts specified for a vehicle.
Before replacing the control unit, check the input and output and
functions of the component parts.
Do not apply excessive force when disconnecting a connector.
If a connector is installed by tightening bolts, loosen bolt mounting it, then take it out by hand.
SAIA0251E
●
Before installing a connector, make sure the terminal is not bent
or damaged, and then correctly connect it.
When installing a connector by tightening bolts, fix it by tightening the mounting bolt until the painted projection of the connector becomes even with the surface.
SAIA0252E
●
For removal of the lever type connector, pull the lever up to the
direction pointed to by the arrow A in the figure, and then
remove the connector.
SAIA0253E
●
For installation of the lever type connector, pull down the lever to
the direction pointed by the arrow B in the figure, and then push
the connector until a clicking noise is heard.
SAIA0254E
Revision: May 2004
GI-34
2003 Sentra
SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
●
●
●
●
●
Do not apply excessive shock to the control unit by dropping or
hitting it.
Be careful to prevent condensation in the control unit due to
rapid temperature changes and do not let water or rain get on it.
If water is found in the control unit, dry it fully and then install it in
the vehicle.
Be careful not to let oil to get on the control unit connector.
Avoid cleaning the control unit with volatile oil.
Do not disassemble the control unit, and do not remove the
upper and lower covers.
GI
B
C
SAIA0255E
D
●
●
When using a DMM, be careful not to let test probes get close to
each other to prevent the power transistor in the control unit
from damaging battery voltage because of short circuiting.
When checking input and output signals of the control unit, use
the specified check adapter.
E
F
G
H
I
J
SEF348N
K
SMJ INSTALLATION
To install SMJ, tighten bolts until orange “fulltight” mark appears and
then retighten to specified torque as required.
SMJ
L
:3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
CAUTION:
Do not overtighten bolts, otherwise, they may be damaged.
M
CEL969
Revision: May 2004
GI-35
2003 Sentra
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM
Description
●
●
PFP:00000
EAS000VP
CONSULT-II is a hand-held type tester. When it is connected with a diagnostic connector equipped on the
vehicle side, it will communicate with the control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various
kinds of diagnostic tests.
Refer to “CONSULT Operator's Manual” for more information.
Function and System Application
EAS000VQ
Diagnostic
test mode
Function
ENGINE
A/T
ABS
AIR BAG
SMART ENTRANCE
NVIS
(NATS)*
Work support
This mode enables a technician
to adjust some devices faster
and more accurate by following
the indications on CONSULT-II.
x
x
—
—
—
—
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results can be
read and erased quickly.
x
x
x
x
—
x
Trouble diagnostic record
Current self-diagnostic results
and all trouble diagnostic records
previously stored can be read.
—
—
—
x
—
—
ECU discriminated No.
Classification number of a
replacement ECU can be read to
prevent an incorrect ECU from
being installed.
—
—
—
x
—
—
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECU
(ECM) can be read.
x
x
x
—
—
—
DTC work
support
This mode enables a technician
to set operating conditions to
confirm self-diagnosis status/
results.
—
x
—
—
—
—
Data monitor
(Spec.)
The specified values will be displayed when an OK/NG judgement is difficult for the DATA
MONITOR items by Bar Chart
and Line Graph.
x
—
—
—
—
—
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which
CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECU (ECM)
and also shifts some parameters
in a specified range.
x
—
x
—
—
—
ECU (ECM)
part number
ECU (ECM) part number can be
read.
x
x
x
—
—
—
Control unit
initialization
All registered ignition key IDs in
NATS components can be initialized and new IDs can be registered.
—
—
—
—
—
x
Function test
Conducted by CONSULT-II
instead of a technician to determine whether each system is
"OK" or "NG".
x
—
—
x
—
—
SRT & DTC
confirmation
The results of SRT (System
Readiness Test) and the selfdiagnosis status/results can be
confirmed.
x
—
—
—
—
—
REMO
CONT ID
SET UP
A maximum of four IDs (identifications) can be registered in the
memory using the remote controller. These IDs can also be
confirmed and erased.
—
—
—
—
x
—
Revision: May 2004
GI-36
2003 Sentra
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM
x: Applicable
*: NVIS (NATS) [Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System (Nissan Anti-Theft System)]
Nickel Metal Hydride Battery Replacement
GI
EAS000VR
CONSULT-II contains a nickel metal hydride battery. When replacing the battery obey the following:
WARNING:
Replace the nickel metal hydride battery with Genuine CONSULT-II battery only. Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or explosion. The battery may present a fire or chemical burn hazard if
mistreated. Do not recharge, disassemble or dispose of in fire.
Keep the battery out of reach of children and discard used battery conforming to the local regulations.
Checking Equipment
EAS00159
B
C
D
When ordering the below equipment, contact your NISSAN distributor.
Tool name
Description
E
NISSAN CONSULT-II (J-44200)
1. CONSULT-II unit (Tester internal soft: Resident version 3.3.0) and accessories
2. Program card AED03C and AEN02C (For NATS)
To confirm the best combination of these softwares,
refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
F
3. CONSULT-II coverter
G
H
LAIA0038E
NOTE:
●
The CONSULT-II must be used in conjunction with a program card.
CONSULT-II does not require loading (Initialization) procedure.
●
Be sure the CONSULT-II is turned off before installing or removing a program card.
CONSULT-II Start Procedure
1.
2.
I
EAS0015A
Turn off the ignition switch.
Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the
data link connector.
J
K
L
M
PAIA0070E
3.
4.
Turn on the ignition switch.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VECL)” or “System Shortcut”
(eg: Engine) on the screen.
SKIA3098E
Revision: May 2004
GI-37
2003 Sentra
CONSULT CHECKING SYSTEM
CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit
EAS000VU
SGI125A
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
If the CONSULT-II cannot diagnose the system properly, check the following items.
Symptom
CONSULT-II cannot access
any system.
CONSULT-II cannot access
individual system. (Other systems can be accessed.)
Check item
●
CONSULT-II DLC power supply circuit (Terminal 8) and ground circuit (Terminal 4) (For detailed
circuit, refer to “MIL & Data Link Connectors Wiring Diagram” in EC section.)
●
CONSULT-II DLC cable
●
CONSULT-II program card (Check the appropriate CONSULT-II program card for the system.
Refer to "Checking Equipment".)
●
Power supply and ground circuit for the control unit of the system (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring diagram for each system.)
●
Open or short circuit between the system and CONSULT-II DLC (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring
diagram for each system.)
NOTE:
The DDL1 and DDL2 circuits from DLC pins 12, 13, 14 and 15 may be connected to more than one system. A
short in a DDL circuit connected to a control unit in one system may affect CONSULT-II access to other systems.
Revision: May 2004
GI-38
2003 Sentra
LIFTING POINT
LIFTING POINT
Lifting Points and Tow Truck Towing
PFP:00000
GI
EAS000VV
SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore number)
Description
Tool name
B
C
LM4086-0200
(
—
)
Board-on attachment
D
NT001
E
LM4519-0000
(
—
)
Safety stand attachment
F
G
NT002
GARAGE JACK AND SAFETY STAND
WARNING:
●
Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. Always use safety stands when
you have to get under the vehicle.
●
Place wheel chocks at both front and back of the wheels on the ground.
H
I
J
K
L
M
LGI008
Revision: May 2004
GI-39
2003 Sentra
LIFTING POINT
2-POLE LIFT
WARNING:
When lifting the vehicle, open the lift arms as wide as possible and ensure that the front and rear of
the vehicle are well balanced.
When setting the lift arm, do not allow the arm to contact the brake tubes, brake cable, fuel lines and
sill spoiler.
LGI009
BOARD-ON LIFT
AGI016
CAUTION:
Make sure vehicle is empty when lifting.
●
The board-on lift attachment (LM4086-0200) set at front end of vehicle should be set on the front of
the sill under the front door opening.
●
Position attachments at front and rear ends of board-on lift.
Revision: May 2004
GI-40
2003 Sentra
TOW TRUCK TOWING
TOW TRUCK TOWING
Tow Truck Towing
PFP:00000
GI
EAS000VW
CAUTION:
●
All applicable state or Provincial (in Canada) laws and local laws regarding the towing operation
must be obeyed.
●
It is necessary to use proper towing equipment to avoid possible damage to the vehicle during
towing operation. Towing is in accordance with Towing Procedure Manual at dealer.
●
Always attach safety chains before towing.
●
When towing, make sure that the transmission, steering system and power train are in good order.
If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SGI986
NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground as illustrated.
CAUTION:
●
Always release the parking brake when towing the vehicle with the front wheels raised with the
rear wheels on the ground.
●
When towing manual transaxle models with the front wheels on the ground (if a towing dolly is not
used), turn the ignition key to the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in the straightahead position with a rope or similar device. Never place the ignition key in the LOCK position.
This will result in damage to the steering lock mechanism.
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position.
●
Never tow an automatic transaxle model with the rear wheels raised and the front wheels on the
ground. This may cause serious and expensive damage to the transaxle. If it is necessary to tow
the vehicle with the rear wheels raised, always use towing dollies under the front wheels.
●
Never tow an automatic transaxle model from the rear (that is backward) with four wheels on the
ground. This may cause serious and expensive damage to the transaxle.
Revision: May 2004
GI-41
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
TOW TRUCK TOWING
Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a stuck vehicle)
●
●
●
●
EAS000VX
Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main
structural members of the vehicle.
Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any
part of the suspension, steering, brake or cooling systems.
Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle at an angle.
Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery.
LGI014
Revision: May 2004
GI-42
2003 Sentra
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS
TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS
Tightening Torque Table
Grade
Bolt size
M6
M8
4T
M10
M12
7T
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
GI
EAS000VY
Tightening torque (Without lubricant)
Pitch
mm
Hexagon head bolt
N·m
kg-m
B
Hexagon flange bolt
ft-lb
in-lb
N·m
kg-m
ft-lb
in-lb
1.0
5.1
0.52
3.8
45.1
6.1
0.62
4.5
53.8
1.25
13
1.3
9
—
15
1.5
11
—
1.0
13
1.3
9
—
16
1.6
12
—
1.5
25
2.5
18
—
29
3.0
22
—
1.25
25
2.6
19
—
30
3.1
22
—
1.75
42
4.3
31
—
51
5.2
38
—
1.25
46
4.7
34
—
56
5.7
41
—
M14
14.0
1.5
74
7.5
54
—
88
9.0
65
—
M6
6.0
1.0
8.4
0.86
6.2
74.6
10
1.0
7
87
M8
8.0
1.25
21
2.1
15
—
25
2.5
18
—
1.0
22
2.2
16
—
26
2.7
20
—
1.5
41
4.2
30
—
48
4.9
35
—
M10
M12
9T
Bolt diameter *
mm
PFP:00000
10.0
12.0
1.25
43
4.4
32
—
51
5.2
38
—
1.75
71
7.2
52
—
84
8.6
62
—
1.25
77
7.9
57
—
92
9.4
68
—
M14
14.0
1.5
127
13.0
94
—
147
15.0
108
—
M6
6.0
1.0
12
1.2
9
—
15
1.5
11
—
M8
8.0
1.25
29
3.0
22
—
35
3.6
26
—
1.0
31
3.2
23
—
37
3.8
27
—
1.5
59
6.0
43
—
70
7.1
51
—
M10
M12
M14
10.0
12.0
14.0
1.25
62
6.3
46
—
74
7.5
54
—
1.75
98
10.0
72
—
118
12.0
87
—
1.25
108
11.0
80
—
137
14.0
101
—
1.5
177
18.0
130
—
206
21.0
152
—
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
*: Nominal diameter
1. Special parts are excluded.
2. This standard is applicable to bolts having the following marks embossed on the bolt head.
M
MGI044A
Revision: May 2004
GI-43
2003 Sentra
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS
RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS
Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants
PFP:00000
EAS000VZ
Refer to the following chart for help in selecting the appropriate chemical product or sealant.
Product Description
1
2
3
Purpose
999MP-AM000P
99998-50505
Permatex 81844
Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
For metal-to-metal flange
sealing.
Can fill a 0.38 mm (0.015
inch) gap and provide
instant sealing for most
powertrain applications.
999MP-AM001P
99998-50503
Permatex 51813 and
51817
999MP-AM002P
999MP-AM002P
Permatex 56521
99998-50506
(Ultra Grey)
Permatex Ultra Grey
82194;
Three Bond
1207,1215, 1216,
1217F and 1217G;
Nissan RTV Part No.
999MP-A7007
High Performance
Thread Sealant
Provides instant sealing on
any threaded straight or
parallel threaded fitting.
(Thread sealant only, no
locking ability.)
Do not use on plastic.
999MP-AM003P
(Ultra Grey)
Silicone RTV
Gasket Maker for Maxima/
Quest 5-speed automatic
transmission
(RE5F22A)
6
Aftermarket Crossreference Part Nos.
Used to permanently
remount rear view mirrors
to windows.
Gasket Maker
5
Nissan Canada Part
No. (Canada)
Rear View Mirror
Adhesive
●
4
Nissan North America
Part No. (USA)
High Temperature,
High Strength Thread
Locking Sealant (Red)
Medium Strength
Thread Locking Sealant (Blue)
Revision: May 2004
Threadlocker
Threadlocker (service tool
removable)
–
999MP-AM004P
999MP-AM005P
GI-44
–
Three Bond 1281B
or exact equivalent
in its quality
999MP-AM004P
Permatex 27200;
Three Bond 1360,
1360N, 1305 N&P,
1307N, 1335,
1335B, 1363B,
1377C, 1386B, D&E
and 1388
999MP-AM005P
Permatex 24200,
24206, 24240,
24283 and 09178;
Three Bond 1322,
1322N, 1324 D&N,
1333D, 1361C,
1364D, 1370C and
1374
2003 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
Identification Information
PFP:00010
GI
EAS000W0
MODEL VARIATION
Destination/Engine
Body
Grade
XE
GXE
Sedan
LE
SE-R
SE-R
SPEC V
B
USA
Transaxle
Canada
QG18DE
(ULEV)
QG18DE
(SULEV)
QR25DE
QG18DE
QR25DE
RE4F03B
(A/T)
DATALCA-EUA
DATALCA-EVA
—
DATALCA-ENA
—
RS5F70A
(M/T)
DATALCF-EUA
DATALCF-EVA
—
DATALCF-ENA
—
RE4F03B
(A/T)
DATALEA-EUA
DATALEA-EVA
—
DATALEA-ENA
—
RS5F70A
(M/T)
DATALEF-EUA
DATALEF-EVA
—
DATALEF-ENA
—
RE4F04B
(A/T)
—
—
DDBALJA-EUA
—
DDBALJA-ENA
RS5F51A
(M/T)
—
—
DDBALUF-EUA
—
DDBALUF-ENA
RE4F04B
(A/T)
—
—
DDBALUA-EUA
—
DDBALUA-ENA
RS6F51A
(6M/T)
—
—
DDBALWY-EUA
—
DDBALWY-ENA
C
D
E
F
G
H
Prefix and suffix designations:
I
J
K
L
M
LAIA0034E
Revision: May 2004
GI-45
2003 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
LGI007
Vehicle Identification Number Arrangement
WAIA0020E
Revision: May 2004
GI-46
2003 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
F.M.V.S.S. Certification Label
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
LGI013
Engine Serial Number
LAIA0023E
Revision: May 2004
GI-47
2003 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
LAIA0024E
Automatic Transaxle Number
AGI072
Manual Transaxle Number
SGI334
DIMENSIONS
Unit: mm (in)
Overall length
4,505 (177.4)
Overall width
1,710 (67.3)
Overall height
1,410 (55.5)
Front tread
14 inch
15/16 inch
17 inch
1,480 (58.3)
1,470 (57.9)
1466 (57.7)
Rear tread
14 inch
15/16 inch
17 inch
1,460 (57.5)
1,450 (57.1)
1446 (56.9)
Wheelbase
2,535 (99.8)
Gross vehicle weight rating kg (lb)
Gross axle weight rating
See the “F.M.V.S.S. certification label” on the
driver's side lock pillar.
Front kg (lb)
Rear kg (lb)
Revision: May 2004
GI-48
2003 Sentra
IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION
WHEELS & TIRES
Road wheel
Offset mm (in)
Conventional tire
Spare tire
15 × 6JJ
(steel)
45 (1.77)
15 × 6JJ
(aluminum)
45 (1.77)
16 × 6JJ
(aluminum)
45 (1.77)
17 x 7JJ
(aluminum)
47 (1.85)
P195/60HR15
P195/60HR15
P195/55HR16
P215/45ZR17
T125/70*14
T125/70*15
T125/70*15
T135/80D15T2
*: D or R, depending on manufacturer.
GI
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GI-49
2003 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
TERMINOLOGY
SAE J1930 Terminology List
PFP:00011
EAS000W1
All emission related terms used in this publication in accordance with SAE J1930 are listed. Accordingly, new
terms, new acronyms/abbreviations and old terms are listed in the following chart.
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Air cleaner
ACL
Air cleaner
Barometric pressure
BARO
***
Barometric pressure sensor-BCDD
BAROS-BCDD
BCDD
Camshaft position
CMP
***
Camshaft position sensor
CMPS
Crank angle sensor
Canister
***
Canister
Carburetor
CARB
Carburetor
Charge air cooler
CAC
Intercooler
Closed loop
CL
Closed loop
Closed throttle position switch
CTP switch
Idle switch
Clutch pedal position switch
CPP switch
Clutch switch
Continuous fuel injection system
CFI system
***
Continuous trap oxidizer system
CTOX system
***
Crankshaft position
CKP
***
Crankshaft position sensor
CKPS
***
Data link connector
DLC
***
Data link connector for CONSULT-II
DLC for CONSULT-II
Diagnostic connector for CONSULT-II
Diagnostic test mode
DTM
Diagnostic mode
Diagnostic test mode selector
DTM selector
Diagnostic mode selector
Diagnostic test mode I
DTM I
Mode I
Diagnostic test mode II
DTM II
Mode II
Diagnostic trouble code
DTC
Malfunction code
Direct fuel injection system
DFI system
***
Distributor ignition system
DI system
Ignition timing control
Early fuel evaporation-mixture heater
EFE-mixture heater
Mixture heater
Early fuel evaporation system
EFE system
Mixture heater control
Electrically erasable programmable read
only memory
EEPROM
***
Electronic ignition system
EI system
Ignition timing control
Engine control
EC
***
Engine control module
ECM
ECCS control unit
Engine coolant temperature
ECT
Engine temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ECTS
Engine temperature sensor
Engine modification
EM
***
Engine speed
RPM
Engine speed
Erasable programmable read only memory
EPROM
***
Evaporative emission canister
EVAP canister
Canister
Evaporative emission system
EVAP system
Canister control solenoid valve
Exhaust gas recirculation valve
EGR valve
EGR valve
Revision: May 2004
GI-50
2003 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
GI
Exhaust gas recirculation control-BPT
valve
EGRC-BPT valve
BPT valve
Exhaust gas recirculation control-solenoid
valve
EGRC-solenoid valve
EGR control solenoid valve
EGRT sensor
Exhaust gas temperature sensor
C
Flash electrically erasable programmable
read only memory
FEEPROM
***
D
Flash erasable programmable read only
memory
FEPROM
***
Flexible fuel sensor
FFS
***
Flexible fuel system
FF system
***
Fuel pressure regulator
***
Pressure regulator
Fuel pressure regulator control solenoid
valve
***
PRVR control solenoid valve
Fuel trim
FT
***
Heated Oxygen sensor
HO2S
Exhaust gas sensor
Idle air control system
IAC system
Idle speed control
Idle air control valve-air regulator
IACV-air regulator
Air regulator
Idle air control valve-auxiliary air control
valve
IACV-AAC valve
Auxiliary air control (AAC) valve
Idle air control valve-FICD solenoid valve
IACV-FICD solenoid valve
FICD solenoid valve
Idle air control valve-idle up control solenoid valve
IACV-idle up control solenoid valve
Idle up control solenoid valve
Idle speed control-FI pot
ISC-FI pot
FI pot
Idle speed control system
ISC system
***
Ignition control
IC
***
Ignition control module
ICM
***
Indirect fuel injection system
IFI system
***
Intake air
IA
Air
Exhaust gas recirculation temperature sensor
B
EGR temperature sensor
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Intake air temperature sensor
IAT sensor
Air temperature sensor
Knock
***
Detonation
Knock sensor
KS
Detonation sensor
Malfunction indicator lamp
MIL
Check engine light
Manifold absolute pressure
MAP
***
Manifold absolute pressure sensor
MAPS
***
Manifold differential pressure
MDP
***
Manifold differential pressure sensor
MDPS
***
Manifold surface temperature
MST
***
Manifold surface temperature sensor
MSTS
***
Manifold vacuum zone
MVZ
***
Manifold vacuum zone sensor
MVZS
***
Mass air flow sensor
MAFS
Air flow meter
Mixture control solenoid valve
MC solenoid valve
Air-fuel ratio control solenoid valve
Multiport fuel injection System
MFI system
Fuel injection control
Revision: May 2004
GI-51
M
2003 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Nonvolatile random access memory
NVRAM
***
On board diagnostic system
OBD system
Self-diagnosis
Open loop
OL
Open loop
Oxidation catalyst
OC
Catalyst
Oxidation catalytic converter system
OC system
***
Oxygen sensor
O2S
Exhaust gas sensor
Park position switch
***
Park switch
Park/neutral position switch
PNP switch
Park/neutral switch
Inhibitor switch
Neutral position switch
Periodic trap oxidizer system
PTOX system
***
Positive crankcase ventilation
PCV
Positive crankcase ventilation
Positive crankcase ventilation valve
PCV valve
PCV valve
Powertrain control module
PCM
***
Programmable read only memory
PROM
***
Pulsed secondary air injection control solenoid valve
PAIRC solenoid valve
AIV control solenoid valve
Pulsed secondary air injection system
PAIR system
Air induction valve (AIV) control
Pulsed secondary air injection valve
PAIR valve
Air induction valve
Random access memory
RAM
***
Read only memory
ROM
***
Scan tool
ST
***
Secondary air injection pump
AIR pump
***
Secondary air injection system
AIR system
***
Sequential multiport fuel injection system
SFI system
Sequential fuel injection
Service reminder indicator
SRI
***
Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
***
Simultaneous fuel injection
Smoke puff limiter system
SPL system
***
Supercharger
SC
***
Supercharger bypass
SCB
***
System readiness test
SRT
***
Thermal vacuum valve
TVV
Thermal vacuum valve
Three way catalyst
TWC
Catalyst
Three way catalytic converter system
TWC system
***
Three way + oxidation catalyst
TWC + OC
Catalyst
Three way + oxidation catalytic converter
system
TWC + OC system
***
Throttle body
TB
Throttle chamber
SPI body
Throttle body fuel injection system
TBI system
Fuel injection control
Throttle position
TP
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor
TPS
Throttle sensor
Throttle position switch
TP switch
Throttle switch
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
TCC solenoid valve
Lock-up cancel solenoid
Lock-up solenoid
Revision: May 2004
GI-52
2003 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
NEW ACRONYM /
ABBREVIATION
NEW TERM
OLD TERM
Transmission control module
TCM
A/T control unit
Turbocharger
TC
Turbocharger
Vehicle speed sensor
VSS
Vehicle speed sensor
Volume air flow sensor
VAFS
Air flow meter
Warm up oxidation catalyst
WU-OC
Catalyst
Warm up oxidation catalytic converter system
WU-OC system
***
Warm up three way catalyst
WU-TWC
Catalyst
Warm up three way catalytic converter system
WU-TWC system
***
Wide open throttle position switch
WOTP switch
Full switch
GI
B
C
D
E
***: Not applicable
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GI-53
2003 Sentra
TERMINOLOGY
Revision: May 2004
GI-54
2003 Sentra
I BODY
A
B
SECTION
GLASSES, WINDOW SYSTEM & MIRRORS
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS .................................. 3
Removal and Installation .......................................... 3
REMOVAL ............................................................. 3
INSTALLATION ..................................................... 3
WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDOW ................... 5
QUARTER WINDOW ............................................ 6
POWER WINDOW ...................................................... 7
System Description .................................................. 7
MANUAL OPERATION ......................................... 7
AUTO OPERATION .............................................. 8
POWER WINDOW LOCK ..................................... 8
Wiring Diagram — WINDOW — .............................. 9
Trouble Diagnoses ..................................................11
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR ............ 12
Front Door .............................................................. 12
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR ............... 13
Rear Door ............................................................... 13
DOOR MIRROR ........................................................ 14
Wiring Diagram — MIRROR — .............................. 14
Wiring Diagram — H/MIRR — ............................... 15
Removal and Installation ........................................ 16
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .................................. 17
Revision: May 2004
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 17
System Description ................................................. 18
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS .................... 18
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS ............................ 18
Wiring Diagram — DEF — ..................................... 20
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure (With Power
Door Locks) ............................................................ 22
“REAR DEFOGGER” .......................................... 22
CONSULT-II Application Items (With Power Door
Locks) ..................................................................... 23
“REAR DEFOGGER” .......................................... 23
Trouble Diagnoses (Without Power Door Locks) ... 24
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE .............................. 24
Trouble Diagnoses (With Power Door Locks) ........ 26
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE .............................. 26
Electrical Components Inspection .......................... 30
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY ................ 30
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH ............. 30
Filament Check ....................................................... 30
Filament Repair ...................................................... 31
REPAIR EQUIPMENT ......................................... 31
REPAIRING PROCEDURE ................................. 31
REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................... 33
Removal and Installation ........................................ 33
REMOVAL ........................................................... 33
INSTALLATION ................................................... 33
GW-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EIS0015U
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
GW-2
2003 Sentra
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS
Removal and Installation
PFP:72700
A
EIS0015V
REMOVAL
After removing interior moldings and trim to access edge of glass,
remove glass using piano wire or power cutting tool and an inflatable
pump bag.
WARNING:
When removing the glass from the vehicle, always wear safety
glasses and heavy gloves to help prevent glass splinters from
entering your eyes or cutting your hands.
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to scratch the glass when removing.
●
Do not set or stand the glass on its edge. Small chips may
develop into cracks.
B
C
D
SBF034B
E
F
G
H
ABT088
GW
J
K
L
ABT087
INSTALLATION
Use genuine Nissan Urethane Adhesive Kit or equivalent and follow the instructions furnished with it.
●
While the urethane adhesive is curing, open a door window. This will prevent the glass from being forced
out by passenger compartment air pressure when a door is closed.
●
The molding must be installed securely so that it is in position and leaves no gap.
●
Inform the customer that the vehicle should remain stationary until the urethane adhesive has completely
cured (preferably 24 hours). Curing time varies with temperature and humidity.
WARNING:
●
Keep heat and open flames away as primers and adhesive are flammable.
●
The materials contained in the kit are harmful if swallowed, and may irritate skin and eyes. Avoid
contact with the skin and eyes.
●
Use in an open, well ventilated location. Avoid breathing the vapors. They can be harmful if
inhaled. If affected by vapor inhalation, immediately move to an area with fresh air.
●
Driving the vehicle before the urethane adhesive has completely cured may affect the performance of the windshield in case of an accident.
●
Revision: May 2004
GW-3
2003 Sentra
M
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS
CAUTION:
●
Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable term. Shelf life of this product is limited to six
months after the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date
printed on the box.
●
Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator.
●
Do not leave primers or adhesive cartridge unattended with their caps open or off.
●
The vehicle should not be driven for at least 24 hours or until the urethane adhesive has completely cured. Curing time varies depending on temperature and humidities. The curing time will
increase under higher temperatures and lower humidities.
Revision: May 2004
GW-4
2003 Sentra
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS
WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDOW
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
WBT114
Repairing Water Leaks for Windshield
Leaks can be repaired without removing and reinstalling glass.
If water is leaking between caulking material and body or glass, determine the extent of leakage. This
can be determined by applying water while pushing glass outward.
To stop the leak, apply primer and then sealant to the leak point.
Revision: May 2004
GW-5
2003 Sentra
WINDSHIELD AND WINDOWS
QUARTER WINDOW
WBT074
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the rear door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation" .
Lower the rear window.
Remove two screws securing rear glass, then remove rear glass.
Remove two bolts and one top screw securing rear door center sash, then remove rear door center sash.
Remove quarter glass and rubber seal.
Revision: May 2004
GW-6
2003 Sentra
POWER WINDOW
POWER WINDOW
System Description
PFP:25401
A
EIS0015W
Power is supplied at all times:
●
from 30A fusible link (letter d , located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to circuit breaker terminal +,
●
through circuit breaker terminal -,
●
to power window relay terminal 5.
With ignition switch in ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)],
●
to power window relay terminal 1.
Ground is supplied:
●
to power window relay terminal 2
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
The power window relay is energized and power is supplied:
●
through power window relay terminal 3,
●
to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 1,
●
to front power window switch RH terminal 5,
●
to rear power window switch LH and RH terminal 5.
B
C
D
E
F
G
MANUAL OPERATION
Front Door LH
H
Ground is supplied:
●
to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 3,
GW
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
WINDOW UP
When the front LH switch in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch is pressed in the up position,
J
power is supplied:
●
to front power window motor LH terminal UP,
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 9.
K
Ground is supplied:
●
to front power window motor LH terminal DN,
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 8.
L
Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released, or until the window reaches the end of its travel.
WINDOW DOWN
When the LH switch in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch is pressed in the down position,
M
power is supplied:
●
to front power window motor LH terminal DN,
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 8.
Ground is supplied:
●
to front power window motor LH terminal UP,
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 9.
Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released, or until the window reaches the end of its
travel.
Front Door RH
Ground is supplied:
●
to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 3,
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
NOTE:
Numbers in parentheses are terminal numbers, when power window switch is pressed in the UP and DOWN
positions respectively.
Revision: May 2004
GW-7
2003 Sentra
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH OPERATION
Power is supplied:
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch (5, 6),
●
to front power window switch RH (3, 4).
The subsequent operation is the same as the sub-switch operation.
SUB-SWITCH OPERATION
Power is supplied:
●
through front power window switch RH (1, 2),
●
to front power window motor RH (UP, DN).
Ground is supplied:
●
to front power window motor RH (DN, UP),
●
through front power window switch RH (2, 1),
●
to front power window switch RH (4, 3),
●
through main power window and door lock/unlock switch (6, 5).
Then, the motor raises or lowers the window until the switch is released.
Rear Door
Rear door windows will raise and lower in the same manner as front door RH window.
AUTO OPERATION
The power window AUTO feature enables the driver to open the driver's window without holding the window
switch in the down or up position.
The AUTO feature only operates on the driver's window.
POWER WINDOW LOCK
The power window lock is designed to lock operation of all windows except for driver's door window.
When the lock switch is pressed to lock position, ground of the sub-switches in the main power window and
door lock/unlock switch is disconnected. This prevents the power window motors from operating.
Revision: May 2004
GW-8
2003 Sentra
POWER WINDOW
Wiring Diagram — WINDOW —
EIS0015X
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
WIWA0093E
Revision: May 2004
GW-9
2003 Sentra
POWER WINDOW
WIWA0094E
Revision: May 2004
GW-10
2003 Sentra
POWER WINDOW
Trouble Diagnoses
EIS0015Y
A
Symptom
None of the power windows can be
operated using any switch.
Possible cause
1. 10A fuse, 30A fusible link
2. M6 circuit breaker
3. Power window relay
4. M6 circuit breaker and power window relay related wiring
Repair order
1. Check 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)],
30A fusible link (letter d , located in fuse and fusible
link box).
B
2. Check M6 circuit breaker.
3. Check power window relay.
5. Ground circuit
4. Check the following.
6. Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch
–
C
Check harness between M6 circuit breaker and 30A
fusible link (letter d , located in fuse and fusible link
box).
–
Check harness between M6 circuit breaker and power
window relay.
–
Check harness between power window relay and
power window relay main power window and door
lock/unlock switch.
–
Check harness between 10A fuse [No. 10, located in
fuse block (J/B)] and power window relay.
D
E
F
5. Check the following.
–
–
Check ground circuit of main power window and door
lock/unlock switch terminal 3.
Check power window relay ground circuit.
6. Check main power window and door lock/unlock
switch.
Driver side power window cannot be
operated but other windows can be
operated.
One or more power windows except
driver's side window cannot be
operated.
Power windows except driver's side
window cannot be operated using
main power window and door lock/
unlock switch but can be operated
by power window sub-switch.
Revision: May 2004
1. Driver side power window regulator circuit
2. Driver side power window regulator
1. Check harness between main power window and door
lock/unlock switch and driver side power window regulator for open or short circuit.
3. Check harness between power window relay and main
power window and lock/unlock switch.
4. Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch
4. Check main power window and door lock/unlock
switch.
1. Power window sub-switches
1. Check power window sub-switch.
2. Power window regulators
2. Check power window regulator.
3. Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch
3. Check main power window and door lock/unlock
switch.
4. Power window circuit
4. Check the following.
GW-11
H
GW
2. Check driver side power window regulator.
3. Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch circuit
1. Main power window and door
lock/unlock switch
G
J
K
–
Check harness between the power window sub switch
terminal 5 and power window relay.
–
Check harnesses between main power window and
door lock/unlock switch and power window sub-switch
for open/short circuit.
–
Check harnesses between power window sub-switch
and power window regulator for open/short circuit.
1. Check main power window and door lock/unlock
switch.
2003 Sentra
L
M
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
Front Door
●
●
PFP:80300
EIS0015Z
For removal of door finisher, refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation" .
After adjusting the door or door lock, check the door lock operation.
WIIA0006E
Revision: May 2004
GW-12
2003 Sentra
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR
Rear Door
PFP:82300
A
EIS00160
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
WIIA0002E
Revision: May 2004
GW-13
2003 Sentra
DOOR MIRROR
DOOR MIRROR
Wiring Diagram — MIRROR —
PFP:96301
EIS00161
WIWA0095E
Revision: May 2004
GW-14
2003 Sentra
DOOR MIRROR
Wiring Diagram — H/MIRR —
EIS00162
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
WIWA0096E
Revision: May 2004
GW-15
2003 Sentra
DOOR MIRROR
Removal and Installation
EIS00163
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch door mirror body.
1. Remove door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove inner cover from front corner of door.
3. Disconnect door mirror harness connector.
4. Remove three nuts securing door mirror assembly.
WBT052
Revision: May 2004
GW-16
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:25350
A
EIS00164
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
WIIA0112E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GW-17
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
System Description
EIS00165
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS
The rear window defogger system is controlled by the time control unit. The rear window defogger operates for
approximately 15 minutes.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
to rear window defogger relay terminal 3
●
through 20A fuse [No. 7, located in the fuse block (J/B)],
●
to rear window defogger relay terminal 6
●
through 20A fuse [No. 4, located in the fuse block (J/B)], and
●
to time control unit terminal 7
●
through 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to the rear window defogger relay terminal 1, and
●
to time control unit terminal 9.
Ground is supplied to terminal 5 of the rear window defogger switch (built into the air control) through body
grounds M28 and M54.
When the rear defogger switch is turned ON, ground is supplied:
●
through terminal 3 of the rear window defogger switch
●
to time control unit terminal 3.
Terminal 10 of the time control unit then supplies ground to the rear window defogger relay terminal 2.
With power and ground supplied, the rear window defogger relay is energized.
Power is supplied:
●
through terminals 5 and 7 of the rear window defogger relay
●
to the rear window defogger.
The rear window defogger has an independent ground.
With power and ground supplied, the rear window defogger filaments heat and defog the rear window.
When the system is activated, the rear window defogger indicator illuminates in the rear window defogger
switch.
Power is supplied:
●
to terminal 4 of the rear window defogger switch
●
from terminals 5 and 7 of the rear window defogger relay.
Terminal 5 of the rear window defogger switch is grounded through body grounds M28 and M54.
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS
The rear window defogger system is controlled by the smart entrance control unit. The rear window defogger
operates for approximately 15 minutes.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
to rear window defogger relay terminal 3
●
through 20A fuse [No. 7, located in the fuse block (J/B)],
●
to rear window defogger relay terminal 6
●
through 20A fuse [No. 4, located in the fuse block (J/B)], and
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 10
●
through 10A fuse (No. 37, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to the rear window defogger relay terminal 1, and
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 33.
Ground is supplied to terminal 5 of the rear window defogger switch (built into the air control) through body
grounds M28 and M54.
When the rear defogger switch is turned ON, ground is supplied:
●
through terminal 3 of the rear window defogger switch
Revision: May 2004
GW-18
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
to smart entrance control unit terminal 39.
Terminal 2 of the smart entrance control unit then supplies ground to the rear window defogger relay terminal
2.
With power and ground supplied, the rear window defogger relay is energized.
Power is supplied:
●
through terminals 5 and 7 of the rear window defogger relay
●
to the rear window defogger.
The rear window defogger has an independent ground.
With power and ground supplied, the rear window defogger filaments heat and defog the rear window.
When the system is activated, the rear window defogger indicator illuminates in the rear window defogger
switch.
Power is supplied:
●
to terminal 4 of the rear window defogger switch
●
from terminals 5 and 7 of the rear window defogger relay.
Terminal 5 of the rear window defogger switch is grounded through body grounds M28 and M54.
●
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GW-19
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Wiring Diagram — DEF —
EIS00166
WIWA0097E
Revision: May 2004
GW-20
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
WIWA0037E
Revision: May 2004
GW-21
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
TIME CONTROL UNIT TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND (WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
OFF
5V
ON
0V
3
G/B
AIR CONTROL (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH)
7
PU
POWER SOURCE (FUSE)
—
12V
8
B
GROUND
—
—
IGNITION SWITCH (ON)
IGNITION KEY IN ON POSITION
12V
9
G
IGNITION SWITCH (START)
IGNITION KEY IN START POSITION
12V
OFF
0V
ON (IGNITION KEY IN ON POSITION)
12V
10
G/R
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
RELAY
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND
GROUND (WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS)
TERMINAL
WIRE COLOR
ITEM
2
G/R
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
RELAY
10
PU
16
B
33
G
39
G/B
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
OFF
0V
ON (IGNITION KEY IN ON POSITION)
12V
POWER SOURCE (FUSE)
—
12V
GROUND
—
—
IGNITION SWITCH (ON)
IGNITION KEY IN ON POSITION
12V
IGNITION SWITCH (START)
IGNITION KEY IN START POSITION
12V
OFF
5V
ON
0V
AIR CONTROL (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH)
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure (With Power Door Locks)
EIS00167
“REAR DEFOGGER”
1.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
LAT136
2.
3.
4.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START”.
PBR455D
Revision: May 2004
GW-22
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
5.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
A
B
C
WKIA0212E
6.
D
Touch “REAR DEFOGGER”.
E
F
G
LEL637
7.
Select diagnosis mode.
“DATA MONITOR” and “ACTIVE TEST” are available.
H
GW
J
SEL322W
CONSULT-II Application Items (With Power Door Locks)
EIS00168
“REAR DEFOGGER”
Data Monitor
L
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
REAR DEF SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear window defogger switch.
M
Active Test
Test Item
REAR DEFOGGER
Revision: May 2004
K
Description
This test is able to check rear window defogger operation. Rear window defogger activates
when “ON” on CONSULT-II screen is touched.
GW-23
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses (Without Power Door Locks)
EIS00169
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Symptom: Rear Window Defogger Does Not Activate, or Does Not Go Off After Deactivating.
1. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER OUTPUT SIGNAL
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
Check voltage between time control unit harness connector M40
terminal 10 (G/R) and ground.
Voltage (V) Approx.:
Rear window defogger
switch is "OFF"
Rear window defogger
switch is "ON"
: 12V
: 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Refer to GW-30, "Filament Check" .
NG
>> GO TO 2.
WIIA0041E
2. CHECK DEFOGGER RELAY COIL SIDE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect time control unit harness connector M40.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
Check voltage between time control unit harness connector M40
terminal 10 (G/R) and ground.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
● Rear window defogger relay
● Harness for open or short between 10A fuse [No. 10,
located in the fuse block (J/B)] and rear window defogger relay
● Harness for open or short between rear window defogger relay and time control unit
Revision: May 2004
GW-24
WIIA0042E
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
3. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
A
Check continuity between time control unit harness connector M40
terminal 3 (G/B) and ground.
B
Continuity:
Rear window defogger
switch is pushed.
Rear window defogger
switch is released.
Continuity should exist.
C
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following.
● Rear window defogger switch
(Refer to GW-30, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH" .)
● Harness for open or short between time control unit and rear window defogger switch
● Rear window defogger switch ground circuit
D
WIIA0043E
E
F
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND IGNITION INPUT SIGNAL
G
Check voltage between time control unit harness connector M40 terminals 7 (PU), 9 (G) and ground.
Ignition switch position
Terminals
(+)
(-)
7
Ground
9
Ground
OFF
ACC
H
ON
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
Battery voltage
0V
0V
Battery voltage
GW
WIIA0044E
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10 or No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between time control unit and fuse
L
5. CHECK TIME CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
M
Check continuity between time control unit harness connector M40
terminal 8 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Yes
No
>> Replace time control unit.
>> Repair harness or connectors.
WIIA0045E
Revision: May 2004
GW-25
J
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Trouble Diagnoses (With Power Door Locks)
EIS0016A
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Symptom: Rear Window Defogger Does Not Activate, or Does Not Go Off After Activating.
1. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Select “ACTIVE TEST” in “REAR DEFOGGER” with CONSULT-II.
SEL353W
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness terminal 2 and ground.
LEL482
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Refer to GW-30, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY" .
● Rear window defogger circuit
● Refer to GW-30, "Filament Check" .
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: May 2004
GW-26
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
2. CHECK DEFOGGER RELAY COIL SIDE CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Disconnect control unit connector.
Turn ignition switch to ON position.
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminal 2 and ground.
B
C
D
E
LEL483
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
● Rear window defogger relay
● Harness for open or short between 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and rear
window defogger relay
● Harness for open or short between rear window defogger relay and smart entrance control unit
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GW-27
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
3. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Select “REAR DEF SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL352W
Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit terminal 39 and ground.
LEL484
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following.
● Refer to GW-30, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH" .
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and rear window defogger
switch
● Rear window defogger switch ground circuit
4. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND IGNITION INPUT SIGNAL
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit terminals 10 and 33 and ground.
LEL485
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10 or No. 37, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse
Revision: May 2004
GW-28
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
5. CHECK SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Check continuity between smart entrance control unit terminal 16 and ground.
B
C
D
LEL486
E
Yes
No
>> Replace smart entrance control unit.
>> Repair harness or connectors.
F
G
H
GW
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
GW-29
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
Electrical Components Inspection
EIS0016B
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
SEC202B
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
With air control (rear window defogger switch) connector M32 disconnected, check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 when rear
window defogger switch is pushed and released.
Terminals
Condition
Continuity
(+)
(-)
Switch pushed
Yes
3
5
Switch released
No
WIIA0105E
Filament Check
1.
EIS0016C
Attach probe circuit tester (in volt range) to middle portion of
each filament.
SEL263
●
When measuring voltage, wrap tin foil around the top of
the negative probe. Then press the foil against the wire
with your finger.
SEL122R
Revision: May 2004
GW-30
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
2.
If a filament is burned out, circuit tester registers 0 or 12 volts.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SEL265
3.
To locate burned out point, move probe to left and right along filament. Test needle will swing abruptly when probe passes the
point.
H
GW
J
SEL266
Filament Repair
EIS0016D
REPAIR EQUIPMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
L
Conductive silver composition (Dupont No. 4817 or equivalent)
Ruler 30 cm (11.8 in) long
Drawing pen
Heat gun
Alcohol
Cloth
M
REPAIRING PROCEDURE
1.
Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with a
cloth dampened in alcohol.
BE540
Revision: May 2004
K
GW-31
2003 Sentra
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
2. Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip of drawing pen.
Shake silver composition container before use.
3. Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive silver composition on break with drawing pen.
Slightly overlap existing heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20 in)] of the break.
4. After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for continuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after silver
composition is deposited.
SEL012D
Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted.
5. Apply a constant stream of hot air directly to the repaired area
for approximately 20 minutes with a heat gun. A minimum distance of 3 cm (1.2 in) should be kept between repaired area and
hot air outlet. If a heat gun is not available, let the repaired area
dry for 24 hours.
SEL013D
Revision: May 2004
GW-32
2003 Sentra
REAR VIEW MIRROR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
Removal and Installation
PFP:96321
A
EIS0016E
REMOVAL
Remove rear view mirror by pushing deflect spring with screwdriver as shown in the figure.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GW
J
SBT821
INSTALLATION
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
Install mounting bracket as follows:
Determine mounting bracket position on windshield by measuring from top of windshield to top of mounting bracket as shown
in the figure.
Mark location on outside of windshield with wax pencil or equivalent.
Clean attaching point on inside of windshield with an alcoholsaturated paper towel.
Sand bonding surface of mounting bracket with sandpaper (No.
320 or No. 360).
SBT822
Clean bonding surface of mounting bracket with an alcohol-saturated paper towel.
Apply Genuine Mirror Adhesive or equivalent to bonding surface of mounting bracket. Refer to GI-44,
"RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Install mounting bracket at pre-marked position and press mounting bracket against glass for 30 to 60
seconds.
After five minutes, wipe off excess adhesive with an alcohol-moistened paper towel.
Install rear view mirror.
Revision: May 2004
GW-33
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
REAR VIEW MIRROR
Revision: May 2004
GW-34
2003 Sentra
M
INDEX
A
SECTION
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
IDX
IDX-1
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A
A/C - Wiring diagram ...................................... MTC-27
A/C air flow ..................................................... MTC-21
A/C component layout .................................... MTC-19
A/C compressor clutch removal and installation . MTC69
A/C compressor mounting .............................. MTC-68
A/C compressor precaution .............................. MTC-8
A/C compressor special service tool ............... MTC-11
A/C control linkage adjustment (manual A/C) . MTC-41
A/C control operation (manual A/C) ................ MTC-20
A/C diagnostic work flow (manual A/C) .......... MTC-34
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system identification .... MTC-4
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system introduction ... MTC-15
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system precaution ....... MTC-3
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system service procedure .......
MTC-82
A/C HFC134a (R134a) system service tools .. MTC-12
A/C HFC134a system service equipment precaution ...
MTC-8
A/C lubricant (R134a) ..................................... MTC-16
A/C lubrication oil ............................................ MTC-16
A/C operational check ..................................... MTC-35
A/C performance chart .................................... MTC-58
A/C performance test diagnoses .................... MTC-58
A/C pressure switch ........................................ MTC-15
A/C push control ............................................. MTC-20
A/C reray ......................................................... MTC-55
A/C service data specification ......................... MTC-91
A/C switch ....................................................... MTC-20
A/C, M - Wiring diagram ................................. MTC-27
A/F - Wiring diagram .... EC-1036, EC-1042, EC-1048,
EC-1055, EC-1062, EC-1068, EC-1076
A/FH - Wiring diagram ..................................... EC-932
A/T - Wiring diagram ........................................ AT-407
A/T fluid temperature sensor ............. AT-126, AT-497
A/T self-diagnoses ................ AT-433, AT-441, AT-442
A/T shift lock system .......................... AT-253, AT-637
A/T shift lock system - Wiring diagram AT-254, AT-638
A/T trouble diagnoses ........................................ AT-57
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 1ST ............. AT-138, AT-514
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 2ND ............ AT-143, AT-519
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 3RD ............ AT-148, AT-524
A/T Wiring diagram AT - 4TH ............ AT-154, AT-529
A/T Wiring diagram AT - BA/FTS ....... AT-200, AT-575
A/T Wiring diagram AT - CAN ............ AT-210, AT-591
A/T Wiring diagram AT - ENG SS ...... AT-133, AT-509
A/T Wiring diagram AT - FTS ............ AT-123, AT-499
A/T Wiring diagram AT - LPSV .......... AT-175, AT-549
A/T Wiring diagram AT - MAIN .......... AT-113, AT-488
A/T Wiring diagram AT - NONDTC .... AT-216, AT-597
A/T Wiring diagram AT - OVRCSV .... AT-195, AT-570
A/T Wiring diagram AT - PNP/SW ..... AT-117, AT-493
A/T Wiring diagram AT - SSV/A ......... AT-181, AT-555
A/T Wiring diagram AT - SSV/B ......... AT-185, AT-560
A/T Wiring diagram AT - TCCSIG ...... AT-167, AT-541
A/T Wiring diagram AT - TCV ............ AT-161, AT-536
A/T Wiring diagram AT - TPS ............ AT-191, AT-565
A/T Wiring diagram AT - VSS A/T ...... AT-129, AT-505
A/T Wiring diagram AT - VSSMTR ... AT-206, AT-582,
AT-587
ABS - Wiring diagram ..................................... BRC-10
ABS (anti-lock brake system) ............................ BRC-5
ABS sensor rotor ............................................... RAX-6
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor EC-1125, EC1147, EC-1751, EC-1757, EC-1770
Accelerator pedal released position learning ... EC-52,
EC-1255
Air bag ............................................................... SRS-3
Air bag disposal .............................................. SRS-47
Air bag precautions ............................................... GI-3
Air bleeding (hydraulic clutch) .................. CL-7, CL-24
Air bleeding for brake system ............................. BR-7
Air cleaner and air duct ................................... EM-103
Air cleaner filter replacementQG18DE .............. MA-19
Air cleaner filter replacementQR25DE .............. MA-26
Air conditioner - Wiring diagram ...................... MTC-27
Air conditioner cut control ............................. EC-1242
Air control cable adjustment ............................ MTC-43
Air flow meter - See Mass air flow sensor EC-163, EC171, EC-379, EC-1368, EC-1375, EC-1594
Air fuel ratio sensor 1 ... EC-1033, EC-1039, EC-1045,
EC-1052, EC-1059, EC-1065, EC-1073
Air fuel ratio sensor 1 heater ........................... EC-930
Air mix door control linkage adjustment .......... MTC-45
Air spoiler, rear .................................................... EI-22
Alternator .......................................................... SC-30
Angular tightening application ................. EM-4, EM-91
Antenna .............................................................. AV-12
Anti-lock brake system - See ABS .................... BRC-5
Anti-lock brake system - Wiring diagram ........ BRC-10
APPS1 - Wiring diagram . EC-506, EC-1127, EC-1753
APPS2 - Wiring diagram . EC-513, EC-1134, EC-1759
APPS3 - Wiring diagram . EC-528, EC-1149, EC-1772
ASC/BS - Wiring diagram EC-483, EC-1104, EC-1732
ASC/SW - Wiring diagram EC-476, EC-1097, EC-1725
ASCBOF - Wiring diagram EC-571, EC-1193, EC-1834
ASCD .............................................. EC-598, EC-1860
ASCD (automatic speed control device) ...... EC-1220,
ACS-2
ASCIND - Wiring diagram EC-580, EC-1202, EC-1842
Audio .................................................................... AV-2
AUDIO - Wiring diagram ...................................... AV-4
Audio and A/C control removal and installation - See Instrument panel .................................................... IP-10
Automatic transaxle number ............................... GI-48
Automatic transmission fluid replacement ........ MA-31
Axle ................................................................... MA-35
B
Back door window ............................................ GW-12
BACK/L - Wiring diagram ................................... LT-22
Back-up lamp ..................................................... LT-22
Back-up lamp switch (M/T) ............................... MT-13
Back-up lamp switch (M/T)Back-up lamp switch .. MT78, MT-139
IDX-2
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Ball joint (front) ................................................ FSU-14
Base idle air volume initialing .......................... EC-634
Basic inspection .................. EC-88, EC-669, EC-1291
Battery ................................................................. SC-4
Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester SC-6, SC-13,
SC-24
Baulk ring (M/T) ...................... MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Bi-level door control linkage adjustment ........ MTC-43
Block heater .................................................... EM-160
Blower motor .................................................. MTC-50
Blower resistor ............................................... MTC-50
Blower unit ..................................................... MTC-79
Board-on lift ........................................................ GI-40
Body alignment ................................................ BL-115
Brake booster .................................................... BR-16
Brake control valve (Proportioning valve) ......... BR-10
Brake fluid change .............................................. BR-6
Brake fluid level ................................................. MA-32
Brake fluid level and line check ........................... BR-6
Brake hydraulic line ............................................. BR-8
Brake inspectionDisc Brake .............................. MA-32
Brake inspectionDrum Brake ............................ MA-33
Brake lines and cables inspection ..................... MA-32
Brake lining wear temporary checkingDisc Brake . MA33
Brake lining wear temporary checkingDrum Brake MA34
Brake pedal ....................................................... BR-11
Brake switch .................... EC-497, EC-1119, EC-1746
BRK/SW - Wiring diagram EC-498, EC-1120, EC-1747
Bulb specifications ............................................. LT-48
Bumper, front ...................................................... EI-13
Bumper, rear ....................................................... EI-18
BYPS/V - Wiring diagram .............. EC-1709, EC-1717
C
Camshaft ......................................................... EM-123
Camshaft inspection ........................... EM-32, EM-125
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) . EC-283, EC-842,
EC-1496
CAN - Wiring diagram ...... EC-146, EC-729, EC-1351,
LAN-7, LAN-17, LAN-24
CAN (Controller Area Network) . LAN-6, LAN-16, LAN23
CAN communication EC-40, EC-145, EC-621, EC-728,
EC-1243, EC-1350, AT-209, AT-590, LAN-6, LAN-16,
LAN-23
Canister-See EVAP canister ........................... EC-586
CHARGE - Wiring diagram ............................... SC-23
Charging system ............................................... SC-22
Chassis and body maintenance ........... MA-10, MA-29
CHIME - Wiring diagram ..................................... DI-40
CIGAR - Wiring diagram ................................. WW-10
Cigarette lighter ............................................... WW-10
Circuit breaker ................................................... PG-45
Closed loop control ... EC-436, EC-618, EC-1240, EC1649
Clutch cover ........................................... CL-17, CL-33
Clutch disc .............................................. CL-17, CL-33
Clutch fluid level ................................................ MA-29
A
Clutch master cylinder .............................. CL-9, CL-26
Clutch operating cylinder ........................ CL-11, CL-28
Clutch pedal .............................................. CL-7, CL-24
B
Clutch release bearing ............................ CL-14, CL-31
Clutch release mechanism ..................... CL-14, CL-31
Clutch withdrawal lever ........................... CL-14, CL-31
C
Coil spring (front) ............................................... FSU-9
Coil spring (rear) ............................................. RSU-10
Combination lamp, front, removal and installation EI-13
Combination lamp, rear, removal and installation EI-22
D
Combination meter ............................................... DI-3
Combination meter removal and installation - See Instrument panel ........................................................... IP-10
E
Combination switch .............................................. LT-4
Component Location (manual A/C) ................ MTC-23
Compression pressure ...................................... EM-52
F
Compressor clutch removal and installation ... MTC-69
Compressor mounting .................................... MTC-68
Compressor precaution .................................... MTC-8
G
Compressor special service tool ..................... MTC-11
Connecting rod .................................................. EM-70
Connecting rod bearing clearance ..................... EM-75
Connecting rod bushing clearance .................... EM-76
H
Connector inspection .......................................... GI-23
Console box - See Instrument panel ................... IP-10
CONSULT for ABS ......................................... BRC-16
I
CONSULT for engine ........ EC-113, EC-694, EC-1316
CONSULT general information ........................... GI-36
Control lever (M/T) ............................................. MT-14
J
Control valve (A/T) ........................................... AT-298
Controller Area Network (CAN) . LAN-6, LAN-16, LAN23
Converter housing installation ............ AT-380, AT-745
K
COOL/F - Wiring diagram EC-441, EC-1012, EC-1465,
EC-1654
Coolant mixture ratio ......................................... MA-14
L
Coolant overtemperarute enrichment photection .. EC1461
Coolant replacementQG18DE ........................... MA-16
Coolant replacementQR25DE ........................... MA-23 IDX
Cooling circuit (engine) ........................................ CO-6
Cooling fan motor .......................... EC-1474, EC-1663
Cooling fan relay ............................................ EC-1022
Cooling unit (A/C evaporator) ......................... MTC-80
Coupling sleeve (M/T) ............ MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Crankcase ventilation system - See Positive crankcase
ventilation ........................ EC-596, EC-1218, EC-1858
Crankshaft .......................................... EM-72, EM-161
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) .... EC-277, EC-836,
EC-1490
Cylinder block ..................................... EM-67, EM-160
Cylinder block boring ....................................... EM-181
Cylinder head ..................................... EM-52, EM-145
D
D/LOCK - Wiring diagram ................................... BL-15
IDX-3
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Data link connector ......... EC-582, EC-1204, EC-1845
Data link connector for Consult . EC-115, EC-637, EC696, EC-1318
Daytime light system ........................................... LT-10
Daytime running light - See Daytime light system .. LT10
DEF - Wiring diagram ....................................... GW-20
Detonation sensor - See Knock sensor ........... EC-832
Diagnosis sensor unit ..................................... SRS-37
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for OBD system EC-61,
EC-643, EC-1224
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) inspection priority chart
EC-86, EC-666, EC-1288
Differential gear (FF A/T) ................................. AT-356
Differential gear (FF M/T) MT-23, MT-58, MT-88, MT149
Dimensions ......................................................... GI-48
DLC - Wiring diagram ..... EC-582, EC-1204, EC-1845
Dome light - See Interior lamp ............................ LT-35
Door adjustment (front) ...................................... BL-31
Door adjustment (rear) ....................................... BL-31
Door glass .................... BL-31, GW-6, GW-12, GW-13
Door glass Fitting Adjustment ............................ BL-31
Door mirror .......................................... GW-14, GW-16
Door trim ............................................................. EI-31
Door, front ............................................. BL-31, GW-12
Door, rear .............................................. BL-31, GW-13
Drive belt ......................................................... EM-100
Drive belt inspectionQG18DE ........................... MA-16
Drive belt inspectionQR25DE ........................... MA-23
Drive plate runout ............................................. EM-77
Drive shaft ......................................................... MA-36
Drive shaft (front) ................................. FAX-5, FAX-11
Dropping resistor (A/T) ...................... AT-179, AT-547
DTC work support ............. EC-123, EC-706, EC-1327
DTRL - Wiring diagram ....................................... LT-14
614, EC-1236
Engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) .. EC-181,
EC-193, EC-760, EC-772, EC-1386, EC-1398
Engine fail-safe system ....... EC-87, EC-668, EC-1290
Engine oil filter replacementQG18DE ............... MA-20
Engine oil filter replacementQR25DE ............... MA-27
Engine oil precautions ........................................... GI-7
Engine oil replacementQG18DE ....................... MA-20
Engine oil replacementQR25DE ....................... MA-26
Engine outer component parts .......................... EM-12
Engine removal ................................... EM-63, EM-156
Engine room - See Engine compartment ......... BL-116
Engine serial number .......................................... GI-47
ETC1 - Wiring diagram ..... EC-393, EC-955, EC-1607
ETC2 - Wiring diagram ..... EC-401, EC-963, EC-1615
ETC3 - Wiring diagram ..... EC-405, EC-967, EC-1619
EVAP canister ................................. EC-586, EC-1208
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ....
EC-311, EC-460, EC-867, EC-1081, EC-1521, EC-1672
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-317, EC-468, EC873, EC-1089, EC-1527, EC-1680, EC-1687
EVAP control system (small leak) diagnosis .. EC-301,
EC-338, EC-346, EC-858, EC-893, EC-1513, EC-1547,
EC-1555, EC-1695
EVAP control system pressure sensor ... EC-324, EC880, EC-886, EC-1534, EC-1540
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring diagnosis .
EC-294, EC-852, EC-1507
EVAP system close mode ............................. EC-1209
EVAP vapor lines inspectionQG18DE .............. MA-22
EVAP vapor lines inspectionQR25DE .............. MA-28
Evaporative emission (EVAP) system .......... EC-1846
Exhaust system .................................................... EX-3
Exhaust system inspection ............................... MA-29
Exterior ................................................................ EI-22
F
E
ECM input/output signal .... EC-105, EC-686, EC-1307
ECM power supply EC-138, EC-375, EC-721, EC-936,
EC-1342, EC-1590
ECM/PW - Wiring diagram ............... EC-376, EC-1591
ECTS - Wiring diagram ..... EC-183, EC-762, EC-1388
Electric throttle control actuator EC-390, EC-392, EC404, EC-952, EC-954, EC-966, EC-1604, EC-1606
Electrical diagnoses ............................................ GI-23
Electrical load signal circuit ..... EC-564, EC-1185, EC1821
Electrical units location ...................................... PG-42
Electronic ignition (EI) system ........... EC-38, EC-1241
Engine compartment ........................................ BL-116
Engine control circuit diagram .. EC-103, EC-684, EC1305
Engine control component parts location ... EC-97, EC678, EC-1300
Engine control module (ECM) ... EC-372, EC-927, EC1583
Engine control system diagram and chart . EC-33, EC-
F/FOG - Wiring diagram ..................................... LT-25
F/PUMP - Wiring diagram EC-554, EC-1175, EC-1807
Fan switch ....................................................... MTC-50
Final drive (FF A/T) .......................................... AT-356
Final drive (FF M/T) ... MT-23, MT-58, MT-88, MT-149
Finisher, interior - See Trim ................................ EI-28
Finisher, trunk lid ................................................. EI-33
Floor trim ............................................................. EI-28
Flow charts .......................................................... GI-26
FLS1 - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1565
FLS2 - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1572
FLS3 - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1705
Fluid temperature sensor (A/T) .......... AT-126, AT-497
Fluids ................................................................ MA-13
Flywheel (clutch) .................................... CL-18, CL-34
Flywheel runout ................................................. EM-77
Fog lamp, front ................................................... LT-24
Fog lamp, front, removal and installation ............ EI-13
Fork rod (M/T) ......................... MT-22, MT-87, MT-148
Forward clutch ................................................. AT-325
Freeze frame data ............... EC-62, EC-643, EC-1264
IDX-4
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Front axle .......................................................... FAX-5
Front bumper ....................................................... EI-13
Front combination lamp removal and installation EI-13
Front disc brake ................................................ BR-19
Front door ............................................. BL-31, GW-12
Front fog lamp .................................................... LT-24
Front fog lamp removal and installation .............. EI-13
Front passenger air bag .................................. SRS-44
Front seat ............................................................ SE-3
Front seat belt ..................................................... SB-3
Front washer ..................................................... WW-3
Front wiper ........................................................ WW-3
FTTS - Wiring diagram EC-253, EC-257, EC-811, EC815, EC-1458
FUEL - Wiring diagram EC-240, EC-247, EC-797, EC804, EC-1444, EC-1451
Fuel cut control (at no load high engine speed) .... EC620, EC-1242
Fuel gauge ............................................................ DI-3
Fuel injection system ... EC-238, EC-245, EC-660, EC795, EC-802, EC-1442, EC-1449
Fuel injector ..................................................... EC-547
Fuel injector and fuel tube .................. EM-19, EM-118
Fuel level sensor .. EC-354, EC-356, EC-359, EC-910,
EC-912, EC-914, EC-1564, EC-1569, EC-1571, EC1704
Fuel line inspection ................................. FL-2, MA-19
Fuel line inspectionQR25DE ............................. MA-25
Fuel precautions .......................................... GI-3, GI-5
Fuel pressure check .......................... EC-56, EC-1257
Fuel pressure release ......... EC-56, EC-637, EC-1257
Fuel pump ....................... EC-553, EC-1174, EC-1806
Fuel tank temperature sensor ... EC-251, EC-256, EC809, EC-814, EC-1455, EC-1457
Fuel tank vacuum relief valve .......... EC-586, EC-1208
Fuel tankRemoval and Installtion ......................... FL-7
Fuse .................................................................. PG-45
Fuse and fusible link box ................................... PG-55
Fuse block ......................................................... PG-54
Fusible link ........................................................ PG-45
G
Garage jack and safety stand ............................ GI-39
Gauges .................................................................. DI-3
Gear components (M/T) ......... MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Generator .......................................................... SC-30
Generator - See Alternator ................................ SC-30
Generic scan tool (GST) ... EC-125, EC-709, EC-1329
Ground distribution ............................................ PG-12
H
H/LAMP - Wiring diagram .................................... LT-7
H/MIRROR - Wiring diagram ............................ GW-15
Harness connector ............................................ PG-46
Harness connector inspection ............................ GI-23
Harness layout .................................................. PG-21
Hazard warning lamp ......................................... LT-27
Headlamp ............................................................. LT-6
Headlamp removal and installation ..................... EI-13
Headlining - See Roof trim .................................. EI-32
Heated oxygen sensor 1 ..... EC-201, EC-207, EC-216,
EC-409, EC-415, EC-1406, EC-1412, EC-1421, EC1623, EC-1629
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater ...... EC-151, EC-1356
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ..... EC-223, EC-230, EC-421,
EC-428, EC-780, EC-787, EC-992, EC-1000, EC-1428,
EC-1435, EC-1635, EC-1642
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-157, EC-734, EC1362
HEATER - Wiring diagram .............................. MTC-25
Heater mirror .................................................... GW-15
Heater system - Wiring diagram ..................... MTC-25
Heater unit (heater core) ................................ MTC-78
Height (Dimensions) ........................................... GI-48
HFC134a (R134a) system identification ........... MTC-4
HFC134a (R134a) system introduction .......... MTC-15
HFC134a (R134a) system precaution .............. MTC-3
HFC134a (R134a) system service procedure MTC-82
HFC134a (R134a) system service tools ......... MTC-12
HFC134a system service equipment precaution MTC-8
High clutch ....................................................... AT-319
HO2S1 - Wiring diaram EC-203, EC-210, EC-219, EC1408, EC-1415, EC-1424
HO2S1H - Wiring diagram ............... EC-153, EC-1358
HO2S2 - Wiring diagram .... EC-225, EC-233, EC-423,
EC-431, EC-782, EC-790, EC-995, EC-1003, EC-1430,
EC-1437, EC-1637, EC-1644
HO2S2H - Wiring diagram . EC-159, EC-736, EC-1364
Hood .................................................................... EI-13
Horn ................................................................... WW-9
HORN - Wiring diagram ..................................... WW-9
How to erase DTC ............................. EC-651, EC-652
How to erase DTC for OBD system .... EC-71, EC-651,
EC-1273
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
IATS - Wiring diagram ....... EC-178, EC-757, EC-1383
Identification plate ............................................... GI-47 IDX
Idle air volume learning ..................... EC-53, EC-1255
Idle mixture ratio .................. EC-43, EC-624, EC-1245
Idle speed EC-43, EC-88, EC-623, EC-624, EC-1245,
EC-1291
Idle speed control (ISC) EC-363, EC-365, EC-918, EC920, EC-1579, EC-1581
Ignition coil ........ EM-115, EC-535, EC-1156, EC-1777
Ignition control system ..... EC-535, EC-1156, EC-1777
Ignition timing ... EC-43, EC-88, EC-623, EC-624, EC1245, EC-1291
IGNSYS - Wiring diagram EC-536, EC-1157, EC-1778
ILL - Wiring diagram ........................................... LT-33
Illumination ......................................................... LT-32
INJECT - Wiring diagram . EC-548, EC-1169, EC-1797
Injector ........................................... EC-1168, EC-1796
Input shaft (FF M/T) .... MT-21, MT-41, MT-85, MT-146
Instrument panel .................................................. IP-10
IDX-5
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
INT/L - Wiring diagram ........................................ LT-37
Intake air temperature sensor ... EC-177, EC-196, EC755, EC-775, EC-1381, EC-1401
Intake door control linkage adjustment ........... MTC-41
Intake door motor ............................................ MTC-38
Intake manifold ................................... EM-12, EM-105
Intake sensor .................................................. MTC-66
Intake valve timing control . EC-148, EC-385, EC-731,
EC-947, EC-1353
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-385, EC947, EC-1600
Interior ................................................................. EI-28
Interior lamp ........................................................ LT-35
IVC - Wiring diagram ........ EC-387, EC-949, EC-1601
IVIS (Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system) precautions ...
GI-5
J
Jacking points ..................................................... GI-39
Joint connector (J/C) .......................................... PG-49
Junction box (J/B) .............................................. PG-54
K
Keyless entry system - See Multi-remote control system
BL-34
Knock sensor (KS) ............ EC-273, EC-832, EC-1486
KS - Wiring diagram .......... EC-274, EC-833, EC-1487
L
Length (Dimensions) ........................................... GI-48
License lamp ....................................................... LT-19
Lifting points ............................................. GI-39, GI-40
Line pressure solenoid valve ............. AT-159, AT-547
Line pressure test (A/T) ....................... AT-68, AT-456
Liquid gasket application ........................ EM-4, EM-92
LOAD - Wiring diagram ... EC-565, EC-1185, EC-1186
Location of electrical units ................................. PG-42
Low and reverse brake .................................... AT-333
Lubricant (R134a) A/C .................................... MTC-16
Lubrication circuit (engine) ................................... LU-4
Lubrication oil A/C ........................................... MTC-16
Lubrication-locks, hinges and hood latches ...... MA-36
Luggage room lamp ............................................ LT-35
M
M/T major overhaul ................. MT-20, MT-88, MT-149
M/T oil replacementM/T oil replacement ... MT-76, MT137
M/T removal and installation .............................. MT-16
MAFS - Wiring diagram EC-166, EC-173, EC-381, EC743, EC-750, EC-942, EC-1371, EC-1377, EC-1596
Magnet clutch ................................................. MTC-69
MAIN - Wiring diagram ..... EC-138, EC-721, EC-1342
Main drive gear (M/T) ........................................ MT-21
Mainshaft (M/T) .......... MT-21, MT-48, MT-85, MT-146
Maintenance ....................................................... MA-5
Maintenance (engine)QG18DE ......................... MA-16
Maintenance (engine)QR25DE ......................... MA-23
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) . EC-72, EC-653, EC1275, EC-1586
Manual air conditioner - Wiring diagram ......... MTC-27
Manual transaxle number ................................... GI-48
Manual transmission oil replacement ................ MA-29
Mass air flow sensor (MAFS) .... EC-163, EC-171, EC379, EC-740, EC-748, EC-1368, EC-1375, EC-1594
Master cylinder (clutch) ............................ CL-9, CL-26
Meter ..................................................................... DI-3
METER - Wiring diagram .................................... DI-13
MIL - Wiring diagram ..................................... EC-1587
MIRROR - Wiring diagram ............................... GW-14
Mirror defogger ................................................ GW-15
Mirror, door ......................................... GW-14, GW-16
Mirror, out side ................................................. GW-16
Misfire ............................... EC-267, EC-825, EC-1481
Model variation .................................................... GI-45
Molding - See Exterior ........................................ EI-22
MULTI - Wiring diagram ..................................... BL-39
Multiport fuel injection (MFI) system .. EC-36, EC-617,
EC-1239
Multiport fuel injection precautions ............... GI-3, GI-6
Multi-remote control system ............................... BL-34
N
NATS (Nissan anti-theft system) ........................ BL-95
NVH troubleshooting (BR) .................................. BR-5
NVH troubleshooting (EM) .................... EM-10, EM-98
NVH troubleshooting (FA) ................................. FAX-4
NVH troubleshooting (RA) ................................ RAX-4
NVH troubleshooting (WT) .................................. WT-2
NVIS (Nissan vehicle immobilizer system) ........ BL-95
NVIS (Nissan vehicle immobilizer system) precautions
GI-3, GI-5
O
Oil change (capacity) ........................................ MA-13
Oil pan (engine) .................................. EM-16, EM-112
Oil pump (A/T) .................................................. AT-293
Oil pump (engine) .................................... LU-8, LU-19
Oil pump regulator valve (engine) ...................... LU-10
Oil seal replacement (engine) ............. EM-49, EM-142
On board diagnostic system ......................... EC-1260
Operating cylinder (clutch) ..................... CL-11, CL-28
ORVR (On-board Refueling Vapor Recovery) EC-590,
EC-1212, EC-1852
Overdrive control switch ....... AT-250, AT-252, AT-632
Overheat ......................................... EC-438, EC-1009
Overrun clutch .................................................. AT-325
Overrun clutch solenoid valve .......................... AT-568
P
Park/Neutral position switch .... EC-493, EC-1115, EC-
IDX-6
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
1742
Park/neutral position switch (A/T) ...... AT-116, AT-491
Park/neutral position switch (M/T) ..................... MT-13
Park/neutral position switch (M/T)Park/neutral position
switch (M/T) ......................................... MT-78, MT-139
Parking brake control .......................................... PB-2
Parking drum brake ........................................... BR-31
Parking lamp ...................................................... LT-19
PCV (positive crankcase ventilation) EC-596, EC-1218,
EC-1858
Periodic maintenance .......................................... MA-7
PGC/V - Wiring diagram EC-313, EC-462, EC-869, EC1083, EC-1523, EC-1674
PHASE - Wiring diagram ... EC-284, EC-843, EC-1497
Piston assembly ................................................ EM-77
Piston pin inspection ......................................... EM-69
Piston ring inspection ........................................ EM-70
Piston to bore clearance .................... EM-71, EM-181
PNP/SW - Wiring diagram EC-495, EC-1117, EC-1744
POS - Wiring diagram ....... EC-279, EC-838, EC-1491
POWER - Wiring diagram ..................... EC-937, PG-4
Power door lock ................................................. BL-12
Power door mirror ............................................ GW-14
Power steering fluid level ........................ PS-8, MA-34
Power steering gear .......................................... PS-15
Power steering hydraulic pressure ...................... PS-9
Power steering oil pressure switch ................ EC-1811
Power steering oil pump .................................... PS-21
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor ........... EC-922
Power steering system bleeding ......................... PS-8
Power supply routing ........................................... PG-2
Power window .................................................... GW-7
Power window main switch ................................ GW-7
PRE/SE - Wiring diagram ... EC-326, EC-882, EC-888,
EC-1536, EC-1542
Precautions (General) .......................................... GI-3
Pressure plate - See Clutch cover ......... CL-17, CL-33
Pressure test (A/T) ............................... AT-68, AT-456
PS/SEN - Wiring diagram .................. EC-368, EC-923
PST/SW - Wiring diagram ............................. EC-1812
R
Radiator ............................................................. CO-13
Radio - See Audio ............................................... AV-2
Rear air spoiler .................................................... EI-22
Rear axle ........................................................... RAX-5
Rear axle (disc brake type) ............................... RAX-6
Rear axle (drum brake type) ............................. RAX-6
Rear bumper ....................................................... EI-18
Rear combination lamp removal and installation EI-22
Rear disc brake ................................................. BR-23
Rear door ............................................. BL-31, GW-13
Rear drum brake ............................................... BR-31
Rear seat ............................................................. SE-5
Rear seat belt ...................................................... SB-5
Rear suspension ............................................... RSU-5
Rear window ...................................................... GW-3
Rear window defogger ..................................... GW-17
Refrigerant connection precaution .................... MTC-5
Refrigerant general precaution ......................... MTC-4
Refrigerant lines ............................................. MTC-82
Refrigerant pressure sensor .... EC-559, EC-1180, EC1816, MTC-56
Refrigeration cycle .......................................... MTC-15
Release bearing (clutch) ......................... CL-14, CL-31
Remote keyless entry system ............................. BL-34
Removal and installation (A/T) ........................ AT-265
Reverse clutch ................................................. AT-314
Reverse idler shaft (M/T) ........ MT-20, MT-85, MT-146
Reverse lamp switch (M/T) - See Back-up lamp switch
(M/T) .................................................................. MT-13
Reverse main gear (M/T) ........ MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
Revolution sensor (A/T) ................................... AT-503
Road wheel size ................................................. GI-49
Rocker cover ................................................... EM-121
Roof trim .............................................................. EI-32
Room lamp - See Interior lamp ........................... LT-35
RP/SEN - Wiring diagram EC-560, EC-1181, EC-1817
S
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
S/SIG - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1803
SAE J1979 - Mode 1 - 7 ................................ EC-1260
H
Seal - See Exterior .............................................. EI-22
Seat belt inspection ................................. SB-7, MA-37
Seat belt pre-tensioner disposal ...................... SRS-47
I
Seat belt, front ..................................................... SB-3
Seat belt, rear ...................................................... SB-5
Seat, front ............................................................ SE-3
J
Seat, rear ............................................................. SE-5
SEN/PW - Wiring diagram EC-456, EC-1029, EC-1669
Sheft warning system ......................................... BL-64
SHIFT - Wiring diagram ...................... AT-254, AT-638
K
Shift control components (M/T) MT-22, MT-87, MT-148
Shift control components (M/T)Shift control components
(M/T) ................................................... MT-79, MT-140
L
Shift fork (M/T) ........................ MT-22, MT-87, MT-148
Shift lever ........................................................... MT-14
Shift lock system ................................. AT-253, AT-637
Shift schedule ..................................... AT-386, AT-752 IDX
Shift solenoid valve A (A/T) .. AT-140, AT-150, AT-553
Shift solenoid valve B (A/T) ................ AT-140, AT-558
Shock absorber (front) ....................................... FSU-9
Shock absorber (rear) ..................................... RSU-10
Side trim .............................................................. EI-28
Smart entrance control unit ............................... BCS-3
Spare tire size ..................................................... GI-49
Spark plug replacementQG18DE ...................... MA-21
Spark plug replacementQR25DE ...................... MA-27
Specification value ......................................... EC-1337
Speedometer ........................................................ DI-3
SROOF - Wiring diagram .................................. RF-12
SRS - Wiring diagram ...................................... SRS-14
SRS Trouble diagnoses ..................................... SRS-8
Stabilizer bar (front) ......................................... FSU-11
Stall test (A/T) ....................................... AT-64, AT-452
Standardized relay ............................................. PG-52
IDX-7
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
START - Wiring diagram .................................... SC-10
Start signal ..................................................... EC-1802
Starter ................................................................ SC-18
Starting system .................................................... SC-9
Steering gear and linkage inspection ................ MA-34
Steering linkage ................................................. PS-15
Steering wheel and column ............................... PS-11
Steering wheel play ............................................. PS-7
Steering wheel turning force ................................ PS-9
Stop lamp ............................................................ LT-21
Stop lamp switch .............................. EC-497, EC-1746
STOP/L - Wiring diagram .................................... LT-21
Striking rod (M/T) ............................................... MT-22
Strut (front) ......................................................... FSU-9
Strut (rear) ........................................................ RSU-8
Sub-gear (M/T) .................................................. MT-21
Sunroof .............................................................. RF-11
Supplemental restraint system - Wiring diagram SRS14
Suspension ....................................................... MA-35
Swirl control valve .............................. EC-971, EC-984
Swirl control valve control position sensor EC-976, EC984
Swirl control valve control solenoid valve ........ EC-984
SWL/S - Wiring diagram .................... EC-978, EC-986
SWL/V - Wiring diagram ..... EC-971, EC-973, EC-984
Symbols and abbreviations ............... GI-8, GI-9, GI-21
Symptom matrix chart ......... EC-93, EC-674, EC-1295
Synchronizer (M/T) ................. MT-21, MT-85, MT-146
System readiness test (SRT) code ..... EC-63, EC-644,
EC-1265
Timing chain ........................................ EM-39, EM-134
Tire rotation ....................................................... MA-31
Tire size .............................................................. GI-49
TLID - Wiring diagram ........................................ BL-33
Top tether strap child restraint ........................... SB-10
Torque converter installation AT-266, AT-650, AT-745
Torque convertor clutch solenoid valve ........... AT-534
Tow truck towing ................................................. GI-41
Towing point ........................................................ GI-42
TPS1 - Wiring diagram .................... EC-262, EC-1477
TPS2 - Wiring diagram ...... EC-188, EC-767, EC-1393
TPS3 - Wiring diagram .... EC-520, EC-1142, EC-1765
Transmission case (M/T) ........ MT-20, MT-84, MT-145
Tread-FR&RR (Dimensions) ............................... GI-48
Trim ..................................................................... EI-28
Trouble diagnoses ..................................... GI-9, GI-23
Trunk lid .............................................................. EI-18
Trunk lid finisher .................................................. EI-33
Trunk lid opener - See Trunk lid .......................... EI-18
Trunk lid opener, electric .................................... BL-33
Trunk lid trim ....................................................... EI-33
Trunk room lamp ................................................ LT-35
Trunk room trim ................................................... EI-33
TURN - Wiring diagram ...................................... LT-29
Turn signal lamp ................................................ LT-27
Two trip detection logic ....... EC-58, EC-639, EC-1260
Two-pole lift ......................................................... GI-40
Under body ...................................................... BL-119
T
V
Tachometer ........................................................... DI-3
Tail lamp ............................................................. LT-19
TAIL/L - Wiring diagram ...................................... LT-19
TCM circuit diagram ............................. AT-18, AT-407
TCM inspection table ......................... AT-110, AT-485
Temperature control cable and linkage adjustment ......
MTC-45
Thermal protector ........................................... MTC-76
Thermostat ............................................ CO-11, CO-28
Three way catalyst function EC-289, EC-848, EC-1502
Three way catalyst precautions ................... GI-3, GI-5
Throttle control motor ..................................... EC-1618
Throttle control motor relay EC-399, EC-961, EC-1613
Throttle position sensor (TPS) .. EC-186, EC-260, EC451, EC-453, EC-518, EC-765, EC-1024, EC-1026, EC1140, EC-1391, EC-1475, EC-1664, EC-1666, EC-1763
Throttle position sensor adjustment ................. EC-669
Throttle position switch ...................... AT-250, AT-632
Throttle valve closed position learning ........... EC-1255
Throwout bearing - See Clutch release bearing CL-14,
CL-31
Tie-rod ............................................................... PS-19
Tie-rod ball joints ............................................... PS-19
Tightening torque of standard bolts .................... GI-43
Time control system ........................................ BCS-10
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve .... EC-1707, EC-1714
Vacuum hose (brake system) ........................... BR-18
Vacuum hose drawing (Engine control) .... EC-34, EC1237
Valve clearance .................................. EM-35, EM-130
Valve guide ......................................... EM-58, EM-152
Valve seat ........................................... EM-60, EM-153
Valve spring ........................................ EM-61, EM-154
Variable induction air control system (VIAS) . EC-1788
Vehicle identification number .............................. GI-46
Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .......... GI-42
Vehicle security (theft warning) system ............. BL-64
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) ..... EC-361, EC-916, EC1575
VEHSEC - Wiring diagram ................................. BL-71
Vent mode switch ............................................ MTC-20
VENT/V - Wiring diagram ... EC-319, EC-470, EC-875,
EC-1091, EC-1529, EC-1682, EC-1690
VIAS - Wiring diagram .................................. EC-1790
Viscosity number (SAE) .................................... MA-14
VSS - Wiring diagram ................................... EC-1576
U
W
WARN - Wiring diagram ...................................... DI-29
IDX-8
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Warning chime .................................................... DI-37
Warning lamps .................................................... DI-27
Washer, front ..................................................... WW-3
Water pump ......................................................... CO-9
Water temperature gauge ..................................... DI-3
Weatherstrip - See Exterior ................................. EI-22
Wheel alignment (front) ..................................... FSU-6
Wheel alignment (rear) ...................................... RSU-6
Wheel balance .................................................. MA-31
Wheel bearing (front axle) ................................. FAX-9
Wheel bearing (front) ........................................ FAX-5
Wheel bearing (rear) ......................................... RAX-5
Wheel hub (front) .................................. FAX-6, FAX-9
Wheel hub (rear) ............................................... RAX-6
Wheel sensors (ABS) ...................................... BRC-44
Wheel size .......................................................... GI-49
Wheelbase (Dimensions) ................................... GI-48
Width (Dimensions) ............................................ GI-48
WINDOW - Wiring diagram ................................ GW-9
Window, back door ........................................... GW-12
Window, door ........................................ GW-6, GW-12
Window, rear ...................................................... GW-3
Windshield .......................................................... GW-3
Windshield washer - See Front washer ............ WW-3
Windshield wiper - See Front wiper .................. WW-3
WIPER - Wiring diagram ................................... WW-5
Wiper and washer ............................................. WW-3
Wiper, front ........................................................ WW-3
Wiring Diagram (Cell code) list .......................... PG-39
Wiring diagrams ........................................ GI-8, GI-13
Withdrawal lever (clutch) ........................ CL-14, CL-31
Wrist pin - See Piston pin inspection ................. EM-69
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
IDX
IDX-9
I BODY
A
B
SECTION
INSTRUMENT PANEL
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES..... 4
Work Flow ................................................................ 4
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW ..................................... 4
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE ....... 5
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS ........... 5
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE
ROOT CAUSE ...................................................... 5
REPAIR THE CAUSE ............................................ 5
CONFIRM THE REPAIR ....................................... 6
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 6
INSTRUMENT PANEL .......................................... 6
CENTER CONSOLE ............................................. 6
DOORS ................................................................. 6
TRUNK .................................................................. 7
SUNROOF/HEADLINER ....................................... 7
SEATS ................................................................... 7
UNDERHOOD ....................................................... 7
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 8
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY ......................... 10
Removal and Installation ........................................ 10
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
IP-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EIS001EI
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
IP-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EIS00176
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
B
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
C
Locating the noise
D
E
F
SBT839
—
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle kit
Repairing the cause of noise
G
H
IP
SBT840
Commercial Service Tools
EIS00177
Tool name
Description
Engine ear
(J-39565)
Locating the noise
J
K
L
SIIA0995E
M
Revision: May 2004
IP-3
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow
PFP:00003
EIS00178
SBT842
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any
customer's comments; refer to IP-8, "Diagnostic Worksheet" . This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
●
The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to
obtain all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
●
If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer
is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
●
After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
–
Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
–
Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch
dependent on materials/often brought on by activity.
–
Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
–
Knock — (Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
–
Tick — (Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
–
Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise)
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
–
Buzz — (Like a bumblebee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
●
Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may
judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
●
Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
Revision: May 2004
IP-4
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1. Close a door.
2. Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3. Rev the engine.
4. Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5. At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on A/T model).
6. Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
●
Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
●
If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
A
B
C
D
E
F
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
G
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
2.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool H
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanics stethoscope).
Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
IP
● Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners
can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
● Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
J
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
● Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing
K
the noise.
● Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
● Looking for loose components and contact marks.
L
Refer to IP-6, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" .
REPAIR THE CAUSE
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
●
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
–
Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
–
Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN
Parts Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25
mm (0.59 x 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
●
Revision: May 2004
IP-5
2003 Sentra
M
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50
mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
EIS00179
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and upper/lower cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
4. Console lid to console bin.
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Revision: May 2004
IP-6
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
A
TRUNK
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINER
B
C
D
E
Noises in the sunroof/headliner area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
F
G
SEATS
When isolating seat noises it is important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat H
when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of
the noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
IP
1. Headrest rods and holders
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seat back lock and bracket
J
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
K
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noises may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noises include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: May 2004
IP-7
2003 Sentra
L
M
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Diagnostic Worksheet
EIS0017A
LIWA0276E
Revision: May 2004
IP-8
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
SBT844
Revision: May 2004
IP-9
2003 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:68200
EIS0017B
CAUTION:
●
Lock the CD changer unit mechanism (models with CD changer). Refer to AV-10, "LOCKING CD
CHANGER UNIT MECHANISM" .
●
Disconnect both terminals from battery and wait three minutes.
●
Disconnect air bag module connectors in advance.
●
Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts.
●
Never tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance.
LIIA0001E
*1
EI-28
Revision: May 2004
*2
AV-10
IP-10
2003 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
A
B
C
D
E
F
LIIA0002E
*1
SRS-44
*2
EI-28
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
IP-11
2003 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
LIIA0233E
Revision: May 2004
IP-12
2003 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
IP
J
K
L
M
LIIA0004E
Revision: May 2004
IP-13
2003 Sentra
INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY
Revision: May 2004
IP-14
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
LAN SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
CAN
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
Precautions For Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 2
CAN SYSTEM ....................................................... 2
Precautions For Harness Repair .............................. 2
CAN SYSTEM ....................................................... 2
CAN COMMUNICATION ............................................ 3
System Description .................................................. 3
CAN Communication Unit ........................................ 3
TYPE 1 .................................................................. 3
TYPE 2 .................................................................. 5
TYPE 3 .................................................................. 5
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1) ............................................. 6
System Description .................................................. 6
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location..... 6
Wiring Diagram — CAN — ....................................... 7
Work Flow ................................................................ 8
CHECK SHEET ..................................................... 9
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) ............. 10
ECM Circuit Check ................................................. 12
TCM Circuit Check ................................................. 12
Combination Meter Circuit Check .......................... 13
Revision: May 2004
CAN Communication Circuit Check ........................ 13
Component Inspection ............................................ 15
ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION ............................................. 15
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2) ........................................... 16
System Description ................................................. 16
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 16
Wiring Diagram — CAN — ..................................... 17
Work Flow ............................................................... 18
CHECK SHEET ................................................... 19
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) ............. 19
CAN Communication Circuit Check ........................ 20
Component Inspection ............................................ 22
ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION ............................................. 22
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3) ........................................... 23
System Description ................................................. 23
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 23
Wiring Diagram — CAN — ..................................... 24
Work Flow ............................................................... 25
CHECK SHEET ................................................... 26
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE) ............. 27
CAN Communication Circuit Check ........................ 27
Component Inspection ............................................ 29
ECM/TCM INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION... 29
LAN-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[CAN]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EKS003A9
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions For Trouble Diagnosis
EKS003AA
CAN SYSTEM
●
●
Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to the measurement terminals.
Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0V or less.
Precautions For Harness Repair
EKS003AB
CAN SYSTEM
●
Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted
line must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]
PKIA0306E
●
Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts.
(The spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics
of twisted line will be lost.)
PKIA0307E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-2
2003 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[CAN]
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
PFP:23710
A
EKS003K5
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Unit
B
C
EKS003K6
D
Go to CAN system, when selecting your CAN system type from the following table.
Body type
Sedan
Axle
2WD
Engine
E
QG18DE
Transmission
CAN system type
CAN system trouble diagnosis
QR25DE
A/T
M/T
A/T
1
2
3
LAN-6, "CAN SYSTEM
(TYPE 1)"
LAN-16, "CAN SYSTEM
(TYPE 2)"
LAN-23, "CAN SYSTEM
(TYPE 3)"
F
×: Applicable
G
TYPE 1
System diagram
H
I
J
LAN
LKIA0132E
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
M
Stop lamp switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
Revision: May 2004
LAN-3
L
Combination
Meter
2003 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[CAN]
Signals
ECM
TCM
Combination
Meter
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
Revision: May 2004
LAN-4
2003 Sentra
CAN COMMUNICATION
[CAN]
TYPE 2
System diagram
A
B
C
D
LKIA0133E
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
Combination Meter
Engine speed signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
Malfunction indicator lamp signal
T
R
ASCD SET lamp signal
T
R
ASCD CRUISE lamp signal
T
R
E
F
G
H
TYPE 3
System diagram
I
J
LAN
L
LKIA0107E
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Output shaft revolution signal
R
T
A/T self-diagnosis signal
R
T
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Overdrive cancel signal
T
R
Revision: May 2004
LAN-5
2003 Sentra
M
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
System Description
PFP:23710
EKS003K7
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
EKS003K8
LKIA0131E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-6
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
Wiring Diagram — CAN —
EKS003K9
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
WKWA0149E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-7
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
Work Flow
1.
EKS003KA
Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE” and “A/T” displayed on CONSULT-II.
PKIA8260E
2.
Print all the data of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE” and “A/T” displayed on CONSULT-II.
3.
Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
sheet. Refer to LAN-9, "CHECK SHEET" .
Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put check marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or
“NG” in the check sheet table. Refer to LAN-9, "CHECK SHEET" .
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on "INITIAL DIAG (initial diagnosis)" as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to LAN-10, "CHECK SHEET
RESULTS (EXAMPLE)" .
PKIA8343E
4.
5.
Revision: May 2004
LAN-8
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
CHECK SHEET
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
LKIA0514E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-9
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE)
Case 1
Replace ECM.
LKIA0515E
WKIA2937E
Case 2
Replace TCM.
WKIA2938E
WKIA2939E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-10
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
Case 3
A
Check ECM Circuit. Refer to LAN-12, "ECM Circuit Check" .
B
C
D
WKIA2940E
Case 4
E
Check TCM Circuit. Refer to LAN-12, "TCM Circuit Check" .
F
G
H
WKIA2941E
I
Case 5
Check combination meter Circuit. Refer to LAN-13, "Combination Meter Circuit Check"
J
LAN
L
WKIA2942E
M
Case 6
Check CAN communication Circuit. Refer to LAN-13, "CAN Communication Circuit Check" .
WKIA2943E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-11
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
ECM Circuit Check
EKS003KB
1. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check the terminals and connector of ECM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module-side
and harness-side).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal or connector.
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM connector.
Check resistance between ECM harness connector F59 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (Y).
94 (L) – 86 (Y)
: Approx. 108 – 132Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace ECM.
NG
>> Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
WKIA0257E
TCM Circuit Check
EKS003KC
1. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check the terminals and connector of TCM for damage, bend and loose connection (control module-side
and harness-side).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal or connector.
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect TCM connector.
Check resistance between TCM harness connector F56 terminals 5 (L) and 6 (Y).
5 (L) – 6 (Y)
: Approx. 54 – 66Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace TCM.
NG
>> Repair harness between TCM and ECM.
WKIA0258E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-12
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
Combination Meter Circuit Check
EKS003KD
1. CHECK CONNECTOR
A
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check terminals and connector of combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (meter-side
and harness-side).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal or connector.
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
2.
●
C
D
Disconnect combination meter connector.
Check the following.
Without tachometer:
Resistance between combination meter harness connector M30
terminals 34 (L) and 35 (Y).
34 (L) – 35 (Y)
(Without tachometer)
B
E
F
: Approx. 108 – 132Ω
G
H
WKIA0259E
●
I
With tachometer:
Resistance between combination meter harness connector M30
terminals 38 (L) and 39 (Y).
38 (L) – 39 (Y)
(With tachometer)
J
: Approx. 108 – 132Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace combination meter.
NG
>> Repair harness between combination meter and TCM.
LAN
L
WKIA1042E
CAN Communication Circuit Check
EKS003KE
1. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (meter-side, control
module-side and harness-side).
●
Combination meter
●
TCM
●
ECM
●
Between combination meter and ECM
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal or connector.
Revision: May 2004
LAN-13
2003 Sentra
M
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM connector, TCM connector and harness connector F26.
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F59 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (Y).
94 (L) – 86 (Y)
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> ● Repair harness between ECM and harness connector
F26.
● Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
WKIA0257E
3. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F59 terminals 94
(L), 86 (Y) and ground.
94 (L) – ground
86 (Y) – ground
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> ● Repair harness between ECM and harness connector
F26.
● Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
WKIA0262E
4. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect combination meter connector.
Check continuity between harness connector M58 terminals 6
(L) and 15 (Y).
6 (L) – 15 (Y)
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness between harness connector M58 and
combination meter.
WKIA0263E
5. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
Check continuity between harness connector M58 terminals 6 (L),
15 (Y) and ground.
6 (L) – ground
15 (Y) – ground
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair harness between harness connector M58 and
combination meter.
WKIA0264E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-14
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)
[CAN]
6. ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
A
Check components inspection. Refer to LAN-15, "ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT
INSPECTION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Connect all the connectors and diagnose again. Refer to LAN-8, "Work Flow" .
NG
>> Replace ECM and/or combination meter.
B
C
Component Inspection
EKS003KF
ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
●
●
●
●
Remove ECM and combination meter from vehicle.
Check resistance between ECM terminals 94 and 86.
Check resistance between combination meter terminals 34 and
35 (Without tachometer).
Check resistance between combination meter terminals 38 and
39 (With tachometer).
Unit
Terminal
ECM
94 – 86
Combination meter
(Without tachometer)
34 – 35
Combination meter
(With tachometer)
38 – 39
D
E
F
Resistance value (Ω)
(Approx.)
WKIA0265E
G
108 - 136
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LAN-15
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
System Description
PFP:23710
EKS003KG
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
EKS003KH
WKIA0266E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-16
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
Wiring Diagram — CAN —
EKS003KI
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
WKWA0150E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-17
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
Work Flow
1.
EKS008XT
Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE” displayed on CONSULT-II.
PKIA8260E
2.
Print all the data of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE” displayed on CONSULT-II.
3.
Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
sheet. Refer to LAN-19, "CHECK SHEET" .
Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put check marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or
“NG” in the check sheet table. Refer to LAN-19, "CHECK SHEET" .
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on "INITIAL DIAG (initial diagnosis)" as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to LAN-19, "CHECK SHEET
RESULTS (EXAMPLE)" .
PKIA8343E
4.
5.
Revision: May 2004
LAN-18
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
CHECK SHEET
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WKIA2944E
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE)
Case 1
LAN
Replace ECM.
L
M
WKIA2945E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-19
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
WKIA2946E
Case 2
Check CAN communication Circuit. Refer to LAN-20, "CAN Communication Circuit Check" .
WKIA2947E
CAN Communication Circuit Check
EKS003KK
1. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (meter-side, control
module-side and harness-side).
●
Combination meter
●
ECM
●
Between combination meter and ECM
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal or connector.
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM connector and harness connector F26.
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F59 terminals 94 (L) and 86 (Y).
94 (L) – 86 (Y)
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness between ECM and harness connector
F26.
WKIA0257E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-20
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
3. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
A
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F59 terminals 94
(L), 86 (Y) and ground.
94 (L) – ground
86 (Y) – ground
B
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness between ECM and harness connector
F26.
C
D
WKIA0262E
4. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
E
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F59 terminals 94
(L), 86 (Y) and harness connector F26 terminals 6 (L), 15 (Y).
94 (L) – 6 (L)
86 (Y) – 15 (Y)
F
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness.
H
WKIA0271E
5. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
I
1.
2.
J
Disconnect combination meter connector.
Check continuity between harness connector M58 terminals 6
(L) and 15 (Y).
6 (L) – 15 (Y)
: Continuity should not exist.
LAN
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair harness between harness connector M58 and
combination meter.
L
WKIA0263E
6. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
Check continuity between harness connector M58 terminals 6 (L),
15 (Y) and ground.
6 (L) – ground
15 (Y) – ground
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair harness between harness connector M58 and
combination meter.
WKIA0264E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-21
2003 Sentra
M
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)
[CAN]
7. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1.
●
Check the following.
Without tachometer:
Continuity between harness connector M58 terminals 6 (L), 15
(Y) and combination meter harness connector M30 terminals 34
(L), 35 (Y).
6 (L) – 34 (L)
(Without tachometer)
15 (Y) – 35 (Y)
(Without tachometer)
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
WKIA0274E
●
With tachometer:
Continuity between harness connector M58 terminals 6 (L), 15
(Y) and combination meter harness connector M30 terminals 38
(L), 39 (Y).
6 (L) – 38 (L)
(With tachometer)
15 (Y) – 39 (Y)
(With tachometer)
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair harness.
WKIA1105E
8. ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to LAN-22, "ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT
INSPECTION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Connect all the connectors and diagnose again. Refer to LAN-18, "Work Flow" .
NG
>> Replace ECM and/or combination meter.
Component Inspection
EKS003KL
ECM/COMBINATION METER INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
●
●
●
●
Remove ECM and combination meter from vehicle.
Check resistance between ECM terminals 94 and 86.
Check resistance between combination meter terminals 34 and
35 (Without tachometer).
Check resistance between combination meter terminals 38 and
39 (With tachometer).
Unit
Terminal
ECM
94 – 86
Combination meter
(Without tachometer)
34 – 35
Combination meter
(With tachometer)
38 – 39
Revision: May 2004
Resistance value (Ω)
(Approx.)
WKIA0265E
108 - 136
LAN-22
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
System Description
PFP:23710
A
EKS003KM
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
B
C
EKS003KN
D
E
F
WKIA0276E
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LAN-23
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
Wiring Diagram — CAN —
EKS003KO
WKWA0151E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-24
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
Work Flow
1.
EKS008XU
A
Print all the data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE” and “A/T” displayed on CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
PKIA8260E
2.
Print all the data of “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for “ENGINE” and “A/T” displayed on CONSULT-II.
E
F
G
H
PKIA8343E
3.
4.
5.
Attach the printed sheet of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” onto the check
I
sheet. Refer to LAN-26, "CHECK SHEET" .
Based on the “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” results, put check marks onto the items with “UNKWN” or
“NG” in the check sheet table. Refer to LAN-26, "CHECK SHEET" .
J
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed on "INITIAL DIAG (initial diagnosis)" as “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR” for the diagnosed control unit, replace the control unit.
According to the check sheet results (example), start inspection. Refer to LAN-27, "CHECK SHEET LAN
RESULTS (EXAMPLE)" .
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LAN-25
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
CHECK SHEET
WKIA2948E
Revision: May 2004
LAN-26
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
CHECK SHEET RESULTS (EXAMPLE)
Case 1
A
Replace ECM.
B
C
D
WKIA2949E
Case 2
E
Replace TCM.
F
G
H
WKIA2950E
I
Case 3
Check Can communication Circuit. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Circuit Check" .
J
LAN
L
M
WKIA2951E
CAN Communication Circuit Check
EKS003KQ
1. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Check following terminals and connector for damage, bend and loose connection (control module-side
and harness-side).
●
TCM
●
ECM
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair terminal or connector.
Revision: May 2004
LAN-27
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
2. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Disconnect ECM connector and TCM connector.
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F54 terminals 33 (L) and 34 (Y).
33 (L) – 34 (Y)
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
LKIA0006E
3. CHECK HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F54 terminals 33
(L), 34 (Y) and ground.
33 (L) – ground
34 (Y) – ground
: Continuity should not exist.
: Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness between ECM and TCM.
LKIA0007E
4. CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ECM harness connector F54 terminals 33
(L), 34 (Y) and TCM harness connector F56 terminals 5 (L), 6 (Y).
33 (L) – 5 (L)
34 (Y) – 6 (Y)
: Continuity should exist.
: Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair harness.
WKIA0277E
5. ECM/TCM INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Check components inspection. Refer to LAN-29, "ECM/TCM INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Connect all the connectors and diagnose again. Refer to LAN-25, "Work Flow" .
NG
>> Replace ECM and/or TCM.
Revision: May 2004
LAN-28
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
Component Inspection
EKS003KR
A
ECM/TCM INTERNAL CIRCUIT INSPECTION
●
●
●
Remove ECM and TCM from vehicle.
Check resistance between ECM terminals 33 and 34.
Check resistance between TCM terminals 5 and 6.
Unit
Terminal
ECM
33 – 34
TCM
5–6
B
Resistance value (Ω)
(Approx.)
C
108 - 136
D
PKIA0298E
E
F
G
H
I
J
LAN
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LAN-29
2003 Sentra
CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)
[CAN]
Revision: May 2004
LAN-30
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
LIGHTING SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 3
COMBINATION SWITCH ............................................ 4
Check ....................................................................... 4
Replacement ............................................................ 5
HEADLAMP (FOR USA) ............................................ 6
System Description .................................................. 6
LOW BEAM OPERATION ..................................... 6
HIGH BEAM OPERATION/FLASH-TO-PASS
OPERATION ......................................................... 6
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ............................ 6
Wiring Diagram — H/LAMP — ................................. 7
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................... 8
Bulb Replacement .................................................... 8
Aiming Adjustment ................................................... 9
LOW BEAM ........................................................... 9
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT
SYSTEM — ............................................................... 10
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location... 10
System Description ................................................ 10
HEADLAMP OPERATION .................................. 10
DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION ............................11
OPERATION (FOR CANADA) ............................ 12
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM .......................... 12
Schematic .............................................................. 13
Wiring Diagram — DTRL — ................................... 14
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................. 17
DAYTIME LIGHT CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
TABLE ................................................................. 17
Bulb Replacement .................................................. 18
Aiming Adjustment ................................................. 18
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS .................. 19
Wiring Diagram — TAIL/L — .................................. 19
STOP LAMP ............................................................. 21
Wiring Diagram — STOP/L — ................................ 21
Revision: May 2004
BACK-UP LAMP ....................................................... 22
Wiring Diagram — BACK/L — ................................ 22
QG18DE .............................................................. 22
QR25DE .............................................................. 23
FRONT FOG LAMP .................................................. 24
System Description ................................................. 24
FOG LAMP OPERATION .................................... 24
Wiring Diagram — F/FOG — .................................. 25
Aiming Adjustment .................................................. 26
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS... 27
System Description ................................................. 27
TURN SIGNAL OPERATION .............................. 27
HAZARD LAMP OPERATION ............................. 27
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION .................................................................... 28
Wiring Diagram — TURN — ................................... 29
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................. 31
Electrical Components Inspection .......................... 31
COMBINATION FLASHER UNIT CHECK ........... 31
ILLUMINATION ......................................................... 32
System Description ................................................. 32
Wiring Diagram — ILL — ........................................ 33
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM
LAMPS ...................................................................... 35
System Description ................................................. 35
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS .................... 35
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS ............................ 35
Wiring Diagram — INT/L — .................................... 37
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS .................... 37
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS ............................ 38
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure (With Power
Door Locks) ............................................................ 41
“INT LAMP”/“BATTERY SAVER” ......................... 41
CONSULT-II Application Items (With Power Door
Locks) ..................................................................... 42
“INT LAMP” ......................................................... 42
“BATTERY SAVER” ............................................. 42
Trouble Diagnoses for Interior Lamp Timer (With
Power Door Locks) ................................................. 43
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (SYMPTOM:
LT-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
INTERIOR LAMP TIMER DOES NOT OPERATE
PROPERLY) ........................................................ 43
Revision: May 2004
BULB SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................48
Bulb Specifications ..................................................48
HEADLAMP .........................................................48
EXTERIOR LAMP ................................................48
INTERIOR LAMP .................................................48
LT-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
EKS00650
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
B
C
D
E
F
EKS00385
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Check for any Service bulletins before servicing the vehicle.
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LT-3
2003 Sentra
COMBINATION SWITCH
COMBINATION SWITCH
Check
PFP:25567
EKS00386
LEL576
Revision: May 2004
LT-4
2003 Sentra
COMBINATION SWITCH
Replacement
EKS00387
A
For removal and installation of spiral cable, refer to SRS-42,
"Removal and Installation" .
●
Each switch can be replaced without removing switch base.
B
C
D
CEL501
●
To remove switch base, remove switch base attaching screws.
E
F
G
CEL406
●
Before installing the steering wheel, align the steering wheel
guide pins with the screws which secure the combination switch
as shown in the figure.
H
I
J
LT
SEL151V
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LT-5
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
System Description
PFP:26010
EKS00388
The headlamps are controlled by the lighting switch which is built into the combination switch. Power is supplied at all times:
●
to lighting switch terminal 5
●
through 15A fuse (No. 39, located in the fuse and fusible link box), and
●
to lighting switch terminal 8
●
through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
LOW BEAM OPERATION
When the lighting switch is turned to headlamp “ON” (2ND) position, “LOW BEAM” (B), power is supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 10
●
to terminal LO of the LH headlamp, and
●
from lighting switch terminal 7
●
to terminal LO of the RH headlamp.
Ground is supplied:
●
to RH and LH headlamp terminal E
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
With power and ground supplied, the headlamps will illuminate.
HIGH BEAM OPERATION/FLASH-TO-PASS OPERATION
When the lighting switch is turned to headlamp “ON” (2ND) position, “HIGH BEAM” (A) or “FLASH TO PASS”
(C) position, power is supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 9
●
to terminal HI of the LH headlamp, and
●
from lighting switch terminal 6
●
to terminal HI of the RH headlamp, and
●
to combination meter terminal 2 (with tachometer), 12 (without tachometer) for the high beam indicator.
Ground is supplied to terminal 3 (with tachometer), 14 (without tachometer) of the combination meter through
body grounds M28 and M54.
With power and ground supplied, the high beams and the high beam indicator illuminate.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system will flash the high beams if the system is triggered. Refer to BL-64, "VEHICLE
SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
LT-6
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
Wiring Diagram — H/LAMP —
EKS00389
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0525E
Revision: May 2004
LT-7
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
Trouble Diagnoses
EKS0038A
Symptom
LH headlamp does not operate.
Possible cause
Repair order
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Grounds E7 and E37
2. Check grounds E7 and E37.
3. 15A fuse
3. Check 15A fuse (No. 40, located in fuse and fusible link
box.) Verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal 8 of lighting switch.
4. Lighting switch
4. Check lighting switch.
RH headlamp does not operate.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Grounds E7 and E37
2. Check grounds E7 and E37.
3. 15A fuse
3. Check 15A fuse (No. 39, located in fuse and fusible link
box). Verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal 5 of lighting switch.
4. Lighting switch
4. Check lighting switch.
LH high beam does not operate, but
LH low beam operates.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Open in LH high beam circuit
2. Check R/B wire between lighting switch and LH headlamp for an open circuit.
3. Lighting switch
3. Check lighting switch.
LH low beam does not operate, but
LH high beam operates.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Open in LH low beam circuit
2. Check R/Y wire between lighting switch and LH headlamp for an open circuit.
3. Lighting switch
3. Check lighting switch.
RH high beam does not operate,
but RH low beam operates.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Open in RH high beam circuit
2. Check Y wire between lighting switch and RH headlamp for an open circuit.
3. Lighting switch
3. Check lighting switch.
RH low beam does not operate, but
RH high beam operates.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Open in RH low beam circuit
2. Check PU wire between lighting switch and RH headlamp for an open circuit.
3. Lighting switch
3. Check lighting switch.
High beam indicator does not work.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb in combination meter.
2. Grounds M28 and M54
2. Check grounds M28 and M54.
3. Open in high beam circuit
3. Check R/B wire between lighting switch and combination meter for an open circuit.
Bulb Replacement
EKS006AP
The headlamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable
halogen bulb. The bulb can be replaced from the engine compartment side without removing the headlamp body.
●
Grasp only the plastic base when handling the bulb. Never
touch the glass envelope.
1. Disconnect the battery cable.
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back side of the
headlamp bulb.
3. Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclockwise and remove.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the headlamp
WEL188
assembly. Do not shake the bulb when removing it.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Do not leave headlamp reflector without bulb for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.
entering headlamp body may affect the performance of the headlamp. Remove headlamp bulb from
the headlamp reflector just before a replacement bulb is installed.
Revision: May 2004
LT-8
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR USA)
Aiming Adjustment
EKS006AQ
For details, refer to the regulations in your own country.
NOTE:
By regulation, no means for horizontal adjustment is provided from the factory on a finished vehicle.
Horizontal aim will only be serviced in the case of headlamp replacement. After initial aim is set on the
replacement headlamp, access to the horizontal adjusting screw must be prevented by installation of
the headlamp aim locking cap that is provided with the replacement headlamp assembly.
Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following.
1. Inflate all tires to correct pressures.
2. Place vehicle on flat surface.
3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack,
and tools). Have the driver or equivalent weight placed in the driver's seat.
LOW BEAM
A
B
C
D
E
1. Turn headlamp low beam on.
2. Use adjusting screw to perform aiming adjustment.
CAUTION:
Do not tighten adjusting screw beyond a torque of 1.67 N-m (17
kg-cm, 14.8 in-lb) or damage may occur.
F
G
H
WEL569A
I
J
LT
L
M
WEL546A
If the vehicle front body has been repaired and/or the headlamp assembly has been replaced, check aiming.
Use the aiming chart shown in the figure.
●
Basic illuminating area for adjustment should be within the range shown on the aiming chart.
Adjust headlamps accordingly.
Revision: May 2004
LT-9
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Component Parts and Harness Connector Location
PFP:26010
EKS0038D
LEL556
System Description
EKS0038E
The headlamp system for Canada vehicles contains a daytime light control unit. This unit activates the high
beam headlamps at approximately half illumination whenever the engine is running. If the parking brake is
applied before the engine is started, daytime lights will not be illuminated. The daytime lights will illuminate
once the parking brake is released. Thereafter, the daytime lights will continue to operate when the parking
brake is applied. If the daytime light control unit receives a ground signal from the generator, the daytime lights
will not be illuminated. The daytime lights will illuminate once a battery positive voltage signal is sent to the
daytime light control unit from the generator.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 39, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 2 and
●
to lighting switch terminal 5.
Power is also supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 3 and
●
to lighting switch terminal 8.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse (No. 10, located in the fuse block [J/B])
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 12.
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse (No. 21, located in the fuse block [J/B])
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 1.
Ground is supplied to daytime light control unit terminal 9 through body grounds E7 and E37.
HEADLAMP OPERATION
Low Beam Operation
When the lighting switch is turned to headlamp “ON” (2ND) position, “LOW BEAM” (B) position, power is supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 7
●
to RH headlamp terminal LO.
Ground is supplied:
●
to RH headlamp terminal E
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
Also, when the lighting switch is moved to headlamp “ON” (2ND) position, “LOW BEAM” (B) position, power is
supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 10
●
to LH headlamp terminal LO.
Ground is supplied:
●
to LH headlamp terminal E
Revision: May 2004
LT-10
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
from daytime light control unit terminal 7
●
through daytime light control unit terminal 9
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
With power and ground supplied, the low beam headlamps illuminate.
●
A
B
High Beam Operation/Flash-to-pass Operation
When the lighting switch is moved to headlamp “ON” (2ND) position, “HIGH BEAM” (A) or “FLASH TO PASS”
(C) position, power is supplied:
●
from lighting switch terminal 6
●
to RH headlamp terminal HI, and
●
from lighting switch terminal 9
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 5, and
●
to combination meter terminal 2 (with tachometer), 12 (without tachometer) for the high beam indicator
●
through daytime light control unit terminal 6
●
to LH headlamp terminal HI.
Ground is supplied in the same manner as low beam operation.
Ground is supplied to terminal 3 (with tachometer), 14 (without tachometer) of the combination meter through
body grounds M28 and M54.
With power and ground supplied, the high beam headlamps and high beam indicator illuminate.
C
D
E
F
G
DAYTIME LIGHT OPERATION
With the engine running and the lighting switch in the “OFF” or parking lamp (1ST) position and parking brake
released, power is supplied:
H
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 3
●
through daytime light control unit terminal 6
●
to LH headlamp terminal HI
I
●
through LH headlamp terminal E
●
to daytime light control unit terminal 7
●
through daytime light control unit terminal 8
J
●
to RH headlamp terminal HI.
Ground is supplied:
LT
●
to RH headlamp terminal E
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
Because the high beam headlamps are wired in series during daytime light operation, they operate at half illuL
mination.
M
Revision: May 2004
LT-11
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
OPERATION (FOR CANADA)
The headlamps' high beams automatically turn on after starting the engine with the lighting switch in the “OFF”
or parking lamp (1st) position. All other lighting switch functions operate the same as conventional light systems.
Engine
With engine stopped
OFF
Lighting switch
B
C
A
B
C
A
High beam
X
X
O
X
X
O
Low beam
X
X
X
X
X
X
Front parking and tail lamp
X
X
X
O
O
License and instrument illumination lamp
X
X
X
O
O
●
A: “HIGH BEAM” position
●
B: “LOW BEAM” position
●
C: “FLASH TO PASS” position
●
O : Lamp ON
●
X : Lamp OFF
●
2ND
A
Headlamp
●
1ST
With engine running
OFF
B
C
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
A
1ST
B
C
*
*
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
2ND
B
C
A
B
C
*
*
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
: Lamp on at half brightness
*: When starting the engine with the parking brake released, the daytime light will come ON.
When starting the engine with the parking brake applied, the daytime light will not come ON. Once the parking brake is released, the
daytime light will come ON. Thereafter, the daytime light will continue to operate when the parking brake is applied. If the daytime light
control unit receives a ground signal from the generator, the daytime light will not come ON. The daytime light will come ON when
battery voltage is sent to the daytime light control unit from the generator (engine is running).
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system will flash the high beams if the system is triggered. Refer to BL-64, "VEHICLE
SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM" .
Revision: May 2004
LT-12
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Schematic
EKS0038F
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0526E
Revision: May 2004
LT-13
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Wiring Diagram — DTRL —
EKS0038G
WKWA0527E
LEL592
Revision: May 2004
LT-14
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0076E
LEL593
Revision: May 2004
LT-15
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
WKWA0528E
LEL594
Revision: May 2004
LT-16
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Trouble Diagnoses
EKS0038H
A
DAYTIME LIGHT CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION TABLE
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
Item
1
B/Y
Start signal
2
R
Power source
Voltage
(Approx. values)
Condition
When turning ignition switch to ST
Battery voltage
B
When turning ignition switch to ON from ST
Less than 1V
C
When turning ignition switch to OFF
Less than 1V
D
When turning ignition switch to ON
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to OFF
Battery voltage
E
F
3
R/W
Power source
When turning ignition switch to ON
Battery voltage
G
When turning ignition switch to OFF
Battery voltage
H
4
PU
Lighting switch
(Low beam)
When turning lighting switch to headlamp ON (2ND) position, LOW BEAM
Battery voltage
5
R/B
Lighting switch
(High beam)
When turning lighting switch to HIGH (A)
Battery voltage
When turning lighting switch to FLASH TO PASS
Battery voltage
LH high beam
When turning lighting switch to HIGH (A)
Battery voltage
When releasing parking brake with engine running and turning lighting switch to OFF (daytime light operation)
Battery voltage
6
R/L
CAUTION:
Block wheels and ensure selector lever is in N or P
position.
7
R/G
LH headlamp
control (ground)
Y
RH high beam
When lighting switch is turned to headlamp ON (2ND) position, LOW BEAM
1V or less
When releasing parking brake with engine running and turning lighting switch OFF (daytime light operation)
Half battery voltage
L
M
When turning lighting switch to HIGH (A)
Battery positive voltage
When releasing parking brake with engine running and turning lighting switch OFF (daytime light operation)
Half battery voltage
CAUTION:
Block wheels and ensure selector level is in N or P
position.
9
B
10
LG
Ground
—
—
Parking brake
switch
When parking brake is released
Battery voltage
When parking brake is applied
1.5V or less
Revision: May 2004
LT-17
J
LT
CAUTION:
Block wheels and ensure selector lever is in N or P
position.
8
I
2003 Sentra
HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) — DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM —
Terminal
No.
Wire
color
Item
11
Y/R
Generator
12
G
Power source
Condition
Voltage
(Approx. values)
When turning ignition switch ON
4.6V or less
When engine is running
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch OFF
1V or less
When turning ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to ST
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch OFF
1V or less
Bulb Replacement
EKS0038I
Refer to LT-18, "Bulb Replacement" .
Aiming Adjustment
EKS0038J
Refer to LT-18, "Aiming Adjustment" .
Revision: May 2004
LT-18
2003 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TAIL/L —
PFP:26550
A
EKS0038K
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0217E
Revision: May 2004
LT-19
2003 Sentra
PARKING, LICENSE AND TAIL LAMPS
WKWA0021E
Revision: May 2004
LT-20
2003 Sentra
STOP LAMP
STOP LAMP
Wiring Diagram — STOP/L —
PFP:26550
A
EKS0038L
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0218E
Revision: May 2004
LT-21
2003 Sentra
BACK-UP LAMP
BACK-UP LAMP
Wiring Diagram — BACK/L —
PFP:26550
EKS0038M
QG18DE
WKWA0515E
Revision: May 2004
LT-22
2003 Sentra
BACK-UP LAMP
QR25DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0516E
Revision: May 2004
LT-23
2003 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
FRONT FOG LAMP
System Description
PFP:26150
EKS006AJ
Power is supplied at all times to front fog lamp relay terminal 5 through:
●
15A fuse (No. 43, located in the fuse and fusible link box.)
With the lighting switch in headlamp “ON” (2ND) position, “LOW BEAM” (B) position, power is supplied:
●
through 15A fuse (No. 39, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to lighting switch terminal 5
●
through terminal 7 of the lighting switch
●
to front fog lamp relay terminal 1.
FOG LAMP OPERATION
The front fog lamp switch is built into the combination switch. The lighting switch must be in headlamp “ON”
(2ND) position and “LOW BEAM” (B) position for fog lamp operation.
With the front fog lamp switch in the ON position ground is supplied:
●
to front fog lamp relay terminal 2
●
through the front fog lamp switch
●
to body grounds E7 and E37.
The front fog lamp relay is energized and power is supplied:
●
from front fog lamp relay terminal 3
●
to terminal + of each front fog lamp.
Ground is supplied to terminal - of each front fog lamp through body grounds E7 and E37.
With power and ground supplied, the front fog lamps illuminate.
Revision: May 2004
LT-24
2003 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
Wiring Diagram — F/FOG —
EKS006AK
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0024E
Revision: May 2004
LT-25
2003 Sentra
FRONT FOG LAMP
Aiming Adjustment
EKS006AL
Before performing aiming adjustment, make sure of the following.
1. Inflate all tires to correct pressure.
2. Place vehicle on level ground.
3. See that vehicle is unloaded (except for full levels of coolant,
engine oil and fuel, and spare tire, jack, and tools). Have the
driver or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.
SEL167W
Adjust aiming in the vertical direction by turning the adjusting screw.
1. Set the distance between the screen and the center of the fog
lamp lens as shown.
MEL327G
2.
3.
Turn front fog lamps ON.
Adjust front fog lamps so that the top edge of the high intensity
zone is 100 mm (3.94 in) below the height of the fog lamp centers as shown.
● When performing adjustment, if necessary, cover the headlamps and opposite fog lamp.
LEL636
Revision: May 2004
LT-26
2003 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
System Description
PFP:26120
A
EKS0038Q
TURN SIGNAL OPERATION
With the hazard switch in the OFF position and the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 26, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to hazard switch terminal 2
●
through terminal 1 of the hazard switch
●
to combination flasher unit terminal B
●
through terminal L of the combination flasher unit
●
to turn signal switch terminal 1.
Ground is supplied to combination flasher unit terminal E through body grounds M28 and M54.
B
C
D
E
LH Turn
When the turn signal switch is moved to the LH position, power is supplied from turn signal switch terminal 3
to:
●
front combination lamp LH terminal 3
●
combination meter terminal 35 (with tachometer) or 40 (without tachometer)
●
rear combination lamp LH terminal 2.
Ground is supplied to the front combination lamp LH terminal 1 through body grounds E7 and E37.
Ground is supplied to the rear combination lamp LH terminal 4 through body grounds B13 and B19.
Ground is supplied to combination meter terminal 12 (with tachometer) or 39 (without tachometer) through
body grounds M28 and M54.
With power and ground supplied, the combination flasher unit controls the flashing of the LH turn signal lamps.
F
G
H
RH Turn
I
When the turn signal switch is moved to the RH position, power is supplied from turn signal switch terminal 2
to:
●
front combination lamp RH terminal 3
J
●
combination meter terminal 4 (with tachometer) or 41 (without tachometer)
●
rear combination lamp RH terminal 2.
LT
Ground is supplied to the front combination lamp RH terminal 1 through body grounds E7 and E37.
Ground is supplied to the rear combination lamp RH terminal 4 through body grounds B13 and B19.
Ground is supplied to combination meter terminal 12 (with tachometer) or 39 (without tachometer) through
body grounds M28 and M54.
L
With power and ground supplied, the combination flasher unit controls the flashing of the RH turn signal
lamps.
HAZARD LAMP OPERATION
M
Power is supplied at all times to hazard switch terminal 3 through:
●
15A fuse [No. 5, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
With the hazard switch in the ON position, power is supplied:
●
through terminal 1 of the hazard switch
●
to combination flasher unit terminal B
●
through terminal L of the combination flasher unit
●
to hazard switch terminal 4.
Ground is supplied to combination flasher unit terminal E through body grounds M28 and M54.
Power is supplied through terminal 5 of the hazard switch to:
●
front combination lamp LH terminal 3
●
combination meter terminal 35 (with tachometer) or 40 (without tachometer)
●
rear combination lamp LH terminal 2.
Power is supplied through terminal 6 of the hazard switch to:
●
front combination lamp RH terminal 3
Revision: May 2004
LT-27
2003 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
combination meter terminal 4 (with tachometer) or 41 (without tachometer)
●
rear combination lamp RH terminal 2.
Ground is supplied to terminal 1 of each front combination lamp through body grounds E7 and E37.
Ground is supplied to terminal 4 of each rear combination lamp through body grounds B13 and B19.
Ground is supplied to combination meter terminal 12 (with tachometer) or 39 (without tachometer) through
body grounds M28 and M54.
With power and ground supplied, the combination flasher unit controls the flashing of the hazard warning
lamps.
●
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 15A fuse [No. 5, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to remote keyless entry relay terminals 1, 6 and 3.
Ground is supplied to remote keyless entry relay terminal 2, when the remote keyless entry system is triggered through the smart entrance control unit.
Refer to BL-34, "REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM" .
The remote keyless entry relay is energized.
Power is supplied through terminal 5 of the remote keyless entry relay:
●
to front combination lamp LH terminal 3
●
to combination meter terminal 35 (with tachometer) or 40 (without tachometer)
●
to rear combination lamp LH terminal 2.
Power is supplied through terminal 7 of the remote keyless entry relay:
●
to front combination lamp RH terminal 3
●
to combination meter terminal 4 (with tachometer) or 41 (without tachometer)
●
to rear combination lamp RH terminal 2.
Ground is supplied to terminal 1 of each front combination lamp through body grounds E7 and E37.
Ground is supplied to terminal 4 of each rear combination lamp through body grounds B13 and B19.
Ground is supplied to combination meter terminal 12 (with tachometer) or 39 (without tachometer) through
body grounds M28 and M54.
With power and ground supplied, the smart entrance control unit controls the flashing of the hazard warning
lamps.
Revision: May 2004
LT-28
2003 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — TURN —
EKS0038R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0221E
Revision: May 2004
LT-29
2003 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
WKWA0222E
Revision: May 2004
LT-30
2003 Sentra
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS
Trouble Diagnoses
EKS0038S
A
Symptom
Turn signal and hazard warning
lamps do not operate.
Turn signal lamps do not operate
but hazard warning lamps operate.
Possible cause
Repair order
1. Hazard switch
1. Check hazard switch.
2. Combination flasher unit
2. Refer to combination flasher unit check.
3. Open in combination flasher unit
circuit
3. Check wiring to combination flasher unit for open circuit.
1. 10A fuse
1. Check 10A fuse [No. 26, located in fuse block (J/B)].
Turn ignition switch ON and verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal 2 of hazard switch.
2. Hazard switch
3. Turn signal switch
4. Open in turn signal switch circuit
B
2. Check hazard switch.
C
D
3. Check turn signal switch.
4. Check the wire between combination flasher unit terminal L and turn signal switch terminal 1 for open circuit.
Hazard warning lamps do not operate but turn signal lamps operate.
1. 15A fuse
2. Hazard switch
3. Open in hazard switch circuit
1. Check 15A fuse [No. 5, located in fuse block (J/B)]. Verify battery positive voltage is present at terminal 3 of
hazard switch.
E
F
2. Check hazard switch.
3. Check the wire between combination flasher unit terminal L and hazard switch terminal 4 for open circuit.
Front turn signal lamp LH or RH
does not operate.
G
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Grounds E7 and E37
2. Check grounds E7 and E37.
3. Open in front combination lamp
circuit
3. Check the wire between combination switch terminal 3
(LH) or terminal 2 (RH) and front combination lamp terminal 3.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb.
2. Grounds B13 and B19
2. Check grounds B13 and B19.
3. Open in rear combination lamp
circuit
3. Check the wire between combination switch terminal 3
(LH) or terminal 2 (RH) and rear combination lamp terminal 2.
LH and RH turn indicators do not
operate.
1. Ground
1. Check grounds M28 and M54.
LH or RH turn indicator does not
operate.
1. Bulb
1. Check bulb in combination meter.
2. Turn indicator circuit
2. Check the wire between combination switch and combination meter.
Rear turn signal lamp LH or RH
does not operate.
Electrical Components Inspection
H
I
EKS0038T
J
LT
L
COMBINATION FLASHER UNIT CHECK
●
●
Before checking, ensure that bulbs meet specifications.
Connect a battery and test lamp to the combination flasher unit,
as shown. Combination flasher unit is properly functioning if it
blinks when power is supplied to the circuit.
M
SEL122E
Revision: May 2004
LT-31
2003 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
System Description
PFP:27545
EKS0038U
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse (No. 38, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to lighting switch terminal 11.
The lighting switch must be in parking lamp (1ST) or headlamp “ON” (2ND) position for illumination. The illumination control switch controls the amount of current to the illumination system. As the amount of current
increases, the illumination becomes brighter.
The following chart shows the power and ground connector terminals for the components included in the illumination system.
Component
Connector No.
Power terminal
Ground terminal
M22
1
3
M29 or M30
16 or 33
17 or 32
Hazard switch
M43
7
8
Air control
M32
2
6
A/T device indicator*
M44
3
4
D6
4
2
Illumination control switch
Combination meter
Main power window and door lock/unlock switch*
Audio unit
CD changer*
M45
8
7
M47, M48
23
25
* If equipped.
The ground for all of the components is controlled through terminals 2 and 3 of the illumination control switch
to body grounds M28 and M54.
Revision: May 2004
LT-32
2003 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
Wiring Diagram — ILL —
EKS0038V
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0343E
Revision: May 2004
LT-33
2003 Sentra
ILLUMINATION
WKWA0028E
Revision: May 2004
LT-34
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
System Description
PFP:26410
A
EKS0038W
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS
Power Supply and Ground
B
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to interior lamp terminal +.
C
Switch Operation
When interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and any door is opened, ground is supplied to interior lamp
through the door switches.
When interior lamp switch is in the ON position, ground is supplied:
●
through case ground of interior lamp
●
to interior lamp.
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS
Power Supply and Ground
D
E
F
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse (No. 37, located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 10.
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to key switch terminal 2 and
●
through 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to trunk room lamp terminal 1.
When the key is removed from ignition key cylinder, power is interrupted:
●
through key switch terminal 1
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 32.
With the ignition key switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 10, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 33.
Ground is supplied:
●
to smart entrance control unit terminal 16
●
through body grounds M28 and M54.
G
H
I
J
LT
L
Switch Operation
When map lamp (LH and/or RH) is ON, ground is supplied:
●
through body grounds M28 and M54
●
to map lamp terminal −.
Power is supplied:
●
to map lamp terminal +
●
from smart entrance control unit terminal 17.
When vanity lamp (LH and/or RH) is ON, ground is supplied:
●
through body grounds M28 and M54
●
to vanity lamps (LH and RH) terminal 2.
Power is supplied:
●
to vanity lamps (LH and RH) terminal 1
●
from smart entrance control unit terminal 17.
When trunk room lamp switch is ON (trunk lid is opened), ground is supplied:
●
through body grounds B13 and B19
●
to trunk room lamp switch terminal −
Revision: May 2004
LT-35
M
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
from trunk room lamp switch terminal +
●
to trunk room lamp terminal 2
With power and ground supplied, interior lamps turn ON.
●
Battery Saver
The lamps turn off automatically when interior lamp, map lamp and/or vanity lamps are illuminated with the
ignition key in OFF position, if the lamp remains lit by the door switch open signal or if the lamp switch is in ON
position for approximately 10 minutes.
After lamps turn OFF by the battery saver system, the lamps illuminate again when:
●
driver door is locked or unlocked,
●
door is opened or closed,
●
key is inserted in or removed from ignition key cylinder.
Revision: May 2004
LT-36
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
Wiring Diagram — INT/L —
EKS0038X
A
WITHOUT POWER DOOR LOCKS
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0529E
Revision: May 2004
LT-37
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
WITH POWER DOOR LOCKS
WKWA0530E
Revision: May 2004
LT-38
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
LT
L
M
WKWA0531E
SMART ENTRANCE CONTROL UNIT TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND
GROUND
Revision: May 2004
LT-39
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
TERMINAL
WIRE COLOR
ITEM
8
R/Y
INTERIOR LAMP
10
PU
POWER SOURCE (FUSE)
—
16
B
GROUND
—
17
R/B
OFF (CLOSED)
5V
ON (OPEN)
0V
OFF (CLOSED)
5V
ON (OPEN)
0V
IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED
12V
IGNITION KEY IS REMOVED
0V
IGNITION SWITCH (ON)
IGNITION KEY IS IN ON POSITION
12V
IGNITION SWITCH (START)
IGNITION KEY IS IN START
POSITION
12V
DRIVER DOOR: LOCKED
5V
FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH
32
L/W
IGNITION KEY SWITCH
(INSERT)
G
Revision: May 2004
—
0V
R
R/B
12V
BATTERY SAVER OPERATES
29
38
12V
12V
OTHER DOOR SWITCHES
Y/G
DATA (DC)
BATTERY SAVER DOES NOT
OPERATE
R/W
36
LAMP SWITCH IN DOOR POSITION
BATTERY SAVER (INTERIOR
LAMP)
28
33
CONDITION
DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR LH
TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR: UNLOCKED
0V
ON (OPEN)
0V
OFF (CLOSED)
12V
LT-40
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
CONSULT-II Inspection Procedure (With Power Door Locks)
EKS0038Y
A
“INT LAMP”/“BATTERY SAVER”
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Connect “CONSULT-II” to the data link connector.
B
C
D
LAT136
3.
4.
E
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START”.
F
G
PBR455D
5.
Touch “SMART ENTRANCE”.
H
I
J
LT
LEL642
6.
L
Touch “INT LAMP” or “BATTERY SAVER”.
M
LEL643
Revision: May 2004
LT-41
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
7.
Select diagnosis mode.
“DATA MONITOR” and “ACTIVE TEST” are available for “INT
LAMP” and “BATTERY SAVER”.
SEL322W
CONSULT-II Application Items (With Power Door Locks)
EKS0038Z
“INT LAMP”
Data Monitor
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
DOOR SW DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-ALL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door switch (All).
LOCK SIG DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door unlock sensor LH.
UN BUTTON/SIG
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from remote controller.
Active Test
Test Item
INT LAMP
Description
This test enables to check interior lamp, map lamp, and vanity lamps operations.
When touch “ON” on CONSULT-II screen.
●
Interior lamp turns on when the switch is in DOOR or ON.
(Smart entrance control unit supplies power and ground to interior lamp.)
●
Map lamp and vanity lamps turn on when the switch is in ON.
(Smart entrance control unit supplies power to map lamp and vanity lamps.)
“BATTERY SAVER”
Data Monitor
Monitored Item
Description
IGN ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch.
KEY ON SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch.
DOOR SW DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-ALL
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door switch (ALL).
LOCK SIG DR
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door unlock sensor LH.
TRUNK SW
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch.
Active Test
Test Item
BATTERY SAVER
Revision: May 2004
Description
This test enables to check interior lamp, map lamp, and vanity lamp operations.
When touch “ON” on CONSULT-II screen.
●
Interior lamp turns on when the switch is in ON.
(Smart entrance control unit supplies power to interior lamp.)
●
Map lamp and vanity lamps turn on when the switch is in ON.
(Smart entrance control unit supplies power to map lamps and vanity lamps.)
LT-42
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
Trouble Diagnoses for Interior Lamp Timer (With Power Door Locks)
EKS00391
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 (SYMPTOM: INTERIOR LAMP TIMER DOES NOT OPERATE
PROPERLY)
A
1. CHECK IGNITION ON SIGNAL
B
With CONSULT-II
Check ignition switch ON signal (“IGN ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
F
SEL318W
G
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 33 and ground.
H
I
J
LEL450
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 10, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and fuse
LT
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LT-43
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
2. CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check driver door switch signal (“DOOR SW-DR”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL319W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 29 and ground.
LEL451
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH
Check continuity between front door switch LH terminals 2 and 3.
LEL443
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Front door switch LH ground circuit and condition
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and front door switch LH
NG
>> Replace front door switch LH.
Revision: May 2004
LT-44
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
4. CHECK DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR LH INPUT SIGNAL
A
With CONSULT-II
Perform “LOCK SIG DR” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
SEL344W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 36 and ground.
E
F
G
H
I
LEL452
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
J
5. CHECK DOOR UNLOCK SENSOR LH
1.
2.
LT
Disconnect door unlock sensor LH harness connector.
Check continuity between door unlock sensor LH terminals.
L
M
WEL497
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door unlock sensor LH ground circuit
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door unlock sensor LH
NG
>> Replace door unlock sensor LH.
Revision: May 2004
LT-45
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
6. CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
Check door switches (“DOOR SW-ALL”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEL323W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 28 and ground.
LEL453
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK DOOR SWITCHES
1.
2.
Disconnect door switch harness connector.
Check continuity between door switch terminals 1, + and ground.
LEL447
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● Door switch ground circuit or door switch ground condition
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and door switch
NG
>> Replace door switch.
Revision: May 2004
LT-46
2003 Sentra
INTERIOR, MAP, VANITY AND TRUNK ROOM LAMPS
8. CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
A
With CONSULT-II
Check key switch (“KEY ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
B
C
D
SEL315W
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between smart entrance control unit harness connector terminal 32 and ground.
E
F
G
H
I
LEL454
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace smart entrance control unit.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
J
9. CHECK KEY SWITCH
LT
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2.
L
M
LEL449
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse
● Harness for open or short between smart entrance control unit and key switch
NG
>> Replace key switch.
Revision: May 2004
LT-47
2003 Sentra
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
BULB SPECIFICATIONS
Bulb Specifications
PFP:26297
EKS006AM
HEADLAMP
Item
Wattage (W)
Bulb No.*
65/55
9007 (HB5)
Wattage (W)
Bulb No.*
8/27
3157AK
55
H3
27
1156A
27/8
1157
Back-up
18
921
License plate lamp
5
194
High-mounted stop lamp (parcel shelf mount)
18
921
*
*
Wattage (W)
Bulb No.*
Interior lamp
8
*
Map lamp
8
*
Trunk lamp
3.4
158
High/Low
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
EXTERIOR LAMP
Item
Front parking and turn signal lamp
Fog light
Rear combination lamp
Turn signal
Stop/Tail
High-mounted stop lamp (rear air spoiler mount)
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
INTERIOR LAMP
Item
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
LT-48
2003 Sentra
B ENGINE
A
LU
SECTION
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
F
QG18DE
QR25DE
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Liquid Gasket .................................. 2
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING .......... 2
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE..... 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ............................................ 4
Lubrication Circuit .................................................... 4
ENGINE OIL ............................................................... 5
Inspection ................................................................. 5
OIL LEVEL AND MUDDINESS ............................. 5
OIL LEAKAGE ....................................................... 5
OIL PRESSURE CHECK ...................................... 5
Changing Engine Oil ................................................ 6
OIL FILTER ................................................................. 7
Removal and Installation .......................................... 7
REMOVAL ............................................................. 7
INSTALLATION ..................................................... 7
OIL PUMP ................................................................... 8
Removal and Installation .......................................... 8
Disassembly and Assembly ..................................... 8
Inspection ................................................................. 8
Regulator Valve Inspection .................................... 10
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......11
Oil Pressure ............................................................11
Oil Pump .................................................................11
Regulator Valve .......................................................11
Oil Capacity .............................................................11
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 12
Precautions for Liquid Gasket ................................ 12
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING ........ 12
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE... 12
PREPARATION ......................................................... 13
Special Service Tools ............................................. 13
LUBRICATION SYSTEM .......................................... 14
Lubrication Circuit ................................................... 14
System Drawing ..................................................... 15
ENGINE OIL .............................................................. 16
Inspection ............................................................... 16
OIL LEVEL AND MUDINESS .............................. 16
OIL LEAKAGE ..................................................... 16
OIL PRESSURE CHECK .................................... 16
Changing Engine Oil ............................................... 17
OIL FILTER ............................................................... 18
Removal and Installation ........................................ 18
REMOVAL ........................................................... 18
INSTALLATION ................................................... 18
OIL PUMP ................................................................. 19
Removal and Installation ........................................ 19
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 19
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 19
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY ................ 19
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 21
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 22
Oil Pressure ............................................................ 22
Oil Pump ................................................................. 22
Regulator Valve ...................................................... 22
Oil Capacity ............................................................ 22
Revision: May 2004
LU-1
2003 Sentra
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[QG18DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Liquid Gasket
PFP:00001
EBS00EYP
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, disconnect and
remove the sealant using a seal cutter.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer
to lightly tap the areas where the sealant is applied.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
PBIC0275E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Using a scraper, remove the old sealant adhering to the gasket
application surface and the mating surface.
● Remove the old sealant completely from the groove of the
gasket application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Clean the mating surface to remove dirt, moisture, grease, and
foreign material.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0003E
4.
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location with
the specified dimensions.
● If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the Sealant to the groove.
● As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the
holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
EMA0622D
Within five minutes of sealant application, install the mating
component.
● If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
● Do not retighten after the installation.
● After 30 minutes or more have passed after installation, fill the
engine with oil and coolant.
CAUTION:
If there are specific instructions in the service manual,
observe them.
●
SEM164F
Revision: May 2004
LU-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QG18DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00CGC
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1. (J34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
2. (J34301-2)
Hoses
3. (J34298)
Adapter
4. (J34282-1)
Adapter
5. (790-301-1230-A)
60° adapter
6. (J34301-15)
Square socket
LU
Measuring oil pressure
Maximum measuring range:
1,373 kPa (14 kg/cm2 , 199 psi)
C
D
E
AAT896
F
KV10115800
(J-37140-A)
Oil filter wrench
Removing oil filter
G
H
S-NT772
WS39930000
( — )
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
I
J
S-NT052
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LU-3
2003 Sentra
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
[QG18DE]
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Lubrication Circuit
PFP:15010
EBS00CGD
PBIC1071E
Revision: May 2004
LU-4
2003 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[QG18DE]
ENGINE OIL
Inspection
PFP:KLA92
A
EBS00CGE
OIL LEVEL AND MUDDINESS
●
●
●
●
●
Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface with engine off, then
check the oil level. If the engine is already started, stop it and
allow 10 minutes before checking.
Check that the oil level is within the range shown in the figure.
If it is out of range, add oil as necessary. Refer to MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
Check the oil for white turbidity or remarkable contamination.
If the oil becomes turbid and white, it is highly probable that it is
contaminated with coolant. Diagnose the problem and correct as
necessary.
LU
C
D
PBIC0249E
E
OIL LEAKAGE
Check for oil leakage around the following areas.
●
Oil pan
●
Oil pan drain plug
●
Oil pressure switch
●
Oil filter
●
Front cover
●
Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head
●
Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover
●
Crankshaft oil seal.
F
G
H
I
OIL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING:
●
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil may be hot.
●
For M/T models, put gearshift lever in Neutral. For A/T models, put the selector lever in Park "P"
position.
1. Check the oil level.
2. Remove the oil pressure switch.
3. Connect the oil pressure gauge using the Tool.
4. After warming up the engine to the normal operating temperature, check that oil pressure corresponding to the engine speed
is produced.
J
K
L
M
SEM853F
Engine oil pressure [Oil temperature is 80°C (176°F)]
Engine speed (rpm)
Idle speed
2,000
6,000
Engine pressure kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Approx. 98 (1.0, 14) or more
Approx. 294 (3.0, 43) or more
Approx. 392 (4.0, 57) or more
5.
a.
b.
After checking, install the oil pressure switch as follows.
Remove old sealant adhering to the switch and engine.
Apply thread sealant. Tighten switch to specification.
Use Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED
CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Oil pressure switch
Revision: May 2004
: 12 - 17 N·m (1.22 - 1.73 kg-m, 8.8 - 12.5 ft-lb)
LU-5
2003 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[QG18DE]
Changing Engine Oil
EBS00CGF
WARNING:
●
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil may be hot.
●
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer: try to avoid direct
skin contact with used oil. if skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as
soon as possible.
1. Warm up engine, and check for oil leakage from engine components.
2. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
3. Remove drain plug and oil filler cap to drain the oil.
4. Remove the oil filter and install a new filter.
5. Install the oil pan drain plug with a new washer.
CAUTION:
●
Be sure to clean the drain plug and install with new washer.
Oil pan drain plug
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
The refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only.
Always use the dipstick to determine that the proper amount of oil is in the engine.
6. Fill the engine with oil.
Oil specification and viscosity
●
Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
Oil capacity (Approximate):
●
With oil filter change
2.7
(2-7/8 US qt, 2-3/8 Imp qt)
Without oil filter change
2.5
(2-5/8 US qt, 2-1/4 Imp qt)
3.1
(3-1/4 US qt, 2-3/4 Imp qt)
Drain and refill
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
7.
8.
9.
Warm up the engine and check the area around the drain plug and oil filter for oil leakage.
Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.
Check the oil level. Refer to LU-5, "ENGINE OIL" .
Revision: May 2004
LU-6
2003 Sentra
OIL FILTER
[QG18DE]
OIL FILTER
Removal and Installation
PFP:15208
A
EBS00CGG
REMOVAL
1. Remove the RH engine under cover.
2. Using an oil filter wrench, remove the oil filter.
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to get burned when the engine and engine oil are hot.
●
When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any oil leakage or spillage.
●
Do not allow engine oil to adhere to the drive belts.
●
Completely wipe off any oil that adheres to the engine and the vehicle.
LU
C
D
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation surface.
Apply engine oil to the oil seal circumference of the new oil filter.
E
F
G
H
SMA010
3.
Screw the oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface, then tighten it by 2/3 turn.
I
J
K
SMA229B
4.
5.
6.
After warming up the engine, check for engine oil leakage.
Check oil level with the dipstick and add engine oil as necessary. Refer to LU-5, "ENGINE OIL" .
Install the RH engine under cover.
M
ALC094
Revision: May 2004
LU-7
L
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QG18DE]
OIL PUMP
Removal and Installation
●
●
●
●
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PFP:15010
EBS00CGH
When installing the oil pump, apply clean engine oil to the rotor.
Make sure that O-ring seal is fitted properly.
Use a scraper to remove the old sealant from the mating surface of the front cover.
Also remove all traces of the old sealant from the mating surface of the engine block.
Remove the drive belts.
Remove the oil pan. Refer to EM-16, "Removal" .
Remove the oil strainer.
Remove the front cover. Refer to EM-40, "Removal" .
Install the front cover, applying a continuous bead of Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent to mating surface of front cover assembly. Refer to LU-2, "LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE" .
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly
EBS00CGI
WBIA0057E
1.
Oil pump cover
2.
Inner rotor
3.
Outer rotor
4.
Front cover
5.
Gasket
6.
Oil strainer
7.
Regulator valve
8.
Spring
9.
Washer
10. Plug
Inspection
●
EBS00CGJ
Install the oil pump rotors with the punch marks on the oil pump
cover side, as shown.
JLC307B
Revision: May 2004
LU-8
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QG18DE]
●
Using a feeler gauge, check the following clearances.
A
LU
C
SEM855F
D
Standard clearance:
Unit: mm (in)
Body to outer rotor radial clearance 1
Inner rotor to outer rotor tip clearance 2
0.114 - 0.200 (0.0045 - 0.0079)
E
Below 0.18 (0.0071)
Body to inner rotor clearance 3
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Body to outer rotor axial clearance 4
0.030 - 0.090 (0.0012 - 0.0035)
Inner rotor to brazed portion of housing
clearance 5
0.045 - 0.091 (0.0018 - 0.0036)
F
G
SEM856F
●
●
H
If the tip clearance (2) exceeds the limit, replace the rotor set.
If the body to rotor clearances (1, 3, 4, 5) exceed the limit,
replace the front cover assembly.
I
J
K
L
M
WLC012
Revision: May 2004
LU-9
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QG18DE]
Regulator Valve Inspection
1.
2.
3.
EBS00CGK
Visually inspect components for wear and damage.
Check oil pressure regulator valve sliding surface and valve
spring.
Coat regulator valve with engine oil.
● Check that the regulator valve falls smoothly into the valve
hole by its own weight and gravity.
● If damaged, replace the regulator valve set or front cover
assembly.
WLC009
4.
Check regulator valve to front cover clearance.
Clearance
●
: 0.040 - 0.097 mm (0.0016 - 0.0038 in)
If the valve exceeds the specification, replace the front cover
assembly.
SLC101B
Revision: May 2004
LU-10
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QG18DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Oil Pressure
PFP:00030
A
EBS00CGL
Approximate discharge pressure
Engine speed
(rpm)
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
LU
Idle speed
Approx. 98 (1.0, 14) or more
2,000
Approx. 294 (3.0, 43) or more
6,000
Approx. 392 (4.0, 57) or more
Oil Pump
C
EBS00CGM
Unit: mm (in)
Body to outer rotor radial clearance
D
0.114 - 0.200 (0.0045 - 0.0079)
Inner rotor to outer rotor tip clearance
Below 0.18 (0.0071)
Body to inner rotor clearance
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Body to outer rotor axial clearance
0.030 - 0.090 (0.0012 - 0.0035)
Inner rotor to brazed portion of housing clearance
0.045 - 0.091 (0.0018 - 0.0036)
Regulator Valve
E
F
EBS00CGN
Unit: mm (in)
Regulator valve to oil pump cover clearance
G
0.040 - 0.097 (0.0016 - 0.0038)
Oil Capacity
EBS00EYQ
Unit:
With oil filter change
2.7 (2-7/8, 2-3/8)
Without oil filter change
2.5 (2-5/8, 2-1/4)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
3.1 (3-1/4, 2-3/4)
(US qt., Imp qt.)
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LU-11
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25DE]
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Liquid Gasket
PFP:00001
EBS00CGO
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING
After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, disconnect and
remove the sealant using a seal cutter.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer
to lightly tap the areas where the sealant is applied.
CAUTION:
If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed
screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
●
PBIC0275E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
Using a scraper, remove the old sealant adhering to the gasket
application surface and the mating surface.
● Remove the old sealant completely from the groove of the
gasket application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
Clean the mating surface to remove dirt, moisture, grease, and
foreign material.
Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser.
Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND
SEALANTS" .
PBIC0003E
4.
Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location with
the specified dimensions.
● If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the Sealant to the groove.
● As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the
holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
EMA0622D
Within five minutes of sealant application, install the mating
component.
● If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
● Do not retighten after the installation.
● After 30 minutes or more have passed after installation, fill the
engine with oil and coolant.
CAUTION:
If there are specific instructions in the service manual,
observe them.
●
SEM164F
Revision: May 2004
LU-12
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[QR25DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00CGP
The actual shape of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Tool name
Description
ST25051001
(J34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
Measuring oil pressure
Maximum measuring range:
2,452 kPa (25 kg/cm2, 356 psi)
LU
C
D
S-NT050
ST25052000
(J34301-2)
Hose
Adapting oil pressure gauge to cylinder block
E
F
S-NT559
KV10115801
(J37140-A)
Oil filter wrench
G
Removing oil filter
H
I
S-NT772
WS39930000
(-)
Tube presser
Pressing the tube of RTV Silicone Sealant
J
K
S-NT052
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LU-13
2003 Sentra
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Lubrication Circuit
PFP:15010
EBS00CGQ
PBIC0247E
Revision: May 2004
LU-14
2003 Sentra
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
[QR25DE]
System Drawing
EBS00CGR
A
LU
C
D
E
F
G
H
PBIC0248E
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LU-15
2003 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[QR25DE]
ENGINE OIL
Inspection
PFP:KLA92
EBS00CGS
OIL LEVEL AND MUDINESS
●
●
●
●
●
Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface with engine off, then
check the oil level. If the engine is already started, stop it and
allow 10 minutes before checking.
Check that the oil level is within the range shown in the figure
and adjust if necessary.
If it is out of range, add oil as necessary. Refer to MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
Check the oil for white turbidity or remarkable contamination.
If the oil becomes turbid and white, it is highly probable that it is
contaminated with coolant. Diagnose the problem and correct as
necessary.
PBIC0249E
OIL LEAKAGE
Check for oil leakage around the following areas.
●
Oil pan
●
Oil pan drain plug
●
Oil pressure switch
●
Oil filter
●
IVTC (intake valve timing control) cover
●
Front cover
●
Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head
●
Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover
●
Crankshaft oil seal
OIL PRESSURE CHECK
WARNING:
●
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil may be hot.
●
For M/T models, put gearshift lever in Neutral position. For A/T models, put selector lever in Park
"P" position.
1. Check the oil level.
2. Remove the under cover.
3. Remove the oil pressure switch to connect the oil pressure
gauge.
4. After warming up the engine to the normal operating temperature, check that oil pressure corresponding to the engine speed
is produced.
WCIA0001E
Engine oil pressure [Oil temperature is 80 °C (176 °F)]
Engine speed (rpm)
2
Engine pressure kPa (kg/cm , psi)
5.
a.
b.
Idle speed
2,000
6,000
Approx. 98 (1.0, 14) or more
Approx. 294 (3.0, 43) or more
Approx. 392 (4.0, 57) or more
After checking, install the oil pressure switch as follows:
Remove the old thread sealant adhering to the switch and engine.
Apply thread sealant. Tighten the switch to specification.
Use Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED
CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Oil pressure switch
Revision: May 2004
: 12.3 - 17.2 N·m (1.25 - 1.75 kg-m, 10 - 12 ft-lb)
LU-16
2003 Sentra
ENGINE OIL
[QR25DE]
Changing Engine Oil
EBS00CGT
WARNING:
●
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.
●
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may
cause skin cancer: try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. if skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap
or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
1. Warm up engine, and check for oil leakage from engine components.
2. Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.
3. Remove the oil drain plug and oil filler cap to drain the oil.
4. Remove the oil filter and replace it with a new oil filter.
5. Install the oil drain plug using a new washer.
Oil pan drain plug
6.
A
LU
C
D
PBIC0250E
E
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
● Clean the oil drain plug and install with a new washer.
Fill the engine with the specified oil.
● Refer to MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
Oil capacity (Approximate):
With oil filter change
3.9
(4-1/8 US qt, 3-3/8 Imp qt)
Without oil filter change
3.7
(3-7/8 US qt, 3-1/4 Imp qt)
4.4
(4-5/8 US qt, 3-7/8 Imp qt)
F
G
Drain and refill
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
H
The refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference
only.
● Always use the dipstick to the determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine.
Warm up the engine and check the area around the oil drain plug and oil filter for oil leakage.
Stop the engine and wait for 10 minutes.
Check the oil level using the dipstick. Refer to LU-16, "ENGINE OIL" .
●
7.
8.
9.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LU-17
2003 Sentra
OIL FILTER
[QR25DE]
OIL FILTER
Removal and Installation
PFP:15208
EBS00CGU
REMOVAL
1.
Open the oil filter installation/removal access cover on the RH
engine under cover.
2. Using an oil filter wrench, remove the oil filter.
CAUTION:
●
Be careful not to get burned when the engine and engine oil
are hot.
●
When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any oil
leakage or spillage.
●
Do not allow engine oil to adhere to the drive belts.
●
Completely wipe off any oil that adheres to the engine and
the vehicle.
KBIA0303E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Remove foreign material adhering to the oil filter installation surface.
Apply a thin coating of engine oil to the oil seal surface of the
new oil filter.
SMA010
3.
Screw the oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface and then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten the oil filter to the
correct specification.
Oil filter
:14.7 - 20.5 N·m (1.5 - 2.1 kg-m, 11 - 15 ft-lb)
SMA229B
4.
5.
After warming up the engine, check for engine oil leakage.
Check the oil level and adjust the engine oil level as necessary.
Refer to LU-16, "ENGINE OIL" .
ALC094
Revision: May 2004
LU-18
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QR25DE]
OIL PUMP
Removal and Installation
1.
2.
PFP:15010
A
EBS00CGV
To remove the oil pump, remove the front cover. Refer to EM-134, "TIMING CHAIN" .
● Only perform the steps necessary to remove the front cover.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Disassembly and Assembly
LU
EBS00CGW
C
D
E
F
G
H
KBIA0153E
1.
Front cover
2.
Outer rotor
3.
Inner rotor
4.
Oil pump cover
5.
Regulator valve
6.
Regulator valve spring
7.
Regulator plug
I
J
CAUTION:
Before installation, apply new engine oil to the parts as instructed in the figure.
K
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove the oil pump cover.
Remove the inner rotor and the outer rotor from the front cover.
After removing the regulator plug, remove the regulator valve spring and the regulator valve.
L
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
1.
Measuring the internal clearance of the oil pump components.
● Measure the clearance with a feeler gauge.
Clearance between outer rotor and oil pump body (position 1):
Standard
clearance
M
: 0.114 - 0.179 mm (0.0045 - 0.0070 in)
Tip clearance between inner rotor and outer rotor (position 2):
Standard
clearance
: Less than 0.220 mm (0.0087 in)
SLC932A
Revision: May 2004
LU-19
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QR25DE]
●
Measure clearance with feeler gauge and straightedge.
Side clearance between inner rotor and oil pump body (position 3):
Standard clearance
●
: 0.030 - 0.070 mm
(0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
Side clearance between outer rotor and oil pump body (position 4):
Standard clearance
: 0.060 - 0.110 mm
(0.0024 - 0.0043 in)
PBIC0252E
Calculate the clearance between inner rotor and oil pump
body as follows.
Measure the outer diameter of protruded portion of inner rotor
(Position 5).
●
2.
PBIC0253E
3.
Measure the inner diameter of oil pump body with an inside
micrometer (Position 6).
(Clearance) = (Inner diameter of oil pump body) – (Outer diameter of inner rotor):
Standard clearance
: 0.035 - 0.070 mm
(0.0014 - 0.0028 in)
PBIC0254E
4.
Measure the regulator valve clearance.
(Clearance) = D1(Valve hole diameter) – D2 (Outer diameter
of valve):
●
Standard clearance
: 0.040 - 0.097 mm
(0.0016 - 0.0038 in)
CAUTION:
Coat the regulator valve with engine oil.
Check that it falls smoothly into the valve hole by its own
weight.
KBIA0043E
Revision: May 2004
LU-20
2003 Sentra
OIL PUMP
[QR25DE]
ASSEMBLY
●
●
A
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
Install the inner rotor and outer rotor with the punched marks on
the oil pump cover side.
LU
C
PBIC0255E
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
LU-21
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR25DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Oil Pressure
PFP:00030
EBS00CGX
Approximate discharge pressure
Engine speed
(rpm)
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Idle speed
Approx. 98 (1.0, 14) or more
2,000
Approx. 294 (3.0, 43) or more
6,000
Approx. 392 (4.0, 57) or more
Oil Pump
EBS00CGY
Unit: mm (in)
Body to outer rotor radial clearance
0.114 - 0.179 (0.0045-0.0070)
Inner rotor to outer rotor tip clearance
Less than 0.220 (0.0087)
Body to inner rotor axial clearance
0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028)
Body to outer rotor axial clearance
0.060 - 0.110 (0.0024 - 0.0043)
Inner rotor to brazed portion of housing clearance
0.035 - 0.070 (0.0014 - 0.0028)
Regulator Valve
EBS00CGZ
Unit: mm (in)
Regulator valve to oil pump cover clearance
0.040 - 0.097 (0.0016 - 0.0038)
Oil Capacity
EBS00CH0
Unit:
With oil filter change
Approximately 3.9 (4-1/8, 3-3/8)
Without oil filter change
Approximately 3.7 (3-7/8, 3-1/4)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
Approximately 4.4 (4-5/8, 3-7/8)
Revision: May 2004
LU-22
(US qt., Imp qt.)
2003 Sentra
L MAINTENANCE
A
B
SECTION
MAINTENANCE
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Special Service Tool ................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 4
GENERAL MAINTENANCE ....................................... 5
Explanation of General Maintenance ....................... 5
General Maintenance ............................................... 5
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................................... 7
Introduction of Periodic Maintenance ....................... 7
Schedule 1 ............................................................... 7
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE .................................................................. 7
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE ............. 10
Schedule 2 ..............................................................11
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE .................................................................11
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE ............. 12
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ...... 13
Fluids and Lubricants ............................................. 13
SAE Viscosity Number ........................................... 14
Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio .......................... 14
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE) ........ 16
Checking Drive Belts .............................................. 16
Changing Engine Coolant ...................................... 16
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT ......................... 16
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT ........................ 17
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM ......................... 18
Checking Fuel Lines ............................................... 19
Changing Air Cleaner Filter .................................... 19
Changing Engine Oil .............................................. 20
Changing Oil Filter ................................................. 20
Changing Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped
Type) ...................................................................... 21
Checking EVAP Vapor Lines .................................. 22
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE) ........ 23
Checking Drive Belts .............................................. 23
Changing Engine Coolant ...................................... 23
Revision: May 2004
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT .......................... 23
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT ......................... 24
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM ......................... 25
Checking Fuel Lines ............................................... 25
Changing Air Cleaner Filter .................................... 26
Changing Engine Oil ............................................... 26
Changing Oil Filter .................................................. 27
Changing Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped
Type) ....................................................................... 27
Checking EVAP Vapor Lines .................................. 28
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE ................... 29
Checking Exhaust System ...................................... 29
Checking Clutch Fluid Level and Leaks ................. 29
Checking M/T Oil .................................................... 29
Changing M/T Oil .................................................... 29
Checking A/T Fluid ................................................. 30
Changing A/T Fluid ................................................. 31
Balancing Wheels ................................................... 31
Tire Rotation ........................................................... 31
Checking Brake Fluid Level and Leaks .................. 32
Checking Brake Lines and Cables ......................... 32
Changing Brake Fluid ............................................. 32
Checking Disc Brakes ............................................ 32
ROTOR ................................................................ 32
CALIPER ............................................................. 33
PAD ..................................................................... 33
Checking Drum Brake ............................................ 33
WHEEL CYLINDER ............................................ 33
DRUM .................................................................. 33
LINING ................................................................ 34
Checking Steering Gear and Linkage ..................... 34
STEERING GEAR ............................................... 34
STEERING LINKAGE ......................................... 34
Checking Power Steering Fluid and Lines .............. 34
CHECKING FLUID LEVEL .................................. 34
CHECKING LINES .............................................. 34
Axle and Suspension Parts .................................... 35
Drive Shaft .............................................................. 36
Lubricating Locks, Hinges and Hood Latches ........ 36
Checking Seat Belt, Buckles, Retractors, Anchors
MA-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
MA
M
and Adjusters .......................................................... 37
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 38
Engine Maintenance (QG18DE) ............................. 38
BELT DEFLECTION AND TENSION ................... 38
SPARK PLUGS (DOUBLE PLATINUM - TIPPED)... 38
Revision: May 2004
Engine Maintenance (QR25DE) .............................38
BELT DEFLECTION AND TENSION ...................38
SPARK PLUGS (DOUBLE PLATINUM - TIPPED)...38
Chassis and Body Maintenance .............................38
WHEEL BALANCE ..............................................38
MA-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
ELS000IF
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
MA
M
Revision: May 2004
MA-3
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
PFP:00002
ELS000IG
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
KV10115801
(J-37140-A)
Oil filter cap wrench
Removing oil filter
a: 64.3 mm (2.531 in)
NT375
—
(J-45695)
Coolant refill tool
Refilling engine coolant
LMA053
Commercial Service Tool
ELS000IH
Tool name
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Belt tension gauge
(BT3373-F)
Checking drive belt tension of QG18DE engine
AMA126
Spark plug wrench
Removing and installing spark plugs
S-NT047
Revision: May 2004
MA-4
2003 Sentra
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Explanation of General Maintenance
General Maintenance
PFP:00000
A
ELS000II
ELS000IJ
General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during the normal day-to-day operation
of the vehicle. They are essential if the vehicle is to continue operating properly. The owners can perform
checks and inspections themselves or they can have their NISSAN dealers do them.
C
OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.
Item
Tires
Reference page
Check the pressure including the spare, at least once a month and always prior
to a long distance trip. Adjust to the specified pressure if necessary. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
—
When checking the tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and check for any
loose nuts. Tighten if necessary.
—
Windshield
Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six
months for cracks or other damage. Repair as necessary.
—
Tire rotation
Tires should be rotated every 12,000 km (7,500 miles).
MA-31, "Tire Rotation"
Wheel alignment and
balance
If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if
you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel
balancing may be needed.
FSU-6, "Front Wheel
Alignment" and MA-31,
"Balancing Wheels"
Wheel nuts
Windshield wiper
blades
B
Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.
D
E
—
Doors and engine
hood
Check that all doors and the engine hood operate smoothly as well as the trunk
lid and back hatch. Also make sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate if
necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening
when the primary latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
MA-36, "Lubricating
Locks, Hinges and Hood
Latches"
Lamps
Make sure that the headlamps, stop lamps, tail lamps, turn signal lamps, and
other lamps are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check headlamp aim. Clean the headlamps on a regular basis.
—
F
G
H
I
J
K
INSIDE THE VEHICLE
The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing periodic maintenance, and cleaning
the vehicle.
Item
Reference page
Warning lamps and
buzzers/chimes
Make sure that all warning lamps and buzzers/chimes are operating properly.
—
Windshield wiper and
washer
Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not
streak.
—
Windshield defroster
Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient
quantity when operating the heater or air conditioning.
—
Steering wheel
Check that it has the specified play. Be sure to check for changes in the steering
condition, such as excessive play, hard steering or strange noises.
Free play: Less than 35 mm (1.38 in)
—
Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters, seat back recliner, etc. to
make sure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every
position. Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that
the locks (if equipped) hold securely in all latched positions. Check that the
latches lock securely for folding-down rear seat backs.
—
Seat belts
Check that all parts of the seat belt system (e.g. buckles, anchors, adjusters and
retractors) operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely. Check the
belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
SB-7, "Seat Belt Inspection"
Accelerator pedal
Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch
or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mats away from the pedal.
—
Revision: May 2004
MA-5
Seats
MA
M
2003 Sentra
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Item
Reference page
Clutch pedal
Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free
play.
CL-7, "CLUTCH PEDAL
INSPECTION AND
ADJUSTMENT"
Brakes
Check that the brake does not pull the vehicle to one side when applied.
—
Brake pedal and
booster
Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance
under it when depressed fully. Check the brake booster function. Be sure to
keep floor mats away from the pedal.
BR-12, "BRAKE PEDAL
HEIGHT" and BR-16,
"OPERATING CHECK"
Parking brake
Check that the lever has the proper travel and make sure that the vehicle is held
securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied.
PB-2, "Inspection"
Automatic transaxle
“Park” mechanism
Check that the lock release button on the selector lever operates properly and
smoothly. On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the
selector lever in the “P” position without applying any brakes.
—
UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLE
The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (e.g. each time you check the engine oil or refuel).
Item
Reference page
QG18DE
Windshield
washer fluid
Engine coolant
level
A/C condenser,
radiator and
hoses
Brake and clutch
fluid levels
Battery
Engine drive belts
Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank.
Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.
QR25DE
—
CO-7, "CHECKING
COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS"
CO-24, "System
Check"
Check the front of the condenser and radiator and clean off any
dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure
the radiator hoses have no cracks, deformation, deterioration or
loose connections.
—
Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the
“MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoirs.
MA-32, "Checking Brake Fluid Level and
Leaks" and MA-29, "Checking Clutch Fluid
Level and Leaks"
Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the “MAX”
and “MIN” lines. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under
severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.
Make sure that no belt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
—
MA-16, "Checking
Drive Belts"
MA-23, "Checking
Drive Belts"
—
—
Engine oil level
Check the level on the dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level
spot and turning off the engine.
Power steering
fluid level and
lines
Check the level is between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoir with the engine off. Check the lines for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.
Automatic transaxle fluid level
Check the level on the dipstick after putting the selector lever in
“P” with the engine idling.
Exhaust system
Make sure there are no loose supports, cracks or holes. If the
sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust
fumes, immediately locate the trouble and correct it.
MA-29, "Checking Exhaust System"
The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances
such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the
floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the exhaust system. At the
end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with
plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt
can easily accumulate.
—
Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after
the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks
or gasoline fumes are evident, check for the cause and correct it
immediately.
—
Underbody
Fluid leaks
Revision: May 2004
MA-6
MA-34, "Checking Power Steering Fluid
and Lines"
MA-30, "Checking A/T Fluid"
2003 Sentra
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Introduction of Periodic Maintenance
PFP:00026
A
ELS000IK
Two different maintenance schedules are provided, and should be used, depending upon the conditions in
which the vehicle is mainly operated. After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, continue the periodic
maintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.
Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 1 if your driving habits frequently includes
one or more of the following driving conditions:
Schedule 1
●
Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).
●
Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures
remaining below freezing.
●
Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.
●
Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police,
taxi or door-to-door delivery use.
●
Driving in dusty conditions.
●
Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spread roads.
●
Towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier.
Follow Periodic Maintenance Schedule 2 if none of the driving conditions shown
in Schedule 1 apply to your driving habits.
Emission Control System Maintenance
Chassis and Body
Maintenance
MA-10,
"CHASSIS AND
BODY
MAINTENANCE"
Emission Control System Maintenance
Schedule 2
Chassis and Body
Maintenance
Schedule 1
MA-7,
"EMISSION
CONTROL
SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE"
MA-11,
"EMISSION
CONTROL
SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE"
MA-12,
"CHASSIS AND
BODY
MAINTENANCE"
Abbreviations: R = Replace.
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.
[]: At the mileage intervals only
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Reference Section Page or - Content Title
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
Drive belt
NOTE
(1)
MA-16,
"Checking
Drive
Belts"
MA-23,
"Checking
Drive Belts"
NOTE
(2)
[R]
MA-19,
"Changing Air
Cleaner
Filter"
MA-26,
"Changing
Air Cleaner
Filter"
I*
MA-22,
"Checking
EVAP
Vapor
Lines"
MA-28,
"Checking
EVAP
Vapor
Lines"
3.75
(6)
3
7.5
(12)
6
11.25
(18)
9
15
(24)
12
18.75
(30)
15
22.5
(36)
18
26.25
(42)
21
30
(48)
24
QG18DE
MA
QR25DE
M
EVAP vapor lines
Revision: May 2004
C
ELS000IL
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Air cleaner filter
B
MA-7
2003 Sentra
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
3.75
(6)
3
7.5
(12)
6
11.25
(18)
9
15
(24)
12
18.75
(30)
15
22.5
(36)
18
Reference Section Page or - Content Title
26.25
(42)
21
30
(48)
24
Fuel lines
I*
Fuel filter
NOTE
(3)
Engine coolant
NOTE
(4)
R
Engine oil filter (Use
part No. 1520865F01, 15208-9E000
or equiv.)
R
R
Spark plugs (Double
PLATINUM-TIPPED
type)
Intake and exhaust
valve clearance
R
R
R
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Drive belt
Air cleaner filter
NOTE
(2)
R
R
R
MA-26,
"Changing
Engine Oil"
—
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
—
MA-27,
"Changing
Oil Filter"
MA-21,
"Changing Spark
Plugs
(Double
Platinum Tipped
Type)"
MA-27,
"Changing
Spark
Plugs
(Double
Platinum Tipped
Type)"
EM-35,
"Valve
Clearance"
—
I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.
[]: At the mileage intervals only
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
33.75
(54)
27
37.5
(60)
30
41.25
(66)
33
45
(72)
36
EVAP vapor lines
Revision: May 2004
R
MA-20,
"Changing Engine
Oil"
MA-20,
"Changing Oil Filter"
Abbreviations: R = Replace.
NOTE
(1)
MA-25,
"Checking
Fuel Lines"
MA-23,
"Changing
Engine
Coolant"
NOTE
(5)*
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
MA-19,
"Checking
Fuel
Lines"
MA-16,
"Changing Engine
Coolant"
Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km)
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
QR25DE
—
Engine oil
Engine oil filter (Use
part No. 152089E000 or equiv.)
QG18DE
MA-8
Reference Section - Page
or - Content Title
48.75
(78)
39
52.5
(84)
42
56.25
(90)
45
60
(96)
48
QG18DE
QR25DE
I*
MA-16,
"Checking
Drive
Belts"
MA-23,
"Checking
Drive Belts"
[R]
MA-19,
"Changing
Air Cleaner
Filter"
MA-26,
"Changing
Air Cleaner
Filter"
I*
MA-22,
"Checking
EVAP
Vapor
Lines"
MA-28,
"Checking
EVAP
Vapor
Lines"
2003 Sentra
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
33.75
(54)
27
37.5
(60)
30
41.25
(66)
33
45
(72)
36
Reference Section - Page
or - Content Title
48.75
(78)
39
52.5
(84)
42
56.25
(90)
45
60
(96)
48
Fuel lines
Fuel filter
Engine coolant
I*
QR25DE
MA-19,
"Checking
Fuel Lines"
MA-25,
"Checking
Fuel Lines"
NOTE
(3)
NOTE
(4)
R*
R
Engine oil filter (Use
part No. 15208-65F01,
15208-9E000 or
equiv.)
R
R
Engine oil filter (Use
part No. 15208-9E000
or equiv.)
R
Spark plugs (Double
PLATINUM-TIPPED
type)
B
C
—
Engine oil
Intake and exhaust
valve clearance
QG18DE
A
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km)
NOTE
(5)*
MA-16,
"Changing
Engine
Coolant"
MA-23,
"Changing
Engine
Coolant"
MA-20,
"Changing
Engine Oil"
MA-26,
"Changing
Engine Oil"
MA-20,
"Changing
Oil Filter"
—
—
D
E
F
G
MA-27,
"Changing
Oil Filter"
MA-21,
"Changing
Spark
Plugs
(Double
Platinum Tipped
Type)"
MA-27,
"Changing
Spark Plugs
(Double
Platinum Tipped
Type)"
EM-35,
"Valve
Clearance"
—
H
I
J
K
NOTE:
● (1) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belt if
MA
found damaged or if the auto belt tensioner reading (for QR25DE engine) reaches the maximum limit.
●
(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.
●
(3) Maintenance-free item.
●
(4) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.
●
(5) If valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.
M
Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such
maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are
required.
Revision: May 2004
MA-9
2003 Sentra
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations: R = Replace. I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. L = Lubricate.
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
3.75
(6)
3
7.5
(12)
6
11.25
(18)
9
15
(24)
12
Brake lines & cables
18.75
(30)
15
22.5
(36)
18
26.25
(42)
21
30
(48)
24
Reference
Section Page or Content Title
I
MA-32
I
Brake pads, rotors,
drums & linings
(QG18DE)
I
I
I
I
MA-32 and
MA-33
Brake pads & rotors
(QR25DE)
I
I
I
I
MA-32
I
MA-29 or MA31
MA-34, MA35
Manual transaxle oil
or automatic transaxle fluid
NOTE (1)
I
Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts
I
I
I
I
Front drive shaft boots
I
I
I
I
MA-36
Exhaust system
I
I
I
I
MA-29
R
MTC-77
Tire rotation
NOTE (2)
MA-31
In-cabin microfilter
R
Abbreviations: R = Replace. I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary. L = Lubricate.
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of
miles, kilometers or
months, whichever
comes first.
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
33.75
(54)
27
37.5
(60)
30
41.25
(66)
33
45
(72)
36
Brake lines & cables
48.75
(78)
39
52.5
(84)
42
56.25
(90)
45
I
60
(96)
48
Reference Section - Page or Content Title
I
MA-32
Brake pads, rotors,
drums & linings
(QG18DE)
I
I
I
I
MA-32 and MA33
Brake pads & rotors
(QR25DE)
I
I
I
I
MA-32
I
MA-29 or MA-31
I
MA-34, MA-35
Manual transaxle oil or
automatic transaxle fluid
NOTE (1)
Steering gear & linkage,
axle & suspension parts
Tire rotation
I
I
I
I
NOTE (2)
MA-31
Front drive shaft boots
I
Exhaust system
I
In-cabin microfilter
I
I
I
I
R
I
MA-36
I
MA-29
R
MTC-77
NOTE:
● (1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil (exc.
LSD) at every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months, and change LSD gear oil every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months.
●
(2) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “GENERAL MAINTENANCE” heading earlier in this section.
Revision: May 2004
MA-10
2003 Sentra
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Schedule 2
ELS000IM
A
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations: R = Replace.
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of miles,
kilometers or months,
whichever comes first.
Drive belt
I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.
[]: At the mileage intervals only
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Miles x
1,000
(km x
1,000)
Months
7.5
(12)
6
15
(24)
12
22.5
(36)
18
30
(48)
24
37.5
(60)
30
45
(72)
36
Reference Section Page or - Content Title
52.5
(84)
42
NOTE (1)
Air cleaner filter
[R]
EVAP vapor lines
I*
Fuel lines
I*
Fuel filter
NOTE (2)
Engine coolant
NOTE (3)
60
(96)
48
QG18DE
QR25DE
C
I*
MA-16,
"Checking
Drive
Belts"
MA-23,
"Checking
Drive
Belts"
[R]
MA-19,
"Changing
Air Cleaner
Filter"
MA-26,
"Changing
Air Cleaner
Filter"
I*
MA-22,
"Checking
EVAP
Vapor
Lines"
MA-28,
"Checking
EVAP
Vapor
Lines"
MA-19,
"Checking
Fuel Lines"
MA-25,
"Checking
Fuel Lines"
I*
B
D
E
F
G
H
—
R*
MA-16,
"Changing
Engine
Coolant"
MA-23,
"Changing
Engine
Coolant"
I
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
MA-20,
"Changing
Engine Oil"
MA-26,
"Changing
Engine Oil"
Engine oil filter (Use part
No. 15208-65F01, 152089E000 or equivalent.)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
MA-20,
"Changing
Oil Filter"
—
K
Engine oil filter (Use part
No. 15208-9E000 or equiv.)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
—
MA-26,
"Changing
Engine Oil"
MA
MA-21,
"Changing
Spark
Plugs
(Double
Platinum Tipped
Type)"
MA-27,
"Changing
Spark
Plugs
(Double
Platinum Tipped
Type)"
EM-35,
"Valve
Clearance"
—
Spark plugs (Double PLATINUM-TIPPED type)
Intake and exhaust valve
clearance)
Replace every 105,000 miles (169,000 km)
NOTE (4)*
NOTE:
Replace the drive belt if found damaged or if the auto belt tensioner reading reaches the maximum limit.
●
(1) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belt if
found damaged or if the auto belt tensioner reading (for QR25DE engine) reaches the maximum limit.
●
(2) Maintenance-free item.
●
(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months.
●
(4) If valve noise increases, inspect valve clearance.
Revision: May 2004
MA-11
2003 Sentra
J
M
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such
maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are
required.
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations: R = Replace.
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever
comes first.
I = Inspect. Correct or replace if necessary.
MAINTENANCE INTERVAL
Miles x 1,000
(km x 1,000)
Months
7.5
(12)
6
15
(24)
12
22.5
(36)
18
30
(48)
24
37.5
(60)
30
45
(72)
36
52.5
(84)
42
60
(96)
48
L = Lubricate.
Reference Section - Page or Content Title
Brake lines & cables
I
I
I
I
MA-32
Brake pads, rotors, drums & linings (QG18DE)
I
I
I
I
MA-32, MA-33
Brake pads & rotors (QR25DE)
I
I
I
I
MA-32
Manual transaxle oil or automatic
transaxle fluid
I
I
I
I
MA-29 or MA-31
Steering gear & linkage, axle &
suspension parts
Tire rotation
Front drive shaft boots
I
NOTE (1)
MA-34, MA-35
MA-31
I
Exhaust system
In-cabin microfilter
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
I
MA-36
I
MA-29
R
MTC-77
NOTE:
● (1) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “GENERAL MAINTENANCE” heading earlier in this section.
Revision: May 2004
MA-12
2003 Sentra
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Fluids and Lubricants
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
US measure
Imp measure
Liter
With oil filter
change
2 7/8 qt
2 3/8 qt
2.7
Without oil filter change
2 5/8 qt
2 1/4 qt
2.5
3 1/4 qt
2 3/4 qt
3.1
M/T
7 1/8 qt
5 7/8 qt
6.7
A/T
7 qt
5 7/8 qt
6.6
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
Cooling system
(with reservoir)
A
ELS000IN
Capacity (Approximate)
QG18DE
Engine oil
Drain and refill
PFP:00000
●
API Certification Mark*1
●
API grade SL, Energy Conserving*1
●
ILSAC grade GF-III*1
D
RS5F70A
3 1/8 qt
2 5/8 qt
3.0
Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF) HQ multi 75W-85
Automatic transaxle fluid
RE4F03B
7 3/8 qt
6 1/8 qt
7.0
NISSAN Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and
Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic
Transmission Fluid*2
2 1/8 pt
1 3/4 pt
1.0
Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*4
Brake and clutch fluid
—
—
—
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty
Brake Fluid*3 or equivalent DOT 3 (US
FMVSS No. 116)
Multi-purpose grease
—
—
—
NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer
Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or
equivalent
Windshield washer fluid
Air conditioning system refrigerant
Air conditioning system lubricant
—
—
—
0.99 - 1.21 lb
0.99 - 1.21 lb
0.45 - 0.55 kg
6.1 fl oz
6.3 fl oz
180 m
C
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze
coolant or equivalent
Manual transaxle
fluid
Power steering fluid (PSF)
B
E
F
G
H
I
HFC-134a (R-134a)*5
Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant
Type R or equivalent*5
*1: For further details, see “SAE Viscosity Number”.
J
*2: DEXRONTM III / MERCONTM , or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact a NISSAN
dealership for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s) of DEXRONTM III / MERCONTM Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
*3: Available in mainland U.S.A. through your NISSAN dealer.
*4: Genuine NISSAN PSF, Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid, DEXRONTM III / MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also
be used.
*5: For further details, see “Air conditioner specification label”.
Capacity (Approximate)
QR25DE
Engine oil
Drain and refill
With oil filter
change
Without oil filter change
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
US measure
Imp measure
Liter
4 1/8 qt
3 3/8 qt
3.9
3 7/8 qt
3 1/4 qt
3.7
4 5/8 qt
3 7/8 qt
4.4
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
●
API Certification Mark*1
●
API grade SL, Energy Conserving*1
●
ILSAC grade GF-III*1
Cooling system
(with reservoir)
M/T
7 3/16 qt
6 qt
6.8
A/T
7 1/8 qt
5 7/8 qt
6.7
Manual transaxle
fluid
RS5F51A
RS6F51H
2 3/8 qt
2 qt
2.3
Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF) HQ multi 75W-85
Automatic transaxle fluid
RE4F04B
9 qt
7.5 qt
8.5
NISSAN Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and
Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic
Transmission Fluid*2
2 1/8 pt
1 3/4 pt
1.0
Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*4
Power steering fluid (PSF)
Revision: May 2004
MA-13
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze
coolant or equivalent
2003 Sentra
K
MA
M
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
Capacity (Approximate)
QR25DE
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
US measure
Imp measure
Liter
Brake and clutch fluid
—
—
—
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty
Brake Fluid*3 or equivalent DOT 3 (US
FMVSS No. 116)
Multi-purpose grease
—
—
—
NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Windshield washer fluid
—
—
—
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer
Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or
equivalent
0.99 - 1.21 lb
0.99 - 1.21 lb
0.45 - 0.55 kg
6.1 fl oz
6.3 fl oz
Air conditioning system refrigerant
Air conditioning system lubricant
180 m
HFC-134a (R-134a)*5
Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant
Type R or equivalent*5
*1: For further details, see “SAE Viscosity Number”.
*2: DEXRONTM III / MERCONTM , or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an authorized NISSAN dealership for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s) of DEXRONTM III / MERCONTM Automatic Transmission Fluid.
*3: Available in mainland U.S.A. through your authorized NISSAN dealer.
*4: Genuine NISSAN PSF, Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid, DEXRON TM III / MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also
be used.
*5: For further details, see “Air conditioner specification label”.
SAE Viscosity Number
ELS000IO
SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for all temperatures. SAE 10W30 and 10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if the ambient temperature
is above −18°C (0°F).
NOTE:
The use of a 5W-30 viscosity oil may increase fuel economy.
MMA117AA
Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio
ELS000IP
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high-quality, year-round, long life, anti-freeze coolant
solution. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors, so additional cooling system additives
are not necessary.
Protection for outside temperature down to:
°C
°F
-35°
-30°
Revision: May 2004
Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze
coolant or equivalent
Demineralized water or distilled water
50%
50%
MA-14
2003 Sentra
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
CAUTION:
●
When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze
coolant or equivalent with the specified mixture ratio.
●
The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
MA
M
Revision: May 2004
MA-15
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
Checking Drive Belts
PFP:10001
ELS000IQ
LMA011
1.
2.
Inspect belt for cracks, fraying, wear and oil. If necessary, replace.
Inspect drive belt deflection or tension at a point on the belt midway between pulleys.
Adjust if belt deflection exceeds the limit or if belt tension is not within specifications.
● Check belt tension using Belt Tension Gauge BT3373-F or equivalent. Refer to MA-38, "BELT
DEFLECTION AND TENSION" .
● Inspect drive belt deflection or tension when engine is cold.
Changing Engine Coolant
ELS000IR
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Set climate control system as follows to prevent coolant from remaining in the system.
● Turn ignition switch “ON” and set temperature controller to maximum hot position.
● Wait 10 seconds before turning ignition switch "OFF".
Revision: May 2004
MA-16
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
2.
Open radiator drain plug at the bottom of the radiator, and
remove radiator filler cap.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow coolant to contact drive belts.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
LLIA0008E
3.
Remove cylinder block drain plug and air relief plug.
H
I
J
LMA013
K
MA
M
LMA014
4.
Check drained coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration. If contaminated, flush
engine cooling system. Refer to MA-18, "FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM" .
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Close radiator drain plug. Install the reservoir tank and cylinder block drain plug, if removed for a total system drain for engine removal or repair.
● The radiator must be completely empty of coolant and water.
● Apply sealant to the threads of the cylinder block drain plugs. Use Genuine High Performance Thread
Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Cylinder block drain plug
Revision: May 2004
: 34.3 - 44.1 N·m (3.5 - 4.5 kg-m, 26 - 32 ft-lb)
MA-17
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
2.
3.
4.
5.
If disconnected, reattach the upper radiator hose at the engine side.
Set the vehicle heater controls to the full HOT and heater ON position. Turn the vehicle ignition ON with
the engine OFF as necessary to activate the heater mode.
Install the Tool by installing the radiator cap adapter onto the
radiator neck opening. Then attach the gauge body assembly
with the refill tube and the venturi assembly to the radiator cap
adapter.
Insert the refill hose into the coolant mixture container that is
placed at floor level. Make sure the ball valve is in the closed
position.
● Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent, mixed 50/50 with distilled water or demineralized water.
Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
Coolant capacity (without reservoir tank)
M/T
: 6.0 (6 3/8 US qt, 5 1/4 Imp qt)
A/T
: 5.9 (6 1/4 US qt, 5 1/4 Imp qt)
Reservoir tank capacity
(for MAX level)
6.
8.
(3/4 US qt, 5/8 Imp qt)
Install an air hose to the venturi assembly, the air pressure must
be within specification.
Compressed air
supply pressure
7.
: 0.7
: 5.7 - 8.5 kPa (5.6 - 8.4 kg/cm2
, 80 - 120 psi)
LLIA0058E
CAUTION:
The compressed air supply must be equipped with an air dryer.
The vacuum gauge will begin to rise and there will be an audible hissing noise. During this process open
the ball valve on the refill hose slightly. Coolant will be visible rising in the refill hose. Once the refill hose is
full of coolant, close the ball valve. This will purge any air trapped in the refill hose.
Continue to draw the vacuum until the gauge reaches 28 inches
of vacuum. The gauge may not reach 28 inches in high altitude
locations, refer to the vacuum specifications based on the altitude above sea level.
Altitude above sea level
0 - 100 m (328 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
500 m (1,641 ft)
1,000 m (3,281 ft)
Vacuum gauge reading
: 28 inches of vacuum
: 27 inches of vacuum
: 26 inches of vacuum
: 24 - 25 inches of vacuum
LLIA0057E
9.
When the vacuum gauge has reached the specified amount, disconnect the air hose and wait 20 seconds
to see if the system loses any vacuum. If the vacuum level drops, perform any necessary repairs to the
system and repeat steps 6 - 8 to bring the vacuum to the specified amount. Recheck for any leaks.
10. Place the coolant container (with the refill hose inserted) at the same level as the top of the radiator. Then
open the ball valve on the refill hose so the coolant will be drawn up to fill the cooling system. The cooling
system is full when the vacuum gauge reads zero.
CAUTION:
Do not allow the coolant container to get too low when filling, to avoid air from being drawn into
the cooling system.
11. Remove the Tool from the radiator neck opening.
12. Fill the cooling system reservoir tank to the specified level and install the radiator cap. Run the engine to
warm up the cooling system and top up the system as necessary.
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM
1.
Open air relief plug.
Revision: May 2004
MA-18
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Fill radiator with water until water spills from the air relief hole, then close air relief plug. Fill radiator and
reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap.
Run engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Rev engine two or three times under no-load.
Stop engine and wait until it cools down.
Drain water.
Repeat steps 1 through 6 until clear water begins to drain from radiator.
Checking Fuel Lines
●
A
B
C
ELS000IS
Inspect fuel lines and tank for improper attachment, leaks,
cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing or deterioration.
D
E
F
SMA803A
G
●
If necessary, repair or replace faulty parts.
H
I
J
MMA104A
Changing Air Cleaner Filter
ELS000IT
K
Unfasten clamps to change air cleaner filter.
MA
M
LLIA0010E
Revision: May 2004
MA-19
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
Changing Engine Oil
ELS000IU
WARNING:
●
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.
●
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may
cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap
or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
1. Warm up engine, and check for oil leakage from engine components.
2. Stop engine.
3. Remove drain plug and oil filler cap.
4. Drain oil and refill with new engine oil.
Oil pan drain plug
SMA076D
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
Oil Specification and Viscosity
● Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
Oil Capacity (Approximate)
Unit:
Drain and refill
(US qt., Imp qt.)
With oil filter change
2.7 (2 7/8, 2 3/8)
Without oil filter change
2.5 (2 5/8, 2 1/4)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
3.1 (3 1/4, 2 3/4)
CAUTION:
● Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new washer.
Oil pan drain plug
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
The refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for
reference only.
● Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper
amount of oil is in the engine.
Warm up engine and check area around drain plug and oil filter
for oil leakage.
Stop engine.
Check oil level.
●
5.
6.
7.
LMA026
Changing Oil Filter
1.
ELS000IV
Remove the oil filter using Tool as shown.
WARNING:
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine and engine oil
are hot.
NOTE:
The filter is a full-flow cartridge type and is provided with a relief
valve.
LMA018
Revision: May 2004
MA-20
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
2.
Clean oil filter mounting surface on cylinder block. Coat rubber
seal of new oil filter with engine oil.
A
B
C
SMA010
D
3.
Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten
an additional 2/3 turn.
E
F
G
SMA702C
4.
Add engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil" .
● Clean excess oil from engine.
Changing Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped Type)
1.
2.
H
ELS000IW
I
Disconnect ignition coil harness connectors.
Remove ignition coils.
J
K
MA
LMA020
3.
Remove spark plugs with spark plug socket.
M
Spark Plug Types
Hot type
PLFR4A-11
Standard type
PLFR5A-11
Cold type
PLFR6A-11
Spark plug gap (nominal)
●
●
–
–
●
–
–
: 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
The standard type spark plug is suitable for normal driving conditions.
The hot type spark plug is suitable when fouling occurs with the standard type spark plug under conditions such as:
Frequent engine starts
Low ambient temperatures
The cold type spark plug is suitable when spark knock occurs with the standard type spark plug under
conditions such as:
Extended highway driving
Frequent high engine revolution
Revision: May 2004
MA-21
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QG18DE ENGINE)
●
If plug is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be
used as specified.
CAUTION:
Do not use wire brush for cleaning. If plug is covered with
carbon, spark plug cleaner may be used.
Cleaner air pressure
Cleaning time
: Less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2 ,
85 psi)
: less than 20 seconds
SMA673B
●
Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between
change intervals.
SMA806CA
4.
Install the spark plugs.
Spark plug
5.
: 20 - 29 N·m (2.0 - 3.0 kg-m, 14 - 22 ft-lb)
Install the ignition coils and ignition wires.
Ignition coil
: 3.8 - 5.0 N·m (0.38 - 0.51 kg-m, 33 - 44 in-lb)
Checking EVAP Vapor Lines
1.
2.
ELS000IX
Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing
or deterioration.
Inspect vacuum relief valve of fuel tank filler cap for clogging, sticking, etc. Refer to EC-586, "FUEL TANK
VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" (QG18DE ULEV), EC-1208, "FUEL TANK
VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)" (QG18DE SULEV).
Revision: May 2004
MA-22
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
Checking Drive Belts
PFP:10001
A
ELS000IY
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
LLIA0007E
WARNING:
J
Be sure to perform when the engine is stopped.
●
Make sure that indicator (single line notch) of each automatic tensioner is within the allowable working
range (between three notches).
K
NOTE:
● Check the automatic tensioner indicator when the engine is cold.
● The indicator notch is located on the moving side of the tensioner.
MA
●
Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks.
●
If the indicator is out of allowable working range or belt is damaged, replace the belt.
●
Belt tensioning is not necessary, as it is automatically adjusted by auto belt tensioner.
M
Changing Engine Coolant
ELS000IZ
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.
DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Open radiator drain plug at the bottom of the radiator, and
remove radiator filler cap.
LBIA0063E
Revision: May 2004
MA-23
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
CAUTION:
When draining all the coolant in the system, also perform steps two and three:
2. Remove cylinder block drain plug and air relief plug.
KBIA0163E
3.
Check drained coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration. If contaminated, flush
engine cooling system.
Refer to MA-25, "FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM" .
REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT
1.
Install the radiator drain plug. Install the reservoir tank and cylinder block drain plug, if removed for a total
system drain for engine removal or repair.
● The radiator must be completely empty of coolant and water.
● Apply sealant to the threads of the cylinder block drain plugs. Use Genuine High Performance Thread
Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS" .
Radiator drain plug
Cylinder block drain plug
2.
3.
4.
5.
: 7.8 - 11.8 N·m (0.8 - 1.2 kg-m , 69 - 104 in-lb)
: 34 - 44 N·m (3.5 - 4.5 kg-m, 25 - 33 ft-lb)
If disconnected, reattach the upper radiator hose at the engine side.
Set the vehicle heater controls to the full HOT and heater ON position. Turn the vehicle ignition ON with
the engine OFF as necessary to activate the heater mode.
Install the Tool by installing the radiator cap adapter onto the
radiator neck opening. Then attach the gauge body assembly
with the refill tube and the venturi assembly to the radiator cap
adapter.
Insert the refill hose into the coolant mixture container that is
placed at floor level. Make sure the ball valve is in the closed
position.
● Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent, mixed 50/50 with distilled water or demineralized water.
Refer to MA-14, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
Coolant capacity (without reservoir tank)
M/T
: 6.1 (6 1/2 US qt, 5 3/8 Imp qt)
A/T
: 6.0
(6 3/8 US qt, 5 1/4 Imp qt)
Reservoir tank capacity
(for MAX level)
6.
(3/4 US qt, 5/8 Imp qt)
Install an air hose to the venturi assembly, the air pressure must
be within specification.
Compressed air
supply pressure
7.
: 0.7
: 5.7 - 8.5 kPa (5.6 - 8.4 kg/cm2
, 80 - 120 psi)
LLIA0058E
CAUTION:
The compressed air supply must be equipped with an air dryer.
The vacuum gauge will begin to rise and there will be an audible hissing noise. During this process open
the ball valve on the refill hose slightly. Coolant will be visible rising in the refill hose. Once the refill hose is
full of coolant, close the ball valve. This will purge any air trapped in the refill hose.
Revision: May 2004
MA-24
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
8.
Continue to draw the vacuum until the gauge reaches 28 inches
of vacuum. The gauge may not reach 28 inches in high altitude
locations, refer to the vacuum specifications based on the altitude above sea level.
Altitude Above Sea Level
Vacuum Gauge Reading
0 - 100 m (0 - 328 ft)
28 inches of vacuum
300 m (984 ft)
27 inches of vacuum
500 m (1,641 ft)
26 inches of vacuum
1,000 m (3,281 ft)
24 - 25 inches of vacuum
A
B
C
LLIA0057E
9.
When the vacuum gauge has reached the specified amount,
disconnect the air hose and wait 20 seconds to see if the system loses any vacuum. If the vacuum level
drops, perform any necessary repairs to the system and repeat steps 6 - 8 to bring the vacuum to the
specified amount. Recheck for any leaks.
10. Place the coolant container (with the refill hose inserted) at the same level as the top of the radiator. Then
open the ball valve on the refill hose so the coolant will be drawn up to fill the cooling system. The cooling
system is full when the vacuum gauge reads zero.
CAUTION:
Do not allow the coolant container to get too low when filling, to avoid air from being drawn into
the cooling system.
11. Remove the Tool from the radiator neck opening.
12. Fill the cooling system reservoir tank to the specified level and install the radiator cap. Run the engine to
warm up the cooling system and top up the system as necessary.
D
E
F
G
H
FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fill the radiator and reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap.
Run the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Rev the engine two or three times under no-load.
Stop the engine and wait until it cools down.
Drain the water.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 until clear water begins to drain from radiator.
Checking Fuel Lines
●
I
J
ELS000J0
K
Inspect fuel lines and tank for improper attachment, leaks,
cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing or deterioration.
MA
M
SMA803A
●
If necessary, repair or replace faulty parts.
MMA104A
Revision: May 2004
MA-25
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
Changing Air Cleaner Filter
ELS000J1
Unfasten clamps to change air cleaner filter.
●
The viscous paper-type filter does not need cleaning.
LLIA0010E
Changing Engine Oil
ELS000J2
WARNING:
●
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.
●
Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may
cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap
or hand cleaner as soon as possible.
1. Warm up engine, and check for oil leakage from engine components.
2. Stop engine.
3. Remove drain plug and oil filler cap.
4. Drain oil and refill with new engine oil.
Oil Specification and Viscosity
● Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
LLIA0011E
Oil Capacity (Approximate)
Unit:
Drain and refill
(US qt., Imp qt.)
With oil filter change
3.9 (4 1/8, 3 3/8)
Without oil filter change
3.7 (3 7/8, 3 1/4)
Dry engine (engine overhaul)
4.4 (4 5/8, 3 7/8)
CAUTION:
● Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new washer.
Oil pan drain plug
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
The refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for
reference only.
● Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper
amount of oil is in the engine.
Warm up engine and check area around drain plug and oil filter
for oil leakage.
Stop engine.
Check oil level.
●
5.
6.
7.
SMA390C
Revision: May 2004
MA-26
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
Changing Oil Filter
1.
ELS000J3
A
Remove oil filter with Tool.
WARNING:
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine and engine oil
are hot.
NOTE:
The filter is a full-flow cartridge type and is provided with a relief
valve.
B
C
D
LLIA0012E
2.
Clean oil filter mounting surface on cylinder block. Coat rubber
seal of new oil filter with engine oil.
E
F
G
SMA010
H
3.
4.
Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten
an additional 2/3 turn.
Add engine oil.Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Oil" .
● Clean excess oil from engine.
I
J
K
SMA702C
Changing Spark Plugs (Double Platinum - Tipped Type)
1.
ELS000J4
MA
Disconnect ignition coil harness connectors.
M
LLIA0013E
2.
3.
Remove ignition coils.
Remove spark plugs with spark plug socket.
Revision: May 2004
MA-27
2003 Sentra
ENGINE MAINTENANCE (QR25DE ENGINE)
Spark Plug Types
Hot type
PLFR4A-11
Standard type
PLFR5A-11
Cold type
PLFR6A-11
Spark plug gap (nominal)
●
●
–
–
●
–
–
●
: 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Use standard type spark plug for normal condition.
The hot type spark plug is suitable when fouling occurs with the standard type spark plug under conditions such as:
Frequent engine starts
Low ambient temperatures
The cold type spark plug is suitable when spark knock occurs with the standard type spark plug under
conditions such as:
Extended highway driving
Frequent high engine revolution
If plug tip is covered with carbon, spark plug cleaner may be used.
CAUTION:
Do not use a wire brush for cleaning. If plug tip is covered with carbon, spark plug cleaner may be used.
Cleaner air pressure
Cleaning time
: Less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2 ,
85 psi)
: less than 20 seconds
SMA673B
●
Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between
change intervals.
SMA806CA
4.
Install spark plugs.
Spark plugs
5.
: 20 - 29 N·m (2.0 - 3.0 kg-m, 14 - 22 ft-lb)
Install ignition coils and reconnect ignition wires according to numbers indicated on them.
Ignition coils
: 5.4 - 7.3 N·m (0.55 - 0.73 kg-m, 46 - 64 in-lb)
Checking EVAP Vapor Lines
1.
2.
ELS000J5
Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing
or deterioration.
Inspect vacuum relief valve of fuel tank filler cap for clogging, sticking, etc. Refer to EC-1849, "FUEL
TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
Revision: May 2004
MA-28
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Checking Exhaust System
PFP:00000
A
ELS000J6
Check exhaust pipes, muffler and mounting for improper attachment,
leaks, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing or deterioration.
B
C
D
SMA211A
Checking Clutch Fluid Level and Leaks
E
ELS000J7
If fluid level is extremely low, check clutch system for leaks.
F
G
H
SMA449C
Checking M/T Oil
1.
2.
ELS000J8
Check that transaxle oil is not leaking.
Check the transaxle oil level is at the correct level as shown.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine while checking the transaxle oil level.
Filler plug
RS5F70A
(QG18DE)
RS5F51A,
RS6F51H,
(QR25DE)
J
K
: 10 - 19 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 87 - 173 in-lb)
MA
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 lb-ft)
SMA066C
Changing M/T Oil
1.
ELS000J9
Drain oil from drain plug and refill with new gear oil.
SMA145AA
Revision: May 2004
I
MA-29
2003 Sentra
M
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
2.
Check oil level.
Oil grade and viscosity
: Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and
Lubricants" .
Capacity
: RS5F70A (QG18DE)
3.0 (3 1/8 US qt, 2 5/8 Imp qt)
RS5F51A, RS6F51H (QR25DE)
2.3 (2 3/8 US qt, 2 Imp qt)
Drain plug
: RS5F70A (QG18DE)
10 - 19 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 87 - 173 in-lb)
RS5F51A, RS6F51H (QR25DE)
30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
Checking A/T Fluid
1.
2.
3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
5.
6.
SMA066C
ELS000JA
Check for any A/T fluid leakage and correct as necessary.
Warm up the engine.
Before driving, the A/T fluid level can be checked at fluid temperatures of 30° to 50°C (86° to 122°F) using the “COLD” range
on dipstick.
Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake.
Start engine and move selector lever through each gear position. Leave selector lever in “P” position.
Check fluid level with engine idling.
Remove dipstick and note reading. If level is at low side of either
range, add fluid to the charging pipe.
SMA827CA
CAUTION:
Do not overfill.
Re-insert dipstick into charging pipe as far as it will go.
Remove dipstick and note reading. If reading is at low side of range, add fluid to the charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Do not overfill.
Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
Re-check fluid level at fluid temperatures of 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F) using “HOT” range on dipstick.
Check the A/T fluid condition.
● If fluid is very dark or smells burned, refer to AT-64, "FLUID
CONDITION CHECK" . Flush cooling system after repair of
A/T.
● If the A/T fluid contains any frictional material (clutches,
bands), replace the radiator and flush the cooler lines using
cleaning solvent and compressed air after repairing the A/T.
Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR" .
SMA853B
Revision: May 2004
MA-30
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Changing A/T Fluid
1.
2.
3.
ELS000JB
A
Warm up A/T fluid.
Stop engine.
Drain A/T fluid from drain plug and refill with new A/T fluid.
Always refill same volume with drained fluid.
Fluid grade
B
: NISSAN Matic “D” (Continental
U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission
Fluid. Refer to MA-13, "Fluids
and Lubricants" .
C
D
SMA027D
Fluid capacity
(with torque
converter)
Drain plug
4.
5.
: RE4F03B (QG18DE)
7.0 (7 3/8 US qt, 6 1/8 Imp qt)
RE4F04B (QR25DE)
8.5 (9 US qt, 7 1/2 Imp qt)
E
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
F
Run engine at idle speed for five minutes.
Check fluid level and condition. Refer to MA-30, "Checking A/T Fluid" . If fluid is still dirty, repeat steps 2
through 5.
Balancing Wheels
ELS000JC
H
Adjust wheel balance using the road wheel center.
Wheel balance (maximum allowable unbalance)
: Refer to MA-31, "Balancing Wheels" .
Tire Rotation
●
●
●
ELS000JD
After rotating the tires, adjust the tire pressure.
Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for
the first 1,000 km (600 miles) or any time the wheel and tire
assembly has been removed and installed.
Tighten wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to specification, making several passes.
Wheel nuts
G
I
J
K
: 98 - 127 N·m (10 - 12 kg-m, 73 - 93 ft-lb)
MA
SMA829C
M
Revision: May 2004
MA-31
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Checking Brake Fluid Level and Leaks
●
●
●
ELS000JE
Check fluid level in reservoir tank. It should be between MAX
and MIN lines on reservoir tank.
If fluid level is extremely low, check brake system for leaks.
Release parking brake lever and see if brake warning lamp goes
off. If not, check brake system for leaks.
SBR451D
Checking Brake Lines and Cables
ELS000JF
CAUTION:
If leakage occurs around joints, retighten or, if necessary,
replace damaged parts.
1. Check brake lines (tubes and hoses) for cracks, deterioration
and other damage. Replace damaged parts.
2. Check for oil leakage by fully depressing brake pedal while
engine is running.
SBR389C
Changing Brake Fluid
ELS000JG
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”. Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
●
Always keep fluid level higher than minimum line on reservoir tank.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
●
Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may
cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted
areas, wash it away with water immediately.
1. Clean inside of reservoir tank, and refill with new brake fluid.
2. Connect a vinyl tube to each bleeder valve.
3. Drain brake fluid from each air bleeder valve by depressing
brake pedal.
4. Refill until brake fluid comes out of each air bleeder valve. Use
same procedure as in bleeding hydraulic system to refill brake
fluid. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake System" .
Checking Disc Brakes
SBR419C
ELS000JH
ROTOR
Check condition, wear, and damage. Refer to BR-21, "ROTOR"
(front disc brake) and BR-27, "ROTOR" (rear disc brake).
SMA260A
Revision: May 2004
MA-32
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
CALIPER
A
Check for leakage. Refer to BR-21, "CALIPER" (front disc brake)
and BR-27, "CALIPER" (rear disc brake).
B
C
SMA922A
D
PAD
Check condition and thickness.
E
Standard thickness
Front
Rear
: 22 mm (0.87 in)
: 9 mm (0.35 in)
Minimum thickness
Front
Rear
: 20 mm (0.79 in)
: 8 mm (0.31 in)
F
G
BRA0010D
Checking Drum Brake
H
ELS000JI
WHEEL CYLINDER
I
Check operation and for leakage. Refer to BR-33, "WHEEL CYLINDER" .
J
K
SBR205A
MA
DRUM
Check condition of inner surface. Refer to BR-33, "DRUM" .
Standard diameter
Maximum inner diameter
M
: 203.2 mm (8.000 in)
: 204.5 mm (8.051 in)
SMA848B
Revision: May 2004
MA-33
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
LINING
Measure wear and check for damage. Refer to BR-33, "LINING" .
Standard thickness
Minimum thickness
: 4.5 mm (0.177 in)
: 1.5 mm (0.059 in)
SMA849B
Checking Steering Gear and Linkage
ELS000JJ
STEERING GEAR
●
●
Check gear housing and boots for looseness, damage and
grease leakage.
Check connection with steering column for looseness.
SLIA0014E
STEERING LINKAGE
●
Check ball joint, dust cover and other component parts for looseness, wear, damage and grease leakage.
Checking Power Steering Fluid and Lines
ELS000JK
CHECKING FLUID LEVEL
●
●
●
Check fluid level with engine off.
Use the correct range of the tank depending on the fluid temperature. Use “HOT” range at fluid temperatures of 50° to 80°C
(122° to 176°F). Use “COLD” range at fluid temperatures of 0° to
30°C (32° to 86°F).
CAUTION:
Do not overfill.
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.
Refer to MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
SST850C
CHECKING LINES
●
●
Check lines for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, damage,
loose connections, chafing and deterioration.
Check rack boots for accumulation of power steering fluid.
WST032
Revision: May 2004
MA-34
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Axle and Suspension Parts
ELS000JL
A
Check front and rear axle and suspension parts for excessive play, cracks, wear, or other damage.
●
Shake each wheel to check for excessive play.
●
Rotate each wheel to check for abnormal noise.
B
C
D
SMA525A
●
E
Check axle and suspension nuts and bolts for looseness.
F
G
H
SMA614
I
J
K
SFA307B
●
Check strut (shock absorber) for oil leakage or other damage.
MA
M
SFA392B
●
Check suspension ball joint for grease leakage and ball joint dust cover for cracks or other damage.
Revision: May 2004
MA-35
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Drive Shaft
●
ELS000JM
Check boot and drive shaft for cracks, wear, damage and
grease leakage.
SFA108A
Lubricating Locks, Hinges and Hood Latches
ELS000JN
LMA027
Revision: May 2004
MA-36
2003 Sentra
CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE
Checking Seat Belt, Buckles, Retractors, Anchors and Adjusters
ELS000JO
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
LLIA0020E
I
J
K
MA
M
Revision: May 2004
MA-37
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Engine Maintenance (QG18DE)
PFP:00030
ELS000JP
BELT DEFLECTION AND TENSION
Component
Deflection adjustment Unit: mm (in)
Tension adjustment *1 Unit: N (kg, lb)
Used Belt
Generator
Used Belt
After
Adjustment
New Belt
Limit
With air conditioner compressor
8.1 (0.319)
5.3 - 5.7
(0.209 - 0.244)
Without air
conditioner
compressor
10.2 (0.402)
7.1 (0.280)
Power steering oil pump
Applied pushing force
After Adjustment
New Belt
Limit
4.5 - 5.0
(0.177- 0.197)
292 (30, 66)
652 - 740
(66.5 - 75.5,
146.6 - 166.4)
789 - 877
(80.5 - 89.5,
177.4 - 197.1)
6.5 - 7.0
(0.256 - 0.276)
5.5 - 6.1 (0.217
- 0.240)
292 (30, 60)
652 - 740
(66.5 - 75.5,
146.6 - 166.4)
789 - 877
(80.5 - 89.5,
177.4 - 197.1)
4.4 - 4.9
(0.173 - 0.193)
3.9 - 4.4 (0.154
- 0.173)
196 (20, 44)
495 - 583
(50.5 -59.5,
111.4 - 131.2)
603- 691
(61.5 - 70.5,
135.6 - 155.5)
98 N (10 kg, 22 lb)
—
*1: If the belt tension gauge cannot be installed at check points shown, check belt tension at a different location on the belt.
SPARK PLUGS (DOUBLE PLATINUM - TIPPED)
Type
Standard
PLFR5A-11
Hot
PLFR4A-11
Cold
PLFR6A-11
Plug gap
Nominal: 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Engine Maintenance (QR25DE)
ELS000JQ
BELT DEFLECTION AND TENSION
Tension of drive belts
Auto-adjustment by auto tensioner
SPARK PLUGS (DOUBLE PLATINUM - TIPPED)
Type
Standard
PLFR5A-11
Hot
PLFR4A-11
Cold
PLFR6A-11
Plug gap
Nominal: 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Chassis and Body Maintenance
ELS000JR
WHEEL BALANCE
Maximum allowable unbalance
Dynamic (At rim flange)
Static
Revision: May 2004
g (oz)
g (oz)
10 (0.35) (one side)
20 (0.71)
MA-38
2003 Sentra
C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
A
B
SECTION
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
MT
D
E
CONTENTS
RS5F70A
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 4
Caution ..................................................................... 4
PREPARATION ........................................................... 5
Special Service Tools ............................................... 5
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 7
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 9
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 9
DESCRIPTION .......................................................... 10
Cross-sectional View .............................................. 10
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER .................... 10
M/T OIL ......................................................................11
Replacement ...........................................................11
DRAINING ............................................................11
FILLING ................................................................11
Checking .................................................................11
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL ..........................11
SIDE OIL SEAL ........................................................ 12
Removal and Installation ........................................ 12
POSITION SWITCH .................................................. 13
Position Switch Check ............................................ 13
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH .................................. 13
PNP SWITCH ...................................................... 13
CONTROL LINKAGE ............................................... 14
Removal and Installation ........................................ 14
TRANSAXLE GEAR CONTROL ......................... 14
STRIKING ROD OIL SEAL ................................. 15
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ........................................ 16
Removal and Installation ........................................ 16
REMOVAL ........................................................... 16
INSTALLATION ................................................... 19
Component Parts ................................................... 20
CASE COMPONENTS ........................................ 20
GEAR COMPONENTS ....................................... 21
SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS .................... 22
FINAL DRIVE COMPONENTS ........................... 23
Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 23
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 23
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 30
Revision: May 2004
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS .................................... 41
Disassembly ........................................................... 41
Inspection ............................................................... 42
GEAR AND SHAFT ............................................. 42
SYNCHRONIZERS ............................................. 43
BEARING ............................................................ 44
Assembly ................................................................ 44
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS ....................................... 48
Disassembly ........................................................... 48
Inspection ............................................................... 50
GEAR AND SHAFT ............................................. 50
SYNCHRONIZERS ............................................. 50
BEARING ............................................................ 51
Assembly ................................................................ 52
FINAL DRIVE ............................................................ 58
Pre-inspection ......................................................... 58
DIFFERENTIAL CASE SIDE ............................... 58
Disassembly ........................................................... 58
Inspection ............................................................... 59
GEAR, WASHER, SHAFT AND CASE ............... 59
BEARING ............................................................ 59
Assembly ................................................................ 59
SHIFT CONTROL ..................................................... 62
Inspection ............................................................... 62
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 63
General Specifications ............................................ 63
TRANSAXLE ....................................................... 63
FINAL GEAR ....................................................... 63
Gear End Play ........................................................ 64
Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear .............. 64
3RD, 4TH, 5TH, REVERSE BAULK RING .......... 64
1ST AND 2ND BAULK RING .............................. 64
Available Snap Rings ............................................. 64
SNAP RING ......................................................... 64
Available C-rings .................................................... 64
4TH INPUT GEAR C-RING ................................. 64
5TH INPUT GEAR REAR C-RING ...................... 65
MAINSHAFT C-RING .......................................... 65
Available Adjusting Shims ...................................... 65
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING
MT-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SHIM .................................................................... 65
MAINSHAFT ADJUSTING SHIM ........................ 66
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM .................................................................... 66
Available Thrust Washer ......................................... 67
MAINSHAFT THRUST WASHER ........................ 67
Available Washers .................................................. 67
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER
... 67
Available Shims — Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim ......................................... 68
BEARING PRELOAD .......................................... 68
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIMS ................................................................. 68
RS5F51A
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................... 69
Cautions ................................................................. 69
PREPARATION ......................................................... 70
Special Service Tools ............................................. 70
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 72
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................. 73
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................... 73
DESCRIPTION .......................................................... 74
Cross-sectional View .............................................. 74
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER .................... 75
REVERSE GEAR ................................................ 75
M/T OIL ...................................................................... 76
Replacement .......................................................... 76
DRAINING ........................................................... 76
FILLING ............................................................... 76
Checking ................................................................. 76
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL ......................... 76
SIDE OIL SEAL ......................................................... 77
Removal and Installation ........................................ 77
REMOVAL ........................................................... 77
INSTALLATION .................................................... 77
POSITION SWITCH .................................................. 78
Checking ................................................................. 78
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH ................................... 78
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ................ 78
CONTROL LINKAGE ................................................ 79
Removal and Installation of Control Device and
Cable ...................................................................... 79
Cable Adjustment ................................................... 80
AIR BREATHER HOSE ............................................. 81
Removal and Installation ........................................ 81
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ........................................ 82
Removal and Installation ........................................ 82
REMOVAL ........................................................... 82
INSTALLATION .................................................... 83
Component Parts .................................................... 84
CASE AND HOUSING COMPONENTS .............. 84
GEAR COMPONENTS ........................................ 85
SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS ..................... 87
FINAL DRIVE COMPONENTS ............................ 88
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 88
Revision: May 2004
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................88
ASSEMBLY ..........................................................92
Adjustment ..............................................................98
INPUTSHAFT END PLAY ....................................98
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD .......99
MAINSHAFT END PLAY .................................... 100
REVERSE IDLER GEAR END PLAY ................ 101
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ................................... 103
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 103
DISASSEMBLY .................................................. 103
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 104
ASSEMBLY ........................................................ 105
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS ..................................... 110
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 110
DISASSEMBLY .................................................. 110
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 111
ASSEMBLY ........................................................ 113
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS ................ 118
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 118
DISASSEMBLY .................................................. 118
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 118
ASSEMBLY ........................................................ 119
FINAL DRIVE .......................................................... 120
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 120
PRE-INSPECTION ............................................ 120
DISASSEMBLY .................................................. 120
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 121
ASSEMBLY ........................................................ 121
SHIFT CONTROL .................................................... 124
Inspection .............................................................. 124
SHIFT FORK ...................................................... 124
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 125
General Specifications .......................................... 125
TRANSAXLE ...................................................... 125
FINAL GEAR ...................................................... 125
Gear End Play ....................................................... 126
Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear ............ 126
3RD, 4TH, 5TH & REVERSE BAULK RING ...... 126
1ST AND 2ND DOUBLE BAULK RING ............. 126
Available Snap Rings ............................................ 126
INPUT SHAFT SPACER .................................... 126
5TH MAIN GEAR ............................................... 126
Available C-rings ................................................... 127
MAINSHAFT C-RING ........................................ 127
Available Thrust Washers ..................................... 127
INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER ................... 127
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER
.127
Available Adjusting Shims ..................................... 128
MAINSHAFT ADJUSTING SHIM ....................... 128
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM .................................................................. 128
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM .................................................................. 128
REVERASE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM .129
Available Shims .................................................... 129
BEARING PRELOAD ......................................... 129
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM(S) ............................................................. 129
MT-2
2003 Sentra
RS6F51H
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 130
Caution ................................................................. 130
PREPARATION ....................................................... 131
Special Service Tools ........................................... 131
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 133
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................ 134
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ................................. 134
DESCRIPTION ........................................................ 135
Cross-sectional View ............................................ 135
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER .................. 136
REVERSE GEAR .............................................. 136
M/T OIL ................................................................... 137
Replacement ........................................................ 137
DRAINING ......................................................... 137
FILLING ............................................................. 137
Checking .............................................................. 137
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL ....................... 137
SIDE OIL SEAL ...................................................... 138
Removal and Installation ...................................... 138
REMOVAL ......................................................... 138
INSTALLATION ................................................. 138
POSITION SWITCH ................................................ 139
Checking .............................................................. 139
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH ................................ 139
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 139
CONTROL LINKAGE ............................................. 140
Removal and Installation of Control Device and
Cable .................................................................... 140
Cable Adjustment ................................................. 141
AIR BREATHER HOSE .......................................... 142
Removal and Installation ...................................... 142
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ...................................... 143
Removal and Installation ...................................... 143
REMOVAL ......................................................... 143
INSTALLATION ................................................. 144
Component Parts ................................................. 145
CASE AND HOUSING COMPONENTS ........... 145
GEAR COMPONENTS ..................................... 146
SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS .................. 148
FINAL DRIVE COMPONENTS ......................... 149
Disassembly and Assembly ................................. 149
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 149
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 153
Adjustment ........................................................... 160
INPUTSHAFT END PLAY ................................. 160
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD .... 161
MAINSHAFT END PLAY ................................... 162
REVERSE IDLER GEAR END PLAY ................ 163
Revision: May 2004
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS .................................. 165
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 165
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 165
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 166
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 167
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS ..................................... 172
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 172
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 172
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 173
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 175
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS ................ 180
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 180
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 180
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 180
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 181
FINAL DRIVE .......................................................... 182
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 182
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 182
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 182
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 182
SHIFT CONTROL ................................................... 184
Inspection ............................................................. 184
SHIFT FORK ..................................................... 184
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 185
General Specifications .......................................... 185
TRANSAXLE ..................................................... 185
FINAL GEAR ..................................................... 186
Gear End Play ...................................................... 186
Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear ............ 186
3RD, 4TH, 5TH, 6TH & REVERSE BAULK RING. 186
1ST AND 2ND DOUBLE BAULK RING ............. 186
Available Snap Rings ........................................... 187
6TH BUSHING .................................................. 187
Available C-rings .................................................. 187
MAINSHAFT C-RING ........................................ 187
Available Thrust Washers ..................................... 187
INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER ................... 187
Available Adjusting Shims .................................... 188
MAINSHAFT ADJUSTING SHIM ...................... 188
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM ................................................................. 188
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM ................................................................. 188
REVERASE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM . 189
6TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM ............... 189
Available Shims .................................................... 189
BEARING PRELOAD ........................................ 189
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING
SHIM(S) ............................................................. 189
MT-3
2003 Sentra
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
[RS5F70A]
PRECAUTIONS
Caution
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
ECS005TD
Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained.
Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level ground.
During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If mating marks are required, be
certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If
tightening sequence is specified, use it.
Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
Revision: May 2004
MT-4
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS5F70A]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
ECS005TE
The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV38107700
(J39027)
Preload adapter
B
Measuring turning torque of final drive assembly
Measuring total turning torque
Measuring clearance between side gear and
differential case with washer
Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim [Use with KV38106000 (J34291-B).]
MT
D
NT087
KV38106000
(J34291-B)
Height gauge adapter
(differential side bearing)
Selecting differential side bearing adjusting
shim [Use with KV38107700 (J39027).]
a: 140 mm (5.51 in)
b: 40 mm (1.57 in)
c: 16 mm (0.63 in) dia.
d: M8 × 1.25P
NT418
KV32101000
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
F
G
Removing and installing retaining pin
Removing and installing lock pin
Removing selector shaft
Removing welch plug
a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
H
I
NT410
KV31100300
(J25689-A)
Pin punch
E
Removing and installing retaining pin
a: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia.
J
K
NT410
ST30031000
(J22912-O1)
Puller
NT411
ST30021000
(J22912-O1)
Puller
NT411
Revision: May 2004
MT-5
Removing 3rd, 5th input gear
Removing 3rd & 4th and 5th & Rev synchronizer hub
Removing mainshaft rear bearing
Removing 2nd gear, 5th gear bush
Removing 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub, 1st
and 4th main gear
Removing and installing differential side bearing
a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
Removing input shaft front and rear bearing
Installing input shaft front and rear bearing
Installing 5th input gear, 3rd main gear and
4th main gear
Installing 1st & 2nd, 3rd & 4th and 5th & Rev
synchronizer hub
Installing 2nd gear bush, 5th gear bush, Rev
gear bush
Installing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 110 mm (4.33 in) dia.
b: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
2003 Sentra
L
M
PREPARATION
[RS5F70A]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST33061000
(J8107-2)
Drift
Removing differential side bearing
a: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
b: 29.5 mm (1.16 in) dia.
NT073
ST33290001
(J34286)
Puller
●
Removing idler gear bearing outer race
a: 250 mm (9.84 in)
b: 160 mm (6.30 in)
NT414
ST33230000
(J25805-O1)
Drift
Removing differential oil seal
Installing differential side bearing
a: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
NT084
ST30720000
(J25405)
Drift
Installing differential side bearing outer race
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
NT115
ST22350000
(J25678-O1)
Drift
Installing input shaft front and rear bearing
a: 34 mm (1.34 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
NT065
ST22452000
(J34335)
Drift
Installing 3rd and 4th main gear
Installing 5th gear bush
Installing 5th & Rev synchronizer hub
Installing Rev gear bush
Installing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
NT065
ST37750000
(J34335)
Drift
NT065
Revision: May 2004
MT-6
Installing input shaft oil seal
Installing 5th synchronizer
Installing mainshaft rear bearing
Installing 5th main gear
Installing 3rd & 4th synchronizer hub
Installing striking rod oil seal
Installing clutch housing dust seal
a: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS5F70A]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
ST30621000
(J35869)
Drift
Description
A
Installing differential side bearing outer race
[Use with ST30611000 (J25742-1).]
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia.
B
MT
NT073
ST30611000
(J25742-1)
Drift handle
Installing differential side bearing outer race
[Use with ST30621000 (J35869).]
a: 15 mm (0.59 in)
b: 335 mm (13.19 in)
c: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
d: M12 × 1.5P
D
E
NT419
F
Commercial Service Tools
ECS005TF
Tool name
Description
Drift
Installing differential side bearing inner race
a: 56 mm (2.20 in) dia.
b: 50.5 mm (1.988 in) dia.
G
H
I
NT065
Drift
Removing input shaft rear bearing
Removing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 16 mm (0.63 in) dia.
J
K
NT065
Drift
Installing differential oil seal
(Transaxle case side)
a: 58 mm (2.28 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
L
M
NT065
Drift
Installing differential oil seal
(Clutch housing side)
a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
NT065
Drift
Installing 2nd gear bush
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 33 mm (1.30 in) dia.
NT065
Revision: May 2004
MT-7
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS5F70A]
Tool name
Description
Drift
Installing 3rd & 4th and 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub
Installing mainshaft front bearing
a: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
NT065
Drift
Installing input shaft oil seal
Installing 5th input gear
a: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
b: 30 mm (1.18 in) dia.
NT065
Revision: May 2004
MT-8
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[RS5F70A]
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
A
ECS005TG
Symptom
Oil leakage
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
2
Jumps out of gear
2
MT-21, MT-23
MT-22
B
MT
D
3
Insert Spring, Shifting Insert (damaged)
Bearing (worn or damaged)
3
Baulk Ring (worn or damaged)
Gear (worn or damaged)
E
Shift Fork (worn)
Control Rod (worn)
O-Ring (worn or damaged)
Oil Seal (worn or damaged)
2
Gasket (damaged)
1
(Oil level is high)
(Wrong oil)
Noise
(Oil level is low)
Suspected Parts (possible cause)
Check Plug Return Spring and Check Ball (worn or damaged)
MT-14
MT-20
MT-11
Reference page
MT-11
MT-11
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
F
G
H
I
J
2
2
1
3
2
3
3
K
3
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-9
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS5F70A]
DESCRIPTION
Cross-sectional View
PFP:00000
ECS005TH
WCIA0017E
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Double-cone synchronizer is used for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce
operating force of the shift lever.
SMT837DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-10
2003 Sentra
M/T OIL
[RS5F70A]
M/T OIL
Replacement
PFP:KLD20
A
ECS005TI
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Start the engine and let it run to warm up the transaxle.
Stop the engine. Remove drain plug and drain oil.
Set a gasket on the drain plug and install it on the transaxle.
Drain plug
B
: 10 - 19 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 87 - 173 in-lb)
MT
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
D
E
SMA145AA
FILLING
1.
Remove filler plug. Fill with new oil until oil level reaches the specified limit near filler plug mounting hole.
Oil grade
Capacity (reference)
2.
F
: API GL-4
: Approximately 3.0
(3 1/8 qt)
G
After refilling oil, check oil level. Set a new gasket on the filler plug, then install it in the transaxle body.
Filler plug
: 10 - 19 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 87 - 173 in-lb)
H
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Checking
ECS005TJ
I
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
●
●
●
Check that oil is not leaking from transaxle.
Check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown.
CAUTION:
Never start engine while checking oil level.
Set a new gasket on the filler plug and install it in the transaxle
body.
Filler plug
J
K
: 10 - 19 N·m (1.0 - 2.0 kg-m, 87 - 173 in-lb)
L
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SMA066C
Revision: May 2004
MT-11
2003 Sentra
M
SIDE OIL SEAL
[RS5F70A]
SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
1.
2.
3.
PFP:32113
ECS005TK
Remove drain plug and drain the oil from transaxle. Refer to MT-11, "DRAINING" .
Remove drive shafts. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove differential oil seal using Tool.
SMT563A
4.
Install differential oil seal with a suitable tool.
● Apply multi-purpose grease to seal lip of oil seal before installing.
SMT126DB
5.
Install drive shafts. Refer to FAX-16, "Installation" .
● Install differential oil seal so that dimensions “A” and “B” are
within specifications.
Unit: mm (in)
Model
Dimension "A"
Dimension "B"
QG18DE
(RS5F70A)
0.5 (0.020) or less
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256)
WCIA0001E
6.
Refill the transaxle oil and install the drain plug with a new gasket. Refer to MT-11, "FILLING" .
Revision: May 2004
MT-12
2003 Sentra
POSITION SWITCH
[RS5F70A]
POSITION SWITCH
Position Switch Check
PFP:32005
A
ECS005TL
NOTE:
For removal and installation of the switches. Refer to MT-20, "CASE COMPONENTS" .
B
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
●
Check continuity.
MT
Gear position
Continuity
Reverse
Yes
Except reverse
No
D
E
SMT715BD
F
PNP SWITCH
●
Check continuity.
Gear position
Continuity
Neutral
Yes
Except neutral
No
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-13
2003 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS5F70A]
CONTROL LINKAGE
Removal and Installation
PFP:34103
ECS005TM
TRANSAXLE GEAR CONTROL
Refer to the illustration for the removal and installation procedure.
WCIA0135E
1.
Control lever knob
2.
Boot
3.
Finisher
4.
Control lever bracket
5.
Socket
6.
Control lever
7.
O-ring
8.
O-ring
9.
Ring spring
10.
Bearing seat
11.
Ring spring
12. Seat
13.
Return spring
14. Control rod
15. Bushing
16.
Collar
17. Bushing
18. Bracket
21. Washer
19.
Bushing
20. Collar
22.
Support rod bracket
23. Support rod
Revision: May 2004
MT-14
2003 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS5F70A]
STRIKING ROD OIL SEAL
1.
2.
A
Remove transaxle control rod from yoke.
Remove retaining pin of yoke using Tool.
● Be careful not to damage boot.
B
MT
D
SMT143DB
3.
4.
Remove the boot.
Remove striking rod oil seal with a suitable tool.
E
F
G
H
SMT566A
5.
Install striking rod oil seal using Tool.
● Apply multi-purpose grease to the seal lip of the oil seal
before installing.
I
J
K
SMT570AA
6.
7.
8.
Install the boot.
Install yoke and retaining pin.
Connect the transaxle control rod to the yoke.
Revision: May 2004
L
M
MT-15
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:32010
ECS005TN
REMOVAL
WMT009
1.
2.
Remove battery negative terminal.
Remove air cleaner and air duct.
WMT010
3.
4.
5.
Remove clutch operating cylinder from transaxle. Refer to CL-11, "Removal" .
Disconnect back-up lamp switch, VSS sensor, PNP switch, and ground harness connectors.
Remove starter motor from transaxle. Refer to SC-20,
"Removal" .
WCIA0006E
Revision: May 2004
MT-16
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
6.
Remove air breather hose.
A
B
MT
SMT132D
D
7.
Remove shift control rod and support rod from transaxle.
E
F
G
WMT005
8. Remove the drain plug and drain gear oil from transaxle.
9. Remove the drive shafts from the transaxle. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
10. Support engine by placing a jack under oil pan as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not place jack under oil pan drain plug.
H
I
J
K
SMT659B
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-17
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
11. Remove LH side and rear side mounting bolts.
WMT007
12. Remove lower housing bolts.
SMT658B
13. Remove bolts securing transaxle.
14. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack.
Revision: May 2004
MT-18
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
INSTALLATION
A
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
●
Tighten starter motor to transaxle bolts to specification.
Starter motor to transaxle bolts
●
●
: 31 - 42 N·m (3.2 - 4.3 kg-m, 23 - 31 ft-lb)
B
Tighten LH and rear mounts to specification.
Install transaxle to engine, tighten the bolts to specification.
MT
Bolt No.
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
1
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 22 - 30)
70 (2.76)
2
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 22 - 30)
80 (3.15)
3
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 22 - 30)
30 (1.18)
4*
16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15)
25 (0.98)
Front gusset A to engine
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 22 - 30)
20 (0.79)
Rear gusset B to engine
16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15)
16 (0.63)
"
"mm (in)
D
E
SMT930D
F
*: With gussets
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-19
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
Component Parts
ECS005TO
CASE COMPONENTS
WMT014
1.
Clutch housing
2.
Dust seal
3.
Oil pocket
4.
Check plug
5.
Input shaft oil seal
6.
Oil channel
7.
Mainshaft front bearing
8.
Bearing retainer
9.
Reverse idler gear front thrust
washer
10. Reverse idler gear
11.
Reverse idler gear bearing
12.
Reverse idler gear rear thrust
washer
13. O-ring
14. Reverse idler gear shaft
15.
Snap ring
16. Back-up lamp switch
17. Filler plug
18.
Side cover gasket
19. Side cover
20. Welch plug
21.
Mainshaft bearing snap ring
22. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
23. O-ring
24.
Rear cover
25. Differential oil seal
26. Drain plug
27.
PNP switch
28. Transmission case
29. Oil gutter
30.
Welch plug
31. Boot
32. Striking rod oil seal
33.
Welch plug
34. Differential oil seal
35. O-ring
36.
Speedometer pinion
Revision: May 2004
MT-20
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
GEAR COMPONENTS
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
SMT641DA
1.
Reverse idler gear front thrust
washer
2.
Reverse idler gear
3.
Reverse idler gear bearing
4.
Reverse idler gear rear thrust
washer
5.
O-ring
6.
Reverse idler gear shaft
7.
Snap ring
8.
Input shaft front bearing
9.
Input shaft
10.
3rd gear needle bearing
11.
3rd input gear
12.
3rd gear baulk ring
13.
Coupling sleeve
14.
Spread spring
15.
Shifting insert
16.
3rd & 4th synchronizer hub
17.
Spread spring
18.
4th gear C-ring
19.
4th gear needle bearing
20.
4th gear baulk ring
21.
4th input gear
22.
5th gear front C-ring
23.
5th input gear
24.
5th gear rear C-ring
25.
C-ring holder
26.
Input shaft rear bearing
27.
Oil channel
28.
Input shaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
29.
Mainshaft front bearing
30.
Mainshaft
31.
1st gear needle bearing
32.
1st main gear
33.
1st inner baulk ring
34.
1st synchronizer cone
35.
1st outer baulk ring
36.
1st & 2nd synchronizer hub
37.
Coupling sleeve
38.
Insert spring
39.
2nd gear bushing
40.
2nd gear needle bearing
41.
2nd gear outer baulk ring
42.
2nd gear synchronizer cone
43.
2nd inner baulk ring
44.
2nd main gear
45.
3rd main gear
46.
Spacer
47.
Mainshaft adjusting shim
48.
4th main gear
49.
5th gear bushing
50.
5th gear needle bearing
51.
5th main gear
52.
5th gear baulk ring
53.
Spread spring
54.
Shifting insert
55.
5th & reverse synchronizer hub
56.
Spread spring
57.
Coupling sleeve
58.
Reverse gear bushing
59.
Reverse gear needle bearing
60.
Reverse gear baulk ring
61.
Reverse main gear
62.
Sub-gear
63.
Sub-gear washer
64.
Snap ring
65.
Mainshaft thrust washer
66.
Mainshaft rear bearing
67.
Mainshaft C-ring
68.
C-ring holder
69.
Snap ring
Revision: May 2004
MT-21
I
J
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS
WMT015
1.
Clutch housing
2.
3rd & 4th bracket
3.
3rd & 4th shift fork
4.
Retaining pin
5.
Check ball
6.
Check pin
7.
Check spring
8.
Check plug
9.
Stopper ring
10.
3rd & 4th fork rod
11.
Selector shaft pin
12. Selector
13.
5th & reverse bracket
14. Reverse switch bracket
15. Retaining pin
16.
5th & reverse shift fork
17. Interlock plunger
18. Check ball
19.
Interlock pin
20. Stopper ring
21. 5th & reverse fork rod
22.
Striking lever
23. Retaining pin
24. 1st & 2nd bracket
25.
1st & 2nd shift fork
26. Check ball
27. 1st & 2nd fork rod
28.
Transaxle case
29. Check ball
30. Check spring
31.
Check plug
32. Select check leaf spring
33. Return spring
34.
Steel ball
35. Reverse gate
36. Return bearing
37.
Selector arm
38. Bushing
39. Welch plug
40.
Selector shaft
41. Striking yoke
42. Retaining pin
43.
Striking rod
44. Dust boot
45. Striking rod oil seal
46.
Welch plug
Revision: May 2004
MT-22
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
FINAL DRIVE COMPONENTS
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WCIA0003E
1.
Differential side bearing adjusting
shim
2.
Differential side bearing outer race
3.
Differential side bearing
4.
Final gear
5.
Differential case
6.
Speedometer drive gear
7.
Speedometer stopper
8.
Differential side bearing
9.
Differential side bearing outer race
K
10. Pinion mate thrust washer
11. Pinion mate gear
12. Side gear thrust washer
13. Side gear
14. Pinion mate shaft
15. Lock pin
Disassembly and Assembly
L
ECS005TP
M
DISASSEMBLY
Transaxle Case
1.
Remove back-up lamp switch, PNP switch, drain plug, and filler
plug from transaxle case.
WMT023
Revision: May 2004
MT-23
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
2.
3.
Remove snap ring from reverse idler shaft as shown.
Remove side cover and rear cover from case.
SMT644D
4.
5.
a.
b.
Remove O-ring and mainshaft bearing adjusting shim.
Remove reverse idler gear shaft.
Attach bolt (M6) to thread of reverse idler gear shaft end as
shown.
Pull out the attached bolt (M6), and remove reverse idler gear
shaft from case.
SMT645D
6.
7.
Remove reverse idler gear, thrust washer (front, rear), and bearing from case.
Remove mainshaft rear bearing snap ring from case.
SMT646D
8.
Remove check plugs, springs, and check balls from case.
SMT647D
Revision: May 2004
MT-24
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
9.
Remove transaxle case mounting bolts.
A
B
MT
SMT649D
D
10. Remove input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim from transaxle case.
11. Remove oil gutter from transaxle case.
E
F
G
SMT650D
H
12. Remove differential side bearing outer race and adjusting shim
from transaxle case using Tool.
I
J
K
SMT651DA
13. Remove differential oil seal from transaxle case using Tool.
L
M
SMT653DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-25
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
14. Remove welch plugs from transaxle case using Tool.
SMT839DA
Clutch Housing
1.
2.
Remove transaxle case from clutch housing.
Remove check plugs, check springs, check pins, and check
balls from housing.
SMT654D
3.
Remove 3rd & 4th bracket retaining pin using Tool.
SMT656DA
4.
Remove 3rd & 4th shift fork stopper ring.
SMT655D
5.
6.
Remove 3rd & 4th fork rod.
Remove 3rd & 4th shift fork and bracket.
Revision: May 2004
MT-26
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
7.
8.
Remove interlock plunger and check ball.
Remove 5th & reverse bracket stopper ring.
A
B
MT
SMT658D
D
9.
Remove retaining pins from 5th & reverse shift fork and 5th &
reverse bracket using Tool.
E
F
G
SMT657DA
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Remove 5th & reverse fork rod.
Remove interlock pin from 5th & reverse fork rod using Tool.
Remove reverse switch bracket and 5th & reverse bracket.
Remove check ball from housing.
Remove retaining pin for 1st & 2nd shift fork and 1st & 2nd
bracket using Tool.
H
I
J
K
SMT659DA
15. Remove 1st & 2nd fork rod.
16. Remove 5th & reverse and 1st & 2nd shift forks, and 1st & 2nd bracket.
17. Remove both input shaft and mainshaft assemblies from housing.
M
SMT660D
Revision: May 2004
MT-27
L
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
18. Remove final drive assembly from housing.
19. Remove oil pocket from housing.
SMT661D
20. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer from housing.
21. Cut off oil channel using a cutter as shown.
SMT662D
22. Remove mainshaft front bearing from housing using Tool.
SMT663DA
23. Using a magnet or other suitable tool, remove selector pin from
selector shaft.
SMT664D
24. Remove selector shaft and plug, then remove selector using
Tool.
SMT665DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-28
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
25. Remove reamer bolts, then remove select check leaf spring,
return spring, steel ball, reverse gate, selector arm, bearing, and
bushing.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to lose the steel ball.
A
B
MT
SMT666DA
D
26. Remove retaining pin and plug from striking lever using Tool.
E
F
G
SMT667DA
27. Remove striking rod, then striking lever from housing.
28. Using a flat-head screwdriver or other suitable tool, remove dust
seal, input shaft oil seal, and striking rod oil seal from housing.
CAUTION:
When removing dust and oil seals, be careful not to damage
mounting surfaces of dust seal and oil seal.
H
I
J
K
SMT668D
29. Remove differential oil seal from housing using Tool.
L
M
WMT021
Revision: May 2004
MT-29
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
30. Remove differential side outer race from housing using Tool.
SMT670DA
ASSEMBLY
Clutch Housing
1.
Hammer the new striking rod oil seal into clutch housing as far
as it will go using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse striking rod oil seal.
SMT722DA
2.
Hammer the differential oil seal into clutch housing with a suitable tool until it becomes flush with clutch housing end face.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse differential oil seal.
SMT723DA
3.
Hammer input shaft oil seal into clutch housing as far as it will go
with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse input shaft oil seal.
SMT724DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-30
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
4.
Hammer the dust seal into clutch housing as far as it will go
using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse dust seal.
A
B
MT
SMT725DA
D
5.
Install outer race of differential side bearing using Tool.
E
F
G
SMT726DA
6.
Install new oil channel (mainshaft).
CAUTION:
Pay attention to installation direction of oil channel.
H
I
J
SMT727D
7.
K
Align the notches on mainshaft front bearing and transaxle case.
Then, install mainshaft front bearing with a suitable tool.
L
M
SMT728DA
8.
Install mainshaft bearing retainer, tighten bolt to specification.
SMT729D
Revision: May 2004
MT-31
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
9.
Attach boot, striking rod, and striking lever to clutch housing.
Install new retaining pin for striking lever using Tool.
CAUTION:
● Before installing striking rod, wrap the end with a vinyl
tape or similar product to prevent oil seal from being
damaged.
● Do not reuse retaining pin.
SMT667DA
10. Hammer the new welch plug (striking lever side) with a generalpurpose drift [OD: 12 mm (0.47 in)].
CAUTION:
Do not reuse welch plug.
SMT730D
11. Install selector, selector shaft, and selector shaft pin into clutch
housing.
SMT731D
12. Hammer the new welch plug (selector shaft side) with a generalpurpose drift [OD: 12 mm (0.47 in)].
CAUTION:
Do not reuse welch plug.
SMT732D
13. Install select check leaf spring, return spring, steel ball, reverse
gate, selector arm, bushing, and return bearing.
SMT733DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-32
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
14. Tighten the two reamer bolts to specification.
CAUTION:
Use correct reamer bolts for each installation point,
because each bolt has a different length.
A
B
MT
SMT734D
D
15. Install oil pocket.
E
F
G
SMT735D
16. Install differential assembly, input shaft assembly, and mainshaft
assembly into clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage input shaft oil seal during installation of input shaft assembly.
H
I
J
SMT736D
17. Install 5th & reverse shift fork.
18. Install 1st & 2nd shift fork, bracket, and fork rod.
19. Install retaining pin for 1st & 2nd bracket using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
L
M
SMT659DB
20. Install two check balls.
Revision: May 2004
MT-33
K
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
21. Install interlock pin into 5th & reverse fork rod using Tool.
22. Install reverse switch bracket, 5th & reverse bracket, and fork
rod.
23. Install new retaining pin for 5th & reverse shift fork and reverse
switch bracket using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
SMT657DB
24. Install 5th & reverse bracket stopper ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse stopper pin.
25. Install check ball and interlock plunger.
26. Install 3rd & 4th shift fork, bracket, and fork rod.
27. Install 3rd & 4th bracket retaining pin using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
SMT656DB
28. Install 3rd & 4th shift fork stopper ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse stopper ring.
SMT655D
29. Install check ball, check pin, and check spring, and apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent onto the
check plug. Then, tighten the check plug to specification.
Refer to MT-22, "SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS" .
Transaxle Case
1.
Insert differential oil seal into differential case with a suitable tool
until it becomes flush with case end face.
SMT737DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-34
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
2.
Install welch plug into transaxle case with a suitable tool.
A
B
MT
SMT739D
D
3.
Calculate dimension “N” (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for differential side bearing.
End play
: 0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in)
Dimension “N” = (N1 – N2) + End play
N
: Thickness of adjusting shim
N1
: Distance between clutch housing
case end face and mounting face
of adjusting shim
N2
: Distance between differential side
bearing and transaxle case
a.
E
F
G
SMT740D
Use the "Available Shims" table for the available shim sizes. Refer to MT-68, "Available Shims — Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim" .
Using dial gauge and scale, measure dimension “N1” between
clutch housing case end face and mounting face of adjusting
shim.
H
I
J
K
SMT741D
b.
c.
Install outer race onto differential side bearing on final gear side. Holding the outer race horizontally by
hand, rotate the final gear five times or more (for smooth movement of bearing roller).
Using dial gauge and scale as shown, measure dimension “N2”
between differential side bearing outer race and transaxle case
end face.
SMT742D
Revision: May 2004
MT-35
2003 Sentra
L
M
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
4.
Install the selected shim and bearing outer race using Tool.
SMT738DA
5.
Measure the turning torque of the final drive assembly using
Tool.
Turning torque of
final drive assembly
(New bearing)
●
●
●
6.
: 2.9 - 6.9 N-m (30 - 70 kg-cm,
26 - 61 in-lb)
When the old bearing is used again, turning torque will
be slightly less than the above.
Make sure turning torque is close to the specified range.
Changes in turning torque of final drive assembly per
revolution should be within 1.0 N-m (10 kg-cm, 8.7 in-lb)
without binding.
SMT600-E
Calculate dimension “O” (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input
shaft rear bearing.
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Dimension “O” = (O1 – O2) + End play
O
: Thickness of adjusting shim
O1
: Distance between transaxle case
end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim
O2
: Distance between clutch housing
case end face and end face of
input shaft rear bearing
SMT743D
Use the "Available Shims" table for the available shim sizes. Refer to MT-65, "Available Adjusting Shims" .
a.
Using block gauge, scale, and dial gauge, measure dimension
“O1” between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
SMT744D
Revision: May 2004
MT-36
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
b.
Using block gauge, scale, and dial gauge as shown in the figure,
measure dimension “O2” between clutch housing case end face
and end face of input shaft rear bearing.
A
B
MT
SMT745D
D
7.
8.
Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft.
Install oil gutter into transaxle case.
E
F
G
SMT650D
9.
H
Clean mating surfaces of clutch housing and transaxle case.
Check for cracks and damage, then apply sealant. Use Genuine
Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
I
J
K
SMT802D
10. Install transaxle case onto clutch housing, and tighten mounting
bolts with specified torque.
Transaxle case mounting
bolts
L
: Refer to MT-20, "CASE
COMPONENTS" .
M
SMT649D
Revision: May 2004
MT-37
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
11. Apply sealant to threads of back-up lamp switch, PNP switch,
and drain plug, then install them. Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid
Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical
Products and Sealants" .
NOTE:
Fill the case with oil before installation of filler plug.
WMT023
12. Install speedometer pinion assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.
13. Install check springs and check balls. Apply sealant to the
thread on the check plug, and install it.
SMT749D
14. Calculate thickness of adjusting shim using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft rear bearing.
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Dimension “P” = (P1 – P2) + End play
P
: Thickness of adjusting shim
P1
: Distance between transaxle case
end face and mainshaft rear bearing
P2
: Distance between adjusting shim
end face of rear cover and transaxle
mounting face
SMT746D
Use the "Available Shims" table for the available shim sizes. Refer to MT-65, "Available Adjusting Shims" .
a.
Using dial gauge as shown in the figure, measure dimension
“P1” between transaxle case end face and mainshaft rear bearing.
SMT747D
Revision: May 2004
MT-38
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
b.
Using dial gauge as shown in the figure, measure dimension
“P2” between adjusting shim mounting face of rear cover and
transaxle mounting face.
A
B
MT
SMT748D
D
15. Using snap ring pliers and flat-head screwdriver as shown,
install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
E
F
G
SMT646D
16. Install selected mainshaft adjusting shim.
17. Install reverse idler gear, O-ring, thrust washers (front and rear),
and bearing onto reverse idler shaft.
H
I
J
K
SMT753DA
18. Install snap ring into transaxle case using snap ring pliers.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse snap ring.
● Do not reuse O-ring.
● Before installation, apply gear oil to O-ring.
19. Using feeler gauge, measure the end play of snap ring, and
select a snap ring suitable to satisfy the following specification.
End play
L
M
: 0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.0020 - 0.0098 in)
Use the "Available Shims" table for the available shim sizes.
Refer to MT-64, "Available Snap Rings" .
SMT754D
Revision: May 2004
MT-39
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F70A]
20. Install selected snap ring with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SMT644D
21. Apply gear oil to rear cover O-ring, and install rear cover, side cover gasket, and side cover. Then tighten
mounting bolts with specified torque.
Use the "Available Shims" table for the available shim sizes. Refer to MT-20, "CASE COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse mounting bolts for rear cover and side cover.
Revision: May 2004
MT-40
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly
1.
PFP:32200
A
ECS005TQ
Before disassembly, measure the end plays of 3rd and 4th input
gears with a suitable tool. Refer to MT-64, "Gear End Play" .
● If end play is not within specification, disassemble and check
the parts.
B
MT
D
SMT759D
E
2.
Remove oil channel from input shaft rear bearing.
F
G
H
SMT671D
3.
I
Press out input shaft rear bearing using Tool.
J
K
SMT672DA
4.
5.
Remove C-ring holder.
Remove 5th gear rear C-ring.
M
SMT673D
Revision: May 2004
L
MT-41
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
6.
7.
Remove 5th input gear from input shaft using Tool.
Remove 5th gear front C-ring.
SMT674DA
8.
Remove 4th input gear, baulk ring, 4th gear needle bearing, and
4th gear C-ring from input shaft.
9. Press out both 3rd & 4th synchronizer hub assembly and 3rd
input gear from input shaft using Tool.
10. Remove 3rd gear needle bearing.
SMT675DA
11. Press out input shaft front bearing from input shaft using Tool.
SMT676DA
Inspection
ECS005TR
GEAR AND SHAFT
●
●
Check shaft for cracks, wear or bending.
Check gears for excessive wear, chips or cracks.
SMT693D
Revision: May 2004
MT-42
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
SYNCHRONIZERS
●
●
●
A
Check spline area of coupling sleeves, hubs and gears for wear
or cracks.
Check baulk rings for cracks or deformation.
Check insert springs for wear or deformation.
B
MT
SMT637A
●
If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
D
E
F
G
SMT867D
●
Measure the movement (free play in dimension “L”) of 3rd & 4th
coupling sleeve with the end fixed and the other end lifted as
shown in the figure. If the movement exceeds specification,
replace the sleeve.
Coupling sleeve
3rd & 4th
H
I
Dimension “L”
J
0 - 0.95 mm (0 - 0.0374 in)
K
SMT841D
●
L
Measure clearance between baulk ring and gear. Refer to MT64, "Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear" .
M
SMT140
Revision: May 2004
MT-43
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
BEARING
●
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
SMT148A
Assembly
1.
ECS005TS
Press on input shaft front bearing using Tool.
SMT696DA
2.
3.
Install 3rd gear needle, 3rd input gear and 3rd gear baulk ring bearing to input shaft.
Install spread spring, shifting insert, and 3rd & 4th synchronizer
hub onto 3rd & 4th coupling sleeve.
● Pay attention to the shape of spread spring and shifting insert
for correct assembly.
Do not install spread spring hook onto the same shifting
insert.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 3rd & 4th synchronizer hub.
SMT694D
●
Install synchronizer hub with its three grooves facing the front
side (3rd input gear side).
SMT695D
Revision: May 2004
MT-44
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
●
Install 3rd & 4th coupling sleeve with its chamfered surface
facing the 4th input gear side.
A
B
MT
SMT699D
D
4.
Position bearing replacer to the front side of input shaft front
bearing.
● Align grooves of shifting insert and 3rd gear baulk ring. Then,
press it onto 3rd & 4th synchronizer hub assembly using a
drift.
E
F
G
SMT698DA
5.
6.
Install 4th gear C-ring onto input shaft using Tool.
Measure the end play of 3rd & 4th synchronizer hub with a suitable tool, and check if it is within allowable specification.
End play
7.
H
I
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
If not within specification, adjust the end play by changing thickness of 4th (input) gear C-ring. Refer to MT-64, "Available Crings" .
J
K
SMT700D
8.
Install 4th gear needle bearing, 4th gear baulk ring, and 5th gear
front C-ring.
L
M
SMT701DA
9.
Install 4th input gear using Tool.
Revision: May 2004
MT-45
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
10. Position 5th input gear as shown, to install it on input shaft.
SMT703D
11. Install 5th input gear using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 5th input gear.
SMT702DA
12. Install 5th gear rear C-ring onto input shaft using Tool.
13. Measure the end play of 5th input gear with a suitable tool, and
check if it is within the allowable specification below.
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
SMT704D
14. If not within specification, adjust the end play by changing thickness of the 5th (input gear) rear C-ring.
Refer to MT-64, "Available C-rings" .
15. Install C-ring holder onto 5th gear rear C-ring using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse C-ring holder.
16. Install input shaft rear bearing using Tool.
CAUTION:
Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing
the input gear side.
SMT705DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-46
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
17. Install oil channel onto input shaft.
A
B
MT
SMT671D
D
18. Measure gear end play as a final check. Refer to MT-64, "Gear End Play" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-47
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly
1.
PFP:32241
ECS005TT
Before disassembly, measure gear end play with a suitable tool.
Refer to MT-64, "Gear End Play" .
● If end play is not within the specified limit, disassemble and
check the parts.
SMT760D
2.
Remove snap ring with a suitable tool.
SMT677D
3.
Remove C-ring holder and mainshaft C-ring.
SMT678D
4.
Press out mainshaft rear bearing from mainshaft using Tool.
SMT679DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-48
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
5.
Remove mainshaft thrust washer.
A
B
MT
SMT680D
D
6.
7.
Remove snap ring from mainshaft. Then, remove reverse main gear assembly, reverse gear needle bearing, and reverse gear baulk ring.
Place bearing replacer between 5th & reverse synchronizer hub
and 5th main gear, and press out both reverse gear bushing and
5th & reverse synchronizer assembly using Tool.
E
F
G
WMT024
8.
9.
Remove 5th main gear, 5th gear baulk ring, and 5th gear needle bearing.
Place bearing replacer between 3rd and 4th main gears, and
press out both 5th gear bushing and 4th main gear using Tool.
H
I
J
K
WMT025
L
10. Remove mainshaft adjusting shim and spacer.
M
SMT683D
11. Place bearing replacer between 2nd main gear and 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub, and press out both 3rd
and 2nd main gears.
12. Remove 2nd double cone assembly, 2nd gear bushing, and coupling sleeve assembly.
Revision: May 2004
MT-49
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
13. Place bearing replacer on 1st gear front side, and press out all
of 2nd gear bushing, 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub, 1st main gear,
and 1st double cone using Tool.
WMT026
14. Remove 1st gear needle bearing.
Inspection
ECS005TU
GEAR AND SHAFT
●
●
Check shaft for cracks, wear or bending.
Check gears for excessive wear, chips or cracks.
SMT693D
SYNCHRONIZERS
●
●
●
Check spline area of coupling sleeves, hubs and gears for wear
or cracks.
Check baulk rings for cracks or deformation.
Check insert springs for wear or deformation.
SMT637A
●
If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SMT867D
Revision: May 2004
MT-50
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
●
Measure the movement (play, dimension “L”) of 1st & 2nd coupling sleeve and 5th & reverse coupling sleeve with their end
fixed and the other end lifted as shown in the figure. If the movement exceeds specification, replace the sleeve.
Coupling sleeve
A
B
Length “L”
1st & 2nd
0 - 0.68 mm (0 - 0.0268 in)
5th & Reverse
0 - 0.89 mm (0 - 0.0350 in)
MT
SMT868D
D
●
Measure clearance between baulk ring and gear. Refer to MT64, "Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear" .
E
F
G
SMT140
BEARING
●
H
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
I
J
K
SMT148A
●
Measure wear of inner and outer baulk ring as shown.
L
M
WMT017
–
–
Place baulk rings in position on synchronizer cone.
While holding baulk ring against synchronizer cone as far as it will go, measure dimensions “A” and “B”
using Tool.
Standard
Wear limit
●
"A": 0.6 - 0.8 mm (0.024 - 0.031 in)
"B": 0.6 - 1.1 mm (0.024 - 0.043 in)
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
If dimension “A” or “B” is smaller than the wear limit, replace outer baulk ring, inner baulk ring
and synchronizer cone as a set.
Revision: May 2004
MT-51
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
Assembly
1.
ECS005TV
Install 1st gear needle bearing and 1st main gear onto mainshaft.
SMT706D
2.
3.
Install 1st double cone assembly onto mainshaft.
Install 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub with its three grooves facing
the front side (1st main gear side) onto mainshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub.
SMT695D
4.
Install 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub using Tool.
SMT707DA
5.
Install insert spring onto 1st & 2nd coupling sleeve.
SMT994BB
Revision: May 2004
MT-52
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
6.
Install 1st & 2nd coupling sleeve with its chamfered surface facing the 1st main gear side onto 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub.
A
B
MT
SMT708D
D
7.
Install 2nd gear bushing with its flange surface facing 1st & 2nd
synchronizer hub side using Tool.
E
F
G
WMT027
8.
9.
Install 2nd needle bearing, 2nd double cone assembly, and 2nd
main gear onto mainshaft using Tool.
Position 3rd main gear as shown, and install it using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 3rd main gear.
H
I
J
SMT710DA
10. Install spacer and mainshaft adjusting shim onto mainshaft.
11. Select a mainshaft adjusting shim suitable to satisfy the following specification of dimension “L” and install it onto mainshaft.
Specification of
dimension “L”
Mainshaft adjusting
shims
L
: 151.35 - 151.45 mm
(5.9586 - 5.9626 in)
: Refer to MT-65, "Available
Adjusting Shims" .
M
SMT711D
Revision: May 2004
MT-53
K
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
12. Position 4th main gear as shown, and install it onto mainshaft.
SMT713D
13. Install 4th main gear onto mainshaft using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 4th main gear.
SMT712DA
14. Install 5th gear bushing with its flange surface facing the 4th
main gear side using Tool.
WMT028
15. Install 5th needle bearing, 5th main gear, and 5th gear baulk ring
onto mainshaft.
SMT761D
16. Being careful of the following points, install spread spring, shifting insert, and 5th & reverse synchronizer hub onto 5th &
reverse coupling sleeve.
SMT694D
Revision: May 2004
MT-54
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
●
●
Pay attention to the shape of spread spring and shifting insert
for correct assembly.
Do not install spread spring hook onto the same shifting
insert.
Install synchronizer hub with its three grooves facing the front
side (5th main gear side).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse 5th & reverse synchronizer hub.
A
B
MT
SMT695D
●
Install 5th & reverse coupling sleeve with its chamfered surface facing the reverse main gear side.
D
E
F
G
SMT716D
H
17. Install 5th & reverse synchronizer hub assembly using Tool.
I
J
SMT715DA
18. Install reverse gear baulk ring using Tool.
19. Install reverse gear bushing using Tool.
20. Install reverse gear needle bearing using Tool.
K
L
M
WMT029
21. Install sub-gear, sub-gear washer, and snap ring onto reverse
main gear.
CAUTION:
● Pay attention to direction of sub-gear washer.
● Do not reuse snap ring.
SMT718D
Revision: May 2004
MT-55
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
22. Install reverse main gear assembly onto mainshaft.
23. Select a thrust washer suitable to satisfy the following specification of dimension “M” as shown, and install it onto mainshaft.
Specification of
dimension “M”
Available thrust
washers
: 244.20 - 244.30 mm
(9.6142 - 9.6181 in)
: Refer to MT-67, "Available Thrust Washer" .
SMT719D
24. Install mainshaft rear bearing using Tool.
SMT720DA
25. Install mainshaft C-ring.
26. Using feeler gauge, measure the end play of mainshaft rear
bearing with a suitable tool, and check if it satisfies the following
specification.
End play
Mainshaft C-rings
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
: Refer to MT-64, "Available Crings" .
SMT721D
27. Install C-ring holder.
SMT678D
Revision: May 2004
MT-56
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F70A]
28. Install snap ring with a suitable tool.
A
B
MT
SMT677D
D
29. Measure gear end play as a final check. Refer to MT-64, "Gear End Play" .
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-57
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F70A]
FINAL DRIVE
Pre-inspection
PFP:38411
ECS005TW
DIFFERENTIAL CASE SIDE
1.
2.
3.
Clean final drive assembly sufficiently to prevent side gear thrust washer, differential case, side gear, and
other parts from sticking by gear oil.
Upright the differential case so that the side gear to be measured faces upward.
Place final drive adapter and dial gauge onto side gear. Move
side gear up and down, and measure the clearance using Tool.
Clearance between side gear and
differential case
: 0.1 - 0.2 mm
(0.004 - 0.008 in)
SMT685DA
4.
5.
If not within specification, adjust the clearance by changing thrust washer thickness.
Turn differential case upside down, and measure the clearance between side gear and differential case on
the other side in the same way using Tool.
Disassembly
1.
2.
ECS005TX
Remove the final gear bolts. Then, separate the final gear from
differential case.
Make a notch and remove speedometer drive gear using a
scraper or other suitable tool.
● Bearing replacer cannot be positioned unless speedometer drive gear is removed.
SMT609A
3.
4.
Remove differential side bearing of final gear side using Tool.
Turn differential case upside down, and remove differential side
bearing of speedometer drive gear side using Tool.
● Be careful not to mix up the differential side bearings.
WCIA0005E
5.
6.
Remove speedometer stopper.
Remove lock pins from pinion mate shaft using Tool.
SMT689DA
Revision: May 2004
MT-58
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F70A]
7.
8.
Remove pinion mate shaft.
Rotate pinion mate gear, and remove pinion mate gear, pinion
mate thrust washer, side gear, and side gear thrust washer from
differential case.
A
B
MT
D
SMT839
Inspection
ECS005TY
GEAR, WASHER, SHAFT AND CASE
●
●
E
Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and pinion mate gears.
Check washers for wear.
F
G
H
WCIA0004E
BEARING
●
I
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
CAUTION:
When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and
inner race as a set.
J
K
L
SPD715
Assembly
1.
2.
3.
ECS005TZ
M
Apply gear oil to sliding area of differential case, each gear, and
thrust washer.
Install side gear thrust washer and side gear into differential
case.
Position pinion mate gear and pinion mate thrust washer diagonally, and install them into differential case while rotating.
SMT062A
Revision: May 2004
MT-59
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F70A]
4.
Insert pinion mate shaft into differential case.
SMT087A
5.
6.
7.
Upright the differential case so that its side gear to be measured
faces upward.
Place preload adapter and dial gauge onto side gear. Move side
gear up and down, and measure the clearance using Tool.
Turn differential case upside down, and measure the clearance
between side gear and differential case on the other side in the
same way using Tool.
Clearance of side
gear and differential
case
Differential side gear
thrust washers
8.
: 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
SMT685DA
: Refer to MT-67, "Available
Washers" .
Install retaining pin using Tool.
● Make sure that retaining pin is flush with case.
SMT699B
9. Align and install speedometer drive gear into differential case.
10. Install speedometer stopper.
SMT842D
Revision: May 2004
MT-60
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F70A]
11. Install differential side bearing using Tool.
12. Turn differential case upside down, and install another differential side bearing on the other side in the same way using Tool.
A
B
MT
SMT751DA
D
13. Install the final gear into the differential case. Apply sealant onto
the final gear bolts, and tighten them in the order as shown to
the specified torque.
Final gear bolts
E
: Refer to MT-23, "FINAL DRIVE
COMPONENTS" .
F
G
SMT752D
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-61
2003 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
[RS5F70A]
SHIFT CONTROL
Inspection
●
ECS005U0
Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling
sleeve) is within allowable specification below.
One-side wear specification
Sliding width of new part
1st & 2nd
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
3rd & 4th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
5th & reverse
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
Item
●
PFP:32982
SMT801D
Check if shift check groove of fork rod or 5th & reverse check
groove is worn, or has any other abnormalities.
SMT692D
Revision: May 2004
MT-62
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F70A]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
A
ECS005U1
TRANSAXLE
Engine
QG18DE
Transaxle model
RS5F70A
Number of speeds
5
Synchromesh type
Warner
B
MT
Shift pattern
D
Gear ratio
Number of teeth
1st
3.333
2nd
1.955
3rd
1.286
4th
0.926
5th
0.756
Reverse
3.214
Input gear
Main gear
1st
15
2nd
22
3rd
28
4th
41
5th
45
Rev.
14
1st
50
2nd
43
3rd
36
4th
38
5th
34
Rev.
45
Reverse idler gear
Oil level (Reference)
Oil capacity
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
37
mm (in)*1
75.5 - 80.5 (2.972 - 3.169)
M
3.0 (3 1/8)
(qt)
Remarks
1st & 2nd double baulk ring type synchronizer
Reverse sub-gear
*1: Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
FINAL GEAR
Engine
QG18DE
Transaxle model
RS5F70A
Final gear ratio
Number of teeth
Revision: May 2004
4.176
Final gear/Pinion
71/17
Side gear/Pinion mate gear
16/10
MT-63
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F70A]
Gear End Play
ECS005U2
Unit: mm (in)
Gear
End play
1st main gear
2nd main gear
5th main gear
0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122)
Reverse main gear
3rd input gear
4th input gear
0.17 - 0.44 (0.0067 - 0.0173)
Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear
ECS005U3
3RD, 4TH, 5TH, REVERSE BAULK RING
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Wear limit
3rd
4th
0.90 - 1.45 (0.0354 - 0.0571)
0.7 (0.028)
5th
Reverse
0.9 - 1.35 (0.0354 - 0.0531)
1ST AND 2ND BAULK RING
Unit: mm (in)
SMT906D
Dimension
Standard
A
0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031)
B
0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043)
Wear limit
0.2 (0.008)
Available Snap Rings
ECS005U4
SNAP RING
End play
0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.0020 - 0.0098 in)
Thickness
Part number*
1.45 mm (0.0571 in)
32204-6J000
1.55 mm (0.0610 in)
32204-6J001
1.65 mm (0.0650 in)
32204-6J002
1.75 mm (0.0689 in)
32204-6J003
1.85 mm (0.0728 in)
32204-6J004
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
Available C-rings
ECS005U5
4TH INPUT GEAR C-RING
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
Revision: May 2004
Part number*
MT-64
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F70A]
3.00 mm (0.1181 in)
32205-6J000
3.03 mm (0.1193 in)
32205-6J001
3.06 mm (0.1205 in)
32205-6J002
3.09 mm (0.1217 in)
32205-6J003
3.12 mm (0.1228 in)
32205-6J004
A
B
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
MT
5TH INPUT GEAR REAR C-RING
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
Part number*
2.59 mm (0.1020 in)
32205-6J005
2.62 mm (0.1031 in)
32205-6J006
2.65 mm (0.1043 in)
32205-6J007
2.68 mm (0.1055 in)
32205-6J008
2.71 mm (0.1067 in)
32205-6J009
2.74 mm (0.1079 in)
32205-6J010
D
E
F
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
G
MAINSHAFT C-RING
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
Part number*
3.48 mm (0.1370 in)
32348-6J000
3.51 mm (0.1382 in)
32348-6J001
3.54 mm (0.1394 in)
32348-6J002
3.57 mm (0.1406 in)
32348-6J003
3.60 mm (0.1417 in)
32348-6J004
3.63 mm (0.1429 in)
32348-6J005
3.66 mm (0.1441 in)
32348-6J006
3.69 mm (0.1453 in)
32348-6J007
3.72 mm (0.1465 in)
32348-6J008
3.75 mm (0.1476 in)
32348-6J009
3.78 mm (0.1488 in)
32348-6J010
3.81 mm (0.1500 in)
32348-6J011
3.84 mm (0.1512 in)
32348-6J012
3.87 mm (0.1524 in)
32348-6J013
3.90 mm (0.1535 in)
32348-6J014
3.93 mm (0.1547 in)
32348-6J015
3.96 mm (0.1559 in)
32348-6J016
H
I
J
K
L
M
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
Available Adjusting Shims
ECS005U6
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
Revision: May 2004
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
Part number*
0.74 mm (0.0291 in)
32225-6J003
0.78 mm (0.0307 in)
32225-6J004
0.82 mm (0.0323 in)
32225-6J005
0.86 mm (0.0339 in)
32225-6J006
MT-65
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F70A]
0.90 mm (0.0354 in)
32225-6J007
0.94 mm (0.0370 in)
32225-6J008
0.98 mm (0.0386 in)
32225-6J009
1.02 mm (0.0402 in)
32225-6J010
1.06 mm (0.0417 in)
32225-6J011
1.10 mm (0.0433 in)
32225-6J012
1.14 mm (0.0449 in)
32225-6J013
1.18 mm (0.0465 in)
32225-6J014
1.22 mm (0.0480 in)
32225-6J015
1.26 mm (0.0496 in)
32225-6J016
1.30 mm (0.0512 in)
32225-6J017
1.34 mm (0.0528 in)
32225-6J018
1.38 mm (0.0543 in)
32225-6J019
1.42 mm (0.0559 in)
32225-6J020
1.46 mm (0.0575 in)
32225-6J021
1.50 mm (0.0591 in)
32225-6J022
1.54 mm (0.0606 in)
32225-6J023
1.58 mm (0.0622 in)
32225-6J024
1.62 mm (0.0638 in)
32225-6J060
1.66 mm (0.0654 in)
32225-6J061
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
MAINSHAFT ADJUSTING SHIM
SMT907D
Standard length “L”
151.35 - 151.45 mm (5.9586 - 5.9626 in)
Thickness
Part number*
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
32238-6J000
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
32238-6J001
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
32238-6J002
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
32238-6J003
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
32238-6J004
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
32238-6J005
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
Revision: May 2004
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
Part number*
2.99 mm (0.1177 in)
32238-6J010
3.03 mm (0.1193 in)
32238-6J011
MT-66
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F70A]
3.07 mm (0.1209 in)
32238-6J012
3.11 mm (0.1224 in)
32238-6J013
3.15 mm (0.1240 in)
32238-6J014
3.19 mm (0.1256 in)
32238-6J015
3.23 mm (0.1272 in)
32238-6J016
3.27 mm (0.1287 in)
32238-6J017
3.31 mm (0.1303 in)
32238-6J018
3.35 mm (0.1319 in)
32238-6J019
3.39 mm (0.1335 in)
32238-6J020
3.43 mm (0.1350 in)
32238-6J021
3.47 mm (0.1366 in)
32238-6J022
3.51 mm (0.1382 in)
32238-6J023
A
B
MT
D
E
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
Available Thrust Washer
ECS005U7
MAINSHAFT THRUST WASHER
F
G
H
I
SMT843D
J
Standard length “M”
244.20 - 244.30 mm (9.6142 - 9.6181 in)
Thickness
Part number*
6.04 mm (0.2378 in)
32246-6J000
6.12 mm (0.2409 in)
32246-6J001
6.20 mm (0.2441 in)
32246-6J002
6.28 mm (0.2472 in)
32246-6J003
6.36 mm (0.2504 in)
32246-6J004
K
L
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
M
Available Washers
ECS005U8
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER
Clearance between side gear and differential case
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.75 - 0.80 (0.0295 - 0.0315)
38424-D2111
0.80 - 0.85 (0.0315 - 0.0335)
38424-D2112
0.85 - 0.90 (0.0335 - 0.0354)
38424-D2113
0.90 - 0.95 (0.0354 - 0.0374)
38424-D2114
0.95 - 1.00 (0.0374 - 0.0394)
38424-D2115
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
Revision: May 2004
MT-67
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F70A]
Available Shims — Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim
ECS005U9
BEARING PRELOAD
Unit: mm (in)
Differential side bearing preload: T*
0.15 - 0.21 (0.0059 - 0.0083)
* Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “T” in thickness.
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness mm (in)
Part number*
0.44 (0.0173)
38454-M8000
0.48 (0.0189)
38454-M8001
0.52 (0.0205)
38454-M8002
0.56 (0.0220)
38454-M8003
0.60 (0.0236)
38454-M8004
0.64 (0.0252)
38454-M8005
0.68 (0.0268)
38454-M8006
0.72 (0.0283)
38454-M8007
0.76 (0.0299)
38454-M8008
0.80 (0.0315)
38454-M8009
0.84 (0.0331)
38454-M8010
0.88 (0.0346)
38454-M8011
*: Always check with the parts department for the latest information.
Revision: May 2004
MT-68
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RS5F51A]
PRECAUTIONS
Cautions
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
A
ECS005UA
Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained.
B
Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level ground.
During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If mating marks are required, be
MT
certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If
tightening sequence is specified, observe it.
D
Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-69
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS5F51A]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
ECS005UB
The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV381054S0
(J34286)
Puller
Side bearing outer race removal
Main shaft front bearing removal
ZZA0601D
ST35321000
( — )
Drift
ZZA1000D
ST30720000
(J25405)
Drift
Input shaft oil seal installation
Reverse main gear installation
1st bushing installation
1st-2nd synchronizer hub installation
2nd bushing installation
3rd main gear installation
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm 1.61 in) dia.
Differential oil seal installation
Differential side bearing outer race installation
Mainshaft rear bearing installation
Differential side bearing installation
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
ZZA0811D
ST33200000
(J26082)
Drift
Mainshaft front bearing installation
4th main gear installation
5th main gear installation
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
ZZA1002D
ST33061000
(J8107-2)
Drift
Bore plug installation
Differential side bearing removal
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
ZZA1000D
ST33052000
( — )
Drift
ZZA1023D
Revision: May 2004
MT-70
Welch plug installation
Input shaft rear bearing removal
Input shaft bearing spacer and 5th stopper removal
5th bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear, 4th
gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and
3rd input gear removal
Input shaft front bearing installation
Mainshaft rear bearing removal
4th main gear and 5th main gear removal
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS5F51A]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
A
Description
KV40105020
( — )
Drift
5th input gear and synchronizer hub removal
3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd bushing,
1st-2nd synchronizer hub, 1st main gear, reverse main gear and 1st bushing removal
a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia.
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
c: 15 mm (0.59 in).
B
MT
ZZA1133D
KV40105710
( — )
Press stand
ZZA1058D
ST38220000
( — )
Press stand
3rd-4th synchronizer hub installation
4th bushing installation
5th bushing installation
5th synchronizer hub installation
2nd bushing installation
3rd main gear installation
a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in).
Reverse main gear installation
1st bushing installation
1st-2nd synchronizer hub installation
a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in).
E
F
G
H
ZZA1058D
5th stopper and input shaft bearing spacer installation
Input shaft front bearing installation
a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
ST30032000
(J26010-01)
Drift
D
I
J
ZZA0978D
ST30901000
(J26010-01)
Drift
Input shaft rear bearing installation
4th main gear installation
5th main gear installation
Mainshaft rear bearing installation
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
K
L
ZZA0978D
ST30031000
(J22912-01)
Puller
Measuring wear of 1st and 2nd baulk ring
ZZA0537D
KV40101630
(J35870)
Drift
Reverse main gear installation
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
ZZA1003D
Revision: May 2004
MT-71
2003 Sentra
M
PREPARATION
[RS5F51A]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV38102510
( — )
Drift
1st bushing installation
1st-2nd synchronizer hub installation
Differential side bearing installation
a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
ZZA0838D
(J39713)
Preload adapter
Checking differential side gear end play
NT087
Commercial Service Tools
ECS005UC
Tool name
Description
Puller
Each bearing gear and bushing removal
ZZB0823D
Puller
Each bearing gear and bushing removal
NT077
Pin punch
Each retaining pin removal and installation
Tip: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia.
ZZA0815D
Revision: May 2004
MT-72
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[RS5F51A]
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
A
ECS005UD
Symptom
Oil leakage
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
2
Jumps out of gear
2
MT-85, MT-88
MT-87
B
MT
D
3
Insert spring, shifting insert (damaged)
Bearing (worn or damaged)
3
Baulk ring (worn or damaged)
Gear (worn or damaged)
E
Shift fork (worn)
Check plug return spring and check ball (worn or damaged)
MT-79
O-Ring (worn or damaged)
Oil seal (worn or damaged)
2
Gasket (damaged)
1
(oil level is high)
(wrong oil)
Noise
(oil level is low)
Suspected parts (possible cause)
Control device and cable (worn)
MT-84
MT-76
Reference page
MT-76
MT-76
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
F
G
H
I
J
2
2
1
3
2
3
3
3
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-73
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS5F51A]
DESCRIPTION
Cross-sectional View
PFP:00000
ECS005UE
LCIA0032E
Revision: May 2004
MT-74
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS5F51A]
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
A
Double-cone synchronizer is adopted for 1st and 2nd gears to
reduce operating force of the shift lever.
B
MT
SCIA0750E
D
REVERSE GEAR
Description of reverse gear components are as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA0751E
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-75
2003 Sentra
M/T OIL
[RS5F51A]
M/T OIL
Replacement
PFP:KLD20
ECS005UF
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Start the engine and let it run to warm up the transaxle.
Stop the engine. Remove drain plug and drain oil.
Set a new gasket on the drain plug and install it on the transaxle.
Drain plug
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
FILLING
1.
Remove filler plug. Fill with new oil until oil level reaches the specified limit near filler plug mounting hole.
Oil grade
Capacity (reference)
2.
: API GL-4
: Approximately 2.3
(2 3/8 qt)
After refilling oil, check oil level. Assemble new gasket on to filler plug, then install it on the transaxle body.
Filler plug
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Checking
ECS005UG
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
●
●
●
Check that oil is not leaking from transaxle.
Check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown.
CAUTION:
Never start engine while checking oil level.
Set a new gasket on the filler plug and install it on the transaxle.
Filler plug
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
WCIA0022E
Revision: May 2004
MT-76
2003 Sentra
SIDE OIL SEAL
[RS5F51A]
SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
PFP:32113
A
ECS005UH
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the drive shaft from the transaxle body. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove oil seal with a slotted screwdriver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the case surface when removing
the oil seal.
B
MT
D
E
WCIA0023E
INSTALLATION
F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
●
Using Tool (drift), drive the oil seal straight until it protrudes from
the case end equal to dimension "A" as shown.
Dimension "A"
G
: Within 0.5 mm (0.02 in) or flush with
the case.
H
I
SCIA1010E
Special Service Tool
Drift to be used
J
ST30720000
CAUTION:
● When installing oil seal, apply multi-purpose grease to oil seal lips.
● Oil seal is not reusable.
●
K
L
Check the oil level after installation. Refer to MT-76, "Checking" .
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-77
2003 Sentra
POSITION SWITCH
[RS5F51A]
POSITION SWITCH
Checking
PFP:32005
ECS005UI
NOTE:
For removal and installation of the switches. Refer to MT-84, "Component Parts" .
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
●
Check continuity.
Gear position
Continuity
Reverse
Yes
Except reverse
No
SCIA0708E
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
●
Check continuity.
Gear position
Continuity
Neutral
Yes
Except neutral
No
Revision: May 2004
MT-78
2003 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS5F51A]
CONTROL LINKAGE
Removal and Installation of Control Device and Cable
PFP:34103
A
ECS005UJ
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WCIA0136E
1.
Snap pin
2.
Washer
3.
Cable
4.
Manual lever
5.
Shift cable
6.
Lock plate
7.
Control device assembly
8.
Lock plate
9.
Select cable
10. Shift cable
Revision: May 2004
11. Control lever knob
MT-79
12. Control lever
2003 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS5F51A]
13. Control device assembly
14. Cover
15. Select cable
16. Floor
17. Pin
18. Shift cable
19. Washer
20. Clutch housing
21. Cable mounting bracket
22. Select cable
23. Shift cable
24. Lock plate
25. Lock plate
CAUTION:
●
Note that the select side lock plate for securing the control cable is different from the one on the
shift side.
●
After assembly, make sure selector lever automatically returns to Neutral when it is moved to 1st,
2nd, or Reverse.
Cable Adjustment
ECS0077V
NOTE:
After installation of the select cable, the cable must be adjusted for proper operation. This adjustment is performed before installing the interior console and shift boot.
1. Slide clip “B” from under clip “A” as shown.
LCIA0303E
2.
3.
Shift the control lever to the neutral position.
CAUTION:
Do not move the control lever when adjusting the cables.
Push clip “A” into the cable end case until it snaps into place as
shown.
LCIA0304E
4.
Slide clip “B” back over clip “A” until it snaps into place and holds
clip “A” in place as shown.
LCIA0305E
Revision: May 2004
MT-80
2003 Sentra
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[RS5F51A]
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Removal and Installation
PFP:31098
A
ECS005UK
Refer to the illustration for air breather hose removal and installation information.
B
MT
D
E
F
G
LCIA0033E
CAUTION:
●
Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or
winding when installing it.
●
Be sure to insert hose into the transaxle tube until overlap area reaches the spool.
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-81
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:32010
ECS005UL
WCIA0109E
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Remove air cleaner and air duct.
Remove battery.
Remove the air breather hose. Refer to MT-81, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove clutch operating cylinder.
CAUTION:
Do not depress clutch pedal during removal procedure.
Remove engine under cover.
Remove the control cable from the transaxle. Refer to MT-79, "Removal and Installation of Control Device
and Cable" .
Drain gear oil from transaxle. Refer to MT-76, "Replacement" .
Disconnect connectors and harnesses for:
● PNP switch.
● Speed sensor.
● Back-up lamp switch.
● Ground.
Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the drive shafts. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-20, "Removal and Installation" .
Place a jack under the transaxle.
CAUTION:
When setting the jack, be careful not to bring it into contact with the switch.
Remove the center member, the engine insulator and the engine mount bracket.
Revision: May 2004
MT-82
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
14. Support the engine by placing a jack under the oil pan. Do not position the jack so it is in contact with the
drain plug.
15. Remove the bolts that mount the engine to the transaxle.
16. Remove the transaxle from the vehicle.
A
B
MT
D
MTD0062D
E
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
●
When installing the transaxle to the engine, use the tightening torque and sequence shown below:
CAUTION:
When installing transaxle, be careful not to bring transaxle input shaft into contact with the clutch
cover.
Bolt No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
“
40
82
47
47
52
40
40
40
30
30
” mm (in)
Tightening
torque
N·m (kg-m,
ft-lb)
●
30 - 40
(3.1 - 4.1,
22 - 29)
70 - 80 (7.1 - 8.1, 52 - 59)
F
G
H
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 22 - 29)
I
After installation, check oil level, and look for leaks and loose
mechanisms.
J
K
L
M
LCIA0036E
Revision: May 2004
MT-83
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
Component Parts
ECS005UM
CASE AND HOUSING COMPONENTS
SCIA1062E
1.
Clutch housing
2.
Input shaft oil seal
3.
Oil channel
4.
Magnet
5.
Differential oil seal
6.
Ball pin
7.
Washer
8.
Transaxle case
9.
Welch plug
10.
Bore plug
11.
Differential oil seal
12.
Park/Neutral position switch
13.
Oil gutter
14.
Back-up lamp switch
15.
Air breather tube
16.
Baffle plate
17.
Filler plug
18.
Gasket
19.
Drain plug
20.
Gasket
Revision: May 2004
MT-84
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
GEAR COMPONENTS
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
SCIA0385E
1.
Input shaft front bearing
2.
Input shaft
3.
Needle bearing
4.
3rd input gear
5.
3rd baulk ring
6.
Spread spring
7.
3rd & 4th shifting insert
8.
3rd & 4th synchronizer hub
9.
4th baulk ring
10.
3rd & 4th coupling sleeve
11. Bushing
J
12. Needle bearing
13.
4th input gear
14. Thrust washer
15. Bushing
16.
Needle bearing
17. 5th input gear
18. 5th baulk ring
19.
5th shifting insert
20. 5th synchronizer hub
21. 5th coupling sleeve
22.
5th stopper
23. Input shaft bearing spacer
24. Snap ring
25.
Input shaft rear bearing
26. Oil channel
27. Input shaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
28.
Lock pin
29. Reverse idler shaft
30. Thrust needle bearing
31.
Needle bearing
32. Reverse idler gear (front)
33. Reverse baulk ring
34.
Reverse coupling sleeve
35. Insert spring
36. Reverse idler gear (rear)
37.
Reverse idler gear adjusting shim
Revision: May 2004
I
MT-85
K
L
M
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
SCIA0386E
1.
Mainshaft front bearing
2.
Mainshaft bearing retainer
3.
Mainshaft
4.
Reverse main gear
5.
1st main gear
6.
Bushing
7.
Needle bearing
8.
1st inner baulk ring
9.
1st gear synchronizer cone
10. 1st outer baulk ring
11. Spread spring
12. 1st & 2nd shifting insert
13. 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub
14. 2nd outer baulk ring
15. 2nd gear synchronizer cone
16. 2nd inner baulk ring
17. 1st & 2nd coupling sleeve
18. Bushing
19. Needle bearing
20. 2nd main gear
21. 3rd main gear
22. 3rd & 4th mainshaft spacer
23. 4th main adjusting shim
24. 4th main gear
25. 5th main gear
26. Snap ring
27. Mainshaft rear bearing
28. Mainshaft C-ring
29. C-ring holder
30. Snap ring
31. Snap ring
32. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim
Revision: May 2004
MT-86
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
SCIA0387E
1.
Reverse shift fork
2.
Shifter cap
3.
Reverse fork rod
4.
Reverse lever assembly
5.
5th & reverse bracket
6.
5th & reverse fork rod
7.
5th shift fork
8.
Retaining pin
9.
3rd & 4th bracket
10.
3rd & 4th shift fork
11.
3rd & 4th fork rod
12. 1st & 2nd shift fork
13.
1st & 2nd bracket
14. 1st & 2nd fork rod
15. Shift check sleeve
16.
Inter lock pin
17. Check ball
18. Shift check sleeve
19.
Check spring
20. Check plug
21. Control rod assembly
22.
O-ring
23. Shift check
24. Stopper bolt
25.
Stopper ring
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-87
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
FINAL DRIVE COMPONENTS
WCIA0208E
1.
Differential side bearing outer race
2.
Differential side bearing
3.
Speedometer drive gear
4.
Differential case
5.
Final gear
6.
Differential side bearing
7.
Differential side bearing outer race
8.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim
9.
Pinion mate shaft
10. Side gear
11. Side gear thrust washer
13. Pinion mate gear washer
14. Retaining pin
Disassembly and Assembly
12. Pinion mate gear
ECS005UN
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove drain plug and filler plug.
Remove park/neutral position switch and back-up lamp switch.
After removing shift check and stopper bolt, remove control
assembly.
SCIA0389E
Revision: May 2004
MT-88
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
4.
Remove check plugs (3 pieces), check springs (3 pieces), check
balls (3 pieces) and shift check sleeve (1 piece) as shown.
A
B
MT
SCIA0396E
D
5.
Remove transaxle case fixing bolts as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA0983E
6.
Remove bore plug.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage transaxle case.
7. While spreading the snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing located at bore plug hole, remove transaxle case.
8. Remove oil gutter, baffle plate.
9. Remove snap ring, mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim and input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim from
transaxle case.
10. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) and the adjustment shim using Tool as shown.
H
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA1021E
11. Remove the welch plug as shown.
SCIA0402E
Revision: May 2004
MT-89
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
12. Remove differential oil seal as shown.
SCIA0397E
13. Remove magnet from clutch housing.
14. With shift lever in 5th position, remove the bracket bolts from the
reverse lever assembly. Lift the reverse lever assembly to
remove.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to lose shifter cap.
SCIA0390E
15. Pull out reverse fork rod then remove reverse shift fork.
16. Shift 3rd & 4th fork rod to 3rd position. Remove retaining pin of
5th shift fork using pin punch.
SCIA0391E
17. Remove stopper rings for 5th & reverse bracket.
SCIA0392E
18. Pull out 5th & reverse fork rod and remove 5th shift fork and 5th & reverse bracket.
19. Remove check balls (2 pieces) and inter lock pin.
Revision: May 2004
MT-90
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
20. Remove retaining pin of 3rd & 4th bracket using pin punch.
A
B
MT
SCIA0393E
D
21.
22.
23.
24.
Remove stopper rings for 3rd & 4th shift fork.
Pull out 3rd & 4th fork rod and remove 3rd & 4th shift fork and bracket.
Remove shift check sleeve from clutch housing.
Remove retaining pin of 1st & 2nd shift fork using pin punch.
E
F
G
H
SCIA0394E
25.
26.
27.
28.
a.
b.
Pull out 1st & 2nd shift fork with bracket.
Remove 1st & 2nd shift fork.
Remove retaining pin of 1st & 2nd bracket using pin punch and separate 1st & 2nd fork rod and bracket.
Remove gear components from clutch housing.
While tapping input shaft with plastic hammer, remove input
shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly and reverse idler gear
assembly as a set.
CAUTION:
Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so
can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side.
Remove final drive assembly.
SCIA0395E
29. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then the mainshaft front
bearing using Tool as shown.
SMT117E
30. Remove oil channel on mainshaft side.
31. Remove differential oil seal (clutch housing side).
Revision: May 2004
MT-91
2003 Sentra
I
J
K
L
M
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
32. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side).
SMT116E
33. Remove input shaft oil seal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage clutch housing.
SCIA0398E
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install a new input shaft oil seal from the clutch housing end, to a
depth of 1.8 - 2.8 mm (0.071 - 0.110 in) using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Oil seals are not reusable.
SCIA1022E
2.
Install a new differential oil seal using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Oil seals are not reusable.
SCIA1023E
Revision: May 2004
MT-92
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
3.
Install oil channel on mainshaft side.
CAUTION:
Position oil channel with specified orientation for installation as shown.
A
B
MT
SCIA0986E
D
4.
Install mainshaft front bearing using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Install with orientation as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA1024E
5.
Install bearing retainer for mainshaft front bearing.
Bearing retainer bolt
H
: 6.27 - 8.33 N·m (0.64 - 0.84 kg-m,
56 - 73 in-lb)
I
CAUTION:
Install with the punched surface facing up.
J
SCIA0400E
6.
K
Install differential side bearing outer race using Tool as shown.
L
M
SCIA1063E
7.
Install final drive assembly into clutch housing.
SCIA0888E
Revision: May 2004
MT-93
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
8.
Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse
idler gear assembly into clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Be sure not to damage input shaft oil seal.
SCIA0395E
9.
Install 1st-2nd fork rod bracket onto 1st-2nd fork rod, and then
install a new retaining pin.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
SCIA0889E
10. Install 1st-2nd fork rod and 1st-2nd shift fork, and then install a
new retaining pin.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
SCIA0394E
11. Install shift check sleeve.
12. Install 3rd-4th bracket, 3rd-4th shift fork, and 3rd-4th fork rod
with interlock pin.
13. Install a new stopper ring onto 3rd-4th shift fork.
CAUTION:
Stopper rings are not reusable.
14. Install a new retaining pin onto 3rd-4th bracket.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
SCIA0393E
15. Install 2 check balls.
Revision: May 2004
MT-94
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
16. Install 5th-reverse bracket, 5th shift fork, and 5th-reverse fork
rod.
17. Install a new stopper ring onto 5th-reverse bracket.
CAUTION:
Stopper rings are not reusable.
A
B
MT
SCIA0392E
D
18. Install a new retaining pin onto 5th shift fork.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
E
F
G
SCIA0391E
19. Install reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
20. Install reverse lever assembly following procedures below.
a. Install shifter cap onto reverse lever assembly cam, and then install them onto reverse shift fork.
CAUTION:
Do not drop shifter cap.
b. While lifting reverse shift fork, align cam with 5th-reverse fork
rod bracket.
H
I
J
K
L
SCIA0890E
c.
M
Install the reverse lever assembly and tighten the reverse lever
assembly bolts to specification.
Reverse lever
assembly bolts
: 11.8 - 15.6 N·m (1.2 - 1.5 kg-m,
9 - 11 ft-lb)
SCIA0390E
21. Install the magnet onto clutch housing.
22. Install selected input shaft adjusting shim onto input shaft.
● For selection of adjusting shims, refer to MT-98, "INPUTSHAFT END PLAY" .
23. Install baffle plate and oil gutter.
24. Install transaxle case following procedures below.
Revision: May 2004
MT-95
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
a.
b.
c.
Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case.
● For selection of adjusting shims, refer to MT-100, "MAINSHAFT END PLAY" .
Temporarily install a new snap ring for the mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the snap ring.
Apply sealant to mating surfaces of transaxle case and clutch
housing. Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also
remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to
application and mounting surfaces.
SCIA0891E
d.
With snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing temporarily installed,
place transaxle case over clutch housing as shown.
SCIA0892E
e.
f.
Through bore plug mounting hole, with snap ring stretched, and lift up mainshaft assembly from the control assembly mounting hole.
Securely install snap ring onto mainshaft rear bearing as shown.
SCIA0893E
Revision: May 2004
MT-96
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
g.
Tighten mounting bolts "A" and "B" to specification as shown.
: 50.0 - 53.9 N·m (5.1 - 5.4 kg-m, 37 - 39 ft-lb)
: 63.0 - 66.9 N·m (6.5 - 6.8 kg-m, 47 - 49 ft-lb)
A
CAUTION:
Always replace bolts "B" as they are self-sealing bolts.
B
Bolt A
Bolt B
MT
SCIA1064E
D
h.
Install control assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the O-ring.
i. Install a new shift check and a new stopper bolt.
CAUTION:
Shift check and stopper bolt are not reusable.
25. Install a new bore plug using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Bore plugs are not reusable.
E
F
G
H
I
SCIA1025E
26. Install a new welch plug using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the welch plug.
J
K
L
SMT131E
27. Install 1 shift check sleeve, 3 check balls, 3 check springs, and 3
new check ball plugs as shown.
CAUTION:
Check ball plugs are not reusable.
SCIA0396E
Revision: May 2004
MT-97
2003 Sentra
M
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
28. Apply sealant to threads of PNP switch and back-up lamp
switch, then install them into transaxle case. Use Genuine
Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
29. Install new gaskets onto drain plug and filler plug, and then
install them into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Gaskets are not reusable.
● After oil is filled, tighten filler plug to specified torque.
SCIA0895E
Adjustment
ECS005UO
INPUTSHAFT END PLAY
When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for
input shaft bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance
between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing.
Calculate dimension "O" (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to meet specification of end play for input
shaft rear bearing.
●
●
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Dimension “O” = (O1 - O2 ) + End play
O
: Thickness of adjusting shim
O1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
and mounting face of adjusting shim
O2 : Distance between clutch housing case end
face and end face of input shaft rear bearing
SCIA1006E
Adjusting Shim
Shim thickness
Part number
Shim thickness
Part number
Shim thickness
Part number
0.40 mm (0.0157 in)
0.44 mm (0.0173 in)
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
32225 8H500
32225 8H501
32225 8H502
32225 8H503
32225 8H504
32225 8H505
32225 8H506
32225 8H507
32225 8H508
32225 8H509
32225 8H510
32225 8H511
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
0.96 mm (0.0378 in)
1.00 mm (0.0396 in)
1.04 mm (0.0409 in)
1.08 mm (0.0425 in)
1.12 mm (0.0441 in)
1.16 mm (0.0457 in)
1.20 mm (0.0472 in)
1.24 mm (0.0488 in)
1.28 mm (0.0504 in)
1.32 mm (0.0520 in)
32225 8H512
32225 8H513
32225 8H514
32225 8H515
32225 8H516
32225 8H517
32225 8H518
32225 8H519
32225 8H520
32225 8H521
32225 8H522
32225 8H523
1.36 mm (0.0520 in)
1.40 mm (0.0551 in)
1.44 mm (0.0567 in)
1.48 mm (0.0583 in)
1.52 mm (0.0598 in)
1.56 mm (0.0614 in)
1.60 mm (0.0630 in)
1.64 mm (0.0646 in)
1.68 mm (0.0661 in)
1.72 mm (0.0677 in)
32225 8H524
32225 8H560
32225 8H561
32225 8H562
32225 8H563
32225 8H564
32225 8H565
32225 8H566
32225 8H567
32225 8H568
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
1.
Using depth micrometer and straight edge, measure dimension
"O1 " between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim as shown.
SCIA1002E
Revision: May 2004
MT-98
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
2.
Using depth micrometer and straight edge, measure dimension
"O2 " between clutch housing case end face and end face of
input shaft rear bearing as shown.
A
B
MT
SCIA1004E
D
3.
Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft.
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
●
●
E
When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim,
measure clearance “L” between transaxle case and differential
side bearing outer race.
Calculate dimension “L” (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to meet specification of preload for differential side bearing.
Preload
: 0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in)
Dimension “L” = (L1 - L2 ) + Preload
L
: Thickness of adjusting shim
L1 : Distance between clutch housing case end
face and mounting face of adjusting shim
L2 : Distance between differential side bearing
and transaxle case
F
G
H
SCIA0896E
I
Adjusting Shim
J
Shim thickness
Part number
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
31438 80X00
31438 80X01
31438 80X02
31438 80X03
31438 80X04
31438 80X05
31438 80X06
31438 80X07
31438 80X08
31438 80X09
31438 80X10
31438 80X11
K
L
M
CAUTION:
Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected.
1.
Using depth micrometer and straight edge, measure dimension
"L1 " between clutch housing case end face and mounting face
of adjusting shim as shown.
SCIA1078E
Revision: May 2004
MT-99
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
2.
3.
Install outer race onto differential side bearing on final gear side. Holding the outer race horizontally by
hand, rotate final gear five times or more (for smooth movement of bearing roller).
Using depth micrometer and straight edge, measure dimension
"L2 " between differential side bearing outer race and transaxle
case end face as shown.
SCIA1079E
4.
Install selected adjusting shim and then differential side bearing
outer race using Tool as shown.
SCIA1026E
MAINSHAFT END PLAY
●
●
When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim for
mainshaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance “M” between transaxle case and mainshaft rear bearing.
Calculate dimension "P" (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to meet specification of end play for mainshaft rear bearing.
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Dimension “P” = "M" + End play
P
: Thickness of adjusting shim
M
: Distance between mainshaft rear bearing and
transaxle case
Revision: May 2004
MT-100
SCIA0904E
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
Adjusting Shim
Shim thickness
Part number
0.44 mm (0.0173 in)
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
0.96 mm (0.0378 in)
1.00 mm (0.0396 in)
1.04 mm (0.0409 in)
1.08 mm (0.0425 in)
32238 8H510
32238 8H511
32238 8H512
32238 8H513
32238 8H514
32238 8H515
32238 8H516
32238 8H517
32238 8H518
32238 8H519
32238 8H520
32238 8H521
32238 8H522
32238 8H523
32238 8H524
32238 8H560
32238 8H561
A
B
MT
D
E
F
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install mainshaft assembly to clutch housing.
Install snap ring to transaxle case.
Install transaxle case to clutch housing, and temporarily assemble them with fixing bolts. Install snap ring
temporarily to mainshaft rear bearing.
Install dial gauge to snap ring access hole, and expand snap
ring. Lift mainshaft assembly through control assembly installation hole, and push it against transaxle case. This state shall be
defined as base. Moving distance of mainshaft assembly, with
snap ring fit on main bearing, becomes “M”.
G
H
I
J
K
SCIA1017E
REVERSE IDLER GEAR END PLAY
●
●
When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance between transaxle case and reverse idler gear.
Calculate dimension "Q" (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to meet specification of end play for reverse
idler gear.
End play
: 0.04 - 0.14 mm (0.0016 - 0.0055 in)
Dimension “Q” = (Q1 - Q2 ) + End play
Q
: Thickness of adjusting shim
Q1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
and mounting face of adjusting shim
Q2 : Distance between clutch housing case end
face and end face of reverse idler gear
Revision: May 2004
MT-101
SCIA1007E
2003 Sentra
L
M
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS5F51A]
Adjusting Shim
Shim thickness
Part number
1.76 mm (0.0693 in)
1.84 mm (0.0724 in)
1.92 mm (0.0756 in)
2.00 mm (0.0787 in)
2.08 mm (0.0819 in)
2.16 mm (0.0850 in)
2.24 mm (0.0882 in)
2.32 mm (0.0913 in)
2.40 mm (0.0945 in)
2.48 mm (0.0976 in)
2.56 mm (0.1008 in)
2.64 mm (0.1039 in)
32237 8H500
32237 8H501
32237 8H502
32237 8H503
32237 8H504
32237 8H505
32237 8H506
32237 8H507
32237 8H508
32237 8H509
32237 8H510
32237 8H511
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
1.
Using depth micrometer and straight edge, measure dimension
"Q1 " between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim as shown.
SCIA1003E
2.
Using depth micrometer and straight edge, measure dimension
"Q2 " between clutch housing case end face and end face of
reverse idler gear as shown.
SCIA1005E
3.
Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear.
Revision: May 2004
MT-102
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:32200
A
ECS005UP
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Before disassembling, measure the end play for 3rd, 4th, and
5th input gears as shown.
B
End play standard range
3rd gear : 0.18 - 0.31 mm (0.0071 - 0.0122 in)
4th gear : 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
5th gear : 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
CAUTION:
If measurement is outside the standard range, disassemble
to check contact surfaces of gear, shaft, and hub. Adjust
with snap ring at assembly.
2.
3.
MT
D
SCIA0914E
Remove the oil channel.
Remove the input shaft rear bearing using Tool as shown.
E
F
G
H
SCIA1027E
4.
I
Remove the snap ring as shown.
J
K
L
SCIA0916E
5.
M
Remove input shaft bearing spacer and 5th stopper simultaneously using Tool as shown.
SCIA1028E
Revision: May 2004
MT-103
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
6.
7.
Remove 5th input gear and synchronizer hub assembly simultaneously using Tool as shown.
Remove 5th needle bearing.
SMT137E
8.
9.
Remove 5th bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear, 4th needle
bearing, 4th bushing, 4th baulk ring, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub
assembly, 3rd baulk ring and 3rd input gear simultaneously
using Tool as shown.
Remove 3rd needle bearing.
SCIA1030E
10. Remove input shaft front bearing using Tool as shown.
SCIA0920E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Input Shaft and Gears
Check parts for conditions listed below. If necessary, replace them
with new ones.
●
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending of shaft.
●
Excessive wear, damage, peeling of gears.
LCIA0306E
Revision: May 2004
MT-104
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
Synchronizer
A
Check parts for conditions listed below. If necessary, replace them
with new ones.
●
Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub, and shifting insert
●
Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
B
MT
SMT387A
●
If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
D
E
F
G
SMT867D
H
Baulk Ring Clearance
Check parts for conditions listed below. If necessary, replace them
with new ones.
●
Press baulk ring against cone, and measure clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit, replace it
with a new one.
Baulk ring clearance
Standard
3rd and 4th : 0.9 - 1.45 mm (0.035 - 0.0571 in)
5th
: 0.95 - 1.4 mm (0.0374 - 0.055 in)
Limit value
: 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
I
J
K
SMT140
L
Bearing
Check parts for conditions listed below. If necessary, replace them
with new ones.
●
Damage and rough rotation of bearing
M
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Install 3rd needle bearing.
Install 3rd input gear and 3rd baulk ring.
Revision: May 2004
MT-105
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
3.
Install spread spring, shifting insert and new 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
● Install with orientation of synchronizer hub as shown.
● Do not reuse 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
SCIA0921E
●
Install with orientation of coupling sleeve as shown.
SCIA0993E
●
Do not to hook the ends of the two spread springs (front
and back have two each) on the same shifting insert as
shown.
SCIA1083E
4.
Install 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Align the grooves of the shifting insert and 3rd baulk ring.
SCIA1031E
5.
6.
7.
Install 4th bushing using Tool as shown.
Install 4th baulk ring.
Install 4th input gear and 4th needle bearing.
SCIA1032E
Revision: May 2004
MT-106
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
8.
Select thrust washer so that dimension “C2 ” satisfies standard
below. Then install it onto input shaft.
Standard for dimension “C2 ”
A
: 154.7 - 154.8 mm
(6.091 - 6.094 in)
B
MT
D
E
F
G
SCIA0925E
CAUTION:
Only one thrust washer can be selected.
H
Thrust Washer
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
I
3.84 mm (0.1512 in)
3.90 mm (0.1535 in)
3.96 mm (0.1559 in)
32347 8H500
32347 8H501
32347 8H502
4.02 mm (0.1583 in)
4.08 mm (0.1606 in)
4.14 mm (0.1630 in)
32347 8H503
32347 8H504
32347 8H505
J
9. Install 5th bushing using Tool as shown.
10. Install 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear.
11. Install 5th baulk ring.
K
L
M
SCIA1033E
12. Install spread spring, shifting insert and 5th synchronizer hub onto 5th coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
● Install with orientation of synchronizer hub and shifting
insert as shown.
SCIA0927E
Revision: May 2004
MT-107
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
●
Install with orientation of coupling sleeve as shown.
SCIA0994E
●
Do not hook the ends of the two spread springs (front
and back has two each) on the same shifting insert as
shown.
SCIA1083E
13. Install 5th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Align the grooves of 5th shifting insert and 5th baulk ring.
SCIA1039E
14. Install 5th stopper and then input shaft bearing spacer using
Tool as shown.
SCIA1034E
15. Install snap ring onto input shaft, and check that end play (gap
between snap ring and groove) of input shaft bearing spacer is
within the standard value.
End play standard value
●
: 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
If the measurement is outside the standard value, select the
required snap ring size to correct the end play.
SCIA0930E
Revision: May 2004
MT-108
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
Snap Rings
A
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
1.71 mm (0.0673 in)
1.76 mm (0.0693 in)
1.81 mm (0.0713 in)
1.86 mm (0.0732 in)
1.91 mm (0.0752 in)
1.96 mm (0.0772 in)
32204 8H510
32204 8H511
32204 8H512
32204 8H513
32204 8H514
32204 8H515
2.01 mm (0.0791 in)
2.06 mm (0.0811 in)
2.11 mm (0.0831 in)
2.16 mm (0.0850 in)
2.21 mm (0.0871 in)
2.26 mm (0.0890 in)
32204 8H516
32204 8H517
32204 8H518
32204 8H519
32204 8H520
32204 8H521
16. Install the input shaft rear bearing using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing
the input gear side.
B
MT
D
E
F
SCIA1035E
G
17. Install the input shaft front bearing using Tool as shown.
18. Install the oil channel onto input shaft.
H
I
J
SCIA1036E
19. Check the end play of 3rd, 4th, and 5th input gears.
K
End play standard value
3rd gear : 0.18 - 0.31 mm (0.0071 - 0.0122 in)
4th gear : 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
5th gear : 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
L
M
SCIA0914E
Revision: May 2004
MT-109
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:32241
ECS005UQ
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd
main gears.
End play standard value
1st gear
: 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
2nd gear
: 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
CAUTION:
If the measurement is outside the standard value, disassemble to check the contact surfaces of the gear, shaft, and
hub. Adjust with the correct snap ring size at assembly.
SCIA0933E
2.
3.
Remove the snap ring.
Remove the C-ring holder, and then mainshaft C-ring as shown.
SCIA0934E
4.
Remove the mainshaft rear bearing using Tool as shown.
SCIA1043E
5.
Remove the snap ring.
SCIA0936E
Revision: May 2004
MT-110
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
6.
7.
8.
Remove 4th main gear and 5th main gear simultaneously using
Tool as shown.
Remove adjusting shim.
Remove 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
A
B
MT
SCIA1044E
D
9.
Remove 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd needle bearing, 2nd
bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly, 1st main gear,
reverse main gear, 1st needle bearing, and 1st bushing simultaneously using Tool as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA1045E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Mainshaft and Gears
H
Check parts listed. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
●
Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
I
J
K
LCIA0307E
Synchronizer
L
Check parts listed. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub, and shifting insert.
●
Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
M
SMT387A
Revision: May 2004
MT-111
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
●
If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SMT867D
Baulk Ring Clearance
Checking the double cone synchronizer (1st and 2nd).
●
Check the clearance of the outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone,
and inner baulk ring of 1st and 2nd double cone synchronizers,
following the procedure below.
NOTE:
The mean value is the middle value of a set of measurements
between the highest and lowest values. It is calculated by adding the highest and lowest measured value and dividing their
sum by two: [(high value) + (low value)] / 2 = mean value.
CAUTION:
Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
act as a set to control the clearances “A” and “B”. If the
measurement exceeds the service limit value, replace all of them as a set.
1.
SMT138E
Using a dial gauge and Tool, measure clearance “A” at two or
more points diagonally opposite, and calculate the mean value.
Clearance “A”
Standard
: 0.6 - 0.8 mm (0.024 - 0.031 in)
Limit value : 0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less
SCIA1046E
2.
Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance “B” at two or more
points diagonally opposite, and calculate the mean value.
Clearance “B”
Standard
: 0.6 - 1.1 mm (0.024 - 0.043 in)
Limit value : 0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less
SCIA1084E
Revision: May 2004
MT-112
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
Bearing
A
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and rough rotation of bearing
B
MT
MTF0041D
D
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install reverse main gear using Tools as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA1048E
CAUTION:
Install the reverse main gear with the specified orientation
as shown.
H
I
J
K
SCIA0992E
2.
3.
Install 1st bushing using Tools as shown.
Install needle bearing, and then 1st main gear.
M
SCIA1049E
Revision: May 2004
MT-113
L
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
4.
Install spread spring, shifting insert and new 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
● Install with orientation of synchronizer hub as shown.
● Do not reuse the 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.
SCIA0921E
●
Install with orientation of coupling sleeve as shown.
SCIA0989E
●
Do not to hook the ends of the two spread springs (front
and back have two each) on same shifting insert as
shown.
SCIA1083E
5.
Install 1st gear synchronizer assembly onto mainshaft, and synchronizer hub assembly onto mainshaft using Tools as shown.
CAUTION:
● Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
on 2nd gear-side must have been removed.
● Install with orientation of coupling sleeve.
SCIA1050E
6.
7.
8.
Install 2nd bushing using Tools as shown.
Install outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
on 2nd gear-side.
Install 2nd needle bearing and 2nd gear.
SCIA1051E
Revision: May 2004
MT-114
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
9.
Install 3rd main gear using Tools as shown.
CAUTION:
Install with orientation of 3rd main gear as shown.
10. Install 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
A
B
MT
SCIA1052E
11. Select a suitable adjusting shim so that the dimension “C1 ” satisfies the standard value below, and install it onto the mainshaft
as shown.
Standard for dimension “C1 ”
D
E
: 173.85 - 173.95 mm
(6.844 - 6.848 in)
F
G
H
I
J
SCIA0944E
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
L
Adjusting Shims
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
32238 8H500
32238 8H501
32238 8H502
32238 8H503
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
1.00 mm (0.0394 in)
1.08 mm (0.0425 in)
32238 8H504
32238 8H505
32238 8H506
32238 8H507
12. Install 4th main gear using Tools as shown.
CAUTION:
Install with orientation of 4th main gear as shown.
SCIA1053E
Revision: May 2004
K
MT-115
2003 Sentra
M
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
13. Install 5th main gear using Tools as shown.
CAUTION:
Install with orientation of 5th main gear as shown.
SCIA1054E
14. Install snap ring onto mainshaft, and check that end play of 5th
main gear satisfies standard value as shown.
End play standard value
●
: 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
If measurement is outside the standard value, reselect the
required size snap ring.
SCIA0947E
Snap Rings
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
1.85 mm (0.0728 in)
1.90 mm (0.0748 in)
1.95 mm (0.0768 in)
2.00 mm (0.0787 in)
32204 8H500
32204 8H501
32204 8H502
32204 8H503
2.05 mm (0.0807 in)
2.10 mm (0.0827 in)
2.15 mm (0.0846 in)
2.20 mm (0.0866 in)
32204 8H504
32204 8H505
32204 8H506
32204 8H507
15. Install mainshaft rear bearing using Tools as shown.
SCIA1055E
16. Install C-ring onto mainshaft, and check that end play of mainshaft rear bearing meets specification as shown.
End play standard value
●
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
If measurement is outside the standard value, reselect the
required size C-ring.
SCIA0949E
Revision: May 2004
MT-116
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
C-rings
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
2.535 mm (0.0866 in)
2.565 mm (0.1010 in)
2.595 mm (0.1022 in)
2.625 mm (0.1033 in)
2.655 mm (0.1045 in)
2.685 mm (0.1057 in)
2.715 mm (0.1069 in)
2.745 mm (0.1081 in)
2.775 mm (0.1093 in)
2.805 mm (0.1104 in)
32348 8H800
32348 8H801
32348 8H802
32348 8H803
32348 8H804
32348 8H805
32348 8H806
32348 8H807
32348 8H808
32348 8H809
2.835 mm (0.1116 in)
2.865 mm (0.1128 in)
2.895 mm (0.1140 in)
2.925 mm (0.1152 in)
2.955 mm (0.1163 in)
2.985 mm (0.1175 in)
3.015 mm (0.1187 in)
3.045 mm (0.1199 in)
3.075 mm (0.1211 in)
32348 8H810
32348 8H811
32348 8H812
32348 8H813
32348 8H814
32348 8H815
32348 8H816
32348 8H817
32348 8H818
A
B
MT
D
17. Fit C-ring holder, and install snap ring as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA0934E
18. Check end play of 1st and 2nd main gears.
H
End play standard value
1st gear
: 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
2nd gear
: 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-117
2003 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:32281
ECS005UR
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove reverse idler gear adjusting shim.
Remove reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve and insert spring simultaneously.
Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove thrust needle bearing.
Remove reverse baulk ring.
Remove reverse idler gear (front).
Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove thrust needle bearing.
Pull off locking pin from reverse idler shaft.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Reverse Idler Shaft and Gears
Check parts listed below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft.
●
Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears.
SCIA0953E
Synchronizer
Check parts listed below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub, and insert spring.
●
Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
SMT637A
●
If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SMT867D
Revision: May 2004
MT-118
2003 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS5F51A]
Baulk Ring Clearance
A
Press baulk ring against cone, and measure clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit value, replace it
with a new one.
Clearance
Standard
Limit value
B
: 0.95 - 1.4 mm (0.0374 - 0.055 in)
: 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
MT
SMT140
D
Bearing
Check parts listed below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and rough rotation of bearing.
E
ASSEMBLY
F
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
●
Install with orientation of insert spring as shown.
G
H
I
SCIA0954E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-119
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F51A]
FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:38411
ECS005US
PRE-INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
Clean final drive assembly sufficiently to prevent side gear thrust washer, differential case, side gear, and
other parts from sticking by gear oil.
Upright the differential case so that the side gear to be measured faces upward.
Place final drive adapter and dial indicator onto side gear using
Tool as shown.
WCIA0143E
4.
Move side gear up and down, and measure the clearance as
shown.
Clearance between side gear and
differential case
: 0.1 - 0.2 mm
(0.004 - 0.008 in)
CAUTION:
There must be no resistance and the gears must rotate
freely.
SMT611A
5.
6.
If the clearance measured is not within specification, adjust the clearance by changing the thrust washer
thickness.
Turn the differential case upside down, and measure the clearance between the side gear and differential
case on the other side to the same specifications, adjust using a thrust washer as necessary.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove the final gear bolts and then separate the final gear from the differential case.
Remove speedometer drive gear.
Using Tool and puller, remove differential side bearing (clutch
housing side) as shown.
SCIA1019E
Revision: May 2004
MT-120
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F51A]
4.
Using Tool and puller, remove differential side bearing (transaxle
case side) as shown.
A
B
MT
SCIA1060E
D
5.
Using a pin punch, pull out lock pin and pinion mate shaft as
shown.
E
F
G
SCIA0908E
6.
Rotate pinion mate gears, and remove pinion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers, side gears, and
side gear thrust washers from differential case.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case
●
H
I
Check side gears, side gear thrust washers, pinion mate shaft,
pinion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers and differential
case as shown. If necessary, replace with new parts.
J
K
L
MTK0135D
Bearing
M
Check for bearing damage and rough rotation as shown. If necessary, replace with new parts.
CAUTION:
When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner
races as a set.
●
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
1.
Apply gear oil to sliding area of differential case, each gear, and thrust washer.
Revision: May 2004
MT-121
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F51A]
2.
Install side gear thrust washers and side gears into differential
case as shown.
SMT839
3.
While rotating pinion mate thrust washers and pinion mate gears, and aligning them diagonally, install
them into differential case.
4.
Insert pinion mate shaft into differential case as shown.
CAUTION:
Be sure not to damage pinion mate thrust washers.
MTK0132D
5.
a.
b.
Measure end play of side gears, using the procedure below.
Then select side gear thrust washer.
Upright the differential case so that its side gear to be measured
faces upward.
Place final drive adapter and dial indicator onto side gears as
shown.
WCIA0143E
c.
Move side gears up and down to measure end play, and select
thrust washer so that it meets specification.
End play standard value
: 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
CAUTION:
There must be no resistance and the gears must rotate
freely.
● Place differential case upside down. Measure the end
play for opposite side-gears using the same procedure.
● Only one thrust washer can be selected.
●
SMT611A
Thrust washers
Revision: May 2004
Thickness
Part number
0.75 mm (0.0295 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.85 mm (0.0335 in)
0.90 mm (0.0354 in)
0.95 mm (0.0374 in)
38424 81X00
38424 81X01
38424 81X02
38424 81X03
38424 81X04
MT-122
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS5F51A]
6.
Drive a new lock pin into the pinion mate shaft using a suitable
tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the lock pin.
A
B
MT
SCIA0908E
D
7.
Install differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using Tool
as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA1061E
8.
Align and install speedometer drive gear onto differential case
as shown.
H
I
J
SMT842D
9.
K
Install differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using Tools
as shown.
L
M
SCIA1018E
10. Install the final gear into the differential case, and tighten the
final gear bolts to specification.
Final gear bolts
: Refer to MT-88, "FINAL DRIVE
COMPONENTS" .
SCIA0912E
Revision: May 2004
MT-123
2003 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
[RS5F51A]
SHIFT CONTROL
Inspection
PFP:32982
ECS005UT
Check the contact surfaces and sliding areas for wear, damage,
and bending as shown. Replace any parts as necessary.
●
SCIA0913E
SHIFT FORK
Check that the width of the shift fork hooks (sliding area with
coupling sleeve) as shown, are within specification.
●
Item
One-side wear specification
Sliding width of new part
1st & 2nd
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
3rd & 4th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
5th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
6.10 - 6.23 mm
(0.2402 - 0.2453 in)
Reverse
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
12.80 - 12.93 mm
(0.5039 - 0.5091 in)
Revision: May 2004
MT-124
SMT801D
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F51A]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
A
ECS005UU
TRANSAXLE
Engine
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS5F51A
Model code number
B
8U006
Number of speed
MT
5
Synchromesh type
Warner
D
Shift pattern
E
SCIA0821E
Gear ratio
Number of teeth
1st
3.153
2nd
1.842
3rd
1.258
4th
0.947
5th
0.772
Reverse
3.002
Input gear
Main gear
Reverse idler gear
Oil capacity
1st
13
2nd
19
3rd
31
4th
38
5th
44
Reverse
13
1st
41
2nd
35
3rd
39
4th
36
5th
34
Reverse
38
Front
37
Rear
38
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
2.3 (2 3/8)
(qt)
Remarks
F
Reverse synchronizer
Installed
Double baulk ring type synchronizer
1st & 2rd synchronizer
FINAL GEAR
Engine
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS5F51A
Model code number
8U006
Final gear ratio
Number of teeth
Revision: May 2004
4.133
Final gear/Pinion
62/15
Side gear/Pinion mate gear
14/10
MT-125
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F51A]
Gear End Play
ECS005UV
Unit: mm (in)
Gear
End play
1st main gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
2nd main gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
3rd input gear
0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122)
4th input gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
5th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear
ECS005UW
3RD, 4TH, 5TH & REVERSE BAULK RING
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Wear limit
3rd
0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.0571)
0.7 (0.028)
4th
0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.0571)
0.7 (0.028)
5th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.0374 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
Reverse
0.95 - 1.4 (0.0374 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
1ST AND 2ND DOUBLE BAULK RING
Unit: mm (in)
SMT138E
Dimension
Standard
Wear limit
A
0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031)
0.2 (0.008)
B
1.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043)
0.2 (0.008)
Available Snap Rings
ECS005UX
INPUT SHAFT SPACER
End play
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
1.71 (0.0673)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.81 (0.0713)
1.86 (0.0732)
1.91 (0.0752)
1.96 (0.0772)
Part number*
Thickness
32204 8H510
32204 8H511
32204 8H512
32204 8H513
32204 8H514
32204 8H515
mm (in)
2.01 (0.0791)
2.06 (0.0811)
2.11 (0.0831)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.21 (0.0871)
2.26 (0.0890)
Part number*
32204 8H516
32204 8H517
32204 8H518
32204 8H519
32204 8H520
32204 8H521
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
5TH MAIN GEAR
End play
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
1.85 (0.0728)
1.90 (0.0748)
1.95 (0.0768)
2.00 (0.0787)
Revision: May 2004
Part number*
Thickness
32204 8H500
32204 8H501
32204 8H502
32204 8H503
mm (in)
2.05 (0.0807)
2.10 (0.0827)
2.15 (0.0846)
2.20 (0.0866)
MT-126
Part number*
32204 8H504
32204 8H505
32204 8H506
32204 8H507
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F51A]
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
A
Available C-rings
ECS005UY
MAINSHAFT C-RING
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
Part number*
2.535 (0.0866)
2.565 (0.1010)
2.595 (0.1022)
2.625 (0.1033)
2.655 (0.1045)
2.685 (0.1057)
2.715 (0.1069)
2.745 (0.1081)
2.775 (0.1093)
2.805 (0.1104)
Thickness
32348 8H800
32348 8H801
32348 8H802
32348 8H803
32348 8H804
32348 8H805
32348 8H806
32348 8H807
32348 8H808
32348 8H809
mm (in)
B
Part number*
2.835 (0.1116)
2.865 (0.1128)
2.895 (0.1140)
2.925 (0.1152)
2.955 (0.1163)
2.985 (0.1175)
3.015 (0.1187)
3.045 (0.1199)
3.075 (0.1211)
32348 8H810
32348 8H811
32348 8H812
32348 8H813
32348 8H814
32348 8H815
32348 8H816
32348 8H817
32348 8H818
MT
D
E
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Thrust Washers
ECS005UZ
INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER
F
G
H
I
SCIA1008E
Standard length “C2”
Thickness
J
154.7 - 154.8 mm (6.091 - 6.094in)
mm (in)
Part number*
3.84 (0.1512)
3.90 (0.1535)
3.96 (0.1559)
Thickness
32347 8H500
32347 8H501
32347 8H502
mm (in)
Part number*
4.02 (0.1583)
4.08 (0.1606)
4.14 (0.1630)
32347 8H503
32347 8H504
32347 8H505
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
K
L
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER
Allowable clearance between side gear and differential case with
washer
Thickness
mm (in)
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
M
Part number*
0.75 (0.0295)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.85 (0.0335)
0.90 (0.0354)
0.95 (0.0374)
38424 81X00
38424 81X01
38424 81X02
38424 81X03
38424 81X04
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
MT-127
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F51A]
Available Adjusting Shims
ECS005V0
MAINSHAFT ADJUSTING SHIM
SCIA1009E
Standard length “C1”
Thickness
173.85 - 173.95 mm (6.844 - 6.848in)
mm (in)
Part number*
0.52 (0.0205)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.76 (0.0299)
Thickness
32238 8H500
32238 8H501
32238 8H502
32238 8H503
mm (in)
Part number*
0.84 (0.0331)
0.92 (0.0362)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.08 (0.0425)
32238 8H504
32238 8H505
32238 8H506
32238 8H507
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.40 (0.0157)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
6.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
Part number*
32225 8H500
32225 8H501
32225 8H502
32225 8H503
32225 8H504
32225 8H505
32225 8H506
32225 8H507
32225 8H508
32225 8H509
32225 8H510
32225 8H511
Thickness
mm (in)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0396)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.16 (0.0457)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.24 (0.0488)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.32 (0.0520)
Part number*
Thickness
32225 8H512
32225 8H513
32225 8H514
32225 8H515
32225 8H516
32225 8H517
32225 8H518
32225 8H519
32225 8H520
32225 8H521
32225 8H522
32225 8H523
mm (in)
Part number*
1.36 (0.0520)
1.40 (0.0551)
1.44 (0.0567)
1.48 (0.0583)
1.52 (0.0598)
1.56 (0.0614)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.64 (0.0646)
1.68 (0.0661)
1.72 (0.0677)
32225 8H524
32225 8H560
32225 8H561
32225 8H562
32225 8H563
32225 8H564
32225 8H565
32225 8H566
32225 8H567
32225 8H568
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
Part number*
Thickness
32238 8H510
32238 8H511
32238 8H512
32238 8H513
32238 8H514
32238 8H515
32238 8H516
32238 8H517
32238 8H518
mm (in)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0396)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
Part number*
32238 8H519
32238 8H520
32238 8H521
32238 8H522
32238 8H523
32238 8H524
32238 8H560
32238 8H561
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
MT-128
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS5F51A]
REVERASE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
A
0.04 - 0.14 mm (0.0016 - 0.0055 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.84 (0.0724)
1.92 (0.0756)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.08 (0.0819)
2.16 (0.0850)
Part number*
Thickness
32237 8H500
32237 8H501
32237 8H502
32237 8H503
32237 8H504
32237 8H505
mm (in)
2.24 (0.0882)
2.32 (0.0913)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.48 (0.0976)
2.56 (0.1008)
2.64 (0.1039)
Part number*
32237 8H506
32237 8H507
32237 8H508
32237 8H509
32237 8H510
32237 8H511
B
MT
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Shims
ECS005V1
D
— Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim —
BEARING PRELOAD
E
Differential side bearing preload: L*
0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083)
*: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness.
F
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM(S)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
Part number*
Thickness
31438 80X00
31438 80X01
31438 80X02
31438 80X03
31438 80X04
31438 80X05
mm (in)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
Part number*
31438 80X06
31438 80X07
31438 80X08
31438 80X09
31438 80X10
31438 80X11
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-129
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
[RS6F51H]
PRECAUTIONS
Caution
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
ECS005V2
Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained.
Check oil level, and drain and refill transaxle oil with the vehicle on level ground.
During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clean of dust and dirt.
Check for the correct installation orientation prior to removal or disassembly. If mating marks are required,
be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally and from inside to outside
as applicable. If a tightening sequence is specified, follow it as specified.
Be careful not to damage the sliding surfaces and mating surfaces of parts.
Revision: May 2004
MT-130
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F51H]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
ECS005V3
The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special tools illustrated here.
B
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV381054S0
(J34286)
Puller
MT
Side bearing outer race removal
Mainshaft front bearing removal
D
ZZA0601D
ST35321000
( — )
Drift
ZZA1000D
ST30720000
(J25405)
Drift
E
Input shaft oil seal installation
Reverse main gear installation
1st bushing installation
1st-2nd synchronizer hub installation
2nd bushing installation
3rd main gear installation
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
Differential oil seal installation
Differential side bearing outer race installation
Mainshaft rear bearing installation
Differential side bearing installation
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
F
G
H
I
ZZA0811D
ST33200000
(J26082)
Drift
Mainshaft front bearing installation
6th bushing installation
4th main gear installation
5th main gear installation
6th main gear installation
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
J
K
ZZA1002D
ST33061000
(J8107-2)
Drift
Bore plug installation
Differential side bearing removal
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
L
M
ZZA1000D
ST33052000
( — )
Drift
ZZA1023D
Revision: May 2004
MT-131
Welch plug installation
Input shaft rear bearing removal
5th bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear, 4th
gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and
3rd input gear removal
Input shaft front bearing installation
6th input gear and 6th bushing removal
Mainshaft rear bearing removal
4th main gear and 5th main gear removal
6th main gear removal
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F51H]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40105020
( — )
Drift
5th input gear and synchronizer hub removal
3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd bushing,
1st-2nd synchronizer hub, 1st main gear, reverse main gear and 1st bushing removal
a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia.
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
c: 15 mm (0.59 in)
ZZA1133D
KV40105710
( — )
Press stand
ZZA1058D
ST38220000
( — )
Press stand
3rd-4th synchronizer hub installation
4th bushing installation
5th bushing installation
5th-6th synchronizer hub installation
2nd bushing installation
3rd main gear installation
a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in)
Reverse main gear installation
1st bushing installation
1st-2nd synchronizer hub installation
a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in)
ZZA1058D
Input shaft front bearing installation
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
ST30032000
(J26010-01)
Drift
ZZA0978D
ST30901000
(J26010-01)
Drift
ZZA0978D
ST30031000
(J22912-01)
Puller
Input shaft rear bearing installation
4th main gear installation
5th main gear installation
6th main gear installation
Mainshaft rear bearing installation
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
Measuring wear of 1st and 2nd baulk ring
ZZA0537D
Revision: May 2004
MT-132
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
[RS6F51H]
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
A
KV40101630
(J35870)
Drift
Reverse main gear installation
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
B
MT
ZZA1003D
KV38102510
( — )
Drift
1st bushing installation
1st-2nd synchronizer hub installation
Differential side bearing installation
a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
D
E
ZZA0838D
F
Commercial Service Tools
ECS005V4
Tool name
Description
Puller
Each bearing gear and bushing removal
G
H
I
ZZB0823D
Puller
Each bearing gear and bushing removal
J
K
NT077
Pin punch
Each retaining pin removal and installation
Tip: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia.
L
M
ZZA0815D
Revision: May 2004
MT-133
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[RS6F51H]
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
ECS005V5
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
Jumps out of gear
Revision: May 2004
2
MT-85, MT-88
Bearing (worn or damaged)
Shift fork (worn)
3
3
2
2
1
MT-134
Check plug return spring and check ball (worn or damaged)
O-Ring (worn or damaged)
Oil seal (worn or damaged)
Gasket (damaged)
2
3
Insert spring, shifting insert (damaged)
Oil leakage
3
Baulk ring (worn or damaged)
Symptom
Gear (worn or damaged)
Noise
MT-87
MT-140
MT-76
(oil level is high)
2
Suspected parts (possible cause)
Control device and cable (worn)
MT-76
(wrong oil)
1
MT-84
MT-76
Reference page
(oil level is low)
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
2
3
3
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F51H]
DESCRIPTION
Cross-sectional View
PFP:00000
A
ECS005V6
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA0999E
Revision: May 2004
MT-135
2003 Sentra
DESCRIPTION
[RS6F51H]
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Double-cone synchronizer is used for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce
operating force of the shift lever as shown.
SCIA0750E
REVERSE GEAR
Description of reverse gear components is as shown.
SCIA0751E
Revision: May 2004
MT-136
2003 Sentra
M/T OIL
[RS6F51H]
M/T OIL
Replacement
PFP:KLD20
A
ECS005V7
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Start the engine and let it run to warm up the transaxle oil.
Stop the engine. Remove drain plug and drain oil.
Set a new gasket on the drain plug and install it in transaxle body.
Drain plug
B
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
MT
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
D
FILLING
1.
Remove filler plug. Fill with new oil until oil level reaches the specified limit near filler plug mounting hole.
Oil grade
Capacity (reference)
2.
E
: API GL-4
: Approximately 2.3
(2 3/8 qt)
After refilling oil, check oil level. Assemble a new gasket on to filler plug, then install it in transaxle body.
Filler plug
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
G
Checking
ECS005V8
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
●
●
●
H
Check that oil is not leaking from transaxle.
Check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown.
CAUTION:
Never start engine while checking oil level.
Set a new gasket on the filler plug and install it in transaxle body.
Filler plug
F
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
I
: 30 - 39 N·m (3.1 - 4.0 kg-m, 23 - 28 ft-lb)
J
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
K
WCIA0022E
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-137
2003 Sentra
SIDE OIL SEAL
[RS6F51H]
SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
PFP:32113
ECS005V9
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the drive shaft from the transaxle body. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove oil seal with a slotted screwdriver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the case surface when removing
the oil seal.
WCIA0023E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
●
Using Tool (drift), drive the new oil seal straight until it protrudes
from the case end equal to dimension "A" as shown.
Dimension "A"
: Within 0.5 mm (0.02 in) or flush with
the case.
CAUTION:
● Before installing oil seal, apply multi-purpose grease to
oil seal lips.
● Oil seal is not reusable.
Drift to be used (special service tool)
●
ST30720000 (J25405)
SCIA1010E
Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-137, "Checking" .
Revision: May 2004
MT-138
2003 Sentra
POSITION SWITCH
[RS6F51H]
POSITION SWITCH
Checking
PFP:32005
A
ECS005VA
NOTE:
For removal and installation of the switches. Refer to MT-145, "Component Parts" .
B
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
●
Check continuity.
MT
Gear position
Continuity
Reverse
Yes
Except reverse
No
D
E
SCIA0708E
F
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
●
Check continuity.
Gear position
Continuity
Neutral
Yes
Except neutral
No
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-139
2003 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS6F51H]
CONTROL LINKAGE
Removal and Installation of Control Device and Cable
PFP:34103
ECS006H6
WCIA0136E
1.
Snap pin
2.
Washer
3.
Cable
4.
Manual lever
5.
Shift cable
6.
Lock plate
7.
Control device assembly
8.
Lock plate
9.
Select cable
10. Shift cable
Revision: May 2004
11. Control lever knob
MT-140
12. Control lever
2003 Sentra
CONTROL LINKAGE
[RS6F51H]
13. Control device assembly
14. Cover
15. Select cable
16. Floor
17. Pin
18. Shift cable
19. Washer
20. Clutch housing
21. Cable mounting bracket
22. Select cable
23. Shift cable
24. Lock plate
A
B
25. Lock plate
CAUTION:
●
Note that the select side lock plate for securing the control cable is different from the one on the
MT
shift side.
●
After assembly, make sure selector lever automatically returns to Neutral when it is moved to 1st,
2nd, or Reverse.
D
Cable Adjustment
ECS0077W
NOTE:
After installation of the select cable, the cable must be adjusted for proper operation. This adjustment is performed before installing the interior console and shift boot.
1. Slide clip “B” from under clip “A” as shown.
E
F
G
H
LCIA0303E
I
2.
3.
Shift the control lever to the neutral position.
CAUTION:
Do not move the control lever when adjusting the cables.
Push clip “A” into the cable end case until it snaps into place as
shown.
J
K
L
M
LCIA0304E
4.
Slide clip “B” back over clip “A” until it snaps into place and holds
clip “A” in place as shown.
LCIA0305E
Revision: May 2004
MT-141
2003 Sentra
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[RS6F51H]
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Removal and Installation
PFP:31098
ECS005VC
LCIA0033E
CAUTION:
●
Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or
winding when installing it.
●
Insert the air breather hose into the transaxle tube until the overlap area reaches the spool.
Revision: May 2004
MT-142
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
PFP:32010
A
ECS005VD
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
WCIA0109E
REMOVAL
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Remove the air cleaner and air duct.
Remove the battery.
Remove the air breather hose. Refer to MT-81, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the clutch operating cylinder.
CAUTION:
Do not depress the clutch pedal during the removal procedure.
Remove the engine under cover.
Disconnect the control cable from the transaxle. Refer to MT-140, "Removal and Installation of Control
Device and Cable" .
Drain the gear oil from the transaxle. Refer to MT-76, "Replacement" .
Remove the connectors and harnesses for:
● PNP switch
● Speed sensor
● Back-up lamp switch
● Ground
Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove the drive shaft. Refer to FAX-14, "Removal" .
Remove the starter motor. Refer to SC-20, "Removal and Installation" .
Place a suitable jack under the transaxle.
CAUTION:
When setting the jack, be careful not to bring it into contact with the switches.
Remove the center member, engine insulator, and engine mount bracket.
Support the engine by placing a jack under the engine oil pan.
Revision: May 2004
MT-143
2003 Sentra
L
M
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
15. Remove the bolts that mount the engine to the transaxle.
16. Remove the transaxle from the vehicle as shown.
MTD0062D
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
●
When installing the transaxle to the engine, use them specified tightening torque in the numerical
sequence as shown.
CAUTION:
When installing the transaxle, do not allow the transaxle input shaft to make contact with the
clutch cover.
Bolt No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
“
40
82
47
47
52
40
40
40
30
30
” mm (in)
Tightening
torque
N·m (kg-m,
ft-lb)
●
30 - 40
(3.1 - 4.1,
22 - 29)
70 - 80 (7.1 - 8.1, 52 - 59)
30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 22 - 29)
After installation, check the transaxle oil level, and check for any
leaks and any loose mechanisms.
LCIA0036E
Revision: May 2004
MT-144
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
Component Parts
ECS005VE
A
CASE AND HOUSING COMPONENTS
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA1062E
1.
Clutch housing
2.
Input shaft oil seal
3.
Oil channel
4.
Magnet
5.
Differential oil seal
6.
Ball pin
7.
Washer
Welch plug
8.
Transaxle case
9.
10. Bore plug
11.
Differential oil seal
12. Park/Neutral position switch
13. Oil gutter
14.
Back-up lamp switch
15. Air breather tube
16. Baffle plate
17.
Filler plug
18. Gasket
19. Drain plug
20.
Gasket
Revision: May 2004
MT-145
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
GEAR COMPONENTS
SCIA0956E
1.
Input shaft front bearing
2.
Input shaft
3.
Needle bearing
4.
3rd input gear
5.
3rd baulk ring
6.
Spread spring
7.
3rd & 4th shifting insert
8.
3rd & 4th synchronizer hub
9.
4th baulk ring
10. 3rd & 4th coupling sleeve
11. Bushing
12. Needle bearing
13. 4th input gear
14. Thrust washer
15. Bushing
16. Needle bearing
17. 5th input gear
18. 5th baulk ring
19. 5th & 6th shifting insert
20. 5th & 6th synchronizer hub
21. 5th & 6th coupling sleeve
22. Baulk ring
23. 6th input gear
24. Needle bearing
25. Bushing
26. Snap ring
27. Input shaft rear bearing
28. Oil channel
29. Input shaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
30. Retaining pin
31. Reverse idler shaft
32. Thrust bearing
33. Needle bearing
34. Reverse idler gear (Front)
35. Reverse baulk ring
36. Reverse coupling sleeve
37. Insert spring
38. Reverse idler gear (Rear)
39. Reverse idler gear adjusting shim
Revision: May 2004
MT-146
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
SCIA0957E
I
1.
Mainshaft front bearing
2.
Mainshaft bearing retainer
3.
Mainshaft
4.
Reverse main gear
5.
1st main gear
6.
Bushing
7.
Needle bearing
8.
1st inner baulk ring
9.
1st gear synchronizer cone
10. 1st outer baulk ring
11.
Spread spring
12.
1st & 2nd shifting insert
13. 1st & 2nd synchronizer hub
14.
2nd outer baulk ring
15.
2nd gear synchronizer cone
16. 2nd inner baulk ring
17.
1st & 2nd coupling sleeve
18.
Bushing
19. Needle bearing
20.
2nd main gear
21.
3rd main gear
22. 3rd & 4th mainshaft spacer
23.
4th main adjusting shim
24.
4th main gear
25. 5th main gear
26.
6th main gear
27.
Mainshaft rear bearing
28. Mainshaft C-ring
29.
C-ring holder
30.
Snap ring
31. Snap ring
32.
Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim
33.
5th & 6th mainshaft spacer
K
L
34. 6th main adjusting shim
Revision: May 2004
J
M
MT-147
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
SHIFT CONTROL COMPONENTS
SCIA0958E
1.
Reverse shift fork
2.
Shifter cap
3.
Reverse fork rod
4.
Reverse lever assembly
5.
5th & 6th bracket
6.
5th & 6th fork rod
7.
5th & 6th shift fork
8.
Retaining pin
9.
3rd & 4th bracket
10. 3rd & 4th shift fork
11. 3rd & 4th fork rod
12. 1st & 2nd shift fork
13. 1st & 2nd bracket
14. 1st & 2nd fork rod
15. Shift check sleeve
16. Inter lock pin
17. Check ball
18. Shift check sleeve
19. Check spring
20. Check plug
21. Control assembly
22. O-ring
23. Shift check
24. Stopper bolt
25. Stopper ring
26. Reverse bracket fork rod
27. Reverse bracket
Revision: May 2004
MT-148
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
FINAL DRIVE COMPONENTS
A
B
MT
D
E
F
G
H
WCIA0207E
1.
Differential side bearing outer race
2.
Differential side bearing
3.
Speedometer drive gear
4.
Differential case
5.
Final gear
6.
Differential side bearing
7.
Differential side bearing outer race
8.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim
Disassembly and Assembly
J
ECS005VF
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
I
K
Remove the drain plug and filler plug.
Remove the park/neutral position switch and back-up lamp
switch.
After removing the shift check and stopper bolt, remove the control assembly.
L
M
SCIA0389E
4.
Remove the check plugs (4 pieces), check springs (4 pieces),
check balls (4 pieces), and shift check sleeve (2 pieces) as
shown.
SCIA0959E
Revision: May 2004
MT-149
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
5.
Remove the transaxle case fixing bolts as shown.
SCIA0983E
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the bore plug.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage transaxle case.
While spreading the snap ring of the mainshaft rear bearing located at bore plug hole, remove the transaxle case.
Remove the oil gutter and baffle plate.
Remove the snap ring, mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, and input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim
from the transaxle case.
10. Remove the differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) using Tool as shown, and then remove the adjusting shim.
SCIA1021E
11. Remove the welch plug with a suitable punch and hammer as
shown.
SCIA0402E
12. Remove the differential oil seal with a suitable tool as shown.
SCIA0397E
13. Remove the magnet from the clutch housing.
Revision: May 2004
MT-150
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
14. With the shift lever in 5th position, remove the bracket bolts from
the reverse lever assembly as shown. Lift the reverse lever
assembly to remove.
CAUTION:
Retain the shifter cap for installation.
A
B
MT
SCIA0960E
D
15. Pull out the reverse fork rod then remove the reverse shift fork.
16. Remove the retaining pin of the reverse bracket.
E
F
G
SCIA0961E
H
17. Pull out the reverse lever and the reverse bracket fork rod.
18. Remove the check ball (2 pieces) and the interlock pin.
19. Shift the 3rd-4th fork rod to the 3rd position. Remove the retaining pin of the 5th-6th shift fork using a pin punch.
I
J
K
SCIA0962E
L
20. Remove the stopper rings for the 5th-6th bracket.
M
SCIA0963E
21. Pull out the 5th-6th fork rod and remove the 5th-6th shift fork and the 5th-6th bracket.
22. Remove the check balls (2 pieces) and interlock pin.
Revision: May 2004
MT-151
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
23. Remove the retaining pin of 3rd-4th bracket using pin punch.
24. Remove the stopper rings for 3rd-4th shift fork.
SCIA0393E
25. Pull out the 3rd-4th fork rod and remove 3rd-4th shift fork and bracket.
26. Remove the shift check sleeve from the clutch housing.
27. Remove the retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork using a suitable
pin punch.
SCIA0394E
28. Pull out the 1st-2nd fork rod with bracket.
29. Remove the 1st-2nd shift fork.
30. Remove the retaining pin of 1st-2nd bracket using a suitable pin punch and separate the fork rod and
bracket.
31. Remove the gear components from the clutch housing.
a. While tapping the input shaft with a plastic hammer, remove the
input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse idler
gear assembly as a set.
CAUTION:
Always withdraw the mainshaft straight out. Failure to do
so can damage the resin oil channel on the clutch housing
side.
b. Remove the final drive assembly.
SCIA0964E
32. Remove the bearing retainer and then the mainshaft front bearing as shown.
33. Remove the oil channel on the mainshaft side.
SCIA0400E
Revision: May 2004
MT-152
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
34. Remove the differential oil seal (clutch housing side) using Tool
as shown.
A
B
MT
SMT117E
D
35. Remove the differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) using Tool as shown.
E
F
G
SMT116E
36. Remove the input shaft oil seal using a suitable tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the clutch housing sealing surface.
H
I
J
SCIA0398E
K
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install a new input shaft oil seal from the clutch housing end of
the side, to the depth of 1.8 - 2.8 mm (0.071 - 0.110 in) using
Tool (drift) as shown.
CAUTION:
Oil seals are not reusable.
L
M
SCIA1022E
Revision: May 2004
MT-153
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
2.
Install a new differential oil seal using Tool (drift) as shown.
CAUTION:
Oil seals are not reusable.
SCIA1023E
3.
Install the oil channel on the mainshaft side as shown.
CAUTION:
Position the oil channel with the orientation as shown, for
installation.
SCIA0986E
4.
Install the mainshaft front bearing using Tool (drift) as shown.
CAUTION:
Position the mainshaft front bearing with the orientation as
shown, for installation
SCIA1024E
5.
Install the mainshaft front bearing retainer.
CAUTION:
Install the bearing retainer with the punched surface facing
up.
Bearing retainer bolt
: 6.27 - 8.33 N·m (0.64 0.84 kg-m, 56 - 73 in-lb)
SCIA0400E
6.
Install the differential side bearing outer race using Tool as
shown.
SCIA1063E
Revision: May 2004
MT-154
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
7.
Install the final drive assembly into the clutch housing.
A
B
MT
SCIA0888E
D
8.
Install the input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and
reverse idler gear assembly into the clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the input shaft oil seal.
E
F
G
SCIA0964E
9.
Install the 1st-2nd fork rod bracket onto the 1st-2nd fork rod, and
then install a new retaining pin as shown.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
H
I
J
SCIA0889E
10. Install the 1st-2nd fork rod and the 1st-2nd shift fork, and then
install a new retaining pin.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
K
L
M
SCIA0394E
11. Install the shift check sleeve.
12. Install the 3rd-4th bracket, 3rd-4th shift fork, and 3rd-4th fork rod with the interlock pin.
Revision: May 2004
MT-155
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
13. Install the new stopper rings onto the 3rd-4th shift fork.
CAUTION:
Stopper rings are not reusable.
14. Install a new retaining pin onto the 3rd-4th bracket.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
SCIA0393E
15. Install the 2 check balls.
16. Install the 5th-6th bracket, 5th-6th shift fork, and 5th-6th fork rod.
17. Install new stopper rings onto the 5th-6th bracket with interlock
pin.
CAUTION:
Stopper rings are not reusable.
SCIA0963E
18. Install a new retaining pin onto the 5th-6th shift fork.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
SCIA0962E
19. Install the two check balls.
20. Install the reverse bracket fork rod and reverse lever bracket.
21. Install a new retaining pin onto the reverse bracket.
CAUTION:
Retaining pins are not reusable.
SCIA0961E
22. Install the reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
23. Install the reverse lever assembly using the following steps:
a. Install the shifter cap onto the reverse lever assembly cam, and then install them onto the reverse shift
fork.
Revision: May 2004
MT-156
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
b.
CAUTION:
Do not drop the shifter cap.
While lifting the reverse shift fork, align the cam with the reverse
bracket.
A
B
MT
D
SCIA0965E
c.
Tighten the bracket bolts to specification, and install the reverse
lever assembly.
Bracket bolts
E
: 11.8 - 15.6 N·m (1.2 - 1.5 kg-m,
9 - 11 ft-lb)
F
G
SCIA0960E
24. Install the magnet onto the clutch housing.
25. Install the selected input shaft adjusting shim onto the input shaft.
● For selection of adjusting shims, refer to MT-160, "INPUTSHAFT END PLAY" .
26. Install the baffle plate and oil gutter.
27. Install the transaxle case using the following steps:
a. Install the selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into the transaxle case.
● For selection of adjusting shims, refer to MT-162, "MAINSHAFT END PLAY" .
b. Temporarily install the snap ring of the mainshaft rear bearing into the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the snap ring.
c. Apply sealant to the mating surfaces of the transaxle case and
clutch housing as shown. Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket
or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the sealant application and mounting surfaces.
I
J
K
L
M
SCIA0891E
Revision: May 2004
MT-157
H
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
d.
Using a snap ring of the mainshaft rear bearing temporarily,
install the transaxle case over the clutch housing as shown.
SCIA0892E
e.
f.
Through the bore plug mounting hole, with the snap ring
stretched, lift up the mainshaft assembly from the control
assembly mounting hole.
Securely install the snap ring onto the mainshaft rear bearing as
shown.
SCIA0893E
g.
Tighten the "A" bolts (gold) and new "B" bolts (black) to specification.
"A" Bolt
"B" Bolt
: 50.0 - 53.9 N-m (5.1 - 5.4 kg-m, 37 - 39 ft-lb)
: 63.0 - 66.9 N-m (6.5 - 6.8 kg-m, 47 - 49 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Always replace the "B" bolts as they are self-sealing bolts.
SCIA1064E
h.
i.
Install the control assembly using new O-rings.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the O-ring.
Install a new shift check and a new stopper bolt.
CAUTION:
Shift check and stopper bolt are not reusable.
Revision: May 2004
MT-158
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
28. Install a new bore plug using Tool (drift) as shown.
CAUTION:
Bore plugs are not reusable.
A
B
MT
SCIA1025E
D
29. Install the new welch plug using Tool (drift).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the welch plug
E
F
G
SMT131E
30. Install the 2 shift check sleeves, 4 check balls, 4 check springs,
and 4 new check ball plugs.
CAUTION:
Check ball plugs are not reusable.
H
I
J
SCIA0959E
31. Apply sealant to the threads of the neutral switch and reverse
lamp switch. Then install them into the transaxle case. Refer to
MT-145, "CASE AND HOUSING COMPONENTS" . Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .
K
L
M
SCIA0895E
32. Install new gaskets onto the drain plug and filler plug, and then install them into the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
● Gaskets are not reusable.
● After oil is filled, tighten filler plug to specification. Refer to MT-145, "CASE AND HOUSING
COMPONENTS" .
Revision: May 2004
MT-159
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
Adjustment
ECS005VG
INPUTSHAFT END PLAY
When adjusting the input shaft end play, select the adjusting
shim for the input shaft bearing. To select the correct thickness
for the adjusting shim, measure the clearance between the transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing.
Calculate the dimension "O" (thickness of adjusting shim) using
the following steps to adjust the input shaft rear bearing for the
specified end play.
●
●
SCIA1001E
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Dimension “O” = (O1 - O2 ) + End play
"O" : Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim
O1
: Distance between clutch housing case end face and end face of input shaft rear
O2
bearing
Adjusting Shims
Shim thickness
Part number
Shim thickness
Part number
Shim thickness
Part number
0.40 mm (0.0157 in)
0.44 mm (0.0173 in)
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
32225 8H500
32225 8H501
32225 8H502
32225 8H503
32225 8H504
32225 8H505
32225 8H506
32225 8H507
32225 8H508
32225 8H509
32225 8H510
32225 8H511
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
0.96 mm (0.0378 in)
1.00 mm (0.0396 in)
1.04 mm (0.0409 in)
1.08 mm (0.0425 in)
1.12 mm (0.0441 in)
1.16 mm (0.0457 in)
1.20 mm (0.0472 in)
1.24 mm (0.0488 in)
1.28 mm (0.0504 in)
1.32 mm (0.0520 in)
32225 8H512
32225 8H513
32225 8H514
32225 8H515
32225 8H516
32225 8H517
32225 8H518
32225 8H519
32225 8H520
32225 8H521
32225 8H522
32225 8H523
1.36 mm (0.0520 in)
1.40 mm (0.0551 in)
1.44 mm (0.0567 in)
1.48 mm (0.0583 in)
1.52 mm (0.0598 in)
1.56 mm (0.0614 in)
1.60 mm (0.0630 in)
1.64 mm (0.0646 in)
32225 8H524
32225 8H560
32225 8H561
32225 8H562
32225 8H563
32225 8H564
32225 8H565
32225 8H566
1.
Using a depth micrometer and straight edge, measure the
dimension "O1 " between the transaxle case end face and
mounting face of the adjusting shim as shown.
SCIA1002E
Revision: May 2004
MT-160
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
2.
Using a depth micrometer and straight edge, measure the
dimension "O2 " between the clutch housing case end face and
end face of the input shaft rear bearing as shown.
A
B
MT
SCIA1004E
D
3.
Install the selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto the input shaft.
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD
●
●
E
When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim,
measure clearance “L” between transaxle case and differential
side bearing outer race.
Calculate dimension “L” (thickness of adjusting shim) using the
following procedure to meet specification of preload for differential side bearing.
F
G
Preload
: 0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in)
Dimension “L” = (L1 - L2 ) + Preload
"L" : Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between clutch housing case end
L1
face and mounting face of adjusting shim
: Distance between differential side bearing
L2
and transaxle case
H
SCIA0896E
I
CAUTION:
Up to only 2 adjusting shims can be selected.
J
Adjusting Shim
1.
Shim thickness
Part number
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
31438 80X00
31438 80X01
31438 80X02
31438 80X03
31438 80X04
31438 80X05
31438 80X06
31438 80X07
31438 80X08
31438 80X09
31438 80X10
31438 80X11
K
L
M
Using a depth micrometer and straight edge, measure the
dimension "L1 " between the clutch housing case end face and
mounting face of the adjusting shim as shown.
SCIA1078E
Revision: May 2004
MT-161
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
2.
3.
Install the outer race onto the differential side bearing on the final gear side. Holding the outer race horizontally by hand, rotate the final gear five times or more (for smooth movement of the bearing roller).
Using a depth micrometer and straight edge, measure the
dimension "L2 " between the differential side bearing outer race
and transaxle case end face as shown.
SCIA1079E
4.
Install the selected adjusting shim and then the differential side
bearing outer race using Tool as shown.
SCIA1026E
MAINSHAFT END PLAY
●
●
When adjusting the mainshaft end play, select the adjusting
shim for the mainshaft rear bearing. To select the adjusting
shim, measure clearance “M” between the transaxle case and
mainshaft rear bearing.
Calculate the dimension "P" (thickness of adjusting shim) using
the following procedure to meet specification of end play for
mainshaft rear bearing.
End play
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Dimension “P” = "M" + End play
"P"
: Thickness of adjusting shim
"M"
: Distance between mainshaft rear bearing
and transaxle case
SCIA0904E
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
Revision: May 2004
MT-162
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
Adjusting Shim
Shim thickness
Part number
0.44 mm (0.0173 in)
0.48 mm (0.0189 in)
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.56 mm (0.0220 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.64 mm (0.0252 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.72 mm (0.0283 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
0.96 mm (0.0378 in)
1.00 mm (0.0396 in)
1.04 mm (0.0409 in)
1.08 mm (0.0425 in)
32238 8H510
32238 8H511
32238 8H512
32238 8H513
32238 8H514
32238 8H515
32238 8H516
32238 8H517
32238 8H518
32238 8H519
32238 8H520
32238 8H521
32238 8H522
32238 8H523
32238 8H524
32238 8H560
32238 8H561
A
B
MT
D
E
F
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the mainshaft assembly to the clutch housing.
Install the snap ring to the transaxle case.
Install the transaxle case to clutch housing, and temporarily assemble them with fixing bolts. Temporarily
install the snap ring to the mainshaft rear bearing.
Install the dial gauge to the snap ring access hole, and expand
the snap ring as shown. Lift the mainshaft assembly through the
control assembly installation hole, and push it against the transaxle case. This state shall be defined as base. Moving the distance of the mainshaft assembly, with the snap ring installed on
the main bearing, becomes “M”.
G
H
I
J
SCIA1017E
K
REVERSE IDLER GEAR END PLAY
●
●
When adjusting the reverse idler gear end play, select the
adjusting shim for the reverse idler gear. To select the correct
thickness of adjusting shim, measure the clearance between the
transaxle case and reverse idler gear.
Calculate the dimension "Q" (thickness of adjusting shim) using
the following steps to adjust the end play of the reverse idler
gear to specification.
End play
: 0.04 - 0.14 mm (0.0016 - 0.0055 in)
Dimension “Q” = (Q1 - Q2 ) + End play
"Q" : Thickness of adjusting shim
: Distance between transaxle case end face
Q1
and mounting face of adjusting shim
: Distance between clutch housing case end
Q2
face and end face of reverse idler gear
L
M
SCIA1007E
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
Revision: May 2004
MT-163
2003 Sentra
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
[RS6F51H]
Adjusting Shim
1.
Shim thickness
Part number
1.76 mm (0.0693 in)
1.84 mm (0.0724 in)
1.92 mm (0.0756 in)
2.00 mm (0.0787 in)
2.08 mm (0.0819 in)
2.16 mm (0.0850 in)
2.24 mm (0.0882 in)
2.32 mm (0.0913 in)
2.40 mm (0.0945 in)
2.48 mm (0.0976 in)
2.56 mm (0.1008 in)
2.64 mm (0.1039 in)
32237 8H500
32237 8H501
32237 8H502
32237 8H503
32237 8H504
32237 8H505
32237 8H506
32237 8H507
32237 8H508
32237 8H509
32237 8H510
32237 8H511
Using a depth micrometer and straight edge, measure the
dimension "Q1 " between the transaxle case end face and the
mounting face of the adjusting shim as shown.
SCIA1003E
2.
Using a depth micrometer and straight edge, measure the
dimension "Q2 " between the clutch housing case end face and
the end face of reverse idler gear as shown.
SCIA1005E
3.
Install the selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto the reverse idler gear.
Revision: May 2004
MT-164
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:32200
A
ECS005VH
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Before disassembling, measure the end play for 3rd, 4th, 5th,
and 6th input gears.
B
End play standard values
3rd gear : 0.18 - 0.31 mm (0.0071 - 0.0122 in)
4th gear : 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
5th gear : 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
6th gear : 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
CAUTION:
If measurement is outside the standard value, disassemble
to check the contact surfaces of the gear, shaft, and, hub.
Adjust using the correct size snap ring for assembly.
2.
3.
4.
MT
D
SCIA0966E
Remove the oil channel.
Remove the input shaft rear bearing using Tool as shown.
Remove the snap ring.
E
F
G
H
I
SCIA1037E
5.
6.
Remove the 6th input gear, 6th bushing, and 6th needle bearing
using Tool as shown.
Remove the 6th baulk ring, 5th-6th coupling sleeve, and shifting
insert.
J
K
L
SCIA1038E
7.
8.
Remove the 5th input gear and synchronizer hub assembly
simultaneously using Tool as shown.
Remove the 5th needle bearing.
SMT137E
Revision: May 2004
MT-165
2003 Sentra
M
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
9.
Remove the 5th bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear, 4th needle bearing, 4th bushing, 4th baulk ring, 3rd-4th synchronizer
hub assembly, 3rd baulk ring, and 3rd input gear simultaneously
using Tool as shown.
10. Remove the 3rd needle bearing.
SCIA1030E
11. Remove the input shaft front bearing using Tool as shown.
SCIA0920E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Input Shaft and Gears
Inspect the components for the following conditions as shown. If
necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, or bending of the input
shaft.
●
Excessive wear, damage, or peeling of the input gears.
LCIA0308E
Synchronizer
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and excessive wear of the contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub, and shifting insert.
●
Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly as
shown.
SMT387A
Revision: May 2004
MT-166
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
●
If any cracks, damage, or excessive wear is found on the cam
face of baulk ring or working face of the insert as shown, replace
it.
A
B
MT
SMT867D
D
Baulk Ring Clearance
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Press the baulk ring against cone, and measure clearance
between baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit,
replace it with a new one.
E
F
Clearance - standard
3rd and 4th : 0.9 - 1.45 mm (0.035 - 0.0571 in)
5th and 6th : 0.95 - 1.4 mm (0.0374 - 0.055 in)
Limit
: 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
G
SMT140
H
Bearing
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and rough rotation of the bearing as shown.
I
J
K
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
L
1.
2.
3.
M
Install the 3rd needle bearing.
Install the 3rd input gear and 3rd baulk ring.
Install the spread spring, shifting insert, and a new 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto the 3rd-4th coupling
sleeve.
CAUTION:
● Install with orientation of the synchronizer hub as shown.
● Do not reuse the 3rd-4th synchronizer hub.
SCIA0921E
Revision: May 2004
MT-167
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
●
Install with orientation of coupling sleeve as shown.
SCIA0993E
●
Be sure not to hook the ends of the 2 spread springs
(front and back have two each) on the same shifting
insert.
SCIA1083E
4.
Install 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Align grooves of shifting insert and 3rd baulk ring.
SCIA1031E
5.
6.
7.
Install the 4th bushing using Tool as shown.
Install the 4th baulk ring.
Install the 4th input gear and 4th needle bearing.
SCIA1032E
Revision: May 2004
MT-168
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
8.
Measure the dimension “C2 ” as shown. Select a thrust washer
so that dimension “C2 ” satisfies standard dimension specification. Then install the thrust washer onto the input shaft.
Standard for dimension “C2 ”
A
: 154.7 - 154.8 mm
(6.091 - 6.094 in)
B
CAUTION:
Only 1 thrust washer can be selected.
MT
D
E
F
G
SCIA0925E
Thrust Washer
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
H
3.84 mm (0.1512 in)
3.90 mm (0.1535 in)
3.96 mm (0.1559 in)
32347 8H500
32347 8H501
32347 8H502
4.02 mm (0.1583 in)
4.08 mm (0.1606 in)
4.14 mm (0.1630 in)
32347 8H503
32347 8H504
32347 8H505
I
9. Install the 5th bushing using Tool as shown.
10. Install the 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear.
11. Install the 5th baulk ring.
J
K
L
SCIA1033E
M
12. Install the synchronizer assembly onto a new 5th-6th synchronizer hub.
CAUTION:
● Install with the orientation of the synchronizer hub as
shown.
● Do not reuse the 5th-6th synchronizer hub.
SCIA0921E
Revision: May 2004
MT-169
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
●
Be sure not to hook the ends of the 2 spread springs
(front and back have two each) on the same shifting
insert.
SCIA1083E
13. Install the 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool as
shown.
CAUTION:
Align the grooves of the 5th-6th shifting insert and 5th-6th
baulk ring.
SCIA1039E
14. Install the needle bearing, 6th input gear and then 6th bushing
using Tool as shown.
SCIA1040E
15. Install the snap ring onto the input shaft, and measure to check
that end play (gap between snap ring and groove) of the 6th
bushing is within specification.
End play standard value
●
: 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
If the measurement is outside the standard value, select the
appropriate size snap ring.
SCIA0970E
Snap Rings
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
1.76 mm (0.0693 in)
1.81 mm (0.0713 in)
1.86 mm (0.0732 in)
1.91 mm (0.0752 in)
1.96 mm (0.0772 in)
32204 8H511
32204 8H512
32204 8H513
32204 8H514
32204 8H515
2.01 mm (0.0791 in)
2.06 mm (0.0811 in)
2.11 mm (0.0831 in)
2.16 mm (0.0850 in)
2.21 mm (0.0871 in)
32204 8H516
32204 8H517
32204 8H518
32204 8H519
32204 8H520
Revision: May 2004
MT-170
2003 Sentra
INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
16. Install the input shaft rear bearing using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing
the input gear side.
A
B
MT
SCIA1041E
D
17. Install the input shaft front bearing using Tool as shown.
18. Install the oil channel onto the input shaft.
E
F
G
SCIA1042E
19. Check the end play of the 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th input gears as
shown.
H
End play standard value
3rd gear : 0.18 - 0.31 mm (0.0071 - 0.0122 in)
4th gear : 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
5th gear : 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
6th gear : 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
I
J
SCIA0966E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-171
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:32241
ECS005VI
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd
main gears as shown.
End play standard value
1st gear
: 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
2nd gear
: 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
CAUTION:
If the measurement is outside the standard value, disassemble to check the contact surfaces of gear, shaft, and
hub. Adjust with the snap ring at assembly.
SCIA0973E
2.
3.
Remove the snap ring.
Remove the C-ring holder, and then mainshaft C-ring as shown.
SCIA0974E
4.
5.
Remove the mainshaft rear bearing, adjust shim, and 6th main
gear using Tool as shown.
Remove the 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1056E
6.
7.
8.
Remove the 4th main gear and 5th main gear simultaneously
using Tool as shown.
Remove the adjusting shim.
Remove the 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1044E
Revision: May 2004
MT-172
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
9.
Remove the 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd gear needle
bearing, 2nd bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly, 1st main
gear, reverse main gear, 1st gear needle bearing, and 1st bushing simultaneously using Tool as shown.
A
B
MT
SCIA1045E
D
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Mainshaft and Gears
Check the items listed as shown. If necessary, replace them with
new ones.
●
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the mainshaft.
●
Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the mainshaft gears.
E
F
G
LCIA0309E
H
Synchronizer
Check the items listed as shown. If necessary, replace them with
new ones.
●
Damage, unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve,
synchronizer hub, and shifting insert.
●
Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly as
shown.
I
J
K
SMT387A
●
L
If any cracks, damage, or excessive wear is found on the cam
face of baulk ring or working face of the insert, replace it.
M
SMT867D
Revision: May 2004
MT-173
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
Baulk Ring Clearance
Checking the double cone synchronizer (1st-2nd)
●
Check the clearance of outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and
inner baulk ring of 1st-2nd double cone synchronizer, using the
following steps.
NOTE:
The mean value is the middle value of a set of measurements
between the highest and lowest values. It is calculated by adding the highest and lowest measured value and dividing their
sum by two: [(high value) + (low value)] / 2 = mean value.
CAUTION:
Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
act as a set to control the clearances “A” and “B”. If the
measurement exceeds the service limit value, replace all of them as a set.
1.
SMT138E
Using a dial gauge and Tool, measure clearance “A” at two or
more points diagonally opposite, and calculate mean value.
Clearance “A”
Standard
Limit value
: 0.6 - 0.8 mm (0.024 - 0.031 in)
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less
SCIA1046E
2.
Using a feeler gauge, measure clearance “B” at two or more
points diagonally opposite, and calculate mean value as shown.
Clearance “B”
Standard
Limit value
: 0.6 - 1.1 mm (0.024 - 0.043 in)
: 0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less
SCIA1084E
Bearing
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and rough rotation of the bearing as shown.
MTF0041D
Revision: May 2004
MT-174
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
ASSEMBLY
1.
A
Install the reverse main gear using Tool as shown.
B
MT
SCIA1048E
CAUTION:
Install with the orientation of reverse main gear as shown.
D
E
F
G
SCIA0992E
2.
3.
Install the 1st bushing using Tool as shown.
Install the needle bearing, and then the 1st main gear.
H
I
J
K
SCIA1049E
4.
Install the spread spring, shifting insert, and a new 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto the 1st-2nd coupling
sleeve.
CAUTION:
● Install with the orientation of the new synchronizer hub
as shown.
● Do not reuse 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
SCIA0921E
Revision: May 2004
MT-175
2003 Sentra
L
M
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
●
Install with the orientation of coupling sleeve as shown.
SCIA0989E
●
Do not hook the ends of the two spread springs (front
and back have two each) on the same shifting insert.
SCIA1083E
5.
Install the 1st gear synchronizer assembly onto the mainshaft,
and the synchronizer hub assembly onto the mainshaft using
Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
● Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
on the 2nd gear-side must have been removed.
● Install the coupling sleeve with the proper orientation.
SCIA1050E
6.
7.
8.
Install the 2nd bushing using Tool as shown.
Install the outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk
ring on 2nd gear-side.
Install the 2nd needle bearing and 2nd gear.
SCIA1051E
9.
Install the 3rd main gear.
CAUTION:
Install the 3rd main gear with the orientation as shown.
10. Install the 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1052E
Revision: May 2004
MT-176
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
11. Measure the dimension “C1 ”. Select a suitable adjusting shim
so that the dimension “C1 ” satisfies the specified standard
value, and install it onto the mainshaft.
Standard for dimension “C1
”
A
: 173.85 - 173.95 mm
(6.844 - 6.848 in)
B
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
MT
D
E
F
G
SCIA0944E
Adjusting Shim
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
0.52 mm (0.0205 in)
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
0.68 mm (0.0268 in)
0.76 mm (0.0299 in)
32238 8H500
32238 8H501
32238 8H502
32238 8H503
0.84 mm (0.0331 in)
0.92 mm (0.0362 in)
1.00 mm (0.0394 in)
1.08 mm (0.0425 in)
32238 8H504
32238 8H505
32238 8H506
32238 8H507
12. Install the 4th main gear with the specified orientation as shown,
using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Install the 4th main gear with the orientation as shown.
H
I
J
K
L
SCIA1053E
13. Install the 5th main gear with the specified orientation as shown,
using Tool as shown.
CAUTION:
Install the 5th main gear with the orientation as shown.
14. Install the 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
SCIA1054E
Revision: May 2004
MT-177
2003 Sentra
M
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
15. Install the 6th main gear using Tool as shown.
SCIA1057E
16. Select the 6th main adjusting shim and then install it onto the mainshaft.
● Calculate thickness “S” of 6th main adjusting shim by procedure below so that end play dimension between 6th main
gear and mainshaft rear bearing becomes the dimension
specified.
End play
: 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Dimension “S” = (“S1 ” - “S2 ”) + end play
“S”
: Thickness of adjusting shim
“S1 ” : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
mainshaft rear bearing press-fit end face
“S2 ” : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
6th main gear end face
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
SCIA0995E
Adjusting Shim
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
0.88 mm (0.0346 in)
0.96 mm (0.0378 in)
1.04 mm (0.0409 in)
1.12 mm (0.0441 in)
32237 8H560
32237 8H561
32237 8H562
32237 8H563
1.20 mm (0.0472 in)
1.28 mm (0.0504 in)
1.36 mm (0.0535 in)
32237 8H564
32237 8H565
32237 8H566
a. Using a height gauge, measure the dimension “S1 ” and “S2 ” as shown.
b. Install the selected 6th main adjusting shim to the mainshaft.
17. Install the mainshaft rear bearing using Tool as shown.
SCIA1058E
Revision: May 2004
MT-178
2003 Sentra
MAINSHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
18. Install the C-ring onto the mainshaft, and check that the end play
of mainshaft rear bearing meets specifications.
End play standard value
●
A
: 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
If the measurement is outside the specified standard value,
reselect a new C-ring.
B
MT
SCIA0979E
D
C-Ring
Thickness
Part number
Thickness
Part number
2.535 mm (0.0866 in)
2.565 mm (0.1010 in)
2.595 mm (0.1022 in)
2.625 mm (0.1033 in)
2.655 mm (0.1045 in)
2.685 mm (0.1057 in)
2.715 mm (0.1069 in)
2.745 mm (0.1081 in)
2.775 mm (0.1093 in)
2.805 mm (0.1104 in)
32348 8H800
32348 8H801
32348 8H802
32348 8H803
32348 8H804
32348 8H805
32348 8H806
32348 8H807
32348 8H808
32348 8H809
2.835 mm (0.1116 in)
2.865 mm (0.1128 in)
2.895 mm (0.1140 in)
2.925 mm (0.1152 in)
2.955 mm (0.1163 in)
2.985 mm (0.1175 in)
3.015 mm (0.1187 in)
3.045 mm (0.1199 in)
3.075 mm (0.1211 in)
32348 8H810
32348 8H811
32348 8H812
32348 8H813
32348 8H814
32348 8H815
32348 8H816
32348 8H817
32348 8H818
19. Fit the C-ring holder, and install the snap ring as shown.
E
F
G
H
I
J
SCIA0974E
K
20. Check the end play of 1st and 2nd main gears as shown.
L
End play standard value
1st gear
: 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.0079 - 0.0118 in)
2nd gear
: 0.06 - 0.16 mm (0.0024 - 0.0063 in)
M
SCIA0973E
Revision: May 2004
MT-179
2003 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:32281
ECS005VJ
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the reverse idler gear adjusting shim.
Remove the reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve and insert spring simultaneously.
Remove the reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove the thrust needle bearing.
Remove the reverse baulk ring.
Remove the reverse idler gear (front).
Remove the reverse idler gear needle bearing.
Remove the thrust needle bearing.
Pull off the locking pin from the reverse idler shaft.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Reverse Idler Shaft and Gears
Check the parts listed. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the reverse idler shaft.
●
Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the reverse idler gears.
SCIA0953E
Synchronizer
Check parts listed. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub, and insert spring.
●
Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly as
shown.
SMT637A
●
If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of
baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it.
SMT867D
Revision: May 2004
MT-180
2003 Sentra
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS
[RS6F51H]
Baulk ring clearance
●
A
Press the baulk ring against the cone, and measure the clearance between the baulk ring and cone as shown. If the measurement is below the specified limit, replace it with a new one.
B
Baulk ring to gear clearance
Standard
: 0.95 - 1.4 mm (0.0374 - 0.055 in)
Limit value : 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
MT
SMT140
D
Bearing
Check the parts listed. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
●
Damage and rough rotation of the bearing.
E
ASSEMBLY
F
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
●
Install the insert spring with the orientation as shown.
G
H
I
SCIA0954E
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-181
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS6F51H]
FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
PFP:38411
ECS005VK
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Remove the final gear bolts. Then, separate the final gear from the differential case.
Remove the speedometer drive gear.
Using a puller and Tool (drift), remove the differential side bearing (clutch housing side) as shown.
SCIA1019E
4.
Using a puller and Tool (drift), remove the differential side bearing (transaxle case side) as shown.
SCIA1060E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Bearing
Check for bearing damage and rough rotation as shown. If necessary, replace with a new one.
CAUTION:
When replacing the tapered roller bearing, replace the outer and
inner races as a set.
●
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
1.
Using Tool (drift), install the differential side bearing (transaxle
case side) as shown.
SCIA1061E
Revision: May 2004
MT-182
2003 Sentra
FINAL DRIVE
[RS6F51H]
2.
Align and install the speedometer drive gear onto the differential
case as shown.
A
B
MT
SMT842D
D
3.
Using Tool (drift), install the differential side bearing (clutch
housing side) as shown.
E
F
G
SCIA1018E
4.
Install the final gear into the differential case, and tighten the
final gear bolts to specification.
Final gear bolts
H
: Refer to MT-149, "FINAL DRIVE
COMPONENTS" .
I
J
SCIA0912E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-183
2003 Sentra
SHIFT CONTROL
[RS6F51H]
SHIFT CONTROL
Inspection
●
PFP:32982
ECS005VL
Check the contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage,
or bending as shown. If necessary, replace the parts.
SCIA0913E
SHIFT FORK
●
Check if the width of the shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling sleeve) is within specification, as shown.
SMT801D
Shift Fork
Item
One-side wear specification
Sliding width of new part
1st & 2nd
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
3rd & 4th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
7.80 - 7.93 mm
(0.3071 - 0.3122 in)
5th & 6th
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
6.10 - 6.23 mm
(0.2402 - 0.2453 in)
Reverse
0.2 mm (0.008 in)
12.80 - 12.93 mm
(0.5039 - 0.5091 in)
Revision: May 2004
MT-184
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F51H]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
A
ECS005VM
TRANSAXLE
Engine
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS6F51H
Model code number
B
8U376
Number of speed
MT
6
Synchromesh type
Warner
D
Shift pattern
E
SCIA0955E
Gear ratio
Number of teeth
1st
3.153
2nd
1.944
3rd
1.392
4th
1.055
5th
0.809
6th
0.673
Reverse
3.002
Input gear
Main gear
Reverse idler gear
Oil capacity
1st
13
2nd
18
3rd
28
4th
36
5th
42
6th
46
Reverse
13
1st
41
2nd
35
3rd
39
4th
38
5th
34
6th
29
Reverse
38
Front
37
Rear
38
Reverse synchronizer
H
I
J
K
L
M
Installed
Double baulk ring type synchronizer
Revision: May 2004
G
2.3 (2 3/8)
(qt)
Remarks
F
MT-185
1st & 2rd synchronizer
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F51H]
FINAL GEAR
Engine
QR25DE
Transaxle model
RS6F51H
Model code number
8U376
Final gear ratio
4.133
Number of teeth
Final gear/Pinion
62/15
Side gear/Pinion mate gear
—
Gear End Play
ECS005VN
Unit: mm (in)
Gear
End play
1st main gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
2nd main gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
3rd input gear
0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122)
4th input gear
0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
5th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
6th input gear
0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063)
Clearance Between Baulk Ring and Gear
ECS005VO
3RD, 4TH, 5TH, 6TH & REVERSE BAULK RING
Unit: mm (in)
Standard
Wear limit
3rd
0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.0571)
0.7 (0.028)
4th
0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.0571)
0.7 (0.028)
5th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.0374 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
6th
0.95 - 1.4 (0.0374 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
Reverse
0.95 - 1.4 (0.0374 - 0.055)
0.7 (0.028)
1ST AND 2ND DOUBLE BAULK RING
Unit: mm (in)
SMT138E
Dimension
Standard
Wear limit
A
0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031)
0.2 (0.008)
B
0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043)
0.2 (0.008)
Revision: May 2004
MT-186
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F51H]
Available Snap Rings
ECS005VP
A
6TH BUSHING
End play
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.81 (0.0713)
1.86 (0.0732)
1.91 (0.0752)
1.96 (0.0772)
Part number*
Thickness
32204 8H511
32204 8H512
32204 8H513
32204 8H514
32204 8H515
mm (in)
2.01 (0.0791)
2.06 (0.0811)
2.11 (0.0831)
2.16 (0.0850)
2.21 (0.0871)
Part number*
B
32204 8H516
32204 8H517
32204 8H518
32204 8H519
32204 8H520
MT
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
D
Available C-rings
ECS005VQ
MAINSHAFT C-RING
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
2.535 (0.0866)
2.565 (0.1010)
2.595 (0.1022)
2.625 (0.1033)
2.655 (0.1045)
2.685 (0.1057)
2.715 (0.1069)
2.745 (0.1081)
2.775 (0.1093)
2.805 (0.1104)
Part number*
Thickness
32348 8H800
32348 8H801
32348 8H802
32348 8H803
32348 8H804
32348 8H805
32348 8H806
32348 8H807
32348 8H808
32348 8H809
mm (in)
2.835 (0.1116)
2.865 (0.1128)
2.895 (0.1140)
2.925 (0.1152)
2.955 (0.1163)
2.985 (0.1175)
3.015 (0.1187)
3.045 (0.1199)
3.075 (0.1211)
E
Part number*
32348 8H810
32348 8H811
32348 8H812
32348 8H813
32348 8H814
32348 8H815
32348 8H816
32348 8H817
32348 8H818
F
G
H
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Thrust Washers
ECS005VR
INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER
I
J
K
L
SCIA1008E
Standard length “C2”
Thickness
mm (in)
3.84 (0.1512)
3.90 (0.1535)
3.96 (0.1559)
M
154.7 - 154.8 mm (6.091 - 6.094in)
Part number*
Thickness
32347 8H500
32347 8H501
32347 8H502
mm (in)
4.02 (0.1583)
4.08 (0.1606)
4.14 (0.1630)
Part number*
32347 8H503
32347 8H504
32347 8H505
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
MT-187
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F51H]
Available Adjusting Shims
ECS005VS
MAINSHAFT ADJUSTING SHIM
SCIA1009E
Standard length “C1”
Thickness
173.85 - 173.95 mm (6.844 - 6.848in)
mm (in)
Part number*
0.52 (0.0205)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.76 (0.0299)
Thickness
32238 8H500
32238 8H501
32238 8H502
32238 8H503
mm (in)
Part number*
0.84 (0.0331)
0.92 (0.0362)
1.00 (0.0394)
1.08 (0.0425)
32238 8H504
32238 8H505
32238 8H506
32238 8H507
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.40 (0.0157)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
6.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
Part number*
32225 8H500
32225 8H501
32225 8H502
32225 8H503
32225 8H504
32225 8H505
32225 8H506
32225 8H507
32225 8H508
32225 8H509
32225 8H510
32225 8H511
Thickness
mm (in)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0396)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
1.12 (0.0441)
1.16 (0.0457)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.24 (0.0488)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.32 (0.0520)
Part number*
Thickness
32225 8H512
32225 8H513
32225 8H514
32225 8H515
32225 8H516
32225 8H517
32225 8H518
32225 8H519
32225 8H520
32225 8H521
32225 8H522
32225 8H523
mm (in)
Part number*
1.36 (0.0520)
1.40 (0.0551)
1.44 (0.0567)
1.48 (0.0583)
1.52 (0.0598)
1.56 (0.0614)
1.60 (0.0630)
1.64 (0.0646)
32225 8H524
32225 8H560
32225 8H561
32225 8H562
32225 8H563
32225 8H564
32225 8H565
32225 8H566
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.44 (0.0173)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
Part number*
Thickness
32238 8H510
32238 8H511
32238 8H512
32238 8H513
32238 8H514
32238 8H515
32238 8H516
32238 8H517
32238 8H518
mm (in)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.00 (0.0396)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.08 (0.0425)
Part number*
32238 8H519
32238 8H520
32238 8H521
32238 8H522
32238 8H523
32238 8H524
32238 8H560
32238 8H561
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: May 2004
MT-188
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F51H]
REVERASE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
A
0.04 - 0.14 mm (0.0016 - 0.0055 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
1.76 (0.0693)
1.84 (0.0724)
1.92 (0.0756)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.08 (0.0819)
2.16 (0.0850)
Part number*
Thickness
32237 8H500
32237 8H501
32237 8H502
32237 8H503
32237 8H504
32237 8H505
mm (in)
2.24 (0.0882)
2.32 (0.0913)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.48 (0.0976)
2.56 (0.1008)
2.64 (0.1039)
Part number*
32237 8H506
32237 8H507
32237 8H508
32237 8H509
32237 8H510
32237 8H511
B
MT
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
D
6TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM
End play
0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.96 (0.0378)
1.04 (0.0409)
1.12 (0.0441)
Part number*
Thickness
32237 8H560
32237 8H561
32237 8H562
32237 8H563
mm (in)
1.20 (0.0472)
1.28 (0.0504)
1.36 (0.0520)
Part number*
E
32237 8H564
32237 8H565
32237 8H566
F
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Available Shims
ECS005VT
G
— Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim —
BEARING PRELOAD
H
Differential side bearing preload: L*
0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083)
*: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness.
I
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM(S)
Thickness
mm (in)
0.48 (0.0189)
0.52 (0.0205)
0.56 (0.0220)
0.60 (0.0236)
0.64 (0.0252)
0.68 (0.0268)
Part number*
Thickness
31438 80X00
31438 80X01
31438 80X02
31438 80X03
31438 80X04
31438 80X05
mm (in)
0.72 (0.0283)
0.76 (0.0299)
0.80 (0.0315)
0.84 (0.0331)
0.88 (0.0346)
0.92 (0.0362)
Part number*
31438 80X06
31438 80X07
31438 80X08
31438 80X09
31438 80X10
31438 80X11
J
K
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MT-189
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[RS6F51H]
Revision: May 2004
MT-190
2003 Sentra
J AIR CONDITIONER
A
B
SECTION
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
Precautions for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)..... 3
Contaminated Refrigerant ........................................ 3
General Refrigerant Precautions .............................. 4
Precautions for Leak Detection Dye ......................... 4
A/C Identification Label ............................................ 4
Precautions for Refrigerant Connection ................... 5
FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT
CONNECTION ...................................................... 5
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION..... 6
Precautions for Servicing Compressor ..................... 8
Precautions for Service Equipment .......................... 8
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT .............. 8
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR ........................ 8
VACUUM PUMP ................................................... 9
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET ...................................... 9
SERVICE HOSES ................................................. 9
SERVICE COUPLERS ........................................ 10
CHARGING CYLINDER ...................................... 10
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 10
PREPARATION ..........................................................11
Special Service Tools ..............................................11
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment... 12
COMMERCIAL SERVICE TOOL ........................ 14
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM ..................................... 15
Refrigeration Cycle ................................................. 15
REFRIGERANT FLOW ....................................... 15
FREEZE PROTECTION ..................................... 15
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION .......... 15
LUBRICANT ............................................................. 16
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor... 16
LUBRICANT ........................................................ 16
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING ........................... 16
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 19
Component Layout ................................................. 19
Control Operation ................................................... 20
FAN CONTROL SWITCH ................................... 20
Revision: May 2004
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH ............. 20
MODE CONTROL KNOB .................................... 20
TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB .................... 20
RECIRCULATION (REC) SWITCH ..................... 20
AIR CONDITIONER (A/C) SWITCH .................... 20
Discharge Air Flow ................................................. 21
System Description ................................................. 22
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS ................................................................. 22
Component Location .............................................. 23
ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. 23
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ......................... 24
Wiring Diagram — Heater — .................................. 25
QG18DE MODELS .............................................. 25
Wiring Diagram — A/C, M — .................................. 27
QG18DE MODELS .............................................. 27
QR25DE MODELS .............................................. 31
How to Perform Trouble Diagnoses for Quick and
Accurate Repair ...................................................... 34
WORK FLOW ...................................................... 34
SYMPTOM TABLE .............................................. 34
Operational Check .................................................. 35
CONDITIONS: ..................................................... 35
PROCEDURE: .................................................... 35
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check ...... 37
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK ................... 37
INTAKE DOOR .......................................................... 38
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door ........ 38
Component Description .......................................... 38
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ...................................... 38
Intake Door Motor Circuit ........................................ 39
Control Linkage Adjustment ................................... 41
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ...................................... 41
Mode Door .............................................................. 42
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
MODE DOOR ...................................................... 42
CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT ................. 43
Air Mix Door ............................................................ 44
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR AIR
MTC-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
MIX DOOR .......................................................... 44
Temperature Control Linkage Adjustment .............. 45
BLOWER MOTOR .................................................... 46
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Blower Motor ...... 46
Blower Motor Circuit ............................................... 46
Electrical Components Inspection .......................... 50
FAN CONTROL SWITCH .................................... 50
BLOWER MOTOR ............................................... 50
FAN RESISTOR .................................................. 50
MAGNET CLUTCH ................................................... 51
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet Clutch ... 51
Magnet Clutch Circuit ............................................. 52
Electrical Component Inspection ............................ 55
A/C RELAY .......................................................... 55
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .............. 56
INSUFFICIENT COOLING ........................................ 57
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Cooling ........................................................................... 57
Performance Test Diagnoses ................................. 58
Performance Chart ................................................. 60
TEST CONDITION .............................................. 60
TEST READING .................................................. 60
Trouble Diagnoses for Abnormal Pressure ............. 61
BOTH HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE
TOO HIGH. .......................................................... 61
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW. ............... 61
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH. .............. 62
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES
ARE TOO LOW. .................................................. 62
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES
BECOMES NEGATIVE. ....................................... 63
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE.
... 63
INSUFFICIENT HEATING ......................................... 64
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Heating ........................................................................... 64
NOISE ........................................................................ 65
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Noise .................. 65
INTAKE SENSOR ..................................................... 66
Intake Sensor Circuit .............................................. 66
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION ............................ 66
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE .............................. 66
Removal and Installation ........................................ 67
COMPRESSOR ......................................................... 68
Removal and Installation ........................................ 68
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ......................................... 69
Overhaul ................................................................. 69
QG18DE .............................................................. 69
QR25DE .............................................................. 69
Removal ................................................................. 70
QG18DE .............................................................. 70
QR25DE .............................................................. 71
Revision: May 2004
Inspection ................................................................72
CLUTCH DISC .....................................................72
PULLEY ...............................................................72
COIL .....................................................................72
Installation ...............................................................72
QG18DE ..............................................................72
QR25DE ...............................................................74
Break-In Operation ..................................................75
THERMAL PROTECTOR ..........................................76
Inspection ................................................................76
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER ..........................................77
Removal and Installation .........................................77
FUNCTION ..........................................................77
REPLACEMENT TIMING ....................................77
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES ........................77
HEATER & COOLING UNIT (HEATER CORE) ........78
Removal ..................................................................78
Installation ...............................................................78
BLOWER UNIT ..........................................................79
Removal ..................................................................79
Installation ...............................................................79
A/C EVAPORATOR ...................................................80
Removal ..................................................................80
Installation ...............................................................81
REFRIGERANT LINES .............................................82
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure ..................82
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ...................................................................82
Removal and Installation .........................................84
QG18DE ..............................................................84
QR25DE ...............................................................85
Checking Refrigerant Leaks ....................................86
PRELIMINARY CHECK .......................................86
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector ......................86
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK
DETECTOR .........................................................86
CHECKING PROCEDURE ..................................87
Fluorescent Dye Leak Detector ..............................88
PRECAUTIONS FOR FLUORESCENT DYE
LEAK DETECTION ..............................................88
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE
FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR ...................88
DYE INJECTION ..................................................88
BELT ..........................................................................90
Tension Adjustment .................................................90
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ......91
General Specifications ............................................91
COMPRESSOR ...................................................91
LUBRICANT .........................................................91
REFRIGERANT ...................................................91
Inspection and Adjustment ......................................91
ENGINE IDLING SPEED (WHEN A/C IS ON) .....91
BELT TENSION ...................................................91
MTC-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
EJS001QX
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)
B
C
D
E
F
EJS001A7
WARNING:
G
●
CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant are not compatible. If the refrigerants
are mixed and compressor failure is likely to occur. Refer to MTC-3, "Contaminated Refrigerant" .
To determine the purity of HFC-134a (R-134a) in the vehicle and recovery tank, use Refrigerant
H
Recovery/Recycling equipment and Refrigerant Identifier.
●
Use only specified lubricant for the HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C system and HFC-134a (R-134a) components. If lubricant other than that specified is used, compressor failure is likely to occur.
I
●
The specified HFC-134a (R-134a) lubricant rapidly absorbs moisture from the atmosphere. The following handling precautions must be observed:
–
When removing refrigerant components from a vehicle, immediately cap (seal) the component to
MTC
minimize the entry of moisture from the atmosphere.
–
When installing refrigerant components to a vehicle, do not remove the caps (unseal) until just
before connecting the components. Connect all refrigerant loop components as quickly as possible to minimize the entry of moisture into system.
K
–
Only use the specified lubricant from a sealed container. Immediately reseal containers of lubricant. Without proper sealing, lubricant will become moisture saturated and should not be used.
–
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and L
throat. Remove R-134a from the A/C system, using certified service equipment meeting requirements of SAE J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment), or J2209 (R-134a recovery equipment). If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional health M
and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers.
–
Do not allow A/C lubricant (Genuine Nissan A/C System Lubricant Type R or equivalent) to come
in contact with styrofoam parts. Damage may result.
Contaminated Refrigerant
EJS001A8
If a refrigerant other than pure R-134a is identified in a vehicle, your options are:
●
Explain to the customer that environmental regulations prohibit the release of contaminated refrigerant
into the atmosphere.
●
Explain that recovery of the contaminated refrigerant could damage your service equipment and refrigerant supply.
●
Suggest the customer return the vehicle to the location of previous service where the contamination may
have occurred.
●
If you choose to perform the repair, recover the refrigerant using only dedicated equipment and containers. Do not recover contaminated refrigerant into your existing service equipment. If your facility
does not have dedicated recovery equipment, you may contact a local refrigerant product retailer for available service. This refrigerant must be disposed of in accordance with all federal and local regulations. In
addition, replacement of all refrigerant system components on the vehicle is recommended.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-3
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
●
If the vehicle is within the warranty period, the air conditioner warranty is void. Please contact Nissan Customer Affairs for further assistance.
General Refrigerant Precautions
EJS001A9
WARNING:
●
Do not release refrigerant into the air. Use approved recovery/recycling equipment to capture the
refrigerant every time an air conditioning system is discharged.
●
Always wear eye and hand protection (goggles and gloves) when working with any refrigerant or
air conditioning system.
●
Do not store or heat refrigerant containers above 52°C (125°F).
●
Do not heat a refrigerant container with an open flame; if container warming is required, place the
bottom of the container in a warm pail of water.
●
Do not intentionally drop, puncture, or incinerate refrigerant containers.
●
Keep refrigerant away from open flames: poisonous gas will be produced if refrigerant burns.
●
Refrigerant will displace oxygen, therefore be certain to work in well ventilated areas to prevent
suffocation.
●
Do not pressure test or leak test HFC-134a (R-134a) service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning systems with compressed air during repair. Some mixtures of air and R-134a have been
shown to be combustible at elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or
property damage. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufacturers.
Precautions for Leak Detection Dye
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
EJS001AA
The A/C system contains a fluorescent leak detection dye used for locating refrigerant leaks. An ultraviolet
(UV) lamp is required to illuminate the dye when inspecting for leaks.
Always wear fluorescence enhancing UV safety glasses to protect your eyes and enhance the visibility of
the fluorescent dye.
A compressor shaft seal should not be repaired because of dye seepage. The compressor shaft seal
should only be repaired after confirming the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995).
Always remove any dye from the leak area after repairs are complete to avoid a misdiagnosis during a
future service.
Do not allow dye to come into contact with painted body panels or interior components. If dye is spilled,
clean immediately with the approved dye cleaner. Fluorescent dye left on a surface for an extended period
of time cannot be removed .
Do not spray the fluorescent dye cleaning agent on hot surfaces (engine exhaust manifold, etc.).
Do not use more than one refrigerant dye bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) per A/C system.
Leak detection dyes for R-134a and R-12 A/C systems are different. Do not use R-134a leak detection
dye in R-12 A/C systems or R-12 leak detection dye in R-134a A/C systems or A/C system damage may
result.
The fluorescent properties of the dye will remain for over three (3) years unless a compressor failure
occurs.
A/C Identification Label
EJS001AB
Vehicles are equipped factory installed fluorescent dye and have this
identification label on the under side of hood.
NOTE:
Vehicles equipped with factory installed fluorescent dye have a
green label.
LHA175
Revision: May 2004
MTC-4
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Refrigerant Connection
EJS001AC
A
FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
●
●
The O-ring has been relocated. It has also been provided with a groove for proper installation. This eliminates the chance of the O-ring being caught in, or damaged by, the mating part. The sealing direction of
the O-ring is now set vertically in relation to the contacting surface of the mating part to improve sealing
characteristics.
The reaction force of the O-ring will not occur in the direction that causes the joint to pull out, thereby facilitating piping connections.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SHA815E
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-5
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION
QG18DE
WJIA0244E
QR25DE
WJIA0245E
CAUTION:
The new and former refrigerant connections in some systems use different O-ring configurations. Do
not confuse O-rings since they are not interchangeable. If a wrong O-ring is installed, refrigerant will
leak at, or around, the connection.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-6
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications
SHA814E
A
Connection type
O-ring
size
Part number*
D
New
8
92471 N8210
6.8 (0.268)
1.85 (0.0728)
Former
10
J2476 N8200
9.25 (0.3642)
1.78 (0.0701)
Former
12
92471 N8200
10.8 (0.425)
1.78 (0.0701)
New
12
92472 N8210
10.9 (0.429)
3.65 (0.1437)
Former
16
92473 N8200
13.9 (0.547)
1.78 (0.0701)
New
16
92473 N8210
13.6 (0.535)
2.43 (0.0957)
New
19
92474 N8210
16.5 (0.650)
2.43 (0.0957)
mm (in)
W
mm (in)
B
C
D
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
E
WARNING:
Make sure all refrigerant is discharged into the recycling equipment and the pressure in the system is
less than atmospheric pressure. Then gradually loosen the discharge side hose fitting and remove it.
CAUTION:
F
When replacing or cleaning refrigerant cycle components, observe the following.
●
When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car.
Failure to do so will cause lubricant to enter the low pressure chamber.
G
●
When connecting tubes, always use a torque wrench and a back-up wrench.
●
After disconnecting tubes, immediately plug all openings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture.
●
When installing an air conditioner in the vehicle, connect the pipes as the final stage of the opera- H
tion. Do not remove the seal caps of pipes and other components until just before required for
connection.
●
Allow components stored in cool areas to warm to working area temperature before removing seal
I
caps. This prevents condensation from forming inside A/C components.
●
Thoroughly remove moisture from the refrigeration system before charging the refrigerant.
●
Always replace used O-rings.
MTC
●
When connecting tube, apply lubricant to circle of the O-rings shown in illustration. Be careful not
to apply lubricant to threaded portion.
Lubricant name: Genuine Nissan A/C System Lubricant Type R or equivalent
K
Part number: KLH00-PAGR0
●
O-ring must be closely attached to dented portion of tube.
●
When replacing the O-ring, be careful not to damage O-ring and tube.
L
●
Connect tube until you hear it click, then tighten the nut or bolt by hand until snug. Make sure that
the O-ring is installed to tube correctly.
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-7
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
●
After connecting line, conduct leak test and make sure that there is no leakage from connections.
When the gas leaking point is found, disconnect that line and replace the O-ring. Then tighten connections of seal seat to the specified torque.
RHA861F
Precautions for Servicing Compressor
●
●
●
●
●
●
EJS001AD
Plug all openings to prevent moisture and foreign matter from entering.
When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car.
When replacing or repairing compressor, follow “Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor” exactly. Refer to MTC-16, "Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor" .
Keep friction surfaces between clutch and pulley clean. If the surface is contaminated, with lubricant, wipe it off by using a clean waste cloth moistened with thinner.
After compressor service operation, turn the compressor shaft by hand more than five turns in
both directions. This will equally distribute lubricant inside the compressor. After the compressor
is installed, let the engine idle and operate the compressor for one hour.
After replacing the compressor magnet clutch, apply voltage to the new one and check for normal
operation. [Gap between clutch disc and pulley is 0.3 - 0.6 mm (0.012 - 0.024 in)]
Precautions for Service Equipment
EJS001AE
RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for machine operation and machine maintenance. Never introduce any
refrigerant other than that specified into the machine.
ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for tester operation and tester maintenance.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-8
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
VACUUM PUMP
A
The lubricant contained inside the vacuum pump is not compatible
with the specified lubricant for HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems.
The vent side of the vacuum pump is exposed to atmospheric pressure so the vacuum pump lubricant may migrate out of the pump into
the service hose. This is possible when the pump is switched off
after evacuation (vacuuming) and hose is connected to it.
To prevent this migration, use a manual valve situated near the
hose-to-pump connection, as follows.
●
Usually vacuum pumps have a manual isolator valve as part of
the pump. Close this valve to isolate the service hose from the
pump.
●
For pumps without an isolator, use a hose equipped with a manual shut-off valve near the pump end. Close the valve to isolate
the hose from the pump.
●
If the hose has an automatic shut off valve, disconnect the hose
from the pump: as long as the hose is connected, the valve is
open and lubricating oil may migrate.
Some one-way valves open when vacuum is applied and close
under a no vacuum condition. Such valves may restrict the pump's
ability to pull a deep vacuum and are not recommended.
B
C
D
E
F
G
RHA270D
H
MANIFOLD GAUGE SET
Be certain that the gauge face indicates R-134a or 134a. Make sure
the gauge set has 1/2″-16 ACME threaded connections for service
hoses. Confirm the set has been used only with refrigerant HFC134a (R-134a) along with specified lubricant.
I
MTC
K
SHA533D
SERVICE HOSES
L
Be certain that the service hoses display the markings described
(colored hose with black stripe). All hoses must include positive shut
off devices (either manual or automatic) near the end of the hoses
opposite the manifold gauge.
M
RHA272D
Revision: May 2004
MTC-9
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
SERVICE COUPLERS
Never attempt to connect HFC-134a (R-134a) service couplers to an
CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system. The HFC-134a (R-134a) couplers will
not properly connect to the CFC-12 (R-12) system. However, if an
improper connection is attempted, discharging and contamination
may occur.
Shut-off valve rotation
A/C service valve
Clockwise
Open
Counterclockwise
Close
RHA273D
CHARGING CYLINDER
Using a charging cylinder is not recommended. Refrigerant may be vented into air from cylinder's top valve
when filling the cylinder with refrigerant. Also, the accuracy of the cylinder is generally less than that of an
electronic scale or of quality recycle/recharge equipment.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
EJS001AF
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-4, "Wiring Diagram — POWER —"
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-9, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Revision: May 2004
MTC-10
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EJS001AG
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV99231260
(J-38874)
Clutch disc wrench
B
Removing shaft nut and clutch disc
C
D
NT204
KV99232340
(J-38874)
Clutch disc puller
E
Removing clutch disc
F
S-NT376
(J-38873-A)
Drive plate installer
G
Installing pulley and drive plate
H
I
WJIA0367E
KV99234330
(J-39024)
Pulley installer
Installing pulley
MTC
K
NT207
KV99233130
(J-39023)
Pulley puller
Removing pulley
L
M
NT208
KV99233130
(J-29884)
(with small adaptor)
Pulley puller
Removing pulley
LHA172
Revision: May 2004
MTC-11
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tools and Equipment
EJS001AH
Never mix HFC-134a refrigerant and/or its specified lubricant with CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and/or its lubricant.
Separate and non-interchangeable service equipment must be used for handling each type of refrigerant/lubricant.
Refrigerant container fittings, service hose fittings and service equipment fittings (equipment which handles
refrigerant and/or lubricant) are different between CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). This is to avoid
mixed use of the refrigerants/lubricant.
Adapters that convert one size fitting to another must never be used: refrigerant/lubricant contamination will
occur and compressor failure will result.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant
Container color: Light blue
Container marking: HFC-134a (R134a)
Fitting size: Thread size
●
large container 1/22 -16 ACME
S-NT196
KLH00-PAGR0
( — )
Genuine NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type R
Type: Poly alkaline glycol oil (PAG),
type R
Application: HFC-134a (R-134a) vane
rotary compressors (NISSAN only)
Lubricity:40 m (1.4 US fl oz, 1.4 Imp
fl oz)
S-NT197
(J-43600)
Recovery/Recycling equipment
(ACR2000)
Function: Refrigerant Recovery and
Recycling and Recharging
WJIA0293E
(J-41995)
Electrical leak detector
Power supply:
●
DC 12V (Cigarette lighter)
AHA281A
(J-43926)
Refrigerant dye leak detection kit
Kit includes:
(J-42220) UV lamp and UV safety
glasses
(J-41459) Refrigerant dye injector
(J-41447) qty. 24
HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant
dye
(J-43872) Refrigerant dye cleaner
Power supply:
DC 12V (Battery terminal)
SHA437F
Revision: May 2004
MTC-12
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
(J-42220)
Fluorescent dye leak detector
Description
A
Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal)
For checking refrigerant leak when fluorescent dye is installed in A/C system.
Includes: UV lamp and UV safety
glasses
B
C
SHA438F
(J-41447)
HFC-134a (R-134a) Fluorescent
leak detection dye
(Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles)
D
Application: For HFC-134a (R-134a)
PAG oil
Container: 1/4 ounce (7.4cc) bottle
(Includes self-adhesive dye identification labels for affixing to vehicle after
charging system with dye.)
SHA439F
E
F
(J-41459)
HFC-134a (R-134a) Dye injector
Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle
For injecting 1/4 ounce of fluorescent
leak detection dye into A/C system.
G
H
SHA440F
(J-43872)
Dye cleaner
I
For cleaning dye spills.
MTC
SHA441F
(J-39183)
Manifold gauge set (with hoses
and couplers)
K
Identification:
●
●
The gauge face indicates R-134a.
Fitting size: Thread size
L
1/22 -16 ACME
M
RJIA0196E
Service hoses
●
High side hose
(J-39501-72)
●
Low side hose
(J-39502-72)
●
Utility hose
(J-39476-72)
Revision: May 2004
Hose color:
S-NT201
MTC-13
●
Low hose: Blue with black stripe
●
High hose: Red with black stripe
●
Utility hose: Yellow with black stripe
or green with black stripe
Hose fitting to gauge:
●
1/22 -16 ACME
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
Service couplers
●
●
High side coupler
(J-39500-20)
Hose fitting to service hose:
Low side coupler
(J-39500-24)
●
M14 x 1.5 fitting is optional or permanently attached.
S-NT202
(J-39649)
Vacuum pump
(Including the isolator valve)
Capacity:
●
Air displacement: 4 CFM
●
Micron rating: 20 microns
●
Oil capacity: 482 g (17 oz)
Fitting size: Thread size
●
S-NT203
1/22 -16 ACME
COMMERCIAL SERVICE TOOL
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(J-41810-NI)
Refrigerant identifier equipment
(R-134a)
For checking refrigerant purity and for
system contamination
RJIA0197E
(J-44614)
Clutch disc holding tool
Revision: May 2004
For holding clutch disc
MTC-14
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
Refrigeration Cycle
PFP:KA990
A
EJS001AI
REFRIGERANT FLOW
The refrigerant flows in the standard pattern, that is, through the compressor, the condenser, the liquid tank,
through the evaporator, and back to the compressor. The refrigerant evaporation through the evaporator coil is
controlled by an externally equalized expansion valve, located inside the evaporator case.
FREEZE PROTECTION
B
C
The compressor cycles go on and off to maintain the evaporator temperature within a specified range. When
the evaporator coil temperature falls below a specified point, the intake sensor interrupts the compressor operation. When the evaporator coil temperature rises above the specification, the thermo control amplifier allows
compressor operation.
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
D
E
The refrigerant system is protected against excessively high or low pressures by the refrigerant pressure sensor, located on the refrigerant lines where they attach to the condenser. If the system pressure rises above or
falls below the specifications, the refrigerant pressure sensor detects the pressure inside the refrigerant line
and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM turns the A/C relay OFF and stops the compressor when
pressure on the high pressure side detected by refrigerant pressure sensor is over about 2,746 kPa (28 kg/
cm2 , 398 psi) or below about 177 kPa (1.8 kg/cm2 , 26 psi).
F
G
Pressure Relief Valve
The refrigerant system is also protected by a pressure relief valve, located in the rear head of the compressor.
When the pressure of refrigerant in the system increases to an abnormal level [more than 3,727 kPa (38 kg/
cm2 , 540 psi)], the release port on the pressure relief valve automatically opens and releases refrigerant into
the atmosphere.
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0419E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-15
2003 Sentra
LUBRICANT
LUBRICANT
Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity in Compressor
PFP:KLG00
EJS001AJ
The lubricant in the compressor circulates through the system with the refrigerant. Add lubricant to compressor when replacing any component or after a large refrigerant leakage has occurred. It is important to maintain
the specified amount.
If lubricant quantity is not maintained properly, the following malfunctions may result:
●
Lack of lubricant: May lead to a seized compressor
●
Excessive lubricant: Inadequate cooling (thermal exchange interference)
LUBRICANT
Name: Genuine Nissan A/C System Lubricant Type R or equivalent
Part number: KLH00-PAGR0
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
Adjust the lubricant quantity according to the test group shown below.
1. LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION
Can lubricant return operation be performed?
●
A/C system works properly.
●
There is no evidence of a large amount of lubricant leakage.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. PERFORM LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION
1.
Start engine, and set the following conditions:
Test condition
Engine speed: Idling to 1,200 rpm
A/C switch: ON
Blower speed: Max. position
2. Perform lubricant return operation for about 10 minutes.
3. Stop engine.
CAUTION:
If excessive lubricant leakage is noted, do not perform the lubricant return operation.
–
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK COMPRESSOR
Should the compressor be replaced?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO MTC-68, "Removal and Installation" .
No
>> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK ANY PART
Is there any part to be replaced? (Evaporator, condenser, liquid tank or in case there is evidence of a large
amount of lubricant leakage.)
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO MTC-17, "Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor" .
No
>> Carry out the A/C performance test.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-16
2003 Sentra
LUBRICANT
Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor
After replacing any of the following major components, add the correct amount of lubricant to the system.
Amount of lubricant to be added
Lubricant to be added to
system
Part replaced
Amount of lubricant
ml (US fl oz, Imp fl oz)
B
Remarks
Evaporator
75 (2.5, 2.6)
—
Condenser
75 (2.5, 2.6)
—
Liquid tank
5 (0.2, 0.2)
Add if compressor is not
replaced.
30 (1.0, 1.1)
Large leak
—
Small leak *1
In case of refrigerant leak
●
*1:
A
C
D
E
If refrigerant leak is small, no addition of lubricant is needed.
Lubricant Adjustment Procedure for Compressor Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
F
Before connecting recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle, check recovery/recycling equipment gauges.
No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If OK, recover refrigerant from equipment lines.
Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier. If
G
NG, refer to MTC-3, "Contaminated Refrigerant" .
Connect ZCR4 to vehicle. Confirm refrigerant purity in vehicle A/C system using recovery/recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier. If NG, refer to MTC-3, "Contaminated Refrigerant" .
H
Discharge refrigerant into the refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Measure lubricant discharged into
the recovery/recycling equipment.
Drain the lubricant from the “old” (removed) compressor into a graduated container and recover the
I
amount of lubricant drained.
Drain the lubricant from the “new” compressor into a separate, clean container.
Measure an amount of new lubricant installed equal to amount drained from “old” compressor. Add this
MTC
lubricant to “new” compressor through the suction port opening.
Measure an amount of new lubricant equal to the amount recovered during discharging. Add this lubricant
to “new” compressor through the suction port opening.
K
If the liquid tank also needs to be replaced, add an additional 5 ml (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of lubricant
at this time.
Do not add this 5 ml (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of lubricant if only replacing the compressor.
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-17
2003 Sentra
LUBRICANT
RHA065DD
Revision: May 2004
MTC-18
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Component Layout
PFP:00004
A
EJS001AK
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0257E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-19
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Control Operation
EJS001AL
LHA109
FAN CONTROL SWITCH
This switch turns the fan ON and OFF, and controls fan speed.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH
This switch turns the rear window defogger ON and OFF.
MODE CONTROL KNOB
This control knob controls the outlet air flow.
When DEF
or F/D
mode is selected, the push control unit sets the intake door to FRESH.
The compressor turns on when DEF
mode is selected and remains on until the key is turned off.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB
This knob adjusts the temperature of the discharge air.
RECIRCULATION (REC) SWITCH
OFF position: Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment.
ON position: Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.
The indicator lamp will also light.
Recirculation is canceled when DEF
sen.
or F/D
mode is selected, and resumes when another mode is cho-
AIR CONDITIONER (A/C) SWITCH
The air conditioner switch controls the A/C system. When the switch is depressed with the fan ON, the compressor will turn ON. The indicator lamp will also light.
The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-20
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Discharge Air Flow
EJS001AM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
LHA127
Revision: May 2004
MTC-21
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
System Description
EJS001AN
SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTIONS
Knob/Switch position
Knob/Switch
A/C
A/C
Mode
Air outlet
Intake air
Compressor
—
—
ON*1
FACE
—
—
B/L
—
—
FOOT
—
—
F/D
FRE
—
DEF
FRE
ON*1
—
REC*2
—
*1: Compressor operation is controlled by the ECM (when the compressor is activated in DEF mode, it remains on until the key is turned
off).
*2: In DEF and F/D modes, REC switch is canceled.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-22
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Component Location
EJS001AO
A
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0248E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-23
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
WJIA0249E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-24
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Wiring Diagram — Heater —
EJS001AP
A
QG18DE MODELS
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJWA0032E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-25
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
96
LG/B
Revision: May 2004
FAN CONTROL SWITCH
DATA (DC)
FAN CONTROL SWITCH "ON"
(ENGINE RUNNING)
APPROX. 0V
FAN CONTROL SWITCH "OFF"
(ENGINE RUNNING)
APPROX. 5V
MTC-26
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Wiring Diagram — A/C, M —
EJS001AQ
A
QG18DE MODELS
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJWA0033E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-27
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
96
110
LG/B
L/R
Revision: May 2004
FAN CONTROL SWITCH
AIR CONDITIONER SWITCH
SIGNAL
DATA (DC)
FAN CONTROL SWITCH "ON"
(ENGINE RUNNING)
APPROX. 0V
FAN CONTROL SWITCH "OFF"
(ENGINE RUNNING)
APPROX. 5V
BOTH A/C SWITCH AND
BLOWER SWITCH "ON" (ENGINE
RUNNING)
APPROX. 0V
A/C SWITCH "OFF" (ENGINE
RUNNING)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
MTC-28
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJWA0034E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-29
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA (DC)
49
R/Y
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCH "ON"
APPROX. 5.0V
67
B/W
ECM GROUND
IDLE SPEED (ENGINE RUNNING)
1V OR LESS
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SENSOR
BOTH A/C SWITCH AND
BLOWER SWITCH "ON" (ENGINE
RUNNING, WARM-UP CONDITION, COMPRESSOR OPERATING)
0.36 - 3.88V
BOTH A/C SWITCH AND
BLOWER SWITCH "ON" (ENGINE
RUNNING) (COMPRESSOR
OPERATING)
0 - 1.0V
A/C SWITCH "OFF" (ENGINE
RUNNING)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
70
105
L
L
Revision: May 2004
AIR CONDITIONER RELAY
MTC-30
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
QR25DE MODELS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJWA0035E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-31
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
44
55
L/R
LG/B
Revision: May 2004
AIR CONDITIONER SWITCH
SIGNAL
FAN CONTROL SWITCH
DATA (DC)
BOTH A/C SWITCH AND
BLOWER SWITCH "ON" (ENGINE
RUNNING)
APPROX. 0V
A/C SWITCH "OFF" (ENGINE
RUNNING)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
FAN CONTROL SWITCH "ON"
(ENGINE RUNNING)
APPROX. 0V
FAN CONTROL SWITCH "OFF"
(ENGINE RUNNING)
APPROX. 5V
MTC-32
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJWA0036E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-33
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE MEASURED BETWEEN EACH TERMINAL AND GROUND
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
26
L
AIR CONDITIONER RELAY
DATA (DC)
BOTH A/C SWITCH AND
BLOWER SWITCH "ON" (ENGINE
RUNNING) (COMPRESSOR
OPERATING)
0 - 1.0V
A/C SWITCH "OFF" (ENGINE
RUNNING)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
58
B
ECM GROUND
IDLE SPEED (ENGINE RUNNING)
1V OR LESS
65
R
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCH "ON"
APPROX. 5.0V
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SENSOR
BOTH A/C SWITCH AND
BLOWER SWITCH "ON" (ENGINE
RUNNING, WARM-UP CONDITION, COMPRESSOR OPERATING)
0.36 - 3.88V
83
L
How to Perform Trouble Diagnoses for Quick and Accurate Repair
EJS001AR
WORK FLOW
WJIA0258E
*1: MTC-35
*2
MTC-34
SYMPTOM TABLE
Symptom
Reference page
●
Intake door does not change in VENT, B/L or FOOT
mode.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
INTAKE DOOR”.
MTC-38
●
Air outlet does not change.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
MODE DOOR”.
MTC-42
●
Air mix door does not change.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR AIR
MIX DOOR”.
MTC-44
●
Blower motor does not rotate at all.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
BLOWER MOTOR”.
MTC-46
●
Magnet clutch does not engage when A/C switch and
fan switch are ON.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
MAGNET CLUTCH”.
MTC-51
●
Insufficient cooling.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
INSUFFICIENT COOLING”.
MTC-57
●
Insufficient heating.
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
INSUFFICIENT HEATING”.
MTC-64
●
Noise
●
Go to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
NOISE”.
MTC-65
Revision: May 2004
MTC-34
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Operational Check
EJS001AS
A
The purpose of the operational check is to confirm that the system operates properly.
CONDITIONS:
●
Engine running and at normal operating temperature.
B
PROCEDURE:
1. Check Blower
C
1.
Turn fan control switch to 1-speed.
Blower should operate on 1-speed.
2. Then turn fan control switch to 2-speed, and continue checking
blower speed until all speeds are checked.
3. Leave fan control switch on 4-speed.
If NG, go to MTC-46, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Blower
Motor" .
If OK, continue with next check.
D
E
F
LHA110
2. Check Discharge Air
1.
Turn knob to each mode.
G
H
I
LHA111
2.
Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table.
K
Refer to MTC-21, "Discharge Air Flow" .
If NG, go to MTC-42, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR
MODE DOOR" .
If OK, continue with next check.
NOTE:
Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (visual inspec-
L
M
tion) and intake door position is at FRESH when the DEF
mode is selected.
Confirm that the intake door position is at FRESH when the F/D
mode is selected.
Intake door position is checked in the next step.
RHA654F
Revision: May 2004
MTC-35
MTC
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3. Check Recirculation
1.
Press REC
switch.
Recirculation indicator should illuminate.
2. Listen for intake door position change (you should hear blower
sound change slightly).
If NG, go to MTC-38, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door" .
If OK, continue with next check.
NOTE:
●
Recirculation does not operate in DEF
modes.
and F/D
LHA112
4. Check Temperature Decrease
1. Turn temperature control knob to full cold.
2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets.
If NG, go to MTC-57, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient
Cooling" .
If OK, continue with next check.
WHA191
5. Check Temperature Increase
1. Turn temperature control knob to full hot.
2. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets.
If NG, go to MTC-64, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient
Heating" .
WHA192
6. Check Air Conditioner Switch
Turn the fan control switch to the desired (1- to 4-speed) position and
push the A/C switch to turn ON the air conditioner.
The indicator lamp should come on when air conditioner is ON.
If NG, go to MTC-51, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet
Clutch" .
WHA193
Revision: May 2004
MTC-36
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit Check
EJS001AT
A
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK
Check power supply circuit for air conditioner system.
Refer to PG-4, "Wiring Diagram — POWER —" .
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-37
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
INTAKE DOOR
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door
PFP:27245
EJS001AU
SYMPTOM:
●
Intake door does not change.
INSPECTION FLOW
LHA142
*1
MTC-39
*2
MTC-35
*3
Component Description
MTC-34
EJS001AV
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
The intake door motor is installed on the intake unit. Using a link, it
opens and closes the intake door.
When REC switch is ON, the ground line of the motor is switched
from terminal 2 to 1. This starts the motor because the position
switch contacts built into it make current flow. When REC switch is
OFF, the ground line is switched from terminal 1 to 2. The contacts
turn along with the motor. When they reach the non-current flow
position, the motor will stop.
LHA124
Revision: May 2004
MTC-38
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
Intake Door Motor Circuit
EJS001AW
A
SYMPTOM:
●
Intake door does not change.
B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
Disconnect intake door motor harness connector.
Do approx. 12 volts exist between intake door motor harness terminal Nos. 1, 2 and body ground?
C
D
E
F
LHA168
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 2.
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-39
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
2. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN INTAKE DOOR MOTOR AND AIR CONTROL UNIT
Check circuit continuity between A/C control unit harness terminal Nos. 10 (11) and intake door motor harness
terminal Nos. 2 (1).
LHA140
If OK, check harness for short.
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace A/C control unit.
No
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY OF INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
Check circuit continuity between intake door motor harness terminal No. 1 and No. 2.
LHA139
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace intake door motor.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-40
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
4. CHECK INTAKE DOOR LINKAGE
A
Refer to MTC-43, "CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Repair or adjust.
Control Linkage Adjustment
B
EJS001AX
INTAKE DOOR MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install intake door motor on intake unit.
Ensure that the intake door motor lever is fitted into the slit portion of intake door link.
Connect the intake door motor harness connector.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
Check that intake door operates properly when REC switch is
turned ON and OFF.
C
D
E
F
LHA125
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-41
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
Mode Door
EJS001AY
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR MODE DOOR
SYMPTOM:
●
Mode door does not change.
INSPECTION FLOW
LHA146
*1
MTC-21
*4
MTC-34
Revision: May 2004
*2
MTC-41
*3
MTC-42
MTC-35
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
CONTROL LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
Mode Door Control Linkage
●
●
●
●
A
Turn mode door control knob to
position.
Set side link in DEF mode.
Pull on outer cable in direction of arrow and then clamp it.
After positioning mode door control cable, check that it
operates properly.
B
C
D
WHA188
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-43
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
Air Mix Door
EJS001AZ
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE FOR AIR MIX DOOR
SYMPTOM:
●
Air mix door does not change.
INSPECTION FLOW
WHA190
*1
MTC-35
Revision: May 2004
*2
MTC-34
MTC-44
2003 Sentra
INTAKE DOOR
Temperature Control Linkage Adjustment
EJS001B0
A
Temperature Control Cable
●
Turn temperature control knob to the full cold position.
●
Set the air mix door lever in the full cold position by hand.
●
Pull on cable cover in the direction of the arrow and then clamp
cable cover.
After positioning air mix door control cable, check for proper
operation.
B
C
D
WHA189
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-45
2003 Sentra
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Blower Motor
PFP:27226
EJS001B1
SYMPTOM:
●
Blower motor does not rotate at all.
INSPECTION FLOW
LHA138
*1
MTC-46
*2
MTC-35
*3
Blower Motor Circuit
MTC-34
EJS001B2
SYMPTOM:
●
Blower motor does not rotate.
Symptom table
No.
INCIDENT
1
Fan fails to rotate.
2
Fan does not rotate at 1-speed.
3
Fan does not rotate at 2-speed.
4
Fan does not rotate at 3-speed.
5
Fan does not rotate at 4-speed.
1. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Check if blower motor rotates properly at each fan speed.
Conduct checks as per symptom table above.
1
>> GO TO 2.
2, 3, 4 >> GO TO 8.
5
>> GO TO 10.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-46
2003 Sentra
BLOWER MOTOR
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR BLOWER MOTOR
1.
2.
A
Disconnect blower motor harness connector.
Do approx. 12 volts exist between blower motor harness terminal + and body ground?
B
C
D
LHA137
E
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Check 15A (Nos. 14 and 16) fuses at fuse block. Refer to PG-8, "IGNITION POWER SUPPLY —
IGNITION SW. IN “ON”" .
F
3. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY FOR BLOWER MOTOR
G
1.
2.
H
Turn fan control switch to any position except OFF.
Check circuit continuity between blower motor connector M57
terminal – (L/B) and body ground.
Continuity should exist.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Reconnect blower motor harness connector. GO TO 5.
MTC
WJIA0005E
K
4. CHECK BLOWER MOTOR
L
Refer to MTC-50, "BLOWER MOTOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace blower motor.
Revision: May 2004
M
MTC-47
2003 Sentra
BLOWER MOTOR
5. CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR AND FAN RESISTOR
Do approx. 12 volts exist between fan resistor harness terminal No. 1 and body ground?
LHA135
Yes or No
Yes
>> Disconnect fan control switch harness connector. GO TO 7.
No
>> Disconnect blower motor and fan resistor harness connectors. GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR AND FAN RESISTOR
Check circuit continuity between blower motor harness terminal – and fan resistor harness terminal No. 1.
LHA134
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness for short and repair as necessary.
NG
>> Check harness for open and check connectors. Repair as necessary.
7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FAN CONTROL SWITCH
Check circuit continuity between fan control switch harness terminal No. 5 and body ground.
LHA133
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-48
2003 Sentra
BLOWER MOTOR
8. CHECK RESISTOR AFTER DISCONNECTING IT
A
Refer to MTC-50, "FAN RESISTOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fan resistor.
B
9. CHECK FAN RESISTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
C
Reconnect fan resistor harness connector.
D
1
>> GO TO 12.
2, 3, 4 >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
E
Do approx. 12 volts exist between each fan control switch harness terminal and body ground?
F
G
H
LHA131
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 12.
No
>> GO TO 11.
I
MTC
11. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN FAN CONTROL SWITCH AND FAN RESISTOR
Check circuit continuity between fan control switch harness terminal and fan resistor harness terminal.
K
L
M
LHA132
OK or NG
OK
>> Check harness for short and repair as necessary.
NG
>> Check harness for open and check connectors. Repair as necessary.
12. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH AFTER DISCONNECTING IT
Refer to MTC-50, "FAN CONTROL SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace fan control switch.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-49
2003 Sentra
BLOWER MOTOR
Electrical Components Inspection
EJS001B3
FAN CONTROL SWITCH
Check continuity between terminals at each switch position.
Fan control switch position
Continuity between terminals
OFF
1
4—5—6
2
3—5—6
3
2—5—6
4
1—5—6
LHA163
BLOWER MOTOR
Confirm smooth rotation of the blower motor.
●
Ensure that there are no foreign particles inside the intake unit.
FAN RESISTOR
Check resistance between terminals.
Terminal No.
(+)
(−)
3
4
2
Resistance
(Approx.)
1.305 - 1.595Ω
1
2.457 - 3.003Ω
0.225 - 0.275Ω
LHA164
Revision: May 2004
MTC-50
2003 Sentra
MAGNET CLUTCH
MAGNET CLUTCH
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet Clutch
PFP:92660
A
EJS001B4
SYMPTOM:
●
Magnet clutch does not operate when A/C switch and fan control switch are ON.
B
INSPECTION FLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
WJIA0006E
*1
MTC-86
*2
MTC-52
*3
MTC-35
*4
MTC-34
*5
MA-16
*6
MA-23
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-51
2003 Sentra
MAGNET CLUTCH
Magnet Clutch Circuit
EJS001B5
SYMPTOM:
●
Magnet clutch does not engage when A/C switch and fan control switch are ON.
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR COMPRESSOR
Disconnect compressor harness connector.
Do approx. 12 volts exist between compressor harness connector E36 terminal No. 1, (L/R) and body ground?
WHA256
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH COIL
Disconnect magnet clutch connector.
Do approx. 3.2Ω exist between A/C compressor harness connector E36 terminal No. 1, (L/R) and body
ground?
WHA257
Yes or No
Yes
>> INSPECTION END.
No
>> Replace magnet clutch. Refer to MTC-69, "COMPRESSOR CLUTCH" .
Revision: May 2004
MTC-52
2003 Sentra
MAGNET CLUTCH
3. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND COMPRESSOR HARNESS
A
Disconnect A/C relay.
Check circuit continuity between A/C relay harness terminal No. 3 and compressor harness terminal No. 1.
B
C
D
LHA149
If OK, check harness for short.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
E
F
4. CHECK INTAKE SENSOR CIRCUIT
G
Refer to MTC-66, "Intake Sensor Circuit" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair as necessary.
H
5. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR A/C RELAY
I
Disconnect A/C relay.
Do approx. 12 volts exist between A/C relay harness terminal Nos. 1, 5 and body ground?
MTC
K
L
M
LHA150
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Check power supply circuit and 10A (No. 15) fuse at fuse block. Refer to PG-8, "IGNITION
POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW. IN “ON”" .
6. CHECK A/C RELAY AFTER DISCONNECTING IT
Refer to MTC-55, "A/C RELAY" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Reconnect A/C relay. GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace A/C relay.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-53
2003 Sentra
MAGNET CLUTCH
7. CHECK COIL SIDE CIRCUIT OF A/C RELAY
Reconnect A/C relay.
Do approx. 12 volts exist between ECM harness connector F59 terminal No. 105 (L) (QG18DE) or F54 terminal No. 26 (L) (QR25DE)
and body ground?
Battery voltage should exist.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 9.
No
>> Disconnect A/C relay. Disconnect ECM harness connector. GO TO 8.
WJIA0259E
8. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN A/C RELAY AND ECM HARNESS
Check circuit continuity between A/C relay harness connector E50
terminal No. 2 (L) and ECM harness connector F59 terminal No. 105
(L) (QG18DE) or F54 terminal No. 26 (L) (QR25DE) .
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check ECM. Refer to EC-105, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" [QG18DE (ULEV Models)], EC-686,
"ECM Terminals and Reference Value" [QG18DE
(SULEV Models)] or EC-1307, "ECM Terminals and
Reference Value" (QR25DE).
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
WJIA0260E
9. CHECK VOLTAGE FOR ECM
Do approx. 12 volts exist between ECM harness connector F59
(QG18DE) terminal No. 110 (L/R) (QG18DE) or F54 (QR25DE) terminal No. 44 (L/R) and body ground?
Battery voltage should exist.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 10.
No
>> Check ECM. Refer to EC-105, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" [QG18DE (ULEV Models)], EC-686,
"ECM Terminals and Reference Value" [QG18DE
(SULEV Models)] or EC-1307, "ECM Terminals and
Reference Value" (QR25DE).
WJIA0261E
10. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to MTC-56, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-54
2003 Sentra
MAGNET CLUTCH
11. CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN FAN CONTROL SWITCH AND A/C CONTROL UNIT
Disconnect A/C control unit and fan control switch.
Check circuit continuity between fan control switch harness connector M31 terminal No. 6 (Y/G) and A/C control unit harness connector
M32 terminal No. 8 (Y/G).
A
B
Continuity should exist.
C
If OK, check harness for short.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
D
WJIA0263E
E
12. CHECK FAN CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
Disconnect fan control switch harness connector.
Does continuity exist between fan control switch harness terminal No. 5 and body ground?
F
G
H
I
LHA158
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace A/C control unit.
No
>> Repair harness or connector.
MTC
K
Electrical Component Inspection
EJS001B6
A/C RELAY
Check continuity between terminal Nos. 3 and 5.
Conditions
L
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminal Nos. 1 and 2
Yes
No current supply
No
M
If NG, replace relay.
LHA160
Revision: May 2004
MTC-55
2003 Sentra
MAGNET CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
BBIA0165E
Make sure that higher A/C refrigerant pressure results in higher
refrigerant pressure sensor output voltage.
SHA315F
Revision: May 2004
MTC-56
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Cooling
PFP:00000
A
EJS001B7
SYMPTOM:
●
Insufficient cooling
B
INSPECTION FLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0262E
*1
MTC-42
*2
MTC-61
*3
MTC-58
*4
MTC-35
*5
MTC-34
*6
MTC-80
*7
EC-438
*8
EC-1009
*9
EC-1651
MTC-3
*12
MTC-66
*10 MA-17 (QG18DE) or MA-24 (QR25DE) *11
Revision: May 2004
MTC-57
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Performance Test Diagnoses
EJS001B8
LHA196
*1
MTC-60
Revision: May 2004
*2
MTC-61
MTC-58
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0008E
*1
MTC-51
Revision: May 2004
*2
MA-16
*3
MTC-59
MA-23
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Performance Chart
EJS001B9
The Nissan A/C system uses a thermal expansion valve to provide a restriction which causes a pressure
change and also controls refrigerant flow through the evaporator.
The best way to diagnose a condition in the refrigerant system is to note the system pressures (shown by the
manifold gauges) and the clutch cycle rate and times. Then, compare the findings to the charts.
●
The system pressures are low (compressor suction) and high (compressor discharge).
●
A clutch cycle is the time the clutch is engaged plus the time it is disengaged (time on plus time off).
●
Clutch cycle times are the lengths of time (in seconds) that the clutch is ON and OFF.
TEST CONDITION
Testing must be performed as follows:
Vehicle location
Indoors or in the shade (in a well-ventilated place)
Doors
Closed
Door windows
Open
Hood
Open
TEMP. switch
Max. COLD
Mode switch
(Ventilation) set
REC switch
(Recirculation) set
4-speed
(blower) speed
Engine speed
1,500 rpm
Operate the air conditioning system for 10 minutes before taking measurements.
TEST READING
Recirculating-to-Discharge Air Temperature Table
Inside air (Recirculating air) at blower assembly inlet
Discharge air temperature at center ventilator °C (°F)
Air temperature °C (°F)
Relative humidity %
50 - 60
60 - 70
20 (68)
6.6 - 8.3 (44 - 47)
25 (77)
10.4 - 12.4 (51 - 54)
30 (86)
14.2 - 16.7 (58 - 62)
35 (95)
18.2 - 21 (65 - 70)
40 (104)
22.0 - 25.2 (72 - 77)
20 (68)
8.3 - 9.8 (47 - 50)
25 (77)
12.4 - 14.4 (54 - 58)
30 (86)
16.7 - 18.9 (62 - 66)
35 (95)
21.0 - 23.6 (70 - 74)
40 (104)
25.2 - 28.1 (77 - 83)
Ambient Air Temperature-to-Operating Pressure Table
Ambient air
Relative humidity %
50 - 70
Revision: May 2004
High-pressure (Discharge side) kPa (kg/
cm2 , psi)
Low-pressure (Suction side) kPa (kg/cm2 ,
psi)
20 (68)
961 - 1,187 (9.8 - 12.1, 139 - 172)
108 - 157 (1.1 - 1.6, 16 - 23)
25 (77)
1,295 - 1,599 (13.2 - 16.3, 186 - 228)
161.8 - 215.8 (1.65 - 2.2, 23.5 - 31.3)
30 (86)
1,285 - 1,599 (13.1 - 16.0, 186 - 228)
167 - 216 (1.7 - 2.2, 24 - 31)
35 (95)
1,520 - 1,863 (15.5 - 19.0, 220 - 279)
235 - 284 (2.4 - 2.9, 34 - 41)
40 (104)
1,765 - 2,158 (18 - 22, 256 - 313)
289.3 - 353.1 (2.95 - 3.6, 41.9 - 51.2)
Air temperature °C
(°F)
MTC-60
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Trouble Diagnoses for Abnormal Pressure
EJS001BA
Whenever system's high and/or low side pressure is abnormal, diagnose using a manifold gauge. The marker
above the gauge scale in the following tables indicates the standard (normal) pressure range. However, since
the standard (normal) pressure differs from vehicle to vehicle, refer to MTC-60, "Ambient Air Temperature-toOperating Pressure Table" .
A
B
BOTH HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO HIGH.
Gauge indication
Both high and low-pressure sides
are too high.
Refrigerant cycle
●
Pressure is reduced soon
after water is splashed on
condenser.
Air suction by cooling fan is
insufficient.
Probable cause
Corrective action
Excessive refrigerant charge
in refrigeration cycle
Reduce refrigerant until specified pressure is obtained.
Insufficient condenser cooling
performance
↓
●
Clean condenser.
●
Check and repair cooling
fan as necessary.
D
1. Condenser fins are
clogged.
2. Improper fan rotation of
cooling fan
AC359A
●
Low-pressure pipe is not
cold.
●
When compressor is
stopped high-pressure
value quickly drops by
approximately 196 kPa (2
kg/cm2 , 28 psi). It then
decreases gradually thereafter.
Engine tends to overheat.
●
●
An area of the low-pressure
pipe is colder than areas
near the evaporator outlet.
Plates are sometimes covered with frost.
C
F
Poor heat exchange in condenser
(After compressor operation
stops, high pressure
decreases too slowly.)
↓
Air in refrigeration cycle
Evacuate repeatedly and
recharge system.
Engine cooling systems malfunction.
Check and repair each engine
cooling system.
●
Excessive liquid refrigerant
on low-pressure side
●
Excessive refrigerant discharge flow
●
Expansion valve is open a
little compared with the
specification.
E
G
H
I
Replace expansion valve.
MTC
K
↓
L
1. Improper thermal valve
installation
2. Improper expansion valve
adjustment
M
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW.
Gauge indication
Refrigerant cycle
Probable cause
High-pressure side is too high and
low-pressure side is too low.
Upper side of condenser and
high-pressure side are hot,
however, liquid tank is not so
hot.
High-pressure tube or parts
located between compressor
and condenser are clogged or
crushed.
Corrective action
●
Check and repair or replace
malfunctioning parts.
●
Check lubricant for contamination.
AC360A
Revision: May 2004
MTC-61
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO LOW AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDE IS TOO HIGH.
Gauge indication
High-pressure side is too low and
low-pressure side is too high.
Refrigerant cycle
Probable cause
Corrective action
High and low-pressure sides
become equal soon after
compressor operation stops.
Compressor pressure operation is improper.
↓
Damaged inside compressor
packings
Replace compressor.
No temperature difference
between high and low-pressure sides
Compressor pressure operation is improper.
↓
Damaged inside compressor
packings.
Replace compressor.
AC356A
BOTH HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SIDES ARE TOO LOW.
Gauge indication
Both high- and low-pressure sides
are too low.
Refrigerant cycle
●
There is a big temperature
difference between receiver
drier outlet and inlet. Outlet
temperature is extremely
low.
●
Liquid tank inlet and expansion valve are frosted.
●
Temperature of expansion
valve inlet is extremely low
as compared with areas
near liquid tank.
AC353A
●
Expansion valve inlet may
be frosted.
●
Temperature difference
occurs somewhere in highpressure side
●
Expansion valve and liquid
tank are warm or only cool
when touched.
There is a big temperature difference between expansion
valve inlet and outlet while the
valve itself is frosted.
Probable cause
Corrective action
Compressor discharge capacity does not change. (Compressor stroke is set at
maximum.)
●
Replace liquid tank.
●
Check lubricant for contamination.
High-pressure pipe located
between receiver drier and
expansion valve is clogged.
●
Check and repair malfunctioning parts.
●
Check lubricant for contamination.
Low refrigerant charge
↓
Leaking fittings or components
Check refrigerant for leaks.
Refer to MTC-86, "Checking
Refrigerant Leaks" .
Expansion valve closes a little compared with the specification.
↓
●
Remove foreign particles by
using compressed air.
●
Check lubricant for contamination.
●
Check and repair malfunctioning parts.
●
Check lubricant for contamination.
●
Check intake sensor operation. Refer to MTC-66,
"INTAKE SENSOR" .
●
Replace expansion valve.
1. Improper expansion valve
adjustment
2. Malfunctioning thermal
valve
3. Outlet and inlet may be
clogged.
Revision: May 2004
An area of the low-pressure
pipe is colder than areas near
the evaporator outlet.
Low-pressure pipe is clogged
or crushed.
Air flow volume is not enough
or is too low.
Evaporator is frozen.
MTC-62
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE SOMETIMES BECOMES NEGATIVE.
Gauge indication
Low-pressure side sometimes
becomes negative.
Refrigerant cycle
●
●
Air conditioning system
does not function and does
not cyclically cool the compartment air.
The system constantly functions for a certain period of
time after compressor is
stopped and restarted.
Probable cause
Refrigerant does not discharge cyclically.
↓
Moisture is frozen at expansion valve outlet and inlet.
↓
Water is mixed with refrigerant.
Corrective action
●
Drain water from refrigerant or replace refrigerant.
●
Replace liquid tank.
A
B
C
D
AC354A
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE BECOMES NEGATIVE.
Gauge indication
Low-pressure side becomes negative.
Probable cause
Corrective action
E
High-pressure side is closed
and refrigerant does not flow.
↓
Expansion valve or liquid tank
is frosted.
Leave the system at rest until
no frost is present. Start it
again to check whether or not
the problem is caused by
water or foreign particles.
F
Refrigerant cycle
Liquid tank or front/rear side
of expansion valve's pipe is
frosted or dewed.
●
AC362A
●
If water is the cause, initially
cooling is okay. Then the
water freezes causing a
blockage. Drain water from
refrigerant or replace refrigerant.
If due to foreign particles,
remove expansion valve
and remove particles with
dry and compressed air (not
shop air).
●
If either of the above methods cannot correct the
problem, replace expansion valve.
●
Replace liquid tank.
●
Check lubricant for contamination.
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-63
2003 Sentra
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
INSUFFICIENT HEATING
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Heating
PFP:00000
EJS001BB
Symptom:
●
Insufficient heating
Inspection Flow
WJIA0009E
*1
MTC-41
*2
MTC-35
*3
MTC-34
*4
MA-17
*5
MA-24
*6
CO-8
*7
CO-34
*8
CO-11
*9
CO-28
*10 MA-18
Revision: May 2004
*11 MA-25
MTC-64
2003 Sentra
NOISE
NOISE
Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Noise
PFP:00004
A
EJS001BC
SYMPTOM:
●
Noise
B
INSPECTION FLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0214E
*1
MTC-69
*2
MTC-72
*4
MA-16
*5
MA-23
Revision: May 2004
*3
MTC-65
MTC-16
2003 Sentra
INTAKE SENSOR
INTAKE SENSOR
Intake Sensor Circuit
PFP:27723
EJS001GW
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Intake Sensor
The intake sensor is located on the heater and cooling unit. It converts temperature of air after it passes through the evaporator into a
resistance value which is then input to the A/C control unit.
After disconnecting intake sensor harness connector, measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 at sensor harness side, using the
table below.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance kΩ
-15 (5)
12.34
-10 (14)
9.62
-5 (23)
7.56
0 (32)
6.00
5 (41)
4.80
10 (50)
3.87
15 (59)
3.15
20 (68)
2.57
25 (77)
2.12
30 (86)
1.76
35 (95)
1.47
40 (104)
1.23
45 (113)
1.04
WJIA0091E
If NG, replace intake sensor.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
SYMPTOM: Intake sensor circuit is open or shorted.
WJIA0177E
1. CHECK INTAKE SENSOR CIRCUIT BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND BODY GROUND
Disconnect intake sensor harness connector.
Terminals
Continuity
(+)
Connector
M49
(–)
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Body ground
Yes
2 (B)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
Revision: May 2004
WJIA0264E
MTC-66
2003 Sentra
INTAKE SENSOR
2. CHECK INTAKE SENSOR CIRCUIT BETWEEN INTAKE SENSOR AND A/C CONTROL UNIT
A
Disconnect A/C control unit harness connector.
Terminals
(+)
(–)
Connector
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
Connector
Terminal No.
(Wire color)
M49
1 (GY)
M32
12 (GY)
Continuity
B
Yes
C
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connector.
D
WJIA0265E
3. CHECK INTAKE SENSOR
E
Refer to MTC-66, "Intake Sensor Circuit" .
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace A/C control unit.
NG
>> Replace intake sensor.
F
Removal and Installation
1.
2.
EJS001GV
Remove the evaporator. Refer to MTC-80, "Removal" .
Remove the intake sensor clip and then the sensor.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the core surface.
G
H
I
MTC
WJIA0100E
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-67
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR
Removal and Installation
PFP:92600
EJS001BD
LHA121
WJIA0011E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-68
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Overhaul
PFP:92600
A
EJS001BE
QG18DE
B
C
D
E
F
G
WJIA0267E
QR25DE
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0268E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-69
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
Removal
EJS001BF
QG18DE
●
●
When removing center bolt, hold clutch disc with clutch disc tool.
Remove the clutch disc.
Clutch disc holding tool:
(J-44614) Commercial service tool
WHA228
●
Remove the snap ring using external snap ring pliers.
RHA072C
●
Pulley removal:
LHA173
WHA212
●
●
Use a pulley puller with small adapter. Position the small adapter on the end of the drive shaft and the
center of the puller on the small adapter. Remove the pulley assembly with the puller.
To prevent deformation of the pulley groove, the puller claws should be hooked under (not into)
the pulley groove.
Remove the snap ring using external snap ring pliers.
Remove the magnet coil harness clip using a screwdriver, the three magnet coil fixing screws and remove
the magnet coil.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-70
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
QR25DE
●
●
A
When removing center bolt, hold clutch disc with clutch disc tool.
Remove the drive plate using the clutch disc puller.
Insert the holder's three pins into the drive plate. Rotate the
holder clockwise to hook it onto the plate. Then tighten the center bolt to remove the drive plate.
While tightening the center bolt, insert a round bar (screwdriver,
etc.) between two of the pins (as shown in the figure) to prevent
drive plate rotation. After removing the drive plate, remove the
shims from either the drive shaft or the drive plate.
B
C
AHA841
D
E
F
G
AHA506A
●
H
Remove the snap ring using external snap ring pliers.
I
MTC
AHA843
●
●
For pulley removal, use pulley puller.
Use a commercially available pulley puller. Position the center
of the puller on the end of the drive shaft. Remove the pulley
assembly with the puller.
To prevent deformation of the pulley groove, the puller
claws should be hooked under (not into) the pulley groove.
Remove the field coil harness clip using a screwdriver.
L
M
RHA139E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-71
K
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
●
Remove the three field coil fixing screws and remove the field
coil.
RHA074C
Inspection
EJS001BG
CLUTCH DISC
If the contact surface shows signs of damage due to excessive heat,
replace clutch disc and pulley.
WHA183
PULLEY
Check the appearance of the pulley assembly. If contact surface of pulley shows signs of excessive grooving,
replace clutch disc and pulley. The contact surfaces of the pulley assembly should be cleaned with a suitable
solvent before reinstallation.
COIL
Check magnet coil for loose connection or cracked insulation.
Installation
EJS001BH
QG18DE
●
●
Install the magnet coil.
Be sure to align the magnet coil pin with the hole in the
compressor front head.
Install the magnet coil harness clip using a screwdriver.
WHA213
●
Install the pulley assembly using the installer and a wrench, and
then install the snap ring using snap ring pliers.
WJIA0368E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-72
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
●
Install the clutch disc on the drive shaft, together with the original
shim(s). Press the clutch disc down using the drive plate
installer.
A
B
C
WHA184
D
●
●
Using the clutch disc tool to prevent clutch disc rotation, tighten
the bolt to 12 to 15 N·m (1.2 to 1.5 kg-m, 9 to 11 ft-lb) torque.
After tightening the bolt, check that the pulley rotates
smoothly.
E
F
G
WHA229
●
Check clearance all the way around the clutch disc.
Clutch disc-to-pulley
clearance
H
: 0.3 - 0.6 mm (0.012 - 0.024 in)
I
If the specified clearance is not obtained, replace adjusting
spacer and readjust.
MTC
K
L
M
WHA194
Revision: May 2004
MTC-73
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
QR25DE
●
●
Install the field coil.
Be sure to align the magnet coil pin with the hole in the
compressor front head.
Install the magnet coil harness clip using a screwdriver.
RHA076C
●
Install the pulley assembly using the installer, and then install the
snap ring using snap ring pliers.
WJIA0368E
●
Install the drive plate on the drive shaft, together with the original
shim(s). Press the drive plate down with the installer.
RHA078C
●
●
Using the holder to prevent clutch disc rotation, tighten the bolt
to 12 to 15 N-m (1.2 to 1.5 kg-m, 9 to 11 ft-lb) torque.
After tightening the bolt, check that the pulley rotates
smoothly.
AHA847
Revision: May 2004
MTC-74
2003 Sentra
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
●
Check clearance all the way around the clutch disc.
Clutch disc-to-pulley
clearance
A
: 0.3 - 0.6 mm (0.012 - 0.024 in)
If the specified clearance is not obtained, replace adjusting
spacer and readjust.
B
C
D
E
F
G
AHA505A
Break-In Operation
EJS001BI
When replacing compressor clutch assembly, always conduct the break-in operation. This is done by engaging and disengaging the clutch about 30 times. Break-in operation raises the level of transmitted torque.
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-75
2003 Sentra
THERMAL PROTECTOR
THERMAL PROTECTOR
Inspection
●
PFP:27631
EJS001BJ
Check continuity between terminal and ground.
WJIA0266E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-76
2003 Sentra
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
Removal and Installation
PFP:27277
A
EJS001GX
FUNCTION
Air inside passenger compartment is kept clean at either recirculation or fresh mode by installing in-cabin microfilter into blower unit.
B
C
D
LJIA0012E
E
REPLACEMENT TIMING
Refer to MA-7, "Schedule 1" or MA-11, "Schedule 2" .
Caution label is affixed inside the glove box.
F
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-10, "Removal and
Installation" .
Remove in-cabin microfilter cover.
Remove the in-cabin microfilter from blower unit.
Replace with new in-cabin microfilter and reinstall cover on
blower unit.
Reinstall glove box assembly.
G
H
I
LJIA0013E
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-77
2003 Sentra
HEATER & COOLING UNIT (HEATER CORE)
HEATER & COOLING UNIT (HEATER CORE)
Removal
PFP:27110
EJS001BK
LHA203
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Drain the cooling system. Refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" (QG18DE), or MA-23,
"DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" (QR25DE).
Discharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Discharging Refrigerant" .
Disconnect the two heater hoses from inside the engine compartment.
Remove the instrument panel assembly and steering member assembly. Refer to IP-10, "INSTRUMENT
PANEL ASSEMBLY" .
Remove the heater unit.
Remove the heater core.
Installation
EJS001BL
Install in the reverse order of removal.
When filling radiator with coolant, refer to MA-16, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" (QG18DE), or MA23, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" (QR25DE).
Recharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant" .
Revision: May 2004
MTC-78
2003 Sentra
BLOWER UNIT
BLOWER UNIT
Removal
PFP:27200
A
EJS001BM
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
LHA204
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Discharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Discharging
Refrigerant" .
Disconnect the two refrigerant lines from the engine compartment.
Cap the A/C lines to prevent moisture from entering the system.
Remove the glove box and mating trim. Refer to IP-10,
"Removal and Installation" .
Remove cooling unit. Refer to MTC-80, "Removal" .
Disconnect the resistor and blower motor connector.
Remove blower unit.
Remove the three bolts and then remove the motor from the
blower case.
MTC
K
L
LHA130
Installation
EJS001BN
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Recharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant" .
Revision: May 2004
MTC-79
2003 Sentra
M
A/C EVAPORATOR
A/C EVAPORATOR
Removal
PFP:27280
EJS001BO
LHA181
1.
2.
Discharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Discharging Refrigerant" .
Remove clamp bolt and remove low-pressure and high-pressure lines from cooling unit (expansion valve).
Remove lines from retaining clip on dash panel and move lines away from dash panel for clearance.
3. Install caps over cooling unit (expansion valve) ports and lines.
4. Remove both side front console side covers.
5. Remove passenger side instrument panel lower cover and left lower instrument cover clip (from blower
case).
6. Remove center console.
7. Remove instrument stay assemblies LH and RH.
8. Remove floor air duct risers on the right and left sides of the console front brackets (if equipped).
9. Disconnect cooling unit drain hose from lower cooling unit cover.
10. Remove five screws and clip from heating and cooling unit lower cover.
11. Drop lower cover as far as possible, reach inside of case and
slide evaporator core rearward away from dash panel as far as
possible so that rear of evaporator core slides up on case retaining tabs. Evaporator core may be pushed from engine compartment to ease movement. (This provides clearance at the front of
the unit so that the cover can be removed).
12. Remove lower cover.
LHA199
Revision: May 2004
MTC-80
2003 Sentra
A/C EVAPORATOR
13. Mark installation point of intake sensor and remove intake sensor from evaporator core.
14. Remove evaporator core from case by sliding forward off of
case retaining tabs.
15. Remove expansion valve from evaporator core (if necessary).
A
B
C
WJIA0254E
D
Installation
EJS001BP
Installation is the reverse of removal*.
Recharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant" .
*: When installing lower cover to cooling unit case, ensure that the thermo probe is in the same location as
originally installed, and that the intake sensor wire is properly positioned in case slot.
NOTE:
Be sure that the evaporator core is fully seated against the dash panel before securing lower cover.
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-81
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
REFRIGERANT LINES
HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure
PFP:92600
EJS001BQ
SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Discharging Refrigerant
WARNING:
Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and lubricant vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from A/C system using certified service equipment meeting
requirements of SAE J2210 (R-134a recycling equipment) or J2209 (R-134a recovery equipment). If
accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional health
and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers.
WJIA0380E
Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant
WJIA0381E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-82
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0382E
*1
MTC-16
*2
MTC-86
*3
MTC-87
*4
MTC-58
*5
MTC-3
*6
MTC-91
Revision: May 2004
MTC-83
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
Removal and Installation
●
EJS001BR
Refer to MTC-5, "Precautions for Refrigerant Connection" .
QG18DE
WJIA0246E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-84
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
QR25DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
WJIA0247E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-85
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
Checking Refrigerant Leaks
EJS001BS
PRELIMINARY CHECK
Perform a visual inspection of all refrigeration parts, fittings, hoses and components for signs of A/C lubricant leakage, damage and corrosion. A/C lubricant leakage may indicate an area of refrigerant leakage.
Allow extra inspection time in these areas when using either an electronic refrigerant leak detector or fluorescent dye leak detector.
●
If dye is observed, confirm the leak with an approved electronic refrigerant leak detector. It is possible a
prior leak was repaired and not properly cleaned.
●
When searching for leaks, do not stop when one leak is found but continue to check for additional leaks at
all system components and connections.
●
When searching for refrigerant leaks using an electronic leak detector, move the probe along the suspected leak area at 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in) per second and no further than 1/4 inch from the component.
NOTE:
Moving the electronic leak detector probe slower and closer to the suspected leak area will improve
the chances of finding a leak.
●
Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector
EJS001BT
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR
When performing a refrigerant leak check, use a J-41995 electronic
refrigerant leak detector or equivalent. Ensure that the instrument is
calibrated and set properly per the operating instructions.
The leak detector is a delicate device. In order to use the leak detector properly, read the operating instructions and perform any specified maintenance.
●
Other gases in the work area or substances on the A/C
components, for example, anti-freeze, windshield washer
fluid, solvents and lubricants, may falsely trigger the leak
detector. Make sure the surfaces to be checked are clean.
Clean with a dry cloth or blow off with shop air.
●
Do not allow the sensor tip of the detector to contact with
any substance. This can also cause false readings and may damage the detector.
1. Position probe approximately 5 mm (3/16 in) away from point to
be checked.
SHA196FA
SHA707EA
2.
When testing, circle each fitting completely with probe.
SHA706E
Revision: May 2004
MTC-86
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
3.
Move probe along component approximately 25 to 50 mm (1 to
2 in)/sec.
A
B
C
SHA708EA
D
CHECKING PROCEDURE
To prevent inaccurate or false readings, make sure there is no refrigerant vapor, shop chemicals, or
cigarette smoke in the vicinity of the vehicle. Perform the leak test in calm area (low air/wind movement) so that the leaking refrigerant is not dispersed.
1. Turn engine off.
2. Connect a suitable A/C manifold gauge set to the A/C service ports.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
E
F
Check if the A/C refrigerant pressure is at least 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2 , 50 psi) above 16°C (61°F). If less
than specification, recover/evacuate and recharge the system with the specified amount of refrigerant.
Refer to MTC-82, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure" .
G
NOTE:
At temperatures below 16°C (61°F), leaks may not be detected since the system may not reach 345
kPa (3.52 kg/cm2 , 50 psi).
H
Conduct the leak test from the high side (compressor discharge a to evaporator inlet g ) to the low side
(evaporator drain hose g to shaft seal l ). Refer to MTC-86, "Checking Refrigerant Leaks" . Perform a leak
check for the following areas carefully. Clean the component to be checked and move the leak detector
I
probe completely around the connection/component.
● Compressor
Check the fitting of high and low pressure hoses, relief valve and shaft seal.
MTC
● Liquid tank
Check the pressure switch, tube fitting, weld seams and the fusible plug mount.
● Service valves
Check all around the service valves. Ensure service valve caps are secured on the service valves (to K
prevent leaks).
NOTE:
After removing A/C manifold gauge set from service valves, wipe any residue from valves to L
prevent any false readings by leak detector.
● Cooling unit (Evaporator)
With engine OFF, turn blower fan on “High” for at least 15 seconds to dissipate any refrigerant trace in M
the cooling unit. Wait a minimum of 10 minutes accumulation time (refer to the manufacturer's recommended procedure for actual wait time) before inserting the leak detector probe into the drain hose.
Keep the probe inserted for at least ten seconds. Use caution not to contaminate the probe tip with
water or dirt that may be in the drain hose.
If a leak detector detects a leak, verify at least once by blowing compressed air into area of suspected
leak, then repeat check as outlined above.
Do not stop when one leak is found. Continue to check for additional leaks at all system components.
If no leaks are found, perform steps 7 - 10.
Start engine.
Set the heater A/C control as follows:
1. A/C switch ON.
2. Face mode
3. Recirculation switch ON
4. Max cold temperature
5. Fan speed high
Revision: May 2004
MTC-87
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
9. Run engine at 1,500 rpm for at least 2 minutes.
10. Turn engine off and perform leak check again following steps 4 through 6 above.
Refrigerant leaks should be checked immediately after
stopping the engine. Begin with the leak detector at the
compressor. The pressure on the high pressure side will
gradually drop after refrigerant circulation stops and pressure on the low pressure side will gradually rise, as shown
in the graph. Some leaks are more easily detected when
pressure is high.
SHA839E
11. Before connecting the recovery/recycling equipment to the vehicle, check the recovery/recycling equipment gauges. No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If pressure is displayed, recover refrigerant
from equipment lines and then check refrigerant purity.
12. Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier.
Refer to MTC-3, "Contaminated Refrigerant" .
13. Confirm refrigerant purity in vehicle A/C system using the recovery/recycling equipment and refrigerant
identifier. Refer to MTC-3, "Contaminated Refrigerant" .
14. Discharge A/C system using approved recovery/recycling equipment. Refer to MTC-82, "Discharging
Refrigerant" . Repair the leaking fitting or component as necessary.
15. Evacuate and recharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-82, "Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant"
. Perform the leak test to confirm no refrigerant leaks.
16. Conduct A/C performance test to make sure the A/C system works properly.
Fluorescent Dye Leak Detector
EJS001BU
PRECAUTIONS FOR FLUORESCENT DYE LEAK DETECTION
●
●
●
The fluorescent dye leak detector is not a replacement for an electronic refrigerant leak detector. The fluorescent dye leak detector should be used in conjunction with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J41995) to pinpoint refrigerant leaks.
For your safety and your customer's satisfaction, read and follow all manufacturer's operating instructions
and precautions prior to performing the work.
Refer to MTC-4, "Precautions for Leak Detection Dye" .
CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check A/C system for leaks using the UV lamp and safety glasses (J-42220) in a low sunlight area (area
without windows preferable). Illuminate all components, fittings and lines. The dye will appear as a bright
green/yellow area at the point of leakage. Fluorescent dye observed at the evaporator drain opening indicates an evaporator core assembly (tubes, core or TXV) leak.
If the suspected area is difficult to see, use an adjustable mirror or wipe the area with a clean shop rag or
cloth, then check the cloth with the UV lamp for dye residue.
Confirm any suspected leaks with an approved electronic refrigerant leak detector.
After the leak is repaired, remove any residual dye using dye cleaner (J-43872) to prevent future misdiagnosis.
Perform a system performance check and verify the leak repair with an approved electronic refrigerant
leak detector.
DYE INJECTION
(This procedure is only necessary when re-charging the system or when the compressor has seized and was
replaced.)
Refer to MTC-4, "Precautions for Leak Detection Dye" .
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check A/C system static (at rest) pressure. Pressure must be at least 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2 , 50 psi).
Pour one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of the A/C refrigerant dye into the injector tool (J-41459).
Connect the injector tool to the A/C LOW PRESSURE side service fitting.
Start engine and switch A/C ON.
Revision: May 2004
MTC-88
2003 Sentra
REFRIGERANT LINES
5.
With the A/C operating (compressor running), inject one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of fluorescent dye
through the low-pressure service valve using dye injector tool J-41459 (refer to the manufacturer's operating instructions).
6. With the engine still running, disconnect the injector tool from the service fitting.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow dye to spray or drip when disconnecting the injector from the system.
NOTE:
If repairing the A/C system or replacing a component, pour the dye directly into the open system connection and proceed with the service procedures.
7. Operate the A/C system for a minimum of 20 minutes to mix the dye with the system oil. Depending on the
leak size, operating conditions and location of the leak, it may take from minutes to days for the dye to
penetrate a leak and become visible.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-89
2003 Sentra
BELT
BELT
Tension Adjustment
●
PFP:92600
EJS001BV
Refer to MA-16, "Checking Drive Belts" (QG18DE) or MA-23, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE).
Revision: May 2004
MTC-90
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
PFP:00030
A
EJS001BX
COMPRESSOR
Engine
QG18DE
QR25DE
Model
ZEXEL make DKV-11G
ZEXEL make DKV-14G
Type
B
Vane rotary
Displacement
cm3
110 (6.71)
(cu in)/rev.
Direction of rotation
C
140 (8.54)
Clockwise (viewed from drive end)
Drive belt
Poly V
D
LUBRICANT
Name
Genuine Nissan A/C Lubricant Type R or equivalent
Part number
Capacity
ml (US fl oz, Imp fl oz)
E
KLH00-PAGR0
Total in system
180 (6.1, 6.3)
F
REFRIGERANT
Type
Capacity
HFC-134a (R-134a)
kg (lb)
G
0.45 - 0.55 (0.99 - 1.21)
Inspection and Adjustment
EJS001BY
ENGINE IDLING SPEED (WHEN A/C IS ON)
●
H
Refer to EC-42, "IDLE SPEED" [QG18DE (ULEV Model)], EC-623, "IDLE SPEED" [QG18DE (SULEV
Model)] or EC-1244, "IDLE SPEED" (QR25DE).
I
BELT TENSION
●
Refer to MA-16, "Checking Drive Belts" (QG18DE) or MA-23, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE).
MTC
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
MTC-91
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
MTC-92
2003 Sentra
F BRAKES
A
B
SECTION
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL ................................... 2
Components ............................................................. 2
Removal and Installation .......................................... 2
Inspection ................................................................. 2
Adjustment ................................................................ 3
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........ 4
Parking Brake ........................................................... 4
PB
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PB-1
2003 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
Components
PFP:36010
EFS00241
WBR187
Removal and Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EFS00242
Remove center console. Refer to IP-10, "Removal and Installation" .
Disconnect the parking brake front cable.
Remove the control lever.
Remove bolts, slacken and remove the front cable.
Remove lock plate and disconnect cable.
Remove the rear cables.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the self-locking control lever nut.
Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
WFIA0010E
EFS00243
Check control lever or parking brake pedal assembly for wear or other damage. Replace if necessary.
Check cables for discontinuity or deterioration. Replace if necessary.
Check warning lamp and switch. Replace if necessary.
Check parts at each connecting portion and, if found deformed or damaged, replace.
Revision: May 2004
PB-2
2003 Sentra
PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
Adjustment
EFS00244
Pay attention to the following points after adjustment.
●
There is no drag when control lever is being released.
●
Be sure that toggle lever returns to stopper when parking brake
lever is released.
1. Loosen parking brake cable.
2. Depress brake pedal fully more than five times.
3. Operate control lever 10 times or more with a full stroke [215.2
mm (8.47 in)].
4. Adjust control lever by turning adjusting nut.
5. Pull control lever with specified amount of force. Check lever
stroke and ensure smooth operation.
Number of notches
6.
A
B
C
D
SBR264B
E
: 6 - 7 [196 N (20 kg, 44 lb)]
Bend warning lamp switch plate. Warning lamp should come on when lever is pulled or depressed one
notch. It should go off when the lever is fully released.
PB
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PB-3
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Parking Brake
PFP:00030
EFS00245
Type
Lever
Number of notches
[under force of 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb)]
6-7
Number of notches
when warning lamp comes on
Revision: May 2004
1
PB-4
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
POWER SUPPLY, GROUND & CIRCUIT ELEMENTS
C
D
E
CONTENTS
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING ...................................... 2
Schematic ................................................................ 2
Wiring Diagram — POWER — ................................. 4
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW.
IN ANY POSITION ................................................ 4
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION
SW. IN “ACC” OR “ON” ......................................... 7
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW.
IN “ON” .................................................................. 8
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW.
IN “ON” AND/OR “START” .................................... 9
GROUND .................................................................. 12
Ground Distribution ................................................ 12
MAIN HARNESS ................................................. 12
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS ................................ 14
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS ......................... 16
BODY HARNESS ................................................ 18
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND HARNESS .................................................................. 19
ROOM HARNESS ............................................... 20
HARNESS ................................................................. 21
Harness Layout ...................................................... 21
HOW TO READ HARNESS LAYOUT ................. 21
OUTLINE ............................................................. 22
MAIN HARNESS ................................................. 23
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS ................................ 25
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS ......................... 28
BODY HARNESS ................................................ 34
ROOM LAMP HARNESS .................................... 36
FRONT DOOR HARNESS .................................. 37
REAR DOOR HARNESS .................................... 38
Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes) ...................... 39
Revision: May 2004
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION ............................ 42
Electrical Units Location ......................................... 42
ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. 42
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ......................... 43
Fuse ........................................................................ 45
Fusible Link ............................................................ 45
Circuit Breaker ........................................................ 45
HARNESS CONNECTOR ......................................... 46
Description .............................................................. 46
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING
TYPE) .................................................................. 46
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING
TYPE) .................................................................. 47
HARNESS CONNECTOR (DIRECT-CONNECT
SRS COMPONENT TYPE) ................................. 48
JOINT CONNECTOR ................................................ 49
Terminal Arrangement ............................................ 49
QG18DE .............................................................. 49
QR25DE .............................................................. 50
ELECTRICAL UNITS ................................................ 51
Terminal Arrangement ............................................ 51
STANDARDIZED RELAY .......................................... 52
Description .............................................................. 52
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND
MIXED TYPE RELAYS ........................................ 52
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS ................. 52
FUSE BLOCK — JUNCTION BOX (J/B) ................. 54
Terminal Arrangement ............................................ 54
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX .............................. 55
Terminal Arrangement ............................................ 55
PG-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Schematic
PFP:24110
EKS003AZ
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-12, "Ground Distribution" .
WKWA0501E
Revision: May 2004
PG-2
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKWA0502E
Revision: May 2004
PG-3
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
Wiring Diagram — POWER —
EKS003B0
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW. IN ANY POSITION
WKWA0503E
Revision: May 2004
PG-4
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKWA0057E
Revision: May 2004
PG-5
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
WKWA0504E
Revision: May 2004
PG-6
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW. IN “ACC” OR “ON”
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKWA0250E
Revision: May 2004
PG-7
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW. IN “ON”
WKWA0493E
Revision: May 2004
PG-8
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SW. IN “ON” AND/OR “START”
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKWA0252E
Revision: May 2004
PG-9
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
WKWA0253E
Revision: May 2004
PG-10
2003 Sentra
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKWA0254E
Revision: May 2004
PG-11
2003 Sentra
GROUND
GROUND
Ground Distribution
PFP:24080
EKS003B1
MAIN HARNESS
WKIA0213E
Revision: May 2004
PG-12
2003 Sentra
GROUND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0989E
Revision: May 2004
PG-13
2003 Sentra
GROUND
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS
WKIA0215E
Revision: May 2004
PG-14
2003 Sentra
GROUND
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0990E
Revision: May 2004
PG-15
2003 Sentra
GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS
QG18DE
WKIA0217E
Revision: May 2004
PG-16
2003 Sentra
GROUND
QR25DE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0218E
Revision: May 2004
PG-17
2003 Sentra
GROUND
BODY HARNESS
WKIA0991E
Revision: May 2004
PG-18
2003 Sentra
GROUND
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
LEL434
Revision: May 2004
PG-19
2003 Sentra
GROUND
ROOM HARNESS
LEL433
Revision: May 2004
PG-20
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
HARNESS
Harness Layout
PFP:24010
A
EKS003B2
HOW TO READ HARNESS LAYOUT
The following Harness Layouts use a map style grid to help locate
connectors on the drawings:
●
Main Harness
●
Engine Room Harness
●
Engine Control Harness
●
Body Harness
B
C
D
SEL252V
E
TO USE THE GRID REFERENCE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Find the desired connector number on the connector list.
Find the grid reference.
On the drawing, find the crossing of the grid reference letter column and number row.
Find the connector number in the crossing zone.
Follow the line (if used) to the connector.
F
G
CONNECTOR SYMBOL
Main symbols of connector (in Harness Layout) are indicated in the below.
H
Water proof type
Connector type
●
Cavity: Less than 4
●
Relay connector
●
Cavity: From 5 to 8
●
Cavity: More than 9
Male
Standard type
Female
Male
Female
I
J
PG
●
Ground terminal etc.
—
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PG-21
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
OUTLINE
WKIA0366E
NOTE:
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-12, "Ground Distribution" .
Revision: May 2004
PG-22
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0992E
Revision: May 2004
PG-23
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
WKIA0993E
Revision: May 2004
PG-24
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
ENGINE ROOM HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0994E
Revision: May 2004
PG-25
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
WKIA0995E
Revision: May 2004
PG-26
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0242E
Revision: May 2004
PG-27
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS
QG18DE (ULEV)
WKIA0996E
Revision: May 2004
PG-28
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0997E
Revision: May 2004
PG-29
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
QG18DE (SULEV)
WKIA0998E
Revision: May 2004
PG-30
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0999E
Revision: May 2004
PG-31
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
QR25DE
WKIA1000E
Revision: May 2004
PG-32
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA1001E
Revision: May 2004
PG-33
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
BODY HARNESS
WKIA0246E
Revision: May 2004
PG-34
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA1002E
Revision: May 2004
PG-35
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
ROOM LAMP HARNESS
WKIA0380E
Revision: May 2004
PG-36
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
FRONT DOOR HARNESS
LH SIDE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
WKIA0381E
RH SIDE
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0382E
Revision: May 2004
PG-37
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
REAR DOOR HARNESS
LH SIDE
WKIA0383E
RH SIDE
WKIA0384E
Revision: May 2004
PG-38
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes)
EKS003B3
Use the chart below to find out what each wiring diagram code stands for.
Refer to the wiring diagram code in the alphabetical index to find the location (page number) of each wiring
diagram.
Code
Section
AT
A/T 1ST Signal
2NDSIG
AT
A/T 2ND Signal
3RDSIG
AT
A/T 3RD Signal
4THSIG
AT
C
A/T 4TH Signal
ABS
BRC
Anti-lock Brake System
A/C,M
MTC
Air Conditioner
A/F
EC
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 [QG18DE (SULEV)]
A/FH
EC
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater [QG18DE (SULEV)]
APPS1
EC
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APPS2
EC
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APPS3
EC
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
ASC/BS
EC
ASCD Brake Switch
ASCBOF
EC
ASCD Brake Switch
ASCIND
EC
ASCD Indicator
ASC/SW
EC
ASCD Steering Switch
AUDIO
AV
Audio
BACK/L
LT
Back-up Lamp
BA/FTS
AT
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor and TCM Power Supply
BRK/SW
EC
Brake Switch
BYPS/V
EC
Vacuum Cut Valve Bypass Valve (QR25DE Models)
CAN
AT
CAN Communication Line
CAN
EC
CAN Communication Line
CAN
LAN
CAN Communication Line
CHARGE
SC
Charging System
CHIME
DI
Warning Chime
CIGAR
WW
Cigarette Lighter
COOL/F
EC
Cooling Fan Control
DEF
GW
Rear Window Defogger
DLC
EC
Data Link Connector
D/LOCK
BL
Power Door Lock
DTRL
LT
Headlamp - With Daytime Light System (For Canada)
ECM/PW
EC
ECM Power Supply
ECTS
EC
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
ENGSS
AT
Engine Speed Signal
ETC1
EC
Electric Throttle Control Function
ETC2
EC
Throttle Control Motor Relay
ETC3
EC
Throttle Control Motor
F/FOG
LT
Front Fog Lamp
FLS1
EC
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit (Slosh)
FLS2
EC
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit
FLS3
EC
Fuel Level Sensor Circuit (Ground Signal)
Revision: May 2004
B
Wiring Diagram Name
1STSIG
A
PG-39
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
Code
Section
Wiring Diagram Name
F/PUMP
EC
Fuel Pump Control
FTS
AT
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor
FTTS
EC
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor
EC
Fuel Injection System Function
FUEL
HEATER
MTC
Heater System
H/LAMP
LT
H/MIRR
GW
Heated Mirror
HO2S1
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1
HO2S1H
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater
HO2S2
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2
HO2S2H
EC
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater
HORN
WW
Horn
IATS
EC
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
IGNSYS
EC
Ignition Signal
ILL
LT
Illumination
INJECT
EC
Injector
INT/L
LT
Interior, Step, Spot, Vanity Mirror and Trunk Room Lamps
IVC
EC
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
IVCS
EC
Intake Valve Timing Control Position Sensor
KEYLES
BL
Remote Keyless Entry System
KS
EC
Knock Sensor
LOAD
EC
Load Signal
LPSV
AT
Line Pressure Solenoid Valve
MAFS
EC
Mass Air Flow Sensor
MAIN
AT
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit
MAIN
EC
Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit
METER
DI
Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp., Oil, and Fuel Gauges
MIL
EC
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MIRROR
GW
Power Door Mirror
NATS
BL
NVIS (Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS)
NONDTC
AT
Non-detectable Items
OVRCSV
AT
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve
PGC/V
EC
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve
PHASE
EC
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
Headlamp
PNP/SW
AT
Park/Neutral Position Switch
PNP/SW
EC
Park/Neutral Position Switch
POS
EC
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
POWER
PG
Power Supply Routing
PRE/SE
EC
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor
PS/SEN
EC
Power Steering Pressure Sensor (QG18DE Model)
PST/SW
EC
Power Steering Oil Pressure Switch (QR25DE Model)
ROOM/L
LT
Room Lamp
RP/SEN
EC
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
SEN/PW
EC
Sensor Power Supply
Revision: May 2004
PG-40
2003 Sentra
HARNESS
Code
Section
Wiring Diagram Name
SHIFT
AT
A/T Shift Lock System
SROOF
RF
Sunroof
SRS
SRS
A
Supplemental Restraint System
S/SIG
EC
Start Signal (QR25DE Model)
SSV/A
AT
Shift Solenoid Valve A
SSV/B
AT
Shift Solenoid Valve B
START
SC
Starting System
STOP/L
LT
Stop Lamp
SWL/S
EC
Swirl Control Valve Position Sensor [QG18DE (SULEV)]
SWL/V
EC
Swirl Control Valve [QG18DE (SULEV)]
TAIL/L
LT
Parking, License and Tail Lamps
TCCSIG
AT
A/T TCC Signal (Lock Up)
TCV
AT
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
TLID
BL
Trunk Lid Opener
TPS
AT
Throttle Position Sensor
TPS1
EC
Throttle Position Sensor
TPS2
EC
Throttle Position Sensor
TPS3
EC
Throttle Position Sensor
TRSA/T
AT
Turbine Revolution Sensor (QR25DE Model)
TURN
LT
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps
VIAS
EC
Variable Air Induction Control System (QR25DE Model)
VEHSEC
BL
Vehicle Security System
VENT/V
EC
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve
VIAS
EC
Variable Air Induction Control System
VSS
EC
Vehicle Speed Sensor
VSSA/T
AT
Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor)
VSSMTR
AT
Vehicle Speed Sensor MTR
WARN
DI
Warning Lamps
WINDOW
GW
Power Window
WIPER
WW
Front Wiper and Washer
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PG-41
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Electrical Units Location
PFP:25230
EKS003B4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WKIA1003E
Revision: May 2004
PG-42
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0249E
Revision: May 2004
PG-43
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
WKIA0981E
Revision: May 2004
PG-44
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION
Fuse
●
●
●
●
EKS003B5
A
If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of incident before
installing new fuse.
Use fuse of specified rating. Never use fuse of more than specified rating.
Do not partially install fuse; always insert it into fuse holder properly.
Remove fuse for “ELECTRICAL PARTS (BAT)” if vehicle is not
used for a long period of time.
B
C
D
CEL083
Fusible Link
EKS003B6
A melted fusible link can be detected either by visual inspection or by
feeling with finger tip. If its condition is questionable, use circuit
tester or test lamp.
CAUTION:
●
If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit
(power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted.
In such a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of incident.
●
Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape. Important:
Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness, vinyl
or rubber parts.
Circuit Breaker
E
F
G
H
WKIA0254E
EKS003B7
I
For example, when current is 30A, the circuit is broken within 8 to 20
seconds.
A circuit breaker is used for the following systems:
●
Power door locks
●
Power sunroof
●
Power windows
●
Remote keyless entry system
J
PG
L
SBF284E
M
Revision: May 2004
PG-45
2003 Sentra
HARNESS CONNECTOR
HARNESS CONNECTOR
Description
PFP:24010
EKS003B8
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)
The tab-locking type connectors help prevent accidental looseness or disconnection.
●
The tab-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking tab(s). Refer to the
illustration below.
Refer to the next page for description of the slide-locking type connector.
CAUTION:
Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
●
SEL769DA
Revision: May 2004
PG-46
2003 Sentra
HARNESS CONNECTOR
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)
A new style slide-locking type connector is used on certain systems and components, especially those
related to OBD.
●
The slide-locking type connectors help prevent incomplete locking and accidental looseness or disconnection.
●
The slide-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or pulling the slider. Refer to the illustration below.
CAUTION:
●
Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
●
Be careful not to damage the connector support bracket when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
●
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
AEL299C
Revision: May 2004
PG-47
2003 Sentra
HARNESS CONNECTOR
HARNESS CONNECTOR (DIRECT-CONNECT SRS COMPONENT TYPE)
SRS direct-connect type harness connectors are used on certain SRS components such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners.
●
Always pull up to release black locking tab prior to removing connector from SRS component.
●
Always push down to lock black locking tab after installing connector to SRS component. When locked,
the black locking tab is level with the connector housing.
CAUTION:
●
Do not pull the harness or wires when removing connectors
from SRS components.
●
WHIA0103E
Revision: May 2004
PG-48
2003 Sentra
JOINT CONNECTOR
JOINT CONNECTOR
Terminal Arrangement
PFP:B4341
A
EKS003B9
QG18DE
B
C
D
WKIA0251E
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PG-49
2003 Sentra
JOINT CONNECTOR
QR25DE
WKIA0029E
Revision: May 2004
PG-50
2003 Sentra
ELECTRICAL UNITS
ELECTRICAL UNITS
Terminal Arrangement
PFP:23710
A
EKS003BA
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA1004E
Revision: May 2004
PG-51
2003 Sentra
STANDARDIZED RELAY
STANDARDIZED RELAY
Description
PFP:25230
EKS003BB
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS
Relays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays.
SEL881H
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS
SEL882H
1M
1 Make
2M
2 Make
1T
1 Transfer
1M·1B
1 Make 1 Break
Revision: May 2004
PG-52
2003 Sentra
STANDARDIZED RELAY
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0253E
Revision: May 2004
PG-53
2003 Sentra
FUSE BLOCK — JUNCTION BOX (J/B)
FUSE BLOCK — JUNCTION BOX (J/B)
Terminal Arrangement
PFP:24350
EKS003BC
WEL473
Revision: May 2004
PG-54
2003 Sentra
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX
Terminal Arrangement
PFP:24381
A
EKS003BD
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
PG
L
M
WKIA0030E
Revision: May 2004
PG-55
2003 Sentra
FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX
Revision: May 2004
PG-56
2003 Sentra
G STEERING
A
B
SECTION
POWER STEERING SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
Precautions for Steering System .............................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 5
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS(NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 6
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 6
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ............................................. 7
Checking Steering Wheel Play ................................. 7
Checking Neutral Position on Steering Wheel ......... 7
PRE-CHECKING ................................................... 7
CHECKING ........................................................... 7
Front Wheel Turning Angle ...................................... 7
Checking Gear Housing Movement ......................... 8
Checking and Adjusting Drive Belts ......................... 8
Checking Fluid Level ................................................ 8
Checking Fluid Leakage ........................................... 8
Bleeding Hydraulic System ...................................... 8
Checking Steering Wheel Turning Force .................. 9
Checking Hydraulic System ..................................... 9
STEERING WHEEL AND STEERING COLUMN ......11
Components ............................................................11
Removal and Installation .........................................11
STEERING WHEEL .............................................11
Revision: May 2004
STEERING COLUMN ......................................... 12
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 13
Inspection ............................................................... 14
TILT MECHANISM .............................................. 14
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ............ 15
Components ........................................................... 15
Removal and Installation ........................................ 16
Disassembly ........................................................... 18
Inspection ............................................................... 18
BOOT .................................................................. 18
TIE-ROD OUTER AND INNER SOCKETS ......... 19
Assembly ................................................................ 19
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP ............................... 21
QG18DE and QR25DE ........................................... 21
COMPONENTS ................................................... 21
PRE-DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION .................... 21
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 22
INSPECTION ...................................................... 22
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 22
HYDRAULIC LINE .................................................... 24
Removal and Installation ........................................ 24
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 26
General Specifications ............................................ 26
Steering Wheel ....................................................... 26
Steering Column ..................................................... 26
Steering Gear and Linkage ..................................... 26
Power Steering ....................................................... 27
PS-1
2003 Sentra
F
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EGS000FE
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for Steering System
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
EGS000FF
Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from
becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack.
Use nylon cloths or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might
interfere with their operation.
Before inspection or reassembly, carefully clean all parts with a general purpose, non-flammable
solvent.
Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended Genuine NISSAN PSF II or equivalent to hydraulic
parts. Petroleum jelly may be applied to O-rings and seals. Do not use any grease.
Replace all gaskets, seals and O-rings. Avoid damaging O-rings, seals and gaskets during installation. Perform functional tests whenever designated.
Revision: May 2004
PS-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EGS000FG
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV48101100
(J26364)
Torque adapter
B
Measuring pinion rotating torque
C
D
NT169
ST27180001
(J25726-B)
Steering wheel puller
E
Removing steering wheel
F
S-NT544
HT72520000
(J25730-B)
Ball joint remover
PS
Removing tie-rod and lower ball joint
a: 33 mm (1.30 in)
b: 50 mm (1.97 in)
r: R11.5 mm (0.453 in)
I
NT546
(J-24319-B)
Tie rod puller
H
Remove outer tie rod
J
K
LGIA0007E
KV48103500
(J26357 and J26357-10)
Pressure gauge
Measuring oil pressure
L
M
S-NT547
KV48102500
(J33914)
Pressure gauge adapter
Measuring oil pressure
S-NT542
Revision: May 2004
PS-3
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST3127S000
1 GG91030000
(See J25765-A)
Torque wrench
2 HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter
3 HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter
Measuring turning torque
S-NT541
(J44372)
5-60 Pound pull gauge
Measuring steering wheel turning force
WST052
(J44183-A)
20-100 Pound pull gauge
Measuring rack sliding force
WST052
ST35300000
(
—
Drift
Installing power steering pump oil seal
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
)
NT073
(J-44615)
Air Bag Master Key Set
Removing and installing accessory air bag
bolts.
LRS194
Revision: May 2004
PS-4
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
EGS000FH
A
Tool number
Description
Power steering pump attachment
Disassembling and assembling power steering pump
Unit: mm (in)
B
C
S-NT179
D
10 mm Drift
Installing power steering pump snap ring
E
F
LST027
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PS-5
2003 Sentra
Symptom
STEERING
Revision: May 2004
Refer to PS-19
Refer to PS-19
Refer to PS-19
Refer to PS-8
Refer to PS-7
Refer to PS-9
Tie-rod ball joint swinging force
Tie-rod ball joint rotating torque
Tie-rod ball joint end play
Steering gear fluid leakage
Steering wheel play
Steering gear rack sliding force
Drive belt looseness
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Judder
PS-6
Shake
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
WT-2, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-2, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
BRAKES
Refer to PS-12
Steering linkage looseness
FSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to PS-12
Improper installation or looseness of steering column
SUSPENSION
Refer to PS-14
Steering column deformation or damage
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Refer to PS-8
Mounting rubber deterioration
AXLE
Refer to PS-14
Improper installation or looseness or tilt lock lever
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
DRIVE SHAFT
Refer to PS-11
Improper steering wheel
MA-16, "Checking Drive Belts", MA-23, "Checking Drive Belts"
Refer to PS-8
Noise
Air in hydraulic system
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Refer to PS-8
Reference page
Fluid level
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
EGS000FI
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Checking Steering Wheel Play
●
–
–
–
A
EGS000FJ
With wheels in a straight-ahead position, check steering wheel
play.
Steering wheel play
●
PFP:00000
B
: 35 mm (1.38 in) or less
If it is not within specification, check the following for loose or
worn components:
Steering gear assembly
Steering column
Front suspension and axle
C
D
SST489B
Checking Neutral Position on Steering Wheel
E
EGS000FK
PRE-CHECKING
●
Make sure that wheel alignment is correct.
Wheel alignment
●
F
: Refer to FSU-6, "Front
Wheel Alignment"
PS
Verify that the steering gear is centered before removing the
steering wheel.
H
SST490BA
I
CHECKING
1.
2.
3.
Check that the steering wheel is in the neutral position when driving straight ahead.
If it is not in the neutral position, remove the steering wheel and reinstall it correctly.
If the neutral position is between two teeth, loosen tie-rod lock nuts. Turn the tie-rods by the same amount
in opposite directions on both left and right sides.
K
Front Wheel Turning Angle
1.
2.
EGS000FL
Rotate steering wheel all the way right and left; measure turning
angle.
Turning angle of full
turns
L
: Refer to FSU-6, "Front
Wheel Alignment"
M
If it is not within specification, check rack stroke.
Rack stroke “S”
: Refer to PS-26, "Steering
Gear and Linkage"
SMA127
Revision: May 2004
J
PS-7
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Checking Gear Housing Movement
1.
EGS000FM
Check the movement of steering gear housing during stationary
steering on a dry paved surface.
● Apply a force of 49 N (5 kg, 11 lb) to steering wheel to check
the gear housing movement.
Turn off ignition key while checking.
Movement of gear housing : ±2 mm (±0.08 in) or less
2.
If movement exceeds the limit, replace mount insulator after
confirming proper installation of gear housing clamps.
SST663B
Checking and Adjusting Drive Belts
EGS000FN
Refer to MA-16, "Checking Drive Belts" (QG18DE), MA-23, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE).
Checking Fluid Level
EGS000FO
Check fluid level, referring to the scale on reservoir tank.
Use “HOT” range for fluid temperatures of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F).
Use “COLD” range for fluid temperatures of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
CAUTION:
●
Do not overfill.
●
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.
Refer to MA-13, "Fluids and Lubricants" .
SST850C
Checking Fluid Leakage
EGS000FP
Check the lines for improper attachment and for leaks, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing and deterioration.
1. Run engine between idle speed and 1,000 rpm.
Make sure temperature of fluid in oil tank rises to 60 to 80°C
(140 to 176°F).
2. Turn steering wheel right-to-left several times.
3. Hold steering wheel at each “lock” position for five seconds and
carefully check for fluid leakage.
CAUTION:
Do not hold the steering wheel in a locked position for more
WST032
than 15 seconds.
4. If fluid leakage at connectors is noticed, shut off engine, then loosen and retighten flare nut.
Do not overtighten connector as this can damage O-ring, washer and connector.
5. If fluid leakage from power steering pump is noticed, check power steering pump. Refer to PS-21, "PREDISASSEMBLY INSPECTION" .
6. Check rack boots for accumulation of power steering fluid.
Bleeding Hydraulic System
1.
2.
3.
●
–
EGS000FQ
Raise front end of vehicle until wheels are clear of the ground.
Add fluid into oil tank to specified level. Then quickly turn steering wheel fully to right and left and lightly
touch steering stoppers.
Repeat steering wheel operation until fluid level no longer decreases.
Start engine.
Repeat step 2 above.
If any of the following occurs, bleed air again:
Air bubbles in reservoir tank
Revision: May 2004
PS-8
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Clicking noise in oil pump
–
Excessive buzzing in oil pump
Fluid noise may occur in the valve or oil pump. This is common when the vehicle is stationary or while turning
the steering wheel slowly. This does not affect the performance or durability of the system.
–
Checking Steering Wheel Turning Force
B
EGS000FR
1.
2.
3.
Park vehicle on a level, dry surface and set parking brake.
Start engine.
Bring power steering fluid up to adequate operating temperature. [Make sure temperature of fluid is approximately 60 to
80°C (140 to 176°F).]
Tires need to be inflated to normal pressure.
4. Check steering wheel turning force when steering wheel has
been turned 360° from the neutral position.
Steering wheel turning force
A
C
D
E
: 39 N (4 kg, 9 lb) or less
WST047
5.
a.
b.
c.
Average rack sliding force (QG18DE)
Average rack sliding force (QR25DE)
Maximum force
deviation
d.
: 140 - 330 N (14.3 - 33.6 kg,
31.5 - 74.1 lb)
: 160 - 350 N (16.3 - 35.7 kg,
36.0 - 78.7 lb)
: 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb)
PS
H
I
WST048
J
K
Check sliding force outside the above range at rack speed of 40 mm (1.75 in)/s.
Maximum rack sliding force
Maximum force deviation
6.
7.
F
If steering wheel turning force is out of specification, check rack
sliding force.
Disconnect steering column lower joint and knuckle arms from
the gear.
Start and run engine at idle to make sure steering fluid has
reached normal operating temperature.
Pull tie-rod slowly to move it from neutral position to ±11.5 mm
(±0.453 in) at speed of 3.5 mm (0.138 in)/s. Check that rack sliding force is within specification.
: Not more than 294 N (30 kg, 66 lb)
: 147 N (15 kg, 33 lb)
L
If rack sliding force is not within specification, overhaul steering gear assembly.
If rack sliding force is OK, inspect steering column. Refer PS-14, "Inspection" .
Checking Hydraulic System
M
EGS000FS
Before starting, check belt tension, driving pulley and tire pressure.
1. Set Tool. Open shut-off valve. Then bleed air. Refer to PS-8,
"Bleeding Hydraulic System" .
2. Run engine at idle speed or 1,000 rpm.
Make sure temperature of fluid in tank rises to 60 to 80°C (140 to
176°F).
WARNING:
Warm up engine with shut-off valve fully opened. If engine is
started with shut-off valve closed, fluid pressure in oil pump
increases to maximum. This will raise oil temperature abnorSST834-F
mally.
3. Check pressure with steering wheel fully turned to left and right positions with engine idling at 1,000 rpm.
CAUTION:
Do not hold the steering wheel in a locked position for more than 15 seconds.
Revision: May 2004
PS-9
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Oil pump maximum standard pressure
(QG18DE) : 7,649 - 8,238 kPa (78 - 84 kg/cm2 , 1,109 - 1,194 psi)
(QR25DE)
: 8,000 - 8,800 kPa (82 - 90 kg/cm2 , 1,160 - 1,276 psi)
If pressure reaches maximum operating pressure, system is OK.
● If pressure increases above maximum operating pressure, check power steering pump flow control
valve. Refer to PS-21, "COMPONENTS" .
If power steering pressure is below the maximum operating pressure, slowly close shut-off valve and
check pressure again.
CAUTION:
Do not close shut-off valve for more than 15 seconds.
● If pressure increases to maximum operating pressure, gear is damaged. Refer to PS-16, "Removal and
Installation" .
● If pressure remains below maximum operating pressure, pump is damaged. Refer to PS-22, "DISASSEMBLY" .
After checking hydraulic system, remove Tool and add fluid as necessary. Then completely bleed air out
of system. Refer to PS-8, "Bleeding Hydraulic System" .
●
4.
5.
Revision: May 2004
PS-10
2003 Sentra
STEERING WHEEL AND STEERING COLUMN
STEERING WHEEL AND STEERING COLUMN
Components
PFP:48430
A
EGS000FT
B
C
D
E
F
PS
H
I
WGIA0002E
1.
Air bag module
2.
Steering wheel
3.
Spiral cable
4.
Side lid LH
5.
Column cover
6.
Combination switch
7.
Steering column assembly
8.
Steering column lower cover
9.
Lower joint
J
CAUTION:
●
The rotation of the spiral cable (SRS “Air bag” component part) is limited. If the steering gear must
be removed, set the front wheels in the straight-ahead direction. Do not rotate the steering column
while the steering gear is removed.
●
Remove the steering wheel before removing the steering lower joint to avoid damaging the SRS
spiral cable.
EGS000FU
STEERING WHEEL
2.
3.
4.
Remove air bag module.
Refer to SRS-40, "Removal and Installation" .
Remove steering wheel mounting nut.
Remove steering wheel with Tool.
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
WST004
Revision: May 2004
L
M
Removal and Installation
1.
K
PS-11
2003 Sentra
STEERING WHEEL AND STEERING COLUMN
STEERING COLUMN
Removal
CAUTION:
●
The rotation of the spiral cable (SRS “Air Bag” component part) is limited. If the steering gear must
be removed, set the front wheels in the straight-ahead direction. Do not rotate the steering column
while the steering gear is removed.
●
Remove the steering wheel before removing the steering lower joint to avoid damaging the SRS
spiral cable.
1. Remove the steering wheel, refer to PS-11, "STEERING WHEEL" .
2. Removal spiral cable, refer to SRS-42, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove instrument lower panel and dash lower reinforcement panel.
4. Remove the column covers.
5. Disconnect electrical connectors from the ignition switch and combination switch.
6. Remove three screws securing combination switch and remove combination switch.
7. Remove key interlock cable (A/T models).
8. Remove the hole cover, then remove bolt from lower joint.
9. Remove the steering column lower cover.
10. Remove four nuts securing steering column and remove steering column.
SST329C
Installation
1.
●
●
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
When installing steering column, finger tighten all lower bracket
and clamp retaining bolts; then tighten them securely. Do not
apply undue stress to steering column.
When attaching coupling joint, be sure tightening bolt faces cutout portion.
SST800A
Align slit of lower joint with projection on dust cover. Insert joint
until surface A contacts surface B.
CAUTION:
After installation, turn steering wheel to make sure it moves
smoothly. Ensure the number of turns are the same from the
straight forward position to left and right locks. Be sure that the
steering wheel is in a neutral position when driving straight
ahead.
●
SST491C
Revision: May 2004
PS-12
2003 Sentra
STEERING WHEEL AND STEERING COLUMN
Disassembly and Assembly
EGS000FV
A
B
C
D
E
F
PS
H
I
WGIA0003E
●
●
1.
Combination switch
2.
Lock nut
3.
Jacket tube assembly
4.
Tilt lever
5.
Tilt lever stopper
6.
Steering column mounting bracket
7.
Spring
8.
Adjust bolt
9.
Adjust bolt stopper
10. Nut
11. Column shaft assembly
12. Steering column lower cover
13. Hole cover seal
14. Hole cover
15. Lower joint
J
K
When disassembling and assembling, unlock steering lock with
key.
Install lock nut on steering column shaft and tighten the nut.
L
M
SST490C
●
–
Steering lock:
Break self-shear type screws using a drill or other appropriate
tool.
SST741A
Revision: May 2004
PS-13
2003 Sentra
STEERING WHEEL AND STEERING COLUMN
–
Install new self-shear type screws, then tighten until screw
heads break off.
WST033
Inspection
●
–
–
●
EGS000FW
When steering wheel does not turn smoothly, check the steering
column as follows and replace damaged parts.
Check column bearings for damage or unevenness. Lubricate
with recommended multi-purpose grease or replace steering
column as an assembly, if necessary.
Check jacket tube for deformation or breakage. Replace if necessary.
When the vehicle comes into a light collision, check length “L”.
Steering column length
“L”
: 542 - 544 mm
(21.34 - 21.42 in)
WGIA0014E
If out of specification, replace steering column as an assembly.
TILT MECHANISM
●
After installing steering column, check tilt mechanism operation.
SST582B
Revision: May 2004
PS-14
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
Components
PFP:49001
A
EGS000FX
B
C
D
E
F
PS
H
I
J
K
L
M
WST007
1.
Steering gear
2.
Gear housing tube
3.
Boot clamp
4.
Dust boot
5.
Boot band
6.
Tie-rod inner socket
7.
Tie-rod
8.
Tie-rod outer socket
9.
Cotter pin
Revision: May 2004
PS-15
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
Removal and Installation
EGS000FY
WST008
1.
Lower joint
2.
Cotter pin
3.
Low pressure line fitting
4.
Gear and linkage assembly
5.
Rack mounting insulator
6.
Gear housing mounting bracket
CAUTION:
●
The rotation of the spiral cable (SRS “Air bag” component
part) is limited. If the steering gear must be removed, set
the front wheels in the straight-ahead direction. Do not
rotate the steering column while the steering gear is
removed.
●
Remove the steering wheel before removing the steering
lower joint to avoid damaging the SRS spiral cable.
1. Detach tie-rod outer sockets.
2. Disconnect the power steering lines.
3. Disconnect the steering gear lower joint.
4. Position the bracket for the hoses and harness aside.
5. Remove the return line fitting.
Revision: May 2004
PS-16
SFA455BC
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
6.
7.
Remove the steering gear mounting bolts.
Remove the steering gear through the passenger side.
A
B
C
D
E
F
PS
WST029
8.
●
●
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Install power steering line connector.
Observe specified tightening torque when tightening high-pressure and low-pressure line connectors. Excessive tightening will
damage threads of connector or O-ring.
H
I
Connector tightening torque
1 Low-pressure side : 28 - 39 N·m (2.8 - 4.0 kg-m,
21 - 28 ft-lb)
2 High-pressure side : 15 - 25 N·m (1.5 - 2.5 kg-m,
11 - 18 ft-lb)
J
K
SST879C
●
●
The O-ring in low-pressure pipe connector is larger than that in
high-pressure connector. Take care to install the proper O-ring.
Initially, tighten nut on tie-rod outer socket and knuckle arm to 29
to 39 N·m (3 to 4 kg-m, 22 to 28 ft-lb). Then tighten further to
align nut groove with first pin hole so that cotter pin can be
installed.
CAUTION:
Tightening torque must not exceed 49 N·m (5 kg-m, 36 ft-lb).
L
M
SST824A
Revision: May 2004
PS-17
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
●
●
Before removing lower joint from gear, set gear in neutral
(wheels in straight-ahead position). After removing lower joint,
put matching mark on pinion shaft and pinion housing to record
neutral position.
To install, set left and right dust boots to equal deflection. Attach
lower joint by aligning matching marks of pinion shaft and pinion
housing.
WST009
●
Tighten gear housing mounting bracket bolts and nut in the
order shown.
WST010
Disassembly
1.
EGS000FZ
Prior to disassembling, measure pinion rotating torque.
Within ±100° from the neutral position
Average rotating
: 0.6 - 2.0 N·m (7 - 20 kg-cm,
torque
6 - 17 in-lb)
Maximum torque
: 0.6 N·m (7 kg-cm, 5.8 in-lb)
deviation
Except for above measuring range
Maximum rotating
: 1.9 N·m (19 kg-cm, 17 in-lb)
torque
Maximum torque
: 0.65 N·m (7 kg-cm, 6 in-lb)
deviation
WST034
If pinion rotating torque is not within the specifications, replace steering gear assembly.
● Before measuring, disconnect gear housing tube and drain fluid.
● Use soft jaws when holding steering gear housing. Handle gear housing carefully, as it is made
of aluminum. Do not grip cylinder in a vise.
Remove tie-rod outer sockets and boots.
Remove tie-rod inner sockets.
●
2.
3.
Inspection
EGS000G0
Thoroughly clean all parts in cleaning solvent or Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Blow dry with compressed air, if available.
BOOT
●
●
Check condition of boot. If cracked excessively, replace it.
Check boots for accumulation of power steering fluid.
Revision: May 2004
PS-18
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
TIE-ROD OUTER AND INNER SOCKETS
●
A
Check outer and inner ball joints for swinging force “A” and axial
end play “C”.
Refer to PS-26, "Steering Gear and Linkage" .
●
B
Check outer ball joint for rotating torque “B”.
Refer to PS-26, "Steering Gear and Linkage" .
●
C
Check condition of dust cover. If excessively cracked, replace
outer tie-rod.
SST057C
Assembly
1.
2.
EGS000G1
Install tie-rod inner sockets, dust boots and outer sockets.
Tighten outer socket lock nut.
Tie-rod length “L”
D
E
: Refer to PS-26, "Steering Gear
and Linkage" .
F
PS
H
SST113C
3.
Measure rack stroke.
Rack stroke “S”
I
: Refer to PS-26, "Steering
Gear and Linkage" .
J
K
AST132
4.
Before installing boot, coat the contact surfaces between boot
and tie-rod with grease.
M
SST967A
Revision: May 2004
PS-19
L
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
5.
Install boot clamps.
● Install large boot clamp using suitable tool and crimp securely.
● Install small boot clamp as shown.
AST139
Revision: May 2004
PS-20
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
QG18DE and QR25DE
PFP:49110
A
EGS000G2
COMPONENTS
B
C
D
E
F
PS
H
I
J
WGIA0057E
1.
Pulley
4.
Oil seal
7.
Spring
11.
10. Connector
2.
Snap ring
3.
Drive shaft
5.
Suction pipe
6.
O-ring
8
Flow control valve
9.
O-ring
Washer
12. Joint
13. Connector bolt
14. Pump case
15. O-ring
16. O-ring
17. Front side plate
18. Vane
19. Rotor
20. Pin
21. Cam ring
22. Gasket
23. Rear cover
24. Mounting bracket
25. Power steering pump bracket
26. Mounting bracket
27. Mounting bracket
L
M
PRE-DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION
Disassemble the power steering oil pump only if the following items
are found.
●
Fluid leak from any point shown in the figure.
●
Deformed or damaged pulley
●
Poor performance
SST984A
Revision: May 2004
PS-21
K
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
●
Parts which can be disassembled are strictly limited. Never disassemble parts other than those
specified.
●
Disassemble in as clean a place as possible.
●
Clean your hands before disassembly.
●
Do not use rags; use nylon cloths or paper towels.
●
Refer to PS-2, "Precautions for Steering System" .
●
When disassembling and reassembling, do not let foreign matter enter or contact the parts.
●
Remove snap ring, then draw drive shaft out.
Be careful not to drop drive shaft.
SST010B
●
Remove oil seal.
Be careful not to damage front housing.
SST034A
●
Remove connector and flow control valve with spring.
Be careful not to drop flow control valve.
Do not disassemble flow control valve.
SST036A
INSPECTION
●
●
●
If pulley is cracked or deformed, replace it.
If an oil leak is found around pulley shaft oil seal, replace the seal.
If serration on pulley or pulley shaft is deformed or worn, replace it.
ASSEMBLY
Assemble oil pump, noting the following instructions.
●
Make sure O-rings and oil seal are properly installed.
●
Always install new O-rings and oil seal.
●
Be careful of oil seal direction.
●
Cam ring, rotor and vanes must be replaced as a set if necessary.
Revision: May 2004
PS-22
2003 Sentra
POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
●
Coat each part with Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent when assembling.
●
Pay attention to the direction of rotor.
A
B
C
D
WST031
●
E
When assembling vanes to rotor, flat surfaces of vanes must
face inside of rotor (rounded surfaces of vanes face cam ring
side).
F
PS
SST843A
●
Insert pin 2 into pin groove 1 of front housing and front side
plate. Then install cam ring 3 as shown.
H
I
Cam ring : D1 is less than D2 .
J
K
L
M
WST035
Revision: May 2004
PS-23
2003 Sentra
HYDRAULIC LINE
HYDRAULIC LINE
Removal and Installation
PFP:49721
EGS000JO
QG18DE Engine
WGIA0058E
Revision: May 2004
PS-24
2003 Sentra
HYDRAULIC LINE
QR25DE Engine
A
B
C
D
E
F
PS
H
WGIA0059E
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
PS-25
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
Applied model
PFP:00030
EGS000G3
QG18DE
QR25DE
Steering model
Power steering
Steering gear type
Rack and Pinion (PR25T)
Steering overall gear ratio
17.48
15.80
Turns of steering wheel (Lock to lock)
3.01
2.4
Steering column type
Collapsible, tilt
Steering Wheel
EGS000G4
Applied model
All
Steering wheel axial play
Steering wheel play
mm (in)
0 (0)
mm (in)
Movement of gear housing
35 (1.38) or less
±2 (±0.08) or less
mm (in)
Steering Column
EGS000G5
SST855C
Applied model
Steering column length “L”
All
mm (in)
542 - 544 (21.34 - 21.42)
Steering Gear and Linkage
EGS000G6
SST867C
Applied model
QG18DE
Steering gear type
Swinging force at cotter pin hole: “A”
Rotating torque: “B”
Tie-rod outer socket
Axial end play: “C”
mm (in)
Axial end play: “C”
N (kg, lb)
Revision: May 2004
0.29 - 2.94 (3.0 - 30.0, 2.6 - 26.0)
29 - 39 (3 - 4, 22 - 28)
49 (5, 36)
5.9 - 46.1 (0.58 - 4.65, 1.3 - 10.4)
0.2 (0.004) or less
N·m (kg-cm, ft-lb)
Maximum tightening torque
Tie-rod standard length “L”
N·m (kg-cm, ft-lb)
mm (in)
Initial tightening torque
6.9 - 65.7 (0.66 - 6.59, 1.5 - 14.8)
0.4 (0.016) or less
N·m (kg-cm, ft-lb)
Maximum tightening torque
Swinging force*: “A”
N (kg, lb)
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
Initial tightening torque
Tie-rod inner socket
QR25DE
Rack and Pinion (PR25T)
N·m (kg-cm, ft-lb)
mm (in)
29 - 39 (3 - 4, 22 - 28)
49 (5, 36)
133.04 (5.238)
PS-26
136.09 (5.358)
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
B
C
SST086BA
Initial tightening torque
Retightening torque after loosening
Retainer adjustment
Adjusting screw
4.9 - 5.9 (50 - 60, 43 - 52)
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
Tightening torque after gear has settled
in-lb)
Returning angle
D
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
0.2 (2, 1.7)
N·m (kg-cm,
degree
60° - 80°
Steering gear type
Rack stroke “S”
E
4.9 - 5.9 (50 - 60, 43 - 52)
F
PR25T
mm (in)
65 (2.56)
Pinion gear preload without gear
fluid
Within ±100° from the neutral
position
Average rotating torque
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
Maximum torque deviation
Maximum rotating torque
Except above range
0.6 - 2.0 (7 - 20, 6 - 17)
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
0.6 (7, 5.8)
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
Maximum torque deviation
PS
H
1.9 (19, 17)
N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)
0.65 (7, 6)
*: Measuring point [l: 172 mm (6.77 in)]
I
Power Steering
EGS000G7
Applied model
QG18DE
Steering gear type
QR25DE
Rack and Pinion (PR25T)
Pump type
Rack sliding force N
(kg, lb)
Under normal operating
oil pressure
F40
Range within ±11.5 mm
(±0.453 in) from the neutral position at rack
speed of 3.5 mm (0.138
in)/s
Except for the above
range
Steering wheel turning force
(Measured at one full turn from the neutral position)
Fluid capacity (Approximate)
(US qt, Imp qt)
Oil pump maximum pressure
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)
Revision: May 2004
J
Average rack sliding
force
140 - 330 (14.3 - 33.6,
31.5 - 74.1)
160 - 350 (16.3 - 35.7,
36.0 - 78.7)
Maximum force deviation
98 (10, 22)
Maximum rack sliding
force
294 (30, 66)
Maximum force deviation
147 (15, 33)
N (kg, lb)
L
M
39 (4, 9) or less
1.0 (1-1/8, 7/8)
7,649 - 8,238 (78 - 84,
1,109 - 1,194)
PS-27
K
8,000 - 8,800 (82 - 90,
1,160 - 1,276)
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
PS-28
2003 Sentra
D DRIVELINE/AXLE
A
B
SECTION
REAR AXLE
C
RAX
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions .............................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tools ............................................... 3
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 4
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 4
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ............................................. 5
Rear Axle Parts ........................................................ 5
Rear Wheel Bearing ................................................. 5
WHEEL HUB ............................................................... 6
Components ............................................................. 6
Removal ................................................................... 6
Installation ................................................................ 7
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........ 9
Wheel Bearing (Rear) ............................................... 9
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RAX-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
EDS000QR
When installing each rubber part, final tightening must be
carried out under unladen condition* with tires on ground.
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack,
hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Use flare nut wrench when removing or installing brake
tubes.
After installing removed suspension parts, check wheel
alignment.
Do not jack up at the trailing arm and lateral link.
Always torque brake lines when installing.
Revision: May 2004
RAX-2
SBR686C
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EDS000QS
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV40104710
(
—
Drift
B
Install sensor rotor
a: 76.3 mm (3.004 in) dia.
b: 67.9 mm (3.673 in) dia.
)
C
RAX
NT474
ST3072000
(
—
Drift
E
Install sensor rotor
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
)
F
NT115
G
Commercial Service Tools
EDS000QT
Tool name
Description
GG94310000
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
H
I
J
NT360
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RAX-3
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
EDS000QU
RSU-8, "Removal and Installation"
WT-2, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-2, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Parts interference
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
Noise
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
Vibration
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
Judder
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Symptom
REAR AXLE
×
Wheel bearing damage
Reference page
RAX-5, "Rear Wheel Bearing"
RSU-8, "Removal and Installation"
Improper installation, looseness
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
Revision: May 2004
RAX-4
2003 Sentra
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Rear Axle Parts
PFP:00000
A
EDS000QV
Check axle and suspension parts for excessive play, wear or damage.
●
Shake each rear wheel to check for excessive play.
●
Retighten all axle and suspension nuts and bolts to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque
B
C
: Refer to RSU-5, "Components" .
RAX
SMA525A
E
Rear Wheel Bearing
●
Check axial end play.
Axial end play
●
●
EDS000QW
F
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or less
Check that wheel hub bearings operate smoothly.
Check tightening torque of wheel bearing lock nut.
G
: 187 - 255 N·m (19 - 26 kg-m, 138 - 188 ft-lb)
●
If out of specification or if wheel bearing does not turn smoothly,
replace wheel hub assembly. Refer to RAX-6, "WHEEL HUB" .
H
SRA690A
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RAX-5
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB
WHEEL HUB
Components
PFP:43200
EDS000QX
LDIA0016E
1.
Spindle
2.
Baffle plate
3.
Back plate
4.
Sensor rotor (if equipped)
5.
Wheel hub
6.
Wheel bearing lock nut
7.
Hub cap
8.
Wheel sensor (if equipped)
Removal
EDS000QY
CAUTION:
●
Before removing the rear wheel hub assembly, disconnect the wheel sensor from the assembly.
Then move it away from the hub assembly. Failure to do so may result in damage to the sensor
wires and the wheel sensor becoming inoperative.
●
Wheel hub bearing does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted,
replace wheel hub bearing assembly.
1. Growling noise is emitted from wheel hub bearing during operation.
2. Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly. This occurs when turning hub by hand after bearing
lock nut is tightened to specified torque.
1. Remove brake caliper assembly.
2. Remove wheel bearing lock nut.
3. Remove brake rotor.
4. Remove wheel hub bearing from spindle.
Brake hose does not need to be disconnected from brake caliper.
Suspend caliper assembly with wire so as not to stretch brake
hose.
Be careful not to depress brake pedal, or piston will pop out.
Make sure brake hose is not twisted.
SRA711A
Revision: May 2004
RAX-6
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB
5.
Remove the sensor rotor, if equipped, using suitable puller, drift
and bearing replacer.
A
B
C
ARA082
RAX
Installation
●
EDS000QZ
With vehicles equipped with ABS, press-fit sensor rotor into
wheel hub bearing using a drift.
Do not reuse sensor rotor. When installing, replace it with a
new one.
E
F
G
SAX014
H
●
Press-fit sensor rotor as far as the location shown in figure at
right.
I
J
K
L
M
WAX013
Revision: May 2004
RAX-7
2003 Sentra
WHEEL HUB
●
●
Install wheel hub bearing.
Tighten wheel bearing lock nut.
Before tightening, apply oil to threaded portion of rear spindle.
Do not reuse wheel bearing lock nut.
: 187 - 255 N·m (19 - 26 kg-m, 138 - 188 ft-lb)
●
Check that wheel bearings operate smoothly.
SRA712A
●
Check wheel hub bearing axial end play.
Axial end play
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or less
SRA737A
●
Clinch two places of lock nut.
SFA599B
●
Install hub cap using a suitable tool.
Do not reuse hub cap. When installing, replace it with a new
one.
SRA738A
Revision: May 2004
RAX-8
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Wheel Bearing (Rear)
Wheel bearing axial end play limit
mm (in)
PFP:00030
A
EDS000R0
0.05 (0.0020) or less
Wheel bearing lock nut tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
B
187 - 255 (19 - 26, 138 - 188)
C
RAX
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RAX-9
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
RAX-10
2003 Sentra
I BODY
A
B
SECTION
ROOF
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special service tool .................................................. 3
Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 3
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ..... 4
Work Flow ................................................................ 4
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW ..................................... 4
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE ....... 5
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS ........... 5
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE
ROOT CAUSE ...................................................... 5
REPAIR THE CAUSE ........................................... 5
CONFIRM THE REPAIR ....................................... 6
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ........... 6
INSTRUMENT PANEL .......................................... 6
CENTER CONSOLE ............................................. 6
DOORS ................................................................. 6
TRUNK .................................................................. 8
SUNROOF/HEADLINER ....................................... 8
SEATS ................................................................... 8
UNDERHOOD ....................................................... 8
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9
SUNROOF ................................................................. 11
System Description ................................................. 11
POWER ............................................................... 11
TILT AND SLIDE OPERATION ........................... 11
Wiring Diagram — SROOF — ................................ 12
Memory Reset Adjustment ..................................... 13
Removal ................................................................. 14
SUNROOF LID ASSEMBLY ................................ 15
SHADE ASSEMBLY ............................................ 15
SUNROOF ASSEMBLY ...................................... 15
Trouble Diagnoses ................................................. 16
DIAGNOSTIC TABLE .......................................... 16
ADJUSTMENT .................................................... 16
DRAIN HOSES .................................................... 17
WEATHERSTRIP ................................................ 17
LINK AND WIRE ASSEMBLY ............................. 17
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RF-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EIS0016F
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
RF-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special service tool
PFP:00002
A
EIS0016G
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
B
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
C
D
(J-39570)
Chassis ear
Locating noise
SIIA0993E
E
F
G
(J-43980)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle
Kit
Repairing the cause of noise
H
SIIA0994E
RF
Commercial Service Tool
EIS0016H
Tool name
Description
J
K
Engine ear
(J-39565)
Locating noise
L
SIIA0995E
M
Revision: May 2004
RF-3
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Work Flow
PFP:00000
EIS0016I
SBT842
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any
customer's comments; refer to RF-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet" . This information is necessary to duplicate the
conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
●
The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to
obtain all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
●
If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer
is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
●
After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
–
Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
–
Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch
dependent on materials/often brought on by activity.
–
Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
–
Knock — (Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
–
Tick — (Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
–
Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise)
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
–
Buzz — (Like a bumblebee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
●
Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may
judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
●
Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
Revision: May 2004
RF-4
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:
1. Close a door.
2. Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3. Rev the engine.
4. Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5. At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on A/T model).
6. Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
●
Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.
●
If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
A
B
C
D
E
F
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
G
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1.
2.
Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool H
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanics stethoscope).
Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
RF
● Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners
can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
● Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
J
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily.
● Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing
K
the noise.
● Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise.
● Looking for loose components and contact marks.
L
Refer to RF-6, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" .
REPAIR THE CAUSE
If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
●
If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
–
Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.
–
Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized Nissan Parts
Department.
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
The following materials are contained in the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be
ordered separately as needed.
URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]
Insulates connectors, harness, etc.
76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25
mm (0.59 x 0.98 in)
INSULATOR (Foam blocks)
Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.
●
Revision: May 2004
RF-5
2003 Sentra
M
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50
mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)
INSULATOR (Light foam block)
80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in)
FELT CLOTH TAPE
Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll
The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.
UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.
SILICONE GREASE
Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit.
Note: Will only last a few months.
SILICONE SPRAY
Use when grease cannot be applied.
DUCT TAPE
Use to eliminate movement.
CONFIRM THE REPAIR
Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting
EIS0016J
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:
1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish
4. Instrument panel to windshield
5. Instrument panel mounting pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and upper/lower cluster lid C
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Revision: May 2004
RF-6
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RF-7
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TRUNK
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINER
Noises in the sunroof/headliner area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
SEATS
When isolating seat noises it is important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat
when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of
the noise.
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holders
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame
3. The rear seat back lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
Some interior noises may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noises include:
1. Any component mounted to the engine wall
2. Components that pass through the engine wall
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
4. Loose radiator mounting pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM
or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
insulating the component causing the noise.
Revision: May 2004
RF-8
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic Worksheet
EIS0016K
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
SBT843
Revision: May 2004
RF-9
2003 Sentra
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SBT844
Revision: May 2004
RF-10
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
SUNROOF
System Description
PFP:91210
A
EIS0016L
POWER
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 30A fusible link (letter d , located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to sunroof motor assembly terminal 5.
The power circuit is protected by the circuit breaker. The sunroof motor assembly is grounded through body
ground R5.
NOTE:
When the battery or sunroof motor harness connector is disconnected during service, the sunroof will
not operate properly.
Procedure for resetting motor memory:
From any sunroof position (full open, partially open, closed, partially vented, and vented), push and hold the
button in the forward position until the sunroof vent is in the full up position. This resets the sunroof motor
memory and the sunroof will operate correctly.
B
C
D
E
TILT AND SLIDE OPERATION
F
The sunroof is controlled by the sunroof switch. With the sunroof in the closed position, depressing the UP/
CLOSE switch will tilt the rear of the sunroof up. The sunroof will stop when the switch is released, or when the
sunroof reaches its maximum tilt position.
The sunroof will tilt down when in the tilt up position and the DOWN/OPEN switch is depressed. The sunroof G
will stop when the switch is released, or when the sunroof is fully closed.
With the sunroof in the closed position, pressing the DOWN/OPEN switch will cause the sunroof to slide open.
The sunroof will slide open until the switch is released or until it is all the way open. The sunroof will close H
when in the open position, and the UP/CLOSE switch is depressed. The sunroof will slide until the switch is
released, or when the sunroof is fully closed.
All automatic operations in sunroof are controlled by internal limit switches located in the sunroof motor
RF
assembly.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RF-11
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
Wiring Diagram — SROOF —
EIS0016M
WIWA0001E
Revision: May 2004
RF-12
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
Memory Reset Adjustment
EIS0016N
If the battery is disconnected or the sunroof motor harness connector is disconnected, the sunroof motor
memory must be reset. To reset the sunroof motor memory from any sunroof position (full open, partially open,
closed, partially vented, and vented), push and hold the sunroof button in the forward position until the sunroof
vents in the full up position. This resets the sunroof motor memory and now the sunroof will operate correctly.
Install motor and limit SW assembly and sunroof rail assembly in the following sequence:
1. Arrange equal lengths of link and wire assemblies on both sides of the sunroof opening.
2. Connect the sunroof connector to the sunroof switch and positive (+) power supply.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Set the lid assembly to the fully closed position
by operating the sunroof switch.
Fit the outer side of the lid assembly to the surface of the roof outer body panel.
Remove the motor and keep the DOWN/OPEN switch depressed until the motor pinion gear reaches the
end of its rotating range.
Install the motor.
Check that the motor drive gear fits properly in wires.
Press the UP/CLOSE switch to check the lid assembly for normal tilting.
Check the sunroof lid assembly for normal operations (tilt up, tilt down, open and close).
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
RF
SBF920F
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RF-13
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
Removal
EIS0016O
WIIA0001E
After any repair, check sunroof operation and glass lid alignment.
Handle the finisher plate and glass lid with care so as not to cause damage.
●
To ease installation, mark each point before removal.
CAUTION:
●
Always work with a helper.
●
●
Revision: May 2004
RF-14
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
●
Before removal, fully close the glass lid assembly, then after removal, do not move the motor
assembly.
A
SUNROOF LID ASSEMBLY
1.
Open the sunroof shade.
2.
Close the glass lid.
3.
Remove the six bolts securing the glass lid assembly to the sunroof assembly.
B
C
SHADE ASSEMBLY
1.
After removing the glass lid assembly, remove the two screws securing the drain channel.
2.
Remove the drain channel.
3.
Remove the shade assembly.
D
E
SUNROOF ASSEMBLY
1.
Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-32, "Removal and Installation" .
2.
Disconnect the front and rear drain hoses.
3.
Remove the two screws securing the sunroof motor to the sunroof assembly.
4.
Remove the sunroof motor and bracket.
5.
Remove bolts securing the sunroof assembly to the roof.
6.
Remove the sunroof assembly.
F
G
H
RF
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RF-15
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
Trouble Diagnoses
EIS0016P
DIAGNOSTIC TABLE
Check items
(Components)
Reference page
Symptom
Adjustment
Drain hoses
Weatherstrip
Link and wire
assembly
RF-16,
"ADJUSTMENT"
RF-17, "DRAIN
HOSES"
RF-17,
"WEATHERSTRIP"
RF-17, "LINK
AND WIRE
ASSEMBLY"
Excessive wind noise
1
2
Water leaks
1
2
3
Sunroof rattles
1
4
2
3
Excessive operation noise
1
2
3
The numbers in this table mean checking order.
ADJUSTMENT
WBT061
If any gap or height difference between glass lid and roof is found, check glass lid fit and adjust as follows:
Gap Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Open the shade assembly.
Tilt the glass lid up then remove the side trim.
Loosen the glass lid securing bolts (3 each on left and right sides), then tilt the glass lid down.
Adjust the glass lid from outside of vehicle so it resembles “A-A” as shown in the figure above.
Tilt the glass lid up and down until it is adjusted to “B-B” as shown in the figure above.
After adjusting the glass lid, tilt the glass lid up and tighten the bolts.
Tilt the glass lid up and down several times to check that it moves smoothly.
Revision: May 2004
RF-16
2003 Sentra
SUNROOF
Height Difference Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
Tilt the glass lid up and down.
Check the height difference between the roof panel and the glass lid to see if it is as “A-A” as shown in the
figure above.
If necessary, adjust it by using one of following procedures.
● Adjust by adding or removing adjustment shim(s) between the glass lid and link assembly.
● If the glass lid protrudes above the roof panel, add shim(s) or plain washer(s) at the sunroof mounting
bracket or stud bolt locations to adjust sunroof installation as required.
A
B
C
DRAIN HOSES
1.
Remove the headlining to access the drain hose connections.
(Refer to EI-32, "Removal and Installation" .)
D
E
F
ABT258
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check visually for proper connections, damage or deterioration.
(The figure shows only the front side.)
If leakage occurs around the trunk room, remove the trunk room
side trim and check connecting area. Check for proper connection or damage.
Remove the drain hoses and check visually for any damage,
cracks or deterioration.
Pour water into the drain hoses to find the damaged portion.
● If any damaged portion is found at each step, replace the
damaged hose.
H
RF
J
ABT372
WEATHERSTRIP
●
●
●
K
In case of leakage around the roof lid, close it and pour water over the roof lid to find the damaged or gap
portion.
If gap is between the weatherstrip and the roof panel, perform gap adjustment. Refer to RF-16, "Gap
Adjustment" .
If gap is between the weatherstrip and the roof lid, or if weatherstrip is flattened, damaged or deteriorated,
replace the roof lid assembly. (Weatherstrip is not serviceable.)
LINK AND WIRE ASSEMBLY
NOTE:
Before replacing a suspect part, carefully ensure it is the source of noise being experienced.
1. Check link to determine if coating film has peeled off to such an extent that substrate is visible. Check also
to determine if link is the source of noise. If it is, replace it.
2. Visually check to determine if a sufficient amount of petroleum jelly has been applied to wire or rail groove.
If not, add petroleum jelly as required.
3. Check wire for any damage or deterioration. If damaged, replace wire.
Revision: May 2004
G
RF-17
2003 Sentra
L
M
SUNROOF
Revision: May 2004
RF-18
2003 Sentra
E SUSPENSION
A
B
SECTION
REAR SUSPENSION
C
D
RSU
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions .............................................................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 3
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 4
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 4
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ............................. 5
Components ............................................................. 5
On-Vehicle Service ................................................... 6
Rear Wheel Alignment ............................................. 6
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION ............................... 6
CAMBER ............................................................... 7
TOE-IN .................................................................. 7
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............................... 8
Removal and Installation .......................................... 8
REMOVAL ............................................................. 8
INSTALLATION ..................................................... 8
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER ............... 10
Removal and Installation ........................................ 10
Disassembly ........................................................... 10
Inspection ............................................................... 10
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY ....................... 10
UPPER RUBBER SEAT AND BUSHING ............ 10
COIL SPRING ..................................................... 10
Assembly ................................................................ 10
TORSION BEAM, LATERAL LINK AND CONTROL
ROD ........................................................................... 11
Disassembly ........................................................... 11
Inspection ............................................................... 11
Rubber Bushing Replacement ................................ 11
TRAILING ARM ................................................... 11
LATERAL LINK .................................................... 11
CONTROL ROD .................................................. 11
Assembly ................................................................ 12
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 13
General Specifications (Rear) ................................ 13
Rear Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) ......................... 13
Wheel Arch Height (Unladen*) ............................... 13
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RSU-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00001
EES000IT
When installing each rubber part, final tightening must be
carried out under unladen condition* with tires on ground.
Oil will shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe
off any spilled oil.
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack,
hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Use flare nut wrench when removing or installing brake
tubes.
After installing removed suspension parts, check wheel
alignment.
Do not jack up at the trailing arm and lateral link.
Always torque brake lines when installing.
Lock nuts are unreusable parts; always use new ones.
When replacing, do not wipe the oil off of the new lock nut before tightening.
Revision: May 2004
RSU-2
SBR686C
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EES000IU
Tool name
Description
Equivalent to
GG94310000
1 Flare nut crowfoot
2 Torque wrench
Removing and installing brake piping
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
B
C
D
S-NT360
Spring compressor
Removing and installing coil spring
RSU
F
NT717
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RSU-3
2003 Sentra
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
EES000IV
×
×
Judder
×
×
×
Poor quality ride
or handling
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
ROAD WHEEL
BRAKES
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Vibration
×
SUSPENSION
TIRES
Refer to BR-5
×
Refer to ROAD WHEEL
in this chart.
×
Refer to TIRES in this chart.
Shimmy
Refer to SUSPENSION
in this chart.
×
Refer to RAX-4
×
AXLE
×
Refer to RSU-13
×
Incorrect tire size
Vibration
—
×
Non-uniformity
×
—
×
Deformation or damage
Refer to WT-6
Incorrect air pressure
×
—
Refer to WT-4
Imbalance
Shake
Uneven tire wear
Refer to RSU-6
×
Suspension looseness
Out-of-round
×
Spring fatigue
Refer to RSU-6
×
×
Incorrect wheel alignment
Parts interference
Refer to RSU-5 , RSU-6
Bushing or mounting deterioration
SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
Refer to RSU-13
Refer to RSU-5
Shock absorber deformation, damage or deflection
×
Possible Cause and
SUSPECTED PARTS
—
Refer to RSU-5
Improper installation, looseness
Noise
Reference page
Symptom
Refer to RSU-10 , RSU-11
Use the following chart to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
×
Judder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride
or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shimmy, Judder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride
or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
Revision: May 2004
RSU-4
2003 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
Components
PFP:55020
A
EES000IW
B
C
D
RSU
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
WSU006
1.
Bushing
2.
Shock absorber mounting bracket
3.
Distance tube
4.
Distance tube bushing
5.
Bound bumper cover
6.
Bound bumper
7.
Coil spring
8.
Shock absorber
9.
Torsion beam
11.
Control rod
10. Lateral link
Revision: May 2004
RSU-5
2003 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
On-Vehicle Service
EES000IX
Check axle and suspension parts for excessive play, wear or damage.
●
Shake each rear wheel to check for excessive play.
●
Retighten all nuts and bolts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
: Refer to RSU-5, "Components" .
SMA525A
●
●
Check shock absorber for oil leakage or other damage.
Check wheelarch height. Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Arch Height
(Unladen*)" .
SMA113
Rear Wheel Alignment
EES000IY
Before checking rear wheel alignment, be sure to make a preliminary inspection (Unladen*).
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
1.
2.
a.
b.
Check tires for wear and improper inflation.
Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If
deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout.
Remove tire from wheel and mount wheel on a tire balance
machine.
Set dial indicator as shown in the illustration.
Wheel runout (Dial indicator value)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
: Refer to WT-6, "Road
Wheel" .
Check front wheel bearings for looseness.
SFA975B
Check front suspension for looseness.
Check steering linkage for looseness.
Check that front shock absorbers work properly.
Check vehicle wheelarch height (unladen*). Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Arch Height (Unladen*)" .
● *: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Revision: May 2004
RSU-6
2003 Sentra
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
CAMBER
A
Camber is preset at factory and cannot be adjusted.
Camber
1.
2.
: Refer to RSU-13, "Rear
Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*)" .
B
Measure camber of both right-hand and left-hand wheels with a
suitable alignment gauge.
If the camber is not within specification, inspect and replace any
damaged or worn rear suspension parts.
C
SFA948A
D
TOE-IN
Toe-in is preset at factory and cannot be adjusted.
Measure toe-in using following procedure. If out of specification, inspect and replace any damaged or worn rear suspension
parts.
WARNING:
●
Always perform the following procedure on a flat surface.
●
Make sure that no person is in front of the vehicle before
pushing it.
1. Bounce rear of vehicle up and down to stabilize the posture.
2. Push the vehicle straight ahead about 5 m (16 ft).
RSU
F
G
SFA614B
Put a mark on base line of the tread (rear side) of both tires at
the same height of hub center. This mark is a measuring point.
4. Measure distance “A” (rear side).
5. Push the vehicle slowly ahead to rotate the wheels 180 degrees
(1/2 turn).
If the wheels have rotated more than 180 degrees (1/2 turn), try
the above procedure again from the beginning. Never push
vehicle backward.
6. Measure distance “B” (front side).
H
3.
Total toe-in
:A−B
Refer to RSU-13, "Rear
Wheel Alignment
(Unladen*)" .
I
J
K
SFA234AC
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RSU-7
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal and Installation
PFP:00000
EES000IZ
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
●
Before removing the rear suspension assembly, disconnect
the ABS wheel sensor from the assembly. Failure to do so
may result in damaged sensor wires and sensor becoming
inoperative.
●
Drain brake fluid before disconnecting brake lines.
1. Disconnect brake hydraulic lines and parking brake cables at
toggle levers. (Models with drum brakes.)
2. Disconnect brake hydraulic lines and parking brake cables from
calipers and remove brake calipers and rotors. (Models with disc
brakes.)
ARA046
3.
4.
5.
6.
Disconnect ABS wheel sensor, if equipped.
Using a transmission jack, raise torsion beam a little, and
remove nuts and bolts from the trailing arms, shock absorber
assemblies (lower side) and lateral link.
Lower transmission jack and remove suspension.
Remove luggage compartment trim. Refer to EI-33, "Removal
and Installation" .
ARA052
7.
Remove shock absorber fixing nuts (upper side). Then pull out
shock absorber assemblies.
WSU007
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
●
Refill with new brake fluid DOT 3.
●
Never reuse drained brake fluid.
1. Attach torsion beam at trailing arm and lateral link to vehicle. Do
not tighten bolts at this time.
ARA051
Revision: May 2004
RSU-8
2003 Sentra
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
2.
3.
4.
5.
Using a transmission jack, place lateral link and control rod horizontally against torsion beam. Tighten lateral link on vehicle.
Attach shock absorber assembly to vehicle. Then tighten the
lower side of shock absorber assembly.
Lower torsion beam to fully extended position. Remove transmission jack and tighten torsion beam, at trailing arm, to specified torque. Refer to RSU-5, "Components" .
Install brake hydraulic lines and tighten flare nuts.
Flare nut tightening
torque
6.
7.
8.
: 15 - 18 N·m (1.5 - 1.8 kg-m,
11 – 13 ft-lb)
A
B
C
SRA698A
D
Connect ABS wheel sensor, if equipped.
Bleed air. Refer to BR-7, "Bleeding Brake System" .
Install ABS wheel sensor.
RSU
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
RSU-9
2003 Sentra
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER
COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER
Removal and Installation
PFP:56210
EES000J0
Remove shock absorber upper and lower fixing nuts.
Do not remove piston rod lock nut on vehicle.
Disassembly
1.
2.
3.
EES000J1
Set shock absorber in vise, then loosen piston rod lock nut.
Do not remove piston rod lock nut at this time.
Compress spring with Tool so that the shock absorber upper
spring seat can be turned by hand.
WARNING:
Make sure that the pawls of the two spring compressors are
firmly hooked on the spring. The spring compressors must
be tightened alternately so as not to tilt the spring.
Remove piston rod lock nut.
SRA806A
Inspection
EES000J2
SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY
●
●
●
Check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension.
Check for oil leakage on welded or gland packing portions.
Check piston rod for cracks, deformation or other damage.
Replace if necessary.
UPPER RUBBER SEAT AND BUSHING
Check rubber parts for deterioration or cracks.
Replace if necessary.
COIL SPRING
Check for cracks, deformation or other damage. Replace if necessary.
Assembly
●
EES000J3
Locate upper spring seat as shown.
WSU008
●
●
When installing coil spring, be careful not to reverse top and bottom direction. (Top end is flat.)
When installing coil spring on shock absorber, it must be positioned as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse piston rod lock nut.
SFA436B
Revision: May 2004
RSU-10
2003 Sentra
TORSION BEAM, LATERAL LINK AND CONTROL ROD
TORSION BEAM, LATERAL LINK AND CONTROL ROD
Disassembly
●
●
A
EES000J4
Remove torsion beam assembly. Refer to RSU-8, "REMOVAL" .
Remove lateral link and control rod from torsion beam.
Inspection
●
PFP:55130
B
EES000J5
Check for cracks, distortion or other damage. Replace if necessary.
C
Standard length : "A" 207 - 208 mm (8.15 - 8.19 in)
"B" 394 - 395 mm (15.51 - 15.55 in)
"C" 601 - 603 mm (23.66 - 23.74 in)
"D" 106 - 108 mm (4.17 - 4.25 in)
●
D
RSU
Check all rubber parts for wear, cracks or deformation. Replace
if necessary.
SSU025
Rubber Bushing Replacement
F
EES000J6
TRAILING ARM
G
Trailing arm bushings are press fit and must be centered properly in
trailing arm collars.
1. Press out old bushing from trailing arm collar.
2. Press in new bushing until inside edge of bushing is 16.7 to 17.7
mm (0.66 to 0.70 in) from inside edge of trailing arm.
●
Do not allow bushing to incline more than 1 degree.
●
During installation, do not allow trailing arm to bend or twist.
H
I
J
ARA063
LATERAL LINK
Lateral link bushings are press fit. The large lateral link bushing is
directional and must be installed in a specific position.
1. Remove lateral link.
2. Press out bushings. Note installation position of large bushing
before removing.
3. Press in small bushing until bushing is centered in lateral link
collar.
4. Press in large bushing until bushing is centered in lateral link
collar.
a. Position bushing on lateral link collar.
b. Angle between bushing centerline and collar centerline must be
within 3 degrees as shown in illustration.
K
L
M
ARA054
CONTROL ROD
Control rod bushings are not replaceable. If bushings are worn or damaged, replace control rod.
Revision: May 2004
RSU-11
2003 Sentra
TORSION BEAM, LATERAL LINK AND CONTROL ROD
Assembly
1.
EES000J7
Temporarily assemble lateral link and control rod.
● When installing the control rod, connect the bushing with the
smaller inner diameter to the lateral link.
SRA793A
2.
Temporarily install lateral link and control rod on torsion beam.
● When installing, place lateral link with the arrow topside.
SRA701A
3.
4.
Place lateral link and control rod horizontally against torsion
beam, and tighten to the specified torque.
Install torsion beam assembly. Refer to RSU-8, "INSTALLATION" .
SSU024
Revision: May 2004
RSU-12
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications (Rear)
Suspension type
PFP:00030
A
EES000J8
Multi-link beam suspension
Shock absorber type
B
Double-acting hydraulic
Rear Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)
EES000J9
C
D
RSU
F
SFA234AC
Camber
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Total toe-in
Distance (A − B)
mm (in)
Angle (left plus right)
Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Minimum
−1°45′ (−1.75°)
Nominal
−1°00′ (−1.00°)
Maximum
−0°15′ (−0.25°)
Minimum
−3 (−0.12)
Nominal
1 (0.04)
Maximum
5 (0.20)
Minimum
−16′ (−0.27°)
Nominal
5′30″ (0.09°)
Maximum
G
H
I
J
26′ (0.43°)
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Wheel Arch Height (Unladen*)
EES000JA
K
L
M
SFA818A
Engine
QG18DE
Grade
XE, GXE
LE
SE-R
SPEC-V
Tire Size
QR25DE
P195/60HR15
P195/60HR15
P195/55HR16
P215/45ZR17
Front (Hf) mm (in)
659 (25.94)
659 (25.94)
660 (25.98)
664 (26.14)
Rear (Hr) mm (in)
653 (25.71)
653 (25.71)
652 (25.67)
655 (25.79)
*: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions.
Revision: May 2004
RSU-13
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
RSU-14
2003 Sentra
H RESTRAINTS
A
B
SECTION
SEAT BELTS
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
Precaution for Seat Belt Service .............................. 2
AFTER A COLLISION ........................................... 2
FRONT SEAT BELT ................................................... 3
Removal and Installation .......................................... 3
REAR SEAT BELT ...................................................... 5
Removal and Installation .......................................... 5
BASIC INSPECTION .................................................. 7
Seat Belt Inspection .................................................. 7
AFTER A COLLISION ........................................... 7
PRELIMINARY CHECKS ...................................... 7
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE
CHECK .................................................................. 8
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE
CHECK .................................................................. 9
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT ............. 10
Removal and Installation ........................................ 10
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR
CHILDREN) SYSTEM ............................................... 11
Removal and Installation ........................................ 11
F
G
SB
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SB-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EHS000LQ
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precaution for Seat Belt Service
EHS000J7
CAUTION:
●
Before removing the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment for front seat belt pre-tensioner connector.
●
After replacing or reinstalling front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, or reconnecting front seat
belt pre-tensioner connector, check the system function. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check"
.
●
Do not use disassembled buckle or seat belt assembly.
●
Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.
●
Never oil tongue and buckle.
●
If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair. Replace the whole seat belt
assembly.
●
If webbing is cut, frayed, or damaged, replace seat belt assembly.
●
When replacing seat belt assembly, use a Genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly.
AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision.
NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so
could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioner
should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags
are deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
●
The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and
buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
●
The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.)
●
The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
●
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
●
The front seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in which the air bags are deployed.
Revision: May 2004
SB-2
2003 Sentra
FRONT SEAT BELT
FRONT SEAT BELT
Removal and Installation
PFP:86880
A
EHS000J8
1.
2.
Disconnect both battery cables.
Slide the seat all the way forward and tilt the seat back toward the front.
3.
Remove adjuster cover.
4.
Remove floor anchor bolt.
5.
6.
7.
Remove shoulder anchor bolt.
Remove center pillar upper and lower garnish. Refer to EI-28, "SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM" for details.
Disconnect front seat belt pre-tensioner connector.
● For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-6, "Direct-connect SRS
Component Connectors" .
Remove the screw securing front seat belt pre-tensioner retractor, then remove seat belt and seat belt
pre-tensioner retractor.
Remove bolts securing seat belt adjuster, then remove seat belt adjuster.
8.
9.
B
C
D
E
F
G
SB
I
J
K
L
M
WHIA0059E
Revision: May 2004
SB-3
2003 Sentra
FRONT SEAT BELT
WRS044
Revision: May 2004
SB-4
2003 Sentra
REAR SEAT BELT
REAR SEAT BELT
Removal and Installation
PFP:88840
A
EHS000J9
1.
Remove rear seat. Refer to SE-5, "REAR SEAT" for details.
2.
3.
4.
Remove outer and floor anchor bolt.
Remove rear side garnish. Refer to EI-28, "SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM" for details.
Remove rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-28, "SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM" for details.
5.
Remove bolts securing rear seat belt retractor, then remove seat belt and seat belt retractor.
B
C
D
E
F
G
SB
I
J
K
L
WRS147
Revision: May 2004
SB-5
2003 Sentra
M
REAR SEAT BELT
WRS153
Revision: May 2004
SB-6
2003 Sentra
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
Seat Belt Inspection
PFP:00013
A
EHS000JA
AFTER A COLLISION
WARNING:
Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision.
NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so
could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Front seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air
bags are deployed.
Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
●
The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions if the belts, retractors and
buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).
●
The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.)
●
The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.
●
Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.
●
The front seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in which the air bags are deployed.
B
C
D
E
F
G
PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a.
b.
c.
6.
Check the seat belt warning lamp/chime for proper operation as follows:
Switch ignition ON. With driver seat belt unfastened, the seat belt warning lamp should illuminate. Also, SB
the seat belt warning chime should sound for about seven seconds.
Fasten driver seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should go out and the chime (if sounding) should stop.
I
If the “AIR BAG” warning lamp is blinking, conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-II, and “AIR BAG”
warning lamp. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" .
Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached.
Check the shoulder seat belt guide and shoulder belt height adjuster for front seats. Ensure guide swivels J
freely and that belt lays flat and does not bind in guide. Ensure height adjuster operates properly and
holds securely.
K
Check retractor operation:
Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage.
Allow the seat belt to retract. Ensure that belt returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If the
seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth etc. because dirt L
built up in the loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly.
Fasten the seat belt. Pull firmly on belt and buckle to ensure belt
M
remains latched. Unfasten seat belt. Ensure belt releases freely
and buckle button returns to original position.
Repeat steps above as necessary to check the other seat belts.
WRS047
Revision: May 2004
SB-7
2003 Sentra
BASIC INSPECTION
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)
NOTE:
All seat belt retractors are of the Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop)
the retractor will lock and prevent the belt from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractors
except the driver's seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (also
called child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat belt
is fully extended. When the belt is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat belt in a
specific position so the belt cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seat belt to
fully wind back into the retractor.
Check the seat belt retractors using the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating properly.
ELR Function Stationary Check
Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt from extending
further.
ALR Function Stationary Check
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pull out entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard.
Retract the belt partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the belt retracts indicating that the retractor is
in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode.
Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out of the retractor. The belt must lock and not extend any further. If NG,
replace the retractor assembly.
Allow the entire length of the belt to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode.
ELR Function Moving Check
WARNING:
Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, a
large, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. DO NOT perform the following test on
wet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and serious
personal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event the
retractor does not lock.
1. Fasten driver's seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested.
2. Proceed to the designated safe area.
3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop
and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event the retractor does not
lock, apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop.
During stop, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock, perform the retractor off-vehicle check.
Revision: May 2004
SB-8
2003 Sentra
BASIC INSPECTION
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK
1.
2.
Remove the seat belt retractor assembly.
Slowly pull out belt while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the mounted position without twisting
the retractor assembly as shown in the illustration.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
WRS072
15 degrees or less tilt
35 degrees or more tilt
: Belt can be pulled out.
: Belt locks and cannot be
pulled out.
SB
I
If NG, replace the retractor assembly.
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SB-9
2003 Sentra
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT
Removal and Installation
PFP:00025
EHS000JB
CAUTION:
Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.
WRS049
1.
2.
Remove anchor plate cover. Refer to EI-28, "SIDE AND FLOOR TRIM" for details.
Remove anchor plate.
NOTE:
● To install, reverse the removal procedure sequence.
Revision: May 2004
SB-10
2003 Sentra
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM
Removal and Installation
PFP:88840
A
EHS000JC
CAUTION:
Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.
B
C
D
E
F
G
SB
I
J
K
L
M
LRS192
1. Remove rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-5, "REAR SEAT" for details.
2. Remove LH and RH LATCH System anchors.
NOTE:
LH and RH LATCH System anchors are different.
Install with arrow facing forward.
Revision: May 2004
SB-11
2003 Sentra
LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM
Revision: May 2004
SB-12
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
STARTING & CHARGING SYSTEM
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 2
PREPARATION ........................................................... 3
Special Service Tool ................................................. 3
BATTERY .................................................................... 4
How to Handle Battery ............................................. 4
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE ............................................................... 4
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL .................... 4
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK ............................... 5
CHARGING THE BATTERY ................................. 6
Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging
System Tester .......................................................... 6
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART .................. 8
STARTING SYSTEM .................................................. 9
System Description .................................................. 9
M/T MODEL .......................................................... 9
A/T MODEL ........................................................... 9
Wiring Diagram — START — ................................. 10
M/T MODEL ........................................................ 10
A/T MODEL ..........................................................11
Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging
System Tester ........................................................ 13
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART ................ 13
WORK FLOW ...................................................... 14
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 ........................... 15
Revision: May 2004
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 ........................... 17
MINIMUM SPECIFICATION OF CRANKING
VOLTAGE REFERENCING COOLANT TEMPERATURE ......................................................... 18
Construction ........................................................... 18
Removal and Installation ........................................ 20
QG18DE .............................................................. 20
QR25DE .............................................................. 21
Pinion/Clutch Check ............................................... 21
CHARGING SYSTEM ............................................... 22
System Description ................................................. 22
Wiring Diagram — CHARGE — ............................. 23
Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging
System Tester ......................................................... 24
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART ................ 25
WORK FLOW ...................................................... 26
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 ........................... 27
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 ........................... 28
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 ........................... 29
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR .............................. 30
Construction ........................................................... 30
Removal and Installation ........................................ 31
QG18DE .............................................................. 31
QR25DE .............................................................. 32
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...... 33
Battery .................................................................... 33
Starter ..................................................................... 33
Generator ............................................................... 33
SC-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EKS0037L
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
EKS0037M
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Revision: May 2004
SC-2
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
PFP:00002
A
EKS0037N
Tool number
Tool name
Description
B
J-44373 Model 620
Battery/Starting/Charging system
tester
C
D
E
SEL403X
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SC-3
2003 Sentra
BATTERY
BATTERY
How to Handle Battery
PFP:AYBGL
EKS0037O
CAUTION:
●
If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, use a 12-volt
booster battery.
●
After connecting battery cables, ensure that they are tightly clamped to battery terminals for good
contact.
●
Never add distilled water through the hole used to check specific gravity.
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE
The following precautions must be taken to prevent over-discharging
a battery.
●
The battery surface (particularly its top) should always be kept
clean and dry.
●
The terminal connections should be clean and tight.
●
At every routine maintenance, check the electrolyte level.
This also applies to batteries designated as “low maintenance”
and “maintenance-free”.
MEL040F
●
When the vehicle is not going to be used over a long period of
time, disconnect the negative battery terminal.
MEL041F
●
Check the charge condition of the battery.
Periodically check the specific gravity of the electrolyte. Keep a
close check on charge condition to prevent over-discharge.
MEL042F
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
WARNING:
Do not allow battery fluid to come in contact with skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a battery, do not touch or rub your eyes until you have thoroughly washed your hands. If acid contacts eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention.
Revision: May 2004
SC-4
2003 Sentra
BATTERY
Remove the cell plug using a suitable tool.
Add distilled water up to the MAX level.
●
●
A
B
C
MEL043F
D
Sulphation
A battery will be completely discharged if it is left unattended
for a long time and the specific gravity will become less than
1.100. This may result in sulphation on the cell plates.
To determine if a battery has been “sulphated”, note its voltage
and current when charging it. As shown in the figure, less current and higher voltage are observed in the initial stage of
charging sulphated batteries.
A sulphated battery may sometimes be brought back into service by means of a long, slow charge, 12 hours or more, followed by a battery capacity test.
E
F
G
SEL709E
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK
1.
2.
H
Read hydrometer and thermometer indications at eye level.
Use the following chart to correct your hydrometer reading
according to electrolyte temperature.
I
J
SC
MEL042FA
Hydrometer Temperature Correction
L
Battery electrolyte temperature °C (°F)
Add to specific gravity reading
71 (160)
0.032
66 (150)
0.028
60 (140)
0.024
54 (130)
0.020
49 (120)
0.016
43 (110)
0.012
38 (100)
0.008
32 (90)
0.004
27 (80)
0
21 (70)
−0.004
16 (60)
−0.008
10 (50)
−0.012
4 (40)
−0.016
−1 (30)
−0.020
−7 (20)
−0.024
Revision: May 2004
SC-5
M
2003 Sentra
BATTERY
Battery electrolyte temperature °C (°F)
Add to specific gravity reading
−12 (10)
−0.028
−18 (0)
−0.032
Corrected specific gravity
Approximate charge condition
1.260 - 1.280
Fully charged
1.230 - 1.250
3/4 charged
1.200 - 1.220
1/2 charged
1.170 - 1.190
1/4 charged
1.140 - 1.160
Almost discharged
1.110 - 1.130
Completely discharged
CHARGING THE BATTERY
CAUTION:
●
Do not “quick charge” a fully discharged battery.
●
Keep the battery away from open flame while it is being charged.
●
When connecting the charger, connect the leads first, then turn on the charger. Do not turn on the
charger first, as this may cause a spark.
●
If battery electrolyte temperature rises above 60°C (140°F), stop charging. Always charge battery
at a temperature below 60°C (140°F).
Charging Rates
Amps
Time
50
1 hour
25
2 hours
10
5 hours
5
10 hours
Do not charge at more than 50 ampere rate.
NOTE:
The ammeter reading on your battery charger will automatically decrease as the battery charges. This indicates that the voltage of the battery is increasing normally as the state of charge improves. The charging amps
indicated above refer to initial charge rate.
●
If, after charging, the specific gravity of any two cells varies more than .050, the battery should be
replaced.
Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester
EKS0037P
CAUTION:
When working with batteries, always wear appropriate eye protection.
NOTE:
●
To ensure a complete and thorough diagnosis, the battery, starter and generator test segments must be
done as a set from start to finish.
●
If battery surface charge is detected while testing, the tester will prompt you to turn on the headlights to
remove the surface charge.
●
If necessary, the tester will prompt you to determine if the battery temperature is above or below 0°C
(32°F). Choose the appropriate selection by pressing the up or down arrow button, then press “ENTER” to
make the selection.
Revision: May 2004
SC-6
2003 Sentra
BATTERY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn off all loads on the vehicle electrical system. Clean or repair
as necessary.
Visually inspect the battery, battery terminals and cable ends
with ignition switch in “OFF” position.
NOTE:
The contact surface between the battery terminals, cable ends
and tester leads must be clean for a valid test. A poor connection will prevent testing and a “CHECK CONNECTION” message will appear during the test procedures. If this occurs, clean
the battery post and terminals, reconnect them and restart the
test.
Connect the red tester lead clamp to the positive battery terminal, and the black to the negative terminal.
The tester will turn on automatically. Using the arrow keys,
select “IN-VEHICLE” on the tester and then press the “ENTER”
key.
A
B
C
SEL404X
D
E
F
G
SEL405X
5.
6.
7.
Locate the battery type and rating stamped or written on the top
case of the battery to be tested.
NOTE:
The battery type and rating will have either of the following.
CCA: Cold Cranking Amps (490 CCA, 550 CCA, etc.)
JIS: Japanese Industrial Standard.
Battery is stamped with a number such as:
80D26L: 80 (rank of output), D (physical size-depth), 26 (width
in cm). The last character L (post configuration) is not input into
the tester.
The tester requires the rating for the battery be entered exactly
as it is written or stamped on the battery. Do not attempt a CCA
conversion for JIS stamped batteries. JIS must be input directly.
Using the arrow and “ENTER” keys alternately, select the battery type and rating.
NOTE:
The tester lists five choices; CCA, JIS, IEC, DIN, and EN. Only use CCA or JIS.
Press “ENTER” to begin the test. Diagnosis results are displayed on the tester. Refer to SC-8, "DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
ITEM CHART" .
I
J
SC
SEL406X
L
M
SEL407X
Revision: May 2004
SC-7
H
2003 Sentra
BATTERY
8.
9.
Press “ENTER”, then test output code is displayed. Record the
test output code on the repair order.
Toggle back to the “DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN” for test results.
NOTE:
● If necessary, the tester will ask the user to determine if the
battery has just been charged. Choose the appropriate selection by pressing the up or down arrow button and then press
the “ENTER” button to make the selection.
● When testing a battery installed in a vehicle that has recently
been driven, select “BEFORE CHARGE”.
SEL576X
● If the battery has just been slow charged due to a “CHARGE
& RETEST” decision by the tester, and the tester asks the user “BEFORE CHARGE/AFTER
CHARGE”, select “AFTER CHARGE”.
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART
Diagnostic item
Service procedure
GOOD BATTERY
Battery is OK. Refer to SC-6, "Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging System
Tester" .
REPLACE BATTERY
Replace battery.
Before replacing battery, clean the battery cable clamps and battery posts. Perform battery
test again with Battery/Starting/Charging system tester. If second test result is “Replace Battery”, then do so. Perform battery test again to confirm repair.
BAD CELL-REPLACE
Replace the battery. Perform battery test again with Battery/Starting/Charging system tester
to confirm repair.
GOOD-RECHARGE
Perform the slow battery charging procedure. (Initial rate of charge is 10A for 12 hours.) Perform battery test again with Battery/Starting/Charging system tester.
Perform the slow battery charging. (Initial rate of charge is 10A for 12 hours.)
Perform battery test again with Battery/Starting/Charging system tester to confirm repair.
CHARGE & RETEST
Revision: May 2004
NOTE:
If the tester asks the user “BEFORE CHARGE/AFTER CHARGE”, select “AFTER
CHARGE”.
SC-8
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM
System Description
PFP:23300
A
EKS0037Q
M/T MODEL
Power is supplied at all times:
●
through 40A fusible link (letter c , located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to ignition switch terminal B.
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied:
●
from ignition switch terminal St
●
to clutch interlock relay terminal 5.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to clutch interlock relay terminal 1.
When the clutch pedal is depressed, ground is supplied to clutch interlock relay terminal 2 through the clutch
interlock switch and body grounds E7 and E37.
The clutch interlock relay is energized and power is supplied:
●
from terminal 3 of the clutch interlock relay
●
to terminal S of the starter motor windings.
The starter motor plunger closes and provides a closed circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The
starter motor is grounded to the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor operates.
B
C
D
E
F
G
A/T MODEL
Power is supplied at all times:
H
●
through 40A fusible link (letter c , located in the fuse and fusible link box)
●
to ignition switch terminal B.
I
With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied:
●
from ignition switch terminal St
●
to park/neutral position relay terminal 5
J
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 20, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to park/neutral position relay terminal 1.
SC
With the selector lever in the P or N position, ground is supplied:
●
to park/neutral position relay terminal 2
●
through park/neutral position switch.
L
The park/neutral position relay is energized and power is supplied:
●
from ignition switch terminal St
M
●
through park/neutral position relay terminals 5 and 3
●
to terminal S of the starter motor windings.
The starter motor plunger closes and provides a closed circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The
starter motor is grounded to the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor operates.
Revision: May 2004
SC-9
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — START —
EKS0037R
M/T MODEL
WKWA0159E
Revision: May 2004
SC-10
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
A/T MODEL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
WKWA0160E
Revision: May 2004
SC-11
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
WKWA0161E
Revision: May 2004
SC-12
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester
EKS0037S
NOTE:
To ensure a complete and thorough diagnosis, the battery, starter and generator test segments must be done
as a set from start to finish.
1. Turn off all loads on the vehicle electrical system.
2. Perform battery test with Battery/Starting/Charging system
tester. Refer to SC-13, "Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/
Charging System Tester" .
3. Press “ENTER” to begin the starting system test.
A
B
C
D
E
SEL408X
4.
Start the engine.
F
G
H
SEL409X
5.
Diagnosis result is displayed on the tester. Refer to SC-13,
"DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART" .
NOTE:
● If the starter performs normally but the engine does not start,
perform engine diagnosis.
● For intermittent “NO CRANK” or “NO STARTER OPERATION” incidents, refer to SC-17, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2" .
I
J
SC
L
SEL410X
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART
M
Diagnostic item
Service procedure
CRANKING VOLTAGE NORMAL
Go to “WORK FLOW”, SC-14, "WORK FLOW" .
CRANKING VOLTAGE LOW
Go to “WORK FLOW”, SC-14, "WORK FLOW" .
CHARGE BATTERY
Perform the slow battery charging procedure. (Initial rate of charge is 10A for 12 hours.) Perform battery test again with Battery/Starting/Charging system tester. Refer to SC-13, "Trouble
Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester" .
REPLACE BATTERY
Before replacing battery, clean the battery cable clamps and battery posts. Perform battery
test again with Battery/Starting/Charging system tester. Refer to SC-13, "Trouble Diagnoses
with Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester" . If second test result is “REPLACE BATTERY”, then do so. Perform battery test again to confirm repair.
Revision: May 2004
SC-13
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
WORK FLOW
SEL411X
*1
SC-6
*4
SC-17
Revision: May 2004
*2
SC-18
*3
SC-14
SC-15
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
Check “B” Terminal Circuit
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR STARTER MOTOR “B” TERMINAL
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the fuel pump fuse.
Crank or start the engine (where possible) until the fuel pressure is released.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Check that the starter motor connector E202 terminal B (B/Y) connection is clean and tight.
Check voltage between starter motor connector E202 terminal B (B/Y) and ground using a digital circuit
tester.
C
D
E
F
G
LSC037
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the starter motor for open circuit.
H
2. CHECK BATTERY CABLE CONNECTION QUALITY (VOLTAGE DROP TEST)
I
1.
Check voltage between starter motor connector E202 terminal B (B/Y) and battery positive terminal using
a digital circuit tester.
J
SC
L
M
LSC038
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the starter motor for poor continuity.
Revision: May 2004
SC-15
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
3. CHECK STARTER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT (VOLTAGE DROP TEST)
1.
Check voltage between starter motor case and battery negative terminal using a digital circuit tester.
LSC039
OK or NG
OK
>> Starter motor “B” terminal circuit is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to SC-14, "WORK
FLOW" .
NG
>> Check the starter motor case and ground for poor continuity.
Revision: May 2004
SC-16
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Check “S” Terminal Circuit
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR STARTER MOTOR “S” TERMINAL
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the fuel pump fuse.
Crank or start the engine (where possible) until the fuel pressure is released.
Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect starter motor connector F53 (QG18DE), F32 (QR25DE) terminal S (B/Y) connector.
Check voltage between starter motor connector F53 (QG18DE),
F32 (QR25DE) terminal S (B/Y) and ground using a digital circuit tester.
With the ignition switch
ON
C
D
: Battery voltage should
exist
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 40A fusible link (letter c , located in fuse and fusible
link box)
● Clutch interlock relay
● Park/neutral position relay
● Harness for open or short
E
F
WKWA0096E
G
H
2. CHECK “S” TERMINAL CONNECTION QUALITY (VOLTAGE DROP TEST)
1.
2.
I
Connect starter motor connector F53 (QG18DE), F32 (QR25DE) terminal S (B/Y) connector.
Check voltage between starter motor connector F53 (QG18DE),
F32 (QR25DE) terminal S (B/Y) and battery positive terminal
using a digital tester.
With the ignition switch in
START
J
: Voltage less than 1V
SC
OK or NG
OK
>> Starter motor “S” terminal circuit is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to SC-14, "WORK FLOW" .
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the starter
motor “S” terminal for poor continuity.
L
WKWA0097E
M
Revision: May 2004
SC-17
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
MINIMUM SPECIFICATION OF CRANKING VOLTAGE REFERENCING COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Voltage V
Engine coolant temperature
QG18DE
QR25DE
−30°C to −20°C (−22°F to −4°F)
7.4
8.7
−19°C to −10°C (−2°F to 14°F)
8.2
9.2
−9°C to 0°C (16°F to 32°F)
9.3
9.6
More than 1°C (More than 34°F)
9.5
10.0
Construction
EKS0037T
WKIA0287E
1.
Solenoid through bolts
2.
Drive end shield
3.
Retainers
4.
Pinion assembly
5.
Fork lever
6.
Bearing pedestal
7.
Solenoid switch assembly
8.
Seal
9.
Locking washers
10. Intermediate bearing
11. Internal gear
12. Cover disc
13. Drive shaft
14. Planetary gears
15. Yoke assembly
16. Armature assembly
17. Brush holder
18. Commutator end shield
19. Closure cap
20. Starter through bolts
21. Closure cap screws
Revision: May 2004
SC-18
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
WKWA0066E
I
1.
Gear case
2.
Shift lever
3.
Plate
4.
Packing
5.
Adjusting plate
6.
Magnetic switch assembly
7.
Pinion stopper set
8.
Pinion assembly
9.
Internal gear
10. Pinion shaft
11. Planetary gear
12. Packing
13. Yoke
14. Armature
15. Brush holder assembly
J
16. Rear cover
SC
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SC-19
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
WKWA0067E
1.
Pinion stopper set
2.
Pinion assembly
3.
Front bracket
4.
Shift lever
5.
Plate
6.
Packing
7.
Adjusting plate
8.
Magnetic switch assembly
9.
Clutch gear
10. Internal gear
11. Gear shaft
12. Planetary gears
13. Ball
14. Center bracket
15. Yoke assembly
16. Armature
17. Brush assembly
18. Rear bracket
Removal and Installation
EKS0037U
QG18DE
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Remove the upper starter mounting bolt.
Remove the harness protector from the starter engine room harness.
Disconnect the starter harness connectors.
Remove the lower starter mounting bolt.
Remove the starter.
LSC024
Revision: May 2004
SC-20
2003 Sentra
STARTING SYSTEM
Installation
A
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
B
C
WSC016
QR25DE
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D
E
Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables.
Remove the engine undercover (M/T) or the air duct, fresh air
intake hose, and air cleaner lid (A/T).
Disconnect the starter harness connectors.
Remove the two starter mounting bolts.
Remove the starter.
F
G
H
WKWA0065E
Installation
I
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
J
SC
L
WKWA0064E
Pinion/Clutch Check
1.
EKS0037V
Inspect pinion assembly teeth.
Replace pinion assembly if teeth are worn or damaged. (Also check condition of ring gear teeth.)
Inspect planetary gears/planetary gear teeth.
● Replace planetary gears if teeth are worn or damaged. (Also check condition of pinion shaft/drive shaft
gear teeth.)
Check to see if pinion assembly locks in one direction and rotates smoothly in the opposite direction.
● If it locks or rotates in both directions, or unusual resistance is evident, replace.
●
2.
3.
Revision: May 2004
SC-21
2003 Sentra
M
CHARGING SYSTEM
CHARGING SYSTEM
System Description
PFP:23100
EKS0037W
NOTE:
For vehicles with QR25DE engine, a low tone whistling noise coming from the generator for less than 10 seconds after engine shut down is normal. This is caused by the rotor "slow-down" function. Do not replace the
generator exclusively for this symptom.
The generator provides DC voltage to operate the vehicle's electrical system and to keep the battery charged.
The voltage output is controlled by the IC regulator.
Power is supplied at all times to generator terminal B through:
●
100A (QG18DE) or 120A (QR25DE) fusible link (letter a , located in the fuse and fusible link box).
Power is supplied at all times to generator terminal S through:
●
10A fuse (No. 33, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
Terminal B supplies power to charge the battery and operate the vehicle's electrical system. Output voltage is
controlled by the IC regulator at terminal S detecting the input voltage. The charging circuit is protected by the
100A (QG18DE) or 120A (QR25DE) fusible link.
The generator is grounded to the engine block.
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 10A fuse [No. 30, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to combination meter terminal 26 (without tachometer) or 41 (with tachometer) for the charge warning
lamp.
Ground is supplied to terminal 13 (without tachometer) or 19 (with tachometer) of the combination meter
through terminal L of the generator. With power and ground supplied, the charge warning lamp will illuminate.
When the generator is providing sufficient voltage with the engine running, the ground is opened and the
charge warning lamp will go off.
If the charge warning lamp illuminates with the engine running, a fault is indicated.
Revision: May 2004
SC-22
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — CHARGE —
EKS0037X
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
SC
L
M
WKWA0004E
Revision: May 2004
SC-23
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
Trouble Diagnoses with Battery/Starting/Charging System Tester
EKS0037Y
NOTE:
To ensure a complete and thorough diagnosis, the battery, starter and generator test segments must be done
as a set from start to finish.
1. Turn off all loads on the vehicle electrical system.
2. Perform battery and starting system test with Battery/Starting/
Charging system tester.
3. Press “ENTER” to begin the charging system test.
4. Start engine.
SEL417X
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Press “ENTER” until “LOADS OFF REV ENGINE 5 SEC” is displayed.
Raise and hold the engine speed at 1,500 to 2,000 rpm for about
5 seconds, then return the engine to idle.
Once the increase in engine rpm is detected, press “ENTER” to
continue.
NOTE:
● If after 30 seconds an increase in engine idle speed is not
detected, “RPM NOT DETECTED” will display.
● Some engines may have a higher idle initially after starting,
particularly when the engine is cold. The tester may detect
this without any other action being taken. If this occurs, continue on with the testing process. The final results will not be affected.
The tester now checks the engine at idle and performs the
DIODE/RIPPLE check.
When complete, the tester will prompt you to turn on the following electrical loads.
● Heater fan set to highest speed. Do not run the A/C or windshield defroster.
● Headlamp high beam
● Rear window defogger
NOTE:
Do not run the windshield wipers or any other cyclical loads.
SEL418X
SEL419X
Press “ENTER” to continue.
SEL420X
Revision: May 2004
SC-24
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
10. Raise and hold the engine speed at 1,500 to 2,000 rpm for about
5 seconds, then return the engine to idle. Once the increase in
engine rpm is detected, press “ENTER” to continue.
NOTE:
If after 30 seconds an increase in engine idle speed is not
detected, “RPM NOT DETECTED” will be displayed. Press
“ENTER” to restart the test.
A
B
C
SEL421X
D
11. Diagnostic result is displayed on the tester. Refer to SC-25,
"DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART" .
E
F
G
SEL422X
H
12. Press “ENTER” then test output code is displayed. Record the
test output code on the repair order.
13. Toggle back to the “DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN” for test results.
I
J
SC
SEL577X
DIAGNOSTIC RESULT ITEM CHART
Diagnostic item
CHARGING SYSTEM NORMAL
L
Service procedure
Charging system is normal and will also show DIODE RIPPLE test result.
NO CHARGING VOLTAGE
Go to SC-26, "WORK FLOW" .
LOW CHARGING VOLTAGE
Go to SC-26, "WORK FLOW" .
HIGH CHARGING VOLTAGE
Go to SC-26, "WORK FLOW" .
DIODE RIPPLE NORMAL
Diode ripple is OK and will also show CHARGING VOLTAGE test result.
EXCESS RIPPLE DETECTED
Replace the generator. Perform “DIODE RIPPLE” test again using Battery/Starting/Charging
system tester to confirm repair.
DIODE RIPPLE NOT DETECTED
Go to SC-26, "WORK FLOW" .
Revision: May 2004
SC-25
M
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
WORK FLOW
WKIA3128E
Revision: May 2004
SC-26
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
Check “L” Terminal Circuit
A
1. CHECK “L” TERMINAL CONNECTION
B
Check to see if “L” terminal is clean and tight.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair “L” terminal connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Battery/Starting/Charging
system test.
D
2. CHECK “L” TERMINAL CIRCUIT
1.
2.
C
Disconnect E35 connector from generator.
Apply ground to connector E35 terminal L (Y/R) with the ignition switch in the ON position.
E
F
G
H
LSC042
OK or NG
I
OK
>> Replace the generator. Confirm repair by performing complete Battery/Starting/Charging system
test.
NG
>> Check the following.
J
● 10A fuse [No. 30, located in fuse block (J/B)]
● CHARGE lamp
● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse
SC
● Harness for open or short between combination meter and generator
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SC-27
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Check “B” Terminal Circuit
1. CHECK “B” TERMINAL CONNECTION
Check to see if “B” terminal is clean and tight.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair “B” terminal connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Battery/Starting/Charging
system test.
2. CHECK GENERATOR “B” TERMINAL CIRCUIT
Check voltage between generator connector E34 terminal B (B/L) (QG18DE), (W) (QR25DE) and ground
using a digital circuit tester.
LSC043
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 100A (QG18DE), 120A (QR25DE) fusible link (letter a , located in fuse and fusible link box)
● Harness for open or short between generator and fusible link
3. CHECK “B” TERMINAL CONNECTION QUALITY (VOLTAGE DROP TEST)
Check voltage between generator connector E34 terminal B (B/L) (QG18DE), (W) (QR25DE) and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester.
LSC044
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the generator. Confirm repair by performing complete Battery/Starting/Charging system
test.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the generator for poor continuity.
Revision: May 2004
SC-28
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3
Check “S” Terminal Circuit
A
1. CHECK “S” TERMINAL CONNECTION
B
Check to see if “S” terminal is clean and tight.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair “S” terminal connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Battery/Starting/Charging
system test.
C
D
2. CHECK GENERATOR “S” TERMINAL CIRCUIT
Check voltage between generator connector E35 terminal S (G/B) and ground using a digital circuit tester.
E
F
G
H
LSC045
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following.
● 10A fuse (No. 33, located in fuse and fusible link box)
● Harness for open or short between generator and fuse
I
J
3. CHECK “S” TERMINAL CONNECTION QUALITY (VOLTAGE DROP TEST)
Check voltage between generator connector E35 terminal S (G/B) and battery positive terminal using a digital SC
circuit tester.
L
M
LSC046
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace the generator. Confirm repair by performing complete Battery/Starting/Charging system
test.
NG
>> Check harness between the battery and the generator for poor continuity.
Revision: May 2004
SC-29
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
The IC regulator warning function activates to illuminate “CHARGE” warning lamp, if any of the following
symptoms occur while generator is operating:
●
Excessive voltage is produced.
●
No voltage is produced.
Construction
EKS0037Z
WKWA0068E
1.
Pulley assembly
2.
Front cover
4.
Retainer
5.
Rotor
6.
Slip ring
7.
Stator
8.
Fan guide
9.
IC regulator assembly
10. Diode assembly
Revision: May 2004
11. Packing
3.
Front bearing
12. Rear cover
SC-30
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
WKIA0136E
1.
Pulley assembly
2.
Front cover
3.
Front bearing
4.
Retainer
5.
Rotor
6.
Slip ring
7.
Stator
8.
Fan guide
9.
IC regulator assembly
10. Diode assembly
11. Packing
I
J
12. Rear cover
Removal and Installation
EKS00380
QG18DE
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
SC
Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
Remove the front/right-side engine undercover.
Remove the drive belt.
Disconnect the A/C compressor harness connector.
Remove the four A/C compressor mounting bolts.
Slide the A/C compressor forward and support it.
Remove the two generator lower mounting bolts.
Disconnect the generator harness connectors.
Remove the generator upper bracket.
Remove the generator.
Revision: May 2004
SC-31
L
M
LSC019
2003 Sentra
CHARGING SYSTEM
Installation
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
LSC018
QR25DE
NOTE:
A low tone whistling noise coming from the generator for less than 10 seconds after engine shut down is normal. This is caused by the rotor "slow-down" function. Do not replace the generator exclusively for this symptom.
Removal
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Remove the front/right-side engine undercover.
Remove the drive belt.
Disconnect the generator harness connectors.
Disconnect the engine ground wire from the top mount.
Remove the generator upper and lower mount bolts.
Set the generator aside and remove the generator top mount.
Slide the generator out and remove.
LKWA0051E
Installation
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
LKWA0052E
Revision: May 2004
SC-32
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Battery
Application
Type
Capacity (20 HR) minimum
Cold cranking current
(For reference value)
A
EKS00381
QG18DE
QR25DE
GR.21R (BCI)
GR.24R (BCI)
12-49
12-63
356 @ -18°C (0°F)
550 @ -18°C (0°F)
V-AH
A
PFP:00030
B
Starter
EKS00382
Application
QG18DE
Manufacturer
System voltage
Terminal voltage
Current
D
QR25DE
Hitachi S114-900
Type
No-load
C
Mitsubishi M000T87085ZC
Mitsubishi
M000T60781ZC
M/T models
A/T models
Reduction gear type
Reduction gear type
12V
12V
11V
11V
F
90A Max.
90A Max.
2,600 rpm Min.
2,500 rpm Min.
Minimum diameter of commutator
32.1 mm
28.8 mm
Minimum length of brush
10.7 mm
5.5 mm
7.0 mm
11.5 N (1.17 kg, 2.58 lb)
15.0 - 20.4 (1.53 - 2.08 kg,
3.37 - 4.59 lb)
18.3 - 24.8 (1.87 - 2.53 kg,
4.11 - 5.58 lb)
Revolution
Brush spring tension
Clearance between pinion front edge and pinion
stopper
1.8 mm
G
H
I
0.5 - 2.0 mm
Generator
EKS00383
J
Application
QG18DE
QR25DE
LR180-769
LR1100-734
Type
SC
HITACHI
Nominal rating
12V-80A
12V-110A
Ground polarity
Negative
Minimum revolution under no-load (When 13.5 volts is applied)
Hot output current (When 13.5 volts is applied)
1,000 rpm
950 rpm
23A/1,300 rpm
66A/2,500 rpm
79A/5,000 rpm
35A/1,300 rpm
83A/2,500 rpm
95A/5,000 rpm
Regulated output voltage
14.1 - 14.7V
Minimum length of brush
6 mm (0.236 in)
Brush spring pressure
1.000 - 3.432 N (0.102 - 0.350 kg, 0.225 - 0.772 lbs)
Slip ring minimum outer diameter
26.0 mm (1.024 in)
Rotor (Field coil) resistance
Revision: May 2004
E
2.67 ohms
SC-33
2.31 ohms
2003 Sentra
L
M
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revision: May 2004
SC-34
2003 Sentra
I BODY
A
B
SECTION
SEAT
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
FRONT SEAT .............................................................. 3
Removal and Installation .......................................... 3
REAR SEAT ................................................................ 5
Removal and Installation .......................................... 5
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SE-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EIS0017C
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Revision: May 2004
SE-2
2003 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
FRONT SEAT
Removal and Installation
PFP:87000
A
EIS0017D
WARNING:
Removal of front side air bag module should only be done to allow deployment of front side air bag
module prior to disposal of seatback assembly.
For Wiring Diagrams, refer to SRS-3, "Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis" .
CAUTION:
●
On vehicles equipped with side air bags, before removing the front seat, turn the ignition switch
off, disconnect the negative and positive battery cables and wait a minimum of 3 minutes.
●
When checking the power seat circuitry for continuity using a circuit tester, do not confuse the
seat connector with the side air bag connector. Doing so could cause the side air bag to deploy.
●
Do not drop, tilt, or bump the side air bag module installed in the seat. Always handle it with care.
●
Disconnect the side air bag harness connector, if equipped, and the power seat switch harness
connector from under the seat before removing the seat. Refer to SRS-46, "Removal" .
●
After front side air bag module inflates, front seatback assembly must be replaced.
NOTE:
Only complete seatback assemblies can be replaced on vehicles equipped with side air bags.
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SE-3
2003 Sentra
FRONT SEAT
WEIA0003E
Revision: May 2004
SE-4
2003 Sentra
REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT
Removal and Installation
PFP:88300
A
EIS0017E
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
SE
J
K
L
M
LIIA0232E
Revision: May 2004
SE-5
2003 Sentra
REAR SEAT
Revision: May 2004
SE-6
2003 Sentra
H RESTRAINTS
A
B
SECTION
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 3
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 3
Precautions for SRS “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER” Service ..................................... 3
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 3
PREPARATION ........................................................... 4
Special service tool .................................................. 4
Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 4
SRS CONFIGURATION .............................................. 5
SRS Configuration ................................................... 5
Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter ................ 6
Side Air Bag ............................................................. 6
Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors ........... 6
SRS Component Parts Location .............................. 7
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .............................................. 8
Trouble Diagnoses Introduction ............................... 8
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ....................................... 8
DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-II ................. 8
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
WITH CONSULT-II ................................................ 9
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
WITHOUT CONSULT-II ........................................ 9
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS..... 9
How to Perform Trouble Diagnoses for Quick and
Accurate Repair ......................................................11
INFORMATION FROM CUSTOMER ...................11
PRELIMINARY CHECK .......................................11
WORK FLOW ...................................................... 12
Schematic .............................................................. 13
Wiring Diagram — SRS — ..................................... 14
SRS Operation Check ............................................ 17
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 ........................... 17
Trouble Diagnoses with CONSULT-II ..................... 18
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 ........................... 18
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 ........................... 21
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 (CONTINUED
FROM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2) .............. 23
Revision: May 2004
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5 ........................... 23
Trouble Diagnoses without CONSULT-II ................ 28
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6 ........................... 28
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7 ........................... 33
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 (CONTINUED
FROM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6) .............. 34
Trouble Diagnoses: “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp Does
Not Turn Off ............................................................ 35
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 9 ........................... 35
Trouble Diagnoses: “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp Does
Not Turn On ............................................................ 36
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 10 ......................... 36
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ..................................... 37
Removal and Installation ........................................ 37
REMOVAL ........................................................... 37
INSTALLATION ................................................... 37
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ................... 38
Removal and Installation ........................................ 38
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR ................... 39
Removal and Installation ........................................ 39
REMOVAL ........................................................... 39
INSTALLATION ................................................... 39
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE .................................... 40
Removal and Installation ........................................ 40
Removal ................................................................. 40
Installation .............................................................. 41
SPIRAL CABLE ........................................................ 42
Removal and Installation ........................................ 42
Removal ................................................................. 42
Installation .............................................................. 43
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE .............. 44
Removal and Installation ........................................ 44
REMOVAL ........................................................... 44
INSTALLATION ................................................... 45
FRONT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE ............................ 46
Removal ................................................................. 46
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER ..................................................... 47
Disposal of Air Bag Module and Seat Belt Pre-ten-
SRS-1
2003 Sentra
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
sioner ...................................................................... 47
CHECKING DEPLOYMENT TOOL ..................... 47
DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES FOR AIR BAG
MODULE (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE) ................... 48
DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES FOR SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE) .................................................................... 51
DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE AND
SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER WHILE
Revision: May 2004
MOUNTED IN VEHICLE ......................................52
DISPOSING OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER ......................................52
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS ..........................................53
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION ...................................53
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION) ...................................................................53
FOR SIDE COLLISION ...........................................54
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE COLLISION) ......55
SRS-2
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
A
EHS000PD
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
B
C
D
E
F
Precautions for SRS “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” Service
EHS000JE
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
G
Do not use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual.
Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch “OFF”, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least 3
minutes.
For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt SRS
pre-tensioner to deploy. Therefore, do not work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes
have passed.
Diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with their arrow marks “⇐” pointing towards the front of the
I
vehicle for proper operation. Also check diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust before installation and replace as required.
The spiral cable must be aligned with the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Do not attempt to J
turn steering wheel or column after removal of steering gear.
Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad
side facing upward and front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down.
K
Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper function after replacing any components.
After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
EHS000JF
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
Revision: May 2004
SRS-3
L
M
2003 Sentra
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special service tool
PFP:00002
EHS000JG
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV99105300
(J41246)
Air bag module bracket
Anchoring air bag module
S-NT354
KV99106400
(J38381)
Deployment tool
Disposing of air bag module and front seat
belt pre-tensioner
S-NT357
(J38381-80)
Deployment tool adapter for front
driver air bag module and front seat
belt pre-tensioner
Connection between the deployment tool
and front driver air bag module and front
seat belt pre-tensioner
WHIA0089E
KV9910830
(J38381-35)
Deployment tool adapter for front
side air bag modules and front passenger air bag module
Connection between the deployment tool
and front side air bag modules and front
passenger air bag module
ZZA1166D
(J44615)
Air bag lock master key set
Removing and installing air bag locking
bolts
LRS210
Commercial Service Tool
EHS000JH
Tool name
Description
Tamper resistant torx socket
Size: T30
S-NT757
Revision: May 2004
SRS-4
2003 Sentra
SRS CONFIGURATION
SRS CONFIGURATION
SRS Configuration
PFP:00000
A
EHS000JI
B
C
D
E
F
WRS148
G
The air bag deploys if the diagnosis sensor unit activates while the ignition switch is in the “ON” or “START”
SRS
position.
The collision modes for which supplemental restraint systems are activated are different among the SRS systems. For example, the driver air bag module and front passenger air bag module are activated in a frontal collision but not in a side collision.
I
SRS configurations which are activated for some collision modes are as follows;
SRS configuration
Frontal collision
Left side collision
Right side collision
Driver air bag module
X
—
—
Front passenger air bag module
X
—
—
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
X
—
—
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
X
—
—
Front LH side air bag module
—
X
—
Front RH side air bag module
—
—
X
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-5
2003 Sentra
SRS CONFIGURATION
Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter
The front seat belt pre-tensioner system with load limiter is installed
to both the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat. It operates
simultaneously with the SRS air bag system in the event of a frontal
collision with an impact exceeding a specified level.
When the frontal collision with an impact exceeding a specified level
occurs, seat belt slack resulting from clothing or other factors is
immediately taken up by the pre-tensioner. Vehicle passengers are
securely restrained.
When passengers in a vehicle are thrown forward in a collision and
the restraining force of the seat belt exceeds a specified level, the
load limiter permits the specified extension of the seat belt by the
twisting of the ELR shaft, and a relaxation of the chest-area seat belt
web tension while maintaining force.
Side Air Bag
EHS000JJ
SRS444
EHS000JK
Front side air bag is built-in type.
The front seat backs with built-in type side air bag have the label
shown in figure at right.
WHIA0001E
Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors
EHS000LD
The following SRS components use direct-connect style harness connectors.
●
Driver air bag module
●
Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner
●
Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner
Always pull up to release black locking tab prior to removing connector from SRS component.
Always push down to lock black locking tab after installing connector
to SRS component. When locked, the black locking tab is level with
the connector housing.
WHIA0103E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-6
2003 Sentra
SRS CONFIGURATION
SRS Component Parts Location
EHS000JL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
WRS149
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-7
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnoses Introduction
PFP:00004
EHS000JM
CAUTION:
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connectors.
●
Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify the SRS wiring harness. If the harness is damaged,
replace it with a new one.
●
Keep ground portion clean.
DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
The SRS self-diagnosis results can be read by using “AIR BAG” warning lamp and/or CONSULT-II. The reading of these results is accomplished using one of two modes — “User mode” and “Diagnosis mode”.
The User mode is exclusively prepared for the customer (driver). This mode warns the driver of a system malfunction through the operation of the “AIR BAG” warning lamp.
The Diagnosis mode allows the technician to locate and inspect the malfunctioning part.
The mode applications for the “AIR BAG” warning lamp and CONSULT-II are as follows:
User mode
Diagnosis mode
Display type
“AIR BAG” warning lamp
X
X
ON-OFF operation
CONSULT-II
—
X
Monitoring
DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-II
“SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”
A current Self-diagnosis result (also indicated by the number of warning lamp flashes in the Diagnosis
mode) is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen in real time. This refers to a malfunctioning part requiring
repairs.
●
“SELF-DIAG [PAST]”
Diagnosis results previously stored in the memory are displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. The stored
results are not erased until memory erasing is executed.
●
“TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”
With TROUBLE DIAG RECORD, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
●
“ECU DISCRIMINATED NO.”
The diagnosis sensor unit for each vehicle model is assigned
with its own, individual classification number. This number will
be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, as shown. When
replacing the diagnosis sensor unit, refer to the part number for
the compatibility. After installation, replacement with a correct
unit can be checked by confirming this classification number on
the CONSULT-II screen.
For NISSAN MODEL B15, the diagnosis sensor unit discriminated number assigned is A607 (models with side air bags) or
A606 (models without side air bags).
●
ARS366
Revision: May 2004
SRS-8
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITH CONSULT-II
From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode
A
After selecting “AIR BAG” on the “SELECT SYSTEM” screen, User mode automatically changes to Diagnosis
mode.
B
C
D
SRS803
E
From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode
To return to User mode from Diagnosis mode, touch “BACK” key of CONSULT-II until “SELECT SYSTEM”
appears, Diagnosis mode automatically changes to User mode.
F
G
SRS
I
SRS804
HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-II
From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode
J
Diagnosis mode activates only when a malfunction is detected, by turning ignition switch as follows:
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. After “AIR BAG” warning lamp lights for 7 seconds, turn ignition switch “OFF” within 1 second.
3. Wait more than 3 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 three times.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SRS will enter Diagnosis mode, if no malfunction is detected.
From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode
After a malfunction is repaired, turn ignition switch “OFF” for at least one second, then back “ON”. Diagnosis
mode is returned to User mode.
If switching Diagnosis mode to User mode is required while malfunction is being detected, turn ignition switch
as follows:
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. After “AIR BAG” warning lamp lights for 7 seconds, turn ignition switch “OFF” within 1 second.
3. Wait more than 3 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 three times.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
●
“SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”
A current Self-diagnosis result is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen in real time.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-9
2003 Sentra
K
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
●
●
After the malfunction is repaired completely, no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”.
“SELF-DIAG [PAST]”
Return to the “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” CONSULT-II screen by pushing “BACK” key of CONSULT-II and
select “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” in SELECT DIAG MODE. Touch “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”
mode.
NOTE:
If the memory of the malfunction in “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” is not erased, the User mode shows the
system malfunction by the operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired completely.
“TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”
The memory of “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD” cannot be erased.
SRS701
Without CONSULT-II
After a malfunction is repaired, switch the ignition “OFF” for at least one second, then back “ON”. Diagnosis
mode returns to the User mode. At that time, the self-diagnostic result is cleared.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-10
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
How to Perform Trouble Diagnoses for Quick and Accurate Repair
EHS000JN
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
A
B
INFORMATION FROM CUSTOMER
WHAT ..... Vehicle model
WHEN ..... Date, Frequencies
WHERE ..... Road conditions
HOW ..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
C
PRELIMINARY CHECK
D
Check that the following parts are in good order.
●
Battery [Refer to SC-4, "BATTERY" .]
●
Fuse
●
System component-to-harness connections
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-11
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK FLOW
NOTE:
Seat belt pre-tensioner malfunction is indicated by “AIR BAG” warning lamp.
WRS155
*1: SRS-11
*2: SRS-17
*3: SRS-18
*4: SRS-28
*5: SRS-21
*6: SRS-33
Revision: May 2004
SRS-12
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Schematic
EHS000JO
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
WHWA0013E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-13
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Wiring Diagram — SRS —
EHS000JP
WHWA0002E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-14
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
WHWA0014E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-15
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WHWA0004E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-16
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SRS Operation Check
EHS000JQ
A
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1
Checking Air Bag Operation by Using “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp — User Mode
1.
2.
After turning ignition switch from “OFF” to “ON”, “AIR BAG”
warning lamp operates.
Compare “AIR BAG” warning lamp operation to the chart below.
B
C
D
WRS151
E
“AIR BAG” warning lamp operation — User mode —
SRS condition
Reference item
No malfunction is
detected. No further action
is necessary.
F
—
MRS095A
The system is malfunctioning and needs to be
repaired as indicated.
Go to SRS-18, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2"
or SRS-28, "DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE 6" .
SRS
I
J
MRS096A
MRS097A
MRS098A
Revision: May 2004
G
SRS-17
Air bag is deployed.
Front seat belt pre-tensioner is deployed.
Go to SRS-53, "COLLISION DIAGNOSIS" .
Air bag fuse, diagnosis
sensor unit or harness is
malfunctioning and needs
to be repaired.
Go to SRS-35, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 9"
.
One of the following has
occurred and needs to be
repaired.
Go to SRS-36, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
10" .
●
Meter fuse is blown.
●
“AIR BAG” warning
lamp circuit has open or
short.
●
Diagnosis sensor unit is
malfunctioning.
K
2003 Sentra
L
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnoses with CONSULT-II
EHS000JR
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2
Inspecting SRS malfunctioning parts by using CONSULT-II —
Diagnosis mode
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector.
LEC297
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START”.
SRS695
5.
Touch “AIR BAG”.
SRS771
6.
Touch “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”.
SRS697
Revision: May 2004
SRS-18
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
7.
Diagnostic codes are displayed on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”.
A
B
C
SRS772
D
E
F
G
SRS701
If no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” even though malfunction is detected in “SRS Operation Check”, refer to SRS-23, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 (CONTINUED FROM DIAGNOSTIC PROCE- SRS
DURE 2)" , to diagnose the following cases:
●
Self-diagnostic result “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” (previously stored in the memory) might not be erased after
repair.
I
●
The SRS system malfunctions intermittently.
8. Touch “PRINT”.
9. Compare diagnostic codes. Refer to SRS-19, "CONSULT-II Diagnostic Code Chart (“SELF-DIAG [CUR- J
RENT]”)" .
10. Touch “BACK” key of CONSULT-II until “SELECT SYSTEM” appears in order to return to User mode from
Diagnosis mode.
K
11. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-II and disconnect both battery cables.
12. Repair the system as outlined by the “Repair order” in “CONSULT-II Diagnostic Code Chart”, that corresponds to the self-diagnostic result.
L
13. After repairing the system, refer to SRS-21, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" for final checking.
CONSULT-II Diagnostic Code Chart (“SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”)
Diagnostic item
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
Explanation
When malfunction is
indicated by the “AIR
BAG” warning lamp in
User mode
●
Revision: May 2004
●
Self-diagnostic result “SELF-DIAG
[PAST]” (previously stored in the
memory) might not be erased after
repair.
●
Intermittent malfunction has been
detected in the past.
●
Low battery voltage (Less than 9V)
No malfunction is detected.
SRS-19
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement.
●
Go to SRS-23, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 (CONTINUED FROM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2)" .
●
Go to SRS-21, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" after charging battery.
●
Go to SRS-21, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" .
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic item
Explanation
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement.
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [OPEN]
●
Driver air bag module circuit is open. (including the spiral cable)
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [VB-SHORT]
●
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply
circuit. (including the spiral cable)
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [GNDSHORT]
●
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. (including the
spiral cable)
3. Replace the spiral cable.
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [SHORT]
●
Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
4. Replace driver air bag module.
(Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
5. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
6. Replace the related harness.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[VB-SHORT]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[OPEN]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuit is open.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[GND-SHORT]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[SHORT]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to each
other.
3. Replace front passenger air bag
module.
(Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
SIDE MODULE LH
[OPEN]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuit is open.
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
SIDE MODULE LH [VBSHORT]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power
supply circuits.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
SIDE MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
SIDE MODULE LH
[SHORT]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
3. Replace front LH seatback assembly.
(Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
SIDE MODULE RH
[OPEN]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuit is open.
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
SIDE MODULE RH
[VB-SHORT]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power
supply circuits.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
SIDE MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
SIDE MODULE RH
[SHORT]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
3. Replace front RH seatback assembly.
(Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNIT FAIL]
SATELLITE SENS LH
[COMM FAIL]
●
LH side air bag (satellite) sensor
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
3. Replace the LH side air bag (satellite) sensor.
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-20
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic item
SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNIT FAIL]
SATELLITE SENS RH
[COMM FAIL]
Explanation
●
RH side air bag (satellite) sensor
Repair order
Recheck SRS at each replacement.
A
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
3. Replace the RH side air bag (satellite) sensor.
B
C
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[OPEN]
●
The circuit for the front LH pre-tensioner is open to some power
supply circuit.
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connections.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]
●
The circuit for the front LH pre-tensioner is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]
●
The circuit for the front LH pre-tensioner is shorted to ground.
3. Replace the front LH seat belt.
(Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
D
E
F
5. Replace the related harness.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[OPEN]
●
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[VB-SHORT]
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[GND-SHORT]
The circuit for the front RH pre-tensioner is open to some power
supply circuit.
1. Visually check the wiring harness
connections.
●
The circuit for the front RH pre-tensioner is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
●
The circuit for the front RH pre-tensioner is shorted to ground.
3. Replace the front RH seat belt.
(Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
●
Diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.
1. Visually check wiring harness connections.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
CONTROL UNIT
G
SRS
I
J
3. Replace diagnosis sensor unit.
4. Replace the related harness.
Follow the procedures in numerical order when repairing malfunctioning parts. Confirm whether malfunction is eliminated
using the air bag warning lamp or CONSULT-II each time repair is finished. If malfunction is still observed, proceed to the next
step. When malfunction is eliminated, further repair work is not required.
K
L
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3
Final checking after repairing SRS by using CONSULT-II —
Diagnosis mode
1. After repairing SRS, connect both battery cables.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
M
LEC297
Revision: May 2004
SRS-21
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
4.
Touch “START”.
SRS695
5.
Touch “AIR BAG”.
SRS771
6.
Touch “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”.
SRS697
7.
If no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”,
repair of SRS is completed. Go to step 8.
If any malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”, the
malfunctioning part is not repaired completely or another malfunctioning part is detected. Go to SRS-18, "DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE 2" , and repair malfunctioning part completely.
SRS701
8.
Touch “ERASE”.
NOTE:
Touch “ERASE” to clear the memory of the malfunction
(“SELF-DIAG [PAST]”).
If the memory of the malfunction in “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” is not
erased, the User mode shows the system malfunction by the
operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired
completely.
LHIA0008E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-22
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
9.
Touch “BACK” key of CONSULT-II to “SELECT DIAG MODE”
screen. Touch “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”.
A
B
C
SRS697
D
10. Check that no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”.
11. Touch “BACK” key of CONSULT-II until “SELECT SYSTEM”
appears in order to return to User mode from Diagnosis mode.
12. Turn ignition switch “OFF” then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-II.
13. Go to SRS-17, "Checking Air Bag Operation by Using “AIR
BAG” Warning Lamp — User Mode" .
E
F
G
SRS702
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 (CONTINUED FROM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2)
SRS
Inspecting SRS malfunctioning record
1. CONSIDER POSSIBILITY OF NOT ERASING SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT AFTER REPAIRING
Is it the first time for maintenance of SRS?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to SRS-23, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5" .
No
>> Self-diagnostic result “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” (previously stored in the memory) might not be erased
after repair. Go to SRS-21, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" .
I
J
K
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5
Inspecting SRS intermittent malfunction by using CONSULT-II
— Diagnosis mode
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector.
L
M
LEC297
Revision: May 2004
SRS-23
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START”.
SRS695
5.
Touch “AIR BAG”.
SRS771
6.
Touch “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”.
SRS697
7.
If diagnostic codes are displayed on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”, go to
step 10.
SRS700
Revision: May 2004
SRS-24
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
If no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”, touch
“BACK” and go back to “SELECT DIAG MODE”.
A
B
C
SRS702
D
8.
Touch “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”.
NOTE:
With “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be displayed.
E
F
G
SRS697
9. Diagnostic code is displayed on “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”.
SRS
10. Touch “PRINT”.
11. Compare diagnostic codes to SRS-25, "Intermittent Malfunction
Diagnostic Code Chart (“SELF-DIAG [PAST]” or “TROUBLE
I
DIAG RECORD”)" .
12. Touch “BACK” key of CONSULT-II until “SELECT SYSTEM”
appears.
J
13. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-II, and both battery cables.
14. Repair the system as outlined by the “Repair order” in “IntermitSRS704
K
tent Malfunction Diagnostic Code Chart”, that corresponds to the
self-diagnostic result. For replacement procedure of component parts, refer to the Removal and Installation procedure for the appropriate component.
L
15. Go to SRS-21, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" , for final checking.
Intermittent Malfunction Diagnostic Code Chart (“SELF-DIAG [PAST]” or “TROUBLE DIAG
RECORD”)
Diagnostic item
Explanation
Repair order
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
●
No malfunction is detected.
●
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [OPEN]
●
Driver air bag module circuit is open. (including the spiral
cable)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [VB-SHORT]
●
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit. (including the spiral cable)
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [GNDSHORT]
●
Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. (including the spiral cable)
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
spiral cable, diagnosis sensor unit and
driver air bag module. (Before disposal,
it must be deployed.)
DRIVER AIR BAG
MODULE [SHORT]
●
Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-25
Go to SRS-21, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" .
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic item
Explanation
Repair order
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[VB-SHORT]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[OPEN]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuit is open.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[GND-SHORT]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to
ground.
ASSIST A/B MODULE
[SHORT]
●
Front passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to
each other.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and front passenger air bag module. (Before disposal, it
must be deployed.)
SIDE MODULE LH
[OPEN]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuit is open.
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
SIDE MODULE LH [VBSHORT]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuits.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
SIDE MODULE LH
[GND-SHORT]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
SIDE MODULE LH
[SHORT]
●
Front LH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each
other.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and front LH seatback assembly. (Before disposal, it must
be deployed.)
SIDE MODULE RH
[OPEN]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuit is open.
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
SIDE MODULE RH [VBSHORT]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some
power supply circuits.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
SIDE MODULE RH
[GND-SHORT]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground.
SIDE MODULE RH
[SHORT]
●
Front RH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each
other.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and front RH seatback assembly. (Before disposal, it must
be deployed.)
SATELLITE SENS LH
[UNIT FAIL]
SATELLITE SENS LH
[COMM FAIL]
●
LH side air bag (satellite) sensor
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and LH side air
bag (satellite) sensor.
SATELLITE SENS RH
[UNIT FAIL]
SATELLITE SENS RH
[COMM FAIL]
●
RH side air bag (satellite) sensor
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and RH side air
bag (satellite) sensor.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[OPEN]
●
The circuit for front LH pre-tensioner is open to some power
supply circuit.
1. Visually check the wiring harness connections.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[VB-SHORT]
●
The circuit for front LH pre-tensioner is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
PRE-TEN FRONT LH
[GND-SHORT]
●
The circuit for front LH pre-tensioner is shorted to ground.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and front LH seat
belt.
(Before disposal, it must be deployed.)
Revision: May 2004
SRS-26
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic item
Explanation
Repair order
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[OPEN]
●
The circuit for front RH pre-tensioner is open to some
power supply circuit.
1. Visually check the wiring harness connections.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[VB-SHORT]
●
The circuit for front RH pre-tensioner is shorted to some
power supply circuit.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
PRE-TEN FRONT RH
[GND-SHORT]
●
The circuit for front RH pre-tensioner is shorted to ground.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit and front RH seat
belt. (Before disposal, it must be
deployed.)
CONTROL UNIT
●
Diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning.
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible
damage.
3. If the harness check is OK, replace the
diagnosis sensor unit.
A
B
C
D
E
Follow the procedures in numerical order when repairing malfunctioning parts, then make the final system check.
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-27
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnoses without CONSULT-II
EHS000JS
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6
Inspecting SRS malfunctioning parts by using “AIR BAG” warning lamp — Diagnosis mode
NOTE:
SRS will not enter Diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected
in User mode.
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. After “AIR BAG” warning lamp lights for 7 seconds, turn ignition
switch “OFF” within 1 second.
3. Wait more than 3 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 three times.
WRS151
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SRS is now in Diagnosis mode.
6. “AIR BAG” warning lamp operates in Diagnosis mode as follows:
NOTE:
If SRS does not enter Diagnosis mode even though malfunction is detected in User mode, check the battery
voltage.
If the battery voltage is less than 9V, charge the battery. Then go to SRS-33, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7"
.
If the battery voltage is OK, replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
No.
“AIR BAG” warning lamp flash pattern — Diagnosis mode —
a through b are repeated.
1
SRS333
Revision: May 2004
SRS-28
SRS condition
●
Diagnosis
results (previously
stored in
the memory) might
not be
erased after
repair.
●
Intermittent
malfunction
has been
detected in
the past.
Go to SRS34, "DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE 8
(CONTINUED FROM
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6)" .
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
No.
“AIR BAG” warning lamp flash pattern — Diagnosis mode —
2
SRS341
3
SRS342A
SRS condition
a through d are repeated.
b — Driver and front passenger air bag marker (For identifying driver air bag, front
passenger air bag and/or seat
belt pre-tensioner malfunctioning)
d — Indicates malfunctioning
part. The number of flash varies
with malfunctioning part (0.5
sec. ON and 0.5 sec. OFF is
counted as one flash.)
The system is
malfunctioning and needs
to be repaired.
A
B
C
D
a through f are repeated.
b, c , d — Front side air bag
marker (For identifying front
side air bag malfunctioning)
f — Indicates malfunctioning
part. The number of flash varies
with malfunctioning part (0.5
sec. ON and 0.5 sec. OFF is
counted as one flash.)
E
F
Malfunctioning part is indicated by the number of flashes (part d or f ). Compare the number of flashes to G
SRS-29, "Air Bag Warning Lamp Flash Code Chart (Diagnosis mode)" , and locate malfunctioning part.
8. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and disconnect both battery cables.
9. Repair the system as outlined by the “Repair order” in “Warning Lamp Flash Code Chart” that corre- SRS
sponds to the flash code. For replacement procedure of component parts, refer to the Removal and Installation procedure for the appropriate component.
10. After repairing the system, refer to SRS-33, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7" .
I
7.
Air Bag Warning Lamp Flash Code Chart (Diagnosis mode)
Flash pattern
●
●
J
a through b are
repeated.
Diagnosis results (previously stored in the
memory) might not be
erased after repair.
K
Intermittent malfunction has been
detected in the past.
L
SRS333
Repair order
●
Revision: May 2004
Go to SRS-34, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 (CONTINUED FROM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6)" .
SRS-29
2003 Sentra
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Flash pattern
a through d are
repeated.
d — One flash indicates
malfunctioning front RH
pre-tensioner circuit.
SRS801
The front RH seat belt
pre-tensioner circuit is
malfunctioning.
(d : 1 flash)
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement”).
1. Visually check the wiring harness connections.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace front RH seat belt pre-tensioner.
(Before disposing, it must be deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Flash pattern
a through d are
repeated.
d — Two flashes indicate malfunctioning
driver air bag module circuit.
The driver air bag module circuit is malfunctioning.
(d : 2 flashes)
SRS334
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace the spiral cable.
4. Replace driver air bag module.
(Before disposal, it must be deployed.)
5. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
6. Replace the related harness.
Flash pattern
a through d are
repeated.
d — Three flashes indicate malfunctioning front
LH pre-tensioner circuit.
SRS802
The front LH seat belt
pre-tensioner circuit is
malfunctioning.
(d : 3 flashes)
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement”).
1. Visually check the wiring harness connections.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace front LH seat belt pre-tensioner.
(Before disposing, it must be deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-30
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Flash pattern
a through d are
repeated.
d — Seven flashes indicate malfunctioning
diagnosis sensor unit.
The diagnosis sensor
unit is malfunctioning.
(d : 7 flashes)
A
B
C
SRS335
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connections.
D
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
4. Replace the related harness.
E
Flash pattern
a through d are
repeated.
d — Eight flashes indicate malfunctioning front
passenger air bag module circuit.
The front passenger air
bag module circuit is
malfunctioning.
(d : 8 flashes)
F
G
SRS336
SRS
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
I
3. Replace front passenger air bag module.
(Before disposal, it must be deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
J
5. Replace the related harness.
Flash pattern
a through f are
repeated.
f — One flash indicates
malfunctioning front RH
side air bag module circuit.
The front RH side air
bag module circuit is
malfunctioning.
(f : 1 flash)
L
SRS338
M
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace front RH seatback assembly.
(Before disposal, the front RH side air bag module must be deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Revision: May 2004
K
SRS-31
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Flash pattern
a through f are
repeated.
f — Two flashes indicate malfunctioning front
LH side air bag module
circuit.
The front LH side air bag
module circuit is malfunctioning.
(f : 2 flashes)
SRS337
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace front LH seatback assembly.
(Before disposal, the front LH side air bag module must be deployed.)
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Flash pattern
The RH side air bag
(satellite) sensor is malfunctioning.
(f : 3 flashes)
a through f are
repeated.
f — Three flashes indicate malfunctioning RH
side air bag (satellite)
sensor circuit.
SRS340
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace the RH side air bag (satellite) sensor.
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Flash pattern
The LH side air bag (satellite) sensor is malfunctioning.
(f : 4 flashes)
a through f are
repeated.
f — Four flashes indicate malfunctioning LH
side air bag (satellite)
sensor circuit.
SRS339-A
Repair order (“Recheck SRS at each replacement.”)
1. Visually check the wiring harness connection.
2. Replace the harness if it has visible damage.
3. Replace the LH side air bag (satellite) sensor.
4. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit.
5. Replace the related harness.
Follow the procedures in numerical order when repairing malfunctioning parts. Confirm whether malfunction is eliminated
using the air bag warning lamp or CONSULT-II each time repair is finished. If malfunction is still observed, proceed to the next
step. When malfunction is eliminated, further repair work is not required.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-32
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7
A
Final checking after repairing SRS by using “AIR BAG” warning
lamp — Diagnosis mode and User mode
1. After repairing SRS connect both battery cables.
2. Open driver's door.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. “AIR BAG” warning lamp operates in Diagnosis mode as follows:
B
C
WRS151
N
o.
“AIR BAG” warning lamp flash pattern — Diagnosis mode —
a through b are repeated.
1
SRS333
2
SRS341
3
SRS342A
a through d are repeated.
b — Driver and front passenger air bag marker (For identifying driver air bag, front
passenger air bag and/or seat
belt pre-tensioner malfunctioning)
d — Indicates malfunctioning
part. The number of flashes varies with malfunctioning part (0.5
sec. ON and 0.5 sec. OFF is
counted as one flash.)
SRS condition
No malfunction is
detected or
repair is completed.
No further
action is necessary.
The system is
malfunctioning and needs
to be repaired.
SRS-33
E
F
G
SRS
I
J
K
a through f are repeated.
b, c , d — Front side air bag
marker (For identifying front
side air bag malfunctioning)
f — Indicates malfunctioning
part. The number of flashes varies with malfunctioning part (0.5
sec. ON and 0.5 sec. OFF is
counted as one flash.)
L
M
NOTE:
When diagnosis sensor unit is replaced with new one, “AIR BAG” warning lamp will operate in User mode.
Checking “AIR BAG” warning lamp operation in Diagnosis mode is not required. Go to step 6.
5. If “AIR BAG” warning lamp operates as shown in No. 1 in chart above, turn ignition switch “OFF” to reset
from Diagnosis mode to User mode and to erase the memory of the malfunction. Then go to step 6.
If “AIR BAG” warning lamp operates as shown in No. 2 or No. 3 in chart above, the malfunctioning part is
not repaired completely, or another malfunctioning part is detected. Go to SRS-28, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6" , and repair malfunctioning part completely.
6. Turn ignition switch “ON”. “AIR BAG” warning lamp operates in User mode. Compare “AIR BAG” warning
lamp operation to the chart below.
NOTE:
If switching Diagnosis mode to User mode is required while malfunction is being detected, turn ignition switch
as follows:
7. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
8. After “AIR BAG” warning lamp lights for 7 seconds, turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Revision: May 2004
D
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
9. Wait more than 3 seconds.
10. Repeat steps 1 to 3 three times.
11. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
SRS is now in User mode.
“AIR BAG” warning lamp operation — User mode —
SRS condition
Reference item
No malfunction is
detected.
No further action is necessary.
—
MRS095A
The system is malfunctioning and needs to be
repaired as indicated.
Go to SRS-28, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6"
.
Air bag is deployed.
Go to SRS-53, "COLLISION DIAGNOSIS" .
Air bag fuse, diagnosis
sensor unit or harness is
malfunctioning and needs
to be repaired.
Go to SRS-35, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 9"
.
One of the following has
occurred and needs to be
repaired.
Go to SRS-36, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
10" .
MRS096A
MRS097A
MRS098A
●
Meter fuse is blown.
●
“AIR BAG” warning
lamp circuit has open or
short.
●
Diagnosis sensor unit is
malfunctioning.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 (CONTINUED FROM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6)
Inspecting SRS malfunctioning record
1. CONSIDER POSSIBILITY OF NOT ERASING SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT AFTER REPAIRING
Is it the first time for maintenance of SRS?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Go to SRS-23, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5" . (Further inspection cannot be performed without CONSULT-II.)
No
>> Diagnosis results (previously stored in the memory) might not be erased after repair. Go to SRS33, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7" .
Revision: May 2004
SRS-34
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnoses: “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off
EHS000JT
A
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 9
1. SEE THE DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE
B
Is air bag module deployed?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Refer to SRS-53, "COLLISION DIAGNOSIS" .
No
>> GO TO 2.
C
2. CHECK AIR BAG FUSE
D
Check 10A fuse 18 [located in the fuse block (J/B)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
E
F
G
LRS067
3. CHECK AIR BAG FUSE AGAIN
SRS
Replace “AIR BAG” fuse and turn ignition switch ON.
Is “AIR BAG” fuse blown again?
Yes
>> Repair main harness and/or replace related harness.
No
>> INSPECTION END.
I
J
4. CHECK DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
K
Connect CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
●
Is “AIR BAG” displayed on CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Visually check the wiring harness connection of diagnosis sensor unit. If the harness connection check result is
OK, replace diagnosis sensor unit.
L
M
SRS771
5. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTION
Is harness connection between warning lamp and diagnosis sensor unit OK?
OK or NG
OK
>> Replace diagnosis sensor unit.
NG
>> Connect “AIR BAG” warning lamp and diagnosis sensor unit connector properly. If “AIR BAG”
warning lamp still does not go off, replace harness.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-35
2003 Sentra
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnoses: “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp Does Not Turn On
EHS000JU
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 10
1. CHECK “METER” FUSE
Check 10A fuse 30 [located in the fuse block (J/B)].
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
LRS068
2. CHECK “METER” FUSE AGAIN
Replace “METER” fuse and turn ignition switch ON.
Is “METER” fuse blown again?
Yes
>> Repair main harness.
No
>> INSPECTION END.
3. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTION BETWEEN DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT AND “AIR BAG” WARNING LAMP
Disconnect diagnosis sensor unit connector and turn ignition switch “ON”.
●
Does “AIR BAG” warning lamp turn on?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace diagnosis sensor unit.
No
>> Check the ground circuit of “AIR BAG” warning lamp.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-36
2003 Sentra
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT
Removal and Installation
PFP:28556
A
EHS000JV
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
●
Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait for at
least 3 minutes.
●
Do not use old bolts after removal; replace with new ones.
●
Check diagnosis sensor unit for proper installation.
●
Check diagnosis sensor unit to ensure it is free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If they show
any visible signs of damage, replace them with new ones.
●
Check diagnosis sensor unit brackets to ensure they are free of deformities or rust.
●
Replace diagnosis sensor unit if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
●
After replacement of diagnosis sensor unit, perform self-diagnosis for SRS. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS
Operation Check" for details.
1. Disconnect driver, front passenger and front side air bag module connectors. Also, disconnect front seat
belt pre-tensioner connectors.
2. Remove console box. Refer to IP-10, "INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY" .
3. Disconnect diagnosis sensor unit connector.
4. Remove bolts from diagnosis sensor unit.
Then remove the diagnosis sensor unit.
B
C
D
E
F
G
INSTALLATION
SRS
NOTE:
●
To install, reverse the removal procedure sequence.
I
J
K
WRS156
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-37
2003 Sentra
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
Removal and Installation
PFP:86884
EHS000JW
For removal and installation of front seat belt pre-tensioners, refer to SB-3, "Removal and Installation" .
Revision: May 2004
SRS-38
2003 Sentra
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR
SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR
Removal and Installation
PFP:K8EH0
A
EHS000JX
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
●
Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least
3 minutes.
●
Do not use old nut or bolt coated with bonding agent after removal; replace with new ones.
●
Check side air bag (satellite) sensor to ensure they are free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If
it shows any visible signs of damage, replace it with new one.
●
Do not attempt to disassemble side air bag (satellite) sensor.
●
Replace side air bag (satellite) sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
1. Remove front seat belt pre-tensioner. Refer to SB-3, "Removal
and Installation" .
2. Disconnect side air bag (satellite) sensor connector.
3. Remove bolt and nuts from side air bag (satellite) sensor unit.
Then remove the side air bag (satellite) sensor.
B
C
D
E
F
G
WHIA0003E
SRS
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
●
Check side air bag (satellite) sensor for proper installation.
●
After replacement of side air bag (satellite) sensor, check SRS function and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" for details.
To install, reverse the removal procedure sequence.
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-39
2003 Sentra
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
Removal and Installation
PFP:K8510
EHS000JY
WHIA0050E
Removal
EHS000JZ
CAUTION:
●
Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect driver air bag module connectors. If a
direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the harness must be replaced.
●
Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least
3 minutes.
●
Always work from the side of driver air bag module.
1. Remove side lids and ASCD steering switch (if equipped). Using
the TAMPER RESISTANT TORX (Size T30) (if equipped),
remove left and right special bolts or hex head bolts. Driver air
bag module can then be removed.
2. Disconnect the air bag harness connector and remove the air
bag module.
● For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-6, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors" .
WHIA0051E
CAUTION:
●
Always place driver air bag module with pad side facing
upward.
●
Do not attempt to disassemble air bag module.
●
The bolts are coated with bonding agent. Do not use old
bolts after removal; replace with new ones.
●
Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air
bag module connector.
LRS055
Revision: May 2004
SRS-40
2003 Sentra
DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE
●
●
●
Replace driver air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact.
Do not expose the driver air bag module to temperatures
exceeding 90°C (194°F).
Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the
driver air bag module.
A
B
C
SBF814E
D
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EHS000K0
Connect driver air bag harness connector.
● For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connecE
tors, refer to SRS-6, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors" .
Position driver air bag module, press firmly and tighten with new
F
special bolts.
Install ASCD steering switch (if equipped) and all lids.
Connect both battery cables, then conduct self-diagnosis to
G
ensure entire SRS operates properly. (Use CONSULT-II or
warning lamp check.)
Turn steering wheel to the left end and then to the right end fully
SRS
WHIA0052E
to make sure that spiral cable is set in the neutral position.
If air bag warning lamp blinks or stays ON (at the user mode), it shows the spiral cable may be snapped
due to its improper position. Perform self-diagnosis again (use CONSULT-II or warning lamp). Refer to
I
SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" . If a malfunction is detected, replace the spiral cable with a new one.
Perform self-diagnosis again to check that no malfunction is detected. Go to SRS-17, "SRS Operation
Check" and perform self-diagnosis to ensure entire SRS operates properly. (Use CONSULT-II or warning
lamp check.)
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-41
2003 Sentra
SPIRAL CABLE
SPIRAL CABLE
Removal and Installation
PFP:25554
EHS000K1
WHIA0090E
Removal
EHS000K2
CAUTION:
●
Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least
3 minutes.
1. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-40, "Removal" .
2. Set steering wheel in the neutral position.
3. Remove lower lid and disconnect horn connector. Remove
steering wheel nut.
4. Using steering wheel puller, remove steering wheel. Be careful
not to over-tighten puller bolt on steering wheel.
CAUTION:
● Do not tap or bump the steering wheel.
5. Remove steering column cover.
LRS056
6.
Unlock the spiral cable connector. Then disconnect connectors
and remove the four screws. The spiral cable can then be
removed.
CAUTION:
● Do not attempt to disassemble spiral cable.
● Do not apply lubricant to the spiral cable.
SRS384
Revision: May 2004
SRS-42
2003 Sentra
SPIRAL CABLE
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EHS000K3
B
tions from the right end position. Align the two marks ( ).
CAUTION:
● The spiral cable may snap due to steering operation if the
cable is installed in an improper position.
● Also, with the steering linkage disconnected, the cable
may snap by turning the steering wheel beyond the limited number of turns. To set spiral cable to neutral position turn to the left approximately 3.5 turns from the right
end position.
Connect spiral cable connector and tighten with screws. Install
steering column cover.
Install steering wheel, aligning with spiral cable pin guides, and
pull spiral cable through.
Connect horn connector and engage spiral cable with pawls in
steering wheel. Move driver air bag module connector away
from steering wheel lower lid opening.
Tighten nut.
: 29 - 39 N-m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
7.
8.
A
Set the front wheels in the straight-ahead position.
Make sure that the spiral cable is in the neutral position.
The neutral position is detected by turning left about 3.5 revolu-
C
D
E
F
G
WRS057
SRS
Install driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-41, "Installation" .
Connect both battery cables, then conduct self-diagnosis to ensure entire SRS operates properly. Refer to
SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" .
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-43
2003 Sentra
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
Removal and Installation
PFP:K8515
EHS000K4
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
●
Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect front passenger air bag module connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the harness must be replaced.
●
Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait for at least 3 minutes.
●
Always work from the side of or under air bag module.
1. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-10, "INSTRUMENT
PANEL ASSEMBLY" for details.
2. Disconnect front passenger air bag module connector from air
bag harness connector.
3. Remove the nuts and hex bolts from front passenger air bag
module.
4. Remove the front passenger air bag module from the instrument
WRS152
panel.
●
The front passenger air bag module is heavy and should be supported using both hands during removal.
LRS060
CAUTION:
●
Always place front passenger air bag module with pad side
facing upward.
●
Do not attempt to disassemble air bag module.
●
The special bolts are coated with bonding agent. Do not use
old bolts after removal; replace with new coated bolts.
●
Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air
bag module connector.
LRS061
●
●
●
●
Replace air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained
an impact.
Do not expose the air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F).
Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the
front passenger air bag module.
After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly
should be replaced if damaged.
SBF814E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-44
2003 Sentra
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE
INSTALLATION
A
CAUTION:
●
Always work from the side of or under air bag module.
1. Install front passenger air bag module on steering member.
● Ensure harness is not caught between rear of air bag module
and steering member.
2. Install glove box assembly. (Glove box lid is open.)
B
C
D
LRS060
3.
4.
5.
6.
E
Connect front passenger air bag module connector to air bag
harness connector.
Close the glove box lid.
Connect both battery cables.
Go to SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" and perform self-diagnosis to ensure entire SRS operates properly. (Use CONSULT-II
or warning lamp check.)
F
G
WRS152
SRS
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
SRS-45
2003 Sentra
FRONT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
FRONT SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Removal
PFP:K8EH0
EHS000K5
WARNING:
Removal of front side air bag module should only be done to allow deployment of front side air bag
module prior to disposal of seatback assembly.
Only complete seatback assemblies can be replaced. Refer to SE-5, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
●
Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least
3 minutes.
●
Always work from the rear of air bag module.
1. Open seat back zipper to access module.
2. Pull up the seat back trim.
3. Remove the Torx nuts coated with bonding agent from front side
air bag module.
4. Remove harness clips. Front side air bag module can then be
removed.
WHIA0053E
CAUTION:
●
Always place front side air bag module with the stud bolt
side facing down.
●
Do not attempt to disassemble air bag module.
●
Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air
bag module connector.
SRS623
●
●
●
●
Replace front seatback assembly if it has been dropped or
sustained an impact.
Do not expose front seatback assembly to temperatures
exceeding 90°C (194°F).
Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the
air bag module.
After air bag inflates, the front seatback assembly must be
replaced.
SBF814E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-46
2003 Sentra
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
Disposal of Air Bag Module and Seat Belt Pre-tensioner
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
PFP:00014
A
EHS000K6
Before disposing of air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner, on vehicles equipped with such systems,
deploy the systems. If such systems have already been deployed due to an accident, dispose of them as B
indicated in SRS-52, "DISPOSING OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .
When deploying the air bag module and seat belt pre-tensioner, always use the Special Service Tool;
Deployment tool KV99106400 (Kent-Moore No. J38381).
C
When deploying the air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner, stand at least 5 m (16 ft) away from the
deployment component.
When deploying air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner, a fairly loud noise is made, followed by smoke D
being released. The smoke is not poisonous, however, be careful not to inhale smoke since it irritates the
throat and can cause choking.
Only deploy one air bag module at a time.
E
Due to heat, leave air bag module unattended for more than 30 minutes after deployment. Leave seat belt
pre-tensioner unattended for more than 10 minutes after deployment.
Be sure to wear gloves when handling a deployed air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner.
F
Never apply water to the deployed air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner.
Wash your hands clean after finishing work.
Place the vehicle outdoors with an open space of at least 6 m (20 ft) on all sides when deploying air bag G
module or seat belt pre-tensioner while mounted in vehicle.
Use a voltmeter to make sure the vehicle battery is fully charged.
Do not dispose of air bag modules or seat belt pre-tensioners un-deployed.
SRS
CHECKING DEPLOYMENT TOOL
Connecting to Battery
CAUTION:
The battery must show voltage of 9.6V or more.
Remove the battery from the vehicle and place it on dry wood blocks
approximately 5 m (16 ft) away from the vehicle.
●
Wait 3 minutes after the vehicle battery is disconnected before
proceeding.
●
Connect red clip of deployment tool to battery positive terminal
and black clip to negative terminal.
Make sure the polarity is correct. The right side lamp in the tool,
marked “deployment tool power”, should glow with a green
light. If the right side lamp glows red, reverse the connections
to the battery.
I
J
K
L
SRS019
M
Deployment Tool Check
Press the deployment tool switch to the “ON” position. The left side
lamp in the tool, marked “air bag connector voltage” should illuminate. If it does not illuminate, replace the tool.
SBF266H
Revision: May 2004
SRS-47
2003 Sentra
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
Air Bag Deployment Tool Lamp Illumination Chart (Battery connected)
Switch operation
Left side lamp, green*
“AIR BAG CONNECTOR
VOLTAGE”
Right side lamp, green*
“DEPLOYMENT TOOL
POWER”
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
*: If this lamp glows red, the tool is connected to the battery incorrectly. Reverse the connections and make sure the lamp glows green.
DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES FOR AIR BAG MODULE (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE)
Unless the vehicle is being scrapped, deploying the air bag in the vehicle is not recommended. This may
cause damage to the vehicle interior.
Anchor air bag module bracket [KV99105300 (J-41246-A)] in a vise
secured to a firm foundation during deployment.
WRS084
WRS082
Deployment of Driver Air Bag Module (Outside of vehicle)
1.
2.
3.
Using wire, secure driver air bag module to air bag module bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J-41246-A)] at
two places.
CAUTION:
Use wire of at least 1 mm (0.04 in) diameter.
Firmly secure air bag module bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J-41246-A)] with air bag module attached, in a
vise.
Connect deployment tool [SST: KV99106400 (J38381)] to driver
air bag module connector. If adapter is required, use SST:
KV99109000 (J44230).
WHIA0040E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-48
2003 Sentra
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
4.
Connect red clip of deployment tool to battery positive terminal
and black clip to negative terminal.
5. The lamp on the right side of the tool, marked “deployment tool
power”, should glow green, not red.
6. Press the button on the deployment tool. The left side lamp on
the tool, marked “air bag connector voltage”, will illuminate and
the driver air bag module will deploy.
CAUTION:
When deploying the driver air bag module, stand at least 5 m
(16 ft) away from the driver air bag module.
A
B
C
WRS105
D
Deployment of Front Passenger Air Bag Module (Outside of vehicle)
1.
Make an 8.5 mm (0.335 in) diameter hole in air bag module
bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J-41246-A)] at the position shown
in figure.
E
F
G
SRS236E
2.
SRS
Firmly secure air bag module bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J41246-A)] in a vise.
I
J
K
WRS084
3.
Match the two holes in air bag module bracket (held in vise) and
front passenger air bag module and fix them with two bolts [M8 ×
25 - 30 mm (0.98 - 1.18 in)].
CAUTION:
If a gap exists between front passenger air bag module and
air bag module bracket, use a piece of wood inserted in the
gap to stabilize the front passenger air bag module.
L
M
LRS081
Revision: May 2004
SRS-49
2003 Sentra
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
4.
5.
6.
Connect deployment tool adapter [SST: KV99108300 (J3838135)] to deployment tool [SST: KV99106400 (J38381)] connector
and front passenger air bag module connector.
Connect red clip of deployment tool to battery positive terminal
and black clip to negative terminal.
The lamp on the right side of the tool, marked “deployment tool
power”, should glow green, not red.
LRS080
7.
Press the button on the deployment tool. The left side lamp on
the tool, marked “air bag connector voltage”, will illuminate and
the front passenger air bag module will deploy.
CAUTION:
●
When deploying the front passenger air bag module, do not
stand on the deploying side.
●
Stand at least 5 m (16 ft) away from the front passenger air
bag module.
SRS020-B
Deployment of Front Side Air Bag Module (Outside of vehicle)
1.
Make 6.5 mm (0.256 in) diameter holes in air bag module
bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J-41246-A)] at the position shown
in figure.
WRS098
2.
3.
Firmly secure air bag module bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J41246-A)] in a vise.
Insert the stud bolts of front side air bag module (built-in type)
into the two holes in air bag module bracket (held in vise) and fix
them with two M6 nuts.
CAUTION:
Front side air bag module should be secured to air bag
module bracket [SST: KV99105300 (J-41246-A)] in a vise
with metal portion facing down.
WRS099
Revision: May 2004
SRS-50
2003 Sentra
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
4.
Connect deployment tool adapter [SST: KV99108300 (J3838135)] to deployment tool [SST: KV99106400 (J38381)] connector
and connector on air bag module.
A
B
C
SRS492A
D
5.
6.
7.
Connect red clip of deployment tool to battery positive terminal
and black clip to negative terminal.
The lamp on the right side of the tool, marked “deployment tool
power”, should glow green, not red.
Press the button on the deployment tool. The left side lamp on
the tool, marked “air bag connector voltage”, will illuminate and
the front side air bag module will deploy.
CAUTION:
When deploying the front side air bag module, stand at
least 5 m (16 ft) away from the front side air bag module.
E
F
G
SRS020-B
DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES FOR SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER (OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE)
1.
2.
Firmly grip front seat belt pre-tensioner in a vise and cut the
webbing off.
Connect deployment tool adapter to seat belt pre-tensioner.
SRS
I
J
K
LRS065
3.
L
Connect deployment tool [SST: KV99106400 (J38381)] connector to front seat belt pre-tensioner connector.
M
WHIA0056E
Revision: May 2004
SRS-51
2003 Sentra
DISPOSAL OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
4.
5.
6.
Connect red clip of deployment tool to battery positive terminal
and black clip to negative terminal.
The lamp on the right side of the tool, marked “deployment tool
power”, should glow green, not red.
Press the button on the deployment tool. The left side lamp on
the tool, marked “seat belt pre-tensioner connector voltage”, will
illuminate and the front seat belt pre-tensioner will deploy.
CAUTION:
When deploying the front seat belt pre-tensioner, stand at
least 5 m (16 ft) away from the front seat belt pre-tensioner.
WRS216
DEPLOYMENT OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER WHILE MOUNTED IN
VEHICLE
When disposing of a vehicle, deploy air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners while they are mounted in
vehicle.
CAUTION:
When deploying air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner, ensure vehicle is empty.
1. Disconnect both the vehicle battery cables and wait 3 minutes.
2. Disconnect air bag module and seat belt pre-tensioner connectors.
3. Connect deployment tool [SST: KV99106400 (J38381)] to air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner.
For driver air bag module, attach deployment tool adapter [SST: KV99109000 (J44230)] to the tool connector.
For front passenger air bag module, attach deployment tool adapter [SST: KV99108300 (J38381-35)] to
the tool connector. For front side air bag module, attach deployment tool adapter [SST: KV99108300
(J38381-35)]. For front seat belt pre-tensioner, attach deployment tool adapter to the tool connector.
4. Connect red clip of deployment tool to battery positive terminal
and black clip to negative terminal.
5. The lamp on the right side of the tool, marked “deployment tool
power”, should glow green, not red.
6. Press the button on the deployment tool. The left side lamp on
the tool, marked “air bag connector voltage”, will illuminate and
the air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner will deploy.
CAUTION:
Activate only one air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner
at a time.
SRS006-C
DISPOSING OF AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER
Deployed air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners are very hot.
Before disposing of air bag modules or seat belt pre-tensioners, wait
at least 30 minutes or 10 minutes, respectively. Seal them in a plastic bag before disposal.
CAUTION:
●
Never apply water to a deployed air bag module or seat belt
pre-tensioner.
●
Be sure to wear gloves when handling a deployed air bag
module or seat belt pre-tensioner.
●
No poisonous smoke is produced upon air bag module
deployment. However, be careful not to inhale smoke since
it irritates throat and can cause choking.
●
Do not attempt to disassemble air bag module or seat belt pre-tensioner.
●
Air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners cannot be reused.
●
Wash your hands clean after finishing work.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-52
SBF276H
2003 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
FOR FRONTAL COLLISION
PFP:00015
A
EHS000K7
To repair the SRS, perform the following steps.
When SRS (except the side air bag) is activated in a collision:
1. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit and (LH and RH) side airbag sensors.
2. Remove the air bag modules (except the side air bag modules) and front seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies.
3. Check the SRS components using the table shown below:
–
Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage (dents, cracks and deformation).
4. Install new air bag modules (except the side air bag modules), spiral cable and front seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies.
5. Conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-II or “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation
Check" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
When SRS is not activated in a collision:
1. Check the SRS components using the table shown below:
–
Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage (dents, cracks and deformation).
2. Conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-II or “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation
Check" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
B
C
D
E
F
G
SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION)
Part
SRS is activated
SRS is NOT activated
Air bag module
(driver and front passenger side)
REPLACE
Install with new bolts.
1. Remove air bag module. Check terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
SRS
2. Install air bag modules.
–
Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with
the wheel.
–
Install front passenger air bag module into the instrument panel to check fit with the
instrument panel.
3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new bolts.
I
J
4. If damaged—REPLACE. Install air bag modules with new bolts. Air bag must be
deployed before discarding.
Front seat belt pretensioner assembly
REPLACE
Install front seat belt
pre-tensioner with
new bolts.
1. Remove front seat belt pre-tensioners.
Check terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
K
2. Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting.
3. Check retractor for smooth operation.
4. If no damage is found, reinstall the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
5. If damaged—REPLACE. Install the front seat belt pre-tensioners with new bolts
coated with bonding agent. Front seat belt pre-tensioners must be deployed before
discarding.
Diagnosis sensor unit
REPLACE
(LH and RH) side air
bag (satellite) sensor
Diagnosis sensor unit
1. Check case and bracket for dents, cracks or deformities.
2. Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new bolts and ground bolt coated with bonding
agent.
4. If damaged—REPLACE. Install with new bolts and ground bolt.
Steering wheel
1. Visually check steering wheel for deformities.
2. Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3. Install driver air bag module to check fit or alignment with steering wheel.
4. Check steering wheel for excessive free play.
5. If no damage is found, reinstall with new bolts.
6. If damaged—REPLACE.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-53
2003 Sentra
L
M
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Part
Spiral cable
SRS is activated
SRS is NOT activated
1. Visually check spiral cable and combination switch for damage.
2. Check connectors and protective tape for damage.
3. Check steering wheel for noise, binding or heavy operation.
4. If no damage is found, reinstall with new bolts.
5. If damaged—REPLACE.
Harness and connectors
1. Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities.
2. Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities.
3. If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors.
4. If damaged—REPLACE damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any SRS harness.
Instrument panel
1. When front passenger air bag inflates, check the following points for bending, deformities or cracks.
–
Opening portion for front passenger air bag
LRS069
–
Front passenger air bag module brackets
LRS070
–
The portions securing the instrument panel
LRS071
2. If no damage is found, reinstall the instrument panel.
3. If damaged—REPLACE the instrument panel with new bolts and nuts.
FOR SIDE COLLISION
EHS000K8
To repair the SRS for a side collision, perform the following steps.
When the side air bag is activated in the side collision:
1. Replace the following components:
–
Front seatback assembly (on the side on which side air bag is activated)
Revision: May 2004
SRS-54
2003 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Diagnosis sensor unit
–
(LH and RH) side air bag (satellite) sensors
2. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the table shown below.
–
Replace any SRS components and the related parts showing visible signs of damage (dents, cracks,
deformation).
3. Conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-II and “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
When SRS is not activated in the side collision:
1. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the table shown below.
–
If the front seatback assembly is damaged, the front seatback assembly must be replaced.
2. Conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-II and “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-17, "SRS Operation Check" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly.
–
SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE COLLISION)
Part
Side air bag is activated
Front (LH or RH) side
air bag module
REPLACE front seatback assembly.
A
B
C
D
E
SRS is NOT activated
1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the seat back on
the collision side.
F
2. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3. If damaged—REPLACE the front seatback assembly. Air bag must be deployed
before disposing of it.
(LH or RH) side air
bag (satellite) sensor
Diagnosis sensor unit
REPLACE
(LH and RH) side air
bag (satellite sensor
and diagnosis sensor
unit.
(Repair the center pillar inner, etc. before
installing new one if
damaged.)
REPLACE
(LH and RH) side air
bag (satellite sensor
and diagnosis sensor
unit with new bolts.
1. Remove the side air bag (satellite) sensor on the collision side. Check harness
connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
3. Install the side air bag (satellite) sensor to check fit.
4. If no damage is found, reinstall the side air bag (satellite) sensor with new nuts
coated with bonding agent.
5. If damaged—REPLACE the (LH and RH) side air bag (satellite sensor and diagnosis sensor unit with new nut and bolt coated with bonding agent.
J
2. Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities.
3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new bolts and ground bolt coated with bonding
agent.
K
L
1. Check if the seat belt can be extended smoothly.
If the seat belt cannot be extended smoothly.
–
Check for deformities of the center pillar inner.
–
If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
M
3. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
4. If no damage is found, reinstall the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly.
5. If damaged—REPLACE the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly with new bolts coated with bonding
agent. The front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly must be deployed before disposing of it.
REPLACE front seatback assembly.
1. Visually check the seat on the collision side.
2. Remove the seat on the collision side and check the following for damage and
deformities.
–
Harness, connectors and terminals
–
Frame and recliner (for front and rear seat), and also adjuster and slides (for front
seat)
3. If no damage is found, reinstall the seat.
4. If damaged—REPLACE the damaged seat parts with new bolts. If the front seatback assembly is damaged, the front seatback assembly must be replaced.
Revision: May 2004
I
1. Check case and bracket for dents, cracks or deformities.
2. Remove the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly on the collision side. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding.
Seat (with side air
bag)
SRS
2. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the satellite sensor.
4. If damaged—REPLACE. Install (LH and RH) side air bag (satellite sensor and
diagnosis sensor unit with new bolts and ground bolt coated with bonding agent.
Front seat belt pretensioner assembly
G
SRS-55
2003 Sentra
COLLISION DIAGNOSIS
Part
Center pillar inner
Side air bag is activated
SRS is NOT activated
1. Check the center pillar inner on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation).
2. If damaged—REPAIR the center pillar inner.
Trim
1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the interior trim on the collision side.
2. If damaged—REPLACE the damaged trim parts.
Revision: May 2004
SRS-56
2003 Sentra
E SUSPENSION
A
B
SECTION
ROAD WHEELS & TIRES
C
D
WT
CONTENTS
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH)
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ 2
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 2
ROAD WHEEL ............................................................ 3
Inspection ................................................................. 3
WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY ................................. 4
Balancing Wheels .................................................... 4
REMOVAL ............................................................. 4
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 4
Rotation .................................................................... 5
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........ 6
Road Wheel .............................................................. 6
Tire ........................................................................... 6
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
WT-1
2003 Sentra
TIRES
Symptom
ROAD
WHEEL
Revision: May 2004
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
Vibration
Shimmy
×
×
×
×
×
Judder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Noise
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shimmy, judder
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Poor quality ride or handling
×
×
×
×
×
×
WT-2
BR-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
PS-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BRAKE
STEERING
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Refer to TIRES in this chart.
×
TIRES
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
DRIVE SHAFT
×
Refer to ROAD WHEEL in this chart.
×
×
ROAD WHEEL
×
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart",
RSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION
×
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart",
FSU-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
×
FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION
—
Non-uniformity
×
—
—
Deformation or damage
×
DIFFERENTIAL
—
Uneven tire wear
×
Refer to WT-6
Refer to WT-6
Incorrect tire pressure
Noise
Incorrect tire size
Refer to WT-4
Imbalance
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Refer to WT-3
Reference page
Out-of-round
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
PFP:00003
EES000JB
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×: Applicable
2003 Sentra
ROAD WHEEL
ROAD WHEEL
Inspection
1.
2.
a.
b.
PFP:40300
A
EES000JC
Check tires for wear and improper inflation.
Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If
deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout.
Remove tire from wheel and mount wheel on a tire balance
machine.
Set dial indicator as shown in the illustration.
B
C
Wheel runout (Dial indicator value):
Refer to WT-6, "Road Wheel" .
3.
4.
D
Check front wheel bearings for looseness.
Check front suspension for looseness.
SFA975B
WT
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Revision: May 2004
WT-3
2003 Sentra
WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY
WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY
Balancing Wheels
PFP:40300
EES000KI
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove inner and outer balance weights from the wheel.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to scratch the wheel during removal procedures.
Using releasing agent, remove double-faced adhesive tape from the wheel.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to scratch the wheel during removal.
● After removing double-faced adhesive tape, wipe clean traces of releasing agent from the
wheel.
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
●
1.
2.
If a tire balance machine has adhesion balance weight mode settings and drive-in weight mode setting,
select and adjust a drive-in weight mode suitable for wheels.
Set wheel on wheel balancer using the center hole as a guide. Start the tire balance machine.
When inner and outer unbalance values are shown on the wheel balancer indicator, multiply outer unbalance value by 1.6 to determine balance weight that should be used. Select the outer balance weight with
a value closest to the calculated value and install it to the designated outer position of, or at the designated angle in relation to the road wheel.
CAUTION:
● Do not install the inner balance weight before installing the outer balance weight.
● Before installing the balance weight, be sure to clean the mating surface of the wheel.
Indicated unbalance value × 5/3 = balance weight to be installed
Calculation example:
23 g (0.81 oz.) × 5/3 = 38.33 g (1.35 oz.) = 40 g (1.41 oz.) balance weight (closer to calculated balance weight value)
Note that balance weight value must be closer to the calculated
balance weight value.
Example:
37.4 g = 35 g (1.23 oz.)
37.5 g = 40 g (1.41 oz.)
SMA054D
Revision: May 2004
WT-4
2003 Sentra
WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY
a.
b.
Install balance weight in the position shown.
When installing balance weight to wheels, set it into the grooved
area on the inner wall of the wheel as shown so that the balance
weight center is aligned with the wheel balancer indication position (angle).
CAUTION:
● Always use genuine Nissan adhesion balance weights.
● Balance weights are not reusable; always replace with
new ones.
● Do not install more than three sheets of balance weight.
A
B
C
D
WT
F
G
SMA055D
c.
3.
4.
5.
If calculated balance weight value exceeds 50 g (1.76 oz.),
install two balance weight sheets in line with each other as
shown.
CAUTION:
Do not install one balance weight sheet on top of another.
Start wheel balancer again.
Install drive-in balance weight on inner side of road wheel in the
wheel balancer indication position (angle).
CAUTION:
Do not install more than two balance weights.
Start wheel balancer. Make sure that inner and outer residual
unbalance values are 10 g (0.35 oz.) each or below.
● If either residual unbalance value exceeds 10 g (0.35 oz.), repeat installation procedures.
Wheel balance (Maximum allowable unbalance):
Maximum allowable
unbalance
Dynamic (At rim flange)
Static
H
I
J
SMA056D
L
10 g (0.35 oz.) (one side)
20 g (0.71 oz.)
M
Rotation
●
●
EES000KJ
Follow the maintenance schedule for tire rotation service intervals. Refer to MA-31, "Tire Rotation" .
Do not include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires.
CAUTION:
When installing wheels, tighten them diagonally by dividing
the work two to three times in order to prevent the wheels
from developing any distortion.
Tightening torque of
wheel nut
: 98 - 117N-m
(10 - 12 kg-m, 73 - 86 ft-lb)
SMA829C
Revision: May 2004
K
WT-5
2003 Sentra
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Road Wheel
Wheel type
Maximum radial
runout limit
Allowable quantity of
residual unbalance
PFP:00030
EES000JF
Steel
Aluminum
Inside
Outside
Lateral mm (in)
0.3 (0.012) or less
1.0 (0.039) or less
0.9 (0.035) or less
Radial mm (in)
0.3 (0.012) or less
0.8 (0.031) or less
0.4 (0.016) or less
Dynamic
(On the ear part)
Less than 10 g (0.35 oz.) (per side)
Static (On the ear part)
Less than 20 g (0.70 oz.)
Tire
EES000JG
Unit: kPa
(kg/cm2
, psi)
Air pressure
Tire size
T125/70*14
T125/70*15
T135/80*15
P195/60HR15
P195/55HR16
P215/45ZR17
Conventional tire
Spare tire
—
420 (4.2, 60)
200 (2.0, 29)
—
* D or R depending on manufacturer.
Revision: May 2004
WT-6
2003 Sentra
K ELECTRICAL
A
B
SECTION
WIPER, WASHER & HORN
C
D
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 2
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 2
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 2
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER .................................. 3
System Description .................................................. 3
WIPER OPERATION ............................................ 3
WASHER OPERATION ......................................... 3
Wiring Diagram — WIPER — .................................. 5
WITH INTERMITTENT WIPERS .......................... 5
WITHOUT INTERMITTENT WIPERS ................... 6
Removal and Installation .......................................... 7
WIPER ARMS ....................................................... 7
WIPER LINKAGE .................................................. 7
Washer Nozzle Adjustment ...................................... 8
Washer Tube Layout ................................................ 8
HORN .......................................................................... 9
Wiring Diagram — HORN — .................................... 9
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ............................................. 10
Wiring Diagram — CIGAR — ................................. 10
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
Revision: May 2004
WW-1
2003 Sentra
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EKS0039R
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
●
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
EKS0039S
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
●
GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams", and
●
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
●
GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES", and
●
GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Check for any Service bulletins before servicing the vehicle.
Revision: May 2004
WW-2
2003 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
System Description
PFP:28810
A
EKS0039T
WIPER OPERATION
The wiper switch is controlled by a lever built into the combination switch.
There are three wiper switch positions:
●
LO speed
●
HI speed
●
INT (with intermittent operation)
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 20A fuse [No. 25, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to wiper motor terminal B, and
●
to front wiper switch terminal 15 (with intermittent operation).
B
C
D
E
Low and High Speed Wiper Operation
Ground is supplied to wiper switch terminal 17 through body grounds E7 and E37.
When the wiper switch is placed in the LO position, ground is supplied:
●
through terminal 14 of the wiper switch
●
to wiper motor terminal L.
With power and ground supplied, the wiper motor operates at low speed.
When the wiper switch is placed in the HI position, ground is supplied:
●
through terminal 16 of the wiper switch
●
to wiper motor terminal H.
With power and ground supplied, the wiper motor operates at high speed.
F
G
H
Auto Stop Operation
I
With the wiper switch turned OFF, the wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arms reach windshield
base.
When wiper arms are not located at base of windshield with wiper switch OFF, ground is provided:
J
●
from terminal 14 of the wiper switch
●
to wiper motor terminal L, in order to continue wiper motor operation at low speed.
Ground is also supplied:
WW
●
through terminal 13 of the wiper switch
●
to wiper motor terminal P
●
through terminal E of the wiper motor, and
L
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
When wiper arms reach base of windshield, wiper motor terminals P and B are connected instead of terminals
P and E. Wiper motor will then stop wiper arms at the STOP position.
M
Intermittent Operation
The wiper motor operates the wiper arms one time at low speed at a set interval of approximately 3 to 13 seconds. This feature is controlled by the wiper amplifier (INT SW) combined with wiper switch.
When the wiper switch is placed in the INT position, ground is supplied to wiper amplifier.
The desired interval time is input to wiper amplifier (INT VR) from wiper volume switch combined with wiper
switch.
Then intermittent ground is supplied:
●
to wiper motor terminal L
●
from terminal 14 of wiper switch
●
through wiper amplifier (OUTPUT).
The wiper motor operates at low speed at the desired interval.
WASHER OPERATION
With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied:
●
through 20A fuse [No. 25, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
●
to front washer motor terminal +.
Revision: May 2004
WW-3
2003 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
When the lever is pulled to the WASH position, ground is supplied:
●
to front washer motor terminal ●
from terminal 18 of the wiper switch
●
through terminal 17 of the wiper switch, and
●
through body grounds E7 and E37.
With power and ground supplied, the washer motor operates.
Without intermittent operation, the wiper motor operates while the lever is pulled to the WASH position.
With intermittent operation, when the lever is pulled to the WASH position for one second or more, the wiper
motor operates at low speed for approximately 3 seconds to clean windshield. This feature is controlled by the
wiper amplifier in the same manner as intermittent operation.
Revision: May 2004
WW-4
2003 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
Wiring Diagram — WIPER —
EKS0039U
A
WITH INTERMITTENT WIPERS
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
WKWA0050E
Revision: May 2004
WW-5
2003 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
WITHOUT INTERMITTENT WIPERS
WKWA0051E
Revision: May 2004
WW-6
2003 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
Removal and Installation
EKS0039V
A
WIPER ARMS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate
wiper motor and then turn it “OFF” (Auto Stop).
Lift the blade up approximately 100 mm (3.94 in) and then set it
down onto glass surface to set the blade center to clearance “L1
” & “L2 ” immediately before tightening nut.
Eject washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor
and then turn it “OFF”.
Ensure that wiper blades stop within clearance “L1 ” & “L2 ”.
Clearance “L1 ”
Clearance “L2 ”
●
C
D
SEL543TA
Tighten wiper arm nuts to specified torque.
Front wiper
●
: 27.5 - 42.5 mm (1.08 - 1.67 in)
: 34.5 - 49.5 mm (1.36 - 1.95 in)
B
E
: 21 - 26 N-m (2.1 - 2.7 kg-m,
16 - 19 ft-lb)
F
Before reinstalling wiper arm, clean the pivot area as illustrated. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm looseness.
G
H
I
SEL024J
WIPER LINKAGE
J
WW
L
M
WEL169A
Removal
1. Remove 4 bolts that secure wiper motor.
2. Detach wiper motor from wiper linkage at ball joint.
3. Remove wiper linkage.
Be careful not to break ball joint rubber boot.
Installation
●
Grease ball joint portion before installation.
Revision: May 2004
WW-7
2003 Sentra
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
1.
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Washer Nozzle Adjustment
●
EKS0039W
Adjust washer nozzle with suitable tool as shown in the figure at left.
Adjustable range
: ±10°
SEL241P
Unit: mm (in)
1
400 (15.75)
5
151 (5.94)
2
325 (12.80)
6
155 (6.10)
3
425 (16.73)
7
250 (9.84)
4
226 (8.90)
8
380 (14.96)
*: The diameters of these circles are less than 80 mm (3.15 in).
LEL566
Washer Tube Layout
EKS0039X
LEL567
Revision: May 2004
WW-8
2003 Sentra
HORN
HORN
Wiring Diagram — HORN —
PFP:25610
A
EKS0039Y
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
WW
L
M
WKWA0200E
Revision: May 2004
WW-9
2003 Sentra
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Wiring Diagram — CIGAR —
PFP:35330
EKS0039Z
WKWA0201E
Revision: May 2004
WW-10
2003 Sentra
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Page Count : 4076EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools